Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 20-F

 

      ¨ REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR

 

      x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011

OR

 

      ¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                      to                     

OR

 

      ¨ SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Date of event requiring this shell company report                     

For the transition period from                     to                     

Commission file number 033-51000

VIDEOTRON LTD. / VIDÉOTRON LTÉE

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

Province of Québec, Canada

(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

612 St. Jacques Street

Montréal, Québec, Canada H3C 4M8

(Address of principal executive offices)

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act.

 

Title of each class

      

Name of each exchange on which registered

None      None

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act.

None

(Title of Class)

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act.

6  7 / 8 % Senior Notes due January 15, 2014

6   3 / 8 % Senior Notes due December 15, 2015

(Title of Class)

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report.

2,516,829 Class “A” Common Shares

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.   ¨  Yes   x  No

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.   ¨  Yes   x  No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.   x  Yes   ¨  No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer   ¨                 Accelerated filer   ¨                 Non-accelerated filer   x

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:

 

U.S. GAAP   ¨

    

International Financial Reporting Standards as issued

by the International Accounting Standards Board   x

   Other   ¨

If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow.    ¨  Item 17   ¨  Item 18

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).   ¨  Yes   x  No

 

 

 


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

   

Page

Explanatory Notes

  1

Industry and Market Data

  1

Presentation of Financial Information

  1

Exchange Rate Information

  3

Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

  4

ITEM 1 – Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers

  5

ITEM 2 – Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable

  5

ITEM 3 – Key Information

  5

ITEM 4 – Information on the Company

  23

ITEM 4A – Unresolved Staff Comments

  47

ITEM 5 – Operating and Financial Review and Prospects

  48

ITEM 6 – Directors, Senior Management and Employees

  72

ITEM 7 – Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions

  80

ITEM 8 – Financial Information

  81

ITEM 9 – The Offer and Listing

  82

ITEM 10 – Additional Information

  83

ITEM 11 – Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

  103

ITEM 12 – Description of Securities Other Than Equity Securities

  105

ITEM 13 – Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies

  105

ITEM 14 – Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds

  105

ITEM 15 – Controls and Procedures

  106

ITEM 16 – [Reserved]

  106

ITEM 16A – Audit Committee Financial Expert

  106

ITEM 16B – Code of Ethics

  107

ITEM 16C – Principal Accountant Fees And Services

  107

ITEM 16D – Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees

  107

ITEM 16E – Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

  107

ITEM 16F – Changes in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant

  107

ITEM 16G – Corporate Governance

  107

ITEM 17 – Financial Statements

  107

ITEM 18 – Financial Statements

  107

ITEM 19 – Exhibits

  108

Signature

  114

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

  F-1

 

 


Table of Contents

EXPLANATORY NOTES

All references in this annual report to “Videotron” or “our company”, as well as the use of the terms “we”, “us”, “our” or similar terms, are references to Videotron Ltd. and, unless the context otherwise requires, its consolidated subsidiaries. All references in this annual report to “Quebecor Media” are to our parent company Quebecor Media Inc., all references to “TVA Group” are to TVA Group Inc., a subsidiary of Quebecor Media, and all references to “Quebecor” are to Quebecor Inc., the majority shareholder of Quebecor Media. In this annual report, all references to the “CRTC” are references to The Canadian Radio-television and Telecommunications Commission.

All references in this annual report to our “Senior Notes” are to, collectively, our issued and outstanding 6  7 / 8 % Senior Notes due January 15, 2014, our 6  3 / 8 % Senior Notes due December 15, 2015, our 9  1 / 8 % Senior Notes due April 15, 2018, our 7  1 / 8 % Senior Notes due January 15, 2020, our 6  7 / 8 % Senior Notes due July 15, 2021 and our 5% Senior Notes due July 15, 2022.

INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

Industry statistics and market data used throughout this annual report were obtained from internal surveys, market research, publicly available information and industry publications, including The CRTC, as a source of Canadian data, and NCTA, A.C. Nielsen Media Research and SNL Kagan, as sources of U.S. data. Industry publications generally state that the information they contain has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, but that the accuracy and completeness of this information is not guaranteed. Penetration and market share data contained in this annual report is generally based on sources published in the first quarter of 2012.

 

PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Transition to IFRS

On January 1, 2011, the accounting principles generally accepted in Canada, as used by publicly accountable enterprises, were replaced by, and fully converged to, International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IFRS”). Accordingly, our audited consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 have been prepared in accordance with IFRS, and, in particular, they were prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standard 1 First-Time Adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards . Prior to the adoption of IFRS, for all periods up to and including the year ended December 31, 2010, our audited consolidated financial statements were prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in Canada as it existed prior to the convergence of IFRS, which we refer to as “Canadian GAAP.” IFRS uses a conceptual framework similar to Canadian GAAP, but there are significant differences related to recognition, measurement and disclosures.

The date of the opening balance sheet under IFRS and the date of transition to IFRS are January 1, 2010. The financial data for 2010 have therefore been restated. Videotron is also required to apply IFRS accounting policies retrospectively to determine its opening balance sheet, subject to certain exemptions. However, Videotron is not required to restate figures for periods prior to January 1, 2010 that were previously prepared in accordance with Canadian GAAP.

The new significant accounting policies under IFRS are disclosed in Note 1 to our audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2011, which are comprised of the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 and January 1, 2010, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, equity and cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2011 and which are included under “Item 18. Financial Statements” in this annual report. Note 27 to our audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2011 explains adjustments made by Videotron in preparing its IFRS opening consolidated balance sheet as of January 1, 2010 and in restating its Canadian GAAP consolidated statements for the year ended December 31, 2010. Note 27 also provides details on exemption choices made by Videotron with respect to the general principle of retrospective application of IFRS.

Non-IFRS/Non-Canadian GAAP Measures

We use certain non-IFRS and non-Canadian GAAP financial measures in this annual report, including average monthly revenue per user (“ARPU”), operating income and long-term debt, excluding QMI subordinated loans. These financial measures are not calculated in accordance with, or recognized by, IFRS or Canadian GAAP. Videotron’s method of calculating these financial measures may differ from the methods used by other companies and, as a result, the non-IFRS and non-Canadian GAAP financial measures presented in this annual report may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures disclosed by other companies. We provide a definition of operating income and ARPU under “ Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects – Non-IFRS Financial Measures.” We also provide a definition of operating income and ARPU, and a reconciliation of operating income to the most directly comparable financial measure under IFRS and Canadian GAAP, and a reconciliation of long-term debt, excluding QMI subordinated loans, to long-term debt in footnotes 8 and 7, respectively, to the tables under “ Item 3-A. Key Information – Selected Financial Data.”

 

- 1 -


Table of Contents

In this annual report, references to Canadian dollars, Cdn$ or $ are to the currency of Canada and references to U.S. dollars or US$ are to the currency of the United States.

Unless otherwise indicated, information provided in this annual report, including all operating data, is as of December 31, 2011.

 

- 2 -


Table of Contents

EXCHANGE RATE INFORMATION

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the average, high, low and end of period noon rates published by the Bank of Canada. Such rates are set forth as U.S. dollars per Cdn$1.00 and are the rates published by the Bank of Canada for U.S. dollars per Cdn$1.00. On March 19, 2012, the noon rate was Cdn$1.00 equals US$1.0121. We do not make any representation that Canadian dollars could have been converted into U.S. dollars at the rates shown or at any other rate. You should note that the rates set forth below may differ from the actual rates used in our accounting processes and in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements.

 

Year Ended:

   Average  (1)      High      Low      Period End  

December 31, 2011

     1.0111         1.0583         0.9430         0.9833   

December 31, 2010

     0.9709         1.0054         0.9278         1.0054   

December 31, 2009

     0.8757         0.9716         0.7692         0.9555   

December 31, 2008

     0.9381         1.0289         0.7711         0.8166   

December 31, 2007

     0.9304         1.0905         0.8437         1.0120   

Month Ended:

   Average  (2)      High      Low      Period End  

March 2012 (through March 19, 2012)

     1.0079         1.0153         0.9985         1.0121   

February 29, 2012

     1.0035         1.0136         0.9984         1.0136   

January 31, 2012

     0.9869         1.0014         0.9735         0.9948   

December 31, 2011

     0.9768         0.9896         0.9610         0.9833   

November 30, 2011

     0.9748         0.9876         0.9536         0.9807   

October 31, 2011

     0.9806         1.0065         0.9430         1.0065   

September 30, 2011

     0.9974         1.0254         0.9626         0.9626   

 

(1) The average of the daily noon rates for each day during the applicable year.
(2) The average of the daily noon rates for each day during the applicable month.

 

- 3 -


Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This annual report contains forward-looking statements with respect to our financial condition, results of operations, business and certain of our plans and objectives. These forward-looking statements are made pursuant to the “Safe Harbor” provisions of the United States Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These forward-looking statements are based on current expectations, estimates, forecasts and projections about the industries in which we operate as well as beliefs and assumptions made by our management. Such statements include, in particular, statements about our plans, prospects, financial position and business strategies. Words such as “may”, “will”, “expect”, “continue”, “intend”, “estimate”, “anticipate”, “plan”, “foresee”, “believe” or “seek” or the negatives of these terms or variations of them or similar terminology are intended to identify such forward looking statements. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in these forward-looking statements are reasonable, these statements, by their nature, involve risks and uncertainties and are not guarantees of future performance. Such statements are also subject to assumptions concerning, among other things: our anticipated business strategies; anticipated trends in our business; and our ability to continue to control costs. We can give no assurance that these estimates and expectations will prove to have been correct. Actual outcomes and results may, and often do, differ from what is expressed, implied or projected in such forward-looking statements, and such differences may be material. Some important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in these forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to:

 

   

our ability to successfully continue developing our 4G network and facilities-based mobile offering;

 

   

general economic, financial or market conditions;

 

   

the intensity of competitive activity in the industries in which we operate, including competition from alternative means of programs and content transmission;

 

   

unanticipated higher capital spending required to address continued development of competitive alternative technologies or the inability to obtain additional capital to continue the development of our business;

 

   

our ability to implement successfully our business and operating strategies and manage our growth and expansion;

 

   

disruptions to the network through which we provide our digital television, Internet access and telephony services, and our ability to protect such services from piracy;

 

   

labour disputes or strikes;

 

   

changes in our ability to obtain services and equipment critical to our operations;

 

   

changes in laws and regulations, or in their interpretations, which could result, among other things, in the loss (or reduction in value) of our licenses or markets or in an increase in competition, compliance costs or capital expenditures;

 

   

our substantial indebtedness, the tightening of credit markets, and the restrictions on our business imposed by the terms of our debt; and

 

   

interest rate fluctuations that affect a portion of our interest payment requirements on long-term debt.

We caution you that the above list of cautionary statements is not exhaustive. These and other factors are discussed in further detail elsewhere in this annual report, including under the “ITEM 3-D. Key Information — Risk Factors” of this annual report. Each of these forward-looking statements speaks only as of the date of this annual report. We will not update these statements unless the securities laws require us to do so. We advise you to consult any documents we may file or furnish with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, as described under “ITEM 10-H. Additional Information — Documents on Display”.

 

- 4 -


Table of Contents

ITEM 1 – IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS

Not applicable.

ITEM 2 – OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE

Not applicable.

ITEM 3 – KEY INFORMATION

 

A- Selected Financial Data

The following tables present selected consolidated financial information for our business presented in accordance with IFRS for each of the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010. We derived this selected consolidated financial information from our audited consolidated financial statements, which are comprised of consolidated balance sheets as at December 31, 2011 and 2010 and as at January 1, 2010 and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, equity and cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2011. The selected consolidated financial information presented below should be read in conjunction with the information contained in “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” and our audited consolidated financial statements as at December 31, 2011 and 2010 and as at January 1, 2010 and for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 and notes thereto contained in “Item 18. Financial Statements” of this annual report (beginning on page F-1). Our consolidated financial statements as at December 31, 2011 and 2010 and as at January 1, 2010 and for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm. Ernst & Young LLP’s report on the consolidated financial statements as at December 31, 2011 and 2010 and as at January 1, 2010 and for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 is included in this annual report.

In separate tables below we also present selected consolidated financial information presented in accordance with Canadian GAAP for each of the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, 2008 and 2007. We derived this Canadian GAAP selected consolidated financial information from our audited consolidated financial statements comprised of consolidated balance sheets as at December 31, 2010, 2009, 2008 and 2007 and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, shareholder’s equity and cash flows for each of the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, 2008 and 2007, which are not included in this annual report. Our consolidated financial statements as at December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 and for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 prepared in accordance with Canadian GAAP

 

- 5 -


Table of Contents

have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, Ernst & Young LLP’s reports on those consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with Canadian GAAP are not included in this annual report. Our consolidated financial statements as at December 31, 2007 and for the year ended December 31, 2007 prepared in accordance with Canadian GAAP have been audited by KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm (such audit before the effects of the adjustments to retrospectively apply the change in accounting described in Note 1(b) and Note 23(viii) to the audited financial statements included in Videotron’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009). KPMG LLP’s report is not included in this annual report.

The information presented below the caption “Other Financial Data and Ratios” is unaudited except for cash flows and capital expenditures, which have been derived from our IFRS and Canadian GAAP consolidated financial statements. The information presented below the caption “Operating Data” is not derived from our consolidated financial statements and is unaudited.

We caution you that the separate tables below include financial information based on IFRS and Canadian GAAP, and that the information based on IFRS is not comparable to information prepared in accordance with Canadian GAAP.

Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of our future financial condition or results of operations.

 

- 6 -


Table of Contents

IFRS DATA

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2011 (1)     2010 (1)(2)  
     (dollars in thousands, except
percentages, ratios and
Operating Data)
 

Consolidated Statement of Income Data:

    

Operating revenues:

    

Cable television

   $ 1,012,604      $ 950,590   

Internet

     698,234        644,283   

Cable telephony

     436,694        409,858   

Mobile telephony

     112,743        53,167   

Business solutions

     63,025        59,803   

Equipment sales

     55,885        59,893   

Other

     51,529        51,214   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating revenues

     2,430,714        2,228,808   

Cost of sales and operating expenses

     1,331,935        1,181,535   

Amortization

     408,133        291,738   

Financial expenses (4)

     158,042        153,193   

Gain on valuation and translation of financial instruments

     (56,142     (24,373

Restructuring of operations and other special items

     12,619        11,380   

Income taxes expense

     106,875        111,017   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 469,252      $ 504,318   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data (at year end):

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 95,016      $ 96,335   

Total assets

     5,989,982        5,505,513   

Long-term debt, excluding QMI subordinated loans (6)(7)

     1,857,057        1,786,076   

QMI subordinated loans (6)(7)

     1,630,000        1,630,000   

Capital stock

     3,401        3,401   

Equity attributable to shareholder

     1,005,227        733,105   

Cash dividends declared

     140,000        437,000   

Other Financial Data and Ratios:

    

Operating income (8)

   $ 1,098,779      $ 1,047,273   

Operating income margin (8)

     45.2     47.0

Cash flows provided by operating activities

     907,040        781,475   

Cash flows used in investing activities

     (825,904     (1,062,045

Cash flows (used in) provided by financing activities

     (82,455     226,596   

Capital expenditures (9)

     798,657        723,390   

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (10)

     4.4x        4.7x   

Operating Data (at year end, except ARPU):

    

Homes passed (11)

     2,657,315        2,612,406   

Basic cable customers (12)

     1,861,477        1,811,570   

Basic cable penetration (13)

     70.1     69.3

Digital customers

     1,400,814        1,219,599   

Digital penetration (14)

     75.3     67.3

Cable Internet customers

     1,332,551        1,252,104   

Cable Internet penetration (13)

     50.1     47.9

Cable telephony customers

     1,205,272        1,114,294   

Cable telephony penetration (13)

     45.4     42.7

Mobile telephony lines

     290,578        136,111   

ARPU (15)

   $ 103.28      $ 95.73   

 

- 7 -


Table of Contents

CANADIAN GAAP DATA

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2010 (2)     2009 (2)     2008 (2)     2007 (2)(3)  
     (dollars in thousands, except percentages, ratios and Operating Data)  

Consolidated Statement of Income Data:

        

Operating revenues:

        

Cable television

   $ 950,590      $ 875,550      $ 809,891      $ 735,832   

Internet

     644,283        574,180        499,627        422,448   

Cable telephony

     409,858        353,773        286,063        195,477   

Mobile telephony

     53,167        41,422        31,630        17,717   

Business solutions

     59,803        58,326        63,592        70,189   

Equipment sales

     59,893        57,394        49,014        43,988   

Other

     51,214        59,728        87,390        89,839   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating revenues

     2,228,808        2,020,373        1,827,207        1,575,490   

Cost of sales and operating expenses

     1,181,847        1,038,523        1,018,438        922,495   

Amortization

     294,200        241,164        213,043        204,167   

Financial expenses (4)(5)

     117,931        80,237        95,920        77,562   

(Gain) loss on valuation and translation of financial instruments

     (24,373     (44,060     19,677        (10,510

Restructuring of operations and other special items

     21,380        (2,057     (1,414     5,425   

Income taxes expense

     115,566        103,324        76,896        42,057   

Non-controlling interest in a subsidiary

     244        102        148        173   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 522,013      $ 603,140      $ 404,499      $ 334,121   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data (at year end):

        

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 96,335      $ 150,309        —          —     

Total assets

     5,614,587        4,722,947        5,140,293        4,188,438   

Long-term debt, excluding QMI subordinated loans (6)(7)

     1,786,076        1,592,321        1,807,997        950,988   

QMI subordinated loans (6)(7)

     1,630,000        1,260,000        2,055,000        1,995,000   

Capital stock

     3,401        1        1        46,177   

Shareholder’s equity

     817,874        710,768        406,432        252,831   

Cash dividends declared and reductions of paid-up capital

     437,000        303,000        230,000        299,550   

Other Financial Data and Ratios:

        

Operating income (8)

   $ 1,046,961      $ 981,850      $ 808,769      $ 652,995   

Operating income margin (8)

     47.0     48.6     44.3     41.4

Cash flows provided by operating activities

     816,737        888,383        712,259        552,529   

Cash flows (used in) provided by investing activities

     (1,097,307     248,105        (1,043,945     (2,337,770

Cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities

     226,596        (986,179     331,686        1,785,241   

Capital expenditures (9)

     758,652        523,850        418,121        330,075   

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (10)

     4.6x        6.0x        5.0x        5.4x   

Operating Data (at year end, except ARPU):

        

Homes passed (11)

     2,612,406        2,575,315        2,542,859        2,497,403   

Basic cable customers (12)

     1,811,570        1,777,025        1,715,616        1,638,097   

Basic cable penetration (13)

     69.3     69.0     67.5     65.6

Digital customers

     1,219,599        1,084,100        927,322        768,211   

Digital penetration (14)

     67.3     61.0     54.1     46.9

Cable Internet customers

     1,252,104        1,170,570        1,063,847        932,989   

Cable Internet penetration (13)

     47.9     45.5     41.8     37.4

Cable telephony customers

     1,114,294        1,014,038        851,987        636,352   

Cable telephony penetration (13)

     42.7     39.4     33.5     25.5

Mobile telephony lines

     136,111        82,813        63,402        45,077   

ARPU (15)

   $ 95.73      $ 88.21      $ 81.17      $ 71.52   

 

(1) Prepared in accordance with IFRS (see “Presentation of Financial Information — Transition to IFRS” above). The new significant accounting policies under IFRS are disclosed in Note 1 to our audited consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, which are included in “Item 18. Financial Statements” of this annual report, while Note 27 to our audited consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 explains adjustments made by Videotron in preparing its IFRS opening consolidated balance sheet as at January 1, 2010 and in restating its Canadian GAAP consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2010. Note 27 also provides details on exemption choices made by Videotron with respect to the general principle of retrospective application of IFRS.

 

- 8 -


Table of Contents
(2) On May 1, 2011, Videotron acquired Jobboom inc., a subsidiary of an affiliated corporation, for total cash consideration of $32.1 million. Since the transaction occurred between wholly-owned subsidiaries of our parent corporation, the acquisition was accounted for using the continuity of interest method and the cash consideration paid was recorded as a reduction of retained earnings. Comparative figures have been restated as if Videotron and the new subsidiary had always been combined.

 

(3) Effective January 1, 2007, Videotron adopted new financial instruments, hedges and comprehensive income standards pursuant to Canadian GAAP. See Note 1 to our audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2009, included in Videotron’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009.

 

(4) We are party to a number of back-to-back transactions with Quebecor Media and 9101-0835 Québec inc., a subsidiary of Quebecor Media. With respect to these back-to-back transactions, we recorded interest expense of $171.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, $169.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, $179.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, $238.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 and $157.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, but we recorded $177.4 million, $175.0 million, $185.8 million, $246.9 million and $163.0 million in dividends from Quebecor Media in 2011, 2010, 2009, 2008, and 2007 respectively. See “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — Uses of Liquidity and Capital Resources — Purchase of Shares of Quebecor Media and Service of Subsidiary Subordinated Loan”.

 

(5) A wholly-owned subsidiary of Videotron entered into back-to-back transactions with Quebecor Media and 9101-0835 Québec inc. With respect to these back-to-back transactions, we recorded interest expense of $48.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2009, $30.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2008 and $7.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2007, but we recorded $50.2 million, $31.9 million and $8.0 million in dividends from Quebecor Media for 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. No such interest or dividends were recorded in the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 since the subordinated loans relating to such back-to-back transactions were entirely redeemed on January 1, 2010. See “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — Uses of Liquidity and Capital Resources — Purchase of Shares of Quebecor Media and Service of Subsidiary Subordinated Loan”.

 

(6) For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, 2009, 2008 and 2007, the term “QMI subordinated loans” refers to the $1.0 billion and $870.0 million subordinated loans due 2022 we entered into in 2007 in favor of Quebecor Media (partly redeemed for $500.0 million and $525.0 million in 2009 and 2008, respectively), the $415.0 million subordinated loan due 2023 we entered into in 2008 in favor of Quebecor Media, the $1.3 billion subordinated loan due 2025 we entered into in 2010 in favor of Quebecor Media (partly redeemed for 930.0 million in 2010), the $125.0 million subordinated loan due 2022 one of our subsidiaries entered into in 2007 in favor of Quebecor Media (entirely redeemed in 2009), the $170.0 million subordinated loan due in 2023 one of our subsidiaries entered into in 2008 in favor of Quebecor Media (entirely redeemed in 2009), the $190.0 million subordinated loan due in 2024 one of our subsidiaries entered into in 2009 in favor of Quebecor Media (entirely redeemed in 2009), and the $3.8 billion and $3.95 billion subordinated loans due in 2026 one of our subsidiaries entered into in 2011 in favor of Sun Media Corporation, one of Quebecor Media’s subsidiaries (each of which were entirely redeemed in 2011). See “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — Uses of Liquidity and Capital Resources — Purchase of Shares of Quebecor Media and Service of Subsidiary Subordinated Loan”.

 

(7) We believe that long-term debt, excluding QMI subordinated loans, provides investors with a meaningful measure of our long-term debt because the QMI subordinated loans are subordinated in right of payment to the prior payment in full of our senior indebtedness, including our notes, and because the proceeds of our QMI subordinated loans due 2022, 2023, 2024, 2025 and 2026 were invested in retractable preferred shares of Quebecor Media or its subsidiaries as part of back-to-back transactions to reduce our income tax obligations. Consequently, we disclose long-term debt, excluding QMI subordinated loans, as a supplemental measure of our indebtedness in this annual report. Long-term debt, excluding QMI subordinated loans, is not intended to be, and should not be, regarded as an alternative to other financial reporting measures, and it should not be considered in isolation as a substitute for measures of liabilities prepared in accordance with IFRS or Canadian GAAP. Long-term debt, excluding QMI subordinated loans, is calculated from and reconciled to long-term debt as follows:

 

     At December 31,  
     2011     2010     2010     2009     2008     2007  
    

(dollars in millions)

(unaudited)

 
     IFRS     Canadian GAAP  

Long-term debt

   $ 3,487.1      $ 3,416.1      $ 3,416.1      $ 2,852.3      $ 3,863.0      $ 2,946.0   

QMI subordinated loans (6)

     (1,630.0     (1,630.0     (1,630.0     (1,260.0     (2,055.0     (1,995.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term debt, excluding QMI subordinated loans, as defined

     1,857.1        1,786.1        1,786.1        1,592.3        1,808.0        951.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(8) Operating income and ratios based on this measure are not required by or recognized under IFRS or Canadian GAAP. We define operating income, as reconciled to net income under IFRS or Canadian GAAP, as net income before amortization, financial expenses, (gain) loss on valuation and translation of financial instruments, restructuring of operations and other special items, and income taxes. Operating income margin is operating income as a percentage of operating revenues. Operating income, and ratios using this measure, are not intended to be regarded as alternatives to other financial operating performance measures or to the consolidated statement of cash flows as a measure of liquidity and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for measures of performance prepared in accordance with IFRS or Canadian GAAP. We use operating income because we believe that it is a meaningful measure in evaluating Videotron’s consolidated results. As such, this measure eliminates the effect of significant levels of non-cash charges related to depreciation of tangible assets and amortization of certain intangible assets, and it is unaffected by the capital structure or investment activities of Videotron. A limitation of this measure, however, is that it does not reflect the periodic costs of capitalized tangible and intangible assets used in generating revenues. Measures like operating income are commonly used by the investment community to analyze and compare the performance of companies in the industries in which we are engaged. Our definition of operating income may not be the same as similarly titled measures reported by other companies, therefore limiting its usefulness as a comparative measure. See “Presentation of Financial Information — Non IFRS/Non-Canadian GAAP Measures — Operating Income” above. Our operating income is calculated from and reconciled to net income under IFRS for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, and under Canadian GAAP for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, 2008 and 2007 as follows:

 

- 9 -


Table of Contents
AMOUNTS UNDER IFRS    Year ended December 31,  
     2011     2010  
     (dollars in millions)
(unaudited)
 

Net income

   $ 469.3      $ 504.3   

Amortization

     408.1        291.7   

Financial expenses (4)

     158.0        153.2   

Gain on valuation and translation of derivative instruments

     (56.2     (24.4

Restructuring of operations and other special items

     12.6        11.4   

Income taxes expense

     107.0        111.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income, as defined

   $ 1,098.8      $ 1,047.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     Year ended December 31,  
AMOUNTS UNDER CANADIAN GAAP    2010     2009     2008     2007  
    

(dollars in millions)

(unaudited)

 

Net income

   $ 522.0      $ 603.1      $ 404.5      $ 334.1   

Amortization

     294.2        241.2        213.0        204.2   

Financial expenses (4)(5)

     117.9        80.2        95.9        77.6   

(Gain) loss on valuation and translation of derivative instruments

     (24.4     (44.1     19.7        (10.5

Restructuring expenses and other special items

     21.4        (2.0     (1.4     5.4   

Income taxes expense

     115.6        103.4        76.9        42.0   

Non-controlling interest in a subsidiary

     0.3        0.1        0.2        0.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income, as defined

   $ 1,047.0      $ 981.9      $ 808.8      $ 653.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(9) Capital expenditures are comprised of acquisitions of fixed assets and intangibles assets, excluding licenses.

 

(10) For the purpose of calculating the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, (i) earnings consist of net income plus income taxes, fixed charges, amortized capitalized interest, less interest capitalized, and (ii) fixed charges consist of interest expensed and capitalized, excluding interest on QMI subordinated loans, plus amortized premiums, discounts and capitalized expenses relating to indebtedness and an estimate of the interest within rental expense.

 

(11) “Homes passed” means the number of residential premises, such as single dwelling units or multiple dwelling units, and commercial premises passed by the cable television distribution network in a given cable system service area in which the programming services are offered.

 

(12) “Basic cable customers” are customers who receive basic cable television service in either analog or digital mode.

 

(13) Represents customers as a percentage of total homes passed.

 

(14) Represents customers for the digital service as a percentage of basic cable customers.

 

(15) ARPU is an industry metric that we use to measure our monthly cable television, Internet access, cable and mobile telephony revenues per average basic cable customer. ARPU is not a measurement that is consistent with IFRS, or recognized under or consistent with Canadian GAAP, and our definition and calculation of ARPU may not be the same as identically titled measurements reported by other companies. We calculate our combined ARPU by dividing our combined cable television, Internet access, cable and mobile telephony revenues by the average number of basic cable customers during the applicable period, and then dividing the resulting amount by the number of months in the applicable period. Specific ARPU for each of our four lines of services is calculated by dividing the revenue generated from those subscribers by the average number of subscribers for such service during the period, and then dividing the resulting amount by the number of months in the applicable period.

 

- 10 -


Table of Contents
B- Capitalization and Indebtedness

Not applicable.

 

C- Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds

Not applicable.

 

D- Risk Factors

This section describes some of the risks that could materially affect our business, revenues, results of operations and financial condition, as well as the market value of our Senior Notes. The factors below should be considered in connection with any forward-looking statements in this document and with the cautionary statements contained in the section “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” at the forepart of this annual report. The risks below are not the only ones that we face. Some risks may not yet be known to us and some that we do not currently believe to be material could later turn out to be material.

Risks Relating to Our Business

We operate in highly competitive industries that are experiencing rapid technological developments, and our inability to compete successfully could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, revenues, financial condition and results of operations.

In our cable operations, we compete against providers of direct broadcast satellite (or “ DBS ”, which in Canada are also referred to as DTH, for “direct-to-home” satellite providers), multichannel multipoint distribution systems (or “ MDS ”), and satellite master antenna television systems. In addition, we compete against incumbent local exchange carriers (or “ ILECs ”), which have secured licenses to launch video distribution services using video digital subscriber line (or “ VDSL ”) technology (also known as internet protocol television or “ IPTV ”). The main ILEC in our market holds a regional license to provide terrestrial broadcasting distribution in Montréal and several other communities in the Province of Québec. The same ILEC is also a cable operator in our main service area and recently launched its own IPTV service in Montréal, which is expected to be launched in Québec city in the coming months and with a full rollout throughout the Province of Québec expected in the years to come. The direct access to some broadcasters’ web sites that provide in high definition streaming video-on-demand content is also available for some of the same channels we offer in our television programming. In addition, third-party Internet access providers (or “ TPIAs ”) could launch IP video services in our footprint using ILEC DSL networks.

We also face competition from illegal providers of cable television services and illegal access to non-Canadian DBS (also called grey market piracy), as well as from signal theft of DBS that enables customers to access programming services from U.S. and Canadian DBS without paying any fees (also called black market piracy). Competitors in the video business also include the video store industry (rental & sale) as well as other emerging content delivery platforms.

Due to ongoing technological developments, the distinction between traditional platforms (broadcasting, Internet and telephony) is fading rapidly. For instance, the Internet, as well as distribution over mobile devices, are becoming important broadcasting and distribution platforms. In addition, mobile operators, with the development of their respective 4G and Long Term Evolution and Advanced (also known as “ LTE ”) networks, are now offering wireless and fixed wireless Internet services. In addition, our VoIP telephony service also competes with Internet-based solutions.

In our Internet access business, we compete against other Internet service providers (or “ ISP ”), and TPIA offering residential and commercial Internet access services as well as open Wi-Fi networks in some cities. The CRTC also requires us to offer access to our high-speed Internet system to ISP competitors, and third-party ISPs to access our network, for the purpose of providing telephony and networking applications, in addition to retail Internet access services.

 

- 11 -


Table of Contents

Our VoIP service has numerous competitors, including ILECs, competitive local exchange carriers (or “ CLECs ”), mobile telephony service operators and other providers of telephony, VoIP and Internet communications, including competitors that are not facilities-based and therefore have a much lower infrastructure cost. In addition, internet protocol-based (“ IP-based ”) products and services are generally subject to downward pricing pressure, lower margins and technological evolution, all of which could have an adverse effect on our business, prospects and results of operation.

In our mobile High-Speed Packet Access (“ HSPA+ ”) telephony business, we compete against a mix of market participants, some of them being active in some or all the products we offer, with others offering only mobile telephony services in our market. In addition, users of mobile voice and data systems may find their communication needs satisfied by other current or developing adjunct technologies, such as Wi-Fi, WiMax, “hotspots” or trunk radio systems, which have the technical capability to handle mobile data communication and mobile telephone calls. There can be no assurance that current or future competitors will not provide network capacity and/or services comparable or superior to those we provide or may in the future provide, or at lower prices, adapt more quickly to evolving industry trends or changing market requirements, or introduce competing services. For instance, since 2008 some providers of mobile telephony services (including most of the incumbent carriers as well as at least one other new entrant) have launched lower-cost mobile telephony services in order to acquire additional market share and increase their respective mobile telephony penetration rates in our market. Also, the Canadian incumbents have started rolling out their LTE 4G networks, and this technology is expected to become an industry standard. The cost of implementing, modifying our existing network or competing against future technological innovations may be prohibitive to us, and we may lose customers if we fail to keep pace with these changes or fail to keep pace with surging network capacity demand. Any of these factors could adversely affect our ability to operate our mobile business successfully and profitably. Moreover, we may not be able to compete successfully in the future against existing or potential competitors, and increased competition could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, revenues, financial condition and results of operations. See also the risk factor “— We are using a new technology for which only a limited offer of handsets is available, which could increase our customer acquisition costs and reduce our competitiveness” below.

Finally, a few of our competitors are offering special discounts to customers who subscribe to two or more of their services (cable television or IPTV, internet, residential phone and mobile telephony services). As a result, should we fail to keep our existing customers and lose them to such competitors, we may end up losing up to one subscriber for each of our services. This could have an adverse effect on our business, prospects, revenues, financial condition and results of operation.

We have entered into roaming agreements with other mobile operators in order to provide worldwide coverage to our mobile telephony customers. Our inability to renew, or substitute for, these agreements at their respective terms and on acceptable terms may place us at a competitive disadvantage, which could adversely affect our ability to operate our mobile business successfully and profitably.

We have entered into roaming agreements with multiple carriers around the world (including Canada, the United States and Europe), and have established worldwide coverage. Our inability to renew, or substitute for, these agreements at their respective terms and on acceptable terms may place us at a competitive disadvantage, which could adversely affect our ability to operate our mobile business successfully and profitably.

In addition, various aspects of mobile communications operations, including the ability of mobile providers to enter into interconnection agreements with traditional landline telephone companies and the ability of mobile providers to manage data traffic on their networks, are subject to regulation by the CRTC. The government agencies having jurisdiction over any mobile business that we may develop could adopt regulations or take other actions that could adversely affect our mobile business and operations, including actions that could increase competition or that could increase our costs.

 

- 12 -


Table of Contents

Our reputation may be negatively impacted, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We have generally enjoyed a good reputation among the public. Our ability to maintain our existing customer relationships and to attract new customers depends to a large extent on our reputation. While we have put in place certain mechanisms to mitigate the risk that our reputation may be tarnished, including good governance practices and a code of ethics, we cannot be assured that we will continue to enjoy a good reputation nor can we be assured that events that are beyond our control will not cause our reputation to be negatively impacted. The loss or tarnishing of our reputation could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

We are using a new technology for which only a limited offer of handsets is available, which could increase our customer acquisition costs and reduce our competitiveness.

Advanced wireless services (“ AWS ”) in the 2GHz range is a spectrum that has not been broadly used until recently for mobile telephony. While certain mobile device suppliers offer hardware for AWS technology, there are still only a limited number of AWS handsets on the market, which could reduce our ability to compete with our competitors that offer a broader range of handsets. As a result, the handset portfolio for AWS we are currently offering does not include certain more popular devices and is not as broad as those of certain other providers. Moreover, most handset manufacturers have reduced the number of stock keeping units in their portfolio. In addition, the handsets available to us are sometimes subject to an exclusivity period which varies in length when they are released to market. If manufacturers continue to offer exclusivity on future products in Canada, this could potentially reduce the number of handsets available to us in the AWS band. We could potentially incur higher customer acquisition costs due to a smaller market for this type of technology and could potentially have a reduced offer of handsets to offer to our customers, which could slow the growth of our customer base and adversely affect our ability to operate our mobile business successfully and competitively.

We are regularly required to make capital expenditures to remain technologically and economically competitive. We may not be able to obtain additional capital to implement our business strategies and make certain capital expenditures.

Our strategy of maintaining a leadership position in the suite of products and services we offer and launching new products and services requires capital investments in our network and infrastructure to support growth in our customer base and demands for increased bandwidth capacity and other services. In this regard, we have in the past required substantial capital for the upgrade, expansion and maintenance of our network and the launch and expansion of new or additional services. We expect that additional capital expenditures will be required in the short and medium term in order to expand and maintain our systems and services, including expenditures relating to advancements in Internet access and high definition television (“ HDTV ”), as well as the cost of our mobile services infrastructure deployment.

The demand for wireless data services has been growing at unprecedented rates and it is projected that this demand will further accelerate, driven by increasing levels of broadband penetration, increasing need for personal connectivity and networking, increasing affordability of smartphones and Internet-only devices (e.g., high-usage data devices such as mobile Internet keys, tablets and electronic book readers), increasingly multimedia-rich services and applications, increasing wireless competition, and possibly unlimited data plans. The anticipated levels of data traffic will represent a growing challenge to the current mobile network’s ability to serve this traffic. We may have to acquire additional spectrum, if available, in order to address this increased demand. The ability to acquire additional spectrum (if needed) is dependent on the timing and the rules established by Industry Canada.

There can be no assurance that we will be able to obtain the funds necessary to finance our capital improvement programs, new strategies and services or other capital expenditure requirements, whether through cash from operations, additional borrowings or other sources. If we are unable to generate sufficient funds or obtain additional financing on acceptable terms, we may not be able to implement our business strategies or proceed with the capital expenditures and investments required to maintain our leadership position, and our business, financial condition, results of operations, reputation and prospects could be materially adversely affected. Even if we are able to obtain adequate funding, the period of time required to upgrade our network could have a material adverse effect on our ability to successfully compete in the future. Moreover, additional funds that we invest in our business may not translate into incremental revenues.

 

- 13 -


Table of Contents

See also the risk factors “— We operate in highly competitive industries that are experiencing rapid technological developments, and our inability to compete successfully could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, revenues, financial condition and results of operations”, “— We compete, and will continue to compete, with alternative technologies, and we may be required to invest a significant amount of capital to address continuing technological evolution and development” and “— We may require from time to time to refinance certain of our indebtedness. Our inability to do so on favorable terms, or at all, could have a material adverse effect on us”.

We may need to support increasing costs in securing access to support structures needed for our cable network.

We require access to the support structures of hydro electric and telephone utilities and to municipal rights of way to deploy our cable network. Where access to the structures of telephone utilities cannot be secured, we may apply to the CRTC to obtain a right of access under the Telecommunications Act (Canada) (the “ Telecommunications Act ”). We have entered into comprehensive support structure access agreements with all of the major hydro electric companies and all of the major telecommunication companies in our service territory. Our agreement with Hydro-Québec, by far the largest of the hydro electric companies, expires in December 2012. Rates are currently adjusted annually based on the Consumer Price Index (CPI). An increase in rates charged by Hydro-Quebec could have a significant impact on Videotron’s cost structure.

We may not successfully implement our business and operating strategies.

Our business strategies are based on leveraging an integrated platform of media assets. Our strategies include offering multi-platform advertising solutions, generating and distributing content across a spectrum of media properties and assets, launching and deploying additional value-added products and services, pursuing cross-promotional opportunities, maintaining our advanced broadband network, pursuing enhanced content development to reduce costs, further integrating the operations of our subsidiaries, leveraging geographic clustering and maximizing customer satisfaction. We may not be able to fully implement these strategies or realize their anticipated results without incurring significant costs or at all. In addition, our ability to successfully implement these strategies could be adversely affected by a number of factors beyond our control, including operating difficulties, increased ongoing operating costs, regulatory developments, general or local economic conditions, increased competition, technological changes and the other factors described in this “Risk Factors” section. While the centralization of certain business operations and processes has the advantage of standardizing our practices, thereby reducing costs and increasing our effectiveness, it also represents a risk in itself should a business solution implemented by a centralized office throughout the organization fail to produce the intended results. We may also be required to make capital expenditures or other investments, which may affect our ability to implement our business strategies to the extent we are unable to secure additional financing on acceptable terms or generate sufficient funds internally to cover these requirements. Any material failure to implement our strategies could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, business, financial condition, prospects and results of operations and on our ability to meet our obligations, including our ability to service our indebtedness.

We could be adversely impacted by consumers’ switch from landline telephony to mobile telephony.

The recent trend toward mobile substitution or “cord-cutting” (when users cancel their landline telephony services and opt for mobile telephony services only) is largely the result of the increasing mobile penetration rate in Canada and the various unlimited offers launched by mobile operators. We may not be successful in converting our existing cable telephony subscriber base to our mobile telephony services, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, prospects and results of operations.

We compete, and will continue to compete, with alternative technologies and we may be required to invest a significant amount of capital to address continuing technological evolution and development.

The media industry is experiencing rapid and significant technological change, which has resulted in alternative means of program and content transmission. The continued growth of the Internet has presented alternative content

 

- 14 -


Table of Contents

distribution options that compete with traditional media. Furthermore, in each of our broadcasting markets, industry regulators have authorized DTH, microwave services and VDSL services and may authorize other alternative methods of transmitting television and other content with improved speed and quality. We may not be able to successfully compete with existing or newly developed alternative technologies, such as IPTV, or we may be required to acquire, develop or integrate new technologies. The cost of the acquisition, development or implementation of new technologies could be significant and our ability to fund such implementation may be limited and could have a material adverse effect on our ability to successfully compete in the future. Any such difficulty or inability to compete could have a material adverse effect on our business, reputation, prospects, financial condition or results of operations.

The continuous technological improvement of the Internet, combined with higher download speeds and cost reductions for customers, may divert a portion of our existing television subscriber base from our video-on-demand services to new video-over-the-Internet model. While having a positive impact on the demand for our Internet services, video-over-the-Internet could adversely impact the demand for our video-on-demand services.

We have grown rapidly and are seeking to continue our growth. If we do not effectively manage our growth, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.

We have experienced substantial growth in our business and have significantly expanded our operations in recent years. We have sought in the past, and may in the future seek, to make opportunistic or strategic acquisitions and further expand the types of businesses in which we participate, as was the case for our expansion into facilities-based mobile telephony operations, under appropriate conditions. We can provide no assurance that we will be successful in either developing or fulfilling the objectives of any such acquisition or business expansion.

In addition, our expansion and acquisitions may require us to incur significant costs or divert significant resources, and may limit our ability to pursue other strategic and business initiatives, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, prospects or results of operations. Furthermore, if we are not successful in managing and integrating any acquired businesses, or if we are required to incur significant or unforeseen costs, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.

We depend on key personnel.

Our success depends to a large extent upon the continued services of our senior management and our ability to retain skilled employees. There is intense competition for qualified management and skilled employees, and our failure to recruit, train and retain such employees could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or operating results. In addition, to implement and manage our businesses and operating strategies effectively, we must maintain a high level of efficiency, performance and content quality, continue to enhance our operational and management systems, and continue to effectively attract, train, motivate and manage our employees. We currently anticipate a near-term need to attract and train a substantial number of new employees, including many skilled employees. If we are not successful in these efforts, it may have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations and financial condition.

Our financial performance could be materially adversely affected if we cannot continue to distribute a wide range of television programming on commercially reasonable terms.

The financial performance of our cable and mobile services businesses depends in large part on our ability to distribute a wide range of appealing, conveniently-scheduled television programming at reasonable rates. We obtain television programming from suppliers pursuant to programming contracts. These suppliers have become, in recent years, vertically integrated and are now more limited in number. The quality and amount of television programming we offer affect the attractiveness of our services to customers and, accordingly, the rates we can charge for these services. We may be unable to maintain key programming contracts at commercially reasonable rates for television programming. Loss of programming contracts, our inability to obtain programming at reasonable rates or our inability to pass-through rate increases to our customers could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

 

- 15 -


Table of Contents

In addition, our ability to attract and retain cable customers depends, to a certain extent, upon our capacity to offer quality content, high definition programming, an appealing variety of programming choices and packages, as well as multiplatform distribution and on-demand content, at competitive prices. If the number of specialty channels being offered does not increase at the level and the pace comparable to our competitors, if the content offered on such channels does not receive audience acceptance, or if we are unable to offer multiplatform availability, high definition programming and on-demand content, it may have a significant negative impact on revenues from our cable operations.

We provide our digital television, Internet access and cable telephony services through a single clustered network, which may be more vulnerable to widespread disruption.

We provide our digital television, Internet access and cable telephony services through a primary headend and our analog television services through twelve additional regional headends in our single clustered network. Despite available emergency backup or replacement sites, a failure in our primary headend could prevent us from delivering some of our products and services throughout our network until we have resolved the failure, which may result in significant customer dissatisfaction, loss of revenues and potential civil litigation.

We are dependent upon our information technology systems and those of certain third-parties. The inability to enhance our systems, or to protect them from a security breach or disaster, could have an adverse impact on our financial results and operations.

The day-to-day operation of our business is highly dependent on information technology systems, including those of certain third-party suppliers. An inability to maintain and enhance our existing information technology systems or obtain new systems to accommodate additional customer growth or to support new products and services could have an adverse impact on our ability to acquire new subscribers, retain existing customers, produce accurate and timely billing, generate revenue growth and manage operating expenses, all of which could adversely impact our financial results and position. In addition, although we use industry standard networks and established information technology security and survivability/disaster recovery practices, a security breach or disaster could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

We may not be able to protect our services from piracy, which may have an adverse effect on our customer base and lead to a possible decline in revenues.

In our cable, Internet access and telephony operations, we may not be able to protect our services from piracy. We may be unable to prevent unauthorized access to our analog and digital programming, as well as our Internet access services. We use encryption technology to protect our cable signals from unauthorized access and to control programming access based on subscription packages. We may not be able to develop or acquire adequate technology to prevent unauthorized access to our services, which may have an adverse effect on our customer base and lead to a possible decline in our revenues.

Malicious and abusive Internet practices could impair our cable data services.

Our cable data customers utilize our network to access the Internet and, as a consequence, we or they may become victim of common malicious and abusive Internet activities, such as unsolicited mass advertising (or spam) and dissemination of viruses, worms and other destructive or disruptive software. These activities could have adverse consequences on our network and our customers, including deterioration of service, excessive call volume to call centers and damage to our customers’ equipment and data or ours. Significant incidents could lead to customer dissatisfaction and, ultimately, to loss of customers or revenue, in addition to increased costs to service our customers and protect our network. Any significant loss of cable data, customers or revenue or a significant increase in costs of serving those customers could adversely affect our reputation, growth, business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

We depend on third-party suppliers and providers for services, information and other items critical to our operations.

We depend on third-party suppliers and providers for certain services, hardware and equipment that are critical to our operations. These materials and services include set-top boxes, cable and telephony modems, servers and routers,

 

- 16 -


Table of Contents

fibre-optic cable, telephony switches, inter-city links, support structures, software, the “backbone” telecommunications network for our Internet access and telephony services, and construction services for expansion and upgrades of our cable and mobile networks. These services and equipment are available from a limited number of suppliers. If no supplier can provide us with the equipments or services that we require or that comply with evolving Internet and telecommunications standards or that are compatible with our other equipment and software, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected. In addition, if we are unable to obtain critical equipment, software, services or other items on a timely basis and at an acceptable cost, our ability to offer our products and services and roll out our advanced services may be delayed, and our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected. See also the risk factor “— We are using a technology for which only a limited offer of handsets is available, which could increase our customer acquisition costs and reduce our competitiveness”.

We may be adversely affected by litigation and other claims.

In the normal course, we are involved in various legal proceedings and other claims relating to the conduct of our business. Although, in the opinion of our management, the outcome of current pending claims and other litigation is not expected to have a material adverse effect on our reputation, results of operations, liquidity or financial position, a negative outcome in respect of any such claim or litigation could have such an adverse effect. Moreover, the cost of defending against lawsuits and diversion of management’s attention could be significant. See also “Item 8. Financial Information — Legal Proceedings” in this annual report.

We may be adversely affected by strikes and other labour protests.

As of December 31, 2011, approximately 61% of our employees are unionized, and the terms of their employment are governed by one of our five regional collective bargaining agreements. Our two most important collective bargaining agreements, covering our unionized employees in the Montréal and Québec City regions, have terms extending to December 31, 2013. We also have two collective bargaining agreements covering our unionized employees in the Saguenay and Gatineau regions, with terms running through January 31, 2014 and August 31, 2015, respectively, and one other collective bargaining agreement, covering approximately 50 employees of our SETTE inc. subsidiary, which will expire on December 31, 2012.

We cannot predict the outcome of any current or future negotiations relating to labour disputes, union representation or the renewal of our collective bargaining agreements, nor can we assure you that we will not experience work stoppages, strikes, property damage or other forms of labour protests pending the outcome of any current or future negotiations. If our unionized workers engage in a strike or any other form of work stoppage, we could experience a significant disruption to our operations, damage to our property and/or interruption to our services, which could adversely affect our business, assets, financial position, results of operations and reputation. Even if we do not experience strikes or other forms of labour protests, the outcome of labour negotiations could adversely affect our business and results of operations. Such could be the case if current or future labour negotiations or contracts were to further restrict our ability to maximize the efficiency of our operations. In addition, our ability to make short-term adjustments to control compensation and benefits costs is limited by the terms of our collective bargaining agreements.

We could be impacted by increased pension plan liabilities

The economic cycle could have a negative impact on the funding of our defined benefit pension plans and the related expenditures. There is no guarantee that the expenditures and contributions required to fund these pension plans will not increase in the future and therefore negatively impact our operating results and financial position. Risks related to the funding of defined benefit plans may materialize if total obligations with respect to a pension plan exceed the total value of its trust fund. Shortfalls may arise due to lower-than-expected returns on investments, changes in the discount rate used to assess the pension plan’s obligations, and actuarial losses. This risk is mitigated by policies and procedures instituted by us and our pension committees to monitor investment risk and pension plan funding. It is also mitigated by the fact that some of the Company’s defined benefit pension plans are no longer offered to new employees.

 

- 17 -


Table of Contents

We may be adversely affected by exchange rate fluctuations.

Most of our revenues and expenses are denominated in Canadian dollars. However, certain expenditures, such as the purchase of set-top boxes and cable modems, mobile devices (handsets) and certain capital expenditures, including certain costs related to the development and maintenance of our mobile network, are paid in U.S. dollars. Also, a substantial portion of our debt is denominated in U.S. dollars, and interest, principal and premium, if any, thereon is payable in U.S. dollars. For the purposes of financial reporting, any change in the value of the Canadian dollar against the U.S. dollar during a given financial reporting period would result in a foreign exchange gain or loss on the translation of any unhedged U.S. dollar-denominated debt into Canadian dollars. Consequently, our reported earnings and debt could fluctuate materially as a result of foreign-exchange gains or losses. Although we have entered into transactions to hedge the exchange rate risk with respect to 100% of our U.S. dollar-denominated debt outstanding at December 31, 2011, and we intend in the future to enter into such transactions for new U.S. dollar-denominated debt, these hedging transactions could, in certain circumstances, prove economically ineffective and may not be successful in protecting us against exchange rate fluctuations, or we may in the future be required to provide cash and other collateral to secure our obligations with respect to such hedging transactions, or we may in the future be unable to enter into such transactions on favorable terms or at all.

In addition, certain cross-currency interest rate swaps entered into by the Company and its subsidiaries include an option that allows each party to unwind the transaction on a specific date at the then-fair value.

The fair value of the derivative financial instruments we are party to is estimated using period-end market rates and reflects the amount we would receive or pay if the instruments were terminated and settled at those dates, as adjusted for counterparties’ non-performance risk. At December 31, 2011, the net aggregate fair value of our cross-currency interest rate swaps and foreign-exchange forward contracts was in a net liability position of $219.0 million. See also “Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk” of this annual report.

The volatility and disruptions in the capital and credit markets could adversely affect our business, including the cost of new capital, our ability to refinance our scheduled debt maturities and meet our other obligations as they become due.

The capital and credit markets have experienced significant volatility and disruption over the last several years, resulting in periods of extreme upward pressure on the cost of new debt capital and severe restrictions in credit availability for many companies. The disruptions in the capital and credit markets have also resulted in higher interest rates or greater credit spreads on issuance of debt securities and increased costs under credit facilities. Continuation of these disruptions could increase our interest expense, thereby adversely affecting our results of operations and financial position.

Our access to funds under our existing credit facilities is dependent on the ability of the financial institutions that are parties to those facilities to meet their funding commitments. Those financial institutions may not be able to meet their funding commitments if they experience shortages of capital and liquidity or if they experience excessive volumes of borrowing requests within a short period of time. Moreover, the obligations of the financial institutions under our credit facilities are several and not joint and, as a result, a funding default by one or more institutions does not need to be made up by the others.

Longer-term volatility and continued disruptions in the capital and credit markets as a result of uncertainty, changing or increased regulation of financial institutions, reduced alternatives or failures of significant financial institutions could adversely affect our access to the liquidity needed for our businesses in the longer term. Such disruptions could require us to take measures to conserve cash until the markets stabilize or until alternative credit arrangements or other funding for our business needs can be arranged. Continued market disruptions and broader economic challenges may lead to lower demand for certain of our products and increased incidences of customers’ inability to pay or timely pay for the services or products that we provide. Events such as these could adversely impact our results of operations, cash flows, financial position and prospects.

 

- 18 -


Table of Contents

Risks Relating to Our Industry

We are subject to extensive government regulation and policy-making. Changes in government regulation or policies could adversely affect our business, financial condition, prospects and results of operations.

Our operations are subject to extensive government regulation and policy-making in Canada. Laws and regulations govern the issuance, amendment, renewal, transfer, suspension, revocation and ownership of broadcast programming and distribution licenses. With respect to distribution, regulations govern, among other things, the distribution of Canadian and non-Canadian programming services and the maximum fees to be charged to the public in certain circumstances. For the time being, there are significant restrictions on the ability of non-Canadian entities to own or control broadcasting licenses and telecommunications carriers in Canada, although the federal government is currently reviewing whether to relax the foreign ownership restrictions. Our broadcasting distribution and telecommunications operations (including Internet access service) are regulated respectively by the Broadcasting Act (Canada) (the “ Broadcasting Act ”) and the Telecommunications Act and regulations thereunder. The CRTC, which administers the Broadcasting Act and the Telecommunications Act, has the power to grant, amend, suspend, revoke and renew broadcasting licenses, approve certain changes in corporate ownership and control, and make regulations and policies in accordance with the Broadcasting Act and the Telecommunications Act, subject to certain directions from the federal cabinet. Our wireless and cable operations are also subject to technical requirements, license conditions and performance standards under the Radiocommunication Act (Canada) (the “ Radiocommunication Act ”), which is administered by Industry Canada.

In addition, laws relating to communications, data protection, e-commerce, direct marketing and digital advertising and the use of public records have become more prevalent in recent years. Existing and proposed legislation and regulations, including changes in the manner in which such legislation and regulations are interpreted by courts in Canada, the United States and other jurisdictions may impose limits on our collection and use of certain kinds of information. For a more extensive description of the regulatory environment affecting our business, see “Item 4. Information on the Company — Regulation”.

Changes to the laws, regulations and policies governing our operations, the introduction of new laws, regulations, policies or terms of license, the issuance of new licenses, including additional spectrum licenses to our competitors or changes in the treatment of the tax deductibility of advertising expenditures could have a material adverse effect on our business (including how we provide products and services), financial condition, prospects and results of operations. In addition, we may incur increased costs necessary to comply with existing and newly adopted laws and regulations or penalties for any failure to comply. It is difficult to predict in what form laws and regulations will be adopted or how they will be construed by the relevant courts, or the extent to which any changes might adversely affect us.

Industry Canada may not renew our AWS licenses on acceptable terms, or at all.

Our AWS licenses were issued in December 2008 for a term of ten years. At least two years before the end of this term, and any subsequent term, we may apply for a renewed license for a term of up to ten years. AWS license renewal, including whether license fees should apply for a subsequent license term, will be subject to a public consultation process initiated in year eight of the license.

We are required to provide third-party ISPs with access to our cable systems, which may result in increased competition.

The largest cable operators in Canada, including Videotron, have been required by the CRTC to provide third-party ISPs with access to their cable systems at mandated cost-based rates. Several third-party ISPs are interconnected to our cable network and are thereby providing retail Internet access services.

The CRTC also requires large cable carriers, such as us, to allow third party ISPs to provide telephony and networking (LAN/VPN) applications in addition to retail Internet access services. As a result of these requirements, we may experience increased competition for retail cable Internet and residential telephony customers. In addition, because our third-party Internet access rates are regulated by the CRTC, we could be limited in our ability to recover our costs associated with providing this access.

 

- 19 -


Table of Contents

We are subject to a variety of environmental laws and regulations.

We are subject to a variety of environmental laws and regulations. Certain of our facilities are subject to federal, provincial, state and municipal laws and regulations concerning, among other things, emissions to the air, water and sewer discharge, the handling and disposal of hazardous materials and waste, recycling, the soil remediation of contaminated sites, or otherwise relating to the protection of the environment. In addition, laws and regulations relating to workplace safety and worker health, which, among other things, regulate employee exposure to hazardous substances in the workplace, also govern our operations. Failure to comply with present or future laws or regulations could result in substantial liability to us. Environmental laws and regulations and their interpretation have changed rapidly in recent years and may continue to do so in the future. Our properties, as well as areas surrounding those properties, particularly those in areas of long-term industrial use, may have had historic uses, or may have current uses, in the case of surrounding properties, which may affect our properties and require further study or remedial measures. We cannot provide assurance that all environmental liabilities have been determined, that any prior owner of our properties did not create a material environmental condition not known to us, that a material environmental condition does not otherwise exist as to any of our properties, or that expenditure will not be required to deal with known or unknown contamination.

Concerns about alleged health risks relating to radiofrequency emissions may adversely affect our business.

Some studies have alleged links between radiofrequency emissions from certain wireless devices and cell sites and various health problems or possible interference with electronic medical devices, including hearing aids and pacemakers. All our cell sites comply with applicable laws and we rely on our suppliers to ensure that the network equipment and customer equipment supplied to us meets all applicable safety requirements. While there is no definitive evidence of harmful effects from exposure to radiofrequency emissions when the limits imposed by applicable laws and regulations are complied with, additional studies of radiofrequency emissions are ongoing and we cannot be sure that the results of any such future studies will not demonstrate a link between radiofrequency emissions and health problems.

The current concerns over radiofrequency emissions or perceived health risks of exposure to radiofrequency emissions could lead to additional governmental regulation, diminished use of wireless services, including Videotron’s, or expose us to potential litigation. Any of these could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, revenues, financial condition and results of operations.

Risks Relating to our Senior Notes and our Capital Structure

Our indebtedness and significant interest payment requirements could adversely affect our financial condition and therefore make it more difficult for us to fulfill our obligations, including our obligations under our Senior Notes.

We currently have a substantial amount of debt and significant interest payment requirements. As at December 31, 2011, we had $2.0 billion of consolidated long-term debt (excluding Quebecor Media subordinated loans). Our indebtedness could have significant consequences, including the following:

 

   

increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;

 

   

require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to making interest and principal payments on our indebtedness, thereby reducing the availability of our cash flow to fund capital expenditures, working capital and other general corporate purposes;

 

   

limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our businesses and the industries in which we operate;

 

   

place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less debt or greater financial resources; and

 

- 20 -


Table of Contents
   

limit, along with the financial and other restrictive covenants in our indebtedness, among other things, our ability to borrow additional funds on commercially reasonable terms, if at all.

Although we have significant indebtedness, we have approximately $575.0 million available for additional borrowings under our existing credit facilities, and indentures governing our outstanding Senior Notes permit us to incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future. If we incur additional debt, the risks we now face as a result of our leverage could intensify. For more information regarding our long-term debt and its maturities, see Notes 17 and 24 of our audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2011 included under “Item 18. Financial Statements” of this annual report. See also the risk factor “— Restrictive covenants in our outstanding debt instruments may reduce our operating and financial flexibility, which may prevent us from capitalizing on certain business opportunities”.

Restrictive covenants in our outstanding debt instruments may reduce our operating and financial flexibility, which may prevent us from capitalizing on certain business opportunities.

Our senior secured credit facilities and the respective indentures governing our outstanding Senior Notes contain a number of operating and financial covenants restricting our ability to, among other things:

 

   

incur indebtedness;

 

   

create liens;

 

   

pay dividends on or redeem or repurchase our stock;

 

   

make certain types of investments;

 

   

restrict dividends or other payments from restricted subsidiaries;

 

   

enter into transactions with affiliates

 

   

issue guarantees of debt; and

 

   

sell assets or merge with other companies.

If we are unable to comply with these covenants and are unable to obtain waivers from our creditors, we would be unable to make additional borrowings under our credit facilities, our indebtedness under these agreements would be in default and could, if not cured or waived, result in an acceleration of such indebtedness and cause cross-defaults under our other debt, including our Senior Notes. If our indebtedness is accelerated, we may not be able to repay our indebtedness or borrow sufficient funds to refinance it, and any such prepayment or refinancing could adversely affect our financial condition. In addition, if we incur additional debt in the future or refinance existing debt, we may be subject to additional covenants, which may be more restrictive than those to which we are currently subject. Even if we are able to comply with all applicable covenants, the restrictions on our ability to manage our business in our sole discretion could adversely affect our business by, among other things, limiting our ability to take advantage of financings, mergers, acquisitions and other corporate opportunities that we believe would be beneficial to us.

We may be required from time to time to refinance certain of our indebtedness. Our inability to do so on favorable terms, or at all, could have a material adverse effect on us.

We may be required from time to time to refinance certain of our existing debt instruments at or prior to their maturity. Our ability to obtain additional financing to repay such existing debt at maturity will depend upon a number of factors, including prevailing market conditions and our operating performance. The tightening of credit availability and the challenges affecting global capital markets could also limit our or our subsidiaries’ ability to refinance existing maturities. There can be no assurance that any such financing will be available to us on favorable terms or at all. See also the risk factor “— The volatility and disruptions in the capital and credit markets could adversely affect our business, including the cost of new capital, our ability to refinance our scheduled debt maturities and meet our other obligations as they become due”.

 

- 21 -


Table of Contents

We may not be able to finance an offer to purchase our Senior Notes in the event of a change of control as required by the respective indentures governing our Senior Notes because we may not have sufficient funds at the time of the change of control or our senior secured credit facilities may not allow the repurchases.

If we experience a change of control, as that term is defined in the indenture governing our Senior Notes, or if we dispose of significant assets under specified circumstances, we may be required to make an offer to repurchase all of our Senior Notes prior to maturity. We can provide no assurance that we will have sufficient funds or be able to arrange for additional financing to repurchase our Senior Notes following such change of control or asset sale. There is no sinking fund with respect to our outstanding Senior Notes.

In addition, a change of control would be an event of default under our senior secured credit facilities. Any future credit agreement or other agreement relating to our senior indebtedness to which we become a party may contain similar provisions. Our failure to offer to repurchase our Senior Notes upon a change of control would, pursuant to the terms of the respective indentures governing our outstanding Senior Notes, constitute an event of default under such indentures. Any such default could, in turn, constitute an event of default under future senior indebtedness, any of which may cause the related debt to be accelerated after the expiry of any applicable notice or grace periods. If debt were to be accelerated, we may not have sufficient funds to repurchase our Senior Notes and repay the debt.

Canadian bankruptcy and insolvency laws may impair the trustees’ ability to enforce remedies under the indentures governing our Senior Notes or the Senior Notes themselves.

The rights of the trustees, who represent the holders of our Senior Notes, to enforce remedies could be delayed by the restructuring provisions of applicable Canadian federal bankruptcy, insolvency and other restructuring legislation if the benefit of such legislation is sought with respect to us. For example, both the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act (Canada) and the Companies’ Creditors Arrangement Act (Canada) (the “ CCAA ”) contain provisions enabling an insolvent person to obtain a stay of proceedings against its creditors and to file a proposal to be voted on by the various classes of its affected creditors. A restructuring proposal, if accepted by the requisite majorities of each affected class of creditors, and if approved by the relevant Canadian court, would be binding on all creditors within each affected class, including those creditors that did not vote to accept the proposal. Moreover, this legislation, in certain instances, permits the insolvent debtor to retain possession and administration of its property, subject to court oversight, even though it may be in default under the applicable debt instrument, during the period that the stay against proceedings remains in place. In addition, it may be possible in certain circumstances to restructure certain debt obligations under the corporate governing statute applicable to the debtor.

The powers of the court under the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act (Canada) and particularly under the CCAA have been interpreted and exercised broadly so as to protect a restructuring entity from actions taken by creditors and other parties. Accordingly, we cannot predict whether payments under our outstanding Senior Notes would be made during any proceedings in bankruptcy, insolvency or other restructuring, whether or when the trustees could exercise their respective rights under the respective indentures governing our Senior Notes or whether and to what extent holders of our Senior Notes would be compensated for any delays in payment, if any, of principal, interest and costs, including the fees and disbursements of the respective trustees.

There is no public market for our Senior Notes.

There is currently no established trading market for our issued and outstanding Senior Notes and we do not intend to apply for listing of any of our Senior Notes on any securities exchange or to arrange for any quotation on any automated dealer quotation systems. No assurance can be given as to the prices or liquidity of, or trading markets for, any series of our Senior Notes. The liquidity of any market for our Senior Notes will depend upon the number of holders of our Senior Notes, the interest of securities dealers in making a market in our Senior Notes, prevailing interest rates, the market for similar securities and other factors, including general economic conditions, our financial condition and performance and our prospects. The absence of an active market for our Senior Notes could adversely affect their market price and liquidity.

 

- 22 -


Table of Contents

In addition, the market for non-investment grade debt has historically, including recently, been subject to disruptions that have caused volatility in prices of securities. It is possible that the market for our Senior Notes will be subject to such disruptions. Any such disruptions may have a negative effect on a holder’s ability to sell our Senior Notes, regardless of our prospects and financial performance.

Non-U.S. holders of our Senior Notes are subject to restrictions on the transfer or resale of our notes.

Although we have registered certain series of our Senior Notes under the Securities Act, we did not, and we do not intend to, qualify our notes by prospectus in Canada, and, accordingly, the notes remain subject to restrictions on resale and transfer in Canada. In addition, non-U.S. holders remain subject to restrictions imposed by the jurisdiction in which the holder is resident.

U.S. investors in our Senior Notes may have difficulties enforcing civil liabilities.

We are incorporated under the laws of the Province of Québec. Substantially all of our directors, controlling persons and officers are residents of Canada or other jurisdictions outside the United States, and all or a substantial portion of their assets and substantially all of our assets are located outside the United States. We have agreed, under the terms of the respective indentures governing our Senior Notes (other than our 7  1 / 8 % Senior Notes due January 15, 2020 and our 6  7 / 8 % Senior Notes due July 15, 2021), to accept service of process in any suit, action or proceeding with respect to the indentures or such notes brought in any federal or state court located in New York City by an agent designated for such purpose, and to submit to the jurisdiction of such courts in connection with such suits, actions or proceedings. Nevertheless, it may be difficult for holders of our Senior Notes to effect service of process within the United States upon directors, controlling persons, officers and experts who are not residents of the United States or to enforce against us or them in the United States, judgments of courts of the United States predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal or state securities laws or other laws of the United States. In addition, there is doubt as to the enforceability in Canada of liabilities predicated solely upon U.S. federal or state securities law against us or against our directors, controlling persons and officers who are not residents of the United States, in original actions or in actions for enforcement of judgments of courts of the United States.

We are controlled by Quebecor Media and its interests may differ from those of holders of the notes.

All of our issued and outstanding common shares are held by Quebecor Media. As a result, Quebecor Media controls our policies and operations. The interests of Quebecor Media, as our sole common shareholder, may conflict with the interests of the holders of our outstanding notes. In addition, actions taken by Quebecor Media, as well as its financial condition, matters over which we have no control, may affect us.

Also, Quebecor Media is a holding company with no significant assets other than its equity interests in its subsidiaries. Its principal source of cash needed to pay its own obligations is the cash that we and other subsidiaries generate from operations and borrowings. We have the ability to pay significant dividends under the terms of our indebtedness and applicable law and currently expect to make distributions to our shareholder in the future, subject to the terms of our indebtedness and applicable law. See “Item 8. Financial Information — Dividend Policy” elsewhere in this annual report.

ITEM 4 – INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY

 

A- History and Development of the Company

We were founded on September 1, 1989 as part of the amalgamation of our two predecessor companies, namely Videotron Ltd. and Télé-Câble St-Damien inc., under Part IA of the Companies Act (Québec) (since February 14, 2011, the Business Corporations Act (Québec)). On October 23, 2000, our parent company, Le Groupe Vidéotron ltée, was acquired by Quebecor Media.

Our registered office is located at 612 St. Jacques Street, Montréal, Québec, Canada H3C 4M8, and our telephone number is (514) 281-1232. Our corporate website may be accessed through the URL http://www.videotron.com . The information found on our corporate website or on any other website to which we refer in this annual report does not,

 

- 23 -


Table of Contents

however, form part of this annual report and is not incorporated by reference herein. Our agent for service of process in the United States with respect to our Senior Notes (other than our Senior Notes due 2020 and 2021) is CT Corporation System, 111 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10011.

Since December 31, 2008, we have completed several capital expenditures, business development projects and transactions, including, among others, the following:

 

   

On March 14, 2012, we issued US$800 million aggregate principal amount of our 5% Senior Notes due 2022 for net proceeds of $787.6 million (net of financing expenses). On the same date, we have simultaneously launched a cash tender offer and issued a notice of redemption for the entire outstanding principal amount of our 6  7 / 8 % senior notes due January 15, 2014. We will use the proceeds to repurchase and retire all US$395 million aggregate principal amount of our outstanding 6  7 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2014 to fully repay the borrowings under our revolving credit facility to pay related fees and expenses and use the remainder for general corporate purposes.

 

   

In 2011, we actively pursued the roll-out of our 4G network. As of December 31, 2011, our mobile telephony service was available to close to 7 million people across the Province of Québec and in Eastern Ontario. During 2011, we activated 154,467 net new lines on our new advanced mobile network at a pace of approximately 12,900 net new lines per month, bringing our total mobile customer base to 290,578 activated lines.

 

   

On July 20, 2011, we amended our $575.0 million revolving credit facility to extend the expiry date from April 2012 to July 2016 and to modify certain other terms and conditions thereof.

 

   

On July 5, 2011, we issued $300.0 million aggregate principal amount of our 6  7 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2021 for net proceeds of $294.8 million (net of financing expenses). We used the net proceeds to redeem and retire US$255.0 million in aggregate principal amount of our issued and outstanding 6  7 / 8 % senior notes due 2014.

 

   

On May 1, 2011, we acquired Jobboom inc., a subsidiary of an affiliated corporation for a cash consideration of $32.1 million.

 

   

On September 9, 2010, we launched our HSPA+ mobile communication network.

 

   

In September 2010, we launched illico mobile, a service delivered over our 4G network that provides customers with mobile telephone access to several television and Galaxy Music channels, and to the illico mobile store.

 

   

In June 2010, we launched illico web (illicoweb.tv), an Internet television service offering an exceptional variety of content to our digital television and Internet customers, at no additional cost. Customers can access from a computer thousands of French and English movies, series and music from several different television channels.

 

   

In January 2010, we issued $300.0 million aggregate principal amount of our 7  1 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2020 for net proceeds of $293.9 million (net of financing expenses). We used the proceeds to repay the drawings under our senior secured credit facilities and for general corporate purposes.

 

   

On November 13, 2009, we amended our senior secured credit facilities to create a separate $75.0 million secured term facility having a maturity date expiring in June 2018 (“ Export Financing Facility ”). In addition, on November 13, 2009, we entered into a separate credit agreement with a group of lenders and HSBC Bank plc acting as agent for the lenders, providing for an unsecured term credit facility (“ Facility B ”) in a maximum amount equal to the difference between US$100 million and the aggregate of the US dollar equivalent of each drawing made under the Export Financing Facility. The Facility B has never been used and was cancelled as of August 2011. The proceeds of the Export Financing Facility may

 

- 24 -


Table of Contents
 

be used, among other things, for payments and/or reimbursement of payments for export equipment and local services in relation to the contract for wireless infrastructure equipment we entered into with an affiliate of Nokia Corporation.

 

   

On March 5, 2009, we issued US$260.0 million aggregate principal amount of our 9  1 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2018 for net proceeds of $332.4 million (including accrued interest and net of financing expenses). We used the proceeds to repay drawings on our senior secured credit facilities and for general corporate purposes.

 

B- Business Overview

Overview

We are the largest cable operator in the Province of Québec and the third largest in Canada, in each case based on the number of cable customers, as well as being a major Internet service provider and a provider of cable and mobile telephony services in the Province of Québec. Our cable network covers approximately 78% of the Province of Québec’s approximately 3 million residential and commercial premises.

Our mobile network, which was launched in September 2010, is the cornerstone of a corporate business strategy geared toward harnessing all of our creative resources and providing consumers with access to technology, services and information. The deployment of our 4G network and our enhanced offering of mobile communication services for residential and business customers allow us to consolidate our position as a provider of integrated telecommunication services.

In addition, through our Le SuperClub Vidéotron subsidiary, we are also the franchisor of the largest chain of video and video game rental stores in the Province of Québec and among the largest of such chains in Canada. We had a total of 211 retail locations as of December 31, 2011.

Videotron Business Solutions is a premier full-service business telecommunications provider serving businesses of small, medium and large size. In recent years, we have significantly grown our customer base and have become an important player in the business telecommunication segment in the Province of Québec. Products and services include Internet, television, cable and mobile telephony services, hosting, private network connectivity and audio and video transmission.

Competitive strengths

Leading Market Positions

We are the largest cable operator in the Province of Québec and the third largest in Canada, in each case based on the number of cable customers. We believe that our strong market position has enabled us to launch and deploy new products and services more effectively. For example, since the introduction of our cable Internet access service, we estimate that we have become the largest provider of such service in the areas we serve. In addition, we are the franchisor of the largest chain of video stores in the Province of Québec through our Le SuperClub Vidéotron subsidiary. Our extensive proprietary and third-party retail distribution network of stores and points of sale, including both the Le SuperClub Vidéotron stores and our Videotron-branded stores and kiosks, assist us in marketing and distributing our advanced services, such as cable Internet access, digital television and mobile telephony, on a large scale basis.

Differentiated Bundled Services

Through our technologically advanced fixed and mobile network, we offer a differentiated, bundled suite of entertainment, information and communication services and products, including digital television, cable Internet access, video-on-demand and other interactive television services, as well as residential and commercial cable telephony services using VoIP technology, and mobile telephony services. In addition, we deliver high-quality services and products, including, for example, our standard cable Internet access service that enables our customers to download data at a higher speed than currently offered by standard digital subscriber line or DSL technology. We also offer the widest range of

 

- 25 -


Table of Contents

French-language programming in Canada including content from our illico on Demand service available on our illico Digital TV, illico web and illico mobile platforms. Customers can interrupt and resume programming at will on any of these three illico platforms.

Advanced Broadband Network

We are able to leverage our advanced broadband network, 99.6% of which is bi-directional, to offer a wide range of advanced services on the same media, such as digital television, video-on-demand, cable Internet access and cable telephony services. We are committed to maintaining and upgrading our network capacity and, to that end, we currently anticipate that future capital expenditures over the next five years will be required to accommodate the evolution of our products and services and to meet the demand for increased capacity.

Focused and Highly Reliable Network Cluster

Our single hybrid fibre coaxial clustered network covers approximately 78% of the Province of Québec’s total addressable market and nine of the province’s top ten urban areas. We believe that our single cluster and network architecture provides many benefits, including a higher quality and more reliable network, the ability to launch and deploy new products and services, and a lower cost structure through reduced maintenance and technical support costs.

Strong, Market-Focused Management Team

We have a strong, market-focused management team that has extensive experience and expertise in a range of areas, including marketing, finance, telecommunications and technology. Under the leadership of our senior management team, we have, among other things, improved penetration of our high-speed Internet access offering, our VoIP telephony services, our cable products and our mobile telephony services, including through the successful built-out and launch of our mobile telephony network.

Products and Services

We currently offer our customers cable services, mobile telephony services, business telecommunications services and video and video games rental services (as franchisor). In addition, we acquired all activities and websites associated with the business of Jobboom and Réseau Contact from Quebecor Media in the second quarter of 2011.

Cable Services

 

  i. Advanced Cable-Based Products and Services

Cable’s large bandwidth is a key factor in the successful delivery of advanced products and services. Several emerging technologies and increasing Internet usage by our customers have presented us with significant opportunities to expand our sources of revenue. We currently offer a variety of advanced products and services, including cable Internet access, digital television, cable telephony and selected interactive services. We intend to continue to develop and deploy additional added-value services to further broaden our service offering.

 

   

Cable Internet Access . Leveraging our advanced cable infrastructure, we offer cable Internet access to our residential customers primarily via cable modems attached to personal computers. We generally provide this service at download speeds of up to 60 Mbps. In some portions of the network, we offer download speeds of up to 120 Mbps. As of December 31, 2011, we had 1,332,551 cable Internet access customers, representing 71.6% of our basic customers and 50.1% of our total homes passed. Based on internal estimates, we are the largest provider of Internet access services in the areas we serve with an estimated market share of 56.3% as of December 31, 2011.

 

   

Digital Television. We have installed headend equipment capable of delivering digitally encoded transmissions to a two-way digital capable set-top box in the customer’s home. This digital connection provides significant advantages. In particular, it increases channel capacity, which allows us to increase both

 

- 26 -


Table of Contents
 

programming and service offerings while providing increased flexibility in packaging our services. Our basic digital package includes 29 television channels, 45 audio services providing CD-quality music, 19 AM/FM radio channels, an interactive programming guide as well as television based e-mail capability. Our extended digital basic television offering, branded as “ sur mesure ” (on-demand), offers customers the ability to select from more than 300 additional channels of their choice, including U.S. super-stations and other special entertainment programs, allowing them to customize their choices. This also offers customers significant programming flexibility including the option of French-language only, English-language only or a combination of French- and English-language programming, as well as many foreign-language channels. We also offer pre-packaged themed service tiers in the areas of news, sports and discovery. Customers who purchase basic service and one customized package can also purchase channels on an à la carte basis at a specified cost per channel per month. As part of our digital service offering, customers can also purchase near-video-on-demand services on a per-event basis. As of December 31, 2011, we had 1,400,814 customers for our digital television service, representing 75.3% of our total basic customers and 52.7% of our total homes passed. Our customers currently have the option to purchase or lease the digital set-top boxes required for digital service.

 

   

Cable Telephony. Since January 2005, we have been offering cable telephony service using VoIP technology in the Province of Québec. We offer discounts to our customers who subscribe to more than one of our services. We also offer discounts for a second telephone line subscription. In addition, we offer a Softphone service, a computer-based service providing users with more flexibility when traveling, the ability to make local calls anywhere in the world, and new communications management capabilities. As of December 31, 2011, we had 1,205,272, subscribers to our cable telephony service, representing a penetration rate of 64.7% of our basic cable subscribers and 45.4% of our homes passed.

 

   

Video-On-Demand. Video-on-demand service enables digital cable customers to rent content from a library of movies, documentaries and other programming through their digital set-top box, Internet access or mobile phone through illico web and illico mobile. Our digital cable customers are able to rent their video-on-demand selections for a period of 24 hours, which they are then able to watch at their convenience with full stop, rewind, fast forward, pause and replay functionality during that period. In addition, customers can now resume viewing on-demand programming that was paused on either the television, illico web or illico mobile device. We sometimes group movies, events or TV programs available on video-on-demand and offer them on a weekly basis. We also offer a substantial amount of video-on-demand content free of charge to our digital cable customers, comprised predominantly of previously aired television programs and youth-oriented programming. In addition, we offer pay television channels on a subscription basis that permits our customers to access and watch most of the movies available on the linear pay TV channels these clients subscribe to.

 

   

Pay-Per-View (Canal Indigo). Canal Indigo is a group of pay-per-view channels that allow our digital customers to order live events and movies based on a pre-determined schedule.

 

  ii. Traditional Cable Television Services

Customers subscribing to our traditional analog “basic” and analog “extended basic” services generally receive a line-up of 42 channels of television programming, depending on the bandwidth capacity of their local cable system. We also feature an expanding offering of optional channels as well as customized selection of channels or channel packages tailored to satisfy the specific needs of the different customer segments we serve.

Our analog cable television service offerings include the following:

 

   

Basic Service . Our basic service customers generally receive 25 channels on basic cable, consisting of local broadcast television stations, the four U.S. commercial networks and PBS, selected Canadian specialty programming services, and local and regional community programming.

 

   

Extended Basic Service . This expanded programming level of services, which is generally comprised of approximately 17 channels, includes a package of French- and English-language specialty television

 

- 27 -


Table of Contents
 

programming and U.S. cable channels in addition to the basic service channel line-up described above. Branded as “Telemax”, this service was introduced in almost all of our markets largely to satisfy customer demand for greater flexibility and choice.

As of December 31, 2011, we had 460,663 customers for our analog television service, representing 24.7% of our total basic customers.

Mobile Services

On September 9, 2010, we launched our HSPA+ mobile communication network (4G). As of December 31, 2011, most of our cable footprint had access to our advanced mobile services. Prior to launching our HSPA+ mobile communication network (4G), we have been offering mobile wireless telephony services as a Mobile Virtual Network Operator (“ MVNO ”) since 2006.

In August 2011, we upgraded our wireless network to HSPA+ Dual Carrier Technology allowing speed of up to 42Mbps. Bundling our cable broadband Internet access with our mobile Internet access was a first in the industry and is a unique offering of “everywhere Internet”.

In partnership with Industry Canada, we launched fixed wireless Internet access in selected rural areas of the Province of Québec on December 14, 2011. Powered by its HSPA+ network, this service allows thousands of households and businesses that had no access to high speed Internet to benefit from a reliable and professionally installed high speed Internet. As a result, we extended our residential and business Internet footprint to dozens of underserved municipalities across the Province of Québec.

Our strategy in the coming years is to build on our position as a telecommunications leader with our 4G mobile services. With this service, we provide an offering of advanced mobile telecommunications services to consumers and small and medium-sized businesses that are based on effective, reliable technology, diverse and convergent content and unambiguous business policies. Our mobile service is the cornerstone of a corporate business strategy geared toward harnessing all of Quebecor Media’s creative resources and providing consumers with access to technology, services and information anytime, anywhere.

As of December 31, 2011, we had 290,578 activated lines to our mobile telephony services.

Business Telecommunications Services

Videotron Business Solutions is a premier full-service business telecommunications provider. We serve three customer segments: small and medium-sized businesses, large businesses, and telecommunications carriers. In recent years, we have significantly grown our customer base and have become an important player in the business telecommunications segment in the Province of Québec. Products and services for small and medium-sized businesses are supported by our coaxial technology and our solid expertise in business services. Customized solutions designed to meet customers’ needs incorporating tools such as fiber-optic landlines, High Speed Internet access, television, telephony services, website hosting, private network connectivity and audio and video transmission, all based on state-of-the-art technology, are also offered to large businesses and carriers. We also offer mobile communications services, telephony services using our multiple label switching (“ MPLS ”) network and 120Mbps high speed Internet access targeted at small and medium sized businesses using our Hybrid fiber coaxial (“ HFC ”) network.

Video Rental Services

Through Le SuperClub Vidéotron, we are the franchisor of the largest chain of video and video game rental stores in the Province of Québec and among the largest of such chains in Canada. We have a total of 211 retail locations. With 171 of these retail locations offering our suite of telecommunication services and products, Le SuperClub Vidéotron is both a showcase and a valuable and cost-effective distribution network for our growing array of advanced products and services, such as cable Internet access, digital television and cable and mobile telephony.

 

- 28 -


Table of Contents

Jobboom and Réseau Contact

Jobboom.com is a unique web-based employment site with over 2.5 million members as of December 31, 2011. The activities of Jobboom also include Les Éditions Jobboom (a careers book editor) and Jobboom Formation (an internet directory of continuing education services).

RéseauContact.com is the largest French-language dating and friendship website in the Province of Québec.

Customer Statistics Summary

The following table summarizes our customer statistics for our analog and digital cable and advanced products and services:

 

    

As of December 31,

 
     2011     2010     2009     2008     2007  

Homes passed (1)

     2,657,315        2,612,406        2,575,315        2,542,859        2,497,403   

Cable

          

Basic customers (2)

     1,861,477        1,811,570        1,777,025        1,715,616        1,638,097   

Penetration (3)

     70.1     69.3     69.0     67.5     65.6

Digital customers

     1,400,814        1,219,599        1,084,100        927,322        768,211   

Penetration (4)

     75.3     67.3     61.0     54.1     46.9

Dial-up Internet Access

          

Dial-up customers

     2,986        3,851        4,988        6,533        9,052   

Mobile High Speed Internet

          

Mobile High Speed Internet

     6,086        2,319        —          —          —     

Cable Internet Access

          

Cable modem customers

     1,332,551        1,252,104        1,170,570        1,063,847        932,989   

Penetration (3)

     50.1     47.9     45.5     41.8     37.4

Telephony Services

          

Cable telephony customers

     1,205,272        1,114,294        1,014,038        851,987        636,352   

Penetration (3)

     45.4     42.7     39.4     33.5     25.5

Mobile telephony lines (5)

     290,578        136,111        82,813        63,402        45,077   

 

(1) “Homes passed” means the number of residential premises, such as single dwelling units or multiple dwelling units, and commercial premises passed by the cable television distribution network in a given cable system service area in which the programming services are offered.
(2) Basic customers are customers who receive basic cable service in either the analog or digital mode.
(3) Represents customers as a percentage of total homes passed.
(4) Represents customers for the digital service as a percentage of basic cable customers.
(5) Prior to September 9, 2010, represents lines under our MVNO service offering.

In the year ended December 31, 2011, we recorded a net increase of 49,907 basic cable customers. During the same period, we also recorded net additions of 80,447 subscribers to our cable Internet access service, 181,215 customers to our digital television service (which includes customers who have upgraded from our analog cable service), and 90,978 customers to our cable telephony services. In 2011, we added 154,467 net lines on our mobile telephony services.

Industry Overview

Cable Television Industry

 

  i. Industry Data

Cable television has been available in Canada for more than 50 years and is a well developed market. As of August 31, 2010, the most recent date for which data is available, there were approximately 8.3 million cable television customers in Canada. For the twelve months ended August 31, 2010 (the most recent data available), total industry

 

- 29 -


Table of Contents

revenue was estimated to be over $10.1 billion and is expected to grow in the future based on the fact that Canadian cable operators have aggressively upgraded their networks and have begun launching and deploying new products and services, such as cable Internet access, digital television services and telephony services. The following table summarizes the most recent available annual key statistics for the Canadian and U.S. cable television industries.

 

    

Twelve Months Ended August 31,

 
     2010     2009     2008     2007     2006     CAGR (1)  
     (Dollars in billions and basic cable customers in millions)  

Canada

            

Industry Revenue (2)

   $ 10.1      $ 9.2      $ 8.2      $ 7.1      $ 6.1        13.5

Basic Cable Customers (2)

     8.3        8.1        7.9        7.7        7.5        2.5
    

Twelve Months Ended December 31,

 
     2010     2009     2008     2007     2006     CAGR (1)  
     (US dollars in billions, homes passed and basic cable customers in millions)  

U.S.

            

Industry Revenue

   US$ 93.7      US$ 90.2      US$ 86.3      US$ 78.8      US$ 71.9        5.44

Homes Passed (3)

     129.3        125.7        124.2        123.0        111.6        2.99

Basic Cable Customers

     59.8        62.6        63.7        64.9        65.4        -1.77

Basic Penetration

     45.5     49.8     51.3     52.8     58.6     -4.93

 

Source of Canadian data: CRTC.

Source of U.S. data: NCTA, A.C. Nielsen Media Research and SNL Kagan.

 

(1) Compounded annual growth rate from 2006 through 2010.
(2) Including IPTV since 2008.
(3) “Homes passed” means the number of residential premises, such as single dwelling units or multiple dwelling units, and commercial premises passed by the cable television distribution network in a given cable system service area in which the programming services are offered.

 

  ii. Expansion of Digital Distribution and Programming

In recent years, digital technology has significantly expanded the range of services that may be offered to our customers. We now offer 395 channels on our digital platform, including 176 English-language channels, 60 French-language channels, 64 HDTV channels, 10 time-shifting channels, 63 radio/music channels and 22 others.

Many programming services have converted to high-definition format and HDTV programming is steadily increasing. We believe that the availability of HDTV programming will continue to increase significantly in the coming years and will result in a higher penetration level of digital distribution.

Our strategy, in the coming years, will be to continue the expansion in our offering and maintain the quality of our programming. Our cable television service depends in large part on our ability to distribute a wide range of appealing, conveniently-scheduled television programming at reasonable rates and will be an important factor in our success to maintain the attractiveness of our services to customers. In addition, we will continue working on the expansion of our added-value products, such as video-on-demand and digital television interactive content. In late 2010, we also started offering sporting events, movies and documentaries using new 3D technologies.

Mobile Telephony Industry

In terms of wireless penetration rate (i.e. the number of active SIM cards and/or connected lines versus total population, expressed as a percentage), the Canadian mobile telephony market is relatively under-developed. Based on The Netsize Guide 2011: Truly mobile , Canada occupies the fortieth position out of forty-one countries in terms of wireless penetration, with a penetration rate of 72.4% in the fourth quarter of 2011. We estimate that, as of December 31, 2011, the Province of Québec had a penetration rate under the Canadian average. Comparatively, according to Global mobile statistics, the United States had a penetration rate of 94.1% as of November 30, 2011, while Europe’s overall penetration rate reached 120%.

 

- 30 -


Table of Contents

The wireless spectrum auction completed in July 2008 has brought new players onto the market, which led to lower prices for customers. To respond to this new offer, traditional incumbents launched, or have operated for some time, low-price subsidiaries. As of December 31, 2011, incumbents were still dominant in the Industry with market share exceeding 90% in the Province of Québec.

With an increasing number of regional operators competing on price, coverage, handset offers and technological reliability, the Canadian wireless industry is highly competitive. With the deployment of Advanced Wireless Networks throughout the country and the increasing penetration rate among younger customers, the demand for technologically advanced bandwidth-hungry devices (smartphones, tablets, etc.) is increasing rapidly. As of September 30, 2011, there were 25.5 million subscribers in Canada.

Pricing of our Products and Services

Our revenues are derived from the monthly fees our customers pay for cable Internet and telephony and mobile services. The rates we charge vary based on the market served and the level of service selected. Rates are usually adjusted annually. We also offer discounts to our customers who subscribe to more than one of our services, when compared to the sum of the prices of the individual services provided to these customers. As of December 31, 2011, the average monthly invoice on recurring subscription fees per customer was $96.49 and approximately 76% of our customers were bundling two services or more. A one-time installation fee, which may be waived in part during certain promotional periods, is charged to new customers. Monthly fees for rented equipment, such as set-top boxes, are also charged to customers.

Although our service offerings vary by market, because of differences in the bandwidth capacity of the cable systems in each of our markets and other factors, our services are typically offered at monthly price ranges, which reflect discounts for bundled service offerings, as follows:

 

Service

   Price Range  

Basic analog cable

   $ 15.07 – $32.88   

Extended basic analog cable

   $ 31.50 – $45.19   

Basic digital cable

   $ 14.99 – $19.98   

Extended basic digital cable

   $ 31.98 – $80.98   

Pay-television

   $ 3.99 – $29.99   

Pay-per-view (per movie or event)

   $ 4.49 – $69.99   

Video-on-demand (per movie or event)

   $ 0.99 – $59.99   

Dial-up Internet access

   $ 9.95 – $15.95   

Cable Internet access

   $ 27.95 – $159.95   

Mobile High Speed Internet

   $ 29.95 – $44.95   

Cable telephony

   $ 17.35 – $23.35   

Mobile telephony

   $ 19.95 – $104.45   

Our Network Technology

Cable

As of December 31, 2011, our cable systems consisted of 29,517 km of fibre optic cable and 44,641 km of coaxial cable, passing approximately 2.657 million homes and serving approximately 2.1 million customers. Our network is the largest broadband network in the Province of Québec covering approximately 78% of households and, according to our estimates, more than 75% of the businesses located in the major metropolitan areas of the Province of Québec. Our extensive network supports direct connectivity with networks in Ontario, the Maritimes and the United States.

 

- 31 -


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the current technological state of our systems, based on the percentage of our customers who have access to the bandwidths listed below and two-way (or “bi-directional”) capability:

 

     450 MHz and Under     480 to 625 MHz     750 to 1,000 MHz     Two-Way Capability  

December 31, 2007

     1     2     97     99

December 31, 2008

     1     0     99     99

December 31, 2009

     1     0     99     99

December 31, 2010

     1     0     99     99

December 31, 2011

     0.4     0     99.6     99.6

Our cable television networks are comprised of four distinct parts including signal acquisition networks, main headends, distribution networks and subscriber drops. The signal acquisition network picks up a wide variety of television, radio and multimedia signals. These signals and services originate from either a local source or content provider or are picked up from distant sites chosen for satellite or over-the-air reception quality and transmitted to the main headends by way of over-the-air links, coaxial links or fibre optic relay systems. Each main headend processes, modulates, scrambles and combines the signals in order to distribute them throughout the network. Each main headend is connected to the primary headend in order to receive the digital MPEG2 signals and the IP backbone for the Internet services. The first stage of this distribution consists of a fibre optic link which distributes the signals to distribution or secondary headends. After that, the signal uses the hybrid fibre coaxial cable network made of wide-band optical nodes, amplifiers and coaxial cables capable of serving up to 30 km in radius from the distribution or secondary headends to the subscriber drops. The subscriber drop brings the signal into the customer’s television set directly or, depending on the area or the services selected, through various types of customer equipment including set-top boxes and cable modems.

We have adopted the hybrid fibre coaxial (“ HFC ”) network architecture as the standard for our ongoing system upgrades. HFC network architecture combines the use of fibre optic cable with coaxial cable. Fibre optic cable has excellent broadband frequency characteristics, noise immunity and physical durability and can carry hundreds of video and data channels over extended distances. Coaxial cable is less expensive and requires greater signal amplification in order to obtain the desired transmission levels for delivering channels. In most systems, we deliver our signals via fibre optic cable from the headend to a group of optical nodes and then via coax to the homes passed served by the nodes. Traditionally, our system design provided for cells of approximately 500 homes each to be served by fibre-optic cable. To allow for this configuration, secondary headends were put into operation in the Greater Montréal Area and in the Greater Québec City Area. Remote secondary headends must also be connected with fibre optic links. From the secondary headends to the homes, the customer services are provided through the transmission of a radiofrequency (“ RF ”) signal which contains both downstream and upstream information (two-way).The loop structure of the two-way HFC networks brings reliability through redundancy, the cell size improves flexibility and capacity, while the reduced number of amplifiers separating the home from the headend improves signal quality and reliability. The HFC network design provided us with significant flexibility to offer customized programming to individual cells of approximately 500 homes, which is critical to our advanced services, such as video-on-demand, Switched Digital Video Broadcast and the continued expansion of our interactive services. Starting in 2008, we began an extensive network modernization effort in the Greater Montréal Area in order to meet the ever expanding service needs of the customer in terms of video, telephony and Internet services. This ongoing modernization implies an extension of the upper limit of the RF spectrum available for service offerings and a deep fibre deployment, which significantly extends the fibre portion in the HFC network (thereby reducing the coax portion). Additional optical nodes were systematically deployed to increase the segmentation of customer cells, both for upstream and downstream traffic. This modernization initiative results in (i) a network architecture where the segmentation for the upstream traffic is for 125 homes while that for the downstream traffic is set to 250 (which can evolve to 125 homes), and (ii) the availability of a 1 GHz spectrum for service offerings. The robustness of the network is greatly enhanced (much less active equipment in the network such as RF amplifiers for the coax portion), the service offering potential and customization to the customer base is significantly improved (through the extension of the spectrum to 1 GHz and the increased segmentation) and allows much greater speeds of transmission for Internet services which are presently unrivalled. The overall architecture employs Division Wavelength Multiplexing (“ DWM ”), which allows us to limit the amount of fibre required, while providing an effective customization potential. As such, in addition to the broadcast information, up to 24 wavelengths can be combined on a transport fibre from the secondary headend to a 3,000 home aggregation point. Each of these wavelengths is dedicated to the specific requirements of 125 homes. The RF spectrum is set with analog content (to be phased out eventually) and digital information using quadrature amplitude modulation. MPEG video compression techniques and the Data over Cable Service Interface Specification (“ DOCSIS ”) protocol allow us to provide a great service offering of standard definition and high definition video, as well as complete voice and Internet services. This modernization project gives us flexibility to meet customer needs and future network evolution requirements. The modernization of the Greater-Montréal network is scheduled to be completed by 2015.

 

- 32 -


Table of Contents

Our strategy of maintaining a leadership position in respect of the suite of products and services that we offer and launching new products and services requires investments in our network to support growth in our customer base and increases in bandwidth requirements. Approximately 99.6% of our network in the Province of Québec has been upgraded to a bandwidth of 750 MHz or greater. Also, in light of the greater availability of HDTV programming, the ever increasing speed of Internet access and increasing demand for our cable telephony service, further investment in the network will be required.

Mobile Telephony

During 2011, we continued our HSPA+ network expansion and densification plan throughout the Province of Québec and over the Greater Ottawa Area. As of December 31, 2011, our network reached approximately 78.5% of the population of the Province of Québec and most of our cable homes passed, allowing the vast majority of our potential clients to have access to our advanced mobile services. The majority of our towers and antennas are linked through our fibre-optic network using a MPLS protocol, and our network was built and designed to support important customer growth in coming years.

With the introduction of a new technology called Dual-Carrier technology in August of this year, our HSPA+ mobile communication network (4G) allows data transmission speeds up to 42 Mbps.

Our strategy in the coming years is to build on our position as a telecommunication leader with our 4G mobile services and to keep the technology at the cutting edge as it continues to evolve rapidly and new market standards such as Long Term Evolution-Advanced (“ LTE 4G ”) are appearing. We will also continue to expand our offer of handset devices in 2012.

Marketing and Customer Care

Our long term marketing objective is to increase our cash flow through deeper market penetration of our services, development of new services and continued growth in revenue per customer. We believe that customers will come to view their cable connection as the best distribution channel to the home for a multitude of services. To achieve this objective, we are pursuing the following strategies:

 

   

develop attractive bundle offers to encourage our customers to subscribe to two or more products, which increases ARPU and customer retention as well as increasing our operating margin;

 

   

continue to rapidly deploy advanced products and services such as cable Internet access, digital television, cable telephony and mobile telephony services;

 

   

encourage our clients to migrate from analog to digital television using attractive incentives;

 

   

design product offerings that provide greater opportunity for customer entertainment and information choices;

 

   

target marketing opportunities based on demographic data and past purchasing behaviour;

 

   

develop targeted marketing programs to attract former customers, households that have never subscribed to our services and customers of alternative or competitive services;

 

   

enhance the relationship between customer service representatives and our customers by training and motivating customer service representatives to promote advanced products and services;

 

- 33 -


Table of Contents
   

leverage the retail presence of Le SuperClub Vidéotron, our Videotron-branded stores and kiosks, Archambault stores, and third-party commercial retailers;

 

   

cross-promote the wide variety of content and services offered within the Quebecor Media group (including, for example, the content of TVA Group productions and the 1-900 service for audience voting during reality television shows popular in the Province of Québec) in order to distribute our cable, data transmission, cable telephony and mobile telephony services to our existing and future customers;

 

   

introduce new value-added packages of products and services, which we believe increases average revenue per user, or ARPU, and improves customer retention; and

 

   

leverage our business market, using our network and expertise with our commercial customer base, which should enable us to offer additional bundled services to our customers and may result in new business opportunities.

We continue to invest time, effort and financial resources in marketing new and existing services. To increase both customer penetration and the number of services used by our customers, we use coordinated marketing techniques, including door-to-door solicitation, telemarketing, media advertising, e-marketing and direct mail solicitation.

Maximizing customer satisfaction is a key element of our business strategy. In support of our commitment to customer satisfaction, we provide a 24-hour customer service hotline seven days a week for nearly all of our systems, in addition to our web-based customer service capabilities. All of our customer service representatives and technical support staff are trained to assist our customers with respect to all products and services offered by us, which in turn allows our customers to be served more efficiently and seamlessly. Our customer care representatives continue to receive extensive training to develop customer contact skills and product knowledge, which are key contributors to high rates of customer retention as well as to selling additional products and services and higher levels of service to our customers. To assist us in our marketing efforts, we utilize surveys, focus groups and other research tools as part of our efforts to determine and proactively respond to customer needs.

Programming

We believe that offering a wide variety of conveniently scheduled programming is an important factor in influencing a customer’s decision to subscribe to and retain our cable services. We devote resources to obtaining access to a wide range of programming that we believe will appeal to both existing and potential customers. We rely on extensive market research, customer demographics and local programming preferences to determine our channel and package offerings. The CRTC currently regulates the distribution of foreign content in Canada and, as a result, we are limited in our ability to provide such programming to our customers. We obtain basic and premium programming from a number of suppliers, including TVA Group.

Our programming contracts generally provide for a fixed term of up to seven years, and are subject to negotiated renewal. Programming tends to be made available to us for a flat fee per customer. Our overall programming costs have increased in recent years and may continue to increase due to factors including, but not limited to, additional programming being provided to customers as a result of system rebuilds that increase channel capacity, increased costs to produce or purchase specialty programming, inflationary or negotiated annual increases, and the concentration of broadcasters following recent acquisitions in the market.

Competition

We operate in a competitive business environment in the areas of price, product and service offerings and service reliability. We compete with other providers of television signals and other sources of home entertainment. Due to ongoing technological developments, the distinctions among traditional platforms (broadcasting, Internet, and telecommunications) is fading rapidly. The Internet as well as mobile devices are becoming important broadcasting and distribution platforms. In addition, mobile operators, with the development of their respective 4G networks, are now offering wireless and fixed wireless Internet services and our VoIP telephony service is also competing with Internet-based solutions.

 

- 34 -


Table of Contents
   

Providers of Other Entertainment. Cable systems face competition from alternative methods of distributing and receiving television signals and from other sources of entertainment such as live sporting events, movie theatres and home video products, including digital recorders, DVD players and video games. The extent to which a cable television service is competitive depends in significant part upon the cable system’s ability to provide a greater variety of programming, superior technical performance and superior customer service than are available through competitive alternative delivery sources.

 

   

Direct Broadcast Satellite. DBS is a significant competitor to cable systems. DBS delivers programming via signals sent directly to receiving dishes from medium and high-powered satellites, as opposed to cable delivery transmissions. This form of distribution generally provides more channels than some of our television systems and is fully digital. DBS service can be received virtually anywhere in Canada through the installation of a small rooftop or side-mounted antenna. Like digital cable distribution, DBS systems use video compression technology to increase channel capacity and digital technology to improve the quality of the signals transmitted to their customers.

 

   

DSL. The deployment of digital subscriber line technology, known as DSL, provides customers with Internet access at data transmission speeds greater than that available over conventional telephone lines. DSL service is comparable to cable-modem Internet access over cable systems. We also face competition from other providers of DSL service.

 

   

Internet Video Streaming. The continuous technology improvement of the Internet combined with higher download speeds contributes to the emergence of alternative technologies such as IPTV digital content (movies, television shows and other video programming) offered on various Internet streaming platforms. While having a positive impact on the demand for our Internet services, this model could adversely impact the demand for our video-on-demand services.

 

   

VDSL. VDSL technology increases the available capacity of DSL lines, thereby allowing the distribution of digital video. Multi-system operators are now facing competition from ILECs, which have been granted licenses to launch video distribution services using this technology, which operates over copper phone lines. The transmission capabilities of VDSL will be significantly boosted with the deployment of technologies such as vectoring (the reduction or elimination of the effects of far-end crosstalk) and twisted pair bonding (use of additional twisted pairs to increase data carriage capacity). Certain ILECs have already started replacing many of their main feeds with fibre optic cable and positioning VDSL transceivers, a VDSL gateway, in larger multiple-dwelling units, in order to overcome the initial distance limitations of VDSL. With this added capacity, along with the evolution of compression technology, VDSL-2 will offer significant opportunities for services and increase its competitive threat against other multi-system operators.

 

   

Mobile telephony services. With our mobile telephony 4G network, we compete against a mix of market participants, some of them being active in some or all the products we offer, while others only offer mobile wireless telephony services in our market. In addition, users of mobile voice and data systems may find their communication needs satisfied by other current or developing adjunct technologies, such as Wi-Fi, WiMax, “hotspots” or trunk radio systems, which have the technical capability to handle mobile data communication and mobile telephone calls. Also, the Canadian incumbents have recently started the deployment of LTE 4G networks and this technology is deemed to become an industry standard. These LTE 4G technologies are being developed in anticipation of the additional network capacity that may be required to address the surging demand for wireless data. Such technologies evolved in the past year but will not offer voice over LTE until 2013.

 

- 35 -


Table of Contents
   

Private Cable. Additional competition is posed by satellite master antenna television systems known as “SMATV systems” serving multi dwelling units, such as condominiums, apartment complexes, and private residential communities.

 

   

Other Cable Distribution. Currently, a cable operator offering television distribution and providing cable-modem Internet access service is serving the Greater Montréal Area. This cable operator is owned by the regional ILEC.

 

   

Wireless Distribution. Cable television systems also compete with wireless program distribution services such as multi channel multipoint distribution systems, or MDS. This technology uses microwave links to transmit signals from multiple transmission sites to line-of-sight antennas located within the customer’s premises.

 

   

Grey and Black Market DBS Providers. Cable and other distributors of television signals continue to face competition from the use of access codes and equipment that enable the unauthorized decoding of encrypted satellite signals, from unauthorized access to our analog and digital cable signals (black market) and from the reception of foreign signals through subscriptions to foreign satellite television providers that are not lawful distributors in Canada (grey market).

 

   

Telephony Service. Our cable telephony service competes against other telephone companies, including both the incumbent telephone service provider in the Province of Québec, which used to control a significant portion of the telephony market in the Province of Québec, as well as other VoIP telephony service providers and mobile wireless telephone service providers.

 

   

Other Internet Service Providers. In the Internet access business, cable operators compete against other Internet service providers offering residential and commercial Internet access services. The CRTC requires the large Canadian incumbent cable operators to offer access to their high-speed Internet system to competitive Internet service providers at mandated rates.

Regulation

Foreign Ownership Restrictions Applicable under the Telecommunications Act (Canada) and the Broadcasting Act (Canada)

In the March 2010 Throne Speech, the Government of Canada stated its intention to loosen restrictions on foreign investment in the telecommunications industry. Consultations on this subject, including references to the related subject of foreign investment in the broadcasting industry, were held in June and July 2010. A consultation document issued by the Government at that time listed three options for loosening restrictions: (1) increase the direct limit for foreign ownership of broadcasting and telecommunication companies to 49 percent; (2) permit unrestricted foreign investment in start-up telecommunications companies as well as existing small industry players, defined as those with less than 10 percent of total telecommunications revenues in Canada; and (3) remove the telecommunications restrictions completely. Public statements by the Minister of Industry have since indicated that the Government seeks to enact its chosen option in time for the next wireless spectrum auction, which is expected to be held in late 2012 or early 2013.

Ownership and Control of Canadian Broadcast Undertakings

The Governor in Council, through an Order-in-Council referred to as the Direction to the CRTC ( Ineligibility of Non-Canadians ), has directed the CRTC not to issue, amend or renew a broadcasting license to an applicant that is a non-Canadian. Canadian, a defined term in the Direction, means, among other things, a citizen or a permanent resident of Canada, a qualified corporation, a Canadian government, a non-share capital corporation of which a majority of the directors are appointed or designated by statute, regulation or specified governmental authorities, or a qualified mutual insurance company, qualified pension fund society or qualified cooperative of which not less than 80% of the directors or members are Canadian. A qualified corporation is one incorporated or continued in Canada, of which the chief executive officer (or if there is no chief executive officer, the person performing functions similar to those performed by a chief

 

- 36 -


Table of Contents

executive officer) and not less than 80% of the directors are Canadian, and not less than 80% of the issued and outstanding voting shares and not less than 80% of the votes are beneficially owned and controlled, directly or indirectly, by Canadians. In addition to the above requirements, Canadians must beneficially own and control, directly or indirectly, not less than 66.6% of the issued and outstanding voting shares and not less than 66.6% of the votes of the parent company that controls the subsidiary, and neither the parent company nor its directors may exercise control or influence over any programming decisions of the subsidiary if Canadians beneficially own and control less than 80% of the issued and outstanding shares and votes of the parent corporation, if the chief executive officer of the parent corporation is a non-Canadian or if less than 80% of the parent corporation’s directors are Canadian. There are no specific restrictions on the number of non-voting shares which may be owned by non-Canadians. Finally, an applicant seeking to acquire, amend or renew a broadcasting license must not otherwise be controlled in fact by non-Canadians, a question of fact which may be determined by the CRTC in its discretion. Control is defined broadly in the Direction to mean control in any manner that results in control in fact, whether directly through the ownership of securities or indirectly through a trust, agreement or arrangement, the ownership of a corporation or otherwise. We are a qualified Canadian corporation.

Regulations made under the Broadcasting Act require the prior approval of the CRTC for any transaction that directly or indirectly results in (i) a change in effective control of the licensee of a broadcasting distribution undertaking or a television programming undertaking (such as a conventional television station, network or pay or specialty undertaking service), (ii) a person or a person and its associates acquiring control of 30% or more of the voting interests of a licensee or of a person who has, directly or indirectly, effective control of a licensee, or (iii) a person or a person and its associates acquiring 50% or more of the issued common shares of the licensee or of a person who has direct or indirect effective control of a licensee. In addition, if any act, agreement or transaction results in a person or a person and its associates acquiring control of at least 20% but less than 30% of the voting interests of a licensee, or of a person who has, directly or indirectly, effective control of the licensee, the CRTC must be notified of the transaction. Similarly, if any act, agreement or transaction results in a person or a person and its associates acquiring control of 40% or more but less than 50% of the voting interests of a licensee, or a person who has directly or indirectly effective control of the licensee, the CRTC must be notified.

“Diversity of Voices”

On January 15, 2008, the CRTC issued its determination in Broadcasting Public Notice CRTC 2008-4, entitled “ Diversity of Voices ”. In this public notice, the CRTC introduced new policies with respect to cross-media ownership; the common ownership of television services, including pay and specialty services; and the common ownership of broadcasting distribution undertakings (“ BDUs ”). The CRTC’s existing policies with respect to the common ownership of over-the-air (“ OTA ”) television and radio undertakings remain in effect. The CRTC will generally permit ownership by one person of no more than one conventional television station in one language in a given market. The CRTC, as a general rule, will not approve applications for a change in the effective control of broadcasting undertakings that would result in the ownership or control, by one person, of a local radio station, a local television station and a local newspaper serving the same market. Where a person that controls a local radio station and a local television station acquires a local newspaper serving the same market, the CRTC will, at the earliest opportunity, require the licensee to explain why, in light of this policy, its radio or television license(s) should be renewed. The CRTC, as a general rule, will not approve applications for a change in effective control that would result in the control, by one person, of a dominant position in the delivery of television services to Canadians that would impact on the diversity of programming available to television audiences. In terms of BDUs, the CRTC, as a general rule, will not approve applications for a change in the effective control of BDUs in a market that would result in one person being in a position to effectively control the delivery of programming services in that market. The CRTC is not prepared to allow one person to control all BDUs in any given market.

Jurisdiction Over Canadian Broadcast Undertakings

Our cable distribution undertakings are subject to the Broadcasting Act and regulations made under the Broadcasting Act that empower the CRTC, subject to directions from the Governor in Council, to regulate and supervise all aspects of the Canadian broadcasting system in order to implement the policy set out in the Broadcasting Act. Certain of our undertakings are also subject to the Radiocommunication Act, which empowers Industry Canada to establish and administer the technical standards that networks and transmission must comply with, namely, maintaining the technical quality of signals.

 

- 37 -


Table of Contents

The CRTC has, among other things, the power under the Broadcasting Act and regulations promulgated thereunder to issue, subject to appropriate conditions, amend, renew, suspend and revoke broadcasting licenses, approve certain changes in corporate ownership and control, and establish and oversee compliance with regulations and policies concerning broadcasting, including various programming and distribution requirements, subject to certain directions from the Federal Cabinet.

Canadian Broadcasting Distribution (Cable Television)

Licensing of Canadian Broadcasting Distribution Undertakings

A cable distribution undertaking distributes broadcasting services to customers predominantly over closed transmission paths. A license to operate a cable distribution undertaking gives the cable television operator the right to distribute television programming services in its licensed service area. Broadcasting licenses may be issued for periods not exceeding seven years and are usually renewed, except in particular circumstances or in cases of a serious breach of the conditions attached to the license or the regulations of the CRTC. The CRTC is required to hold a public hearing in connection with the issuance, suspension or revocation of a license. We operate 52 cable systems pursuant either to the issuance of a license or of an order that exempts certain network operations from the obligation to hold a license.

Cable systems with 20,000 customers or fewer and operating their own local headend are exempted from the obligation to hold a license pursuant to exemption orders issued by the CRTC on February 15, 2010 (Broadcasting Order CRTC 2009-544). These cable systems are required to comply with a number of programming carriage requirements set out in the exemption order and comply with the Canadian ownership and control requirements in the Direction to the CRTC. Pursuant to Decision CRTC 2010-87, we remain with only 8 cable system licences.

In order to conduct our business, we must maintain our broadcasting distribution undertaking licenses in good standing. Failure to meet the terms of our licenses may result in their short-term renewal, suspension, revocation or non-renewal. We have never failed to obtain a license renewal for any cable systems.

Distribution of Canadian Content

The Broadcasting Distribution Regulations issued by the CRTC pursuant to the Broadcasting Act mandate the types of Canadian and non-Canadian programming services that may be distributed by BDUs, including cable television systems. For example, Canadian television broadcasters are subject to “must carry” rules which require terrestrial distributors, like cable and MDS systems, to carry the signals of local television stations and, in some instances, regional television stations as part of their basic service. The guaranteed carriage enjoyed by local television broadcasters under the “must carry” rules is designed to ensure that the signals of local broadcasters reach cable households and enjoy advantageous channel placement. Furthermore, cable operators, DBS operators and MDS operators must offer their customers more Canadian programming than non-Canadian programming services. In summary, each cable television system is required to distribute all of the Canadian programming services that the CRTC has determined are appropriate for the market it serves, which includes local and regional television stations, certain specialty channels and pay television channels, and a pay-per-view service, but does not include Category B and C digital services.

Broadcasting Distribution Regulations

The Broadcasting Distribution Regulations which came into force in 1998 (the “ 1998 Regulations ”), apply to broadcasting distribution undertakings in Canada. The 1998 Regulations promote competition between broadcasting distribution undertakings and the development of new technologies for the distribution of such services while ensuring that quality Canadian programs are exhibited. The 1998 Regulations introduced important new rules, including the following:

 

   

Competition and Carriage Rules . The 1998 Regulations provide equitable opportunities for all distributors of broadcasting services. Similar to the signal carriage and substitution requirements that are imposed on existing cable television systems, under the 1998 Regulations, new broadcasting distribution undertakings are also subject to carriage and substitution requirements. The 1998 Regulations prohibit a distributor from giving an undue preference to any person, including itself, or subjecting any person to an undue disadvantage. This gives the CRTC the ability to address complaints of anti-competitive behaviour on the part of certain distributors.

 

- 38 -


Table of Contents
   

Signal Substitution . A significant aspect of television broadcasting in Canada is simultaneous program substitution, or simulcasting, a regulatory requirement under which Canadian distribution undertakings, such as cable television systems with over 2,000 customers and DTH satellite operators, are required to substitute the foreign programming service, with local Canadian signal, including Canadian commercials, for broadcasts of identical programs by a U.S. station when both programs are exhibited at the same time. These requirements are designed to protect the program rights that Canadian broadcasters acquire for their respective local markets.

 

   

Canadian Programming and Community Expression Financing Rules . All distributors, except systems with fewer than 2,000 customers, are required to contribute at least 5% of their gross annual broadcast revenues to the creation and presentation of Canadian programming including community programming. However, the allocation of these contributions between broadcast and community programming can vary depending on the type and size of the distribution system involved. In Broadcasting Regulatory Policy 2009-406 issued on July 6, 2009 with respect to the Local Production Improvement Fund (“ LPIF ”), a fund created to help finance local television stations, the CRTC determined that for the upcoming broadcast year the appropriate contribution level by BDUs to the LPIF should be 1.5% of their respective gross revenues. Broadcasting Regulatory Policy 2010-167 identified further procedural requirements with respect to the LPIF, and maintained the contribution level of 1.5% of the prior broadcast year’s gross revenues derived from broadcasting activities. In Broadcasting Notice of Consultation CRTC 2011-788, the Commission announced that a public hearing will be held to review its policies and regulations relating to the Local Programming Improvement Fund, commencing on April 16, 2012.

 

   

Inside Wiring Rules . The CRTC determined that the inside wiring portion of cable networks creates a bottleneck facility that could affect competition if open access is not provided to other distributors. Incumbent cable companies may retain the ownership of the inside wiring but must allow usage by competitive undertakings to which the cable company may charge a just and reasonable fee for the use of the inside wire. On September 3, 2002, the CRTC established a fee of $0.52 per customer per month for the use of cable inside wire in multiple-dwelling units.

In Broadcasting Regulatory Policy CRTC 2011-774, the Commission found that it was appropriate to amend the Broadcasting Distribution Regulations to permit access by subscribers and competing broadcasting distribution undertakings to inside wire in commercial and institutional properties.

Rates

Our revenue related to cable television is derived mainly from (a) monthly subscription fees for basic cable service; (b) fees for premium services such as specialty services, pay-television, pay-per-view television and video-on-demand; and (c) installation and additional outlets charges.

The CRTC does not regulate the fees charged by non-cable broadcast distribution undertakings and does not regulate the fees charged by cable providers.

Other recent changes to regulations which have been announced

In September 2011, the CRTC released Broadcasting Regulatory Policy CRTC 2011-601 (the “ Policy ”) setting out its decisions on the regulatory framework for vertical integration. Vertical integration refers to the ownership or

 

- 39 -


Table of Contents

control by one entity of both programming services, such as conventional television stations or pay and specialty services, as well as distribution services, such as cable systems or DTH satellite services. The Policy: (i) prohibits companies from offering television programs on an exclusive basis to their mobile or Internet subscribers. Any program broadcast on television, including hockey games and other live events, must be made available to competitors under fair and reasonable terms; (ii) allows companies to offer exclusive programming to their Internet or mobile customers provided that it is produced specifically for an Internet portal or a mobile device; and (iii) adopts a code of conduct to prevent anti-competitive behaviour and ensure all distributors, broadcasters and online programming services negotiate in good faith (to protect Canadians from losing a television service during negotiations, broadcasters must continue to provide the service in question and distributors must continue to offer it to their subscribers.)

On September 1 st , 2011, the Commission adopted important amendments to the Broadcasting Distribution Regulations to implement determinations that it has made in various policy proceedings.

On September 1 st , 2011, the transition to digital television broadcasting occurred in major markets of Canada. Consequently, a majority of analog transmitters were shut down approximately on the same date.

In Broadcasting Regulatory Policy CRTC 2011-59, the CRTC established standard conditions of license to video-on-demand (“ VOD ”) undertakings pursuant to which exclusive programming rights were prohibited.

On January 26, 2011, in Decision CRTC 2011-48, the CRTC set out its findings on complaints filed by TELUS and Bell concerning exclusive TVA content on our illico on Demand service. The CRTC found that TVA and/or Videotron had contravened applicable regulations that prohibit them from giving an undue preference or subjecting any person to an undue disadvantage. To remedy the violations, the CRTC set out requirements including that TVA programs distributed on VOD must be provided without delay to TELUS and to Bell and that, within thirty days following the date of the decision, the parties negotiate an agreement for the provision of TVA programming by VOD services or agree on a process for determining a reasonable fee and reasonable terms and conditions for the provision of TVA programming by VOD services. On February 25, 2011, TVA and Videotron filed with the CRTC two separate reports on the progress of negotiations with TELUS and Bell. The Federal Court of Appeal and the Supreme Court of Canada both denied our joint application for leave to appeal the CRTC’s decision. In November 2011, Bell and TVA agreed on the terms and conditions whereby TVA programs will be made available, thus ending Bell’s complaint. TVA is now negotiating with TELUS.

On October 22, 2009, the CRTC amended the Exemption Order applying to new media broadcasting undertakings (Appendix A to the Public Notice CRTC 1999-197). As such, the description of a “new media broadcasting undertaking” was amended to encompass all Internet-based and mobile point-to-point broadcasting services, to introduce an undue preference provision for new media broadcasting undertakings, and to introduce a reporting requirement for such undertakings (Broadcasting Order CRTC 2009-660).

On July 28, 2009, in Broadcasting Regulatory Policy CRTC 2009-329 entitled “Review of Broadcasting in New Media”, the CRTC set out its determinations in its proceeding on Canadian broadcasting in new media. However, the CRTC did not determine the legal issue as to whether Internet access providers carry on, in whole or in part, “broadcasting undertakings” pursuant to the Broadcasting Act when they provide access to broadcasting through the Internet. Instead, the CRTC stated that it would refer the matter to the Federal Court of Appeal. Hence, the CRTC referred this question to the Federal Court of Appeal for hearing and determination in its Broadcasting Order CRTC 2009-452. On July 6, 2010, the Federal Court of Appeal determined that ISPs play a “content-neutral role” in the transmission of data and do not carry on broadcasting activities. The case is now before the Supreme Court of Canada.

Copyright Board Proceedings

Certain copyrights in radio, television, Internet and pay audio content are administered collectively and tariff rates are established by the Copyright Board of Canada (the “ Copyright Board ”). Tariffs set by the Copyright Board are generally applicable until a public process is held and a decision of the Copyright Board is rendered for a renewed tariff. Renewed tariffs are often applicable retroactively.

 

- 40 -


Table of Contents

Royalties for the Retransmission of Distant Signals

Following the implementation in 1989 of the Canada-U.S. Free Trade Agreement, the Copyright Act (Canada) was amended to require retransmitters, including Canadian cable television operators, to pay royalties in respect of the retransmission of distant television and radio signals.

Since this legislative amendment, the Copyright Act (Canada) empowers the Copyright Board to quantify the amount of royalties payable to retransmit these signals and to allocate them among collective societies representing the holders of copyright in the works thus retransmitted. Regulated cable television operators cannot automatically recover such paid retransmission royalties from their customers, although such charges might be a component of an application for a basic cable service rate increase based on economic need.

For the period 2009-2013, the royalties have been set to between $0.48 and $0.98 per customer per month depending on the number of customers receiving the signal. The new tariff has been homologated after negotiation between the industry and collectives.

Royalties for the Transmission of Pay and Specialty Services

In 1989, the Copyright Act (Canada) was amended, in particular, to define copyright as including the exclusive right to “communicate protected works to the public by telecommunication.” Prior to the amendment, it was generally believed that copyright holders did not have an exclusive right to authorize the transmission of works carried on radio and television station signals when these signals were not broadcast but rather transmitted originally by cable television operators to their customers. In 1996, at the request of the Society of Composers, Authors and Music Publishers of Canada (SOCAN), the Copyright Board approved Tariff 17A, which required the payment of royalties by broadcasting distribution undertakings, including cable television operators, that transmit musical works to their customers in the course of transmitting television services on a subscription basis. Through a series of industry agreements, this liability was shared with the pay and specialty programming services.

In March 2004, the Copyright Board changed the name of this tariff from Tariff 17A to Tariff 17 and rendered its decision setting Tariff 17 royalty rates for 2001 through 2004. The Copyright Board changed the structure of Tariff 17 to calculate the royalties based on the revenues of the pay and specialty programming services (affiliation payments only in the case of foreign and pay services, and all revenues in the case of Canadian specialty services) and set a basic royalty rate of 1.78% for 2001 and 1.9% for 2002 through 2004. The basic royalty rate is subject to reductions in certain cases, although there is no Francophone market discount. SOCAN has agreed, by filing proposed tariffs, that the 2005 to 2012 tariffs will continue on the same basis as in 2004, the royalty rate remaining at 1.9%.

Royalties for Pay Audio Services

The royalties payable by distribution undertakings for the communication to the public by telecommunication of musical works in SOCAN’s repertoire in connection with the transmission of a pay audio signal other than retransmitted signals are as follows: a monthly fee of 12.35% of the affiliation payments payable by a distribution undertaking for the transmission for private or domestic use of a pay audio signal, or an annual fee of 6.175% of the affiliation payments payable where the distribution undertaking is a small cable transmission system, an unscrambled low power or very low power television station or an equivalent small transmission system. SOCAN has filed a proposed Pay Audio Tariff for the years 2008 through 2012 that proposes to maintain those rates.

For its part, Re:Sound filed a proposed Pay Audio Tariff for the period 2007-2011 asking for a monthly fee of 15% of the affiliation payments payable by a distribution undertaking for the transmission for private or domestic use of a pay audio signal, or an annual fee of 7.5% of the affiliation payments payable where the distribution undertaking is a small cable transmission system, an unscrambled low power or very low power television station or an equivalent small transmission system.

 

- 41 -


Table of Contents

Royalties for Ringtones

Since 2006, we sell ringtones directly to cellular phone users. After negotiating a proposed increase, SOCAN and the industry, including Videotron, came to an agreement on a new Tariff 24 for the period July 1, 2006 to and including the year 2013, the rate is 6% with a minimum royalty of six cents for the period 2006 to 2009, and 5% with a minimum royalty of five cents for the period 2009 to and including 2013.

ISP Liability

In 1996, SOCAN proposed a tariff to be applied against ISPs, in respect of composers’/publishers’ rights in musical works communicated over the Internet to ISPs’ customers. SOCAN’s proposed tariff was challenged by a number of industry groups and companies. In 1999, the Copyright Board decided that ISPs should not be liable for the communication of musical works by their customers, although they might be liable if they themselves operated a musical website. In June 2004, the Supreme Court of Canada upheld this portion of the decision of the Copyright Board and determined that ISPs do not incur liability for copyright content when they engage in normal intermediary activities, including web hosting for third parties and caching. As a consequence, ISPs may, however, be found liable if their conduct leads to the inference that they have authorized a copyright violation.

Canadian Telecommunications Services

Jurisdiction

The provision of telecommunications services in Canada is regulated by the CRTC pursuant to the Telecommunications Act. The Telecommunications Act provides for the regulation of facilities-based telecommunications common carriers under federal jurisdiction. With certain exceptions, companies that own or operate transmission facilities in Canada that are used to offer telecommunications services to the public for compensation are deemed “telecommunications common carriers” under the Telecommunications Act administered by the CRTC and are subject to regulation. Cable operators offering telecommunications services are deemed “Broadcast Carriers.”

In the Canadian telecommunications market, we operate as a CLEC and a Broadcast Carrier. We also operate our own 4G mobile wireless network and offer services over this network as a Wireless Service Provider (“ WSP ”).

The issuance of licenses for the use of radiofrequency spectrum in Canada is administered by Industry Canada under the Radiocommunication Act. Use of spectrum is governed by conditions of license which address such matters as license term, transferability and divisibility, technical compliance, lawful interception, research and development requirements, and requirements related to antenna site sharing and mandatory roaming.

Our AWS licenses were issued on December 23, 2008, for a term of ten years. At a minimum of two years before the end of this term, and any subsequent terms, we may apply for license renewal for an additional license term of up to ten years. AWS license renewal, including whether license fees should apply for a subsequent license term, will be subject to a public consultation process initiated in year eight.

Application of Canadian Telecommunications Regulation

In a series of decisions, the CRTC has determined that the carriage of “non-programming” services by a cable company results in that company being regulated as a carrier under the Telecommunications Act. This applies to a company serving its own customers, or allowing a third party to use its distribution network to provide non-programming services to customers, such as providing access to cable Internet services.

In addition, the CRTC regulates the provision of telephony services in Canada.

Elements of the CRTC’s local telecommunications regulatory framework to which we are subject include: interconnection standards and inter-carrier compensation arrangements; the mandatory provision of equal access ( i.e. customer choice of long distance provider); standards for the provision of 911 service, message relay service and certain privacy features; the obligation not to prevent other local exchange carriers from accessing end-users on a timely basis

 

- 42 -


Table of Contents

under reasonable terms and conditions in multi dwelling units where we provide service; and the payment of contribution on VoIP revenues for the purposes of the revenue-based contribution regime established by the CRTC to subsidize residential telephone services in rural and remote parts of Canada.

As a CLEC, we are not subject to retail price regulation. ILECs remain subject to retail price regulation in those geographic areas where facilities-based competition is insufficient to protect the interests of consumers. Our ILEC competitors have requested and been granted forbearance from regulation of local exchange services in the vast majority of residential markets in which we compete, as well as in a large number of business markets, including all of the largest metropolitan markets in the Province of Québec.

Right to Access to Telecommunications and Support Structures

The CRTC has concluded that some provisions of the Telecommunications Act may be characterized as encouraging joint use of existing support structures of telephone utilities to facilitate efficient deployment of cable distribution undertakings by Canadian carriers. We access these support structures in exchange for a tariff that is regulated by the CRTC. If it were not possible to agree on the use or conditions of access with a support structure owner, we could apply to the CRTC for a right of access to a supporting structure of a telephone utility. The Supreme Court of Canada, however, held on May 16, 2003 that the CRTC does not have jurisdiction under the Telecommunications Act to establish the terms and conditions of access to the support structure of hydro-electricity utilities. Terms of access to the support structures of hydro-electricity utilities must therefore be negotiated with those utilities.

We have entered into comprehensive support structure access agreements with all of the major hydro-electric companies and all of the major telecommunications companies in its service territory. Our agreement with Hydro-Québec, by far the largest of the hydro-electric companies, was recently extended for two years and will expire in December 2012.

On December 2, 2010, the CRTC issued a decision revising the large ILECs’ support structure service rates. Significant increases in rates, retroactive to mid-2009, were approved for some categories of support structures in our operating territory. However, radical changes in rating methodology were rejected. A follow-on proceeding is considering further rating adjustments that may lead to further rate increases. We do not expect these changes to have a material impact on our network cost structure.

Access by Third Parties to Cable Networks

In Canada, access to the Internet is a telecommunications service. While Internet access services are not regulated on a retail (price and terms of service) basis, Internet access for third-party ISPs is mandated and tariffed according to conditions approved by the CRTC for cable operators.

The largest cable operators in Canada, including Videotron, have been required by the CRTC to provide third-party ISPs with access to their cable systems at mandated cost-based rates. In a decision issued on August 30, 2010, the CRTC reaffirmed the network model underlying the cable operators’ third-party Internet access (or “ TPIA ”) services, and also reaffirmed its directive that, at the same time we offer any new retail Internet service speed, we file proposed revisions to our TPIA tariff to include this new speed offering. TPIA tariff items have been filed and approved for all our Internet service speeds. Several third party ISPs are interconnected to our cable network and are thereby providing retail Internet access services.

The CRTC also requires the large cable carriers, such as us, to allow third party ISPs to provide telephony and networking (LAS/VPN) applications services in addition to retail Internet access services. In addition, in follow-up proceedings to its decision of August 30, 2010, the CRTC is assessing whether large cable carriers should be required to provide static IP addresses under TPIA.

In a decision dated November 15, 2011, the CRTC made substantial changes to the practices that may be employed by incumbent telephone companies and cable operators to bill third parties for the access to and use of their underlying networks. The objective of these changes is to grant third parties greater flexibility to bring pricing discipline, innovation and consumer choice to the retail Internet service market. The new rules, which enter into force on February 1,

 

- 43 -


Table of Contents

2012, require us to replace our former end-user usage-based billing model by a new aggregate capacity-based billing model, for the vast majority of our third party customers. As a result of these changes, we may experience increased competition for retail cable Internet and telephony customers. In addition, because our third-party Internet access rates are regulated by the CRTC, we could be limited in our ability to recover our costs associated with providing this access.

Telemarketing

On September 30, 2008, a comprehensive reform of the CRTC’s telemarketing rules came into force, including the establishment of a new National Do Not Call List (DNCL). In accordance with new legislative powers granted under Bill C-37, which came into force on June 30, 2006, the CRTC has the authority to fine violators of its telemarketing rules up to $1,500 per violation in the case of an individual and $15,000 per violation in the case of a corporation. We have established internal controls to minimize the risk of breaching these rules and to provide any required investigative assistance in relation to alleged third party violations.

Internet Traffic Management Practices

On October 21, 2009, the CRTC issued a regulatory policy regarding the Internet traffic management practices (ITMPs) of ISPs. The policy attempts to balance the freedom of Canadians to use the Internet for various purposes with the legitimate interests of ISPs to manage the traffic thus generated on their networks, consistent with legislation, including privacy legislation. Among other things, the policy sets rules for ensuring transparency in the use of economic and technical ITMPs, and establishes an ITMP framework that provides a structured approach to evaluating whether existing and future ITMPs are in compliance with the prohibition on unjust discrimination (e.g. as against specific applications or content) found in the Telecommunications Act. Specific rules are also established to ensure that wholesale customers are not subjected to unjust discrimination.

On June 30, 2010, the CRTC determined that the policy framework regarding ITMPs applies to the use of mobile wireless data services to provide Internet access.

While we consider our current ITMPs to be fully compliant with the policy, we note that the policy may limit the range of ITMPs we could choose in the future, thereby potentially constraining our ability to recover our costs associated with providing access to our network.

Regulatory Framework for Mobile Wireless Services

On March 14, 2012, the Government of Canada announced its policy framework for the auction of spectrum in the 700 MHz and 2500 MHz bands, both of which are considered attractive candidates for the deployment of LTE 4G mobile wireless technology. The policy framework includes several measures intended to sustain competition and robust investment in wireless telecommunications and promote the timely availability of advanced services, including:

 

   

Foreign investment restrictions will be lifted for companies that have less than a 10 percent share of the Canadian telecommunications market.

 

   

Spectrum caps will be employed in both the 700 MHz and the 2500 MHz auctions to ensure that in each region of Canada no fewer than four operators gain access to prime spectrum.

 

   

Tower sharing and roaming policies will be improved and extended.

 

   

Obligations will be imposed on 700 MHz licence holders to ensure advanced wireless services are quickly delivered to rural Canadians.

The government plans to hold the 700 MHz auction in the first half of 2013, to be followed by the 2500 MHz auction in early 2014. A consultation on the detailed auction design, rules and attributes for the 700 MHz auction will be initiated soon.

Quebecor Media has expressed its support for the pro-competitive measures included in the government’s policy framework, and has indicated that it intends to participate actively in the upcoming consultation on the 700 MHz auction design, rules and attributes.

On March 14, 2012, coincident with the release of the government’s broader policy framework, Industry Canada also initiated a consultation on proposed revisions to existing measures related to mandatory roaming and antenna tower and site sharing. These existing measures were put in place subsequent to the 2008 AWS auction in order to facilitate competitive entry into the wireless sector, among other objectives. Among the revisions proposed in the current consultation are: an indefinite extension of the obligation to offer both in-territory and out-of-territory roaming services on commercial terms; measures to improve transparency and information exchange related to tower sharing; and measures to streamline the arbitration process in the event of disputes. Comments on Industry Canada’s proposals are due in May 2012, with a decision expected prior to the 700 MHz auction.

 

- 44 -


Table of Contents

The CRTC also regulates mobile wireless services under the Telecommunications Act. On August 12, 1994, the CRTC released a decision forbearing from the exercise of most of its powers under the Telecommunications Act as they relate to mobile wireless service. However, the CRTC did maintain its ability to require conditions governing customer confidential information and to place other general conditions on the provision of mobile wireless service. Since 1994, the CRTC has exercised this power, for example, to mandate wireless number portability, and to require all WSPs to upgrade their networks to more precisely determine the location of a person using a mobile phone to call 911.

 

- 45 -


Table of Contents
C- Organizational Structure

Videotron is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Quebecor Media. Quebecor Media is a 54.72% owned subsidiary of Quebecor. The remaining 45.28% of Quebecor Media is owned by CDP Capital d’Amérique Investissements Inc ., a subsidiary of the Caisse de depot et placement du Québec , one of Canada’s largest pension fund managers. The following chart illustrates the corporate structure of Videotron as of December 31, 2011, including Videotron’s significant subsidiaries, together with the jurisdiction of incorporation or organization of each entity.

 

LOGO

 

- 46 -


Table of Contents
D- Property, Plants and Equipment

Our corporate offices are located in leased space at 612 St-Jacques Street, Montréal, Québec, Canada H3C 4M8, in the same building as Quebecor Media’s head office. We also own several buildings in Montréal, the largest building of which is located at 2155 Pie IX Street in Montréal (approximately 128,000 square feet). We also own a building located at 150 Beaubien Street in Montréal (approximately 72,000 square feet). We lease approximately 52,000 square feet of office space in a building located at 800 de la Gauchetière Street in Montréal to accommodate staffing growth. We also lease approximately 54,000 square feet in a building located at 4545 Frontenac Street in Montréal and 47,000 square feet in a building located at 888 De Maisonneuve Street in Montréal. In Québec City, we own a building of approximately 40,000 square feet where our regional headend for the Québec City region is located. We also own or lease a significant number of smaller locations for signal reception sites and customer service and business offices.

Our senior secured credit facilities are secured by charges over all of our assets and those of most of our subsidiaries.

Intellectual Property

We use a number of trademarks for our products and services. Many of these trademarks are registered by us in the appropriate jurisdictions. In addition, we have legal rights in the unregistered marks arising from their use. We have taken affirmative legal steps to protect our trademarks and we believe our trademarks are adequately protected.

Environment

Our operations are subject to Canadian, provincial and municipal laws and regulations concerning, among other things, emissions to the air, water and sewer discharge, handling and disposal of hazardous materials, the recycling of waste, the soil remediation of contaminated sites, or otherwise relating to the protection of the environment. Laws and regulations relating to workplace safety and worker health, which among other things, regulate employee exposure to hazardous substances in the workplace, also govern our operations.

Compliance with these laws has not had, and management does not expect it to have, a material effect upon our capital expenditures, net income or competitive position. Environmental laws and regulations and the interpretation of such laws and regulations, however, have changed rapidly in recent years and may continue to do so in the future. We have monitored the changes closely and have modified our practices where necessary or appropriate. For example, Québec’s regulation on the recovery and reclamation of products by enterprises officially came into force on July 13, 2011. This regulation will require us to implement a recycling program or to become member of a program from an organization accredited by Recyc-Québec. Recovery rates are stipulated for different category of products commercialized by companies to which this regulation applies and penalties will be imposed if such recovery rates are not reached by 2015. Penalties and fines will vary depending upon the amount of products commercialized and the actual recovery rate of the company which failed to reach the targets set forth in the regulation, with potential penalties reaching up to $600,000 annually and with fines for non compliance ranging between $5,000 and $250,000.

Our properties, as well as areas surrounding those properties, particularly those in areas of long-term industrial use, may have had historic uses, or may have current uses, in the case of surrounding properties, which may affect our properties and require further study or remedial measures. We are not currently conducting or planning any material study or remedial measure. Furthermore, we cannot provide assurance that all environmental liabilities have been determined, that any prior owner of our properties did not create a material environmental condition not known to us, that a material environmental condition does not otherwise exist as to any such property, or that expenditure will not be required to deal with known or unknown contamination.

ITEM 4A – UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

 

- 47 -


Table of Contents

ITEM 5 –  OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

The following Management Discussion and Analysis provides information concerning our operating results and financial condition. This discussion should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. As explained under the section “Transition to IFRS” below, Canadian Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”), which were previously used in preparing the consolidated financial statements, were replaced on the adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) on January 1, 2011. The Corporation’s consolidated financial statements for fiscal year ended December 31, 2011 have therefore been prepared in accordance with IFRS. Comparative figures for 2010 have also been restated.

In recent years, the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) has adopted rules and regulations that permit foreign private issuers to include, in their filings with the Commission, financial statements prepared in accordance with IFRS without reconciliation to generally accepted accounting principles as used in the United States, and, in this regard, such reconciliation is no longer included in the consolidated financial statements.

All amounts are in Canadian dollars, unless otherwise indicated. This discussion contains forward-looking statements, which are subject to a variety of factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those contemplated by these statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include, but are not limited to, those discussed under “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and in “ITEM 3. KEY INFORMATION –  RISK FACTORS”.

OVERVIEW

We, Videotron Ltd. (“Videotron” or “the Corporation”), are a wholly owned subsidiary of Quebecor Media Inc. (“Quebecor Media”), incorporated under the Business Corporations Act (Québec). We are the largest cable operator in the Province of Québec and the third-largest in Canada, based on the number of cable customers, as well as being a major cable Internet service and a telephony services provider in the Province of Québec. Videotron’s primary sources of revenue include: subscriptions for cable television, cable Internet access, cable and mobile telephony services, the rental and sale of DVDs and video games, and the operation of specialized websites.

On February 1, 2011, the Corporation completed a corporate business reorganization. Consequently, Videotron Ltd. transferred all its operating assets and operating liabilities, including its employees, to Videotron General Partnership “Videotron G.P.” and Videotron Limited Partnership “Videotron L.P.”

TRANSITION TO IFRS

On January 1, 2011, Canadian GAAP, as used by publicly accountable enterprises, was fully converged into IFRS. Prior to the adoption of IFRS, for all periods up to and including the year ended December 31, 2010, the Corporation’s consolidated financial statements were prepared in accordance with Canadian GAAP. IFRS uses a conceptual framework similar to Canadian GAAP, but there are significant differences related to recognition, measurement and disclosures.

 

- 48 -


Table of Contents

The date of the opening balance sheet under IFRS and the date of transition to IFRS are January 1, 2010. The financial data for 2010 have therefore been restated. The Corporation is also required to apply IFRS accounting policies retrospectively to determine its opening balance sheet, subject to certain exemptions. However, the Corporation is not required to restate figures for periods prior to January 1, 2010 that were previously prepared in accordance with Canadian GAAP.

The new significant accounting policies under IFRS are disclosed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2011, while Note 27 explains adjustments made by the Corporation in preparing its IFRS opening consolidated balance sheet as of January 1, 2010 and in restating its previously published Canadian GAAP consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2010. Note 27 also provides details on exemption choices made by the Corporation with respect to the general principle of retrospective application of IFRS.

TREND INFORMATION

Competition also continues to be intense in the cable and alternative multichannel broadcast distribution industry and in the mobile telephony market. Moreover, the significant subscriber growth recorded in past years is not necessarily indicative of future growth due to penetration rates currently reached.

The Corporation required substantial capital for the upgrade, expansion and maintenance of its network and the launch and expansion of new or additional services to support growth in its customer base and demands for increased bandwidth capacity and other services. The Corporation expects that additional capital expenditures will be required in the short and medium term in order to expand and upgrade systems and services, including expenditures relating to advancements in Internet access and high definition television (“HDTV”), as well as the cost of its mobile services’ infrastructure deployment and upgrade.

HIGHLIGHTS SINCE DECEMBER 31, 2010

 

   

Net addition of 375,800 revenue generating units (RGUs) (representing the sum of our cable television, cable Internet, cable telephony subscribers, and mobile telephony lines) during 2011, compared with 269,700 net RGUs for the same period in 2010, bringing our total RGUs to 4,689,900 as of December 31, 2011.

 

   

In 2011, our mobile network was upgraded to the fourth generation (4G) and we activated lines on our new advanced mobile network at a pace of approximately 12,900 net new lines per month, bringing our total mobile customer base to 290,600 activated lines.

 

   

In 2011, we actively pursued the roll-out of our 4G network. As of December 31, 2011, our mobile telephony service was available to close to 7 million people across the province of Québec and in Eastern Ontario.

 

   

On May 1, 2011, the Corporation acquired Jobboom inc., a subsidiary of an affiliated corporation, for a cash consideration of $32.1 million. The transaction occurred between two wholly owned subsidiaries of Quebecor Media inc.,

 

   

Determined to provide the best offering to the market, starting on July 2011, we launched an attractive rental option of our illico Digital TV set-top box, contributing to a 56% growth in the number of boxes deployed (sales and rental) over the same period last year.

 

   

On July 5, 2011, the Corporation issued $300.0 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes for net proceeds of $294.8 million, net of financing fees of $5.2 million. The Senior Notes bear interest at 6.875% and will mature on July 15, 2021. These notes contain certain restrictions on the Corporation, including limitations on its ability to incur additional indebtedness, pay dividends, or make other distributions, and are unsecured. These notes are redeemable at the option of the Corporation, in whole or in part, at any time prior to June 15, 2016 at a price based on a make-whole formula and at a decreasing premium from June 15, 2016 and thereafter.

 

- 49 -


Table of Contents
   

On July 18, 2011, the Corporation used the proceeds from its Senior Notes issued on July 5, 2011 to redeem and retire US$255.0 million in aggregate principal amount of its issued and outstanding 6.875% Senior Notes due in 2014 and settled its related hedging contracts for a total cash consideration of $303.1 million. This transaction resulted in a total gain of $2.7 million (before income taxes).

 

   

On July 20, 2011, the Corporation amended its $575.0 million senior secured revolving credit facility to extend its maturity date from April 2012 to July 2016 and amend its terms and conditions.

NON-IFRS FINANCIAL MEASURES

The non-IFRS financial measures used by the Corporation to assess its financial performance, such as operating income and average monthly revenue per user (“ARPU”) are not calculated in accordance with or recognized by IFRS. The Corporation’s method of calculating these non-IFRS financial measures may differ from methods used by other companies and, as a result, the non-IFRS financial measures presented in this document may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures disclosed by other companies.

Average Monthly Revenue per User

ARPU is an industry metric that the Corporation uses to measure its monthly cable television, Internet access, cable and mobile telephony revenues per average basic cable customer. ARPU is not a measurement that is consistent with IFRS and the Corporation’s definition and calculation of ARPU may not be the same as identically titled measurements reported by other companies. The Corporation calculates ARPU by dividing its combined cable television, Internet access, cable and mobile telephony revenues by the average number of basic customers during the applicable period, and then dividing the resulting amount by the number of months in the applicable period.

Operating Income

The Corporation defines operating income, as reconciled to net income under IFRS, as net income before amortization, financial expenses, gain on valuation and translation of financial instruments, restructuring of operations and other special items, and income taxes. Operating income as defined above is not a measure of results that is recognized under IFRS. It is not intended to be regarded as an alternative to other financial operating performance measures or to the consolidated statement of cash flows as a measure of liquidity and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for measures of performance prepared in accordance with IFRS. Our management and Board of Directors use this measure in evaluating our consolidated results. As such, this measure eliminates the effect of significant levels of non-cash charges related to depreciation of tangible assets and amortization of certain intangible assets, and it is unaffected by the capital structure or investment activities of the Corporation. Operating income is also relevant because it is a significant component of our annual incentive compensation programs. A limitation of this measure, however, is that it does not reflect the periodic costs of capitalized tangible and intangible assets used in generating revenues. In addition, the Corporation uses free cash flows from continuing operating activities to reflect such costs. Measures like operating income are commonly used by the investment community to analyze and compare the performance of companies in the industries in which we are engaged. Our definition of operating income may not be the same as similarly titled measures reported by other companies.

 

- 50 -


Table of Contents

Table 1 below presents a reconciliation of operating income to net income as presented in our consolidated financial statements.

Table 1

Reconciliation of the operating income measure used in this report to the net income measure used in the consolidated financial statements

(in millions of Canadian dollars)

 

     Year Ended
December 31
 
     2011     2010  

Amounts under IFRS

    

Operating income

   $ 1,098.8      $ 1,047.3   

Amortization

     (408.1     (291.7

Financial expenses

     (158.0     (153.2

Gain on valuation and translation of financial instruments

     56.2        24.4   

Restructuring expenses and other special items

     (12.6     (11.4

Income tax expense

     (107.0     (111.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 469.3      $ 504.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

2011/2010 Year Comparison

Analysis of Consolidated Results of Videotron

Customer statistics

Cable television – The combined customer base for cable television services increased by 49,900 (2.8%) in 2011 (compared with 34,600 in 2010) (see Table 2). As of December 31, 2011, our cable network had a household penetration rate (number of subscribers as a proportion of the 2,657,300 total homes passed) of 70.1% versus 69.3% in 2010.

 

   

The number of subscribers to illico Digital TV stood at 1,400,800 at the end of 2011, an increase of 181,200 or 14.9% during the year (compared with an increase of 135,500 in 2010). As at December 31, 2011, 75.3% of our cable television customers were subscribers to our illico Digital TV services compared with 67.3% in 2010. As at December 31, 2011, illico Digital TV had a household penetration rate of 52.7%, compared with 46.7% in 2010.

 

   

The customer base for analog cable television services decreased by 131,300 (-22.2%) in 2011 (compared with a decrease of 100,900 customers in 2010), primarily as a result of customer migration to illico Digital TV.

Cable Internet access – The number of subscribers to cable Internet access services stood at 1,332,500 as at the end of 2011, an increase of 80,400 (6.4%) from the previous year (compared with an increase of 81,500 in 2010). As at December 31, 2011, cable Internet access services had a household penetration rate of 50.1%, compared with 47.9% as at December 31, 2010.

Cable telephony service – The number of subscribers to cable telephony service stood at 1,205,300 at the end of 2011, an increase of 91,000 (8.2%) from the previous year (compared with an increase of 100,300 in 2010). As at December 31, 2011, the cable telephone service had a household penetration rate of 45.4%, compared with 42.7% as at December 31, 2010.

Mobile telephony service – As at December 31, 2011, there were 290,600 lines activated on our mobile telephony service, an increase of 154,500 (113.5%) from the previous year (compared with an increase of 53,300 in 2010). As of December 31, 2011, 287,500 lines (representing 99.0% of our total mobile telephony customers) had been activated on our 4G network. As of December 31, 2011, 3,100 lines were still in use on our MVNO service.

 

- 51 -


Table of Contents

Table 2

End-of-year customer numbers

(in thousands of customers)

 

     2011      2010      2009      2008      2007  

Cable television:

              

Analog

     460.7         592.0         692.9         788.3         869.9   

Digital

     1,400.8         1,219.6         1,084.1         927.3         768.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cable television

     1,861.5         1,811.6         1,777.0         1,715.6         1,638.1   

Cable Internet

     1,332.5         1,252.1         1,170.6         1,063.8         933.0   

Cable telephony

     1,205.3         1,114.3         1,014.0         852.0         636.4   

Mobile telephony (in thousands of lines)

     290.6         136.1         82.8         63.4         45.1   

Revenue generating units (RGU)

     4,689.9         4,314.1         4,044.4         3,694.8         3,252.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Revenues : $2,430.7 million, an increase of $201.9 million (9.1%).

Combined revenues from all cable television services increased by $62.0 million (6.5%) to $1,012.6 million. This increase was primarily due to customer growth, the continued migration of our customers from analog to digital services, an increase of subscribers to our High Definition packages, an increase in Video-on-Demand services and pay-per-view services, and price increases implemented in March 2010 and March 2011. These increases were partially offset by higher bundling discounts due to the increase in cable Internet and cable and mobile telephony customers.

Revenues from cable Internet access services increased by $54.0 million (8.4%) to $698.2 million. The improvement was mainly due to an increase in the average number of cable Internet customers, migration of customers to more expensive packages, and the price increases implemented in March 2010 and March 2011.

Revenues from cable telephony services increased by $26.8 million (6.5%) to $436.7 million. This increase was mainly due to customer growth, higher revenues per user from our small business customers, and higher revenues from long-distance packages generated by the customer growth.

Revenues from mobile telephony services increased by $59.6 million (112.1%) to $112.7 million, essentially due to customer growth since the launch of our 4G network in September 2010.

Revenues from business solutions increased by $3.2 million (5.4%) to $63.0 million, essentially due to growth in network solution services.

Revenues from sales of customer premises equipment decreased by $4.0 million (-6.7%) to $55.9 million, mainly due to an increase in the rental of set-top boxes, partially offset by an increase in sales of mobile telephony devices.

Other revenues, comprising of revenues from La Sette and SuperClub Vidéotron, remained stable from 2010 to 2011. Jobboom’s revenues were retroactively adjusted to Other revenues.

Monthly combined ARPU : $103.28 in 2011, compared with $95.73 in 2010, an increase of $7.55 (7.9%). This growth is mainly explained by an increase in customers subscribing to two or more services, migration of customers to more expensive television and cable Internet access service packages, and price increases for our television and Internet services.

Operating income : $1,098.8 million in 2011, an increase of $51.5 million (4.9%).

 

   

This increase was primarily due to:

 

  ¡    

customer growth for all services, especially for our mobile telephony services;

 

  ¡    

price increases for cable television and cable Internet access services;

 

- 52 -


Table of Contents
  ¡    

higher revenues on our 4G network since its launch in September 2010;

 

  ¡    

increased ARPU for small business customers;

 

  ¡    

higher digital to analog customer mix for our television services, resulting in increased ARPU; and

 

  ¡    

lower financial expenses.

Partially offset by:

 

  ¡    

higher bundling discounts;

 

  ¡    

increases in call centre, marketing, as well as network maintenance costs to support our growth;

 

  ¡    

recording of operating expenses related to the deployment of our 4G network;

 

  ¡    

decrease in cable Internet over-consumption following the increase in our cable Internet capacity; and

 

  ¡    

acquisition cost per new subscriber connection on our 4G network of $489.

Cost of sales and operating expenses, expressed as a percentage of revenues: 54.8% in 2011 compared with 53.0% in 2010.

 

   

Operating costs as a proportion of revenues increased, primarily due to:

 

  ¡    

recording of operating expenses related to the deployment of our 4G network; and

 

  ¡    

increases in call centre, marketing, as well as network maintenance costs to support our growth.

Partially offset by:

 

  ¡    

decrease in option costs due to re-evaluation based on market value;

 

  ¡    

fixed-cost base, which does not fluctuate in sync with revenue growth; and

 

  ¡    

increase in residential customers subscribing to two or more services. As of December 31, 2011, 76% of our customers were bundling two services or more, compared with 74% a year ago.

Amortization charge : $408.1 million, an increase of $116.4 million (39.9%) compared with 2010.

 

   

The increase was mainly due to:

 

  ¡    

amortization of our 4G network-related fixed assets as our deployment continued in 2011;

 

  ¡    

increase in acquisition of fixed assets, mostly related to telephony and cable Internet access services and to the modernization of our network; and

 

  ¡    

amortization of the rented illico Digital TV set-top boxes.

Financial expenses: (primarily comprised of cash interest expense on outstanding debt) amounted to $158.0 million, an increase of $4.8 million (3.2%).

 

   

The increase was mainly due to:

 

  ¡    

$6.6 million increase in interest expense, net of amortization of financing costs and debt premium or discount, caused by higher indebtedness.

 

- 53 -


Table of Contents

Partially offset by:

 

  ¡    

$1.6 million loss on foreign currency translation of short-term monetary items in 2011 compared with $3.2 million loss in 2010.

Gain on valuation and translation of financial instruments : Gain of $56.2 million in 2011, compared with a gain of $24.4 million in 2010, related to changes in the fair value of financial instruments, mainly embedded derivatives due to changing yield curves.

Income tax expense : $107.0 million (effective tax rate of 18.6%) compared with $111.1 million in 2010 (effective tax rate of 18.0%).

 

   

The decrease of $4.1 million is mainly due to:

 

  ¡    

$20.4 million related to a decrease in taxable income and a lower domestic statutory tax rate; and

 

  ¡    

$1.3 million decrease due to other non-taxable items or items deductible at a lower future tax rate.

Partially offset by:

 

  ¡    

$2.0 million increase related to tax consolidation transactions with our parent corporation;

 

  ¡    

$1.5 million increase related to lower deferred tax credits; and

 

  ¡    

$14.0 million increase in other items, mainly explained by a reduction in future income tax liabilities in light of changes in tax audit matters, jurisprudence and tax legislation.

Restructuring of operations and other special items: $12.6 million expense recorded in 2011 compared with $11.4 million in the same period of 2010.

This unfavourable variance is mainly explained by charges ($14.8 million in 2011 and $13.9 million in the same period of 2010) related to the migration of MVNO subscribers to our 4G network. As of December 31, 2011, the Corporation had substantially completed the conversion process. In 2011, other special items include other restructuring charges of $0.5 million ($0.6 million in 2010). A gain of $3.3 million related to the sale of assets and an impairment charge of $0.2 million were also recorded in 2010.

Net income attributable to shareholder : $469.0 million, a decrease of $35.1 million (-6.9%).

 

   

The decrease was mainly due to:

 

  ¡    

$116.4 million increase in amortization charges;

 

  ¡    

$4.8 million increase in financial expenses; and

 

  ¡    

$1.2 million increase in restructuring expenses and other expenses.

Partially offset by:

 

  ¡    

$51.5 million increase in operating income (taxable at an effective rate of 18.6%);

 

  ¡    

$31.8 million increase in gain on valuation and translation of financial instruments; and

 

  ¡    

$4.1 million decrease in income taxes.

 

- 54 -


Table of Contents

CASH FLOW AND FINANCIAL POSITION

Operating Activities

Cash flows provided by operating activities : $907.0 million in 2011, compared with $781.5 million in 2010, an increase of $125.5 million (16.0%).

 

   

The increase was mainly due to:

 

  ¡    

$50.6 million increase in operating income (net of a $0.9 million increase in gains on disposal of fixed assets);

 

  ¡    

$33.3 million favourable variance in non-cash balances related to operations, mainly due to a $39.2 million variation in accounts receivable; a $18.2 million variation in accounts payable, accrued expenses and provisions; a $16.2 million variation in prepaid expenses; and a $31.2 million variation in inventories, partially offset by a $25.3 million variation in deferred revenues; a $46.1 million variation in income taxes payable; and a $0.1 million variation in other assets and liabilities; and

 

  ¡    

$49.9 million variation in current income taxes expense in 2011.

Partially offset by:

 

  ¡    

$4.2 million unfavourable variance in financial expenses; and

 

  ¡    

$4.0 million increase in restructuring of operations expenses and other expenses (net of a $2.7 million gain on debt refinancing).

Investing Activities

Cash flows used in investing activities : $825.9 million in 2011, compared with $1,062.0 million in 2010, a favourable variance of $236.1 million (22.2%).

 

   

This favourable variance was mainly due to:

 

  ¡    

acquisition of $370.0 million in shares of a corporation under common control in 2010 for tax consolidation purposes, compared with none in 2011; and

 

  ¡    

acquisition of $6.0 million in tax deductions from our ultimate parent corporation in 2010, compared with none in 2011.

Partially offset by:

 

  ¡    

an increase of $75.3 million in the acquisition of fixed and intangible assets;

 

  ¡    

the acquisition, on May 1, 2011, of Jobboom Inc., a subsidiary of an affiliated corporation, for a cash consideration of $32.1M;

 

  ¡    

$30.0 million net change in temporary investments; and

 

  ¡    

other investing activities of $2.4 million, including proceeds from disposal of fixed and intangible assets.

 

- 55 -


Table of Contents

Financing Activities

Cash flows provided by financing activities : $82.5 million used in 2011, compared with $226.6 million provided in 2010.

 

   

The $309.1 million increase in cash flows used was mainly due to:

 

  ¡    

repayment of long-term debt and settlement of related hedging contracts for $303.1 million;

 

  ¡    

issuance of a $370.0 million subordinated loan from Quebecor Media in 2010 for tax consolidation purposes, compared with none in 2011; and

 

  ¡    

financing costs of $3.9 million related to the amendment of the $575.0 million secured revolving credit facility and the issuance of borrowings of $75.0 million under bank credit facilities.

Partially offset by:

 

  ¡    

net increase in net borrowings under bank credit facilities of $69.6 million in 2011; and

 

  ¡    

net decrease in cash distributions to our parent corporation, Quebecor Media, of $297.0 million ($140.0 million in 2011, compared with $437.0 million in 2010).

Videotron’s management believes that cash flows from continuing operations and available sources of financing should be sufficient to cover committed cash requirements for capital investments, including investments required for our cable and 4G wireless network, working capital, interest payments, debt repayments, pension plan contributions, and dividends in the future. Videotron has access to cash flows generated by its subsidiaries through dividends and cash advances paid by its wholly owned subsidiaries.

Consolidated long-term debt (including bank borrowings) : Increase of $71.0 million over the twelve month period of 2011.

The increase in consolidated debt was due to:

 

  ¡    

$69.6 million increase in net borrowings under bank credit facilities;

 

  ¡    

$17.6 million unfavourable impact of exchange rate fluctuations and amortization of long-term premium or discount. This increase was offset by a decrease in the liability related to deferred financing costs; and

 

  ¡    

$50.6 million increase in debt due to debt retirement of $249.4 million on July 18, 2011, and issuance of debt of $300 million on July 5, 2011.

Partially offset by:

 

  ¡    

$54.5 million decrease in debt due to the favourable variance in the fair value of embedded derivatives, resulting mainly from interest rate fluctuations; and

 

  ¡    

$12.3 million decrease in debt due to changes in fair value related to hedged interest rate risk.

 

   

Assets and liabilities related to derivative financial instruments totalled a net liability of $219.0 million at December 31, 2011, compared with a net liability of $289.0 million at December 31, 2010. This $70.0 million favourable net variance was due primarily to the settlement of hedging contracts and to the favourable impact of exchange rate fluctuations on the value of derivative financial instruments.

 

- 56 -


Table of Contents

Financial Position as of December 31, 2011

Net available liquid assets: $668.2 million for the Corporation and its wholly owned subsidiaries, consisting of $93.2 million in cash and $575.0 million in unused lines of credit.

Uses of Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our principal liquidity and capital resource requirements consist of:

 

   

capital expenditures to maintain and upgrade our network in order to support the growth in our customer base and the launch and expansion of new or additional services, including the completion and expansion of our 4G network, launched in September 2010;

 

   

servicing and repayment of debt;

 

   

income tax transactions; and

 

   

distributions to our shareholder.

Capital expenditures : $798.7 million in 2011, an increase of $75.3 million (10.4%) compared with 2010.

 

   

The increase was mainly due to:

 

  ¡    

new rental offer on our Illico Digital TV set-top box.

We continue to focus on success-driven capital spending.

Table 3

Additions to fixed and intangible assets

(in millions of dollars)

 

     2011        2010        Variance  

Customer premises equipment

   $ 201.2         $ 128.1         $ 73.1   

Scalable infrastructure

     266.1           329.9           (63.8

Line extensions

     113.9           61.5           52.4   

Upgrade/rebuild

     121.3           110.8           10.5   

Support capital and other

     96.2           93.1           3.1   
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total additions to fixed and intangible assets

   $ 798.7         $ 723.4         $ 75.3   
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Service and Repayment of Debt : Cash interest payments of $163.4 million in 2011, an increase of $13.1 million compared with 2010.

 

   

The increase was mainly due to:

 

  ¡    

issuance, in July 2011, of $300.0 million aggregate principal amount of 6 7/8% Senior Notes, partially offset by a US$255.0 debt repayment on July 18, 2011.

Purchase of Shares of Quebecor Media and Service of Subsidiary Subordinated Loan : Unlike corporations in the United States, corporations in Canada are not permitted to file consolidated tax returns. As a result, we have entered into certain transactions described below that have the effect of using tax losses within the Quebecor Media group.

On September 15, 2010, the Corporation contracted a subordinated loan of $1.3 billion from Quebecor Media Inc., bearing interest at a rate of 10.5%, payable every six months on June 20 and December 20, and maturing on

 

- 57 -


Table of Contents

September 15, 2025. On the same day, the Corporation invested the total proceeds of $1.3 billion into 1,300,000 preferred shares, Series B, of 9101-0835 Québec Inc., a subsidiary of Quebecor Media Inc. These shares carry the right to receive an annual dividend of 10.85%, payable semi-annually.

On December 20, 2010, 9101-0835 Québec Inc., a subsidiary of Quebecor Media Inc., redeemed 930,000 preferred shares, Series B, for a total cash consideration of $930.0 million, including cumulative dividends of $68.5 million. On the same day, the Corporation used the total proceeds of $930.0 million to repay part of its subordinated loan contracted from Quebecor Media Inc.

Income Tax transactions: On November 8, 2011, 9253-1920 Québec inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Corporation, issued a subordinated loan of $3.95 billion to Sun Media Corporation, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Quebecor Media Inc., bearing interest at a rate of 11.25% payable every 6 months on June 20 and December 20 and maturing on November 8, 2026. On the same day, 9253-1920 Québec inc. issued 3,950,000 preferred shares, Class G to Sun Media Corporation for a total cash consideration of $3.95 billion.

On November 9, 2011, 9253-1920 Québec inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Corporation, issued a subordinated loan of $3.8 billion to Sun Media Corporation, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Quebecor Media Inc., bearing interest at a rate of 11.25% payable every 6 months on June 20 and December 20 and maturing on November 9, 2026. On the same day, 9253-1920 Québec inc. issued 3,800,000 preferred shares, Class G to Sun Media Corporation for a total cash consideration of $3.8 billion.

On December 1, 2011, 9253-1920 Quebec Inc. redeemed from Sun Media Corporation 3,800,000 preferred shares, Class G, for a total cash consideration of $3.8 billion, including cumulative unpaid dividend of $25.8 million. On the same day, Sun Media Corporation used the total proceeds of $3.8 billion to repay its entire subordinated loan contracted from 9253-1920 Quebec Inc.

On December 2, 2011, 9253-1920 Quebec Inc. redeemed from Sun Media Corporation 3,950,000 preferred shares, Class G, for a total cash consideration of $3.95 billion, including cumulative unpaid dividend of $29.2 million. On the same day, Sun Media Corporation used the total proceeds of $3.95 billion to repay its entire subordinated loan contracted from 9253-1920 Quebec Inc.

The above transactions were carried out for tax consolidation purposes of Quebecor Media Inc. and its subsidiaries, on terms equivalent to those that prevail in an arm’s length basis and accounted for at the consideration agreed between parties, and a cash consideration of $15.6 million will be received in 2012 from Sun Media Corporation in exchange for the tax benefits transferred.

In 2010, the ultimate parent corporation transferred $26.4 million of non-capital losses to the Corporation in exchange for a cash consideration of $6.0 million. This transaction was concluded on terms equivalent to those that prevail in an arm’s length basis and accounted for at the consideration agreed between parties. As a result, the Corporation recorded a reduction of $2.7 million to its 2010 income tax expense.

On December 26, 2010, as part of the acquisition of Imprimerie Quebecor Media Inc. from the parent corporation, the Corporation issued 1,552 common shares series A for a total consideration of $3.4 million. This transaction was recorded at the carrying amount. As a result, the Corporation recorded future income tax assets of $3.4 million and a reduction of $3.0 million to its capital tax expense.

Distributions to our shareholder : During the year ended December 31, 2011, we paid $140.0 million to our sole shareholder, Quebecor Media, in respect of dividends, compared with total cash distributions of $437.0 million in 2010. See Note 19 to our audited consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 for more information on capital stock. We expect to make cash distributions to our shareholder in the future, within the limits set by the terms of our indebtedness and applicable laws.

 

- 58 -


Table of Contents

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

Contractual Obligations and Other Commercial Commitments

At December 31, 2011, our material contractual obligations included capital repayment and interest on long-term debt, operating lease arrangements, capital asset purchases and other commitments, and obligations related to derivative financial instruments. Table 4 below shows a summary of our contractual obligations.

Table 4

Contractual obligations of the Corporation

Payments due by period as of December 31, 2011

(in millions of dollars)

 

     Total      Less than
1 year
     1-3 years      3-5 years      5 years or
more
 

Contractual obligations 1

              

Accounts payable and accrued charges

   $ 435.6       $ 435.6       $       $       $   

Amounts payable to affiliated corporations

     23.8         23.8                           

Bank credit facility

     69.6         10.7         21.4         21.4         16.1   

  7 / 8 % Senior Notes due January 15, 2014

     401.8                 401.8                   

  3 / 8 % Senior Notes due December 15, 2015

     177.7                         177.7           

  1 / 8 % Senior Notes due April 15, 2018

     719.0                                 719.0   

  1 / 8 % Senior Notes due January 15, 2020

     300.0                                 300.0   

  7 / 8 % Senior Notes due July 15, 2021

     300.0                                 300.0   

Cash Interest Expense 2

     966.1         146.1         305.2         253.1         261.7   

Derivative financial instruments 3

     221.8                 120.0         28.1         73.7   

Lease commitment

     207.7         47.1         49.8         29.4         81.4   

Services and capital equipment commitment

     29.2         20.1         7.7         1.4           
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total contractual cash obligations

   $ 3,852.3       $ 683.4       $ 905.9       $ 511.1       $ 1,751.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

1  

This table excludes obligations under subordinated loans due to Quebecor Media, our parent corporation, the proceeds of which were used to invest in Preferred Shares of an affiliated corporation for tax consolidation purposes for the Quebecor Media group. See Note 10 to our audited consolidated financial statements, included under “ITEM 17. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS” in this Annual Report..

 

2  

Estimate of interest to be paid on long-term debt and bank indebtedness is based on the hedged and unhedged interest rates and hedged foreign exchange rate as at December 31, 2011.

 

3  

Estimated net future reimbursements on derivative financial instruments related to foreign exchange hedging.

In July 2011, $300.0 million in aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes were issued for proceeds of $294.8 million, net of financing fees of $5.2 million. The Senior Notes bear interest at 6.875%, payable every six months, on June 15 and December 15, and mature on July 15, 2021. These notes contain certain restrictions on the Corporation, including limitations on its ability to incur additional indebtedness, pay dividends or make other distributions, and are unsecured. The Senior Notes are guaranteed by specific subsidiaries of the Corporation. The notes are redeemable at the option of the Corporation, in whole or in part, at any time prior to June 15, 2016, at a price based on a make-whole formula and at a decreasing premium from June 15, 2016 and thereafter.

We rent premises and equipment under operating leases and have entered into long-term commitments to purchase services and capital equipment that call for total future payments of $236.9 million, including $61.6 million for future rent payments to our ultimate parent corporation. During the year ended December 31, 2011, we renewed or extended several leases and entered into new operating leases in the ordinary course of business.

Videotron pays annual management fees to its parent corporation for services rendered to the Corporation, including internal audit, legal and corporate, financial planning and treasury, tax, real estate, human resources, risk management,

 

- 59 -


Table of Contents

public relations and other services. Management fees amounted to $26.7 million in 2011 ($34.8 million in 2010). The agreement provides for an annual management fee to be agreed upon for the year 2012. In addition, the parent corporation is entitled to the reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the services provided under the agreement.

Pension Plan and post-retirement benefits : The Corporation regularly monitors the funded status of its pension plans. The total cash amount paid or payable for employee future benefits for all plans, consisting of cash contributed by the Corporation to its funded pension plans, cash payments directly to beneficiaries for its unfunded other benefit plans, and cash contributed to its defined contribution plans, totalled $18.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 ($12.4 million in 2010).

Financial Instruments

The Corporation uses a number of financial instruments, mainly cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, temporary investments, accounts payable, accrued liabilities, provisions, long-term debt and derivative financial instruments.

As of December 31, 2011, the Corporation used derivative financial instruments to manage its exchange rate and interest rate exposure. The Corporation has entered into cross-currency interest rate swap arrangements to hedge foreign currency risk exposure on the entirety of its U.S.-dollar-denominated long-term debt and to manage the impact of interest rate fluctuations on some of its long-term debt.

The Corporation has also entered into currency forward contracts in order to hedge, among other things, the planned purchase, in U.S. dollars, of digital set-top boxes, modems, handsets and certain capital expenditures, including equipment for the 4G network.

The Corporation does not hold or use any derivative financial instruments for trading purposes.

Certain cross-currency interest rate swaps entered into by the Corporation and its subsidiaries include an option that allows each party to unwind the transaction on a specific date at the then settlement value.

The gain on valuation and translation of financial instruments for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 is summarized in Table 5.

Table 5

Gain on valuation and translation of financial instruments

(in millions of dollars)

 

     Twelve months ended
December 31
 
     2011     2010  

Gain on embedded derivatives

     (56.8     (25.4

Loss on ineffective portion of fair value hedges

     0.6        1.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (56.2     (24.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

A gain of $1.2 million was recorded under Other comprehensive income in 2011 in relation to cash flow hedging relationships (gain of $20.0 million in 2010).

The fair value of long-term debt and derivative financial instruments is shown below in Table 9, “Fair value of long-term debt and derivative financial instruments.”

 

- 60 -


Table of Contents

Related Party Transactions

In addition to the related party transactions disclosed elsewhere in this annual report, the Corporation entered into the following transactions with affiliated corporations. These transactions have been recorded at the exchange value in the normal course of business, which is the amount established and agreed to by the related parties:

Table 6

Related party transactions

(in millions of dollars)

 

     2011     2010  

Ultimate parent and parent corporations:

    

Revenues

   $ 0.6      $ 0.1   

Cost of sales and operating expenses

     6.7        5.8   

Operating expenses recovered

     (2.0     (1.4

Affiliated corporations:

    

Revenues

     12.4        9.7   

Cost of sales and operating expenses

     59.7        56.3   

Operating expenses recovered

   $ (1.9   $ (0.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

Guarantees

In the normal course of business, the Corporation enters into numerous agreements containing guarantees, including the following:

Operating Leases

The Corporation has guaranteed a portion of the residual values of certain assets under operating leases for the benefit of the lessor. Should the Corporation terminate these leases prior to term (or at the end of these lease terms) and should the fair value of the assets be less than the guaranteed residual value, then the Corporation must, under certain conditions, compensate the lessor for a portion of the shortfall. In addition, the Corporation has provided guarantees to the lessor of premises leases for certain video store franchisees, with expiry dates through 2017. Should the lessee default under the agreement, the Corporation must, under certain conditions, compensate the lessor. As of December 31, 2011, the maximum exposure with respect to these guarantees was $17.0 million and no liability has been recorded in the consolidated balance sheet. The Corporation has not made any payments relating to these guarantees in prior years.

Outsourcing Companies and Suppliers

In the normal course of its operations, the Corporation enters into contractual agreements with outsourcing companies and suppliers. In some cases, the Corporation agrees to provide indemnifications in the event of legal procedures initiated against them. In other cases, the Corporation provides indemnification to counterparties for damages resulting from the outsourcing companies and suppliers. The nature of the indemnification agreements prevents the Corporation from estimating the maximum potential liability it could be required to pay. No amount has been accrued in the consolidated balance sheet with respect to these indemnifications. The Corporation has not made any payments relating to these guarantees in prior years.

Guarantees Related to our Various Existing Notes

The bank credit facilities provide for a $575.0 million secured revolving credit facility that matures in July 2016 and a $75.0 million secured export financing facility providing for a term loan that matures in June 2018. The revolving credit facility bears interest at Bankers’ acceptance, Canadian prime, or U.S. prime rates, plus a margin, depending on the

 

- 61 -


Table of Contents

Corporation’s leverage ratio. Advances under the export financing facility bear interest at Bankers’ acceptance rate and CAD LIBOR, plus a margin. The bank credit facilities are secured by a first ranking hypothec on the universality of all tangible and intangible assets, current and future, of the Corporation and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. As of December 31, 2011, the bank credit facilities of the Corporation were secured by assets with a carrying value of $5,990.0 million ($5,505.5 million in 2010, as restated). The bank credit facilities contain covenants such as maintaining certain financial ratios, limiting its ability to incur additional indebtedness and restricting the payment of dividends and other distributions. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, no amount was drawn on the revolving credit facility. As of December 31, 2011, $69.6 million was outstanding (none in 2010) on the secured export financing facility.

Financial instruments and financial risk management

The Corporation’s financial risk management policies have been established in order to identify and analyze the risks faced by the Corporation, to set appropriate risk limits and controls, and to monitor risks and adherence to limits. Risk management policies are reviewed regularly to reflect changes in market conditions and in the Corporation’s activities.

As a result of its use of financial instruments, the Corporation is exposed to credit risk, liquidity risk and market risks relating to foreign exchange fluctuations and interest rate fluctuations. In order to manage its foreign exchange and interest rate risks, the Corporation uses derivative financial instruments: (i) to set in Canadian dollars all future payments on debts denominated in U.S. dollars (interest and principal) and certain purchases of inventories and other capital expenditures denominated in a foreign currency; and (ii) to achieve a targeted balance of fixed- and variable-rate debts. The Corporation does not intend to settle its derivative financial instruments prior to their maturity as none of these instruments is held or issued for speculative purposes. The Corporation designates its derivative financial instruments either as fair value hedges or cash flow hedges when they qualify for hedge accounting.

Description of Derivative Financial Instruments

Table 7

Foreign exchange forward contracts at December 31, 2011

(in millions of dollars)

 

Currencies (sold/bought)    Maturing      Average
exchange rate
     Notional
amount
 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

$/US$

     Less than 1 year         0.9936       $ 122.4   

Table 8

Cross-currency interest rate swaps at December 31, 2011

(in millions of dollars)

 

     Period covered      Notional
amount
    

Annual effective interest
rate using hedged rate

   Annual
nominal
interest
rate of debt
    CDN dollar
exchange rate
on interest
and capital
payments per
one U.S. dollar
 

Senior Notes

     2004 to 2014       US$ 60.0       Bankers’ acceptances 3 months +2.80%      6.875     1.2000   

Senior Notes

     2003 to 2014       US$ 200.0       Bankers’ acceptances 3 months +2.73%      6.875     1.3425   

Senior Notes

     2003 to 2014       US$ 135.0       7.66%      6.875     1.3425   

Senior Notes

     2005 to 2015       US$ 175.0       5.98%      6.375     1.1781   

Senior Notes

     2008 to 2018       US$ 455.0       9.65%      9.125     1.0210   

Senior Notes

     2009 to 2018       US$ 260.0       9.12%      9.125     1.2965   

Certain cross-currency interest rate swaps entered into by the Corporation include an option that allows each party to unwind the transaction on a specific date at the then settlement amount.

 

- 62 -


Table of Contents

Fair value of financial instruments:

The carrying amount of accounts receivable from external or related parties (classified as loans and receivables), accounts payable and accrued charges due to external or related parties and provisions (classified as other liabilities), approximates their fair value since these items will be realized or paid within one year or are due on demand. Other financial instruments classified as loans and receivables or as available-for-sale are not significant and their carrying value approximates their fair value.

The fair value of long-term debt is estimated based on quoted market prices when available or on valuation models. When the Corporation uses valuation models, the fair value is estimated using discounted cash flows using year-end market yields or the market value of similar instruments with the same maturity.

The fair value of derivative financial instruments recognized on the consolidated balance sheet is estimated as per the Corporation’s valuation models. These models project future cash flows and discount the future amounts to a present value using the contractual terms of the derivative instrument and factors observable in external markets data, such as period-end swap rates and foreign exchange rates. An adjustment is also included to reflect non-performance risk, impacted by the financial and economic environment prevailing at the date of the valuation, in the recognized measure of the fair value of the derivative instruments by applying a credit default premium estimated using a combination of observable and unobservable inputs on the market to the net exposure of the counterparty or the Corporation.

The fair value of early settlement options recognized as embedded derivatives is determined by option pricing models, including volatility and discount factors.

The carrying value and fair value of long-term debt and derivative financial instruments as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 are as follows:

Table 9

Fair value of long-term debt and derivative financial instruments

(in millions of dollars)

 

 

     December 31, 2011     December 31, 2010  
     Carrying
value
    Fair value     Carrying
value
    Fair value  
        

Long-term debt 1

   $ (1,968.1   $ (2,064.4   $ (1,826.7   $ (1,934.4

Derivative financial instruments

        

Early settlement options

     106.7        106.7        54.8        54.8   

Foreign exchange forward contracts

     3.2        3.2        (2.4     (2.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cross-currency interest rate swaps

     (222.2     (222.2     (286.6     (286.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

1

The carrying value of long-term debt excludes adjustments to record changes in the fair value of long-term debt related to hedged interest risk, embedded derivatives and financing fees.

The estimated sensitivity on income and Other comprehensive income, before income tax, of a 100 basis-point variance in the credit default premium used to calculate the fair value of derivative financial instruments, as per the Corporation’s valuation models, is as follows:

 

Increase (decrease)

(in millions of dollars)

   Income     Other
comprehensive
income
 
    

Increase of 100 basis points

       $ 1.2                    $   6.1   

Decrease of 100 basis points

     ( 1.2 )       ( 6.1 )  

Due to the judgment used in applying a wide range of acceptable techniques and estimates in calculating fair value amounts, fair values are not necessarily comparable among financial institutions or other market participants and may not be realized in an actual sale or the immediate settlement of the instrument.

 

- 63 -


Table of Contents

Credit Risk Management

Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Corporation if a customer or counterparty to a financial asset fails to meet its contractual obligations.

In the normal course of business, the Corporation continuously monitors the financial condition of its customers and reviews the credit history of each new customer. As of December 31, 2011, no customer balance represented a significant portion of the Corporation’s consolidated accounts receivable. The Corporation establishes an allowance for doubtful accounts based on the specific credit risk of its customers and historical trends. The allowance for doubtful accounts amounted to $12.1 million as of December 31, 2011 ($14.3 million as of December 31, 2010, restated). As of December 31, 2011, 6.1% of accounts receivable were 90 days past their billing date (6.2% as of December 31, 2010).

The following table shows changes to the allowance for doubtful accounts for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010:

 

(in millions of dollars)    2011     2010  
    

Balance as of beginning of the year

   $ 14.3      $ 16.1   

Charged to income

     18.9        20.3   

Utilization

     (21.1     (22.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of end of the year

   $ 12.1      $ 14.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Corporation believes that its product lines and the diversity of its customer base are instrumental in reducing its credit risk, as well as the impact of fluctuations in product-line demand. The Corporation does not believe that it is exposed to an unusual level of customer credit risk.

As a result of its use of derivative financial instruments, the Corporation is exposed to the risk of non-performance by a third party. When the Corporation enters into derivative contracts, the counterparties (either foreign or Canadian) must have credit ratings at least in accordance with the Corporation’s risk management policy and are subject to concentration limits.

Liquidity risk management

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Corporation will not be able to meet its financial obligations as they fall due or the risk that those financial obligations have to be met at excessive cost. The Corporation manages this exposure through staggered debt maturities. The weighted average term of the Corporation’s consolidated debt was approximately 5.7 years as of December 31, 2011 and 2010.

Market Risk

Market risk is the risk that changes in market prices due to foreign exchange rates and/or interest rates will affect the value of the Corporation’s financial instruments. The objective of market risk management is to mitigate and control exposures within acceptable parameters while optimizing the return on risk.

Foreign Currency Risk

Most of the Corporation’s consolidated revenues and expenses, other than interest expense on U.S.-dollar-denominated debt, purchases of set-top boxes, handsets and cable modems and certain capital expenditures, are received or denominated in Canadian dollars. A large portion of the interest, principal and premium, if any, payable on its debt is payable in U.S. dollars. The Corporation and its subsidiaries have entered into transactions to hedge the foreign currency risk exposure on 100% of their U.S.-dollar-denominated debt obligations outstanding as of December 31, 2011 and to hedge their exposure on certain purchases of set-top boxes, handsets, cable modems and capital expenditures. Accordingly, the Corporation’s sensitivity to variations in foreign exchange rates is economically limited.

 

- 64 -


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the estimated sensitivity on income and Other comprehensive income, before income tax, of a variance of $0.10 in the year-end exchange rate of a Canadian dollar per one U.S. dollar:

 

Increase (decrease)

(in millions of dollars)

   Income         Other
comprehensive
income
 
Increase of $0.10             
U.S.-dollar-denominated accounts payable    $ (0.9               $   
Gain (loss) on valuation and translation of financial instruments and derivative financial instruments      (0.6     43.8   

Decrease of $0.10

    

U.S.-dollar-denominated accounts payable

     0.9          
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
Gain (loss) on valuation and translation of financial instruments and derivative financial instruments      0.6        (43.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest Rate Risk

The Corporation’s revolving and bank credit facilities bear interest at floating rates based on the following reference rates: (i) Bankers’ acceptance rate (BA), (ii) Canadian or U.S. bank prime rate and (iii) CAD LIBOR. The Senior Notes issued by the Corporation bear interest at fixed rates. The Corporation has entered into various cross-currency interest rate swap agreements in order to manage cash flow and fair value risk exposure due to changes in interest rates. As of December 31, 2011, after taking into account the hedging instruments, long-term debt was comprised of 81.4% fixed rate debt (76.7% in 2010) and 18.6% floating rate debt (23.3% in 2010).

The estimated sensitivity on financial expense for floating rate debt, before income tax, of a 100 basis-point variance in the year-end Canadian Banker’s acceptance rate as of December 31, 2011 is $4.1 million.

The estimated sensitivity on income and other comprehensive income, before income tax, of a 100 basis point variance in the discount rate used to calculate the fair value of financial instruments, as per the Corporation’s valuation model, is as follows:

 

Increase (decrease)

(in millions of dollars)

   Income         Other
comprehensive
income
 
Increase of 100 basis points      $0.4                  $ 5.8   
Decrease of 100 basis points      (0.4     (5.8

Capital Management

The Corporation’s primary objective in managing capital is to maintain an optimal capital base in order to support the capital requirements of its various businesses, including growth opportunities.

In managing its capital structure, the Corporation takes into account the asset characteristics of its subsidiaries and planned requirements for funds, leveraging their individual borrowing capacities in the most efficient manner to achieve the lowest cost of financing. Management of the capital structure involves the issuance of new debt, the repayment of existing debt using cash generated by operations, and the level of distributions to the parent Corporation. The Corporation has not significantly changed its strategy regarding the management of its capital structure since the last financial year.

 

- 65 -


Table of Contents

The Corporation’s capital structure is composed of equity, long-term debt and net assets and liabilities related to derivative financial instruments, less cash and cash equivalents and temporary investments. The capital structure is as follows:

Table 10

Capital structure of the Corporation

(in millions of dollars)

 

     December 31,
2011
    December 31,
2010
    January
1, 2010
 

Long-term debt

   $ 1,857.1      $ 1,786.1      $ 1,592.3   

Derivative financial instruments

     219.0        289.0        229.4   

Cash and cash equivalents

     (95.0     (96.3     (150.3

Temporary investments

     —          —          (30.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net liabilities

     1,981.1        1,978.8        1,641.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity

   $ 1,006.5      $ 734.2      $ 651.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Corporation is not subject to any externally imposed capital requirements other than certain restrictions under the terms of its borrowing agreements, which relate to permitted investments, inter-corporation transactions, and the declaration and payment of dividends or other distributions.

Contingencies and legal disputes

 

There exist a number of legal proceedings against the Corporation and its subsidiaries that are pending. In the opinion of the management of the Corporation and its subsidiaries, the outcome of these proceedings is not expected to have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s results or on its financial position.

Management of the Corporation, after taking legal advice, has established provisions for specific claims or actions considering the facts of each case. The Corporation cannot determine when and if a payment related to these provisions will be made.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Revenue recognition

The Corporation recognizes operating revenues when the following criteria are met:

 

   

the amount of revenue can be measured reliably;

 

   

the receipt of economic benefits associated with the transaction is probable;

 

   

the costs incurred or to be incurred in respect of the transaction can be measured reliably;

 

   

the stage of completion can be measured reliably where services have been rendered; and

 

   

significant risks and rewards of ownership, including effective control, have been transferred to the buyer where goods have been sold.

The portion of revenue that is unearned is recorded under Deferred revenue when customers are invoiced.

 

- 66 -


Table of Contents

Revenue recognition policies for each of the Corporation’s main product lines are as follows:

The cable and mobile services are provided under arrangements with multiple deliverables, for which there are two separate accounting units: one for subscriber services (cable television, Internet, cable telephony or mobile telephony, including connection costs and rental of equipment); the other for equipment sales to subscribers. Components of multiple deliverable arrangements are separately accounted for, provided the delivered elements have stand-alone value to the customer and the fair value of any undelivered elements can be objectively and reliably determined.

Cable connection revenues are deferred and recognized as revenues over the estimated average period that subscribers are expected to remain connected to the network. The incremental and direct costs related to cable connection costs, in an amount not exceeding the revenue, are deferred and recognized as an operating expense over the same period. The excess of those costs over the related revenues is recognized immediately in income. Operating revenues from cable and other services, such as Internet access, cable and mobile telephony, are recognized when services are rendered. Promotional offers and rebates are accounted for as a reduction in the service revenue to which they relate. Revenues from equipment sales to subscribers and their costs are recognized in income when the equipment is delivered. Promotional offers related to equipment sales, with the exclusion of mobile devices, are accounted for as a reduction in the related equipment sales on delivery, while promotional offers related to the sale of mobile devices are accounted for as a reduction in the related equipment sales on activation. Operating revenues related to service contracts are recognized in income over the life of the specific contract on a straight-line basis over the period in which the services are provided. Royalties and territorial rights from video store franchises are recognized as income in the month in which they are earned.

Impairment of assets

For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped in cash-generated units (“CGUs”), which represent the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash inflows generated by those assets. The Corporation reviews at each balance sheet date whether events or circumstances have occurred to indicate that the carrying amounts of its long-lived assets with finite useful lives may be less than their recoverable amounts. Goodwill, other intangible assets having an indefinite useful life, and intangible assets not yet available for use are tested for impairment on April 1 of each financial year, as well as whenever there is an indication that the carrying amount of the asset, or the CGU to which an asset has been allocated, exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of the fair value less costs to sell and the value in use of the asset or the CGU. Fair value less costs to sell represents the amount an entity could obtain at the valuation date from the asset’s disposal in an arm’s length transaction between knowledgeable, willing parties, after deducting the costs of disposal. The value in use represents the present value of the future cash flows expected to be derived from the asset or the CGU.

The Corporation uses the discounted cash flow method to estimate the value in use consisting of future cash flows derived from the most recent budget and three-year strategic plan approved by the Corporation’s management and presented to the Board of Directors. These forecasts consider each CGU’s past operating performance and market share as well as economic trends, along with specific and market industry trends and corporate strategies. A range of growth rates is used for cash flows beyond this three-year period. The discount rate used by the Corporation is a pre-tax rate derived from the weighted average cost of capital pertaining to each CGU, which reflects the current market assessment of: (i) the time value of money; and (ii) the risk specific to the assets for which the future cash flow estimates have not been adjusted. The perpetual growth rate has been determined with regard to the specific markets in which the CGUs participate.

An impairment loss is recognized in the amount by which the carrying amount of an asset or a CGU exceeds its recoverable amount. When the recoverable amount of a CGU to which goodwill has been allocated is lower than the CGU’s carrying amount, the related goodwill is first impaired. Any excess amount of impairment is recognized and attributed to assets in the CGU, prorated to the carrying amount of each asset in the CGU.

An impairment loss recognized in prior periods for long-lived assets with finite useful lives and intangible assets having an indefinite useful life, other than goodwill, can be reversed through the statement of income up to the excess of the recoverable amount of the asset or the CGU over its carrying value.

 

- 67 -


Table of Contents

When determining the fair value, less costs to sell, of an asset or CGU, the appraisal of the information available at the valuation date is based on management’s judgment and may involve estimates and assumptions. Furthermore, the discounted cash flow method used in determining the value in use of an asset or CGU relies on the use of estimates such as the amount and timing of cash flows, expected variations in the amount or timing of those cash flows, the value of money as represented by a risk-free rate, and the risk premium associated with the asset or CGU.

Therefore, the judgment used in determining the recoverable amount of an asset or a CGU may affect the amount of the impairment loss of an asset or a CGU to be recorded, as well as the potential reversal of the impairment charge in the future.

Based on the data and assumptions used in its last impairment test, the Corporation believes that at this time there is no material number of long-lived assets with finite useful lives, or goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives on its books that present a significant risk of impairment in the near future.

The net book value of goodwill as at December 31, 2011 was $451.5 million.

Derivative financial instruments and hedge accounting

The Corporation uses various derivative financial instruments to manage its exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates. The Corporation does not hold or use any derivative financial instruments for speculative purposes. Under hedge accounting, the Corporation documents all hedging relationships between hedging items and hedged items, as well as its strategy for using hedges and its risk-management objectives. It also designates its derivative financial instruments as either fair value hedges or cash flow hedges. The Corporation assesses the effectiveness of derivative financial instruments when the hedge is put in place and on an ongoing basis.

The Corporation enters into the following types of derivative financial instruments:

 

   

The Corporation uses foreign exchange forward contracts to hedge foreign currency rate exposure on anticipated equipment or inventory purchases in a foreign currency. These foreign exchange forward contracts are designated as cash flow hedges.

 

   

The Corporation uses cross-currency interest rate swaps to hedge: (i) foreign currency rate exposure on interest and principal payments on foreign currency denominated debt, and/or (ii) fair value exposure on certain debt resulting from changes in interest rates. The cross-currency interest rate swaps that set all future interest and principal payments on U.S.-denominated debt in fixed Canadian dollars are designated as cash flow hedges. The Corporation’s cross-currency interest rate swaps that set all future interest and principal payments on U.S.-denominated debt in fixed Canadian dollars, in addition to converting the interest rate from a fixed rate to a floating rate, or converting a floating rate index to another floating rate index, are designated as fair value hedges.

Under hedge accounting, the Corporation applies the following accounting policies:

 

   

For derivative financial instruments designated as fair value hedges, changes in the fair value of the hedging derivative recorded in income are substantially offset by changes in the fair value of the hedged item to the extent that the hedging relationship is effective. When a fair value hedge is discontinued, the carrying value of the hedged item is no longer adjusted and the cumulative fair value adjustments to the carrying value of the hedged item are amortized to income over the remaining term of the original hedging relationship.

 

   

For derivative financial instruments designated as cash flow hedges, the effective portion of a hedge is reported in Other comprehensive income until it is recognized in income during the same period in which the hedged item affects income, while the ineffective portion is immediately recognized in income. When a cash flow hedge is discontinued, the amounts previously recognized in accumulated Other comprehensive income are reclassified to income when the variability in the cash flows of the hedged item affects income.

Any change in the fair value of these derivative financial instruments recorded in income is included in gain or loss on valuation and translation of financial instruments. Interest expense on hedged long-term debt is reported at the hedged interest and foreign currency rates.

 

- 68 -


Table of Contents

Derivative financial instruments that are ineffective or that are not designated as hedges, including derivatives that are embedded in financial or non-financial contracts that are not closely related to the host contracts, are reported on a mark-to-market basis in the consolidated balance sheets. Any change in the fair value of these derivative financial instruments is recorded in income as a gain or loss on valuation and translation of financial instruments.

The judgment used in determining the fair value of derivative financial instruments and the non-performance risk, using valuation models, may affect the value of the gain or loss on valuation and translation of financial instruments reported in the statements of income, and the value of the gain or loss on derivative financial instruments reported in the statements of comprehensive income.

Pension and post-retirement benefits

The Corporation offers defined benefit pension plans and defined contribution pension plans to some of its employees.

The Corporation’s defined benefit obligations with respect to defined benefit pensions and post-retirement benefits are measured at present value and assessed on the basis of a number of economic and demographic assumptions, which are established with the assistance of the Corporation’s actuaries. Key assumptions relate to the discount rate, the expected return on the plan’s assets, the rate of increase in compensation, retirement age of employees, healthcare costs, and other actuarial factors. Defined benefit pension plan assets are measured at fair value and consist of equities and corporate and government fixed-income securities.

Actuarial gains and losses are recognized immediately through Other comprehensive income and within retained earnings. Actuarial gains and losses arise from the difference between the actual rate of return on plan assets for a given period and the expected rate of return on plan assets for that period, from experience adjustments on liabilities or changes in actuarial assumptions used to determine the defined benefit obligation.

The recognition of the net benefit asset is limited under certain circumstances to the amount recoverable, which is primarily based on the extent to which the Corporation can unilaterally reduce its future contributions to the plan. In addition, an adjustment to the net benefit asset or to the net benefit obligation can be recorded to reflect a minimum funding liability in a certain number of the Corporation’s pension plans. Changes in the net benefit asset limit or in the minimum funding liability are recognized immediately in Other comprehensive income and within retained earnings. The assessment of the amount recoverable in the future, for the purpose of calculating the limit on the net benefit asset, is based on a number of assumptions, including future service costs and reductions in future plan contributions.

The Corporation considers all the assumptions used to be reasonable in view of the information available at this time. However, variances from these assumptions could have a material impact on the costs and obligations of pension plans and post-retirement benefits in future periods.

Allowance for doubtful accounts

The Corporation maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts to cover anticipated losses from customers who are unable to pay their debts. This allowance is reviewed periodically and is based on an analysis of specific significant accounts outstanding, the age of the receivable, customer creditworthiness, and historical collection experience.

Stock-based compensation

Stock-based awards to employees that call for settlement in cash or other assets at the option of the employee are accounted for at fair value and classified as a liability. The compensation cost is recognized in expenses over the vesting period. Changes in the fair value of stock-based awards between the grant date and the measurement date result in a change in the liability and compensation cost.

Estimates of the fair value of stock-based awards are determined by applying an option-pricing model, taking into account the terms and conditions of the grant and assumptions such as a risk-free interest rate, the dividend yield, the expected volatility and expected remaining life of the option.

 

- 69 -


Table of Contents

The judgment and assumptions used in determining the fair value of liability-classified stock-based awards may have an effect on the compensation cost recorded in the statements of income.

Provisions

Provisions are recognized when: (i) the Corporation has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of a past event and it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation; and when (ii) the amount of the obligation can be reliably estimated.

Provisions are reviewed at each balance sheet date and changes in estimates are reflected in the statement of income in the period in which changes occur.

Deferred income taxes

The Corporation is required to assess the ultimate realization of deferred income taxes generated from temporary differences between the book basis and tax basis of assets and liabilities and losses carried forward into the future. This assessment is judgmental in nature and is dependent on assumptions and estimates as to the availability and character of future taxable income. The ultimate amount of deferred income taxes realized could be slightly different from that recorded, since it is influenced by the Corporation’s future operating results.

The Corporation is at all times under audit by various tax authorities in each of the jurisdictions in which it operates. A number of years may elapse before a particular matter for which management has established a reserve is audited and resolved. The number of years between each tax audit varies, depending on the tax jurisdiction. Management believes that its estimates are reasonable and reflect the probable outcome of known tax contingencies, although the final outcome is difficult to predict.

Recent Accounting Developments in Canada

As described above in the “Adoption of IFRS” section of this report, the Corporation adopted IFRS on January 1, 2011. The 2010 financial figures have been restated accordingly. The Corporation is required to apply IFRS accounting policies retrospectively to determine the IFRS opening balance sheet at January 1, 2010. However, IFRS provides a number of mandatory exceptions and optional exemptions to this general principle of retrospective application (refer to Note 27 of the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2011 for more details on the exemption choices made by the Corporation and adjustments resulting from the adoption of IFRS).

The adoption of IFRS did not necessitate any significant modifications to information technology, data systems, or internal controls currently implemented and used by the Corporation. The Corporation also determined that new policy choices adopted in light of IFRS requirements had no contractual or business implications on existing financing arrangements or similar obligations as at the date of adoption and as at the end of the current reporting period. Under current circumstances, the Corporation has not identified any contentious issues arising from the adoption of IFRS.

 

 

- 70 -


Table of Contents

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

The Corporation has not early adopted the following new standards and adoption impacts on the consolidated financial statements have not yet been determined:

 

   
Amended standards    Expected changes to existing standards

IFRS 9 — Financial Instruments

 

(Effective from periods beginning January 1, 2015, with early adoption permitted)

   IFRS 9 simplifies the measurement and classification of financial assets by reducing the number of measurement categories and removing complex rule-driven embedded derivative guidance in IAS 39, Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement . The new standard also provides for a fair value option in the designation of a non-derivative financial liability and its related classification and measurement.

IFRS 10 — Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(Effective from periods beginning January 1, 2013, with early adoption permitted)

   IFRS 10 replaces SIC-12 Consolidation—Special Purpose Entities and parts of IAS 27 Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements and provides additional guidance regarding the concept of control as the determining factor in whether an entity should be included within the consolidated financial statements of the parent corporation.

IFRS 11 — Joint Arrangements

 

(Effective from periods beginning January 1, 2013, with early adoption permitted)

   IFRS 11 replaces IAS 31, Interests in Joint Ventures , with guidance that focuses on the rights and obligations of the arrangement, rather than its legal form. It also withdraws the option to proportionately consolidate an entity’s interests in joint ventures. The new standard requires that such interests be recognized using the equity method.

IFRS 12 — Disclosure of Interests in Other Entities

 

(Effective from periods beginning January 1, 2013, with early adoption permitted)

   IFRS 12 is a new and comprehensive standard on disclosure requirements for all forms of interests in other entities, including joint arrangements, associates, special purpose entities and other off-balance sheet vehicles.

IAS 19 — Post-employment Benefits (including Pensions) (Amended)

 

(Effective from periods beginning January 1, 2013, with retrospective application)

   Amendments to IAS 19 involve, among other changes, the immediate recognition of the re-measurement component in Other comprehensive income, thereby removing the accounting option previously available in IAS 19 to recognize or to defer recognition of changes in defined benefit obligations and in the fair value of plan assets directly in the statement of income. IAS 19 allows amounts recognized in Other comprehensive income to be recognized either immediately in retained earnings or as a separate category within equity. IAS 19 also introduces a net interest approach that replaces the expected return on assets and interest costs on the defined benefit obligation with a single net interest component, determined by multiplying the net defined benefit liability or asset by the discount rate used to determine the defined benefit obligation. In addition, all past service costs are required to be recognized in profit or loss when the employee benefit plan is amended and may no longer be spread over any future service period.

 

 

- 71 -


Table of Contents

ITEM 6 – DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES

 

A- Directors and Senior Management

The following table presents certain information concerning our directors and executive officers as of February 28, 2012:

 

Name and Municipality of Residence

  

Age

    

Position

S ERGE G OUIN

Outremont, Québec

     68       Director and Chairman of the Board

J EAN L A C OUTURE , FCA (1)

Montréal, Québec

     65       Director and Chairman of the Audit Committee

A NDRÉ D ELISLE (1)

Montréal, Québec

     65       Director

A. M ICHEL L AVIGNE , FCA (1)

Laval, Québec

     61       Director

P IERRE K ARL P ELADEAU

Outremont, Québec

     50       Director

R OBERT D ÉPATIE

Rosemère, Québec

     53       President and Chief Executive Officer

M ANON B ROUILLETTE

Outremont, Québec

     43       President, Consumer Market

J EAN N OVAK

Beaconsfield, Québec

     48       President, Videotron Business Solutions

M ARIE -J OSEE M ARSAN

Montréal, Québec

     49       Vice President, Finance and Information Technology (IT) and Chief Financial Officer

D ANIEL P ROULX

Montréal, Québec

     54       Chief Technological Officer

M YRIANNE C OLLIN

Montréal, Québec

     38       Senior Vice President, Strategy and Market Development

I SABELLE D ESSUREAULT

Mansonville, Québec

     41       Vice President, Corporate Affairs and President Canal Vox

R OGER M ARTEL

Montréal, Québec

     63       Vice President, Internal Audit

M ARIE P IUZE

Pierrefonds, Québec

     43       Vice President, Control

P IERRE R OY P ORRETTA

Anjou, Québec

     45       Vice President, Research & Development

 

- 72 -


Table of Contents

Name and Municipality of Residence

  

Age

    

Position

J EAN -F RANÇOIS P RUNEAU

Repentigny, Québec

     41       Vice President

C LAUDINE T REMBLAY

Montréal, Québec

     58       Vice President and Secretary

N ORMAND V ACHON

Repentigny, Québec

     63       Vice President, Human Resources

C HLOE P OIRIER

Nun’s Island, Québec

     42       Treasurer

C HRISTIAN M ARCOUX

Laval, Québec

     37       Assistant Secretary

 

(1) Member of the Audit Committee

Serge Gouin , Director and Chairman of the Board of Directors. Mr. Gouin has been a Director and Chairman of our Board of Directors since July 2001. Mr. Gouin has also been a Director of Quebecor Media since May 2001, and he re-assumed the position of Chairman of its Board of Directors in May 2005, having also held that position from January 2003 to March 2004. Mr. Gouin served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Quebecor Media from March 2004 until May 2005. Mr. Gouin has also served as Director and Chairman of the Board of Directors of Sun Media Corporation since May 2004. Mr. Gouin was an Advisory Director of Citigroup Global Markets Canada Inc. from 1998 to 2003. From 1991 to 1996, Mr. Gouin served as President and Chief Operating Officer of Le Groupe Vidéotron. From 1987 to 1991, Mr. Gouin was President and Chief Executive Officer of TVA Group. Mr. Gouin is also a member of the Boards of Directors of Onex Corporation, Tomkins plc and TVA Group.

Jean La Couture , FCA, Director and Chairman of the Audit Committee. Mr. La Couture has served as a Director and as Chairman of our Audit Committee since October 2003. Mr. La Couture also serves as Director and Chairman of the Audit Committee of Quebecor and Quebecor Media. He was a Director of Quebecor World Inc. from December 2007 until December 2008. Mr. La Couture, a Fellow Chartered Accountant, is President of Huis Clos Ltée., a management and mediation firm. He is also President of the Regroupement des assureurs de personnes à charte du Québec (RACQ), a position he has held since August 1995. From 1972 to 1994, he was President and Chief Executive Officer of three organizations, including The Guarantee Company of North America, a Canadian specialty line insurance company from 1990 to 1994. He is Chairman of the Boards of Innergex Renewable Energy Inc., Groupe Pomerleau (a Québec-based construction company) and Institute of Corporate Directors, Québec Chapter, and serves as a Director of Jevco Insurance Company.

André Delisle , Director and member of the Audit Committee. Mr. Delisle has served as a Director of Videotron and as a member of its Audit Committee since October 31, 2005. Since that date, Mr. Delisle has also served as a Director and a member of the Audit Committee of Quebecor Media. From August 2000 until July 2003, Mr. Delisle acted as Assistant General Manager and Treasurer of the City of Montréal. He previously acted as internal consultant for the Caisse de dépôt et placement du Québec from February 1998 until August 2000. From 1982 through 1997, he worked for Hydro-Québec and the Québec Department of Finance, mainly in the capacity of Chief Financial Officer at Hydro-Québec or Assistant Deputy Minister at the Department of Finance. Mr. Delisle is also a member of the Audit Committee of the Ministère des affaires municipales, Régions et Occupation du territoire (MAMROT) and of the Public Policy Committee of the Association des économistes du Québec (ASDEQ) Mr. Delisle is a member of the Institute of Corporate Directors, a member of the Association of Québec Economists and a member of the Barreau du Québec .

A. Michel Lavigne , FCA, Director and member of the Audit Committee. Mr. Lavigne has served as a Director of Videotron and as a member of its Audit Committee since June 30, 2005. Since that date, Mr. Lavigne has also served as a Director and a member of the Audit Committee and the Compensation Committee of Quebecor Media, and as a Director and a member of the Audit Committee of TVA Group. Mr. Lavigne is also a Director of the Caisse de dépôt et placement

 

- 73 -


Table of Contents

du Québec and of Canada Post, as well as the Chairman of the Board of Primary Energy Recycling Corporation and Teraxion Inc. Until May 2005, he served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Raymond Chabot Grant Thornton in Montréal, Québec, as Chairman of the Board of Grant Thornton Canada and as a member of the Board of Governors of Grant Thornton International. Mr. Lavigne is a Fellow Chartered Accountant of the Ordre des comptables agréés du Québec and a member of the Canadian Institute of Chartered Accountants since 1973.

Pierre Karl Péladeau , Director. Mr. Péladeau has served as a Director of Videotron since June 2001. Mr. Péladeau is also currently President and Chief Executive Officer of Quebecor Media (since August 2008), President and Chief Executive Officer of Sun Media Corporation (since November 2008) and President and Chief Executive Officer of Quebecor, a position he has held since 1999. He was Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer of Quebecor Media from May 2006 to November 2008 and President and Chief Executive Officer of Quebecor World Inc. from March 2004 to May 2006. Mr. Péladeau joined Quebecor’s communications division in 1985 as Assistant to the President. Since then, he has occupied various positions in the Quebecor group of companies. In 1998, Mr. Péladeau spearheaded the acquisition of Sun Media Corporation and, in 2000 he was responsible for the acquisition of Groupe Vidéotron. Mr. Péladeau was also the President and Chief Executive Officer of Videotron from July 2001 until June 2003. Mr. Péladeau sits on the board of numerous Quebecor group companies and is active in many charitable and cultural organizations.

Robert Dépatie , President and Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Dépatie has been President and Chief Executive Officer since June 2003 and served as a Director of the Company from June 2003 until October 2005. He joined the Company in December 2001 as Senior Vice President, Sales, Marketing and Customer Service. Before joining us, Mr. Dépatie held numerous senior positions in the food distribution industry, such as President of Distributions Alimentaires Le Marquis/Planters from 1999 to 2001 and General Manager of Les Aliments Small-Fry (Humpty Dumpty) from 1998 to 1999. From 1988 to 1998, he held various senior positions with H.J. Heinz Canada Ltd., such as Executive Vice-President from 1993 to 1998. Mr. Dépatie is also a Director of Immunotec Inc.

Manon Brouillette , President, Consumer Market. Ms. Brouillette was promoted to her current position within the Company in December 2011. In January 2011, she was also appointed Vice President and Chief Digital Officer of Quebecor Media. She had acted as Executive Vice President, Strategy and Market Development from March 2009 to December 2011. From June 2008 to March 2009, she acted as Senior Vice President, Strategic Development and Market Development. She joined Videotron in July 2004 and acted as Vice President, Marketing, from July 2004 to January 2005, as Vice President, New Product Development, from January 2005 to August 2006 and as Senior Vice President, Marketing, Content and New Product Development, from September 2006 to June 2008. Before joining the Company, Ms. Brouillette was Vice President, Marketing and Communications of the San Francisco Group from April 2003 to February 2004. She was also responsible for the national and regional accounts of the Blitz division of Groupe Cossette Communication Marketing from April 2002 to April 2003. From September 1998 to April 2002, she worked at Publicité Martin inc. Ms. Brouillette holds a Bachelor’s degree in communications with a minor in marketing from Laval University.

Jean Novak , President, Videotron Business Solutions. Mr. Novak has served in his current position since January 2005. Mr. Novak joined Videotron in May 2004 as Vice President, Sales. Between 1988 and May 2004, Mr. Novak held various management positions in sales and distribution for Molson Breweries, Canada’s largest brewing company, including General Manager for all on premise accounts and the Montréal sales region as well as Manager, Customer Service and Telesales in Québec. Mr. Novak holds a bachelor’s degree in marketing from the HEC Montréal.

Marie-Josée Marsan , Vice President, Finance and Information Technology (IT) and Chief Financial Officer. Ms. Marsan has been Videotron’s Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer since June 2008, and, on January 1, 2010, she has been appointed to her current position. She joined Videotron in July 2006 as Vice President, Control. Before joining us, Ms. Marsan held various senior positions mainly in the television & film industry, such as First Director of Finance and Administration at the Canadian Broadcast Company (CBC) from 1999 to 2006 and Vice-President, Finance and Business Development for Groupe Covitec inc, today known as Technicolor, from 1994 to 1999. Prior to that, she worked for TVA Group Inc. as Director of Production and held various financial positions at General Motors of Canada. Ms. Marsan holds a bachelor’s degree in Finance from the HEC Montréal, a master’s degree in Finance issued jointly by York University and HEC Montréal. She is also a member of the Certified General Accountants Association (CGA).

 

- 74 -


Table of Contents

Daniel Proulx , Chief Technological Officer. Mr. Proulx was appointed Chief Technological Officer in April 2011. Prior to his appointment, he had served as Vice President, Engineering since July 2003 and as Vice President, Information Technology since July 2002. Mr. Proulx has held various management positions within Videotron since joining the Company in 1995.

Myrianne Collin , Senior Vice President, Strategy and Market Development. Ms. Collin was promoted to her current position in December 2011. She had served as Vice President, Marketing, Consumer division since June 2008. She joined Videotron in April 2005 as Senior Director Marketing, Cable Telephony and Bundling. In September 2006, Ms. Collin was appointed Senior Director, Broadcast Services & Relationship Marketing. From 1995 to 2005, Ms. Collin held various positions with Bell Canada and Alliance Data System (Air Miles). She holds a Bachelor’s degree in marketing from Sherbrooke University.

Isabelle Dessureault , Vice President, Corporate Affairs and President, Canal Vox (a division of Videotron) . Ms. Dessureault was appointed to her current position in August 2010. Prior to her appointment, she was Vice President, Public Affairs of Quebecor Media from November 2008 to March 2010. In 2005, after working a dozen years as a consultant, including eight years with National Public Relations, where she was a partner in the Montréal office, Ms. Dessureault joined Videotron as General Manager, Communications. From 2006 to 2008, Ms. Dessureault was Vice President with combined responsibility for Videotron Corporate Affairs and the VOX television channel. Ms. Dessureault studied at the Amsterdam School of Business and is a graduate of the Université du Québec in Montréal, and holds an MBA from Concordia University.

Roger Martel , Vice President, Internal Audit. Mr. Martel has served as Vice President, Internal Audit of Videotron since February 2004. Mr. Martel also acts as Vice President, Internal Audit for Quebecor, Quebecor Media and Sun Media Corporation. From February 2001 until February 2004, he was Principal Director, Internal Audit of Quebecor Media. Prior to that, he was an Internal Auditor of Le Groupe Vidéotron ltée.

Marie Piuze , Vice President, Control. Ms. Piuze joined Videotron in September 2008. Prior to joining the Company, Ms. Piuze was Financial Controller of CGI from 2005 to 2008. Ms. Piuze held various financial positions in the telecommunication and software industry mainly at Microcell, Téléglobe and Softimage. She started her career at Coopérative Fédérée de Québec in 1994. Ms. Piuze holds a Bachelor’s degree in Finance from the HEC Montréal. She is also a member of the Certified Management Accountants Association (CMA).

Pierre Roy Porretta , Vice President, Engineering, Research & Development. Mr. Roy Porretta was appointed to his current position in August 2010. Prior to this appointment, he was Vice President, IP Technology since November 2006. Mr. Roy Porretta has held various engineering and management position within Videotron since joining the Company in March 1995.

Jean-François Pruneau , Vice President. Mr. Pruneau has served as Vice President of Videotron since August 2009. He also serves as Chief Financial Officer of Quebecor and Quebecor Media and as Vice President of Sun Media Corporation. From May 2009 to November 2010, he served as Vice President Finance of Quebecor and Quebecor Media. From October 2005 to May 2009, Mr. Pruneau served as Treasurer of the Company, Quebecor Media and Sun Media Corporation. From February 2007 to May 2009, he also served as Treasurer of Quebecor. Prior to that, Mr. Pruneau served as Director, Finance and Assistant Treasurer — Corporate Finance of Quebecor Media. Before joining Quebecor Media in May 2001, Mr. Pruneau was Associate Director of BCE Media from 1999 to 2001. From 1997 to 1999, he served as Corporate Finance Officer at Canadian National Railway. He has been a member of the CFA Institute, formerly the Association for Investment Management and Research, since 2000.

Claudine Tremblay , Vice President and Secretary. Ms. Tremblay was appointed Vice President and Secretary in April 2009. She holds the same position with Quebecor, Quebecor Media, TVA Group and Sun Media Corporation. Prior to her appointment to her current position, Ms. Tremblay was Senior Director, Corporate Secretariat for Quebecor Media, Quebecor World Inc. and Quebecor from 2003 to December 2007. Prior to joining the Quebecor group of companies as Assistant Secretary in 1987, Ms. Tremblay was Assistant Secretary and Administrative Assistant at the National Bank of Canada from 1979 to 1987. She has also been a member of the Chambre des notaires du Québec since 1977.

 

- 75 -


Table of Contents

Normand Vachon , Vice President, Human Resources and Excellence. Mr. Vachon joined Videotron in January 2005 as Vice President, Human Resources (title was later changed to Vice President, Human Resources and Excellence). Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Vachon acted as senior executive officer and organizational development consultant for many private organizations in the Province of Québec between 2001 and 2004 and held the position of Vice President, Corporate and Vice President, Human Resources and Organizational Development at Nova Bus Corporation from 1995 to 2000. Prior to that, Mr. Vachon worked at Alcan Inc. from 1972 to 1994, holding the positions of Director of Operations at Alcan Smelters & Chemicals in Shawinigan, Manager of Alcan Wire and Cable’s Saint-Augustin plant in the Québec City region and General Manager of Alcan Extrusions’ Laval plant.

Chloé Poirier , Treasurer. Ms. Poirier was appointed Treasurer in August 2009. She also serves as Treasurer of Quebecor, Quebecor Media and Sun Media Corporation. Ms. Poirier joined the Company in 2001 as Director, Treasury / Assistant Treasurer, Treasury Operations. Prior to that, she was Analyst, Treasury and Finance with Natrel inc./Agropur from 1997 to 2001 and trader at la Caisse de dépôt et placement du Québec from 1995 to 1997. She is a Chartered Financial Analyst (CFA) and holds a Bachelor degree in Actuarial Science and an MBA from Université Laval.

Christian Marcoux , Assistant Secretary. Mr. Marcoux was appointed Assistant Secretary of Videotron in December 2006. Mr. Marcoux joined Quebecor Media in 2006 as Senior Legal Counsel, Compliance and was promoted to Director, Compliance, Corporate Secretariat in February 2010. He is also currently Assistant Secretary of Quebecor, Quebecor Media, TVA Group and Sun Media Corporation. From January 2004 to December 2006, Mr. Marcoux was Manager, Listed Issuer Services at the Toronto Stock Exchange. Prior to January 2004, Mr. Marcoux was an attorney with BCF LLP, a law firm, for three years. He has been a member of the Québec Bar Association since 2000.

 

B- Compensation

Our Directors do not receive any remuneration for acting in their capacity as directors of Videotron. The members of our Audit Committee do, however, receive attendance fees of $3,000 per meeting and the Chairman of our Audit Committee (currently, Mr. La Couture) receives an annual fee of $6,000 to act in such capacity. Our Directors are reimbursed for their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with meetings of our Board of Directors and our Audit Committee. During the financial year ended December 31, 2011, the amount of compensation (including benefits in kind) paid to our five directors for services in all capacities to Videotron and its subsidiaries was $151,000. None of our directors have contracts with us or any of our subsidiaries that provide for benefits upon termination of employment.

The aggregate amount of compensation we paid for the year ended December 31, 2011 to our executive officers as a group, excluding those who are also executive officers of, and compensated by, Quebecor Media, was $8,797,051 million, including salaries, bonuses and profit-sharing payments.

Quebecor Media’s Stock Option Plan

Under a stock option plan established by Quebecor Media, 6,180,140 common shares of Quebecor Media (representing 5% of all outstanding common shares of Quebecor Media) have been set aside for directors, officers, senior employees and other key employees of Quebecor Media and its subsidiaries, including Videotron. Each option may be exercised within a maximum period of 10 years following the date of grant at an exercise price not lower than, as the case may be, the fair market value of Quebecor Media common shares at the date of grant, as determined by its Board of Directors (if Quebecor Media common shares are not listed on a stock exchange at the time of the grant) or the 5-day weighted average closing price ending on the day preceding the date of grant of the common shares of Quebecor Media on the stock exchange(s) where such shares are listed at the time of grant. For so long as the shares of Quebecor Media are not listed on a recognized stock exchange, optionees may exercise their vested options during one of the following annual periods: from March 1 to March 30, from June 1 to June 29, from September 1 to September 29 and from December 1 to December 30. Holders of options under the plan have the choice at the time of exercising their options to receive an amount in cash equal to the difference between the fair market value, as determined by Quebecor Media’s Board of Directors, and the exercise price of their vested options or, subject to certain stated conditions, purchase common shares of Quebecor Media at the exercise price. Except under specific circumstances, and unless Quebecor Media’s Compensation Committee decides otherwise, options vest over a five-year period in accordance with one of the following vesting schedules as determined by Quebecor Media’s Compensation Committee at the time of grant: (i) equally over five

 

- 76 -


Table of Contents

years with the first 20% vesting on the first anniversary of the date of the grant; (ii) equally over four years with the first 25% vesting on the second anniversary of the date of grant; and (iii) equally over three years with the first 33  1 / 3 % vesting on the third anniversary of the date of grant. Pursuant to the terms of this plan, no optionee may hold options representing more than 5% of the outstanding common shares of Quebecor Media.

During the year ended December 31, 2011, an aggregate total of 21,000 options were granted under this plan to executive officers of Videotron (excluding directors, officers and employees who, at the date of grant, were directors, officers or employees at multiple Quebecor Media group companies), with a weighted average exercise price of $50.366 per share, as determined by Quebecor Media’s Compensation Committee. During the year ended December 31, 2011, a total of 205,929 options were exercised by officers and employees of Videotron, for aggregate gross value realized of $2.1 million. The value realized on option exercises represents the difference between the option exercise price and the fair market value of Quebecor Media common shares (as determined as set forth above) at the date of exercise. As of December 31, 2011, an aggregate total of 953,240 options granted to directors, officers and employees of Videotron (excluding directors, officers and employees who, at the date of grant, were directors, officers or employees at multiple Quebecor Media group companies) remain outstanding, with a weighted average exercise price of $40.64 per share, as determined by Quebecor Media’s Compensation Committee. For more information on this stock option plan, see Note 20 to our audited consolidated financial statements included under “Item 18. Financial Statements” of this annual report.

Pension Benefits

Both Quebecor Media and Videotron maintain pension plans for our non-unionized employees and certain officers.

Videotron’s pension plan provides pension benefits to our executive officers equal to 2.0% of salary (excluding bonuses) for each year of membership in the plan. The pension benefits so calculated are payable at the normal retirement age of 65 years, or sooner at the election of the executive officer, subject to an early retirement reduction. In addition, the pension benefits may be deferred, but not beyond the age limit under the relevant provisions of the Income Tax Act (Canada), in which case the pension benefits are adjusted to take into account the delay in their payment in relation to the normal retirement age. The maximum pension benefits payable under our pension plan are as prescribed under the Income Tax Act (Canada). An executive officer contributes to this plan an amount equal to 5.0% of his or her salary up to a maximum of $6,500 per year.

Quebecor Media’s pension plan provides greater pension benefits to eligible executive officers than it does to other employees. The higher pension benefits under this plan equal 2.0% of average salary over the best five consecutive years of salary (including bonuses), multiplied by the number of years of membership in the plan as an executive officer. The pension benefits so calculated are payable at the normal retirement age of 65 years, or sooner at the election of the executive officer, and from the age of 61 years without early retirement reduction. In addition, the pension benefits may be deferred, but not beyond the age limit under the relevant provisions of the Income Tax Act (Canada), in which case the pension benefits are adjusted to take into account the delay in their payment in relation to the normal retirement age. The maximum pension benefits payable under Quebecor Media’s pension plan are as prescribed by the Income Tax Act (Canada). An executive officer contributes to this plan an amount equal to 5.0% of his or her salary up to a maximum of $6,617 in 2012. Videotron has no liability regarding Quebecor Media’s pension plan.

The table below indicates the annual pension benefits that would be payable at the normal retirement age of 65 years under both Quebecor Media’s and our pension plans:

 

     Years of Participation  

Compensation

   10      15      20      25      30  

$132,334 or more

   $ 26,467       $ 39,700       $ 52,933       $ 66,167       $ 79,400   

 

- 77 -


Table of Contents

Supplemental Retirement Benefit Plan for Designated Executives

In addition, both Quebecor Media’s and our pension plans provide supplemental retirement benefits to certain designated executives. As of December 31, 2011, one of our senior executive officers was a participant under Quebecor Media’s supplemental retirement benefit plan, and one of our senior executive officers was a participant under our supplemental retirement benefit plan.

The benefits payable to the senior executive officer who participates in Quebecor Media’s supplemental retirement benefit plan are calculated using the same formula as for the basic pension plan, but without having to comply with the limit imposed by the Income Tax Act (Canada), less the pension payable under the basic pension plan. The pension is payable for life without reduction from the age of 61. Upon a beneficiary’s death, Quebecor Media’s supplemental retirement benefit plan provides for the payment of a survivor pension to the eligible surviving spouse, which represents 50.0% of the retiree’s pension for a period of up to ten years.

As of December 31, 2011, our senior executive officer participating in Quebecor Media’s supplemental retirement benefit plan had less than eight years of credited service.

The benefits payable to our senior executive officer who participates in our supplemental retirement benefit plan are calculated using the same formula as for the basic pension plan, but without having to comply with the limit imposed by the Income Tax Act (Canada), less the pension payable under the basic pension plan. The benefits so calculated are payable at the normal retirement age of 65 years, or sooner at the election of the senior executive officer, subject to an early retirement reduction. Upon a beneficiary’s death, our supplemental retirement benefit plan provides for the payment of a survivor pension to the eligible surviving spouse, which represents 60.0% of the retiree’s pension.

As of December 31, 2011, our senior executive officer participating in our supplemental retirement benefit plan had nine years of credited service.

 

     Years of Credited Service  

Compensation

   10      15      20      25      30  

$200,000

   $ 13,533       $ 20,300       $ 27,067       $ 33,833       $ 40,600   

$300,000

   $ 33,533       $ 50,300       $ 67,067       $ 83,833       $ 100,600   

$400,000

   $ 53,533       $ 80,300       $ 107,067       $ 133,833       $ 160,600   

$500,000

   $ 73,533       $ 110,300       $ 147,067       $ 183,833       $ 220,600   

$600,000

   $ 93,533       $ 140,300       $ 187,067       $ 233,833       $ 280,600   

$800,000

   $ 133,533       $ 200,300       $ 267,067       $ 333,833       $ 400,600   

$1,000,000

   $ 173,533       $ 260,300       $ 347,067       $ 433,833       $ 520,600   

$1,200,000

   $ 213,533       $ 320,300       $ 427,067       $ 533,833       $ 640,600   

$1,400,000

   $ 253,533       $ 380,300       $ 507,067       $ 633,833       $ 760,600   

Liability Insurance

Quebecor carries liability insurance for the benefit of its directors and officers, as well as for the directors and officers of its subsidiaries, including Videotron and our subsidiaries, against certain liabilities incurred by them in such capacity. These policies are subject to customary deductibles and exceptions. The premiums in respect of this insurance are entirely paid by Quebecor, which is then reimbursed by Quebecor Media and its subsidiaries, including Videotron, for their ratable portion thereof.

 

C- Board Practices

Reference is made to “— Directors and Executive Officers” above for the current term of office, if applicable, and the period during which our directors and senior management have served in that office.

 

- 78 -


Table of Contents

There are no directors’ service contracts with us or any of our subsidiaries providing for benefits upon termination of employment.

Our Board of Directors is comprised of five directors. Each director is nominated and elected by Quebecor Media, our parent company, to serve until a successor director is elected or appointed. Our Board of Directors has an Audit Committee, but we do not have a compensation committee. The Compensation Committee of Quebecor Media decides certain matters relating to the compensation of officers and employees of Videotron, including certain matters relating to the Quebecor Media stock option plan, as discussed above.

Audit Committee

Videotron’s Audit Committee, is currently composed of three Directors, namely Messrs. Jean La Couture, André Delisle and A. Michel Lavigne. Mr. La Couture is the Chairman of our Audit Committee and our Board of Directors has determined that Mr. La Couture is an “audit committee financial expert” as defined under SEC rules. See “Item 16A. Audit Committee Financial Expert”. Our Board of Directors has adopted the mandate of our Audit Committee in light of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and related SEC rulemaking. Our Audit Committee assists our Board of Directors in overseeing our financial controls and reporting. Our Audit Committee also oversees our compliance with financial covenants and legal and regulatory requirements governing financial disclosure matters and financial risk management.

The current mandate of our Audit Committee provides, among other things, that our Audit Committee reviews our annual and quarterly financial statements before they are submitted to our Board of Directors, as well as the financial information contained in our annual reports on Form 20-F, our management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations, our quarterly reports furnished to the SEC under cover of Form 6-K and other documents containing similar information before their public disclosure or filing with regulatory authorities; reviews our accounting policies and practices; and discusses with our independent auditors the scope of their audit, as well as our auditors’ recommendations and observations with respect to the audit, our accounting policies and financial reporting, and the responses of our management with respect thereto. Our Audit Committee is also responsible for ensuring that we have in place adequate and effective internal control and management information systems to monitor our financial information and to ensure that our transactions with related parties are made on terms that are fair for us. Our Audit Committee pre-approves all audit services and permitted non-audit services and pre-approves all the fees pertaining to those services that are payable to our independent auditor, and submits the appropriate recommendations to our Board of Directors in connection with these services and fees. Our Audit Committee also reviews the scope of the audit and the results of the examinations conducted by our internal audit department. In addition, our Audit Committee recommends the appointment of our independent auditors, subject to our shareholders’ approval. It also reviews and approves our Code of Ethics for our President and Chief Executive Officer and principal financial officers.

 

D- Employees

At December 31, 2011, we had approximately 6,230 employees. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, we had approximately 5,670 and 4,870 employees, respectively (excluding the employees of Jobboom inc., who were transferred to us in 2011). The net increase in the number of employees at December 31, 2011 compared to December 31, 2010 was attributable primarily to hiring new employees, including many skilled employees, in connection with our expansion as a facilities-based mobile telephony provider. Substantially all of our employees are based and work in the Province of Quebec. Approximately 3,700 of our employees are unionized, and the terms of their employment are governed by one of our five regional collective bargaining agreements. Our two most important collective bargaining agreements, covering our unionized employees in the Montréal and Québec City regions, have terms extending to December 31, 2013. We also have two collective bargaining agreements covering our unionized employees in the Saguenay and Gatineau regions, with terms running through December 31, 2014 and August 31, 2015 respectively, and one other collective bargaining agreement, covering approximately 50 employees of our SETTE inc. subsidiary, which will expire on December 31, 2012.

 

E- Share Ownership

No Videotron equity securities are held by any of our directors or senior executive officers.

 

- 79 -


Table of Contents

ITEM 7 – MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

A- Major Shareholders

We are a wholly-owned subsidiary of Quebecor Media, a leading Canadian-based media and telecommunications company with interests in newspaper publishing operations, television broadcasting, telecommunications, book and magazine publishing and new media services. Through these interests, Quebecor Media holds leading positions in the creation, promotion and distribution of news, entertainment and Internet related services that are designed to appeal to audiences in every demographic category.

Quebecor Media is 54.72% owned by Quebecor, a communications holding company, and 45.28% owned by CDP Capital d’Amérique Investissements Inc. Quebecor’s primary asset is its interest in Quebecor Media. CDP Capital d’Amérique Investissements Inc. is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Caisse de dépôt et placement du Québec , one of Canada’s largest pension fund managers.

 

B- Related Party Transactions

The Company enters into related party transactions from time to time. These related party transactions are further described under “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — Cash Flow and Financial Position — Financial Position as of December 31, 2011” and in Note 7, in Note 10 and in Note 25 to our audited consolidated financial statements included under “Item 18. Financial Statements” in this annual report. These related party transactions have been entered into by the Company on terms equivalent to those that prevail in transactions done at arm’s length and accounted for at the consideration agreed between parties:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2011     2010  
     (in thousands of dollars)  

Ultimate Parent and Parent Company:

    

Revenues

   $ 620      $ 125   

Cost of sales and operating expenses

     6,728        5,803   

Operating expenses recovered

     (1,955     (1,445

Affiliated Companies:

    

Revenues

     12,443        9,655   

Cost of sales and operating expenses

     59,742        56,255   

Operating expenses recovered

     (1,908     (529

Management fee

The Company pays annual management fees to the parent company for services rendered to the Company, including internal audit, legal and corporate, financial planning and treasury, tax, real estate, human resources, risk management, public relations and other services. Management fees amounted to $26.7 million in 2011 and $34.8 million in 2010. The agreement provides for an annual management fee to be agreed upon for the year 2012. In addition, the parent company is entitled to the reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the services provided under the agreement.

Acquisition of a subsidiary

On May 1, 2011, the Company acquired Jobboom Inc., a subsidiary of an affiliated company, for a total cash consideration of $32.1 million. Since the transaction occurred between wholly-owned subsidiaries of the parent company, the acquisition was accounted for using the continuity of interest method and the cash consideration paid was recorded in reduction of retained earnings.

 

- 80 -


Table of Contents

Income tax transactions

Unlike corporations in the United States, corporations in Canada are not permitted to file consolidated tax returns. As a result, we enter into certain tax consolidation transactions (issuance of preferred shares and subordinated loans) from time to time through which we are able to recognize certain income tax benefits. For further information regarding these transactions, please refer to “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — Cash Flow and Financial Position — Financial Position as of December 31, 2011” and Note 25 to our audited consolidated financial statements which are included under “Item 18. Financial Statements” in this annual report. These transactions are carried out for tax consolidation purposes, on terms equivalent to those that prevail in an arm’s length basis and are accounted for at the consideration agreed between parties.

Purchase of shares of Quebecor Media and subsidiary subordinated loans

Unlike corporations in the United States, corporations in Canada are not permitted to file consolidated tax returns. As a result, we enter into certain transactions from time to time that have the effect of using tax losses within the Quebecor Media Group. These transactions are described further under “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — Cash Flow and Financial Position — Financial Position as of December 31, 2011” and Note 10 to our audited consolidated financial statements which are included under “Item 18. Financial Statements” in this annual report.

 

C- Interests of Experts and Counsel

Not applicable.

ITEM 8 – FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

A- Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information

Our consolidated balance sheets as at December 31, 2011 and 2010 and as at January 1 st , 2010, and our consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, equity and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, including the notes thereto and together with the report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, are included beginning on page F-1 of this annual report.

Legal Proceedings

We are involved from time to time in various claims and lawsuits incidental to the conduct of our business in the ordinary course.

In the opinion of our management, the outcome of these proceedings is not expected to have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, liquidity or financial position.

Dividend Policy

During the year ended December 31, 2011, we paid aggregate cash dividends of $140,000,000 on our common shares. During the year ended December 31, 2010, we paid aggregate cash dividends of $437,000,000 on our common shares. We currently expect to pay dividends and other distributions on our common shares in the future. The declaration and payment of dividends and other distributions is in the sole discretion of our Board of Directors, and any decision regarding the declaration of dividends and other distributions will be made by our Board of Directors depending on, among other things, our financial resources, the cash flows generated by our business, our capital needs, and other factors considered relevant by our Board of Directors, including the terms of our indebtedness and applicable law.

 

B- Significant Changes

Except as otherwise disclosed in this annual report, there has been no other material adverse change in our financial position since December 31, 2011.

 

- 81 -


Table of Contents

ITEM 9 – THE OFFER AND LISTING

 

A- Offer and Listing Details

Not applicable.

 

B- Plan of Distribution

Not applicable.

 

C- Markets

On March 14, 2012, following the close of the period covered by this annual report, we issued and sold US$800.0 million aggregate principal amount of our 5% Senior Notes due July 15, 2022 in private placements exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and the prospectus requirements of applicable Canadian securities laws.

On July 5, 2011, we issued and sold $300.0 million aggregate principal amount of our 6  7 / 8 % Senior Notes due July 15, 2021 in private placements exempt from the registration requirement of the Securities Act and the prospectus requirements of applicable Canadian securities laws.

On January 13, 2010, we issued and sold $300.0 million aggregate principal amount of our 7  1 / 8 % Senior Notes due January 15, 2020 in private placements exempt from the registration requirement of the Securities Act and the prospectus requirements of applicable Canadian securities laws.

On April 15, 2008, we issued and sold US$455.0 million aggregate principal amount of our 9  1 / 8 % Senior Notes due April 15, 2018 in private placements exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, and on March 5, 2009, we issued and sold an additional aggregate principal amount of US$260.0 million of these 9  1 / 8 % Senior Notes due April 15, 2018 (under the same indenture) in a private placement exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

On September 16, 2005, we issued and sold US$175.0 million aggregate principal amount of our 6  3 / 8 % Senior Notes due December 15, 2015 in private placements exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. In connection with the issuance of these unregistered notes, we agreed to file an exchange offer registration statement with the SEC with respect to a registered offer to exchange without novation the unregistered notes for our new 6  3 / 8 % Senior Notes due December 15, 2015, which would be registered under the Securities Act. We filed a registration statement on Form F-4 with the SEC on December 16, 2005 and completed the registered exchange offer on February 6, 2006. As a result, our 6  3 / 8 % Senior Notes due December 15, 2015 have been registered under the Securities Act.

On October 8, 2003 and November 19, 2004, we issued and sold US$335.0 million and US$315.0 million aggregate principal amount, respectively, of our 6  7 / 8 % Senior Notes due January 15, 2014 in private placements exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. In connection with the issuance of these unregistered notes, we agreed to file exchange offer registration statements with the SEC with respect to registered offers to exchange without novation the unregistered notes for our new 6  7 / 8 % Senior Notes due January 15, 2014, which would be registered under the Securities Act. We filed a registration statement on Form F-4 with the SEC on November 24, 2003 and completed this registered exchange offer on February 9, 2004, and we filed another registration statement on Form F-4 with the SEC on December 7, 2004 and completed this exchange offer on March 4, 2004. As a result, our 6  7 / 8 % Senior Notes due January 15, 2014 have been registered under the Securities Act. On February 29, 2012, following the close of the period covered by this annual report, we announced that on March 30, 2012, we would redeem and retire the entire outstanding principal amount outstanding of our 6  7 / 8 % Senior Notes due January 15, 2014.

There is currently no established trading market for our Senior Notes. There can be no assurance as to the liquidity of any market that may develop for our outstanding notes, the ability of the holders of any such notes to sell them or the prices at which any such sales may be made. We have not and do not presently intend to apply for a listing of our outstanding notes on any exchange or automated dealer quotation system.

 

- 82 -


Table of Contents

The record holder of each series of our Senior Notes (other than our 7  1 / 8 % Senior Notes and our 6  7 / 8 % Senior Notes) is Cede & Co., a nominee of The Depository Trust Company, and the record holder of our 7  1 / 8 % Senior Notes and our 6  7 / 8 % Senior Notes is CDS Clearing and Depository Services Inc.

 

D- Selling Shareholders

Not applicable.

 

E- Dilution

Not applicable.

 

F- Expenses of the Issue

Not applicable.

ITEM 10 – ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

 

A- Share Capital

Not applicable.

 

B- Memorandum and Articles of Association

The Articles of Amalgamation of Videotron, dated as of July 1, 2006, and the Articles of Amendment of Videotron, dated as of June 30, 2008 and December 12, 2008 are referred to as our “Articles”. Our Articles are included as exhibits to this annual report. The following is a summary of certain provisions of our Articles and by-laws:

On July 1, 2006, Vidéotron ltée and 9101-0827 Québec Inc. amalgamated, under Part IA of the Companies Act (Québec), into a single corporation using the name “Videotron Ltd.” (or “Vidéotron ltée” in French) with the Designating Number 1163819882. Since its coming into force on February 14, 2011, Videotron is governed by the Business Corporations Act (Québec). The Articles provide no restrictions on the purposes or activities that may be undertaken by Videotron.

 

1.   (a)    Our by-laws provide that a director must disclose the nature and value of any interest he has in a contract or transaction to which our corporation is a party. A director must also disclose a contract or transaction to which the corporation and any of the following are a party:

 

  (i) an associate of the director;

 

  (ii) a group of which the director is a director;

 

  (iii) a group in which the director or an associate of the director has an interest.

No director may vote on a resolution to approve, amend or terminate the contract or transaction, or be present during deliberations concerning the approval, amendment or termination of such a contract or transaction unless the contract or transaction:

 

  (i) relates primarily to the remuneration of the director or an associate of the director as a director of the corporation or an affiliate of the corporation;

 

  (ii) relates primarily to the remuneration of the director or an associate of the director as an officer, employee or mandatary of the corporation or an affiliate of the corporation, if the corporation is not a reporting issuer;

 

- 83 -


Table of Contents
  (iii) is for the indemnification of the directors in certain circumstances or liability insurance taken out by the corporation;

 

  (iv) is with an affiliate of the corporation, and the sole interest of the director is as a director or officer of the affiliate.

 

  (b) Neither the Articles nor our by-laws contain provisions with respect to directors’ power, in the absence of an independent quorum, to determine their remuneration.

 

  (c) Subject to any restriction which may from time to time be included in the Articles or our by-laws, or the terms, rights or restrictions of any of our shares or securities outstanding, our directors may authorize us, by ordinary resolution, to borrow money and obtain advances upon the credit of our corporation when they consider it appropriate. Our directors also may, by ordinary resolution, when they consider it appropriate, (i) issue bonds or other securities of our corporation and give them in guarantee or sell them for prices and amounts deemed appropriate; (ii) mortgage, pledge or give as surety our present or future movable and immovable property to ensure the payment of these bonds or other securities or give a part only of these guarantees for the same purposes; and (iii) mortgage or pledge our real estate or give as security or otherwise encumber with any charge our movables or give these various kinds of securities to assure the payment of loans made other than by the issuance of bonds as well as the payment or the execution of other debts, contracts and commitments of our corporation.

Neither the Articles nor our by-laws contain any provision with respect to (a) the retirement or non retirement of our directors under an age limit requirement or (b) the number of shares, if any, required for the qualification of our directors.

 

2. The rights, preferences and restrictions attaching to our common shares and our preferred shares (consisting of our Class “A” Common Shares and our authorized classes of preferred shares, comprised or our Class “B” Preferred Shares, Class “C” Preferred Shares, Class “D” Preferred Shares, Class “E” Preferred Shares, Class “F” Preferred Shares, Class “G” Preferred Shares and Class “H” Preferred Shares) are set forth below:

Common Shares

Class “A” Common Shares

 

  (a) Dividend rights: Subject to the rights of the holders of our preferred shares (including their redemption rights) and subject to applicable law, each Class “A” Common Share is entitled to receive such dividends as our Board of Directors shall determine.

 

  (b) Voting rights: The holders of Class “A” Common Shares are entitled to vote at each shareholders’ meeting with the exception of meetings at which only the holders of another class of shares are entitled to vote. Each Class “A” Common Share entitles the holder to one vote. The holders of the Class “A” Common Shares shall elect the directors of Videotron at an annual or special meting of shareholders called for that purpose, except that any vacancy occurring in the Board of Directors may be filled, for the remainder of the term, by our Directors. At any meeting of shareholders called for such purpose, directors are elected by a majority of the votes cast in respect of such election.

 

  (c) Rights to share in our profits: Other than as described in paragraph (a) above (whereby the holders of our Class “A” Common Shares are entitled to receive dividends as determined by our Board of Directors subject to certain restrictions) and paragraph (d) below (whereby the holders of our Class “A” Common Shares are entitled to participation in the remaining property and assets of our company available for distribution in the event of liquidation or dissolution), None.

 

  (d) Rights upon liquidation: In the event of our liquidation or dissolution or any other distribution of our assets among our shareholders for the purpose of winding-up our affairs, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, the holders of our Class “A” Common Shares shall be entitled, subject to the rights of the holders of our preferred shares, to participate equally, share for share, in our residual property and assets available for distribution to our shareholders, without preference or distinction.

 

- 84 -


Table of Contents
  (e) Redemption provisions: None.

 

  (f) Sinking fund provisions: None.

 

  (g) Liability to further capital calls by us: None, provided that our directors may make calls upon the shareholders in respect of any moneys unpaid upon their shares.

 

  (h) Provisions discriminating against existing or prospective holders of common shares as a result of such holder owning a substantial number of common shares: None.

Preferred Shares

Class “B” Preferred Shares

 

  (a) Dividend rights: When our Board of Directors declares a dividend, the holders of our Class “B” Preferred Shares have the right to receive, in priority over the holders of our Class “A” Common Shares, Class “C” Preferred Shares, Class “D” Preferred Shares, Class “E” Preferred Shares and Class “F” Preferred Shares, but subordinated to the holders of our Class “G” Preferred Shares, a preferential and non-cumulative dividend at the fixed rate of 1% per month, calculated on the basis of the applicable redemption value of our Class “B” Preferred Shares. A dividend may be declared and payable in cash, in kind or through the issuance of fully paid shares of any class of our corporation.

 

  (b) Voting rights: Subject to applicable law and except as expressly otherwise provided, the holders of our Class “B” Preferred Shares do not have the right to receive notice of meetings of shareholders or to attend any such meeting or vote at any such meeting.

 

  (c) Rights to share in our profits: Other than as described in paragraph (a) above (whereby the holders of our Class “B” Preferred Shares are entitled to receive certain dividends, if and when declared by our Board of Directors), paragraph (d) below (whereby the holders of our Class “B” Preferred Shares are entitled to participate in the distribution of the residual property and assets of Videotron available for distribution in the event of our liquidation or winding-up) and paragraph (e) below (whereby the holders of our Class “B” Preferred Shares have certain redemption rights): None.

 

  (d) Rights upon liquidation: In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or other distribution of our assets among our shareholders for the purpose of winding-up our affairs, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, the holders of the Class “B” Preferred Shares shall be entitled to repayment of the amount paid for the Class “B” Preferred Shares in the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to the Class “B” Preferred Shares.

In addition, in the event of our liquidation, dissolution or other distribution of our assets among our shareholders for the purpose of winding-up our affairs, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, the rights of holders of Class “B” Preferred Shares as regards to payment of dividends and the right to participate in the distribution of residual assets, shall rank in priority to the rights of the holders of our Class “A” Common Shares, Class “C” Preferred Shares, Class “D” Preferred Shares, Class “E” Preferred Shares and Class “F” Preferred Shares, but subordinated to the rights of holders of our Class “G” Preferred Shares.

 

  (e) Redemption provisions: Subject to the provisions of the Business Corporations Act (Québec), the holders of our Class “B” Preferred Shares have, at any time, the right to require Videotron to redeem (referred to as a “retraction right”) any or all of their Class “B” Preferred Shares at a redemption price equal to the amount paid for such shares in the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to such shares, plus a specified premium, if applicable, plus the amount of any declared and unpaid dividends.

 

- 85 -


Table of Contents

In addition, Videotron may, at its option, redeem any or all of the Class “B” Preferred Shares outstanding at any time at an aggregate redemption price equal to the consideration received by Videotron for these Class “B” Preferred Shares. Videotron may also, when it deems it appropriate and without giving notice or taking into account the other classes of shares, buy, pursuant to a private agreement, all or some of the Class “B” Preferred Shares outstanding at a purchase price for any such Class “B” Preferred Shares not exceeding the retraction right purchase price described above or the book value of Videotron’s net assets.

 

  (f) Sinking fund provisions: None.

 

  (g) Liability to further capital calls by us: None, provided that our directors may make calls upon the shareholders in respect of any moneys unpaid upon their shares.

 

  (h) Provisions discriminating against existing or prospective holders of our Class “B” Preferred Shares as a result of such holder owning a substantial number of our Class “B” Preferred Shares: None.

Class “C” Preferred Shares

 

  (a) Dividend rights: When our Board of Directors declares a dividend, the holders of our Class “C” Preferred Shares have the right to receive, in priority over the holders of our Class “A” Common Shares, Class “D” Preferred Shares, Class “E” Preferred Shares and Class “F” Preferred Shares, but subordinated to the holders of our Class “B” Preferred Shares and Class “G” Preferred Shares, a preferential and non-cumulative dividend at the fixed rate of 1% per month, calculated on the basis of the applicable redemption value of our Class “C” Preferred Shares. A dividend may be declared and payable in cash, in kind or through the issuance of fully paid shares of any class of our corporation.

 

  (b) Voting rights: Subject to applicable law and except as expressly otherwise provided, the holders of our Class “C” Preferred Shares do not have the right to receive notice of meetings of shareholders or to attend any such meeting or vote at any such meeting.

 

  (c) Rights to share in our profits: Other than as described in paragraph (a) above (whereby the holders of our Class “C” Preferred Shares are entitled to receive certain dividends, if and when declared by our Board of Directors), paragraph (d) below (whereby the holders of our Class “C” Preferred Shares are entitled to participate in the distribution of the residual property and assets of Videotron available for distribution in the event of our liquidation or winding-up) and paragraph (e) below (whereby the holders of our Class “C” Preferred Shares have certain redemption rights): None.

 

  (d) Rights upon liquidation: In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or other distribution of our assets among our shareholders for the purpose of winding-up our affairs, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, the holders of the Class “C” Preferred Shares shall be entitled to repayment of the amount paid for the Class “C” Preferred Shares in the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to the Class “C” Preferred Shares.

In addition, in the event of our liquidation, dissolution or other distribution of our assets among our shareholders for the purpose of winding-up our affairs, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, the rights of holders of Class “C” Preferred Shares as regards to payment of dividends and the right to participate in the distribution of residual assets, shall rank in priority to the rights of the holders of our Class “A” Common Shares, Class “D” Preferred Shares, Class “E” Preferred Shares and Class “F” Preferred Shares, but subordinated to the rights of holders of our Class “B” Preferred Shares and Class “G” Preferred Shares.

 

  (e) Redemption provisions: Subject to the provisions of the Business Corporations Act (Québec), the holders of our Class “C” Preferred Shares have, at any time, the right to require Videotron to redeem (referred to as a “retraction right”) any or all of their Class “C” Preferred Shares at a redemption price equal to the amount paid for such shares in the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to such shares, plus a specified premium, if applicable, plus the amount of any declared and unpaid dividends.

 

- 86 -


Table of Contents

In addition, Videotron may, at its option, redeem any or all of the Class “C” Preferred Shares outstanding at any time at an aggregate redemption price equal to the consideration received by Videotron for these Class “C” Preferred Shares. Videotron may also, when it deems it appropriate and without giving notice or taking into account the other classes of shares, buy, pursuant to a private agreement, all or some of the Class “C” Preferred Shares outstanding at a purchase price for any such Class “C” Preferred Shares not exceeding the retraction right purchase price described above or the book value of Videotron’s net assets.

 

  (f) Sinking fund provisions: None.

 

  (g) Liability to further capital calls by us: None, provided that our directors may make calls upon the shareholders in respect of any moneys unpaid upon their shares.

 

  (h) Provisions discriminating against existing or prospective holders of our Class “C” Preferred Shares as a result of such holder owning a substantial number of our Class “C” Preferred Shares: None.

Class “D” Preferred Shares

 

  (a) Dividend rights: When our Board of Directors declares a dividend, the holders of our Class “D” Preferred Shares have the right to receive, in priority over the holders of our Class “A” Common Shares, Class “E” Preferred Shares and Class “F” Preferred Shares, but subordinated to the holders of our Class “B” Preferred Shares, Class “C” Preferred Shares and Class “G” Preferred Shares, a preferential and non cumulative dividend at the fixed rate of 1% per month, calculated on the basis of the applicable redemption value of our Class “D” Preferred Shares. A dividend may be declared and payable in cash, in kind or through the issuance of fully paid shares of any class of our corporation.

 

  (b) Voting rights: Subject to applicable law and except as expressly otherwise provided, the holders of our Class “D” Preferred Shares do not have the right to receive notice of meetings of shareholders or to attend any such meeting or vote at any such meeting.

 

  (c) Rights to share in our profits: Other than as described in paragraph (a) above (whereby the holders of our Class “D” Preferred Shares are entitled to receive certain dividends, if and when declared by our Board of Directors), paragraph (d) below (whereby the holders of our Class “D” Preferred Shares are entitled to participate in the distribution of the residual property and assets of Videotron available for distribution in the event of our liquidation or winding-up) and paragraph (e) below (whereby the holders of our Class “D” Preferred Shares have certain redemption rights): None.

 

  (d) Rights upon liquidation: In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or other distribution of our assets among our shareholders for the purpose of winding-up our affairs, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, the holders of the Class “D” Preferred Shares shall be entitled to repayment of the amount paid for the Class “D” Preferred Shares in the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to the Class “D” Preferred Shares.

In addition, in the event of our liquidation, dissolution or other distribution of our assets among our shareholders for the purpose of winding-up our affairs, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, the rights of holders of Class “D” Preferred Shares as regards to payment of dividends and the right to participate in the distribution of residual assets, shall rank in priority to the rights of the holders of our Class “A” Common Shares, Class “E” Preferred Shares and Class “F” Preferred Shares, but subordinated to the rights of holders of our Class “B” Preferred Shares, Class “C” Preferred Shares and Class “G” Preferred Shares.

 

  (e)

Redemption provisions: Subject to the provisions of the Business Corporations Act (Québec), the holders of our Class “D” Preferred Shares have, at any time, the right to require Videotron to redeem (referred to

 

- 87 -


Table of Contents
  as a “retraction right”) any or all of their Class “D” Preferred Shares at a redemption price equal to the amount paid for such shares in the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to such shares, plus a specified premium, if applicable, plus the amount of any declared and unpaid dividends.

In addition, Videotron may, at its option, redeem any or all of the Class “D” Preferred Shares outstanding at any time at an aggregate redemption price equal to the consideration received by Videotron for these Class “D” Preferred Shares. Videotron may also, when it deems it appropriate and without giving notice or taking into account the other classes of shares, buy, pursuant to a private agreement, all or some of the Class “D” Preferred Shares outstanding at a purchase price for any such Class “D” Preferred Shares not exceeding the retraction right purchase price described above or the book value of Videotron’s net assets.

 

  (f) Sinking fund provisions: None.

 

  (g) Liability to further capital calls by us: None, provided that our directors may make calls upon the shareholders in respect of any moneys unpaid upon their shares.

 

  (h) Provisions discriminating against existing or prospective holders of our Class “D” Preferred Shares as a result of such holder owning a substantial number of our Class “D” Preferred Shares: None.

Class “E” Preferred Shares

 

  (a) Dividend rights: When our Board of Directors declares a dividend, the holders of our Class “E” Preferred Shares have the right to receive, in priority over the holders of our Class “A” Common Shares and Class “F” Preferred Shares, but subordinated to the holders of our Class “B” Preferred Shares, Class “C” Preferred Share, Class “D” Preferred Share and Class “G” Preferred Shares, a preferential and non cumulative dividend at the fixed rate of 1% per month, calculated on the basis of the applicable redemption value of our Class “E” Preferred Shares. A dividend may be declared and payable in cash, in kind or through the issuance of fully paid shares of any class of our corporation.

 

  (b) Voting rights: Subject to applicable law and except as expressly otherwise provided, the holders of our Class “E” Preferred Shares do not have the right to receive notice of meetings of shareholders or to attend any such meeting or vote at any such meeting.

 

  (c) Rights to share in our profits: Other than as described in paragraph (a) above (whereby the holders of our Class “E” Preferred Shares are entitled to receive certain dividends, if and when declared by our Board of Directors), paragraph (d) below (whereby the holders of our Class “E” Preferred Shares are entitled to participate in the distribution of the residual property and assets of Videotron available for distribution in the event of our liquidation or winding-up) and paragraph (e) below (whereby the holders of our Class “E” Preferred Shares have certain redemption rights): None.

 

  (d) Rights upon liquidation: In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or other distribution of our assets among our shareholders for the purpose of winding-up our affairs, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, the holders of the Class “E” Preferred Shares shall be entitled to repayment of the amount paid for the Class “E” Preferred Shares in the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to the Class “E” Preferred Shares.

In addition, in the event of our liquidation, dissolution or other distribution of our assets among our shareholders for the purpose of winding-up our affairs, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, the rights of holders of Class “E” Preferred Shares as regards to payment of dividends and the right to participate in the distribution of residual assets, shall rank in priority to the rights of the holders of our Class “A” Common Shares and Class “F” Preferred Shares, but subordinated to the rights of holders of our Class “B” Preferred Shares, Class “C” Preferred Shares, Class “D” Preferred Shares and Class “G” Preferred Shares.

 

- 88 -


Table of Contents
  (e) Redemption provisions: Subject to the provisions of the Business Corporations Act (Québec), the holders of our Class “E” Preferred Shares have, at any time, the right to require Videotron to redeem (referred to as a “retraction right”) any or all of their Class “E” Preferred Shares at a redemption price equal to the amount paid for such shares in the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to such shares, plus a specified premium, if applicable, plus the amount of any declared and unpaid dividends.

In addition, Videotron may, at its option, redeem any or all of the Class “E” Preferred Shares outstanding at any time at an aggregate redemption price equal to the consideration received by Videotron for these Class “E” Preferred Shares. Videotron may also, when it deems it appropriate and without giving notice or taking into account the other classes of shares, buy, pursuant to a private agreement, all or some of the Class “E” Preferred Shares outstanding at a purchase price for any such Class “E” Preferred Shares not exceeding the retraction right purchase price described above or the book value of Videotron’s net assets.

 

  (f) Sinking fund provisions: None.

 

  (g) Liability to further capital calls by us: None, provided that our directors may make calls upon the shareholders in respect of any moneys unpaid upon their shares.

 

  (h) Provisions discriminating against existing or prospective holders of our Class “E” Preferred Shares as a result of such holder owning a substantial number of our Class “E” Preferred Shares: None.

Class “F” Preferred Shares

 

  (a) Dividend rights: When our Board of Directors declares a dividend, the holders of our Class “F” Preferred Shares have the right to receive, in priority over the holders of our Class “A” Common Shares, but subordinated to the holders of our Class “B” Preferred Shares, Class “C” Preferred Shares, Class “D” Preferred Shares, Class “E” Preferred Shares and Class “G” Preferred Shares, a preferential and non-cumulative dividend at the fixed rate of 1% per month, calculated on the basis of the applicable redemption value of our Class “F” Preferred Shares. A dividend may be declared and payable in cash, in kind or through the issuance of fully paid shares of any class of our corporation.

 

  (b) Voting rights: Subject to applicable law and except as expressly otherwise provided, the holders of our Class “F” Preferred Shares do not have the right to receive notice of meetings of shareholders or to attend any such meeting or vote at any such meeting.

 

  (c) Rights to share in our profits: Other than as described in paragraph (a) above (whereby the holders of our Class “F” Preferred Shares are entitled to receive certain dividends, if and when declared by our Board of Directors), paragraph (d) below (whereby the holders of our Class “F” Preferred Shares are entitled to participate in the distribution of the residual property and assets of Videotron available for distribution in the event of our liquidation or winding-up) and paragraph (e) below (whereby the holders of our Class “F” Preferred Shares have certain redemption rights): None.

 

  (d) Rights upon liquidation: In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or other distribution of our assets among our shareholders for the purpose of winding-up our affairs, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, the holders of the Class “F” Preferred Shares shall be entitled to repayment of the amount paid for the Class “F” Preferred Shares in the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to the Class “F” Preferred Shares.

In addition, in the event of our liquidation, dissolution or other distribution of our assets among our shareholders for the purpose of winding-up our affairs, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, the rights of holders of Class “F” Preferred Shares as regards to payment of dividends and the right to participate in the distribution of residual assets, shall rank in priority to the rights of the holders of our Class “A” Common Shares, but subordinated to the rights of holders of our Class “B” Preferred Shares, Class “C” Preferred Shares, Class “D” Preferred Shares, Class “E” Preferred Shares and Class “G” Preferred Shares.

 

- 89 -


Table of Contents
  (e) Redemption provisions: Subject to the provisions of the Business Corporations Act (Québec), the holders of our Class “F” Preferred Shares have, at any time, the right to require Videotron to redeem (referred to as a “retraction right”) any or all of their Class “F” Preferred Shares at a redemption price equal to the amount paid for such shares in the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to such shares, plus a specified premium, if applicable, plus the amount of any declared and unpaid dividends.

In addition, Videotron may, at its option, redeem any or all of the Class “F” Preferred Shares outstanding at any time at an aggregate redemption price equal to the consideration received by Videotron for these Class “F” Preferred Shares. Videotron may also, when it deems it appropriate and without giving notice or taking into account the other classes of shares, buy, pursuant to a private agreement, all or some of the Class “F” Preferred Shares outstanding at a purchase price for any such Class “F” Preferred Shares not exceeding the retraction right purchase price described above or the book value of Videotron’s net assets.

 

  (f) Sinking fund provisions: None.

 

  (g) Liability to further capital calls by us: None, provided that our directors may make calls upon the shareholders in respect of any moneys unpaid upon their shares.

 

  (h) Provisions discriminating against existing or prospective holders of our Class “F” Preferred Shares as a result of such holder owning a substantial number of our Class “F” Preferred Shares: None.

Class “G” Preferred Shares

 

  (a) Dividend rights: When our Board of Directors declares a dividend, the holders of our Class “G” Preferred Shares have the right to receive, in priority over the holders of our common shares and preferred shares of other series, a preferential and cumulative dividend, payable semi-annually, at the fixed rate of 11.25% per year, calculated daily on the basis of the applicable redemption value of our Class “G” Preferred Shares. No dividends may be paid on any common shares or preferred shares of other series unless all dividends which shall have become payable on the Class “G” Preferred Shares have been paid or set aside for payment.

 

  (b) Voting rights: Subject to applicable law and except as expressly otherwise provided, the holders of our Class “G” Preferred Shares do not have the right to receive notice of meetings of shareholders or to attend any such meeting or vote at any such meeting.

However, in the event that we shall have failed to pay eight (8) half-yearly dividends, whether or not consecutive, on the Class “G” Preferred Shares, and only for so long as the dividend remains in arrears, the holders of Class “G” Preferred Shares shall have the right to receive notice of meetings of shareholders and to attend and vote at any such meetings, except meetings at which only holders of another specified series or class of shares are entitled to vote. At each such meeting, each Class “G” Preferred Share shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote.

 

  (c) Rights to share in our profits: Except as described in paragraph (a) above (whereby the holders of our Class “G” Preferred Shares are entitled to receive a 11.25% cumulative preferred dividend in preference to the holders of our common shares and other series of our preferred shares), paragraph (d) below (whereby the holders of our Class “G” Preferred Shares are entitled to receive, in preference to the holders of our common shares and other series of our preferred shares, an amount equal to $1,000 per Class “G” Preferred Share and any accumulated and unpaid dividends with respect thereto in the event of our liquidation, winding-up or reorganization) and paragraph (e) below (whereby the holders of our Class “G” Preferred Shares may require us to redeem the Class “G” Preferred Shares at a redemption price of $1,000 per share plus any accrued and unpaid dividends with respect thereto): None.

 

- 90 -


Table of Contents
  (d) Rights upon liquidation: In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or reorganization or any other distribution of our assets among our shareholders for the purpose of winding-up our affairs, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, the holders of our Class “G” Preferred Shares shall be entitled to receive in preference to the holders of our common shares and our preferred shares of other series an amount equal to $1,000 per Class “G” Preferred Share and any accrued and unpaid dividends with respect thereto.

Our Class “G” Preferred Shares have priority over our common shares and our preferred shares of other series as to the order of priority of the distribution of assets in case of the liquidation or dissolution of our corporation, voluntary or involuntary, or of any other distribution of our assets to our shareholders for the purpose of winding up our affairs.

 

  (e) Redemption provisions: Subject to the provisions of the Business Corporations Act (Québec), the holders our Class “G” Preferred Shares have, at any time, the right to require Videotron to redeem any and all of their shares at a redemption price equal to $1,000 per share plus any accrued and unpaid dividends with respect thereto. In addition, we may, at our option, redeem any and all Class “G” Preferred Shares at any time at a redemption price equal to $1,000 per share plus any accrued and unpaid dividends with respect thereto.

 

  (f) Sinking fund provisions: None.

 

  (g) Liability to further capital calls by us: None, provided that our directors may make calls upon the shareholders in respect of any moneys unpaid upon their shares.

 

  (h) Provisions discriminating against existing or prospective holders of our Class “G” Preferred Shares as a result of such holder owning a substantial number of our Class “G” Preferred Shares: None.

Class “H” Preferred Shares

 

  (a) Dividend rights: The holders of Class “H” Preferred Shares shall be entitled to receive, every year, in such manner and at such time as our Board of Directors may declare, a non cumulative dividend at the fixed rate of 1% per month, calculated on the redemption price of the Class “H” Preferred Shares, payable in cash, property or through the issuance of fully paid shares of any class of the Company.

 

  (b) Voting rights: Subject to applicable law and except as expressly otherwise provided, the holders of our Class “H” Preferred Shares do not have the right to receive notice of meetings of shareholders or to attend any such meeting or vote at any such meeting.

 

  (c) Rights to share in our profits: Except as described in paragraph (a) above (whereby the holders of our Class “H” Preferred Shares are entitled to receive, every year, in such manner and at such time as our Board of Directors may declare, a non cumulative dividend at the fixed rate of 1% per month), paragraph (d) below (whereby the holders of our Class “H” Preferred Shares are entitled to entitled to repayment of the amount paid for the Class “H” Preferred Shares in the event of our liquidation, winding-up or reorganization) and paragraph (e) below (whereby the holders of our Class “H” Preferred Shares may require us to redeem the Class “H” Preferred Shares at a specified redemption price): None.

 

  (d) Rights upon liquidation: In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or reorganization or any other distribution of our assets among our shareholders for the purpose of winding-up our affairs, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, the holders of our Class “H” Preferred Shares shall be entitled to repayment of the amount paid for the Class “H” Preferred Shares into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to the Class “H” Preferred Shares.

 

- 91 -


Table of Contents
  (e) Redemption provisions: Subject to the provisions of the Business Corporations Act (Québec), we may elect to redeem the Class “H” Preferred Shares at any time at a price equal to the specified redemption price plus an amount equal to any dividends declared thereon but unpaid up to the date of redemption. The specified redemption price is, subject to certain conditions, equal to the aggregate consideration received for such share.

 

  (f) Sinking fund provisions: None.

 

  (g) Liability to further capital calls by us: None, provided that our directors may make calls upon the shareholders in respect of any moneys unpaid upon their shares.

 

  (h) Provisions discriminating against existing or prospective holders of our Class “H” Preferred Shares as a result of such holder owning a substantial number of our Class “H” Preferred Shares: None.

 

3.

Actions necessary to change the rights of shareholders. Under the Business Corporations Act (Québec), (i) the Articles may only be amended by the affirmative vote of the holders of two-thirds (  2 / 3 ) of the votes cast by the shareholders at a special meeting called for that purpose and (ii) our by-laws may be amended by our Board of Directors and ratified by a majority of the votes cast by the shareholders at the next shareholders meeting. Unless they are rejected by the shareholders at the close of the meeting or not submitted to the shareholders, the amended by-laws are effective as of the date of the resolution of the Board of Directors approving them. However, by-law amendments relating to procedural matters with respect to shareholders meetings take effect only once they have received shareholders approval. In addition, pursuant to the Business Corporations Act (Québec), we may not make any amendments to the Articles that affect the rights, conditions, privileges or restrictions attaching to issued shares of any series outstanding, other than an increase in the share capital or the number of our authorized shares, without obtaining the consent of all the shareholders concerned by the amendment, whether or not they are eligible to vote. In order to change the rights of our shareholders, we would need to amend our Articles to effect the change. Such an amendment would require the approval of holders of two-thirds (  2 / 3 ) of the shares at a duly called special meeting. For amendments affecting the rights of a particular class or series of shares, the holders of such class or series of shares are entitled to a separate vote, whether or not shares of this class or series otherwise carry the right to vote. Such a proposed amendment will be effected only if it receives the approval of two-thirds (  2 / 3 ) of holders of each such affected class or series of shares. In respect of certain amendments, a shareholder is entitled to dissent and, if the resolution is adopted and we implement the changes, demand that we repurchase all of its shares of such class or series for which a separate vote was carried out at their fair value.

 

4. Shareholder Meetings. Our by-laws and the Business Corporations Act (Québec) provide that the annual meeting of our shareholders shall be held within fifteen (15) months after the last preceding annual meeting. All shareholders meetings shall be held within the province of Québec at the place and time determined by our Board of Directors and may be called by order of our Board of Directors.

Our by-laws provide that notice specifying the place, date, time and purpose of any meeting of our shareholders shall be sent to all the shareholders entitled to vote and to each director at least 21 days but not more than 60 days before the meeting by any means providing proof of the date of sending at the addresses indicated in Videotron’s records.

Our chairman of the board or, in his absence, our vice-chair of the board, if any, or in his absence, our president and chief executive officer or any other person that may be named by the board shall preside at all meetings of our shareholders. If the person who is to chair the meeting is not present at the meeting within 15 minutes after the time appointed for the meeting, the shareholders present choose one of their own to chair the meeting.

Our by-laws provide that a quorum of shareholders is present at a shareholders meeting if, at the opening of the meeting, one or several holders of 50% or more of the shares that carry the right to vote at the meeting are present in person or represented by proxy.

 

- 92 -


Table of Contents
5.

Limitations on right to own securities. There is no limitation imposed by Canadian law or by the Articles or our other constituent documents on the right of nonresidents or foreign owners to hold or vote shares, other than as provided in the Investment Canada Act (Canada) and the Radiocommunication Act. The Investment Canada Act (Canada) requires “non-Canadian” (as defined in the Investment Canada Act (Canada)) individuals, governments, corporations and other entities who wish to acquire control of a “Canadian business” (as defined in the Investment Canada Act (Canada)) to file either an application for review (when certain asset value thresholds are met) or a post closing notification with the Director of Investments appointed under the Investment Canada Act (Canada), unless a specific exemption applies. The Investment Canada Act (Canada) requires that, when an acquisition of control of a Canadian business by a “non-Canadian” is subject to review, it must be approved by the Minister responsible for the Investment Canada Act (Canada) on the basis that the Minister is satisfied that the acquisition is “likely to be of net benefit to Canada”, having regard to criteria set forth in the Investment Canada Act (Canada). Radio licenses may be issued under the Radiocommunication Act to radiocommunication service providers (“Service Providers”) that meet the eligibility criteria of Canadian ownership and control set forth in the Canadian Telecommunications Common Carrier Ownership and Control Regulations (the “CTCCOCR”). Under the CTCCOCR, the Service Provider may refuse to accept any subscription for or register the transfer of any of its voting shares unless it receives a declaration that such subscription or transfer would not result in the percentage of the total voting shares of the Service Provider that are beneficially owned and controlled by non-Canadians exceeding 33  1 / 3 %.

 

6. Provisions that could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change of control . The Articles provide that our directors shall refuse to issue (including on the occasion or because of a conversion of shares or in shares), and to allow a transfer of, any share of our capital stock if this issuance or transfer would, in the opinion of our directors, affect our eligibility or of any other corporation or partnership in which we have or may have an interest, to obtain, preserve or renew a license or authorization required for the operation or continuation of its broadcasting company (as defined in the Broadcasting Act, as amended) (or any part thereof) or of any other activity necessary for the continuation of our corporation. See “Item 4. Information on the Company — Regulation — Ownership and Control of Canadian Broadcast Undertakings”.

 

7. Not applicable.

 

8. Not applicable.

 

9. Not applicable.

 

C- Material Contracts

The following is a summary of each material contract, other than contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business, to which we or any of our subsidiaries is a party, for the two years preceding publication of this annual report.

 

  (a)

Indenture relating to US$650,000,000 of our 6  7 / 8 % Senior Notes due January 15, 2014, dated as of October 8, 2003, by and among Videotron, the guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank Minnesota, N.A. (now Wells Fargo Bank, National Association) as trustee, as supplemented.

On October 8, 2003, we issued US$335.0 million aggregate principal amount of our 6  7 / 8 % Senior Notes due January 15, 2014 and, on November 19, 2004, we issued an additional US$315.0 million aggregate principal amount of these notes, pursuant to an Indenture, dated as of October 8, 2003, by and among Videotron, the guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank Minnesota, N.A. (now Wells Fargo Bank, National Association), as trustee. These notes are unsecured and mature on January 15, 2014. Interest on these notes is payable semi-annually in arrears on January 15 and July 15 of each year, beginning on July 15, 2004. These notes are guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by most, but not all, of our subsidiaries. These notes are redeemable, at our option, under certain circumstances and at the redemption prices set forth in the indenture. The indenture contains customary restrictive covenants with respect to us and certain of our subsidiaries and customary events of default. If an event of default occurs and is continuing (other than our bankruptcy or insolvency) the trustee or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount at

 

- 93 -


Table of Contents

maturity of the then-outstanding notes may declare all the notes to be due and payable immediately. On February 29, 2012, following the close of the period covered by this annual report, we announced that on March 30, 2012, we would redeem and retire the entire outstanding principal amount outstanding of our 6  7 / 8 % Senior Notes due January 15, 2014.

 

  (b)

Indenture relating to US$175,000,000 of our 6  3 / 8 % Senior Notes due December 15, 2015, dated as of September 16, 2005, by and among Videotron, the guarantors party thereto, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee.

On September 16, 2005, we issued US$175,000,000 aggregate principal amount of our 6  3 / 8 % Senior Notes due December 15, 2015, pursuant to an Indenture, dated as of September 16, 2005, by and among Videotron, the guarantors party thereto, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee. These notes are unsecured and mature on December 15, 2015. Interest on these notes is payable semi-annually in arrears on June 15 and December 15 of each year, beginning on December 15, 2005. These notes are guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by most, but not all, of our subsidiaries. These notes are redeemable, at our option, under certain circumstances and at the redemption prices set forth in the indenture. The indenture contains customary restrictive covenants with respect to us and certain of our subsidiaries, and customary events of default. If an event of default occurs and is continuing, other than our bankruptcy or insolvency, the trustee or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount at maturity of the then-outstanding notes may declare all the notes to be due and payable immediately.

 

  (c)

Indenture relating to US$715,000,000 of our 9  1 / 8 % Senior Notes due April 15, 2018, dated as of April 15, 2008, as supplemented, by and among Videotron, the guarantors party thereto, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee.

On April 15, 2008, we issued US$455,000,000 aggregate principal amount of our 9  1 / 8 % Senior Notes due April 15, 2018, and on March 5, 2009, we issued and sold an additional US$260,000,000 aggregate principal amount of our 9  1 / 8 % Senior Notes due April 15, 2018, in each case pursuant to an Indenture, dated as of April 15, 2008, by and among Videotron, the guarantors party thereto, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee. These notes, which form a single series and class, are unsecured and mature on April 15, 2018. Interest is payable semi-annually in arrears on June 15 and December 15 of each year. These notes are guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by most, but not all, of our subsidiaries. These notes are redeemable, at our option, under certain circumstances and at the redemption prices set forth in an indenture dated as of April 15, 2008. This indenture contains customary restrictive covenants with respect to us and certain of our subsidiaries and customary events of default. If an event of default occurs and is continuing, other than our bankruptcy or insolvency, the trustee or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount at maturity of the then outstanding 9  1 / 8 % Senior Notes may declare all of such notes to be due and payable immediately.

 

  (d)

Indenture relating to Cdn$300,000,000 of our 7  1 / 8 % Senior Notes due January 15, 2020, dated as of January 13, 2010, as supplemented, by and among Videotron, the guarantors party thereto, and Computershare Trust Company of Canada, as trustee.

On January 13, 2010, we issued Cdn$300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of our 7  1 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2020, pursuant to an Indenture, dated as of January 13, 2010. These notes are unsecured and mature on January 15, 2020. Interest on these notes is payable semi-annually in arrears on June 15 and December 15 of each year, beginning on June 15, 2010. These notes are guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by most, but not all, of our subsidiaries. These notes are redeemable, at our option, under certain circumstances and at the redemption prices set forth in the indenture. The indenture contains customary restrictive covenants with respect to us and certain of our subsidiaries, and customary events of default. If an event of default occurs and is continuing, other than our bankruptcy or insolvency, the trustee or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount at maturity of the then-outstanding notes may declare all the notes to be due and payable immediately.

 

- 94 -


Table of Contents
  (e)

Indenture relating to Cdn$300,000,000 of our 6  7 / 8 % Senior Notes due July 15, 2021, dated as of July 5, 2011, as supplemented, by and among Videotron, the guarantors party thereto, and Computershare Trust Company of Canada, as trustee.

On July 15, 2011, we issued Cdn$300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of our 6  7 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2021, pursuant to an Indenture, dated as of July 5, 2011. These notes are unsecured and mature on July 5, 2021. Interest on these notes is payable semi-annually in arrears on June 5 and December 5 of each year, beginning on December 15, 2011. These notes are guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by most, but not all, of our subsidiaries. These notes are redeemable, at our option, under certain circumstances and at the redemption prices set forth in the indenture. The indenture contains customary restrictive covenants with respect to us and certain of our subsidiaries, and customary events of default. If an event of default occurs and is continuing, other than our bankruptcy or insolvency, the trustee or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount at maturity of the then-outstanding notes may declare all the notes to be due and payable immediately.

 

  (f) Indenture relating to US$800,000,000 of our 5% Senior Notes due July 15, 2022, dated as of March 14, 2012, by and among Videotron, the guarantors party thereto, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee .

On March 14, 2012, we issued US$800,000,000 aggregate principal amount of our 5% Senior Notes due 2022, pursuant to an Indenture, dated as of March 14, 2012, by and among Videotron, the guarantors party thereto, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee. These notes are unsecured and mature on July 15, 2022. Interest is payable semi-annually in arrears on January 15 and June 15 of each year. These notes are guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by most, but not all, of our subsidiaries. These notes are redeemable, at our option, under certain circumstances and at the make-whole redemption price set forth in the indenture. This indenture contains customary restrictive covenants with respect to us and certain of our subsidiaries and customary events of default. If an event of default occurs and is continuing, other than our bankruptcy or insolvency, the trustee or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount at maturity of the then outstanding notes may declare all of such notes to be due and payable immediately.

 

  (g) Credit Agreement originally dated as of November 28, 2000, as amended and restated as of July 20, 2011, by and among Videotron, as borrower, the guarantors party thereto, the financial institutions party thereto from time to time, as lenders, and Royal Bank of Canada, as administrative agent, as amended.

Our $650.0 million senior secured credit facilities provide for a $575.0 million secured revolving credit facility that matures on July 19, 2016 and a $75.0 million secured export financing facility providing for a term loan that matures on June 15, 2018. The proceeds of the revolving credit facility can be used for general corporate purposes including, without limitation, to issue letters of credit and to pay dividends to Quebecor Media subject to certain conditions. The proceeds of the term loan may be used for payments and/or reimbursement of payments of export equipment and local services in relation to our contracts for wireless infrastructure equipment with an affiliate of Nokia Corporation and also for the financing of the Finnvera guarantee fee (Finnvera plc being a specialized financing company owned by the State of Finland which is providing an export buyer credit guarantee in favor of the lenders under the export financing facility covering political and commercial risks).

Advances under the revolving credit facility bear interest at the Canadian prime rate, US base rate (solely under the swingline commitment) or the bankers’ acceptance rate plus, in each instance, an applicable margin. Advances under the export financing facility bear interest at the bankers’ acceptance rate (CDOR Rate) plus a margin.

 

- 95 -


Table of Contents

The revolving credit facility will be repayable in full on July 19, 2016. Drawdowns under the export financing facility are repayable by way of seventeen consecutive semi-annual payments starting on June 15, 2010.

Borrowings under the senior secured credit facilities and under eligible derivative instruments are secured by a first-ranking hypothec or security interest (subject to certain permitted encumbrances) on all of our current and future assets, as well as those of the guarantors party thereto, including most but not all of our subsidiaries (the “ Videotron Group ”), guarantees of all the members of the Videotron Group, pledges of the shares of Videotron and the members of the Videotron Group, and other security.

Our senior secured credit facilities contain customary covenants that restrict and limit the ability of Videotron and the members of the Videotron Group to, among other things, enter into merger or amalgamation transactions, grant encumbrances, sell assets, pay dividends or make other distributions, issue shares of capital stock, incur indebtedness and enter into related party transactions. In addition, the senior secured credit facilities contain customary financial covenants and customary events of default including the non-payment of principal or interest, the breach of any financial covenant, the failure to perform or observe any other covenant, certain bankruptcy events relating to us and the members of the Videotron Group, and the occurrence of a change of control.

 

D- Exchange Controls

There are currently no laws, decrees, regulations or other legislation in Canada that restricts the export or import of capital, or affects the remittance of dividends, interest or other payments to non-resident holders of our securities, other than withholding tax requirements. See “— Taxation — Canadian Material Federal Income Tax Considerations for Residents of the United States” below.

There is no limitation imposed by Canadian law or by the Articles or our other charter documents on the right of a non-resident to hold our voting shares, other than as provided by the Investment Canada Act (Canada), as amended, as amended by the North American Free Trade Agreement Implementation Act (Canada), and the World Trade Organization (WTO) Agreement Implementation Act . The Investment Canada Act (Canada) requires notification and, in certain cases, advance review and approval by the Government of Canada of the acquisition by a “non-Canadian” of “control of a Canadian business”, all as defined in the Investment Canada Act (Canada). Generally, the threshold for review will be higher in monetary terms for a member of the WTO or NAFTA. In addition, there are regulations related to the ownership and control of Canadian broadcast undertakings. See “Item 4. Information on the Company — Regulation”.

 

E- Taxation

Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations

The following discussion is a summary of certain U.S. federal income tax consequences applicable to the purchase, ownership and disposition of (i) our 6  3 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2015 (our “6  3 / 8 % Senior Notes”), (ii) our 6  7 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2014 (our “2014 6  7 / 8 % Senior Notes”), (iii) our 9  1 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2018 (our “9  1 / 8 % Senior Notes”), (iv) our 7  1 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2020 (our “7  1 / 8 % Senior Notes) and (v) our 6  7 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2021 (our “2021 6  7 / 8 % Senior Notes” and, together with our 6  3 / 8 % Senior Notes, our 2014 6  7 / 8 % Senior Notes and our 9  1 / 8 % Senior Notes, and our 7  1 / 8 % Senior Notes, the “notes”) by a U.S. Holder (as defined below), but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all potential U.S. federal income tax effects. Our 2014 6  7 / 8 % Senior Notes were issued in two issuances, on October 8, 2003 (the “first 2014 6  7 / 8 % Senior Notes issuance”) and November 19, 2004 (the “second 2014 6  7 / 8 % Senior Notes issuance”), under the same indenture. Our 9  1 / 8 % Senior Notes were issued in two instances, on April 7, 2008 and February 26, 2009, under the same indenture. Our 7  1 / 8 % Senior Notes and our 2021 6  7 / 8 % Senior Notes are denominated in Canadian dollars (the “Canadian dollar Notes”).This summary is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), U.S. Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) rulings and judicial decisions now in effect. All of these are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect, or different interpretations.

 

- 96 -


Table of Contents

This summary does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to particular U.S. Holders in light of their specific circumstances (for example, U.S. Holders subject to the alternative minimum tax provisions of the Code) or to holders that may be subject to special rules under U.S. federal income tax law, including:

 

   

dealers in stocks, securities or currencies;

 

   

persons using a mark-to-market accounting method;

 

   

banks and financial institutions;

 

   

insurance companies;

 

   

regulated investment companies;

 

   

real estate investment trusts;

 

   

tax-exempt organizations;

 

   

persons holding notes as part of a hedging or conversion transaction or a straddle;

 

   

persons deemed to sell notes under the constructive sale provisions of the Code;

 

   

persons who or that are, or may become, subject to the expatriation provisions of the Code;

 

   

persons whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar; and

 

   

direct, indirect or constructive owners of 10% or more of our outstanding voting shares.

The summary also does not discuss any aspect of state, local or foreign law, or U.S. federal estate and gift tax law as applicable to U.S. Holders. Moreover, the discussion is limited to U.S. Holders who acquire and hold the notes as “capital assets” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment). In addition, this summary assumes that the notes are properly characterized as debt that is not contingent debt for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

For purposes of this summary, “U.S. Holder” means the beneficial holder of a note who or that for U.S. federal income tax purposes is:

 

   

an individual citizen or resident alien of the United States;

 

   

a corporation or other entity treated as such formed in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

   

an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

 

   

a trust, if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of such trust and one or more “U.S. persons” (within the meaning of the Code) have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust, or if a valid election is in effect to be treated as a U.S. person.

No ruling has been or will be sought from the IRS with respect to the matters discussed below. There can be no assurance that the IRS will not take a different position concerning the tax consequences of the purchase, ownership or disposition of the notes or that any such position will not be sustained.

If a partnership or other entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds the notes, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner generally will depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Such partner should consult its own tax advisor as to the tax consequences of the partnership purchasing, owning and disposing of the notes.

 

- 97 -


Table of Contents

To ensure compliance with requirements imposed by the IRS, you are hereby informed that the U.S. tax advice contained herein: (i) is written in connection with the promotion or marketing by Videotron of the transactions or matters addressed herein, and (ii) is not intended or written to be used, and cannot be used by any taxpayer, for the purpose of avoiding U.S. tax penalties. Each taxpayer should seek advice based on the taxpayer’s particular circumstances from an independent tax advisor.

U.S. INVESTORS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS WITH REGARD TO THE APPLICATION OF THE TAX CONSEQUENCES DESCRIBED BELOW TO THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS AS WELL AS THE APPLICATION OF ANY STATE, LOCAL, FOREIGN OR OTHER TAX LAWS, INCLUDING GIFT AND ESTATE TAX LAWS.

Interest on the Notes

Payments of stated interest on the notes generally will be taxable to a U.S. Holder as ordinary income at the time that such payments are received or accrued, in accordance with the U.S. Holder’s method of accounting for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Interest on the notes will constitute income from sources outside the United States and generally, with certain exceptions, will be “passive category income” which is treated separately from other income for purposes of computing the foreign tax credit allowable to a U.S. Holder under the federal income tax laws. Due to the complexity of the foreign tax credit rules, U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors with respect to the amount of foreign taxes that may be claimed as a credit.

In certain circumstances we may be obligated to pay amounts in excess of stated interest or principal on the notes or may make payments or redeem the notes in advance of their expected maturity. According to U.S. Treasury regulations, the possibility that any such payments or redemptions will be made will not affect the amount of interest income a U.S. Holder recognizes if there is only a remote chance as of the date the notes were issued that such payments will be made, or if such payments are incidental. We believe the likelihood that we will make any such payments is remote and/or that such payment will be incidental. Therefore, we do not intend to treat the potential payments or redemptions pursuant to the provisions related to changes in Canadian laws or regulations applicable to tax-related withholdings or deductions, any registration rights provisions, or the other redemption and repurchase provisions as part of the yield to maturity of the notes or as affecting the tax treatment of the notes. Our determination that these contingencies are remote and/or incidental is binding on a U.S. Holder unless such holder discloses its contrary position in the manner required by applicable U.S. Treasury regulations. Our determination is not, however, binding on the IRS, and if the IRS were to challenge this determination, a U.S. Holder may be required to accrue income on its notes in excess of stated interest and to treat as ordinary income rather than capital gain any income realized on the taxable disposition of a note before the resolution of the contingencies. In the event a contingency occurs, it would affect the amount and timing of the income recognized by a U.S. Holder. If we pay additional amounts on the notes, U.S. Holders will be required to recognize such amounts as income.

In the issuance of our 6  3 / 8 % Senior Notes, in the first 2014 6  7 / 8 % Senior Notes issuance and in the issuance of our 9  1 / 8 % Senior Notes, the notes were issued with a de minimis amount of original issue discount (“OID”). OID is the excess, if any, of a note’s “stated redemption price at maturity” over its “issue price”. A note’s stated redemption price at maturity is the sum of all payments provided by the note other than payments of qualified stated interest ( i.e. , stated interest that is unconditionally payable in cash or other property (other than debt of the issuer)). The “issue price” is the first price at which a substantial amount of the notes in the issuance that includes the notes is sold (excluding sales to bond houses, brokers or similar persons or organizations acting in the capacity of underwriters, agents or wholesalers). The amount of original issue discount with respect to a note will be treated as zero if it is less than an amount equal to 0.0025 multiplied by the product of the stated redemption price at maturity and the number of complete years to maturity (or weighted average maturity, as applicable) (“ de minimis OID”). Generally, any de minimis OID must be included in income as principal payments are received on the securities in the proportion that each such payment bears to the original principal balance of the security. The treatment of the resulting gain is subject to the general rules discussed under “— Sale, Exchange or Retirement of a Note” below.

 

- 98 -


Table of Contents

The notes in the second 2014 6  7 / 8 % Senior Notes issuance were issued with amortizable bond premium, the treatment of which is discussed below under “— Market Discount and Bond Premium”.

Interest on the Canadian dollar Notes will be included in a U.S. Holder’s gross income in an amount equal to the U.S. dollar value of the Canadian dollar amount, regardless of whether the Canadian dollars are converted into U.S. dollars. Generally, a U.S. Holder that uses the cash method of tax accounting will determine such U.S. dollar value using the spot rate of exchange on the date of receipt. A cash method U.S. Holder generally will not realize foreign currency gain or loss on the receipt of the interest payment but may have foreign currency gain or loss attributable to the actual disposition of the Canadian dollars received.

Generally, a U.S. Holder of Canadian dollar Notes that uses the accrual method of tax accounting will determine the U.S. dollar value of accrued interest income using the average rate of exchange for the accrual period (or, with respect to an accrual period that spans two taxable years, at the average rate for the partial period within the U.S. Holder’s taxable year). Alternatively, an accrual basis U.S. Holder may make an election (which must be applied consistently to all debt instruments from year to year and cannot be changed without the consent of the IRS) to translate accrued interest income at the spot rate of exchange on the last day of the accrual period (or the last day of the taxable year in the case of a partial accrual period) or the spot rate on the date of receipt, if that date is within five business days of the last day of the accrual period. A U.S. Holder that uses the accrual method of accounting for tax purposes will recognize foreign currency gain or loss on the receipt of an interest payment if the exchange rate in effect on the date payment is received differs from the rate applicable to an accrual of that interest. The amount of foreign currency gain or loss to be recognized by such U.S. Holder will be an amount equal to the difference between the U.S. dollar value of the Canadian dollar interest payment (determined on the basis of the spot rate on the date the interest income is received) in respect of the accrual period and the U.S. dollar value of the interest income that has accrued during the accrual period (as determined above). This foreign currency gain or loss will be ordinary income or loss and generally will not be treated as an adjustment to interest income or expense.

Foreign currency gain or loss generally will be U.S. source provided that the residence of a taxpayer is considered to be the United States for purposes of the rules regarding foreign currency gain or loss.

Market Discount and Bond Premium

Market Discount

If a U.S. Holder purchases notes for an amount less than their stated redemption price at maturity, the difference is treated as market discount. Subject to a de minimis exception, gain realized on the maturity, sale, exchange or retirement of a market discount note will be treated as ordinary income to the extent of any accrued market discount not previously recognized (including in the case of a note exchanged for a registered note pursuant to the registration offer, any market discount accrued on the related outstanding note). A U.S. Holder may elect to include market discount in income currently as it accrues, on either a ratable or constant yield method. In that case, a U.S. Holder’s tax basis in its notes will increase by such income inclusions. An election to include market discount in income currently, once made, will apply to all market discount obligations acquired by the U.S. Holder during the taxable year of the election and thereafter, and may not be revoked without the consent of the IRS. If a U.S. Holder does not make such an election, in general, all or a portion of such holder’s interest expense on any indebtedness incurred or continued in order to purchase or carry notes may be deferred until the maturity of the notes, or certain earlier dispositions. Unless a U.S. Holder elects to accrue market discount under a constant yield method, any market discount will accrue ratably during the period from the date of acquisition of the related outstanding note to its maturity date.

In the case of Canadian dollar Notes, market discount is accrued in Canadian dollars, and the amount includible in income by a U.S. Holder upon a sale of such note in respect of accrued market discount will be the U.S. dollar value of the amount accrued. Such U.S. dollar value is generally calculated at the spot rate of exchange on the date such note is sold. Any market discount on a Canadian dollar Note that is currently includible in income under the election noted above will be translated into U.S. dollars at the average exchange rate for the accrual period or portion of such accrual period within the U.S. Holder’s taxable year. In such case, a U.S. Holder generally will recognize foreign currency gain or loss with respect to accrued market discount under the rules similar to those that apply to accrued interest on a note received by an accrual basis U.S. Holder, as described above.

 

- 99 -


Table of Contents

Bond Premium

If a U.S. Holder purchases notes for an amount greater than the sum of all amounts (other than qualified stated interest) payable with respect to the notes after the date of acquisition, such holder will have purchased such notes with amortizable bond premium. A U.S. Holder generally may elect to amortize that premium from the purchase date to the maturity date of the notes under a constant yield method. Amortizable premium generally may be deducted against interest income on such notes and generally may not be deducted against other income. A U.S. Holder’s basis in a note will be reduced by any premium amortization deductions. An election to amortize premium on a constant yield method, once made, generally applies to all debt obligations held or subsequently acquired by a U.S. Holder during the taxable year of the election and thereafter, and may not be revoked without IRS consent. For a U.S. Holder that did not elect to amortize bond premium, the amount of such premium will be included in such U.S. Holder’s tax basis upon the sale of a Canadian dollar Note. In the case of Canadian dollar Notes, premium is computed in Canadian dollars. At the time amortized bond premium offsets interest income, foreign currency gain or loss (taxable as ordinary income or loss) will be realized on such amortized bond premium based on the difference between the spot rate of exchange on the date or dates such premium is recovered through interest payments on the Canadian dollar Note and the spot rate of exchange on the date on which the U.S. Holder acquired the note.

The market discount and bond premium rules are complicated, and U.S. Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the tax consequences of owning and disposing of notes with market discount or bond premium, including the availability of certain elections.

Sale, Exchange or Retirement of a Note

A U.S. Holder generally will recognize gain or loss upon the sale, exchange (other than in a tax-free transaction), redemption, retirement or other taxable disposition of a note, equal to the difference, if any, between:

 

   

the amount realized (or the U.S. dollar value thereof if received in a foreign currency) less any portion allocable to the payment of accrued interest not previously included in income, which amount will be taxable as ordinary interest income; and

 

   

the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the note.

Except with respect to gains or losses attributable to changes in exchange rates, as described below, gain or loss so recognized generally will be capital gain or loss (except as described under “— Market Discount and Bond Premium” above) and generally will be long-term capital gain or loss if the note has been held or deemed held for more than one year at the time of the disposition. Long-term capital gains of noncorporate U.S. Holders, including individuals, may be taxed at lower rates than items of ordinary income. The ability of a U.S. Holder to offset capital losses against ordinary income is limited. Any capital gain or loss recognized by a U.S. Holder on the sale or other disposition of a note generally will be treated as income from sources within the United States or loss allocable to income from sources within the United States. U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the source of gain attributable to market discount. A U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in a note will generally equal the U.S. Holder’s U.S. dollar cost therefor, increased by the amount of market discount, if any, previously included in income in respect of the note and decreased (but not below zero) by the amount of principal payments received by such U.S. Holder in respect of the note, any amounts treated as a return of pre-issuance accrued interest and the amount of amortized bond premium, if any, previously taken into account with respect to the note.

Gain or loss recognized by a U.S. Holder on the sale, exchange or retirement of a Canadian dollar Note that is attributable to changes in the rate of exchange between the U.S. dollar and foreign currency generally will be treated as U.S. source ordinary income or loss. Such foreign currency gain or loss is recognized on the sale or retirement of such Note only to the extent of total gain or loss recognized on the sale or retirement of such Note. Prospective investors should consult their own tax advisors regarding certain foreign currency translation elections that may be available with respect to a sale, exchange, or redemption of the Canadian dollar Notes.

 

- 100 -


Table of Contents

Transactions in Foreign Currency

Foreign currency received as a payment of interest on, or on the sale or retirement of, a Canadian dollar Note will have a tax basis equal to its U.S. dollar value at the time such interest is received or at the time the note is disposed of or payment is received in consideration of such sale or retirement (as applicable). The amount of gain or loss recognized on a subsequent sale or other disposition of such foreign currency will be equal to the difference between (i) the amount of U.S. dollars, or the fair market value in U.S. dollars of the other currency or property received in such sale or other disposition, and (ii) the tax basis of the recipient in such foreign currency. A U.S. Holder who acquires such Note with previously owned foreign currency will recognize ordinary income or loss in an amount equal to the difference, if any, between such U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the foreign currency and the U.S. dollar fair market value of the note on the date of acquisition. Such gain or loss generally will be treated as income or loss from sources within the United States for foreign tax credit limitation purposes.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

In general, information reporting requirements may apply to payments of principal and interest on a note and to the proceeds of the sale or other disposition of a note made to U.S. Holders other that certain exempt recipients (such as corporations). A U.S. Holder of the notes may be subject to “backup withholding” with respect to certain “reportable payments”, including interest payments and, under certain circumstances, principal payments on the notes or upon the receipt of proceeds upon the sale or other disposition of such notes. These backup withholding rules apply if the U.S. Holder, among other things:

 

   

fails to furnish a social security number or other taxpayer identification number (“TIN”) certified under penalty of perjury within a reasonable time after the request for the TIN;

 

   

furnishes an incorrect TIN;

 

   

is notified by the IRS that it has failed to report properly interest or dividends; or

 

   

under certain circumstances, fails to provide a certified statement, signed under penalties of perjury, that the TIN furnished is the correct number and that such holder is not subject to backup withholding.

A U.S. Holder that does not provide us with its correct TIN also may be subject to penalties imposed by the IRS. Any amount withheld from a payment to a U.S. Holder under the backup withholding rules is creditable against the U.S. Holder’s federal income tax liability, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS. Backup withholding will not apply, however, with respect to payments made to certain exempt U.S. Holders, including corporations and tax-exempt organizations, provided their exemptions from backup withholding are properly established.

Recent legislation requires U.S. individuals that hold specified foreign financial assets (including stock and securities of a foreign issuer) to report their holdings, along with other information, on their tax returns, with certain exceptions. Holders should consult their own tax advisors to determine the scope of these disclosure responsibilities.

Canadian Material Federal Income Tax Considerations for Residents of the United States

The following is a summary of the principal Canadian federal income tax considerations generally applicable to you if you invested, as initial purchaser or through a subsequent investment, in any of our Senior Notes and if you, at all relevant times, for purposes of the Income Tax Act (Canada), which we refer to as the “ Tax Act ”, are the beneficial owner of the Senior Notes, including entitlements to all payments thereunder, deal at arm’s length with, and are not affiliated with, Videotron and hold the Senior Notes as capital property. Generally, the Senior Notes will be considered capital property to a holder provided that the holder does not use or hold and is not deemed to use or hold the Senior Notes in the course of carrying on a business and has not acquired them in a transaction or transactions considered to be an adventure in the nature of trade (a “ Holder ”).

 

- 101 -


Table of Contents

The following summary is generally applicable to a Holder who, at all relevant times, for purposes of the Tax Act and the Canada-United States Income Tax Convention (1980), as amended, (i) is not, and is not deemed to be, a resident of Canada (and has never been, or been deemed to be, a resident of Canada), (ii) deals at arm’s length with any transferee resident or deemed resident in Canada to whom the Holder disposes of Senior Notes, (iii) does not use or hold, and is not deemed to use or hold the Senior Notes in the course of carrying on a business or part of a business in Canada, and (iv) does not receive any payment of interest on the Senior Notes in respect of a debt or other obligation to pay an amount to a person with whom Videotron does not deal at arm’s length (a “ Non-Resident Holder ”).

This summary is not applicable to: (a) a Holder that is a “financial institution”, as defined in the Tax Act for purposes of the mark-to-market rules; (b) a Holder that is an “authorized foreign bank”, as defined in the Tax Act; (c) a Holder that is a “registered non-resident insurer”, as defined in the Tax Act; (d) a Holder that is a non-resident insurer carrying on an insurance business in Canada and elsewhere; (e) a Holder, an interest in which would be a “tax shelter investment”, as defined in the Tax Act; (f) a Holder which has made a “functional currency” election under the Tax Act to determine its Canadian tax results in a currency other than Canadian currency; or (g) a Holder that is a “specified financial institution” as defined in the Tax Act. Any such Holder to which this summary does not apply should consult its own tax advisors with respect to the tax consequences of acquiring, holding and disposing of the Senior Notes.

This summary is based on the current provisions of the Tax Act and the regulations thereunder and the current administrative and assessing practices and policies of the Canada Revenue Agency published in writing prior to the date hereof. This summary takes into account all specific proposals to amend the Tax Act and the regulations thereunder announced by or on behalf of the Minister of Finance of Canada prior to the date hereof (the “ Proposed Amendments ”) and assumes that all Proposed Amendments will be enacted in the form proposed. However, no assurance can be given that the Proposed Amendments will be enacted as proposed or at all. This summary does not otherwise take into account or anticipate any changes in law or any administrative or assessing practice, whether by judicial, governmental, regulatory or legislative decision or action, nor does it take into account provincial, territorial or foreign income tax considerations which may differ from the Canadian federal income tax considerations described herein.

THIS SUMMARY IS OF A GENERAL NATURE ONLY AND IS NOT EXHAUSTIVE OF ALL CANADIAN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS THAT MAY BE RELEVANT TO A PARTICULAR HOLDER. THIS SUMMARY IS NOT INTENDED TO BE, AND SHOULD NOT BE INTERPRETED AS, LEGAL OR TAX ADVICE TO ANY PARTICULAR HOLDER, AND NO REPRESENTATION WITH RESPECT TO THE INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO ANY PARTICULAR HOLDER IS MADE. ACCORDINGLY, YOU SHOULD CONSULT YOUR OWN TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO YOUR PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES.

Principal and Interest

No Canadian withholding tax will apply to interest (including any amounts deemed to be interest), principal or premium paid or credited by Videotron on the Senior Notes to a Non-Resident Holder, or to the proceeds received by a Non-Resident Holder on a disposition of a Senior Note, including a redemption, payment on maturity, repurchase or purchase for cancellation.

No other taxes on income or gains will be payable under the Tax Act by a Non-Resident Holder on interest (including any amounts deemed to be interest), principal or premium or on the proceeds received by such Non-Resident Holder on the disposition of a Senior Note, including a redemption, payment on maturity, repurchase or purchase for cancellation.

 

F- Dividends and Paying Agents

Not applicable.

 

- 102 -


Table of Contents
G- Statement By Experts

Not applicable.

 

H- Documents on Display

We file periodic reports and other information with the SEC. These reports include certain financial and statistical information about us and may be accompanied by exhibits. You may read and copy this information at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549, or obtain copies of this information by mail from the public reference room at the prescribed rates. You may call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the SEC’s Public Reference Room. The SEC also maintains an Internet website that contains reports and other information about issuers like us who file electronically with the SEC. The URL of that website is http://www.sec.gov. Any documents referred to in this annual report may also be inspected at our offices at 612 St. Jacques Street, Montréal, Québec, Canada, H3C 4M8.

 

I- Subsidiary Information

Not applicable.

ITEM 11 – QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Videotron’s financial risk management policies have been established in order to identify and analyze the risks faced by Videotron, to set appropriate risk limits and controls, and to monitor risks and adherence to limits. Risk management policies are reviewed regularly to reflect changes in market conditions and in Videotron’s activities.

As a result of its use of financial instruments, Videotron is exposed to credit risk, liquidity risk and market risks relating to foreign exchange fluctuations and interest rate fluctuations. In order to manage its foreign exchange and interest rate risks, Videotron uses derivative financial instruments (i) to set in Canadian dollars all future payments on debts denominated in U.S. dollars (interest and principal) and certain purchases of inventories and other capital expenditures denominated in a foreign currency and (ii) to achieve a targeted balance of fixed and variable rate debts. Videotron does not intend to settle its derivative financial instruments prior to their maturity as none of these instruments is held or issued for speculative purposes. Videotron designates its derivative financial instruments either as fair value hedges or cash flow hedges when they qualify for hedge accounting.

Foreign Currency Risk

Most of our consolidated revenues and expenses, other than interest expense on U.S. dollar-denominated debt, purchases of set-top boxes, mobile devices, cable modems and certain capital expenditures, are received or denominated in Canadian dollars. A large portion of the interest, principal and premium, if any, payable on our debt is payable in U.S. dollars. We have entered into transactions to hedge the foreign currency risk exposure on 100% of our U.S. dollar-denominated debt obligations outstanding as of December 31, 2011 and to hedge our exposure on certain purchases of set-top boxes, mobile devices, cable modems and capital expenditures.

Foreign exchange forward contracts:

 

Currencies (sold/bought)

   Maturing      Average Exchange Rate      Notional Amount
(in  millions of dollars)
 

$ / US$

     Less than 1 year         0.9936       $ 122.4   

Interest Rate Risk

Videotron’s revolving and bank credit facilities bear interest at floating rates based on the following reference rates: (i) bankers’ acceptance rate (BA), (ii) Canadian or U.S. bank prime rates and (iii) CAD LIBOR. The Senior Notes issued by Videotron bear interest at fixed rates. Videotron has entered into various cross-currency interest rate swap agreements in order to manage cash flow and fair value risk exposure due to changes in interest rates. As of December 31, 2011, after taking into account the hedging instruments, long-term debt was comprised of 81.4% fixed rate debt (76.7% in 2010) and 18.6% floating rate debt (23.3% in 2010).

 

- 103 -


Table of Contents

The estimated sensitivity on financial expense for floating rate debt, before income tax, of a 100 basis-point variance in the year-end Canadian Bankers’ acceptance rate as of December 31, 2011 is $4.1 million.

Credit Risk

Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to Videotron if a customer or counterparty to a financial asset fails to meet its contractual obligations.

In the normal course of business, Videotron continuously monitors the financial condition of its customers and reviews the credit history of each new customer. As of December 31, 2011, no customer balance represented a significant portion of Videotron’s consolidated accounts receivables. Videotron establishes an allowance for doubtful accounts based on the specific credit risk of its customers and historical trends. The allowance for doubtful accounts amounted to $12.1 million as of December 31, 2011 ($14.3 million as of December 31, 2010, restated). As of December 31, 2011, 6.1% of accounts receivables were 90 days past their billing date (6.2% as of December 31, 2010).

Videotron believes that its product lines and the diversity of its customer base are instrumental in reducing its credit risk, as well as the impact of fluctuations in product-line demand. Videotron does not believe that it is exposed to an unusual level of customer credit risk.

As a result of its use of derivative financial instruments, Videotron is exposed to the risk of non-performance by a third party. When Videotron enters into derivative contracts, the counterparties (either foreign or Canadian) must have credit ratings at least in accordance with Videotron’s risk management policy and are subject to concentration limits.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The carrying amount of accounts receivable from external or related parties (classified as loans and receivables), accounts payable and accrued charges due to external or related parties, and provisions (classified as other liabilities) approximates their fair value since these items will be realized or paid within one year or are due on demand. Other financial instruments classified as loans and receivables or as available for sale are not significant and their carrying value approximates their fair value.

The carrying value and fair value of long-term debt as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 are as follows:

 

     December 31, 2011     December 31, 2010  
     Carrying value     Fair value     Carrying value     Fair value  
(in thousands of dollars)                         

Long-term debt (1)

   $ (1,968,051   $ (2,064,400   $ (1,826,729   $ (1,934,400

Derivative financial instruments

        

Early settlement options

     106,733        106,733        54,846        54,846   

Foreign exchange forward contracts

     3,207        3,207        (2,383     (2,383

Cross-currency interest rate swaps

     (222,212     (222,212     (286,649     (286,649

 

(1) The carrying value of long-term debt excludes adjustments to record changes in the fair value of long-term debt related to hedged interest risk, embedded derivatives and financing fees.

The fair value of long-term debt is estimated based on discounted cash flows using year-end market yields or market value of similar instruments with the same maturity, or quoted market prices when available. The majority of derivative financial instruments (e.g. cross currency interest rate swaps) are traded over the counter and, as such, there are no quoted prices. The fair value of derivative financial instruments is therefore estimated using valuation models that project future cash flows and discount the future amounts to a present value using the contractual terms of the derivative instrument and factors observable in external markets data, such as period-end swap rates and foreign exchange rates. An adjustment is also included to reflect non-performance risk impacted by the financial and economic environment

 

- 104 -


Table of Contents

prevailing at the date of the valuation, in the recognized measure of fair value of the derivative instruments by applying a credit default premium estimated using a combination of observable and unobservable inputs in the market to the net exposure of the counterparty or Videotron. The fair value of early settlement options recognized as embedded derivatives is determined by option pricing models using market inputs, including volatility and discount factors.

Due to the judgment used in applying a wide range of acceptable techniques and estimates in calculating fair value amounts, fair values are not necessarily comparable among financial institutions or other market participants and may not be realized in an actual sale or immediate settlement of the instrument.

Material Limitations

Fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time and are based on relevant market information about the financial instruments. These estimates are subjective in nature and involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment and therefore cannot be determined with precision. Changes in assumptions could significantly affect the estimates.

Principal Repayments

As at December 31, 2011, the aggregate amount of minimum principal payments on long-term debt required in each of the next five years and thereafter based on borrowing levels as at that date, are as follows:

 

Year ending December 31,

   (in thousands of dollars)  

2012

   $ 10,714   

2013

     10,714   

2014

     412,485   

2015

     188,377   

2016

     10,714   

2017 and thereafter

     1,335,047   

ITEM 12 – DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES

Not applicable.

ITEM 13 – DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES

None.

ITEM 14 – MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS

Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders

There have been no material modifications to the rights of security holders.

Use of Proceeds

Not applicable.

ITEM 15 – CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

As at the end of the period covered by this report, Videotron’s President and Chief Executive Officer and Videotron’s Vice President, Finance and Information Technology (IT) and Chief Financial Officer, together with members of Videotron’s senior management, have carried out an evaluation of the effectiveness of Videotron’s disclosure controls and procedures. These are defined (in Rule 13a-15(e) or 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) as controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in reports filed under

 

- 105 -


Table of Contents

the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within specified time periods. As of the date of the evaluation, Videotron’s President and Chief Executive Officer and Videotron’s Vice President, Finance and Information Technology (IT) and Chief Financial Officer, concluded that Videotron’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports that Videotron files or submits under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to management, including the company’s principal executive and principal financial officer, to allow timely decisions regarding disclosure.

Videotron’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting of the company (as defined by Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934). Videotron’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of consolidated financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Our internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of Videotron; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of consolidated financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of Videotron are being made only in accordance with authorizations of Videotron’s management and directors; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of Videotron’s assets that could have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements. Because of its inherent limitations, internal controls over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Videotron’s management conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this evaluation, management concluded that Videotron’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2011.

Pursuant to the Dodd — Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 and related SEC rules, Videotron is not required to include in its annual report an attestation report of Videotron’s independent registered public accounting firm regarding Videotron’s internal control over financial reporting. Our management’s report regarding the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting was therefore not subject to attestation procedures by Videotron’s independent registered public accounting firm.

There have been no changes in Videotron’s internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15 or 15d-15 under the Exchange Act) that occurred during the period covered by this annual report that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, Videotron’s internal control over financial reporting.

ITEM 16 – [RESERVED]

ITEM 16A – AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT

Our Board of Directors has determined that Mr. La Couture is an “audit committee financial expert” (as defined in Item 16A of Form 20-F) serving on our Audit Committee. Our Board of Directors has determined that Mr.  La Couture is an “independent” director, as defined under SEC rules.

ITEM 16B – CODE OF ETHICS

We have a code of ethics (as defined in Item 16B of Form 20-F) that applies to all directors, officers and employees of Videotron, including our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, principal accounting officer, controller and persons performing similar functions. Our Code of Ethics is included as an exhibit to this annual report on Form 20-F.

 

- 106 -


Table of Contents

ITEM 16C – PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

Ernst & Young LLP has served as our independent registered public accounting firm for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010. The audited consolidated financial statements for each of the fiscal years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2011 are included in this annual report on Form 20-F.

The Audit Committee establishes the independent auditors’ compensation. In February 2012, the Audit Committee reviewed its policy relating to the pre-approval of services to be rendered by its independent auditors. The Audit Committee pre-approved all audit services, determined which non-audit services the independent auditors are prohibited from providing, and authorized permitted non-audit services to be performed by the independent auditors to the extent those services are permitted by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and Canadian law. For each of the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, none of the non-audit services described below were approved by the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors pursuant to the “ de minimis exception” to the pre-approval requirement for non-audit services. The following table presents the aggregate fees billed for professional services and other services rendered by our independent auditors, Ernst & Young LLP, for the years ended December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010.

 

     2011      2010  

Audit Fees (1)

   $ 860,436       $ 835,786   

Audit related Fees (2)

   $ 62,898       $ 55,892   

All Other Fees (3)

   $ 11,865       $ 71,978   

Total

   $ 935,199       $ 936,656   

 

(1) Audit Fees consist of fees approved for the annual audit of the Company’s consolidated financial statements and quarterly reviews of interim financial statements of the Company with the SEC, including required assistance or services that only the external auditor reasonably can provide and accounting consultations on specific issues.
(2) Audit-Related Fees include fees for the review of one subsidiary’s financial statements and various reports to statutory authorities.
(3) All Other Fees include fees billed for assistance with Canadian, U.S. and international tax compliance.

ITEM 16D – EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES

Not applicable.

ITEM 16E – PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS

Not applicable.

ITEM 16F – CHANGES IN REGISTRANT’S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT

Not applicable.

ITEM 16G – CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Not applicable.

ITEM 17 – FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Not applicable.

ITEM 18 – FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

On January 1, 2011, accounting principles generally accepted in Canada, as used by publicly accountable enterprises, were replaced by, and fully converged to, IFRS. Accordingly, our audited consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 have been prepared in accordance with IFRS and in particular, they were prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standard 1 First-Time Adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards .

 

- 107 -


Table of Contents

Our consolidated balance sheets as at December 31, 2011 and 2010 and as at January 1, 2010 and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, equity and cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2011, including the notes thereto and together with the report of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, are included beginning on page F-1 of this annual report.

ITEM 19 – EXHIBITS

Exhibits

The following documents are filed as exhibits to this Form 20-F:

 

  1.1

   Certificate and Articles of Amalgamation of Videotron Ltd. as of July 1, 2006 (translation) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.1 to Videotron Ltd.’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006, filed on March 30, 2007).

  1.2

   Certificate and Articles of Amendment of Videotron Ltd. as of June 30, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.2 of Videotron Ltd.’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, filed on March 6, 2009).

  1.3

   Certificate and Articles of Amendment of Videotron Ltd. as of December 12, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.3 of Videotron Ltd.’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, filed on March 6, 2009).

  1.4

   By-laws of Videotron Ltd. (translation).

  1.5

   Certificate and Articles of Amalgamation of Le SuperClub Vidéotron ltée (translation) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.5 of Videotron Ltd.’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, filed on March 6, 2009).

  1.6

   By-laws of Le SuperClub Vidéotron ltée (translation).

  1.7

   Articles of Incorporation of Vidéotron Infrastructures Inc., as amended as of February 17, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.7 to Videotron Ltd.’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, filed on March 21, 2011).

  1.8

   By-laws of Vidéotron Infrastructures Inc. (translation).

  1.9

   Certificate of Incorporation of Videotron US Inc. as of September 20, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.9 of Videotron Ltd.’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, filed on March 6, 2009).

  1.10

   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Videotron US Inc. as of October 1, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.10 of Videotron Ltd.’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, filed on March 6, 2009).

  1.11

   By-laws of Videotron US Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.11 of Videotron Ltd.’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, filed on March 6, 2009).

  1.12

   Declaration of registration of Videotron G.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.12 to Videotron Ltd.’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, filed on March 21, 2011).

  1.13

   Declaration of registration of Videotron L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.13 to Videotron Ltd.’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, filed on March 21, 2011).

 

- 108 -


Table of Contents

  1.14

   Certificate and Articles of Constitution of 9230-7677 Québec inc. (translation) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.14 to Videotron Ltd.’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, filed on March 21, 2011).

  1.15

   By-laws of 9230-7677 Québec inc. (translation).

  1.16

   Certificate and Articles of Incorporation of Jobboom inc. (translation).

  1.17

   By-laws of Jobboom inc. (translation).

  1.18

   Certificate and Articles of Constitution of 9227-2590 Québec inc. (translation).

  1.19

   By-laws of 9227-2590 Québec inc. (translation).

  1.20

   Certificate and Articles of Constitution of 9253-1870 Québec inc. (translation).

  1.21

   By-laws of 9253-1870 Québec inc. (translation).

  1.22

   Certificate and Articles of Constitution of 9253-1920 Québec inc. (translation).

  1.23

   By-laws of 9253-1920 Québec inc. (translation).

  1.24

   Certificate and Articles of Constitution of 9253-2233 Québec inc. (translation).

  1.25

   By-laws of 9253-2233 Québec inc. (translation).

  1.26

   Certificate and Articles of Constitution of 9253-2456 Québec inc. (translation).

  1.27

   By-laws of 9253-2456 Québec inc. (translation).

  2.1

   Form of 6  7 / 8 % Senior Notes due January 15, 2014 of Videotron Ltd. (included as Exhibit A to Exhibit 2.3 below).

  2.2

   Form of Notation of Guarantee by the subsidiary guarantors of the 6  7 / 8 % Senior Notes due January 15, 2014 of Videotron Ltd. (included as Exhibit E to Exhibit 2.3 below).

  2.3

   Indenture, dated as of October 8, 2003, by and among Videotron Ltd., the subsidiary guarantors signatory thereto and Wells Fargo Bank Minnesota, N.A. (now named Wells Fargo Bank, National Association), as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to Videotron Ltd.’s Registration Statement on Form F-4 dated November 24, 2003, Registration Statement No. 333-110697).

  2.4

   Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 12, 2004, by and among Videotron Ltd., SuperClub Vidéotron Canada inc., Les Propriétés SuperClub inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee, to the Indenture dated as of October 8, 2003 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to Videotron Ltd.’s Registration Statement on Form F-4 dated December 6, 2004, Registration Statement No. 333-121032).

  2.5

   Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 15, 2008, by and among Videotron Ltd., Videotron US Inc., as guarantor, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee, to the Indenture dated as of October 8, 2003 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.5 of Videotron Ltd.’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, filed on March 6, 2009).

 

- 109 -


Table of Contents

  2.6

   Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 23, 2008, by and among Videotron Ltd., 9193-2962 Québec inc., as guarantor, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee, to the Indenture dated as of October 8, 2003 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.6 of Videotron Ltd.’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, filed on March 6, 2009).

  2.7

   Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 29, 2010, by and among Videotron Ltd., 9227-2590 Québec inc., as guarantor, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee, to the Indenture dated as of October 8, 2003 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.7 to Videotron Ltd.’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, filed on March 21, 2011).

  2.8

   Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 22, 2010, by and among Videotron Ltd., Videotron G.P., Videotron L.P. and 9230-7677 Québec inc., as guarantors, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee, to the Indenture dated as of October 8, 2003 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.8 to Videotron Ltd.’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, filed on March 21, 2011).

  2.9

   Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 2, 2011, by and among Videotron Ltd., Jobboom inc., as guarantor, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee, to the Indenture dated as of October 8, 2003.

  2.10

   Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 4, 2011, by and among Videotron Ltd., 9253-2233 Québec inc. and 9253-2456 Québec inc., as guarantors, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee, to the Indenture dated as of October 8, 2003.

  2.11

   Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 5, 2011, by and among Videotron Ltd., 9253-1870 Québec inc. and 9253-1920 Québec inc., as guarantors, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee, to the Indenture dated as of October 8, 2003.

  2.12

   Form of 6  3 / 8 % Senior Notes due December 15, 2015 of Videotron Ltd. (included as Exhibit A to Exhibit 2.14 below).

  2.13

   Form of Notation of Guarantee by the subsidiary guarantors of the 6  3 / 8 % Senior Notes due December 15, 2015 of Videotron Ltd. (included as Exhibit E to Exhibit 2.14 below).

  2.14

   Indenture, dated as of September 16, 2005, by and among Videotron Ltd., the subsidiary guarantors signatory thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to Videotron Ltd.’s Registration Statement on Form F-4 dated October 14, 2005, Registration Statement No. 333-128998).

  2.15

   Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 15, 2008, by and among Videotron Ltd., Videotron US Inc., as guarantor, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee, to the Indenture dated as of September 16, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.10 of Videotron Ltd.’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, filed on March 6, 2009).

  2.16

   Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 23, 2008, by and among Videotron Ltd., 9193-2962 Québec inc., as guarantor, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee, to the Indenture dated as of September 16, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.11 of Videotron Ltd.’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, filed on March 6, 2009).

  2.17

   Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 29, 2010, by and among Videotron Ltd., 9227-2590 Québec inc., as guarantor, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee, to the Indenture dated as of September 16, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.14 to Videotron Ltd.’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, filed on March 21, 2011).

 

- 110 -


Table of Contents

  2.18

   Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 22, 2010, by and among Videotron Ltd., Videotron G.P., Videotron L.P. and 9230-7677 Québec inc., as guarantors, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee, to the Indenture dated as of September 16, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.15 to Videotron Ltd.’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, filed on March 21, 2011).

  2.19

   Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 2, 2011, by and among Videotron Ltd., Jobboom inc., as guarantor, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee, to the Indenture dated as of September 16, 2005.

  2.20

   Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 4, 2011, by and among Videotron Ltd., 9253-2233 Québec inc. and 9253-2456 Québec inc., as guarantors, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee, to the Indenture dated as of September 16, 2005.

  2.21

   Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 5, 2011, by and among Videotron Ltd., 9253-1870 Québec inc. and 9253-1920 Québec inc., as guarantors, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee, to the Indenture dated as of September 16, 2005.

  2.22

   Form of 9  1 / 8 % Senior Notes due April 15, 2018 of Videotron Ltd. (included as Exhibit A to Exhibit 2.24 below).

  2.23

   Form of Notation of Guarantee of the subsidiary guarantors of the 9  1 / 8 % Senior Notes due April 15, 2018 of Videotron Ltd. (included as Exhibit E to Exhibit 2.24 below).

  2.24

   Indenture, dated as of April 15, 2008, by and among Videotron Ltd., the subsidiary guarantors signatory thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.14 of Videotron Ltd.’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, filed on March 6, 2009).

  2.25

   Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 23, 2008, by and among Videotron Ltd., 9193-2962 Québec inc., as guarantor, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee, to the Indenture dated as of April 15, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.15 of Videotron Ltd.’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, filed on March 6, 2009).

  2.26

   Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 5, 2009, by and among Videotron Ltd., Le SuperClub Vidéotron Ltée, CF Cable TV Inc., Videotron US Inc. and 9193-2926 Québec inc., as guarantors, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee, to the Indenture dated as of April 15, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.16 of Videotron Ltd.’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009, filed on March 16, 2010).

  2.27

   Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 29, 2010, by and among Videotron Ltd., 9227-2590 Québec inc., as guarantor, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee, to the Indenture dated as of April 15, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.21 to Videotron Ltd.’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, filed on March 21, 2011).

  2.28

   Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 22, 2010, by and among Videotron Ltd., Videotron G.P., Videotron L.P. and 9230-7677 Québec inc., as guarantors, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee, to the Indenture dated as of April 15, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.22 to Videotron Ltd.’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, filed on March 21, 2011).

  2.29

   Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 2, 2011, by and among Videotron Ltd., Jobboom inc., as guarantor, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee, to the Indenture dated as of April 15, 2008.

  2.30

   Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 4, 2011, by and among Videotron Ltd., 9253-2233 Québec inc. and 9253-2456 Québec inc., as guarantors, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee, to the Indenture dated as of April 15, 2008.

 

- 111 -


Table of Contents

  2.31

   Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 5, 2011, by and among Videotron Ltd., 9253-1870 Québec inc. and 9253-1920 Québec inc., as guarantors, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee, to the Indenture dated as of April 15, 2008.

  2.32

   Form of 7  1 / 8 % Senior Notes due January 15, 2020 of Videotron Ltd. (included as Exhibit A to Exhibit 2.34 below).

  2.33

   Form of Notation of Guarantee of the subsidiary guarantors of the 7  1 / 8 % Senior Notes due January 15, 2020 of Videotron Ltd. (included as Exhibit E to Exhibit 2.34 below).

  2.34

   Indenture, dated as of January 13, 2010, by and among Videotron Ltd., the subsidiary guarantors signatory thereto and Computershare Trust Company of Canada, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.17 of Videotron Ltd.’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009, filed on March 16, 2010).

  2.35

   Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 29, 2010, by and among Videotron Ltd., 9227-2590 Québec inc., as guarantor, and Computershare Trust Company of Canada, as trustee, to the Indenture dated as of January 13, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.24 to Videotron Ltd.’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, filed on March 21, 2011).

  2.36

   Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 22, 2010, by and among Videotron Ltd., Videotron G.P., Videotron L.P. and 9230-7677 Québec inc., as guarantors, and Computershare Trust Company of Canada, as trustee, to the Indenture dated as of January 13, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.25 to Videotron Ltd.’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, filed on March 21, 2011).

  2.37

   Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 2, 2011, by and among Videotron Ltd., Jobboom inc., as guarantor, and Computershare Trust Company of Canada, as trustee, to the Indenture dated as of January 13, 2010.

  2.38

   Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 4, 2011, by and among Videotron Ltd., 9253-2233 Québec inc. and 9253-2456 Québec inc., as guarantors, and Computershare Trust Company of Canada, as trustee, to the Indenture dated as of January 13, 2010.

  2.39

   Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 5, 2011, by and among Videotron Ltd., 9253-1870 Québec inc. and 9253-1920 Québec inc., as guarantors, and Computershare Trust Company of Canada, as trustee, to the Indenture dated as of January 13, 2010.

  2.40

   Form of 6  7 / 8 % Senior Notes due July 15, 2021 of Videotron Ltd. (included as Exhibit A to Exhibit 2.42 below).

  2.41

   Form of Notation of Guarantee of the subsidiary guarantors of the 6  7 / 8 % Senior Notes due July 15, 2021 of Videotron Ltd. (included as Exhibit E to Exhibit 2.42 below).

  2.42

   Indenture, dated as of July 5, 2011, by and among Videotron Ltd., the subsidiary guarantors signatory thereto and Computershare Trust Company of Canada, as trustee.

  2.43

   Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 4, 2011, by and among Videotron Ltd., 9253-2233 Québec inc. and 9253-2456 Québec inc., as guarantors, and Computershare Trust Company of Canada, as trustee, to the Indenture dated as of July 5, 2011.

  2.44

   Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 5, 2011, by and among Videotron Ltd., 9253-1870 Québec inc. and 9253-1920 Québec inc., as guarantors, and Computershare Trust Company of Canada, as trustee, to the Indenture dated as of July 5, 2011.

  2.45

   Form of 5% Senior Notes due July 15, 2022 of Videotron Ltd. (included as Exhibit A to Exhibit 2.47 below).

 

- 112 -


Table of Contents

  2.46

   Form of Notation of Guarantee by the subsidiary guarantors of the 5% Senior Notes due July 15, 2022 of Videotron Ltd. (included as Exhibit E to Exhibit 2.47 below).

  2.47

   Indenture, dated as of March 14, 2012, by and among Videotron Ltd., the subsidiary guarantors signatory thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee.

  4.1

   Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of July 20, 2011, by and among Videotron, Royal Bank of Canada, as administrative agent, and the financial institutions signatory thereto and acknowledged by Le SuperClub Videotron, Videotron Infrastructures Inc., Jobboom inc., Videotron US Inc., 9227-2590 Québec Inc., 9230-7677 Québec Inc., Videotron G.P., and Videotron L.P., as guarantors.

  4.2

   Form of Guarantee of the Guarantors of the Credit Agreement (incorporated by reference to Schedule D of Exhibit 4.1 above).

  4.3

   Form of Share Pledge of the shares of Videotron Ltd. and the Guarantors of the Credit Agreement (incorporated by reference to Schedule E of Exhibit 4.1 above).

  4.4

   Management Services Agreement, effective as of January 1, 2002, between Quebecor Media and Videotron Ltd. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Videotron Ltd.’s Registration Statement on Form F-4 dated November 24, 2003, Registration Statement No. 333-110697).

  7.1

   Statement regarding calculation of ratio of earnings to fixed charges.

  8.1

   Subsidiaries of Videotron Ltd.

11.1

   Code of Ethics (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 11.1 of Videotron Ltd.’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, filed on March 6, 2009).

12.1

   Certification of Robert Dépatie, President and Chief Executive Officer of Videotron Ltd., pursuant to 15 U.S.C. Section 78(m)(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

12.2

   Certification of Marie-Josée Marsan, Vice-President, Finance and Information Technology (IT) and Chief Financial Officer of Videotron Ltd., pursuant to 15 U.S.C. Section 78(m)(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

13.1

   Certification of Robert Dépatie, President and Chief Executive Officer of Videotron Ltd., pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002.

13.2

   Certification of Marie-Josée Marsan, Vice-President, Finance and Information Technology (IT) and Chief Financial Officer of Videotron Ltd. pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002.

 

- 113 -


Table of Contents

SIGNATURE

The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.

 

VIDEOTRON LTD.
By:  

/s/ Marie-Josée Marsan

  Name:   Marie-Josée Marsan
 

Title:

 

Vice-President, Finance and

Information Technology (IT) and

Chief Financial Officer

Dated: March 21, 2012

 

- 114 -


Table of Contents

VIDEOTRON LTD.

Consolidated Financial Statements

Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

 

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm to the Board of Directors and to the shareholder of Videotron Ltd.

     F-2   

Consolidated financial statements

  

Consolidated statements of income

     F-3   

Consolidated statements of comprehensive income

     F-4   

Consolidated statements of equity

     F-5   

Consolidated statements of cash flows

     F-6   

Consolidated balance sheets

     F-8   

Notes to consolidated financial statements

     F-10   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and to the Shareholder of Videotron Ltd.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Videotron Ltd., as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and January 1, 2010, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, equity and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Corporation’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free from material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and the significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Videotron Ltd. at December 31, 2011 and 2010, and January 1, 2010 and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

 

Montreal, Canada  

LOGO

February 28, 2012   Chartered accountants

 

(1)  

CA auditor permit no. 9298

 

LOGO

 

F-2


Table of Contents

VIDEOTRON LTD.

Consolidated Statements of Income

Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

(in thousands of Canadian dollars)

 

 

     Note      2011     2010  
                  (restated,
note 7)
 

Revenues

       

Cable television

      $ 1,012,604      $ 950,590   

Internet

        698,234        644,283   

Cable telephony

        436,694        409,858   

Mobile telephony

        112,743        53,167   

Business solutions

        63,025        59,803   

Equipment sales

        55,885        59,893   

Other

        51,529        51,214   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
        2,430,714        2,228,808   

Cost of sales and operating expenses

     2         1,331,935        1,181,535   

Amortization

        408,133        291,738   

Financial expenses

     3         158,042        153,193   

Gain on valuation and translation of financial instruments

     4         (56,142     (24,373

Restructuring of operations and other special items

     5         12,619        11,380   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

        576,127        615,335   

Income taxes

       

Current

     8         (22,549     27,375   

Deferred

     8         129,424        83,642   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
        106,875        111,017   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

      $ 469,252      $ 504,318   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to:

       

Shareholder

      $ 469,023      $ 504,074   

Non-controlling interest

        229        244   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

VIDEOTRON LTD.

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

(in thousands of Canadian dollars)

 

 

    Note      2011     2010  
                 (restated,
note 7)
 

Net income

     $ 469,252      $ 504,318   

Other comprehensive (loss) income:

      

Cash flows hedges:

      

Gain on valuation of derivative financial instruments

       1,173        19,968   

Deferred income taxes

       (2,879 )       (1,275

Defined benefit plans:

      

Actuarial loss and net change in asset limit or in minimum funding liability

    26         (32,356     (9,427

Deferred income taxes

       8,700        2,571   

Reclassification to income:

      

Other comprehensive loss related to cash flows hedges

    6         801        —     

Deferred income taxes

       (200     —     
    

 

 

   

 

 

 
       (24,761 )       11,837   
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

     $ 444,491      $ 516,155   
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income attributable to:

      

Shareholder

     $ 444,262      $ 515,911   

Non-controlling interest

       229        244   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

VIDEOTRON LTD.

Consolidated Statements of Equity

Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

(in thousands of Canadian dollars)

 

 

    Equity attributable to shareholder              
    Capital stock
(note 19)
    Contributed
surplus
    Retained
earnings
    Accumulated
other
comprehensive
income (loss)
(note 21)
    Equity
attributable to
non-controlling
interest
    Total equity  

Balance as of December 31, 2009 as previously reported under Canadian GAAP (restated, note 7)

  $ 1      $ 7,155      $ 726,444      $ (22,832   $ —        $ 710,768   

IFRS adjustments (note 27)

    —          (7,155     (52,819     —          991        (58,983
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of January 1, 2010

    1        —          673,625        (22,832     991        651,785   

Net income

    —          —          504,074        —          244        504,318   

Other comprehensive (loss) income

    —          —          (6,856     18,693        —          11,837   

Issuance of shares (note 25)

    3,400        —          —          —          —          3,400   

Dividends

    —          —          (437,000     —          (95     (437,095
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2010

    3,401        —          733,843        (4,139     1,140        734,245   

Net income

    —          —          469,023        —          229        469,252   

Other comprehensive loss

    —          —          (23,656     (1,105     —          (24,761

Acquisition of a subsidiary from an affiliated corporation (note 7)

    —          —          (32,140     —          —          (32,140

Dividends

    —          —          (140,000     —          (55     (140,055
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2011

  $ 3,401      $ —        $ 1,007,070      $ (5,244   $ 1,314      $ 1,006,541   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

VIDEOTRON LTD.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

(in thousands of Canadian dollars)

 

 

     Note      2011      2010  
                   (restated,
note 7)
 

Cash flows related to operating activities

        

Net income

      $ 469,252       $ 504,318   

Adjustments for:

        

Amortization of fixed assets

     11         322,878         254,469   

Amortization of intangible assets

     12         85,255         37,269   

Gain on valuation and translation of financial instruments

     4         (56,142      (24,373

Amortization of financing costs and long-term debt premium or discount

     3         4,238         3,556   

Deferred income taxes

     8         129,424         83,642   

Gain on debt refinancing

     6         (2,713      —     

Other

        (1,058      (9
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
        951,134         858,872   

Net change in non-cash balances related to operating activities

        (44,094      (77,397
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash flows provided by operating activities

        907,040         781,475   

Cash flows related to investing activities

        

Additions to fixed assets

     11         (725,404      (651,146

Additions to intangible assets

     12         (73,253      (72,244

Acquisition of a subsidiary from an affiliated corporation

     7         (32,140      —     

Acquisition of preferred shares of a corporation under common control

     10         —           (370,000

Acquisition of tax deductions from the ultimate parent corporation

     25         —           (5,974

Net change in temporary investments

        —           30,000   

Other

        4,893         7,319   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash flows used in investing activities

        (825,904      (1,062,045

Cash flows related to financing activities

        

Issuance of long-term debt, net of financing fees

     17         294,846         293,888   

Net borrowings under bank credit facility

     17         69,643         —     

Financing costs

        (3,862      —     

Repayment of long-term debt and settlement of related hedging contracts

     6         (303,068      —     

Issuance of subordinated loan from parent corporation

     10         —           370,000   

Dividends

        (140,000      (437,000

Other

        (14      (292
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash flows (used in) provided by financing activities

        (82,455      226,596   

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

        (1,319      (53,974

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

        96,335         150,309   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

      $ 95,016       $ 96,335   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-6


Table of Contents

VIDEOTRON LTD.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, Continued

Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

(in thousands of Canadian dollars)

 

 

     2011      2010  
            (restated,
note 7)
 

Additional information on the consolidated statements of cash flows

     

Cash and cash equivalents consist of:

     

Bank overdraft

   $ (21,483    $ (24,214

Cash equivalents

     116,499         120,549   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 95,016       $ 96,335   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Changes in non-cash balances related to operating activities:

     

Accounts receivable

   $ (18,805    $ (57,995

Amounts receivable from and payable to affiliated corporations

     (6,617      5,973   

Inventories

     (26,321      (57,524

Prepaid expenses

     5,101         (11,109

Accounts payable, accrued charges and provisions

     15,079         (3,107

Income taxes

     (27,934      18,203   

Stock-based compensation

     (2,750      2,646   

Deferred revenues

     24,122         49,433   

Defined benefit plans

     (4,401      (6,705

Other

     (1,568      (17,212
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ (44,094    $ (77,397
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-cash investing activities:

     

Net change in additions to fixed assets and intangible assets financed with accounts payable

   $ (28,956    $ (16,589
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interest and taxes reflected as operating activities

     

Cash interest payments

   $ 163,365       $ 150,241   

Cash income tax payments (net of refunds)

     6,141         6,456   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

VIDEOTRON LTD.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

December 31, 2011 and 2010 and January 1, 2010

(in thousands of Canadian dollars)

 

 

     Note      December 31,
2011
     December 31,
2010
     January 1,
2010
 
                   (restated,
note 7)
     (restated,
note 7)
 

Assets

           

Current assets

           

Cash and cash equivalents

      $ 95,016       $ 96,335       $ 150,309   

Temporary investments

        —           —           30,000   

Accounts receivable

        264,497         245,691         187,808   

Income taxes

        10,819         434         255   

Amounts receivable from affiliated corporations

     25         33,391         10,608         14,682   

Inventories

     9         122,870         96,549         39,025   

Prepaid expenses

        16,319         21,689         10,811   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

        542,912         471,306         432,890   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-current assets

           

Investments

     10         1,630,000         1,630,000         1,260,000   

Fixed assets

     11         2,602,215         2,179,600         1,772,234   

Intangible assets

     12         711,426         720,970         689,551   

Derivative financial instruments

     24         3,207         —           3,077   

Other assets

     14         43,434         46,028         40,670   

Deferred income taxes

     8         5,243         6,134         9,498   

Goodwill

     13         451,545         451,475         451,475   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total non-current assets

        5,447,070         5,034,207         4,226,505   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

      $ 5,989,982       $ 5,505,513       $ 4,659,395   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-8


Table of Contents

VIDEOTRON LTD.

Consolidated Balance Sheets, Continued

December 31, 2011 and 2010 and January 1, 2010

(in thousands of Canadian dollars)

 

 

     Note      December 31,
2011
     December 31,
2010
     January 1,
2010
 
                   (restated,
note 7)
     (restated,
note 7)
 

Liabilities and Equity

           

Current liabilities

           

Accounts payable and accrued charges

     15       $ 435,627       $ 382,162       $ 372,963   

Amounts payable to affiliated corporations

     25         23,789         23,248         21,518   

Provisions

     16         7,383         17,716         19,341   

Deferred revenue

        248,195         227,211         184,585   

Income taxes

        —           19,603         4,887   

Current portion of long-term debt

     17         10,714         —           —     
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

        725,708         669,940         603,294   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-current liabilities

           

Long-term debt

     17         1,846,343         1,786,076         1,592,321   

Subordinated loan from parent corporation

     10         1,630,000         1,630,000         1,260,000   

Derivative financial instruments

     24         222,212         289,032         232,469   

Deferred income taxes

     8         454,716         316,185         244,989   

Other liabilities

     18         104,462         80,035         74,537   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total non-current liabilities

        4,257,733         4,101,328         3,404,316   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

        4,983,441         4,771,268         4,007,610   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Equity

           

Capital stock

     19         3,401         3,401         1   

Retained Earnings

        1,007,070         733,843         673,625   

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     21         (5,244      (4,139      (22,832
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Equity attributable to shareholder

        1,005,227         733,105         650,794   

Non-controlling interest

        1,314         1,140         991   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total equity

        1,006,541         734,245         651,785   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies

     16, 22            

Guarantees

     23            

Subsequent events

     28            
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

      $ 5,989,982       $ 5,505,513       $ 4,659,395   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

On February 28, 2012, the Board of Directors approved the consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

VIDEOTRON LTD.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

Videotron Ltd. (the “Corporation”) is incorporated under the laws of Quebec and is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Quebecor Media Inc. (the parent corporation) and is a subsidiary of Quebecor Inc. (the ultimate parent corporation). The Corporation’s head office and registered office is located at 612, rue Saint-Jacques, Montreal (Quebec), Canada. The percentages of voting rights and of equity in its major subsidiaries are as follows:

 

     %
equity
and
voting
 

Videotron G.P. 1

     100.0

Videotron L.P. 1

     100.0

Videotron Infrastructures Inc.

     100.0

Videotron US Inc.

     100.0

Le SuperClub Videotron Ltée

     100.0

Jobboom Inc.

     100.0

SETTE Inc.

     84.16

 

1  

On February 1, 2011, the Corporation completed a corporate reorganization. Consequently, Videotron Ltd. transferred all its operating assets and operating liabilities, including its employees, to Videotron General Partnership “Videotron G.P.” and Videotron Limited Partnership “Videotron L.P.”.

The Corporation offers television distribution, Internet, business solutions, cable and mobile telephony services in Canada and operates in the rental of movies and televisual products through its Video-On-Demand service and its distribution and rental stores, and operates specialized Internet sites.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

VIDEOTRON LTD.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

1. Summary of significant accounting policies

These consolidated financial statements reflect the first-time adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”), which replaced Canadian Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”) as of January 1, 2011. All disclosures and explanations related to the first-time adoption of IFRS are presented in note 27. This note provides information that is considered material to the understanding of the Corporation’s first IFRS financial statements. Note 27 also presents a reconciliation of the 2010 financial figures prepared under Canadian GAAP to the 2010 financial figures prepared under IFRS, including a reconciliation of the consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2010, as well as a reconciliation of the consolidated balance sheets and shareholders’ equity as of January 1, 2010 and as of December 31, 2010.

The IFRS consolidated financial statements have been prepared based on the following accounting policies:

 

  (a) Basis of presentation

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”) and in particular, they were prepared in accordance with IFRS 1, First-time Adoption of IFRS .

These consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a historical cost basis, except for certain financial instruments (note 1(h)) and the liability related to stock-based compensation (note 1(q)), which have been measured at fair value, and are presented in Canadian dollars, which is the currency of the primary economic environment in which the Corporation and its subsidiaries operate (“functional currency”).

Comparative figures for the year ended December 31, 2010 have been restated to conform to the presentation adopted under IFRS.

 

  (b) Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Corporation and its subsidiaries. Intercompany transactions and balances are eliminated on consolidation.

A subsidiary is an entity controlled by the Corporation. Control is achieved where the Corporation has the power to govern the financial and operating policies of an entity so as to obtain benefits from its activities.

The non-controlling interest in the net assets and results of a consolidated subsidiary is identified separately from the parent’s ownership interest in it. The non-controlling interest in the equity of a subsidiary consists of the amount of non-controlling interest calculated at the date of the original business combination and its share of changes in equity since that date. Changes in the non-controlling interest in a subsidiary that do not result in a loss of control by the Corporation are accounted for as equity transactions.

 

  (c) Foreign currency translation

Foreign currency transactions are translated to the functional currency by applying the exchange rate prevailing at the date of the transactions. Translation gains and losses on assets and liabilities denominated in a foreign currency are included in financial expenses, or in gain or loss on valuation and translation of financial instruments, unless hedge accounting is used.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

VIDEOTRON LTD.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

1. Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

 

  (d) Revenue recognition

The Corporation recognizes operating revenues when the following criteria are met:

 

   

the amount of revenue can be measured reliably;

 

   

the receipt of economic benefits associated with the transaction is probable;

 

   

the costs incurred or to be incurred in respect of the transaction can be measured reliably;

 

   

the stage of completion can be measured reliably where services have been rendered; and

 

   

significant risks and rewards of ownership, including effective control, have been transferred to the buyer where goods have been sold.

The portion of revenue that is unearned is recorded under “Deferred revenue” when customers are invoiced.

Revenue recognition policies for each of the Corporation’s main product lines are as follows:

The Cable and Mobile services are provided under arrangements with multiple deliverables, for which there are two separate accounting units: one for subscriber services (cable television, Internet, cable telephony or mobile telephony, including connection costs and rental of equipment); the other for equipment sales to subscribers. Components of multiple deliverable arrangements are separately accounted for, provided the delivered elements have stand-alone value to the customer and the fair value of any undelivered elements can be objectively and reliably determined.

Cable connection revenues are deferred and recognized as revenues over the estimated average period that subscribers are expected to remain connected to the network. The incremental and direct costs related to cable connection costs, in an amount not exceeding the revenue, are deferred and recognized as an operating expense over the same period. The excess of those costs over the related revenues is recognized immediately in income. Operating revenues from cable and other services, such as Internet access, cable and mobile telephony, are recognized when services are rendered. Promotional offers and rebates are accounted for as a reduction in the service revenue to which they relate. Revenues from equipment sales to subscribers and their costs are recognized in income when the equipment is delivered. Promotional offers related to equipment sales, with the exclusion of mobile devices, are accounted for as a reduction in the related equipment sales on delivery, while promotional offers related to the sale of mobile devices are accounted for as a reduction in the related equipment sales on activation. Operating revenues related to service contracts are recognized in income over the life of the specific contract on a straight-line basis over the period in which the services are provided. Royalties and territorial rights from videostore franchises are recognized as income in the month in which they are earned.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

VIDEOTRON LTD.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

1. Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

 

  (e) Impairment of assets

For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped in cash-generated units (“CGUs”), which represent the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash inflows generated by those assets. The Corporation reviews at each balance sheet date whether events or circumstances have occurred to indicate that the carrying amounts of its long-lived assets with finite useful lives may be less than their recoverable amounts. Goodwill, other intangible assets having an indefinite useful life, and intangible assets not yet available for use are tested for impairment on April 1 of each financial year, as well as whenever there is an indication that the carrying amount of the asset, or the CGU to which an asset has been allocated, exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of the fair value less costs to sell and the value in use of the asset or the CGU. Fair value less costs to sell represents the amount an entity could obtain at the valuation date from the asset’s disposal in an arm’s length transaction between knowledgeable, willing parties, after deducting the costs of disposal. The value in use represents the present value of the future cash flows expected to be derived from the asset or the CGU.

An impairment loss is recognized in the amount by which the carrying amount of an asset or a CGU exceeds its recoverable amount. When the recoverable amount of a CGU to which goodwill has been allocated is lower than the CGU’s carrying amount, the related goodwill is first impaired. Any excess amount of impairment is recognized and attributed to assets in the CGU, pro rated to the carrying amount of each asset in the CGU.

An impairment loss recognized in prior periods for long-lived assets with finite useful lives and intangible assets having an indefinite useful life, other than goodwill, can be reversed through the consolidated statement of income up to the excess of the recoverable amount of the asset or the CGU over its carrying value.

 

  (f) Income taxes

Current income taxes are recognized with respect to amounts expected to be paid or recovered under the tax rates and laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date.

Deferred income taxes are accounted for using the liability method. Under this method, deferred income tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences attributable to differences between the carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities in the consolidated financial statements and their respective tax bases. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted or substantively enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred income tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income in the period that includes the substantive enactment date. A deferred tax asset is recognized initially when it is probable that future taxable income will be sufficient to use the related tax benefits and may be subsequently reduced, if necessary, to an amount that is more likely than not to be realized. A deferred tax expense or benefit is recognized in other comprehensive income or otherwise directly in equity to the extent that it relates to items that are recognized in other comprehensive income or directly in equity in the same or a different period.

In the course of the Corporation’s operations, there are a number of uncertain tax positions due to the complexity of certain transactions and due to the fact that related tax interpretations and legislation are continually changing. When a tax position is uncertain, the Corporation recognizes an income tax benefit or reduces an income tax liability only when it is probable that the tax benefit will be realized in the future or that the income tax liability is no longer probable.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

VIDEOTRON LTD.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

1. Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

 

  (g) Leases

Assets under leasing agreements are classified at the inception of the lease as (i) finance leases whenever the terms of the lease transfer substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the asset to the lessee, or as (ii) operating leases for all other leases. All of the Corporation’s current leases are classified as operating leases.

Operating lease rentals are recognized in the consolidated statement of income on a straight-line basis over the period of the lease. Any lessee incentives are deferred and then recognized evenly over the lease term.

 

  (h) Financial instruments

Classification, recognition and measurement

Financial instruments are classified as held for trading, available for sale, held to maturity, loans and receivables, or as other financial liabilities, and measurement in subsequent periods depends on their classification. The Corporation has classified its financial instruments (except derivative financial instruments) as follows:

 

Held for trading

  

Loans and receivables

  

Available for sale

  

Other liabilities

•   Cash and cash equivalents

 

•   Temporary investments

  

•   Accounts receivable

 

•   Amounts receivable from affiliated corporations

 

•   Investments

  

•   Other portfolio investments included in “Other assets”

  

•   Accounts payable and accrued charges

 

•   Amounts payable to affiliated corporations

 

•   Provisions

 

•   Long-term debt

 

•   Subordinated loan from parent corporation

 

•   Other long-term financial liabilities included in “Other liabilities”

Financial instruments held-for-trading are measured at fair value with changes recognized in income as a gain or a loss on valuation and translation of financial instruments. Available-for-sale portfolio investments are measured at fair value or at cost in the case of equity investments that do not have a quoted market price in an active market and where fair value is insufficiently reliable, and changes in fair value are recorded in other comprehensive income. Financial assets classified as loans and receivables and financial liabilities classified as other liabilities are initially measured at fair value and subsequently measured at amortized cost, using the effective interest rate method of amortization.

Derivative financial instruments and hedge accounting

The Corporation uses various derivative financial instruments to manage its exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates. The Corporation does not hold or use any derivative financial instruments for speculative purposes. Under hedge accounting, the Corporation documents all hedging relationships between hedging items and hedged items, as well as its strategy for using hedges and its risk-management objective. It also designates its derivative financial instruments as either fair value hedges or cash flow hedges. The Corporation assesses the effectiveness of derivative financial instruments when the hedge is put in place and on an ongoing basis.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

VIDEOTRON LTD.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

1. Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

 

  (h) Financial instruments (continued)

 

Derivative financial instruments and hedge accounting (continued)

 

The Corporation enters into the following types of derivative financial instruments:

 

   

The Corporation uses foreign exchange forward contracts to hedge foreign currency rate exposure on anticipated equipment or inventory purchases in a foreign currency. These foreign exchange forward contracts are designated as cash flow hedges.

 

   

The Corporation uses cross-currency interest rate swaps to hedge (i) foreign currency rate exposure on interest and principal payments on foreign currency denominated debt, and/or (ii) fair value exposure on certain debt resulting from changes in interest rates. The cross-currency interest rate swaps that set all future interest and principal payments on U.S.-denominated debt in fixed Canadian dollars are designated as cash flow hedges. The Corporation’s cross-currency interest rate swaps that set all future interest and principal payments on U.S.-denominated debt in fixed Canadian dollars, in addition to converting the interest rate from a fixed rate to a floating rate, or converting a floating rate index to another floating rate index, are designated as fair value hedges.

Under hedge accounting, the Corporation applies the following accounting policies:

 

   

For derivative financial instruments designated as fair value hedges, changes in the fair value of the hedging derivative recorded in income are substantially offset by changes in the fair value of the hedged item to the extent that the hedging relationship is effective. When a fair value hedge is discontinued, the carrying value of the hedged item is no longer adjusted and the cumulative fair value adjustments to the carrying value of the hedged item are amortized to income over the remaining term of the original hedging relationship.

 

   

For derivative financial instruments designated as cash flow hedges, the effective portion of a hedge is reported in other comprehensive income until it is recognized in income during the same period in which the hedged item affects income, while the ineffective portion is immediately recognized in income. When a cash flow hedge is discontinued, the amounts previously recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income are reclassified to income when the variability in the cash flows of the hedged item affects income.

Any change in the fair value of these derivative financial instruments recorded in income is included in gain or loss on valuation and translation of financial instruments. Interest expense on hedged long-term debt is reported at the hedged interest and foreign currency rates.

Derivative financial instruments that are ineffective or that are not designated as hedges, including derivatives that are embedded in financial or non-financial contracts that are not closely related to the host contracts, are reported on a mark-to-market basis in the consolidated balance sheets. Any change in the fair value of these derivative financial instruments is recorded in income as a gain or loss on valuation and translation of financial instruments.

 

  (i) Financing fees

Financing fees related to long-term debt are capitalized in reduction of long-term debt and amortized using the effective interest rate method.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

VIDEOTRON LTD.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

1. Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

 

  (j) Tax credits and government assistance

The Corporation receives tax credits mainly related to its research and development activities. Government financial assistance is accounted for as revenue or as a reduction in related costs, whether capitalized and amortized or expensed, in the year the costs are incurred and when management has reasonable assurance that the conditions of the government programs are met.

 

  (k) Cash, cash equivalents and temporary investments

Cash and cash equivalents include highly liquid investments purchased three months or less from maturity and are recorded at fair value. These highly liquid investments consisted mainly of Bankers’ acceptances and term deposits.

Temporary investments consisted of high-quality money market instruments. These temporary investments, classified as held for trading, are recorded at fair value.

 

  (l) Accounts receivable

Accounts receivable are stated at their nominal value, less an allowance for doubtful accounts. The Corporation establishes an allowance for doubtful accounts based on the specific credit risk of its customers and historical trends. Individual accounts receivable are written off when management deems them not collectible.

 

  (m) Inventories

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost, determined by the weighted-average cost method, or net realizable value. Net realizable value represents the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less the estimated costs of completion and the estimated costs necessary to make the sale. When the circumstances that previously caused inventories to be written down below cost no longer exist, the amount of the write-down is reversed.

 

  (n) Fixed assets

Fixed assets are stated at cost. Cost represents the acquisition costs, net of government assistance and investment tax credits, or construction costs, including preparation, installation and testing costs. In the case of projects to construct cable and mobile networks, the cost includes equipment, direct labour and direct overhead costs. Projects under development may also be comprised of advance payments made to suppliers for equipment under construction.

Borrowing costs are also included in the cost of self-constructed fixed assets when the development of the asset commenced after January 1, 2010. Future expenditures, such as maintenance and repairs, are expensed as incurred.

Amortization is calculated on a straight-line basis over the following estimated useful lives:

 

Assets

   Estimated useful life  

Buildings and their components

     25 to 40 years   

Furniture and equipment

     3 to 7 years   

Receiving, distribution and telecommunication networks

     3 to 20 years   

Subscriber’s equipment

     3 to 7 years   

 

F-16


Table of Contents

VIDEOTRON LTD.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

1. Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

 

  (n) Fixed assets (continued)

 

Amortization methods, residual values, and the useful lives of significant fixed assets are reviewed at each financial year-end. Any change is accounted for prospectively as a change in accounting estimate.

Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the term of the lease or economic life.

The Corporation does not record any decommissioning obligations in connection with its cable distribution networks. The Corporation expects to renew all of its agreements with utility companies to access their support structures in the future, making the retirement date so far into the future that the present value of the restoration costs is insignificant for these assets. A decommissioning obligation is however recorded for the rental of sites related to the mobile network.

 

  (o) Goodwill and intangible assets

Goodwill

For all business acquisitions entered into since January 1, 2010, goodwill initially arising from a business acquisition is measured and recognized as the excess of the fair value of the consideration paid over the fair value of the recognized identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed. When the Corporation acquires less than 100% of the equity interests in the business acquired at the acquisition date, goodwill attributable to the non-controlling interests is also recognized at fair value.

For business acquisitions that occurred prior to January 1, 2010, goodwill represented the excess of the cost of acquisition over the Corporation’s interest in the fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities of the business acquired at the date of acquisition. No goodwill attributable to the non-controlling interest was recognized.

Goodwill is allocated as at the date of a business acquisition to a CGU for purposes of impairment testing (note 1 (e)). The allocation is made to the CGU or group of CGUs expected to benefit from the synergies of the business acquisition.

Intangible assets

Internally generated intangible assets are mainly comprised of costs in connection with the development of software to be used internally or for providing services to customers. These costs are capitalized when the development stage of the software application begins and costs incurred prior to that stage are recognized as expenses.

Borrowing costs directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of an intangible asset that commenced after January 1, 2010 are also included as part of the cost of that asset during the development phase.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

VIDEOTRON LTD.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

1. Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

 

  (o) Goodwill and intangible assets (continued)

 

Intangible assets (continued)

 

Intangible assets with finite useful lives are amortized over their useful lives using the straight-line method over the following periods:

 

Assets

   Estimated useful life  

Advanced mobile services (“AWS”) spectrum licences 1

     10 years   

Software and other intangible assets

     3 to 7 years   

 

1

The useful life represents the initial term of the licences issued by Industry Canada.

Amortization methods, residual values, and the useful lives of significant intangible assets are reviewed at each financial year-end. Any change is accounted for prospectively as a change in accounting estimate.

 

  (p) Provisions

Provisions are recognized when (i) the Corporation has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of a past event and it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation, and when (ii) the amount of the obligation can be reliably estimated.

Provisions are reviewed at each balance sheet date and changes in estimates are reflected in the consolidated statement of income in the reporting period in which changes occur.

 

  (q) Stock-based compensation

Stock-based awards to employees that call for settlement in cash or other assets at the option of the employee are accounted for at fair value and classified as a liability. The compensation cost is recognized in expenses over the vesting period. Changes in the fair value of stock-based awards between the grant date and the measurement date result in a change in the liability and compensation cost.

Estimates of the fair value of stock-based awards are determined by applying an option-pricing model, taking into account the terms and conditions of the grant.

 

  (r) Pension plans and postretirement benefits

The Corporation offers defined contribution pension plans and defined benefit pension plans to some of its employees.

 

  (i) Defined contribution pension plans

Under its defined contribution pension plans, the Corporation pays fixed contributions to participating employees’ pension plans and it has no legal or constructive obligation to pay further amounts. Obligations for contributions to defined contribution pension plans are recognized as employee benefits in the consolidated statements of income when the contributions become due.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

VIDEOTRON LTD.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

1. Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

 

  (r) Pension plans and postretirement benefits (continued)

 

  (ii) Defined benefit pension plans and postretirement plans

Defined benefit pension plan costs are determined using actuarial methods and are accounted for using the projected unit credit method, which incorporates management’s best estimates of future salary levels, other cost escalations, retirement ages of employees, and other actuarial factors. Defined benefit pension costs recognized in the consolidated statements of income include the following:

 

   

cost of pension plan benefits provided in exchange for employee services rendered during the year;

 

   

interest cost of pension plan obligations;

 

   

expected return on pension fund assets;

 

   

recognition of prior service costs on a straight-line basis over the vesting period.

When an event gives rise to both a curtailment and a settlement, the curtailment is accounted for prior to the settlement.

Actuarial gains and losses are recognized immediately through other comprehensive income and within retained earnings. Actuarial gains and losses arise from the difference between the actual rate of return on plan assets for a given period and the expected rate of return on plan assets for that period, experience adjustments on liabilities, or changes in actuarial assumptions used to determine the defined benefit obligation.

The recognition of the net benefit asset under certain circumstances is limited to the amount recoverable, which is primarily based on the extent to which the Corporation can unilaterally reduce future contributions to the plan. In addition, an adjustment to the net benefit asset or the net benefit obligation can be recorded to reflect a minimum funding liability in a certain number of the Corporation’s pension plans. Changes in the net benefit asset limit or in the minimum funding liability are recognized immediately in other comprehensive income and within retained earnings.

The Corporation also offers health and life insurance plans and cable services to some of its retired employees. The cost of postretirement benefits is determined using an accounting methodology similar to that for defined benefit pension plans. The benefits related to these plans are funded by the Corporation as they become due.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

VIDEOTRON LTD.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

1. Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

 

  (s) Use of estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, related amounts of revenues and expenses, and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. Although these estimates are based on management’s best judgment and information available at the time of the assessment date, actual results could differ from these estimates. The following significant areas require management to use assumptions and to make estimates:

 

Accounting subject          Significant areas of use of estimates and judgment
   
Impairment of assets   

•  

 

•  

 

fair value less costs to sell

 

value in use of an asset or CGU using a discounting cash flow method

   
Derivative financial instruments, including embedded derivatives not closely related to the host contract   

•  

 

•  

 

•  

 

fair value of derivative financial instruments using valuation models based on a number of assumptions such as contractual future cash flows, period-end swap rates, foreign exchange rates, and credit default premium

 

fair value of embedded derivatives related to early settlement option on debt determined with option pricing models using market inputs, including volatility and discount factors

 

assessment of the hedge relationship effectiveness

   
Pension and postretirement benefit plans   

•  

  costs and obligations related to pension and postretirement benefit obligations, which are based on a number of assumptions, such as the discount rate, the expected return on the plan’s assets, the rate of increase in compensation, retirement age of employees, health care costs, and other actuarial factors
   
Allowance for doubtful accounts   

•  

  estimation of potential losses arising from customers’ inability to make required payments on a portion of accounts receivables
   
Inventories   

•  

 

•  

 

identification of inventory becoming obsolete and not being able to be sold to customers

 

estimates of future sales used to determine net realizable values of inventories

   
Provisions   

•  

 

•  

 

estimates of expenditure required to settle a present obligation or to transfer it to third parties at the date of assessment

 

assessment of the probable outcomes of legal proceedings or other contingency

   
Asset amortization   

•  

  residual value and useful life of assets subject to amortization
   
Deferred income taxes   

•  

 

•  

 

projections of future taxable income and the recoverability of deferred tax assets

 

probability that a tax benefit will be realized or that an income tax liability is no longer probable in order to assess uncertain tax positions considering tax interpretation, legislation, risk or other relevant factor

   
Government assistance   

•  

  establishing reasonable assurance that government subsidies will be realized
   
Stock-based compensation   

•  

  fair value of the Corporation’s stock-based compensation liability determined using an option-pricing model based on a number of assumptions, including risk-free interest rate, dividend yield, expected volatility and remaining life of the options
   
Cable connection revenues   

•  

  estimates of the average period that subscribers are expected to remain connected to the telecommunications network

 

F-20


Table of Contents

VIDEOTRON LTD.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

1. Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)

 

  (t) Recent accounting pronouncements

The Corporation has not early adopted the following new standards and adoption impacts on the consolidated financial statements have not yet been determined:

 

Amended standards    Expected changes to existing standards
   

IFRS 9 — Financial Instruments

 

(Effective from periods beginning January 1, 2015 with early adoption permitted)

   IFRS 9 simplifies the measurement and classification for financial assets by reducing the number of measurement categories and removing complex rule-driven embedded derivative guidance in IAS 39, Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement . The new standard also provides for a fair value option in the designation of a non-derivative financial liability and its related classification and measurement.
   

IFRS 10 — Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(Effective from periods beginning January 1, 2013 with early adoption permitted)

   IFRS 10 replaces SIC-12 Consolidation — Special Purpose Entities and parts of IAS 27 Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements and provides additional guidance regarding the concept of control as the determining factor in whether an entity should be included within the consolidated financial statements of the parent corporation.
   

IFRS 11 — Joint Arrangements

 

(Effective from periods beginning January 1, 2013 with early adoption permitted)

   IFRS 11 replaces IAS 31, Interests in Joint Ventures , with guidance that focuses on the rights and obligations of the arrangement, rather than its legal form. It also withdraws the option to proportionately consolidate an entity’s interests in joint ventures. The new standard requires that such interests be recognized using the equity method.
   

IFRS 12 — Disclosure of Interests in Other Entities

 

(Effective from periods beginning January 1, 2013 with early adoption permitted)

   IFRS 12 is a new and comprehensive standard on disclosure requirements for all forms of interests in other entities, including joint arrangements, associates, special purpose entities and other off balance sheet vehicles.
   

IAS 19 — Post-employment Benefits (Including Pensions) (Amended)

 

(Effective from periods beginning January 1, 2013 with retrospective application)

   Amendments to IAS 19 involve, among other changes, the immediate recognition of the re-measurement component in other comprehensive income, thereby removing the accounting option previously available in IAS 19 to recognize or to defer recognition of changes in defined benefit obligations and in the fair value of plan assets directly in the statement of income. IAS 19 allows amounts recorded in other comprehensive income to be recognized either immediately in retained earnings or as a separate category within equity. IAS 19 also introduces a net interest approach that replaces the expected return on assets and interest costs on the defined benefit obligation with a single net interest component determined by multiplying the net defined benefit liability or asset by the discount rate used to determine the defined benefit obligation. In addition, all past service costs are required to be recognized in profit or loss when the employee benefit plan is amended and no longer spread over any future service period.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

VIDEOTRON LTD.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

2. Cost of sales and operating expenses

The main components are as follows:

 

     2011     2010  

Employee costs

   $ 444,381      $ 384,097   

Royalties and rights

     386,453        359,945   

Cost of sales

     162,541        104,113   

Subcontracting costs

     116,251        113,003   

Marketing and distribution expenses

     62,487        61,333   

Other

     277,557        273,157   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     1,449,670        1,295,648   

Employee costs capitalized to fixed assets and intangible assets

     (117,735     (114,113
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 1,331,935      $ 1,181,535   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

3. Financial expenses

 

     2011     2010  

Third parties:

    

Interest on long-term debt

   $ 159,491      $ 153,619   

Amortization of financing costs and long-term debt premium or discount

     4,238        3,556   

Loss on foreign currency translation on short-term monetary items

     1,550        3,214   

Other

     (1,486     (1,552
    
     163,793        158,837   

Affiliated corporations:

    

Interest expense (net of interest income)

     116,603        169,374   

Dividend income (net of dividend expense)

     (122,354     (175,018)   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (5,751     (5,644
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 158,042      $ 153,193   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

4. Gain on valuation and translation of financial instruments

 

     2011     2010  

Gain on embedded derivatives

   $ (56,730   $ (25,360

Loss on the ineffective portion of fair value hedges

     588        987   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ (56,142   $ (24,373
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-22


Table of Contents

VIDEOTRON LTD.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

5. Restructuring of operations and other special items

 

     2011     2010  

Restructuring of operations

   $ 14,802      $ 13,881   

Gain on debt refinancing (note 6)

     (2,713     —     

Other special items

     530        (2,501
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 12,619      $ 11,380   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

In 2010, the Corporation launched its new advanced mobile network. Since then, the Corporation has been incurring costs for the migration of its existing Mobile Virtual Network Operator subscribers to its new mobile network. A charge of $14.8 million was recorded in 2011 ($13.9 million in 2010). As of December 31, 2011, the Corporation has substantially completed the conversion process.

In 2011, other special items include other restructuring charges of $0.5 million ($0.6 million in 2010). A gain of $3.3 million related to the sale of assets and an impairment charge of $0.2 million were also recorded in 2010.

 

6. Gain on debt refinancing

On July 18, 2011, the Corporation redeemed and retired US$255.0 million in aggregate principal amount of its issued and outstanding 6.875% Senior Notes due in 2014 and settled its related hedging contracts, representing a total cash consideration of $303.1 million. This transaction resulted in a total gain of $2.7 million (before income taxes).

 

7. Business acquisition

On May 1, 2011, the Corporation acquired Jobboom Inc., a subsidiary of an affiliated corporation, for a total cash consideration of $32.1 million. Since the transaction occurred between wholly-owned subsidiaries of the parent corporation, the acquisition was accounted for using the continuity of interest method and the cash consideration paid was recorded in reduction of retained earnings. Comparative figures have been restated as if the Corporation and the new subsidiary had always been combined.

The following table summarizes the impact of the acquisition of Jobboom Inc.’s net assets on the Corporation’s consolidated balance sheets:

 

     May 1,
2011
     December 31,
2010
     January 1,
2010
 

Jobboom Inc.

        

Total assets

   $ 27,786       $ 29,269       $ 32,593   

Total liabilities

     7,070         12,013         23,094   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Increase in net assets

   $ 20,716       $ 17,256       $ 9,499   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-23


Table of Contents

VIDEOTRON LTD.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

8. Income taxes

The following table reconciles income taxes at the Corporation’s domestic statutory tax rate of 28.4% in 2011 (29.9 % in 2010) and income taxes in the consolidated statements of income:

 

     2011     2010  

Income taxes at domestic statutory tax rate

   $ 163,620      $ 183,985   

Increase (reduction) resulting from:

    

Effect of non-deductible charges, non-taxable income and differences between current and future tax rates

     (10,567     (9,281

Tax consolidation transactions with the parent corporation and affiliated corporations

     (50,348     (53,831

Other

     4,170        (9,856
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income taxes

   $ 106,875      $ 111,017   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The significant items comprising the Corporation’s net deferred income tax liability and their impact on the deferred income tax expense are as follows:

 

     Consolidated
balance sheets
    Consolidated
income statements
 
     December 31,
2011
    December 31,
2010
    January 1,
2010
    2011     2010  

Loss carryforwards

   $ 41,728      $ 11,890      $ 9,363      $ 45,457      $ (10,173

Accounts payable, accrued charges and provisions

     4,512        5,814        7,349        (1,302     (2,734

Defined benefit plans

     14,271        6,808        5,115        (1,237     (8

Fixed assets

     (318,875     (275,529     (222,568     (43,346     (52,961

Goodwill and intangible assets

     (50,677     (45,853     (24,263     (4,824     (21,590

Benefit from a general partnership

     (108,646     —          —          (108,646     —     

Long-term debt and derivative financial instruments

     (20,807     (3,646     4,211        (14,082     (6,582

Other

     (10,979     (9,535     (14,698     (1,444     10,406   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ (449,473   $ (310,051   $ (235,491   $ (129,424   $ (83,642
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Changes in the net deferred income tax liability are as follows:

 

     2011     2010  

Balance as of beginning of the year

   $ (310,051   $ (235,491

Recognized in statement of income

     (129,424     (83,642

Recognized in other comprehensive income

     5,621        1,297   

Tax consolidation transactions (note 25)

     (15,600     9,375   

Other

     (19     (1,590
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of the end of the year

   $ (449,473   $ (310,051
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-24


Table of Contents

VIDEOTRON LTD.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

8. Income taxes (continued)

 

The deferred income tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

 

     December 31,
2011
    December 31,
2010
    January 1,
2010
 

Deferred income tax asset

   $ 5,243      $ 6,134      $ 9,498   

Deferred income tax liability

     (454,716     (316,185     (244,989
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred income tax liability

   $ (449,473   $ (310,051   $ (235,491
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2011, the Corporation had operating loss carryforwards for income tax purposes of $136.9 million available to reduce future taxable income that will expire between 2029 and 2031.

The Corporation has not recognized a deferred income tax liability for the undistributed earnings of its subsidiaries in the current or prior years since the Corporation does not expect to sell or repatriate funds from those investments, in which case the undistributed earnings might become taxable.

There are no income tax consequences attached to the payment of dividends in either 2011 or 2010 by the Corporation to its shareholder.

 

9. Inventories

 

     December 31,
2011
     December 31,
2010
     January 1,
2010
 

Subscriber’s equipment

   $ 101,221       $ 76,979       $ 23,853   

Network materials

     21,383         19,058         14,683   

Other materials

     266         512         489   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 122,870       $ 96,549       $ 39,025   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cost of inventories included in cost of sales, operating expenses and restructuring of operations amounted to $143.6 million in 2011 ($113.8 million in 2010). Write-downs of inventories totalling $13.3 million were recognized in cost of sales, operating expenses and restructuring of operations in 2011 ($1.0 million in 2010).

 

10. Subordinated loan from parent corporation

 

     December 31,
2011
     December 31,
2010
     January 1,
2010
 

Subordinated loan – Quebecor Media Inc.

   $ 1,630,000       $ 1,630,000       $ 1,260,000   

On September 15, 2010, the Corporation contracted a subordinated loan of $1.3 billion from Quebecor Media Inc., bearing interest at a rate of 10.5%, payable every six months on June 20 and December 20, and maturing on September 15, 2025. On the same day, the Corporation invested the total proceeds of $1.3 billion into 1,300,000 preferred shares, Series B, of 9101-0835 Québec Inc., a subsidiary of Quebecor Media Inc. These shares carry the right to receive an annual dividend of 10.85%, payable semi-annually.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

VIDEOTRON LTD.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

10. Subordinated loan from parent corporation (continued)

 

On December 20, 2010, 9101-0835 Québec Inc., a subsidiary of Quebecor Media Inc., redeemed 930,000 preferred shares, Series B, for a total cash consideration of $930.0 million, including cumulative dividends of $68.5 million. On the same day, the Corporation used the total proceeds of $930.0 million to repay part of its subordinated loan contracted from Quebecor Media Inc.

The above transactions were carried out for tax consolidation purposes of Quebecor Media Inc. and its subsidiaries.

 

11. Fixed assets

For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, changes in the net carrying amount of fixed assets are as follows:

 

     Land and
buildings
    Furniture and
equipment
    Receiving and
distribution
networks
    Subscribers’
equipment
    Projects
under
development
    Total  

Cost :

            

Balance as of January 1, 2010

   $ 100,808      $ 234,043      $ 3,057,843      $ 165,141      $ 143,956      $ 3,701,791   

Additions

     10,326        43,123        323,396        34,303        239,998        651,146   

Net change in additions financed with accounts payable

     —          211        860        (890     19,499        19,680   

Reclassification and other items

     —          59,405        231,683        —          (293,027     (1,939

Retirement or disposals

     570        (40,513     (9,481     (12,844     —          (62,268
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2010

     111,704        296,269        3,604,301        185,710        110,426        4,308,410   

Additions

     16,323        53,591        324,331        99,636        231,523        725,404   

Net change in additions financed with accounts payable

     —          (927     23,469        (912     4,705        26,335   

Reclassification and other items

     (151     29,523        253,993        —          (284,365     (1,000

Retirement or disposals

     (179     (1,874     (21,476     (20,095     —          (43,624
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2011

   $ 127,697      $ 376,582      $ 4,184,618      $ 264,339      $ 62,289      $ 5,015,525   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-26


Table of Contents

VIDEOTRON LTD.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

11. Fixed assets (continued)

 

     Land and
buildings
    Furniture and
equipment
    Receiving and
distribution
networks
    Subscribers’
equipment
    Projects
under
development
     Total  

Accumulated amortization :

             

Balance as of January 1, 2010

   $ (35,639   $ (145,132   $ (1,662,061   $ (86,725   $ —         $ (1,929,557

Amortization

     (4,380     (27,512     (195,516     (27,061     —           (254,469

Retirement and disposals

     (775     39,418        9,330        7,243        —           55,216   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2010

     (40,794     (133,226     (1,848,247     (106,543     —           (2,128,810

Amortization

     (4,060     (37,926     (246,993     (33,899     —           (322,878

Retirement and disposals

     146        1,841        20,478        15,913        —           38,378   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2011

   $ (44,708   $ (169,311   $ (2,074,762   $ (124,529   $ —         $ (2,413,310
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net carrying amount :

             

As of January 1, 2010

   $ 65,169      $ 88,911      $ 1,395,782      $ 78,416      $ 143,956       $ 1,772,234   

As of December 31, 2010

     70,910        163,043        1,756,054        79,167        110,426         2,179,600   

As of December 31, 2011

   $ 82,989      $ 207,271      $ 2,109,856      $ 139,810      $ 62,289       $ 2,602,215   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

12. Intangible assets

For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, changes in the net carrying amount of intangible assets are as follows:

 

     AWS
spectrum
licenses
     Software and
other
intangible
assets
    Projects
under
development
    Total  

Cost :

         

Balance as of January 1, 2010

   $ 458,149       $ 195,321      $ 125,747      $ 779,217   

Additions

     —           44,229        28,015        72,244   

Net change in additions financed with accounts payable

     —           (3,029     (62     (3,091

Reclassification and other items

     —           36,818        (36,659     159   

Retirement and disposals

     —           (975     —          (975
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2010

     458,149         272,364        117,041        847,554   

Additions

     —           50,278        22,975        73,253   

Net change in additions financed with accounts payable

     —           2,626        (5     2,621   

Reclassification and other items

     —           14,602        (14,765     (163
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2011

   $ 458,149       $ 339,870      $ 125,246      $ 923,265   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-27


Table of Contents

VIDEOTRON LTD.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

12. Intangible assets (continued)

 

The cost of internally generated intangible assets, mainly composed of software and licences, was $247.4 million as of December 31, 2011 ($198.0 million as of December 31, 2010 and $148.2 million as of January 1, 2010). For the year ended December 31, 2011, the Corporation recorded additions of internally generated intangible assets of $49.4 million ($49.8 million in 2010).

 

     AWS
spectrum
licenses
    Software and
other
intangible
assets
    Projects
under
development
     Total  

Accumulated amortization :

         

Balance as of January 1, 2010

   $ —        $ (89,666   $ —         $ (89,666

Amortization

     (14,480     (22,789     —           (37,269

Retirements, disposals and other items

     —          351        —           351   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2010

     (14,480     (112,104     —           (126,584

Amortization

     (52,388     (32,867     —           (85,255
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2011

   $ (66,868   $ (144,971   $ —         $ (211,839
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net carrying amount :

         

As of January 1, 2010

   $ 458,149      $ 105,655      $ 125,747       $ 689,551   

As of December 31, 2010

     443,669        160,260        117,041         720,970   

As of December 31, 2011

   $ 391,281      $ 194,899      $ 125,246       $ 711,426   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

The accumulated amortization of internally generated intangible assets, mainly composed of software and licences, was $83.5 million as of December 31, 2011 ($63.3 million as of December 31, 2010 and $50.1 million as of January 1, 2010). For the year ended December 31, 2011, the Corporation recorded $20.2 million of amortization ($13.2 million in 2010) for internally generated intangible assets.

The net carrying value of internally generated intangible assets was $163.9 million as of December 31, 2011 ($134.7 million as of December 31, 2010 and $98.1 million as of January 1, 2010).

 

F-28


Table of Contents

VIDEOTRON LTD.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

13. Goodwill

For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, changes in the net carrying amount of goodwill are as follows:

 

Cost:

  

Balance as of January 1, 2010 and December 31, 2010

   $ 484,786   

Business acquisitions

     70   
  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2011

   $ 484,856   
  

 

 

 

Accumulated amortization:

  

Balance as of January 1, 2010, December 31, 2010 and 2011

   $ (33,311
  

 

 

 

Net carrying amount:

  

As of January 1, 2010

   $ 451,475   

As of December 31, 2010

     451,475   

As of December 31, 2011

     451,545   
  

 

 

 

The net carrying amount of goodwill as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 and as of January 1, 2010 is allocated to the following significant groups of CGUs:

 

     December 31,
2011
     December 31,
2010
     January 1,
2010
 

Group of CGUs

        

Telecommunications

   $ 432,045       $ 431,975       $ 431,975   

Web solutions

     19,500         19,500         19,500   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 451,545       $ 451,475       $ 451,475   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Recoverable amounts

The recoverable amounts were determined based on value in use with respect to the impairment tests performed. The Corporation uses the discounted cash flow method to estimate value in use, consisting of future cash flows derived from the most recent budget and three-year strategic plan approved by the Corporation’s management and presented to the Board of Directors. These forecasts considered each CGU’s past operating performance and market share as well as economic trends, along with specific and market industry trends and corporate strategies. A range of growth rates is used for cash flows beyond this three-year period. The discount rate used by the Corporation is a pre-tax rate derived from the weighted average cost of capital pertaining to each CGU, which reflects the current market assessment of (i) the time value of money, and (ii) the risk specific to the assets for which the future cash flow estimates have not been risk-adjusted. The perpetual growth rate was determined with regard to the specific markets in which the CGUs participate.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

VIDEOTRON LTD.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

13. Goodwill (continued)

 

Recoverable amounts (continued)

 

The following key assumptions were used to determine recoverable amounts in the most recent impairment tests performed as of April 1, 2011 and January 1, 2010:

 

     April 1, 2011     January 1, 2010  

Group of CGUs

   Pre-tax
discount
rate
(WACC)
    Perpetual
growth
rate
    Pre-tax
discount
rate
(WACC)
    Perpetual
growth
rate
 

Telecommunications 1

     10.19     3.00     10.19     3.00

Web solutions 2

     15.00        3.00        —          —     

 

1  

As allowed by IAS 36 “Impairment of assets”, recoverable amounts calculated as of January 1, 2010 were used in the 2011 impairment test performed for this CGU. Accordingly, pre-tax discount rates and perpetual growth rates are the same as of April 1, 2011 and as of January, 1, 2010.

2  

A goodwill impairment test was performed on this CGU as of May 1, 2011, the date this new CGU was acquired (note 7).

Sensitivity of recoverable amounts

An incremental increase in the pre-tax discount rate of 9.4% and an incremental decrease in the perpetual growth rate of 11.2% would have been required in the most recently performed test for the recoverable amount to equal the carrying value of the Telecommunications CGU as of April 1, 2011.

 

14. Other assets

 

     December 31,
2011
     December 31,
2010
     January 1,
2010
 

Deferred connection costs

   $ 38,658       $ 35,269       $ 28,616   

Other

     4,776         10,759         12,054   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 43,434       $ 46,028       $ 40,670   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

15. Accounts payable and accrued charges

 

     December 31,
2011
     December 31,
2010
     January 1,
2010
 

Accounts payable and accrued

   $ 343,534       $ 294,403       $ 292,801   

Salaries and employees benefits

     70,906         61,350         52,995   

Interest payable

     15,607         21,084         19,325   

Stock-based compensation

     5,580         5,325         7,842   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 435,627       $ 382,162       $ 372,963   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-30


Table of Contents

VIDEOTRON LTD.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

16. Provisions and contingencies

 

     Contingencies
and legal
disputes
    Contractual
obligations
and other
    Total  

Balance as of December 31, 2010

   $ 1,937      $ 17,548      $ 19,485   

Net change in income

     1,214        1,262        2,476   

Payments

     (163     (12,489     (12,652

Other

     —          963        963   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2011

   $ 2,988      $ 7,284      $ 10,272   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current portion

   $ 2,988      $ 4,395      $ 7,383   

Non-current portion 1

     —          2,889        2,889   

 

1  

The non-current portion of provisions and contingencies is included in other liabilities (note 18)

The recognition of provisions, in term of both timing and amounts, requires the exercise of judgment based on relevant circumstances and events, which can be subject to change over time. Provisions are primarily comprised of the following:

Contingencies and legal disputes

There exists a number of legal proceedings against the Corporation and its subsidiaries that are pending. In the opinion of the management of the Corporation and its subsidiaries, the outcome of these proceedings is not expected to have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s results or on its financial position.

Management of the Corporation, after taking legal advice, has established provisions for specific claims or actions considering the facts of each case. The Corporation cannot determine when and if a payment related to these provisions will be made.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

VIDEOTRON LTD.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

17. Long-term debt

 

    Effective
interest rate
as of
December 31,
2011
    December 31,
2011
    December 31,
2010
    January 1,
2010
 

Bank credit facility (i)

    2.81     69,643        —          —     

Senior Notes (ii) (note 6)

    (ii     1,898,408        1,826,729        1,613,848   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total long-term debt

      1,968,051        1,826,729        1,613,848   

Change in fair value related to hedged interest rate risk

      16,166        28,442        20,589   

Adjustments related to embedded derivatives

      (97,929     (43,472     (18,112

Financing fees, net of amortization

      (29,231     (25,623     (24,004
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
      (110,994     (40,653     (21,527
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Less: current portion

      10,714        —          —     
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    $ 1,846,343      $ 1,786,076      $ 1,592,321   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(i) The bank credit facilities provide for a $575.0 million secured revolving credit facility that matures in July 2016 and a $75.0 million secured export financing facility providing for a term loan that matures in June 2018. The revolving credit facility bears interest at Bankers’ acceptance, Canadian prime or U.S. prime rates, plus a margin, depending on the Corporation’s leverage ratio. Advances under the export financing facility bear interest at Bankers’ acceptance rate and CAD LIBOR, plus a margin. The bank credit facilities are secured by a first ranking hypothec on the universality of all tangible and intangible assets, current and future, of the Corporation and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. As of December 31, 2011, the bank credit facilities of the Corporation were secured by assets with a carrying value of $5,990.0 million ($5,505.5 million in 2010, as restated). The bank credit facilities contain covenants such as maintaining certain financial ratios, limiting its ability to incur additional indebtedness and restricting the payment of dividends and other distributions. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, no amount was drawn on the revolving credit facility. As of December 31, 2011, $69.6 million (none in 2010) was outstanding on the secured export financing facility.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

VIDEOTRON LTD.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

17. Long-term debt (continued)

 

(ii) The Senior Notes contain certain restrictions on the Corporation, including limitations on its ability to incur additional indebtedness, pay dividends or make other distributions. The notes are unsecured and are redeemable at the option of the issuer, in whole or in part, at a decreasing premium during the last five years of the term of the notes or at a price based on a make-whole formula prior to that period. The notes are guaranteed by specific subsidiaries of the Corporation and, on a non-consolidated basis, the Corporation has no independent assets or operations, the guarantees are full and unconditional and joint and several, and any non-guarantor subsidiaries are minor. The following table summarized terms of the outstanding Senior Notes as of December 31, 2011:

 

Principal amount

   Annual
nominal
interest
rate
    Effective
interest rate
(after
discount or
premium at
issuance)
    Maturity date      Interest payable
every 6 months on
 

US$ 395,000

     6.875     6.871     January 15, 2014         January and July 15   

US$ 175,000

     6.375     6.444     December 15, 2015         December and June 15   

US$ 715,000

     9.125     9.370     April 15, 2018         December and June 15   

$ 300,000 1

     7.125     7.125     January 15, 2020         December and June 15   

$ 300,000 2

     6.875     6.875     July 15, 2021         December and June 15   

 

1

The notes were issued in January 2010 for net proceeds of $293.9 million, net of financing fees of $6.1 million

2  

The notes were issued in July 2011 for net proceeds of $294.8 million, net of financing fees of $5.2 million

On December 31, 2011, the Corporation and its subsidiaries were in compliance with all debt covenants.

Principal repayments of long-term debt over the coming years are as follows:

 

2012

   $ 10,714   

2013

     10,714   

2014

     412,485   

2015

     188,377   

2016

     10,714   

2017 and thereafter

     1,335,047   

 

F-33


Table of Contents

VIDEOTRON LTD.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

18. Other liabilities

 

     Note      December 31,
2011
     December 31,
2010
     January 1,
2010
 

Deferred revenue

      $ 39,431       $ 36,293       $ 29,486   

Defined benefit plans

     26         59,512         31,371         28,649   

Stock-based compensation 1

     20         2,426         5,431         268   

Advance from affiliated corporation

        —           4,943         16,024   

Asset retirement obligation

        2,889         1,769         —     

Other

        204         228         110   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
      $ 104,462       $ 80,035       $ 74,537   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

1

The current portion of stock-based compensation is included in accounts payable and accrued charges (note 15).

 

19. Capital stock

 

  (a) Authorized capital stock

An unlimited number of common shares, without par value, voting and participating

An unlimited number of preferred shares, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E, Series F, and Series H, without par value, ranking prior to the common shares with regards to payment of dividends and repayment of capital, non-voting, non-participating, a fixed monthly non-cumulative dividend of 1%, retractable and redeemable.

An unlimited number of preferred shares, Series G, ranking prior to all other shares with regards to payment of dividends and repayment of capital, non-voting, non-participating carrying the rights and restrictions attached to the class as well as a fixed annual cumulative preferred dividend of 11.25%, retractable and redeemable.

 

  (b) Issued and outstanding capital stock

 

     Common Shares  
     Number      Amount  

Balance as of January 1, 2010

     2,515,277       $ 1   

Issuance of capital stock (note 25)

     1,552         3,400   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2011 and 2010

     2,516,829       $ 3,401   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

20. Stock-based compensation plan

 

  (a) Parent corporation stock-based compensation plan

Under a stock option plan established by the parent corporation, options have been granted to officers and senior employees of the Corporation. Each option may be exercised within a maximum period of 10 years following the date of grant at an exercise price not lower than, as the case may be, the fair market value of the common shares of the parent corporation at the date of grant, as determined by the parent corporation’s Board of Directors (if the common shares of the parent corporation are not listed on a stock exchange at the

 

F-34


Table of Contents

VIDEOTRON LTD.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

20. Stock-based compensation plan (continued)

 

  (a) Parent corporation stock-based compensation plan (continued)

 

time of the grant), or the five-day weighted average market price ending on the day preceding the date of grant of the common shares of the parent corporation on the stock exchange(s) where such shares are listed at the time of grant. As long as the common shares of the parent corporation are not listed on a recognized stock exchange, optionees may exercise their vested options during one of the following periods: from March 1 to March 30, from June 1 to June 29, from September 1 to September 29, and from December 1 to December 30. Holders of options under the plan have the choice at the time of exercising their options of receiving an amount in cash (equal to the difference between either the five-day weighted average market price ending on the day preceding the date of exercise of the common shares of the parent corporation on the stock exchange(s) where such shares are listed at the time of exercise or the fair market value of the common shares, as determined by the parent corporation’s Board of Directors, and the exercise price of their vested options) or, subject to certain stated conditions, exercise their options to purchase common shares of the parent corporation at the exercise price. Except under specific circumstances, and unless the Compensation Committee of the parent corporation decides otherwise, options vest over a five-year period in accordance with one of the following vesting schedules as determined by the Compensation Committee at the time of grant: (i) equally over five years with the first 20% vesting on the first anniversary of the date of the grant; (ii) equally over four years with the first 25% vesting on the second anniversary of the date of grant; and (iii) equally over three years with the first 33 1/3% vesting on the third anniversary of the date of grant. The vesting on 400,000 options is also subject to market-related performance criteria as the achievement of specific targets in regards to the fair value of the parent corporation’s shares in the future.

The following table gives summary information on outstanding options granted as of December 31, 2011 and 2010:

 

     2011      2010  
     Options     Weighted
average
exercise
price
     Options     Weighted
average
exercise
price
 

Balance at beginning of year

     1,151,502      $ 40.34         1,276,235      $ 39.81   

Granted

     21,000        50.37         44,000        46.48   

Exercised

     (205,929     39.69         (165,493     36.88   

Cancelled

     (13,333     44.45         (40,361     44.32   

Transferred

     —          —           37,121        40.33   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

     953,240      $ 40.64         1,151,502      $ 40.34   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Vested options at end of year

     220,829      $ 44.03         145,407      $ 42.05   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

During the year ended December 31, 2011, 205,929 stock options of the parent corporation were exercised for a cash consideration of $2.1 million (165,493 stock options for $2.1 million in 2010).

 

F-35


Table of Contents

VIDEOTRON LTD.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

20. Stock-based compensation plan (continued)

 

  (a) Parent corporation stock-based compensation plan (continued)

 

The following table gives summary information on outstanding options as of December 31, 2011:

 

     Outstanding options      Vested options  

Range of exercise price

   Number      Weighted
average
years to
maturity
     Weighted
average
exercise
price
     Number      Weighted
average
exercise
price
 

$ 30.47 to 37.91

     464,444         7.62       $ 36.05         9,694       $ 32.81   

   44.45 to 50.37

     488,796         6.08         45.01         211,135         44.55   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

$ 30.47 to 50.37

     953,240         6.83       $ 40.64         220,829       $ 44.03   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (b) Assumptions to estimate the fair value of stock-based awards

The fair value of stock-based awards under the stock option plan of the parent corporation was estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The following weighted-average assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of all outstanding stock options under the stock option plans as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 and January 1, 2010:

 

    

December 31,
2011

  

December 31,
2010

  

January 1,
2010

Risk-free interest rate

   1.16%    2.14%    2.59%

Dividend yield

   1.66%    1.61%    1.31%

Expected volatility

   29.74%    34.59%    35.58%

Expected remaining life

       2.8 years        3.4 years    4.2 years

Since the common shares of the parent corporation are not publicly traded on a stock exchange, expected volatility is derived from the implied volatility of the ultimate parent corporation’s stock. The expected remaining life of options granted represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding. The risk-free rate over the expected remaining life of the option is based on the Government of Canada yield curve in effect at the time of the valuation. Dividend yield is based on the current average yield.

 

  (c) Liability of vested options

As of December 31, 2011, the liability for all vested options was $1.0 million as calculated by using the intrinsic value ($1.2 million as of December 31, 2010 and $0.9 million as of January 1, 2010).

 

  (d) Consolidated compensation charge

For the year ended December 31, 2011, a net reversal of the consolidated compensation charge related to the stock-based compensation plan was recorded in the amount of $0.7 million (net consolidated charge of $4.7 million in 2010).

 

F-36


Table of Contents

VIDEOTRON LTD.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

21. Accumulated other comprehensive loss

Amounts accounted for in the accumulated other comprehensive loss relate solely to cash flow hedges.

No significant amount is expected to be reclassified in income over the next 12 months in connection with derivatives designated as cash flow hedges. The balance is expected to reverse over a 6 1/4-year period.

 

22. Commitments

The Corporation rents premises and equipment under operating leases and has entered into long-term commitments to purchase services and capital equipment that call for total future payments of $236.9 million, including an amount of $61.6 million for future rent payments to the ultimate parent corporation. The operating leases have various terms, escalation clauses, purchase options and renewal rights. The minimum payments for the coming years are as follows:

 

     Leases      Other
commitments
 

2012

   $ 47,149       $ 20,132   

2013 to 2016

     79,194         9,072   

2017 and thereafter

     81,374         —     

The Corporation and its subsidiaries’ operating lease expenses amounted to $40.8 million in 2011 ($33.6 million in 2010).

 

23. Guarantees

In the normal course of business, the Corporation enters into numerous agreements containing guarantees, including the following:

Operating leases

The Corporation has guaranteed a portion of the residual values of certain assets under operating leases for the benefit of the lessor. Should the Corporation terminate these leases prior to term (or at the end of these lease terms) and should the fair value of the assets be less than the guaranteed residual value, then the Corporation must, under certain conditions, compensate the lessor for a portion of the shortfall. In addition, a subsidiary of the Corporation has provided guarantees to the lessor of premises leases for certain videostore franchisees, with expiry dates through 2017. Should the lessee default under the agreement, the Corporation must, under certain conditions, compensate the lessor. As of December 31, 2011, the maximum exposure with respect to these guarantees was $17.0 million and no liability has been recorded in the consolidated balance sheet. The Corporation has not made any payments relating to these guarantees in prior years.

Outsourcing companies and suppliers

In the normal course of its operations, the Corporation enters into contractual agreements with outsourcing companies and suppliers. In some cases, the Corporation agrees to provide indemnifications in the event of legal procedures initiated against them. In other cases, the Corporation provides indemnification to counterparties for damages resulting from the outsourcing companies and suppliers. The nature of the indemnification agreements prevents the Corporation from estimating the maximum potential liability it could be required to pay. No amount has been accrued in the consolidated balance sheet with respect to these indemnifications. The Corporation has not made any payments relating to these guarantees in prior years.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

VIDEOTRON LTD.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

24. Financial instruments and financial risk management

The Corporation’s financial risk management policies have been established in order to identify and analyze the risks faced by the Corporation, to set appropriate risk limits and controls, and to monitor risks and adherence to limits. Risk management policies are reviewed regularly to reflect changes in market conditions and in the Corporation’s activities.

As a result of its use of financial instruments, the Corporation is exposed to credit risk, liquidity risk and market risks relating to foreign exchange fluctuations and interest rate fluctuations. In order to manage its foreign exchange and interest rate risks, the Corporation uses derivative financial instruments (i) to set in Canadian dollars all future payments on debts denominated in U.S. dollars (interest and principal) and certain purchases of inventories and other capital expenditures denominated in a foreign currency and (ii) to achieve a targeted balance of fixed and variable rate debts. The Corporation does not intend to settle its derivative financial instruments prior to their maturity as none of these instruments is held or issued for speculative purposes. The Corporation designates its derivative financial instruments either as fair value hedges or cash flow hedges when they qualify for hedge accounting.

 

  (a) Description of derivative financial instruments

 

  (i) Foreign exchange forward contracts

 

Currencies (sold/bought)

   Maturing      Average
exchange rate
     Notional
amount
(in millions
of dollars)
 

$/US$

     Less than 1 year         0.9936       $ 122.4   

 

  (ii) Cross-currency interest rate swaps

 

     Period covered      Notional
amount
     Annual
effective
interest rate
using hedged
rate
    Annual
nominal
interest
rate of
debt
    Canadian dollar
exchange rate on

interest and capital
payments per one
U.S. dollar
 

Senior Notes

     2004 to 2014       US$ 60,000        
 
 
 
Bankers’
acceptances
3 months +
2.80
  
  
  
    6.875     1.2000   

Senior Notes

     2003 to 2014       US$ 200,000        
 
 
 
Bankers’
acceptances
3 months +
2.73
  
  
  
    6.875     1.3425   

Senior Notes

     2003 to 2014       US$ 135,000         7.66     6.875     1.3425   

Senior Notes

     2005 to 2015       US$ 175,000         5.98     6.375     1.1781   

Senior Notes

     2008 to 2018       US$ 455,000         9.65     9.125     1.0210   

Senior Notes

     2009 to 2018       US$ 260,000         9.12     9.125     1.2965   

Certain cross-currency interest rate swaps entered into by the Corporation include an option that allows each party to unwind the transaction on a specific date at the then settlement amount.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

VIDEOTRON LTD.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

24. Financial instruments and financial risk management (continued)

 

  (b) Fair value of financial instruments

The carrying amount of accounts receivable from external or related parties (classified as loans and receivables), accounts payable and accrued charges due to external or related parties, and provisions (classified as other liabilities), approximates their fair value since these items will be realized or paid within one year or are due on demand. Other financial instruments classified as loans and receivables or as available for sale are not significant and their carrying value approximates their fair value.

The fair value of long-term debt is estimated based on quoted market prices when available or on valuation models. When the Corporation uses valuation models, the fair value is estimated using discounted cash flows using year-end market yields or the market value of similar instruments with the same maturity.

In accordance with IFRS 7, Financial Instruments: Disclosures , the Corporation has considered the following fair value hierarchy that reflects the significance of the inputs used in measuring its other financial instruments accounted for at fair value in the consolidated balance sheets:

 

   

Level 1: quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;

 

   

Level 2: inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e., as prices) or indirectly (i.e., derived from prices); and

 

   

Level 3: inputs that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs).

The fair value of cash equivalents and temporary investments classified as held for trading and accounted for at their fair value on the consolidated balance sheets, is determined using Level 2 inputs.

The fair value of derivative financial instruments recognized on the consolidated balance sheets is estimated as per the Corporation’s valuation models. These models project future cash flows and discount the future amounts to a present value using the contractual terms of the derivative instrument and factors observable in external markets data, such as period-end swap rates and foreign exchange rates (Level 2 inputs). An adjustment is also included to reflect non-performance risk impacted by the financial and economic environment prevailing at the date of the valuation in the recognized measure of the fair value of the derivative instruments by applying a credit default premium estimated using a combination of observable and unobservable inputs in the market (Level 3 inputs) to the net exposure of the counterparty or the Corporation. Accordingly, financial derivative instruments are classified as Level 3 under the fair value hierarchy.

The fair value of early settlement options recognized as embedded derivatives is determined by option pricing models using Level 2 market inputs, including volatility and discount factors.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

VIDEOTRON LTD.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

24. Financial instruments and financial risk management (continued)

 

  (b) Fair value of financial instruments (continued)

 

The carrying value and fair value of long term debt and derivative financial instruments as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 are as follows:

 

     2011     2010  
     Carrying value     Fair value     Carrying value     Fair value  

Long-term debt 1

   $ (1,968,051   $ (2,064,400   $ (1,826,729   $ (1,934,400

Derivative financial instruments

        

Early settlement options

     106,733        106,733        54,846        54,846   

Foreign exchange forward contracts

     3,207        3,207        (2,383     (2,383

Cross-currency interest rate swaps

     (222,212     (222,212     (286,649     (286,649

 

1  

The carrying value of long-term debt excludes adjustments to record changes in the fair value of long-term debt related to hedged interest risk, embedded derivatives and financing fees.

The following table shows changes to the carrying value or fair value of derivative financial instruments (Level 3) in 2011 and 2010:

 

     2011     2010  

Asset (liability)

    

Balance as of beginning of year

   $ (289,032   $ (229,392

Loss recognized in the consolidated statement of income 1, 2

     (2,128     (15,178

Gain (loss) recognized in other comprehensive income 3

     20,030        (44,462

Settlement (note 6)

     52,125        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of end of year

   $ (219,005   $ (289,032
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

1  

All gains or losses were related to derivative instruments held as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010.

2  

The loss is offset by a gain on valuation and translation of long-term debt of $1.5 million in 2011 ($14.2 million in 2010).

3

The gain is offset by a loss on translation of long-term debt of $18.9 million in 2011 (loss offset by a gain of $64.4 million in 2010).

The estimated sensitivity on income and other comprehensive income, before income tax, of a 100 basis-point variance in the credit default premium used to calculate the fair value of derivative financial instruments as of December 31, 2011, as per the Corporation’s valuation models, is as follows:

 

Increase (decrease)

   Income     Other
comprehensive
income
 

Increase of 100 basis points

   $ 1,240      $ 6,089   

Decrease of 100 basis points

     (1,240     (6,089

 

F-40


Table of Contents

VIDEOTRON LTD.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

24. Financial instruments and financial risk management (continued)

 

  (c) Credit risk management

Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Corporation if a customer or counterparty to a financial asset fails to meet its contractual obligations.

In the normal course of business, the Corporation continuously monitors the financial condition of its customers and reviews the credit history of each new customer. As of December 31, 2011, no customer balance represented a significant portion of the Corporation’s consolidated accounts receivables. The Corporation establishes an allowance for doubtful accounts based on the specific credit risk of its customers and historical trends. The allowance for doubtful accounts amounted to $12.1 million as of December 31, 2011 ($14.3 million as of December 31, 2010, restated). As of December 31, 2011, 6.1% of accounts receivable were 90 days past their billing date (6.2% as of December 31, 2010).

The following table shows changes to the allowance for doubtful accounts for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010:

 

     2011     2010  
          

(restated,

note 7)

 

Balance as of beginning of year

   $ 14,326      $ 16,051   

Charged to income

     18,911        20,329   

Utilization

     (21,150     (22,054
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of end of year

   $ 12,087      $ 14,326   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Corporation believes that its product lines and the diversity of its customer base are instrumental in reducing its credit risk, as well as the impact of fluctuations in product-line demand. The Corporation does not believe that it is exposed to an unusual level of customer credit risk.

As a result of its use of derivative financial instruments, the Corporation is exposed to the risk of non-performance by a third-party. When the Corporation enters into derivative contracts, the counterparties (either foreign or Canadian) must have credit ratings at least in accordance with the Corporation’s risk management policy and are subject to concentration limits.

 

  (d) Liquidity risk management

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Corporation will not be able to meet its financial obligations as they fall due or the risk that those financial obligations have to be met at excessive cost. The Corporation manages this exposure through staggered debt maturities. The weighted average term of the Corporation’s consolidated debt was approximately 5.7 years as of December 31, 2011 and 2010.

Corporation management believes that cash flows and available sources of financing should be sufficient to cover committed cash requirements for capital investments, working capital, interest payments, debt repayments, pension plan contributions, and dividends (or distributions) in the future. The Corporation has access to cash flows generated by its subsidiaries through dividends (or distributions) and cash advances paid by its wholly-owned subsidiaries.

 

F-41


Table of Contents

VIDEOTRON LTD.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

24. Financial instruments and financial risk management (continued)

 

  (d) Liquidity risk management (continued)

 

As of December 31, 2011, material contractual obligations related to financial instruments included capital repayment and interest on long-term debt and obligations related to derivative instruments, less estimated future receipts on derivative instruments. These obligations and their maturities are as follows:

 

     Total      Less than
1 year
     1-3 years      3-5 years      5 years or
more
 

Accounts payable and accrued charges

   $ 435,627       $ 435,627       $ —         $ —         $ —     

Amounts payable to affiliated corporations

     23,789         23,789         —           —           —     

Long-term debt 1

     1,968,051         10,714         423,199         199,092         1,335,046   

Interest payments 2

     966,106         146,051         305,193         253,131         261,731   

Derivative instruments 3

     221,753         —           119,944         28,138         73,671   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,615,326       $ 616,181       $ 848,336       $ 480,361       $ 1,670,448   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

1  

The carrying value of long-term debt excludes adjustments to record changes in the fair value of long-term debt related to hedged interest risk, embedded derivatives and financing fees.

2  

Estimate of interest to be paid on long-term debt is based on hedged and unhedged interest rates and hedged foreign exchange rates as of December 31, 2011.

3  

Estimated future disbursements, net of future receipts, on derivative financial instruments related to foreign exchange hedging.

The table above excludes obligations under subordinated loans from the parent corporation for which proceeds are used to invest in preferred shares of an affiliated corporation for tax consolidation purposes of Quebecor Media Inc. and its subsidiaries (see note 10).

 

  (e) Market risk

Market risk is the risk that changes in market prices due to foreign exchange rates and/or interest rates will affect the value of the Corporation’s financial instruments. The objective of market risk management is to mitigate and control exposures within acceptable parameters while optimizing the return on risk.

Foreign currency risk

Most of the Corporation’s consolidated revenues and expenses, other than interest expense on U.S. dollar-denominated debt, purchases of set-top boxes, mobile devices and cable modems and certain capital expenditures, are received or denominated in CAD dollars. A large portion of the interest, principal and premium, if any, payable on its debt is payable in U.S. dollars. The Corporation has entered into transactions to hedge the foreign currency risk exposure on 100% of its U.S. dollar-denominated debt obligations outstanding as of December 31, 2011 and to hedge its exposure on certain purchases of set-top boxes, mobile devices, cable modems and capital expenditures. Accordingly, the Corporation’s sensitivity to variations in foreign exchange rates is economically limited.

 

F-42


Table of Contents

VIDEOTRON LTD.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

24. Financial instruments and financial risk management (continued)

 

  (e) Market risk (continued)

 

Foreign currency risk (continued)

 

The following table summarizes the estimated sensitivity on income and other comprehensive income, before income tax, of a variance of $0.10 in the year-end exchange rate of a CAD dollar per one U.S. dollar as of December 31, 2011:

 

Increase (decrease)

   Income     Other
comprehensive
income
 

Increase of $0.10

    

U.S. dollar-denominated accounts payable

   $ (872   $ —     

Gain (loss) on valuation and translation of financial instruments and derivative financial instruments

     (557     43,774   

Decrease of $0.10

    

U.S. dollar-denominated accounts payable

     872        —     

Gain (loss) on valuation and translation of financial instruments and derivative financial instruments

     557        (43,774

Interest rate risk

The Corporation’s revolving and bank credit facilities bear interest at floating rates based on the following reference rates: (i) Bankers’ acceptance rate (BA), (ii) Canadian or U.S. bank prime rate and (iii) CAD LIBOR. The Senior Notes issued by the Corporation bear interest at fixed rates. The Corporation has entered into various cross-currency interest rate swap agreements in order to manage cash flow and fair value risk exposure due to changes in interest rates. As of December 31, 2011, after taking into account the hedging instruments, long-term debt was comprised of 81.4% fixed rate debt (76.7% in 2010) and 18.6% floating rate debt (23.3% in 2010).

The estimated sensitivity on financial expense for floating rate debt, before income tax, of a 100 basis-point variance in the year-end Canadian Banker’s acceptance rate as of December 31, 2011 is $4.1 million.

The estimated sensitivity on income and other comprehensive income, before income tax, of a 100 basis-point variance in the discount rate used to calculate the fair value of financial instruments as of December 31, 2011, as per the Corporation’s valuation models, is as follows:

 

Increase (decrease)

   Income     Other
comprehensive
income
 

Increase of 100 basis points

   $ 373      $ 5,826   

Decrease of 100 basis points

     (373     (5,826

 

F-43


Table of Contents

VIDEOTRON LTD.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

24. Financial instruments and financial risk management (continued)

 

  (f) Capital management

The Corporation’s primary objective in managing capital is to maintain an optimal capital base in order to support the capital requirements of its various businesses, including growth opportunities.

In managing its capital structure, the Corporation takes into account the asset characteristics of its subsidiaries and planned requirements for funds, leveraging their individual borrowing capacities in the most efficient manner to achieve the lowest cost of financing. Management of the capital structure involves the issuance of new debt, the repayment of existing debt using cash generated by operations, and the level of distributions to the parent corporation. The Corporation has not significantly changed its strategy regarding the management of its capital structure since the last financial year.

The Corporation’s capital structure is composed of equity, long-term debt and net assets and liabilities related to derivative financial instruments, less cash and cash equivalents and temporary investments. The capital structure is as follows:

 

     December 31,
2011
    December 31,
2010
    January 1,
2010
 

Long-term debt

   $ 1,857,057      $ 1,786,076      $ 1,592,321   

Derivative financial instruments

     219,005        289,032        229,392   

Cash and cash equivalents

     (95,016     (96,335     (150,309

Temporary investments

     —          —          (30,000
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net liabilities

     1,981,046        1,978,773        1,641,404   

Equity

   $ 1,006,541      $ 734,245      $ 651,785   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Corporation is not subject to any externally imposed capital requirements other than certain restrictions under the terms of its borrowing agreements, which relate to permitted investments, inter-corporation transactions, the declaration and payment of dividends or other distributions.

 

25. Related party transactions

Key management personnel compensation

Key management personnel are comprised of the Board of Directors members of the Corporation and its main subsidiaries and key senior management. Their compensation is as follows:

 

     2011     2010  

Salaries and short-term benefits

   $ 4,754      $ 4,136   

Post-employment benefits

     336        242   

Share-based compensation

     (312     3,917   

Other long-term benefits

     2,712        2,495   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 7,490      $ 10,790   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-44


Table of Contents

VIDEOTRON LTD.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

25. Related party transactions (continued)

 

Operating transactions

During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Corporation and its subsidiaries made purchases and incurred rent charges from the parent corporation and affiliated corporations, which are included in cost of sales and operating expenses. The Corporation and its subsidiaries also made sales to the parent corporation and affiliated corporations. These transactions were concluded on terms equivalent to those that prevail in an arm’s length basis and accounted for at the consideration agreed between parties:

 

     2011     2010  

Ultimate Parent and Parent Corporation:

    

Revenues

   $ 620      $ 125   

Cost of sales and operating expenses

     6,728        5,803   

Operating expenses recovered

     (1,955     (1,445

Affiliated Corporations:

    

Revenues

     12,443        9,655   

Cost of sales and operating expenses

     59,742        56,255   

Operating expenses recovered

     (1,908     (529

Amounts receivable from affiliated corporations:

 

     December 31,
2011
     December 31,
2010
     January 1,
2010
 

Ultimate Parent and Parent Corporation:

        

Accounts receivable

   $ 5,528       $ 3,538       $ 4,561   

Dividends receivable

     5,814         5,330         4,120   

Affiliated Corporations

        

Accounts receivable

     22,049         1,740         6,001   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 33,391       $ 10,608       $ 14,682   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accounts payable to affiliated corporations:

 

     December 31,
2011
     December 31,
2010
     January 1,
2010
 

Ultimate Parent and Parent Corporation:

        

Accounts payable

   $ 233       $ 4,611       $ 541   

Interest payable

     5,626         5,158         3,987   

Affiliated Corporations

        

Accounts payable

     17,930         13,479         16,990   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 23,789       $ 23,248       $ 21,518   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-45


Table of Contents

VIDEOTRON LTD.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

25. Related party transactions (continued)

 

Management arrangements

The Corporation pays annual management fees to the parent corporation for services rendered to the Corporation, including internal audit, legal and corporate, financial planning and treasury, tax, real estate, human resources, risk management, public relations and other services. Management fees amounted to $26.7 million in 2011 ($34.8 million in 2010). The agreement provides for an annual management fee to be agreed upon for the year 2012. In addition, the parent corporation is entitled to the reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the services provided under the agreement.

Tax transactions

On November 8, 2011, 9253-1920 Québec inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Corporation, issued a subordinated loan of $3.95 billion to Sun Media Corporation, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Quebecor Media Inc., bearing interest at a rate of 11.25% payable every 6 months on June 20 and December 20 and maturing on November 8, 2026. On the same day, 9253-1920 Québec inc. issued 3,950,000 preferred shares, Class G to Sun Media Corporation for a total cash consideration of $3.95 billion.

On November 9, 2011, 9253-1920 Québec inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Corporation, issued a subordinated loan of $3.8 billion to Sun Media Corporation, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Quebecor Media Inc., bearing interest at a rate of 11.25% payable every 6 months on June 20 and December 20 and maturing on November 9, 2026. On the same day, 9253-1920 Québec inc. issued 3,800,000 preferred shares, Class G to Sun Media Corporation for a total cash consideration of $3.8 billion.

On December 1, 2011, 9253-1920 Quebec Inc. redeemed from Sun Media Corporation 3,800,000 preferred shares, Class G, for a total cash consideration of $3.8 billion, including cumulative unpaid dividend of $25.8 million. On the same day, Sun Media Corporation used the total proceeds of $3.8 billion to repay its entire subordinated loan contracted from 9253-1920 Quebec Inc.

On December 2, 2011, 9253-1920 Quebec Inc. redeemed from Sun Media Corporation 3,950,000 preferred shares, Class G, for a total cash consideration of $3.95 billion, including cumulative unpaid dividend of $29.2 million. On the same day, Sun Media Corporation used the total proceeds of $3.95 billion to repay its entire subordinated loan contracted from 9253-1920 Quebec Inc.

The above transactions were carried out for tax consolidation purposes of Quebecor Media Inc. and its subsidiaries, on terms equivalent to those that prevail in an arm’s length basis and accounted for at the consideration agreed between parties. A cash consideration of $15.6 million will be received in 2012 from Sun Media Corporation in exchange for the tax benefits transferred.

In 2010, the ultimate parent corporation transferred $26.4 million of non-capital losses to the Corporation in exchange for a cash consideration of $6.0 million. This transaction was concluded on terms equivalent to those that prevail in an arm’s length basis and accounted for at the consideration agreed between parties. As a result, the Corporation recorded a reduction of $2.7 million to its 2010 income tax expense.

On December 26, 2010, as part of the acquisition of Imprimerie Quebecor Media Inc. from the parent corporation, the Corporation issued 1,552 common shares series A for a total consideration of $3.4 million. This transaction was recorded at the carrying amount. As a result, the Corporation recorded future income tax assets of $3.4 million and a reduction of $3.0 million to its capital tax expense.

 

F-46


Table of Contents

VIDEOTRON LTD.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

26. Pension plans and postretirement benefits

The Corporation maintains various defined benefit and defined contribution plans. The Corporation’s policy is to maintain its contribution at a level sufficient to cover benefits. The Corporation provides postretirement benefits to eligible retired employees. The costs of these benefits, principally health care and cable services, are accounted for during the employee’s active service period.

The following tables show a reconciliation of the changes in the plans’ benefit obligations and the fair value of plan assets for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010:

 

     Pension benefits     Postretirement benefits  
     2011     2010     2011     2010  

Change in benefit obligations

        

Benefit obligations at beginning of year

   $ 147,387      $ 101,904      $ 12,898      $ 9,967   

Service costs

     11,364        5,952        464        336   

Interest costs

     7,970        6,424        711        629   

Plan participants’ contributions

     7,547        7,658        —          —     

Actuarial loss

     20,642        28,933        3,553        2,506   

Benefits and settlements paid

     (7,621     (4,350     (132     (127

Other

     189        866        413        (413
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Benefit obligations at end of year

   $ 187,478      $ 147,387      $ 17,907      $ 12,898   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     Pension benefits     Postretirement benefits  
     2011     2010     2011     2010  

Change in plan assets

        

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

   $ 128,915      $ 103,887      $ —        $ —     

Actual return on plan assets

     607        8,261        —          —     

Employer contributions

     16,351        12,670        132        127   

Plan participants’ contributions

     7,547        7,658        —          —     

Benefits and settlements paid

     (7,621     (4,350     (132     (127

Other

     260        789        —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

   $ 146,059      $ 128,915      $ —        $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The plan assets are comprised of:

 

     December 31,
2011
    December 31,
2010
    January 1,
2010
 

Equity securities

     58.7     61.2     60.8

Debt securities

     38.2        34.8        33.5   

Other

     3.1        4.0        5.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     100.0     100.0     100.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-47


Table of Contents

VIDEOTRON LTD.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

26. Pension plans and postretirement benefits (continued)

 

As of December 31, 2011, plan assets included shares of the ultimate parent corporation in an amount of $0.9 million ($1.0 million as of December 31, 2010 and $0.8 million as of January 1, 2010).

The reconciliation of funded status to the net amount recognized in the consolidated balance sheets is as follows:

 

     Pension benefits     Postretirement benefits  
     December 31,
2011
    December 31,
2010
    January 1,
2010
    December 31,
2011
    December 31,
2010
    January 1,
2010
 

Reconciliation of funded status

            

Unfunded benefit obligations

   $ (187,478   $ (147,387   $ —        $ (17,907   $ (12,898   $ (9,797

Funded benefit obligations

     —          —          (101,904     —          —          —     

Fair value of plan assets

     146,059        128,915        103,887        —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Plan deficit

     (41,419     (18,472     1,983        (17,907     (12,898     (9,797

Asset limit and minimum funding adjustment

     —          —          (20,834     —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net amount recognized

   $ (41,419   $ (18,472   $ (18,851   $ (17,907   $ (12,898   $ (9,797
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Components of actuarial losses are as follows:

 

     Pension benefits     Postretirement benefits  
     2011     2010     2011     2010  

Difference between the expected and actual return on plan assets:

        

(Loss) gain

   $ (8,161   $ 1,178      $ —        $ —     

As a proportion of plan assets

   % 5.6      % 0.9      % —        % —     

Experience losses and changes in assumptions on benefit obligations:

        

Loss

   $ (20,642   $ (28,933   $ (3,553   $ (2,506

As a proportion of benefit obligations

   % 11.0      % 19.6      % 19.8      % 19.4   

 

F-48


Table of Contents

VIDEOTRON LTD.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

26. Pension plans and postretirement benefits (continued)

 

Components of the net benefit costs are as follows:

 

     Pension benefits     Postretirement
benefits
 
     2011     2010     2011      2010  

Service costs

   $ 11,364      $ 5,952      $ 464       $ 336   

Interest costs

     7,970        6,424        711         629   

Expected return on plan assets

     (8,768     (7,083     —           —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net benefit costs

   $ 10,566      $ 5,293      $ 1,175       $ 965   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

The expense related to defined contribution pension plans amounted to $7.8 million in 2011 ($7.1 million in 2010).

The expected employer contributions to the Corporation’s defined benefit pension plans and post-retirement benefits plans will be $16.4 million in 2012.

Assumptions

The expected long-term rate-of-return-on-assets assumption is selected by first identifying the expected range of long-term rates of return for each major asset class. The Corporation’s investment strategy for plan assets takes into account a number of factors, including the time horizon of the pension plans’ obligations and the investment risk. For each of the plans, an allocation range by asset class is developed whereby a mix of equities and fixed-income investments is used to maximize the long-term return of plan assets. Expected long-term rates of return are developed based on long-term historical averages and current expectations of future returns. In addition, consideration is given to the extent active management is employed in each class and to inflation rates. A single expected long-term rate of return on plan assets is then calculated by weighting each asset class.

The Corporation determines its assumption for the discount rate to be used for purposes of computing annual service and interest costs based on an index of high-quality corporate bond-yield and matched-funding yield curve analysis as of the measurement date.

The weighted average actuarial assumption used in measuring the Corporation’s benefit obligations as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 and current periodic benefit costs are as follows:

 

     Pension
benefits
    Postretirement
benefits
 
     2011     2010     2011     2010  

Benefit obligations

        

Rates as of year-end:

        

Discount rate

     4.75     5.25     4.75     5.25

Rate of compensation increase

     3.50        3.50        3.50        3.50   

Current periodic costs

        

Rates as of preceding year-end:

        

Discount rate

     5.25     6.25     5.25     6.25

Expected return on plan assets

     7.00        7.00        —          —     

Rate of compensation increase

     3.50        3.75        3.50        3.75   

 

F-49


Table of Contents

VIDEOTRON LTD.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

26. Pension plans and postretirement benefits (continued)

 

Assumptions (continued)

 

The assumed health care cost trend rate used in measuring the accumulated postretirement benefit obligations was 8.0% at the end of 2011. The costs, as per the estimate, are expected to decrease gradually over the next fifteen years to 5.0% and to remain at that level thereafter.

 

27. Transition to IFRS

These consolidated financial statements are the first financial statements the Corporation has prepared in accordance with IFRS, as described under accounting policies (note 1). The date of the opening balance sheet under IFRS and the Corporation’s date of transition to IFRS is January 1, 2010.

Prior to the adoption of IFRS, for all periods up to and including the year ended December 31, 2010, the Corporation’s consolidated financial statements were prepared in accordance with Canadian GAAP. The principal adjustments made by the Corporation in preparing its IFRS opening consolidated balance sheet as of January 1, 2010, and in restating its Canadian GAAP consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2010 are as follows:

IFRS 1 exemptions and exceptions

The Corporation has applied IFRS 1 in preparing these consolidated financial statements. The Corporation is required to establish IFRS accounting policies as of the transition date and, in general, to apply these retrospectively to determine the IFRS opening balance sheet at January 1, 2010. This Standard provides a number of mandatory exceptions and optional exemptions to this general principle of retrospective application. Descriptions of applicable exemptions and exceptions are set out below, together with the Corporation’s elections:

Optional exemptions

 

  (1) Business combinations

IFRS 1 provides the option to apply IFRS 3R (revised), Business Combinations , retrospectively or prospectively from the transition date. A retrospective basis would require restatement of all business combinations that occurred prior to the transition date. The Corporation has elected not to apply IFRS 3R retrospectively to business combinations that occurred prior to January 1, 2010. Accordingly, IAS 27, Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements , is also applied prospectively. Any goodwill arising on acquisitions before January 1, 2010 has not been adjusted from the carrying value previously determined under Canadian GAAP as a result of applying this exemption.

 

  (2) Defined benefit plans

IFRS 1 provides the option to recognize all cumulative actuarial gains and losses on defined benefit plans deferred under Canadian GAAP in opening retained earnings as of the transition date. The Corporation elected to recognize all cumulative actuarial gains and losses that existed as of January 1, 2010 in the opening retained earnings for all of its defined benefit plans.

 

  (3) Borrowing costs

IFRS 1 allows that the transitional provisions of IAS 23R (revised), Borrowing Costs , be applied as at the transition date. As a result, IAS 23R has been adopted prospectively for projects that commenced on or after January 1, 2010 and all pre-transition capitalized interest costs recorded under Canadian GAAP have been reclassified to opening retained earnings on transition.

 

F-50


Table of Contents

VIDEOTRON LTD.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

27. Transition to IFRS (continued)

 

IFRS 1 exemptions and exceptions (continued)

 

Mandatory exceptions

 

  (4) Estimates

In accordance with IFRS 1, an entity’s estimates under IFRS as of the transition date to IFRS must be consistent with estimates made for the same date under previous Canadian GAAP, unless there is objective evidence that those estimates were in error. The estimates previously made by the Corporation under Canadian GAAP were not revised on the application of IFRS.

 

  (5) Hedge accounting

An entity shall not reflect in its opening IFRS balance sheet a hedging relationship of a type that does not qualify for hedge accounting in accordance with IFRS. IFRS 1 also does not permit transactions entered into before the date of transition to IFRS to be retrospectively designated as hedges. As a result, hedge accounting was applied on transition only to hedge relationships previously designated under Canadian GAAP that continue to meet the conditions for hedge accounting under IFRS.

Reconciliation of Canadian GAAP to IFRS

The following tables present the reconciliation of the consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2010, as well as a reconciliation of the consolidated balance sheets and equity as of January 1, 2010 and December 31, 2010.

 

F-51


Table of Contents

VIDEOTRON LTD.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

27. Transition to IFRS (continued)

 

Reconciliation of Canadian GAAP to IFRS (continued)

 

  (a) Consolidated statement of income and comprehensive income for the year ended December 31, 2010

 

     Explanation     Canadian GAAP
(restated, note 7)
    IFRS
adjustments
    IFRS  

Revenues

     $ 2,228,808      $ —        $ 2,228,808   

Cost of sales and operating expenses

     (ii     1,181,847        (312     1,181,535   

Amortization

     (iii), (v     294,200        (2,462     291,738   

Financial expenses

     (iii     117,931        35,262        153,193   

Gain on valuation and translation of financial instruments

       (24,373     —          (24,373

Restructuring of operations and other special items

     (iv     21,380        (10,000     11,380   
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes and non-controlling interest

       637,823        (22,488     615,335   

Income taxes

     (vi     115,566        (4,549     111,017   
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
       522,257        (17,939     504,318   

Non-controlling interest

     (vii     244        (244     —     
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     $ 522,013      $ (17,695   $ 504,318   
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income

     (i), (vi     18,693        (6,856     11,837   
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

     $ 540,706      $ (24,551   $ 516,155   
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to:

        

Shareholder

     $ 522,013      $ (17,939   $ 504,074   

Non-controlling interest

     (vii     —          244        244   

Comprehensive income attributable to:

        

Shareholder

     $ 540,706      $ (24,795   $ 515,911   

Non-controlling interest

     (vii     —          244        244   

 

  (b) Consolidated statement of cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2010

For the year ended December 31, 2010, the adoption of IFRS resulted in a decrease of $35.3 million of cash flows used in investing activities and in an equivalent decrease of cash flows provided by operating activities in the consolidated statement of cash flows. These adjustments relate to borrowing costs previously capitalized to fixed assets and to intangible assets, under Canadian GAAP (see note 27 (iii)).

 

F-52


Table of Contents

VIDEOTRON LTD.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

27. Transition to IFRS (continued)

 

Reconciliation of Canadian GAAP to IFRS (continued)

 

  (c) Consolidated balance sheet as of January 1, 2010

 

     Explanation     Canadian GAAP
(restated, note 7)
    IFRS
adjustments
    IFRS  

Assets

        

Current assets

     (vi   $ 445,195      $ (12,305   $ 432,890   

Non-current assets

        

Investments

       1,260,000        —          1,260,000   

Fixed assets

     (iii     1,775,089        (2,855     1,772,234   

Intangible assets

     (iii     734,793        (45,242     689,551   

Derivative financial instruments

       3,077        —          3,077   

Other assets

     (i     43,717        (3,047     40,670   

Deferred income taxes

     (vi     9,601        (103     9,498   

Goodwill

       451,475        —          451,475   
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

       4,277,752        (51,247     4,226,505   
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

     $ 4,722,947      $ (63,552   $ 4,659,395   
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and equity

        

Current liabilities

     (ii), (iv   $ 592,271      $ 11,023      $ 603,294   

Non-current liabilities

        

Long-term debt

       1,592,321        —          1,592,321   

Subordinated loan from parent corporation

       1,260,000        —          1,260,000   

Derivative financial instruments

       232,469        —          232,469   

Deferred income taxes

     (vi     281,588        (36,599     244,989   

Other liabilities

     (i), (ii     52,539        21,998        74,537   

Non-controlling interest

     (vii     991        (991     —     
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-current liabilities

       3,419,908        (15,592     3,404,316   
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

       4,012,179        (4,569     4,007,610   
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity

        

Capital stock

       1        —          1   

Contributed surplus

     (v     7,155        (7,155     —     

Retained earnings

     (i) to (vi     726,444        (52,819     673,625   

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

       (22,832     —          (22,832
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity attributable to the shareholder

       710,768        (59,974     650,794   

Non-controlling interest

     (vii     —          991        991   
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
       710,768        (58,983     651,785   
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

     $ 4,722,947      $ (63,552   $ 4,659,395   
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-53


Table of Contents

VIDEOTRON LTD.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

27. Transition to IFRS (continued)

 

Reconciliation of Canadian GAAP to IFRS (continued)

 

  (d) Consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2010

 

     Explanation     Canadian GAAP
(restated, note 7)
    IFRS
adjustments
    IFRS  

Assets

        

Current assets

     (vi   $ 487,007      $ (15,701   $ 471,306   

Non-current assets

        

Investments

       1,630,000        —          1,630,000   

Fixed assets

     (iii     2,191,839        (12,239     2,179,600   

Intangible assets

     (iii     789,627        (68,657     720,970   

Other assets

     (i     58,702        (12,674     46,028   

Deferred income taxes

     (vi     5,937        197        6,134   

Goodwill

       451,475        —          451,475   
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
       5,127,580        (93,373     5,034,207   
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

     $ 5,614,587      $ (109,074   $ 5,505,513   
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and equity

        

Current liabilities

     (ii), (iv   $ 666,218      $ 3,722      $ 669,940   

Non-current liabilities

        

Long-term debt

       1,786,076        —          1,786,076   

Subordinated loan from parent corporation

       1,630,000        —          1,630,000   

Derivative financial instruments

       289,032        —          289,032   

Deferred income taxes

     (vi     364,200        (48,015     316,185   

Other liabilities

     (i), (ii     60,047        19,988        80,035   

Non-controlling interest

     (vii     1,140        (1,140     —     
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-current liabilities

       4,130,495        (29,167     4,101,328   
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

       4,796,713        (25,445     4,771,268   
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity

        

Capital stock

       3,401        —          3,401   

Contributed surplus

     (v     7,155        (7,155     —     

Retained earnings

     (i) to (vi     811,457        (77,614     733,843   

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (i     (4,139     —          (4,139
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity attributable to shareholder

       817,874        (84,769     733,105   

Non-controlling interest

     (vii     —          1,140        1,140   
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
       817,874        (83,629     734,245   
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

     $ 5,614,587      $ (109,074   $ 5,505,513   
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-54


Table of Contents

VIDEOTRON LTD.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

27. Transition to IFRS (continued)

 

Reconciliation of Canadian GAAP to IFRS (continued)

 

  (e) Equity

 

     Explanation     December 31
2010
    January 1
2010
 

Shareholders’ equity under Canadian GAAP (restated, note 7)

     $ 817,874      $ 710,768   

IFRS adjustments:

      

Defined benefit plans

     (i     (34,178     (24,777

Share-based compensation

     (ii     (3,706     (3,990

Borrowing costs

     (iii     (82,845     (50,045

Provisions

     (iv     —          (10,000

Related party transactions

     (v     1,949        1,949   

Income taxes

     (vi     34,011        26,889   
    

 

 

   

 

 

 
       733,105        650,794   

Non-controlling interest

     (vii     1,140        991   
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity under IFRS

     $ 734,245      $ 651,785   
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity attributable to:

      

Shareholder

     $ 733,105      $ 650,794   

Non-controlling interest

     (vii     1,140        991   

 

  (f) Comprehensive income

 

     Explanation     2010  

Comprehensive income under Canadian GAAP (restated, note 7)

     $ 540,706   

IFRS adjustments to net income:

    

Borrowing costs

     (iii     (32,800

Provisions

     (iv     10,000   

Other

     (i), (ii), (vi     4,861   

Non-controlling interest

     (vii     244   
    

 

 

 
       523,011   

IFRS adjustments to other comprehensive income:

    

Defined benefit plans

     (i     (9,427

Income taxes

     (vi     2,571   
    

 

 

 
       (6,856
    

 

 

 

Comprehensive income under IFRS

     $ 516,155   
    

 

 

 

 

F-55


Table of Contents

VIDEOTRON LTD.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

27. Transition to IFRS (continued)

 

Reconciliation of Canadian GAAP to IFRS (continued)

 

The significant differences between the 2010 financial figures prepared under Canadian GAAP and these figures prepared under IFRS are explained as follows:

 

  (i) Defined benefit plans

As stated in the section “IFRS 1 exemptions and exceptions,” the Corporation elected to recognize all cumulative actuarial gains and losses under Canadian GAAP that existed as of January 1, 2010 in the opening retained earnings under IFRS for all of its defined benefit plans.

Actuarial gains and losses

Under IFRS, the Corporation elected to immediately recognize all actuarial gains and losses arising after January 1, 2010 as a component of other comprehensive income without recycling those gains or losses to the consolidated statement of income in subsequent periods. As a result, actuarial gains and losses are not amortized to the statement of income but rather are recorded directly to other comprehensive income at the end of each reporting period. In the consolidated statement of equity, the cumulative balance of actuarial gains and losses is presented within retained earnings. Under Canadian GAAP, the Corporation was recording in the consolidated statements of income the amortization of any cumulative unrecognized net actuarial gains and losses in excess of 10% of the greater of the defined benefit obligation, or the fair value of plan assets, over the expected average remaining service period of the active employee group covered by the plans.

Past service costs

Under IFRS, past service costs are recognized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. Under Canadian GAAP, past service costs were amortized over the expected average remaining service period of the active employee group covered by the plans.

Benefit asset limit and minimum funding liability

Under IFRS, recognition of the net benefit asset under certain circumstances is limited to the amount recoverable, which is primarily based on the extent to which the Corporation can unilaterally reduce future contributions to the plan. In addition, an adjustment to the net benefit asset or the net benefit obligation can be recorded to reflect a minimum funding liability. Since the Corporation has elected to recognize actuarial gains or losses arising after January 1, 2010 in other comprehensive income, changes in the net benefit asset limit or in the minimum funding adjustment arising after the transition date are also recognized in other comprehensive income. In the consolidated statement of equity, the cumulative balance of changes in the net benefit asset limit or in the minimum funding adjustment is presented within retained earnings. Under Canadian GAAP, a similar concept to the limit existed, although the calculation of the recoverable amount was different and changes in the valuation allowance were recognized in the consolidated statement of income. As for the minimum funding liability, there was no such concept under Canadian GAAP.

 

  (ii) Share-based compensation

Under IFRS, the liability related to share-based awards that call for settlement in cash or other assets must be measured at its fair value and is to be re-measured at its fair value at the end of each reporting period. Under Canadian GAAP, the liability was measured and re-measured at each reporting date at the intrinsic values of the stock-based awards instead of at their fair values.

 

F-56


Table of Contents

VIDEOTRON LTD.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

27. Transition to IFRS (continued)

 

Reconciliation of Canadian GAAP to IFRS (continued)

 

  (ii) Share-based compensation (continued)

 

Under IFRS, when a share-based payment vests in instalments over a vesting period (“graded vesting”), each instalment is accounted for as a separate arrangement as compared to Canadian GAAP, which gave the choice of treating the instruments as a pool, with the measurement being determined using the average life of the awards granted.

 

  (iii) Borrowing costs

As stated above in the section “IFRS exemptions and exceptions,” the Corporation elected to adopt IAS 23R prospectively from January 1, 2010. Accordingly, all capitalized interest costs under Canadian GAAP related to projects that began prior to January 1, 2010 were reclassified to opening retained earnings at transition and are expensed in 2010 under IFRS.

 

  (iv) Provisions

IFRS specifically provides for the accrual of an onerous contract when an unavoidable loss from fulfilling the obligations under the contract is probable, including any penalties arising from early termination. Under Canadian GAAP, a liability for costs to terminate a contract before the end of its term would have been recognized only when the contract had been terminated in accordance with the contract terms, or when the use of the right conveyed by the contract had ceased. As a result, certain additional provisions have been recognized under IFRS as of January 1, 2010. In addition, provisions must be presented separately in the balance sheet under IFRS.

 

  (v) Related party transactions

Under IFRS, no particular recognition or measurement requirements for related party transactions exist; accordingly, the recognition and measurement of related party transactions must follow existing IFRS standards that apply to the transaction. Under Canadian GAAP, related party transactions could be recognized at the carrying amount of the assets being transferred or at the exchange amount, depending on certain criteria. As stated in the above section “IFRS 1 exemptions and exceptions,” the Corporation elected not to restate any business combinations arising before January 1, 2010, including those entered into between companies under common control. In addition, transfers of assets that had been recognized at the carrying amount under Canadian GAAP were restated to their exchange amounts, as allowed under IFRS.

 

  (vi) Income taxes

Adjustments to income taxes represent the tax impacts of other IFRS adjustments.

In addition, deferred income tax assets and liabilities are presented as non-current items under IFRS, even if it is anticipated that they will be realized in the short term.

 

  (vii) Non-controlling interest

Under IFRS, non-controlling interest is presented as a separate component of equity in the balance sheet instead of being presented as a separate component between liabilities and equity under Canadian GAAP. In the statements of income and comprehensive income under IFRS, net income and comprehensive income are calculated before non-controlling interest and are then attributed to the shareholder and the non-controlling interest. Under Canadian GAAP, non-controlling interest was presented as a component of net income and comprehensive income.

 

F-57


Table of Contents

VIDEOTRON LTD.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Continued

Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

28. Subsequent events

On January 25, 2012 and on February 24, 2012, the Corporation paid dividends to its parent corporation, Quebecor Media Inc., for total cash distributions of $45.0 million and $250.0 million, respectively.

 

F-58

Exhibit 1.4

VIDEOTRON LTD.

(the “Corporation”)

TRANSLATION

BY-LAWS

 

A. INTERPRETATION

 

1. Definitions

In these by-laws, unless the context indicates otherwise,

“Act” means the Business Corporations Act, R.S.Q., c. S-31.1. Any reference to that statute or any provisions thereof in the Corporation’s by-laws is interpreted as a reference to any amended or substituted provisions thereof;

“affairs” means the relationships among the Corporation, its affiliates and the shareholders, directors and officers of the Corporation and its affiliates but does not include the business carried on by the Corporation or its affiliates;

“affiliates”: means legal persons one of whom is a subsidiary of the other, or legal persons who are controlled by the same person;

“associates” means, in relation to a person:

 

  a) the person’s spouse, children and relatives, and the children and relatives of the person’s spouse;

 

  b) a partner of the person;

 

  c) a succession or trust in which the person has a substantial interest similar to that of a beneficiary or in respect of which the person serves as liquidator, trustee or other administrator of the property of others, mandatary or depositary; or

 

  d) a legal person of whom the person owns securities making up more than 10% of a class of shares carrying voting rights at any shareholders meeting or the right to receive any declared dividend or a share of the remaining property of the legal person in the event of liquidation.

“group”: means any legal person, any group of persons or any group of properties, including an organization, joint venture or trust;

“officer” means a person referred to in section 40 of these by-laws;

“resolution” or “ordinary resolution” means a resolution that requires a majority of the votes cast at a shareholders meeting by the shareholders entitled to vote on the resolution, or a resolution that requires the signature of all such shareholders;

“reporting issuer” means a reporting issuer within the meaning of the Securities Act (R.S.Q., chapter V-1.1);

“security” means a share, debenture, bond or note that is dealt in or traded on a securities exchange or financial market;

“shareholder” means a shareholder who is registered in the securities register of the Corporation, and includes a shareholder’s representative;


“special resolution” means a resolution that requires at least two thirds of the votes cast at a shareholders meeting by the shareholders entitled to vote on the resolution, or a resolution that requires the signature of all such shareholders.

 

2. Interpretation

 

  a) in the event of contradiction between the Act and the articles or the by-laws of the Corporation, the Act shall prevail over the articles and the by-laws; and the by-laws; and the articles shall take precedence over the by-laws.

 

  b) the powers of the directors, shareholders and officers of the Corporation are subject to the Act and by-laws of the Corporation and any reference to the exercise of any of these powers in the by-laws of the Corporation is subject to the limits, restrictions or conditions that are expressed therein.

 

  c) the masculine gender includes both sexes, unless the contrary intention is evident by the context;

 

  d) the singular number extends to more than one person or more than one thing of the same sort, whenever the context admits of such extension. The plural number can apply to one person only or to one thing only if the context so permits.

The headings used in these by-laws are for ease of reference only and do not form part of them.

 

B. HEAD OFFICE, ESTABLISHMENT AND SEAL

 

3. Head office

The head office of the Corporation shall be established in the judicial district of Montréal, in the Province of Quebec. The Corporation may relocate its head office in compliance with the Act.

 

4. Establishment

In addition to its head office, the Corporation may have other establishments, offices or agencies both within and outside Quebec.

 

5. Seal

The Board of Directors may adopt a seal but is not required to. The fact that a document of the Corporation is not sealed does not invalidate the document.

 

C. CORPORATE RECORDS

 

6. Records

The Corporation maintains, at its head office or at any other place designated by the Board of Directors, records containing:

 

  a) the articles and the by-laws;

 

  b) minutes of meetings of the shareholders and written resolutions of shareholders;

 

2


  c) the names and domicile of the directors, and the dates of the beginning and end of their term of office; and

 

  d) the securities register.

The secretary keeps such records up-to-date.

The shareholders may examine these records during its regular office hours, and obtain extracts from them. They may also, on request and without charge, obtain a copy of the articles and by-laws.

 

7. Accounting and Board records

The Corporation also maintains accounting records and books containing the minutes of meetings and written resolutions of the Board of Directors. If applicable, the Corporation also maintains books for all the committees of the Board of Directors.These records and books are kept at the Corporation’s head office or at any other place designated by the Board of Directors.

The Corporation is required to retain all accounting records for a period of six years after the end of the fiscal year to which they relate.

Only the directors and the auditor may have access to the accounting records and books containing the minutes of the meetings as well as the written resolutions of the Board of Directors and of its committees. However, the shareholders may examine, during the Corporation’s regular office hours, any part of the minutes of the deliberations of the Board of Directors or any other document in which a director or officer makes the disclosure of interest referred to in sections 22 and 45 below.

 

8. Securities register

The securities register of the Corporation contains the following information with respect to its shares:

 

  a) the names, in alphabetical order, and the addresses of present and past shareholders;

 

  b) the number of shares held by each such shareholder;

 

  c) the date and details of the issue and transfer of each share; and

 

  d) any amount due on any share.

The register must contain, if applicable, the same information with respect to the Corporation’s debentures, bonds and notes, with the necessary modifications. Any person may examine the Corporation’s securities register if that person complies with the provisions of the Act in this regard. Any person may, on request and on payment of a reasonable fee established by the Corporation, obtain a copy of the list of the Corporation’s shareholders as provided for in the Act.

 

3


D. BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

9. Functions and powers

The Board of Directors exercises all necessary powers to supervise the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation. Except to the extent provided by law, such powers may be exercised without shareholder approval.

Generally, the Board of Directors exercises the powers and takes the actions which the Corporation is authorized to take; it may also enter into any contract on behalf of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may, on behalf of the Corporation:

 

  a) borrow money;

 

  b) issue, reissue, sell or hypothecate its debt obligations;

 

  c) enter into a suretyship to secure performance of an obligation of any person; and

 

  d) hypothecate all or any of its property, owned or subsequently acquired, to secure any obligation.

 

10. Delegation of powers

The Board of Directors may create one of several committees composed of directors and may delegate certain powers to this or these committees. It can also delegate its powers to a director or an officer. However, the Board of Directors may not delegate its power:

 

  a) to submit to the shareholders any question or matter requiring their approval;

 

  b) to fill a vacancy among the directors or in the office of auditor;

 

  c) to appoint or dismiss the president of the Corporation, the Chair of the Board of Directors, the chief executive officer, the chief operating officer or the chief financial officer regardless of their title, and to determine their remuneration;

 

  d) to authorize the issue of shares;

 

  e) to approve the transfer of unpaid shares;

 

  f) to declare dividends;

 

  g) to acquire, including by purchase, redemption or exchange, shares issued by the Corporation;

 

  h) to split, consolidate or convert shares;

 

  i) to authorize the payment of a commission to a person who purchases shares or other securities of the Corporation, or procures or agrees to procure purchasers for those shares or securities;

 

  j) to approve the financial statements presented at the annual meetings of shareholders;

 

  k) to adopt, amend or repeal by-laws;

 

  l) to authorize calls for payment;

 

4


  m) to authorize the confiscation of shares;

 

  n) to approve articles of amendment allowing a class of unissued shares to be divided into series, and to determine the designation of and the rights and restrictions attaching to those shares or securities; or

 

  o) to approve a short-form amalgamation.

 

11. Contracts

All contracts, deeds, agreements, documents, bonds, debentures and other instruments requiring execution by the Corporation may be signed by two directors or two officers of the Corporation or by one director and one officer of the Corporation or by such persons as the Board of Directors may otherwise authorize from time to time by resolution. Any such authorization may be general or confined to specific instances.

 

12. Proceedings

Any director or officer of the Corporation, or any other person appointed for that purpose by any director or officer of the Corporation, is authorized to bring any action, proceeding, motion, civil, criminal, administrative or other legal procedure, in the name of the Corporation or to appear and to answer on behalf of the Corporation to any writ, to any order or injunction issued by any court, to any examination on the facts relating to any litigation or any examination on discovery, as well as to any action, proceeding, motion or other legal procedure in which the Corporation is involved; to respond in the name of the Corporation to any garnishment in which the Corporation is garnishee and to prepare any affidavit or any solemn declaration related to such a garnishment or to any other legal procedure to which the Corporation is a party; to make any application for the assignment of property or any petitions for a receiving order against any debtor of the Corporation; to attend and to vote in any meeting of the creditors of debtors of the Corporation; to grant proxies and, in respect of any such action, proceeding, motion or other legal procedure, to take any other action which he or she deems to be in the best interests of the Corporation.

 

13. Number

The exact number of directors is determined by the Board of Directors as provided in the articles of the Corporation.

The directors in office do not cease to hold their position as a result of an amendment of the articles which reduces their number.

 

14. Qualifications

Any natural person may be a director of the Corporation, except:

 

  a) a minor;

 

  b) a person of full age under tutorship or curatorship;

 

  c) a bankrupt;

 

  d) a person prohibited by the court from holding such office;

 

  e) a person declared incapable by decision of a court of another jurisdiction.

 

5


Unless otherwise provided in the articles, a director is not required to be a shareholder.

 

15. Election and term of office

The directors are elected each year at the annual shareholders meeting by a simple majority of the votes and remain in office until the next annual shareholders meeting or until their successors are appointed. Voting for the election of directors is conducted by a show of hands unless a ballot is demanded by a shareholder entitled to vote.

 

16. Cessation of office

A director ceases to hold office when he dies, becomes disqualified from being a director, resigns or is removed from office.

 

17. Resignation

A director may resign at any time. The resignation of a director becomes effective at the time the director’s written resignation is received by the Corporation, or at the time specified in the resignation, whichever is later. The reason for the resignation need not be given.

 

18. Removal

The shareholders may by ordinary resolution at a special meeting remove any director or directors. If certain shareholders have an exclusive right to elect one or more directors, a director so elected may only be removed by ordinary resolution of those shareholders.

A director whose removal is to be proposed at a shareholders meeting may attend the meeting and be heard or, if not in attendance, may explain, in a written statement read by the person presiding over the meeting or made available to the shareholders before or at the meeting, why he opposes the resolution proposing his removal.

A vacancy created by the removal of a director may be filled at the shareholders meeting at which the director is removed or, if it is not, at a subsequent meeting of the Board of Directors.

 

19. Vacancy

A quorum of directors may fill any vacancy on the board unless there has been a failure to elect the fixed number or minimum number of directors required by the articles.

However, the directors then in office must without delay call a special shareholders meeting to fill the vacancies resulting from the lack of quorum or the failure to elect the fixed or minimal number of directors set out in the articles. If the directors refuse or fail to call a meeting, the meeting may be called by any shareholder.

A director appointed or elected to fill a vacancy holds office for the unexpired term of his predecessor.

 

20. Retiring director and updating declaration

A director who leaves office is authorized to sign on behalf of the Corporation and file in accordance with the Act respecting the legal publicity of enterprises an updating declaration indicating such change, unless he has received, within thirty (30) days of the date on which such change took effect, proof that the Corporation has filed such declaration.

 

6


21. Duties of directors

Subject to the provisions of the Act, the directors are bound by the same obligations as are imposed by the Civil Code of Québec on any director of a legal person. Consequently, in the exercise of their functions, the directors are duty-bound toward the Corporation to act with prudence and diligence, honesty and loyalty and in the interest of the Corporation.

More specifically, but without limiting the generality of the foregoing:

 

  a) no director may mingle the property of the Corporation with his own property nor may he use for his own profit or that of a third person any property of the Corporation or any information he obtains by reason of his duties, unless he is authorized to do so by the shareholders of the Corporation;

 

  b) unless he has obtained the express consent of the Board of Directors, a director must keep confidential the deliberations of the Board of Directors, any internal document and any other information to which he has access in the performance of his duties which is not publicly known and which has not been publicly disclosed by the Corporation;

 

  c) a director must avoid placing himself in any situation where his personal interest would be in conflict with his obligations as a director of the Corporation;

 

  d) a director must declare to the legal person any interest he has in an enterprise or association that may place him in a situation of conflict of interest and of any right he may set up against it, indicating their nature and value, where applicable.

 

22. Contracts or transactions – disclosure of interest

A director must disclose the nature and value of any interest he has in a contract or transaction to which the Corporation is a party. “Interest” means any financial stake in a contract or transaction that may reasonably be considered likely to influence decision-making. Furthermore, a proposed contract or a proposed transaction, including related negotiations, is considered a contract or transaction.

A director must also disclose a contract or transaction to which the Corporation and any of the following are a party:

 

  a) an associate of the director;

 

  b) a group of which the director is a director;

 

  c) a group in which the director or an associate of the director has an interest.

The director satisfies the requirement if he discloses, in a case specified in subparagraph b), the directorship or office held within the group or, in a case specified in subparagraph c), the nature and value of the interest he or his associate has in the group.

Unless it is recorded in the minutes of the first meeting of the Board of Directors at which the contract or transaction is discussed, the disclosure of an interest, contract or transaction must be made in writing to the Board of Directors as soon as the director becomes aware of the interest, contract or transaction.

The disclosure must be made even in the case of a contract or transaction that does not require approval by the Board of Directors.

 

7


23. Contracts or transactions – voting

No director may vote on a resolution to approve, amend or terminate the contract or transaction described in the foregoing section, or be present during deliberations concerning the approval, amendment or termination of such a contract or transaction unless the contract or transaction:

 

  a) relates primarily to the remuneration of the director or an associate of the director as a director of the Corporation or an affiliate of the Corporation;

 

  b) relates primarily to the remuneration of the director or an associate of the director as an officer, employee or mandatary of the Corporation or an affiliate of the Corporation, if the Corporation is not a reporting issuer;

 

  c) is for the indemnification of the directors in certain circumstances or liability insurance taken out by the Corporation;

 

  d) is with an affiliate of the Corporation, and the sole interest of the director is as a director or officer of the affiliate.

If no quorum exists for the purpose of voting on a resolution to approve a contract or transaction only because a director is not permitted to be present during deliberations, the other directors present are deemed to constitute a quorum for the purpose of voting on the resolution.

If all the directors are required to abstain from voting, the contract or transaction may be approved solely by the shareholders entitled to vote, by ordinary resolution. The disclosure must be made to the shareholders in a sufficiently clear manner before the contract or transaction is approved.

 

24. Remuneration

The Board of Directors determines the remuneration of the directors from time to time, by resolution. The directors are also entitled to be reimbursed for travel costs and reasonable expenses incurred in the performance of their duties.

 

E. MEETINGS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

25. Place

The Board of Directors meets at the head office of the Corporation or at any other place within or outside Quebec which the Chair of the Board of Directors may choose.

 

26. Calling of meeting

The Board of Directors meets as often as the Chair of the Board considers necessary. Board meetings are called by the Chair of the Board, or by the secretary at the request of the Chair of the Board, or in the absence or in case of incapacity to act as Chair of the Board, at the request of two (2) directors. At least two (2) days’ notice must be given.

In the event that the Chair of the Board (or the secretary, at the request of the Chair of the Board or in the absence or in case of incapacity to act as Chair of the Board, at the request of two (2) directors) considers, at his discretion, that it is deemed urgent to call a meeting of the Board of Directors, he must see that the notice of the meeting be sent out using any possible means at least two (2) hours before the meeting and such notice shall be deemed sufficient for the meeting to be called.

 

8


The notice must state the time and place of the meeting and, where applicable, specify any matter referred to in section 10 of these by-laws.

A notice of meeting must be sent to each director, at his last known civic or electronic address, by any means providing proof of its sending.

A meeting may be held without notice if all the directors are present or if the absent directors agreed to the holding of such meeting. The meeting of the Board of Directors immediately following the annual shareholders meeting may take place without notice.

 

27. Waiver of notice

A director may, in writing, waive notice of a meeting; waiver of the notice may be validly given before or after the meeting. However, attendance of a director at a meeting of the board is a waiver of notice of the meeting unless the director attends the meeting for the sole purpose of objecting to the holding of the meeting on the grounds that it was not lawfully called.

 

28. Participation by any means of communication

A director may participate in a meeting of the board by means of equipment - telephone, electronic or other - enabling all participants to communicate directly with one another. In such a case, the director is deemed to be present at the meeting.

 

29. Attendance

Only the directors may attend board meetings. Other persons may also attend as needed, with the authorization of the Chair of the Board or the majority of the directors present.

 

30. Quorum

A majority of the directors in office constitutes a quorum. A quorum of directors may validly exercise all the powers of the directors, despite any vacancy on the board.

 

31. Chair and secretary of the meeting

Meetings of the Board of Directors are chaired by the Chair of the Board or, by default, by the vice-chair of the board or by default by the president and chief executive officer or, in his absence, by a director assigned by the other participating directors. The secretary acts as meeting secretary, drafts the minutes of the meeting and co-signs the minutes with the Chair of the meeting.

 

32. Procedure

The Chair of the Board directs the meeting and ensures that it is conducted in an orderly manner. He submits the business to be discussed to the board. A director may also submit business to be discussed.

 

33. Voting

Unless otherwise provided in the articles, the Board of Directors decides any issue by a majority of the votes. Each director is entitled to one vote. Voting by proxy is not permitted.

Voting is by a show of hands or, at the request of the Chair of the Board or a director, by secret ballot. A vote by secret ballot may be requested before or after a vote by a show of hands.

 

9


If voting is by secret ballot, the secretary acts as scrutineer and counts the ballots. The Chair of the Board does not have a tie-breaking vote in the case of a tie.

 

34. Dissent

A director who is present at a meeting of the board or a committee of the board is deemed to have consented to any resolution passed at the meeting unless:

 

  a) the director’s dissent has been entered in the minutes;

 

  b) the director sends a written dissent to the secretary of the meeting before the meeting is adjourned; or

 

  c) the director delivers a written dissent to the Chair of the Board, sends it to the Chair of the Board by any means providing proof of the date of receipt or delivers it to the head office of the Corporation immediately after the meeting is adjourned.

A director is not entitled to dissent after voting for or consenting to a resolution.

 

35. Dissent of an absent director

A director who was not present at a meeting of the board or a committee of the board at which a resolution was passed is deemed to have consented to the resolution unless the director records his dissent within seven days after becoming aware of the resolution, by written notice delivered to the Chair of the Board, or the president, or sent to the Chair of the Board, or the president, by any means providing proof of the date of receipt or delivered to the head office of the Corporation.

 

36. Adjournment

The Chair of the Board may, with the consent of the majority of the directors present, adjourn a meeting of the Board of Directors to a specified date, time and place without a new notice of meeting being required. The Chair of the Board may also adjourn a meeting ex officio if he considers it impossible to conduct it in an orderly manner.

The meeting is validly resumed if it is held on the specified date and at the specified place and if a quorum is present. If a quorum does not exist when the meeting resumes, the initial meeting is deemed to have ended immediately after it was adjourned.

 

37. Signed resolution

A resolution in writing, signed by all the directors entitled to vote on the resolution, has the same force as if it had been passed at a meeting of the board or, as the case may be, of a committee of the Board of Directors. These resolutions are kept with the minutes of meetings and the written resolutions of the Board of Directors.

The written resolutions that are signed electronically are as legally valid as a written signature.

 

38. Recording of deliberations

Only the secretary may record the deliberations of the Board of Directors, for the purpose of preparing the minutes. The secretary must destroy the recording once the concerned minutes have been approved.

 

10


F. OFFICERS

 

39. General

The officers of the Corporation are the Chair of the Board, the vice-chair of the Board (if applicable), the president and chief executive officer, the chief financial officer, the vice-presidents, the secretary, the treasurer and/or the assistant-secretary(ies). The Board of Directors may designate another person as an officer by resolution.

 

40. Qualifications

The officers need not be directors or shareholders of the Corporation except for the Chair of the Board of Directors who must be a director. The same person may hold more than one position as officer.

 

41. Term of office

Unless the Board of Directors provides otherwise when he is appointed, an officer holds office from his appointment until the first meeting of the Board of Directors following the annual meeting or until a replacement has been named.

 

42. Cessation of office

An officer may resign at any time. The resignation of an officer takes effect on the date the Corporation receives the written notice he gives or on the later date indicated therein.

The Board of Directors or the president and chief executive officer may remove an officer at any time and the reason for the removal is not required to be given. However, the removal of the president, the Chair of the Board, the chief executive officer, the chief operating officer, or the chief financial officer regardless of their title, as their appointment, is the responsibility of the Board of Directors.

 

43. Vacancy

The Board of Directors may fill any vacancy in an office at any time.

 

44. Powers of officers

An officer exercises the powers attached to his position. He also exercises all the powers which the Board of Directors can delegate to him. In the event an officer is unable to act, the powers of such officer are exercised by any other person designated by the Board of Directors.

 

45. Duties of officers

The officers are mandataries of the Corporation. In this capacity, in the exercise of their functions, the officers are bound, among other things, toward the Corporation to act with prudence and diligence, honesty and loyalty and in the interest of the Corporation.

An officer must disclose the nature and value of any interest he has in a contract or transaction to which the Corporation is a party. An officer must disclose any contract or transaction to which the Corporation and any of the following are a party:

 

  a) an associate of the director or officer;

 

11


  b) a group of which the director or officer is a director or officer;

 

  c) a group in which the director or officer or an associate of the director or officer has an interest.

The officer satisfies the requirement if he discloses, in a case specified in subparagraph b), the directorship or office held within the group or, in a case specified in subparagraph c), the nature and value of the interest he or his associate has in the group.

In the case of an officer who is not a director, the disclosure must be made as soon as:

 

  a) the officer becomes an officer;

 

  b) the officer becomes aware that the contract or transaction is to be discussed or has been discussed at a meeting of the board; or

 

  c) the officer or the officer’s associate acquires an interest in the contract or transaction, if it was entered into earlier.

The disclosure must be made even in the case of a contract or transaction that does not require approval by the Board of Directors.

 

46. Chair or vice-chair of the Board

The Chair of the Board or if necessary, the vice-chair, shall be chosen from among the directors. The Chair of the Board or, in his absence, the president, presides over all the meetings of the directors and all shareholders meetings at which he is present and as such has all the powers and fulfils all his responsibilities that the Board of Directors may determine from time to time.

 

47. President

The president and chief executive officer controls and supervises the management of the activities and affairs of the Corporation. He signs the documents which require his signature. He also has the powers and fulfills all the responsibilities that the Board of Directors determines from time to time.

 

48. Vice-president

The vice-president (or vice presidents), exercises the powers and assumes the obligations that the Board of Directors determines from time to time. In the event of an absence, inability, refusal or omission to act as the president, the vice-president assigned by the directors can exercise his powers and fulfill all his responsibilities.

 

49. Secretary

The secretary is responsible for safekeeping the records and documents of the Corporation. He acts as secretary of the meetings of the Board of Directors and committees of the board as well as the meetings of shareholders. He signs the share certificates and other documents that require his signature and sends the directors and shareholders notice of meetings and other notices which may be required. He has all the powers and fulfills all the functions that the Board of Directors determines from time to time.

The assistant secretary fulfills all responsibilities assigned to him from time to time by the secretary.

 

12


50. Chief Financial Officer and/or Treasurer

He is in charge of the financial management of the Corporation. He oversees the financial situation of the Corporation and sees to the management of its property and the keeping of its accounting records. He reports periodically to the audit committee and to the Board of Directors on the financial situation of the Corporation. He signs the documents which require his signature.

 

51. Remuneration

The Board of Directors determines, from time to time, the remuneration of the president and chief executive officer, the Chair of the Board, the chief operating officer and of the chief financial officer, regardless of their title. The remuneration of the other officers is determined by management, subject to the powers devolved to the committee acting as the remuneration committees.

The officers are also entitled to be reimbursed the travel costs and all reasonable fees and expenses incurred in the performance of their duties.

 

G. COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

52. Creation

The Board of Directors may, by resolution, create one or more committees made up of directors. The resolution creating the committee sets out the number of directors making it up.

 

53. Powers

A committee of the Board of Directors exercises the powers delegated to it by the Board of Directors. However, the Board of Directors may not delegate the powers which it must exercise exclusively, according to the Act or section 10 of these by-laws.

A committee reports on its activities to the Board of Directors. Subject to the rights of third parties, the Board of Directors may overrule or modify a committee’s decisions.

 

54. Cessation of office

A director may resign from a committee of the Board of Directors at any time. The resignation of a director becomes effective at the time the director’s written resignation is received by the Corporation, or at the time specified in the resignation, whichever is later. The reason for the resignation is not required to be given.

The Board of Directors may, by resolution, replace a member of a committee of the board.

 

55. Vacancy

The Board of Directors may fill any vacancy on a committee of the board.

 

56. Meetings

Meetings of a committee of the board are called in the same manner as meetings of the Board of Directors.

 

13


57. Quorum

Unless otherwise provided in a resolution of the Board of Directors, the majority of the members of a committee of the board constitute a quorum.

 

58. Chair and secretary

Meetings of a committee of the board are chaired by the Chair of the committee; in his absence, the members present choose a meeting Chair from among themselves. The secretary of the Corporation acts as secretary of any committee of the board. The members present at a meeting can, if necessary, choose another person as meeting Chair or secretary.

 

59. Procedure

Meetings of committees of the Board of Directors are held in the same manner as the meetings of the Board of Directors.

 

60. Written resolution

A written resolution, signed by all the members of the committee entitled to vote on this resolution has the same force as if it had been passed at a meeting of the committee. The resolutions are kept with the minutes of the meetings and the written resolutions of the Board of Directors.

The written resolutions that are signed electronically are as legally valid as a written signature.

 

61. Remuneration

The members of a committee of the board may, as such, receive the remuneration set by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

H. PROTECTION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

 

62. Presumption

A director is presumed to have fulfilled the obligation to act with prudence and diligence if the director relied, in good faith and based on reasonable grounds, on a report, information or an opinion provided by one of the following persons:

 

  a) an officer of the Corporation who the director believes to be reliable and competent in the functions performed;

 

  b) legal counsel, professional accountants or other persons retained by the Corporation as to matters involving skills or expertise the director believes are matters within the particular person’s professional or expert competence or as to which the particular person merits confidence; or

 

  c) a committee of the Board of Directors of which the director is not a member if the director believes the committee merits confidence.

 

63. Relief Provided by the Act

A director cannot be held liable under sections 154, 155, 156, 287, 314 or 392 of the Act if the director acted with a reasonable degree of prudence and diligence in the circumstances.

 

14


Furthermore, for the purposes of sections 155, 156, 287, 314 and 392 of the Act, the court may, after considering all the circumstances and on the terms the court considers appropriate, relieve a director, either wholly or partly, from the liability the director would otherwise incur if it appears to the court that the director has acted reasonably, honestly and loyally, and ought fairly to be excused.

 

I. INDEMNIFICATION AND LIABILITY INSURANCE

 

64. Indemnification

Subject to the following, the Corporation must indemnify a director or officer of the Corporation, a former director or officer of the Corporation, a mandatary, or any other person who acts or acted at the Corporation’s request as a director or officer of another group against all costs, charges and expenses reasonably incurred in the exercise of their functions, including an amount paid to settle an action or satisfy a judgment, or arising from any investigative or other proceeding in which the person is involved if

 

  a) the person acted with honesty and loyalty in the interest of the Corporation or, as the case may be, in the interest of the other group for which the person acted as director or officer or in a similar capacity at the Corporation’s request; and

 

  b) in the case of a proceeding that is enforced by a monetary penalty, the person had reasonable grounds for believing that his conduct was lawful.

The Corporation must also advance monies to such a person for the costs, charges and expenses of a proceeding referred to in the first paragraph.

However, in the event that a court or any other competent authority judges that the conditions set out in subparagraphs a) and b) above are not fulfilled, or that the person has committed intentional or gross fault, the Corporation may not indemnify the person and the person must repay to the Corporation any monies advanced.

The indemnity provided for in the preceding paragraphs can be obtained even if a person has ceased being a director, officer or representative of the Corporation. In case of death, the indemnity can be paid to the heirs, legatees, liquidators, assignees, authorized representants or beneficiaries of this person.

 

65. Actions by or on behalf of the Corporation

The Corporation may, with the approval of the court, in respect of an action by or on behalf of the Corporation or other group referred to in the preceding section against a person referred to in the preceding section, advance the necessary monies to the person or indemnify the person against all costs, charges and expenses reasonably incurred by the person in connection with the action, if the person fulfills the conditions set out in the preceding section.

 

66. Liability insurance

The Corporation must purchase and maintain insurance for the benefit of its directors, officers and other mandataries against any liability they may incur as such or in their capacity as directors, officers or mandataries of another group, if they act or acted in that capacity at the Corporation’s request.

 

15


J. SHAREHOLDERS MEETINGS

 

67. General

The Corporation must hold an annual meeting of shareholders; it may hold one or more special meetings of shareholders as needed.

 

68. Annual meeting

An annual meeting must be held fifteen (15) months after the last preceding annual meeting. The following business is discussed at the annual meeting:

 

  a) the presentation and examination of the financial statements of the Corporation for the fiscal year ended within six months of the date of the meeting;

 

  b) the presentation and examination of any other financial information required by the articles or the by-laws to be presented to the shareholders;

 

  c) the presentation and examination of the auditor’s report, where applicable;

 

  d) the renewal of the auditor’s term, where applicable;

 

  e) the election of directors.

The annual meeting may also examine and discuss any other business.

The Board of Directors calls the annual shareholders meeting. Otherwise, the meeting may be called by the shareholders in accordance with the rules for calling special meetings at the request of the shareholders as provided in the Act.

 

69. Place

A meeting is held within the province of Quebec at the place determined by the Board of Directors.

 

70. Calling of meeting

Notice of a shareholders meeting must be sent to each shareholder entitled to vote at the meeting and to each director at least twenty-one (21) days, but at the most sixty (60) days before the meeting.

If a director or a shareholder entitled to vote at a shareholders meeting gives written notice not less than ten (10) days before the meeting to the auditor or a former auditor of the Corporation, the auditor or former auditor attends the meeting at the Corporation’s expense and answers any question relating to their duties as auditor.

 

71. Notice of meeting

The notice of a shareholders meeting must be sent to each shareholder able to vote and to each director, in writing, by any means providing proof of the date of sending. It is sent to such persons at the address indicated in the Corporation’s records. If a person’s address is not indicated in the Corporation’s records, the notice of meeting must be sent to the address where, in the opinion of the person sending such notice, it is the most likely to reach the person the quickest.

 

16


The notice of meeting is sent to the shareholders entered in the securities register at the day the notice is transmitted.

A certificate from the secretary or any other duly authorized officer of the Corporation in office at the time of the preparation of such certificate, or any officer, transfer agent, or share transfer registrar of the Corporation constitutes proof of the sending of the notice of meeting and ties in each shareholder.

The notice of meeting indicates the date, time and place of the meeting as well as the business on the agenda. It also states, where applicable, the date by which the proxies of the shareholders wishing to be represented at the meeting must be received by the Corporation; such date may not be more than forty-eight (48) hours, excluding Saturdays and holidays, before the date of the meeting or any adjournment thereof.

The notice of meeting must state the business on the agenda in sufficient detail to permit the shareholders to form a reasoned judgment on it, and contain the text of any special resolution to be submitted to the meeting.

Irregularities in the notice of meeting or in its sending do not affect the validity of the meeting. Similarly, the unintentional failure to send a notice of meeting to a person entitled to it, or the failure to receive it by a person entitled to the notice, does not invalidate the resolutions passed at the meeting. In addition, the unintentional failure to include a matter to be discussed at the meeting in the notice does not prevent the meeting from discussing such business, unless the interests of a shareholder or director are or could be affected thereby.

 

72. Waiver

A shareholder or director may, in writing, waive notice of a shareholders meeting; waiver of the notice may be validly given before or after the meeting. Their attendance at the meeting is a waiver of notice of the meeting unless they attend the meeting for the sole purpose of objecting to the holding of the meeting on the grounds that it was not lawfully called or held.

 

73. Holding of or participation in meeting by electronic means

A shareholders meeting may be held solely by means of equipment enabling all participants to communicate directly with one another.

Furthermore, any person entitled to attend a shareholders meeting may participate in the meeting by means of any equipment enabling all participants to communicate directly with one another. A person participating in a meeting by such means is deemed to be present at the meeting.

Any shareholder participating in a shareholders meeting by means of equipment enabling all participants to communicate directly with one another may vote by any means enabling votes to be cast in a way that allows them to be verified afterwards and protects the secrecy of the vote when a secret ballot has been requested.

 

74. Quorum

A quorum of shareholders is present at a shareholders meeting if, at the opening of the meeting, one or several holders of 50% or more of the shares that carry the right to vote at the meeting are present in person or represented by proxy. The shareholders present in person or represented by proxy may discuss the business of such meeting, whether or not a quorum is maintained throughout the meeting.

 

17


In the absence of the quorum at the opening of a shareholders meeting, the shareholders present may adjourn the meeting to a specific day, time and place but may not transact any other business. Any matter that could have been brought before the adjourned meeting may then be brought before any adjournment thereof provided the quorum is duly constituted.

 

75. Meeting Chair and secretary

The Chair of the Board of the Corporation or, in his absence, the vice-chair of the Board, if any, or in his absence, the president and chief executive officer of the Corporation or any other person that may be named by the Board of Directors from time to time chairs a shareholders meeting. The secretary of the Corporation acts as meeting secretary.

If the person who is to chair the meeting is not present at the meeting within 15 minutes after the time appointed for the meeting, the shareholders present choose one of their own to chair of the Board the meeting.

 

76. Procedure

The Chair of the meeting directs the meeting and ensures its orderly conduct. His decisions, including those relating to the validity of proxies, are final and binding on all the shareholders.

The Chair of a shareholders meeting must allow shareholders to raise and discuss, for a reasonable period of time, any matter the primary purpose of which relates to the business or affairs of the Corporation and which is not to enforce a personal claim or redress a personal grievance against the Corporation or its directors, officers or shareholders.

At a shareholders meeting, unless a vote is demanded, a declaration by the Chair of the Board of the meeting that a resolution of the shareholders has been carried and that an entry to that effect has been made in the minutes of the meeting is, in the absence of any evidence to the contrary, proof of that fact, without it being necessary to prove the number or proportion of the votes recorded for and against the resolution.

 

77. Voting

Unless otherwise provided in the articles, each share of the Corporation entitles the holder to one vote.

 

78. Majority decision

Unless otherwise provided in the law, the articles or the by-laws, a decision of the shareholders is adopted by ordinary resolution.

 

79. Tie-breaking vote

In the case of a tie, the Chair of the meeting has a tie-breaking vote.

 

80. Voting

Voting is conducted by a show of hands, open voice or secret ballot.

 

18


81. Voting by a show of hands

Voting is conducted by a show of hands unless an open voice vote or a ballot is demanded. In such a case, the shareholders or proxies vote by raising their hand and the number of votes is calculated according to the number of hands raised.

A proxyholder who has conflicting instructions from more than one shareholder may not vote by a show of hands.

 

82. Open voice voting

The Chair of the meeting, a shareholder or a proxyholder may demand an open voice vote unless a ballot has been demanded. In such a case, each shareholder or proxyholder verbally states his name, that of the shareholder or shareholders whose proxy he holds, the number of votes he holds and the breakdown of such votes.

 

83. Voting by secret ballot

Voting is conducted by secret ballot if the Chair of the meeting, a shareholder or a proxyholder so requests, in the manner indicated by the Chair of the meeting. Each shareholder or proxyholder gives the scrutineers a ballot indicating his name, that of the shareholder whose proxy he holds, the number of votes he holds and the breakdown of such votes.

A shareholder may demand a ballot either before or after a vote by show of hands. A demand for a secret ballot may be withdrawn any time before voting begins.

When voting is conducted by secret ballot, the meeting appoints one person to act as scrutineer.

 

84. Scrutineer

The Chair of any shareholders meeting can appoint one or two persons to act as scrutineers.

 

85. Voting by a group

A natural person authorized by a resolution of the Board of Directors or of the management of a shareholder who is a group may participate in and vote at a shareholders meeting.

 

86. Voting by the administrator of the property of others

A person acting for a shareholder as administrator of the property of others may participate in and vote at a shareholders meeting.

 

87. Voting by joint shareholders

If two or more persons hold shares jointly, one of those shareholders present at a shareholders meeting may, in the absence of the others, exercise the voting right attached to those shares. If more than one (1) shareholder are present, they shall vote as one shareholder.

 

88. Proxies

A shareholder may be represented at a shareholders meeting by a proxyholder. A shareholder so represented is deemed to be present at the meeting. Any person, whether or not a shareholder of the Corporation, may be appointed a proxyholder. A proxyholder has the same rights as the shareholder represented to speak at a shareholders meeting in respect of any matter and to vote at the meeting.

 

19


A proxy must be in writing and signed by the shareholder. In addition to the date, the proxy must include the name of the proxyholder and, if applicable, revoke any former proxy.

A proxy may also contain voting instructions which the proxyholder is required to follow. A proxy is not required to be witnessed.

Unless otherwise indicated, a proxy lapses one year after the date it is given. It may be revoked at any time.

A proxy may be in the following form:

“I, the undersigned shareholder of                     , hereby appoint                     or, in his absence,                     , as my proxy, with full power and authority to attend, vote at and otherwise act on my behalf at the annual (or special) meeting of the shareholders of the corporation which will take place at                     on the     day of         and at any adjournment thereof. I hereby revoke any former proxy.

Signed in                     this     day of                     .

 

 

Shareholder’s signature”

A proxy may be filed with the secretary of the Corporation or any authorized person. A proxy mechanically reproduced or sent by fax or any other means of communication providing proof of the date of receipt is valid.

 

89. Preservation of ballots and proxies

The Corporation must, for at least three months after a shareholders meeting, keep at its head office the ballots cast and the proxies presented at the meeting. Any shareholder or proxyholder who was entitled to vote at the meeting may, without charge, inspect the ballots and proxies kept by the Corporation.

 

90. Adjournment

The Chair of the meeting may adjourn any shareholders meeting, with the consent of the shareholders present or represented by proxy. The Chair of the meeting may also adjourn a meeting ex officio if he believes it is impossible to conduct it in an orderly manner.

If a shareholders’ meeting is adjourned for less than thirty (30) days, it is not necessary to give notice of the adjourned meeting other than by announcement at the original meeting. If a shareholders’ meeting is adjourned by one or more adjournments for an aggregate of thirty (30) days or more, notice of the adjourned meeting must be given as for an original meeting.

The meeting is validly resumed if it is held on the date and at the time and place announced and if there is a quorum. In the absence of a quorum at the resumed meeting, the original meeting is deemed to have terminated immediately after its adjournment.

 

20


91. Signed resolution

A resolution in writing signed by all the shareholders entitled to vote on the resolution is as valid as if it had been passed at a shareholders meeting. The resolution must be kept with the minutes of the shareholders meetings and written resolutions.

The written resolutions that are signed electronically are as legally valid as a written signature.

 

K. SHARES AND CERTIFICATES

 

92. Issue of shares

Subject to the existence of a pre-emptive right granted to the shareholders, shares may be issued at the times, to the persons, including the directors or officers of the Corporation, and for the consideration the Board of Directors determines. In exercising this power, the Board of Directors may, by resolution, accept subscriptions, issue the unissued shares of the Corporation’s share capital and grant an exchange right, option or right to acquire shares of the Corporation.

 

93. Payment of shares

The shares of the Corporation may be issued whether or not they are fully paid. However, shares may only be considered paid if consideration equal to the issue price (which may not be less than the par value, if any, of the shares) determined by the Board of Directors has been paid to the Corporation.

Consideration for the shares issued by the Corporation is payable in money, or in property or past services determined by the Board of Directors to be the fair equivalent of the money consideration, considering all the circumstances.

A promissory note or a promise to pay made by a person to whom shares are issued, or a person who does not deal at arm’s length, within the meaning of that expression in the Taxation Act (R.S.Q., chapter I-3), with a person to whom shares are issued does not constitute consideration for the shares.

 

94. Share certificates

Shares issued by the Corporation may be certificated shares or uncertificated shares. A certificated share is represented by a paper certificate in registered form, and an uncertificated share is represented by an entry in the securities register in the name of the shareholder.

Unless otherwise provided in the articles of the Corporation, shares are issued as certificated shares unless the Board of Directors determines, by resolution, that the shares of any class or series of shares or certain shares of a class or series are to be issued as uncertificated shares.

The Board of Directors may also, by resolution, determine that certificated shares become uncertificated shares as soon as the paper certificate is surrendered to the Corporation.

 

95. Certificated shares

In the case of certificated shares, the Corporation must issue to the shareholder, without charge, a certificate in registered form. The Corporation is not required to issue more than one certificate for shares held jointly by two or more persons.

 

21


The Board of Directors adopts the form of the share certificate by resolution, as governed by the Act.

The share certificates of the Corporation must be signed by the secretary or by any director or any officer. This signature may be affixed by an automatic device or electronic process.

In the absence of any evidence to the contrary, the certificate is proof of the shareholder’s title to the shares represented by the certificate.

The seal is not required to be affixed to the share certificate.

 

96. Uncertificated shares

In the case of uncertificated shares, the Corporation must send the shareholder a written notice containing the information prescribed by the Act.

 

97. Damaged, lost or destroyed certificates

If a shareholder claims that a share certificate has been lost, wrongfully taken or destroyed, the Corporation must issue a new certificate if the shareholder:

 

  a) so requests before the Corporation has notice that the lost, wrongfully taken or allegedly destroyed share certificate has been delivered to a protected purchaser within the meaning of the Act respecting the transfer of securities and the establishment of security entitlements ;

 

  b) provides security sufficient in the Corporation’s judgment to protect the Corporation from any loss that the Corporation may suffer by issuing a new certificate; and

 

  c) satisfies any other reasonable requirements imposed by the Corporation.

 

98. Unpaid shares

Unless the terms of payment for shares are determined by contract, the Board of Directors may call for payment of all or part of the unpaid amounts on shares subscribed or held by the shareholders, the whole as provided by the Act.

 

99. Transfer of shares

The transfer of shares of the Corporation is governed by the Act respecting the transfer of securities and the establishment of security entitlements .

Shares that are not fully paid but for which no instalment is payable may only be transferred with the authorization of the Board of Directors. The directors must reasonably verify the acquirer’s ability to pay for the shares before authorizing the transfer.

A share may not be transferred until all instalments payable up to the time of transfer have been fully paid.

 

100. Transmission of shares

In the event of a transfer of shares by will, the Corporation may consider as entitled to exercise the rights of a deceased shareholder, an heir or personal representative of the heirs or of the succession of that shareholder, upon reception of sufficient proof of their appointment. That person is entitled to become the registered holder of the shares of the deceased or to designate those holders upon

 

22


delivery to the Corporation of an affidavit or declaration setting out the conditions of the transfer and, as the case may be, of (a) an original of the decision concerning the probate of the will or the notarized minutes of the probate, or a copy of one of the aforementioned documents certified by the Court which rendered the decision or by the notary who prepared the minutes, or by a trust company constituted under provincial or federal legislation or by an attorney or notary acting on behalf of that person, (b) a certified true copy of the notarial will.

 

L. DIVIDENDS

 

101. Declaration of dividends

Unless otherwise provided in the articles, the Board of Directors may declare and the Corporation may pay a dividend either in money or property or by issuing fully paid shares or options or rights to acquire fully paid shares of the Corporation.

The Corporation may not declare and pay a dividend, except by issuing shares or options or rights to acquire shares, if there are reasonable grounds for believing that the Corporation is, or would after the payment be, unable to pay its liabilities as they become due.

The Corporation may deduct from the dividends payable to a shareholder any amount due to the Corporation by the shareholder, on account of calls for payment or otherwise.

 

102. Record Date

The Board of Directors may fix, in advance, in accordance with applicable securities regulations, a record date for the determination of the shareholders entitled to receive dividends.

 

M. FISCAL YEAR AND AUDITOR

 

103. Fiscal year

The fiscal year of the Corporation ends on December 31 st or on the date set by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

104. Auditor

The shareholders of the Corporation appoint an auditor at each annual shareholders meeting. The auditor is appointed by ordinary resolution. The term of the auditor begins on appointment. The auditor’s remuneration is fixed by ordinary resolution of the shareholders at the time of appointment. If it is not fixed at that time, it is fixed by the Board of Directors.

The shareholders may, by ordinary resolution at a special meeting, remove the auditor from office. They may appoint a new auditor by ordinary resolution at the same meeting.

Subject to the shareholders’ right to fill the vacancy after removing an auditor, the Board of Directors fills a vacancy in the office of auditor without delay for the unexpired term.

 

23


N. NOTICE

 

105. Shares registered in the name of more than one person (joint shareholders)

If two or more persons hold shares jointly, any notice or other document relating to such shares is sent to the first shareholder indicated in the Corporation’s securities register. Such notice or other document is deemed to have been sent to all the other shareholders.

 

106. Registered shareholder

Before due presentation for registration of transfer of a certificated share or the receipt of an instruction for registration of transfer of an uncertificated share, the Corporation may treat the shareholder registered in the securities register as the person exclusively entitled to receive notices or other documents.

 

107. Address of shareholders

A shareholder must provide the Corporation with an address to which all notices or documents for him are sent.

 

108. Signing of notices

Notices sent by the Corporation are signed by a director, officer or any other authorized person. Their signature may be affixed by an automatic device or electronic process.

 

109. Calculation of time limits

Unless otherwise provided in these by-laws, in computing any time limit fixed by the articles or these by-laws:

 

  a) the day which marks the start of the time limit is not counted, but the terminal day is counted;

 

  b) non-juridical days within the meaning of the Code of Civil Procedure are counted; but when the last day is a non-juridical day, the time limit is extended to the next following juridical day;

 

  c) Saturday is considered a non-juridical day.

 

O. OTHER PROVISIONS

 

110. Declarations in the enterprise register

A director, officer or any authorized person signs the declarations which must be sent by the Corporation to the enterprise registrar under the Act respecting the legal publicity of enterprises .

and the by-laws and the provisions of the articles shall take precedence over the by-laws.

 

111. By-laws

Unless otherwise provided for in the unanimous shareholder agreement, the Board of Directors adopts the Corporation’s by-laws. The by-laws are effective as of the date of the resolution of the board. The by-laws must be submitted to the shareholders for approval at the next shareholders meeting, and the shareholders may, by ordinary resolution, ratify, reject or amend them. They cease to be effective at the close of the meeting if they are rejected by or not submitted to the shareholders.

 

24


The rules of this section apply, with the necessary modifications to the amendment or repeal of by-laws.

Any new by-law adopted by the Board of Directors that has substantially the same purpose or effect as a by-law previously rejected by or not submitted to the shareholders at the meeting is not effective until confirmed by the shareholders.

Adopted by the Board of Directors on September 6, 2011 and ratified by the shareholders on September 6, 2011.

 

 

Vice-President and Secretary

 

25

Exhibit 1.6

LE SUPERCLUB VIDÉOTRON LTÉE

(the “Corporation”)

TRANSLATION

BY-LAWS

 

A. INTERPRETATION

 

1. Definitions

In these by-laws, unless the context indicates otherwise,

“Act” means the Business Corporations Act, R.S.Q., c. S-31.1. Any reference to that statute or any provisions thereof in the Corporation’s by-laws is interpreted as a reference to any amended or substituted provisions thereof;

“affairs” means the relationships among the Corporation, its affiliates and the shareholders, directors and officers of the Corporation and its affiliates but does not include the business carried on by the Corporation or its affiliates;

“affiliates”: means legal persons one of whom is a subsidiary of the other, or legal persons who are controlled by the same person;

“associates” means, in relation to a person:

 

  a) the person’s spouse, children and relatives, and the children and relatives of the person’s spouse;

 

  b) a partner of the person;

 

  c) a succession or trust in which the person has a substantial interest similar to that of a beneficiary or in respect of which the person serves as liquidator, trustee or other administrator of the property of others, mandatary or depositary; or

 

  d) a legal person of whom the person owns securities making up more than 10% of a class of shares carrying voting rights at any shareholders meeting or the right to receive any declared dividend or a share of the remaining property of the legal person in the event of liquidation.

“group”: means any legal person, any group of persons or any group of properties, including an organization, joint venture or trust;

“officer” means a person referred to in section 40 of these by-laws;


“resolution” or “ordinary resolution” means a resolution that requires a majority of the votes cast at a shareholders meeting by the shareholders entitled to vote on the resolution, or a resolution that requires the signature of all such shareholders;

“reporting issuer” means a reporting issuer within the meaning of the Securities Act (R.S.Q., chapter V-1.1);

“security” means a share, debenture, bond or note that is dealt in or traded on a securities exchange or financial market;

“shareholder” means a shareholder who is registered in the securities register of the Corporation, and includes a shareholder’s representative;

“special resolution” means a resolution that requires at least two thirds of the votes cast at a shareholders meeting by the shareholders entitled to vote on the resolution, or a resolution that requires the signature of all such shareholders.

 

2. Interpretation

 

  a) in the event of contradiction between the Act and the articles or the by-laws of the Corporation, the Act shall prevail over the articles and the by-laws; and the by-laws; and the articles shall take precedence over the by-laws.

 

  b) the powers of the directors, shareholders and officers of the Corporation are subject to the Act and by-laws of the Corporation and any reference to the exercise of any of these powers in the by-laws of the Corporation is subject to the limits, restrictions or conditions that are expressed therein.

 

  c) the masculine gender includes both sexes, unless the contrary intention is evident by the context;

 

  d) the singular number extends to more than one person or more than one thing of the same sort, whenever the context admits of such extension. The plural number can apply to one person only or to one thing only if the context so permits.

The headings used in these by-laws are for ease of reference only and do not form part of them.

 

B. HEAD OFFICE, ESTABLISHMENT AND SEAL

 

3. Head office

The head office of the Corporation shall be established in the judicial district of Montréal, in the Province of Quebec. The Corporation may relocate its head office in compliance with the Act.

 

4. Establishment

In addition to its head office, the Corporation may have other establishments, offices or agencies both within and outside Quebec.

 

2


5. Seal

The Board of Directors may adopt a seal but is not required to. The fact that a document of the Corporation is not sealed does not invalidate the document.

 

C. CORPORATE RECORDS

 

6. Records

The Corporation maintains, at its head office or at any other place designated by the Board of Directors, records containing:

 

  a) the articles and the by-laws;

 

  b) minutes of meetings of the shareholders and written resolutions of shareholders;

 

  c) the names and domicile of the directors, and the dates of the beginning and end of their term of office; and

 

  d) the securities register.

The secretary keeps such records up-to-date.

The shareholders may examine these records during its regular office hours, and obtain extracts from them. They may also, on request and without charge, obtain a copy of the articles and by-laws.

 

7. Accounting and Board records

The Corporation also maintains accounting records and books containing the minutes of meetings and written resolutions of the Board of Directors. If applicable, the Corporation also maintains books for all the committees of the Board of Directors.These records and books are kept at the Corporation’s head office or at any other place designated by the Board of Directors.

The Corporation is required to retain all accounting records for a period of six years after the end of the fiscal year to which they relate.

Only the directors and the auditor may have access to the accounting records and books containing the minutes of the meetings as well as the written resolutions of the Board of Directors and of its committees. However, the shareholders may examine, during the Corporation’s regular office hours, any part of the minutes of the deliberations of the Board of Directors or any other document in which a director or officer makes the disclosure of interest referred to in sections 22 and 45 below.

 

8. Securities register

The securities register of the Corporation contains the following information with respect to its shares:

 

  a) the names, in alphabetical order, and the addresses of present and past shareholders;

 

3


  b) the number of shares held by each such shareholder;

 

  c) the date and details of the issue and transfer of each share; and

 

  d) any amount due on any share.

The register must contain, if applicable, the same information with respect to the Corporation’s debentures, bonds and notes, with the necessary modifications. Any person may examine the Corporation’s securities register if that person complies with the provisions of the Act in this regard. Any person may, on request and on payment of a reasonable fee established by the Corporation, obtain a copy of the list of the Corporation’s shareholders as provided for in the Act.

 

D. BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

9. Functions and powers

The Board of Directors exercises all necessary powers to supervise the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation. Except to the extent provided by law, such powers may be exercised without shareholder approval.

Generally, the Board of Directors exercises the powers and takes the actions which the Corporation is authorized to take; it may also enter into any contract on behalf of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may, on behalf of the Corporation:

 

  a) borrow money;

 

  b) issue, reissue, sell or hypothecate its debt obligations;

 

  c) enter into a suretyship to secure performance of an obligation of any person; and

 

  d) hypothecate all or any of its property, owned or subsequently acquired, to secure any obligation.

 

10. Delegation of powers

The Board of Directors may create one of several committees composed of directors and may delegate certain powers to this or these committees. It can also delegate its powers to a director or an officer. However, the Board of Directors may not delegate its power:

 

  a) to submit to the shareholders any question or matter requiring their approval;

 

  b) to fill a vacancy among the directors or in the office of auditor;

 

  c) to appoint or dismiss the president of the Corporation, the Chair of the Board of Directors, the chief executive officer, the chief operating officer or the chief financial officer regardless of their title, and to determine their remuneration;

 

  d) to authorize the issue of shares;

 

  e) to approve the transfer of unpaid shares;

 

  f) to declare dividends;

 

4


  g) to acquire, including by purchase, redemption or exchange, shares issued by the Corporation;

 

  h) to split, consolidate or convert shares;

 

  i) to authorize the payment of a commission to a person who purchases shares or other securities of the Corporation, or procures or agrees to procure purchasers for those shares or securities;

 

  j) to approve the financial statements presented at the annual meetings of shareholders;

 

  k) to adopt, amend or repeal by-laws;

 

  l) to authorize calls for payment;

 

  m) to authorize the confiscation of shares;

 

  n) to approve articles of amendment allowing a class of unissued shares to be divided into series, and to determine the designation of and the rights and restrictions attaching to those shares or securities; or

 

  o) to approve a short-form amalgamation.

 

11. Contracts

All contracts, deeds, agreements, documents, bonds, debentures and other instruments requiring execution by the Corporation may be signed by two directors or two officers of the Corporation or by one director and one officer of the Corporation or by such persons as the Board of Directors may otherwise authorize from time to time by resolution. Any such authorization may be general or confined to specific instances.

 

12. Proceedings

Any director or officer of the Corporation, or any other person appointed for that purpose by any director or officer of the Corporation, is authorized to bring any action, proceeding, motion, civil, criminal, administrative or other legal procedure, in the name of the Corporation or to appear and to answer on behalf of the Corporation to any writ, to any order or injunction issued by any court, to any examination on the facts relating to any litigation or any examination on discovery, as well as to any action, proceeding, motion or other legal procedure in which the Corporation is involved; to respond in the name of the Corporation to any garnishment in which the Corporation is garnishee and to prepare any affidavit or any solemn declaration related to such a garnishment or to any other legal procedure to which the Corporation is a party; to make any application for the assignment of property or any petitions for a receiving order against any debtor of the Corporation; to attend and to vote in any meeting of the creditors of debtors of the Corporation; to grant proxies and, in respect of any such action, proceeding, motion or other legal procedure, to take any other action which he or she deems to be in the best interests of the Corporation.

 

5


13. Number

The exact number of directors is determined by the Board of Directors as provided in the articles of the Corporation.

The directors in office do not cease to hold their position as a result of an amendment of the articles which reduces their number.

 

14. Qualifications

Any natural person may be a director of the Corporation, except:

 

  a) a minor;

 

  b) a person of full age under tutorship or curatorship;

 

  c) a bankrupt;

 

  d) a person prohibited by the court from holding such office;

 

  e) a person declared incapable by decision of a court of another jurisdiction.

Unless otherwise provided in the articles, a director is not required to be a shareholder.

 

15. Election and term of office

The directors are elected each year at the annual shareholders meeting by a simple majority of the votes and remain in office until the next annual shareholders meeting or until their successors are appointed. Voting for the election of directors is conducted by a show of hands unless a ballot is demanded by a shareholder entitled to vote.

 

16. Cessation of office

A director ceases to hold office when he dies, becomes disqualified from being a director, resigns or is removed from office.

 

17. Resignation

A director may resign at any time. The resignation of a director becomes effective at the time the director’s written resignation is received by the Corporation, or at the time specified in the resignation, whichever is later. The reason for the resignation need not be given.

 

18. Removal

The shareholders may by ordinary resolution at a special meeting remove any director or directors. If certain shareholders have an exclusive right to elect one or more directors, a director so elected may only be removed by ordinary resolution of those shareholders.

A director whose removal is to be proposed at a shareholders meeting may attend the meeting and be heard or, if not in attendance, may explain, in a written statement read by the person presiding over the meeting or made available to the shareholders before or at the meeting, why he opposes the resolution proposing his removal.

 

6


A vacancy created by the removal of a director may be filled at the shareholders meeting at which the director is removed or, if it is not, at a subsequent meeting of the Board of Directors.

 

19. Vacancy

A quorum of directors may fill any vacancy on the board unless there has been a failure to elect the fixed number or minimum number of directors required by the articles.

However, the directors then in office must without delay call a special shareholders meeting to fill the vacancies resulting from the lack of quorum or the failure to elect the fixed or minimal number of directors set out in the articles. If the directors refuse or fail to call a meeting, the meeting may be called by any shareholder.

A director appointed or elected to fill a vacancy holds office for the unexpired term of his predecessor.

 

20. Retiring director and updating declaration

A director who leaves office is authorized to sign on behalf of the Corporation and file in accordance with the Act respecting the legal publicity of enterprises an updating declaration indicating such change, unless he has received, within thirty (30) days of the date on which such change took effect, proof that the Corporation has filed such declaration.

 

21. Duties of directors

Subject to the provisions of the Act, the directors are bound by the same obligations as are imposed by the Civil Code of Québec on any director of a legal person. Consequently, in the exercise of their functions, the directors are duty-bound toward the Corporation to act with prudence and diligence, honesty and loyalty and in the interest of the Corporation.

More specifically, but without limiting the generality of the foregoing:

 

  a) no director may mingle the property of the Corporation with his own property nor may he use for his own profit or that of a third person any property of the Corporation or any information he obtains by reason of his duties, unless he is authorized to do so by the shareholders of the Corporation;

 

  b) unless he has obtained the express consent of the Board of Directors, a director must keep confidential the deliberations of the Board of Directors, any internal document and any other information to which he has access in the performance of his duties which is not publicly known and which has not been publicly disclosed by the Corporation;

 

  c) a director must avoid placing himself in any situation where his personal interest would be in conflict with his obligations as a director of the Corporation;

 

  d) a director must declare to the legal person any interest he has in an enterprise or association that may place him in a situation of conflict of interest and of any right he may set up against it, indicating their nature and value, where applicable.

 

7


22. Contracts or transactions – disclosure of interest

A director must disclose the nature and value of any interest he has in a contract or transaction to which the Corporation is a party. “Interest” means any financial stake in a contract or transaction that may reasonably be considered likely to influence decision-making. Furthermore, a proposed contract or a proposed transaction, including related negotiations, is considered a contract or transaction.

A director must also disclose a contract or transaction to which the Corporation and any of the following are a party:

 

  a) an associate of the director;

 

  b) a group of which the director is a director;

 

  c) a group in which the director or an associate of the director has an interest.

The director satisfies the requirement if he discloses, in a case specified in subparagraph b), the directorship or office held within the group or, in a case specified in subparagraph c), the nature and value of the interest he or his associate has in the group.

Unless it is recorded in the minutes of the first meeting of the Board of Directors at which the contract or transaction is discussed, the disclosure of an interest, contract or transaction must be made in writing to the Board of Directors as soon as the director becomes aware of the interest, contract or transaction.

The disclosure must be made even in the case of a contract or transaction that does not require approval by the Board of Directors.

 

23. Contracts or transactions – voting

No director may vote on a resolution to approve, amend or terminate the contract or transaction described in the foregoing section, or be present during deliberations concerning the approval, amendment or termination of such a contract or transaction unless the contract or transaction:

 

  a) relates primarily to the remuneration of the director or an associate of the director as a director of the Corporation or an affiliate of the Corporation;

 

  b) relates primarily to the remuneration of the director or an associate of the director as an officer, employee or mandatary of the Corporation or an affiliate of the Corporation, if the Corporation is not a reporting issuer;

 

  c) is for the indemnification of the directors in certain circumstances or liability insurance taken out by the Corporation;

 

  d) is with an affiliate of the Corporation, and the sole interest of the director is as a director or officer of the affiliate.

If no quorum exists for the purpose of voting on a resolution to approve a contract or transaction only because a director is not permitted to be present during deliberations, the other directors present are deemed to constitute a quorum for the purpose of voting on the resolution.

 

8


If all the directors are required to abstain from voting, the contract or transaction may be approved solely by the shareholders entitled to vote, by ordinary resolution. The disclosure must be made to the shareholders in a sufficiently clear manner before the contract or transaction is approved.

 

24. Remuneration

The Board of Directors determines the remuneration of the directors from time to time, by resolution. The directors are also entitled to be reimbursed for travel costs and reasonable expenses incurred in the performance of their duties.

 

E. MEETINGS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

25. Place

The Board of Directors meets at the head office of the Corporation or at any other place within or outside Quebec which the Chair of the Board of Directors may choose.

 

26. Calling of meeting

The Board of Directors meets as often as the Chair of the Board considers necessary. Board meetings are called by the Chair of the Board, or by the secretary at the request of the Chair of the Board, or in the absence or in case of incapacity to act as Chair of the Board, at the request of two (2) directors. At least two (2) days’ notice must be given.

In the event that the Chair of the Board (or the secretary, at the request of the Chair of the Board or in the absence or in case of incapacity to act as Chair of the Board, at the request of two (2) directors) considers, at his discretion, that it is deemed urgent to call a meeting of the Board of Directors, he must see that the notice of the meeting be sent out using any possible means at least two (2) hours before the meeting and such notice shall be deemed sufficient for the meeting to be called.

The notice must state the time and place of the meeting and, where applicable, specify any matter referred to in section 10 of these by-laws.

A notice of meeting must be sent to each director, at his last known civic or electronic address, by any means providing proof of its sending.

A meeting may be held without notice if all the directors are present or if the absent directors agreed to the holding of such meeting. The meeting of the Board of Directors immediately following the annual shareholders meeting may take place without notice.

 

27. Waiver of notice

A director may, in writing, waive notice of a meeting; waiver of the notice may be validly given before or after the meeting. However, attendance of a director at a meeting of the board is a waiver of notice of the meeting unless the director attends the meeting for the sole purpose of objecting to the holding of the meeting on the grounds that it was not lawfully called.

 

9


28. Participation by any means of communication

A director may participate in a meeting of the board by means of equipment – telephone, electronic or other – enabling all participants to communicate directly with one another. In such a case, the director is deemed to be present at the meeting.

 

29. Attendance

Only the directors may attend board meetings. Other persons may also attend as needed, with the authorization of the Chair of the Board or the majority of the directors present.

 

30. Quorum

A majority of the directors in office constitutes a quorum. A quorum of directors may validly exercise all the powers of the directors, despite any vacancy on the board.

 

31. Chair and secretary of the meeting

Meetings of the Board of Directors are chaired by the Chair of the Board or, by default, by the vice-chair of the board or by default by the president and chief executive officer or, in his absence, by a director assigned by the other participating directors. The secretary acts as meeting secretary, drafts the minutes of the meeting and co-signs the minutes with the Chair of the meeting.

 

32. Procedure

The Chair of the Board directs the meeting and ensures that it is conducted in an orderly manner. He submits the business to be discussed to the board. A director may also submit business to be discussed.

 

33. Voting

Unless otherwise provided in the articles, the Board of Directors decides any issue by a majority of the votes. Each director is entitled to one vote. Voting by proxy is not permitted.

Voting is by a show of hands or, at the request of the Chair of the Board or a director, by secret ballot. A vote by secret ballot may be requested before or after a vote by a show of hands.

If voting is by secret ballot, the secretary acts as scrutineer and counts the ballots. The Chair of the Board does not have a tie-breaking vote in the case of a tie.

 

34. Dissent

A director who is present at a meeting of the board or a committee of the board is deemed to have consented to any resolution passed at the meeting unless:

 

  a) the director’s dissent has been entered in the minutes;

 

  b) the director sends a written dissent to the secretary of the meeting before the meeting is adjourned; or

 

10


  c) the director delivers a written dissent to the Chair of the Board, sends it to the Chair of the Board by any means providing proof of the date of receipt or delivers it to the head office of the Corporation immediately after the meeting is adjourned.

A director is not entitled to dissent after voting for or consenting to a resolution.

 

35. Dissent of an absent director

A director who was not present at a meeting of the board or a committee of the board at which a resolution was passed is deemed to have consented to the resolution unless the director records his dissent within seven days after becoming aware of the resolution, by written notice delivered to the Chair of the Board, or the president, or sent to the Chair of the Board, or the president, by any means providing proof of the date of receipt or delivered to the head office of the Corporation.

 

36. Adjournment

The Chair of the Board may, with the consent of the majority of the directors present, adjourn a meeting of the Board of Directors to a specified date, time and place without a new notice of meeting being required. The Chair of the Board may also adjourn a meeting ex officio if he considers it impossible to conduct it in an orderly manner.

The meeting is validly resumed if it is held on the specified date and at the specified place and if a quorum is present. If a quorum does not exist when the meeting resumes, the initial meeting is deemed to have ended immediately after it was adjourned.

 

37. Signed resolution

A resolution in writing, signed by all the directors entitled to vote on the resolution, has the same force as if it had been passed at a meeting of the board or, as the case may be, of a committee of the Board of Directors. These resolutions are kept with the minutes of meetings and the written resolutions of the Board of Directors.

The written resolutions that are signed electronically are as legally valid as a written signature.

 

38. Recording of deliberations

Only the secretary may record the deliberations of the Board of Directors, for the purpose of preparing the minutes. The secretary must destroy the recording once the concerned minutes have been approved.

 

F. OFFICERS

 

39. General

The officers of the Corporation are the Chair of the Board, the vice-chair of the Board (if applicable), the president and chief executive officer, the chief financial officer, the vice-presidents, the secretary, the treasurer and/or the assistant-secretary(ies). The Board of Directors may designate another person as an officer by resolution.

 

11


40. Qualifications

The officers need not be directors or shareholders of the Corporation except for the Chair of the Board of Directors who must be a director. The same person may hold more than one position as officer.

 

41. Term of office

Unless the Board of Directors provides otherwise when he is appointed, an officer holds office from his appointment until the first meeting of the Board of Directors following the annual meeting or until a replacement has been named.

 

42. Cessation of office

An officer may resign at any time. The resignation of an officer takes effect on the date the Corporation receives the written notice he gives or on the later date indicated therein.

The Board of Directors or the president and chief executive officer may remove an officer at any time and the reason for the removal is not required to be given. However, the removal of the president, the Chair of the Board, the chief executive officer, the chief operating officer, or the chief financial officer regardless of their title, as their appointment, is the responsibility of the Board of Directors.

 

43. Vacancy

The Board of Directors may fill any vacancy in an office at any time.

 

44. Powers of officers

An officer exercises the powers attached to his position. He also exercises all the powers which the Board of Directors can delegate to him. In the event an officer is unable to act, the powers of such officer are exercised by any other person designated by the Board of Directors.

 

45. Duties of officers

The officers are mandataries of the Corporation. In this capacity, in the exercise of their functions, the officers are bound, among other things, toward the Corporation to act with prudence and diligence, honesty and loyalty and in the interest of the Corporation.

An officer must disclose the nature and value of any interest he has in a contract or transaction to which the Corporation is a party. An officer must disclose any contract or transaction to which the Corporation and any of the following are a party:

 

  a) an associate of the director or officer;

 

  b) a group of which the director or officer is a director or officer;

 

  c) a group in which the director or officer or an associate of the director or officer has an interest.

The officer satisfies the requirement if he discloses, in a case specified in subparagraph b), the directorship or office held within the group or, in a case specified in subparagraph c), the nature and value of the interest he or his associate has in the group.

 

12


In the case of an officer who is not a director, the disclosure must be made as soon as:

 

  a) the officer becomes an officer;

 

  b) the officer becomes aware that the contract or transaction is to be discussed or has been discussed at a meeting of the board; or

 

  c) the officer or the officer’s associate acquires an interest in the contract or transaction, if it was entered into earlier.

The disclosure must be made even in the case of a contract or transaction that does not require approval by the Board of Directors.

 

46. Chair or vice-chair of the Board

The Chair of the Board or if necessary, the vice-chair, shall be chosen from among the directors. The Chair of the Board or, in his absence, the president, presides over all the meetings of the directors and all shareholders meetings at which he is present and as such has all the powers and fulfils all his responsibilities that the Board of Directors may determine from time to time.

 

47. President

The president and chief executive officer controls and supervises the management of the activities and affairs of the Corporation. He signs the documents which require his signature. He also has the powers and fulfills all the responsibilities that the Board of Directors determines from time to time.

 

48. Vice-president

The vice-president (or vice presidents), exercises the powers and assumes the obligations that the Board of Directors determines from time to time. In the event of an absence, inability, refusal or omission to act as the president, the vice-president assigned by the directors can exercise his powers and fulfill all his responsibilities.

 

49. Secretary

The secretary is responsible for safekeeping the records and documents of the Corporation. He acts as secretary of the meetings of the Board of Directors and committees of the board as well as the meetings of shareholders. He signs the share certificates and other documents that require his signature and sends the directors and shareholders notice of meetings and other notices which may be required. He has all the powers and fulfills all the functions that the Board of Directors determines from time to time.

The assistant secretary fulfills all responsibilities assigned to him from time to time by the secretary.

 

13


50. Chief Financial Officer and/or Treasurer

He is in charge of the financial management of the Corporation. He oversees the financial situation of the Corporation and sees to the management of its property and the keeping of its accounting records. He reports periodically to the audit committee and to the Board of Directors on the financial situation of the Corporation. He signs the documents which require his signature.

 

51. Remuneration

The Board of Directors determines, from time to time, the remuneration of the president and chief executive officer, the Chair of the Board, the chief operating officer and of the chief financial officer, regardless of their title. The remuneration of the other officers is determined by management, subject to the powers devolved to the committee acting as the remuneration committees.

The officers are also entitled to be reimbursed the travel costs and all reasonable fees and expenses incurred in the performance of their duties.

 

G. COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

52. Creation

The Board of Directors may, by resolution, create one or more committees made up of directors. The resolution creating the committee sets out the number of directors making it up.

 

53. Powers

A committee of the Board of Directors exercises the powers delegated to it by the Board of Directors. However, the Board of Directors may not delegate the powers which it must exercise exclusively, according to the Act or section 10 of these by-laws.

A committee reports on its activities to the Board of Directors. Subject to the rights of third parties, the Board of Directors may overrule or modify a committee’s decisions.

 

54. Cessation of office

A director may resign from a committee of the Board of Directors at any time. The resignation of a director becomes effective at the time the director’s written resignation is received by the Corporation, or at the time specified in the resignation, whichever is later. The reason for the resignation is not required to be given.

The Board of Directors may, by resolution, replace a member of a committee of the board.

 

55. Vacancy

The Board of Directors may fill any vacancy on a committee of the board.

 

14


56. Meetings

Meetings of a committee of the board are called in the same manner as meetings of the Board of Directors.

 

57. Quorum

Unless otherwise provided in a resolution of the Board of Directors, the majority of the members of a committee of the board constitute a quorum.

 

58. Chair and secretary

Meetings of a committee of the board are chaired by the Chair of the committee; in his absence, the members present choose a meeting Chair from among themselves. The secretary of the Corporation acts as secretary of any committee of the board. The members present at a meeting can, if necessary, choose another person as meeting Chair or secretary.

 

59. Procedure

Meetings of committees of the Board of Directors are held in the same manner as the meetings of the Board of Directors.

 

60. Written resolution

A written resolution, signed by all the members of the committee entitled to vote on this resolution has the same force as if it had been passed at a meeting of the committee. The resolutions are kept with the minutes of the meetings and the written resolutions of the Board of Directors.

The written resolutions that are signed electronically are as legally valid as a written signature.

 

61. Remuneration

The members of a committee of the board may, as such, receive the remuneration set by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

H. PROTECTION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

 

62. Presumption

A director is presumed to have fulfilled the obligation to act with prudence and diligence if the director relied, in good faith and based on reasonable grounds, on a report, information or an opinion provided by one of the following persons:

 

  a) an officer of the Corporation who the director believes to be reliable and competent in the functions performed;

 

  b) legal counsel, professional accountants or other persons retained by the Corporation as to matters involving skills or expertise the director believes are matters within the particular person’s professional or expert competence or as to which the particular person merits confidence; or

 

15


  c) a committee of the Board of Directors of which the director is not a member if the director believes the committee merits confidence.

 

63. Relief Provided by the Act

A director cannot be held liable under sections 154, 155, 156, 287, 314 or 392 of the Act if the director acted with a reasonable degree of prudence and diligence in the circumstances. Furthermore, for the purposes of sections 155, 156, 287, 314 and 392 of the Act, the court may, after considering all the circumstances and on the terms the court considers appropriate, relieve a director, either wholly or partly, from the liability the director would otherwise incur if it appears to the court that the director has acted reasonably, honestly and loyally, and ought fairly to be excused.

 

I. INDEMNIFICATION AND LIABILITY INSURANCE

 

64. Indemnification

Subject to the following, the Corporation must indemnify a director or officer of the Corporation, a former director or officer of the Corporation, a mandatary, or any other person who acts or acted at the Corporation’s request as a director or officer of another group against all costs, charges and expenses reasonably incurred in the exercise of their functions, including an amount paid to settle an action or satisfy a judgment, or arising from any investigative or other proceeding in which the person is involved if

 

  a) the person acted with honesty and loyalty in the interest of the Corporation or, as the case may be, in the interest of the other group for which the person acted as director or officer or in a similar capacity at the Corporation’s request; and

 

  b) in the case of a proceeding that is enforced by a monetary penalty, the person had reasonable grounds for believing that his conduct was lawful.

The Corporation must also advance monies to such a person for the costs, charges and expenses of a proceeding referred to in the first paragraph.

However, in the event that a court or any other competent authority judges that the conditions set out in subparagraphs a) and b) above are not fulfilled, or that the person has committed intentional or gross fault, the Corporation may not indemnify the person and the person must repay to the Corporation any monies advanced.

The indemnity provided for in the preceding paragraphs can be obtained even if a person has ceased being a director, officer or representative of the Corporation. In case of death, the indemnity can be paid to the heirs, legatees, liquidators, assignees, authorized representants or beneficiaries of this person.

 

65. Actions by or on behalf of the Corporation

The Corporation may, with the approval of the court, in respect of an action by or on behalf of the Corporation or other group referred to in the preceding section against a person referred to in the preceding section, advance the necessary monies to the person or indemnify the person against all costs, charges and expenses reasonably incurred by the person in connection with the action, if the person fulfills the conditions set out in the preceding section.

 

16


66. Liability insurance

The Corporation must purchase and maintain insurance for the benefit of its directors, officers and other mandataries against any liability they may incur as such or in their capacity as directors, officers or mandataries of another group, if they act or acted in that capacity at the Corporation’s request.

 

J. SHAREHOLDERS MEETINGS

 

67. General

The Corporation must hold an annual meeting of shareholders; it may hold one or more special meetings of shareholders as needed.

 

68. Annual meeting

An annual meeting must be held fifteen (15) months after the last preceding annual meeting. The following business is discussed at the annual meeting:

 

  a) the presentation and examination of the financial statements of the Corporation for the fiscal year ended within six months of the date of the meeting;

 

  b) the presentation and examination of any other financial information required by the articles or the by-laws to be presented to the shareholders;

 

  c) the presentation and examination of the auditor’s report, where applicable;

 

  d) the renewal of the auditor’s term, where applicable;

 

  e) the election of directors.

The annual meeting may also examine and discuss any other business.

The Board of Directors calls the annual shareholders meeting. Otherwise, the meeting may be called by the shareholders in accordance with the rules for calling special meetings at the request of the shareholders as provided in the Act.

 

69. Place

A meeting is held within the province of Quebec at the place determined by the Board of Directors.

 

70. Calling of meeting

Notice of a shareholders meeting must be sent to each shareholder entitled to vote at the meeting and to each director at least twenty-one (21) days, but at the most sixty (60) days before the meeting.

If a director or a shareholder entitled to vote at a shareholders meeting gives written notice not less than ten (10) days before the meeting to the auditor or a former auditor of the Corporation, the auditor or former auditor attends the meeting at the Corporation’s expense and answers any question relating to their duties as auditor.

 

17


71. Notice of meeting

The notice of a shareholders meeting must be sent to each shareholder able to vote and to each director, in writing, by any means providing proof of the date of sending. It is sent to such persons at the address indicated in the Corporation’s records. If a person’s address is not indicated in the Corporation’s records, the notice of meeting must be sent to the address where, in the opinion of the person sending such notice, it is the most likely to reach the person the quickest.

The notice of meeting is sent to the shareholders entered in the securities register at the day the notice is transmitted.

A certificate from the secretary or any other duly authorized officer of the Corporation in office at the time of the preparation of such certificate, or any officer, transfer agent, or share transfer registrar of the Corporation constitutes proof of the sending of the notice of meeting and ties in each shareholder.

The notice of meeting indicates the date, time and place of the meeting as well as the business on the agenda. It also states, where applicable, the date by which the proxies of the shareholders wishing to be represented at the meeting must be received by the Corporation; such date may not be more than forty-eight (48) hours, excluding Saturdays and holidays, before the date of the meeting or any adjournment thereof.

The notice of meeting must state the business on the agenda in sufficient detail to permit the shareholders to form a reasoned judgment on it, and contain the text of any special resolution to be submitted to the meeting.

Irregularities in the notice of meeting or in its sending do not affect the validity of the meeting. Similarly, the unintentional failure to send a notice of meeting to a person entitled to it, or the failure to receive it by a person entitled to the notice, does not invalidate the resolutions passed at the meeting. In addition, the unintentional failure to include a matter to be discussed at the meeting in the notice does not prevent the meeting from discussing such business, unless the interests of a shareholder or director are or could be affected thereby.

 

72. Waiver

A shareholder or director may, in writing, waive notice of a shareholders meeting; waiver of the notice may be validly given before or after the meeting. Their attendance at the meeting is a waiver of notice of the meeting unless they attend the meeting for the sole purpose of objecting to the holding of the meeting on the grounds that it was not lawfully called or held.

 

73. Holding of or participation in meeting by electronic means

A shareholders meeting may be held solely by means of equipment enabling all participants to communicate directly with one another.

Furthermore, any person entitled to attend a shareholders meeting may participate in the meeting by means of any equipment enabling all participants to communicate directly with one another. A person participating in a meeting by such means is deemed to be present at the meeting.

 

18


Any shareholder participating in a shareholders meeting by means of equipment enabling all participants to communicate directly with one another may vote by any means enabling votes to be cast in a way that allows them to be verified afterwards and protects the secrecy of the vote when a secret ballot has been requested.

 

74. Quorum

A quorum of shareholders is present at a shareholders meeting if, at the opening of the meeting, one or several holders of 50% or more of the shares that carry the right to vote at the meeting are present in person or represented by proxy. The shareholders present in person or represented by proxy may discuss the business of such meeting, whether or not a quorum is maintained throughout the meeting.

In the absence of the quorum at the opening of a shareholders meeting, the shareholders present may adjourn the meeting to a specific day, time and place but may not transact any other business. Any matter that could have been brought before the adjourned meeting may then be brought before any adjournment thereof provided the quorum is duly constituted.

 

75. Meeting Chair and secretary

The Chair of the Board of the Corporation or, in his absence, the vice-chair of the Board, if any, or in his absence, the president and chief executive officer of the Corporation or any other person that may be named by the Board of Directors from time to time Chairs a shareholders meeting. The secretary of the Corporation acts as meeting secretary.

If the person who is to chair the meeting is not present at the meeting within 15 minutes after the time appointed for the meeting, the shareholders present choose one of their own to chair of the Board the meeting.

 

76. Procedure

The Chair of the meeting directs the meeting and ensures its orderly conduct. His decisions, including those relating to the validity of proxies, are final and binding on all the shareholders.

The Chair of a shareholders meeting must allow shareholders to raise and discuss, for a reasonable period of time, any matter the primary purpose of which relates to the business or affairs of the Corporation and which is not to enforce a personal claim or redress a personal grievance against the Corporation or its directors, officers or shareholders.

At a shareholders meeting, unless a vote is demanded, a declaration by the Chair of the Board of the meeting that a resolution of the shareholders has been carried and that an entry to that effect has been made in the minutes of the meeting is, in the absence of any evidence to the contrary, proof of that fact, without it being necessary to prove the number or proportion of the votes recorded for and against the resolution.

 

19


77. Voting

Unless otherwise provided in the articles, each share of the Corporation entitles the holder to one vote.

 

78. Majority decision

Unless otherwise provided in the law, the articles or the by-laws, a decision of the shareholders is adopted by ordinary resolution.

 

79. Tie-breaking vote

In the case of a tie, the Chair of the meeting has a tie-breaking vote.

 

80. Voting

Voting is conducted by a show of hands, open voice or secret ballot.

 

81. Voting by a show of hands

Voting is conducted by a show of hands unless an open voice vote or a ballot is demanded. In such a case, the shareholders or proxies vote by raising their hand and the number of votes is calculated according to the number of hands raised.

A proxyholder who has conflicting instructions from more than one shareholder may not vote by a show of hands.

 

82. Open voice voting

The Chair of the meeting, a shareholder or a proxyholder may demand an open voice vote unless a ballot has been demanded. In such a case, each shareholder or proxyholder verbally states his name, that of the shareholder or shareholders whose proxy he holds, the number of votes he holds and the breakdown of such votes.

 

83. Voting by secret ballot

Voting is conducted by secret ballot if the Chair of the meeting, a shareholder or a proxyholder so requests, in the manner indicated by the Chair of the meeting. Each shareholder or proxyholder gives the scrutineers a ballot indicating his name, that of the shareholder whose proxy he holds, the number of votes he holds and the breakdown of such votes.

A shareholder may demand a ballot either before or after a vote by show of hands. A demand for a secret ballot may be withdrawn any time before voting begins.

When voting is conducted by secret ballot, the meeting appoints one person to act as scrutineer.

 

84. Scrutineer

The Chair of any shareholders meeting can appoint one or two persons to act as scrutineers.

 

20


85. Voting by a group

A natural person authorized by a resolution of the Board of Directors or of the management of a shareholder who is a group may participate in and vote at a shareholders meeting.

 

86. Voting by the administrator of the property of others

A person acting for a shareholder as administrator of the property of others may participate in and vote at a shareholders meeting.

 

87. Voting by joint shareholders

If two or more persons hold shares jointly, one of those shareholders present at a shareholders meeting may, in the absence of the others, exercise the voting right attached to those shares. If more than one (1) shareholder are present, they shall vote as one shareholder.

 

88. Proxies

A shareholder may be represented at a shareholders meeting by a proxyholder. A shareholder so represented is deemed to be present at the meeting. Any person, whether or not a shareholder of the Corporation, may be appointed a proxyholder. A proxyholder has the same rights as the shareholder represented to speak at a shareholders meeting in respect of any matter and to vote at the meeting.

A proxy must be in writing and signed by the shareholder. In addition to the date, the proxy must include the name of the proxyholder and, if applicable, revoke any former proxy.

A proxy may also contain voting instructions which the proxyholder is required to follow. A proxy is not required to be witnessed.

Unless otherwise indicated, a proxy lapses one year after the date it is given. It may be revoked at any time.

A proxy may be in the following form:

“I, the undersigned shareholder of                     , hereby appoint                     or, in his absence,                     , as my proxy, with full power and authority to attend, vote at and otherwise act on my behalf at the annual (or special) meeting of the shareholders of the corporation which will take place at                     on the     day of             and at any adjournment thereof. I hereby revoke any former proxy.

Signed in                     this     day of             .

 

 

Shareholder’s signature”

A proxy may be filed with the secretary of the Corporation or any authorized person. A proxy mechanically reproduced or sent by fax or any other means of communication providing proof of the date of receipt is valid.

 

21


89. Preservation of ballots and proxies

The Corporation must, for at least three months after a shareholders meeting, keep at its head office the ballots cast and the proxies presented at the meeting. Any shareholder or proxyholder who was entitled to vote at the meeting may, without charge, inspect the ballots and proxies kept by the Corporation.

 

90. Adjournment

The Chair of the meeting may adjourn any shareholders meeting, with the consent of the shareholders present or represented by proxy. The Chair of the meeting may also adjourn a meeting ex officio if he believes it is impossible to conduct it in an orderly manner.

If a shareholders’ meeting is adjourned for less than thirty (30) days, it is not necessary to give notice of the adjourned meeting other than by announcement at the original meeting. If a shareholders’ meeting is adjourned by one or more adjournments for an aggregate of thirty (30) days or more, notice of the adjourned meeting must be given as for an original meeting.

The meeting is validly resumed if it is held on the date and at the time and place announced and if there is a quorum. In the absence of a quorum at the resumed meeting, the original meeting is deemed to have terminated immediately after its adjournment.

 

91. Signed resolution

A resolution in writing signed by all the shareholders entitled to vote on the resolution is as valid as if it had been passed at a shareholders meeting. The resolution must be kept with the minutes of the shareholders meetings and written resolutions.

The written resolutions that are signed electronically are as legally valid as a written signature.

 

K. SHARES AND CERTIFICATES

 

92. Issue of shares

Subject to the existence of a pre-emptive right granted to the shareholders, shares may be issued at the times, to the persons, including the directors or officers of the Corporation, and for the consideration the Board of Directors determines. In exercising this power, the Board of Directors may, by resolution, accept subscriptions, issue the unissued shares of the Corporation’s share capital and grant an exchange right, option or right to acquire shares of the Corporation.

 

22


93. Payment of shares

The shares of the Corporation may be issued whether or not they are fully paid. However, shares may only be considered paid if consideration equal to the issue price (which may not be less than the par value, if any, of the shares) determined by the Board of Directors has been paid to the Corporation.

Consideration for the shares issued by the Corporation is payable in money, or in property or past services determined by the Board of Directors to be the fair equivalent of the money consideration, considering all the circumstances.

A promissory note or a promise to pay made by a person to whom shares are issued, or a person who does not deal at arm’s length, within the meaning of that expression in the Taxation Act (R.S.Q., chapter I-3), with a person to whom shares are issued does not constitute consideration for the shares.

 

94. Share certificates

Shares issued by the Corporation may be certificated shares or uncertificated shares. A certificated share is represented by a paper certificate in registered form, and an uncertificated share is represented by an entry in the securities register in the name of the shareholder.

Unless otherwise provided in the articles of the Corporation, shares are issued as certificated shares unless the Board of Directors determines, by resolution, that the shares of any class or series of shares or certain shares of a class or series are to be issued as uncertificated shares.

The Board of Directors may also, by resolution, determine that certificated shares become uncertificated shares as soon as the paper certificate is surrendered to the Corporation.

 

95. Certificated shares

In the case of certificated shares, the Corporation must issue to the shareholder, without charge, a certificate in registered form. The Corporation is not required to issue more than one certificate for shares held jointly by two or more persons.

The Board of Directors adopts the form of the share certificate by resolution, as governed by the Act.

The share certificates of the Corporation must be signed by the secretary or by any director or any officer. This signature may be affixed by an automatic device or electronic process.

In the absence of any evidence to the contrary, the certificate is proof of the shareholder’s title to the shares represented by the certificate.

The seal is not required to be affixed to the share certificate.

 

96. Uncertificated shares

In the case of uncertificated shares, the Corporation must send the shareholder a written notice containing the information prescribed by the Act.

 

23


97. Damaged, lost or destroyed certificates

If a shareholder claims that a share certificate has been lost, wrongfully taken or destroyed, the Corporation must issue a new certificate if the shareholder:

 

  a) so requests before the Corporation has notice that the lost, wrongfully taken or allegedly destroyed share certificate has been delivered to a protected purchaser within the meaning of the Act respecting the transfer of securities and the establishment of security entitlements ;

 

  b) provides security sufficient in the Corporation’s judgment to protect the Corporation from any loss that the Corporation may suffer by issuing a new certificate; and

 

  c) satisfies any other reasonable requirements imposed by the Corporation.

 

98. Unpaid shares

Unless the terms of payment for shares are determined by contract, the Board of Directors may call for payment of all or part of the unpaid amounts on shares subscribed or held by the shareholders, the whole as provided by the Act.

 

99. Transfer of shares

The transfer of shares of the Corporation is governed by the Act respecting the transfer of securities and the establishment of security entitlements.

Shares that are not fully paid but for which no instalment is payable may only be transferred with the authorization of the Board of Directors. The directors must reasonably verify the acquirer’s ability to pay for the shares before authorizing the transfer.

A share may not be transferred until all instalments payable up to the time of transfer have been fully paid.

 

100. Transmission of shares

In the event of a transfer of shares by will, the Corporation may consider as entitled to exercise the rights of a deceased shareholder, an heir or personal representative of the heirs or of the succession of that shareholder, upon reception of sufficient proof of their appointment. That person is entitled to become the registered holder of the shares of the deceased or to designate those holders upon delivery to the Corporation of an affidavit or declaration setting out the conditions of the transfer and, as the case may be, of (a) an original of the decision concerning the probate of the will or the notarized minutes of the probate, or a copy of one of the aforementioned documents certified by the Court which rendered the decision or by the notary who prepared the minutes, or by a trust company constituted under provincial or federal legislation or by an attorney or notary acting on behalf of that person, (b) a certified true copy of the notarial will.

 

24


L. DIVIDENDS

 

101. Declaration of dividends

Unless otherwise provided in the articles, the Board of Directors may declare and the Corporation may pay a dividend either in money or property or by issuing fully paid shares or options or rights to acquire fully paid shares of the Corporation.

The Corporation may not declare and pay a dividend, except by issuing shares or options or rights to acquire shares, if there are reasonable grounds for believing that the Corporation is, or would after the payment be, unable to pay its liabilities as they become due.

The Corporation may deduct from the dividends payable to a shareholder any amount due to the Corporation by the shareholder, on account of calls for payment or otherwise.

 

102. Record Date

The Board of Directors may fix, in advance, in accordance with applicable securities regulations, a record date for the determination of the shareholders entitled to receive dividends.

 

M. FISCAL YEAR AND AUDITOR

 

103. Fiscal year

The fiscal year of the Corporation ends on the last Saturday of December of each year or on the date set by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

104. Auditor

The shareholders of the Corporation appoint an auditor at each annual shareholders meeting. The auditor is appointed by ordinary resolution. The term of the auditor begins on appointment. The auditor’s remuneration is fixed by ordinary resolution of the shareholders at the time of appointment. If it is not fixed at that time, it is fixed by the Board of Directors.

The shareholders may, by ordinary resolution at a special meeting, remove the auditor from office. They may appoint a new auditor by ordinary resolution at the same meeting.

Subject to the shareholders’ right to fill the vacancy after removing an auditor, the Board of Directors fills a vacancy in the office of auditor without delay for the unexpired term.

 

105. Accountant

The shareholders of a corporation other than a reporting issuer may decide not to appoint an auditor. The decision must be made by unanimous resolution of the shareholders of the corporation, including shareholders not otherwise entitled to vote. The decision of the shareholders has effect only until the next annual shareholders meeting. It terminates the term of any auditor in office.

 

25


If the shareholders adopt such a resolution, the board of directors may decide to appoint until the next annual meeting one or more accountants to oversee the accounts and prepare the financial statements of the corporation. The board of directors fixes their remuneration.

If the accountant dies, resigns or is removed by the board of directors before the expiry of his term of office, the board of directors may fill the vacancy and appoint a replacement who will hold office for the unexpired portion of the term.

 

N. NOTICE

 

106. Shares registered in the name of more than one person (joint shareholders)

If two or more persons hold shares jointly, any notice or other document relating to such shares is sent to the first shareholder indicated in the Corporation’s securities register. Such notice or other document is deemed to have been sent to all the other shareholders.

 

107. Registered shareholder

Before due presentation for registration of transfer of a certificated share or the receipt of an instruction for registration of transfer of an uncertificated share, the Corporation may treat the shareholder registered in the securities register as the person exclusively entitled to receive notices or other documents.

 

108. Address of shareholders

A shareholder must provide the Corporation with an address to which all notices or documents for him are sent.

 

109. Signing of notices

Notices sent by the Corporation are signed by a director, officer or any other authorized person. Their signature may be affixed by an automatic device or electronic process.

 

110. Calculation of time limits

Unless otherwise provided in these by-laws, in computing any time limit fixed by the articles or these by-laws:

 

  a) the day which marks the start of the time limit is not counted, but the terminal day is counted;

 

  b) non-juridical days within the meaning of the Code of Civil Procedure are counted; but when the last day is a non-juridical day, the time limit is extended to the next following juridical day;

 

  c) Saturday is considered a non-juridical day.

 

26


O. OTHER PROVISIONS

 

111. Declarations in the enterprise register

A director, officer or any authorized person signs the declarations which must be sent by the Corporation to the enterprise registrar under the Act respecting the legal publicity of enterprises.

 

112. By-laws

Unless otherwise provided for in the unanimous shareholder agreement, the Board of Directors adopts the Corporation’s by-laws. The by-laws are effective as of the date of the resolution of the board. The by-laws must be submitted to the shareholders for approval at the next shareholders meeting, and the shareholders may, by ordinary resolution, ratify, reject or amend them. They cease to be effective at the close of the meeting if they are rejected by or not submitted to the shareholders.

The rules of this section apply, with the necessary modifications to the amendment or repeal of by-laws.

Any new by-law adopted by the Board of Directors that has substantially the same purpose or effect as a by-law previously rejected by or not submitted to the shareholders at the meeting is not effective until confirmed by the shareholders.

Adopted by the Board of Directors on September 8, 2011 and ratified by the shareholders on September 8, 2011.

 

 

Vice-President and Secretary

 

27

Exhibit 1.8

[TRANSLATION]

VIDÉOTRON INFRASTRUCTURES INC.

(the “Corporation”)

GENERAL BY-LAWS

BY-LAW ONE

SHAREHOLDERS

ARTICLE 1. ANNUAL MEETINGS  The annual meeting of shareholders of the Corporation shall be held at such place, on such date and at such time as the Board of Directors may determine from time to time. Annual meetings of shareholders may be called at any time by order of the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or, provided they are directors of the Corporation, the President or any Vice-President.

ARTICLE 2. SPECIAL GENERAL MEETINGS  Special general meetings of shareholders shall be held at such place, on such date and at such time as the Board of Directors may determine from time to time or at any place where all the shareholders of the Corporation entitled to vote thereat are present in person or represented by proxy or at such other place as all the shareholders of the Corporation shall approve in writing.

Special general meetings of shareholders may be called at any time by order of the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or, provided they are directors of the Corporation, the President or any Vice-President.

ARTICLE 3. NOTICE OF MEETING  A notice specifying the place, date, time and purpose of any meeting of shareholders shall be given to all the shareholders entitled thereto at least 21 days but not more than 50 days prior to the date fixed for the meeting. The notice may be mailed, postage prepaid, to the shareholders at their respective addresses as they appear on the books of the Corporation or delivered by hand or transmitted by any means of telecommunication.

If the convening of a meeting of shareholders is a matter of urgency, notice of such meeting may be given not less than 48 hours before such meeting is to be held.

In the case of joint holders of a share, the notice of meeting shall be given to that one of them whose name stands first in the books of the Corporation and notice so given shall be sufficient notice to all the joint holders.

Irregularities in the notice or in the giving thereof as well as the unintentional omission to give notice to, or the non-receipt of any such notice by, any of the shareholders shall not invalidate any action taken by or at any such meeting.


ARTICLE 4. CHAIRMAN  The Chairman of the Board or, in his absence, the President, if he is a director, or, in his absence, one of the Vice-Presidents who is a director of the Corporation (to be designated by the meeting in the event of more than one such Vice-President being present) shall preside at all meetings of shareholders. If all of the aforesaid officers be absent or decline to act, the persons present and entitled to vote may choose one of their number to act as chairman of the meeting. In the event of an equality of votes, the chairman of any meeting shall not be entitled to a casting vote in respect of any matter submitted to the vote of the meeting.

ARTICLE 5. QUORUM, VOTING AND ADJOURNMENTS  The holder or holders of not less than 50% of the outstanding shares of the share capital of the Corporation carrying voting rights at such meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for any meeting of shareholders of the Corporation.

The acts of the holders of a majority of the shares so present or represented and carrying voting rights thereat shall be the acts of all the shareholders except as to matters on which the vote or consent of the holders of a greater number of shares is required or directed by the laws governing the Corporation, the constituting act or the by-laws of the Corporation.

Should a quorum not be present at any meeting of shareholders, those present in person and entitled to be counted for the purpose of forming a quorum shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time and from place to place without notice other than announcement at the meeting until a quorum shall be present. At any such adjourned meeting, provided a quorum is present, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting adjourned.

ARTICLE 6. RIGHT TO VOTE AND PROXY  At all meetings of shareholders, each shareholder present and entitled to vote thereat shall have on a show of hands one vote and, upon a poll, each shareholder present in person or represented by proxy shall be entitled to one vote for each share carrying voting rights registered in his name in the books of the Corporation unless, under the terms of the constituting act some other scale of voting is fixed, in which event such scale of voting shall be adopted. Any shareholder or proxy may demand a ballot (either before or on the declaration of the result of a vote upon a show of hands) in respect of any matter submitted to the vote of the shareholders.

In the case of joint holders of a share, the vote of the senior who tenders a vote, whether in person or by proxy, shall be accepted to the exclusion of the votes of the other joint holders, and for this purpose seniority shall be determined by the order in which the names stand in the books of the Corporation.

ARTICLE 7. SCRUTINEERS  The chairman at any meeting of shareholders may appoint one or more persons, who need not be shareholders, to act as scrutineer or scrutineers at the meeting.

 

- 2 -


ARTICLE 8. ADDRESSES OF SHAREHOLDERS  Every shareholder shall furnish to the Corporation an address to which all notices intended for such shareholder shall be given, failing which, any such notice may be given to him at any other address appearing on the books of the Corporation. If no address appears on the books of the Corporation, such notice may be sent to such address as the person sending the notice may consider to be the most likely to result in such notice promptly reaching such shareholder.

BY-LAW TWO

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

ARTICLE 1. ELECTION OF DIRECTORS AND TERM OF OFFICE  Except as herein otherwise provided, each director shall be elected at an annual meeting of shareholders or at any special general meeting of shareholders called for that purpose, by a majority of the votes cast in respect of such election. It shall not be necessary that the voting for the election of directors of the Corporation be conducted by ballot unless voting by ballot is requested by a shareholder or proxy. Each director so elected shall hold office until the election of his successor unless he shall resign or his office become vacant by death, removal or other cause.

ARTICLE 2. ACTS OF DIRECTORS  All acts done by the directors or by any person acting as a director, until their successors have been duly elected or appointed, shall, notwithstanding that it be afterwards discovered that there was some defect in the election of the directors or such person acting as aforesaid or that they or any of them were disqualified, be as valid as if the directors or such other person, as the case may be, had been duly elected and were qualified to be directors of the Corporation.

ARTICLE 3. POWER TO ALLOT STOCK AND GRANT OPTIONS  Subject to the provisions of the constituting act of the Corporation, the shares of the Corporation shall be at all times under the control of the directors who may by resolution, from time to time, accept subscriptions, allot, issue, grant options in respect of or otherwise dispose of the whole or any part of the unissued shares of the share capital of the Corporation on such terms and conditions, for such consideration not contrary to law or to the constituting act of the Corporation and at such times prescribed in such resolutions. The directors may, from time to time, make calls upon the shareholders in respect of any moneys unpaid upon their shares. Each shareholder shall pay the amount called on his shares at the time and place fixed by the directors.

ARTICLE 4. POWER TO DECLARE DIVIDENDS  The directors may from time to time as they may deem advisable, declare and pay dividends out of any funds available for dividends to the shareholders according to their respective rights and interest therein.

Any dividend may be paid by cheque or warrant made payable to and mailed to the address on the books of the Corporation of the shareholder entitled thereto and in the case of joint holders to that one of them whose name stands first in the books of the Corporation, and the mailing of such cheque or warrant shall constitute payment unless the cheque or warrant is not paid upon presentation.

 

- 3 -


ARTICLE 5. PLACE OF MEETINGS AND NOTICES  All meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such place, on such date and at such time as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors or at any place where all the directors are present.

Any meeting of the Board of Directors may be called at any time by or on the order of the Chairman of the Board or, provided they are directors of the Corporation, the President or any Vice-President or by any two directors.

Notice specifying the place, date and time of any meeting of the Board of Directors shall be given to each of the directors at least 72 hours prior to the date fixed for such meeting. The notice may be mailed, postage prepaid, to each director at his residence or usual place of business, or delivered by hand or transmitted by any means of telecommunication.

In any case where the convening of a meeting of directors is a matter of urgency, notice of such meeting may be given not less than 3 hours before such meeting is to be held.

Notwithstanding any other provisions of this ARTICLE 5, immediately after the annual meeting of shareholders in each year, a meeting of such of the newly elected directors as are then present shall be held, provided they shall constitute a quorum, without further notice, for the election or appointment of officers of the Corporation and the transaction of such other business as may come before them.

ARTICLE 6. CHAIRMAN  The Chairman of the Board or, in his absence, the President, if he is a director, or, in his absence, one of the Vice-Presidents who is a director of the Corporation (to be designated by the meeting in the event of more than one such Vice-President being present) shall preside at all meetings of the directors. If all of the aforesaid officers are absent or decline to act, the directors present may choose one of their number to act as chairman of the meeting. In the event of an equality of votes, the chairman of any meeting shall be entitled to cast one vote as a director, but not a second or casting vote in respect of any matter submitted to the vote of the meeting.

ARTICLE 7. QUORUM  Except when the Corporation has only one director, the directors may from time to time fix by resolution the quorum for meetings of directors, but until otherwise fixed, a majority of the directors in office shall constitute a quorum.

ARTICLE 8. VACANCIES AND RESIGNATION  In the case of a vacancy occurring in the Board of Directors, the directors then in office, by the affirmative vote of a majority of said remaining directors, so long as a quorum of the Board remains in office, may from time to time and at any time fill such vacancy for the remainder of the term.

 

- 4 -


ARTICLE 9. SOLE DIRECTOR  In the case where the Corporation has only one director, the acts that may be or are required to be taken by the Board of Directors or by two directors of the Corporation, under the Corporation’s by-laws, may be taken by the sole director of the Corporation.

 

- 5 -


BY-LAW THREE

OFFICERS

ARTICLE 1. OFFICERS  The directors shall elect or appoint a President, shall appoint a Secretary and may also elect or appoint as officers a Chairman of the Board, one or more Vice-Presidents, one or more Assistant-Secretaries, a Treasurer and one or more Assistant-Treasurers. Such officers shall be elected or appointed at the first meeting of the Board of Directors after each annual meeting of shareholders. There may also be appointed such other officers as the Board of Directors may from time to time deem necessary. Such officers shall respectively perform such duties, in addition to those specified in the by-laws of the Corporation, as shall from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors. The same person may hold more than one office, provided, however, that the same person shall not hold the office of President and Vice-President. None of such officers except the Chairman of the Board need be a director of the Corporation.

ARTICLE 2. CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD  The Chairman of the Board, if any, shall preside at all meetings of directors and shareholders of the Corporation and he shall have such other powers and duties as the Board of Directors may determine from time to time.

ARTICLE 3. PRESIDENT  The President shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation and shall exercise a general control of and supervision over its affairs. He shall have such other powers and duties as the Board of Directors may determine from time to time.

ARTICLE 4. VICE-PRESIDENT OR VICE-PRESIDENTS  The Vice-President or Vice-Presidents shall have such powers and duties as may be determined by the Board of Directors from time to time. In case of the absence, disability, refusal or omission to act of the President, a Vice-President designated by the directors may exercise the powers and perform the duties of the President and, if such Vice-President exercises any of the powers or performs any of the duties of the President, the absence, disability, refusal or omission to act of the President shall be presumed.

ARTICLE 5. TREASURER AND ASSISTANT-TREASURERS  The Treasurer shall have general charge of the finances of the Corporation. He shall render to the Board of Directors, whenever directed by the Board and as soon as possible after the close of each financial year, an account of the financial condition of the Corporation and of all his transactions as Treasurer. He shall have charge and custody of and be responsible for the keeping of the books of account required under the laws governing the Corporation. He shall perform all the acts incidental to the office of Treasurer or as may be determined by the Board of Directors from time to time.

Assistant-Treasurers shall perform any of the duties of the Treasurer delegated to them from time to time by the Board of Directors or by the Treasurer.

ARTICLE 6. SECRETARY AND ASSISTANT-SECRETARIES  The Secretary shall attend to the giving of all notices of the Corporation and shall keep the records of all meetings

 

- 6 -


and resolutions of the shareholders and of the Board of Directors in a book to be kept for that purpose. He shall keep in safe custody the seal of the Corporation, if any. He shall have charge of the books containing the names and addresses of the shareholders and directors of the Corporation and such other books and papers as the Board of Directors may direct. He shall perform such other duties incidental to his office or as may be required by the Board of Directors from time to time.

Assistant-Secretaries shall perform any of the duties of the Secretary delegated to them from time to time by the Board of Directors or by the Secretary.

ARTICLE 7. SECRETARY-TREASURER  Whenever the Secretary shall also be the Treasurer he may, at the option of the Board of Directors, be designated the “Secretary-Treasurer”.

ARTICLE 8. REMOVAL  The Board of Directors may, subject to the law and the provisions of any contract, remove and discharge any officer of the Corporation at any meeting called for that purpose and may elect or appoint any other person.

BY-LAW FOUR

SHARE CAPITAL

ARTICLE 1. SHARE CERTIFICATES  Certificates representing shares of the share capital of the Corporation shall be approved by the Board of Directors. Share certificates shall bear the signatures of two directors or two officers of the Corporation or of one director and one officer of the Corporation. Such signatures may be engraved, lithographed or otherwise mechanically reproduced thereon. Any certificate bearing the facsimile reproduction of the signature of any of such authorized persons shall be deemed to have been manually signed by him and shall be as valid to all intents and purposes as if it had been manually signed, notwithstanding that the person whose signature is so reproduced shall, at the time that the certificate is issued or on the date of such certificate, have ceased to be an officer or director of the Corporation, as the case may be.

 

- 7 -


ARTICLE 2. TRANSFER OF SHARES  A register of transfers containing the date and particulars of all transfers of shares of the share capital of the Corporation shall be kept either at the head office or at such other office of the Corporation or at such other place in the Province of Québec or elsewhere in Canada as may be determined, from time to time, by resolution of the Board of Directors. One or more branch registers of transfers may be kept at any office of the Corporation or any other place within the Province of Québec or elsewhere as may from time to time be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors. The date and particulars of all transfers of shares contained in a branch register of transfers must also be entered in the register of transfers. Such register of transfers and branch registers of transfers shall be kept by the Secretary or by such other officer or officers as may be specially charged with this duty or by such agent or agents as may be appointed from time to time for that purpose by resolution of the Board of Directors.

Entry of the transfer of any share of the share capital of the Corporation may be made in the register of transfers or in a branch register of transfers regardless of where the certificate representing the share to be transferred shall have been issued.

If the shares of the share capital of the Corporation to be transferred are represented by a certificate, the transfer of such shares shall not be entered in the register of transfers or the branch register of transfers, unless or until the certificate representing the shares to be transferred has been duly endorsed and surrendered for cancellation.

ARTICLE 3. CLOSING OF BOOKS  The Board of Directors may, from time to time, by resolution close the register of transfers and the branch registers of transfers, if any, for any time or times not exceeding in the whole 60 days in each financial year of the Corporation on giving notice by advertisement in a newspaper published in the place where the register of transfers is kept and in a newspaper published in the place where each of the branch registers of transfers is kept. The Board of Directors may by resolution fix in advance a date not exceeding 60 days preceding the date of any meeting of shareholders of the Corporation or the date for the payment of any dividend or the date for the allotment of any rights as a record date for the determination of the shareholders entitled to receive notice of any such meeting or to receive payment of any such dividend or to be allotted any such rights. Only shareholders of record on the record date so fixed shall be entitled to receive such notice or to receive payment of such dividend or to be allotted such rights, as the case may be, notwithstanding any transfer of any shares on the books of the Corporation after such record date.

ARTICLE 4. TRANSFER AGENTS AND REGISTRARS  The Board of Directors may appoint or remove from time to time transfer agents or registrars of transfers of shares of the share capital of the Corporation and, subject to the laws governing the Corporation, make regulations generally, from time to time, with reference to the transfer of the shares of the share capital of the Corporation. Upon any such appointment being made, all certificates representing shares of the share capital of the Corporation thereafter issued shall be countersigned by one of such transfer agents or one of such registrars of transfers and shall not be valid unless so countersigned.

 

- 8 -


BY-LAW FIVE

FINANCIAL YEAR

The financial year of the Corporation shall end on December 31 in each year. Such date may, however, be changed from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors.

BY-LAW SIX

CONTRACTS

All contracts, deeds, agreements, documents, bonds, debentures and other instruments requiring execution by the Corporation may be signed by two directors or two officers of the Corporation or by one director and one officer of the Corporation or by such persons as the Board of Directors may otherwise authorize from time to time by resolution. Any such authorization may be general or confined to specific instances. Save as aforesaid or as otherwise provided in the by-laws of the Corporation, no director, officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the Corporation under any contract or obligation or to pledge its credit.

The Corporation may transact business with one or more of its directors or with any firm of which one or more of its directors are members or employees or with any corporation or association of which one or more of its directors are shareholders, directors, officers or employees. The director who has an interest in such transaction shall disclose it to the Corporation and to the other directors making a decision in respect of such transaction and shall abstain from discussing and voting on the question except if his vote is required to bind the Corporation in respect of such transaction.

 

- 9 -


BY-LAW SEVEN

DECLARATIONS

Any director or officer of the Corporation or any other person nominated for that purpose by any director or officer of the Corporation is authorized and empowered to give instructions to an attorney, for civil or for criminal, to appear and make answer for and on behalf and in the name of the Corporation to all writs, orders and interrogatories upon articulated facts issued out of any court and to declare for and on behalf and in the name of the Corporation any answer to writs of attachment by way of garnishment in which the Corporation is garnishee. Any director, officer or person so nominated is authorized and empowered to make all affidavits and sworn declarations in connection therewith or in connection with any and all judicial proceedings to which the Corporation is a party and to instruct an attorney to make demands of abandonment or petitions for winding-up or bankruptcy orders upon any debtor of the Corporation and to attend and vote at all meetings of creditors of the Corporation’s debtors and grant proxies in connection therewith. Any such director, officer or person is authorized to appoint by general or special power or powers of attorney any person or persons, including any person other than those directors, officers and persons hereinbefore mentioned, as attorney or attorneys of the Corporation to do any of the foregoing things.

BY-LAW EIGHT

SEAL

The seal of the Corporation, if any, may be affixed by any director or officer of the Corporation or by any person designated by such director or officer.

BY-LAW NINE

REGULATION 45-106

ARTICLE 1. NUMBER OF HOLDERS OF SHARES AND SECURITIES  The beneficial ownership of securities of the Corporation, including its shareholders, shall be limited to fifty (50) persons, not including employees and former employees of the Corporation or its affiliates, provided that each person is counted as one beneficial owner unless the person is created or used solely to purchase or hold securities of the Corporation in which case each beneficial owner or each beneficiary of the person, as the case may be, must be counted as a separate beneficial owner

ARTICLE 2. ISSUE OF SECURITIES The directors, by way of resolution, may accept subscriptions for securities, allot or issue securities of the Company at such times, on such terms and conditions, to such persons and for such consideration as they see fit.

 

- 10 -


ARTICLE 3. PRIVATE ISSUER STATUS  The directors shall use their best efforts to ensure that the Corporation remains a private issuer and complies with the provisions of the Regulation 45-106 .

ARTICLE 4. DECLARATION OF SUBSCRIBER  Any person who subscribes shares or other securities issued by the Corporation shall declare to the Corporation that this subscription is exempted from prospectus and registration requirements pursuant to section 2.4 of the Regulation 45-106

ARTICLE 5. DECLARATION OF TRANSFEREE  Any person who purchases shares or other securities of the Corporation shall declare that his acquisition is exempted from prospectus and registration requirements pursuant to the Regulation 45-106 .

ARTICLE 6. COMMISSION  No commission or other remuneration, including a finder’s fee, shall be paid in connection with the sale of shares or other securities to a director, executive officer, control person or founder of the Corporation or of an affiliate of the Company.

BY-LAW TEN

BORROWING POWERS

The administrators of the Corporation are hereby authorized, when to their best judgment, it is in the best interest of the Corporation to:

 

  (a) borrow money on the credit of the Corporation from any bank, corporation, firm, association or individual, in the amount and in the conditions the Board of directions see fit, and in the best interest of the Corporation;

 

  (b) increase or decrease the amount to be borrowed;

 

  (c) issue or have issued, sell or pledge bonds, debentures, notes or other debt obligations of the Corporation as by the terms, agreements and conditions and for the sums as see fit by the Board of directors;

 

  (d) hypothecate movable and immovable property of the Corporation currently owned or subsequently acquired to secure payment or performance of an obligation or other debt obligations of the Corporation;

 

  (e) mortgage, hypothecate, charge, pledge or otherwise create a security interest in all or any currently owned or subsequently acquired movable and immovable property of the Corporation to secure such bonds, debentures, notes or other debt obligations, other than those contracted by the issuing of the shares;

 

- 11 -


  (f) provide a guarantee on behalf of the Corporation to secure payment of all debt obligations such as borrowed monies, debentures, notes, credits, overdraft advances, or other debts in favour of a bank, corporation, firm or person, including interest, hypothecate and provide to any bank, corporation, firm or any individual, all or any one of the Corporation property, movable or immovable, currently owned or subsequently acquired and provide guarantees that may be accepted by a bank in virtue of the different sections of the Bank Act, renew, modify or substitute such guarantees from time to time, with the authority to contract promises, to provide guarantees in virtue of the Bank Act related to any current debt or subsequently contracted by the Corporation with any bank;

 

  (g) the Board of directors may from time to time, by resolution, delegate to any one or more directors or officers all or any of the powers conferred on the directors by paragraph 1 of this by-law to the full extent thereof or such lesser extent as the directors may in any such resolution provide;

AND the powers hereby conferred shall be deemed to be permanent and not subject to cease after the first exercise. Such powers can be used from time to time as long as they are not revoked by a written resolution.

 

- 12 -


ENACTED August 3, 2009.
The President,

 

Robert Dépatie
The Vice President and Secretary,

 

Claudine Tremblay

 

- 13 -

Exhibit 1.15

9230-7677 QUÉBEC INC.

(the “Corporation”)

TRANSLATION

BY-LAWS

 

A. INTERPRETATION

 

1. Definitions

In these by-laws, unless the context indicates otherwise,

“Act” means the Business Corporations Act, R.S.Q., c. S-31.1. Any reference to that statute or any provisions thereof in the Corporation’s by-laws is interpreted as a reference to any amended or substituted provisions thereof;

“affairs” means the relationships among the Corporation, its affiliates and the shareholders, directors and officers of the Corporation and its affiliates but does not include the business carried on by the Corporation or its affiliates;

“affiliates”: means legal persons one of whom is a subsidiary of the other, or legal persons who are controlled by the same person;

“associates” means, in relation to a person:

 

  a) the person’s spouse, children and relatives, and the children and relatives of the person’s spouse;

 

  b) a partner of the person;

 

  c) a succession or trust in which the person has a substantial interest similar to that of a beneficiary or in respect of which the person serves as liquidator, trustee or other administrator of the property of others, mandatary or depositary; or

 

  d) a legal person of whom the person owns securities making up more than 10% of a class of shares carrying voting rights at any shareholders meeting or the right to receive any declared dividend or a share of the remaining property of the legal person in the event of liquidation.

“group”: means any legal person, any group of persons or any group of properties, including an organization, joint venture or trust;

“officer” means a person referred to in section 40 of these by-laws;


“resolution” or “ordinary resolution” means a resolution that requires a majority of the votes cast at a shareholders meeting by the shareholders entitled to vote on the resolution, or a resolution that requires the signature of all such shareholders;

“reporting issuer” means a reporting issuer within the meaning of the Securities Act (R.S.Q., chapter V-1.1);

“security” means a share, debenture, bond or note that is dealt in or traded on a securities exchange or financial market;

“shareholder” means a shareholder who is registered in the securities register of the Corporation, and includes a shareholder’s representative;

“special resolution” means a resolution that requires at least two thirds of the votes cast at a shareholders meeting by the shareholders entitled to vote on the resolution, or a resolution that requires the signature of all such shareholders.

 

2. Interpretation

 

  a) in the event of contradiction between the Act and the articles or the by-laws of the Corporation, the Act shall prevail over the articles and the by-laws; and the by-laws; and the articles shall take precedence over the by-laws.

 

  b) the powers of the directors, shareholders and officers of the Corporation are subject to the Act and by-laws of the Corporation and any reference to the exercise of any of these powers in the by-laws of the Corporation is subject to the limits, restrictions or conditions that are expressed therein.

 

  c) the masculine gender includes both sexes, unless the contrary intention is evident by the context;

 

  d) the singular number extends to more than one person or more than one thing of the same sort, whenever the context admits of such extension. The plural number can apply to one person only or to one thing only if the context so permits.

The headings used in these by-laws are for ease of reference only and do not form part of them.

 

B. HEAD OFFICE, ESTABLISHMENT AND SEAL

 

3. Head office

The head office of the Corporation shall be established in the judicial district of Montréal, in the Province of Quebec. The Corporation may relocate its head office in compliance with the Act.

 

4. Establishment

In addition to its head office, the Corporation may have other establishments, offices or agencies both within and outside Quebec.

 

2


5. Seal

The Board of Directors may adopt a seal but is not required to. The fact that a document of the Corporation is not sealed does not invalidate the document.

 

C. CORPORATE RECORDS

 

6. Records

The Corporation maintains, at its head office or at any other place designated by the Board of Directors, records containing:

 

  a) the articles and the by-laws;

 

  b) minutes of meetings of the shareholders and written resolutions of shareholders;

 

  c) the names and domicile of the directors, and the dates of the beginning and end of their term of office; and

 

  d) the securities register.

The secretary keeps such records up-to-date.

The shareholders may examine these records during its regular office hours, and obtain extracts from them. They may also, on request and without charge, obtain a copy of the articles and by-laws.

 

7. Accounting and Board records

The Corporation also maintains accounting records and books containing the minutes of meetings and written resolutions of the Board of Directors. If applicable, the Corporation also maintains books for all the committees of the Board of Directors.These records and books are kept at the Corporation’s head office or at any other place designated by the Board of Directors.

The Corporation is required to retain all accounting records for a period of six years after the end of the fiscal year to which they relate.

Only the directors and the auditor may have access to the accounting records and books containing the minutes of the meetings as well as the written resolutions of the Board of Directors and of its committees. However, the shareholders may examine, during the Corporation’s regular office hours, any part of the minutes of the deliberations of the Board of Directors or any other document in which a director or officer makes the disclosure of interest referred to in sections 22 and 45 below.

 

8. Securities register

The securities register of the Corporation contains the following information with respect to its shares:

 

  a) the names, in alphabetical order, and the addresses of present and past shareholders;

 

3


  b) the number of shares held by each such shareholder;

 

  c) the date and details of the issue and transfer of each share; and

 

  d) any amount due on any share.

The register must contain, if applicable, the same information with respect to the Corporation’s debentures, bonds and notes, with the necessary modifications. Any person may examine the Corporation’s securities register if that person complies with the provisions of the Act in this regard. Any person may, on request and on payment of a reasonable fee established by the Corporation, obtain a copy of the list of the Corporation’s shareholders as provided for in the Act.

 

D. BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

9. Functions and powers

The Board of Directors exercises all necessary powers to supervise the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation. Except to the extent provided by law, such powers may be exercised without shareholder approval.

Generally, the Board of Directors exercises the powers and takes the actions which the Corporation is authorized to take; it may also enter into any contract on behalf of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may, on behalf of the Corporation:

 

  a) borrow money;

 

  b) issue, reissue, sell or hypothecate its debt obligations;

 

  c) enter into a suretyship to secure performance of an obligation of any person; and

 

  d) hypothecate all or any of its property, owned or subsequently acquired, to secure any obligation.

 

10. Delegation of powers

The Board of Directors may create one of several committees composed of directors and may delegate certain powers to this or these committees. It can also delegate its powers to a director or an officer. However, the Board of Directors may not delegate its power:

 

  a) to submit to the shareholders any question or matter requiring their approval;

 

  b) to fill a vacancy among the directors or in the office of auditor;

 

  c) to appoint or dismiss the president of the Corporation, the Chair of the Board of Directors, the chief executive officer, the chief operating officer or the chief financial officer regardless of their title, and to determine their remuneration;

 

  d) to authorize the issue of shares;

 

  e) to approve the transfer of unpaid shares;

 

  f) to declare dividends;

 

4


  g) to acquire, including by purchase, redemption or exchange, shares issued by the Corporation;

 

  h) to split, consolidate or convert shares;

 

  i) to authorize the payment of a commission to a person who purchases shares or other securities of the Corporation, or procures or agrees to procure purchasers for those shares or securities;

 

  j) to approve the financial statements presented at the annual meetings of shareholders;

 

  k) to adopt, amend or repeal by-laws;

 

  l) to authorize calls for payment;

 

  m) to authorize the confiscation of shares;

 

  n) to approve articles of amendment allowing a class of unissued shares to be divided into series, and to determine the designation of and the rights and restrictions attaching to those shares or securities; or

 

  o) to approve a short-form amalgamation.

 

11. Contracts

All contracts, deeds, agreements, documents, bonds, debentures and other instruments requiring execution by the Corporation may be signed by two directors or two officers of the Corporation or by one director and one officer of the Corporation or by such persons as the Board of Directors may otherwise authorize from time to time by resolution. Any such authorization may be general or confined to specific instances.

 

12. Proceedings

Any director or officer of the Corporation, or any other person appointed for that purpose by any director or officer of the Corporation, is authorized to bring any action, proceeding, motion, civil, criminal, administrative or other legal procedure, in the name of the Corporation or to appear and to answer on behalf of the Corporation to any writ, to any order or injunction issued by any court, to any examination on the facts relating to any litigation or any examination on discovery, as well as to any action, proceeding, motion or other legal procedure in which the Corporation is involved; to respond in the name of the Corporation to any garnishment in which the Corporation is garnishee and to prepare any affidavit or any solemn declaration related to such a garnishment or to any other legal procedure to which the Corporation is a party; to make any application for the assignment of property or any petitions for a receiving order against any debtor of the Corporation; to attend and to vote in any meeting of the creditors of debtors of the Corporation; to grant proxies and, in respect of any such action, proceeding, motion or other legal procedure, to take any other action which he or she deems to be in the best interests of the Corporation.

 

5


13. Number

The exact number of directors is determined by the Board of Directors as provided in the articles of the Corporation.

The directors in office do not cease to hold their position as a result of an amendment of the articles which reduces their number.

 

14. Qualifications

Any natural person may be a director of the Corporation, except:

 

  a) a minor;

 

  b) a person of full age under tutorship or curatorship;

 

  c) a bankrupt;

 

  d) a person prohibited by the court from holding such office;

 

  e) a person declared incapable by decision of a court of another jurisdiction.

Unless otherwise provided in the articles, a director is not required to be a shareholder.

 

15. Election and term of office

The directors are elected each year at the annual shareholders meeting by a simple majority of the votes and remain in office until the next annual shareholders meeting or until their successors are appointed. Voting for the election of directors is conducted by a show of hands unless a ballot is demanded by a shareholder entitled to vote.

 

16. Cessation of office

A director ceases to hold office when he dies, becomes disqualified from being a director, resigns or is removed from office.

 

17. Resignation

A director may resign at any time. The resignation of a director becomes effective at the time the director’s written resignation is received by the Corporation, or at the time specified in the resignation, whichever is later. The reason for the resignation need not be given.

 

18. Removal

The shareholders may by ordinary resolution at a special meeting remove any director or directors. If certain shareholders have an exclusive right to elect one or more directors, a director so elected may only be removed by ordinary resolution of those shareholders.

A director whose removal is to be proposed at a shareholders meeting may attend the meeting and be heard or, if not in attendance, may explain, in a written statement read by the person presiding over the meeting or made available to the shareholders before or at the meeting, why he opposes the resolution proposing his removal.

 

6


A vacancy created by the removal of a director may be filled at the shareholders meeting at which the director is removed or, if it is not, at a subsequent meeting of the Board of Directors.

 

19. Vacancy

A quorum of directors may fill any vacancy on the board unless there has been a failure to elect the fixed number or minimum number of directors required by the articles.

However, the directors then in office must without delay call a special shareholders meeting to fill the vacancies resulting from the lack of quorum or the failure to elect the fixed or minimal number of directors set out in the articles. If the directors refuse or fail to call a meeting, the meeting may be called by any shareholder.

A director appointed or elected to fill a vacancy holds office for the unexpired term of his predecessor.

 

20. Retiring director and updating declaration

A director who leaves office is authorized to sign on behalf of the Corporation and file in accordance with the Act respecting the legal publicity of enterprises an updating declaration indicating such change, unless he has received, within thirty (30) days of the date on which such change took effect, proof that the Corporation has filed such declaration.

 

21. Duties of directors

Subject to the provisions of the Act, the directors are bound by the same obligations as are imposed by the Civil Code of Québec on any director of a legal person. Consequently, in the exercise of their functions, the directors are duty-bound toward the Corporation to act with prudence and diligence, honesty and loyalty and in the interest of the Corporation.

More specifically, but without limiting the generality of the foregoing:

 

  a) no director may mingle the property of the Corporation with his own property nor may he use for his own profit or that of a third person any property of the Corporation or any information he obtains by reason of his duties, unless he is authorized to do so by the shareholders of the Corporation;

 

  b) unless he has obtained the express consent of the Board of Directors, a director must keep confidential the deliberations of the Board of Directors, any internal document and any other information to which he has access in the performance of his duties which is not publicly known and which has not been publicly disclosed by the Corporation;

 

  c) a director must avoid placing himself in any situation where his personal interest would be in conflict with his obligations as a director of the Corporation;

 

  d) a director must declare to the legal person any interest he has in an enterprise or association that may place him in a situation of conflict of interest and of any right he may set up against it, indicating their nature and value, where applicable.

 

7


22. Contracts or transactions – disclosure of interest

A director must disclose the nature and value of any interest he has in a contract or transaction to which the Corporation is a party. “Interest” means any financial stake in a contract or transaction that may reasonably be considered likely to influence decision-making. Furthermore, a proposed contract or a proposed transaction, including related negotiations, is considered a contract or transaction.

A director must also disclose a contract or transaction to which the Corporation and any of the following are a party:

 

  a) an associate of the director;

 

  b) a group of which the director is a director;

 

  c) a group in which the director or an associate of the director has an interest.

The director satisfies the requirement if he discloses, in a case specified in subparagraph b), the directorship or office held within the group or, in a case specified in subparagraph c), the nature and value of the interest he or his associate has in the group.

Unless it is recorded in the minutes of the first meeting of the Board of Directors at which the contract or transaction is discussed, the disclosure of an interest, contract or transaction must be made in writing to the Board of Directors as soon as the director becomes aware of the interest, contract or transaction.

The disclosure must be made even in the case of a contract or transaction that does not require approval by the Board of Directors.

 

23. Contracts or transactions – voting

No director may vote on a resolution to approve, amend or terminate the contract or transaction described in the foregoing section, or be present during deliberations concerning the approval, amendment or termination of such a contract or transaction unless the contract or transaction:

 

  a) relates primarily to the remuneration of the director or an associate of the director as a director of the Corporation or an affiliate of the Corporation;

 

  b) relates primarily to the remuneration of the director or an associate of the director as an officer, employee or mandatary of the Corporation or an affiliate of the Corporation, if the Corporation is not a reporting issuer;

 

  c) is for the indemnification of the directors in certain circumstances or liability insurance taken out by the Corporation;

 

  d) is with an affiliate of the Corporation, and the sole interest of the director is as a director or officer of the affiliate.

If no quorum exists for the purpose of voting on a resolution to approve a contract or transaction only because a director is not permitted to be present during deliberations, the other directors present are deemed to constitute a quorum for the purpose of voting on the resolution.

 

8


If all the directors are required to abstain from voting, the contract or transaction may be approved solely by the shareholders entitled to vote, by ordinary resolution. The disclosure must be made to the shareholders in a sufficiently clear manner before the contract or transaction is approved.

 

24. Remuneration

The Board of Directors determines the remuneration of the directors from time to time, by resolution. The directors are also entitled to be reimbursed for travel costs and reasonable expenses incurred in the performance of their duties.

 

E. MEETINGS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

25. Place

The Board of Directors meets at the head office of the Corporation or at any other place within or outside Quebec which the Chair of the Board of Directors may choose.

 

26. Calling of meeting

The Board of Directors meets as often as the Chair of the Board considers necessary. Board meetings are called by the Chair of the Board, or by the secretary at the request of the Chair of the Board, or in the absence or in case of incapacity to act as Chair of the Board, at the request of two (2) directors. At least two (2) days’ notice must be given.

In the event that the Chair of the Board (or the secretary, at the request of the Chair of the Board or in the absence or in case of incapacity to act as Chair of the Board, at the request of two (2) directors) considers, at his discretion, that it is deemed urgent to call a meeting of the Board of Directors, he must see that the notice of the meeting be sent out using any possible means at least two (2) hours before the meeting and such notice shall be deemed sufficient for the meeting to be called.

The notice must state the time and place of the meeting and, where applicable, specify any matter referred to in section 10 of these by-laws.

A notice of meeting must be sent to each director, at his last known civic or electronic address, by any means providing proof of its sending.

A meeting may be held without notice if all the directors are present or if the absent directors agreed to the holding of such meeting. The meeting of the Board of Directors immediately following the annual shareholders meeting may take place without notice.

 

27. Waiver of notice

A director may, in writing, waive notice of a meeting; waiver of the notice may be validly given before or after the meeting. However, attendance of a director at a meeting of the board is a waiver of notice of the meeting unless the director attends the meeting for the sole purpose of objecting to the holding of the meeting on the grounds that it was not lawfully called.

 

9


28. Participation by any means of communication

A director may participate in a meeting of the board by means of equipment – telephone, electronic or other – enabling all participants to communicate directly with one another. In such a case, the director is deemed to be present at the meeting.

 

29. Attendance

Only the directors may attend board meetings. Other persons may also attend as needed, with the authorization of the Chair of the Board or the majority of the directors present.

 

30. Quorum

A majority of the directors in office constitutes a quorum. A quorum of directors may validly exercise all the powers of the directors, despite any vacancy on the board.

 

31. Chair and secretary of the meeting

Meetings of the Board of Directors are chaired by the Chair of the Board or, by default, by the vice-chair of the board or by default by the president and chief executive officer or, in his absence, by a director assigned by the other participating directors. The secretary acts as meeting secretary, drafts the minutes of the meeting and co-signs the minutes with the Chair of the meeting.

 

32. Procedure

The Chair of the Board directs the meeting and ensures that it is conducted in an orderly manner. He submits the business to be discussed to the board. A director may also submit business to be discussed.

 

33. Voting

Unless otherwise provided in the articles, the Board of Directors decides any issue by a majority of the votes. Each director is entitled to one vote. Voting by proxy is not permitted.

Voting is by a show of hands or, at the request of the Chair of the Board or a director, by secret ballot. A vote by secret ballot may be requested before or after a vote by a show of hands.

If voting is by secret ballot, the secretary acts as scrutineer and counts the ballots. The Chair of the Board does not have a tie-breaking vote in the case of a tie.

 

34. Dissent

A director who is present at a meeting of the board or a committee of the board is deemed to have consented to any resolution passed at the meeting unless:

 

  a) the director’s dissent has been entered in the minutes;

 

  b) the director sends a written dissent to the secretary of the meeting before the meeting is adjourned; or

 

10


  c) the director delivers a written dissent to the Chair of the Board, sends it to the Chair of the Board by any means providing proof of the date of receipt or delivers it to the head office of the Corporation immediately after the meeting is adjourned.

A director is not entitled to dissent after voting for or consenting to a resolution.

 

35. Dissent of an absent director

A director who was not present at a meeting of the board or a committee of the board at which a resolution was passed is deemed to have consented to the resolution unless the director records his dissent within seven days after becoming aware of the resolution, by written notice delivered to the Chair of the Board, or the president, or sent to the Chair of the Board, or the president, by any means providing proof of the date of receipt or delivered to the head office of the Corporation.

 

36. Adjournment

The Chair of the Board may, with the consent of the majority of the directors present, adjourn a meeting of the Board of Directors to a specified date, time and place without a new notice of meeting being required. The Chair of the Board may also adjourn a meeting ex officio if he considers it impossible to conduct it in an orderly manner.

The meeting is validly resumed if it is held on the specified date and at the specified place and if a quorum is present. If a quorum does not exist when the meeting resumes, the initial meeting is deemed to have ended immediately after it was adjourned.

 

37. Signed resolution

A resolution in writing, signed by all the directors entitled to vote on the resolution, has the same force as if it had been passed at a meeting of the board or, as the case may be, of a committee of the Board of Directors. These resolutions are kept with the minutes of meetings and the written resolutions of the Board of Directors.

The written resolutions that are signed electronically are as legally valid as a written signature.

 

38. Recording of deliberations

Only the secretary may record the deliberations of the Board of Directors, for the purpose of preparing the minutes. The secretary must destroy the recording once the concerned minutes have been approved.

 

F. OFFICERS

 

39. General

The officers of the Corporation are the Chair of the Board, the vice-chair of the Board (if applicable), the president and chief executive officer, the chief financial officer, the vice-presidents, the secretary, the treasurer and/or the assistant-secretary(ies). The Board of Directors may designate another person as an officer by resolution.

 

11


40. Qualifications

The officers need not be directors or shareholders of the Corporation except for the Chair of the Board of Directors who must be a director. The same person may hold more than one position as officer.

 

41. Term of office

Unless the Board of Directors provides otherwise when he is appointed, an officer holds office from his appointment until the first meeting of the Board of Directors following the annual meeting or until a replacement has been named.

 

42. Cessation of office

An officer may resign at any time. The resignation of an officer takes effect on the date the Corporation receives the written notice he gives or on the later date indicated therein.

The Board of Directors or the president and chief executive officer may remove an officer at any time and the reason for the removal is not required to be given. However, the removal of the president, the Chair of the Board, the chief executive officer, the chief operating officer, or the chief financial officer regardless of their title, as their appointment, is the responsibility of the Board of Directors.

 

43. Vacancy

The Board of Directors may fill any vacancy in an office at any time.

 

44. Powers of officers

An officer exercises the powers attached to his position. He also exercises all the powers which the Board of Directors can delegate to him. In the event an officer is unable to act, the powers of such officer are exercised by any other person designated by the Board of Directors.

 

45. Duties of officers

The officers are mandataries of the Corporation. In this capacity, in the exercise of their functions, the officers are bound, among other things, toward the Corporation to act with prudence and diligence, honesty and loyalty and in the interest of the Corporation.

An officer must disclose the nature and value of any interest he has in a contract or transaction to which the Corporation is a party. An officer must disclose any contract or transaction to which the Corporation and any of the following are a party:

 

  a) an associate of the director or officer;

 

  b) a group of which the director or officer is a director or officer;

 

  c) a group in which the director or officer or an associate of the director or officer has an interest.

The officer satisfies the requirement if he discloses, in a case specified in subparagraph b), the directorship or office held within the group or, in a case specified in subparagraph c), the nature and value of the interest he or his associate has in the group.

 

12


In the case of an officer who is not a director, the disclosure must be made as soon as:

 

  a) the officer becomes an officer;

 

  b) the officer becomes aware that the contract or transaction is to be discussed or has been discussed at a meeting of the board; or

 

  c) the officer or the officer’s associate acquires an interest in the contract or transaction, if it was entered into earlier.

The disclosure must be made even in the case of a contract or transaction that does not require approval by the Board of Directors.

 

46. Chair or vice-chair of the Board

The Chair of the Board or if necessary, the vice-chair, shall be chosen from among the directors. The Chair of the Board or, in his absence, the president, presides over all the meetings of the directors and all shareholders meetings at which he is present and as such has all the powers and fulfils all his responsibilities that the Board of Directors may determine from time to time.

 

47. President

The president and chief executive officer controls and supervises the management of the activities and affairs of the Corporation. He signs the documents which require his signature. He also has the powers and fulfills all the responsibilities that the Board of Directors determines from time to time.

 

48. Vice-president

The vice-president (or vice presidents), exercises the powers and assumes the obligations that the Board of Directors determines from time to time. In the event of an absence, inability, refusal or omission to act as the president, the vice-president assigned by the directors can exercise his powers and fulfill all his responsibilities.

 

49. Secretary

The secretary is responsible for safekeeping the records and documents of the Corporation. He acts as secretary of the meetings of the Board of Directors and committees of the board as well as the meetings of shareholders. He signs the share certificates and other documents that require his signature and sends the directors and shareholders notice of meetings and other notices which may be required. He has all the powers and fulfills all the functions that the Board of Directors determines from time to time.

The assistant secretary fulfills all responsibilities assigned to him from time to time by the secretary.

 

13


50. Chief Financial Officer and/or Treasurer

He is in charge of the financial management of the Corporation. He oversees the financial situation of the Corporation and sees to the management of its property and the keeping of its accounting records. He reports periodically to the audit committee and to the Board of Directors on the financial situation of the Corporation. He signs the documents which require his signature.

 

51. Remuneration

The Board of Directors determines, from time to time, the remuneration of the president and chief executive officer, the Chair of the Board, the chief operating officer and of the chief financial officer, regardless of their title. The remuneration of the other officers is determined by management, subject to the powers devolved to the committee acting as the remuneration committees.

The officers are also entitled to be reimbursed the travel costs and all reasonable fees and expenses incurred in the performance of their duties.

 

G. COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

52. Creation

The Board of Directors may, by resolution, create one or more committees made up of directors. The resolution creating the committee sets out the number of directors making it up.

 

53. Powers

A committee of the Board of Directors exercises the powers delegated to it by the Board of Directors. However, the Board of Directors may not delegate the powers which it must exercise exclusively, according to the Act or section 10 of these by-laws.

A committee reports on its activities to the Board of Directors. Subject to the rights of third parties, the Board of Directors may overrule or modify a committee’s decisions.

 

54. Cessation of office

A director may resign from a committee of the Board of Directors at any time. The resignation of a director becomes effective at the time the director’s written resignation is received by the Corporation, or at the time specified in the resignation, whichever is later. The reason for the resignation is not required to be given.

The Board of Directors may, by resolution, replace a member of a committee of the board.

 

55. Vacancy

The Board of Directors may fill any vacancy on a committee of the board.

 

14


56. Meetings

Meetings of a committee of the board are called in the same manner as meetings of the Board of Directors.

 

57. Quorum

Unless otherwise provided in a resolution of the Board of Directors, the majority of the members of a committee of the board constitute a quorum.

 

58. Chair and secretary

Meetings of a committee of the board are chaired by the Chair of the committee; in his absence, the members present choose a meeting Chair from among themselves. The secretary of the Corporation acts as secretary of any committee of the board. The members present at a meeting can, if necessary, choose another person as meeting Chair or secretary.

 

59. Procedure

Meetings of committees of the Board of Directors are held in the same manner as the meetings of the Board of Directors.

 

60. Written resolution

A written resolution, signed by all the members of the committee entitled to vote on this resolution has the same force as if it had been passed at a meeting of the committee. The resolutions are kept with the minutes of the meetings and the written resolutions of the Board of Directors.

The written resolutions that are signed electronically are as legally valid as a written signature.

 

61. Remuneration

The members of a committee of the board may, as such, receive the remuneration set by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

H. PROTECTION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

 

62. Presumption

A director is presumed to have fulfilled the obligation to act with prudence and diligence if the director relied, in good faith and based on reasonable grounds, on a report, information or an opinion provided by one of the following persons:

 

  a) an officer of the Corporation who the director believes to be reliable and competent in the functions performed;

 

  b) legal counsel, professional accountants or other persons retained by the Corporation as to matters involving skills or expertise the director believes are matters within the particular person’s professional or expert competence or as to which the particular person merits confidence; or

 

15


  c) a committee of the Board of Directors of which the director is not a member if the director believes the committee merits confidence.

 

63. Relief Provided by the Act

A director cannot be held liable under sections 154, 155, 156, 287, 314 or 392 of the Act if the director acted with a reasonable degree of prudence and diligence in the circumstances. Furthermore, for the purposes of sections 155, 156, 287, 314 and 392 of the Act, the court may, after considering all the circumstances and on the terms the court considers appropriate, relieve a director, either wholly or partly, from the liability the director would otherwise incur if it appears to the court that the director has acted reasonably, honestly and loyally, and ought fairly to be excused.

 

I. INDEMNIFICATION AND LIABILITY INSURANCE

 

64. Indemnification

Subject to the following, the Corporation must indemnify a director or officer of the Corporation, a former director or officer of the Corporation, a mandatary, or any other person who acts or acted at the Corporation’s request as a director or officer of another group against all costs, charges and expenses reasonably incurred in the exercise of their functions, including an amount paid to settle an action or satisfy a judgment, or arising from any investigative or other proceeding in which the person is involved if

 

  a) the person acted with honesty and loyalty in the interest of the Corporation or, as the case may be, in the interest of the other group for which the person acted as director or officer or in a similar capacity at the Corporation’s request; and

 

  b) in the case of a proceeding that is enforced by a monetary penalty, the person had reasonable grounds for believing that his conduct was lawful.

The Corporation must also advance monies to such a person for the costs, charges and expenses of a proceeding referred to in the first paragraph.

However, in the event that a court or any other competent authority judges that the conditions set out in subparagraphs a) and b) above are not fulfilled, or that the person has committed intentional or gross fault, the Corporation may not indemnify the person and the person must repay to the Corporation any monies advanced.

The indemnity provided for in the preceding paragraphs can be obtained even if a person has ceased being a director, officer or representative of the Corporation. In case of death, the indemnity can be paid to the heirs, legatees, liquidators, assignees, authorized representants or beneficiaries of this person.

 

65. Actions by or on behalf of the Corporation

The Corporation may, with the approval of the court, in respect of an action by or on behalf of the Corporation or other group referred to in the preceding section against a person referred to in the preceding section, advance the necessary monies to the person or indemnify the person against all costs, charges and expenses reasonably incurred by the person in connection with the action, if the person fulfills the conditions set out in the preceding section.

 

16


66. Liability insurance

The Corporation must purchase and maintain insurance for the benefit of its directors, officers and other mandataries against any liability they may incur as such or in their capacity as directors, officers or mandataries of another group, if they act or acted in that capacity at the Corporation’s request.

 

J. SHAREHOLDERS MEETINGS

 

67. General

The Corporation must hold an annual meeting of shareholders; it may hold one or more special meetings of shareholders as needed.

 

68. Annual meeting

An annual meeting must be held fifteen (15) months after the last preceding annual meeting. The following business is discussed at the annual meeting:

 

  a) the presentation and examination of the financial statements of the Corporation for the fiscal year ended within six months of the date of the meeting;

 

  b) the presentation and examination of any other financial information required by the articles or the by-laws to be presented to the shareholders;

 

  c) the presentation and examination of the auditor’s report, where applicable;

 

  d) the renewal of the auditor’s term, where applicable;

 

  e) the election of directors.

The annual meeting may also examine and discuss any other business.

The Board of Directors calls the annual shareholders meeting. Otherwise, the meeting may be called by the shareholders in accordance with the rules for calling special meetings at the request of the shareholders as provided in the Act.

 

69. Place

A meeting is held within the province of Quebec at the place determined by the Board of Directors.

 

70. Calling of meeting

Notice of a shareholders meeting must be sent to each shareholder entitled to vote at the meeting and to each director at least twenty-one (21) days, but at the most sixty (60) days before the meeting.

If a director or a shareholder entitled to vote at a shareholders meeting gives written notice not less than ten (10) days before the meeting to the auditor or a former auditor of the Corporation, the auditor or former auditor attends the meeting at the Corporation’s expense and answers any question relating to their duties as auditor.

 

17


71. Notice of meeting

The notice of a shareholders meeting must be sent to each shareholder able to vote and to each director, in writing, by any means providing proof of the date of sending. It is sent to such persons at the address indicated in the Corporation’s records. If a person’s address is not indicated in the Corporation’s records, the notice of meeting must be sent to the address where, in the opinion of the person sending such notice, it is the most likely to reach the person the quickest.

The notice of meeting is sent to the shareholders entered in the securities register at the day the notice is transmitted.

A certificate from the secretary or any other duly authorized officer of the Corporation in office at the time of the preparation of such certificate, or any officer, transfer agent, or share transfer registrar of the Corporation constitutes proof of the sending of the notice of meeting and ties in each shareholder.

The notice of meeting indicates the date, time and place of the meeting as well as the business on the agenda. It also states, where applicable, the date by which the proxies of the shareholders wishing to be represented at the meeting must be received by the Corporation; such date may not be more than forty-eight (48) hours, excluding Saturdays and holidays, before the date of the meeting or any adjournment thereof.

The notice of meeting must state the business on the agenda in sufficient detail to permit the shareholders to form a reasoned judgment on it, and contain the text of any special resolution to be submitted to the meeting.

Irregularities in the notice of meeting or in its sending do not affect the validity of the meeting. Similarly, the unintentional failure to send a notice of meeting to a person entitled to it, or the failure to receive it by a person entitled to the notice, does not invalidate the resolutions passed at the meeting. In addition, the unintentional failure to include a matter to be discussed at the meeting in the notice does not prevent the meeting from discussing such business, unless the interests of a shareholder or director are or could be affected thereby.

 

72. Waiver

A shareholder or director may, in writing, waive notice of a shareholders meeting; waiver of the notice may be validly given before or after the meeting. Their attendance at the meeting is a waiver of notice of the meeting unless they attend the meeting for the sole purpose of objecting to the holding of the meeting on the grounds that it was not lawfully called or held.

 

73. Holding of or participation in meeting by electronic means

A shareholders meeting may be held solely by means of equipment enabling all participants to communicate directly with one another.

Furthermore, any person entitled to attend a shareholders meeting may participate in the meeting by means of any equipment enabling all participants to communicate directly with one another. A person participating in a meeting by such means is deemed to be present at the meeting.

 

18


Any shareholder participating in a shareholders meeting by means of equipment enabling all participants to communicate directly with one another may vote by any means enabling votes to be cast in a way that allows them to be verified afterwards and protects the secrecy of the vote when a secret ballot has been requested.

 

74. Quorum

A quorum of shareholders is present at a shareholders meeting if, at the opening of the meeting, one or several holders of 50% or more of the shares that carry the right to vote at the meeting are present in person or represented by proxy. The shareholders present in person or represented by proxy may discuss the business of such meeting, whether or not a quorum is maintained throughout the meeting.

In the absence of the quorum at the opening of a shareholders meeting, the shareholders present may adjourn the meeting to a specific day, time and place but may not transact any other business. Any matter that could have been brought before the adjourned meeting may then be brought before any adjournment thereof provided the quorum is duly constituted.

 

75. Meeting Chair and secretary

The Chair of the Board of the Corporation or, in his absence, the vice-chair of the Board, if any, or in his absence, the president and chief executive officer of the Corporation or any other person that may be named by the Board of Directors from time to time Chairs a shareholders meeting. The secretary of the Corporation acts as meeting secretary.

If the person who is to chair the meeting is not present at the meeting within 15 minutes after the time appointed for the meeting, the shareholders present choose one of their own to chair of the Board the meeting.

 

76. Procedure

The Chair of the meeting directs the meeting and ensures its orderly conduct. His decisions, including those relating to the validity of proxies, are final and binding on all the shareholders.

The Chair of a shareholders meeting must allow shareholders to raise and discuss, for a reasonable period of time, any matter the primary purpose of which relates to the business or affairs of the Corporation and which is not to enforce a personal claim or redress a personal grievance against the Corporation or its directors, officers or shareholders.

At a shareholders meeting, unless a vote is demanded, a declaration by the Chair of the Board of the meeting that a resolution of the shareholders has been carried and that an entry to that effect has been made in the minutes of the meeting is, in the absence of any evidence to the contrary, proof of that fact, without it being necessary to prove the number or proportion of the votes recorded for and against the resolution.

 

19


77. Voting

Unless otherwise provided in the articles, each share of the Corporation entitles the holder to one vote.

 

78. Majority decision

Unless otherwise provided in the law, the articles or the by-laws, a decision of the shareholders is adopted by ordinary resolution.

 

79. Tie-breaking vote

In the case of a tie, the Chair of the meeting has a tie-breaking vote.

 

80. Voting

Voting is conducted by a show of hands, open voice or secret ballot.

 

81. Voting by a show of hands

Voting is conducted by a show of hands unless an open voice vote or a ballot is demanded. In such a case, the shareholders or proxies vote by raising their hand and the number of votes is calculated according to the number of hands raised.

A proxyholder who has conflicting instructions from more than one shareholder may not vote by a show of hands.

 

82. Open voice voting

The Chair of the meeting, a shareholder or a proxyholder may demand an open voice vote unless a ballot has been demanded. In such a case, each shareholder or proxyholder verbally states his name, that of the shareholder or shareholders whose proxy he holds, the number of votes he holds and the breakdown of such votes.

 

83. Voting by secret ballot

Voting is conducted by secret ballot if the Chair of the meeting, a shareholder or a proxyholder so requests, in the manner indicated by the Chair of the meeting. Each shareholder or proxyholder gives the scrutineers a ballot indicating his name, that of the shareholder whose proxy he holds, the number of votes he holds and the breakdown of such votes.

A shareholder may demand a ballot either before or after a vote by show of hands. A demand for a secret ballot may be withdrawn any time before voting begins.

When voting is conducted by secret ballot, the meeting appoints one person to act as scrutineer.

 

84. Scrutineer

The Chair of any shareholders meeting can appoint one or two persons to act as scrutineers.

 

20


85. Voting by a group

A natural person authorized by a resolution of the Board of Directors or of the management of a shareholder who is a group may participate in and vote at a shareholders meeting.

 

86. Voting by the administrator of the property of others

A person acting for a shareholder as administrator of the property of others may participate in and vote at a shareholders meeting.

 

87. Voting by joint shareholders

If two or more persons hold shares jointly, one of those shareholders present at a shareholders meeting may, in the absence of the others, exercise the voting right attached to those shares. If more than one (1) shareholder are present, they shall vote as one shareholder.

 

88. Proxies

A shareholder may be represented at a shareholders meeting by a proxyholder. A shareholder so represented is deemed to be present at the meeting. Any person, whether or not a shareholder of the Corporation, may be appointed a proxyholder. A proxyholder has the same rights as the shareholder represented to speak at a shareholders meeting in respect of any matter and to vote at the meeting.

A proxy must be in writing and signed by the shareholder. In addition to the date, the proxy must include the name of the proxyholder and, if applicable, revoke any former proxy.

A proxy may also contain voting instructions which the proxyholder is required to follow. A proxy is not required to be witnessed.

Unless otherwise indicated, a proxy lapses one year after the date it is given. It may be revoked at any time.

A proxy may be in the following form:

“I, the undersigned shareholder of                     , hereby appoint                     or, in his absence,                     , as my proxy, with full power and authority to attend, vote at and otherwise act on my behalf at the annual (or special) meeting of the shareholders of the corporation which will take place at                     on the     day of             and at any adjournment thereof. I hereby revoke any former proxy.

Signed in                     this     day of             .

 

 

Shareholder’s signature”

A proxy may be filed with the secretary of the Corporation or any authorized person. A proxy mechanically reproduced or sent by fax or any other means of communication providing proof of the date of receipt is valid.

 

21


89. Preservation of ballots and proxies

The Corporation must, for at least three months after a shareholders meeting, keep at its head office the ballots cast and the proxies presented at the meeting. Any shareholder or proxyholder who was entitled to vote at the meeting may, without charge, inspect the ballots and proxies kept by the Corporation.

 

90. Adjournment

The Chair of the meeting may adjourn any shareholders meeting, with the consent of the shareholders present or represented by proxy. The Chair of the meeting may also adjourn a meeting ex officio if he believes it is impossible to conduct it in an orderly manner.

If a shareholders’ meeting is adjourned for less than thirty (30) days, it is not necessary to give notice of the adjourned meeting other than by announcement at the original meeting. If a shareholders’ meeting is adjourned by one or more adjournments for an aggregate of thirty (30) days or more, notice of the adjourned meeting must be given as for an original meeting.

The meeting is validly resumed if it is held on the date and at the time and place announced and if there is a quorum. In the absence of a quorum at the resumed meeting, the original meeting is deemed to have terminated immediately after its adjournment.

 

91. Signed resolution

A resolution in writing signed by all the shareholders entitled to vote on the resolution is as valid as if it had been passed at a shareholders meeting. The resolution must be kept with the minutes of the shareholders meetings and written resolutions.

The written resolutions that are signed electronically are as legally valid as a written signature.

 

K. SHARES AND CERTIFICATES

 

92. Issue of shares

Subject to the existence of a pre-emptive right granted to the shareholders, shares may be issued at the times, to the persons, including the directors or officers of the Corporation, and for the consideration the Board of Directors determines. In exercising this power, the Board of Directors may, by resolution, accept subscriptions, issue the unissued shares of the Corporation’s share capital and grant an exchange right, option or right to acquire shares of the Corporation.

 

22


93. Payment of shares

The shares of the Corporation may be issued whether or not they are fully paid. However, shares may only be considered paid if consideration equal to the issue price (which may not be less than the par value, if any, of the shares) determined by the Board of Directors has been paid to the Corporation.

Consideration for the shares issued by the Corporation is payable in money, or in property or past services determined by the Board of Directors to be the fair equivalent of the money consideration, considering all the circumstances.

A promissory note or a promise to pay made by a person to whom shares are issued, or a person who does not deal at arm’s length, within the meaning of that expression in the Taxation Act (R.S.Q., chapter I-3), with a person to whom shares are issued does not constitute consideration for the shares.

 

94. Share certificates

Shares issued by the Corporation may be certificated shares or uncertificated shares. A certificated share is represented by a paper certificate in registered form, and an uncertificated share is represented by an entry in the securities register in the name of the shareholder.

Unless otherwise provided in the articles of the Corporation, shares are issued as certificated shares unless the Board of Directors determines, by resolution, that the shares of any class or series of shares or certain shares of a class or series are to be issued as uncertificated shares.

The Board of Directors may also, by resolution, determine that certificated shares become uncertificated shares as soon as the paper certificate is surrendered to the Corporation.

 

95. Certificated shares

In the case of certificated shares, the Corporation must issue to the shareholder, without charge, a certificate in registered form. The Corporation is not required to issue more than one certificate for shares held jointly by two or more persons.

The Board of Directors adopts the form of the share certificate by resolution, as governed by the Act.

The share certificates of the Corporation must be signed by the secretary or by any director or any officer. This signature may be affixed by an automatic device or electronic process.

In the absence of any evidence to the contrary, the certificate is proof of the shareholder’s title to the shares represented by the certificate.

The seal is not required to be affixed to the share certificate.

 

96. Uncertificated shares

In the case of uncertificated shares, the Corporation must send the shareholder a written notice containing the information prescribed by the Act.

 

23


97. Damaged, lost or destroyed certificates

If a shareholder claims that a share certificate has been lost, wrongfully taken or destroyed, the Corporation must issue a new certificate if the shareholder:

 

  a) so requests before the Corporation has notice that the lost, wrongfully taken or allegedly destroyed share certificate has been delivered to a protected purchaser within the meaning of the Act respecting the transfer of securities and the establishment of security entitlements ;

 

  b) provides security sufficient in the Corporation’s judgment to protect the Corporation from any loss that the Corporation may suffer by issuing a new certificate; and

 

  c) satisfies any other reasonable requirements imposed by the Corporation.

 

98. Unpaid shares

Unless the terms of payment for shares are determined by contract, the Board of Directors may call for payment of all or part of the unpaid amounts on shares subscribed or held by the shareholders, the whole as provided by the Act.

 

99. Transfer of shares

The transfer of shares of the Corporation is governed by the Act respecting the transfer of securities and the establishment of security entitlements .

Shares that are not fully paid but for which no instalment is payable may only be transferred with the authorization of the Board of Directors. The directors must reasonably verify the acquirer’s ability to pay for the shares before authorizing the transfer.

A share may not be transferred until all instalments payable up to the time of transfer have been fully paid.

 

100. Transmission of shares

In the event of a transfer of shares by will, the Corporation may consider as entitled to exercise the rights of a deceased shareholder, an heir or personal representative of the heirs or of the succession of that shareholder, upon reception of sufficient proof of their appointment. That person is entitled to become the registered holder of the shares of the deceased or to designate those holders upon delivery to the Corporation of an affidavit or declaration setting out the conditions of the transfer and, as the case may be, of (a) an original of the decision concerning the probate of the will or the notarized minutes of the probate, or a copy of one of the aforementioned documents certified by the Court which rendered the decision or by the notary who prepared the minutes, or by a trust company constituted under provincial or federal legislation or by an attorney or notary acting on behalf of that person, (b) a certified true copy of the notarial will.

 

24


L. DIVIDENDS

 

101. Declaration of dividends

Unless otherwise provided in the articles, the Board of Directors may declare and the Corporation may pay a dividend either in money or property or by issuing fully paid shares or options or rights to acquire fully paid shares of the Corporation.

The Corporation may not declare and pay a dividend, except by issuing shares or options or rights to acquire shares, if there are reasonable grounds for believing that the Corporation is, or would after the payment be, unable to pay its liabilities as they become due.

The Corporation may deduct from the dividends payable to a shareholder any amount due to the Corporation by the shareholder, on account of calls for payment or otherwise.

 

102. Record Date

The Board of Directors may fix, in advance, in accordance with applicable securities regulations, a record date for the determination of the shareholders entitled to receive dividends.

 

M. FISCAL YEAR AND AUDITOR

 

103. Fiscal year

The fiscal year of the Corporation ends on February 28 or on the date set by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

104. Auditor

The shareholders of the Corporation appoint an auditor at each annual shareholders meeting. The auditor is appointed by ordinary resolution. The term of the auditor begins on appointment. The auditor’s remuneration is fixed by ordinary resolution of the shareholders at the time of appointment. If it is not fixed at that time, it is fixed by the Board of Directors.

The shareholders may, by ordinary resolution at a special meeting, remove the auditor from office. They may appoint a new auditor by ordinary resolution at the same meeting.

Subject to the shareholders’ right to fill the vacancy after removing an auditor, the Board of Directors fills a vacancy in the office of auditor without delay for the unexpired term.

 

105. Accountant

The shareholders of a corporation other than a reporting issuer may decide not to appoint an auditor. The decision must be made by unanimous resolution of the shareholders of the corporation, including shareholders not otherwise entitled to vote. The decision of the shareholders has effect only until the next annual shareholders meeting. It terminates the term of any auditor in office.

 

25


If the shareholders adopt such a resolution, the board of directors may decide to appoint until the next annual meeting one or more accountants to oversee the accounts and prepare the financial statements of the corporation. The board of directors fixes their remuneration.

If the accountant dies, resigns or is removed by the board of directors before the expiry of his term of office, the board of directors may fill the vacancy and appoint a replacement who will hold office for the unexpired portion of the term.

 

N. NOTICE

 

106. Shares registered in the name of more than one person (joint shareholders)

If two or more persons hold shares jointly, any notice or other document relating to such shares is sent to the first shareholder indicated in the Corporation’s securities register. Such notice or other document is deemed to have been sent to all the other shareholders.

 

107. Registered shareholder

Before due presentation for registration of transfer of a certificated share or the receipt of an instruction for registration of transfer of an uncertificated share, the Corporation may treat the shareholder registered in the securities register as the person exclusively entitled to receive notices or other documents.

 

108. Address of shareholders

A shareholder must provide the Corporation with an address to which all notices or documents for him are sent.

 

109. Signing of notices

Notices sent by the Corporation are signed by a director, officer or any other authorized person. Their signature may be affixed by an automatic device or electronic process.

 

110. Calculation of time limits

Unless otherwise provided in these by-laws, in computing any time limit fixed by the articles or these by-laws:

 

  a) the day which marks the start of the time limit is not counted, but the terminal day is counted;

 

  b) non-juridical days within the meaning of the Code of Civil Procedure are counted; but when the last day is a non-juridical day, the time limit is extended to the next following juridical day;

 

  c) Saturday is considered a non-juridical day.

 

26


O. OTHER PROVISIONS

 

111. Declarations in the enterprise register

A director, officer or any authorized person signs the declarations which must be sent by the Corporation to the enterprise registrar under the Act respecting the legal publicity of enterprises.

 

112. By-laws

Unless otherwise provided for in the unanimous shareholder agreement, the Board of Directors adopts the Corporation’s by-laws. The by-laws are effective as of the date of the resolution of the board. The by-laws must be submitted to the shareholders for approval at the next shareholders meeting, and the shareholders may, by ordinary resolution, ratify, reject or amend them. They cease to be effective at the close of the meeting if they are rejected by or not submitted to the shareholders.

The rules of this section apply, with the necessary modifications to the amendment or repeal of by-laws.

Any new by-law adopted by the Board of Directors that has substantially the same purpose or effect as a by-law previously rejected by or not submitted to the shareholders at the meeting is not effective until confirmed by the shareholders.

Adopted by the Board of Directors on September 8, 2011 and ratified by the shareholders on September 8, 2011.

 

 

Vice-President and Secretary

 

27

Exhibit 1.16

 

Certificate of Incorporation    Certificat de constitution
Canada Business Corporations Act    Loi canadienne sur les sociétés par actions

Jobboom inc.

 

Corporate name / Dénomination sociale

781706-1

 

Corporation number / Numéro de société

 

I HEREBY CERTIFY that the above-named

corporation, the articles of incorporation of

which are attached, is incorporated under the

Canada Business Corporations Act.

  

JE CERTIFIE que la société susmentionnée,

dont les statuts constitutifs sont joints, est

constituée en vertu de la Loi canadienne

sur les sociétés par actions.

Marcie Girouard

 

Director / Directeur

2011-03-28

 

Date of Amendment (YYYY-MM-DD)

Date de modification (AAAA-MM-JJ)


    

Form 2

 

Initial Registered Office Address

and First Board of Directors

Canada Business Corporations Act

(CBCA) (s. 19 and 106)

  

Formulaire 2

 

Siège social initial et premier

conseil d’administration

Loi canadienne sur les sociétés par

actions (LCSA) (art. 19 et 106)

       1         

Corporate name

Dénomination sociale

               

 

Jobboom inc.

 

       2         

Address of registered office

Adresse du siege social

               

 

612, rue Saint-Jacques, 18 e Sud

Montréal QC H3C 4M8

 

       3         

Additional address

Autre adresse

     
                 
       4         

Members of the board of directors

Membres du conseil d’administration

                      

 

Resident Canadian

             

Résident Canadien

          
             

 

Jean-François Pruneau

  

 

293, rue Demers, Le Gardeur QC

J5Z 4Y6 Canada

     

 

Yes / Oui

             

 

Marie-Josée Marsan

  

 

9830, avenue Millen, Montréal QC

H2C 2E3, Canada

     

 

Yes / Oui

               

 

Robert Dépatie

  

 

135, place Ducharme, Rosemère QC

J7A 4H8, Canada

 

       

 

Yes / Oui

       5         

Declaration: I certify that I have relevant knowledge and that I am authorized to sign this form.

Déclaration : J’atteste que je possède une connaissance suffisante et que je suis autorisé€ à signer le présent formulaire.

                   

 

Original signed by /Original signé par

Anne-Marie Robert

                         

Anne-Marie Robert

514-380-1955

 

Note: Misrepresentation constitutes an offence and, on summary conviction, a person is liable to a fine not exceeding $5000 or to imprisonment for a term not exceeding six months or both (subsection 250(1) of the CBCA).

Nota : Faire une fausse déclaration constitue une infraction et son auteur, sur déclaration de culpabilité par procédure sommaire, est passible d’une amende maximale de 5 000 $ ou d’un emprisonnement maximal de six mois, ou de ces deux peines (paragraphe 250(1) de la LCSA).

IC 3419 (2008/04)


    

Form 1

Articles of Incorporation

Canada Business Corporations

Act (s. 6)

 

  

Formulaire 1

Statuts constitutifs

Loi canadienne sur les sociétés

par actions (art. 6)

 

     1         

Corporate name

Dénomination sociale

             

 

Jobboom inc.

 

     2         

The province or territory in Canada where the registered office is situated

La province ou le territoire au Canada où est situé le siège social

             

 

QC

 

     3         

The classes and any maximum number of shares that the corporation is authorized to issue

Catégories et le nombre maximal d’actions que la société est autorisée à émettre

             

 

See attached schedule / Voir l’annexe ci-jointe

 

     4         

Restrictions on share transfers

Restrictions sur le transfert des actions

             

 

See attached schedule / Voir l’annexe ci-jointe

 

     5         

Minimum and maximum number of directors

Nombre minimal et maximal d’administrateurs

             

 

Min. 1        Max. 10

 

     6         

Restrictions on the business the corporation may carry on

Limites imposes à l’activité commerciale de la société

             

 

Aucune

 

     7         

Other Provisions

Autres dispositions

             

 

See attached schedule / Voir l’annexe ci-jointe

 

     8         

Incorporator’s Declaration: I hereby certify that I am authorized to sign and submit this form.

Déclaration des fondateurs : J’atteste que je suis autorisé à signer et à soumettre le présent formulaire.

           

 

Anne Marie-Robert

  

 

612, rue Saint-Jacques, 18 e

Sud, Montréal QC

H3C 4M8, Canada

    
                 

 

Original signed by / Original signé par

Anne-Marie Robert

                       

Anne-Marie Robert

 

Note: Misrepresentation constitutes an offence and, on summary conviction, a person is liable to a fine not exceeding $5000 or to imprisonment for a term not exceeding six months or both (subsection 250(1) of the CBCA).

Nota : Faire une fausse déclaration constitue une infraction et son auteur, sur déclaration de culpabilité par procédure sommaire, est passible d’une amende maximale de 5 000 $ ou d’un emprisonnement maximal de six mois, ou de ces deux peines (paragraphe 250(1) de la LCSA).

IC 3419 (2008/04)


SCHEDULE A

SHARE CAPITAL

The unlimited share capital of the Corporation shall consist of seven (7) classes of shares, which shall carry the following rights:

(A) CLASS “A” COMMON SHARES: The number of Class “A” Shares is unlimited, and the consideration paid into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to such shares is also unlimited; Class “A” Shares shall have no par value and shall carry the following rights, privileges, conditions and restrictions:

(1) Dividend and Participation. Subject to the rights and privileges conferred by the other classes of shares, the holders of Class “A” Shares shall be entitled to:

 

  (a) participate in the property, profits and surplus assets of the Corporation and, to that end, receive any dividend declared by the Corporation, the amount, timing and terms of payment of which are at the sole discretion of the Board of Directors; and

 

  (b) share in the remaining property of the Corporation upon liquidation or winding-up, whether or not voluntary, dissolution or any other distribution of the property of the Corporation.

(2) Restriction. In addition to the restrictions set forth in Sections 42 and 34 of the Canada Business Corporations Act , the Corporation may neither pay a dividend on Class “A” Shares nor purchase any such shares by private agreement if, as a result thereof, the book value of the net assets of the Corporation would be insufficient to redeem the Class “B,” “C,” “D,” “E,” “F” and “G” Shares.

(3) Voting Right. The holders of Class “A” Shares shall be entitled to receive notice of, attend and vote at meetings of shareholders of the Corporation, except meetings at which only the holders of another class of shares are entitled to vote, and each Class “A” Share shall entitle the holder thereof to one (1) vote.

(B) CLASS “B” PREFERRED SHARES: The number of Class “B” Shares is unlimited, and the consideration paid into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to such shares is also unlimited; Class “B” Shares shall have no par value and shall carry the following rights, privileges, conditions and restrictions:

(1) Ranking of Class “B” Preferred Shares. Class “B” Preferred Shares shall have priority over the Common Shares and the Class “C,” “D,” “E,” and “F” Preferred Shares, but not over the Class “G” Preferred Shares with respect to the order of payment of dividends and the distribution of the assets of the Corporation in the event of the liquidation, winding-up or dissolution of the Corporation, whether or not voluntary, or any other distribution of the assets of the Corporation among its shareholders for the purpose of winding up its affairs.

(2) Right to Dividends. The holders of Class “B” Shares shall be entitled to receive, every year, in such manner and at such time as the Board of Directors may declare, a non-cumulative dividend at the fixed rate of 1% per month, calculated on the redemption price of the Class “B” Preferred Shares, payable in cash, property or through the issuance of fully paid shares of any class of the Corporation.


(3) Repayment. If, for any reason, including in the event of dissolution or liquidation or winding-up of the Corporation, whether or not voluntary, some or all of the assets of the Corporation are distributed among the shareholders, each holder of Class “B” Shares shall be entitled to repayment of the amount paid for the Class “B” Shares into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to the Class “B” Shares.

(4) No Voting Right. Subject to the provisions of the Act or as otherwise expressly provided, the holders of Class “B” Shares shall not be entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at the meeting of shareholders of the Corporation.

(5) Redemption Right. The Corporation shall be entitled, at its discretion, subject to the provisions of the Canada Business Corporations Act in this regard, to redeem at any time all or from time to time part of the Class “B” Shares then outstanding upon giving notice to that effect, on payment to the holders of the Class “B” Shares of an aggregate redemption price equal to the consideration received by the Corporation at the time the Class “B” Shares were issued.

The Corporation shall, at least one (1) business day prior to the date fixed for redemption (the “Redemption Date”), give written notice, to each then registered holder of Class “B” Shares, of the Corporation’s intention to redeem such shares. Such notice shall set out the date and place at which the redemption is to take place and where payment is to occur and, in the case of partial redemption, the number of shares of each such holder of Class “B” Shares to be redeemed. If notice of redemption is given as aforesaid and an amount sufficient to redeem the Class “B” Shares called for redemption is deposited with the Corporation’s bankers or at any other place specified in the notice, on or before the Redemption Date, the holders of Class “B” Shares shall, after the Redemption Date, no longer have any right in or against the Corporation, except the right to receive payment of the Redemption Price and any accrued but unpaid dividends on such Class “B” Shares being redeemed, upon presentation and surrender of the certificates representing such number of shares to be redeemed.

(6) Retraction Right. Subject to paragraph two of Section 35 of the Canada Business Corporations Act , each holder of Class “B” Shares shall be entitled, at any time and at such holder’s discretion, upon written notice, to require the Corporation to redeem all or part of such holder’s shares at a price equal to the “Redemption Value,” as described below, plus the amount of dividends declared but unpaid, if any, on the Class “B” Shares.

(a) Redemption Value

The “Redemption Value” of each share corresponds to the amount paid for such share into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to the Class “B” Shares, plus a premium equal to the amount by which the fair market value of the consideration received by the Corporation at the time such Class “B” Share was issued exceeds the total of:

(i) the amount paid for such share into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to the Class “B” Shares; and

(ii) the fair market value of any property, other than a Class “B” Share, given by the Corporation in payment of such consideration.

 

- 2 -


(b) Determination of Fair Market Value of the Consideration

Upon issuance of the Class “B” Shares, the Corporation and each subscriber of Class “B” Shares shall determine, by mutual consent and in good faith, based on a method deemed fair and reasonable, the fair market value of each of the assets that form part of the consideration received by the Corporation at the time the Class “B” Shares are issued.

(c) Adjustment of the Premium in Case of a Disagreement with the Department of Revenue

In the event of a disagreement with the federal or provincial department of revenue, or both, with respect to the appraisal of the fair market value of one or more of the assets that form part of the consideration received by the Corporation at the time the Class “B” Shares are issued, the appraisal by such department shall prevail. The amount of the premium relating to the redemption of the Class “B” Shares shall be adjusted accordingly if the department in question provides the Corporation and each holder of Class “B” Shares, or, where all of the shares are redeemed, the Corporation and each former holder of Class “B” Shares, with the opportunity to contest the appraisal with the department or before the courts. Where the federal and provincial appraisals differ, the amount of the premium shall be equal to the lower appraisal established in accordance with an uncontested assessment or another final judgment, as the case may be.

If, before the Redemption Value provided for in the foregoing sentence is adjusted, the Corporation pays, in cash or any other form of consideration, to a holder of Class “B” Shares, in connection with a redemption, retraction or purchase of Class “B” Shares, a sum for the Class “B” Shares that differs from the adjusted Redemption Value, the holder or the Corporation, as the case may be, shall immediately pay to the holder or the Corporation, as the case may be, the difference between the amount paid in connection with the redemption, retraction or purchase and the adjusted Redemption Value. Moreover, if, at the time of the adjustment, dividends have already been declared and paid on the Class “B” Shares, such dividends shall be adjusted so as to reflect the adjustment of the Redemption Value.

(7) Right to Purchase by Private Agreement. Subject to Section 34 of the Canada Business Corporations Act , the Corporation may, at any time, without giving notice and without taking into consideration the other classes of shares, purchase by private agreement and at the best possible price all or part of the issued and outstanding Class “B” Shares. However, such purchase price shall never exceed the Redemption Value mentioned above or the book value of the net assets of the Corporation.

(C) CLASS “C” PREFERRED SHARES: The number of Class “C” Shares is unlimited, and the consideration paid into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to such shares is also unlimited; Class “C” Shares shall have no par value and shall carry the following rights, privileges, conditions and restrictions:

(1) Ranking of Class “C” Preferred Shares. Class “C” Preferred Shares shall have priority over the Common Shares and the Class “D,” “E” and “F” Preferred Shares, but not over the Class “B” and “G” Preferred Shares with respect to the order of payment of dividends and the distribution of the assets of the Corporation in the event of the liquidation, winding-up or dissolution of the Corporation, whether or not voluntary, or any other distribution of the assets of the Corporation among its shareholders for the purpose of winding up its affairs.

 

- 3 -


(2) Right to Dividends. The holders of Class “C” Shares shall be entitled to receive, every year, in such manner and at such time as the Board of Directors may declare, a non-cumulative dividend at the fixed rate of 1% per month, calculated on the redemption price of the Class “C” Preferred Shares, payable in cash, property or through the issuance of fully paid shares of any class of the Corporation.

(3) Repayment. If, for any reason, including in the event of dissolution or liquidation or winding-up of the Corporation, whether or not voluntary, some or all of the assets of the Corporation are distributed among the shareholders, each holder of Class “C” Shares shall be entitled to repayment of the amount paid for the Class “C” Shares into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to the Class “C” Shares.

(4) No Voting Right. Subject to the provisions of the Act or as otherwise expressly provided, the holders of Class “C” Shares shall not be entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at the meeting of shareholders of the Corporation.

(5) Redemption Right. The Corporation shall be entitled, at its discretion, subject to the provisions of the Canada Business Corporations Act in this regard, to redeem at any time all or from time to time part of the Class “C” Shares then outstanding upon giving notice to that effect, on payment to the holders of the Class “C” Shares of an aggregate redemption price equal to the consideration received by the Corporation at the time the Class “C” Shares were issued.

The Corporation shall, at least one (1) business day prior to the date fixed for redemption (the “Redemption Date”), give written notice, to each then registered holder of Class “C” Shares, of the Corporation’s intention to redeem such shares. Such notice shall set out the date and place at which the redemption is to take place and where payment is to occur and, in the case of partial redemption, the number of shares of each such holder of Class “C” Shares to be redeemed. If notice of redemption is given as aforesaid and an amount sufficient to redeem the Class “C” Shares called for redemption is deposited with the Corporation’s bankers or at any other place specified in the notice, on or before the Redemption Date, the holders of Class “C” Shares shall, after the Redemption Date, no longer have any right in or against the Corporation, except the right to receive payment of the Redemption Price and any accrued but unpaid dividends on such Class “C” Shares being redeemed, upon presentation and surrender of the certificates representing such number of shares to be redeemed.

(6) Retraction Right. Subject to paragraph two of Section 36 of the Canada Business Corporations Act , each holder of Class “C” Shares shall be entitled, at any time and at such holder’s discretion, upon written notice, to require the Corporation to redeem all or part of such holder’s shares at a price equal to the “Redemption Value,” as described below, plus the amount of dividends declared but unpaid, if any, on the Class “C” Shares.

(a) Redemption Value

The “Redemption Value” of each share corresponds to the amount paid for such share into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to the Class “C” Shares, plus a premium equal to the amount by which the fair market value of the consideration received by the Corporation at the time such Class “C” Share was issued exceeds the total of:

(i) the amount paid for such share into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to the Class “C” Shares; and

 

- 4 -


(ii) the fair market value of any property, other than a Class “C” Share, given by the Corporation in payment of such consideration.

(b) Determination of Fair Market Value of the Consideration

Upon issuance of the Class “C” Shares, the Corporation and each subscriber of Class “C” Shares shall determine, by mutual consent and in good faith, based on a method deemed fair and reasonable, the fair market value of each of the assets that form part of the consideration received by the Corporation at the time the Class “C” Shares are issued.

(c) Adjustment of the Premium in Case of a Disagreement with the Department of Revenue

In the event of a disagreement with the federal or provincial department of revenue, or both, with respect to the appraisal of the fair market value of one or more of the assets that form part of the consideration received by the Corporation at the time the Class “C” Shares are issued, the appraisal by such department shall prevail. The amount of the premium relating to the redemption of the Class “C” Shares shall be adjusted accordingly if the department in question provides the Corporation and each holder of Class “C” Shares, or, where all of the shares are redeemed, the Corporation and each former holder of Class “C” Shares, with the opportunity to contest the appraisal with the department or before the courts. Where the federal and provincial appraisals differ, the amount of the premium shall be equal to the lower appraisal established in accordance with an uncontested assessment or another final judgment, as the case may be.

If, before the Redemption Value provided for in the foregoing sentence is adjusted, the Corporation pays, in cash or any other form of consideration, to a holder of Class “C” Shares, in connection with a redemption, retraction or purchase of Class “C” Shares, a sum for the Class “C” Shares that differs from the adjusted Redemption Value, the holder or the Corporation, as the case may be, shall immediately pay to the holder or the Corporation, as the case may be, the difference between the amount paid in connection with the redemption, retraction or purchase and the adjusted Redemption Value. Moreover, if, at the time of the adjustment, dividends have already been declared and paid on the Class “C” Shares, such dividends shall be adjusted so as to reflect the adjustment of the Redemption Value.

(7) Right to Purchase by Private Agreement. Subject to Section 34 of the Canada Business Corporations Act , the Corporation may, at any time, without giving notice and without taking into consideration the other classes of shares, purchase by private agreement and at the best possible price all or part of the issued and outstanding Class “C” Shares. However, such purchase price shall never exceed the Redemption Value mentioned above or the book value of the net assets of the Corporation.

(D) CLASS “D” PREFERRED SHARES: The number of Class “D” Shares is unlimited, and the consideration paid into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to such shares is also unlimited; Class “D” Shares shall have no par value and shall carry the following rights, privileges, conditions and restrictions:

(1) Ranking of Class “D” Preferred Shares. Class “D” Preferred Shares shall have priority over the Common Shares and the Class “E” and “F” Preferred Shares, but not over the Class “B,” “C” and “G” Preferred Shares with respect to the order of payment of dividends and the distribution of the assets of the Corporation in the event of the liquidation, winding-up or dissolution of the Corporation, whether or not voluntary, or any other distribution of the assets of the Corporation among its shareholders for the purpose of winding up its affairs.

 

- 5 -


(2) Right to Dividends. The holders of Class “D” Shares shall be entitled to receive, every year, in such manner and at such time as the Board of Directors may declare, a non-cumulative dividend at the fixed rate of 1% per month, calculated on the redemption price of the Class “D” Preferred Shares, payable in cash, property or through the issuance of fully paid shares of any class of the Corporation.

(3) Repayment. If, for any reason, including in the event of dissolution or liquidation or winding-up of the Corporation, whether or not voluntary, some or all of the assets of the Corporation are distributed among the shareholders, each holder of Class “D” Shares shall be entitled to repayment of the amount paid for the Class “D” Shares into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to the Class “D” Shares.

(4) No Voting Right. Subject to the provisions of the Act or as otherwise expressly provided, the holders of Class “D” Shares shall not be entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at the meeting of shareholders of the Corporation.

(5) Redemption Right. The Corporation shall be entitled, at its discretion, subject to the provisions of the Canada Business Corporations Act in this regard, to redeem at any time all or from time to time part of the Class “D” Shares then outstanding upon giving notice to that effect, on payment to the holders of the Class “D” Shares of an aggregate redemption price equal to the consideration received by the Corporation at the time the Class “D” Shares were issued.

The Corporation shall, at least one (1) business day prior to the date fixed for redemption (the “Redemption Date”), give written notice, to each then registered holder of Class “D” Shares, of the Corporation’s intention to redeem such shares. Such notice shall set out the date and place at which the redemption is to take place and where payment is to occur and, in the case of partial redemption, the number of shares of each such holder of Class “D” Shares to be redeemed. If notice of redemption is given as aforesaid and an amount sufficient to redeem the Class “D” Shares called for redemption is deposited with the Corporation’s bankers or at any other place specified in the notice, on or before the Redemption Date, the holders of Class “D” Shares shall, after the Redemption Date, no longer have any right in or against the Corporation, except the right to receive payment of the Redemption Price and any accrued but unpaid dividends on such Class “D” Shares being redeemed, upon presentation and surrender of the certificates representing such number of shares to be redeemed.

(6) Retraction Right. Subject to paragraph two of Section 36 of the Canada Business Corporations Act , each holder of Class “D” Shares shall be entitled, at any time and at such holder’s discretion, upon written notice, to require the Corporation to redeem all or part of such holder’s shares at a price equal to the “Redemption Value,” as described below, plus the amount of dividends declared but unpaid, if any, on the Class “D” Shares.

(a) Redemption Value

The “Redemption Value” of each share corresponds to the amount paid for such share into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to the Class “D” Shares, plus a premium equal to the amount by which the fair market value of the consideration received by the Corporation at the time such Class “D” Share was issued exceeds the total of:

(i) the amount paid for such share into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to the Class “D” Shares; and

 

- 6 -


(ii) the fair market value of any property, other than a Class “D” Share, given by the Corporation in payment of such consideration.

(b) Determination of Fair Market Value of the Consideration

Upon issuance of the Class “D” Shares, the Corporation and each subscriber of Class “D” Shares shall determine, by mutual consent and in good faith, based on a method deemed fair and reasonable, the fair market value of each of the assets that form part of the consideration received by the Corporation at the time the Class “D” Shares are issued.

(c) Adjustment of the Premium in Case of a Disagreement with the Department of Revenue

In the event of a disagreement with the federal or provincial department of revenue, or both, with respect to the appraisal of the fair market value of one or more of the assets that form part of the consideration received by the Corporation at the time the Class “D” Shares are issued, the appraisal by such department shall prevail. The amount of the premium relating to the redemption of the Class “D” Shares shall be adjusted accordingly if the department in question provides the Corporation and each holder of Class “D” Shares, or, where all of the shares are redeemed, the Corporation and each former holder of Class “D” Shares, with the opportunity to contest the appraisal with the department or before the courts. Where the federal and provincial appraisals differ, the amount of the premium shall be equal to the lower appraisal established in accordance with an uncontested assessment or another final judgment, as the case may be.

If, before the Redemption Value provided for in the foregoing sentence is adjusted, the Corporation pays, in cash or any other form of consideration, to a holder of Class “D” Shares, in connection with a redemption, retraction or purchase of Class “D” Shares, a sum for the Class “D” Shares that differs from the adjusted Redemption Value, the holder or the Corporation, as the case may be, shall immediately pay to the holder or the Corporation, as the case may be, the difference between the amount paid in connection with the redemption, retraction or purchase and the adjusted Redemption Value. Moreover, if, at the time of the adjustment, dividends have already been declared and paid on the Class “D” Shares, such dividends shall be adjusted so as to reflect the adjustment of the Redemption Value.

(7) Right to Purchase by Private Agreement. Subject to Section 34 of the Canada Business Corporations Act , the Corporation may, at any time, without giving notice and without taking into consideration the other classes of shares, purchase by private agreement and at the best possible price all or part of the issued and outstanding Class “D” Shares. However, such purchase price shall never exceed the Redemption Value mentioned above or the book value of the net assets of the Corporation.

(E) CLASS “E” PREFERRED SHARES: The number of Class “E” Shares is unlimited, and the consideration paid into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to such shares is also unlimited; Class “E” Shares shall have no par value and shall carry the following rights, privileges, conditions and restrictions:

(1) Ranking of Class “E” Preferred Shares. Class “E” Preferred Shares shall have priority over the Common Shares and the Class “F” Preferred Shares, but not over the Class “B,” “C,” “D” and “G” Preferred Shares with respect to the order of payment of dividends and the distribution of the assets of the Corporation in the event of the liquidation, winding-up or dissolution of the Corporation, whether or not voluntary, or any other distribution of the assets of the Corporation among its shareholders for the purpose of winding up its affairs.

 

- 7 -


(2) Right to Dividends. The holders of Class “E” Shares shall be entitled to receive, every year, in such manner and at such time as the Board of Directors may declare, a non-cumulative dividend at the fixed rate of 1% per month, calculated on the redemption price of the Class “E” Preferred Shares, payable in cash, property or through the issuance of fully paid shares of any class of the Corporation.

(3) Repayment. If, for any reason, including in the event of dissolution or liquidation or winding-up of the Corporation, whether or not voluntary, some or all of the assets of the Corporation are distributed among the shareholders, each holder of Class “E” Shares shall be entitled to repayment of the amount paid for the Class “E” Shares into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to the Class “E” Shares.

(4) No Voting Right. Subject to the provisions of the Act or as otherwise expressly provided, the holders of Class “E” Shares shall not be entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at the meeting of shareholders of the Corporation.

(5) Redemption Right. The Corporation shall be entitled, at its discretion, subject to the provisions of the Canada Business Corporations Act in this regard, to redeem at any time all or from time to time part of the Class “E” Shares then outstanding upon giving notice to that effect, on payment to the holders of the Class “E” Shares of an aggregate redemption price equal to the consideration received by the Corporation at the time the Class “E” Shares were issued.

The Corporation shall, at least one (1) business day prior to the date fixed for redemption (the “Redemption Date”), give written notice, to each then registered holder of Class “E” Shares, of the Corporation’s intention to redeem such shares. Such notice shall set out the date and place at which the redemption is to take place and where payment is to occur and, in the case of partial redemption, the number of shares of each such holder of Class “E” Shares to be redeemed. If notice of redemption is given as aforesaid and an amount sufficient to redeem the Class “E” Shares called for redemption is deposited with the Corporation’s bankers or at any other place specified in the notice, on or before the Redemption Date, the holders of Class “E” Shares shall, after the Redemption Date, no longer have any right in or against the Corporation, except the right to receive payment of the Redemption Price and any accrued but unpaid dividends on such Class “E” Shares being redeemed, upon presentation and surrender of the certificates representing such number of shares to be redeemed.

(6) Retraction Right. Subject to paragraph two of Section 36 of the Canada Business Corporations Act , each holder of Class “E” Shares shall be entitled, at any time and at such holder’s discretion, upon written notice, to require the Corporation to redeem all or part of such holder’s shares at a price equal to the “Redemption Value,” as described below, plus the amount of dividends declared but unpaid, if any, on the Class “E” Shares.

 

- 8 -


(a) Redemption Value

The “Redemption Value” of each share corresponds to the amount paid for such share into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to the Class “E” Shares, plus a premium equal to the amount by which the fair market value of the consideration received by the Corporation at the time such Class “E” Share was issued exceeds the total of:

(i) the amount paid for such share into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to the Class “E” Shares; and

(ii) the fair market value of any property, other than a Class “E” Share, given by the Corporation in payment of such consideration.

(b) Determination of Fair Market Value of the Consideration

Upon issuance of the Class “E” Shares, the Corporation and each subscriber of Class “E” Shares shall determine, by mutual consent and in good faith, based on a method deemed fair and reasonable, the fair market value of each of the assets that form part of the consideration received by the Corporation at the time the Class “E” Shares are issued.

(c) Adjustment of the Premium in Case of a Disagreement with the Department of Revenue

In the event of a disagreement with the federal or provincial department of revenue, or both, with respect to the appraisal of the fair market value of one or more of the assets that form part of the consideration received by the Corporation at the time the Class “E” Shares are issued, the appraisal by such department shall prevail. The amount of the premium relating to the redemption of the Class “E” Shares shall be adjusted accordingly if the department in question provides the Corporation and each holder of Class “E” Shares, or, where all of the shares are redeemed, the Corporation and each former holder of Class “E” Shares, with the opportunity to contest the appraisal with the department or before the courts. Where the federal and provincial appraisals differ, the amount of the premium shall be equal to the lower appraisal established in accordance with an uncontested assessment or another final judgment, as the case may be.

If, before the Redemption Value provided for in the foregoing sentence is adjusted, the Corporation pays, in cash or any other form of consideration, to a holder of Class “E” Shares, in connection with a redemption, retraction or purchase of Class “E” Shares, a sum for the Class “E” Shares that differs from the adjusted Redemption Value, the holder or the Corporation, as the case may be, shall immediately pay to the holder or the Corporation, as the case may be, the difference between the amount paid in connection with the redemption, retraction or purchase and the adjusted Redemption Value. Moreover, if, at the time of the adjustment, dividends have already been declared and paid on the Class “E” Shares, such dividends shall be adjusted so as to reflect the adjustment of the Redemption Value.

(7) Right to Purchase by Private Agreement. Subject to Section 34 of the Canada Business Corporations Act , the Corporation may, at any time, without giving notice and without taking into consideration the other classes of shares, purchase by private agreement and at the best possible price all or part of the issued and outstanding Class “E” Shares. However, such purchase price shall never exceed the Redemption Value mentioned above or the book value of the net assets of the Corporation.

 

- 9 -


(F) CLASS “F” PREFERRED SHARES: The number of Class “F” Shares is unlimited, and the consideration paid into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to such shares is also unlimited; Class “F” Shares shall have no par value and shall carry the following rights, privileges, conditions and restrictions:

(1) Ranking of Class “F” Preferred Shares. Class “F” Preferred Shares shall have priority over the Common Shares, but not over the Class “B,” “C,” “D,” “E” and “G” Preferred Shares with respect to the order of payment of dividends and the distribution of the assets of the Corporation in the event of the liquidation, winding-up or dissolution of the Corporation, whether or not voluntary, or any other distribution of the assets of the Corporation among its shareholders for the purpose of winding up its affairs.

(2) Right to Dividends. The holders of Class “F” Shares shall be entitled to receive, every year, in such manner and at such time as the Board of Directors may declare, a non-cumulative dividend at the fixed rate of 1% per month, calculated on the redemption price of the Class “F” Preferred Shares, payable in cash, property or through the issuance of fully paid shares of any class of the Corporation.

(3) Repayment. If, for any reason, including in the event of dissolution or liquidation or winding-up of the Corporation, whether or not voluntary, some or all of the assets of the Corporation are distributed among the shareholders, each holder of Class “F” Shares shall be entitled to repayment of the amount paid for the Class “F” Shares into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to the Class “F” Shares.

(4) No Voting Right. Subject to the provisions of the Act or as otherwise expressly provided, the holders of Class “F” Shares shall not be entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at the meeting of shareholders of the Corporation.

(5) Redemption Right. The Corporation shall be entitled, at its discretion, subject to the provisions of the Canada Business Corporations Act in this regard, to redeem at any time all or from time to time part of the Class “F” Shares then outstanding upon giving notice to that effect, on payment to the holders of the Class “F” Shares of an aggregate redemption price equal to the consideration received by the Corporation at the time the Class “F” Shares were issued.

The Corporation shall, at least one (1) business day prior to the date fixed for redemption (the “Redemption Date”), give written notice, to each then registered holder of Class “F” Shares, of the Corporation’s intention to redeem such shares. Such notice shall set out the date and place at which the redemption is to take place and where payment is to occur and, in the case of partial redemption, the number of shares of each such holder of Class “F” Shares to be redeemed. If notice of redemption is given as aforesaid and an amount sufficient to redeem the Class “F” Shares called for redemption is deposited with the Corporation’s bankers or at any other place specified in the notice, on or before the Redemption Date, the holders of Class “F” Shares shall, after the Redemption Date, no longer have any right in or against the Corporation, except the right to receive payment of the Redemption Price and any accrued but unpaid dividends on such Class “F” Shares being redeemed, upon presentation and surrender of the certificates representing such number of shares to be redeemed.

(6) Retraction Right. Subject to paragraph two of Section 36 of the Canada Business Corporations Act , each holder of Class “F” Shares shall be entitled, at any time and at such holder’s discretion, upon written notice, to require the Corporation to redeem all or part of such holder’s shares at a price equal to the “Redemption Value,” as described below, plus the amount of dividends declared but unpaid, if any, on the Class “F” Shares.

 

- 10 -


(a) Redemption Value

The “Redemption Value” of each share corresponds to the amount paid for such share into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to the Class “F” Shares, plus a premium equal to the amount by which the fair market value of the consideration received by the Corporation at the time such Class “F” Share was issued exceeds the total of:

(i) the amount paid for such share into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to the Class “F” Shares; and

(ii) the fair market value of any property, other than a Class “F” Share, given by the Corporation in payment of such consideration.

(b) Determination of Fair Market Value of the Consideration

Upon issuance of the Class “F” Shares, the Corporation and each subscriber of Class “F” Shares shall determine, by mutual consent and in good faith, based on a method deemed fair and reasonable, the fair market value of each of the assets that form part of the consideration received by the Corporation at the time the Class “F” Shares are issued.

(c) Adjustment of the Premium in Case of a Disagreement with the Department of Revenue

In the event of a disagreement with the federal or provincial department of revenue, or both, with respect to the appraisal of the fair market value of one or more of the assets that form part of the consideration received by the Corporation at the time the Class “F” Shares are issued, the appraisal by such department shall prevail. The amount of the premium relating to the redemption of the Class “F” Shares shall be adjusted accordingly if the department in question provides the Corporation and each holder of Class “F” Shares, or, where all of the shares are redeemed, the Corporation and each former holder of Class “F” Shares, with the opportunity to contest the appraisal with the department or before the courts. Where the federal and provincial appraisals differ, the amount of the premium shall be equal to the lower appraisal established in accordance with an uncontested assessment or another final judgment, as the case may be.

If, before the Redemption Value provided for in the foregoing sentence is adjusted, the Corporation pays, in cash or any other form of consideration, to a holder of Class “F” Shares, in connection with a redemption, retraction or purchase of Class “F” Shares, a sum for the Class “F” Shares that differs from the adjusted Redemption Value, the holder or the Corporation, as the case may be, shall immediately pay to the holder or the Corporation, as the case may be, the difference between the amount paid in connection with the redemption, retraction or purchase and the adjusted Redemption Value. Moreover, if, at the time of the adjustment, dividends have already been declared and paid on the Class “F” Shares, such dividends shall be adjusted so as to reflect the adjustment of the Redemption Value.

(7) Right to Purchase by Private Agreement. Subject to Section 34 of the Canada Business Corporations Act , the Corporation may, at any time, without giving notice and without taking into consideration the other classes of shares, purchase by private agreement and at the best possible

 

- 11 -


price all or part of the issued and outstanding Class “F” Shares. However, such purchase price shall never exceed the Redemption Value mentioned above or the book value of the net assets of the Corporation.

(G) CLASS “G” PREFERRED SHARES

The number of Class “G” Shares is unlimited, and the consideration paid into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to such shares is also unlimited. Class “G” Shares shall have no par value and shall carry the following rights, privileges, conditions and restrictions:

(1) Ranking of Class “G” Preferred Shares. Class “G” Preferred Shares shall have priority over the Common Shares and the other shares of the Corporation with respect to the order of payment of dividends and the distribution of the assets of the Corporation in the event of the liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation, whether or not voluntary, or any other distribution of the assets of the Corporation among its shareholders for the purpose of winding up its affairs.

(2) Right to Dividends . The holders of record of the Class “G” Shares shall be entitled to receive, in each fiscal year of the Corporation, a fixed cumulative preferential dividend at the rate of 11.25% per annum per share, calculated daily on the Redemption Price (as defined below) of the Class “G” Shares. Such dividends shall be cumulative from the respective date of issue of each Class “G” Share.

For greater certainty, it is hereby declared that (a) wherever it is used in this Section 2, the expression “dividend at the rate of 11.25% per annum per share” shall mean, with respect to the Class “G” Shares, a dividend calculated at such rate for at least the number of days during which such share was outstanding in the fiscal year with respect to which the calculation is being made and (b) nothing herein contained or implied shall require prorating of dividends with respect to any share not outstanding during the entire period for or with respect to which such dividends are accrued. However, the directors of the Corporation may, at their discretion, prorate dividends with respect to any share not outstanding for the entire period for or with respect to which dividends are accrued if such right to prorate dividends was reserved by the Corporation at the time such shares were issued.

All dividends declared on the Class “G” Shares shall be payable semi-annually on a cumulative basis on the 20th day of the months of June and December in every year, at such place as the directors of the Corporation may determine, in cash or by certified cheque, bank draft or wire transfer, provided that, in respect of any payment of dividends denominated in a currency other than Canadian dollars, the applicable exchange rate shall be that published by the Bank of Canada in effect on the date of payment.

The holders of Class “G” Shares shall be entitled to receive only the aforementioned dividends. No dividends may be paid on any shares ranking junior to the Class “G” Shares, unless all dividends that have become payable on the Class “G” Shares have been paid or set aside for payment.

(3) Liquidation or Winding-Up . In the event of the liquidation, winding-up, dissolution or reorganization of the Corporation or any other distribution of its assets among its shareholders for the purpose of winding up its affairs, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, the holders of Class “G” Shares shall be entitled to receive, in preference to the holders of any other class of shares of the Corporation, an amount equal to the Redemption Price (as defined below) for each Class “G” Share held and any accrued but unpaid dividends on such shares.

 

- 12 -


(4) No Voting Right . The holders of Class “G” Shares shall not be entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at the meetings of shareholders of the Corporation, unless the Corporation has failed to pay eight (8) semi-annual dividends on the Class “G” Shares, whether or not consecutive. In that event and only so long as the said dividends remain in arrears, the holders of Class “G” Shares shall be entitled to receive notice of, attend and vote at the meetings of shareholders of the Corporation, except meetings at which only the holders of another specified series or class of shares are entitled to vote. At each such meeting, each Class “G” Share shall entitle the holder thereof to one (1) vote.

(5) Redemption Right . The Corporation shall be entitled, at its discretion, subject to the provisions of the Act in this regard, to redeem at any time all or part of the Class “G” Shares then outstanding upon giving notice as hereinafter provided, on payment to the holders of the Class “G” Shares of an aggregate amount equal to the Redemption Price (as defined below) and any accrued but unpaid dividends on such Class “G” Shares being redeemed. In the case of partial redemption, the Class “G” Shares to be redeemed shall be selected pro rata among the holders of all Class “G” Shares then outstanding, except that, with the consent of all the holders of Class “G” Shares, the shares to be redeemed may be selected in another manner.

The Corporation shall, at least one (1) business day prior to the date fixed for redemption (the “Redemption Date”), give written notice, to each then registered holder of Class “G” Shares, of the Corporation’s intention to redeem such shares. Such notice shall set out the date and the place at which the redemption is to take place and where payment is to occur and, in the case of partial redemption, the number of shares to be redeemed from each such holder of Class “G” Shares. If notice of redemption is given as aforesaid and an amount sufficient to redeem the Class “G” Shares called for redemption is deposited with the Corporation’s bankers or at any other place or places specified in the notice, on or before the Redemption Date, the holders of Class “G” Shares shall, after the Redemption Date, no longer have any right in or against the Corporation, except the right to receive payment of the Redemption Price and any accrued but unpaid dividends on such Class “G” Shares being redeemed, upon presentation and surrender of the certificates representing such number of shares to be redeemed.

(6) Retraction Right . Each holder of Class “G” Shares shall be entitled, at such holder’s discretion, upon prior written notice of no less than one (1) business day to the Corporation, to require the Corporation to redeem all or part of such holder’s Class “G” Shares for an aggregate amount equal to the Redemption Price (as defined below) and any accrued but unpaid dividends on such shares, payable, subject to the provisions of the Act in this regard, upon presentation and surrender by such holder of Class “G” Shares of the certificates representing the number of Class “G” Shares to be redeemed (the date on which such presentation and surrender occur being the “Retraction Date”). As of the Retraction Date, the Class “G” Shares shall be considered redeemed, and the Corporation shall pay to such holder of Class “G” Shares the Redemption Price (as defined below) and any accrued but unpaid dividends on such shares. In the event the Corporation is unable to pay the Redemption Price of the Class “G” Shares on the Retraction Date, it shall forthwith give the holder of Class “G” Shares written notice thereof.

(7) Redemption Price . The Redemption Price of the Class “G” Shares shall be an amount equal to $1,000 per Class “G” Share being redeemed. The Redemption Price may be paid in cash, or by certified cheque, bank draft or wire transfer, or by the delivery of assets having equivalent value, provided that in respect of any such payment denominated in a currency other than Canadian dollars, for the purposes of this Section (7), the applicable exchange rate shall be that published by the Bank of Canada in effect on the date of payment.

 

- 13 -


------------------End of Share Capital------------------

 

- 14 -


SCHEDULE B

RESTRICTIONS ON SHARE TRANSFERS

No shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be transferred without the approval of Directors as evidenced by a resolution of the Board of Directors; the approval of such transfer of shares may be given as aforesaid after the transfer has been registered in the books of the Corporation, in which case, unless such resolution provides otherwise, the transfer is valid and shall come into force on the date of its registration in the books of the Corporation.

 

- 15 -


SCHEDULE C

 

1. RESTRICTIONS ON THE TRANSFER OF SECURITIES

As long as the Corporation shall have the status of a « private issuer » as defined in Regulation 45-106 on Prospectus and Registration Exemptions , all transfers of securities of the Corporation (other than shares and non-convertible debt securities) shall be subject to the consent of the Board of Directors of the Corporation as evidenced by a resolution passed or signed by them.

 

2. CORPORATION’S BORROWING POWERS

Without in any way limiting the Corporation’s powers, the Board of directors may without the consent of the shareholders:

 

  (a) borrow money upon credit of the Corporation;

 

  (b) issue debentures or other securities of the Corporation, and pledge or sell the same for such sums and at such prices as may be deemed expedient; and

 

  (c) hypothecate the immoveable and moveable or otherwise affect the moveable property of the Corporation.

 

- 16 -

Exhibit 1.17

[TRANSLATION]

JOBBOOM INC.

(the “Corporation”)

GENERAL BY-LAWS

BY-LAW ONE

SHAREHOLDERS

ARTICLE 1. ANNUAL MEETINGS  The annual meeting of shareholders of the Corporation shall be held at such place, on such date and at such time as the Board of Directors may determine from time to time. Annual meetings of shareholders may be called at any time by order of the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or, provided they are directors of the Corporation, the President or any Vice-President.

ARTICLE 2. SPECIAL GENERAL MEETINGS  Special general meetings of shareholders shall be held at such place, on such date and at such time as the Board of Directors may determine from time to time or at any place where all the shareholders of the Corporation entitled to vote thereat are present in person or represented by proxy or at such other place as all the shareholders of the Corporation shall approve in writing.

Special general meetings of shareholders may be called at any time by order of the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or, provided they are directors of the Corporation, the President or any Vice-President.

ARTICLE 3. NOTICE OF MEETING  A notice specifying the place, date, time and purpose of any meeting of shareholders shall be given to all the shareholders entitled thereto at least 21 days but not more than 50 days prior to the date fixed for the meeting. The notice may be mailed, postage prepaid, to the shareholders at their respective addresses as they appear on the books of the Corporation or delivered by hand or transmitted by any means of telecommunication.

If the convening of a meeting of shareholders is a matter of urgency, notice of such meeting may be given not less than 48 hours before such meeting is to be held.

In the case of joint holders of a share, the notice of meeting shall be given to that one of them whose name stands first in the books of the Corporation and notice so given shall be sufficient notice to all the joint holders.

Irregularities in the notice or in the giving thereof as well as the unintentional omission to give notice to, or the non-receipt of any such notice by, any of the shareholders shall not invalidate any action taken by or at any such meeting.


ARTICLE 4. CHAIRMAN  The Chairman of the Board or, in his absence, the President, if he is a director, or, in his absence, one of the Vice-Presidents who is a director of the Corporation (to be designated by the meeting in the event of more than one such Vice-President being present) shall preside at all meetings of shareholders. If all of the aforesaid officers be absent or decline to act, the persons present and entitled to vote may choose one of their number to act as chairman of the meeting. In the event of an equality of votes, the chairman of any meeting shall not be entitled to a casting vote in respect of any matter submitted to the vote of the meeting.

ARTICLE 5. QUORUM, VOTING AND ADJOURNMENTS  The holder or holders of not less than 50% of the outstanding shares of the share capital of the Corporation carrying voting rights at such meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for any meeting of shareholders of the Corporation.

The acts of the holders of a majority of the shares so present or represented and carrying voting rights thereat shall be the acts of all the shareholders except as to matters on which the vote or consent of the holders of a greater number of shares is required or directed by the laws governing the Corporation, the constituting act or the by-laws of the Corporation.

Should a quorum not be present at any meeting of shareholders, those present in person and entitled to be counted for the purpose of forming a quorum shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time and from place to place without notice other than announcement at the meeting until a quorum shall be present. At any such adjourned meeting, provided a quorum is present, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting adjourned.

ARTICLE 6. RIGHT TO VOTE AND PROXY  At all meetings of shareholders, each shareholder present and entitled to vote thereat shall have on a show of hands one vote and, upon a poll, each shareholder present in person or represented by proxy shall be entitled to one vote for each share carrying voting rights registered in his name in the books of the Corporation unless, under the terms of the constituting act some other scale of voting is fixed, in which event such scale of voting shall be adopted. Any shareholder or proxy may demand a ballot (either before or on the declaration of the result of a vote upon a show of hands) in respect of any matter submitted to the vote of the shareholders.

In the case of joint holders of a share, the vote of the senior who tenders a vote, whether in person or by proxy, shall be accepted to the exclusion of the votes of the other joint holders, and for this purpose seniority shall be determined by the order in which the names stand in the books of the Corporation.

ARTICLE 7. SCRUTINEERS  The chairman at any meeting of shareholders may appoint one or more persons, who need not be shareholders, to act as scrutineer or scrutineers at the meeting.

 

- 2 -


ARTICLE 8. ADDRESSES OF SHAREHOLDERS  Every shareholder shall furnish to the Corporation an address to which all notices intended for such shareholder shall be given, failing which, any such notice may be given to him at any other address appearing on the books of the Corporation. If no address appears on the books of the Corporation, such notice may be sent to such address as the person sending the notice may consider to be the most likely to result in such notice promptly reaching such shareholder.

BY-LAW TWO

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

ARTICLE 1. ELECTION OF DIRECTORS AND TERM OF OFFICE  Except as herein otherwise provided, each director shall be elected at an annual meeting of shareholders or at any special general meeting of shareholders called for that purpose, by a majority of the votes cast in respect of such election. It shall not be necessary that the voting for the election of directors of the Corporation be conducted by ballot unless voting by ballot is requested by a shareholder or proxy. Each director so elected shall hold office until the election of his successor unless he shall resign or his office become vacant by death, removal or other cause.

ARTICLE 2. ACTS OF DIRECTORS  All acts done by the directors or by any person acting as a director, until their successors have been duly elected or appointed, shall, notwithstanding that it be afterwards discovered that there was some defect in the election of the directors or such person acting as aforesaid or that they or any of them were disqualified, be as valid as if the directors or such other person, as the case may be, had been duly elected and were qualified to be directors of the Corporation.

ARTICLE 3. POWER TO ALLOT STOCK AND GRANT OPTIONS  Subject to the provisions of the constituting act of the Corporation, the shares of the Corporation shall be at all times under the control of the directors who may by resolution, from time to time, accept subscriptions, allot, issue, grant options in respect of or otherwise dispose of the whole or any part of the unissued shares of the share capital of the Corporation on such terms and conditions, for such consideration not contrary to law or to the constituting act of the Corporation and at such times prescribed in such resolutions. The directors may, from time to time, make calls upon the shareholders in respect of any moneys unpaid upon their shares. Each shareholder shall pay the amount called on his shares at the time and place fixed by the directors.

ARTICLE 4. POWER TO DECLARE DIVIDENDS  The directors may from time to time as they may deem advisable, declare and pay dividends out of any funds available for dividends to the shareholders according to their respective rights and interest therein.

Any dividend may be paid by cheque or warrant made payable to and mailed to the address on the books of the Corporation of the shareholder entitled thereto and in the case of joint holders to that one of them whose name stands first in the books of the Corporation, and the mailing of such cheque or warrant shall constitute payment unless the cheque or warrant is not paid upon presentation.

 

- 3 -


ARTICLE 5. PLACE OF MEETINGS AND NOTICES  All meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such place, on such date and at such time as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors or at any place where all the directors are present.

Any meeting of the Board of Directors may be called at any time by or on the order of the Chairman of the Board or, provided they are directors of the Corporation, the President or any Vice-President or by any two directors.

Notice specifying the place, date and time of any meeting of the Board of Directors shall be given to each of the directors at least 72 hours prior to the date fixed for such meeting. The notice may be mailed, postage prepaid, to each director at his residence or usual place of business, or delivered by hand or transmitted by any means of telecommunication.

In any case where the convening of a meeting of directors is a matter of urgency, notice of such meeting may be given not less than 3 hours before such meeting is to be held.

Notwithstanding any other provisions of this ARTICLE 5, immediately after the annual meeting of shareholders in each year, a meeting of such of the newly elected directors as are then present shall be held, provided they shall constitute a quorum, without further notice, for the election or appointment of officers of the Corporation and the transaction of such other business as may come before them.

ARTICLE 6. CHAIRMAN  The Chairman of the Board or, in his absence, the President, if he is a director, or, in his absence, one of the Vice-Presidents who is a director of the Corporation (to be designated by the meeting in the event of more than one such Vice-President being present) shall preside at all meetings of the directors. If all of the aforesaid officers are absent or decline to act, the directors present may choose one of their number to act as chairman of the meeting. In the event of an equality of votes, the chairman of any meeting shall be entitled to cast one vote as a director, but not a second or casting vote in respect of any matter submitted to the vote of the meeting.

ARTICLE 7. QUORUM  Except when the Corporation has only one director, the directors may from time to time fix by resolution the quorum for meetings of directors, but until otherwise fixed, a majority of the directors in office shall constitute a quorum.

ARTICLE 8. VACANCIES AND RESIGNATION  In the case of a vacancy occurring in the Board of Directors, the directors then in office, by the affirmative vote of a majority of said remaining directors, so long as a quorum of the Board remains in office, may from time to time and at any time fill such vacancy for the remainder of the term.

 

- 4 -


ARTICLE 9. SOLE DIRECTOR  In the case where the Corporation has only one director, the acts that may be or are required to be taken by the Board of Directors or by two directors of the Corporation, under the Corporation’s by-laws, may be taken by the sole director of the Corporation.

 

- 5 -


BY-LAW THREE

OFFICERS

ARTICLE 1. OFFICERS  The directors shall elect or appoint a President, shall appoint a Secretary and may also elect or appoint as officers a Chairman of the Board, one or more Vice-Presidents, one or more Assistant-Secretaries, a Treasurer and one or more Assistant-Treasurers. Such officers shall be elected or appointed at the first meeting of the Board of Directors after each annual meeting of shareholders. There may also be appointed such other officers as the Board of Directors may from time to time deem necessary. Such officers shall respectively perform such duties, in addition to those specified in the by-laws of the Corporation, as shall from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors. The same person may hold more than one office, provided, however, that the same person shall not hold the office of President and Vice-President. None of such officers except the Chairman of the Board need be a director of the Corporation.

ARTICLE 2. CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD  The Chairman of the Board, if any, shall preside at all meetings of directors and shareholders of the Corporation and he shall have such other powers and duties as the Board of Directors may determine from time to time.

ARTICLE 3. PRESIDENT  The President shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation and shall exercise a general control of and supervision over its affairs. He shall have such other powers and duties as the Board of Directors may determine from time to time.

ARTICLE 4. VICE-PRESIDENT OR VICE-PRESIDENTS  The Vice-President or Vice-Presidents shall have such powers and duties as may be determined by the Board of Directors from time to time. In case of the absence, disability, refusal or omission to act of the President, a Vice-President designated by the directors may exercise the powers and perform the duties of the President and, if such Vice-President exercises any of the powers or performs any of the duties of the President, the absence, disability, refusal or omission to act of the President shall be presumed.

ARTICLE 5. TREASURER AND ASSISTANT-TREASURERS  The Treasurer shall have general charge of the finances of the Corporation. He shall render to the Board of Directors, whenever directed by the Board and as soon as possible after the close of each financial year, an account of the financial condition of the Corporation and of all his transactions as Treasurer. He shall have charge and custody of and be responsible for the keeping of the books of account required under the laws governing the Corporation. He shall perform all the acts incidental to the office of Treasurer or as may be determined by the Board of Directors from time to time.

Assistant-Treasurers shall perform any of the duties of the Treasurer delegated to them from time to time by the Board of Directors or by the Treasurer.

ARTICLE 6. SECRETARY AND ASSISTANT-SECRETARIES  The Secretary shall attend to the giving of all notices of the Corporation and shall keep the records of all meetings

 

- 6 -


and resolutions of the shareholders and of the Board of Directors in a book to be kept for that purpose. He shall keep in safe custody the seal of the Corporation, if any. He shall have charge of the books containing the names and addresses of the shareholders and directors of the Corporation and such other books and papers as the Board of Directors may direct. He shall perform such other duties incidental to his office or as may be required by the Board of Directors from time to time.

Assistant-Secretaries shall perform any of the duties of the Secretary delegated to them from time to time by the Board of Directors or by the Secretary.

ARTICLE 7. SECRETARY-TREASURER  Whenever the Secretary shall also be the Treasurer he may, at the option of the Board of Directors, be designated the “Secretary-Treasurer”.

ARTICLE 8. REMOVAL  The Board of Directors may, subject to the law and the provisions of any contract, remove and discharge any officer of the Corporation at any meeting called for that purpose and may elect or appoint any other person.

BY-LAW FOUR

SHARE CAPITAL

ARTICLE 1. SHARE CERTIFICATES  Certificates representing shares of the share capital of the Corporation shall be approved by the Board of Directors. Share certificates shall bear the signatures of two directors or two officers of the Corporation or of one director and one officer of the Corporation. Such signatures may be engraved, lithographed or otherwise mechanically reproduced thereon. Any certificate bearing the facsimile reproduction of the signature of any of such authorized persons shall be deemed to have been manually signed by him and shall be as valid to all intents and purposes as if it had been manually signed, notwithstanding that the person whose signature is so reproduced shall, at the time that the certificate is issued or on the date of such certificate, have ceased to be an officer or director of the Corporation, as the case may be.

 

- 7 -


ARTICLE 2. TRANSFER OF SHARES  A register of transfers containing the date and particulars of all transfers of shares of the share capital of the Corporation shall be kept either at the head office or at such other office of the Corporation or at such other place in the Province of Québec or elsewhere in Canada as may be determined, from time to time, by resolution of the Board of Directors. One or more branch registers of transfers may be kept at any office of the Corporation or any other place within the Province of Québec or elsewhere as may from time to time be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors. The date and particulars of all transfers of shares contained in a branch register of transfers must also be entered in the register of transfers. Such register of transfers and branch registers of transfers shall be kept by the Secretary or by such other officer or officers as may be specially charged with this duty or by such agent or agents as may be appointed from time to time for that purpose by resolution of the Board of Directors.

Entry of the transfer of any share of the share capital of the Corporation may be made in the register of transfers or in a branch register of transfers regardless of where the certificate representing the share to be transferred shall have been issued.

If the shares of the share capital of the Corporation to be transferred are represented by a certificate, the transfer of such shares shall not be entered in the register of transfers or the branch register of transfers, unless or until the certificate representing the shares to be transferred has been duly endorsed and surrendered for cancellation.

ARTICLE 3. CLOSING OF BOOKS  The Board of Directors may, from time to time, by resolution close the register of transfers and the branch registers of transfers, if any, for any time or times not exceeding in the whole 60 days in each financial year of the Corporation on giving notice by advertisement in a newspaper published in the place where the register of transfers is kept and in a newspaper published in the place where each of the branch registers of transfers is kept. The Board of Directors may by resolution fix in advance a date not exceeding 60 days preceding the date of any meeting of shareholders of the Corporation or the date for the payment of any dividend or the date for the allotment of any rights as a record date for the determination of the shareholders entitled to receive notice of any such meeting or to receive payment of any such dividend or to be allotted any such rights. Only shareholders of record on the record date so fixed shall be entitled to receive such notice or to receive payment of such dividend or to be allotted such rights, as the case may be, notwithstanding any transfer of any shares on the books of the Corporation after such record date.

ARTICLE 4. TRANSFER AGENTS AND REGISTRARS  The Board of Directors may appoint or remove from time to time transfer agents or registrars of transfers of shares of the share capital of the Corporation and, subject to the laws governing the Corporation, make regulations generally, from time to time, with reference to the transfer of the shares of the share capital of the Corporation. Upon any such appointment being made, all certificates representing shares of the share capital of the Corporation thereafter issued shall be countersigned by one of such transfer agents or one of such registrars of transfers and shall not be valid unless so countersigned.

 

- 8 -


BY-LAW FIVE

FINANCIAL YEAR

The financial year of the Corporation shall end on December 31 in each year. Such date may, however, be changed from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors.

BY-LAW SIX

CONTRACTS

All contracts, deeds, agreements, documents, bonds, debentures and other instruments requiring execution by the Corporation may be signed by two directors or two officers of the Corporation or by one director and one officer of the Corporation or by such persons as the Board of Directors may otherwise authorize from time to time by resolution. Any such authorization may be general or confined to specific instances. Save as aforesaid or as otherwise provided in the by-laws of the Corporation, no director, officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the Corporation under any contract or obligation or to pledge its credit.

The Corporation may transact business with one or more of its directors or with any firm of which one or more of its directors are members or employees or with any corporation or association of which one or more of its directors are shareholders, directors, officers or employees. The director who has an interest in such transaction shall disclose it to the Corporation and to the other directors making a decision in respect of such transaction and shall abstain from discussing and voting on the question except if his vote is required to bind the Corporation in respect of such transaction.

 

- 9 -


BY-LAW SEVEN

DECLARATIONS

Any director or officer of the Corporation or any other person nominated for that purpose by any director or officer of the Corporation is authorized and empowered to give instructions to an attorney, for civil or for criminal, to appear and make answer for and on behalf and in the name of the Corporation to all writs, orders and interrogatories upon articulated facts issued out of any court and to declare for and on behalf and in the name of the Corporation any answer to writs of attachment by way of garnishment in which the Corporation is garnishee. Any director, officer or person so nominated is authorized and empowered to make all affidavits and sworn declarations in connection therewith or in connection with any and all judicial proceedings to which the Corporation is a party and to instruct an attorney to make demands of abandonment or petitions for winding-up or bankruptcy orders upon any debtor of the Corporation and to attend and vote at all meetings of creditors of the Corporation’s debtors and grant proxies in connection therewith. Any such director, officer or person is authorized to appoint by general or special power or powers of attorney any person or persons, including any person other than those directors, officers and persons hereinbefore mentioned, as attorney or attorneys of the Corporation to do any of the foregoing things.

BY-LAW EIGHT

SEAL

The seal of the Corporation, if any, may be affixed by any director or officer of the Corporation or by any person designated by such director or officer.

BY-LAW NINE

REGULATION 45-106

ARTICLE 1. NUMBER OF HOLDERS OF SHARES AND SECURITIES  The beneficial ownership of securities of the Corporation, including its shareholders, shall be limited to fifty (50) persons, not including employees and former employees of the Corporation or its affiliates, provided that each person is counted as one beneficial owner unless the person is created or used solely to purchase or hold securities of the Corporation in which case each beneficial owner or each beneficiary of the person, as the case may be, must be counted as a separate beneficial owner

ARTICLE 2. ISSUE OF SECURITIES The directors, by way of resolution, may accept subscriptions for securities, allot or issue securities of the Company at such times, on such terms and conditions, to such persons and for such consideration as they see fit.

 

- 10 -


ARTICLE 3. PRIVATE ISSUER STATUS  The directors shall use their best efforts to ensure that the Corporation remains a private issuer and complies with the provisions of the Regulation 45-106 .

ARTICLE 4. DECLARATION OF SUBSCRIBER  Any person who subscribes shares or other securities issued by the Corporation shall declare to the Corporation that this subscription is exempted from prospectus and registration requirements pursuant to section 2.4 of the Regulation 45-106

ARTICLE 5. DECLARATION OF TRANSFEREE  Any person who purchases shares or other securities of the Corporation shall declare that his acquisition is exempted from prospectus and registration requirements pursuant to the Regulation 45-106 .

ARTICLE 6. COMMISSION  No commission or other remuneration, including a finder’s fee, shall be paid in connection with the sale of shares or other securities to a director, executive officer, control person or founder of the Corporation or of an affiliate of the Company.

BY-LAW TEN

BORROWING POWERS

The administrators of the Corporation are hereby authorized, when to their best judgment, it is in the best interest of the Corporation to:

 

  (a) borrow money on the credit of the Corporation from any bank, corporation, firm, association or individual, in the amount and in the conditions the Board of directions see fit, and in the best interest of the Corporation;

 

  (b) increase or decrease the amount to be borrowed;

 

  (c) issue or have issued, sell or pledge bonds, debentures, notes or other debt obligations of the Corporation as by the terms, agreements and conditions and for the sums as see fit by the Board of directors;

 

  (d) hypothecate movable and immovable property of the Corporation currently owned or subsequently acquired to secure payment or performance of an obligation or other debt obligations of the Corporation;

 

  (e) mortgage, hypothecate, charge, pledge or otherwise create a security interest in all or any currently owned or subsequently acquired movable and immovable property of the Corporation to secure such bonds, debentures, notes or other debt obligations, other than those contracted by the issuing of the shares;

 

- 11 -


  (f) provide a guarantee on behalf of the Corporation to secure payment of all debt obligations such as borrowed monies, debentures, notes, credits, overdraft advances, or other debts in favour of a bank, corporation, firm or person, including interest, hypothecate and provide to any bank, corporation, firm or any individual, all or any one of the Corporation property, movable or immovable, currently owned or subsequently acquired and provide guarantees that may be accepted by a bank in virtue of the different sections of the Bank Act, renew, modify or substitute such guarantees from time to time, with the authority to contract promises, to provide guarantees in virtue of the Bank Act related to any current debt or subsequently contracted by the Corporation with any bank;

 

  (g) the Board of directors may from time to time, by resolution, delegate to any one or more directors or officers all or any of the powers conferred on the directors by paragraph 1 of this by-law to the full extent thereof or such lesser extent as the directors may in any such resolution provide;

AND the powers hereby conferred shall be deemed to be permanent and not subject to cease after the first exercise. Such powers can be used from time to time as long as they are not revoked by a written resolution.

 

- 12 -


ENACTED April 6, 2011.

 

The President,

 

Robert Dépatie
The Vice President and Secretary,

 

Claudine Tremblay

 

- 13 -

Exhibit 1.18

[TRANSLATION]

[Logo of Québec Registrar]

 

 

CERTIFICATE OF CONSTITUTION

Companies Act, Part IA

(R.S.Q., c. C-38)

I hereby certify that the Company

9227-2590 QUÉBEC INC.

has been constituted on SEPTEMBER 17, 2010 under Part IA of the Companies Act, as indicated in the Articles of Constitution attached hereto.

 

[Seal of Québec Registrar]   

Filed in the register on September 20, 2010

under the Quebec business number 1166835331

   [Signed]

 

Acting Enterprise
Registrar

 

E010I11Q33952SA    LEX-304 (2008-09)                    

 

 


LOGO     

Articles of Constitution

Articles of Continuance

     Companies Act (R.S.Q., c. C-38, Part IA)

For articles of continuance only.

 

  Québec Enterprise number (NEQ)
Mark an X in the appropriate box.   NEQ  

1      1

Articles of Constitution     x             Articles of Continuance   ¨    

 

1.   Name – Constitution: Enter the company name, and its version in another language, if applicable. Leave blank if you are applying for a designating number rather than a name.
  Continuance: enter the current name, if you are keeping it, and its version if applicable, an N.A. in section 8 or enter the new name, and its version in another language if applicable.
  9227-2590 Québec Inc.

 

 

  Mark an X in this box if you are applying for a designating number (numbered company) rather than a name. x

2.

  Québec judicial district of the company head office -    Enter the judicial district, such as stipulated in the Territorial Division Act (R.S.Q., c. D-11). Your can obtain additional information at the Court house, from Services Québec or online at www.justice .gouv.qc.ca/français/recherche/district.asp.
  Montréal   
3.   Precise number or minimum and maximum number of directors    Minimum 1 – Maximum 10           4.    Effective Date         
          Enter the date of entry into force, if later than that on which the articles are filed      Year         Month         Day   
    

 

          2010         12         16   
                  
                  
5.   Describe the authorized capital stock and the limits imposed – Unless otherwise indicated in this articles, the company has unlimited capital stock with shares without par value. (See the section “Description of capital stock”.)
  See Schedule A attached hereto forming an integral part of these Articles.

 

6.   Restrictions on the transfer of shares and other provisions, if applicable.
  See Schedule B and Schedule C attached hereto forming an integral part of these Articles.

 

7.   Limits on activity , if applicable.
  N/A

 

8.   Name prior to the continuance (if different than the one mentioned in section 1)

 

9.   Founders (for articles of constitution only) – Enter first names, address(es) of founder(s) or name and address of head office of the legal person acting in this capacity.

 

 

Last and first names or name of the legal person acting in the quality of founder

Brunet, Nicole

 

  

Signature of founder or

the person authorized by the legal person

 

 

Street and no., apartment/suite, city/province, postal code and country

612, St-Jacques Street, 18 th Flr S, Montreal (Québec) H3C 4M8

 

  

 

Constituting act of the legal person acting in the quality of founder

 

  

 

Last and first names or name of the legal person acting in the quality of founder

 

  

Signature of founder or

the person authorized by the legal person

 

Street and no., apartment/suite, city/province, postal code and country

 

  

 

Constituting act of the legal person acting in the quality of founder

 

  

 

Do not write in this space    For articles of continuance only:   

 

        Signature of authorized director
    

 

If the space provided is not sufficient, include an appendix, in two copies,

identifying the corresponding section. If necessary, number the pages.

 

Sign the two copies of this form and remit them,

accompanied by the documents and the required payment.

 

Do not fax.

 

Ministère du Revenu    LE-50.0.11.02-T (2008-10)

 

 


[Translation]

SCHEDULE A

SHARE CAPITAL

The unlimited share capital of the Company shall consist of seven (7) classes of shares, which shall carry the following rights:

A) CLASS “A” COMMON SHARES: The number of Class “A” Shares is unlimited, and the consideration paid into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to such shares is also unlimited; Class “A” Shares shall have no par value and shall carry the following rights, privileges, conditions and restrictions:

1) Dividend and Participation. Subject to the rights and privileges conferred by the other classes of shares, the holders of Class “A” Shares shall be entitled to:

 

  a) participate in the property, profits and surplus assets of the Company and, to that end, receive any dividend declared by the Company, the amount, timing and terms of payment of which are at the sole discretion of the Board of Directors; and

 

  b) share in the remaining property of the Company upon liquidation or winding-up, whether or not voluntary, dissolution or any other distribution of the property of the Company.

2) Restriction. In addition to the restrictions set forth in Sections 123.70 and 123.56 of the Companies Act , the Company may neither pay a dividend on Class “A” Shares nor purchase any such shares by private agreement if, as a result thereof, the book value of the net assets of the Company would be insufficient to redeem the Class “B,” “C,” “D,” “E,” “F” and “G” Shares.

3) Voting Right. The holders of Class “A” Shares shall be entitled to receive notice of, attend and vote at meetings of shareholders of the Company, except meetings at which only the holders of another class of shares are entitled to vote, and each Class “A” Share shall entitle the holder thereof to one (1) vote.

B) CLASS “B” PREFERRED SHARES: The number of Class “B” Shares is unlimited, and the consideration paid into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to such shares is also unlimited; Class “B” Shares shall have no par value and shall carry the following rights, privileges, conditions and restrictions:

1) Ranking of Class “B” Preferred Shares. Class “B” Preferred Shares shall have priority over the Common Shares and the Class “C,” “D,” “E,” and “F” Preferred Shares, but not over the Class “G” Preferred Shares with respect to the order of payment of dividends and the distribution of the assets of the Company in the event of the liquidation, winding-up or dissolution of the Company, whether or not voluntary, or any other distribution of the assets of the Company among its shareholders for the purpose of winding up its affairs.

2) Right to Dividends. The holders of Class “B” Shares shall be entitled to receive, every year, in such manner and at such time as the Board of Directors may declare, a non-cumulative dividend at the fixed rate of 1% per month, calculated on the redemption price of the Class “B” Preferred Shares, payable in cash, property or through the issuance of fully paid shares of any class of the Company.

 

 

Page 1 of 17


3) Repayment. If, for any reason, including in the event of dissolution or liquidation or winding-up of the Company, whether or not voluntary, some or all of the assets of the Company are distributed among the shareholders, each holder of Class “B” Shares shall be entitled to repayment of the amount paid for the Class “B” Shares into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to the Class “B” Shares.

4) No Voting Right. Subject to the provisions of the Act or as otherwise expressly provided, the holders of Class “B” Shares shall not be entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at the meeting of shareholders of the Company.

5) Redemption Right. The Company shall be entitled, at its discretion, subject to the provisions of the Companies Act in this regard, to redeem at any time all or from time to time part of the Class “B” Shares then outstanding upon giving notice to that effect, on payment to the holders of the Class “B” Shares of an aggregate redemption price equal to the consideration received by the Company at the time the Class “B” Shares were issued.

The Company shall, at least one (1) business day prior to the date fixed for redemption (the “Redemption Date”), give written notice, to each then registered holder of Class “B” Shares, of the Company’s intention to redeem such shares. Such notice shall set out the date and place at which the redemption is to take place and where payment is to occur and, in the case of partial redemption, the number of shares of each such holder of Class “B” Shares to be redeemed. If notice of redemption is given as aforesaid and an amount sufficient to redeem the Class “B” Shares called for redemption is deposited with the Company’s bankers or at any other place specified in the notice, on or before the Redemption Date, the holders of Class “B” Shares shall, after the Redemption Date, no longer have any right in or against the Company, except the right to receive payment of the Redemption Price and any accrued but unpaid dividends on such Class “B” Shares being redeemed, upon presentation and surrender of the certificates representing such number of shares to be redeemed.

6) Retraction Right. Subject to paragraph two of Section 123.54 of the Companies Act , each holder of Class “B” Shares shall be entitled, at any time and at such holder’s discretion, upon written notice, to require the Company to redeem all or part of such holder’s shares at a price equal to the “Redemption Value,” as described below, plus the amount of dividends declared but unpaid, if any, on the Class “B” Shares.

a) Redemption Value

The “Redemption Value” of each share corresponds to the amount paid for such share into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to the Class “B” Shares, plus a premium equal to the amount by which the fair market value of the consideration received by the Company at the time such Class “B” Share was issued exceeds the total of:

(i) the amount paid for such share into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to the Class “B” Shares; and

(ii) the fair market value of any property, other than a Class “B” Share, given by the Company in payment of such consideration.

 

 

Page 2 of 17


b) Determination of Fair Market Value of the Consideration

Upon issuance of the Class “B” Shares, the Company and each subscriber of Class “B” Shares shall determine, by mutual consent and in good faith, based on a method deemed fair and reasonable, the fair market value of each of the assets that form part of the consideration received by the Company at the time the Class “B” Shares are issued.

c) Adjustment of the Premium in Case of a Disagreement with the Department of Revenue

In the event of a disagreement with the federal or provincial department of revenue, or both, with respect to the appraisal of the fair market value of one or more of the assets that form part of the consideration received by the Company at the time the Class “B” Shares are issued, the appraisal by such department shall prevail. The amount of the premium relating to the redemption of the Class “B” Shares shall be adjusted accordingly if the department in question provides the Company and each holder of Class “B” Shares, or, where all of the shares are redeemed, the Company and each former holder of Class “B” Shares, with the opportunity to contest the appraisal with the department or before the courts. Where the federal and provincial appraisals differ, the amount of the premium shall be equal to the lower appraisal established in accordance with an uncontested assessment or another final judgment, as the case may be.

If, before the Redemption Value provided for in the foregoing sentence is adjusted, the Company pays, in cash or any other form of consideration, to a holder of Class “B” Shares, in connection with a redemption, retraction or purchase of Class “B” Shares, a sum for the Class “B” Shares that differs from the adjusted Redemption Value, the holder or the Company, as the case may be, shall immediately pay to the holder or the Company, as the case may be, the difference between the amount paid in connection with the redemption, retraction or purchase and the adjusted Redemption Value. Moreover, if, at the time of the adjustment, dividends have already been declared and paid on the Class “B” Shares, such dividends shall be adjusted so as to reflect the adjustment of the Redemption Value.

7) Right to Purchase by Private Agreement. Subject to Section 123.56 of the Companies Act , the Company may, at any time, without giving notice and without taking into consideration the other classes of shares, purchase by private agreement and at the best possible price all or part of the issued and outstanding Class “B” Shares. However, such purchase price shall never exceed the Redemption Value mentioned above or the book value of the net assets of the Company.

C) CLASS “C” PREFERRED SHARES: The number of Class “C” Shares is unlimited, and the consideration paid into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to such shares is also unlimited; Class “C” Shares shall have no par value and shall carry the following rights, privileges, conditions and restrictions:

1) Ranking of Class “C” Preferred Shares. Class “C” Preferred Shares shall have priority over the Common Shares and the Class “D,” “E” and “F” Preferred Shares, but not over the Class “B” and “G” Preferred Shares with respect to the order of payment of dividends and the distribution of the assets of the Company in the event of the liquidation, winding-up or dissolution of the Company, whether or not voluntary, or any other distribution of the assets of the Company among its shareholders for the purpose of winding up its affairs.

 

 

Page 3 of 17


2) Right to Dividends. The holders of Class “C” Shares shall be entitled to receive, every year, in such manner and at such time as the Board of Directors may declare, a non-cumulative dividend at the fixed rate of 1% per month, calculated on the redemption price of the Class “C” Preferred Shares, payable in cash, property or through the issuance of fully paid shares of any class of the Company.

3) Repayment. If, for any reason, including in the event of dissolution or liquidation or winding-up of the Company, whether or not voluntary, some or all of the assets of the Company are distributed among the shareholders, each holder of Class “C” Shares shall be entitled to repayment of the amount paid for the Class “C” Shares into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to the Class “C” Shares.

4) No Voting Right. Subject to the provisions of the Act or as otherwise expressly provided, the holders of Class “C” Shares shall not be entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at the meeting of shareholders of the Company.

5) Redemption Right. The Company shall be entitled, at its discretion, subject to the provisions of the Companies Act in this regard, to redeem at any time all or from time to time part of the Class “C” Shares then outstanding upon giving notice to that effect, on payment to the holders of the Class “C” Shares of an aggregate redemption price equal to the consideration received by the Company at the time the Class “C” Shares were issued.

The Company shall, at least one (1) business day prior to the date fixed for redemption (the “Redemption Date”), give written notice, to each then registered holder of Class “C” Shares, of the Company’s intention to redeem such shares. Such notice shall set out the date and place at which the redemption is to take place and where payment is to occur and, in the case of partial redemption, the number of shares of each such holder of Class “C” Shares to be redeemed. If notice of redemption is given as aforesaid and an amount sufficient to redeem the Class “C” Shares called for redemption is deposited with the Company’s bankers or at any other place specified in the notice, on or before the Redemption Date, the holders of Class “C” Shares shall, after the Redemption Date, no longer have any right in or against the Company, except the right to receive payment of the Redemption Price and any accrued but unpaid dividends on such Class “C” Shares being redeemed, upon presentation and surrender of the certificates representing such number of shares to be redeemed.

6) Retraction Right. Subject to paragraph two of Section 123.54 of the Companies Act , each holder of Class “C” Shares shall be entitled, at any time and at such holder’s discretion, upon written notice, to require the Company to redeem all or part of such holder’s shares at a price equal to the “Redemption Value,” as described below, plus the amount of dividends declared but unpaid, if any, on the Class “C” Shares.

a) Redemption Value

The “Redemption Value” of each share corresponds to the amount paid for such share into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to the Class “C” Shares, plus a premium equal to the amount by which the fair market value of the consideration received by the Company at the time such Class “C” Share was issued exceeds the total of:

(i) the amount paid for such share into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to the Class “C” Shares; and

 

 

Page 4 of 17


(ii) the fair market value of any property, other than a Class “C” Share, given by the Company in payment of such consideration.

b) Determination of Fair Market Value of the Consideration

Upon issuance of the Class “C” Shares, the Company and each subscriber of Class “C” Shares shall determine, by mutual consent and in good faith, based on a method deemed fair and reasonable, the fair market value of each of the assets that form part of the consideration received by the Company at the time the Class “C” Shares are issued.

c) Adjustment of the Premium in Case of a Disagreement with the Department of Revenue

In the event of a disagreement with the federal or provincial department of revenue, or both, with respect to the appraisal of the fair market value of one or more of the assets that form part of the consideration received by the Company at the time the Class “C” Shares are issued, the appraisal by such department shall prevail. The amount of the premium relating to the redemption of the Class “C” Shares shall be adjusted accordingly if the department in question provides the Company and each holder of Class “C” Shares, or, where all of the shares are redeemed, the Company and each former holder of Class “C” Shares, with the opportunity to contest the appraisal with the department or before the courts. Where the federal and provincial appraisals differ, the amount of the premium shall be equal to the lower appraisal established in accordance with an uncontested assessment or another final judgment, as the case may be.

If, before the Redemption Value provided for in the foregoing sentence is adjusted, the Company pays, in cash or any other form of consideration, to a holder of Class “C” Shares, in connection with a redemption, retraction or purchase of Class “C” Shares, a sum for the Class “C” Shares that differs from the adjusted Redemption Value, the holder or the Company, as the case may be, shall immediately pay to the holder or the Company, as the case may be, the difference between the amount paid in connection with the redemption, retraction or purchase and the adjusted Redemption Value. Moreover, if, at the time of the adjustment, dividends have already been declared and paid on the Class “C” Shares, such dividends shall be adjusted so as to reflect the adjustment of the Redemption Value.

7) Right to Purchase by Private Agreement. Subject to Section 123.56 of the Companies Act , the Company may, at any time, without giving notice and without taking into consideration the other classes of shares, purchase by private agreement and at the best possible price all or part of the issued and outstanding Class “C” Shares. However, such purchase price shall never exceed the Redemption Value mentioned above or the book value of the net assets of the Company.

D) CLASS “D” PREFERRED SHARES: The number of Class “D” Shares is unlimited, and the consideration paid into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to such shares is also unlimited; Class “D” Shares shall have no par value and shall carry the following rights, privileges, conditions and restrictions:

1) Ranking of Class “D” Preferred Shares. Class “D” Preferred Shares shall have priority over the Common Shares and the Class “E” and “F” Preferred Shares, but not over the Class “B,” “C” and “G” Preferred Shares with respect to the order of payment of dividends and the distribution of the assets of the Company in the event of the liquidation, winding-up or dissolution of the Company, whether or not voluntary, or any other distribution of the assets of the Company among its shareholders for the purpose of winding up its affairs.

 

 

Page 5 of 17


2) Right to Dividends. The holders of Class “D” Shares shall be entitled to receive, every year, in such manner and at such time as the Board of Directors may declare, a non-cumulative dividend at the fixed rate of 1% per month, calculated on the redemption price of the Class “D” Preferred Shares, payable in cash, property or through the issuance of fully paid shares of any class of the Company.

3) Repayment. If, for any reason, including in the event of dissolution or liquidation or winding-up of the Company, whether or not voluntary, some or all of the assets of the Company are distributed among the shareholders, each holder of Class “D” Shares shall be entitled to repayment of the amount paid for the Class “D” Shares into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to the Class “D” Shares.

4) No Voting Right. Subject to the provisions of the Act or as otherwise expressly provided, the holders of Class “D” Shares shall not be entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at the meeting of shareholders of the Company.

5) Redemption Right. The Company shall be entitled, at its discretion, subject to the provisions of the Companies Act in this regard, to redeem at any time all or from time to time part of the Class “D” Shares then outstanding upon giving notice to that effect, on payment to the holders of the Class “D” Shares of an aggregate redemption price equal to the consideration received by the Company at the time the Class “D” Shares were issued.

The Company shall, at least one (1) business day prior to the date fixed for redemption (the “Redemption Date”), give written notice, to each then registered holder of Class “D” Shares, of the Company’s intention to redeem such shares. Such notice shall set out the date and place at which the redemption is to take place and where payment is to occur and, in the case of partial redemption, the number of shares of each such holder of Class “D” Shares to be redeemed. If notice of redemption is given as aforesaid and an amount sufficient to redeem the Class “D” Shares called for redemption is deposited with the Company’s bankers or at any other place specified in the notice, on or before the Redemption Date, the holders of Class “D” Shares shall, after the Redemption Date, no longer have any right in or against the Company, except the right to receive payment of the Redemption Price and any accrued but unpaid dividends on such Class “D” Shares being redeemed, upon presentation and surrender of the certificates representing such number of shares to be redeemed.

6) Retraction Right. Subject to paragraph two of Section 123.54 of the Companies Act , each holder of Class “D” Shares shall be entitled, at any time and at such holder’s discretion, upon written notice, to require the Company to redeem all or part of such holder’s shares at a price equal to the “Redemption Value,” as described below, plus the amount of dividends declared but unpaid, if any, on the Class “D” Shares.

a) Redemption Value

The “Redemption Value” of each share corresponds to the amount paid for such share into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to the Class “D” Shares, plus a premium equal to the amount by which the fair market value of the consideration received by the Company at the time such Class “D” Share was issued exceeds the total of:

(i) the amount paid for such share into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to the Class “D” Shares; and

 

 

Page 6 of 17


(ii) the fair market value of any property, other than a Class “D” Share, given by the Company in payment of such consideration.

b) Determination of Fair Market Value of the Consideration

Upon issuance of the Class “D” Shares, the Company and each subscriber of Class “D” Shares shall determine, by mutual consent and in good faith, based on a method deemed fair and reasonable, the fair market value of each of the assets that form part of the consideration received by the Company at the time the Class “D” Shares are issued.

c) Adjustment of the Premium in Case of a Disagreement with the Department of Revenue

In the event of a disagreement with the federal or provincial department of revenue, or both, with respect to the appraisal of the fair market value of one or more of the assets that form part of the consideration received by the Company at the time the Class “D” Shares are issued, the appraisal by such department shall prevail. The amount of the premium relating to the redemption of the Class “D” Shares shall be adjusted accordingly if the department in question provides the Company and each holder of Class “D” Shares, or, where all of the shares are redeemed, the Company and each former holder of Class “D” Shares, with the opportunity to contest the appraisal with the department or before the courts. Where the federal and provincial appraisals differ, the amount of the premium shall be equal to the lower appraisal established in accordance with an uncontested assessment or another final judgment, as the case may be.

If, before the Redemption Value provided for in the foregoing sentence is adjusted, the Company pays, in cash or any other form of consideration, to a holder of Class “D” Shares, in connection with a redemption, retraction or purchase of Class “D” Shares, a sum for the Class “D” Shares that differs from the adjusted Redemption Value, the holder or the Company, as the case may be, shall immediately pay to the holder or the Company, as the case may be, the difference between the amount paid in connection with the redemption, retraction or purchase and the adjusted Redemption Value. Moreover, if, at the time of the adjustment, dividends have already been declared and paid on the Class “D” Shares, such dividends shall be adjusted so as to reflect the adjustment of the Redemption Value.

7) Right to Purchase by Private Agreement. Subject to Section 123.56 of the Companies Act , the Company may, at any time, without giving notice and without taking into consideration the other classes of shares, purchase by private agreement and at the best possible price all or part of the issued and outstanding Class “D” Shares. However, such purchase price shall never exceed the Redemption Value mentioned above or the book value of the net assets of the Company.

E) CLASS “E” PREFERRED SHARES: The number of Class “E” Shares is unlimited, and the consideration paid into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to such shares is also unlimited; Class “E” Shares shall have no par value and shall carry the following rights, privileges, conditions and restrictions:

1) Ranking of Class “E” Preferred Shares. Class “E” Preferred Shares shall have priority over the Common Shares and the Class “F” Preferred Shares, but not over the Class “B,” “C,” “D” and “G”

 

 

Page 7 of 17


Preferred Shares with respect to the order of payment of dividends and the distribution of the assets of the Company in the event of the liquidation, winding-up or dissolution of the Company, whether or not voluntary, or any other distribution of the assets of the Company among its shareholders for the purpose of winding up its affairs.

2) Right to Dividends. The holders of Class “E” Shares shall be entitled to receive, every year, in such manner and at such time as the Board of Directors may declare, a non-cumulative dividend at the fixed rate of 1% per month, calculated on the redemption price of the Class “E” Preferred Shares, payable in cash, property or through the issuance of fully paid shares of any class of the Company.

3) Repayment. If, for any reason, including in the event of dissolution or liquidation or winding-up of the Company, whether or not voluntary, some or all of the assets of the Company are distributed among the shareholders, each holder of Class “E” Shares shall be entitled to repayment of the amount paid for the Class “E” Shares into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to the Class “E” Shares.

4) No Voting Right. Subject to the provisions of the Act or as otherwise expressly provided, the holders of Class “E” Shares shall not be entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at the meeting of shareholders of the Company.

5) Redemption Right. The Company shall be entitled, at its discretion, subject to the provisions of the Companies Act in this regard, to redeem at any time all or from time to time part of the Class “E” Shares then outstanding upon giving notice to that effect, on payment to the holders of the Class “E” Shares of an aggregate redemption price equal to the consideration received by the Company at the time the Class “E” Shares were issued.

The Company shall, at least one (1) business day prior to the date fixed for redemption (the “Redemption Date”), give written notice, to each then registered holder of Class “E” Shares, of the Company’s intention to redeem such shares. Such notice shall set out the date and place at which the redemption is to take place and where payment is to occur and, in the case of partial redemption, the number of shares of each such holder of Class “E” Shares to be redeemed. If notice of redemption is given as aforesaid and an amount sufficient to redeem the Class “E” Shares called for redemption is deposited with the Company’s bankers or at any other place specified in the notice, on or before the Redemption Date, the holders of Class “E” Shares shall, after the Redemption Date, no longer have any right in or against the Company, except the right to receive payment of the Redemption Price and any accrued but unpaid dividends on such Class “E” Shares being redeemed, upon presentation and surrender of the certificates representing such number of shares to be redeemed.

6) Retraction Right. Subject to paragraph two of Section 123.54 of the Companies Act , each holder of Class “E” Shares shall be entitled, at any time and at such holder’s discretion, upon written notice, to require the Company to redeem all or part of such holder’s shares at a price equal to the “Redemption Value,” as described below, plus the amount of dividends declared but unpaid, if any, on the Class “E” Shares.

a) Redemption Value

The “Redemption Value” of each share corresponds to the amount paid for such share into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to the Class “E” Shares, plus a premium equal to the amount by which the fair market value of the consideration received by the Company at the time such Class “E” Share was issued exceeds the total of:

(i) the amount paid for such share into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to the Class “E” Shares; and

 

 

Page 8 of 17


(ii) the fair market value of any property, other than a Class “E” Share, given by the Company in payment of such consideration.

b) Determination of Fair Market Value of the Consideration

Upon issuance of the Class “E” Shares, the Company and each subscriber of Class “E” Shares shall determine, by mutual consent and in good faith, based on a method deemed fair and reasonable, the fair market value of each of the assets that form part of the consideration received by the Company at the time the Class “E” Shares are issued.

c) Adjustment of the Premium in Case of a Disagreement with the Department of Revenue

In the event of a disagreement with the federal or provincial department of revenue, or both, with respect to the appraisal of the fair market value of one or more of the assets that form part of the consideration received by the Company at the time the Class “E” Shares are issued, the appraisal by such department shall prevail. The amount of the premium relating to the redemption of the Class “E” Shares shall be adjusted accordingly if the department in question provides the Company and each holder of Class “E” Shares, or, where all of the shares are redeemed, the Company and each former holder of Class “E” Shares, with the opportunity to contest the appraisal with the department or before the courts. Where the federal and provincial appraisals differ, the amount of the premium shall be equal to the lower appraisal established in accordance with an uncontested assessment or another final judgment, as the case may be.

If, before the Redemption Value provided for in the foregoing sentence is adjusted, the Company pays, in cash or any other form of consideration, to a holder of Class “E” Shares, in connection with a redemption, retraction or purchase of Class “E” Shares, a sum for the Class “E” Shares that differs from the adjusted Redemption Value, the holder or the Company, as the case may be, shall immediately pay to the holder or the Company, as the case may be, the difference between the amount paid in connection with the redemption, retraction or purchase and the adjusted Redemption Value. Moreover, if, at the time of the adjustment, dividends have already been declared and paid on the Class “E” Shares, such dividends shall be adjusted so as to reflect the adjustment of the Redemption Value.

7) Right to Purchase by Private Agreement. Subject to Section 123.56 of the Companies Act , the Company may, at any time, without giving notice and without taking into consideration the other classes of shares, purchase by private agreement and at the best possible price all or part of the issued and outstanding Class “E” Shares. However, such purchase price shall never exceed the Redemption Value mentioned above or the book value of the net assets of the Company.

F) CLASS “F” PREFERRED SHARES: The number of Class “F” Shares is unlimited, and the consideration paid into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to such shares is also unlimited; Class “F” Shares shall have no par value and shall carry the following rights, privileges, conditions and restrictions:

1) Ranking of Class “F” Preferred Shares. Class “F” Preferred Shares shall have priority over the Common Shares, but not over the Class “B,” “C,” “D,” “E” and “G” Preferred Shares with respect to the order of payment of dividends and the distribution of the assets of the Company in the event of the liquidation, winding-up or dissolution of the Company, whether or not voluntary, or any other distribution of the assets of the Company among its shareholders for the purpose of winding up its affairs.

 

 

Page 9 of 17


2) Right to Dividends. The holders of Class “F” Shares shall be entitled to receive, every year, in such manner and at such time as the Board of Directors may declare, a non-cumulative dividend at the fixed rate of 1% per month, calculated on the redemption price of the Class “F” Preferred Shares, payable in cash, property or through the issuance of fully paid shares of any class of the Company.

3) Repayment. If, for any reason, including in the event of dissolution or liquidation or winding-up of the Company, whether or not voluntary, some or all of the assets of the Company are distributed among the shareholders, each holder of Class “F” Shares shall be entitled to repayment of the amount paid for the Class “F” Shares into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to the Class “F” Shares.

4) No Voting Right. Subject to the provisions of the Act or as otherwise expressly provided, the holders of Class “F” Shares shall not be entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at the meeting of shareholders of the Company.

5) Redemption Right. The Company shall be entitled, at its discretion, subject to the provisions of the Companies Act in this regard, to redeem at any time all or from time to time part of the Class “F” Shares then outstanding upon giving notice to that effect, on payment to the holders of the Class “F” Shares of an aggregate redemption price equal to the consideration received by the Company at the time the Class “F” Shares were issued.

The Company shall, at least one (1) business day prior to the date fixed for redemption (the “Redemption Date”), give written notice, to each then registered holder of Class “F” Shares, of the Company’s intention to redeem such shares. Such notice shall set out the date and place at which the redemption is to take place and where payment is to occur and, in the case of partial redemption, the number of shares of each such holder of Class “F” Shares to be redeemed. If notice of redemption is given as aforesaid and an amount sufficient to redeem the Class “F” Shares called for redemption is deposited with the Company’s bankers or at any other place specified in the notice, on or before the Redemption Date, the holders of Class “F” Shares shall, after the Redemption Date, no longer have any right in or against the Company, except the right to receive payment of the Redemption Price and any accrued but unpaid dividends on such Class “F” Shares being redeemed, upon presentation and surrender of the certificates representing such number of shares to be redeemed.

6) Retraction Right. Subject to paragraph two of Section 123.54 of the Companies Act , each holder of Class “F” Shares shall be entitled, at any time and at such holder’s discretion, upon written notice, to require the Company to redeem all or part of such holder’s shares at a price equal to the “Redemption Value,” as described below, plus the amount of dividends declared but unpaid, if any, on the Class “F” Shares.

 

 

Page 10 of 17


a) Redemption Value

The “Redemption Value” of each share corresponds to the amount paid for such share into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to the Class “F” Shares, plus a premium equal to the amount by which the fair market value of the consideration received by the Company at the time such Class “F” Share was issued exceeds the total of:

(i) the amount paid for such share into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to the Class “F” Shares; and

(ii) the fair market value of any property, other than a Class “F” Share, given by the Company in payment of such consideration.

b) Determination of Fair Market Value of the Consideration

Upon issuance of the Class “F” Shares, the Company and each subscriber of Class “F” Shares shall determine, by mutual consent and in good faith, based on a method deemed fair and reasonable, the fair market value of each of the assets that form part of the consideration received by the Company at the time the Class “F” Shares are issued.

c) Adjustment of the Premium in Case of a Disagreement with the Department of Revenue

In the event of a disagreement with the federal or provincial department of revenue, or both, with respect to the appraisal of the fair market value of one or more of the assets that form part of the consideration received by the Company at the time the Class “F” Shares are issued, the appraisal by such department shall prevail. The amount of the premium relating to the redemption of the Class “F” Shares shall be adjusted accordingly if the department in question provides the Company and each holder of Class “F” Shares, or, where all of the shares are redeemed, the Company and each former holder of Class “F” Shares, with the opportunity to contest the appraisal with the department or before the courts. Where the federal and provincial appraisals differ, the amount of the premium shall be equal to the lower appraisal established in accordance with an uncontested assessment or another final judgment, as the case may be.

If, before the Redemption Value provided for in the foregoing sentence is adjusted, the Company pays, in cash or any other form of consideration, to a holder of Class “F” Shares, in connection with a redemption, retraction or purchase of Class “F” Shares, a sum for the Class “F” Shares that differs from the adjusted Redemption Value, the holder or the Company, as the case may be, shall immediately pay to the holder or the Company, as the case may be, the difference between the amount paid in connection with the redemption, retraction or purchase and the adjusted Redemption Value. Moreover, if, at the time of the adjustment, dividends have already been declared and paid on the Class “F” Shares, such dividends shall be adjusted so as to reflect the adjustment of the Redemption Value.

7) Right to Purchase by Private Agreement. Subject to Section 123.56 of the Companies Act , the Company may, at any time, without giving notice and without taking into consideration the other classes of shares, purchase by private agreement and at the best possible price all or part of the issued and outstanding Class “F” Shares. However, such purchase price shall never exceed the Redemption Value mentioned above or the book value of the net assets of the Company.

 

 

Page 11 of 17


G) CLASS “G” PREFERRED SHARES

The number of Class “G” Shares is unlimited, and the consideration paid into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to such shares is also unlimited. Class “G” Shares shall have no par value and shall carry the following rights, privileges, conditions and restrictions:

1) Ranking of Class “G” Preferred Shares. Class “G” Preferred Shares shall have priority over the Common Shares and the other shares of the Company with respect to the order of payment of dividends and the distribution of the assets of the Company in the event of the liquidation or dissolution of the Company, whether or not voluntary, or any other distribution of the assets of the Company among its shareholders for the purpose of winding up its affairs.

2) Right to Dividends . The holders of record of the Class “G” Shares shall be entitled to receive, in each fiscal year of the Company, a fixed cumulative preferential dividend at the rate of 11.25% per annum per share, calculated daily on the Redemption Price (as defined below) of the Class “G” Shares. Such dividends shall be cumulative from the respective date of issue of each Class “G” Share.

For greater certainty, it is hereby declared that (a) wherever it is used in this Section 2, the expression “dividend at the rate of 11.25% per annum per share” shall mean, with respect to the Class “G” Shares, a dividend calculated at such rate for at least the number of days during which such share was outstanding in the fiscal year with respect to which the calculation is being made and (b) nothing herein contained or implied shall require prorating of dividends with respect to any share not outstanding during the entire period for or with respect to which such dividends are accrued. However, the directors of the Company may, at their discretion, prorate dividends with respect to any share not outstanding for the entire period for or with respect to which dividends are accrued if such right to prorate dividends was reserved by the Company at the time such shares were issued.

All dividends declared on the Class “G” Shares shall be payable semi-annually on a cumulative basis on the 20th day of the months of June and December in every year, at such place as the directors of the Company may determine, in cash or by certified cheque, bank draft or wire transfer, provided that, in respect of any payment of dividends denominated in a currency other than Canadian dollars, the applicable exchange rate shall be that published by the Bank of Canada in effect on the date of payment.

The holders of Class “G” Shares shall be entitled to receive only the aforementioned dividends. No dividends may be paid on any shares ranking junior to the Class “G” Shares, unless all dividends that have become payable on the Class “G” Shares have been paid or set aside for payment.

3) Liquidation or Winding-Up . In the event of the liquidation, winding-up, dissolution or reorganization of the Company or any other distribution of its assets among its shareholders for the purpose of winding up its affairs, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, the holders of Class “G” Shares shall be entitled to receive, in preference to the holders of any other class of shares of the Company, an amount equal to the Redemption Price (as defined below) for each Class “G” Share held and any accrued but unpaid dividends on such shares.

4) No Voting Right . The holders of Class “G” Shares shall not be entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at the meetings of shareholders of the Company, unless the Company has failed to pay eight (8) semi-annual dividends on the Class “G” Shares, whether or not consecutive. In that event and

 

 

Page 12 of 17


only so long as the said dividends remain in arrears, the holders of Class “G” Shares shall be entitled to receive notice of, attend and vote at the meetings of shareholders of the Company, except meetings at which only the holders of another specified series or class of shares are entitled to vote. At each such meeting, each Class “G” Share shall entitle the holder thereof to one (1) vote.

5) Redemption Right . The Company shall be entitled, at its discretion, subject to the provisions of the Act in this regard, to redeem at any time all or part of the Class “G” Shares then outstanding upon giving notice as hereinafter provided, on payment to the holders of the Class “G” Shares of an aggregate amount equal to the Redemption Price (as defined below) and any accrued but unpaid dividends on such Class “G” Shares being redeemed. In the case of partial redemption, the Class “G” Shares to be redeemed shall be selected pro rata among the holders of all Class “G” Shares then outstanding, except that, with the consent of all the holders of Class “G” Shares, the shares to be redeemed may be selected in another manner.

The Company shall, at least one (1) business day prior to the date fixed for redemption (the “Redemption Date”), give written notice, to each then registered holder of Class “G” Shares, of the Company’s intention to redeem such shares. Such notice shall set out the date and the place at which the redemption is to take place and where payment is to occur and, in the case of partial redemption, the number of shares to be redeemed from each such holder of Class “G” Shares. If notice of redemption is given as aforesaid and an amount sufficient to redeem the Class “G” Shares called for redemption is deposited with the Company’s bankers or at any other place or places specified in the notice, on or before the Redemption Date, the holders of Class “G” Shares shall, after the Redemption Date, no longer have any right in or against the Company, except the right to receive payment of the Redemption Price and any accrued but unpaid dividends on such Class “G” Shares being redeemed, upon presentation and surrender of the certificates representing such number of shares to be redeemed.

6) Retraction Right . Each holder of Class “G” Shares shall be entitled, at such holder’s discretion, upon prior written notice of no less than one (1) business day to the Company, to require the Company to redeem all or part of such holder’s Class “G” Shares for an aggregate amount equal to the Redemption Price (as defined below) and any accrued but unpaid dividends on such shares, payable, subject to the provisions of the Act in this regard, upon presentation and surrender by such holder of Class “G” Shares of the certificates representing the number of Class “G” Shares to be redeemed (the date on which such presentation and surrender occur being the “Retraction Date”). As of the Retraction Date, the Class “G” Shares shall be considered redeemed, and the Company shall pay to such holder of Class “G” Shares the Redemption Price (as defined below) and any accrued but unpaid dividends on such shares. In the event the Company is unable to pay the Redemption Price of the Class “G” Shares on the Retraction Date, it shall forthwith give the holder of Class “G” Shares written notice thereof.

7) Redemption Price . The Redemption Price of the Class “G” Shares shall be an amount equal to $1,000 per Class “G” Share being redeemed. The Redemption Price may be paid in cash, or by certified cheque, bank draft or wire transfer, or by the delivery of assets having equivalent value, provided that in respect of any such payment denominated in a currency other than Canadian dollars, for the purposes of this Section (7), the applicable exchange rate shall be that published by the Bank of Canada in effect on the date of payment.

------------------End of Share Capital------------------

 

 

Page 13 of 17


SCHEDULE B

RESTRICTIONS ON THE TRANSFER OF SHARES

No shares of capital stock of the Company shall be transferred without the approval of the Board of Directors as evidenced by a valid resolution. Such approval may be given after the transfer of shares has been registered in the Book of the Company, in which case, the transfer is valid and shall come into force on the date of its registration.

 

 

Page 14 of 17


SCHEDULE C

OTHER PROVISIONS

 

1. RESTRICTIONS ON THE TRANSFER OF SECURITIES

As long as the Company shall have the status of a « private issuer » as defined in Regulation 45-106 on Prospectus and Registration Exemptions , all transfers of securities of the Company (other than shares and non-convertible debt securities) shall be subject to the consent of the Board of Directors of the Company as evidenced by a valid resolution.

 

2. COMPANY’S BORROWING POWERS

Without in any way limiting the Corporation’s powers, the Board of directors may without the consent of the shareholders:

 

  (a) borrow money upon credit of the Company;

 

  (b) issue debentures or other securities of the Company, and pledge or sell the same for such sums and at such prices as may be deemed expedient; and

 

  (c) hypothecate the immoveable and moveable or otherwise affect the moveable property of the Company.

 

 

Page 15 of 17

Exhibit 1.19

9227-2590 QUÉBEC INC.

(the “Corporation”)

TRANSLATION

BY-LAWS

 

A. INTERPRETATION

 

1. Definitions

In these by-laws, unless the context indicates otherwise,

“Act” means the Business Corporations Act, R.S.Q., c. S-31.1. Any reference to that statute or any provisions thereof in the Corporation’s by-laws is interpreted as a reference to any amended or substituted provisions thereof;

“affairs” means the relationships among the Corporation, its affiliates and the shareholders, directors and officers of the Corporation and its affiliates but does not include the business carried on by the Corporation or its affiliates;

“affiliates”: means legal persons one of whom is a subsidiary of the other, or legal persons who are controlled by the same person;

“associates” means, in relation to a person:

 

  a) the person’s spouse, children and relatives, and the children and relatives of the person’s spouse;

 

  b) a partner of the person;

 

  c) a succession or trust in which the person has a substantial interest similar to that of a beneficiary or in respect of which the person serves as liquidator, trustee or other administrator of the property of others, mandatary or depositary; or

 

  d) a legal person of whom the person owns securities making up more than 10% of a class of shares carrying voting rights at any shareholders meeting or the right to receive any declared dividend or a share of the remaining property of the legal person in the event of liquidation.

“group”: means any legal person, any group of persons or any group of properties, including an organization, joint venture or trust;

“officer” means a person referred to in section 40 of these by-laws;

“resolution” or “ordinary resolution” means a resolution that requires a majority of the votes cast at a shareholders meeting by the shareholders entitled to vote on the resolution, or a resolution that requires the signature of all such shareholders;


“reporting issuer” means a reporting issuer within the meaning of the Securities Act (R.S.Q., chapter V-1.1);

“security” means a share, debenture, bond or note that is dealt in or traded on a securities exchange or financial market;

“shareholder” means a shareholder who is registered in the securities register of the Corporation, and includes a shareholder’s representative;

“special resolution” means a resolution that requires at least two thirds of the votes cast at a shareholders meeting by the shareholders entitled to vote on the resolution, or a resolution that requires the signature of all such shareholders.

 

2. Interpretation

 

  a) in the event of contradiction between the Act and the articles or the by-laws of the Corporation, the Act shall prevail over the articles and the by-laws; and the by-laws; and the articles shall take precedence over the by-laws.

 

  b) the powers of the directors, shareholders and officers of the Corporation are subject to the Act and by-laws of the Corporation and any reference to the exercise of any of these powers in the by-laws of the Corporation is subject to the limits, restrictions or conditions that are expressed therein.

 

  c) the masculine gender includes both sexes, unless the contrary intention is evident by the context;

 

  d) the singular number extends to more than one person or more than one thing of the same sort, whenever the context admits of such extension. The plural number can apply to one person only or to one thing only if the context so permits.

The headings used in these by-laws are for ease of reference only and do not form part of them.

 

B. HEAD OFFICE, ESTABLISHMENT AND SEAL

 

3. Head office

The head office of the Corporation shall be established in the judicial district of Montréal, in the Province of Quebec. The Corporation may relocate its head office in compliance with the Act.

 

4. Establishment

In addition to its head office, the Corporation may have other establishments, offices or agencies both within and outside Quebec.

 

5. Seal

The Board of Directors may adopt a seal but is not required to. The fact that a document of the Corporation is not sealed does not invalidate the document.

 

2


C. CORPORATE RECORDS

 

6. Records

The Corporation maintains, at its head office or at any other place designated by the Board of Directors, records containing:

 

  a) the articles and the by-laws;

 

  b) minutes of meetings of the shareholders and written resolutions of shareholders;

 

  c) the names and domicile of the directors, and the dates of the beginning and end of their term of office; and

 

  d) the securities register.

The secretary keeps such records up-to-date.

The shareholders may examine these records during its regular office hours, and obtain extracts from them. They may also, on request and without charge, obtain a copy of the articles and by-laws.

 

7. Accounting and Board records

The Corporation also maintains accounting records and books containing the minutes of meetings and written resolutions of the Board of Directors. If applicable, the Corporation also maintains books for all the committees of the Board of Directors. These records and books are kept at the Corporation’s head office or at any other place designated by the Board of Directors.

The Corporation is required to retain all accounting records for a period of six years after the end of the fiscal year to which they relate.

Only the directors and the auditor may have access to the accounting records and books containing the minutes of the meetings as well as the written resolutions of the Board of Directors and of its committees. However, the shareholders may examine, during the Corporation’s regular office hours, any part of the minutes of the deliberations of the Board of Directors or any other document in which a director or officer makes the disclosure of interest referred to in sections 22 and 45 below.

 

8. Securities register

The securities register of the Corporation contains the following information with respect to its shares:

 

  a) the names, in alphabetical order, and the addresses of present and past shareholders;

 

  b) the number of shares held by each such shareholder;

 

  c) the date and details of the issue and transfer of each share; and

 

  d) any amount due on any share.

 

3


The register must contain, if applicable, the same information with respect to the Corporation’s debentures, bonds and notes, with the necessary modifications. Any person may examine the Corporation’s securities register if that person complies with the provisions of the Act in this regard. Any person may, on request and on payment of a reasonable fee established by the Corporation, obtain a copy of the list of the Corporation’s shareholders as provided for in the Act.

 

D. BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

9. Functions and powers

The Board of Directors exercises all necessary powers to supervise the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation. Except to the extent provided by law, such powers may be exercised without shareholder approval.

Generally, the Board of Directors exercises the powers and takes the actions which the Corporation is authorized to take; it may also enter into any contract on behalf of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may, on behalf of the Corporation:

 

  a) borrow money;

 

  b) issue, reissue, sell or hypothecate its debt obligations;

 

  c) enter into a suretyship to secure performance of an obligation of any person; and

 

  d) hypothecate all or any of its property, owned or subsequently acquired, to secure any obligation.

 

10. Delegation of powers

The Board of Directors may create one of several committees composed of directors and may delegate certain powers to this or these committees. It can also delegate its powers to a director or an officer. However, the Board of Directors may not delegate its power:

 

  a) to submit to the shareholders any question or matter requiring their approval;

 

  b) to fill a vacancy among the directors or in the office of auditor;

 

  c) to appoint or dismiss the president of the Corporation, the Chair of the Board of Directors, the chief executive officer, the chief operating officer or the chief financial officer regardless of their title, and to determine their remuneration;

 

  d) to authorize the issue of shares;

 

  e) to approve the transfer of unpaid shares;

 

  f) to declare dividends;

 

  g) to acquire, including by purchase, redemption or exchange, shares issued by the Corporation;

 

  h) to split, consolidate or convert shares;

 

4


  i) to authorize the payment of a commission to a person who purchases shares or other securities of the Corporation, or procures or agrees to procure purchasers for those shares or securities;

 

  j) to approve the financial statements presented at the annual meetings of shareholders;

 

  k) to adopt, amend or repeal by-laws;

 

  l) to authorize calls for payment;

 

  m) to authorize the confiscation of shares;

 

  n) to approve articles of amendment allowing a class of unissued shares to be divided into series, and to determine the designation of and the rights and restrictions attaching to those shares or securities; or

 

  o) to approve a short-form amalgamation.

 

11. Contracts

All contracts, deeds, agreements, documents, bonds, debentures and other instruments requiring execution by the Corporation may be signed by two directors or two officers of the Corporation or by one director and one officer of the Corporation or by such persons as the Board of Directors may otherwise authorize from time to time by resolution. Any such authorization may be general or confined to specific instances.

 

12. Proceedings

Any director or officer of the Corporation, or any other person appointed for that purpose by any director or officer of the Corporation, is authorized to bring any action, proceeding, motion, civil, criminal, administrative or other legal procedure, in the name of the Corporation or to appear and to answer on behalf of the Corporation to any writ, to any order or injunction issued by any court, to any examination on the facts relating to any litigation or any examination on discovery, as well as to any action, proceeding, motion or other legal procedure in which the Corporation is involved; to respond in the name of the Corporation to any garnishment in which the Corporation is garnishee and to prepare any affidavit or any solemn declaration related to such a garnishment or to any other legal procedure to which the Corporation is a party; to make any application for the assignment of property or any petitions for a receiving order against any debtor of the Corporation; to attend and to vote in any meeting of the creditors of debtors of the Corporation; to grant proxies and, in respect of any such action, proceeding, motion or other legal procedure, to take any other action which he or she deems to be in the best interests of the Corporation.

 

13. Number

The exact number of directors is determined by the Board of Directors as provided in the articles of the Corporation.

The directors in office do not cease to hold their position as a result of an amendment of the articles which reduces their number.

 

5


14. Qualifications

Any natural person may be a director of the Corporation, except:

 

  a) a minor;

 

  b) a person of full age under tutorship or curatorship;

 

  c) a bankrupt;

 

  d) a person prohibited by the court from holding such office;

 

  e) a person declared incapable by decision of a court of another jurisdiction.

Unless otherwise provided in the articles, a director is not required to be a shareholder.

 

15. Election and term of office

The directors are elected each year at the annual shareholders meeting by a simple majority of the votes and remain in office until the next annual shareholders meeting or until their successors are appointed. Voting for the election of directors is conducted by a show of hands unless a ballot is demanded by a shareholder entitled to vote.

 

16. Cessation of office

A director ceases to hold office when he dies, becomes disqualified from being a director, resigns or is removed from office.

 

17. Resignation

A director may resign at any time. The resignation of a director becomes effective at the time the director’s written resignation is received by the Corporation, or at the time specified in the resignation, whichever is later. The reason for the resignation need not be given.

 

18. Removal

The shareholders may by ordinary resolution at a special meeting remove any director or directors. If certain shareholders have an exclusive right to elect one or more directors, a director so elected may only be removed by ordinary resolution of those shareholders.

A director whose removal is to be proposed at a shareholders meeting may attend the meeting and be heard or, if not in attendance, may explain, in a written statement read by the person presiding over the meeting or made available to the shareholders before or at the meeting, why he opposes the resolution proposing his removal.

A vacancy created by the removal of a director may be filled at the shareholders meeting at which the director is removed or, if it is not, at a subsequent meeting of the Board of Directors.

 

6


19. Vacancy

A quorum of directors may fill any vacancy on the board unless there has been a failure to elect the fixed number or minimum number of directors required by the articles.

However, the directors then in office must without delay call a special shareholders meeting to fill the vacancies resulting from the lack of quorum or the failure to elect the fixed or minimal number of directors set out in the articles. If the directors refuse or fail to call a meeting, the meeting may be called by any shareholder.

A director appointed or elected to fill a vacancy holds office for the unexpired term of his predecessor.

 

20. Retiring director and updating declaration

A director who leaves office is authorized to sign on behalf of the Corporation and file in accordance with the Act respecting the legal publicity of enterprises an updating declaration indicating such change, unless he has received, within thirty (30) days of the date on which such change took effect, proof that the Corporation has filed such declaration.

 

21. Duties of directors

Subject to the provisions of the Act, the directors are bound by the same obligations as are imposed by the Civil Code of Québec on any director of a legal person. Consequently, in the exercise of their functions, the directors are duty-bound toward the Corporation to act with prudence and diligence, honesty and loyalty and in the interest of the Corporation.

More specifically, but without limiting the generality of the foregoing:

 

  a) no director may mingle the property of the Corporation with his own property nor may he use for his own profit or that of a third person any property of the Corporation or any information he obtains by reason of his duties, unless he is authorized to do so by the shareholders of the Corporation;

 

  b) unless he has obtained the express consent of the Board of Directors, a director must keep confidential the deliberations of the Board of Directors, any internal document and any other information to which he has access in the performance of his duties which is not publicly known and which has not been publicly disclosed by the Corporation;

 

  c) a director must avoid placing himself in any situation where his personal interest would be in conflict with his obligations as a director of the Corporation;

 

  d) a director must declare to the legal person any interest he has in an enterprise or association that may place him in a situation of conflict of interest and of any right he may set up against it, indicating their nature and value, where applicable.

 

22. Contracts or transactions – disclosure of interest

A director must disclose the nature and value of any interest he has in a contract or transaction to which the Corporation is a party. “Interest” means any financial stake in

 

7


a contract or transaction that may reasonably be considered likely to influence decision-making. Furthermore, a proposed contract or a proposed transaction, including related negotiations, is considered a contract or transaction.

A director must also disclose a contract or transaction to which the Corporation and any of the following are a party:

 

  a) an associate of the director;

 

  b) a group of which the director is a director;

 

  c) a group in which the director or an associate of the director has an interest.

The director satisfies the requirement if he discloses, in a case specified in subparagraph b), the directorship or office held within the group or, in a case specified in subparagraph c), the nature and value of the interest he or his associate has in the group.

Unless it is recorded in the minutes of the first meeting of the Board of Directors at which the contract or transaction is discussed, the disclosure of an interest, contract or transaction must be made in writing to the Board of Directors as soon as the director becomes aware of the interest, contract or transaction.

The disclosure must be made even in the case of a contract or transaction that does not require approval by the Board of Directors.

 

23. Contracts or transactions – voting

No director may vote on a resolution to approve, amend or terminate the contract or transaction described in the foregoing section, or be present during deliberations concerning the approval, amendment or termination of such a contract or transaction unless the contract or transaction:

 

  a) relates primarily to the remuneration of the director or an associate of the director as a director of the Corporation or an affiliate of the Corporation;

 

  b) relates primarily to the remuneration of the director or an associate of the director as an officer, employee or mandatary of the Corporation or an affiliate of the Corporation, if the Corporation is not a reporting issuer;

 

  c) is for the indemnification of the directors in certain circumstances or liability insurance taken out by the Corporation;

 

  d) is with an affiliate of the Corporation, and the sole interest of the director is as a director or officer of the affiliate.

If no quorum exists for the purpose of voting on a resolution to approve a contract or transaction only because a director is not permitted to be present during deliberations, the other directors present are deemed to constitute a quorum for the purpose of voting on the resolution.

If all the directors are required to abstain from voting, the contract or transaction may be approved solely by the shareholders entitled to vote, by ordinary resolution. The disclosure must be made to the shareholders in a sufficiently clear manner before the contract or transaction is approved.

 

8


24. Remuneration

The Board of Directors determines the remuneration of the directors from time to time, by resolution. The directors are also entitled to be reimbursed for travel costs and reasonable expenses incurred in the performance of their duties.

 

E. MEETINGS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

25. Place

The Board of Directors meets at the head office of the Corporation or at any other place within or outside Quebec which the Chair of the Board of Directors may choose.

 

26. Calling of meeting

The Board of Directors meets as often as the Chair of the Board considers necessary. Board meetings are called by the Chair of the Board, or by the secretary at the request of the Chair of the Board, or in the absence or in case of incapacity to act as Chair of the Board, at the request of two (2) directors. At least two (2) days’ notice must be given.

In the event that the Chair of the Board (or the secretary, at the request of the Chair of the Board or in the absence or in case of incapacity to act as Chair of the Board, at the request of two (2) directors) considers, at his discretion, that it is deemed urgent to call a meeting of the Board of Directors, he must see that the notice of the meeting be sent out using any possible means at least two (2) hours before the meeting and such notice shall be deemed sufficient for the meeting to be called.

The notice must state the time and place of the meeting and, where applicable, specify any matter referred to in section 10 of these by-laws.

A notice of meeting must be sent to each director, at his last known civic or electronic address, by any means providing proof of its sending.

A meeting may be held without notice if all the directors are present or if the absent directors agreed to the holding of such meeting. The meeting of the Board of Directors immediately following the annual shareholders meeting may take place without notice.

 

27. Waiver of notice

A director may, in writing, waive notice of a meeting; waiver of the notice may be validly given before or after the meeting. However, attendance of a director at a meeting of the board is a waiver of notice of the meeting unless the director attends the meeting for the sole purpose of objecting to the holding of the meeting on the grounds that it was not lawfully called.

 

9


28. Participation by any means of communication

A director may participate in a meeting of the board by means of equipment – telephone, electronic or other – enabling all participants to communicate directly with one another. In such a case, the director is deemed to be present at the meeting.

 

29. Attendance

Only the directors may attend board meetings. Other persons may also attend as needed, with the authorization of the Chair of the Board or the majority of the directors present.

 

30. Quorum

A majority of the directors in office constitutes a quorum. A quorum of directors may validly exercise all the powers of the directors, despite any vacancy on the board.

 

31. Chair and secretary of the meeting

Meetings of the Board of Directors are chaired by the Chair of the Board or, by default, by the vice-chair of the board or by default by the president and chief executive officer or, in his absence, by a director assigned by the other participating directors. The secretary acts as meeting secretary, drafts the minutes of the meeting and co-signs the minutes with the Chair of the meeting.

 

32. Procedure

The Chair of the Board directs the meeting and ensures that it is conducted in an orderly manner. He submits the business to be discussed to the board. A director may also submit business to be discussed.

 

33. Voting

Unless otherwise provided in the articles, the Board of Directors decides any issue by a majority of the votes. Each director is entitled to one vote. Voting by proxy is not permitted.

Voting is by a show of hands or, at the request of the Chair of the Board or a director, by secret ballot. A vote by secret ballot may be requested before or after a vote by a show of hands.

If voting is by secret ballot, the secretary acts as scrutineer and counts the ballots. The Chair of the Board does not have a tie-breaking vote in the case of a tie.

 

34. Dissent

A director who is present at a meeting of the board or a committee of the board is deemed to have consented to any resolution passed at the meeting unless:

 

  a) the director’s dissent has been entered in the minutes;

 

  b) the director sends a written dissent to the secretary of the meeting before the meeting is adjourned; or

 

10


  c) the director delivers a written dissent to the Chair of the Board, sends it to the Chair of the Board by any means providing proof of the date of receipt or delivers it to the head office of the Corporation immediately after the meeting is adjourned.

A director is not entitled to dissent after voting for or consenting to a resolution.

 

35. Dissent of an absent director

A director who was not present at a meeting of the board or a committee of the board at which a resolution was passed is deemed to have consented to the resolution unless the director records his dissent within seven days after becoming aware of the resolution, by written notice delivered to the Chair of the Board, or the president, or sent to the Chair of the Board, or the president, by any means providing proof of the date of receipt or delivered to the head office of the Corporation.

 

36. Adjournment

The Chair of the Board may, with the consent of the majority of the directors present, adjourn a meeting of the Board of Directors to a specified date, time and place without a new notice of meeting being required. The Chair of the Board may also adjourn a meeting ex officio if he considers it impossible to conduct it in an orderly manner.

The meeting is validly resumed if it is held on the specified date and at the specified place and if a quorum is present. If a quorum does not exist when the meeting resumes, the initial meeting is deemed to have ended immediately after it was adjourned.

 

37. Signed resolution

A resolution in writing, signed by all the directors entitled to vote on the resolution, has the same force as if it had been passed at a meeting of the board or, as the case may be, of a committee of the Board of Directors. These resolutions are kept with the minutes of meetings and the written resolutions of the Board of Directors.

The written resolutions that are signed electronically are as legally valid as a written signature.

 

38. Recording of deliberations

Only the secretary may record the deliberations of the Board of Directors, for the purpose of preparing the minutes. The secretary must destroy the recording once the concerned minutes have been approved.

 

F. OFFICERS

 

39. General

The officers of the Corporation are the Chair of the Board, the vice-chair of the Board (if applicable), the president and chief executive officer, the chief financial officer, the vice-presidents, the secretary, the treasurer and/or the assistant-secretary(ies). The Board of Directors may designate another person as an officer by resolution.

 

11


40. Qualifications

The officers need not be directors or shareholders of the Corporation except for the Chair of the Board of Directors who must be a director. The same person may hold more than one position as officer.

 

41. Term of office

Unless the Board of Directors provides otherwise when he is appointed, an officer holds office from his appointment until the first meeting of the Board of Directors following the annual meeting or until a replacement has been named.

 

42. Cessation of office

An officer may resign at any time. The resignation of an officer takes effect on the date the Corporation receives the written notice he gives or on the later date indicated therein.

The Board of Directors or the president and chief executive officer may remove an officer at any time and the reason for the removal is not required to be given. However, the removal of the president, the Chair of the Board, the chief executive officer, the chief operating officer, or the chief financial officer regardless of their title, as their appointment, is the responsibility of the Board of Directors.

 

43. Vacancy

The Board of Directors may fill any vacancy in an office at any time.

 

44. Powers of officers

An officer exercises the powers attached to his position. He also exercises all the powers which the Board of Directors can delegate to him. In the event an officer is unable to act, the powers of such officer are exercised by any other person designated by the Board of Directors.

 

45. Duties of officers

The officers are mandataries of the Corporation. In this capacity, in the exercise of their functions, the officers are bound, among other things, toward the Corporation to act with prudence and diligence, honesty and loyalty and in the interest of the Corporation.

An officer must disclose the nature and value of any interest he has in a contract or transaction to which the Corporation is a party. An officer must disclose any contract or transaction to which the Corporation and any of the following are a party:

 

  a) an associate of the director or officer;

 

  b) a group of which the director or officer is a director or officer;

 

  c) a group in which the director or officer or an associate of the director or officer has an interest.

The officer satisfies the requirement if he discloses, in a case specified in subparagraph b), the directorship or office held within the group or, in a case specified in subparagraph c), the nature and value of the interest he or his associate has in the group.

 

12


In the case of an officer who is not a director, the disclosure must be made as soon as:

 

  a) the officer becomes an officer;

 

  b) the officer becomes aware that the contract or transaction is to be discussed or has been discussed at a meeting of the board; or

 

  c) the officer or the officer’s associate acquires an interest in the contract or transaction, if it was entered into earlier.

The disclosure must be made even in the case of a contract or transaction that does not require approval by the Board of Directors.

 

46. Chair or vice-chair of the Board

The Chair of the Board or if necessary, the vice-chair, shall be chosen from among the directors. The Chair of the Board or, in his absence, the president, presides over all the meetings of the directors and all shareholders meetings at which he is present and as such has all the powers and fulfils all his responsibilities that the Board of Directors may determine from time to time.

 

47. President

The president and chief executive officer controls and supervises the management of the activities and affairs of the Corporation. He signs the documents which require his signature. He also has the powers and fulfills all the responsibilities that the Board of Directors determines from time to time.

 

48. Vice-president

The vice-president (or vice presidents), exercises the powers and assumes the obligations that the Board of Directors determines from time to time. In the event of an absence, inability, refusal or omission to act as the president, the vice-president assigned by the directors can exercise his powers and fulfill all his responsibilities.

 

49. Secretary

The secretary is responsible for safekeeping the records and documents of the Corporation. He acts as secretary of the meetings of the Board of Directors and committees of the board as well as the meetings of shareholders. He signs the share certificates and other documents that require his signature and sends the directors and shareholders notice of meetings and other notices which may be required. He has all the powers and fulfills all the functions that the Board of Directors determines from time to time.

The assistant secretary fulfills all responsibilities assigned to him from time to time by the secretary.

 

13


50. Chief Financial Officer and/or Treasurer

He is in charge of the financial management of the Corporation. He oversees the financial situation of the Corporation and sees to the management of its property and the keeping of its accounting records. He reports periodically to the audit committee and to the Board of Directors on the financial situation of the Corporation. He signs the documents which require his signature.

 

51. Remuneration

The Board of Directors determines, from time to time, the remuneration of the president and chief executive officer, the Chair of the Board, the chief operating officer and of the chief financial officer, regardless of their title. The remuneration of the other officers is determined by management, subject to the powers devolved to the committee acting as the remuneration committees.

The officers are also entitled to be reimbursed the travel costs and all reasonable fees and expenses incurred in the performance of their duties.

 

G. COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

52. Creation

The Board of Directors may, by resolution, create one or more committees made up of directors. The resolution creating the committee sets out the number of directors making it up.

 

53. Powers

A committee of the Board of Directors exercises the powers delegated to it by the Board of Directors. However, the Board of Directors may not delegate the powers which it must exercise exclusively, according to the Act or section 10 of these by-laws.

A committee reports on its activities to the Board of Directors. Subject to the rights of third parties, the Board of Directors may overrule or modify a committee’s decisions.

 

54. Cessation of office

A director may resign from a committee of the Board of Directors at any time. The resignation of a director becomes effective at the time the director’s written resignation is received by the Corporation, or at the time specified in the resignation, whichever is later. The reason for the resignation is not required to be given.

The Board of Directors may, by resolution, replace a member of a committee of the board.

 

55. Vacancy

The Board of Directors may fill any vacancy on a committee of the board.

 

14


56. Meetings

Meetings of a committee of the board are called in the same manner as meetings of the Board of Directors.

 

57. Quorum

Unless otherwise provided in a resolution of the Board of Directors, the majority of the members of a committee of the board constitute a quorum.

 

58. Chair and secretary

Meetings of a committee of the board are chaired by the Chair of the committee; in his absence, the members present choose a meeting Chair from among themselves. The secretary of the Corporation acts as secretary of any committee of the board. The members present at a meeting can, if necessary, choose another person as meeting Chair or secretary.

 

59. Procedure

Meetings of committees of the Board of Directors are held in the same manner as the meetings of the Board of Directors.

 

60. Written resolution

A written resolution, signed by all the members of the committee entitled to vote on this resolution has the same force as if it had been passed at a meeting of the committee. The resolutions are kept with the minutes of the meetings and the written resolutions of the Board of Directors.

The written resolutions that are signed electronically are as legally valid as a written signature.

 

61. Remuneration

The members of a committee of the board may, as such, receive the remuneration set by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

H. PROTECTION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

 

62. Presumption

A director is presumed to have fulfilled the obligation to act with prudence and diligence if the director relied, in good faith and based on reasonable grounds, on a report, information or an opinion provided by one of the following persons:

 

  a) an officer of the Corporation who the director believes to be reliable and competent in the functions performed;

 

  b) legal counsel, professional accountants or other persons retained by the Corporation as to matters involving skills or expertise the director believes are matters within the particular person’s professional or expert competence or as to which the particular person merits confidence; or

 

15


  c) a committee of the Board of Directors of which the director is not a member if the director believes the committee merits confidence.

 

63. Relief Provided by the Act

A director cannot be held liable under sections 154, 155, 156, 287, 314 or 392 of the Act if the director acted with a reasonable degree of prudence and diligence in the circumstances. Furthermore, for the purposes of sections 155, 156, 287, 314 and 392 of the Act, the court may, after considering all the circumstances and on the terms the court considers appropriate, relieve a director, either wholly or partly, from the liability the director would otherwise incur if it appears to the court that the director has acted reasonably, honestly and loyally, and ought fairly to be excused.

 

I. INDEMNIFICATION AND LIABILITY INSURANCE

 

64. Indemnification

Subject to the following, the Corporation must indemnify a director or officer of the Corporation, a former director or officer of the Corporation, a mandatary, or any other person who acts or acted at the Corporation’s request as a director or officer of another group against all costs, charges and expenses reasonably incurred in the exercise of their functions, including an amount paid to settle an action or satisfy a judgment, or arising from any investigative or other proceeding in which the person is involved if

 

  a) the person acted with honesty and loyalty in the interest of the Corporation or, as the case may be, in the interest of the other group for which the person acted as director or officer or in a similar capacity at the Corporation’s request; and

 

  b) in the case of a proceeding that is enforced by a monetary penalty, the person had reasonable grounds for believing that his conduct was lawful.

The Corporation must also advance monies to such a person for the costs, charges and expenses of a proceeding referred to in the first paragraph.

However, in the event that a court or any other competent authority judges that the conditions set out in subparagraphs a) and b) above are not fulfilled, or that the person has committed intentional or gross fault, the Corporation may not indemnify the person and the person must repay to the Corporation any monies advanced.

The indemnity provided for in the preceding paragraphs can be obtained even if a person has ceased being a director, officer or representative of the Corporation. In case of death, the indemnity can be paid to the heirs, legatees, liquidators, assignees, authorized representants or beneficiaries of this person.

 

65. Actions by or on behalf of the Corporation

The Corporation may, with the approval of the court, in respect of an action by or on behalf of the Corporation or other group referred to in the preceding section against a person referred to in the preceding section, advance the necessary monies to the person or indemnify the person against all costs, charges and expenses reasonably incurred by the person in connection with the action, if the person fulfills the conditions set out in the preceding section.

 

16


66. Liability insurance

The Corporation must purchase and maintain insurance for the benefit of its directors, officers and other mandataries against any liability they may incur as such or in their capacity as directors, officers or mandataries of another group, if they act or acted in that capacity at the Corporation’s request.

 

J. SHAREHOLDERS MEETINGS

 

67. General

The Corporation must hold an annual meeting of shareholders; it may hold one or more special meetings of shareholders as needed.

 

68. Annual meeting

An annual meeting must be held fifteen (15) months after the last preceding annual meeting. The following business is discussed at the annual meeting:

 

  a) the presentation and examination of the financial statements of the Corporation for the fiscal year ended within six months of the date of the meeting;

 

  b) the presentation and examination of any other financial information required by the articles or the by-laws to be presented to the shareholders;

 

  c) the presentation and examination of the auditor’s report, where applicable;

 

  d) the renewal of the auditor’s term, where applicable;

 

  e) the election of directors.

The annual meeting may also examine and discuss any other business.

The Board of Directors calls the annual shareholders meeting. Otherwise, the meeting may be called by the shareholders in accordance with the rules for calling special meetings at the request of the shareholders as provided in the Act.

 

69. Place

A meeting is held within the province of Quebec at the place determined by the Board of Directors.

 

70. Calling of meeting

Notice of a shareholders meeting must be sent to each shareholder entitled to vote at the meeting and to each director at least twenty-one (21) days, but at the most sixty (60) days before the meeting.

If a director or a shareholder entitled to vote at a shareholders meeting gives written notice not less than ten (10) days before the meeting to the auditor or a former auditor of the Corporation, the auditor or former auditor attends the meeting at the Corporation’s expense and answers any question relating to their duties as auditor.

 

17


71. Notice of meeting

The notice of a shareholders meeting must be sent to each shareholder able to vote and to each director, in writing, by any means providing proof of the date of sending. It is sent to such persons at the address indicated in the Corporation’s records. If a person’s address is not indicated in the Corporation’s records, the notice of meeting must be sent to the address where, in the opinion of the person sending such notice, it is the most likely to reach the person the quickest.

The notice of meeting is sent to the shareholders entered in the securities register at the day the notice is transmitted.

A certificate from the secretary or any other duly authorized officer of the Corporation in office at the time of the preparation of such certificate, or any officer, transfer agent, or share transfer registrar of the Corporation constitutes proof of the sending of the notice of meeting and ties in each shareholder.

The notice of meeting indicates the date, time and place of the meeting as well as the business on the agenda. It also states, where applicable, the date by which the proxies of the shareholders wishing to be represented at the meeting must be received by the Corporation; such date may not be more than forty-eight (48) hours, excluding Saturdays and holidays, before the date of the meeting or any adjournment thereof.

The notice of meeting must state the business on the agenda in sufficient detail to permit the shareholders to form a reasoned judgment on it, and contain the text of any special resolution to be submitted to the meeting.

Irregularities in the notice of meeting or in its sending do not affect the validity of the meeting. Similarly, the unintentional failure to send a notice of meeting to a person entitled to it, or the failure to receive it by a person entitled to the notice, does not invalidate the resolutions passed at the meeting. In addition, the unintentional failure to include a matter to be discussed at the meeting in the notice does not prevent the meeting from discussing such business, unless the interests of a shareholder or director are or could be affected thereby.

 

72. Waiver

A shareholder or director may, in writing, waive notice of a shareholders meeting; waiver of the notice may be validly given before or after the meeting. Their attendance at the meeting is a waiver of notice of the meeting unless they attend the meeting for the sole purpose of objecting to the holding of the meeting on the grounds that it was not lawfully called or held.

 

73. Holding of or participation in meeting by electronic means

A shareholders meeting may be held solely by means of equipment enabling all participants to communicate directly with one another.

Furthermore, any person entitled to attend a shareholders meeting may participate in the meeting by means of any equipment enabling all participants to communicate directly with one another. A person participating in a meeting by such means is deemed to be present at the meeting.

 

18


Any shareholder participating in a shareholders meeting by means of equipment enabling all participants to communicate directly with one another may vote by any means enabling votes to be cast in a way that allows them to be verified afterwards and protects the secrecy of the vote when a secret ballot has been requested.

 

74. Quorum

A quorum of shareholders is present at a shareholders meeting if, at the opening of the meeting, one or several holders of 50% or more of the shares that carry the right to vote at the meeting are present in person or represented by proxy. The shareholders present in person or represented by proxy may discuss the business of such meeting, whether or not a quorum is maintained throughout the meeting.

In the absence of the quorum at the opening of a shareholders meeting, the shareholders present may adjourn the meeting to a specific day, time and place but may not transact any other business. Any matter that could have been brought before the adjourned meeting may then be brought before any adjournment thereof provided the quorum is duly constituted.

 

75. Meeting Chair and secretary

The Chair of the Board of the Corporation or, in his absence, the vice-chair of the Board, if any, or in his absence, the president and chief executive officer of the Corporation or any other person that may be named by the Board of Directors from time to time Chairs a shareholders meeting. The secretary of the Corporation acts as meeting secretary.

If the person who is to chair the meeting is not present at the meeting within 15 minutes after the time appointed for the meeting, the shareholders present choose one of their own to chair of the Board the meeting.

 

76. Procedure

The Chair of the meeting directs the meeting and ensures its orderly conduct. His decisions, including those relating to the validity of proxies, are final and binding on all the shareholders.

The Chair of a shareholders meeting must allow shareholders to raise and discuss, for a reasonable period of time, any matter the primary purpose of which relates to the business or affairs of the Corporation and which is not to enforce a personal claim or redress a personal grievance against the Corporation or its directors, officers or shareholders.

At a shareholders meeting, unless a vote is demanded, a declaration by the Chair of the Board of the meeting that a resolution of the shareholders has been carried and that an entry to that effect has been made in the minutes of the meeting is, in the absence of any evidence to the contrary, proof of that fact, without it being necessary to prove the number or proportion of the votes recorded for and against the resolution.

 

19


77. Voting

Unless otherwise provided in the articles, each share of the Corporation entitles the holder to one vote.

 

78. Majority decision

Unless otherwise provided in the law, the articles or the by-laws, a decision of the shareholders is adopted by ordinary resolution.

 

79. Tie-breaking vote

In the case of a tie, the Chair of the meeting has a tie-breaking vote.

 

80. Voting

Voting is conducted by a show of hands, open voice or secret ballot.

 

81. Voting by a show of hands

Voting is conducted by a show of hands unless an open voice vote or a ballot is demanded. In such a case, the shareholders or proxies vote by raising their hand and the number of votes is calculated according to the number of hands raised.

A proxyholder who has conflicting instructions from more than one shareholder may not vote by a show of hands.

 

82. Open voice voting

The Chair of the meeting, a shareholder or a proxyholder may demand an open voice vote unless a ballot has been demanded. In such a case, each shareholder or proxyholder verbally states his name, that of the shareholder or shareholders whose proxy he holds, the number of votes he holds and the breakdown of such votes.

 

83. Voting by secret ballot

Voting is conducted by secret ballot if the Chair of the meeting, a shareholder or a proxyholder so requests, in the manner indicated by the Chair of the meeting. Each shareholder or proxyholder gives the scrutineers a ballot indicating his name, that of the shareholder whose proxy he holds, the number of votes he holds and the breakdown of such votes.

A shareholder may demand a ballot either before or after a vote by show of hands. A demand for a secret ballot may be withdrawn any time before voting begins.

When voting is conducted by secret ballot, the meeting appoints one person to act as scrutineer.

 

84. Scrutineer

The Chair of any shareholders meeting can appoint one or two persons to act as scrutineers.

 

20


85. Voting by a group

A natural person authorized by a resolution of the Board of Directors or of the management of a shareholder who is a group may participate in and vote at a shareholders meeting.

 

86. Voting by the administrator of the property of others

A person acting for a shareholder as administrator of the property of others may participate in and vote at a shareholders meeting.

 

87. Voting by joint shareholders

If two or more persons hold shares jointly, one of those shareholders present at a shareholders meeting may, in the absence of the others, exercise the voting right attached to those shares. If more than one (1) shareholder are present, they shall vote as one shareholder.

 

88. Proxies

A shareholder may be represented at a shareholders meeting by a proxyholder. A shareholder so represented is deemed to be present at the meeting. Any person, whether or not a shareholder of the Corporation, may be appointed a proxyholder. A proxyholder has the same rights as the shareholder represented to speak at a shareholders meeting in respect of any matter and to vote at the meeting.

A proxy must be in writing and signed by the shareholder. In addition to the date, the proxy must include the name of the proxyholder and, if applicable, revoke any former proxy.

A proxy may also contain voting instructions which the proxyholder is required to follow. A proxy is not required to be witnessed.

Unless otherwise indicated, a proxy lapses one year after the date it is given. It may be revoked at any time.

A proxy may be in the following form:

“I, the undersigned shareholder of            , hereby appoint                    or, in his absence,                    , as my proxy, with full power and authority to attend, vote at and otherwise act on my behalf at the annual (or special) meeting of the shareholders of the corporation which will take place at                    on the    day of            and at any adjournment thereof. I hereby revoke any former proxy.

Signed in                    this    day of                    .

 

Shareholder’s signature”

A proxy may be filed with the secretary of the Corporation or any authorized person. A proxy mechanically reproduced or sent by fax or any other means of communication providing proof of the date of receipt is valid.

 

21


89. Preservation of ballots and proxies

The Corporation must, for at least three months after a shareholders meeting, keep at its head office the ballots cast and the proxies presented at the meeting. Any shareholder or proxyholder who was entitled to vote at the meeting may, without charge, inspect the ballots and proxies kept by the Corporation.

 

90. Adjournment

The Chair of the meeting may adjourn any shareholders meeting, with the consent of the shareholders present or represented by proxy. The Chair of the meeting may also adjourn a meeting ex officio if he believes it is impossible to conduct it in an orderly manner.

If a shareholders’ meeting is adjourned for less than thirty (30) days, it is not necessary to give notice of the adjourned meeting other than by announcement at the original meeting. If a shareholders’ meeting is adjourned by one or more adjournments for an aggregate of thirty (30) days or more, notice of the adjourned meeting must be given as for an original meeting.

The meeting is validly resumed if it is held on the date and at the time and place announced and if there is a quorum. In the absence of a quorum at the resumed meeting, the original meeting is deemed to have terminated immediately after its adjournment.

 

91. Signed resolution

A resolution in writing signed by all the shareholders entitled to vote on the resolution is as valid as if it had been passed at a shareholders meeting. The resolution must be kept with the minutes of the shareholders meetings and written resolutions.

The written resolutions that are signed electronically are as legally valid as a written signature.

 

K. SHARES AND CERTIFICATES

 

92. Issue of shares

Subject to the existence of a pre-emptive right granted to the shareholders, shares may be issued at the times, to the persons, including the directors or officers of the Corporation, and for the consideration the Board of Directors determines. In exercising this power, the Board of Directors may, by resolution, accept subscriptions, issue the unissued shares of the Corporation’s share capital and grant an exchange right, option or right to acquire shares of the Corporation.

 

22


93. Payment of shares

The shares of the Corporation may be issued whether or not they are fully paid. However, shares may only be considered paid if consideration equal to the issue price (which may not be less than the par value, if any, of the shares) determined by the Board of Directors has been paid to the Corporation.

Consideration for the shares issued by the Corporation is payable in money, or in property or past services determined by the Board of Directors to be the fair equivalent of the money consideration, considering all the circumstances.

A promissory note or a promise to pay made by a person to whom shares are issued, or a person who does not deal at arm’s length, within the meaning of that expression in the Taxation Act (R.S.Q., chapter I-3), with a person to whom shares are issued does not constitute consideration for the shares.

 

94. Share certificates

Shares issued by the Corporation may be certificated shares or uncertificated shares. A certificated share is represented by a paper certificate in registered form, and an uncertificated share is represented by an entry in the securities register in the name of the shareholder.

Unless otherwise provided in the articles of the Corporation, shares are issued as certificated shares unless the Board of Directors determines, by resolution, that the shares of any class or series of shares or certain shares of a class or series are to be issued as uncertificated shares.

The Board of Directors may also, by resolution, determine that certificated shares become uncertificated shares as soon as the paper certificate is surrendered to the Corporation.

 

95. Certificated shares

In the case of certificated shares, the Corporation must issue to the shareholder, without charge, a certificate in registered form. The Corporation is not required to issue more than one certificate for shares held jointly by two or more persons.

The Board of Directors adopts the form of the share certificate by resolution, as governed by the Act.

The share certificates of the Corporation must be signed by the secretary or by any director or any officer. This signature may be affixed by an automatic device or electronic process.

In the absence of any evidence to the contrary, the certificate is proof of the shareholder’s title to the shares represented by the certificate.

The seal is not required to be affixed to the share certificate.

 

96. Uncertificated shares

In the case of uncertificated shares, the Corporation must send the shareholder a written notice containing the information prescribed by the Act.

 

23


97. Damaged, lost or destroyed certificates

If a shareholder claims that a share certificate has been lost, wrongfully taken or destroyed, the Corporation must issue a new certificate if the shareholder:

 

  a) so requests before the Corporation has notice that the lost, wrongfully taken or allegedly destroyed share certificate has been delivered to a protected purchaser within the meaning of the Act respecting the transfer of securities and the establishment of security entitlements ;

 

  b) provides security sufficient in the Corporation’s judgment to protect the Corporation from any loss that the Corporation may suffer by issuing a new certificate; and

 

  c) satisfies any other reasonable requirements imposed by the Corporation.

 

98. Unpaid shares

Unless the terms of payment for shares are determined by contract, the Board of Directors may call for payment of all or part of the unpaid amounts on shares subscribed or held by the shareholders, the whole as provided by the Act.

 

99. Transfer of shares

The transfer of shares of the Corporation is governed by the Act respecting the transfer of securities and the establishment of security entitlements.

Shares that are not fully paid but for which no instalment is payable may only be transferred with the authorization of the Board of Directors. The directors must reasonably verify the acquirer’s ability to pay for the shares before authorizing the transfer.

A share may not be transferred until all instalments payable up to the time of transfer have been fully paid.

 

100. Transmission of shares

In the event of a transfer of shares by will, the Corporation may consider as entitled to exercise the rights of a deceased shareholder, an heir or personal representative of the heirs or of the succession of that shareholder, upon reception of sufficient proof of their appointment. That person is entitled to become the registered holder of the shares of the deceased or to designate those holders upon delivery to the Corporation of an affidavit or declaration setting out the conditions of the transfer and, as the case may be, of (a) an original of the decision concerning the probate of the will or the notarized minutes of the probate, or a copy of one of the aforementioned documents certified by the Court which rendered the decision or by the notary who prepared the minutes, or by a trust company constituted under provincial or federal legislation or by an attorney or notary acting on behalf of that person, (b) a certified true copy of the notarial will.

 

24


L. DIVIDENDS

 

101. Declaration of dividends

Unless otherwise provided in the articles, the Board of Directors may declare and the Corporation may pay a dividend either in money or property or by issuing fully paid shares or options or rights to acquire fully paid shares of the Corporation.

The Corporation may not declare and pay a dividend, except by issuing shares or options or rights to acquire shares, if there are reasonable grounds for believing that the Corporation is, or would after the payment be, unable to pay its liabilities as they become due.

The Corporation may deduct from the dividends payable to a shareholder any amount due to the Corporation by the shareholder, on account of calls for payment or otherwise.

 

102. Record Date

The Board of Directors may fix, in advance, in accordance with applicable securities regulations, a record date for the determination of the shareholders entitled to receive dividends.

 

M. FISCAL YEAR AND AUDITOR

 

103. Fiscal year

The fiscal year of the Corporation ends on February 28 or on the date set by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

104. Auditor

The shareholders of the Corporation appoint an auditor at each annual shareholders meeting. The auditor is appointed by ordinary resolution. The term of the auditor begins on appointment. The auditor’s remuneration is fixed by ordinary resolution of the shareholders at the time of appointment. If it is not fixed at that time, it is fixed by the Board of Directors.

The shareholders may, by ordinary resolution at a special meeting, remove the auditor from office. They may appoint a new auditor by ordinary resolution at the same meeting.

Subject to the shareholders’ right to fill the vacancy after removing an auditor, the Board of Directors fills a vacancy in the office of auditor without delay for the unexpired term.

 

105. Accountant

The shareholders of a corporation other than a reporting issuer may decide not to appoint an auditor. The decision must be made by unanimous resolution of the shareholders of the corporation, including shareholders not otherwise entitled to vote. The decision of the shareholders has effect only until the next annual shareholders meeting. It terminates the term of any auditor in office.

 

25


If the shareholders adopt such a resolution, the board of directors may decide to appoint until the next annual meeting one or more accountants to oversee the accounts and prepare the financial statements of the corporation. The board of directors fixes their remuneration.

If the accountant dies, resigns or is removed by the board of directors before the expiry of his term of office, the board of directors may fill the vacancy and appoint a replacement who will hold office for the unexpired portion of the term.

 

N. NOTICE

 

106. Shares registered in the name of more than one person (joint shareholders)

If two or more persons hold shares jointly, any notice or other document relating to such shares is sent to the first shareholder indicated in the Corporation’s securities register. Such notice or other document is deemed to have been sent to all the other shareholders.

 

107. Registered shareholder

Before due presentation for registration of transfer of a certificated share or the receipt of an instruction for registration of transfer of an uncertificated share, the Corporation may treat the shareholder registered in the securities register as the person exclusively entitled to receive notices or other documents.

 

108. Address of shareholders

A shareholder must provide the Corporation with an address to which all notices or documents for him are sent.

 

109. Signing of notices

Notices sent by the Corporation are signed by a director, officer or any other authorized person. Their signature may be affixed by an automatic device or electronic process.

 

110. Calculation of time limits

Unless otherwise provided in these by-laws, in computing any time limit fixed by the articles or these by-laws:

 

  a) the day which marks the start of the time limit is not counted, but the terminal day is counted;

 

  b) non-juridical days within the meaning of the Code of Civil Procedure are counted; but when the last day is a non-juridical day, the time limit is extended to the next following juridical day;

 

  c) Saturday is considered a non-juridical day.

 

26


O. OTHER PROVISIONS

 

111. Declarations in the enterprise register

A director, officer or any authorized person signs the declarations which must be sent by the Corporation to the enterprise registrar under the Act respecting the legal publicity of enterprises.

 

112. By-laws

Unless otherwise provided for in the unanimous shareholder agreement, the Board of Directors adopts the Corporation’s by-laws. The by-laws are effective as of the date of the resolution of the board. The by-laws must be submitted to the shareholders for approval at the next shareholders meeting, and the shareholders may, by ordinary resolution, ratify, reject or amend them. They cease to be effective at the close of the meeting if they are rejected by or not submitted to the shareholders.

The rules of this section apply, with the necessary modifications to the amendment or repeal of by-laws.

Any new by-law adopted by the Board of Directors that has substantially the same purpose or effect as a by-law previously rejected by or not submitted to the shareholders at the meeting is not effective until confirmed by the shareholders.

Adopted by the Board of Directors on September 8, 2011 and ratified by the shareholders on September 8, 2011.

 

 

Vice-President and Secretary

 

27

Exhibit 1.20

[TRANSLATION]

[Logo of Québec Registrar]

 

 

CERTIFICATE OF CONSTITUTION

Business Corporations Act

I hereby certify that the Corporation

9253-1870 QUÉBEC INC.

has been constituted on October 27 th , 2011 at 0:00 a.m. under the Business Corporations Act, as indicated in the Articles of Constitution attached hereto.

 

[Seal of Québec Registrar]   

Filed in the register on October 27 th , 2011

under the Quebec business number 1167756577

  

[Signed]

 

Acting Enterprise Registrar

 

LOGO


LOGO   

Name: QUEBECOR MÉDIA INC.

Québec Enterprise Number

(NEQ) 1149501992

Demand No.: 020200003482320

  

Articles of Constitution

Acknowledgement of receipt

The request was transmitted with success on October 27, 2011 at 10:26am 22 sec.

The reference number is 020200003482320.

Thank you for using our online services.

Name of the Corporation

A designated number for the Corporation will be transmitted to you upon review of your request.

Number of members of the board of directors

Number of Directors                                         1 to 10

Share capital and Restrictions

Authorized share capital

File name

SCHEDULE A.pdf

Restrictions on the transfer of instruments or shares and other provisions

File name

SCHEDULE B.pdf

Restrictions on business activity

None

Founders

 

Last name and first
name

  

Name

 

Constituting Act

 

Address

Loyer, Nathalie        612 Saint-Jacques Street, 18th Floor Montréal QC H3C 4M8 Canada


Effective Date and Time of the Articles

Effective Date                                                             October 27, 2011

Effective Time                                                             0:00 am

Québec


[Translation]

SCHEDULE A

SHARE CAPITAL

The unlimited share capital of the Corporation shall consist of seven (7) classes of shares, which shall carry the following rights:

A) CLASS “A” COMMON SHARES: The number of Class “A” Common Shares is unlimited, and the consideration paid into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to such shares is also unlimited; Class “A” Common Shares shall have no par value and shall carry the following rights, privileges, conditions and restrictions:

1) Dividend and Participation. Subject to the rights and privileges conferred by the other classes of shares, the holders of Class “A” Common Shares shall be entitled to:

 

  (a) participate in the property, profits and surplus assets of the Corporation and, to that end, receive any dividend declared by the Corporation, the amount, timing and terms of payment of which are at the sole discretion of the Board of Directors; and

 

  (b) share in the remaining property of the Corporation upon liquidation or winding-up, whether or not voluntary, dissolution or any other distribution of the property of the Corporation.

2) Restriction. In addition to the restrictions set forth in Sections 95 and 104 of the Business Corporations Act (Québec) (the “Act”), the Corporation may neither pay a dividend on Class “A” Common Shares nor purchase any such shares by private agreement if, as a result thereof, the book value of the net assets of the Corporation would be insufficient to redeem the Classese “B,” “C,” “D,” “E,” “F” and “G” Shares.

3) Voting Right. The holders of Class “A” Common Shares shall be entitled to receive notice of, attend and vote at meetings of shareholders of the Corporation, except meetings at which only the holders of another class of shares are entitled to vote, and each Class “A” Common Share shall entitle the holder thereof to one (1) vote.

B) CLASS “B” PREFERRED SHARES: The number of Class “B” Preferred Shares is unlimited, and the consideration paid into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to such shares is also unlimited; Class “B” Preferred Shares shall have no par value and shall carry the following rights, privileges, conditions and restrictions:

1) Ranking of Class “B” Preferred Shares. Class “B” Preferred Shares shall have priority over the Common Shares and the Classes “C,” “D,” “E,” and “F” Preferred Shares, but not over the Class “G” Preferred Shares with respect to the order of payment of dividends and the distribution of the assets of the Corporation in the event of the liquidation, winding-up or dissolution of the Corporation, whether or not voluntary, or any other distribution of the assets of the Corporation among its shareholders for the purpose of winding up its affairs.

2) Right to Dividends. The holders of Class “B” Preferred Shares shall be entitled to receive, every year, in such manner and at such time as the Board of Directors may declare, a non-cumulative dividend at the fixed rate of 1% per month, calculated on the redemption price of the Class “B” Preferred Shares, payable in cash, property or through the issuance of fully paid shares of any class of the Corporation.

 

 

Page 1 of 18


3) Repayment. If, for any reason, including in the event of dissolution or liquidation or winding-up of the Corporation, whether or not voluntary, some or all of the assets of the Corporation are distributed among the shareholders, each holder of Class “B” Preferred Shares shall be entitled to repayment of the amount paid for the Class “B” Preferred Shares into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to the Class “B” Preferred Shares.

4) No Voting Right. Subject to the provisions of the Act or as otherwise expressly provided, the holders of Class “B” Preferred Shares shall not be entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at the meeting of shareholders of the Corporation.

5) Redemption Right. The Corporation shall be entitled, at its discretion, subject to the provisions of the Act in this regard, to redeem at any time all or from time to time part of the Class “B” Preferred Shares then outstanding upon giving notice to that effect, on payment to the holders of the Class “B” Preferred Shares of an aggregate redemption price equal to the consideration received by the Corporation at the time the Class “B” Preferred Shares were issued.

The Corporation shall, at least one (1) business day prior to the date fixed for redemption (the “Redemption Date”), give written notice, to each then registered holder of Class “B” Preferred Shares, of the Corporation’s intention to redeem such shares. Such notice shall set out the date and place at which the redemption is to take place and where payment is to occur and, in the case of partial redemption, the number of shares of each such holder of Class “B” Preferred Shares to be redeemed. If notice of redemption is given as aforesaid and an amount sufficient to redeem the Class “B” Preferred Shares called for redemption is deposited with the Corporation’s bankers or at any other place specified in the notice, on or before the Redemption Date, the holders of Class “B” Preferred Shares shall, after the Redemption Date, no longer have any right in or against the Corporation, except the right to receive payment of the Redemption Price and any accrued but unpaid dividends on such Class “B” Preferred Shares being redeemed, upon presentation and surrender of the certificates representing such number of shares to be redeemed.

6) Retraction Right. Subject to the Act, each holder of Class “B” Preferred Shares shall be entitled, at any time and at such holder’s discretion, upon written notice, to require the Corporation to redeem all or part of such holder’s shares at a price equal to the “Redemption Value,” as described below, plus the amount of dividends declared but unpaid, if any, on the Class “B” Preferred Shares.

a) Redemption Value

The “Redemption Value” of each share corresponds to the amount paid for such share into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to the Class “B” Preferred Shares, plus a premium equal to the amount by which the fair market value of the consideration received by the Corporation at the time such Class “B” Preferred Share was issued exceeds the total of:

(i) the amount paid for such share into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to the Class “B” Preferred Shares; and

 

 

Page 2 of 18


(ii) the fair market value of any property, other than a Class “B” Preferred Share, given by the Corporation in payment of such consideration.

b) Determination of Fair Market Value of the Consideration

Upon issuance of the Class “B” Preferred Shares, the Corporation and each subscriber of Class “B” Preferred Shares shall determine, by mutual consent and in good faith, based on a method deemed fair and reasonable, the fair market value of each of the assets that form part of the consideration received by the Corporation at the time the Class “B” Preferred Shares are issued.

c) Adjustment of the Premium in Case of a Disagreement with the Department of Revenue

In the event of a disagreement with the federal or provincial department of revenue, or both, with respect to the appraisal of the fair market value of one or more of the assets that form part of the consideration received by the Corporation at the time the Class “B” Preferred Shares are issued, the appraisal by such department shall prevail. The amount of the premium relating to the redemption of the Class “B” Preferred Shares shall be adjusted accordingly if the department in question provides the Corporation and each holder of Class “B” Preferred Shares, or, where all of the shares are redeemed, the Corporation and each former holder of Class “B” Preferred Shares, with the opportunity to contest the appraisal with the department or before the courts. Where the federal and provincial appraisals differ, the amount of the premium shall be equal to the lower appraisal established in accordance with an uncontested assessment or another final judgment, as the case may be.

If, before the Redemption Value provided for in the foregoing sentence is adjusted, the Corporation pays, in cash or any other form of consideration, to a holder of Class “B” Preferred Shares, in connection with a redemption, retraction or purchase of Class “B” Preferred Shares, a sum for the Class “B” Preferred Shares that differs from the adjusted Redemption Value, the holder or the Corporation, as the case may be, shall immediately pay to the holder or the Corporation, as the case may be, the difference between the amount paid in connection with the redemption, retraction or purchase and the adjusted Redemption Value. Moreover, if, at the time of the adjustment, dividends have already been declared and paid on the Class “B” Preferred Shares, such dividends shall be adjusted so as to reflect the adjustment of the Redemption Value.

7) Right to Purchase by Private Agreement. Subject to the Act, the Corporation may, at any time, without giving notice and without taking into consideration the other classes of shares, purchase by private agreement and at the best possible price all or part of the issued and outstanding Class “B” Preferred Shares. However, such purchase price shall never exceed the Redemption Value mentioned above or the book value of the net assets of the Corporation.

C) CLASS “C” PREFERRED SHARES: The number of Class “C” Preferred Shares is unlimited, and the consideration paid into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to such shares is also unlimited; Class “C” Preferred Shares shall have no par value and shall carry the following rights, privileges, conditions and restrictions:

1) Ranking of Class “C” Preferred Shares. Class “C” Preferred Shares shall have priority over the Common Shares and the Classes “D,” “E” and “F” Preferred Shares, but not over the Classes “B” and “G” Preferred Shares with respect to the order of payment of dividends and the distribution of the

 

 

Page 3 of 18


assets of the Corporation in the event of the liquidation, winding-up or dissolution of the Corporation, whether or not voluntary, or any other distribution of the assets of the Corporation among its shareholders for the purpose of winding up its affairs.

2) Right to Dividends. The holders of Class “C” Preferred Shares shall be entitled to receive, every year, in such manner and at such time as the Board of Directors may declare, a non-cumulative dividend at the fixed rate of 1% per month, calculated on the redemption price of the Class “C” Preferred Shares, payable in cash, property or through the issuance of fully paid shares of any class of the Corporation.

3) Repayment. If, for any reason, including in the event of dissolution or liquidation or winding-up of the Corporation, whether or not voluntary, some or all of the assets of the Corporation are distributed among the shareholders, each holder of Class “C” Preferred Shares shall be entitled to repayment of the amount paid for the Class “C” Preferred Shares into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to the Class “C” Preferred Shares.

4) No Voting Right. Subject to the provisions of the Act or as otherwise expressly provided, the holders of Class “C” Preferred Shares shall not be entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at the meeting of shareholders of the Corporation.

5) Redemption Right. The Corporation shall be entitled, at its discretion, subject to the provisions of the Act in this regard, to redeem at any time all or from time to time part of the Class “C” Preferred Shares then outstanding upon giving notice to that effect, on payment to the holders of the Class “C” Preferred Shares of an aggregate redemption price equal to the consideration received by the Corporation at the time the Class “C” Preferred Shares were issued.

The Corporation shall, at least one (1) business day prior to the date fixed for redemption (the “Redemption Date”), give written notice, to each then registered holder of Class “C” Preferred Shares, of the Corporation’s intention to redeem such shares. Such notice shall set out the date and place at which the redemption is to take place and where payment is to occur and, in the case of partial redemption, the number of shares of each such holder of Class “C” Preferred Shares to be redeemed. If notice of redemption is given as aforesaid and an amount sufficient to redeem the Class “C” Preferred Shares called for redemption is deposited with the Corporation’s bankers or at any other place specified in the notice, on or before the Redemption Date, the holders of Class “C” Preferred Shares shall, after the Redemption Date, no longer have any right in or against the Corporation, except the right to receive payment of the Redemption Price and any accrued but unpaid dividends on such Class “C” Preferred Shares being redeemed, upon presentation and surrender of the certificates representing such number of shares to be redeemed.

6) Retraction Right. Subject to the Act, each holder of Class “C” Preferred Shares shall be entitled, at any time and at such holder’s discretion, upon written notice, to require the Corporation to redeem all or part of such holder’s shares at a price equal to the “Redemption Value,” as described below, plus the amount of dividends declared but unpaid, if any, on the Class “C” Preferred Shares.

a) Redemption Value

The “Redemption Value” of each share corresponds to the amount paid for such share into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to the Class “C” Preferred

 

 

Page 4 of 18


Shares, plus a premium equal to the amount by which the fair market value of the consideration received by the Corporation at the time such Class “C” Preferred Share was issued exceeds the total of:

(i) the amount paid for such share into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to the Class “C” Preferred Shares; and

(ii) the fair market value of any property, other than a Class “C” Share, given by the Corporation in payment of such consideration.

b) Determination of Fair Market Value of the Consideration

Upon issuance of the Class “C” Preferred Shares, the Corporation and each subscriber of Class “C” Preferred Shares shall determine, by mutual consent and in good faith, based on a method deemed fair and reasonable, the fair market value of each of the assets that form part of the consideration received by the Corporation at the time the Class “C” Preferred Shares are issued.

c) Adjustment of the Premium in Case of a Disagreement with the Department of Revenue

In the event of a disagreement with the federal or provincial department of revenue, or both, with respect to the appraisal of the fair market value of one or more of the assets that form part of the consideration received by the Corporation at the time the Class “C” Preferred Shares are issued, the appraisal by such department shall prevail. The amount of the premium relating to the redemption of the Class “C” Preferred Shares shall be adjusted accordingly if the department in question provides the Corporation and each holder of Class “C” Preferred Shares, or, where all of the shares are redeemed, the Corporation and each former holder of Class “C” Preferred Shares, with the opportunity to contest the appraisal with the department or before the courts. Where the federal and provincial appraisals differ, the amount of the premium shall be equal to the lower appraisal established in accordance with an uncontested assessment or another final judgment, as the case may be.

If, before the Redemption Value provided for in the foregoing sentence is adjusted, the Corporation pays, in cash or any other form of consideration, to a holder of Class “C” Preferred Shares, in connection with a redemption, retraction or purchase of Class “C” Preferred Shares, a sum for the Class “C” Preferred Shares that differs from the adjusted Redemption Value, the holder or the Corporation, as the case may be, shall immediately pay to the holder or the Corporation, as the case may be, the difference between the amount paid in connection with the redemption, retraction or purchase and the adjusted Redemption Value. Moreover, if, at the time of the adjustment, dividends have already been declared and paid on the Class “C” Preferred Shares, such dividends shall be adjusted so as to reflect the adjustment of the Redemption Value.

7) Right to Purchase by Private Agreement. Subject to the Act, the Corporation may, at any time, without giving notice and without taking into consideration the other classes of shares, purchase by private agreement and at the best possible price all or part of the issued and outstanding Class “C” Preferred Shares. However, such purchase price shall never exceed the Redemption Value mentioned above or the book value of the net assets of the Corporation.

 

 

Page 5 of 18


D) CLASS “D” PREFERRED SHARES: The number of Class “D” Preferred Shares is unlimited, and the consideration paid into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to such shares is also unlimited; Class “D” Preferred Shares shall have no par value and shall carry the following rights, privileges, conditions and restrictions:

1) Ranking of Class “D” Preferred Shares. Class “D” Preferred Shares shall have priority over the Common Shares and the Classes “E” and “F” Preferred Shares, but not over the Classes “B,” “C” and “G” Preferred Shares with respect to the order of payment of dividends and the distribution of the assets of the Corporation in the event of the liquidation, winding-up or dissolution of the Corporation, whether or not voluntary, or any other distribution of the assets of the Corporation among its shareholders for the purpose of winding up its affairs.

2) Right to Dividends. The holders of Class “D” Preferred Shares shall be entitled to receive, every year, in such manner and at such time as the Board of Directors may declare, a non-cumulative dividend at the fixed rate of 1% per month, calculated on the redemption price of the Class “D” Preferred Shares, payable in cash, property or through the issuance of fully paid shares of any class of the Corporation.

3) Repayment. If, for any reason, including in the event of dissolution or liquidation or winding-up of the Corporation, whether or not voluntary, some or all of the assets of the Corporation are distributed among the shareholders, each holder of Class “D” Preferred Shares shall be entitled to repayment of the amount paid for the Class “D” Preferred Shares into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to the Class “D” Preferred Shares.

4) No Voting Right. Subject to the provisions of the Act or as otherwise expressly provided, the holders of Class “D” Preferred Shares shall not be entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at the meeting of shareholders of the Corporation.

5) Redemption Right. The Corporation shall be entitled, at its discretion, subject to the provisions of the Act in this regard, to redeem at any time all or from time to time part of the Class “D” Preferred Shares then outstanding upon giving notice to that effect, on payment to the holders of the Class “D” Preferred Shares of an aggregate redemption price equal to the consideration received by the Corporation at the time the Class “D” Preferred Shares were issued.

The Corporation shall, at least one (1) business day prior to the date fixed for redemption (the “Redemption Date”), give written notice, to each then registered holder of Class “D” Preferred Shares, of the Corporation’s intention to redeem such shares. Such notice shall set out the date and place at which the redemption is to take place and where payment is to occur and, in the case of partial redemption, the number of shares of each such holder of Class “D” Preferred Shares to be redeemed. If notice of redemption is given as aforesaid and an amount sufficient to redeem the Class “D” Preferred Shares called for redemption is deposited with the Corporation’s bankers or at any other place specified in the notice, on or before the Redemption Date, the holders of Class “D” Preferred Shares shall, after the Redemption Date, no longer have any right in or against the Corporation, except the right to receive payment of the Redemption Price and any accrued but unpaid dividends on such Class “D” Preferred Shares being redeemed, upon presentation and surrender of the certificates representing such number of shares to be redeemed.

 

 

Page 6 of 18


6) Retraction Right. Subject to the Act, each holder of Class “D” Preferred Shares shall be entitled, at any time and at such holder’s discretion, upon written notice, to require the Corporation to redeem all or part of such holder’s shares at a price equal to the “Redemption Value,” as described below, plus the amount of dividends declared but unpaid, if any, on the Class “D” Preferred Shares.

a) Redemption Value

The “Redemption Value” of each share corresponds to the amount paid for such share into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to the Class “D” Preferred Shares, plus a premium equal to the amount by which the fair market value of the consideration received by the Corporation at the time such Class “D” Preferred Share was issued exceeds the total of:

(i) the amount paid for such share into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to the Class “D” Preferred Shares; and

(ii) the fair market value of any property, other than a Class “D” Preferred Share, given by the Corporation in payment of such consideration.

b) Determination of Fair Market Value of the Consideration

Upon issuance of the Class “D” Preferred Shares, the Corporation and each subscriber of Class “D” Preferred Shares shall determine, by mutual consent and in good faith, based on a method deemed fair and reasonable, the fair market value of each of the assets that form part of the consideration received by the Corporation at the time the Class “D” Preferred Shares are issued.

c) Adjustment of the Premium in Case of a Disagreement with the Department of Revenue

In the event of a disagreement with the federal or provincial department of revenue, or both, with respect to the appraisal of the fair market value of one or more of the assets that form part of the consideration received by the Corporation at the time the Class “D” Preferred Shares are issued, the appraisal by such department shall prevail. The amount of the premium relating to the redemption of the Class “D” Preferred Shares shall be adjusted accordingly if the department in question provides the Corporation and each holder of Class “D” Preferred Shares, or, where all of the shares are redeemed, the Corporation and each former holder of Class “D” Preferred Shares, with the opportunity to contest the appraisal with the department or before the courts. Where the federal and provincial appraisals differ, the amount of the premium shall be equal to the lower appraisal established in accordance with an uncontested assessment or another final judgment, as the case may be.

If, before the Redemption Value provided for in the foregoing sentence is adjusted, the Corporation pays, in cash or any other form of consideration, to a holder of Class “D” Preferred Shares, in connection with a redemption, retraction or purchase of Class “D” Preferred Shares, a sum for the Class “D” Preferred Shares that differs from the adjusted Redemption Value, the holder or the Corporation, as the case may be, shall immediately pay to the holder or the Corporation, as the case may be, the difference between the amount paid in connection with the redemption, retraction or purchase and the adjusted Redemption Value. Moreover, if, at the time of the adjustment, dividends have already been declared and paid on the Class “D” Preferred Shares, such dividends shall be adjusted so as to reflect the adjustment of the Redemption Value.

 

 

Page 7 of 18


7) Right to Purchase by Private Agreement. Subject to the Act, the Corporation may, at any time, without giving notice and without taking into consideration the other classes of shares, purchase by private agreement and at the best possible price all or part of the issued and outstanding Class “D” Preferred Shares. However, such purchase price shall never exceed the Redemption Value mentioned above or the book value of the net assets of the Corporation.

E) CLASS “E” PREFERRED SHARES: The number of Class “E” Preferred Shares is unlimited, and the consideration paid into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to such shares is also unlimited; Class “E” Preferred Shares shall have no par value and shall carry the following rights, privileges, conditions and restrictions:

1) Ranking of Class “E” Preferred Shares. Class “E” Preferred Shares shall have priority over the Common Shares and the Class “F” Preferred Shares, but not over the Classes “B,” “C,” “D” and “G” Preferred Shares with respect to the order of payment of dividends and the distribution of the assets of the Corporation in the event of the liquidation, winding-up or dissolution of the Corporation, whether or not voluntary, or any other distribution of the assets of the Corporation among its shareholders for the purpose of winding up its affairs.

2) Right to Dividends. The holders of Class “E” Preferred Shares shall be entitled to receive, every year, in such manner and at such time as the Board of Directors may declare, a non-cumulative dividend at the fixed rate of 1% per month, calculated on the redemption price of the Class “E” Preferred Shares, payable in cash, property or through the issuance of fully paid shares of any class of the Corporation.

3) Repayment. If, for any reason, including in the event of dissolution or liquidation or winding-up of the Corporation, whether or not voluntary, some or all of the assets of the Corporation are distributed among the shareholders, each holder of Class “E” Preferred Shares shall be entitled to repayment of the amount paid for the Class “E” Preferred Shares into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to the Class “E” Preferred Shares.

4) No Voting Right. Subject to the provisions of the Act or as otherwise expressly provided, the holders of Class “E” Preferred Shares shall not be entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at the meeting of shareholders of the Corporation.

5) Redemption Right. The Corporation shall be entitled, at its discretion, subject to the provisions of the Act in this regard, to redeem at any time all or from time to time part of the Class “E” Preferred Shares then outstanding upon giving notice to that effect, on payment to the holders of the Class “E” Preferred Shares of an aggregate redemption price equal to the consideration received by the Corporation at the time the Class “E” Preferred Shares were issued.

The Corporation shall, at least one (1) business day prior to the date fixed for redemption (the “Redemption Date”), give written notice, to each then registered holder of Class “E” Preferred Shares, of the Corporation’s intention to redeem such shares. Such notice shall set out the date and place at which the redemption is to take place and where payment is to occur and, in the case of partial redemption, the number of shares of each such holder of Class “E” Preferred Shares to be redeemed. If

 

 

Page 8 of 18


notice of redemption is given as aforesaid and an amount sufficient to redeem the Class “E” Preferred Shares called for redemption is deposited with the Corporation’s bankers or at any other place specified in the notice, on or before the Redemption Date, the holders of Class “E” Preferred Shares shall, after the Redemption Date, no longer have any right in or against the Corporation, except the right to receive payment of the Redemption Price and any accrued but unpaid dividends on such Class “E” Preferred Shares being redeemed, upon presentation and surrender of the certificates representing such number of shares to be redeemed.

6) Retraction Right. Subject to the Act, each holder of Class “E” Preferred Shares shall be entitled, at any time and at such holder’s discretion, upon written notice, to require the Corporation to redeem all or part of such holder’s shares at a price equal to the “Redemption Value,” as described below, plus the amount of dividends declared but unpaid, if any, on the Class “E” Preferred Shares.

a) Redemption Value

The “Redemption Value” of each share corresponds to the amount paid for such share into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to the Class “E” Preferred Shares, plus a premium equal to the amount by which the fair market value of the consideration received by the Corporation at the time such Class “E” Preferred Share was issued exceeds the total of:

(i) the amount paid for such share into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to the Class “E” Preferred Shares; and

(ii) the fair market value of any property, other than a Class “E” Preferred Share, given by the Corporation in payment of such consideration.

b) Determination of Fair Market Value of the Consideration

Upon issuance of the Class “E” Preferred Shares, the Corporation and each subscriber of Class “E” Preferred Shares shall determine, by mutual consent and in good faith, based on a method deemed fair and reasonable, the fair market value of each of the assets that form part of the consideration received by the Corporation at the time the Class “E” Preferred Shares are issued.

c) Adjustment of the Premium in Case of a Disagreement with the Department of Revenue

In the event of a disagreement with the federal or provincial department of revenue, or both, with respect to the appraisal of the fair market value of one or more of the assets that form part of the consideration received by the Corporation at the time the Class “E” Preferred Shares are issued, the appraisal by such department shall prevail. The amount of the premium relating to the redemption of the Class “E” Preferred Shares shall be adjusted accordingly if the department in question provides the Corporation and each holder of Class “E” Preferred Shares, or, where all of the shares are redeemed, the Corporation and each former holder of Class “E” Preferred Shares, with the opportunity to contest the appraisal with the department or before the courts. Where the federal and provincial appraisals differ, the amount of the premium shall be equal to the lower appraisal established in accordance with an uncontested assessment or another final judgment, as the case may be.

 

 

Page 9 of 18


If, before the Redemption Value provided for in the foregoing sentence is adjusted, the Corporation pays, in cash or any other form of consideration, to a holder of Class “E” Preferred Shares, in connection with a redemption, retraction or purchase of Class “E” Preferred Shares, a sum for the Class “E” Preferred Shares that differs from the adjusted Redemption Value, the holder or the Corporation, as the case may be, shall immediately pay to the holder or the Corporation, as the case may be, the difference between the amount paid in connection with the redemption, retraction or purchase and the adjusted Redemption Value. Moreover, if, at the time of the adjustment, dividends have already been declared and paid on the Class “E” Preferred Shares, such dividends shall be adjusted so as to reflect the adjustment of the Redemption Value.

7) Right to Purchase by Private Agreement. Subject to the Act, the Corporation may, at any time, without giving notice and without taking into consideration the other classes of shares, purchase by private agreement and at the best possible price all or part of the issued and outstanding Class “E” Preferred Shares. However, such purchase price shall never exceed the Redemption Value mentioned above or the book value of the net assets of the Corporation.

F) CLASS “F” PREFERRED SHARES: The number of Class “F” Preferred Shares is unlimited, and the consideration paid into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to such shares is also unlimited; Class “F” Preferred Shares shall have no par value and shall carry the following rights, privileges, conditions and restrictions:

1) Ranking of Class “F” Preferred Shares. Class “F” Preferred Shares shall have priority over the Common Shares, but not over the Classes “B,” “C,” “D,” “E” and “G” Preferred Shares with respect to the order of payment of dividends and the distribution of the assets of the Corporation in the event of the liquidation, winding-up or dissolution of the Corporation, whether or not voluntary, or any other distribution of the assets of the Corporation among its shareholders for the purpose of winding up its affairs.

2) Right to Dividends. The holders of Class “F” Preferred Shares shall be entitled to receive, every year, in such manner and at such time as the Board of Directors may declare, a non-cumulative dividend at the fixed rate of 1% per month, calculated on the redemption price of the Class “F” Preferred Shares, payable in cash, property or through the issuance of fully paid shares of any class of the Corporation.

3) Repayment. If, for any reason, including in the event of dissolution or liquidation or winding-up of the Corporation, whether or not voluntary, some or all of the assets of the Corporation are distributed among the shareholders, each holder of Class “F” Preferred Shares shall be entitled to repayment of the amount paid for the Class “F” Preferred Shares into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to the Class “F” Preferred Shares.

4) No Voting Right. Subject to the provisions of the Act or as otherwise expressly provided, the holders of Class “F” Preferred Shares shall not be entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at the meeting of shareholders of the Corporation.

5) Redemption Right. The Corporation shall be entitled, at its discretion, subject to the provisions of the Act in this regard, to redeem at any time all or from time to time part of the Class “F” Preferred Shares then outstanding upon giving notice to that effect, on payment to the holders of the Class “F” Preferred Shares of an aggregate redemption price equal to the consideration received by the Corporation at the time the Class “F” Preferred Shares were issued.

 

 

Page 10 of 18


The Corporation shall, at least one (1) business day prior to the date fixed for redemption (the “Redemption Date”), give written notice, to each then registered holder of Class “F” Preferred Shares, of the Corporation’s intention to redeem such shares. Such notice shall set out the date and place at which the redemption is to take place and where payment is to occur and, in the case of partial redemption, the number of shares of each such holder of Class “F” Preferred Shares to be redeemed. If notice of redemption is given as aforesaid and an amount sufficient to redeem the Class “F” Preferred Shares called for redemption is deposited with the Corporation’s bankers or at any other place specified in the notice, on or before the Redemption Date, the holders of Class “F” Preferred Shares shall, after the Redemption Date, no longer have any right in or against the Corporation, except the right to receive payment of the Redemption Price and any accrued but unpaid dividends on such Class “F” Preferred Shares being redeemed, upon presentation and surrender of the certificates representing such number of shares to be redeemed.

6) Retraction Right. Subject to the Act, each holder of Class “F” Preferred Shares shall be entitled, at any time and at such holder’s discretion, upon written notice, to require the Corporation to redeem all or part of such holder’s shares at a price equal to the “Redemption Value,” as described below, plus the amount of dividends declared but unpaid, if any, on the Class “F” Preferred Shares.

a) Redemption Value

The “Redemption Value” of each share corresponds to the amount paid for such share into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to the Class “F” Preferred Shares, plus a premium equal to the amount by which the fair market value of the consideration received by the Corporation at the time such Class “F” Preferred Share was issued exceeds the total of:

(i) the amount paid for such share into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to the Class “F” Preferred Shares; and

(ii) the fair market value of any property, other than a Class “F” Preferred Share, given by the Corporation in payment of such consideration.

b) Determination of Fair Market Value of the Consideration

Upon issuance of the Class “F” Preferred Shares, the Corporation and each subscriber of Class “F” Preferred Shares shall determine, by mutual consent and in good faith, based on a method deemed fair and reasonable, the fair market value of each of the assets that form part of the consideration received by the Corporation at the time the Class “F” Preferred Shares are issued.

c) Adjustment of the Premium in Case of a Disagreement with the Department of Revenue

In the event of a disagreement with the federal or provincial department of revenue, or both, with respect to the appraisal of the fair market value of one or more of the assets that form part of the consideration received by the Corporation at the time the Class “F” Preferred Shares are issued, the appraisal by such department shall prevail. The amount of the premium relating to the redemption

 

 

Page 11 of 18


of the Class “F” Preferred Shares shall be adjusted accordingly if the department in question provides the Corporation and each holder of Class “F” Preferred Shares, or, where all of the shares are redeemed, the Corporation and each former holder of Class “F” Preferred Shares, with the opportunity to contest the appraisal with the department or before the courts. Where the federal and provincial appraisals differ, the amount of the premium shall be equal to the lower appraisal established in accordance with an uncontested assessment or another final judgment, as the case may be.

If, before the Redemption Value provided for in the foregoing sentence is adjusted, the Corporation pays, in cash or any other form of consideration, to a holder of Class “F” Preferred Shares, in connection with a redemption, retraction or purchase of Class “F” Preferred Shares, a sum for the Class “F” Preferred Shares that differs from the adjusted Redemption Value, the holder or the Corporation, as the case may be, shall immediately pay to the holder or the Corporation, as the case may be, the difference between the amount paid in connection with the redemption, retraction or purchase and the adjusted Redemption Value. Moreover, if, at the time of the adjustment, dividends have already been declared and paid on the Class “F” Preferred Shares, such dividends shall be adjusted so as to reflect the adjustment of the Redemption Value.

7) Right to Purchase by Private Agreement. Subject to the Act, the Corporation may, at any time, without giving notice and without taking into consideration the other classes of shares, purchase by private agreement and at the best possible price all or part of the issued and outstanding Class “F” Preferred Shares. However, such purchase price shall never exceed the Redemption Value mentioned above or the book value of the net assets of the Corporation.

G) CLASS “G” PREFERRED SHARES: The number of Class “G” Preferred Shares is unlimited, and the consideration paid into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to such shares is also unlimited. Class “G” Preferred Shares shall have no par value and shall carry the following rights, privileges, conditions and restrictions:

1) Ranking of Class “G” Preferred Shares. Class “G” Preferred Shares shall have priority over the Class “A” Common Shares and the other shares of the Corporation with respect to the order of payment of dividends and the distribution of the assets of the Corporation in the event of the liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation, whether or not voluntary, or any other distribution of the assets of the Corporation among its shareholders for the purpose of winding up its affairs.

2) Right to Dividends . The holders of record of the Class “G” Preferred Shares shall be entitled to receive, in each fiscal year of the Corporation, a fixed cumulative preferential dividend at the rate of 11.25% per annum per share, calculated daily on the Redemption Price (as defined below) of the Class “G” Preferred Shares. Such dividends shall be cumulative from the respective date of issue of each Class “G” Preferred Share.

For greater certainty, it is hereby declared that (a) wherever it is used in this Section 2, the expression “dividend at the rate of 11.25% per annum per share” shall mean, with respect to the Class “G” Preferred Shares, a dividend calculated at such rate for at least the number of days during which such share was outstanding in the fiscal year with respect to which the calculation is being made and (b) nothing herein contained or implied shall require prorating of dividends with respect to any share not outstanding during the entire period for or with respect to which such dividends are accrued.

 

 

Page 12 of 18


However, the directors of the Corporation may, at their discretion, prorate dividends with respect to any share not outstanding for the entire period for or with respect to which dividends are accrued if such right to prorate dividends was reserved by the Corporation at the time such shares were issued.

All dividends declared on the Class “G” Preferred Shares shall be payable semi-annually on a cumulative basis on the 20th day of the months of June and December in every year, at such place as the directors of the Corporation may determine, in cash or by certified cheque, bank draft or wire transfer, provided that, in respect of any payment of dividends denominated in a currency other than Canadian dollars, the applicable exchange rate shall be that published by the Bank of Canada in effect on the date of payment.

The holders of Class “G” Preferred Shares shall be entitled to receive only the aforementioned dividends. No dividends may be paid on any shares ranking junior to the Class “G” Preferred Shares, unless all dividends that have become payable on the Class “G” Preferred Shares have been paid or set aside for payment.

3) Liquidation or Winding-Up . In the event of the liquidation, winding-up, dissolution or reorganization of the Corporation or any other distribution of its assets among its shareholders for the purpose of winding up its affairs, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, the holders of Class “G” Preferred Shares shall be entitled to receive, in preference to the holders of any other class of shares of the Corporation, an amount equal to the Redemption Price (as defined below) for each Class “G” Preferred Share held and any accrued but unpaid dividends on such shares.

4) No Voting Right . The holders of Class “G” Preferred Shares shall not be entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at the meetings of shareholders of the Corporation, unless the Corporation has failed to pay eight (8) semi-annual dividends on the Class “G” Preferred Shares, whether or not consecutive. In that event and only so long as the said dividends remain in arrears, the holders of Class “G” Preferred Shares shall be entitled to receive notice of, attend and vote at the meetings of shareholders of the Corporation, except meetings at which only the holders of another specified series or class of shares are entitled to vote. At each such meeting, each Class “G” Preferred Share shall entitle the holder thereof to one (1) vote.

5) Redemption Right . The Corporation shall be entitled, at its discretion, subject to the provisions of the Act in this regard, to redeem at any time all or part of the Class “G” Preferred Shares then outstanding upon giving notice as hereinafter provided, on payment to the holders of the Class “G” Preferred Shares of an aggregate amount equal to the Redemption Price (as defined below) and any accrued but unpaid dividends on such Class “G” Preferred Shares being redeemed. In the case of partial redemption, the Class “G” Preferred Shares to be redeemed shall be selected pro rata among the holders of all Class “G” Preferred Shares then outstanding, except that, with the consent of all the holders of Class “G” Preferred Shares, the shares to be redeemed may be selected in another manner.

The Corporation shall, at least one (1) business day prior to the date fixed for redemption (the “Redemption Date”), give written notice, to each then registered holder of Class “G” Preferred Shares, of the Corporation’s intention to redeem such shares. Such notice shall set out the date and the place at which the redemption is to take place and where payment is to occur and, in the case of partial redemption, the number of shares to be redeemed from each such holder of Class “G” Preferred Shares. If notice of redemption is given as aforesaid and an amount sufficient to redeem the Class “G”

 

 

Page 13 of 18


Preferred Shares called for redemption is deposited with the Corporation’s bankers or at any other place or places specified in the notice, on or before the Redemption Date, the holders of Class “G” Preferred Shares shall, after the Redemption Date, no longer have any right in or against the Corporation, except the right to receive payment of the Redemption Price and any accrued but unpaid dividends on such Class “G” Preferred Shares being redeemed, upon presentation and surrender of the certificates representing such number of shares to be redeemed.

6) Retraction Right . Each holder of Class “G” Preferred Shares shall be entitled, at such holder’s discretion, upon prior written notice of no less than one (1) business day to the Corporation, to require the Corporation to redeem all or part of such holder’s Class “G” Preferred Shares for an aggregate amount equal to the Redemption Price (as defined below) and any accrued but unpaid dividends on such shares, payable, subject to the provisions of the Act in this regard, upon presentation and surrender by such holder of Class “G” Preferred Shares of the certificates representing the number of Class “G” Preferred Shares to be redeemed (the date on which such presentation and surrender occur being the “Retraction Date”). As of the Retraction Date, the Class “G” Preferred Shares shall be considered redeemed, and the Corporation shall pay to such holder of Class “G” Preferred Shares the Redemption Price (as defined below) and any accrued but unpaid dividends on such shares. In the event the Corporation is unable to pay the Redemption Price of the Class “G” Preferred Shares on the Retraction Date, it shall forthwith give the holder of Class “G” Preferred Shares written notice thereof.

7) Redemption Price . The Redemption Price of the Class “G” Preferred Shares shall be an amount equal to $1,000 per Class “G” Preferred Share being redeemed. The Redemption Price may be paid in cash, or by certified cheque, bank draft or wire transfer, or by the delivery of assets having equivalent value, provided that in respect of any such payment denominated in a currency other than Canadian dollars, for the purposes of this Section (7), the applicable exchange rate shall be that published by the Bank of Canada in effect on the date of payment.

------------------End of Share Capital------------------

 

 

Page 14 of 18


SCHEDULE B

Relative to the

ARTICLES OF CONSTITUTION

RESTRICTIONS ON THE TRANSFER OF SHARES

No shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be transferred without the approval of Directors as evidenced by a resolution of the Board of Directors; the approval of such transfer of shares may be given as aforesaid after the transfer has been registered in the books of the Corporation, in which case, unless such resolution provides otherwise, the transfer is valid and shall come into force on the date of its registration in the books of the Corporation.

RESTRICTIONS ON THE TRANSFER OF SECURITIES

As long as the Corporation shall have the status of a « private issuer » as defined in Regulation 45-106 on Prospectus and Registration Exemptions (R.S.Q.c. V-1.1) , all transfers of securities of the Corporation (other than shares and non-convertible debt securities) shall be subject to the consent of the Board of Directors of the Corporation as evidenced by a resolution passed or signed by them, or subject to the restrictions contained in a Shareholders’ Agreement.

 

 

Page 15 of 18

Exhibit 1.21

9253-1870 QUÉBEC INC.

(the “Corporation”)

TRANSLATION

BY-LAWS

 

A. INTERPRETATION

 

1. Definitions

In these by-laws, unless the context indicates otherwise,

“Act” means the Business Corporations Act, R.S.Q., c. S-31.1. Any reference to that statute or any provisions thereof in the Corporation’s by-laws is interpreted as a reference to any amended or substituted provisions thereof;

“affairs” means the relationships among the Corporation, its affiliates and the shareholders, directors and officers of the Corporation and its affiliates but does not include the business carried on by the Corporation or its affiliates;

“affiliates”: means legal persons one of whom is a subsidiary of the other, or legal persons who are controlled by the same person;

“associates” means, in relation to a person:

 

  a) the person’s spouse, children and relatives, and the children and relatives of the person’s spouse;

 

  b) a partner of the person;

 

  c) a succession or trust in which the person has a substantial interest similar to that of a beneficiary or in respect of which the person serves as liquidator, trustee or other administrator of the property of others, mandatary or depositary; or

 

  d) a legal person of whom the person owns securities making up more than 10% of a class of shares carrying voting rights at any shareholders meeting or the right to receive any declared dividend or a share of the remaining property of the legal person in the event of liquidation.

“group”: means any legal person, any group of persons or any group of properties, including an organization, joint venture or trust;

“officer” means a person referred to in section 40 of these by-laws;

“resolution” or “ordinary resolution” means a resolution that requires a majority of the votes cast at a shareholders meeting by the shareholders entitled to vote on the resolution, or a resolution that requires the signature of all such shareholders;


“reporting issuer” means a reporting issuer within the meaning of the Securities Act (R.S.Q., chapter V-1.1);

“security” means a share, debenture, bond or note that is dealt in or traded on a securities exchange or financial market;

“shareholder” means a shareholder who is registered in the securities register of the Corporation, and includes a shareholder’s representative;

“special resolution” means a resolution that requires at least two thirds of the votes cast at a shareholders meeting by the shareholders entitled to vote on the resolution, or a resolution that requires the signature of all such shareholders.

 

2. Interpretation

 

  a) in the event of contradiction between the Act and the articles or the by-laws of the Corporation, the Act shall prevail over the articles and the by-laws; and the by-laws; and the articles shall take precedence over the by-laws.

 

  b) the powers of the directors, shareholders and officers of the Corporation are subject to the Act and by-laws of the Corporation and any reference to the exercise of any of these powers in the by-laws of the Corporation is subject to the limits, restrictions or conditions that are expressed therein.

 

  c) the masculine gender includes both sexes, unless the contrary intention is evident by the context;

 

  d) the singular number extends to more than one person or more than one thing of the same sort, whenever the context admits of such extension. The plural number can apply to one person only or to one thing only if the context so permits.

The headings used in these by-laws are for ease of reference only and do not form part of them.

 

B. HEAD OFFICE, ESTABLISHMENT AND SEAL

 

3. Head office

The head office of the Corporation shall be established in the judicial district of Montréal, in the Province of Quebec. The Corporation may relocate its head office in compliance with the Act.

 

4. Establishment

In addition to its head office, the Corporation may have other establishments, offices or agencies both within and outside Quebec.

 

5. Seal

The Board of Directors may adopt a seal but is not required to. The fact that a document of the Corporation is not sealed does not invalidate the document.

 

2


C. CORPORATE RECORDS

 

6. Records

The Corporation maintains, at its head office or at any other place designated by the Board of Directors, records containing:

 

  a) the articles and the by-laws;

 

  b) minutes of meetings of the shareholders and written resolutions of shareholders;

 

  c) the names and domicile of the directors, and the dates of the beginning and end of their term of office; and

 

  d) the securities register.

The secretary keeps such records up-to-date.

The shareholders may examine these records during its regular office hours, and obtain extracts from them. They may also, on request and without charge, obtain a copy of the articles and by-laws.

 

7. Accounting and Board records

The Corporation also maintains accounting records and books containing the minutes of meetings and written resolutions of the Board of Directors. If applicable, the Corporation also maintains books for all the committees of the Board of Directors.These records and books are kept at the Corporation’s head office or at any other place designated by the Board of Directors.

The Corporation is required to retain all accounting records for a period of six years after the end of the fiscal year to which they relate.

Only the directors and the auditor may have access to the accounting records and books containing the minutes of the meetings as well as the written resolutions of the Board of Directors and of its committees. However, the shareholders may examine, during the Corporation’s regular office hours, any part of the minutes of the deliberations of the Board of Directors or any other document in which a director or officer makes the disclosure of interest referred to in sections 22 and 45 below.

 

8. Securities register

The securities register of the Corporation contains the following information with respect to its shares:

 

  a) the names, in alphabetical order, and the addresses of present and past shareholders;

 

  b) the number of shares held by each such shareholder;

 

  c) the date and details of the issue and transfer of each share; and

 

  d) any amount due on any share.

The register must contain, if applicable, the same information with respect to the Corporation’s debentures, bonds and notes, with the necessary modifications. Any

 

3


person may examine the Corporation’s securities register if that person complies with the provisions of the Act in this regard. Any person may, on request and on payment of a reasonable fee established by the Corporation, obtain a copy of the list of the Corporation’s shareholders as provided for in the Act.

 

D. BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

9. Functions and powers

The Board of Directors exercises all necessary powers to supervise the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation. Except to the extent provided by law, such powers may be exercised without shareholder approval.

Generally, the Board of Directors exercises the powers and takes the actions which the Corporation is authorized to take; it may also enter into any contract on behalf of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may, on behalf of the Corporation:

 

  a) borrow money;

 

  b) issue, reissue, sell or hypothecate its debt obligations;

 

  c) enter into a suretyship to secure performance of an obligation of any person; and

 

  d) hypothecate all or any of its property, owned or subsequently acquired, to secure any obligation.

 

10. Delegation of powers

The Board of Directors may create one of several committees composed of directors and may delegate certain powers to this or these committees. It can also delegate its powers to a director or an officer. However, the Board of Directors may not delegate its power:

 

  a) to submit to the shareholders any question or matter requiring their approval;

 

  b) to fill a vacancy among the directors or in the office of auditor;

 

  c) to appoint or dismiss the president of the Corporation, the Chair of the Board of Directors, the chief executive officer, the chief operating officer or the chief financial officer regardless of their title, and to determine their remuneration;

 

  d) to authorize the issue of shares;

 

  e) to approve the transfer of unpaid shares;

 

  f) to declare dividends;

 

  g) to acquire, including by purchase, redemption or exchange, shares issued by the Corporation;

 

  h) to split, consolidate or convert shares;

 

  i) to authorize the payment of a commission to a person who purchases shares or other securities of the Corporation, or procures or agrees to procure purchasers for those shares or securities;

 

4


  j) to approve the financial statements presented at the annual meetings of shareholders;

 

  k) to adopt, amend or repeal by-laws;

 

  l) to authorize calls for payment;

 

  m) to authorize the confiscation of shares;

 

  n) to approve articles of amendment allowing a class of unissued shares to be divided into series, and to determine the designation of and the rights and restrictions attaching to those shares or securities; or

 

  o) to approve a short-form amalgamation.

 

11. Contracts

All contracts, deeds, agreements, documents, bonds, debentures and other instruments requiring execution by the Corporation may be signed by two directors or two officers of the Corporation or by one director and one officer of the Corporation or by such persons as the Board of Directors may otherwise authorize from time to time by resolution. Any such authorization may be general or confined to specific instances.

 

12. Proceedings

Any director or officer of the Corporation, or any other person appointed for that purpose by any director or officer of the Corporation, is authorized to bring any action, proceeding, motion, civil, criminal, administrative or other legal procedure, in the name of the Corporation or to appear and to answer on behalf of the Corporation to any writ, to any order or injunction issued by any court, to any examination on the facts relating to any litigation or any examination on discovery, as well as to any action, proceeding, motion or other legal procedure in which the Corporation is involved; to respond in the name of the Corporation to any garnishment in which the Corporation is garnishee and to prepare any affidavit or any solemn declaration related to such a garnishment or to any other legal procedure to which the Corporation is a party; to make any application for the assignment of property or any petitions for a receiving order against any debtor of the Corporation; to attend and to vote in any meeting of the creditors of debtors of the Corporation; to grant proxies and, in respect of any such action, proceeding, motion or other legal procedure, to take any other action which he or she deems to be in the best interests of the Corporation.

 

13. Number

The exact number of directors is determined by the Board of Directors as provided in the articles of the Corporation.

The directors in office do not cease to hold their position as a result of an amendment of the articles which reduces their number.

 

14. Qualifications

Any natural person may be a director of the Corporation, except:

 

  a) a minor;

 

5


  b) a person of full age under tutorship or curatorship;

 

  c) a bankrupt;

 

  d) a person prohibited by the court from holding such office;

 

  e) a person declared incapable by decision of a court of another jurisdiction.

Unless otherwise provided in the articles, a director is not required to be a shareholder.

 

15. Election and term of office

The directors are elected each year at the annual shareholders meeting by a simple majority of the votes and remain in office until the next annual shareholders meeting or until their successors are appointed. Voting for the election of directors is conducted by a show of hands unless a ballot is demanded by a shareholder entitled to vote.

 

16. Cessation of office

A director ceases to hold office when he dies, becomes disqualified from being a director, resigns or is removed from office.

 

17. Resignation

A director may resign at any time. The resignation of a director becomes effective at the time the director’s written resignation is received by the Corporation, or at the time specified in the resignation, whichever is later. The reason for the resignation need not be given.

 

18. Removal

The shareholders may by ordinary resolution at a special meeting remove any director or directors. If certain shareholders have an exclusive right to elect one or more directors, a director so elected may only be removed by ordinary resolution of those shareholders.

A director whose removal is to be proposed at a shareholders meeting may attend the meeting and be heard or, if not in attendance, may explain, in a written statement read by the person presiding over the meeting or made available to the shareholders before or at the meeting, why he opposes the resolution proposing his removal.

A vacancy created by the removal of a director may be filled at the shareholders meeting at which the director is removed or, if it is not, at a subsequent meeting of the Board of Directors.

 

19. Vacancy

A quorum of directors may fill any vacancy on the board unless there has been a failure to elect the fixed number or minimum number of directors required by the articles.

However, the directors then in office must without delay call a special shareholders meeting to fill the vacancies resulting from the lack of quorum or the failure to elect the fixed or minimal number of directors set out in the articles. If the directors refuse or fail to call a meeting, the meeting may be called by any shareholder.

 

6


A director appointed or elected to fill a vacancy holds office for the unexpired term of his predecessor.

 

20. Retiring director and updating declaration

A director who leaves office is authorized to sign on behalf of the Corporation and file in accordance with the Act respecting the legal publicity of enterprises an updating declaration indicating such change, unless he has received, within thirty (30) days of the date on which such change took effect, proof that the Corporation has filed such declaration.

 

21. Duties of directors

Subject to the provisions of the Act, the directors are bound by the same obligations as are imposed by the Civil Code of Québec on any director of a legal person. Consequently, in the exercise of their functions, the directors are duty-bound toward the Corporation to act with prudence and diligence, honesty and loyalty and in the interest of the Corporation.

More specifically, but without limiting the generality of the foregoing:

 

  a) no director may mingle the property of the Corporation with his own property nor may he use for his own profit or that of a third person any property of the Corporation or any information he obtains by reason of his duties, unless he is authorized to do so by the shareholders of the Corporation;

 

  b) unless he has obtained the express consent of the Board of Directors, a director must keep confidential the deliberations of the Board of Directors, any internal document and any other information to which he has access in the performance of his duties which is not publicly known and which has not been publicly disclosed by the Corporation;

 

  c) a director must avoid placing himself in any situation where his personal interest would be in conflict with his obligations as a director of the Corporation;

 

  d) a director must declare to the legal person any interest he has in an enterprise or association that may place him in a situation of conflict of interest and of any right he may set up against it, indicating their nature and value, where applicable.

 

22. Contracts or transactions – disclosure of interest

A director must disclose the nature and value of any interest he has in a contract or transaction to which the Corporation is a party. “Interest” means any financial stake in a contract or transaction that may reasonably be considered likely to influence decision-making. Furthermore, a proposed contract or a proposed transaction, including related negotiations, is considered a contract or transaction.

A director must also disclose a contract or transaction to which the Corporation and any of the following are a party:

 

  a) an associate of the director;

 

  b) a group of which the director is a director;

 

  c) a group in which the director or an associate of the director has an interest.

 

7


The director satisfies the requirement if he discloses, in a case specified in subparagraph b), the directorship or office held within the group or, in a case specified in subparagraph c), the nature and value of the interest he or his associate has in the group.

Unless it is recorded in the minutes of the first meeting of the Board of Directors at which the contract or transaction is discussed, the disclosure of an interest, contract or transaction must be made in writing to the Board of Directors as soon as the director becomes aware of the interest, contract or transaction.

The disclosure must be made even in the case of a contract or transaction that does not require approval by the Board of Directors.

 

23. Contracts or transactions – voting

No director may vote on a resolution to approve, amend or terminate the contract or transaction described in the foregoing section, or be present during deliberations concerning the approval, amendment or termination of such a contract or transaction unless the contract or transaction:

 

  a) relates primarily to the remuneration of the director or an associate of the director as a director of the Corporation or an affiliate of the Corporation;

 

  b) relates primarily to the remuneration of the director or an associate of the director as an officer, employee or mandatary of the Corporation or an affiliate of the Corporation, if the Corporation is not a reporting issuer;

 

  c) is for the indemnification of the directors in certain circumstances or liability insurance taken out by the Corporation;

 

  d) is with an affiliate of the Corporation, and the sole interest of the director is as a director or officer of the affiliate.

If no quorum exists for the purpose of voting on a resolution to approve a contract or transaction only because a director is not permitted to be present during deliberations, the other directors present are deemed to constitute a quorum for the purpose of voting on the resolution.

If all the directors are required to abstain from voting, the contract or transaction may be approved solely by the shareholders entitled to vote, by ordinary resolution. The disclosure must be made to the shareholders in a sufficiently clear manner before the contract or transaction is approved.

 

24. Remuneration

The Board of Directors determines the remuneration of the directors from time to time, by resolution. The directors are also entitled to be reimbursed for travel costs and reasonable expenses incurred in the performance of their duties.

 

8


E. MEETINGS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

25. Place

The Board of Directors meets at the head office of the Corporation or at any other place within or outside Quebec which the Chair of the Board of Directors may choose.

 

26. Calling of meeting

The Board of Directors meets as often as the Chair of the Board considers necessary. Board meetings are called by the Chair of the Board, or by the secretary at the request of the Chair of the Board, or in the absence or in case of incapacity to act as Chair of the Board, at the request of two (2) directors. At least two (2) days’ notice must be given.

In the event that the Chair of the Board (or the secretary, at the request of the Chair of the Board or in the absence or in case of incapacity to act as Chair of the Board, at the request of two (2) directors) considers, at his discretion, that it is deemed urgent to call a meeting of the Board of Directors, he must see that the notice of the meeting be sent out using any possible means at least two (2) hours before the meeting and such notice shall be deemed sufficient for the meeting to be called.

The notice must state the time and place of the meeting and, where applicable, specify any matter referred to in section 10 of these by-laws.

A notice of meeting must be sent to each director, at his last known civic or electronic address, by any means providing proof of its sending.

A meeting may be held without notice if all the directors are present or if the absent directors agreed to the holding of such meeting. The meeting of the Board of Directors immediately following the annual shareholders meeting may take place without notice.

 

27. Waiver of notice

A director may, in writing, waive notice of a meeting; waiver of the notice may be validly given before or after the meeting. However, attendance of a director at a meeting of the board is a waiver of notice of the meeting unless the director attends the meeting for the sole purpose of objecting to the holding of the meeting on the grounds that it was not lawfully called.

 

28. Participation by any means of communication

A director may participate in a meeting of the board by means of equipment - telephone, electronic or other - enabling all participants to communicate directly with one another. In such a case, the director is deemed to be present at the meeting.

 

29. Attendance

Only the directors may attend board meetings. Other persons may also attend as needed, with the authorization of the Chair of the Board or the majority of the directors present.

 

9


30. Quorum

A majority of the directors in office constitutes a quorum. A quorum of directors may validly exercise all the powers of the directors, despite any vacancy on the board.

 

31. Chair and secretary of the meeting

Meetings of the Board of Directors are chaired by the Chair of the Board or, by default, by the vice-chair of the board or by default by the president and chief executive officer or, in his absence, by a director assigned by the other participating directors. The secretary acts as meeting secretary, drafts the minutes of the meeting and co-signs the minutes with the Chair of the meeting.

 

32. Procedure

The Chair of the Board directs the meeting and ensures that it is conducted in an orderly manner. He submits the business to be discussed to the board. A director may also submit business to be discussed.

 

33. Voting

Unless otherwise provided in the articles, the Board of Directors decides any issue by a majority of the votes. Each director is entitled to one vote. Voting by proxy is not permitted.

Voting is by a show of hands or, at the request of the Chair of the Board or a director, by secret ballot. A vote by secret ballot may be requested before or after a vote by a show of hands.

If voting is by secret ballot, the secretary acts as scrutineer and counts the ballots. The Chair of the Board does not have a tie-breaking vote in the case of a tie.

 

34. Dissent

A director who is present at a meeting of the board or a committee of the board is deemed to have consented to any resolution passed at the meeting unless:

 

  a) the director’s dissent has been entered in the minutes;

 

  b) the director sends a written dissent to the secretary of the meeting before the meeting is adjourned; or

 

  c) the director delivers a written dissent to the Chair of the Board, sends it to the Chair of the Board by any means providing proof of the date of receipt or delivers it to the head office of the Corporation immediately after the meeting is adjourned.

A director is not entitled to dissent after voting for or consenting to a resolution.

 

35. Dissent of an absent director

A director who was not present at a meeting of the board or a committee of the board at which a resolution was passed is deemed to have consented to the resolution unless the director records his dissent within seven days after becoming aware of the resolution, by written notice delivered to the Chair of the Board, or the president, or sent to the Chair of the Board, or the president, by any means providing proof of the date of receipt or delivered to the head office of the Corporation.

 

10


36. Adjournment

The Chair of the Board may, with the consent of the majority of the directors present, adjourn a meeting of the Board of Directors to a specified date, time and place without a new notice of meeting being required. The Chair of the Board may also adjourn a meeting ex officio if he considers it impossible to conduct it in an orderly manner.

The meeting is validly resumed if it is held on the specified date and at the specified place and if a quorum is present. If a quorum does not exist when the meeting resumes, the initial meeting is deemed to have ended immediately after it was adjourned.

 

37. Signed resolution

A resolution in writing, signed by all the directors entitled to vote on the resolution, has the same force as if it had been passed at a meeting of the board or, as the case may be, of a committee of the Board of Directors. These resolutions are kept with the minutes of meetings and the written resolutions of the Board of Directors.

The written resolutions that are signed electronically are as legally valid as a written signature.

 

38. Recording of deliberations

Only the secretary may record the deliberations of the Board of Directors, for the purpose of preparing the minutes. The secretary must destroy the recording once the concerned minutes have been approved.

 

F. OFFICERS

 

39. General

The officers of the Corporation are the Chair of the Board, the vice-chair of the Board (if applicable), the president and chief executive officer, the chief financial officer, the vice-presidents, the secretary, the treasurer and/or the assistant-secretary(ies). The Board of Directors may designate another person as an officer by resolution.

 

40. Qualifications

The officers need not be directors or shareholders of the Corporation except for the Chair of the Board of Directors who must be a director. The same person may hold more than one position as officer.

 

41. Term of office

Unless the Board of Directors provides otherwise when he is appointed, an officer holds office from his appointment until the first meeting of the Board of Directors following the annual meeting or until a replacement has been named.

 

11


42. Cessation of office

An officer may resign at any time. The resignation of an officer takes effect on the date the Corporation receives the written notice he gives or on the later date indicated therein.

The Board of Directors or the president and chief executive officer may remove an officer at any time and the reason for the removal is not required to be given. However, the removal of the president, the Chair of the Board, the chief executive officer, the chief operating officer, or the chief financial officer regardless of their title, as their appointment, is the responsibility of the Board of Directors.

 

43. Vacancy

The Board of Directors may fill any vacancy in an office at any time.

 

44. Powers of officers

An officer exercises the powers attached to his position. He also exercises all the powers which the Board of Directors can delegate to him. In the event an officer is unable to act, the powers of such officer are exercised by any other person designated by the Board of Directors.

 

45. Duties of officers

The officers are mandataries of the Corporation. In this capacity, in the exercise of their functions, the officers are bound, among other things, toward the Corporation to act with prudence and diligence, honesty and loyalty and in the interest of the Corporation.

An officer must disclose the nature and value of any interest he has in a contract or transaction to which the Corporation is a party. An officer must disclose any contract or transaction to which the Corporation and any of the following are a party:

 

  a) an associate of the director or officer;

 

  b) a group of which the director or officer is a director or officer;

 

  c) a group in which the director or officer or an associate of the director or officer has an interest.

The officer satisfies the requirement if he discloses, in a case specified in subparagraph b), the directorship or office held within the group or, in a case specified in subparagraph c), the nature and value of the interest he or his associate has in the group.

In the case of an officer who is not a director, the disclosure must be made as soon as:

 

  a) the officer becomes an officer;

 

  b) the officer becomes aware that the contract or transaction is to be discussed or has been discussed at a meeting of the board; or

 

  c) the officer or the officer’s associate acquires an interest in the contract or transaction, if it was entered into earlier.

The disclosure must be made even in the case of a contract or transaction that does not require approval by the Board of Directors.

 

12


46. Chair or vice-chair of the Board

The Chair of the Board or if necessary, the vice-chair, shall be chosen from among the directors. The Chair of the Board or, in his absence, the president, presides over all the meetings of the directors and all shareholders meetings at which he is present and as such has all the powers and fulfils all his responsibilities that the Board of Directors may determine from time to time.

 

47. President

The president and chief executive officer controls and supervises the management of the activities and affairs of the Corporation. He signs the documents which require his signature. He also has the powers and fulfills all the responsibilities that the Board of Directors determines from time to time.

 

48. Vice-president

The vice-president (or vice presidents), exercises the powers and assumes the obligations that the Board of Directors determines from time to time. In the event of an absence, inability, refusal or omission to act as the president, the vice-president assigned by the directors can exercise his powers and fulfill all his responsibilities.

 

49. Secretary

The secretary is responsible for safekeeping the records and documents of the Corporation. He acts as secretary of the meetings of the Board of Directors and committees of the board as well as the meetings of shareholders. He signs the share certificates and other documents that require his signature and sends the directors and shareholders notice of meetings and other notices which may be required. He has all the powers and fulfills all the functions that the Board of Directors determines from time to time.

The assistant secretary fulfills all responsibilities assigned to him from time to time by the secretary.

 

50. Chief Financial Officer and/or Treasurer

He is in charge of the financial management of the Corporation. He oversees the financial situation of the Corporation and sees to the management of its property and the keeping of its accounting records. He reports periodically to the audit committee and to the Board of Directors on the financial situation of the Corporation. He signs the documents which require his signature.

 

51. Remuneration

The Board of Directors determines, from time to time, the remuneration of the president and chief executive officer, the Chair of the Board, the chief operating officer and of the chief financial officer, regardless of their title. The remuneration of the other officers is determined by management, subject to the powers devolved to the committee acting as the remuneration committees.

The officers are also entitled to be reimbursed the travel costs and all reasonable fees and expenses incurred in the performance of their duties.

 

13


G. COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

52. Creation

The Board of Directors may, by resolution, create one or more committees made up of directors. The resolution creating the committee sets out the number of directors making it up.

 

53. Powers

A committee of the Board of Directors exercises the powers delegated to it by the Board of Directors. However, the Board of Directors may not delegate the powers which it must exercise exclusively, according to the Act or section 10 of these by-laws.

A committee reports on its activities to the Board of Directors. Subject to the rights of third parties, the Board of Directors may overrule or modify a committee’s decisions.

 

54. Cessation of office

A director may resign from a committee of the Board of Directors at any time. The resignation of a director becomes effective at the time the director’s written resignation is received by the Corporation, or at the time specified in the resignation, whichever is later. The reason for the resignation is not required to be given.

The Board of Directors may, by resolution, replace a member of a committee of the board.

 

55. Vacancy

The Board of Directors may fill any vacancy on a committee of the board.

 

56. Meetings

Meetings of a committee of the board are called in the same manner as meetings of the Board of Directors.

 

57. Quorum

Unless otherwise provided in a resolution of the Board of Directors, the majority of the members of a committee of the board constitute a quorum.

 

58. Chair and secretary

Meetings of a committee of the board are chaired by the Chair of the committee; in his absence, the members present choose a meeting Chair from among themselves. The secretary of the Corporation acts as secretary of any committee of the board. The members present at a meeting can, if necessary, choose another person as meeting Chair or secretary.

 

59. Procedure

Meetings of committees of the Board of Directors are held in the same manner as the meetings of the Board of Directors.

 

14


60. Written resolution

A written resolution, signed by all the members of the committee entitled to vote on this resolution has the same force as if it had been passed at a meeting of the committee. The resolutions are kept with the minutes of the meetings and the written resolutions of the Board of Directors.

The written resolutions that are signed electronically are as legally valid as a written signature.

 

61. Remuneration

The members of a committee of the board may, as such, receive the remuneration set by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

H. PROTECTION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

 

62. Presumption

A director is presumed to have fulfilled the obligation to act with prudence and diligence if the director relied, in good faith and based on reasonable grounds, on a report, information or an opinion provided by one of the following persons:

 

  a) an officer of the Corporation who the director believes to be reliable and competent in the functions performed;

 

  b) legal counsel, professional accountants or other persons retained by the Corporation as to matters involving skills or expertise the director believes are matters within the particular person’s professional or expert competence or as to which the particular person merits confidence; or

 

  c) a committee of the Board of Directors of which the director is not a member if the director believes the committee merits confidence.

 

63. Relief Provided by the Act

A director cannot be held liable under sections 154, 155, 156, 287, 314 or 392 of the Act if the director acted with a reasonable degree of prudence and diligence in the circumstances. Furthermore, for the purposes of sections 155, 156, 287, 314 and 392 of the Act, the court may, after considering all the circumstances and on the terms the court considers appropriate, relieve a director, either wholly or partly, from the liability the director would otherwise incur if it appears to the court that the director has acted reasonably, honestly and loyally, and ought fairly to be excused.

 

I. INDEMNIFICATION AND LIABILITY INSURANCE

 

64. Indemnification

Subject to the following, the Corporation must indemnify a director or officer of the Corporation, a former director or officer of the Corporation, a mandatary, or any other person who acts or acted at the Corporation’s request as a director or officer of another group against all costs, charges and expenses reasonably incurred in the exercise of their functions, including an amount paid to settle an action or satisfy a judgment, or arising from any investigative or other proceeding in which the person is involved if

 

15


  a) the person acted with honesty and loyalty in the interest of the Corporation or, as the case may be, in the interest of the other group for which the person acted as director or officer or in a similar capacity at the Corporation’s request; and

 

  b) in the case of a proceeding that is enforced by a monetary penalty, the person had reasonable grounds for believing that his conduct was lawful.

The Corporation must also advance monies to such a person for the costs, charges and expenses of a proceeding referred to in the first paragraph.

However, in the event that a court or any other competent authority judges that the conditions set out in subparagraphs a) and b) above are not fulfilled, or that the person has committed intentional or gross fault, the Corporation may not indemnify the person and the person must repay to the Corporation any monies advanced.

The indemnity provided for in the preceding paragraphs can be obtained even if a person has ceased being a director, officer or representative of the Corporation. In case of death, the indemnity can be paid to the heirs, legatees, liquidators, assignees, authorized representants or beneficiaries of this person.

 

65. Actions by or on behalf of the Corporation

The Corporation may, with the approval of the court, in respect of an action by or on behalf of the Corporation or other group referred to in the preceding section against a person referred to in the preceding section, advance the necessary monies to the person or indemnify the person against all costs, charges and expenses reasonably incurred by the person in connection with the action, if the person fulfills the conditions set out in the preceding section.

 

66. Liability insurance

The Corporation must purchase and maintain insurance for the benefit of its directors, officers and other mandataries against any liability they may incur as such or in their capacity as directors, officers or mandataries of another group, if they act or acted in that capacity at the Corporation’s request.

 

J. SHAREHOLDERS MEETINGS

 

67. General

The Corporation must hold an annual meeting of shareholders; it may hold one or more special meetings of shareholders as needed.

 

68. Annual meeting

An annual meeting must be held fifteen (15) months after the last preceding annual meeting. The following business is discussed at the annual meeting:

 

  a) the presentation and examination of the financial statements of the Corporation for the fiscal year ended within six months of the date of the meeting;

 

16


  b) the presentation and examination of any other financial information required by the articles or the by-laws to be presented to the shareholders;

 

  c) the presentation and examination of the auditor’s report, where applicable;

 

  d) the renewal of the auditor’s term, where applicable;

 

  e) the election of directors.

The annual meeting may also examine and discuss any other business.

The Board of Directors calls the annual shareholders meeting. Otherwise, the meeting may be called by the shareholders in accordance with the rules for calling special meetings at the request of the shareholders as provided in the Act.

 

69. Place

A meeting is held within the province of Quebec at the place determined by the Board of Directors.

 

70. Calling of meeting

Notice of a shareholders meeting must be sent to each shareholder entitled to vote at the meeting and to each director at least twenty-one (21) days, but at the most sixty (60) days before the meeting.

If a director or a shareholder entitled to vote at a shareholders meeting gives written notice not less than ten (10) days before the meeting to the auditor or a former auditor of the Corporation, the auditor or former auditor attends the meeting at the Corporation’s expense and answers any question relating to their duties as auditor.

 

71. Notice of meeting

The notice of a shareholders meeting must be sent to each shareholder able to vote and to each director, in writing, by any means providing proof of the date of sending. It is sent to such persons at the address indicated in the Corporation’s records. If a person’s address is not indicated in the Corporation’s records, the notice of meeting must be sent to the address where, in the opinion of the person sending such notice, it is the most likely to reach the person the quickest.

The notice of meeting is sent to the shareholders entered in the securities register at the day the notice is transmitted.

A certificate from the secretary or any other duly authorized officer of the Corporation in office at the time of the preparation of such certificate, or any officer, transfer agent, or share transfer registrar of the Corporation constitutes proof of the sending of the notice of meeting and ties in each shareholder.

The notice of meeting indicates the date, time and place of the meeting as well as the business on the agenda. It also states, where applicable, the date by which the proxies of the shareholders wishing to be represented at the meeting must be received by the Corporation; such date may not be more than forty-eight (48) hours, excluding Saturdays and holidays, before the date of the meeting or any adjournment thereof.

 

17


The notice of meeting must state the business on the agenda in sufficient detail to permit the shareholders to form a reasoned judgment on it, and contain the text of any special resolution to be submitted to the meeting.

Irregularities in the notice of meeting or in its sending do not affect the validity of the meeting. Similarly, the unintentional failure to send a notice of meeting to a person entitled to it, or the failure to receive it by a person entitled to the notice, does not invalidate the resolutions passed at the meeting. In addition, the unintentional failure to include a matter to be discussed at the meeting in the notice does not prevent the meeting from discussing such business, unless the interests of a shareholder or director are or could be affected thereby.

 

72. Waiver

A shareholder or director may, in writing, waive notice of a shareholders meeting; waiver of the notice may be validly given before or after the meeting. Their attendance at the meeting is a waiver of notice of the meeting unless they attend the meeting for the sole purpose of objecting to the holding of the meeting on the grounds that it was not lawfully called or held.

 

73. Holding of or participation in meeting by electronic means

A shareholders meeting may be held solely by means of equipment enabling all participants to communicate directly with one another.

Furthermore, any person entitled to attend a shareholders meeting may participate in the meeting by means of any equipment enabling all participants to communicate directly with one another. A person participating in a meeting by such means is deemed to be present at the meeting.

Any shareholder participating in a shareholders meeting by means of equipment enabling all participants to communicate directly with one another may vote by any means enabling votes to be cast in a way that allows them to be verified afterwards and protects the secrecy of the vote when a secret ballot has been requested.

 

74. Quorum

A quorum of shareholders is present at a shareholders meeting if, at the opening of the meeting, one or several holders of 50% or more of the shares that carry the right to vote at the meeting are present in person or represented by proxy. The shareholders present in person or represented by proxy may discuss the business of such meeting, whether or not a quorum is maintained throughout the meeting.

In the absence of the quorum at the opening of a shareholders meeting, the shareholders present may adjourn the meeting to a specific day, time and place but may not transact any other business. Any matter that could have been brought before the adjourned meeting may then be brought before any adjournment thereof provided the quorum is duly constituted.

 

75. Meeting Chair and secretary

The Chair of the Board of the Corporation or, in his absence, the vice-chair of the Board, if any, or in his absence, the president and chief executive officer of the Corporation or any other person that may be named by the Board of Directors from time to time Chairs a shareholders meeting. The secretary of the Corporation acts as meeting secretary.

 

18


If the person who is to chair the meeting is not present at the meeting within 15 minutes after the time appointed for the meeting, the shareholders present choose one of their own to chair of the Board the meeting.

 

76. Procedure

The Chair of the meeting directs the meeting and ensures its orderly conduct. His decisions, including those relating to the validity of proxies, are final and binding on all the shareholders.

The Chair of a shareholders meeting must allow shareholders to raise and discuss, for a reasonable period of time, any matter the primary purpose of which relates to the business or affairs of the Corporation and which is not to enforce a personal claim or redress a personal grievance against the Corporation or its directors, officers or shareholders.

At a shareholders meeting, unless a vote is demanded, a declaration by the Chair of the Board of the meeting that a resolution of the shareholders has been carried and that an entry to that effect has been made in the minutes of the meeting is, in the absence of any evidence to the contrary, proof of that fact, without it being necessary to prove the number or proportion of the votes recorded for and against the resolution.

 

77. Voting

Unless otherwise provided in the articles, each share of the Corporation entitles the holder to one vote.

 

78. Majority decision

Unless otherwise provided in the law, the articles or the by-laws, a decision of the shareholders is adopted by ordinary resolution.

 

79. Tie-breaking vote

In the case of a tie, the Chair of the meeting has a tie-breaking vote.

 

80. Voting

Voting is conducted by a show of hands, open voice or secret ballot.

 

81. Voting by a show of hands

Voting is conducted by a show of hands unless an open voice vote or a ballot is demanded. In such a case, the shareholders or proxies vote by raising their hand and the number of votes is calculated according to the number of hands raised.

A proxyholder who has conflicting instructions from more than one shareholder may not vote by a show of hands.

 

82. Open voice voting

The Chair of the meeting, a shareholder or a proxyholder may demand an open voice vote unless a ballot has been demanded. In such a case, each shareholder or proxyholder verbally states his name, that of the shareholder or shareholders whose proxy he holds, the number of votes he holds and the breakdown of such votes.

 

19


83. Voting by secret ballot

Voting is conducted by secret ballot if the Chair of the meeting, a shareholder or a proxyholder so requests, in the manner indicated by the Chair of the meeting. Each shareholder or proxyholder gives the scrutineers a ballot indicating his name, that of the shareholder whose proxy he holds, the number of votes he holds and the breakdown of such votes.

A shareholder may demand a ballot either before or after a vote by show of hands. A demand for a secret ballot may be withdrawn any time before voting begins.

When voting is conducted by secret ballot, the meeting appoints one person to act as scrutineer.

 

84. Scrutineer

The Chair of any shareholders meeting can appoint one or two persons to act as scrutineers.

 

85. Voting by a group

A natural person authorized by a resolution of the Board of Directors or of the management of a shareholder who is a group may participate in and vote at a shareholders meeting.

 

86. Voting by the administrator of the property of others

A person acting for a shareholder as administrator of the property of others may participate in and vote at a shareholders meeting.

 

87. Voting by joint shareholders

If two or more persons hold shares jointly, one of those shareholders present at a shareholders meeting may, in the absence of the others, exercise the voting right attached to those shares. If more than one (1) shareholder are present, they shall vote as one shareholder.

 

88. Proxies

A shareholder may be represented at a shareholders meeting by a proxyholder. A shareholder so represented is deemed to be present at the meeting. Any person, whether or not a shareholder of the Corporation, may be appointed a proxyholder. A proxyholder has the same rights as the shareholder represented to speak at a shareholders meeting in respect of any matter and to vote at the meeting.

A proxy must be in writing and signed by the shareholder. In addition to the date, the proxy must include the name of the proxyholder and, if applicable, revoke any former proxy.

A proxy may also contain voting instructions which the proxyholder is required to follow. A proxy is not required to be witnessed.

 

20


Unless otherwise indicated, a proxy lapses one year after the date it is given. It may be revoked at any time.

A proxy may be in the following form:

“I, the undersigned shareholder of                     , hereby appoint                     or, in his absence,                     , as my proxy, with full power and authority to attend, vote at and otherwise act on my behalf at the annual (or special) meeting of the shareholders of the corporation which will take place at                 on the     day of             and at any adjournment thereof. I hereby revoke any former proxy.

Signed in             this     day of                     .

 

 

Shareholder’s signature”

A proxy may be filed with the secretary of the Corporation or any authorized person. A proxy mechanically reproduced or sent by fax or any other means of communication providing proof of the date of receipt is valid.

 

89. Preservation of ballots and proxies

The Corporation must, for at least three months after a shareholders meeting, keep at its head office the ballots cast and the proxies presented at the meeting. Any shareholder or proxyholder who was entitled to vote at the meeting may, without charge, inspect the ballots and proxies kept by the Corporation.

 

90. Adjournment

The Chair of the meeting may adjourn any shareholders meeting, with the consent of the shareholders present or represented by proxy. The Chair of the meeting may also adjourn a meeting ex officio if he believes it is impossible to conduct it in an orderly manner.

If a shareholders’ meeting is adjourned for less than thirty (30) days, it is not necessary to give notice of the adjourned meeting other than by announcement at the original meeting. If a shareholders’ meeting is adjourned by one or more adjournments for an aggregate of thirty (30) days or more, notice of the adjourned meeting must be given as for an original meeting.

The meeting is validly resumed if it is held on the date and at the time and place announced and if there is a quorum. In the absence of a quorum at the resumed meeting, the original meeting is deemed to have terminated immediately after its adjournment.

 

21


91. Signed resolution

A resolution in writing signed by all the shareholders entitled to vote on the resolution is as valid as if it had been passed at a shareholders meeting. The resolution must be kept with the minutes of the shareholders meetings and written resolutions.

The written resolutions that are signed electronically are as legally valid as a written signature.

 

K. SHARES AND CERTIFICATES

 

92. Issue of shares

Subject to the existence of a pre-emptive right granted to the shareholders, shares may be issued at the times, to the persons, including the directors or officers of the Corporation, and for the consideration the Board of Directors determines. In exercising this power, the Board of Directors may, by resolution, accept subscriptions, issue the unissued shares of the Corporation’s share capital and grant an exchange right, option or right to acquire shares of the Corporation.

 

93. Payment of shares

The shares of the Corporation may be issued whether or not they are fully paid. However, shares may only be considered paid if consideration equal to the issue price (which may not be less than the par value, if any, of the shares) determined by the Board of Directors has been paid to the Corporation.

Consideration for the shares issued by the Corporation is payable in money, or in property or past services determined by the Board of Directors to be the fair equivalent of the money consideration, considering all the circumstances.

A promissory note or a promise to pay made by a person to whom shares are issued, or a person who does not deal at arm’s length, within the meaning of that expression in the Taxation Act (R.S.Q., chapter I-3), with a person to whom shares are issued does not constitute consideration for the shares.

 

94. Share certificates

Shares issued by the Corporation may be certificated shares or uncertificated shares. A certificated share is represented by a paper certificate in registered form, and an uncertificated share is represented by an entry in the securities register in the name of the shareholder.

Unless otherwise provided in the articles of the Corporation, shares are issued as certificated shares unless the Board of Directors determines, by resolution, that the shares of any class or series of shares or certain shares of a class or series are to be issued as uncertificated shares.

The Board of Directors may also, by resolution, determine that certificated shares become uncertificated shares as soon as the paper certificate is surrendered to the Corporation.

 

22


95. Certificated shares

In the case of certificated shares, the Corporation must issue to the shareholder, without charge, a certificate in registered form. The Corporation is not required to issue more than one certificate for shares held jointly by two or more persons.

The Board of Directors adopts the form of the share certificate by resolution, as governed by the Act.

The share certificates of the Corporation must be signed by the secretary or by any director or any officer. This signature may be affixed by an automatic device or electronic process.

In the absence of any evidence to the contrary, the certificate is proof of the shareholder’s title to the shares represented by the certificate.

The seal is not required to be affixed to the share certificate.

 

96. Uncertificated shares

In the case of uncertificated shares, the Corporation must send the shareholder a written notice containing the information prescribed by the Act.

 

97. Damaged, lost or destroyed certificates

If a shareholder claims that a share certificate has been lost, wrongfully taken or destroyed, the Corporation must issue a new certificate if the shareholder:

 

  a) so requests before the Corporation has notice that the lost, wrongfully taken or allegedly destroyed share certificate has been delivered to a protected purchaser within the meaning of the Act respecting the transfer of securities and the establishment of security entitlements ;

 

  b) provides security sufficient in the Corporation’s judgment to protect the Corporation from any loss that the Corporation may suffer by issuing a new certificate; and

 

  c) satisfies any other reasonable requirements imposed by the Corporation.

 

98. Unpaid shares

Unless the terms of payment for shares are determined by contract, the Board of Directors may call for payment of all or part of the unpaid amounts on shares subscribed or held by the shareholders, the whole as provided by the Act.

 

99. Transfer of shares

The transfer of shares of the Corporation is governed by the Act respecting the transfer of securities and the establishment of security entitlements.

Shares that are not fully paid but for which no instalment is payable may only be transferred with the authorization of the Board of Directors. The directors must reasonably verify the acquirer’s ability to pay for the shares before authorizing the transfer.

A share may not be transferred until all instalments payable up to the time of transfer have been fully paid.

 

23


100. Transmission of shares

In the event of a transfer of shares by will, the Corporation may consider as entitled to exercise the rights of a deceased shareholder, an heir or personal representative of the heirs or of the succession of that shareholder, upon reception of sufficient proof of their appointment. That person is entitled to become the registered holder of the shares of the deceased or to designate those holders upon delivery to the Corporation of an affidavit or declaration setting out the conditions of the transfer and, as the case may be, of (a) an original of the decision concerning the probate of the will or the notarized minutes of the probate, or a copy of one of the aforementioned documents certified by the Court which rendered the decision or by the notary who prepared the minutes, or by a trust company constituted under provincial or federal legislation or by an attorney or notary acting on behalf of that person, (b) a certified true copy of the notarial will.

 

L. DIVIDENDS

 

101. Declaration of dividends

Unless otherwise provided in the articles, the Board of Directors may declare and the Corporation may pay a dividend either in money or property or by issuing fully paid shares or options or rights to acquire fully paid shares of the Corporation.

The Corporation may not declare and pay a dividend, except by issuing shares or options or rights to acquire shares, if there are reasonable grounds for believing that the Corporation is, or would after the payment be, unable to pay its liabilities as they become due.

The Corporation may deduct from the dividends payable to a shareholder any amount due to the Corporation by the shareholder, on account of calls for payment or otherwise.

 

102. Record Date

The Board of Directors may fix, in advance, in accordance with applicable securities regulations, a record date for the determination of the shareholders entitled to receive dividends.

 

M. FISCAL YEAR AND AUDITOR

 

103. Fiscal year

The fiscal year of the Corporation ends on December 31 or on the date set by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

104. Auditor

The shareholders of the Corporation appoint an auditor at each annual shareholders meeting. The auditor is appointed by ordinary resolution. The term of the auditor begins on appointment. The auditor’s remuneration is fixed by ordinary resolution of the shareholders at the time of appointment. If it is not fixed at that time, it is fixed by the Board of Directors.

The shareholders may, by ordinary resolution at a special meeting, remove the auditor from office. They may appoint a new auditor by ordinary resolution at the same meeting.

 

24


Subject to the shareholders’ right to fill the vacancy after removing an auditor, the Board of Directors fills a vacancy in the office of auditor without delay for the unexpired term.

 

105. Accountant

The shareholders of a corporation other than a reporting issuer may decide not to appoint an auditor. The decision must be made by unanimous resolution of the shareholders of the corporation, including shareholders not otherwise entitled to vote. The decision of the shareholders has effect only until the next annual shareholders meeting. It terminates the term of any auditor in office.

If the shareholders adopt such a resolution, the board of directors may decide to appoint until the next annual meeting one or more accountants to oversee the accounts and prepare the financial statements of the corporation. The board of directors fixes their remuneration.

If the accountant dies, resigns or is removed by the board of directors before the expiry of his term of office, the board of directors may fill the vacancy and appoint a replacement who will hold office for the unexpired portion of the term.

 

N. NOTICE

 

106. Shares registered in the name of more than one person (joint shareholders)

If two or more persons hold shares jointly, any notice or other document relating to such shares is sent to the first shareholder indicated in the Corporation’s securities register. Such notice or other document is deemed to have been sent to all the other shareholders.

 

107. Registered shareholder

Before due presentation for registration of transfer of a certificated share or the receipt of an instruction for registration of transfer of an uncertificated share, the Corporation may treat the shareholder registered in the securities register as the person exclusively entitled to receive notices or other documents.

 

108. Address of shareholders

A shareholder must provide the Corporation with an address to which all notices or documents for him are sent.

 

109. Signing of notices

Notices sent by the Corporation are signed by a director, officer or any other authorized person. Their signature may be affixed by an automatic device or electronic process.

 

110. Calculation of time limits

Unless otherwise provided in these by-laws, in computing any time limit fixed by the articles or these by-laws:

 

  a) the day which marks the start of the time limit is not counted, but the terminal day is counted;

 

25


  b) non-juridical days within the meaning of the Code of Civil Procedure are counted; but when the last day is a non-juridical day, the time limit is extended to the next following juridical day;

 

  c) Saturday is considered a non-juridical day.

 

O. OTHER PROVISIONS

 

111. Declarations in the enterprise register

A director, officer or any authorized person signs the declarations which must be sent by the Corporation to the enterprise registrar under the Act respecting the legal publicity of enterprises.

 

112. By-laws

Unless otherwise provided for in the unanimous shareholder agreement, the Board of Directors adopts the Corporation’s by-laws. The by-laws are effective as of the date of the resolution of the board. The by-laws must be submitted to the shareholders for approval at the next shareholders meeting, and the shareholders may, by ordinary resolution, ratify, reject or amend them. They cease to be effective at the close of the meeting if they are rejected by or not submitted to the shareholders.

The rules of this section apply, with the necessary modifications to the amendment or repeal of by-laws.

Any new by-law adopted by the Board of Directors that has substantially the same purpose or effect as a by-law previously rejected by or not submitted to the shareholders at the meeting is not effective until confirmed by the shareholders.

Adopted by the Board of Directors on October 27, 2011 and ratified by the shareholders on October 27, 2011.

 

 

Vice-President and Secretary

 

26

Exhibit 1.22

[TRANSLATION]

[Logo of Québec Registrar]

 

 

CERTIFICATE OF CONSTITUTION

Business Corporations Act

I hereby certify that the Corporation

9253-1920 QUÉBEC INC.

has been constituted on October 27 th , 2011 at 0:00 a.m. under the Business Corporations Act, as indicated in the Articles of Constitution attached hereto.

 

[ Seal of Québec Registrar ]   

Filed in the register on October 27 th , 2011

under the Quebec business number 1167756767

   [Signed]

 

Acting Enterprise
Registrar

 

LOGO


LOGO   

Name: QUEBECOR MÉDIA INC.

Québec Enterprise Number

(NEQ) 1149501992

Demand No.: 020200003483954   

Articles of Constitution

Acknowledgement of receipt

The request was transmitted with success on October 27, 2011 at 11:06 a.m 1 sec.

The reference number is 020200003483954.

Thank you for using our online services.

 

Name of the Corporation
  A designated number for the Corporation will be transmitted to you upon review of your request.
Address of the Corporation
  Address    612 Saint-Jacques Street
     Montréal Québec H3C 4M8
     Canada
Directors
  Number of Directors    1 to 10
  Name    Dépatie, Robert
  Address    135 de l’Ile-Ducharme Street Rosemère (Québec)
     J7A 4H8 Canada
  Name    Marsan, Marie-Josée
  Address    9830 Millen Avenue Montréal (Québec) H2C 2E3 Canada
  Name    Tremblay, Marc M.
  Address    651 Victoria Av. Westmount (Québec) H3Y 2R8
     Canada


Share capital and Restrictions

Authorized share capital

File name

SCHEDULE A.pdf

Restrictions on the transfer of instruments or shares and other provisions

File name

SCHEDULE B.pdf

Restrictions on business activity

None

Founders

 

Last name and first name

   Name    Constituting Act   

Address

Loyer, Nathalie          612 Saint-Jacques Street, 18th Floor Montréal QC H3C 4M8 Canada

Effective Date and Time of the Articles

 

Effective Date    October 27, 2011
Effective Time    0:00 am

Québec


[Translation]

SCHEDULE A

SHARE CAPITAL

The unlimited share capital of the Corporation shall consist of seven (7) classes of shares, which shall carry the following rights:

A) CLASS “A” COMMON SHARES: The number of Class “A” Common Shares is unlimited, and the consideration paid into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to such shares is also unlimited; Class “A” Common Shares shall have no par value and shall carry the following rights, privileges, conditions and restrictions:

1) Dividend and Participation. Subject to the rights and privileges conferred by the other classes of shares, the holders of Class “A” Common Shares shall be entitled to:

 

  (a) participate in the property, profits and surplus assets of the Corporation and, to that end, receive any dividend declared by the Corporation, the amount, timing and terms of payment of which are at the sole discretion of the Board of Directors; and

 

  (b) share in the remaining property of the Corporation upon liquidation or winding-up, whether or not voluntary, dissolution or any other distribution of the property of the Corporation.

2) Restriction. In addition to the restrictions set forth in Sections 95 and 104 of the Business Corporations Act (Québec) (the “Act”), the Corporation may neither pay a dividend on Class “A” Common Shares nor purchase any such shares by private agreement if, as a result thereof, the book value of the net assets of the Corporation would be insufficient to redeem the Classes “B,” “C,” “D,” “E,” “F” and “G” Shares.

3) Voting Right. The holders of Class “A” Common Shares shall be entitled to receive notice of, attend and vote at meetings of shareholders of the Corporation, except meetings at which only the holders of another class of shares are entitled to vote, and each Class “A” Common Share shall entitle the holder thereof to one (1) vote.

B) CLASS “B” PREFERRED SHARES: The number of Class “B” Preferred Shares is unlimited, and the consideration paid into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to such shares is also unlimited; Class “B” Preferred Shares shall have no par value and shall carry the following rights, privileges, conditions and restrictions:

1) Ranking of Class “B” Preferred Shares. Class “B” Preferred Shares shall have priority over the Common Shares and the Classes “C,” “D,” “E,” and “F” Preferred Shares, but not over the Class “G” Preferred Shares with respect to the order of payment of dividends and the distribution of the assets of the Corporation in the event of the liquidation, winding-up or dissolution of the Corporation, whether or not voluntary, or any other distribution of the assets of the Corporation among its shareholders for the purpose of winding up its affairs.

2) Right to Dividends. The holders of Class “B” Preferred Shares shall be entitled to receive, every year, in such manner and at such time as the Board of Directors may declare, a non-cumulative dividend at the fixed rate of 1% per month, calculated on the redemption price of the Class “B” Preferred Shares, payable in cash, property or through the issuance of fully paid shares of any class of the Corporation.

 

 

Page 1 of 18


3) Repayment. If, for any reason, including in the event of dissolution or liquidation or winding-up of the Corporation, whether or not voluntary, some or all of the assets of the Corporation are distributed among the shareholders, each holder of Class “B” Preferred Shares shall be entitled to repayment of the amount paid for the Class “B” Preferred Shares into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to the Class “B” Preferred Shares.

4) No Voting Right. Subject to the provisions of the Act or as otherwise expressly provided, the holders of Class “B” Preferred Shares shall not be entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at the meeting of shareholders of the Corporation.

5) Redemption Right. The Corporation shall be entitled, at its discretion, subject to the provisions of the Act in this regard, to redeem at any time all or from time to time part of the Class “B” Preferred Shares then outstanding upon giving notice to that effect, on payment to the holders of the Class “B” Preferred Shares of an aggregate redemption price equal to the consideration received by the Corporation at the time the Class “B” Preferred Shares were issued.

The Corporation shall, at least one (1) business day prior to the date fixed for redemption (the “Redemption Date”), give written notice, to each then registered holder of Class “B” Preferred Shares, of the Corporation’s intention to redeem such shares. Such notice shall set out the date and place at which the redemption is to take place and where payment is to occur and, in the case of partial redemption, the number of shares of each such holder of Class “B” Preferred Shares to be redeemed. If notice of redemption is given as aforesaid and an amount sufficient to redeem the Class “B” Preferred Shares called for redemption is deposited with the Corporation’s bankers or at any other place specified in the notice, on or before the Redemption Date, the holders of Class “B” Preferred Shares shall, after the Redemption Date, no longer have any right in or against the Corporation, except the right to receive payment of the Redemption Price and any accrued but unpaid dividends on such Class “B” Preferred Shares being redeemed, upon presentation and surrender of the certificates representing such number of shares to be redeemed.

6) Retraction Right. Subject to the Act, each holder of Class “B” Preferred Shares shall be entitled, at any time and at such holder’s discretion, upon written notice, to require the Corporation to redeem all or part of such holder’s shares at a price equal to the “Redemption Value,” as described below, plus the amount of dividends declared but unpaid, if any, on the Class “B” Preferred Shares.

a) Redemption Value

The “Redemption Value” of each share corresponds to the amount paid for such share into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to the Class “B” Preferred Shares, plus a premium equal to the amount by which the fair market value of the consideration received by the Corporation at the time such Class “B” Preferred Share was issued exceeds the total of:

(i) the amount paid for such share into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to the Class “B” Preferred Shares; and

 

 

Page 2 of 18


(ii) the fair market value of any property, other than a Class “B” Preferred Share, given by the Corporation in payment of such consideration.

b) Determination of Fair Market Value of the Consideration

Upon issuance of the Class “B” Preferred Shares, the Corporation and each subscriber of Class “B” Preferred Shares shall determine, by mutual consent and in good faith, based on a method deemed fair and reasonable, the fair market value of each of the assets that form part of the consideration received by the Corporation at the time the Class “B” Preferred Shares are issued.

c) Adjustment of the Premium in Case of a Disagreement with the Department of Revenue

In the event of a disagreement with the federal or provincial department of revenue, or both, with respect to the appraisal of the fair market value of one or more of the assets that form part of the consideration received by the Corporation at the time the Class “B” Preferred Shares are issued, the appraisal by such department shall prevail. The amount of the premium relating to the redemption of the Class “B” Preferred Shares shall be adjusted accordingly if the department in question provides the Corporation and each holder of Class “B” Preferred Shares, or, where all of the shares are redeemed, the Corporation and each former holder of Class “B” Preferred Shares, with the opportunity to contest the appraisal with the department or before the courts. Where the federal and provincial appraisals differ, the amount of the premium shall be equal to the lower appraisal established in accordance with an uncontested assessment or another final judgment, as the case may be.

If, before the Redemption Value provided for in the foregoing sentence is adjusted, the Corporation pays, in cash or any other form of consideration, to a holder of Class “B” Preferred Shares, in connection with a redemption, retraction or purchase of Class “B” Preferred Shares, a sum for the Class “B” Preferred Shares that differs from the adjusted Redemption Value, the holder or the Corporation, as the case may be, shall immediately pay to the holder or the Corporation, as the case may be, the difference between the amount paid in connection with the redemption, retraction or purchase and the adjusted Redemption Value. Moreover, if, at the time of the adjustment, dividends have already been declared and paid on the Class “B” Preferred Shares, such dividends shall be adjusted so as to reflect the adjustment of the Redemption Value.

7) Right to Purchase by Private Agreement. Subject to the Act, the Corporation may, at any time, without giving notice and without taking into consideration the other classes of shares, purchase by private agreement and at the best possible price all or part of the issued and outstanding Class “B” Preferred Shares. However, such purchase price shall never exceed the Redemption Value mentioned above or the book value of the net assets of the Corporation.

C) CLASS “C” PREFERRED SHARES: The number of Class “C” Preferred Shares is unlimited, and the consideration paid into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to such shares is also unlimited; Class “C” Preferred Shares shall have no par value and shall carry the following rights, privileges, conditions and restrictions:

1) Ranking of Class “C” Preferred Shares. Class “C” Preferred Shares shall have priority over the Common Shares and the Classes “D,” “E” and “F” Preferred Shares, but not over the Classes “B” and “G” Preferred Shares with respect to the order of payment of dividends and the distribution of the

 

 

Page 3 of 18


assets of the Corporation in the event of the liquidation, winding-up or dissolution of the Corporation, whether or not voluntary, or any other distribution of the assets of the Corporation among its shareholders for the purpose of winding up its affairs.

2) Right to Dividends. The holders of Class “C” Preferred Shares shall be entitled to receive, every year, in such manner and at such time as the Board of Directors may declare, a non-cumulative dividend at the fixed rate of 1% per month, calculated on the redemption price of the Class “C” Preferred Shares, payable in cash, property or through the issuance of fully paid shares of any class of the Corporation.

3) Repayment. If, for any reason, including in the event of dissolution or liquidation or winding-up of the Corporation, whether or not voluntary, some or all of the assets of the Corporation are distributed among the shareholders, each holder of Class “C” Preferred Shares shall be entitled to repayment of the amount paid for the Class “C” Preferred Shares into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to the Class “C” Preferred Shares.

4) No Voting Right. Subject to the provisions of the Act or as otherwise expressly provided, the holders of Class “C” Preferred Shares shall not be entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at the meeting of shareholders of the Corporation.

5) Redemption Right. The Corporation shall be entitled, at its discretion, subject to the provisions of the Act in this regard, to redeem at any time all or from time to time part of the Class “C” Preferred Shares then outstanding upon giving notice to that effect, on payment to the holders of the Class “C” Preferred Shares of an aggregate redemption price equal to the consideration received by the Corporation at the time the Class “C” Preferred Shares were issued.

The Corporation shall, at least one (1) business day prior to the date fixed for redemption (the “Redemption Date”), give written notice, to each then registered holder of Class “C” Preferred Shares, of the Corporation’s intention to redeem such shares. Such notice shall set out the date and place at which the redemption is to take place and where payment is to occur and, in the case of partial redemption, the number of shares of each such holder of Class “C” Preferred Shares to be redeemed. If notice of redemption is given as aforesaid and an amount sufficient to redeem the Class “C” Preferred Shares called for redemption is deposited with the Corporation’s bankers or at any other place specified in the notice, on or before the Redemption Date, the holders of Class “C” Preferred Shares shall, after the Redemption Date, no longer have any right in or against the Corporation, except the right to receive payment of the Redemption Price and any accrued but unpaid dividends on such Class “C” Preferred Shares being redeemed, upon presentation and surrender of the certificates representing such number of shares to be redeemed.

6) Retraction Right. Subject to the Act, each holder of Class “C” Preferred Shares shall be entitled, at any time and at such holder’s discretion, upon written notice, to require the Corporation to redeem all or part of such holder’s shares at a price equal to the “Redemption Value,” as described below, plus the amount of dividends declared but unpaid, if any, on the Class “C” Preferred Shares.

a) Redemption Value

The “Redemption Value” of each share corresponds to the amount paid for such share into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to the Class “C” Preferred

 

 

Page 4 of 18


Shares, plus a premium equal to the amount by which the fair market value of the consideration received by the Corporation at the time such Class “C” Preferred Share was issued exceeds the total of:

(i) the amount paid for such share into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to the Class “C” Preferred Shares; and

(ii) the fair market value of any property, other than a Class “C” Share, given by the Corporation in payment of such consideration.

b) Determination of Fair Market Value of the Consideration

Upon issuance of the Class “C” Preferred Shares, the Corporation and each subscriber of Class “C” Preferred Shares shall determine, by mutual consent and in good faith, based on a method deemed fair and reasonable, the fair market value of each of the assets that form part of the consideration received by the Corporation at the time the Class “C” Preferred Shares are issued.

c) Adjustment of the Premium in Case of a Disagreement with the Department of Revenue

In the event of a disagreement with the federal or provincial department of revenue, or both, with respect to the appraisal of the fair market value of one or more of the assets that form part of the consideration received by the Corporation at the time the Class “C” Preferred Shares are issued, the appraisal by such department shall prevail. The amount of the premium relating to the redemption of the Class “C” Preferred Shares shall be adjusted accordingly if the department in question provides the Corporation and each holder of Class “C” Preferred Shares, or, where all of the shares are redeemed, the Corporation and each former holder of Class “C” Preferred Shares, with the opportunity to contest the appraisal with the department or before the courts. Where the federal and provincial appraisals differ, the amount of the premium shall be equal to the lower appraisal established in accordance with an uncontested assessment or another final judgment, as the case may be.

If, before the Redemption Value provided for in the foregoing sentence is adjusted, the Corporation pays, in cash or any other form of consideration, to a holder of Class “C” Preferred Shares, in connection with a redemption, retraction or purchase of Class “C” Preferred Shares, a sum for the Class “C” Preferred Shares that differs from the adjusted Redemption Value, the holder or the Corporation, as the case may be, shall immediately pay to the holder or the Corporation, as the case may be, the difference between the amount paid in connection with the redemption, retraction or purchase and the adjusted Redemption Value. Moreover, if, at the time of the adjustment, dividends have already been declared and paid on the Class “C” Preferred Shares, such dividends shall be adjusted so as to reflect the adjustment of the Redemption Value.

7) Right to Purchase by Private Agreement. Subject to the Act, the Corporation may, at any time, without giving notice and without taking into consideration the other classes of shares, purchase by private agreement and at the best possible price all or part of the issued and outstanding Class “C” Preferred Shares. However, such purchase price shall never exceed the Redemption Value mentioned above or the book value of the net assets of the Corporation.

 

 

Page 5 of 18


D) CLASS “D” PREFERRED SHARES: The number of Class “D” Preferred Shares is unlimited, and the consideration paid into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to such shares is also unlimited; Class “D” Preferred Shares shall have no par value and shall carry the following rights, privileges, conditions and restrictions:

1) Ranking of Class “D” Preferred Shares. Class “D” Preferred Shares shall have priority over the Common Shares and the Classes “E” and “F” Preferred Shares, but not over the Classes “B,” “C” and “G” Preferred Shares with respect to the order of payment of dividends and the distribution of the assets of the Corporation in the event of the liquidation, winding-up or dissolution of the Corporation, whether or not voluntary, or any other distribution of the assets of the Corporation among its shareholders for the purpose of winding up its affairs.

2) Right to Dividends. The holders of Class “D” Preferred Shares shall be entitled to receive, every year, in such manner and at such time as the Board of Directors may declare, a non-cumulative dividend at the fixed rate of 1% per month, calculated on the redemption price of the Class “D” Preferred Shares, payable in cash, property or through the issuance of fully paid shares of any class of the Corporation.

3) Repayment. If, for any reason, including in the event of dissolution or liquidation or winding-up of the Corporation, whether or not voluntary, some or all of the assets of the Corporation are distributed among the shareholders, each holder of Class “D” Preferred Shares shall be entitled to repayment of the amount paid for the Class “D” Preferred Shares into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to the Class “D” Preferred Shares.

4) No Voting Right. Subject to the provisions of the Act or as otherwise expressly provided, the holders of Class “D” Preferred Shares shall not be entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at the meeting of shareholders of the Corporation.

5) Redemption Right. The Corporation shall be entitled, at its discretion, subject to the provisions of the Act in this regard, to redeem at any time all or from time to time part of the Class “D” Preferred Shares then outstanding upon giving notice to that effect, on payment to the holders of the Class “D” Preferred Shares of an aggregate redemption price equal to the consideration received by the Corporation at the time the Class “D” Preferred Shares were issued.

The Corporation shall, at least one (1) business day prior to the date fixed for redemption (the “Redemption Date”), give written notice, to each then registered holder of Class “D” Preferred Shares, of the Corporation’s intention to redeem such shares. Such notice shall set out the date and place at which the redemption is to take place and where payment is to occur and, in the case of partial redemption, the number of shares of each such holder of Class “D” Preferred Shares to be redeemed. If notice of redemption is given as aforesaid and an amount sufficient to redeem the Class “D” Preferred Shares called for redemption is deposited with the Corporation’s bankers or at any other place specified in the notice, on or before the Redemption Date, the holders of Class “D” Preferred Shares shall, after the Redemption Date, no longer have any right in or against the Corporation, except the right to receive payment of the Redemption Price and any accrued but unpaid dividends on such Class “D” Preferred Shares being redeemed, upon presentation and surrender of the certificates representing such number of shares to be redeemed.

 

 

Page 6 of 18


6) Retraction Right. Subject to the Act, each holder of Class “D” Preferred Shares shall be entitled, at any time and at such holder’s discretion, upon written notice, to require the Corporation to redeem all or part of such holder’s shares at a price equal to the “Redemption Value,” as described below, plus the amount of dividends declared but unpaid, if any, on the Class “D” Preferred Shares.

a) Redemption Value

The “Redemption Value” of each share corresponds to the amount paid for such share into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to the Class “D” Preferred Shares, plus a premium equal to the amount by which the fair market value of the consideration received by the Corporation at the time such Class “D” Preferred Share was issued exceeds the total of:

(i) the amount paid for such share into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to the Class “D” Preferred Shares; and

(ii) the fair market value of any property, other than a Class “D” Preferred Share, given by the Corporation in payment of such consideration.

b) Determination of Fair Market Value of the Consideration

Upon issuance of the Class “D” Preferred Shares, the Corporation and each subscriber of Class “D” Preferred Shares shall determine, by mutual consent and in good faith, based on a method deemed fair and reasonable, the fair market value of each of the assets that form part of the consideration received by the Corporation at the time the Class “D” Preferred Shares are issued.

c) Adjustment of the Premium in Case of a Disagreement with the Department of Revenue

In the event of a disagreement with the federal or provincial department of revenue, or both, with respect to the appraisal of the fair market value of one or more of the assets that form part of the consideration received by the Corporation at the time the Class “D” Preferred Shares are issued, the appraisal by such department shall prevail. The amount of the premium relating to the redemption of the Class “D” Preferred Shares shall be adjusted accordingly if the department in question provides the Corporation and each holder of Class “D” Preferred Shares, or, where all of the shares are redeemed, the Corporation and each former holder of Class “D” Preferred Shares, with the opportunity to contest the appraisal with the department or before the courts. Where the federal and provincial appraisals differ, the amount of the premium shall be equal to the lower appraisal established in accordance with an uncontested assessment or another final judgment, as the case may be.

If, before the Redemption Value provided for in the foregoing sentence is adjusted, the Corporation pays, in cash or any other form of consideration, to a holder of Class “D” Preferred Shares, in connection with a redemption, retraction or purchase of Class “D” Preferred Shares, a sum for the Class “D” Preferred Shares that differs from the adjusted Redemption Value, the holder or the Corporation, as the case may be, shall immediately pay to the holder or the Corporation, as the case may be, the difference between the amount paid in connection with the redemption, retraction or purchase and the adjusted Redemption Value. Moreover, if, at the time of the adjustment, dividends have already been declared and paid on the Class “D” Preferred Shares, such dividends shall be adjusted so as to reflect the adjustment of the Redemption Value.

 

 

Page 7 of 18


7) Right to Purchase by Private Agreement. Subject to the Act, the Corporation may, at any time, without giving notice and without taking into consideration the other classes of shares, purchase by private agreement and at the best possible price all or part of the issued and outstanding Class “D” Preferred Shares. However, such purchase price shall never exceed the Redemption Value mentioned above or the book value of the net assets of the Corporation.

E) CLASS “E” PREFERRED SHARES: The number of Class “E” Preferred Shares is unlimited, and the consideration paid into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to such shares is also unlimited; Class “E” Preferred Shares shall have no par value and shall carry the following rights, privileges, conditions and restrictions:

1) Ranking of Class “E” Preferred Shares. Class “E” Preferred Shares shall have priority over the Common Shares and the Class “F” Preferred Shares, but not over the Classes “B,” “C,” “D” and “G” Preferred Shares with respect to the order of payment of dividends and the distribution of the assets of the Corporation in the event of the liquidation, winding-up or dissolution of the Corporation, whether or not voluntary, or any other distribution of the assets of the Corporation among its shareholders for the purpose of winding up its affairs.

2) Right to Dividends. The holders of Class “E” Preferred Shares shall be entitled to receive, every year, in such manner and at such time as the Board of Directors may declare, a non-cumulative dividend at the fixed rate of 1% per month, calculated on the redemption price of the Class “E” Preferred Shares, payable in cash, property or through the issuance of fully paid shares of any class of the Corporation.

3) Repayment. If, for any reason, including in the event of dissolution or liquidation or winding-up of the Corporation, whether or not voluntary, some or all of the assets of the Corporation are distributed among the shareholders, each holder of Class “E” Preferred Shares shall be entitled to repayment of the amount paid for the Class “E” Preferred Shares into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to the Class “E” Preferred Shares.

4) No Voting Right. Subject to the provisions of the Act or as otherwise expressly provided, the holders of Class “E” Preferred Shares shall not be entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at the meeting of shareholders of the Corporation.

5) Redemption Right. The Corporation shall be entitled, at its discretion, subject to the provisions of the Act in this regard, to redeem at any time all or from time to time part of the Class “E” Preferred Shares then outstanding upon giving notice to that effect, on payment to the holders of the Class “E” Preferred Shares of an aggregate redemption price equal to the consideration received by the Corporation at the time the Class “E” Preferred Shares were issued.

The Corporation shall, at least one (1) business day prior to the date fixed for redemption (the “Redemption Date”), give written notice, to each then registered holder of Class “E” Preferred Shares, of the Corporation’s intention to redeem such shares. Such notice shall set out the date and place at which the redemption is to take place and where payment is to occur and, in the case of partial redemption, the number of shares of each such holder of Class “E” Preferred Shares to be redeemed. If

 

 

Page 8 of 18


notice of redemption is given as aforesaid and an amount sufficient to redeem the Class “E” Preferred Shares called for redemption is deposited with the Corporation’s bankers or at any other place specified in the notice, on or before the Redemption Date, the holders of Class “E” Preferred Shares shall, after the Redemption Date, no longer have any right in or against the Corporation, except the right to receive payment of the Redemption Price and any accrued but unpaid dividends on such Class “E” Preferred Shares being redeemed, upon presentation and surrender of the certificates representing such number of shares to be redeemed.

6) Retraction Right. Subject to the Act, each holder of Class “E” Preferred Shares shall be entitled, at any time and at such holder’s discretion, upon written notice, to require the Corporation to redeem all or part of such holder’s shares at a price equal to the “Redemption Value,” as described below, plus the amount of dividends declared but unpaid, if any, on the Class “E” Preferred Shares.

a) Redemption Value

The “Redemption Value” of each share corresponds to the amount paid for such share into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to the Class “E” Preferred Shares, plus a premium equal to the amount by which the fair market value of the consideration received by the Corporation at the time such Class “E” Preferred Share was issued exceeds the total of:

(i) the amount paid for such share into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to the Class “E” Preferred Shares; and

(ii) the fair market value of any property, other than a Class “E” Preferred Share, given by the Corporation in payment of such consideration.

b) Determination of Fair Market Value of the Consideration

Upon issuance of the Class “E” Preferred Shares, the Corporation and each subscriber of Class “E” Preferred Shares shall determine, by mutual consent and in good faith, based on a method deemed fair and reasonable, the fair market value of each of the assets that form part of the consideration received by the Corporation at the time the Class “E” Preferred Shares are issued.

c) Adjustment of the Premium in Case of a Disagreement with the Department of Revenue

In the event of a disagreement with the federal or provincial department of revenue, or both, with respect to the appraisal of the fair market value of one or more of the assets that form part of the consideration received by the Corporation at the time the Class “E” Preferred Shares are issued, the appraisal by such department shall prevail. The amount of the premium relating to the redemption of the Class “E” Preferred Shares shall be adjusted accordingly if the department in question provides the Corporation and each holder of Class “E” Preferred Shares, or, where all of the shares are redeemed, the Corporation and each former holder of Class “E” Preferred Shares, with the opportunity to contest the appraisal with the department or before the courts. Where the federal and provincial appraisals differ, the amount of the premium shall be equal to the lower appraisal established in accordance with an uncontested assessment or another final judgment, as the case may be.

 

 

Page 9 of 18


If, before the Redemption Value provided for in the foregoing sentence is adjusted, the Corporation pays, in cash or any other form of consideration, to a holder of Class “E” Preferred Shares, in connection with a redemption, retraction or purchase of Class “E” Preferred Shares, a sum for the Class “E” Preferred Shares that differs from the adjusted Redemption Value, the holder or the Corporation, as the case may be, shall immediately pay to the holder or the Corporation, as the case may be, the difference between the amount paid in connection with the redemption, retraction or purchase and the adjusted Redemption Value. Moreover, if, at the time of the adjustment, dividends have already been declared and paid on the Class “E” Preferred Shares, such dividends shall be adjusted so as to reflect the adjustment of the Redemption Value.

7) Right to Purchase by Private Agreement. Subject to the Act, the Corporation may, at any time, without giving notice and without taking into consideration the other classes of shares, purchase by private agreement and at the best possible price all or part of the issued and outstanding Class “E” Preferred Shares. However, such purchase price shall never exceed the Redemption Value mentioned above or the book value of the net assets of the Corporation.

F) CLASS “F” PREFERRED SHARES: The number of Class “F” Preferred Shares is unlimited, and the consideration paid into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to such shares is also unlimited; Class “F” Preferred Shares shall have no par value and shall carry the following rights, privileges, conditions and restrictions:

1) Ranking of Class “F” Preferred Shares. Class “F” Preferred Shares shall have priority over the Common Shares, but not over the Classes “B,” “C,” “D,” “E” and “G” Preferred Shares with respect to the order of payment of dividends and the distribution of the assets of the Corporation in the event of the liquidation, winding-up or dissolution of the Corporation, whether or not voluntary, or any other distribution of the assets of the Corporation among its shareholders for the purpose of winding up its affairs.

2) Right to Dividends. The holders of Class “F” Preferred Shares shall be entitled to receive, every year, in such manner and at such time as the Board of Directors may declare, a non-cumulative dividend at the fixed rate of 1% per month, calculated on the redemption price of the Class “F” Preferred Shares, payable in cash, property or through the issuance of fully paid shares of any class of the Corporation.

3) Repayment. If, for any reason, including in the event of dissolution or liquidation or winding-up of the Corporation, whether or not voluntary, some or all of the assets of the Corporation are distributed among the shareholders, each holder of Class “F” Preferred Shares shall be entitled to repayment of the amount paid for the Class “F” Preferred Shares into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to the Class “F” Preferred Shares.

4) No Voting Right. Subject to the provisions of the Act or as otherwise expressly provided, the holders of Class “F” Preferred Shares shall not be entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at the meeting of shareholders of the Corporation.

5) Redemption Right. The Corporation shall be entitled, at its discretion, subject to the provisions of the Act in this regard, to redeem at any time all or from time to time part of the Class “F” Preferred Shares then outstanding upon giving notice to that effect, on payment to the holders of the Class “F” Preferred Shares of an aggregate redemption price equal to the consideration received by the Corporation at the time the Class “F” Preferred Shares were issued.

 

 

Page 10 of 18


The Corporation shall, at least one (1) business day prior to the date fixed for redemption (the “Redemption Date”), give written notice, to each then registered holder of Class “F” Preferred Shares, of the Corporation’s intention to redeem such shares. Such notice shall set out the date and place at which the redemption is to take place and where payment is to occur and, in the case of partial redemption, the number of shares of each such holder of Class “F” Preferred Shares to be redeemed. If notice of redemption is given as aforesaid and an amount sufficient to redeem the Class “F” Preferred Shares called for redemption is deposited with the Corporation’s bankers or at any other place specified in the notice, on or before the Redemption Date, the holders of Class “F” Preferred Shares shall, after the Redemption Date, no longer have any right in or against the Corporation, except the right to receive payment of the Redemption Price and any accrued but unpaid dividends on such Class “F” Preferred Shares being redeemed, upon presentation and surrender of the certificates representing such number of shares to be redeemed.

6) Retraction Right. Subject to the Act, each holder of Class “F” Preferred Shares shall be entitled, at any time and at such holder’s discretion, upon written notice, to require the Corporation to redeem all or part of such holder’s shares at a price equal to the “Redemption Value,” as described below, plus the amount of dividends declared but unpaid, if any, on the Class “F” Preferred Shares.

a) Redemption Value

The “Redemption Value” of each share corresponds to the amount paid for such share into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to the Class “F” Preferred Shares, plus a premium equal to the amount by which the fair market value of the consideration received by the Corporation at the time such Class “F” Preferred Share was issued exceeds the total of:

(i) the amount paid for such share into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to the Class “F” Preferred Shares; and

(ii) the fair market value of any property, other than a Class “F” Preferred Share, given by the Corporation in payment of such consideration.

b) Determination of Fair Market Value of the Consideration

Upon issuance of the Class “F” Preferred Shares, the Corporation and each subscriber of Class “F” Preferred Shares shall determine, by mutual consent and in good faith, based on a method deemed fair and reasonable, the fair market value of each of the assets that form part of the consideration received by the Corporation at the time the Class “F” Preferred Shares are issued.

c) Adjustment of the Premium in Case of a Disagreement with the Department of Revenue

In the event of a disagreement with the federal or provincial department of revenue, or both, with respect to the appraisal of the fair market value of one or more of the assets that form part of the consideration received by the Corporation at the time the Class “F” Preferred Shares are issued, the appraisal by such department shall prevail. The amount of the premium relating to the redemption

 

 

Page 11 of 18


of the Class “F” Preferred Shares shall be adjusted accordingly if the department in question provides the Corporation and each holder of Class “F” Preferred Shares, or, where all of the shares are redeemed, the Corporation and each former holder of Class “F” Preferred Shares, with the opportunity to contest the appraisal with the department or before the courts. Where the federal and provincial appraisals differ, the amount of the premium shall be equal to the lower appraisal established in accordance with an uncontested assessment or another final judgment, as the case may be.

If, before the Redemption Value provided for in the foregoing sentence is adjusted, the Corporation pays, in cash or any other form of consideration, to a holder of Class “F” Preferred Shares, in connection with a redemption, retraction or purchase of Class “F” Preferred Shares, a sum for the Class “F” Preferred Shares that differs from the adjusted Redemption Value, the holder or the Corporation, as the case may be, shall immediately pay to the holder or the Corporation, as the case may be, the difference between the amount paid in connection with the redemption, retraction or purchase and the adjusted Redemption Value. Moreover, if, at the time of the adjustment, dividends have already been declared and paid on the Class “F” Preferred Shares, such dividends shall be adjusted so as to reflect the adjustment of the Redemption Value.

7) Right to Purchase by Private Agreement. Subject to the Act, the Corporation may, at any time, without giving notice and without taking into consideration the other classes of shares, purchase by private agreement and at the best possible price all or part of the issued and outstanding Class “F” Preferred Shares. However, such purchase price shall never exceed the Redemption Value mentioned above or the book value of the net assets of the Corporation.

G) CLASS “G” PREFERRED SHARES: The number of Class “G” Preferred Shares is unlimited, and the consideration paid into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to such shares is also unlimited. Class “G” Preferred Shares shall have no par value and shall carry the following rights, privileges, conditions and restrictions:

1) Ranking of Class “G” Preferred Shares. Class “G” Preferred Shares shall have priority over the Class “A” Common Shares and the other shares of the Corporation with respect to the order of payment of dividends and the distribution of the assets of the Corporation in the event of the liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation, whether or not voluntary, or any other distribution of the assets of the Corporation among its shareholders for the purpose of winding up its affairs.

2) Right to Dividends. The holders of record of the Class “G” Preferred Shares shall be entitled to receive, in each fiscal year of the Corporation, a fixed cumulative preferential dividend at the rate of 11.25% per annum per share, calculated daily on the Redemption Price (as defined below) of the Class “G” Preferred Shares. Such dividends shall be cumulative from the respective date of issue of each Class “G” Preferred Share.

For greater certainty, it is hereby declared that (a) wherever it is used in this Section 2, the expression “dividend at the rate of 11.25% per annum per share” shall mean, with respect to the Class “G” Preferred Shares, a dividend calculated at such rate for at least the number of days during which such share was outstanding in the fiscal year with respect to which the calculation is being made and (b) nothing herein contained or implied shall require prorating of dividends with respect to any share not outstanding during the entire period for or with respect to which such dividends are accrued.

 

 

Page 12 of 18


However, the directors of the Corporation may, at their discretion, prorate dividends with respect to any share not outstanding for the entire period for or with respect to which dividends are accrued if such right to prorate dividends was reserved by the Corporation at the time such shares were issued.

All dividends declared on the Class “G” Preferred Shares shall be payable semi-annually on a cumulative basis on the 20th day of the months of June and December in every year, at such place as the directors of the Corporation may determine, in cash or by certified cheque, bank draft or wire transfer, provided that, in respect of any payment of dividends denominated in a currency other than Canadian dollars, the applicable exchange rate shall be that published by the Bank of Canada in effect on the date of payment.

The holders of Class “G” Preferred Shares shall be entitled to receive only the aforementioned dividends. No dividends may be paid on any shares ranking junior to the Class “G” Preferred Shares, unless all dividends that have become payable on the Class “G” Preferred Shares have been paid or set aside for payment.

3) Liquidation or Winding-Up. In the event of the liquidation, winding-up, dissolution or reorganization of the Corporation or any other distribution of its assets among its shareholders for the purpose of winding up its affairs, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, the holders of Class “G” Preferred Shares shall be entitled to receive, in preference to the holders of any other class of shares of the Corporation, an amount equal to the Redemption Price (as defined below) for each Class “G” Preferred Share held and any accrued but unpaid dividends on such shares.

4) No Voting Right. The holders of Class “G” Preferred Shares shall not be entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at the meetings of shareholders of the Corporation, unless the Corporation has failed to pay eight (8) semi-annual dividends on the Class “G” Preferred Shares, whether or not consecutive. In that event and only so long as the said dividends remain in arrears, the holders of Class “G” Preferred Shares shall be entitled to receive notice of, attend and vote at the meetings of shareholders of the Corporation, except meetings at which only the holders of another specified series or class of shares are entitled to vote. At each such meeting, each Class “G” Preferred Share shall entitle the holder thereof to one (1) vote.

5) Redemption Right. The Corporation shall be entitled, at its discretion, subject to the provisions of the Act in this regard, to redeem at any time all or part of the Class “G” Preferred Shares then outstanding upon giving notice as hereinafter provided, on payment to the holders of the Class “G” Preferred Shares of an aggregate amount equal to the Redemption Price (as defined below) and any accrued but unpaid dividends on such Class “G” Preferred Shares being redeemed. In the case of partial redemption, the Class “G” Preferred Shares to be redeemed shall be selected pro rata among the holders of all Class “G” Preferred Shares then outstanding, except that, with the consent of all the holders of Class “G” Preferred Shares, the shares to be redeemed may be selected in another manner.

The Corporation shall, at least one (1) business day prior to the date fixed for redemption (the “Redemption Date”), give written notice, to each then registered holder of Class “G” Preferred Shares, of the Corporation’s intention to redeem such shares. Such notice shall set out the date and the place at which the redemption is to take place and where payment is to occur and, in the case of partial redemption, the number of shares to be redeemed from each such holder of Class “G” Preferred Shares. If notice of redemption is given as aforesaid and an amount sufficient to redeem the Class “G”

 

 

Page 13 of 18


Preferred Shares called for redemption is deposited with the Corporation’s bankers or at any other place or places specified in the notice, on or before the Redemption Date, the holders of Class “G” Preferred Shares shall, after the Redemption Date, no longer have any right in or against the Corporation, except the right to receive payment of the Redemption Price and any accrued but unpaid dividends on such Class “G” Preferred Shares being redeemed, upon presentation and surrender of the certificates representing such number of shares to be redeemed.

6) Retraction Right. Each holder of Class “G” Preferred Shares shall be entitled, at such holder’s discretion, upon prior written notice of no less than one (1) business day to the Corporation, to require the Corporation to redeem all or part of such holder’s Class “G” Preferred Shares for an aggregate amount equal to the Redemption Price (as defined below) and any accrued but unpaid dividends on such shares, payable, subject to the provisions of the Act in this regard, upon presentation and surrender by such holder of Class “G” Preferred Shares of the certificates representing the number of Class “G” Preferred Shares to be redeemed (the date on which such presentation and surrender occur being the “Retraction Date”). As of the Retraction Date, the Class “G” Preferred Shares shall be considered redeemed, and the Corporation shall pay to such holder of Class “G” Preferred Shares the Redemption Price (as defined below) and any accrued but unpaid dividends on such shares. In the event the Corporation is unable to pay the Redemption Price of the Class “G” Preferred Shares on the Retraction Date, it shall forthwith give the holder of Class “G” Preferred Shares written notice thereof.

7) Redemption Price. The Redemption Price of the Class “G” Preferred Shares shall be an amount equal to $1,000 per Class “G” Preferred Share being redeemed. The Redemption Price may be paid in cash, or by certified cheque, bank draft or wire transfer, or by the delivery of assets having equivalent value, provided that in respect of any such payment denominated in a currency other than Canadian dollars, for the purposes of this Section (7), the applicable exchange rate shall be that published by the Bank of Canada in effect on the date of payment.

------------------End of Share Capital------------------

 

 

Page 14 of 18


SCHEDULE B

Relative to the

ARTICLES OF CONSTITUTION

RESTRICTIONS ON THE TRANSFER OF SHARES

No shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be transferred without the approval of Directors as evidenced by a resolution of the Board of Directors; the approval of such transfer of shares may be given as aforesaid after the transfer has been registered in the books of the Corporation, in which case, unless such resolution provides otherwise, the transfer is valid and shall come into force on the date of its registration in the books of the Corporation.

RESTRICTIONS ON THE TRANSFER OF SECURITIES

As long as the Corporation shall have the status of a « private issuer » as defined in Regulation 45-106 on Prospectus and Registration Exemptions (R.S.Q.c. V-1.1) , all transfers of securities of the Corporation (other than shares and non-convertible debt securities) shall be subject to the consent of the Board of Directors of the Corporation as evidenced by a resolution passed or signed by them, or subject to the restrictions contained in a Shareholders’ Agreement.

 

 

Page 15 of 18

Exhibit 1.23

9253-1920 QUÉBEC INC.

(the “Corporation”)

TRANSLATION

BY-LAWS

 

A. INTERPRETATION

 

1. Definitions

In these by-laws, unless the context indicates otherwise,

“Act” means the Business Corporations Act, R.S.Q., c. S-31.1. Any reference to that statute or any provisions thereof in the Corporation’s by-laws is interpreted as a reference to any amended or substituted provisions thereof;

“affairs” means the relationships among the Corporation, its affiliates and the shareholders, directors and officers of the Corporation and its affiliates but does not include the business carried on by the Corporation or its affiliates;

“affiliates”: means legal persons one of whom is a subsidiary of the other, or legal persons who are controlled by the same person;

“associates” means, in relation to a person:

 

  a) the person’s spouse, children and relatives, and the children and relatives of the person’s spouse;

 

  b) a partner of the person;

 

  c) a succession or trust in which the person has a substantial interest similar to that of a beneficiary or in respect of which the person serves as liquidator, trustee or other administrator of the property of others, mandatary or depositary; or

 

  d) a legal person of whom the person owns securities making up more than 10% of a class of shares carrying voting rights at any shareholders meeting or the right to receive any declared dividend or a share of the remaining property of the legal person in the event of liquidation.

“group”: means any legal person, any group of persons or any group of properties, including an organization, joint venture or trust;

“officer” means a person referred to in section 40 of these by-laws;


“resolution” or “ordinary resolution” means a resolution that requires a majority of the votes cast at a shareholders meeting by the shareholders entitled to vote on the resolution, or a resolution that requires the signature of all such shareholders;

“reporting issuer” means a reporting issuer within the meaning of the Securities Act (R.S.Q., chapter V-1.1);

“security” means a share, debenture, bond or note that is dealt in or traded on a securities exchange or financial market;

“shareholder” means a shareholder who is registered in the securities register of the Corporation, and includes a shareholder’s representative;

“special resolution” means a resolution that requires at least two thirds of the votes cast at a shareholders meeting by the shareholders entitled to vote on the resolution, or a resolution that requires the signature of all such shareholders.

 

2. Interpretation

 

  a) in the event of contradiction between the Act and the articles or the by-laws of the Corporation, the Act shall prevail over the articles and the by-laws; and the by-laws; and the articles shall take precedence over the by-laws.

 

  b) the powers of the directors, shareholders and officers of the Corporation are subject to the Act and by-laws of the Corporation and any reference to the exercise of any of these powers in the by-laws of the Corporation is subject to the limits, restrictions or conditions that are expressed therein.

 

  c) the masculine gender includes both sexes, unless the contrary intention is evident by the context;

 

  d) the singular number extends to more than one person or more than one thing of the same sort, whenever the context admits of such extension. The plural number can apply to one person only or to one thing only if the context so permits.

The headings used in these by-laws are for ease of reference only and do not form part of them.

 

B. HEAD OFFICE, ESTABLISHMENT AND SEAL

 

3. Head office

The head office of the Corporation shall be established in the judicial district of Montréal, in the Province of Quebec. The Corporation may relocate its head office in compliance with the Act.

 

4. Establishment

In addition to its head office, the Corporation may have other establishments, offices or agencies both within and outside Quebec.

 

2


5. Seal

The Board of Directors may adopt a seal but is not required to. The fact that a document of the Corporation is not sealed does not invalidate the document.

 

C. CORPORATE RECORDS

 

6. Records

The Corporation maintains, at its head office or at any other place designated by the Board of Directors, records containing:

 

  a) the articles and the by-laws;

 

  b) minutes of meetings of the shareholders and written resolutions of shareholders;

 

  c) the names and domicile of the directors, and the dates of the beginning and end of their term of office; and

 

  d) the securities register.

The secretary keeps such records up-to-date.

The shareholders may examine these records during its regular office hours, and obtain extracts from them. They may also, on request and without charge, obtain a copy of the articles and by-laws.

 

7. Accounting and Board records

The Corporation also maintains accounting records and books containing the minutes of meetings and written resolutions of the Board of Directors. If applicable, the Corporation also maintains books for all the committees of the Board of Directors.These records and books are kept at the Corporation’s head office or at any other place designated by the Board of Directors.

The Corporation is required to retain all accounting records for a period of six years after the end of the fiscal year to which they relate.

Only the directors and the auditor may have access to the accounting records and books containing the minutes of the meetings as well as the written resolutions of the Board of Directors and of its committees. However, the shareholders may examine, during the Corporation’s regular office hours, any part of the minutes of the deliberations of the Board of Directors or any other document in which a director or officer makes the disclosure of interest referred to in sections 22 and 45 below.

 

8. Securities register

The securities register of the Corporation contains the following information with respect to its shares:

 

  a) the names, in alphabetical order, and the addresses of present and past shareholders;

 

3


  b) the number of shares held by each such shareholder;

 

  c) the date and details of the issue and transfer of each share; and

 

  d) any amount due on any share.

The register must contain, if applicable, the same information with respect to the Corporation’s debentures, bonds and notes, with the necessary modifications. Any person may examine the Corporation’s securities register if that person complies with the provisions of the Act in this regard. Any person may, on request and on payment of a reasonable fee established by the Corporation, obtain a copy of the list of the Corporation’s shareholders as provided for in the Act.

 

D. BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

9. Functions and powers

The Board of Directors exercises all necessary powers to supervise the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation. Except to the extent provided by law, such powers may be exercised without shareholder approval.

Generally, the Board of Directors exercises the powers and takes the actions which the Corporation is authorized to take; it may also enter into any contract on behalf of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may, on behalf of the Corporation:

 

  a) borrow money;

 

  b) issue, reissue, sell or hypothecate its debt obligations;

 

  c) enter into a suretyship to secure performance of an obligation of any person; and

 

  d) hypothecate all or any of its property, owned or subsequently acquired, to secure any obligation.

 

10. Delegation of powers

The Board of Directors may create one of several committees composed of directors and may delegate certain powers to this or these committees. It can also delegate its powers to a director or an officer. However, the Board of Directors may not delegate its power:

 

  a) to submit to the shareholders any question or matter requiring their approval;

 

  b) to fill a vacancy among the directors or in the office of auditor;

 

  c) to appoint or dismiss the president of the Corporation, the Chair of the Board of Directors, the chief executive officer, the chief operating officer or the chief financial officer regardless of their title, and to determine their remuneration;

 

  d) to authorize the issue of shares;

 

  e) to approve the transfer of unpaid shares;

 

  f) to declare dividends;

 

4


  g) to acquire, including by purchase, redemption or exchange, shares issued by the Corporation;

 

  h) to split, consolidate or convert shares;

 

  i) to authorize the payment of a commission to a person who purchases shares or other securities of the Corporation, or procures or agrees to procure purchasers for those shares or securities;

 

  j) to approve the financial statements presented at the annual meetings of shareholders;

 

  k) to adopt, amend or repeal by-laws;

 

  l) to authorize calls for payment;

 

  m) to authorize the confiscation of shares;

 

  n) to approve articles of amendment allowing a class of unissued shares to be divided into series, and to determine the designation of and the rights and restrictions attaching to those shares or securities; or

 

  o) to approve a short-form amalgamation.

 

11. Contracts

All contracts, deeds, agreements, documents, bonds, debentures and other instruments requiring execution by the Corporation may be signed by two directors or two officers of the Corporation or by one director and one officer of the Corporation or by such persons as the Board of Directors may otherwise authorize from time to time by resolution. Any such authorization may be general or confined to specific instances.

 

12. Proceedings

Any director or officer of the Corporation, or any other person appointed for that purpose by any director or officer of the Corporation, is authorized to bring any action, proceeding, motion, civil, criminal, administrative or other legal procedure, in the name of the Corporation or to appear and to answer on behalf of the Corporation to any writ, to any order or injunction issued by any court, to any examination on the facts relating to any litigation or any examination on discovery, as well as to any action, proceeding, motion or other legal procedure in which the Corporation is involved; to respond in the name of the Corporation to any garnishment in which the Corporation is garnishee and to prepare any affidavit or any solemn declaration related to such a garnishment or to any other legal procedure to which the Corporation is a party; to make any application for the assignment of property or any petitions for a receiving order against any debtor of the Corporation; to attend and to vote in any meeting of the creditors of debtors of the Corporation; to grant proxies and, in respect of any such action, proceeding, motion or other legal procedure, to take any other action which he or she deems to be in the best interests of the Corporation.

 

5


13. Number

The exact number of directors is determined by the Board of Directors as provided in the articles of the Corporation.

The directors in office do not cease to hold their position as a result of an amendment of the articles which reduces their number.

 

14. Qualifications

Any natural person may be a director of the Corporation, except:

 

  a) a minor;

 

  b) a person of full age under tutorship or curatorship;

 

  c) a bankrupt;

 

  d) a person prohibited by the court from holding such office;

 

  e) a person declared incapable by decision of a court of another jurisdiction.

Unless otherwise provided in the articles, a director is not required to be a shareholder.

 

15. Election and term of office

The directors are elected each year at the annual shareholders meeting by a simple majority of the votes and remain in office until the next annual shareholders meeting or until their successors are appointed. Voting for the election of directors is conducted by a show of hands unless a ballot is demanded by a shareholder entitled to vote.

 

16. Cessation of office

A director ceases to hold office when he dies, becomes disqualified from being a director, resigns or is removed from office.

 

17. Resignation

A director may resign at any time. The resignation of a director becomes effective at the time the director’s written resignation is received by the Corporation, or at the time specified in the resignation, whichever is later. The reason for the resignation need not be given.

 

18. Removal

The shareholders may by ordinary resolution at a special meeting remove any director or directors. If certain shareholders have an exclusive right to elect one or more directors, a director so elected may only be removed by ordinary resolution of those shareholders.

A director whose removal is to be proposed at a shareholders meeting may attend the meeting and be heard or, if not in attendance, may explain, in a written statement read by the person presiding over the meeting or made available to the shareholders before or at the meeting, why he opposes the resolution proposing his removal.

 

6


A vacancy created by the removal of a director may be filled at the shareholders meeting at which the director is removed or, if it is not, at a subsequent meeting of the Board of Directors.

 

19. Vacancy

A quorum of directors may fill any vacancy on the board unless there has been a failure to elect the fixed number or minimum number of directors required by the articles.

However, the directors then in office must without delay call a special shareholders meeting to fill the vacancies resulting from the lack of quorum or the failure to elect the fixed or minimal number of directors set out in the articles. If the directors refuse or fail to call a meeting, the meeting may be called by any shareholder.

A director appointed or elected to fill a vacancy holds office for the unexpired term of his predecessor.

 

20. Retiring director and updating declaration

A director who leaves office is authorized to sign on behalf of the Corporation and file in accordance with the Act respecting the legal publicity of enterprises an updating declaration indicating such change, unless he has received, within thirty (30) days of the date on which such change took effect, proof that the Corporation has filed such declaration.

 

21. Duties of directors

Subject to the provisions of the Act, the directors are bound by the same obligations as are imposed by the Civil Code of Québec on any director of a legal person. Consequently, in the exercise of their functions, the directors are duty-bound toward the Corporation to act with prudence and diligence, honesty and loyalty and in the interest of the Corporation.

More specifically, but without limiting the generality of the foregoing:

 

  a) no director may mingle the property of the Corporation with his own property nor may he use for his own profit or that of a third person any property of the Corporation or any information he obtains by reason of his duties, unless he is authorized to do so by the shareholders of the Corporation;

 

  b) unless he has obtained the express consent of the Board of Directors, a director must keep confidential the deliberations of the Board of Directors, any internal document and any other information to which he has access in the performance of his duties which is not publicly known and which has not been publicly disclosed by the Corporation;

 

  c) a director must avoid placing himself in any situation where his personal interest would be in conflict with his obligations as a director of the Corporation;

 

  d) a director must declare to the legal person any interest he has in an enterprise or association that may place him in a situation of conflict of interest and of any right he may set up against it, indicating their nature and value, where applicable.

 

7


22. Contracts or transactions – disclosure of interest

A director must disclose the nature and value of any interest he has in a contract or transaction to which the Corporation is a party. “Interest” means any financial stake in a contract or transaction that may reasonably be considered likely to influence decision-making. Furthermore, a proposed contract or a proposed transaction, including related negotiations, is considered a contract or transaction.

A director must also disclose a contract or transaction to which the Corporation and any of the following are a party:

 

  a) an associate of the director;

 

  b) a group of which the director is a director;

 

  c) a group in which the director or an associate of the director has an interest.

The director satisfies the requirement if he discloses, in a case specified in subparagraph b), the directorship or office held within the group or, in a case specified in subparagraph c), the nature and value of the interest he or his associate has in the group.

Unless it is recorded in the minutes of the first meeting of the Board of Directors at which the contract or transaction is discussed, the disclosure of an interest, contract or transaction must be made in writing to the Board of Directors as soon as the director becomes aware of the interest, contract or transaction.

The disclosure must be made even in the case of a contract or transaction that does not require approval by the Board of Directors.

 

23. Contracts or transactions – voting

No director may vote on a resolution to approve, amend or terminate the contract or transaction described in the foregoing section, or be present during deliberations concerning the approval, amendment or termination of such a contract or transaction unless the contract or transaction:

 

  a) relates primarily to the remuneration of the director or an associate of the director as a director of the Corporation or an affiliate of the Corporation;

 

  b) relates primarily to the remuneration of the director or an associate of the director as an officer, employee or mandatary of the Corporation or an affiliate of the Corporation, if the Corporation is not a reporting issuer;

 

  c) is for the indemnification of the directors in certain circumstances or liability insurance taken out by the Corporation;

 

  d) is with an affiliate of the Corporation, and the sole interest of the director is as a director or officer of the affiliate.

If no quorum exists for the purpose of voting on a resolution to approve a contract or transaction only because a director is not permitted to be present during deliberations, the other directors present are deemed to constitute a quorum for the purpose of voting on the resolution.

 

8


If all the directors are required to abstain from voting, the contract or transaction may be approved solely by the shareholders entitled to vote, by ordinary resolution. The disclosure must be made to the shareholders in a sufficiently clear manner before the contract or transaction is approved.

 

24. Remuneration

The Board of Directors determines the remuneration of the directors from time to time, by resolution. The directors are also entitled to be reimbursed for travel costs and reasonable expenses incurred in the performance of their duties.

 

E. MEETINGS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

25. Place

The Board of Directors meets at the head office of the Corporation or at any other place within or outside Quebec which the Chair of the Board of Directors may choose.

 

26. Calling of meeting

The Board of Directors meets as often as the Chair of the Board considers necessary. Board meetings are called by the Chair of the Board, or by the secretary at the request of the Chair of the Board, or in the absence or in case of incapacity to act as Chair of the Board, at the request of two (2) directors. At least two (2) days’ notice must be given.

In the event that the Chair of the Board (or the secretary, at the request of the Chair of the Board or in the absence or in case of incapacity to act as Chair of the Board, at the request of two (2) directors) considers, at his discretion, that it is deemed urgent to call a meeting of the Board of Directors, he must see that the notice of the meeting be sent out using any possible means at least two (2) hours before the meeting and such notice shall be deemed sufficient for the meeting to be called.

The notice must state the time and place of the meeting and, where applicable, specify any matter referred to in section 10 of these by-laws.

A notice of meeting must be sent to each director, at his last known civic or electronic address, by any means providing proof of its sending.

A meeting may be held without notice if all the directors are present or if the absent directors agreed to the holding of such meeting. The meeting of the Board of Directors immediately following the annual shareholders meeting may take place without notice.

 

27. Waiver of notice

A director may, in writing, waive notice of a meeting; waiver of the notice may be validly given before or after the meeting. However, attendance of a director at a meeting of the board is a waiver of notice of the meeting unless the director attends the meeting for the sole purpose of objecting to the holding of the meeting on the grounds that it was not lawfully called.

 

9


28. Participation by any means of communication

A director may participate in a meeting of the board by means of equipment - telephone, electronic or other - enabling all participants to communicate directly with one another. In such a case, the director is deemed to be present at the meeting.

 

29. Attendance

Only the directors may attend board meetings. Other persons may also attend as needed, with the authorization of the Chair of the Board or the majority of the directors present.

 

30. Quorum

A majority of the directors in office constitutes a quorum. A quorum of directors may validly exercise all the powers of the directors, despite any vacancy on the board.

 

31. Chair and secretary of the meeting

Meetings of the Board of Directors are chaired by the Chair of the Board or, by default, by the vice-chair of the board or by default by the president and chief executive officer or, in his absence, by a director assigned by the other participating directors. The secretary acts as meeting secretary, drafts the minutes of the meeting and co-signs the minutes with the Chair of the meeting.

 

32. Procedure

The Chair of the Board directs the meeting and ensures that it is conducted in an orderly manner. He submits the business to be discussed to the board. A director may also submit business to be discussed.

 

33. Voting

Unless otherwise provided in the articles, the Board of Directors decides any issue by a majority of the votes. Each director is entitled to one vote. Voting by proxy is not permitted.

Voting is by a show of hands or, at the request of the Chair of the Board or a director, by secret ballot. A vote by secret ballot may be requested before or after a vote by a show of hands.

If voting is by secret ballot, the secretary acts as scrutineer and counts the ballots. The Chair of the Board does not have a tie-breaking vote in the case of a tie.

 

34. Dissent

A director who is present at a meeting of the board or a committee of the board is deemed to have consented to any resolution passed at the meeting unless:

 

  a) the director’s dissent has been entered in the minutes;

 

  b) the director sends a written dissent to the secretary of the meeting before the meeting is adjourned; or

 

10


  c) the director delivers a written dissent to the Chair of the Board, sends it to the Chair of the Board by any means providing proof of the date of receipt or delivers it to the head office of the Corporation immediately after the meeting is adjourned.

A director is not entitled to dissent after voting for or consenting to a resolution.

 

35. Dissent of an absent director

A director who was not present at a meeting of the board or a committee of the board at which a resolution was passed is deemed to have consented to the resolution unless the director records his dissent within seven days after becoming aware of the resolution, by written notice delivered to the Chair of the Board, or the president, or sent to the Chair of the Board, or the president, by any means providing proof of the date of receipt or delivered to the head office of the Corporation.

 

36. Adjournment

The Chair of the Board may, with the consent of the majority of the directors present, adjourn a meeting of the Board of Directors to a specified date, time and place without a new notice of meeting being required. The Chair of the Board may also adjourn a meeting ex officio if he considers it impossible to conduct it in an orderly manner.

The meeting is validly resumed if it is held on the specified date and at the specified place and if a quorum is present. If a quorum does not exist when the meeting resumes, the initial meeting is deemed to have ended immediately after it was adjourned.

 

37. Signed resolution

A resolution in writing, signed by all the directors entitled to vote on the resolution, has the same force as if it had been passed at a meeting of the board or, as the case may be, of a committee of the Board of Directors. These resolutions are kept with the minutes of meetings and the written resolutions of the Board of Directors.

The written resolutions that are signed electronically are as legally valid as a written signature.

 

38. Recording of deliberations

Only the secretary may record the deliberations of the Board of Directors, for the purpose of preparing the minutes. The secretary must destroy the recording once the concerned minutes have been approved.

 

F. OFFICERS

 

39. General

The officers of the Corporation are the Chair of the Board, the vice-chair of the Board (if applicable), the president and chief executive officer, the chief financial officer, the vice-presidents, the secretary, the treasurer and/or the assistant-secretary(ies). The Board of Directors may designate another person as an officer by resolution.

 

11


40. Qualifications

The officers need not be directors or shareholders of the Corporation except for the Chair of the Board of Directors who must be a director. The same person may hold more than one position as officer.

 

41. Term of office

Unless the Board of Directors provides otherwise when he is appointed, an officer holds office from his appointment until the first meeting of the Board of Directors following the annual meeting or until a replacement has been named.

 

42. Cessation of office

An officer may resign at any time. The resignation of an officer takes effect on the date the Corporation receives the written notice he gives or on the later date indicated therein.

The Board of Directors or the president and chief executive officer may remove an officer at any time and the reason for the removal is not required to be given. However, the removal of the president, the Chair of the Board, the chief executive officer, the chief operating officer, or the chief financial officer regardless of their title, as their appointment, is the responsibility of the Board of Directors.

 

43. Vacancy

The Board of Directors may fill any vacancy in an office at any time.

 

44. Powers of officers

An officer exercises the powers attached to his position. He also exercises all the powers which the Board of Directors can delegate to him. In the event an officer is unable to act, the powers of such officer are exercised by any other person designated by the Board of Directors.

 

45. Duties of officers

The officers are mandataries of the Corporation. In this capacity, in the exercise of their functions, the officers are bound, among other things, toward the Corporation to act with prudence and diligence, honesty and loyalty and in the interest of the Corporation.

An officer must disclose the nature and value of any interest he has in a contract or transaction to which the Corporation is a party. An officer must disclose any contract or transaction to which the Corporation and any of the following are a party:

 

  a) an associate of the director or officer;

 

  b) a group of which the director or officer is a director or officer;

 

  c) a group in which the director or officer or an associate of the director or officer has an interest.

The officer satisfies the requirement if he discloses, in a case specified in subparagraph b), the directorship or office held within the group or, in a case specified in subparagraph c), the nature and value of the interest he or his associate has in the group.

 

12


In the case of an officer who is not a director, the disclosure must be made as soon as:

 

  a) the officer becomes an officer;

 

  b) the officer becomes aware that the contract or transaction is to be discussed or has been discussed at a meeting of the board; or

 

  c) the officer or the officer’s associate acquires an interest in the contract or transaction, if it was entered into earlier.

The disclosure must be made even in the case of a contract or transaction that does not require approval by the Board of Directors.

 

46. Chair or vice-chair of the Board

The Chair of the Board or if necessary, the vice-chair, shall be chosen from among the directors. The Chair of the Board or, in his absence, the president, presides over all the meetings of the directors and all shareholders meetings at which he is present and as such has all the powers and fulfils all his responsibilities that the Board of Directors may determine from time to time.

 

47. President

The president and chief executive officer controls and supervises the management of the activities and affairs of the Corporation. He signs the documents which require his signature. He also has the powers and fulfills all the responsibilities that the Board of Directors determines from time to time.

 

48. Vice-president

The vice-president (or vice presidents), exercises the powers and assumes the obligations that the Board of Directors determines from time to time. In the event of an absence, inability, refusal or omission to act as the president, the vice-president assigned by the directors can exercise his powers and fulfill all his responsibilities.

 

49. Secretary

The secretary is responsible for safekeeping the records and documents of the Corporation. He acts as secretary of the meetings of the Board of Directors and committees of the board as well as the meetings of shareholders. He signs the share certificates and other documents that require his signature and sends the directors and shareholders notice of meetings and other notices which may be required. He has all the powers and fulfills all the functions that the Board of Directors determines from time to time.

The assistant secretary fulfills all responsibilities assigned to him from time to time by the secretary.

 

13


50. Chief Financial Officer and/or Treasurer

He is in charge of the financial management of the Corporation. He oversees the financial situation of the Corporation and sees to the management of its property and the keeping of its accounting records. He reports periodically to the audit committee and to the Board of Directors on the financial situation of the Corporation. He signs the documents which require his signature.

 

51. Remuneration

The Board of Directors determines, from time to time, the remuneration of the president and chief executive officer, the Chair of the Board, the chief operating officer and of the chief financial officer, regardless of their title. The remuneration of the other officers is determined by management, subject to the powers devolved to the committee acting as the remuneration committees.

The officers are also entitled to be reimbursed the travel costs and all reasonable fees and expenses incurred in the performance of their duties.

 

G. COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

52. Creation

The Board of Directors may, by resolution, create one or more committees made up of directors. The resolution creating the committee sets out the number of directors making it up.

 

53. Powers

A committee of the Board of Directors exercises the powers delegated to it by the Board of Directors. However, the Board of Directors may not delegate the powers which it must exercise exclusively, according to the Act or section 10 of these by-laws.

A committee reports on its activities to the Board of Directors. Subject to the rights of third parties, the Board of Directors may overrule or modify a committee’s decisions.

 

54. Cessation of office

A director may resign from a committee of the Board of Directors at any time. The resignation of a director becomes effective at the time the director’s written resignation is received by the Corporation, or at the time specified in the resignation, whichever is later. The reason for the resignation is not required to be given.

The Board of Directors may, by resolution, replace a member of a committee of the board.

 

55. Vacancy

The Board of Directors may fill any vacancy on a committee of the board.

 

14


56. Meetings

Meetings of a committee of the board are called in the same manner as meetings of the Board of Directors.

 

57. Quorum

Unless otherwise provided in a resolution of the Board of Directors, the majority of the members of a committee of the board constitute a quorum.

 

58. Chair and secretary

Meetings of a committee of the board are chaired by the Chair of the committee; in his absence, the members present choose a meeting Chair from among themselves. The secretary of the Corporation acts as secretary of any committee of the board. The members present at a meeting can, if necessary, choose another person as meeting Chair or secretary.

 

59. Procedure

Meetings of committees of the Board of Directors are held in the same manner as the meetings of the Board of Directors.

 

60. Written resolution

A written resolution, signed by all the members of the committee entitled to vote on this resolution has the same force as if it had been passed at a meeting of the committee. The resolutions are kept with the minutes of the meetings and the written resolutions of the Board of Directors.

The written resolutions that are signed electronically are as legally valid as a written signature.

 

61. Remuneration

The members of a committee of the board may, as such, receive the remuneration set by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

H. PROTECTION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

 

62. Presumption

A director is presumed to have fulfilled the obligation to act with prudence and diligence if the director relied, in good faith and based on reasonable grounds, on a report, information or an opinion provided by one of the following persons:

 

  a) an officer of the Corporation who the director believes to be reliable and competent in the functions performed;

 

  b) legal counsel, professional accountants or other persons retained by the Corporation as to matters involving skills or expertise the director believes are matters within the particular person’s professional or expert competence or as to which the particular person merits confidence; or

 

15


  c) a committee of the Board of Directors of which the director is not a member if the director believes the committee merits confidence.

 

63. Relief Provided by the Act

A director cannot be held liable under sections 154, 155, 156, 287, 314 or 392 of the Act if the director acted with a reasonable degree of prudence and diligence in the circumstances. Furthermore, for the purposes of sections 155, 156, 287, 314 and 392 of the Act, the court may, after considering all the circumstances and on the terms the court considers appropriate, relieve a director, either wholly or partly, from the liability the director would otherwise incur if it appears to the court that the director has acted reasonably, honestly and loyally, and ought fairly to be excused.

 

I. INDEMNIFICATION AND LIABILITY INSURANCE

 

64. Indemnification

Subject to the following, the Corporation must indemnify a director or officer of the Corporation, a former director or officer of the Corporation, a mandatary, or any other person who acts or acted at the Corporation’s request as a director or officer of another group against all costs, charges and expenses reasonably incurred in the exercise of their functions, including an amount paid to settle an action or satisfy a judgment, or arising from any investigative or other proceeding in which the person is involved if

 

  a) the person acted with honesty and loyalty in the interest of the Corporation or, as the case may be, in the interest of the other group for which the person acted as director or officer or in a similar capacity at the Corporation’s request; and

 

  b) in the case of a proceeding that is enforced by a monetary penalty, the person had reasonable grounds for believing that his conduct was lawful.

The Corporation must also advance monies to such a person for the costs, charges and expenses of a proceeding referred to in the first paragraph.

However, in the event that a court or any other competent authority judges that the conditions set out in subparagraphs a) and b) above are not fulfilled, or that the person has committed intentional or gross fault, the Corporation may not indemnify the person and the person must repay to the Corporation any monies advanced.

The indemnity provided for in the preceding paragraphs can be obtained even if a person has ceased being a director, officer or representative of the Corporation. In case of death, the indemnity can be paid to the heirs, legatees, liquidators, assignees, authorized representants or beneficiaries of this person.

 

65. Actions by or on behalf of the Corporation

The Corporation may, with the approval of the court, in respect of an action by or on behalf of the Corporation or other group referred to in the preceding section against a person referred to in the preceding section, advance the necessary monies to the person or indemnify the person against all costs, charges and expenses reasonably incurred by the person in connection with the action, if the person fulfills the conditions set out in the preceding section.

 

16


66. Liability insurance

The Corporation must purchase and maintain insurance for the benefit of its directors, officers and other mandataries against any liability they may incur as such or in their capacity as directors, officers or mandataries of another group, if they act or acted in that capacity at the Corporation’s request.

 

J. SHAREHOLDERS MEETINGS

 

67. General

The Corporation must hold an annual meeting of shareholders; it may hold one or more special meetings of shareholders as needed.

 

68. Annual meeting

An annual meeting must be held fifteen (15) months after the last preceding annual meeting. The following business is discussed at the annual meeting:

 

  a) the presentation and examination of the financial statements of the Corporation for the fiscal year ended within six months of the date of the meeting;

 

  b) the presentation and examination of any other financial information required by the articles or the by-laws to be presented to the shareholders;

 

  c) the presentation and examination of the auditor’s report, where applicable;

 

  d) the renewal of the auditor’s term, where applicable;

 

  e) the election of directors.

The annual meeting may also examine and discuss any other business.

The Board of Directors calls the annual shareholders meeting. Otherwise, the meeting may be called by the shareholders in accordance with the rules for calling special meetings at the request of the shareholders as provided in the Act.

 

69. Place

A meeting is held within the province of Quebec at the place determined by the Board of Directors.

 

70. Calling of meeting

Notice of a shareholders meeting must be sent to each shareholder entitled to vote at the meeting and to each director at least twenty-one (21) days, but at the most sixty (60) days before the meeting.

If a director or a shareholder entitled to vote at a shareholders meeting gives written notice not less than ten (10) days before the meeting to the auditor or a former auditor of the Corporation, the auditor or former auditor attends the meeting at the Corporation’s expense and answers any question relating to their duties as auditor.

 

17


71. Notice of meeting

The notice of a shareholders meeting must be sent to each shareholder able to vote and to each director, in writing, by any means providing proof of the date of sending. It is sent to such persons at the address indicated in the Corporation’s records. If a person’s address is not indicated in the Corporation’s records, the notice of meeting must be sent to the address where, in the opinion of the person sending such notice, it is the most likely to reach the person the quickest.

The notice of meeting is sent to the shareholders entered in the securities register at the day the notice is transmitted.

A certificate from the secretary or any other duly authorized officer of the Corporation in office at the time of the preparation of such certificate, or any officer, transfer agent, or share transfer registrar of the Corporation constitutes proof of the sending of the notice of meeting and ties in each shareholder.

The notice of meeting indicates the date, time and place of the meeting as well as the business on the agenda. It also states, where applicable, the date by which the proxies of the shareholders wishing to be represented at the meeting must be received by the Corporation; such date may not be more than forty-eight (48) hours, excluding Saturdays and holidays, before the date of the meeting or any adjournment thereof.

The notice of meeting must state the business on the agenda in sufficient detail to permit the shareholders to form a reasoned judgment on it, and contain the text of any special resolution to be submitted to the meeting.

Irregularities in the notice of meeting or in its sending do not affect the validity of the meeting. Similarly, the unintentional failure to send a notice of meeting to a person entitled to it, or the failure to receive it by a person entitled to the notice, does not invalidate the resolutions passed at the meeting. In addition, the unintentional failure to include a matter to be discussed at the meeting in the notice does not prevent the meeting from discussing such business, unless the interests of a shareholder or director are or could be affected thereby.

 

72. Waiver

A shareholder or director may, in writing, waive notice of a shareholders meeting; waiver of the notice may be validly given before or after the meeting. Their attendance at the meeting is a waiver of notice of the meeting unless they attend the meeting for the sole purpose of objecting to the holding of the meeting on the grounds that it was not lawfully called or held.

 

73. Holding of or participation in meeting by electronic means

A shareholders meeting may be held solely by means of equipment enabling all participants to communicate directly with one another.

Furthermore, any person entitled to attend a shareholders meeting may participate in the meeting by means of any equipment enabling all participants to communicate directly with one another. A person participating in a meeting by such means is deemed to be present at the meeting.

 

18


Any shareholder participating in a shareholders meeting by means of equipment enabling all participants to communicate directly with one another may vote by any means enabling votes to be cast in a way that allows them to be verified afterwards and protects the secrecy of the vote when a secret ballot has been requested.

 

74. Quorum

A quorum of shareholders is present at a shareholders meeting if, at the opening of the meeting, one or several holders of 50% or more of the shares that carry the right to vote at the meeting are present in person or represented by proxy. The shareholders present in person or represented by proxy may discuss the business of such meeting, whether or not a quorum is maintained throughout the meeting.

In the absence of the quorum at the opening of a shareholders meeting, the shareholders present may adjourn the meeting to a specific day, time and place but may not transact any other business. Any matter that could have been brought before the adjourned meeting may then be brought before any adjournment thereof provided the quorum is duly constituted.

 

75. Meeting Chair and secretary

The Chair of the Board of the Corporation or, in his absence, the vice-chair of the Board, if any, or in his absence, the president and chief executive officer of the Corporation or any other person that may be named by the Board of Directors from time to time Chairs a shareholders meeting. The secretary of the Corporation acts as meeting secretary.

If the person who is to chair the meeting is not present at the meeting within 15 minutes after the time appointed for the meeting, the shareholders present choose one of their own to chair of the Board the meeting.

 

76. Procedure

The Chair of the meeting directs the meeting and ensures its orderly conduct. His decisions, including those relating to the validity of proxies, are final and binding on all the shareholders.

The Chair of a shareholders meeting must allow shareholders to raise and discuss, for a reasonable period of time, any matter the primary purpose of which relates to the business or affairs of the Corporation and which is not to enforce a personal claim or redress a personal grievance against the Corporation or its directors, officers or shareholders.

At a shareholders meeting, unless a vote is demanded, a declaration by the Chair of the Board of the meeting that a resolution of the shareholders has been carried and that an entry to that effect has been made in the minutes of the meeting is, in the absence of any evidence to the contrary, proof of that fact, without it being necessary to prove the number or proportion of the votes recorded for and against the resolution.

 

19


77. Voting

Unless otherwise provided in the articles, each share of the Corporation entitles the holder to one vote.

 

78. Majority decision

Unless otherwise provided in the law, the articles or the by-laws, a decision of the shareholders is adopted by ordinary resolution.

 

79. Tie-breaking vote

In the case of a tie, the Chair of the meeting has a tie-breaking vote.

 

80. Voting

Voting is conducted by a show of hands, open voice or secret ballot.

 

81. Voting by a show of hands

Voting is conducted by a show of hands unless an open voice vote or a ballot is demanded. In such a case, the shareholders or proxies vote by raising their hand and the number of votes is calculated according to the number of hands raised.

A proxyholder who has conflicting instructions from more than one shareholder may not vote by a show of hands.

 

82. Open voice voting

The Chair of the meeting, a shareholder or a proxyholder may demand an open voice vote unless a ballot has been demanded. In such a case, each shareholder or proxyholder verbally states his name, that of the shareholder or shareholders whose proxy he holds, the number of votes he holds and the breakdown of such votes.

 

83. Voting by secret ballot

Voting is conducted by secret ballot if the Chair of the meeting, a shareholder or a proxyholder so requests, in the manner indicated by the Chair of the meeting. Each shareholder or proxyholder gives the scrutineers a ballot indicating his name, that of the shareholder whose proxy he holds, the number of votes he holds and the breakdown of such votes.

A shareholder may demand a ballot either before or after a vote by show of hands. A demand for a secret ballot may be withdrawn any time before voting begins.

When voting is conducted by secret ballot, the meeting appoints one person to act as scrutineer.

 

84. Scrutineer

The Chair of any shareholders meeting can appoint one or two persons to act as scrutineers.

 

20


85. Voting by a group

A natural person authorized by a resolution of the Board of Directors or of the management of a shareholder who is a group may participate in and vote at a shareholders meeting.

 

86. Voting by the administrator of the property of others

A person acting for a shareholder as administrator of the property of others may participate in and vote at a shareholders meeting.

 

87. Voting by joint shareholders

If two or more persons hold shares jointly, one of those shareholders present at a shareholders meeting may, in the absence of the others, exercise the voting right attached to those shares. If more than one (1) shareholder are present, they shall vote as one shareholder.

 

88. Proxies

A shareholder may be represented at a shareholders meeting by a proxyholder. A shareholder so represented is deemed to be present at the meeting. Any person, whether or not a shareholder of the Corporation, may be appointed a proxyholder. A proxyholder has the same rights as the shareholder represented to speak at a shareholders meeting in respect of any matter and to vote at the meeting.

A proxy must be in writing and signed by the shareholder. In addition to the date, the proxy must include the name of the proxyholder and, if applicable, revoke any former proxy.

A proxy may also contain voting instructions which the proxyholder is required to follow. A proxy is not required to be witnessed.

Unless otherwise indicated, a proxy lapses one year after the date it is given. It may be revoked at any time.

A proxy may be in the following form:

“I, the undersigned shareholder of                     , hereby appoint                     or, in his absence,                     , as my proxy, with full power and authority to attend, vote at and otherwise act on my behalf at the annual (or special) meeting of the shareholders of the corporation which will take place at             on the     day of             and at any adjournment thereof. I hereby revoke any former proxy.

Signed in                     this      day of                         .

 

Shareholder’s signature”

A proxy may be filed with the secretary of the Corporation or any authorized person. A proxy mechanically reproduced or sent by fax or any other means of communication providing proof of the date of receipt is valid.

 

21


89. Preservation of ballots and proxies

The Corporation must, for at least three months after a shareholders meeting, keep at its head office the ballots cast and the proxies presented at the meeting. Any shareholder or proxyholder who was entitled to vote at the meeting may, without charge, inspect the ballots and proxies kept by the Corporation.

 

90. Adjournment

The Chair of the meeting may adjourn any shareholders meeting, with the consent of the shareholders present or represented by proxy. The Chair of the meeting may also adjourn a meeting ex officio if he believes it is impossible to conduct it in an orderly manner.

If a shareholders’ meeting is adjourned for less than thirty (30) days, it is not necessary to give notice of the adjourned meeting other than by announcement at the original meeting. If a shareholders’ meeting is adjourned by one or more adjournments for an aggregate of thirty (30) days or more, notice of the adjourned meeting must be given as for an original meeting.

The meeting is validly resumed if it is held on the date and at the time and place announced and if there is a quorum. In the absence of a quorum at the resumed meeting, the original meeting is deemed to have terminated immediately after its adjournment.

 

91. Signed resolution

A resolution in writing signed by all the shareholders entitled to vote on the resolution is as valid as if it had been passed at a shareholders meeting. The resolution must be kept with the minutes of the shareholders meetings and written resolutions.

The written resolutions that are signed electronically are as legally valid as a written signature.

 

K. SHARES AND CERTIFICATES

 

92. Issue of shares

Subject to the existence of a pre-emptive right granted to the shareholders, shares may be issued at the times, to the persons, including the directors or officers of the Corporation, and for the consideration the Board of Directors determines. In exercising this power, the Board of Directors may, by resolution, accept subscriptions, issue the unissued shares of the Corporation’s share capital and grant an exchange right, option or right to acquire shares of the Corporation.

 

22


93. Payment of shares

The shares of the Corporation may be issued whether or not they are fully paid. However, shares may only be considered paid if consideration equal to the issue price (which may not be less than the par value, if any, of the shares) determined by the Board of Directors has been paid to the Corporation.

Consideration for the shares issued by the Corporation is payable in money, or in property or past services determined by the Board of Directors to be the fair equivalent of the money consideration, considering all the circumstances.

A promissory note or a promise to pay made by a person to whom shares are issued, or a person who does not deal at arm’s length, within the meaning of that expression in the Taxation Act (R.S.Q., chapter I-3), with a person to whom shares are issued does not constitute consideration for the shares.

 

94. Share certificates

Shares issued by the Corporation may be certificated shares or uncertificated shares. A certificated share is represented by a paper certificate in registered form, and an uncertificated share is represented by an entry in the securities register in the name of the shareholder.

Unless otherwise provided in the articles of the Corporation, shares are issued as certificated shares unless the Board of Directors determines, by resolution, that the shares of any class or series of shares or certain shares of a class or series are to be issued as uncertificated shares.

The Board of Directors may also, by resolution, determine that certificated shares become uncertificated shares as soon as the paper certificate is surrendered to the Corporation.

 

95. Certificated shares

In the case of certificated shares, the Corporation must issue to the shareholder, without charge, a certificate in registered form. The Corporation is not required to issue more than one certificate for shares held jointly by two or more persons.

The Board of Directors adopts the form of the share certificate by resolution, as governed by the Act.

The share certificates of the Corporation must be signed by the secretary or by any director or any officer. This signature may be affixed by an automatic device or electronic process.

In the absence of any evidence to the contrary, the certificate is proof of the shareholder’s title to the shares represented by the certificate.

The seal is not required to be affixed to the share certificate.

 

96. Uncertificated shares

In the case of uncertificated shares, the Corporation must send the shareholder a written notice containing the information prescribed by the Act.

 

23


97. Damaged, lost or destroyed certificates

If a shareholder claims that a share certificate has been lost, wrongfully taken or destroyed, the Corporation must issue a new certificate if the shareholder:

 

  a) so requests before the Corporation has notice that the lost, wrongfully taken or allegedly destroyed share certificate has been delivered to a protected purchaser within the meaning of the Act respecting the transfer of securities and the establishment of security entitlements ;

 

  b) provides security sufficient in the Corporation’s judgment to protect the Corporation from any loss that the Corporation may suffer by issuing a new certificate; and

 

  c) satisfies any other reasonable requirements imposed by the Corporation.

 

98. Unpaid shares

Unless the terms of payment for shares are determined by contract, the Board of Directors may call for payment of all or part of the unpaid amounts on shares subscribed or held by the shareholders, the whole as provided by the Act.

 

99. Transfer of shares

The transfer of shares of the Corporation is governed by the Act respecting the transfer of securities and the establishment of security entitlements.

Shares that are not fully paid but for which no instalment is payable may only be transferred with the authorization of the Board of Directors. The directors must reasonably verify the acquirer’s ability to pay for the shares before authorizing the transfer.

A share may not be transferred until all instalments payable up to the time of transfer have been fully paid.

 

100. Transmission of shares

In the event of a transfer of shares by will, the Corporation may consider as entitled to exercise the rights of a deceased shareholder, an heir or personal representative of the heirs or of the succession of that shareholder, upon reception of sufficient proof of their appointment. That person is entitled to become the registered holder of the shares of the deceased or to designate those holders upon delivery to the Corporation of an affidavit or declaration setting out the conditions of the transfer and, as the case may be, of (a) an original of the decision concerning the probate of the will or the notarized minutes of the probate, or a copy of one of the aforementioned documents certified by the Court which rendered the decision or by the notary who prepared the minutes, or by a trust company constituted under provincial or federal legislation or by an attorney or notary acting on behalf of that person, (b) a certified true copy of the notarial will.

 

24


L. DIVIDENDS

 

101. Declaration of dividends

Unless otherwise provided in the articles, the Board of Directors may declare and the Corporation may pay a dividend either in money or property or by issuing fully paid shares or options or rights to acquire fully paid shares of the Corporation.

The Corporation may not declare and pay a dividend, except by issuing shares or options or rights to acquire shares, if there are reasonable grounds for believing that the Corporation is, or would after the payment be, unable to pay its liabilities as they become due.

The Corporation may deduct from the dividends payable to a shareholder any amount due to the Corporation by the shareholder, on account of calls for payment or otherwise.

 

102. Record Date

The Board of Directors may fix, in advance, in accordance with applicable securities regulations, a record date for the determination of the shareholders entitled to receive dividends.

 

M. FISCAL YEAR AND AUDITOR

 

103. Fiscal year

The fiscal year of the Corporation ends on December 31 or on the date set by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

104. Auditor

The shareholders of the Corporation appoint an auditor at each annual shareholders meeting. The auditor is appointed by ordinary resolution. The term of the auditor begins on appointment. The auditor’s remuneration is fixed by ordinary resolution of the shareholders at the time of appointment. If it is not fixed at that time, it is fixed by the Board of Directors.

The shareholders may, by ordinary resolution at a special meeting, remove the auditor from office. They may appoint a new auditor by ordinary resolution at the same meeting.

Subject to the shareholders’ right to fill the vacancy after removing an auditor, the Board of Directors fills a vacancy in the office of auditor without delay for the unexpired term.

 

105. Accountant

The shareholders of a corporation other than a reporting issuer may decide not to appoint an auditor. The decision must be made by unanimous resolution of the shareholders of the corporation, including shareholders not otherwise entitled to vote. The decision of the shareholders has effect only until the next annual shareholders meeting. It terminates the term of any auditor in office.

 

25


If the shareholders adopt such a resolution, the board of directors may decide to appoint until the next annual meeting one or more accountants to oversee the accounts and prepare the financial statements of the corporation. The board of directors fixes their remuneration.

If the accountant dies, resigns or is removed by the board of directors before the expiry of his term of office, the board of directors may fill the vacancy and appoint a replacement who will hold office for the unexpired portion of the term.

 

N. NOTICE

 

106. Shares registered in the name of more than one person (joint shareholders)

If two or more persons hold shares jointly, any notice or other document relating to such shares is sent to the first shareholder indicated in the Corporation’s securities register. Such notice or other document is deemed to have been sent to all the other shareholders.

 

107. Registered shareholder

Before due presentation for registration of transfer of a certificated share or the receipt of an instruction for registration of transfer of an uncertificated share, the Corporation may treat the shareholder registered in the securities register as the person exclusively entitled to receive notices or other documents.

 

108. Address of shareholders

A shareholder must provide the Corporation with an address to which all notices or documents for him are sent.

 

109. Signing of notices

Notices sent by the Corporation are signed by a director, officer or any other authorized person. Their signature may be affixed by an automatic device or electronic process.

 

110. Calculation of time limits

Unless otherwise provided in these by-laws, in computing any time limit fixed by the articles or these by-laws:

 

  a) the day which marks the start of the time limit is not counted, but the terminal day is counted;

 

  b) non-juridical days within the meaning of the Code of Civil Procedure are counted; but when the last day is a non-juridical day, the time limit is extended to the next following juridical day;

 

  c) Saturday is considered a non-juridical day.

 

26


O. OTHER PROVISIONS

 

111. Declarations in the enterprise register

A director, officer or any authorized person signs the declarations which must be sent by the Corporation to the enterprise registrar under the Act respecting the legal publicity of enterprises.

 

112. By-laws

Unless otherwise provided for in the unanimous shareholder agreement, the Board of Directors adopts the Corporation’s by-laws. The by-laws are effective as of the date of the resolution of the board. The by-laws must be submitted to the shareholders for approval at the next shareholders meeting, and the shareholders may, by ordinary resolution, ratify, reject or amend them. They cease to be effective at the close of the meeting if they are rejected by or not submitted to the shareholders.

The rules of this section apply, with the necessary modifications to the amendment or repeal of by-laws.

Any new by-law adopted by the Board of Directors that has substantially the same purpose or effect as a by-law previously rejected by or not submitted to the shareholders at the meeting is not effective until confirmed by the shareholders.

Adopted by the Board of Directors on October 27, 2011 and ratified by the shareholders on October 27, 2011.

 

 

Vice-President and Secretary

 

27

Exhibit 1.24

[TRANSLATION]

[Logo of Québec Registrar]

 

 

CERTIFICATE OF CONSTITUTION

Business Corporations Act

I hereby certify that the Corporation

9253-2233 QUÉBEC INC.

has been constituted on October 27 th , 2011 at 0:00 a.m. under the Business Corporations Act, as indicated in the Articles of Constitution attached hereto.

 

[Seal of Québec Registrar]    LOGO   

Filed in the register on October 27 th , 2011

under the Quebec business number 1167757187

  

[Signed]

 

Enterprise Registrar


LOGO   

Name: QUEBECOR MÉDIA INC.

Québec Enterprise Number

(NEQ) 1149501992

Demand No.: 020200003487046

  

Articles of Constitution

Acknowledgement of receipt

 

The request was transmitted with success on October 27, 2011 at 12:28 pm 39 sec.

 

The reference number is 020200003487046.

 

Thank you for using our online services.

Name of the Corporation

A designated number for the Corporation will be transmitted to you upon review of your request.

Address of the Corporation

 

  Address   

612 Saint-Jacques Street

Montréal Québec H3C 4M8

Canada

Directors

  Number of Directors    1 to 10
  Name    Dépatie, Robert
  Address    135 de l’Ile-Ducharme Street Rosemère (Québec) J7A 4H8 Canada
  Name    Marsan, Marie-Josée
  Address    9830 Millen Avenue Montréal (Québec) H2C 2E3 Canada
  Name    Pruneau, Jean-François.
  Address    293 Demers Street Repentigny (Québec) J5Z 4Y6 Canada


Share capital and Restrictions

Authorized share capital

File name

SCHEDULE A.pdf

Restrictions on the transfer of instruments or shares and other provisions

File name

SCHEDULE B.pdf

Restrictions on business activity

None

Founders

 

Last name and first name

   Name    Constituting Act   

Address

Robert, Anne-Marie          612 Saint-Jacques Street, 18th Floor Montréal QC H3C 4M8 Canada

Effective Date and Time of the Articles

 

Effective Date    October 27, 2011
Effective Time    0:00 am

Québec


[Translation]

SCHEDULE A

SHARE CAPITAL

The unlimited share capital of the Corporation shall consist of seven (7) classes of shares, which shall carry the following rights:

A) CLASS “A” COMMON SHARES: The number of Class “A” Common Shares is unlimited, and the consideration paid into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to such shares is also unlimited; Class “A” Common Shares shall have no par value and shall carry the following rights, privileges, conditions and restrictions:

1) Dividend and Participation. Subject to the rights and privileges conferred by the other classes of shares, the holders of Class “A” Common Shares shall be entitled to:

 

  (a) participate in the property, profits and surplus assets of the Corporation and, to that end, receive any dividend declared by the Corporation, the amount, timing and terms of payment of which are at the sole discretion of the Board of Directors; and

 

  (b) share in the remaining property of the Corporation upon liquidation or winding-up, whether or not voluntary, dissolution or any other distribution of the property of the Corporation.

2) Restriction. In addition to the restrictions set forth in Sections 95 and 104 of the Business Corporations Act (Québec) (the “Act”), the Corporation may neither pay a dividend on Class “A” Common Shares nor purchase any such shares by private agreement if, as a result thereof, the book value of the net assets of the Corporation would be insufficient to redeem the Classes “B,” “C,” “D,” “E,” “F” and “G” Shares.

3) Voting Right. The holders of Class “A” Common Shares shall be entitled to receive notice of, attend and vote at meetings of shareholders of the Corporation, except meetings at which only the holders of another class of shares are entitled to vote, and each Class “A” Common Share shall entitle the holder thereof to one (1) vote.

B) CLASS “B” PREFERRED SHARES: The number of Class “B” Preferred Shares is unlimited, and the consideration paid into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to such shares is also unlimited; Class “B” Preferred Shares shall have no par value and shall carry the following rights, privileges, conditions and restrictions:

1) Ranking of Class “B” Preferred Shares. Class “B” Preferred Shares shall have priority over the Common Shares and the Classes “C,” “D,” “E,” and “F” Preferred Shares, but not over the Class “G” Preferred Shares with respect to the order of payment of dividends and the distribution of the assets of the Corporation in the event of the liquidation, winding-up or dissolution of the Corporation, whether or not voluntary, or any other distribution of the assets of the Corporation among its shareholders for the purpose of winding up its affairs.

2) Right to Dividends. The holders of Class “B” Preferred Shares shall be entitled to receive, every year, in such manner and at such time as the Board of Directors may declare, a non-cumulative dividend at the fixed rate of 1% per month, calculated on the redemption price of the Class “B” Preferred Shares, payable in cash, property or through the issuance of fully paid shares of any class of the Corporation.

 

 

Page 1 of 18


3) Repayment. If, for any reason, including in the event of dissolution or liquidation or winding-up of the Corporation, whether or not voluntary, some or all of the assets of the Corporation are distributed among the shareholders, each holder of Class “B” Preferred Shares shall be entitled to repayment of the amount paid for the Class “B” Preferred Shares into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to the Class “B” Preferred Shares.

4) No Voting Right. Subject to the provisions of the Act or as otherwise expressly provided, the holders of Class “B” Preferred Shares shall not be entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at the meeting of shareholders of the Corporation.

5) Redemption Right. The Corporation shall be entitled, at its discretion, subject to the provisions of the Act in this regard, to redeem at any time all or from time to time part of the Class “B” Preferred Shares then outstanding upon giving notice to that effect, on payment to the holders of the Class “B” Preferred Shares of an aggregate redemption price equal to the consideration received by the Corporation at the time the Class “B” Preferred Shares were issued.

The Corporation shall, at least one (1) business day prior to the date fixed for redemption (the “Redemption Date”), give written notice, to each then registered holder of Class “B” Preferred Shares, of the Corporation’s intention to redeem such shares. Such notice shall set out the date and place at which the redemption is to take place and where payment is to occur and, in the case of partial redemption, the number of shares of each such holder of Class “B” Preferred Shares to be redeemed. If notice of redemption is given as aforesaid and an amount sufficient to redeem the Class “B” Preferred Shares called for redemption is deposited with the Corporation’s bankers or at any other place specified in the notice, on or before the Redemption Date, the holders of Class “B” Preferred Shares shall, after the Redemption Date, no longer have any right in or against the Corporation, except the right to receive payment of the Redemption Price and any accrued but unpaid dividends on such Class “B” Preferred Shares being redeemed, upon presentation and surrender of the certificates representing such number of shares to be redeemed.

6) Retraction Right. Subject to the Act, each holder of Class “B” Preferred Shares shall be entitled, at any time and at such holder’s discretion, upon written notice, to require the Corporation to redeem all or part of such holder’s shares at a price equal to the “Redemption Value,” as described below, plus the amount of dividends declared but unpaid, if any, on the Class “B” Preferred Shares.

a) Redemption Value

The “Redemption Value” of each share corresponds to the amount paid for such share into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to the Class “B” Preferred Shares, plus a premium equal to the amount by which the fair market value of the consideration received by the Corporation at the time such Class “B” Preferred Share was issued exceeds the total of:

(i) the amount paid for such share into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to the Class “B” Preferred Shares; and

 

 

Page 2 of 18


(ii) the fair market value of any property, other than a Class “B” Preferred Share, given by the Corporation in payment of such consideration.

b) Determination of Fair Market Value of the Consideration

Upon issuance of the Class “B” Preferred Shares, the Corporation and each subscriber of Class “B” Preferred Shares shall determine, by mutual consent and in good faith, based on a method deemed fair and reasonable, the fair market value of each of the assets that form part of the consideration received by the Corporation at the time the Class “B” Preferred Shares are issued.

c) Adjustment of the Premium in Case of a Disagreement with the Department of Revenue

In the event of a disagreement with the federal or provincial department of revenue, or both, with respect to the appraisal of the fair market value of one or more of the assets that form part of the consideration received by the Corporation at the time the Class “B” Preferred Shares are issued, the appraisal by such department shall prevail. The amount of the premium relating to the redemption of the Class “B” Preferred Shares shall be adjusted accordingly if the department in question provides the Corporation and each holder of Class “B” Preferred Shares, or, where all of the shares are redeemed, the Corporation and each former holder of Class “B” Preferred Shares, with the opportunity to contest the appraisal with the department or before the courts. Where the federal and provincial appraisals differ, the amount of the premium shall be equal to the lower appraisal established in accordance with an uncontested assessment or another final judgment, as the case may be.

If, before the Redemption Value provided for in the foregoing sentence is adjusted, the Corporation pays, in cash or any other form of consideration, to a holder of Class “B” Preferred Shares, in connection with a redemption, retraction or purchase of Class “B” Preferred Shares, a sum for the Class “B” Preferred Shares that differs from the adjusted Redemption Value, the holder or the Corporation, as the case may be, shall immediately pay to the holder or the Corporation, as the case may be, the difference between the amount paid in connection with the redemption, retraction or purchase and the adjusted Redemption Value. Moreover, if, at the time of the adjustment, dividends have already been declared and paid on the Class “B” Preferred Shares, such dividends shall be adjusted so as to reflect the adjustment of the Redemption Value.

7) Right to Purchase by Private Agreement. Subject to the Act, the Corporation may, at any time, without giving notice and without taking into consideration the other classes of shares, purchase by private agreement and at the best possible price all or part of the issued and outstanding Class “B” Preferred Shares. However, such purchase price shall never exceed the Redemption Value mentioned above or the book value of the net assets of the Corporation.

C) CLASS “C” PREFERRED SHARES: The number of Class “C” Preferred Shares is unlimited, and the consideration paid into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to such shares is also unlimited; Class “C” Preferred Shares shall have no par value and shall carry the following rights, privileges, conditions and restrictions:

1) Ranking of Class “C” Preferred Shares. Class “C” Preferred Shares shall have priority over the Common Shares and the Classes “D,” “E” and “F” Preferred Shares, but not over the Classes “B” and “G” Preferred Shares with respect to the order of payment of dividends and the distribution of the

 

 

Page 3 of 18


assets of the Corporation in the event of the liquidation, winding-up or dissolution of the Corporation, whether or not voluntary, or any other distribution of the assets of the Corporation among its shareholders for the purpose of winding up its affairs.

2) Right to Dividends. The holders of Class “C” Preferred Shares shall be entitled to receive, every year, in such manner and at such time as the Board of Directors may declare, a non-cumulative dividend at the fixed rate of 1% per month, calculated on the redemption price of the Class “C” Preferred Shares, payable in cash, property or through the issuance of fully paid shares of any class of the Corporation.

3) Repayment. If, for any reason, including in the event of dissolution or liquidation or winding-up of the Corporation, whether or not voluntary, some or all of the assets of the Corporation are distributed among the shareholders, each holder of Class “C” Preferred Shares shall be entitled to repayment of the amount paid for the Class “C” Preferred Shares into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to the Class “C” Preferred Shares.

4) No Voting Right. Subject to the provisions of the Act or as otherwise expressly provided, the holders of Class “C” Preferred Shares shall not be entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at the meeting of shareholders of the Corporation.

5) Redemption Right. The Corporation shall be entitled, at its discretion, subject to the provisions of the Act in this regard, to redeem at any time all or from time to time part of the Class “C” Preferred Shares then outstanding upon giving notice to that effect, on payment to the holders of the Class “C” Preferred Shares of an aggregate redemption price equal to the consideration received by the Corporation at the time the Class “C” Preferred Shares were issued.

The Corporation shall, at least one (1) business day prior to the date fixed for redemption (the “Redemption Date”), give written notice, to each then registered holder of Class “C” Preferred Shares, of the Corporation’s intention to redeem such shares. Such notice shall set out the date and place at which the redemption is to take place and where payment is to occur and, in the case of partial redemption, the number of shares of each such holder of Class “C” Preferred Shares to be redeemed. If notice of redemption is given as aforesaid and an amount sufficient to redeem the Class “C” Preferred Shares called for redemption is deposited with the Corporation’s bankers or at any other place specified in the notice, on or before the Redemption Date, the holders of Class “C” Preferred Shares shall, after the Redemption Date, no longer have any right in or against the Corporation, except the right to receive payment of the Redemption Price and any accrued but unpaid dividends on such Class “C” Preferred Shares being redeemed, upon presentation and surrender of the certificates representing such number of shares to be redeemed.

6) Retraction Right. Subject to the Act, each holder of Class “C” Preferred Shares shall be entitled, at any time and at such holder’s discretion, upon written notice, to require the Corporation to redeem all or part of such holder’s shares at a price equal to the “Redemption Value,” as described below, plus the amount of dividends declared but unpaid, if any, on the Class “C” Preferred Shares.

a) Redemption Value

The “Redemption Value” of each share corresponds to the amount paid for such share into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to the Class “C” Preferred

 

 

Page 4 of 18


Shares, plus a premium equal to the amount by which the fair market value of the consideration received by the Corporation at the time such Class “C” Preferred Share was issued exceeds the total of:

(i) the amount paid for such share into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to the Class “C” Preferred Shares; and

(ii) the fair market value of any property, other than a Class “C” Share, given by the Corporation in payment of such consideration.

b) Determination of Fair Market Value of the Consideration

Upon issuance of the Class “C” Preferred Shares, the Corporation and each subscriber of Class “C” Preferred Shares shall determine, by mutual consent and in good faith, based on a method deemed fair and reasonable, the fair market value of each of the assets that form part of the consideration received by the Corporation at the time the Class “C” Preferred Shares are issued.

c) Adjustment of the Premium in Case of a Disagreement with the Department of Revenue

In the event of a disagreement with the federal or provincial department of revenue, or both, with respect to the appraisal of the fair market value of one or more of the assets that form part of the consideration received by the Corporation at the time the Class “C” Preferred Shares are issued, the appraisal by such department shall prevail. The amount of the premium relating to the redemption of the Class “C” Preferred Shares shall be adjusted accordingly if the department in question provides the Corporation and each holder of Class “C” Preferred Shares, or, where all of the shares are redeemed, the Corporation and each former holder of Class “C” Preferred Shares, with the opportunity to contest the appraisal with the department or before the courts. Where the federal and provincial appraisals differ, the amount of the premium shall be equal to the lower appraisal established in accordance with an uncontested assessment or another final judgment, as the case may be.

If, before the Redemption Value provided for in the foregoing sentence is adjusted, the Corporation pays, in cash or any other form of consideration, to a holder of Class “C” Preferred Shares, in connection with a redemption, retraction or purchase of Class “C” Preferred Shares, a sum for the Class “C” Preferred Shares that differs from the adjusted Redemption Value, the holder or the Corporation, as the case may be, shall immediately pay to the holder or the Corporation, as the case may be, the difference between the amount paid in connection with the redemption, retraction or purchase and the adjusted Redemption Value. Moreover, if, at the time of the adjustment, dividends have already been declared and paid on the Class “C” Preferred Shares, such dividends shall be adjusted so as to reflect the adjustment of the Redemption Value.

7) Right to Purchase by Private Agreement. Subject to the Act, the Corporation may, at any time, without giving notice and without taking into consideration the other classes of shares, purchase by private agreement and at the best possible price all or part of the issued and outstanding Class “C” Preferred Shares. However, such purchase price shall never exceed the Redemption Value mentioned above or the book value of the net assets of the Corporation.

 

 

Page 5 of 18


D) CLASS “D” PREFERRED SHARES: The number of Class “D” Preferred Shares is unlimited, and the consideration paid into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to such shares is also unlimited; Class “D” Preferred Shares shall have no par value and shall carry the following rights, privileges, conditions and restrictions:

1) Ranking of Class “D” Preferred Shares. Class “D” Preferred Shares shall have priority over the Common Shares and the Classes “E” and “F” Preferred Shares, but not over the Classes “B,” “C” and “G” Preferred Shares with respect to the order of payment of dividends and the distribution of the assets of the Corporation in the event of the liquidation, winding-up or dissolution of the Corporation, whether or not voluntary, or any other distribution of the assets of the Corporation among its shareholders for the purpose of winding up its affairs.

2) Right to Dividends. The holders of Class “D” Preferred Shares shall be entitled to receive, every year, in such manner and at such time as the Board of Directors may declare, a non-cumulative dividend at the fixed rate of 1% per month, calculated on the redemption price of the Class “D” Preferred Shares, payable in cash, property or through the issuance of fully paid shares of any class of the Corporation.

3) Repayment. If, for any reason, including in the event of dissolution or liquidation or winding-up of the Corporation, whether or not voluntary, some or all of the assets of the Corporation are distributed among the shareholders, each holder of Class “D” Preferred Shares shall be entitled to repayment of the amount paid for the Class “D” Preferred Shares into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to the Class “D” Preferred Shares.

4) No Voting Right. Subject to the provisions of the Act or as otherwise expressly provided, the holders of Class “D” Preferred Shares shall not be entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at the meeting of shareholders of the Corporation.

5) Redemption Right. The Corporation shall be entitled, at its discretion, subject to the provisions of the Act in this regard, to redeem at any time all or from time to time part of the Class “D” Preferred Shares then outstanding upon giving notice to that effect, on payment to the holders of the Class “D” Preferred Shares of an aggregate redemption price equal to the consideration received by the Corporation at the time the Class “D” Preferred Shares were issued.

The Corporation shall, at least one (1) business day prior to the date fixed for redemption (the “Redemption Date”), give written notice, to each then registered holder of Class “D” Preferred Shares, of the Corporation’s intention to redeem such shares. Such notice shall set out the date and place at which the redemption is to take place and where payment is to occur and, in the case of partial redemption, the number of shares of each such holder of Class “D” Preferred Shares to be redeemed. If notice of redemption is given as aforesaid and an amount sufficient to redeem the Class “D” Preferred Shares called for redemption is deposited with the Corporation’s bankers or at any other place specified in the notice, on or before the Redemption Date, the holders of Class “D” Preferred Shares shall, after the Redemption Date, no longer have any right in or against the Corporation, except the right to receive payment of the Redemption Price and any accrued but unpaid dividends on such Class “D” Preferred Shares being redeemed, upon presentation and surrender of the certificates representing such number of shares to be redeemed.

 

 

Page 6 of 18


6) Retraction Right. Subject to the Act, each holder of Class “D” Preferred Shares shall be entitled, at any time and at such holder’s discretion, upon written notice, to require the Corporation to redeem all or part of such holder’s shares at a price equal to the “Redemption Value,” as described below, plus the amount of dividends declared but unpaid, if any, on the Class “D” Preferred Shares.

a) Redemption Value

The “Redemption Value” of each share corresponds to the amount paid for such share into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to the Class “D” Preferred Shares, plus a premium equal to the amount by which the fair market value of the consideration received by the Corporation at the time such Class “D” Preferred Share was issued exceeds the total of:

(i) the amount paid for such share into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to the Class “D” Preferred Shares; and

(ii) the fair market value of any property, other than a Class “D” Preferred Share, given by the Corporation in payment of such consideration.

b) Determination of Fair Market Value of the Consideration

Upon issuance of the Class “D” Preferred Shares, the Corporation and each subscriber of Class “D” Preferred Shares shall determine, by mutual consent and in good faith, based on a method deemed fair and reasonable, the fair market value of each of the assets that form part of the consideration received by the Corporation at the time the Class “D” Preferred Shares are issued.

c) Adjustment of the Premium in Case of a Disagreement with the Department of Revenue

In the event of a disagreement with the federal or provincial department of revenue, or both, with respect to the appraisal of the fair market value of one or more of the assets that form part of the consideration received by the Corporation at the time the Class “D” Preferred Shares are issued, the appraisal by such department shall prevail. The amount of the premium relating to the redemption of the Class “D” Preferred Shares shall be adjusted accordingly if the department in question provides the Corporation and each holder of Class “D” Preferred Shares, or, where all of the shares are redeemed, the Corporation and each former holder of Class “D” Preferred Shares, with the opportunity to contest the appraisal with the department or before the courts. Where the federal and provincial appraisals differ, the amount of the premium shall be equal to the lower appraisal established in accordance with an uncontested assessment or another final judgment, as the case may be.

If, before the Redemption Value provided for in the foregoing sentence is adjusted, the Corporation pays, in cash or any other form of consideration, to a holder of Class “D” Preferred Shares, in connection with a redemption, retraction or purchase of Class “D” Preferred Shares, a sum for the Class “D” Preferred Shares that differs from the adjusted Redemption Value, the holder or the Corporation, as the case may be, shall immediately pay to the holder or the Corporation, as the case may be, the difference between the amount paid in connection with the redemption, retraction or purchase and the adjusted Redemption Value. Moreover, if, at the time of the adjustment, dividends have already been declared and paid on the Class “D” Preferred Shares, such dividends shall be adjusted so as to reflect the adjustment of the Redemption Value.

 

 

Page 7 of 18


7) Right to Purchase by Private Agreement. Subject to the Act, the Corporation may, at any time, without giving notice and without taking into consideration the other classes of shares, purchase by private agreement and at the best possible price all or part of the issued and outstanding Class “D” Preferred Shares. However, such purchase price shall never exceed the Redemption Value mentioned above or the book value of the net assets of the Corporation.

E) CLASS “E” PREFERRED SHARES: The number of Class “E” Preferred Shares is unlimited, and the consideration paid into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to such shares is also unlimited; Class “E” Preferred Shares shall have no par value and shall carry the following rights, privileges, conditions and restrictions:

1) Ranking of Class “E” Preferred Shares. Class “E” Preferred Shares shall have priority over the Common Shares and the Class “F” Preferred Shares, but not over the Classes “B,” “C,” “D” and “G” Preferred Shares with respect to the order of payment of dividends and the distribution of the assets of the Corporation in the event of the liquidation, winding-up or dissolution of the Corporation, whether or not voluntary, or any other distribution of the assets of the Corporation among its shareholders for the purpose of winding up its affairs.

2) Right to Dividends. The holders of Class “E” Preferred Shares shall be entitled to receive, every year, in such manner and at such time as the Board of Directors may declare, a non-cumulative dividend at the fixed rate of 1% per month, calculated on the redemption price of the Class “E” Preferred Shares, payable in cash, property or through the issuance of fully paid shares of any class of the Corporation.

3) Repayment. If, for any reason, including in the event of dissolution or liquidation or winding-up of the Corporation, whether or not voluntary, some or all of the assets of the Corporation are distributed among the shareholders, each holder of Class “E” Preferred Shares shall be entitled to repayment of the amount paid for the Class “E” Preferred Shares into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to the Class “E” Preferred Shares.

4) No Voting Right. Subject to the provisions of the Act or as otherwise expressly provided, the holders of Class “E” Preferred Shares shall not be entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at the meeting of shareholders of the Corporation.

5) Redemption Right. The Corporation shall be entitled, at its discretion, subject to the provisions of the Act in this regard, to redeem at any time all or from time to time part of the Class “E” Preferred Shares then outstanding upon giving notice to that effect, on payment to the holders of the Class “E” Preferred Shares of an aggregate redemption price equal to the consideration received by the Corporation at the time the Class “E” Preferred Shares were issued.

The Corporation shall, at least one (1) business day prior to the date fixed for redemption (the “Redemption Date”), give written notice, to each then registered holder of Class “E” Preferred Shares, of the Corporation’s intention to redeem such shares. Such notice shall set out the date and place at which the redemption is to take place and where payment is to occur and, in the case of partial redemption, the number of shares of each such holder of Class “E” Preferred Shares to be redeemed. If

 

 

Page 8 of 18


notice of redemption is given as aforesaid and an amount sufficient to redeem the Class “E” Preferred Shares called for redemption is deposited with the Corporation’s bankers or at any other place specified in the notice, on or before the Redemption Date, the holders of Class “E” Preferred Shares shall, after the Redemption Date, no longer have any right in or against the Corporation, except the right to receive payment of the Redemption Price and any accrued but unpaid dividends on such Class “E” Preferred Shares being redeemed, upon presentation and surrender of the certificates representing such number of shares to be redeemed.

6) Retraction Right. Subject to the Act, each holder of Class “E” Preferred Shares shall be entitled, at any time and at such holder’s discretion, upon written notice, to require the Corporation to redeem all or part of such holder’s shares at a price equal to the “Redemption Value,” as described below, plus the amount of dividends declared but unpaid, if any, on the Class “E” Preferred Shares.

a) Redemption Value

The “Redemption Value” of each share corresponds to the amount paid for such share into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to the Class “E” Preferred Shares, plus a premium equal to the amount by which the fair market value of the consideration received by the Corporation at the time such Class “E” Preferred Share was issued exceeds the total of:

(i) the amount paid for such share into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to the Class “E” Preferred Shares; and

(ii) the fair market value of any property, other than a Class “E” Preferred Share, given by the Corporation in payment of such consideration.

b) Determination of Fair Market Value of the Consideration

Upon issuance of the Class “E” Preferred Shares, the Corporation and each subscriber of Class “E” Preferred Shares shall determine, by mutual consent and in good faith, based on a method deemed fair and reasonable, the fair market value of each of the assets that form part of the consideration received by the Corporation at the time the Class “E” Preferred Shares are issued.

c) Adjustment of the Premium in Case of a Disagreement with the Department of Revenue

In the event of a disagreement with the federal or provincial department of revenue, or both, with respect to the appraisal of the fair market value of one or more of the assets that form part of the consideration received by the Corporation at the time the Class “E” Preferred Shares are issued, the appraisal by such department shall prevail. The amount of the premium relating to the redemption of the Class “E” Preferred Shares shall be adjusted accordingly if the department in question provides the Corporation and each holder of Class “E” Preferred Shares, or, where all of the shares are redeemed, the Corporation and each former holder of Class “E” Preferred Shares, with the opportunity to contest the appraisal with the department or before the courts. Where the federal and provincial appraisals differ, the amount of the premium shall be equal to the lower appraisal established in accordance with an uncontested assessment or another final judgment, as the case may be.

 

 

Page 9 of 18


If, before the Redemption Value provided for in the foregoing sentence is adjusted, the Corporation pays, in cash or any other form of consideration, to a holder of Class “E” Preferred Shares, in connection with a redemption, retraction or purchase of Class “E” Preferred Shares, a sum for the Class “E” Preferred Shares that differs from the adjusted Redemption Value, the holder or the Corporation, as the case may be, shall immediately pay to the holder or the Corporation, as the case may be, the difference between the amount paid in connection with the redemption, retraction or purchase and the adjusted Redemption Value. Moreover, if, at the time of the adjustment, dividends have already been declared and paid on the Class “E” Preferred Shares, such dividends shall be adjusted so as to reflect the adjustment of the Redemption Value.

7) Right to Purchase by Private Agreement. Subject to the Act, the Corporation may, at any time, without giving notice and without taking into consideration the other classes of shares, purchase by private agreement and at the best possible price all or part of the issued and outstanding Class “E” Preferred Shares. However, such purchase price shall never exceed the Redemption Value mentioned above or the book value of the net assets of the Corporation.

F) CLASS “F” PREFERRED SHARES: The number of Class “F” Preferred Shares is unlimited, and the consideration paid into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to such shares is also unlimited; Class “F” Preferred Shares shall have no par value and shall carry the following rights, privileges, conditions and restrictions:

1) Ranking of Class “F” Preferred Shares. Class “F” Preferred Shares shall have priority over the Common Shares, but not over the Classes “B,” “C,” “D,” “E” and “G” Preferred Shares with respect to the order of payment of dividends and the distribution of the assets of the Corporation in the event of the liquidation, winding-up or dissolution of the Corporation, whether or not voluntary, or any other distribution of the assets of the Corporation among its shareholders for the purpose of winding up its affairs.

2) Right to Dividends. The holders of Class “F” Preferred Shares shall be entitled to receive, every year, in such manner and at such time as the Board of Directors may declare, a non-cumulative dividend at the fixed rate of 1% per month, calculated on the redemption price of the Class “F” Preferred Shares, payable in cash, property or through the issuance of fully paid shares of any class of the Corporation.

3) Repayment. If, for any reason, including in the event of dissolution or liquidation or winding-up of the Corporation, whether or not voluntary, some or all of the assets of the Corporation are distributed among the shareholders, each holder of Class “F” Preferred Shares shall be entitled to repayment of the amount paid for the Class “F” Preferred Shares into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to the Class “F” Preferred Shares.

4) No Voting Right. Subject to the provisions of the Act or as otherwise expressly provided, the holders of Class “F” Preferred Shares shall not be entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at the meeting of shareholders of the Corporation.

5) Redemption Right. The Corporation shall be entitled, at its discretion, subject to the provisions of the Act in this regard, to redeem at any time all or from time to time part of the Class “F” Preferred Shares then outstanding upon giving notice to that effect, on payment to the holders of the Class “F” Preferred Shares of an aggregate redemption price equal to the consideration received by the Corporation at the time the Class “F” Preferred Shares were issued.

 

 

Page 10 of 18


The Corporation shall, at least one (1) business day prior to the date fixed for redemption (the “Redemption Date”), give written notice, to each then registered holder of Class “F” Preferred Shares, of the Corporation’s intention to redeem such shares. Such notice shall set out the date and place at which the redemption is to take place and where payment is to occur and, in the case of partial redemption, the number of shares of each such holder of Class “F” Preferred Shares to be redeemed. If notice of redemption is given as aforesaid and an amount sufficient to redeem the Class “F” Preferred Shares called for redemption is deposited with the Corporation’s bankers or at any other place specified in the notice, on or before the Redemption Date, the holders of Class “F” Preferred Shares shall, after the Redemption Date, no longer have any right in or against the Corporation, except the right to receive payment of the Redemption Price and any accrued but unpaid dividends on such Class “F” Preferred Shares being redeemed, upon presentation and surrender of the certificates representing such number of shares to be redeemed.

6) Retraction Right. Subject to the Act, each holder of Class “F” Preferred Shares shall be entitled, at any time and at such holder’s discretion, upon written notice, to require the Corporation to redeem all or part of such holder’s shares at a price equal to the “Redemption Value,” as described below, plus the amount of dividends declared but unpaid, if any, on the Class “F” Preferred Shares.

a) Redemption Value

The “Redemption Value” of each share corresponds to the amount paid for such share into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to the Class “F” Preferred Shares, plus a premium equal to the amount by which the fair market value of the consideration received by the Corporation at the time such Class “F” Preferred Share was issued exceeds the total of:

(i) the amount paid for such share into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to the Class “F” Preferred Shares; and

(ii) the fair market value of any property, other than a Class “F” Preferred Share, given by the Corporation in payment of such consideration.

b) Determination of Fair Market Value of the Consideration

Upon issuance of the Class “F” Preferred Shares, the Corporation and each subscriber of Class “F” Preferred Shares shall determine, by mutual consent and in good faith, based on a method deemed fair and reasonable, the fair market value of each of the assets that form part of the consideration received by the Corporation at the time the Class “F” Preferred Shares are issued.

c) Adjustment of the Premium in Case of a Disagreement with the Department of Revenue

In the event of a disagreement with the federal or provincial department of revenue, or both, with respect to the appraisal of the fair market value of one or more of the assets that form part of the consideration received by the Corporation at the time the Class “F” Preferred Shares are issued, the appraisal by such department shall prevail. The amount of the premium relating to the redemption

 

 

Page 11 of 18


of the Class “F” Preferred Shares shall be adjusted accordingly if the department in question provides the Corporation and each holder of Class “F” Preferred Shares, or, where all of the shares are redeemed, the Corporation and each former holder of Class “F” Preferred Shares, with the opportunity to contest the appraisal with the department or before the courts. Where the federal and provincial appraisals differ, the amount of the premium shall be equal to the lower appraisal established in accordance with an uncontested assessment or another final judgment, as the case may be.

If, before the Redemption Value provided for in the foregoing sentence is adjusted, the Corporation pays, in cash or any other form of consideration, to a holder of Class “F” Preferred Shares, in connection with a redemption, retraction or purchase of Class “F” Preferred Shares, a sum for the Class “F” Preferred Shares that differs from the adjusted Redemption Value, the holder or the Corporation, as the case may be, shall immediately pay to the holder or the Corporation, as the case may be, the difference between the amount paid in connection with the redemption, retraction or purchase and the adjusted Redemption Value. Moreover, if, at the time of the adjustment, dividends have already been declared and paid on the Class “F” Preferred Shares, such dividends shall be adjusted so as to reflect the adjustment of the Redemption Value.

7) Right to Purchase by Private Agreement. Subject to the Act, the Corporation may, at any time, without giving notice and without taking into consideration the other classes of shares, purchase by private agreement and at the best possible price all or part of the issued and outstanding Class “F” Preferred Shares. However, such purchase price shall never exceed the Redemption Value mentioned above or the book value of the net assets of the Corporation.

G) CLASS “G” PREFERRED SHARES: The number of Class “G” Preferred Shares is unlimited, and the consideration paid into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to such shares is also unlimited. Class “G” Preferred Shares shall have no par value and shall carry the following rights, privileges, conditions and restrictions:

1) Ranking of Class “G” Preferred Shares. Class “G” Preferred Shares shall have priority over the Class “A” Common Shares and the other shares of the Corporation with respect to the order of payment of dividends and the distribution of the assets of the Corporation in the event of the liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation, whether or not voluntary, or any other distribution of the assets of the Corporation among its shareholders for the purpose of winding up its affairs.

2) Right to Dividends . The holders of record of the Class “G” Preferred Shares shall be entitled to receive, in each fiscal year of the Corporation, a fixed cumulative preferential dividend at the rate of 11.25% per annum per share, calculated daily on the Redemption Price (as defined below) of the Class “G” Preferred Shares. Such dividends shall be cumulative from the respective date of issue of each Class “G” Preferred Share.

For greater certainty, it is hereby declared that (a) wherever it is used in this Section 2, the expression “dividend at the rate of 11.25% per annum per share” shall mean, with respect to the Class “G” Preferred Shares, a dividend calculated at such rate for at least the number of days during which such share was outstanding in the fiscal year with respect to which the calculation is being made and (b) nothing herein contained or implied shall require prorating of dividends with respect to any share not outstanding during the entire period for or with respect to which such dividends are accrued.

 

 

Page 12 of 18


However, the directors of the Corporation may, at their discretion, prorate dividends with respect to any share not outstanding for the entire period for or with respect to which dividends are accrued if such right to prorate dividends was reserved by the Corporation at the time such shares were issued.

All dividends declared on the Class “G” Preferred Shares shall be payable semi-annually on a cumulative basis on the 20th day of the months of June and December in every year, at such place as the directors of the Corporation may determine, in cash or by certified cheque, bank draft or wire transfer, provided that, in respect of any payment of dividends denominated in a currency other than Canadian dollars, the applicable exchange rate shall be that published by the Bank of Canada in effect on the date of payment.

The holders of Class “G” Preferred Shares shall be entitled to receive only the aforementioned dividends. No dividends may be paid on any shares ranking junior to the Class “G” Preferred Shares, unless all dividends that have become payable on the Class “G” Preferred Shares have been paid or set aside for payment.

3) Liquidation or Winding-Up . In the event of the liquidation, winding-up, dissolution or reorganization of the Corporation or any other distribution of its assets among its shareholders for the purpose of winding up its affairs, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, the holders of Class “G” Preferred Shares shall be entitled to receive, in preference to the holders of any other class of shares of the Corporation, an amount equal to the Redemption Price (as defined below) for each Class “G” Preferred Share held and any accrued but unpaid dividends on such shares.

4) No Voting Right . The holders of Class “G” Preferred Shares shall not be entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at the meetings of shareholders of the Corporation, unless the Corporation has failed to pay eight (8) semi-annual dividends on the Class “G” Preferred Shares, whether or not consecutive. In that event and only so long as the said dividends remain in arrears, the holders of Class “G” Preferred Shares shall be entitled to receive notice of, attend and vote at the meetings of shareholders of the Corporation, except meetings at which only the holders of another specified series or class of shares are entitled to vote. At each such meeting, each Class “G” Preferred Share shall entitle the holder thereof to one (1) vote.

5) Redemption Right . The Corporation shall be entitled, at its discretion, subject to the provisions of the Act in this regard, to redeem at any time all or part of the Class “G” Preferred Shares then outstanding upon giving notice as hereinafter provided, on payment to the holders of the Class “G” Preferred Shares of an aggregate amount equal to the Redemption Price (as defined below) and any accrued but unpaid dividends on such Class “G” Preferred Shares being redeemed. In the case of partial redemption, the Class “G” Preferred Shares to be redeemed shall be selected pro rata among the holders of all Class “G” Preferred Shares then outstanding, except that, with the consent of all the holders of Class “G” Preferred Shares, the shares to be redeemed may be selected in another manner.

The Corporation shall, at least one (1) business day prior to the date fixed for redemption (the “Redemption Date”), give written notice, to each then registered holder of Class “G” Preferred Shares, of the Corporation’s intention to redeem such shares. Such notice shall set out the date and the place at which the redemption is to take place and where payment is to occur and, in the case of partial redemption, the number of shares to be redeemed from each such holder of Class “G” Preferred Shares. If notice of redemption is given as aforesaid and an amount sufficient to redeem the Class “G”

 

 

Page 13 of 18


Preferred Shares called for redemption is deposited with the Corporation’s bankers or at any other place or places specified in the notice, on or before the Redemption Date, the holders of Class “G” Preferred Shares shall, after the Redemption Date, no longer have any right in or against the Corporation, except the right to receive payment of the Redemption Price and any accrued but unpaid dividends on such Class “G” Preferred Shares being redeemed, upon presentation and surrender of the certificates representing such number of shares to be redeemed.

6) Retraction Right . Each holder of Class “G” Preferred Shares shall be entitled, at such holder’s discretion, upon prior written notice of no less than one (1) business day to the Corporation, to require the Corporation to redeem all or part of such holder’s Class “G” Preferred Shares for an aggregate amount equal to the Redemption Price (as defined below) and any accrued but unpaid dividends on such shares, payable, subject to the provisions of the Act in this regard, upon presentation and surrender by such holder of Class “G” Preferred Shares of the certificates representing the number of Class “G” Preferred Shares to be redeemed (the date on which such presentation and surrender occur being the “Retraction Date”). As of the Retraction Date, the Class “G” Preferred Shares shall be considered redeemed, and the Corporation shall pay to such holder of Class “G” Preferred Shares the Redemption Price (as defined below) and any accrued but unpaid dividends on such shares. In the event the Corporation is unable to pay the Redemption Price of the Class “G” Preferred Shares on the Retraction Date, it shall forthwith give the holder of Class “G” Preferred Shares written notice thereof.

7) Redemption Price . The Redemption Price of the Class “G” Preferred Shares shall be an amount equal to $1,000 per Class “G” Preferred Share being redeemed. The Redemption Price may be paid in cash, or by certified cheque, bank draft or wire transfer, or by the delivery of assets having equivalent value, provided that in respect of any such payment denominated in a currency other than Canadian dollars, for the purposes of this Section (7), the applicable exchange rate shall be that published by the Bank of Canada in effect on the date of payment.

------------------End of Share Capital------------------

 

 

Page 14 of 18


SCHEDULE B

Relative to the

ARTICLES OF CONSTITUTION

RESTRICTIONS ON THE TRANSFER OF SHARES

No shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be transferred without the approval of Directors as evidenced by a resolution of the Board of Directors; the approval of such transfer of shares may be given as aforesaid after the transfer has been registered in the books of the Corporation, in which case, unless such resolution provides otherwise, the transfer is valid and shall come into force on the date of its registration in the books of the Corporation.

RESTRICTIONS ON THE TRANSFER OF SECURITIES

As long as the Corporation shall have the status of a « private issuer » as defined in Regulation 45-106 on Prospectus and Registration Exemptions (R.S.Q.c. V-1.1) , all transfers of securities of the Corporation (other than shares and non-convertible debt securities) shall be subject to the consent of the Board of Directors of the Corporation as evidenced by a resolution passed or signed by them, or subject to the restrictions contained in a Shareholders’ Agreement.

 

 

Page 15 of 18

Exhibit 1.25

9253-2233 QUÉBEC INC.

(the “Corporation”)

TRANSLATION

BY-LAWS

 

A. INTERPRETATION

 

1. Definitions

In these by-laws, unless the context indicates otherwise,

“Act” means the Business Corporations Act, R.S.Q., c. S-31.1. Any reference to that statute or any provisions thereof in the Corporation’s by-laws is interpreted as a reference to any amended or substituted provisions thereof;

“affairs” means the relationships among the Corporation, its affiliates and the shareholders, directors and officers of the Corporation and its affiliates but does not include the business carried on by the Corporation or its affiliates;

“affiliates”: means legal persons one of whom is a subsidiary of the other, or legal persons who are controlled by the same person;

“associates” means, in relation to a person:

 

  a) the person’s spouse, children and relatives, and the children and relatives of the person’s spouse;

 

  b) a partner of the person;

 

  c) a succession or trust in which the person has a substantial interest similar to that of a beneficiary or in respect of which the person serves as liquidator, trustee or other administrator of the property of others, mandatary or depositary; or

 

  d) a legal person of whom the person owns securities making up more than 10% of a class of shares carrying voting rights at any shareholders meeting or the right to receive any declared dividend or a share of the remaining property of the legal person in the event of liquidation.

“group”: means any legal person, any group of persons or any group of properties, including an organization, joint venture or trust;

“officer” means a person referred to in section 40 of these by-laws;


“resolution” or “ordinary resolution” means a resolution that requires a majority of the votes cast at a shareholders meeting by the shareholders entitled to vote on the resolution, or a resolution that requires the signature of all such shareholders;

“reporting issuer” means a reporting issuer within the meaning of the Securities Act (R.S.Q., chapter V-1.1);

“security” means a share, debenture, bond or note that is dealt in or traded on a securities exchange or financial market;

“shareholder” means a shareholder who is registered in the securities register of the Corporation, and includes a shareholder’s representative;

“special resolution” means a resolution that requires at least two thirds of the votes cast at a shareholders meeting by the shareholders entitled to vote on the resolution, or a resolution that requires the signature of all such shareholders.

 

2. Interpretation

 

  a) in the event of contradiction between the Act and the articles or the by-laws of the Corporation, the Act shall prevail over the articles and the by-laws; and the by-laws; and the articles shall take precedence over the by-laws.

 

  b) the powers of the directors, shareholders and officers of the Corporation are subject to the Act and by-laws of the Corporation and any reference to the exercise of any of these powers in the by-laws of the Corporation is subject to the limits, restrictions or conditions that are expressed therein.

 

  c) the masculine gender includes both sexes, unless the contrary intention is evident by the context;

 

  d) the singular number extends to more than one person or more than one thing of the same sort, whenever the context admits of such extension. The plural number can apply to one person only or to one thing only if the context so permits.

The headings used in these by-laws are for ease of reference only and do not form part of them.

 

B. HEAD OFFICE, ESTABLISHMENT AND SEAL

 

3. Head office

The head office of the Corporation shall be established in the judicial district of Montréal, in the Province of Quebec. The Corporation may relocate its head office in compliance with the Act.

 

4. Establishment

In addition to its head office, the Corporation may have other establishments, offices or agencies both within and outside Quebec.

 

2


5. Seal

The Board of Directors may adopt a seal but is not required to. The fact that a document of the Corporation is not sealed does not invalidate the document.

 

C. CORPORATE RECORDS

 

6. Records

The Corporation maintains, at its head office or at any other place designated by the Board of Directors, records containing:

 

  a) the articles and the by-laws;

 

  b) minutes of meetings of the shareholders and written resolutions of shareholders;

 

  c) the names and domicile of the directors, and the dates of the beginning and end of their term of office; and

 

  d) the securities register.

The secretary keeps such records up-to-date.

The shareholders may examine these records during its regular office hours, and obtain extracts from them. They may also, on request and without charge, obtain a copy of the articles and by-laws.

 

7. Accounting and Board records

The Corporation also maintains accounting records and books containing the minutes of meetings and written resolutions of the Board of Directors. If applicable, the Corporation also maintains books for all the committees of the Board of Directors. These records and books are kept at the Corporation’s head office or at any other place designated by the Board of Directors.

The Corporation is required to retain all accounting records for a period of six years after the end of the fiscal year to which they relate.

Only the directors and the auditor may have access to the accounting records and books containing the minutes of the meetings as well as the written resolutions of the Board of Directors and of its committees. However, the shareholders may examine, during the Corporation’s regular office hours, any part of the minutes of the deliberations of the Board of Directors or any other document in which a director or officer makes the disclosure of interest referred to in sections 22 and 45 below.

 

8. Securities register

The securities register of the Corporation contains the following information with respect to its shares:

 

  a) the names, in alphabetical order, and the addresses of present and past shareholders;

 

3


  b) the number of shares held by each such shareholder;

 

  c) the date and details of the issue and transfer of each share; and

 

  d) any amount due on any share.

The register must contain, if applicable, the same information with respect to the Corporation’s debentures, bonds and notes, with the necessary modifications. Any person may examine the Corporation’s securities register if that person complies with the provisions of the Act in this regard. Any person may, on request and on payment of a reasonable fee established by the Corporation, obtain a copy of the list of the Corporation’s shareholders as provided for in the Act.

 

D. BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

9. Functions and powers

The Board of Directors exercises all necessary powers to supervise the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation. Except to the extent provided by law, such powers may be exercised without shareholder approval.

Generally, the Board of Directors exercises the powers and takes the actions which the Corporation is authorized to take; it may also enter into any contract on behalf of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may, on behalf of the Corporation:

 

  a) borrow money;

 

  b) issue, reissue, sell or hypothecate its debt obligations;

 

  c) enter into a suretyship to secure performance of an obligation of any person; and

 

  d) hypothecate all or any of its property, owned or subsequently acquired, to secure any obligation.

 

10. Delegation of powers

The Board of Directors may create one of several committees composed of directors and may delegate certain powers to this or these committees. It can also delegate its powers to a director or an officer. However, the Board of Directors may not delegate its power:

 

  a) to submit to the shareholders any question or matter requiring their approval;

 

  b) to fill a vacancy among the directors or in the office of auditor;

 

  c) to appoint or dismiss the president of the Corporation, the Chair of the Board of Directors, the chief executive officer, the chief operating officer or the chief financial officer regardless of their title, and to determine their remuneration;

 

  d) to authorize the issue of shares;

 

  e) to approve the transfer of unpaid shares;

 

  f) to declare dividends;

 

4


  g) to acquire, including by purchase, redemption or exchange, shares issued by the Corporation;

 

  h) to split, consolidate or convert shares;

 

  i) to authorize the payment of a commission to a person who purchases shares or other securities of the Corporation, or procures or agrees to procure purchasers for those shares or securities;

 

  j) to approve the financial statements presented at the annual meetings of shareholders;

 

  k) to adopt, amend or repeal by-laws;

 

  l) to authorize calls for payment;

 

  m) to authorize the confiscation of shares;

 

  n) to approve articles of amendment allowing a class of unissued shares to be divided into series, and to determine the designation of and the rights and restrictions attaching to those shares or securities; or

 

  o) to approve a short-form amalgamation.

 

11. Contracts

All contracts, deeds, agreements, documents, bonds, debentures and other instruments requiring execution by the Corporation may be signed by two directors or two officers of the Corporation or by one director and one officer of the Corporation or by such persons as the Board of Directors may otherwise authorize from time to time by resolution. Any such authorization may be general or confined to specific instances.

 

12. Proceedings

Any director or officer of the Corporation, or any other person appointed for that purpose by any director or officer of the Corporation, is authorized to bring any action, proceeding, motion, civil, criminal, administrative or other legal procedure, in the name of the Corporation or to appear and to answer on behalf of the Corporation to any writ, to any order or injunction issued by any court, to any examination on the facts relating to any litigation or any examination on discovery, as well as to any action, proceeding, motion or other legal procedure in which the Corporation is involved; to respond in the name of the Corporation to any garnishment in which the Corporation is garnishee and to prepare any affidavit or any solemn declaration related to such a garnishment or to any other legal procedure to which the Corporation is a party; to make any application for the assignment of property or any petitions for a receiving order against any debtor of the Corporation; to attend and to vote in any meeting of the creditors of debtors of the Corporation; to grant proxies and, in respect of any such action, proceeding, motion or other legal procedure, to take any other action which he or she deems to be in the best interests of the Corporation.

 

5


13. Number

The exact number of directors is determined by the Board of Directors as provided in the articles of the Corporation.

The directors in office do not cease to hold their position as a result of an amendment of the articles which reduces their number.

 

14. Qualifications

Any natural person may be a director of the Corporation, except:

 

  a) a minor;

 

  b) a person of full age under tutorship or curatorship;

 

  c) a bankrupt;

 

  d) a person prohibited by the court from holding such office;

 

  e) a person declared incapable by decision of a court of another jurisdiction.

Unless otherwise provided in the articles, a director is not required to be a shareholder.

 

15. Election and term of office

The directors are elected each year at the annual shareholders meeting by a simple majority of the votes and remain in office until the next annual shareholders meeting or until their successors are appointed. Voting for the election of directors is conducted by a show of hands unless a ballot is demanded by a shareholder entitled to vote.

 

16. Cessation of office

A director ceases to hold office when he dies, becomes disqualified from being a director, resigns or is removed from office.

 

17. Resignation

A director may resign at any time. The resignation of a director becomes effective at the time the director’s written resignation is received by the Corporation, or at the time specified in the resignation, whichever is later. The reason for the resignation need not be given.

 

18. Removal

The shareholders may by ordinary resolution at a special meeting remove any director or directors. If certain shareholders have an exclusive right to elect one or more directors, a director so elected may only be removed by ordinary resolution of those shareholders.

A director whose removal is to be proposed at a shareholders meeting may attend the meeting and be heard or, if not in attendance, may explain, in a written statement read by the person presiding over the meeting or made available to the shareholders before or at the meeting, why he opposes the resolution proposing his removal.

 

6


A vacancy created by the removal of a director may be filled at the shareholders meeting at which the director is removed or, if it is not, at a subsequent meeting of the Board of Directors.

 

19. Vacancy

A quorum of directors may fill any vacancy on the board unless there has been a failure to elect the fixed number or minimum number of directors required by the articles.

However, the directors then in office must without delay call a special shareholders meeting to fill the vacancies resulting from the lack of quorum or the failure to elect the fixed or minimal number of directors set out in the articles. If the directors refuse or fail to call a meeting, the meeting may be called by any shareholder.

A director appointed or elected to fill a vacancy holds office for the unexpired term of his predecessor.

 

20. Retiring director and updating declaration

A director who leaves office is authorized to sign on behalf of the Corporation and file in accordance with the Act respecting the legal publicity of enterprises an updating declaration indicating such change, unless he has received, within thirty (30) days of the date on which such change took effect, proof that the Corporation has filed such declaration.

 

21. Duties of directors

Subject to the provisions of the Act, the directors are bound by the same obligations as are imposed by the Civil Code of Québec on any director of a legal person. Consequently, in the exercise of their functions, the directors are duty-bound toward the Corporation to act with prudence and diligence, honesty and loyalty and in the interest of the Corporation.

More specifically, but without limiting the generality of the foregoing:

 

  a) no director may mingle the property of the Corporation with his own property nor may he use for his own profit or that of a third person any property of the Corporation or any information he obtains by reason of his duties, unless he is authorized to do so by the shareholders of the Corporation;

 

  b) unless he has obtained the express consent of the Board of Directors, a director must keep confidential the deliberations of the Board of Directors, any internal document and any other information to which he has access in the performance of his duties which is not publicly known and which has not been publicly disclosed by the Corporation;

 

  c) a director must avoid placing himself in any situation where his personal interest would be in conflict with his obligations as a director of the Corporation;

 

  d) a director must declare to the legal person any interest he has in an enterprise or association that may place him in a situation of conflict of interest and of any right he may set up against it, indicating their nature and value, where applicable.

 

7


22. Contracts or transactions – disclosure of interest

A director must disclose the nature and value of any interest he has in a contract or transaction to which the Corporation is a party. “Interest” means any financial stake in a contract or transaction that may reasonably be considered likely to influence decision-making. Furthermore, a proposed contract or a proposed transaction, including related negotiations, is considered a contract or transaction.

A director must also disclose a contract or transaction to which the Corporation and any of the following are a party:

 

  a) an associate of the director;

 

  b) a group of which the director is a director;

 

  c) a group in which the director or an associate of the director has an interest.

The director satisfies the requirement if he discloses, in a case specified in subparagraph b), the directorship or office held within the group or, in a case specified in subparagraph c), the nature and value of the interest he or his associate has in the group.

Unless it is recorded in the minutes of the first meeting of the Board of Directors at which the contract or transaction is discussed, the disclosure of an interest, contract or transaction must be made in writing to the Board of Directors as soon as the director becomes aware of the interest, contract or transaction.

The disclosure must be made even in the case of a contract or transaction that does not require approval by the Board of Directors.

 

23. Contracts or transactions – voting

No director may vote on a resolution to approve, amend or terminate the contract or transaction described in the foregoing section, or be present during deliberations concerning the approval, amendment or termination of such a contract or transaction unless the contract or transaction:

 

  a) relates primarily to the remuneration of the director or an associate of the director as a director of the Corporation or an affiliate of the Corporation;

 

  b) relates primarily to the remuneration of the director or an associate of the director as an officer, employee or mandatary of the Corporation or an affiliate of the Corporation, if the Corporation is not a reporting issuer;

 

  c) is for the indemnification of the directors in certain circumstances or liability insurance taken out by the Corporation;

 

  d) is with an affiliate of the Corporation, and the sole interest of the director is as a director or officer of the affiliate.

If no quorum exists for the purpose of voting on a resolution to approve a contract or transaction only because a director is not permitted to be present during deliberations, the other directors present are deemed to constitute a quorum for the purpose of voting on the resolution.

 

8


If all the directors are required to abstain from voting, the contract or transaction may be approved solely by the shareholders entitled to vote, by ordinary resolution. The disclosure must be made to the shareholders in a sufficiently clear manner before the contract or transaction is approved.

 

24. Remuneration

The Board of Directors determines the remuneration of the directors from time to time, by resolution. The directors are also entitled to be reimbursed for travel costs and reasonable expenses incurred in the performance of their duties.

 

E. MEETINGS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

25. Place

The Board of Directors meets at the head office of the Corporation or at any other place within or outside Quebec which the Chair of the Board of Directors may choose.

 

26. Calling of meeting

The Board of Directors meets as often as the Chair of the Board considers necessary. Board meetings are called by the Chair of the Board, or by the secretary at the request of the Chair of the Board, or in the absence or in case of incapacity to act as Chair of the Board, at the request of two (2) directors. At least two (2) days’ notice must be given.

In the event that the Chair of the Board (or the secretary, at the request of the Chair of the Board or in the absence or in case of incapacity to act as Chair of the Board, at the request of two (2) directors) considers, at his discretion, that it is deemed urgent to call a meeting of the Board of Directors, he must see that the notice of the meeting be sent out using any possible means at least two (2) hours before the meeting and such notice shall be deemed sufficient for the meeting to be called.

The notice must state the time and place of the meeting and, where applicable, specify any matter referred to in section 10 of these by-laws.

A notice of meeting must be sent to each director, at his last known civic or electronic address, by any means providing proof of its sending.

A meeting may be held without notice if all the directors are present or if the absent directors agreed to the holding of such meeting. The meeting of the Board of Directors immediately following the annual shareholders meeting may take place without notice.

 

27. Waiver of notice

A director may, in writing, waive notice of a meeting; waiver of the notice may be validly given before or after the meeting. However, attendance of a director at a meeting of the board is a waiver of notice of the meeting unless the director attends the meeting for the sole purpose of objecting to the holding of the meeting on the grounds that it was not lawfully called.

 

9


28. Participation by any means of communication

A director may participate in a meeting of the board by means of equipment - telephone, electronic or other - enabling all participants to communicate directly with one another. In such a case, the director is deemed to be present at the meeting.

 

29. Attendance

Only the directors may attend board meetings. Other persons may also attend as needed, with the authorization of the Chair of the Board or the majority of the directors present.

 

30. Quorum

A majority of the directors in office constitutes a quorum. A quorum of directors may validly exercise all the powers of the directors, despite any vacancy on the board.

 

31. Chair and secretary of the meeting

Meetings of the Board of Directors are chaired by the Chair of the Board or, by default, by the vice-chair of the board or by default by the president and chief executive officer or, in his absence, by a director assigned by the other participating directors. The secretary acts as meeting secretary, drafts the minutes of the meeting and co-signs the minutes with the Chair of the meeting.

 

32. Procedure

The Chair of the Board directs the meeting and ensures that it is conducted in an orderly manner. He submits the business to be discussed to the board. A director may also submit business to be discussed.

 

33. Voting

Unless otherwise provided in the articles, the Board of Directors decides any issue by a majority of the votes. Each director is entitled to one vote. Voting by proxy is not permitted.

Voting is by a show of hands or, at the request of the Chair of the Board or a director, by secret ballot. A vote by secret ballot may be requested before or after a vote by a show of hands.

If voting is by secret ballot, the secretary acts as scrutineer and counts the ballots. The Chair of the Board does not have a tie-breaking vote in the case of a tie.

 

34. Dissent

A director who is present at a meeting of the board or a committee of the board is deemed to have consented to any resolution passed at the meeting unless:

 

  a) the director’s dissent has been entered in the minutes;

 

  b) the director sends a written dissent to the secretary of the meeting before the meeting is adjourned; or

 

10


  c) the director delivers a written dissent to the Chair of the Board, sends it to the Chair of the Board by any means providing proof of the date of receipt or delivers it to the head office of the Corporation immediately after the meeting is adjourned.

A director is not entitled to dissent after voting for or consenting to a resolution.

 

35. Dissent of an absent director

A director who was not present at a meeting of the board or a committee of the board at which a resolution was passed is deemed to have consented to the resolution unless the director records his dissent within seven days after becoming aware of the resolution, by written notice delivered to the Chair of the Board, or the president, or sent to the Chair of the Board, or the president, by any means providing proof of the date of receipt or delivered to the head office of the Corporation.

 

36. Adjournment

The Chair of the Board may, with the consent of the majority of the directors present, adjourn a meeting of the Board of Directors to a specified date, time and place without a new notice of meeting being required. The Chair of the Board may also adjourn a meeting ex officio if he considers it impossible to conduct it in an orderly manner.

The meeting is validly resumed if it is held on the specified date and at the specified place and if a quorum is present. If a quorum does not exist when the meeting resumes, the initial meeting is deemed to have ended immediately after it was adjourned.

 

37. Signed resolution

A resolution in writing, signed by all the directors entitled to vote on the resolution, has the same force as if it had been passed at a meeting of the board or, as the case may be, of a committee of the Board of Directors. These resolutions are kept with the minutes of meetings and the written resolutions of the Board of Directors.

The written resolutions that are signed electronically are as legally valid as a written signature.

 

38. Recording of deliberations

Only the secretary may record the deliberations of the Board of Directors, for the purpose of preparing the minutes. The secretary must destroy the recording once the concerned minutes have been approved.

 

F. OFFICERS

 

39. General

The officers of the Corporation are the Chair of the Board, the vice-chair of the Board (if applicable), the president and chief executive officer, the chief financial officer, the vice-presidents, the secretary, the treasurer and/or the assistant-secretary(ies). The Board of Directors may designate another person as an officer by resolution.

 

11


40. Qualifications

The officers need not be directors or shareholders of the Corporation except for the Chair of the Board of Directors who must be a director. The same person may hold more than one position as officer.

 

41. Term of office

Unless the Board of Directors provides otherwise when he is appointed, an officer holds office from his appointment until the first meeting of the Board of Directors following the annual meeting or until a replacement has been named.

 

42. Cessation of office

An officer may resign at any time. The resignation of an officer takes effect on the date the Corporation receives the written notice he gives or on the later date indicated therein.

The Board of Directors or the president and chief executive officer may remove an officer at any time and the reason for the removal is not required to be given. However, the removal of the president, the Chair of the Board, the chief executive officer, the chief operating officer, or the chief financial officer regardless of their title, as their appointment, is the responsibility of the Board of Directors.

 

43. Vacancy

The Board of Directors may fill any vacancy in an office at any time.

 

44. Powers of officers

An officer exercises the powers attached to his position. He also exercises all the powers which the Board of Directors can delegate to him. In the event an officer is unable to act, the powers of such officer are exercised by any other person designated by the Board of Directors.

 

45. Duties of officers

The officers are mandataries of the Corporation. In this capacity, in the exercise of their functions, the officers are bound, among other things, toward the Corporation to act with prudence and diligence, honesty and loyalty and in the interest of the Corporation.

An officer must disclose the nature and value of any interest he has in a contract or transaction to which the Corporation is a party. An officer must disclose any contract or transaction to which the Corporation and any of the following are a party:

 

  a) an associate of the director or officer;

 

  b) a group of which the director or officer is a director or officer;

 

  c) a group in which the director or officer or an associate of the director or officer has an interest.

The officer satisfies the requirement if he discloses, in a case specified in subparagraph b), the directorship or office held within the group or, in a case specified in subparagraph c), the nature and value of the interest he or his associate has in the group.

 

12


In the case of an officer who is not a director, the disclosure must be made as soon as:

 

  a) the officer becomes an officer;

 

  b) the officer becomes aware that the contract or transaction is to be discussed or has been discussed at a meeting of the board; or

 

  c) the officer or the officer’s associate acquires an interest in the contract or transaction, if it was entered into earlier.

The disclosure must be made even in the case of a contract or transaction that does not require approval by the Board of Directors.

 

46. Chair or vice-chair of the Board

The Chair of the Board or if necessary, the vice-chair, shall be chosen from among the directors. The Chair of the Board or, in his absence, the president, presides over all the meetings of the directors and all shareholders meetings at which he is present and as such has all the powers and fulfils all his responsibilities that the Board of Directors may determine from time to time.

 

47. President

The president and chief executive officer controls and supervises the management of the activities and affairs of the Corporation. He signs the documents which require his signature. He also has the powers and fulfills all the responsibilities that the Board of Directors determines from time to time.

 

48. Vice-president

The vice-president (or vice presidents), exercises the powers and assumes the obligations that the Board of Directors determines from time to time. In the event of an absence, inability, refusal or omission to act as the president, the vice-president assigned by the directors can exercise his powers and fulfill all his responsibilities.

 

49. Secretary

The secretary is responsible for safekeeping the records and documents of the Corporation. He acts as secretary of the meetings of the Board of Directors and committees of the board as well as the meetings of shareholders. He signs the share certificates and other documents that require his signature and sends the directors and shareholders notice of meetings and other notices which may be required. He has all the powers and fulfills all the functions that the Board of Directors determines from time to time.

The assistant secretary fulfills all responsibilities assigned to him from time to time by the secretary.

 

13


50. Chief Financial Officer and/or Treasurer

He is in charge of the financial management of the Corporation. He oversees the financial situation of the Corporation and sees to the management of its property and the keeping of its accounting records. He reports periodically to the audit committee and to the Board of Directors on the financial situation of the Corporation. He signs the documents which require his signature.

 

51. Remuneration

The Board of Directors determines, from time to time, the remuneration of the president and chief executive officer, the Chair of the Board, the chief operating officer and of the chief financial officer, regardless of their title. The remuneration of the other officers is determined by management, subject to the powers devolved to the committee acting as the remuneration committees.

The officers are also entitled to be reimbursed the travel costs and all reasonable fees and expenses incurred in the performance of their duties.

 

G. COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

52. Creation

The Board of Directors may, by resolution, create one or more committees made up of directors. The resolution creating the committee sets out the number of directors making it up.

 

53. Powers

A committee of the Board of Directors exercises the powers delegated to it by the Board of Directors. However, the Board of Directors may not delegate the powers which it must exercise exclusively, according to the Act or section 10 of these by-laws.

A committee reports on its activities to the Board of Directors. Subject to the rights of third parties, the Board of Directors may overrule or modify a committee’s decisions.

 

54. Cessation of office

A director may resign from a committee of the Board of Directors at any time. The resignation of a director becomes effective at the time the director’s written resignation is received by the Corporation, or at the time specified in the resignation, whichever is later. The reason for the resignation is not required to be given.

The Board of Directors may, by resolution, replace a member of a committee of the board.

 

55. Vacancy

The Board of Directors may fill any vacancy on a committee of the board.

 

14


56. Meetings

Meetings of a committee of the board are called in the same manner as meetings of the Board of Directors.

 

57. Quorum

Unless otherwise provided in a resolution of the Board of Directors, the majority of the members of a committee of the board constitute a quorum.

 

58. Chair and secretary

Meetings of a committee of the board are chaired by the Chair of the committee; in his absence, the members present choose a meeting Chair from among themselves. The secretary of the Corporation acts as secretary of any committee of the board. The members present at a meeting can, if necessary, choose another person as meeting Chair or secretary.

 

59. Procedure

Meetings of committees of the Board of Directors are held in the same manner as the meetings of the Board of Directors.

 

60. Written resolution

A written resolution, signed by all the members of the committee entitled to vote on this resolution has the same force as if it had been passed at a meeting of the committee. The resolutions are kept with the minutes of the meetings and the written resolutions of the Board of Directors.

The written resolutions that are signed electronically are as legally valid as a written signature.

 

61. Remuneration

The members of a committee of the board may, as such, receive the remuneration set by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

H. PROTECTION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

 

62. Presumption

A director is presumed to have fulfilled the obligation to act with prudence and diligence if the director relied, in good faith and based on reasonable grounds, on a report, information or an opinion provided by one of the following persons:

 

  a) an officer of the Corporation who the director believes to be reliable and competent in the functions performed;

 

  b) legal counsel, professional accountants or other persons retained by the Corporation as to matters involving skills or expertise the director believes are matters within the particular person’s professional or expert competence or as to which the particular person merits confidence; or

 

15


  c) a committee of the Board of Directors of which the director is not a member if the director believes the committee merits confidence.

 

63. Relief Provided by the Act

A director cannot be held liable under sections 154, 155, 156, 287, 314 or 392 of the Act if the director acted with a reasonable degree of prudence and diligence in the circumstances. Furthermore, for the purposes of sections 155, 156, 287, 314 and 392 of the Act, the court may, after considering all the circumstances and on the terms the court considers appropriate, relieve a director, either wholly or partly, from the liability the director would otherwise incur if it appears to the court that the director has acted reasonably, honestly and loyally, and ought fairly to be excused.

 

I. INDEMNIFICATION AND LIABILITY INSURANCE

 

64. Indemnification

Subject to the following, the Corporation must indemnify a director or officer of the Corporation, a former director or officer of the Corporation, a mandatary, or any other person who acts or acted at the Corporation’s request as a director or officer of another group against all costs, charges and expenses reasonably incurred in the exercise of their functions, including an amount paid to settle an action or satisfy a judgment, or arising from any investigative or other proceeding in which the person is involved if

 

  a) the person acted with honesty and loyalty in the interest of the Corporation or, as the case may be, in the interest of the other group for which the person acted as director or officer or in a similar capacity at the Corporation’s request; and

 

  b) in the case of a proceeding that is enforced by a monetary penalty, the person had reasonable grounds for believing that his conduct was lawful.

The Corporation must also advance monies to such a person for the costs, charges and expenses of a proceeding referred to in the first paragraph.

However, in the event that a court or any other competent authority judges that the conditions set out in subparagraphs a) and b) above are not fulfilled, or that the person has committed intentional or gross fault, the Corporation may not indemnify the person and the person must repay to the Corporation any monies advanced.

The indemnity provided for in the preceding paragraphs can be obtained even if a person has ceased being a director, officer or representative of the Corporation. In case of death, the indemnity can be paid to the heirs, legatees, liquidators, assignees, authorized representants or beneficiaries of this person.

 

65. Actions by or on behalf of the Corporation

The Corporation may, with the approval of the court, in respect of an action by or on behalf of the Corporation or other group referred to in the preceding section against a person referred to in the preceding section, advance the necessary monies to the person or indemnify the person against all costs, charges and expenses reasonably incurred by the person in connection with the action, if the person fulfills the conditions set out in the preceding section.

 

16


66. Liability insurance

The Corporation must purchase and maintain insurance for the benefit of its directors, officers and other mandataries against any liability they may incur as such or in their capacity as directors, officers or mandataries of another group, if they act or acted in that capacity at the Corporation’s request.

 

J. SHAREHOLDERS MEETINGS

 

67. General

The Corporation must hold an annual meeting of shareholders; it may hold one or more special meetings of shareholders as needed.

 

68. Annual meeting

An annual meeting must be held fifteen (15) months after the last preceding annual meeting. The following business is discussed at the annual meeting:

 

  a) the presentation and examination of the financial statements of the Corporation for the fiscal year ended within six months of the date of the meeting;

 

  b) the presentation and examination of any other financial information required by the articles or the by-laws to be presented to the shareholders;

 

  c) the presentation and examination of the auditor’s report, where applicable;

 

  d) the renewal of the auditor’s term, where applicable;

 

  e) the election of directors.

The annual meeting may also examine and discuss any other business.

The Board of Directors calls the annual shareholders meeting. Otherwise, the meeting may be called by the shareholders in accordance with the rules for calling special meetings at the request of the shareholders as provided in the Act.

 

69. Place

A meeting is held within the province of Quebec at the place determined by the Board of Directors.

 

70. Calling of meeting

Notice of a shareholders meeting must be sent to each shareholder entitled to vote at the meeting and to each director at least twenty-one (21) days, but at the most sixty (60) days before the meeting.

If a director or a shareholder entitled to vote at a shareholders meeting gives written notice not less than ten (10) days before the meeting to the auditor or a former auditor of the Corporation, the auditor or former auditor attends the meeting at the Corporation’s expense and answers any question relating to their duties as auditor.

 

17


71. Notice of meeting

The notice of a shareholders meeting must be sent to each shareholder able to vote and to each director, in writing, by any means providing proof of the date of sending. It is sent to such persons at the address indicated in the Corporation’s records. If a person’s address is not indicated in the Corporation’s records, the notice of meeting must be sent to the address where, in the opinion of the person sending such notice, it is the most likely to reach the person the quickest.

The notice of meeting is sent to the shareholders entered in the securities register at the day the notice is transmitted.

A certificate from the secretary or any other duly authorized officer of the Corporation in office at the time of the preparation of such certificate, or any officer, transfer agent, or share transfer registrar of the Corporation constitutes proof of the sending of the notice of meeting and ties in each shareholder.

The notice of meeting indicates the date, time and place of the meeting as well as the business on the agenda. It also states, where applicable, the date by which the proxies of the shareholders wishing to be represented at the meeting must be received by the Corporation; such date may not be more than forty-eight (48) hours, excluding Saturdays and holidays, before the date of the meeting or any adjournment thereof.

The notice of meeting must state the business on the agenda in sufficient detail to permit the shareholders to form a reasoned judgment on it, and contain the text of any special resolution to be submitted to the meeting.

Irregularities in the notice of meeting or in its sending do not affect the validity of the meeting. Similarly, the unintentional failure to send a notice of meeting to a person entitled to it, or the failure to receive it by a person entitled to the notice, does not invalidate the resolutions passed at the meeting. In addition, the unintentional failure to include a matter to be discussed at the meeting in the notice does not prevent the meeting from discussing such business, unless the interests of a shareholder or director are or could be affected thereby.

 

72. Waiver

A shareholder or director may, in writing, waive notice of a shareholders meeting; waiver of the notice may be validly given before or after the meeting. Their attendance at the meeting is a waiver of notice of the meeting unless they attend the meeting for the sole purpose of objecting to the holding of the meeting on the grounds that it was not lawfully called or held.

 

73. Holding of or participation in meeting by electronic means

A shareholders meeting may be held solely by means of equipment enabling all participants to communicate directly with one another.

Furthermore, any person entitled to attend a shareholders meeting may participate in the meeting by means of any equipment enabling all participants to communicate directly with one another. A person participating in a meeting by such means is deemed to be present at the meeting.

 

18


Any shareholder participating in a shareholders meeting by means of equipment enabling all participants to communicate directly with one another may vote by any means enabling votes to be cast in a way that allows them to be verified afterwards and protects the secrecy of the vote when a secret ballot has been requested.

 

74. Quorum

A quorum of shareholders is present at a shareholders meeting if, at the opening of the meeting, one or several holders of 50% or more of the shares that carry the right to vote at the meeting are present in person or represented by proxy. The shareholders present in person or represented by proxy may discuss the business of such meeting, whether or not a quorum is maintained throughout the meeting.

In the absence of the quorum at the opening of a shareholders meeting, the shareholders present may adjourn the meeting to a specific day, time and place but may not transact any other business. Any matter that could have been brought before the adjourned meeting may then be brought before any adjournment thereof provided the quorum is duly constituted.

 

75. Meeting Chair and secretary

The Chair of the Board of the Corporation or, in his absence, the vice-chair of the Board, if any, or in his absence, the president and chief executive officer of the Corporation or any other person that may be named by the Board of Directors from time to time Chairs a shareholders meeting. The secretary of the Corporation acts as meeting secretary.

If the person who is to chair the meeting is not present at the meeting within 15 minutes after the time appointed for the meeting, the shareholders present choose one of their own to chair of the Board the meeting.

 

76. Procedure

The Chair of the meeting directs the meeting and ensures its orderly conduct. His decisions, including those relating to the validity of proxies, are final and binding on all the shareholders.

The Chair of a shareholders meeting must allow shareholders to raise and discuss, for a reasonable period of time, any matter the primary purpose of which relates to the business or affairs of the Corporation and which is not to enforce a personal claim or redress a personal grievance against the Corporation or its directors, officers or shareholders.

At a shareholders meeting, unless a vote is demanded, a declaration by the Chair of the Board of the meeting that a resolution of the shareholders has been carried and that an entry to that effect has been made in the minutes of the meeting is, in the absence of any evidence to the contrary, proof of that fact, without it being necessary to prove the number or proportion of the votes recorded for and against the resolution.

 

19


77. Voting

Unless otherwise provided in the articles, each share of the Corporation entitles the holder to one vote.

 

78. Majority decision

Unless otherwise provided in the law, the articles or the by-laws, a decision of the shareholders is adopted by ordinary resolution.

 

79. Tie-breaking vote

In the case of a tie, the Chair of the meeting has a tie-breaking vote.

 

80. Voting

Voting is conducted by a show of hands, open voice or secret ballot.

 

81. Voting by a show of hands

Voting is conducted by a show of hands unless an open voice vote or a ballot is demanded. In such a case, the shareholders or proxies vote by raising their hand and the number of votes is calculated according to the number of hands raised.

A proxyholder who has conflicting instructions from more than one shareholder may not vote by a show of hands.

 

82. Open voice voting

The Chair of the meeting, a shareholder or a proxyholder may demand an open voice vote unless a ballot has been demanded. In such a case, each shareholder or proxyholder verbally states his name, that of the shareholder or shareholders whose proxy he holds, the number of votes he holds and the breakdown of such votes.

 

83. Voting by secret ballot

Voting is conducted by secret ballot if the Chair of the meeting, a shareholder or a proxyholder so requests, in the manner indicated by the Chair of the meeting. Each shareholder or proxyholder gives the scrutineers a ballot indicating his name, that of the shareholder whose proxy he holds, the number of votes he holds and the breakdown of such votes.

A shareholder may demand a ballot either before or after a vote by show of hands. A demand for a secret ballot may be withdrawn any time before voting begins.

When voting is conducted by secret ballot, the meeting appoints one person to act as scrutineer.

 

84. Scrutineer

The Chair of any shareholders meeting can appoint one or two persons to act as scrutineers.

 

20


85. Voting by a group

A natural person authorized by a resolution of the Board of Directors or of the management of a shareholder who is a group may participate in and vote at a shareholders meeting.

 

86. Voting by the administrator of the property of others

A person acting for a shareholder as administrator of the property of others may participate in and vote at a shareholders meeting.

 

87. Voting by joint shareholders

If two or more persons hold shares jointly, one of those shareholders present at a shareholders meeting may, in the absence of the others, exercise the voting right attached to those shares. If more than one (1) shareholder are present, they shall vote as one shareholder.

 

88. Proxies

A shareholder may be represented at a shareholders meeting by a proxyholder. A shareholder so represented is deemed to be present at the meeting. Any person, whether or not a shareholder of the Corporation, may be appointed a proxyholder. A proxyholder has the same rights as the shareholder represented to speak at a shareholders meeting in respect of any matter and to vote at the meeting.

A proxy must be in writing and signed by the shareholder. In addition to the date, the proxy must include the name of the proxyholder and, if applicable, revoke any former proxy.

A proxy may also contain voting instructions which the proxyholder is required to follow. A proxy is not required to be witnessed.

Unless otherwise indicated, a proxy lapses one year after the date it is given. It may be revoked at any time.

A proxy may be in the following form:

“I, the undersigned shareholder of                     , hereby appoint                     or, in his absence,                     , as my proxy, with full power and authority to attend, vote at and otherwise act on my behalf at the annual (or special) meeting of the shareholders of the corporation which will take place at                     on the     day of             and at any adjournment thereof. I hereby revoke any former proxy.

Signed in                     this     day of                     .

 

 

Shareholder’s signature”

A proxy may be filed with the secretary of the Corporation or any authorized person. A proxy mechanically reproduced or sent by fax or any other means of communication providing proof of the date of receipt is valid.

 

21


89. Preservation of ballots and proxies

The Corporation must, for at least three months after a shareholders meeting, keep at its head office the ballots cast and the proxies presented at the meeting. Any shareholder or proxyholder who was entitled to vote at the meeting may, without charge, inspect the ballots and proxies kept by the Corporation.

 

90. Adjournment

The Chair of the meeting may adjourn any shareholders meeting, with the consent of the shareholders present or represented by proxy. The Chair of the meeting may also adjourn a meeting ex officio if he believes it is impossible to conduct it in an orderly manner.

If a shareholders’ meeting is adjourned for less than thirty (30) days, it is not necessary to give notice of the adjourned meeting other than by announcement at the original meeting. If a shareholders’ meeting is adjourned by one or more adjournments for an aggregate of thirty (30) days or more, notice of the adjourned meeting must be given as for an original meeting.

The meeting is validly resumed if it is held on the date and at the time and place announced and if there is a quorum. In the absence of a quorum at the resumed meeting, the original meeting is deemed to have terminated immediately after its adjournment.

 

91. Signed resolution

A resolution in writing signed by all the shareholders entitled to vote on the resolution is as valid as if it had been passed at a shareholders meeting. The resolution must be kept with the minutes of the shareholders meetings and written resolutions.

The written resolutions that are signed electronically are as legally valid as a written signature.

 

K. SHARES AND CERTIFICATES

 

92. Issue of shares

Subject to the existence of a pre-emptive right granted to the shareholders, shares may be issued at the times, to the persons, including the directors or officers of the Corporation, and for the consideration the Board of Directors determines. In exercising this power, the Board of Directors may, by resolution, accept subscriptions, issue the unissued shares of the Corporation’s share capital and grant an exchange right, option or right to acquire shares of the Corporation.

 

22


93. Payment of shares

The shares of the Corporation may be issued whether or not they are fully paid. However, shares may only be considered paid if consideration equal to the issue price (which may not be less than the par value, if any, of the shares) determined by the Board of Directors has been paid to the Corporation.

Consideration for the shares issued by the Corporation is payable in money, or in property or past services determined by the Board of Directors to be the fair equivalent of the money consideration, considering all the circumstances.

A promissory note or a promise to pay made by a person to whom shares are issued, or a person who does not deal at arm’s length, within the meaning of that expression in the Taxation Act (R.S.Q., chapter I-3), with a person to whom shares are issued does not constitute consideration for the shares.

 

94. Share certificates

Shares issued by the Corporation may be certificated shares or uncertificated shares. A certificated share is represented by a paper certificate in registered form, and an uncertificated share is represented by an entry in the securities register in the name of the shareholder.

Unless otherwise provided in the articles of the Corporation, shares are issued as certificated shares unless the Board of Directors determines, by resolution, that the shares of any class or series of shares or certain shares of a class or series are to be issued as uncertificated shares.

The Board of Directors may also, by resolution, determine that certificated shares become uncertificated shares as soon as the paper certificate is surrendered to the Corporation.

 

95. Certificated shares

In the case of certificated shares, the Corporation must issue to the shareholder, without charge, a certificate in registered form. The Corporation is not required to issue more than one certificate for shares held jointly by two or more persons.

The Board of Directors adopts the form of the share certificate by resolution, as governed by the Act.

The share certificates of the Corporation must be signed by the secretary or by any director or any officer. This signature may be affixed by an automatic device or electronic process.

In the absence of any evidence to the contrary, the certificate is proof of the shareholder’s title to the shares represented by the certificate.

The seal is not required to be affixed to the share certificate.

 

96. Uncertificated shares

In the case of uncertificated shares, the Corporation must send the shareholder a written notice containing the information prescribed by the Act.

 

23


97. Damaged, lost or destroyed certificates

If a shareholder claims that a share certificate has been lost, wrongfully taken or destroyed, the Corporation must issue a new certificate if the shareholder:

 

  a) so requests before the Corporation has notice that the lost, wrongfully taken or allegedly destroyed share certificate has been delivered to a protected purchaser within the meaning of the Act respecting the transfer of securities and the establishment of security entitlements ;

 

  b) provides security sufficient in the Corporation’s judgment to protect the Corporation from any loss that the Corporation may suffer by issuing a new certificate; and

 

  c) satisfies any other reasonable requirements imposed by the Corporation.

 

98. Unpaid shares

Unless the terms of payment for shares are determined by contract, the Board of Directors may call for payment of all or part of the unpaid amounts on shares subscribed or held by the shareholders, the whole as provided by the Act.

 

99. Transfer of shares

The transfer of shares of the Corporation is governed by the Act respecting the transfer of securities and the establishment of security entitlements.

Shares that are not fully paid but for which no instalment is payable may only be transferred with the authorization of the Board of Directors. The directors must reasonably verify the acquirer’s ability to pay for the shares before authorizing the transfer.

A share may not be transferred until all instalments payable up to the time of transfer have been fully paid.

 

100. Transmission of shares

In the event of a transfer of shares by will, the Corporation may consider as entitled to exercise the rights of a deceased shareholder, an heir or personal representative of the heirs or of the succession of that shareholder, upon reception of sufficient proof of their appointment. That person is entitled to become the registered holder of the shares of the deceased or to designate those holders upon delivery to the Corporation of an affidavit or declaration setting out the conditions of the transfer and, as the case may be, of (a) an original of the decision concerning the probate of the will or the notarized minutes of the probate, or a copy of one of the aforementioned documents certified by the Court which rendered the decision or by the notary who prepared the minutes, or by a trust company constituted under provincial or federal legislation or by an attorney or notary acting on behalf of that person, (b) a certified true copy of the notarial will.

 

24


L. DIVIDENDS

 

101. Declaration of dividends

Unless otherwise provided in the articles, the Board of Directors may declare and the Corporation may pay a dividend either in money or property or by issuing fully paid shares or options or rights to acquire fully paid shares of the Corporation.

The Corporation may not declare and pay a dividend, except by issuing shares or options or rights to acquire shares, if there are reasonable grounds for believing that the Corporation is, or would after the payment be, unable to pay its liabilities as they become due.

The Corporation may deduct from the dividends payable to a shareholder any amount due to the Corporation by the shareholder, on account of calls for payment or otherwise.

 

102. Record Date

The Board of Directors may fix, in advance, in accordance with applicable securities regulations, a record date for the determination of the shareholders entitled to receive dividends.

 

M. FISCAL YEAR AND AUDITOR

 

103. Fiscal year

The fiscal year of the Corporation ends on December 31 or on the date set by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

104. Auditor

The shareholders of the Corporation appoint an auditor at each annual shareholders meeting. The auditor is appointed by ordinary resolution. The term of the auditor begins on appointment. The auditor’s remuneration is fixed by ordinary resolution of the shareholders at the time of appointment. If it is not fixed at that time, it is fixed by the Board of Directors.

The shareholders may, by ordinary resolution at a special meeting, remove the auditor from office. They may appoint a new auditor by ordinary resolution at the same meeting.

Subject to the shareholders’ right to fill the vacancy after removing an auditor, the Board of Directors fills a vacancy in the office of auditor without delay for the unexpired term.

 

105. Accountant

The shareholders of a corporation other than a reporting issuer may decide not to appoint an auditor. The decision must be made by unanimous resolution of the shareholders of the corporation, including shareholders not otherwise entitled to vote. The decision of the shareholders has effect only until the next annual shareholders meeting. It terminates the term of any auditor in office.

 

25


If the shareholders adopt such a resolution, the board of directors may decide to appoint until the next annual meeting one or more accountants to oversee the accounts and prepare the financial statements of the corporation. The board of directors fixes their remuneration.

If the accountant dies, resigns or is removed by the board of directors before the expiry of his term of office, the board of directors may fill the vacancy and appoint a replacement who will hold office for the unexpired portion of the term.

 

N. NOTICE

 

106. Shares registered in the name of more than one person (joint shareholders)

If two or more persons hold shares jointly, any notice or other document relating to such shares is sent to the first shareholder indicated in the Corporation’s securities register. Such notice or other document is deemed to have been sent to all the other shareholders.

 

107. Registered shareholder

Before due presentation for registration of transfer of a certificated share or the receipt of an instruction for registration of transfer of an uncertificated share, the Corporation may treat the shareholder registered in the securities register as the person exclusively entitled to receive notices or other documents.

 

108. Address of shareholders

A shareholder must provide the Corporation with an address to which all notices or documents for him are sent.

 

109. Signing of notices

Notices sent by the Corporation are signed by a director, officer or any other authorized person. Their signature may be affixed by an automatic device or electronic process.

 

110. Calculation of time limits

Unless otherwise provided in these by-laws, in computing any time limit fixed by the articles or these by-laws:

 

  a) the day which marks the start of the time limit is not counted, but the terminal day is counted;

 

  b) non-juridical days within the meaning of the Code of Civil Procedure are counted; but when the last day is a non-juridical day, the time limit is extended to the next following juridical day;

 

  c) Saturday is considered a non-juridical day.

 

26


O. OTHER PROVISIONS

 

111. Declarations in the enterprise register

A director, officer or any authorized person signs the declarations which must be sent by the Corporation to the enterprise registrar under the Act respecting the legal publicity of enterprises.

 

112. By-laws

Unless otherwise provided for in the unanimous shareholder agreement, the Board of Directors adopts the Corporation’s by-laws. The by-laws are effective as of the date of the resolution of the board. The by-laws must be submitted to the shareholders for approval at the next shareholders meeting, and the shareholders may, by ordinary resolution, ratify, reject or amend them. They cease to be effective at the close of the meeting if they are rejected by or not submitted to the shareholders.

The rules of this section apply, with the necessary modifications to the amendment or repeal of by-laws.

Any new by-law adopted by the Board of Directors that has substantially the same purpose or effect as a by-law previously rejected by or not submitted to the shareholders at the meeting is not effective until confirmed by the shareholders.

Adopted by the Board of Directors on October 27, 2011 and ratified by the shareholders on October 27, 2011.

 

 

Vice-President and Secretary

 

27

Exhibit 1.26

[TRANSLATION]

[Logo of Québec Registrar]

 

 

CERTIFICATE OF CONSTITUTION

Business Corporations Act

I hereby certify that the Corporation

9253-2456 QUÉBEC INC.

has been constituted on October 27 th , 2011 at 0:00 a.m. under the Business Corporations Act, as indicated in the Articles of Constitution attached hereto.

 

[Seal of Québec Registrar]   

Filed in the register on October 27 th , 2011

under the Quebec business number 1167758235

  

[ Signed ]

 

Acting Enterprise Registrar

   LOGO  


LOGO     

Name: RÉSO GESTION CORPORATIVE INC.

Québec Enterprise Number

(NEQ) 1146100251

Demand No.: 020200003493569

    

Articles of Constitution

Acknowledgement of receipt

The request was transmitted with success on October 27, 2011 at 03:44 pm 22 sec.

The reference number is 020200003493569.

Thank you for using our online services.

 

Name of the Corporation
  A designated number for the Corporation will be transmitted to you upon review of your request.
Address of the Corporation
  Address    612 Saint-Jacques Street
     Montréal Québec H3C 4M8
     Canada
Directors
  Number of Directors    1 to 10
  Name    Dépatie, Robert
  Address    135 de l’Ile-Ducharme Street Rosemère (Québec)
     J7A 4H8 Canada
  Name    Marsan, Marie-Josée
  Address    9830 Millen Avenue Montréal (Québec) H2C 2E3 Canada
  Name    Pruneau, Jean-François
  Address    293 Demers Street Repentigny (Québec) J5Z 4Y6
     Canada


Share capital and Restrictions

Authorized share capital

File name

SCHEDULE A.pdf

Restrictions on the transfer of instruments or shares and other provisions

File name

SCHEDULE B.pdf

Restrictions on business activity

None

Founders

 

Last name and first name

   Name    Constituting Act   

Address

Robert, Anne-Marie          612 Saint-Jacques Street, 18th Floor Montréal QC H3C 4M8 Canada

Effective Date and Time of the Articles

 

Effective Date    October 27, 2011
Effective Time    0:00 am

Québec


[Translation]

SCHEDULE A

SHARE CAPITAL

The unlimited share capital of the Corporation shall consist of seven (7) classes of shares, which shall carry the following rights:

A) CLASS “A” COMMON SHARES: The number of Class “A” Common Shares is unlimited, and the consideration paid into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to such shares is also unlimited; Class “A” Common Shares shall have no par value and shall carry the following rights, privileges, conditions and restrictions:

1) Dividend and Participation. Subject to the rights and privileges conferred by the other classes of shares, the holders of Class “A” Common Shares shall be entitled to:

 

  (a) participate in the property, profits and surplus assets of the Corporation and, to that end, receive any dividend declared by the Corporation, the amount, timing and terms of payment of which are at the sole discretion of the Board of Directors; and

 

  (b) share in the remaining property of the Corporation upon liquidation or winding-up, whether or not voluntary, dissolution or any other distribution of the property of the Corporation.

2) Restriction. In addition to the restrictions set forth in Sections 95 and 104 of the Business Corporations Act (Québec) (the “Act”), the Corporation may neither pay a dividend on Class “A” Common Shares nor purchase any such shares by private agreement if, as a result thereof, the book value of the net assets of the Corporation would be insufficient to redeem the Classese “B,” “C,” “D,” “E,” “F” and “G” Shares.

3) Voting Right. The holders of Class “A” Common Shares shall be entitled to receive notice of, attend and vote at meetings of shareholders of the Corporation, except meetings at which only the holders of another class of shares are entitled to vote, and each Class “A” Common Share shall entitle the holder thereof to one (1) vote.

B) CLASS “B” PREFERRED SHARES: The number of Class “B” Preferred Shares is unlimited, and the consideration paid into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to such shares is also unlimited; Class “B” Preferred Shares shall have no par value and shall carry the following rights, privileges, conditions and restrictions:

1) Ranking of Class “B” Preferred Shares. Class “B” Preferred Shares shall have priority over the Common Shares and the Classes “C,” “D,” “E,” and “F” Preferred Shares, but not over the Class “G” Preferred Shares with respect to the order of payment of dividends and the distribution of the assets of the Corporation in the event of the liquidation, winding-up or dissolution of the Corporation, whether or not voluntary, or any other distribution of the assets of the Corporation among its shareholders for the purpose of winding up its affairs.

2) Right to Dividends. The holders of Class “B” Preferred Shares shall be entitled to receive, every year, in such manner and at such time as the Board of Directors may declare, a non-cumulative dividend at the fixed rate of 1% per month, calculated on the redemption price of the Class “B” Preferred Shares, payable in cash, property or through the issuance of fully paid shares of any class of the Corporation.

 

 

Page 1 of 18


3) Repayment. If, for any reason, including in the event of dissolution or liquidation or winding-up of the Corporation, whether or not voluntary, some or all of the assets of the Corporation are distributed among the shareholders, each holder of Class “B” Preferred Shares shall be entitled to repayment of the amount paid for the Class “B” Preferred Shares into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to the Class “B” Preferred Shares.

4) No Voting Right. Subject to the provisions of the Act or as otherwise expressly provided, the holders of Class “B” Preferred Shares shall not be entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at the meeting of shareholders of the Corporation.

5) Redemption Right. The Corporation shall be entitled, at its discretion, subject to the provisions of the Act in this regard, to redeem at any time all or from time to time part of the Class “B” Preferred Shares then outstanding upon giving notice to that effect, on payment to the holders of the Class “B” Preferred Shares of an aggregate redemption price equal to the consideration received by the Corporation at the time the Class “B” Preferred Shares were issued.

The Corporation shall, at least one (1) business day prior to the date fixed for redemption (the “Redemption Date”), give written notice, to each then registered holder of Class “B” Preferred Shares, of the Corporation’s intention to redeem such shares. Such notice shall set out the date and place at which the redemption is to take place and where payment is to occur and, in the case of partial redemption, the number of shares of each such holder of Class “B” Preferred Shares to be redeemed. If notice of redemption is given as aforesaid and an amount sufficient to redeem the Class “B” Preferred Shares called for redemption is deposited with the Corporation’s bankers or at any other place specified in the notice, on or before the Redemption Date, the holders of Class “B” Preferred Shares shall, after the Redemption Date, no longer have any right in or against the Corporation, except the right to receive payment of the Redemption Price and any accrued but unpaid dividends on such Class “B” Preferred Shares being redeemed, upon presentation and surrender of the certificates representing such number of shares to be redeemed.

6) Retraction Right. Subject to the Act, each holder of Class “B” Preferred Shares shall be entitled, at any time and at such holder’s discretion, upon written notice, to require the Corporation to redeem all or part of such holder’s shares at a price equal to the “Redemption Value,” as described below, plus the amount of dividends declared but unpaid, if any, on the Class “B” Preferred Shares.

a) Redemption Value

The “Redemption Value” of each share corresponds to the amount paid for such share into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to the Class “B” Preferred Shares, plus a premium equal to the amount by which the fair market value of the consideration received by the Corporation at the time such Class “B” Preferred Share was issued exceeds the total of:

(i) the amount paid for such share into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to the Class “B” Preferred Shares; and

 

 

Page 2 of 18


(ii) the fair market value of any property, other than a Class “B” Preferred Share, given by the Corporation in payment of such consideration.

b) Determination of Fair Market Value of the Consideration

Upon issuance of the Class “B” Preferred Shares, the Corporation and each subscriber of Class “B” Preferred Shares shall determine, by mutual consent and in good faith, based on a method deemed fair and reasonable, the fair market value of each of the assets that form part of the consideration received by the Corporation at the time the Class “B” Preferred Shares are issued.

c) Adjustment of the Premium in Case of a Disagreement with the Department of Revenue

In the event of a disagreement with the federal or provincial department of revenue, or both, with respect to the appraisal of the fair market value of one or more of the assets that form part of the consideration received by the Corporation at the time the Class “B” Preferred Shares are issued, the appraisal by such department shall prevail. The amount of the premium relating to the redemption of the Class “B” Preferred Shares shall be adjusted accordingly if the department in question provides the Corporation and each holder of Class “B” Preferred Shares, or, where all of the shares are redeemed, the Corporation and each former holder of Class “B” Preferred Shares, with the opportunity to contest the appraisal with the department or before the courts. Where the federal and provincial appraisals differ, the amount of the premium shall be equal to the lower appraisal established in accordance with an uncontested assessment or another final judgment, as the case may be.

If, before the Redemption Value provided for in the foregoing sentence is adjusted, the Corporation pays, in cash or any other form of consideration, to a holder of Class “B” Preferred Shares, in connection with a redemption, retraction or purchase of Class “B” Preferred Shares, a sum for the Class “B” Preferred Shares that differs from the adjusted Redemption Value, the holder or the Corporation, as the case may be, shall immediately pay to the holder or the Corporation, as the case may be, the difference between the amount paid in connection with the redemption, retraction or purchase and the adjusted Redemption Value. Moreover, if, at the time of the adjustment, dividends have already been declared and paid on the Class “B” Preferred Shares, such dividends shall be adjusted so as to reflect the adjustment of the Redemption Value.

7) Right to Purchase by Private Agreement. Subject to the Act, the Corporation may, at any time, without giving notice and without taking into consideration the other classes of shares, purchase by private agreement and at the best possible price all or part of the issued and outstanding Class “B” Preferred Shares. However, such purchase price shall never exceed the Redemption Value mentioned above or the book value of the net assets of the Corporation.

C) CLASS “C” PREFERRED SHARES: The number of Class “C” Preferred Shares is unlimited, and the consideration paid into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to such shares is also unlimited; Class “C” Preferred Shares shall have no par value and shall carry the following rights, privileges, conditions and restrictions:

1) Ranking of Class “C” Preferred Shares. Class “C” Preferred Shares shall have priority over the Common Shares and the Classes “D,” “E” and “F” Preferred Shares, but not over the Classes “B” and “G” Preferred Shares with respect to the order of payment of dividends and the distribution of the

 

 

Page 3 of 18


assets of the Corporation in the event of the liquidation, winding-up or dissolution of the Corporation, whether or not voluntary, or any other distribution of the assets of the Corporation among its shareholders for the purpose of winding up its affairs.

2) Right to Dividends. The holders of Class “C” Preferred Shares shall be entitled to receive, every year, in such manner and at such time as the Board of Directors may declare, a non-cumulative dividend at the fixed rate of 1% per month, calculated on the redemption price of the Class “C” Preferred Shares, payable in cash, property or through the issuance of fully paid shares of any class of the Corporation.

3) Repayment. If, for any reason, including in the event of dissolution or liquidation or winding-up of the Corporation, whether or not voluntary, some or all of the assets of the Corporation are distributed among the shareholders, each holder of Class “C” Preferred Shares shall be entitled to repayment of the amount paid for the Class “C” Preferred Shares into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to the Class “C” Preferred Shares.

4) No Voting Right. Subject to the provisions of the Act or as otherwise expressly provided, the holders of Class “C” Preferred Shares shall not be entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at the meeting of shareholders of the Corporation.

5) Redemption Right. The Corporation shall be entitled, at its discretion, subject to the provisions of the Act in this regard, to redeem at any time all or from time to time part of the Class “C” Preferred Shares then outstanding upon giving notice to that effect, on payment to the holders of the Class “C” Preferred Shares of an aggregate redemption price equal to the consideration received by the Corporation at the time the Class “C” Preferred Shares were issued.

The Corporation shall, at least one (1) business day prior to the date fixed for redemption (the “Redemption Date”), give written notice, to each then registered holder of Class “C” Preferred Shares, of the Corporation’s intention to redeem such shares. Such notice shall set out the date and place at which the redemption is to take place and where payment is to occur and, in the case of partial redemption, the number of shares of each such holder of Class “C” Preferred Shares to be redeemed. If notice of redemption is given as aforesaid and an amount sufficient to redeem the Class “C” Preferred Shares called for redemption is deposited with the Corporation’s bankers or at any other place specified in the notice, on or before the Redemption Date, the holders of Class “C” Preferred Shares shall, after the Redemption Date, no longer have any right in or against the Corporation, except the right to receive payment of the Redemption Price and any accrued but unpaid dividends on such Class “C” Preferred Shares being redeemed, upon presentation and surrender of the certificates representing such number of shares to be redeemed.

6) Retraction Right. Subject to the Act, each holder of Class “C” Preferred Shares shall be entitled, at any time and at such holder’s discretion, upon written notice, to require the Corporation to redeem all or part of such holder’s shares at a price equal to the “Redemption Value,” as described below, plus the amount of dividends declared but unpaid, if any, on the Class “C” Preferred Shares.

a) Redemption Value

The “Redemption Value” of each share corresponds to the amount paid for such share into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to the Class “C” Preferred

 

 

Page 4 of 18


Shares, plus a premium equal to the amount by which the fair market value of the consideration received by the Corporation at the time such Class “C” Preferred Share was issued exceeds the total of:

(i) the amount paid for such share into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to the Class “C” Preferred Shares; and

(ii) the fair market value of any property, other than a Class “C” Share, given by the Corporation in payment of such consideration.

b) Determination of Fair Market Value of the Consideration

Upon issuance of the Class “C” Preferred Shares, the Corporation and each subscriber of Class “C” Preferred Shares shall determine, by mutual consent and in good faith, based on a method deemed fair and reasonable, the fair market value of each of the assets that form part of the consideration received by the Corporation at the time the Class “C” Preferred Shares are issued.

c) Adjustment of the Premium in Case of a Disagreement with the Department of Revenue

In the event of a disagreement with the federal or provincial department of revenue, or both, with respect to the appraisal of the fair market value of one or more of the assets that form part of the consideration received by the Corporation at the time the Class “C” Preferred Shares are issued, the appraisal by such department shall prevail. The amount of the premium relating to the redemption of the Class “C” Preferred Shares shall be adjusted accordingly if the department in question provides the Corporation and each holder of Class “C” Preferred Shares, or, where all of the shares are redeemed, the Corporation and each former holder of Class “C” Preferred Shares, with the opportunity to contest the appraisal with the department or before the courts. Where the federal and provincial appraisals differ, the amount of the premium shall be equal to the lower appraisal established in accordance with an uncontested assessment or another final judgment, as the case may be.

If, before the Redemption Value provided for in the foregoing sentence is adjusted, the Corporation pays, in cash or any other form of consideration, to a holder of Class “C” Preferred Shares, in connection with a redemption, retraction or purchase of Class “C” Preferred Shares, a sum for the Class “C” Preferred Shares that differs from the adjusted Redemption Value, the holder or the Corporation, as the case may be, shall immediately pay to the holder or the Corporation, as the case may be, the difference between the amount paid in connection with the redemption, retraction or purchase and the adjusted Redemption Value. Moreover, if, at the time of the adjustment, dividends have already been declared and paid on the Class “C” Preferred Shares, such dividends shall be adjusted so as to reflect the adjustment of the Redemption Value.

7) Right to Purchase by Private Agreement. Subject to the Act, the Corporation may, at any time, without giving notice and without taking into consideration the other classes of shares, purchase by private agreement and at the best possible price all or part of the issued and outstanding Class “C” Preferred Shares. However, such purchase price shall never exceed the Redemption Value mentioned above or the book value of the net assets of the Corporation.

 

 

Page 5 of 18


D) CLASS “D” PREFERRED SHARES: The number of Class “D” Preferred Shares is unlimited, and the consideration paid into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to such shares is also unlimited; Class “D” Preferred Shares shall have no par value and shall carry the following rights, privileges, conditions and restrictions:

1) Ranking of Class “D” Preferred Shares. Class “D” Preferred Shares shall have priority over the Common Shares and the Classes “E” and “F” Preferred Shares, but not over the Classes “B,” “C” and “G” Preferred Shares with respect to the order of payment of dividends and the distribution of the assets of the Corporation in the event of the liquidation, winding-up or dissolution of the Corporation, whether or not voluntary, or any other distribution of the assets of the Corporation among its shareholders for the purpose of winding up its affairs.

2) Right to Dividends. The holders of Class “D” Preferred Shares shall be entitled to receive, every year, in such manner and at such time as the Board of Directors may declare, a non-cumulative dividend at the fixed rate of 1% per month, calculated on the redemption price of the Class “D” Preferred Shares, payable in cash, property or through the issuance of fully paid shares of any class of the Corporation.

3) Repayment. If, for any reason, including in the event of dissolution or liquidation or winding-up of the Corporation, whether or not voluntary, some or all of the assets of the Corporation are distributed among the shareholders, each holder of Class “D” Preferred Shares shall be entitled to repayment of the amount paid for the Class “D” Preferred Shares into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to the Class “D” Preferred Shares.

4) No Voting Right. Subject to the provisions of the Act or as otherwise expressly provided, the holders of Class “D” Preferred Shares shall not be entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at the meeting of shareholders of the Corporation.

5) Redemption Right. The Corporation shall be entitled, at its discretion, subject to the provisions of the Act in this regard, to redeem at any time all or from time to time part of the Class “D” Preferred Shares then outstanding upon giving notice to that effect, on payment to the holders of the Class “D” Preferred Shares of an aggregate redemption price equal to the consideration received by the Corporation at the time the Class “D” Preferred Shares were issued.

The Corporation shall, at least one (1) business day prior to the date fixed for redemption (the “Redemption Date”), give written notice, to each then registered holder of Class “D” Preferred Shares, of the Corporation’s intention to redeem such shares. Such notice shall set out the date and place at which the redemption is to take place and where payment is to occur and, in the case of partial redemption, the number of shares of each such holder of Class “D” Preferred Shares to be redeemed. If notice of redemption is given as aforesaid and an amount sufficient to redeem the Class “D” Preferred Shares called for redemption is deposited with the Corporation’s bankers or at any other place specified in the notice, on or before the Redemption Date, the holders of Class “D” Preferred Shares shall, after the Redemption Date, no longer have any right in or against the Corporation, except the right to receive payment of the Redemption Price and any accrued but unpaid dividends on such Class “D” Preferred Shares being redeemed, upon presentation and surrender of the certificates representing such number of shares to be redeemed.

 

 

Page 6 of 18


6) Retraction Right. Subject to the Act, each holder of Class “D” Preferred Shares shall be entitled, at any time and at such holder’s discretion, upon written notice, to require the Corporation to redeem all or part of such holder’s shares at a price equal to the “Redemption Value,” as described below, plus the amount of dividends declared but unpaid, if any, on the Class “D” Preferred Shares.

a) Redemption Value

The “Redemption Value” of each share corresponds to the amount paid for such share into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to the Class “D” Preferred Shares, plus a premium equal to the amount by which the fair market value of the consideration received by the Corporation at the time such Class “D” Preferred Share was issued exceeds the total of:

(i) the amount paid for such share into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to the Class “D” Preferred Shares; and

(ii) the fair market value of any property, other than a Class “D” Preferred Share, given by the Corporation in payment of such consideration.

b) Determination of Fair Market Value of the Consideration

Upon issuance of the Class “D” Preferred Shares, the Corporation and each subscriber of Class “D” Preferred Shares shall determine, by mutual consent and in good faith, based on a method deemed fair and reasonable, the fair market value of each of the assets that form part of the consideration received by the Corporation at the time the Class “D” Preferred Shares are issued.

c) Adjustment of the Premium in Case of a Disagreement with the Department of Revenue

In the event of a disagreement with the federal or provincial department of revenue, or both, with respect to the appraisal of the fair market value of one or more of the assets that form part of the consideration received by the Corporation at the time the Class “D” Preferred Shares are issued, the appraisal by such department shall prevail. The amount of the premium relating to the redemption of the Class “D” Preferred Shares shall be adjusted accordingly if the department in question provides the Corporation and each holder of Class “D” Preferred Shares, or, where all of the shares are redeemed, the Corporation and each former holder of Class “D” Preferred Shares, with the opportunity to contest the appraisal with the department or before the courts. Where the federal and provincial appraisals differ, the amount of the premium shall be equal to the lower appraisal established in accordance with an uncontested assessment or another final judgment, as the case may be.

If, before the Redemption Value provided for in the foregoing sentence is adjusted, the Corporation pays, in cash or any other form of consideration, to a holder of Class “D” Preferred Shares, in connection with a redemption, retraction or purchase of Class “D” Preferred Shares, a sum for the Class “D” Preferred Shares that differs from the adjusted Redemption Value, the holder or the Corporation, as the case may be, shall immediately pay to the holder or the Corporation, as the case may be, the difference between the amount paid in connection with the redemption, retraction or purchase and the adjusted Redemption Value. Moreover, if, at the time of the adjustment, dividends have already been declared and paid on the Class “D” Preferred Shares, such dividends shall be adjusted so as to reflect the adjustment of the Redemption Value.

 

 

Page 7 of 18


7) Right to Purchase by Private Agreement. Subject to the Act, the Corporation may, at any time, without giving notice and without taking into consideration the other classes of shares, purchase by private agreement and at the best possible price all or part of the issued and outstanding Class “D” Preferred Shares. However, such purchase price shall never exceed the Redemption Value mentioned above or the book value of the net assets of the Corporation.

E) CLASS “E” PREFERRED SHARES: The number of Class “E” Preferred Shares is unlimited, and the consideration paid into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to such shares is also unlimited; Class “E” Preferred Shares shall have no par value and shall carry the following rights, privileges, conditions and restrictions:

1) Ranking of Class “E” Preferred Shares. Class “E” Preferred Shares shall have priority over the Common Shares and the Class “F” Preferred Shares, but not over the Classes “B,” “C,” “D” and “G” Preferred Shares with respect to the order of payment of dividends and the distribution of the assets of the Corporation in the event of the liquidation, winding-up or dissolution of the Corporation, whether or not voluntary, or any other distribution of the assets of the Corporation among its shareholders for the purpose of winding up its affairs.

2) Right to Dividends. The holders of Class “E” Preferred Shares shall be entitled to receive, every year, in such manner and at such time as the Board of Directors may declare, a non-cumulative dividend at the fixed rate of 1% per month, calculated on the redemption price of the Class “E” Preferred Shares, payable in cash, property or through the issuance of fully paid shares of any class of the Corporation.

3) Repayment. If, for any reason, including in the event of dissolution or liquidation or winding-up of the Corporation, whether or not voluntary, some or all of the assets of the Corporation are distributed among the shareholders, each holder of Class “E” Preferred Shares shall be entitled to repayment of the amount paid for the Class “E” Preferred Shares into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to the Class “E” Preferred Shares.

4) No Voting Right. Subject to the provisions of the Act or as otherwise expressly provided, the holders of Class “E” Preferred Shares shall not be entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at the meeting of shareholders of the Corporation.

5) Redemption Right. The Corporation shall be entitled, at its discretion, subject to the provisions of the Act in this regard, to redeem at any time all or from time to time part of the Class “E” Preferred Shares then outstanding upon giving notice to that effect, on payment to the holders of the Class “E” Preferred Shares of an aggregate redemption price equal to the consideration received by the Corporation at the time the Class “E” Preferred Shares were issued.

The Corporation shall, at least one (1) business day prior to the date fixed for redemption (the “Redemption Date”), give written notice, to each then registered holder of Class “E” Preferred Shares, of the Corporation’s intention to redeem such shares. Such notice shall set out the date and place at which the redemption is to take place and where payment is to occur and, in the case of partial redemption, the number of shares of each such holder of Class “E” Preferred Shares to be redeemed. If

 

 

Page 8 of 18


notice of redemption is given as aforesaid and an amount sufficient to redeem the Class “E” Preferred Shares called for redemption is deposited with the Corporation’s bankers or at any other place specified in the notice, on or before the Redemption Date, the holders of Class “E” Preferred Shares shall, after the Redemption Date, no longer have any right in or against the Corporation, except the right to receive payment of the Redemption Price and any accrued but unpaid dividends on such Class “E” Preferred Shares being redeemed, upon presentation and surrender of the certificates representing such number of shares to be redeemed.

6) Retraction Right. Subject to the Act, each holder of Class “E” Preferred Shares shall be entitled, at any time and at such holder’s discretion, upon written notice, to require the Corporation to redeem all or part of such holder’s shares at a price equal to the “Redemption Value,” as described below, plus the amount of dividends declared but unpaid, if any, on the Class “E” Preferred Shares.

a) Redemption Value

The “Redemption Value” of each share corresponds to the amount paid for such share into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to the Class “E” Preferred Shares, plus a premium equal to the amount by which the fair market value of the consideration received by the Corporation at the time such Class “E” Preferred Share was issued exceeds the total of:

(i) the amount paid for such share into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to the Class “E” Preferred Shares; and

(ii) the fair market value of any property, other than a Class “E” Preferred Share, given by the Corporation in payment of such consideration.

b) Determination of Fair Market Value of the Consideration

Upon issuance of the Class “E” Preferred Shares, the Corporation and each subscriber of Class “E” Preferred Shares shall determine, by mutual consent and in good faith, based on a method deemed fair and reasonable, the fair market value of each of the assets that form part of the consideration received by the Corporation at the time the Class “E” Preferred Shares are issued.

c) Adjustment of the Premium in Case of a Disagreement with the Department of Revenue

In the event of a disagreement with the federal or provincial department of revenue, or both, with respect to the appraisal of the fair market value of one or more of the assets that form part of the consideration received by the Corporation at the time the Class “E” Preferred Shares are issued, the appraisal by such department shall prevail. The amount of the premium relating to the redemption of the Class “E” Preferred Shares shall be adjusted accordingly if the department in question provides the Corporation and each holder of Class “E” Preferred Shares, or, where all of the shares are redeemed, the Corporation and each former holder of Class “E” Preferred Shares, with the opportunity to contest the appraisal with the department or before the courts. Where the federal and provincial appraisals differ, the amount of the premium shall be equal to the lower appraisal established in accordance with an uncontested assessment or another final judgment, as the case may be.

 

 

Page 9 of 18


If, before the Redemption Value provided for in the foregoing sentence is adjusted, the Corporation pays, in cash or any other form of consideration, to a holder of Class “E” Preferred Shares, in connection with a redemption, retraction or purchase of Class “E” Preferred Shares, a sum for the Class “E” Preferred Shares that differs from the adjusted Redemption Value, the holder or the Corporation, as the case may be, shall immediately pay to the holder or the Corporation, as the case may be, the difference between the amount paid in connection with the redemption, retraction or purchase and the adjusted Redemption Value. Moreover, if, at the time of the adjustment, dividends have already been declared and paid on the Class “E” Preferred Shares, such dividends shall be adjusted so as to reflect the adjustment of the Redemption Value.

7) Right to Purchase by Private Agreement. Subject to the Act, the Corporation may, at any time, without giving notice and without taking into consideration the other classes of shares, purchase by private agreement and at the best possible price all or part of the issued and outstanding Class “E” Preferred Shares. However, such purchase price shall never exceed the Redemption Value mentioned above or the book value of the net assets of the Corporation.

F) CLASS “F” PREFERRED SHARES: The number of Class “F” Preferred Shares is unlimited, and the consideration paid into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to such shares is also unlimited; Class “F” Preferred Shares shall have no par value and shall carry the following rights, privileges, conditions and restrictions:

1) Ranking of Class “F” Preferred Shares. Class “F” Preferred Shares shall have priority over the Common Shares, but not over the Classes “B,” “C,” “D,” “E” and “G” Preferred Shares with respect to the order of payment of dividends and the distribution of the assets of the Corporation in the event of the liquidation, winding-up or dissolution of the Corporation, whether or not voluntary, or any other distribution of the assets of the Corporation among its shareholders for the purpose of winding up its affairs.

2) Right to Dividends. The holders of Class “F” Preferred Shares shall be entitled to receive, every year, in such manner and at such time as the Board of Directors may declare, a non-cumulative dividend at the fixed rate of 1% per month, calculated on the redemption price of the Class “F” Preferred Shares, payable in cash, property or through the issuance of fully paid shares of any class of the Corporation.

3) Repayment. If, for any reason, including in the event of dissolution or liquidation or winding-up of the Corporation, whether or not voluntary, some or all of the assets of the Corporation are distributed among the shareholders, each holder of Class “F” Preferred Shares shall be entitled to repayment of the amount paid for the Class “F” Preferred Shares into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to the Class “F” Preferred Shares.

4) No Voting Right. Subject to the provisions of the Act or as otherwise expressly provided, the holders of Class “F” Preferred Shares shall not be entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at the meeting of shareholders of the Corporation.

5) Redemption Right. The Corporation shall be entitled, at its discretion, subject to the provisions of the Act in this regard, to redeem at any time all or from time to time part of the Class “F” Preferred Shares then outstanding upon giving notice to that effect, on payment to the holders of the Class “F” Preferred Shares of an aggregate redemption price equal to the consideration received by the Corporation at the time the Class “F” Preferred Shares were issued.

 

 

Page 10 of 18


The Corporation shall, at least one (1) business day prior to the date fixed for redemption (the “Redemption Date”), give written notice, to each then registered holder of Class “F” Preferred Shares, of the Corporation’s intention to redeem such shares. Such notice shall set out the date and place at which the redemption is to take place and where payment is to occur and, in the case of partial redemption, the number of shares of each such holder of Class “F” Preferred Shares to be redeemed. If notice of redemption is given as aforesaid and an amount sufficient to redeem the Class “F” Preferred Shares called for redemption is deposited with the Corporation’s bankers or at any other place specified in the notice, on or before the Redemption Date, the holders of Class “F” Preferred Shares shall, after the Redemption Date, no longer have any right in or against the Corporation, except the right to receive payment of the Redemption Price and any accrued but unpaid dividends on such Class “F” Preferred Shares being redeemed, upon presentation and surrender of the certificates representing such number of shares to be redeemed.

6) Retraction Right. Subject to the Act, each holder of Class “F” Preferred Shares shall be entitled, at any time and at such holder’s discretion, upon written notice, to require the Corporation to redeem all or part of such holder’s shares at a price equal to the “Redemption Value,” as described below, plus the amount of dividends declared but unpaid, if any, on the Class “F” Preferred Shares.

a) Redemption Value

The “Redemption Value” of each share corresponds to the amount paid for such share into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to the Class “F” Preferred Shares, plus a premium equal to the amount by which the fair market value of the consideration received by the Corporation at the time such Class “F” Preferred Share was issued exceeds the total of:

(i) the amount paid for such share into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to the Class “F” Preferred Shares; and

(ii) the fair market value of any property, other than a Class “F” Preferred Share, given by the Corporation in payment of such consideration.

b) Determination of Fair Market Value of the Consideration

Upon issuance of the Class “F” Preferred Shares, the Corporation and each subscriber of Class “F” Preferred Shares shall determine, by mutual consent and in good faith, based on a method deemed fair and reasonable, the fair market value of each of the assets that form part of the consideration received by the Corporation at the time the Class “F” Preferred Shares are issued.

c) Adjustment of the Premium in Case of a Disagreement with the Department of Revenue

In the event of a disagreement with the federal or provincial department of revenue, or both, with respect to the appraisal of the fair market value of one or more of the assets that form part of the consideration received by the Corporation at the time the Class “F” Preferred Shares are issued, the appraisal by such department shall prevail. The amount of the premium relating to the redemption

 

 

Page 11 of 18


of the Class “F” Preferred Shares shall be adjusted accordingly if the department in question provides the Corporation and each holder of Class “F” Preferred Shares, or, where all of the shares are redeemed, the Corporation and each former holder of Class “F” Preferred Shares, with the opportunity to contest the appraisal with the department or before the courts. Where the federal and provincial appraisals differ, the amount of the premium shall be equal to the lower appraisal established in accordance with an uncontested assessment or another final judgment, as the case may be.

If, before the Redemption Value provided for in the foregoing sentence is adjusted, the Corporation pays, in cash or any other form of consideration, to a holder of Class “F” Preferred Shares, in connection with a redemption, retraction or purchase of Class “F” Preferred Shares, a sum for the Class “F” Preferred Shares that differs from the adjusted Redemption Value, the holder or the Corporation, as the case may be, shall immediately pay to the holder or the Corporation, as the case may be, the difference between the amount paid in connection with the redemption, retraction or purchase and the adjusted Redemption Value. Moreover, if, at the time of the adjustment, dividends have already been declared and paid on the Class “F” Preferred Shares, such dividends shall be adjusted so as to reflect the adjustment of the Redemption Value.

7) Right to Purchase by Private Agreement. Subject to the Act, the Corporation may, at any time, without giving notice and without taking into consideration the other classes of shares, purchase by private agreement and at the best possible price all or part of the issued and outstanding Class “F” Preferred Shares. However, such purchase price shall never exceed the Redemption Value mentioned above or the book value of the net assets of the Corporation.

G) CLASS “G” PREFERRED SHARES: The number of Class “G” Preferred Shares is unlimited, and the consideration paid into the subdivision of the issued and paid-up share capital account relating to such shares is also unlimited. Class “G” Preferred Shares shall have no par value and shall carry the following rights, privileges, conditions and restrictions:

1) Ranking of Class “G” Preferred Shares. Class “G” Preferred Shares shall have priority over the Class “A” Common Shares and the other shares of the Corporation with respect to the order of payment of dividends and the distribution of the assets of the Corporation in the event of the liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation, whether or not voluntary, or any other distribution of the assets of the Corporation among its shareholders for the purpose of winding up its affairs.

2) Right to Dividends . The holders of record of the Class “G” Preferred Shares shall be entitled to receive, in each fiscal year of the Corporation, a fixed cumulative preferential dividend at the rate of 11.25% per annum per share, calculated daily on the Redemption Price (as defined below) of the Class “G” Preferred Shares. Such dividends shall be cumulative from the respective date of issue of each Class “G” Preferred Share.

For greater certainty, it is hereby declared that (a) wherever it is used in this Section 2, the expression “dividend at the rate of 11.25% per annum per share” shall mean, with respect to the Class “G” Preferred Shares, a dividend calculated at such rate for at least the number of days during which such share was outstanding in the fiscal year with respect to which the calculation is being made and (b) nothing herein contained or implied shall require prorating of dividends with respect to any share not outstanding during the entire period for or with respect to which such dividends are accrued.

 

 

Page 12 of 18


However, the directors of the Corporation may, at their discretion, prorate dividends with respect to any share not outstanding for the entire period for or with respect to which dividends are accrued if such right to prorate dividends was reserved by the Corporation at the time such shares were issued.

All dividends declared on the Class “G” Preferred Shares shall be payable semi-annually on a cumulative basis on the 20th day of the months of June and December in every year, at such place as the directors of the Corporation may determine, in cash or by certified cheque, bank draft or wire transfer, provided that, in respect of any payment of dividends denominated in a currency other than Canadian dollars, the applicable exchange rate shall be that published by the Bank of Canada in effect on the date of payment.

The holders of Class “G” Preferred Shares shall be entitled to receive only the aforementioned dividends. No dividends may be paid on any shares ranking junior to the Class “G” Preferred Shares, unless all dividends that have become payable on the Class “G” Preferred Shares have been paid or set aside for payment.

3) Liquidation or Winding-Up . In the event of the liquidation, winding-up, dissolution or reorganization of the Corporation or any other distribution of its assets among its shareholders for the purpose of winding up its affairs, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, the holders of Class “G” Preferred Shares shall be entitled to receive, in preference to the holders of any other class of shares of the Corporation, an amount equal to the Redemption Price (as defined below) for each Class “G” Preferred Share held and any accrued but unpaid dividends on such shares.

4) No Voting Right . The holders of Class “G” Preferred Shares shall not be entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at the meetings of shareholders of the Corporation, unless the Corporation has failed to pay eight (8) semi-annual dividends on the Class “G” Preferred Shares, whether or not consecutive. In that event and only so long as the said dividends remain in arrears, the holders of Class “G” Preferred Shares shall be entitled to receive notice of, attend and vote at the meetings of shareholders of the Corporation, except meetings at which only the holders of another specified series or class of shares are entitled to vote. At each such meeting, each Class “G” Preferred Share shall entitle the holder thereof to one (1) vote.

5) Redemption Right . The Corporation shall be entitled, at its discretion, subject to the provisions of the Act in this regard, to redeem at any time all or part of the Class “G” Preferred Shares then outstanding upon giving notice as hereinafter provided, on payment to the holders of the Class “G” Preferred Shares of an aggregate amount equal to the Redemption Price (as defined below) and any accrued but unpaid dividends on such Class “G” Preferred Shares being redeemed. In the case of partial redemption, the Class “G” Preferred Shares to be redeemed shall be selected pro rata among the holders of all Class “G” Preferred Shares then outstanding, except that, with the consent of all the holders of Class “G” Preferred Shares, the shares to be redeemed may be selected in another manner.

The Corporation shall, at least one (1) business day prior to the date fixed for redemption (the “Redemption Date”), give written notice, to each then registered holder of Class “G” Preferred Shares, of the Corporation’s intention to redeem such shares. Such notice shall set out the date and the place at which the redemption is to take place and where payment is to occur and, in the case of partial redemption, the number of shares to be redeemed from each such holder of Class “G” Preferred Shares. If notice of redemption is given as aforesaid and an amount sufficient to redeem the Class “G”

 

 

Page 13 of 18


Preferred Shares called for redemption is deposited with the Corporation’s bankers or at any other place or places specified in the notice, on or before the Redemption Date, the holders of Class “G” Preferred Shares shall, after the Redemption Date, no longer have any right in or against the Corporation, except the right to receive payment of the Redemption Price and any accrued but unpaid dividends on such Class “G” Preferred Shares being redeemed, upon presentation and surrender of the certificates representing such number of shares to be redeemed.

6) Retraction Right . Each holder of Class “G” Preferred Shares shall be entitled, at such holder’s discretion, upon prior written notice of no less than one (1) business day to the Corporation, to require the Corporation to redeem all or part of such holder’s Class “G” Preferred Shares for an aggregate amount equal to the Redemption Price (as defined below) and any accrued but unpaid dividends on such shares, payable, subject to the provisions of the Act in this regard, upon presentation and surrender by such holder of Class “G” Preferred Shares of the certificates representing the number of Class “G” Preferred Shares to be redeemed (the date on which such presentation and surrender occur being the “Retraction Date”). As of the Retraction Date, the Class “G” Preferred Shares shall be considered redeemed, and the Corporation shall pay to such holder of Class “G” Preferred Shares the Redemption Price (as defined below) and any accrued but unpaid dividends on such shares. In the event the Corporation is unable to pay the Redemption Price of the Class “G” Preferred Shares on the Retraction Date, it shall forthwith give the holder of Class “G” Preferred Shares written notice thereof.

7) Redemption Price . The Redemption Price of the Class “G” Preferred Shares shall be an amount equal to $1,000 per Class “G” Preferred Share being redeemed. The Redemption Price may be paid in cash, or by certified cheque, bank draft or wire transfer, or by the delivery of assets having equivalent value, provided that in respect of any such payment denominated in a currency other than Canadian dollars, for the purposes of this Section (7), the applicable exchange rate shall be that published by the Bank of Canada in effect on the date of payment.

------------------End of Share Capital-----------------

 

 

Page 14 of 18


SCHEDULE B

Relative to the

ARTICLES OF CONSTITUTION

RESTRICTIONS ON THE TRANSFER OF SHARES

No shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be transferred without the approval of Directors as evidenced by a resolution of the Board of Directors; the approval of such transfer of shares may be given as aforesaid after the transfer has been registered in the books of the Corporation, in which case, unless such resolution provides otherwise, the transfer is valid and shall come into force on the date of its registration in the books of the Corporation.

RESTRICTIONS ON THE TRANSFER OF SECURITIES

As long as the Corporation shall have the status of a « private issuer » as defined in Regulation 45-106 on Prospectus and Registration Exemptions (R.S.Q.c. V-1.1) , all transfers of securities of the Corporation (other than shares and non-convertible debt securities) shall be subject to the consent of the Board of Directors of the Corporation as evidenced by a resolution passed or signed by them, or subject to the restrictions contained in a Shareholders’ Agreement.

 

 

Page 15 of 18

Exhibit 1.27

9253-2456 QUÉBEC INC.

(the “Corporation”)

TRANSLATION

BY-LAWS

 

A. INTERPRETATION

 

1. Definitions

In these by-laws, unless the context indicates otherwise,

“Act” means the Business Corporations Act, R.S.Q., c. S-31.1. Any reference to that statute or any provisions thereof in the Corporation’s by-laws is interpreted as a reference to any amended or substituted provisions thereof;

“affairs” means the relationships among the Corporation, its affiliates and the shareholders, directors and officers of the Corporation and its affiliates but does not include the business carried on by the Corporation or its affiliates;

“affiliates”: means legal persons one of whom is a subsidiary of the other, or legal persons who are controlled by the same person;

“associates” means, in relation to a person:

 

  a) the person’s spouse, children and relatives, and the children and relatives of the person’s spouse;

 

  b) a partner of the person;

 

  c) a succession or trust in which the person has a substantial interest similar to that of a beneficiary or in respect of which the person serves as liquidator, trustee or other administrator of the property of others, mandatary or depositary; or

 

  d) a legal person of whom the person owns securities making up more than 10% of a class of shares carrying voting rights at any shareholders meeting or the right to receive any declared dividend or a share of the remaining property of the legal person in the event of liquidation.

“group”: means any legal person, any group of persons or any group of properties, including an organization, joint venture or trust;

“officer” means a person referred to in section 40 of these by-laws;

“resolution” or “ordinary resolution” means a resolution that requires a majority of the votes cast at a shareholders meeting by the shareholders entitled to vote on the resolution, or a resolution that requires the signature of all such shareholders;


“reporting issuer” means a reporting issuer within the meaning of the Securities Act (R.S.Q., chapter V-1.1);

“security” means a share, debenture, bond or note that is dealt in or traded on a securities exchange or financial market;

“shareholder” means a shareholder who is registered in the securities register of the Corporation, and includes a shareholder’s representative;

“special resolution” means a resolution that requires at least two thirds of the votes cast at a shareholders meeting by the shareholders entitled to vote on the resolution, or a resolution that requires the signature of all such shareholders.

 

2. Interpretation

 

  a) in the event of contradiction between the Act and the articles or the by-laws of the Corporation, the Act shall prevail over the articles and the by-laws; and the by-laws; and the articles shall take precedence over the by-laws.

 

  b) the powers of the directors, shareholders and officers of the Corporation are subject to the Act and by-laws of the Corporation and any reference to the exercise of any of these powers in the by-laws of the Corporation is subject to the limits, restrictions or conditions that are expressed therein.

 

  c) the masculine gender includes both sexes, unless the contrary intention is evident by the context;

 

  d) the singular number extends to more than one person or more than one thing of the same sort, whenever the context admits of such extension. The plural number can apply to one person only or to one thing only if the context so permits.

The headings used in these by-laws are for ease of reference only and do not form part of them.

 

B. HEAD OFFICE, ESTABLISHMENT AND SEAL

 

3. Head office

The head office of the Corporation shall be established in the judicial district of Montréal, in the Province of Quebec. The Corporation may relocate its head office in compliance with the Act.

 

4. Establishment

In addition to its head office, the Corporation may have other establishments, offices or agencies both within and outside Quebec.

 

5. Seal

The Board of Directors may adopt a seal but is not required to. The fact that a document of the Corporation is not sealed does not invalidate the document.

 

2


C. CORPORATE RECORDS

 

6. Records

The Corporation maintains, at its head office or at any other place designated by the Board of Directors, records containing:

 

  a) the articles and the by-laws;

 

  b) minutes of meetings of the shareholders and written resolutions of shareholders;

 

  c) the names and domicile of the directors, and the dates of the beginning and end of their term of office; and

 

  d) the securities register.

The secretary keeps such records up-to-date.

The shareholders may examine these records during its regular office hours, and obtain extracts from them. They may also, on request and without charge, obtain a copy of the articles and by-laws.

 

7. Accounting and Board records

The Corporation also maintains accounting records and books containing the minutes of meetings and written resolutions of the Board of Directors. If applicable, the Corporation also maintains books for all the committees of the Board of Directors. These records and books are kept at the Corporation’s head office or at any other place designated by the Board of Directors.

The Corporation is required to retain all accounting records for a period of six years after the end of the fiscal year to which they relate.

Only the directors and the auditor may have access to the accounting records and books containing the minutes of the meetings as well as the written resolutions of the Board of Directors and of its committees. However, the shareholders may examine, during the Corporation’s regular office hours, any part of the minutes of the deliberations of the Board of Directors or any other document in which a director or officer makes the disclosure of interest referred to in sections 22 and 45 below.

 

8. Securities register

The securities register of the Corporation contains the following information with respect to its shares:

 

  a) the names, in alphabetical order, and the addresses of present and past shareholders;

 

  b) the number of shares held by each such shareholder;

 

  c) the date and details of the issue and transfer of each share; and

 

  d) any amount due on any share.

 

3


The register must contain, if applicable, the same information with respect to the Corporation’s debentures, bonds and notes, with the necessary modifications. Any person may examine the Corporation’s securities register if that person complies with the provisions of the Act in this regard. Any person may, on request and on payment of a reasonable fee established by the Corporation, obtain a copy of the list of the Corporation’s shareholders as provided for in the Act.

 

D. BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

9. Functions and powers

The Board of Directors exercises all necessary powers to supervise the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation. Except to the extent provided by law, such powers may be exercised without shareholder approval.

Generally, the Board of Directors exercises the powers and takes the actions which the Corporation is authorized to take; it may also enter into any contract on behalf of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may, on behalf of the Corporation:

 

  a) borrow money;

 

  b) issue, reissue, sell or hypothecate its debt obligations;

 

  c) enter into a suretyship to secure performance of an obligation of any person; and

 

  d) hypothecate all or any of its property, owned or subsequently acquired, to secure any obligation.

 

10. Delegation of powers

The Board of Directors may create one of several committees composed of directors and may delegate certain powers to this or these committees. It can also delegate its powers to a director or an officer. However, the Board of Directors may not delegate its power:

 

  a) to submit to the shareholders any question or matter requiring their approval;

 

  b) to fill a vacancy among the directors or in the office of auditor;

 

  c) to appoint or dismiss the president of the Corporation, the Chair of the Board of Directors, the chief executive officer, the chief operating officer or the chief financial officer regardless of their title, and to determine their remuneration;

 

  d) to authorize the issue of shares;

 

  e) to approve the transfer of unpaid shares;

 

  f) to declare dividends;

 

  g) to acquire, including by purchase, redemption or exchange, shares issued by the Corporation;

 

  h) to split, consolidate or convert shares;

 

4


  i) to authorize the payment of a commission to a person who purchases shares or other securities of the Corporation, or procures or agrees to procure purchasers for those shares or securities;

 

  j) to approve the financial statements presented at the annual meetings of shareholders;

 

  k) to adopt, amend or repeal by-laws;

 

  l) to authorize calls for payment;

 

  m) to authorize the confiscation of shares;

 

  n) to approve articles of amendment allowing a class of unissued shares to be divided into series, and to determine the designation of and the rights and restrictions attaching to those shares or securities; or

 

  o) to approve a short-form amalgamation.

 

11. Contracts

All contracts, deeds, agreements, documents, bonds, debentures and other instruments requiring execution by the Corporation may be signed by two directors or two officers of the Corporation or by one director and one officer of the Corporation or by such persons as the Board of Directors may otherwise authorize from time to time by resolution. Any such authorization may be general or confined to specific instances.

 

12. Proceedings

Any director or officer of the Corporation, or any other person appointed for that purpose by any director or officer of the Corporation, is authorized to bring any action, proceeding, motion, civil, criminal, administrative or other legal procedure, in the name of the Corporation or to appear and to answer on behalf of the Corporation to any writ, to any order or injunction issued by any court, to any examination on the facts relating to any litigation or any examination on discovery, as well as to any action, proceeding, motion or other legal procedure in which the Corporation is involved; to respond in the name of the Corporation to any garnishment in which the Corporation is garnishee and to prepare any affidavit or any solemn declaration related to such a garnishment or to any other legal procedure to which the Corporation is a party; to make any application for the assignment of property or any petitions for a receiving order against any debtor of the Corporation; to attend and to vote in any meeting of the creditors of debtors of the Corporation; to grant proxies and, in respect of any such action, proceeding, motion or other legal procedure, to take any other action which he or she deems to be in the best interests of the Corporation.

 

13. Number

The exact number of directors is determined by the Board of Directors as provided in the articles of the Corporation.

The directors in office do not cease to hold their position as a result of an amendment of the articles which reduces their number.

 

5


14. Qualifications

Any natural person may be a director of the Corporation, except:

 

  a) a minor;

 

  b) a person of full age under tutorship or curatorship;

 

  c) a bankrupt;

 

  d) a person prohibited by the court from holding such office;

 

  e) a person declared incapable by decision of a court of another jurisdiction.

Unless otherwise provided in the articles, a director is not required to be a shareholder.

 

15. Election and term of office

The directors are elected each year at the annual shareholders meeting by a simple majority of the votes and remain in office until the next annual shareholders meeting or until their successors are appointed. Voting for the election of directors is conducted by a show of hands unless a ballot is demanded by a shareholder entitled to vote.

 

16. Cessation of office

A director ceases to hold office when he dies, becomes disqualified from being a director, resigns or is removed from office.

 

17. Resignation

A director may resign at any time. The resignation of a director becomes effective at the time the director’s written resignation is received by the Corporation, or at the time specified in the resignation, whichever is later. The reason for the resignation need not be given.

 

18. Removal

The shareholders may by ordinary resolution at a special meeting remove any director or directors. If certain shareholders have an exclusive right to elect one or more directors, a director so elected may only be removed by ordinary resolution of those shareholders.

A director whose removal is to be proposed at a shareholders meeting may attend the meeting and be heard or, if not in attendance, may explain, in a written statement read by the person presiding over the meeting or made available to the shareholders before or at the meeting, why he opposes the resolution proposing his removal.

A vacancy created by the removal of a director may be filled at the shareholders meeting at which the director is removed or, if it is not, at a subsequent meeting of the Board of Directors.

 

6


19. Vacancy

A quorum of directors may fill any vacancy on the board unless there has been a failure to elect the fixed number or minimum number of directors required by the articles.

However, the directors then in office must without delay call a special shareholders meeting to fill the vacancies resulting from the lack of quorum or the failure to elect the fixed or minimal number of directors set out in the articles. If the directors refuse or fail to call a meeting, the meeting may be called by any shareholder.

A director appointed or elected to fill a vacancy holds office for the unexpired term of his predecessor.

 

20. Retiring director and updating declaration

A director who leaves office is authorized to sign on behalf of the Corporation and file in accordance with the Act respecting the legal publicity of enterprises an updating declaration indicating such change, unless he has received, within thirty (30) days of the date on which such change took effect, proof that the Corporation has filed such declaration.

 

21. Duties of directors

Subject to the provisions of the Act, the directors are bound by the same obligations as are imposed by the Civil Code of Québec on any director of a legal person. Consequently, in the exercise of their functions, the directors are duty-bound toward the Corporation to act with prudence and diligence, honesty and loyalty and in the interest of the Corporation.

More specifically, but without limiting the generality of the foregoing:

 

  a) no director may mingle the property of the Corporation with his own property nor may he use for his own profit or that of a third person any property of the Corporation or any information he obtains by reason of his duties, unless he is authorized to do so by the shareholders of the Corporation;

 

  b) unless he has obtained the express consent of the Board of Directors, a director must keep confidential the deliberations of the Board of Directors, any internal document and any other information to which he has access in the performance of his duties which is not publicly known and which has not been publicly disclosed by the Corporation;

 

  c) a director must avoid placing himself in any situation where his personal interest would be in conflict with his obligations as a director of the Corporation;

 

  d) a director must declare to the legal person any interest he has in an enterprise or association that may place him in a situation of conflict of interest and of any right he may set up against it, indicating their nature and value, where applicable.

 

22. Contracts or transactions – disclosure of interest

A director must disclose the nature and value of any interest he has in a contract or transaction to which the Corporation is a party. “Interest” means any financial stake in

 

7


a contract or transaction that may reasonably be considered likely to influence decision-making. Furthermore, a proposed contract or a proposed transaction, including related negotiations, is considered a contract or transaction.

A director must also disclose a contract or transaction to which the Corporation and any of the following are a party:

 

  a) an associate of the director;

 

  b) a group of which the director is a director;

 

  c) a group in which the director or an associate of the director has an interest.

The director satisfies the requirement if he discloses, in a case specified in subparagraph b), the directorship or office held within the group or, in a case specified in subparagraph c), the nature and value of the interest he or his associate has in the group.

Unless it is recorded in the minutes of the first meeting of the Board of Directors at which the contract or transaction is discussed, the disclosure of an interest, contract or transaction must be made in writing to the Board of Directors as soon as the director becomes aware of the interest, contract or transaction.

The disclosure must be made even in the case of a contract or transaction that does not require approval by the Board of Directors.

 

23. Contracts or transactions – voting

No director may vote on a resolution to approve, amend or terminate the contract or transaction described in the foregoing section, or be present during deliberations concerning the approval, amendment or termination of such a contract or transaction unless the contract or transaction:

 

  a) relates primarily to the remuneration of the director or an associate of the director as a director of the Corporation or an affiliate of the Corporation;

 

  b) relates primarily to the remuneration of the director or an associate of the director as an officer, employee or mandatary of the Corporation or an affiliate of the Corporation, if the Corporation is not a reporting issuer;

 

  c) is for the indemnification of the directors in certain circumstances or liability insurance taken out by the Corporation;

 

  d) is with an affiliate of the Corporation, and the sole interest of the director is as a director or officer of the affiliate.

If no quorum exists for the purpose of voting on a resolution to approve a contract or transaction only because a director is not permitted to be present during deliberations, the other directors present are deemed to constitute a quorum for the purpose of voting on the resolution.

If all the directors are required to abstain from voting, the contract or transaction may be approved solely by the shareholders entitled to vote, by ordinary resolution. The disclosure must be made to the shareholders in a sufficiently clear manner before the contract or transaction is approved.

 

8


24. Remuneration

The Board of Directors determines the remuneration of the directors from time to time, by resolution. The directors are also entitled to be reimbursed for travel costs and reasonable expenses incurred in the performance of their duties.

 

E. MEETINGS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

25. Place

The Board of Directors meets at the head office of the Corporation or at any other place within or outside Quebec which the Chair of the Board of Directors may choose.

 

26. Calling of meeting

The Board of Directors meets as often as the Chair of the Board considers necessary. Board meetings are called by the Chair of the Board, or by the secretary at the request of the Chair of the Board, or in the absence or in case of incapacity to act as Chair of the Board, at the request of two (2) directors. At least two (2) days’ notice must be given.

In the event that the Chair of the Board (or the secretary, at the request of the Chair of the Board or in the absence or in case of incapacity to act as Chair of the Board, at the request of two (2) directors) considers, at his discretion, that it is deemed urgent to call a meeting of the Board of Directors, he must see that the notice of the meeting be sent out using any possible means at least two (2) hours before the meeting and such notice shall be deemed sufficient for the meeting to be called.

The notice must state the time and place of the meeting and, where applicable, specify any matter referred to in section 10 of these by-laws.

A notice of meeting must be sent to each director, at his last known civic or electronic address, by any means providing proof of its sending.

A meeting may be held without notice if all the directors are present or if the absent directors agreed to the holding of such meeting. The meeting of the Board of Directors immediately following the annual shareholders meeting may take place without notice.

 

27. Waiver of notice

A director may, in writing, waive notice of a meeting; waiver of the notice may be validly given before or after the meeting. However, attendance of a director at a meeting of the board is a waiver of notice of the meeting unless the director attends the meeting for the sole purpose of objecting to the holding of the meeting on the grounds that it was not lawfully called.

 

9


28. Participation by any means of communication

A director may participate in a meeting of the board by means of equipment - telephone, electronic or other - enabling all participants to communicate directly with one another. In such a case, the director is deemed to be present at the meeting.

 

29. Attendance

Only the directors may attend board meetings. Other persons may also attend as needed, with the authorization of the Chair of the Board or the majority of the directors present.

 

30. Quorum

A majority of the directors in office constitutes a quorum. A quorum of directors may validly exercise all the powers of the directors, despite any vacancy on the board.

 

31. Chair and secretary of the meeting

Meetings of the Board of Directors are chaired by the Chair of the Board or, by default, by the vice-chair of the board or by default by the president and chief executive officer or, in his absence, by a director assigned by the other participating directors. The secretary acts as meeting secretary, drafts the minutes of the meeting and co-signs the minutes with the Chair of the meeting.

 

32. Procedure

The Chair of the Board directs the meeting and ensures that it is conducted in an orderly manner. He submits the business to be discussed to the board. A director may also submit business to be discussed.

 

33. Voting

Unless otherwise provided in the articles, the Board of Directors decides any issue by a majority of the votes. Each director is entitled to one vote. Voting by proxy is not permitted.

Voting is by a show of hands or, at the request of the Chair of the Board or a director, by secret ballot. A vote by secret ballot may be requested before or after a vote by a show of hands.

If voting is by secret ballot, the secretary acts as scrutineer and counts the ballots. The Chair of the Board does not have a tie-breaking vote in the case of a tie.

 

34. Dissent

A director who is present at a meeting of the board or a committee of the board is deemed to have consented to any resolution passed at the meeting unless:

 

  a) the director’s dissent has been entered in the minutes;

 

  b) the director sends a written dissent to the secretary of the meeting before the meeting is adjourned; or

 

10


  c) the director delivers a written dissent to the Chair of the Board, sends it to the Chair of the Board by any means providing proof of the date of receipt or delivers it to the head office of the Corporation immediately after the meeting is adjourned.

A director is not entitled to dissent after voting for or consenting to a resolution.

 

35. Dissent of an absent director

A director who was not present at a meeting of the board or a committee of the board at which a resolution was passed is deemed to have consented to the resolution unless the director records his dissent within seven days after becoming aware of the resolution, by written notice delivered to the Chair of the Board, or the president, or sent to the Chair of the Board, or the president, by any means providing proof of the date of receipt or delivered to the head office of the Corporation.

 

36. Adjournment

The Chair of the Board may, with the consent of the majority of the directors present, adjourn a meeting of the Board of Directors to a specified date, time and place without a new notice of meeting being required. The Chair of the Board may also adjourn a meeting ex officio if he considers it impossible to conduct it in an orderly manner.

The meeting is validly resumed if it is held on the specified date and at the specified place and if a quorum is present. If a quorum does not exist when the meeting resumes, the initial meeting is deemed to have ended immediately after it was adjourned.

 

37. Signed resolution

A resolution in writing, signed by all the directors entitled to vote on the resolution, has the same force as if it had been passed at a meeting of the board or, as the case may be, of a committee of the Board of Directors. These resolutions are kept with the minutes of meetings and the written resolutions of the Board of Directors.

The written resolutions that are signed electronically are as legally valid as a written signature.

 

38. Recording of deliberations

Only the secretary may record the deliberations of the Board of Directors, for the purpose of preparing the minutes. The secretary must destroy the recording once the concerned minutes have been approved.

 

F. OFFICERS

 

39. General

The officers of the Corporation are the Chair of the Board, the vice-chair of the Board (if applicable), the president and chief executive officer, the chief financial officer, the vice-presidents, the secretary, the treasurer and/or the assistant-secretary(ies). The Board of Directors may designate another person as an officer by resolution.

 

11


40. Qualifications

The officers need not be directors or shareholders of the Corporation except for the Chair of the Board of Directors who must be a director. The same person may hold more than one position as officer.

 

41. Term of office

Unless the Board of Directors provides otherwise when he is appointed, an officer holds office from his appointment until the first meeting of the Board of Directors following the annual meeting or until a replacement has been named.

 

42. Cessation of office

An officer may resign at any time. The resignation of an officer takes effect on the date the Corporation receives the written notice he gives or on the later date indicated therein.

The Board of Directors or the president and chief executive officer may remove an officer at any time and the reason for the removal is not required to be given. However, the removal of the president, the Chair of the Board, the chief executive officer, the chief operating officer, or the chief financial officer regardless of their title, as their appointment, is the responsibility of the Board of Directors.

 

43. Vacancy

The Board of Directors may fill any vacancy in an office at any time.

 

44. Powers of officers

An officer exercises the powers attached to his position. He also exercises all the powers which the Board of Directors can delegate to him. In the event an officer is unable to act, the powers of such officer are exercised by any other person designated by the Board of Directors.

 

45. Duties of officers

The officers are mandataries of the Corporation. In this capacity, in the exercise of their functions, the officers are bound, among other things, toward the Corporation to act with prudence and diligence, honesty and loyalty and in the interest of the Corporation.

An officer must disclose the nature and value of any interest he has in a contract or transaction to which the Corporation is a party. An officer must disclose any contract or transaction to which the Corporation and any of the following are a party:

 

  a) an associate of the director or officer;

 

  b) a group of which the director or officer is a director or officer;

 

  c) a group in which the director or officer or an associate of the director or officer has an interest.

The officer satisfies the requirement if he discloses, in a case specified in subparagraph b), the directorship or office held within the group or, in a case specified in subparagraph c), the nature and value of the interest he or his associate has in the group.

 

12


In the case of an officer who is not a director, the disclosure must be made as soon as:

 

  a) the officer becomes an officer;

 

  b) the officer becomes aware that the contract or transaction is to be discussed or has been discussed at a meeting of the board; or

 

  c) the officer or the officer’s associate acquires an interest in the contract or transaction, if it was entered into earlier.

The disclosure must be made even in the case of a contract or transaction that does not require approval by the Board of Directors.

 

46. Chair or vice-chair of the Board

The Chair of the Board or if necessary, the vice-chair, shall be chosen from among the directors. The Chair of the Board or, in his absence, the president, presides over all the meetings of the directors and all shareholders meetings at which he is present and as such has all the powers and fulfils all his responsibilities that the Board of Directors may determine from time to time.

 

47. President

The president and chief executive officer controls and supervises the management of the activities and affairs of the Corporation. He signs the documents which require his signature. He also has the powers and fulfills all the responsibilities that the Board of Directors determines from time to time.

 

48. Vice-president

The vice-president (or vice presidents), exercises the powers and assumes the obligations that the Board of Directors determines from time to time. In the event of an absence, inability, refusal or omission to act as the president, the vice-president assigned by the directors can exercise his powers and fulfill all his responsibilities.

 

49. Secretary

The secretary is responsible for safekeeping the records and documents of the Corporation. He acts as secretary of the meetings of the Board of Directors and committees of the board as well as the meetings of shareholders. He signs the share certificates and other documents that require his signature and sends the directors and shareholders notice of meetings and other notices which may be required. He has all the powers and fulfills all the functions that the Board of Directors determines from time to time.

The assistant secretary fulfills all responsibilities assigned to him from time to time by the secretary.

 

13


50. Chief Financial Officer and/or Treasurer

He is in charge of the financial management of the Corporation. He oversees the financial situation of the Corporation and sees to the management of its property and the keeping of its accounting records. He reports periodically to the audit committee and to the Board of Directors on the financial situation of the Corporation. He signs the documents which require his signature.

 

51. Remuneration

The Board of Directors determines, from time to time, the remuneration of the president and chief executive officer, the Chair of the Board, the chief operating officer and of the chief financial officer, regardless of their title. The remuneration of the other officers is determined by management, subject to the powers devolved to the committee acting as the remuneration committees.

The officers are also entitled to be reimbursed the travel costs and all reasonable fees and expenses incurred in the performance of their duties.

 

G. COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

52. Creation

The Board of Directors may, by resolution, create one or more committees made up of directors. The resolution creating the committee sets out the number of directors making it up.

 

53. Powers

A committee of the Board of Directors exercises the powers delegated to it by the Board of Directors. However, the Board of Directors may not delegate the powers which it must exercise exclusively, according to the Act or section 10 of these by-laws.

A committee reports on its activities to the Board of Directors. Subject to the rights of third parties, the Board of Directors may overrule or modify a committee’s decisions.

 

54. Cessation of office

A director may resign from a committee of the Board of Directors at any time. The resignation of a director becomes effective at the time the director’s written resignation is received by the Corporation, or at the time specified in the resignation, whichever is later. The reason for the resignation is not required to be given.

The Board of Directors may, by resolution, replace a member of a committee of the board.

 

55. Vacancy

The Board of Directors may fill any vacancy on a committee of the board.

 

14


56. Meetings

Meetings of a committee of the board are called in the same manner as meetings of the Board of Directors.

 

57. Quorum

Unless otherwise provided in a resolution of the Board of Directors, the majority of the members of a committee of the board constitute a quorum.

 

58. Chair and secretary

Meetings of a committee of the board are chaired by the Chair of the committee; in his absence, the members present choose a meeting Chair from among themselves. The secretary of the Corporation acts as secretary of any committee of the board. The members present at a meeting can, if necessary, choose another person as meeting Chair or secretary.

 

59. Procedure

Meetings of committees of the Board of Directors are held in the same manner as the meetings of the Board of Directors.

 

60. Written resolution

A written resolution, signed by all the members of the committee entitled to vote on this resolution has the same force as if it had been passed at a meeting of the committee. The resolutions are kept with the minutes of the meetings and the written resolutions of the Board of Directors.

The written resolutions that are signed electronically are as legally valid as a written signature.

 

61. Remuneration

The members of a committee of the board may, as such, receive the remuneration set by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

H. PROTECTION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

 

62. Presumption

A director is presumed to have fulfilled the obligation to act with prudence and diligence if the director relied, in good faith and based on reasonable grounds, on a report, information or an opinion provided by one of the following persons:

 

  a) an officer of the Corporation who the director believes to be reliable and competent in the functions performed;

 

  b) legal counsel, professional accountants or other persons retained by the Corporation as to matters involving skills or expertise the director believes are matters within the particular person’s professional or expert competence or as to which the particular person merits confidence; or

 

15


  c) a committee of the Board of Directors of which the director is not a member if the director believes the committee merits confidence.

 

63. Relief Provided by the Act

A director cannot be held liable under sections 154, 155, 156, 287, 314 or 392 of the Act if the director acted with a reasonable degree of prudence and diligence in the circumstances. Furthermore, for the purposes of sections 155, 156, 287, 314 and 392 of the Act, the court may, after considering all the circumstances and on the terms the court considers appropriate, relieve a director, either wholly or partly, from the liability the director would otherwise incur if it appears to the court that the director has acted reasonably, honestly and loyally, and ought fairly to be excused.

 

I. INDEMNIFICATION AND LIABILITY INSURANCE

 

64. Indemnification

Subject to the following, the Corporation must indemnify a director or officer of the Corporation, a former director or officer of the Corporation, a mandatary, or any other person who acts or acted at the Corporation’s request as a director or officer of another group against all costs, charges and expenses reasonably incurred in the exercise of their functions, including an amount paid to settle an action or satisfy a judgment, or arising from any investigative or other proceeding in which the person is involved if

 

  a) the person acted with honesty and loyalty in the interest of the Corporation or, as the case may be, in the interest of the other group for which the person acted as director or officer or in a similar capacity at the Corporation’s request; and

 

  b) in the case of a proceeding that is enforced by a monetary penalty, the person had reasonable grounds for believing that his conduct was lawful.

The Corporation must also advance monies to such a person for the costs, charges and expenses of a proceeding referred to in the first paragraph.

However, in the event that a court or any other competent authority judges that the conditions set out in subparagraphs a) and b) above are not fulfilled, or that the person has committed intentional or gross fault, the Corporation may not indemnify the person and the person must repay to the Corporation any monies advanced.

The indemnity provided for in the preceding paragraphs can be obtained even if a person has ceased being a director, officer or representative of the Corporation. In case of death, the indemnity can be paid to the heirs, legatees, liquidators, assignees, authorized representants or beneficiaries of this person.

 

65. Actions by or on behalf of the Corporation

The Corporation may, with the approval of the court, in respect of an action by or on behalf of the Corporation or other group referred to in the preceding section against a person referred to in the preceding section, advance the necessary monies to the person or indemnify the person against all costs, charges and expenses reasonably incurred by the person in connection with the action, if the person fulfills the conditions set out in the preceding section.

 

16


66. Liability insurance

The Corporation must purchase and maintain insurance for the benefit of its directors, officers and other mandataries against any liability they may incur as such or in their capacity as directors, officers or mandataries of another group, if they act or acted in that capacity at the Corporation’s request.

 

J. SHAREHOLDERS MEETINGS

 

67. General

The Corporation must hold an annual meeting of shareholders; it may hold one or more special meetings of shareholders as needed.

 

68. Annual meeting

An annual meeting must be held fifteen (15) months after the last preceding annual meeting. The following business is discussed at the annual meeting:

 

  a) the presentation and examination of the financial statements of the Corporation for the fiscal year ended within six months of the date of the meeting;

 

  b) the presentation and examination of any other financial information required by the articles or the by-laws to be presented to the shareholders;

 

  c) the presentation and examination of the auditor’s report, where applicable;

 

  d) the renewal of the auditor’s term, where applicable;

 

  e) the election of directors.

The annual meeting may also examine and discuss any other business.

The Board of Directors calls the annual shareholders meeting. Otherwise, the meeting may be called by the shareholders in accordance with the rules for calling special meetings at the request of the shareholders as provided in the Act.

 

69. Place

A meeting is held within the province of Quebec at the place determined by the Board of Directors.

 

70. Calling of meeting

Notice of a shareholders meeting must be sent to each shareholder entitled to vote at the meeting and to each director at least twenty-one (21) days, but at the most sixty (60) days before the meeting.

If a director or a shareholder entitled to vote at a shareholders meeting gives written notice not less than ten (10) days before the meeting to the auditor or a former auditor of the Corporation, the auditor or former auditor attends the meeting at the Corporation’s expense and answers any question relating to their duties as auditor.

 

17


71. Notice of meeting

The notice of a shareholders meeting must be sent to each shareholder able to vote and to each director, in writing, by any means providing proof of the date of sending. It is sent to such persons at the address indicated in the Corporation’s records. If a person’s address is not indicated in the Corporation’s records, the notice of meeting must be sent to the address where, in the opinion of the person sending such notice, it is the most likely to reach the person the quickest.

The notice of meeting is sent to the shareholders entered in the securities register at the day the notice is transmitted.

A certificate from the secretary or any other duly authorized officer of the Corporation in office at the time of the preparation of such certificate, or any officer, transfer agent, or share transfer registrar of the Corporation constitutes proof of the sending of the notice of meeting and ties in each shareholder.

The notice of meeting indicates the date, time and place of the meeting as well as the business on the agenda. It also states, where applicable, the date by which the proxies of the shareholders wishing to be represented at the meeting must be received by the Corporation; such date may not be more than forty-eight (48) hours, excluding Saturdays and holidays, before the date of the meeting or any adjournment thereof.

The notice of meeting must state the business on the agenda in sufficient detail to permit the shareholders to form a reasoned judgment on it, and contain the text of any special resolution to be submitted to the meeting.

Irregularities in the notice of meeting or in its sending do not affect the validity of the meeting. Similarly, the unintentional failure to send a notice of meeting to a person entitled to it, or the failure to receive it by a person entitled to the notice, does not invalidate the resolutions passed at the meeting. In addition, the unintentional failure to include a matter to be discussed at the meeting in the notice does not prevent the meeting from discussing such business, unless the interests of a shareholder or director are or could be affected thereby.

 

72. Waiver

A shareholder or director may, in writing, waive notice of a shareholders meeting; waiver of the notice may be validly given before or after the meeting. Their attendance at the meeting is a waiver of notice of the meeting unless they attend the meeting for the sole purpose of objecting to the holding of the meeting on the grounds that it was not lawfully called or held.

 

73. Holding of or participation in meeting by electronic means

A shareholders meeting may be held solely by means of equipment enabling all participants to communicate directly with one another.

Furthermore, any person entitled to attend a shareholders meeting may participate in the meeting by means of any equipment enabling all participants to communicate directly with one another. A person participating in a meeting by such means is deemed to be present at the meeting.

 

18


Any shareholder participating in a shareholders meeting by means of equipment enabling all participants to communicate directly with one another may vote by any means enabling votes to be cast in a way that allows them to be verified afterwards and protects the secrecy of the vote when a secret ballot has been requested.

 

74. Quorum

A quorum of shareholders is present at a shareholders meeting if, at the opening of the meeting, one or several holders of 50% or more of the shares that carry the right to vote at the meeting are present in person or represented by proxy. The shareholders present in person or represented by proxy may discuss the business of such meeting, whether or not a quorum is maintained throughout the meeting.

In the absence of the quorum at the opening of a shareholders meeting, the shareholders present may adjourn the meeting to a specific day, time and place but may not transact any other business. Any matter that could have been brought before the adjourned meeting may then be brought before any adjournment thereof provided the quorum is duly constituted.

 

75. Meeting Chair and secretary

The Chair of the Board of the Corporation or, in his absence, the vice-chair of the Board, if any, or in his absence, the president and chief executive officer of the Corporation or any other person that may be named by the Board of Directors from time to time Chairs a shareholders meeting. The secretary of the Corporation acts as meeting secretary.

If the person who is to chair the meeting is not present at the meeting within 15 minutes after the time appointed for the meeting, the shareholders present choose one of their own to chair of the Board the meeting.

 

76. Procedure

The Chair of the meeting directs the meeting and ensures its orderly conduct. His decisions, including those relating to the validity of proxies, are final and binding on all the shareholders.

The Chair of a shareholders meeting must allow shareholders to raise and discuss, for a reasonable period of time, any matter the primary purpose of which relates to the business or affairs of the Corporation and which is not to enforce a personal claim or redress a personal grievance against the Corporation or its directors, officers or shareholders.

At a shareholders meeting, unless a vote is demanded, a declaration by the Chair of the Board of the meeting that a resolution of the shareholders has been carried and that an entry to that effect has been made in the minutes of the meeting is, in the absence of any evidence to the contrary, proof of that fact, without it being necessary to prove the number or proportion of the votes recorded for and against the resolution.

 

19


77. Voting

Unless otherwise provided in the articles, each share of the Corporation entitles the holder to one vote.

 

78. Majority decision

Unless otherwise provided in the law, the articles or the by-laws, a decision of the shareholders is adopted by ordinary resolution.

 

79. Tie-breaking vote

In the case of a tie, the Chair of the meeting has a tie-breaking vote.

 

80. Voting

Voting is conducted by a show of hands, open voice or secret ballot.

 

81. Voting by a show of hands

Voting is conducted by a show of hands unless an open voice vote or a ballot is demanded. In such a case, the shareholders or proxies vote by raising their hand and the number of votes is calculated according to the number of hands raised.

A proxyholder who has conflicting instructions from more than one shareholder may not vote by a show of hands.

 

82. Open voice voting

The Chair of the meeting, a shareholder or a proxyholder may demand an open voice vote unless a ballot has been demanded. In such a case, each shareholder or proxyholder verbally states his name, that of the shareholder or shareholders whose proxy he holds, the number of votes he holds and the breakdown of such votes.

 

83. Voting by secret ballot

Voting is conducted by secret ballot if the Chair of the meeting, a shareholder or a proxyholder so requests, in the manner indicated by the Chair of the meeting. Each shareholder or proxyholder gives the scrutineers a ballot indicating his name, that of the shareholder whose proxy he holds, the number of votes he holds and the breakdown of such votes.

A shareholder may demand a ballot either before or after a vote by show of hands. A demand for a secret ballot may be withdrawn any time before voting begins.

When voting is conducted by secret ballot, the meeting appoints one person to act as scrutineer.

 

84. Scrutineer

The Chair of any shareholders meeting can appoint one or two persons to act as scrutineers.

 

20


85. Voting by a group

A natural person authorized by a resolution of the Board of Directors or of the management of a shareholder who is a group may participate in and vote at a shareholders meeting.

 

86. Voting by the administrator of the property of others

A person acting for a shareholder as administrator of the property of others may participate in and vote at a shareholders meeting.

 

87. Voting by joint shareholders

If two or more persons hold shares jointly, one of those shareholders present at a shareholders meeting may, in the absence of the others, exercise the voting right attached to those shares. If more than one (1) shareholder are present, they shall vote as one shareholder.

 

88. Proxies

A shareholder may be represented at a shareholders meeting by a proxyholder. A shareholder so represented is deemed to be present at the meeting. Any person, whether or not a shareholder of the Corporation, may be appointed a proxyholder. A proxyholder has the same rights as the shareholder represented to speak at a shareholders meeting in respect of any matter and to vote at the meeting.

A proxy must be in writing and signed by the shareholder. In addition to the date, the proxy must include the name of the proxyholder and, if applicable, revoke any former proxy.

A proxy may also contain voting instructions which the proxyholder is required to follow. A proxy is not required to be witnessed.

Unless otherwise indicated, a proxy lapses one year after the date it is given. It may be revoked at any time.

A proxy may be in the following form:

“I, the undersigned shareholder of                     , hereby appoint                     or, in his absence,                     , as my proxy, with full power and authority to attend, vote at and otherwise act on my behalf at the annual (or special) meeting of the shareholders of the corporation which will take place at                     on the     day of             and at any adjournment thereof. I hereby revoke any former proxy.

Signed in                     this     day of                     .

 

 

Shareholder’s signature”

A proxy may be filed with the secretary of the Corporation or any authorized person. A proxy mechanically reproduced or sent by fax or any other means of communication providing proof of the date of receipt is valid.

 

21


89. Preservation of ballots and proxies

The Corporation must, for at least three months after a shareholders meeting, keep at its head office the ballots cast and the proxies presented at the meeting. Any shareholder or proxyholder who was entitled to vote at the meeting may, without charge, inspect the ballots and proxies kept by the Corporation.

 

90. Adjournment

The Chair of the meeting may adjourn any shareholders meeting, with the consent of the shareholders present or represented by proxy. The Chair of the meeting may also adjourn a meeting ex officio if he believes it is impossible to conduct it in an orderly manner.

If a shareholders’ meeting is adjourned for less than thirty (30) days, it is not necessary to give notice of the adjourned meeting other than by announcement at the original meeting. If a shareholders’ meeting is adjourned by one or more adjournments for an aggregate of thirty (30) days or more, notice of the adjourned meeting must be given as for an original meeting.

The meeting is validly resumed if it is held on the date and at the time and place announced and if there is a quorum. In the absence of a quorum at the resumed meeting, the original meeting is deemed to have terminated immediately after its adjournment.

 

91. Signed resolution

A resolution in writing signed by all the shareholders entitled to vote on the resolution is as valid as if it had been passed at a shareholders meeting. The resolution must be kept with the minutes of the shareholders meetings and written resolutions.

The written resolutions that are signed electronically are as legally valid as a written signature.

 

K. SHARES AND CERTIFICATES

 

92. Issue of shares

Subject to the existence of a pre-emptive right granted to the shareholders, shares may be issued at the times, to the persons, including the directors or officers of the Corporation, and for the consideration the Board of Directors determines. In exercising this power, the Board of Directors may, by resolution, accept subscriptions, issue the unissued shares of the Corporation’s share capital and grant an exchange right, option or right to acquire shares of the Corporation.

 

22


93. Payment of shares

The shares of the Corporation may be issued whether or not they are fully paid. However, shares may only be considered paid if consideration equal to the issue price (which may not be less than the par value, if any, of the shares) determined by the Board of Directors has been paid to the Corporation.

Consideration for the shares issued by the Corporation is payable in money, or in property or past services determined by the Board of Directors to be the fair equivalent of the money consideration, considering all the circumstances.

A promissory note or a promise to pay made by a person to whom shares are issued, or a person who does not deal at arm’s length, within the meaning of that expression in the Taxation Act (R.S.Q., chapter I-3), with a person to whom shares are issued does not constitute consideration for the shares.

 

94. Share certificates

Shares issued by the Corporation may be certificated shares or uncertificated shares. A certificated share is represented by a paper certificate in registered form, and an uncertificated share is represented by an entry in the securities register in the name of the shareholder.

Unless otherwise provided in the articles of the Corporation, shares are issued as certificated shares unless the Board of Directors determines, by resolution, that the shares of any class or series of shares or certain shares of a class or series are to be issued as uncertificated shares.

The Board of Directors may also, by resolution, determine that certificated shares become uncertificated shares as soon as the paper certificate is surrendered to the Corporation.

 

95. Certificated shares

In the case of certificated shares, the Corporation must issue to the shareholder, without charge, a certificate in registered form. The Corporation is not required to issue more than one certificate for shares held jointly by two or more persons.

The Board of Directors adopts the form of the share certificate by resolution, as governed by the Act.

The share certificates of the Corporation must be signed by the secretary or by any director or any officer. This signature may be affixed by an automatic device or electronic process.

In the absence of any evidence to the contrary, the certificate is proof of the shareholder’s title to the shares represented by the certificate.

The seal is not required to be affixed to the share certificate.

 

96. Uncertificated shares

In the case of uncertificated shares, the Corporation must send the shareholder a written notice containing the information prescribed by the Act.

 

23


97. Damaged, lost or destroyed certificates

If a shareholder claims that a share certificate has been lost, wrongfully taken or destroyed, the Corporation must issue a new certificate if the shareholder:

 

  a) so requests before the Corporation has notice that the lost, wrongfully taken or allegedly destroyed share certificate has been delivered to a protected purchaser within the meaning of the Act respecting the transfer of securities and the establishment of security entitlements ;

 

  b) provides security sufficient in the Corporation’s judgment to protect the Corporation from any loss that the Corporation may suffer by issuing a new certificate; and

 

  c) satisfies any other reasonable requirements imposed by the Corporation.

 

98. Unpaid shares

Unless the terms of payment for shares are determined by contract, the Board of Directors may call for payment of all or part of the unpaid amounts on shares subscribed or held by the shareholders, the whole as provided by the Act.

 

99. Transfer of shares

The transfer of shares of the Corporation is governed by the Act respecting the transfer of securities and the establishment of security entitlements.

Shares that are not fully paid but for which no instalment is payable may only be transferred with the authorization of the Board of Directors. The directors must reasonably verify the acquirer’s ability to pay for the shares before authorizing the transfer.

A share may not be transferred until all instalments payable up to the time of transfer have been fully paid.

 

100. Transmission of shares

In the event of a transfer of shares by will, the Corporation may consider as entitled to exercise the rights of a deceased shareholder, an heir or personal representative of the heirs or of the succession of that shareholder, upon reception of sufficient proof of their appointment. That person is entitled to become the registered holder of the shares of the deceased or to designate those holders upon delivery to the Corporation of an affidavit or declaration setting out the conditions of the transfer and, as the case may be, of (a) an original of the decision concerning the probate of the will or the notarized minutes of the probate, or a copy of one of the aforementioned documents certified by the Court which rendered the decision or by the notary who prepared the minutes, or by a trust company constituted under provincial or federal legislation or by an attorney or notary acting on behalf of that person, (b) a certified true copy of the notarial will.

 

24


L. DIVIDENDS

 

101. Declaration of dividends

Unless otherwise provided in the articles, the Board of Directors may declare and the Corporation may pay a dividend either in money or property or by issuing fully paid shares or options or rights to acquire fully paid shares of the Corporation.

The Corporation may not declare and pay a dividend, except by issuing shares or options or rights to acquire shares, if there are reasonable grounds for believing that the Corporation is, or would after the payment be, unable to pay its liabilities as they become due.

The Corporation may deduct from the dividends payable to a shareholder any amount due to the Corporation by the shareholder, on account of calls for payment or otherwise.

 

102. Record Date

The Board of Directors may fix, in advance, in accordance with applicable securities regulations, a record date for the determination of the shareholders entitled to receive dividends.

 

M. FISCAL YEAR AND AUDITOR

 

103. Fiscal year

The fiscal year of the Corporation ends on December 31 or on the date set by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

104. Auditor

The shareholders of the Corporation appoint an auditor at each annual shareholders meeting. The auditor is appointed by ordinary resolution. The term of the auditor begins on appointment. The auditor’s remuneration is fixed by ordinary resolution of the shareholders at the time of appointment. If it is not fixed at that time, it is fixed by the Board of Directors.

The shareholders may, by ordinary resolution at a special meeting, remove the auditor from office. They may appoint a new auditor by ordinary resolution at the same meeting.

Subject to the shareholders’ right to fill the vacancy after removing an auditor, the Board of Directors fills a vacancy in the office of auditor without delay for the unexpired term.

 

105. Accountant

The shareholders of a corporation other than a reporting issuer may decide not to appoint an auditor. The decision must be made by unanimous resolution of the shareholders of the corporation, including shareholders not otherwise entitled to vote. The decision of the shareholders has effect only until the next annual shareholders meeting. It terminates the term of any auditor in office.

 

25


If the shareholders adopt such a resolution, the board of directors may decide to appoint until the next annual meeting one or more accountants to oversee the accounts and prepare the financial statements of the corporation. The board of directors fixes their remuneration.

If the accountant dies, resigns or is removed by the board of directors before the expiry of his term of office, the board of directors may fill the vacancy and appoint a replacement who will hold office for the unexpired portion of the term.

 

N. NOTICE

 

106. Shares registered in the name of more than one person (joint shareholders)

If two or more persons hold shares jointly, any notice or other document relating to such shares is sent to the first shareholder indicated in the Corporation’s securities register. Such notice or other document is deemed to have been sent to all the other shareholders.

 

107. Registered shareholder

Before due presentation for registration of transfer of a certificated share or the receipt of an instruction for registration of transfer of an uncertificated share, the Corporation may treat the shareholder registered in the securities register as the person exclusively entitled to receive notices or other documents.

 

108. Address of shareholders

A shareholder must provide the Corporation with an address to which all notices or documents for him are sent.

 

109. Signing of notices

Notices sent by the Corporation are signed by a director, officer or any other authorized person. Their signature may be affixed by an automatic device or electronic process.

 

110. Calculation of time limits

Unless otherwise provided in these by-laws, in computing any time limit fixed by the articles or these by-laws:

 

  a) the day which marks the start of the time limit is not counted, but the terminal day is counted;

 

  b) non-juridical days within the meaning of the Code of Civil Procedure are counted; but when the last day is a non-juridical day, the time limit is extended to the next following juridical day;

 

  c) Saturday is considered a non-juridical day.

 

26


O. OTHER PROVISIONS

 

111. Declarations in the enterprise register

A director, officer or any authorized person signs the declarations which must be sent by the Corporation to the enterprise registrar under the Act respecting the legal publicity of enterprises.

 

112. By-laws

Unless otherwise provided for in the unanimous shareholder agreement, the Board of Directors adopts the Corporation’s by-laws. The by-laws are effective as of the date of the resolution of the board. The by-laws must be submitted to the shareholders for approval at the next shareholders meeting, and the shareholders may, by ordinary resolution, ratify, reject or amend them. They cease to be effective at the close of the meeting if they are rejected by or not submitted to the shareholders.

The rules of this section apply, with the necessary modifications to the amendment or repeal of by-laws.

Any new by-law adopted by the Board of Directors that has substantially the same purpose or effect as a by-law previously rejected by or not submitted to the shareholders at the meeting is not effective until confirmed by the shareholders.

Adopted by the Board of Directors on October 27, 2011 and ratified by the shareholders on October 27, 2011.

 

 

Vice-President and Secretary

 

27

Exhibit 2.9

 

 

VIDEOTRON LTD. / VIDÉOTRON LTÉE

 

 

TENTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

Dated as of May 2 nd , 2011

 

 

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association,

Trustee

 

 

 

 


TENTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE , dated as of May 2 nd , 2011 (this “Tenth Supplemental Indenture” ), by and among Videotron Ltd. / Vidéotron Ltée, a company continued under the laws of the Province of Québec (the “Company” ), Jobboom Inc., a corporation incorporated under the laws of Canada (the “Additional Subsidiary Guarantor” ) and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee” ), to the Indenture, dated as of October 8, 2003 (as supplemented by the supplemental indenture dated as of July 12, 2004 (the “First Supplemental Indenture” ), by and among the Company, each person listed as an additional subsidiary guarantor on the signature pages to the First Supplemental Indenture (collectively referred to as the “First Additional Subsidiary Guarantors” ), and the Trustee, as further supplemented by the supplemental indenture dated as of July 15, 2005 (the “Second Supplemental Indenture” ), by and among the Company, the person listed as an additional subsidiary guarantor on the signature pages to the Second Supplemental Indenture (the “Second Additional Subsidiary Guarantor” ), and the Trustee, as further supplemented by the supplemental indenture dated as of April 15, 2008 (the “Third Supplemental Indenture” ), by and among the Company, the person listed as an additional subsidiary guarantor on the signature page to the Third Supplemental Indenture (the “Third Additional Subsidiary Guarantor” ), and the Trustee, as further supplemented by the supplemental indenture dated as of April 28, 2008 (the “Fourth Supplemental Indenture” ), by and among the Company, the person listed as an additional subsidiary guarantor on the signature page to the Fourth Supplemental Indenture (the “Fourth Additional Subsidiary Guarantor” ), and the Trustee, as further supplemented by the supplemental indenture dated as of September 23, 2008 (the “Fifth Supplemental Indenture” ), by and among the Company, the person listed as an additional subsidiary guarantor on the signature page to the Fifth Supplemental Indenture (the “Fifth Additional Subsidiary Guarantor” ), and the Trustee, as further supplemented by the supplemental indenture dated as of August 17, 2009 (the “Sixth Supplemental Indenture” ), by and among the Company, the person listed as an additional subsidiary guarantor on the signature page to the Sixth Supplemental Indenture (the “Sixth Additional Subsidiary Guarantor” ), and the Trustee, as further supplemented by the supplemental indenture dated as of September 2, 2009 (the “Seventh Supplemental Indenture” ), by and among the Company, the person listed as an additional subsidiary guarantor on the signature page to the Seventh Supplemental Indenture (the “Seventh Additional Subsidiary Guarantor” ), and the Trustee, as further supplemented by the supplemental indenture dated as of September 29, 2010 (the “Eighth Supplemental Indenture” ), by and among the Company, the person listed as an additional subsidiary guarantor on the signature page to the Eighth Supplemental Indenture (the “Eighth Additional Subsidiary Guarantor” ), and the Trustee, and as further supplemented by the supplemental indenture dated as of December 22, 2010 (the “Ninth Supplemental Indenture” ), by and among the Company, each person listed as an additional subsidiary guarantor on the signature pages to the Ninth Supplemental Indenture (collectively referred to as the “Ninth Additional Subsidiary Guarantors” ), and the Trustee, the “Indenture” ), by and among the Company, each person listed as a guarantor on the signature pages to the Indenture (collectively referred to as the “Original Subsidiary Guarantors” ) and the Trustee.

WHEREAS, the Company, the Original Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee entered into the Indenture governing the Company’s 6   7 / 8 % Senior Notes due January 15, 2014 (the “Notes” );

WHEREAS, Section 4.19 of the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Company shall cause a Restricted Subsidiary to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture providing for a Subsidiary Guarantee of the payment of the Notes by such Restricted Subsidiary;


WHEREAS, pursuant to the First Supplemental Indenture, the First Additional Subsidiary Guarantors provided for such Subsidiary Guarantees;

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Second Supplemental Indenture, the Second Additional Subsidiary Guarantor provided for such a Subsidiary Guarantee;

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Third Supplemental Indenture, the Third Additional Subsidiary Guarantor provided for such a Subsidiary Guarantee;

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Fourth Supplemental Indenture, the Fourth Additional Subsidiary Guarantor provided for such a Subsidiary Guarantee;

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Fifth Supplemental Indenture, the Fifth Additional Subsidiary Guarantor provided for such a Subsidiary Guarantee;

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Sixth Supplemental Indenture, the Sixth Additional Subsidiary Guarantor provided for such a Subsidiary Guarantee;

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Seventh Supplemental Indenture, the Seventh Additional Subsidiary Guarantor provided for such a Subsidiary Guarantee;

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Eighth Supplemental Indenture, the Eighth Additional Subsidiary Guarantor provided for such a Subsidiary Guarantee;

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Ninth Supplemental Indenture, the Ninth Additional Subsidiary Guarantors provided for such Subsidiary Guarantees;

WHEREAS, the parties hereto are desirous of further supplementing the Indenture in the manner hereinafter provided for the purpose of providing a Subsidiary Guarantee by the Additional Subsidiary Guarantor in accordance with the terms of the Indenture;

WHEREAS, Section 9.01(e) of the Indenture provides that the Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture without the consent of any Holder to add additional guarantees with respect to the Notes; and

WHEREAS, all things necessary have been done to make this Tenth Supplemental Indenture a valid agreement of the Company, the Additional Subsidiary Guarantor and the Trustee, in accordance with its terms.

NOW, THEREFORE, THIS TENTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITNESSETH:

For and in consideration of the premises contained herein, the parties hereto mutually covenant and agree as follows:

1. Terms used in this Tenth Supplemental Indenture that are not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Indenture.

2. The Additional Subsidiary Guarantor hereby agrees to provide an unconditional Subsidiary Guarantee on the terms and subject to the conditions and limitations set forth in the Indenture, including but not limited to Article 10 of the Indenture.

3. This Tenth Supplemental Indenture shall be construed as supplemental to the Indenture and shall form a part thereof, and the Indenture is hereby incorporated by reference herein and, as supplemented, modified and restated hereby, is hereby ratified, approved and confirmed.

4. This Tenth Supplemental Indenture shall be effective as of the date hereof. On and after the date hereof, each reference in the Indenture to “this Indenture,” “hereunder,” “hereof,” or “herein” shall mean and be a reference to the Indenture as supplemented by this Tenth Supplemental Indenture unless the context otherwise requires.


5. Except as provided below, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Indenture and the terms and conditions of this Tenth Supplemental Indenture, the terms and conditions of this Tenth Supplemental Indenture shall prevail.

6. If any provision of this Tenth Supplemental Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with another provision of the Indenture that is required to be included by the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “Act” ), as in force at the date this Tenth Supplemental Indenture is executed, the provision required by said Act shall control.

7. This Tenth Supplemental Indenture shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

8. This Tenth Supplemental Indenture may be signed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if the signatures to each counterpart were upon a single instrument, and all such counterparts together shall be deemed an original of this Tenth Supplemental Indenture.

9. The recitals contained in this Tenth Supplemental Indenture shall be taken as the statements of the Company, and the Trustee assumes no responsibility for their correctness. The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Tenth Supplemental Indenture.

[SIGNATURES ON FOLLOWING PAGES]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Tenth Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

COMPANY:

 

VIDÉOTRON LTÉE            
By:  

/s/ Chloé Poirier

    By:  

/s/ Christian Marcoux

  Name: Chloé Poirier       Name: Christian Marcoux
  Title: Treasurer       Title: Assistant Secretary

ADDITIONAL SUBSIDIARY GUARANTOR:

 

JOBBOOM INC.            
By:  

/s/ Chloé Poirier

    By:  

/s/ Christian Marcoux

  Name: Chloé Poirier       Name: Christian Marcoux
  Title: Treasurer       Title: Assistant Secretary

TRUSTEE:

 

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
By:  

/s/ Raymond Delli Colli

  Name: Raymond Delli Colli
  Title: Vice President

Tenth Supplemental Indenture to 2003 Indenture

Exhibit 2.10

 

 

VIDEOTRON LTD. / VIDÉOTRON LTÉE

 

 

ELEVENTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

Dated as of November 4 th , 2011

 

 

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association,

Trustee

 

 

 

 


ELEVENTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE , dated as of November 4, 2011 (this “Eleventh Supplemental Indenture” ), by and among Videotron Ltd. / Vidéotron Ltée, a corporation under the laws of the Province of Québec (the “Corporation” ), 9253-2233 Québec Inc., a corporation under the laws of the Province of Québec ( “2233” ), 9253-2456 Québec Inc., a corporation under the laws of the Province of Québec ( “2456” and, together with 2233, the “Additional Subsidiary Guarantors” and each an “Additional Subsidiary Guarantor” ) and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee” ), to the Indenture, dated as of October 8, 2003, as supplemented through the date hereof (the “Indenture” ), by and among the Corporation, each of the subsidiary guarantors party thereto (collectively referred to as the “Original Subsidiary Guarantors” ), and the Trustee.

WHEREAS, the Corporation, the Original Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee have entered into the Indenture governing the Corporation’s 6   7 / 8 % Senior Notes due January 15, 2014 (the “Notes” );

WHEREAS, Section 4.19 of the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Corporation shall cause a Restricted Subsidiary to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture providing for a Subsidiary Guarantee of the payment of the Notes by such Restricted Subsidiary;

WHEREAS, the parties hereto are desirous of further supplementing the Indenture in the manner hereinafter provided for the purpose of providing Subsidiary Guarantees by each of the Additional Subsidiary Guarantors in accordance with the terms of the Indenture;

WHEREAS, Section 9.01(e) of the Indenture provides that the Corporation and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture without the consent of any Holder to add additional guarantees with respect to the Notes; and

WHEREAS, all things necessary have been done to make this Eleventh Supplemental Indenture a valid agreement of the Corporation, each of the Additional Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee, in accordance with its terms.

NOW, THEREFORE, THIS ELEVENTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITNESSETH:

For and in consideration of the premises contained herein, the parties hereto mutually covenant and agree as follows:

1. Terms used in this Eleventh Supplemental Indenture that are not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Indenture.

2. Each of the Additional Subsidiary Guarantors hereby agrees to provide an unconditional Subsidiary Guarantee on the terms and subject to the conditions and limitations set forth in the Indenture, including but not limited to Article 10 of the Indenture.

3. This Eleventh Supplemental Indenture shall be construed as supplemental to the Indenture and shall form a part thereof, and the Indenture is hereby incorporated by reference herein and, as supplemented, modified and restated hereby, is hereby ratified, approved and confirmed.

4. This Eleventh Supplemental Indenture shall be effective as of the date hereof. On and after the date hereof, each reference in the Indenture to “this Indenture,” “hereunder,” “hereof,” or “herein” shall mean and be a reference to the Indenture as supplemented by this Eleventh Supplemental Indenture unless the context otherwise requires.


5. Except as provided below, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Indenture and the terms and conditions of this Eleventh Supplemental Indenture, the terms and conditions of this Eleventh Supplemental Indenture shall prevail.

6. If any provision of this Eleventh Supplemental Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with another provision of the Indenture that is required to be included by the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “Act” ), as in force at the date this Eleventh Supplemental Indenture is executed, the provision required by said Act shall control.

7. This Eleventh Supplemental Indenture shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

8. This Eleventh Supplemental Indenture may be signed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if the signatures to each counterpart were upon a single instrument, and all such counterparts together shall be deemed an original of this Eleventh Supplemental Indenture.

9. The recitals contained in this Eleventh Supplemental Indenture shall be taken as the statements of the Corporation, and the Trustee assumes no responsibility for their correctness. The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Eleventh Supplemental Indenture.

[SIGNATURES ON FOLLOWING PAGES]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Eleventh Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

CORPORATION:      
VIDÉOTRON LTÉE      
By:  

/s/ Chloé Poirier

    By:  

/s/ Christian Marcoux

  Name: Chloé Poirier       Name: Christian Marcoux
  Title: Treasurer       Title: Assistant Secretary
ADDITIONAL SUBSIDIARY GUARANTOR:      
9253-2233 QUÉBEC INC.      
By:  

/s/ Chloé Poirier

    By:  

/s/ Christian Marcoux

  Name: Chloé Poirier       Name: Christian Marcoux
  Title: Treasurer       Title: Assistant Secretary
ADDITIONAL SUBSIDIARY GUARANTOR:      
9253-2456 QUÉBEC INC.      
By:  

/s/ Chloé Poirier

    By:  

/s/ Christian Marcoux

  Name: Chloé Poirier       Name: Christian Marcoux
  Title: Treasurer       Title: Assistant Secretary
TRUSTEE:      
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION      
By:  

/s/ Raymond Delli Colli

    By:  

/s/ Martin Reed

  Name: Raymond Delli Colli       Name: Martin Reed
  Title: Vice President       Title: Vice President

Eleventh Supplemental Indenture to 2003 Indenture

Exhibit 2.11

 

 

VIDEOTRON LTD. / VIDÉOTRON LTÉE

 

 

TWELFTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

Dated as of December 5, 2011

 

 

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association,

Trustee

 

 

 

 


TWELFTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE , dated as of December 5, 2011 (this “Twelfth Supplemental Indenture” ), by and among Videotron Ltd. / Vidéotron Ltée, a corporation under the laws of the Province of Québec (the “Corporation” ), 9253-1920 Québec Inc., a corporation under the laws of the Province of Québec ( 1920 ), 9253-1870 Québec Inc., a corporation under the laws of the Province of Québec ( 1870 and, together with 1920, the “Additional Subsidiary Guarantors and each an Additional Subsidiary Guarantor ) and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (the Trustee ), to the Indenture, dated as of October 8, 2003, as supplemented through the date hereof (the Indenture ), by and among the Corporation, each of the subsidiary guarantors party thereto (collectively referred to as the Original Subsidiary Guarantors ), and the Trustee.

WHEREAS, the Corporation, the Original Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee have entered into the Indenture governing the Corporation’s 6   7 / 8 % Senior Notes due January 15, 2014 (the Notes );

WHEREAS, Section 4.19 of the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Corporation shall cause a Restricted Subsidiary to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture providing for a Subsidiary Guarantee of the payment of the Notes by such Restricted Subsidiary;

WHEREAS, the parties hereto are desirous of further supplementing the Indenture in the manner hereinafter provided for the purpose of providing Subsidiary Guarantees by each of the Additional Subsidiary Guarantors in accordance with the terms of the Indenture;

WHEREAS, Section 9.01(e) of the Indenture provides that the Corporation and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture without the consent of any Holder to add additional guarantees with respect to the Notes; and

WHEREAS, all things necessary have been done to make this Twelfth Supplemental Indenture a valid agreement of the Corporation, each of the Additional Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee, in accordance with its terms.

NOW, THEREFORE, THIS TWELFTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITNESSETH:

For and in consideration of the premises contained herein, the parties hereto mutually covenant and agree as follows:

1. Terms used in this Twelfth Supplemental Indenture that are not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Indenture.

2. Each of the Additional Subsidiary Guarantors hereby agrees to provide an unconditional Subsidiary Guarantee on the terms and subject to the conditions and limitations set forth in the Indenture, including but not limited to Article 10 of the Indenture.

3. This Twelfth Supplemental Indenture shall be construed as supplemental to the Indenture and shall form a part thereof, and the Indenture is hereby incorporated by reference herein and, as supplemented, modified and restated hereby, is hereby ratified, approved and confirmed.

4. This Twelfth Supplemental Indenture shall be effective as of the date hereof. On and after the date hereof, each reference in the Indenture to “this Indenture,” “hereunder,” “hereof,” or “herein” shall mean and be a reference to the Indenture as supplemented by this Twelfth Supplemental Indenture unless the context otherwise requires.


5. Except as provided below, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Indenture and the terms and conditions of this Twelfth Supplemental Indenture, the terms and conditions of this Twelfth Supplemental Indenture shall prevail.

6. If any provision of this Twelfth Supplemental Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with another provision of the Indenture that is required to be included by the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “Act” ), as in force at the date this Twelfth Supplemental Indenture is executed, the provision required by said Act shall control.

7. This Twelfth Supplemental Indenture shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

8. This Twelfth Supplemental Indenture may be signed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if the signatures to each counterpart were upon a single instrument, and all such counterparts together shall be deemed an original of this Twelfth Supplemental Indenture.

9. The recitals contained in this Twelfth Supplemental Indenture shall be taken as the statements of the Corporation, and the Trustee assumes no responsibility for their correctness. The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Twelfth Supplemental Indenture.

[SIGNATURES ON FOLLOWING PAGES]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Twelfth Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

CORPORATION:         
VIDÉOTRON LTÉE         
By:   

/s/ Claudine Tremblay

      By:   

/s/ Chloé Poirier

   Name: Claudine Tremblay          Name: Chloé Poirier
   Title: Vice President and Secretary          Title: Treasurer
ADDITIONAL SUBSIDIARY GUARANTOR:         
9253-1920 QUÉBEC INC.         
By:   

/s/ Claudine Tremblay

      By:   

/s/ Chloé Poirier

   Name: Claudine Tremblay          Name: Chloé Poirier
   Title: Vice President and Secretary          Title: Treasurer
ADDITIONAL SUBSIDIARY GUARANTOR:         
9253-1870 QUÉBEC INC.         
By:   

/s/ Claudine Tremblay

      By:   

/s/ Chloé Poirier

   Name: Claudine Tremblay          Name: Chloé Poirier
   Title: Vice President and Secretary          Title: Treasurer
TRUSTEE:         
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION         
By:   

/s/ Raymond Delli Colli

        
   Name: Raymond Delli Colli         
   Title: Vice President         

Twelfth Supplemental Indenture to 2003 Indenture

Exhibit 2.19

 

 

VIDEOTRON LTD. / VIDÉOTRON LTÉE

 

 

EIGHTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

Dated as of May 2 nd , 2011

 

 

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association,

Trustee

 

 

 

 


EIGHTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE , dated as of May 2 nd , 2011 (this “Eighth Supplemental Indenture” ), by and among Videotron Ltd. / Vidéotron Ltée, a company continued under the laws of the Province of Québec (the “Company” ), Jobboom Inc., a corporation incorporated under the laws of Canada (the “Additional Subsidiary Guarantor” ) and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee” ), to the Indenture, dated as of September 16, 2005 (as supplemented by the supplemental indenture dated as of April 15, 2008 (the “First Supplemental Indenture” ), by and among the Company, the person listed as an additional subsidiary guarantor on the signature page to the First Supplemental Indenture (the “First Additional Subsidiary Guarantor” ), and the Trustee, as further supplemented by the supplemental indenture dated as of April 28, 2008 (the “Second Supplemental Indenture” ), by and among the Company, the person listed as an additional subsidiary guarantor on the signature page to the Second Supplemental Indenture (the “Second Additional Subsidiary Guarantor” ), and the Trustee, as further supplemented by the supplemental indenture dated as of September 23, 2008 (the “Third Supplemental Indenture” ), by and among the Company, the person listed as an additional subsidiary guarantor on the signature page to the Third Supplemental Indenture (the “Third Additional Subsidiary Guarantor” ), and the Trustee, as further supplemented by the supplemental indenture dated as of August 17, 2009 (the “Fourth Supplemental Indenture” ), by and among the Company, the person listed as an additional subsidiary guarantor on the signature page to the Fourth Supplemental Indenture (the “Fourth Additional Subsidiary Guarantor” ), and the Trustee, as further supplemented by the supplemental indenture dated as of September 2, 2009 (the “Fifth Supplemental Indenture” ), by and among the Company, the person listed as an additional subsidiary guarantor on the signature page to the Fifth Supplemental Indenture (the “Fifth Additional Subsidiary Guarantor” ), and the Trustee, as further supplemented by the supplemental indenture dated as of September 29, 2010 (the “Sixth Supplemental Indenture” ), by and among the Company, the person listed as an additional subsidiary guarantor on the signature page to the Sixth Supplemental Indenture (the “Sixth Additional Subsidiary Guarantor” ), and the Trustee, and as further supplemented by the supplemental indenture dated as of December 22, 2010 (the “Seventh Supplemental Indenture” ), by and among the Company, each person listed as a subsidiary guarantor on the signature pages to the Seventh Supplemental Indenture (collectively referred to as the “Seventh Additional Subsidiary Guarantors” ), and the Trustee, the “Indenture” ), by and among the Company, each person listed as a guarantor on the signature pages to the Indenture (collectively referred to as the “Original Subsidiary Guarantors” ) and the Trustee.

WHEREAS, the Company, the Original Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee entered into the Indenture governing the Company’s 6   3 / 8 % Senior Notes due December 15, 2015 (the “Notes” );

WHEREAS, Section 4.19 of the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Company shall cause a Restricted Subsidiary to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture providing for a Subsidiary Guarantee of the payment of the Notes by such Restricted Subsidiary;

WHEREAS, pursuant to the First Supplemental Indenture, the First Additional Subsidiary Guarantor provided for such a Subsidiary Guarantee;

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Second Supplemental Indenture, the Second Additional Subsidiary Guarantor provided for such a Subsidiary Guarantee;


WHEREAS, pursuant to the Third Supplemental Indenture, the Third Additional Subsidiary Guarantor provided for such a Subsidiary Guarantee;

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Fourth Supplemental Indenture, the Fourth Additional Subsidiary Guarantor provided for such a Subsidiary Guarantee;

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Fifth Supplemental Indenture, the Fifth Additional Subsidiary Guarantor provided for such a Subsidiary Guarantee;

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Sixth Supplemental Indenture, the Sixth Additional Subsidiary Guarantor provided for such a Subsidiary Guarantee;

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Seventh Supplemental Indenture, the Seventh Additional Subsidiary Guarantors provided for such Subsidiary Guarantees;

WHEREAS, the parties hereto are desirous of further supplementing the Indenture in the manner hereinafter provided for the purpose of providing a Subsidiary Guarantee by the Additional Subsidiary Guarantor in accordance with the terms of the Indenture;

WHEREAS, Section 9.01(e) of the Indenture provides that the Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture without the consent of any Holder to add additional guarantees with respect to the Notes; and

WHEREAS, all things necessary have been done to make this Eighth Supplemental Indenture a valid agreement of the Company, the Additional Subsidiary Guarantor and the Trustee, in accordance with its terms.

NOW, THEREFORE, THIS EIGHTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITNESSETH:

For and in consideration of the premises contained herein, the parties hereto mutually covenant and agree as follows:

1. Terms used in this Eighth Supplemental Indenture that are not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Indenture.

2. The Additional Subsidiary Guarantor hereby agrees to provide an unconditional Subsidiary Guarantee on the terms and subject to the conditions and limitations set forth in the Indenture, including but not limited to Article 10 of the Indenture.

3. This Eighth Supplemental Indenture shall be construed as supplemental to the Indenture and shall form a part thereof, and the Indenture is hereby incorporated by reference herein and, as supplemented, modified and restated hereby, is hereby ratified, approved and confirmed.

4. This Eighth Supplemental Indenture shall be effective as of the date hereof. On and after the date hereof, each reference in the Indenture to “this Indenture,” “hereunder,” “hereof,” or “herein” shall mean and be a reference to the Indenture as supplemented by this Eighth Supplemental Indenture unless the context otherwise requires.


5. Except as provided below, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Indenture and the terms and conditions of this Eighth Supplemental Indenture, the terms and conditions of this Eighth Supplemental Indenture shall prevail.

6. If any provision of this Eighth Supplemental Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with another provision of the Indenture that is required to be included by the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “Act” ), as in force at the date this Eighth Supplemental Indenture is executed, the provision required by said Act shall control.

7. This Eighth Supplemental Indenture shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

8. This Eighth Supplemental Indenture may be signed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if the signatures to each counterpart were upon a single instrument, and all such counterparts together shall be deemed an original of this Eighth Supplemental Indenture.

9. The recitals contained in this Eighth Supplemental Indenture shall be taken as the statements of the Company, and the Trustee assumes no responsibility for their correctness. The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Eighth Supplemental Indenture.

[SIGNATURES ON FOLLOWING PAGES]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Eighth Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

COMPANY:      
VIDÉOTRON LTÉE      
By:  

/s/ Chloé Poirier

    By:  

/s/ Christian Marcoux

  Name: Chloé Poirier       Name: Christian Marcoux
  Title: Treasurer       Title: Assistant Secretary
ADDITIONAL SUBSIDIARY GUARANTOR:      
JOBBOOM INC.      
By:  

/s/ Chloé Poirier

    By:  

/s/ Christian Marcoux

  Name: Chloé Poirier       Name: Christian Marcoux
  Title: Treasurer       Title: Assistant Secretary
TRUSTEE:      
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION      
By:  

/s/ Raymond Delli Colli

     
  Name: Raymond Delli Colli      
  Title: Vice President      

Eighth Supplemental Indenture to 2005 Indenture

Exhibit 2.20

 

 

VIDEOTRON LTD. / VIDÉOTRON LTÉE

 

 

NINTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

Dated as of November 4 th , 2011

 

 

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association,

Trustee

 

 

 

 


NINTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE , dated as of November 4 th , 2011 (this “Ninth Supplemental Indenture” ), by and among Videotron Ltd. / Vidéotron Ltée, a corporation under the laws of the Province of Québec (the “Corporation” ), 9253-2233 Québec Inc., a corporation under the laws of the Province of Québec ( “2233 ), 9253-2456 Québec Inc., a corporation under the laws of the Province of Québec ( “2456” and, together with 2233, the “Additional Subsidiary Guarantors” and each an “Additional Subsidiary Guarantor” ) and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee” ), to the Indenture, dated as of September 16, 2005, as supplemented through the date hereof (the “Indenture” ), by and among the Corporation, each of the subsidiary guarantors party thereto (collectively referred to as the “Original Subsidiary Guarantors” ), and the Trustee.

WHEREAS, the Corporation, the Original Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee have entered into the Indenture governing the Corporation’s 6   3 / 8 % Senior Notes due December 15, 2015 (the “Notes” );

WHEREAS, Section 4.19 of the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Corporation shall cause a Restricted Subsidiary to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture providing for a Subsidiary Guarantee of the payment of the Notes by such Restricted Subsidiary;

WHEREAS, the parties hereto are desirous of further supplementing the Indenture in the manner hereinafter provided for the purpose of providing Subsidiary Guarantees by each of the Additional Subsidiary Guarantors in accordance with the terms of the Indenture;

WHEREAS, Section 9.01(e) of the Indenture provides that the Corporation and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture without the consent of any Holder to add additional guarantees with respect to the Notes; and

WHEREAS, all things necessary have been done to make this Ninth Supplemental Indenture a valid agreement of the Corporation, each of the Additional Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee, in accordance with its terms.

NOW, THEREFORE, THIS NINTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITNESSETH:

For and in consideration of the premises contained herein, the parties hereto mutually covenant and agree as follows:

1. Terms used in this Ninth Supplemental Indenture that are not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Indenture.

2. Each of the Additional Subsidiary Guarantors hereby agrees to provide an unconditional Subsidiary Guarantee on the terms and subject to the conditions and limitations set forth in the Indenture, including but not limited to Article 10 of the Indenture.

3. This Ninth Supplemental Indenture shall be construed as supplemental to the Indenture and shall form a part thereof, and the Indenture is hereby incorporated by reference herein and, as supplemented, modified and restated hereby, is hereby ratified, approved and confirmed.


4. This Ninth Supplemental Indenture shall be effective as of the date hereof. On and after the date hereof, each reference in the Indenture to “this Indenture,” “hereunder,” “hereof,” or “herein” shall mean and be a reference to the Indenture as supplemented by this Ninth Supplemental Indenture unless the context otherwise requires.

5. Except as provided below, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Indenture and the terms and conditions of this Ninth Supplemental Indenture, the terms and conditions of this Ninth Supplemental Indenture shall prevail.

6. If any provision of this Ninth Supplemental Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with another provision of the Indenture that is required to be included by the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “Act” ), as in force at the date this Ninth Supplemental Indenture is executed, the provision required by said Act shall control.

7. This Ninth Supplemental Indenture shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

8. This Ninth Supplemental Indenture may be signed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if the signatures to each counterpart were upon a single instrument, and all such counterparts together shall be deemed an original of this Ninth Supplemental Indenture.

9. The recitals contained in this Ninth Supplemental Indenture shall be taken as the statements of the Corporation, and the Trustee assumes no responsibility for their correctness. The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Ninth Supplemental Indenture.

[SIGNATURES ON FOLLOWING PAGES]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Ninth Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

CORPORATION:

 

VIDÉOTRON LTÉE
By:  

/s/ Chloé Poirier

    By:  

/s/ Christian Marcoux

  Name: Chloé Poirier       Name: Christian Marcoux
  Title: Treasurer       Title: Assistant Secretary

ADDITIONAL SUBSIDIARY GUARANTOR:

 

9253-2233 QUÉBEC INC.
By:  

/s/ Chloé Poirier

    By:  

/s/ Christian Marcoux

  Name: Chloé Poirier       Name: Christian Marcoux
  Title: Treasurer       Title: Assistant Secretary

ADDITIONAL SUBSIDIARY GUARANTOR:

 

9253-2456 QUÉBEC INC.
By:  

/s/ Chloé Poirier

    By:  

/s/ Christian Marcoux

  Name: Chloé Poirier       Name: Christian Marcoux
  Title: Treasurer       Title: Assistant Secretary

TRUSTEE:

 

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
By:  

/s/ Raymond Delli Colli

    By:  

/s/ Martin Reed

  Name: Raymond Delli Colli       Name: Martin Reed
  Title: Vice President       Title: Vice President

Ninth Supplemental Indenture to 2005 Indenture

Exhibit 2.21

 

 

VIDEOTRON LTD. / VIDÉOTRON LTÉE

 

 

TENTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

Dated as of December 5, 2011

 

 

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association,

Trustee

 

 

 

 


TENTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE , dated as of December 5, 2011 (this “Tenth Supplemental Indenture” ), by and among Videotron Ltd. / Vidéotron Ltée, a corporation under the laws of the Province of Québec (the “Corporation” ), 9253-1920 Québec Inc., a corporation under the laws of the Province of Québec ( “1920” ), 9253-1870 Québec Inc., a corporation under the laws of the Province of Québec ( “1870” and, together with 1920, the “Additional Subsidiary Guarantors and each an “Additional Subsidiary Guarantor” ) and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee” ), to the Indenture, dated as of September 16, 2005, as supplemented through the date hereof (the “Indenture” ), by and among the Corporation, each of the subsidiary guarantors party thereto (collectively referred to as the “Original Subsidiary Guarantors” ), and the Trustee.

WHEREAS, the Corporation, the Original Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee have entered into the Indenture governing the Corporation’s 6   3 / 8 % Senior Notes due December 15, 2015 (the “Notes” );

WHEREAS, Section 4.19 of the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Corporation shall cause a Restricted Subsidiary to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture providing for a Subsidiary Guarantee of the payment of the Notes by such Restricted Subsidiary;

WHEREAS, the parties hereto are desirous of further supplementing the Indenture in the manner hereinafter provided for the purpose of providing Subsidiary Guarantees by each of the Additional Subsidiary Guarantors in accordance with the terms of the Indenture;

WHEREAS, Section 9.01(e) of the Indenture provides that the Corporation and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture without the consent of any Holder to add additional guarantees with respect to the Notes; and

WHEREAS, all things necessary have been done to make this Tenth Supplemental Indenture a valid agreement of the Corporation, each of the Additional Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee, in accordance with its terms.

NOW, THEREFORE, THIS TENTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITNESSETH:

For and in consideration of the premises contained herein, the parties hereto mutually covenant and agree as follows:

1. Terms used in this Tenth Supplemental Indenture that are not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Indenture.

2. Each of the Additional Subsidiary Guarantors hereby agrees to provide an unconditional Subsidiary Guarantee on the terms and subject to the conditions and limitations set forth in the Indenture, including but not limited to Article 10 of the Indenture.

3. This Tenth Supplemental Indenture shall be construed as supplemental to the Indenture and shall form a part thereof, and the Indenture is hereby incorporated by reference herein and, as supplemented, modified and restated hereby, is hereby ratified, approved and confirmed.


4. This Tenth Supplemental Indenture shall be effective as of the date hereof. On and after the date hereof, each reference in the Indenture to “this Indenture,” “hereunder,” “hereof,” or “herein” shall mean and be a reference to the Indenture as supplemented by this Tenth Supplemental Indenture unless the context otherwise requires.

5. Except as provided below, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Indenture and the terms and conditions of this Tenth Supplemental Indenture, the terms and conditions of this Tenth Supplemental Indenture shall prevail.

6. If any provision of this Tenth Supplemental Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with another provision of the Indenture that is required to be included by the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “Act” ), as in force at the date this Tenth Supplemental Indenture is executed, the provision required by said Act shall control.

7. This Tenth Supplemental Indenture shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

8. This Tenth Supplemental Indenture may be signed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if the signatures to each counterpart were upon a single instrument, and all such counterparts together shall be deemed an original of this Tenth Supplemental Indenture.

9. The recitals contained in this Tenth Supplemental Indenture shall be taken as the statements of the Corporation, and the Trustee assumes no responsibility for their correctness. The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Tenth Supplemental Indenture.

[SIGNATURES ON FOLLOWING PAGES]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Tenth Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

CORPORATION:      
VIDÉOTRON LTÉE      
By:  

/s/ Claudine Tremblay

    By:  

/s/ Chloé Poirier

  Name: Claudine Tremblay       Name: Chloé Poirier
  Title: Vice President and Secretary       Title: Treasurer
ADDITIONAL SUBSIDIARY GUARANTOR:      
9253-1920 QUÉBEC INC.      
By:  

/s/ Claudine Tremblay

    By:  

/s/ Chloé Poirier

  Name: Claudine Tremblay       Name: Chloé Poirier
  Title: Vice President and Secretary       Title: Treasurer
ADDITIONAL SUBSIDIARY GUARANTOR:      
9253-1870 QUÉBEC INC.      
By:  

/s/ Claudine Tremblay

    By:  

/s/ Chloé Poirier

  Name: Claudine Tremblay       Name: Chloé Poirier
  Title: Vice President and Secretary       Title: Treasurer
TRUSTEE:      
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION    
By:  

/s/ Raymond Delli Colli

     
  Name: Raymond Delli Colli      
  Title: Vice President      

Tenth Supplemental Indenture to 2005 Indenture

Exhibit 2.29

 

 

VIDEOTRON LTD. / VIDÉOTRON LTÉE

 

 

EIGHTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

Dated as of May 2 nd , 2011

 

 

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association,

Trustee

 

 

 

 


EIGHTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE , dated as of May 2 nd , 2011 (this “Eighth Supplemental Indenture” ), by and among Videotron Ltd. / Vidéotron Ltée, a company continued under the laws of the Province of Québec (the “Company” ), Jobboom Inc., a corporation incorporated under the laws of Canada (the “Additional Subsidiary Guarantor” ) and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee” ), to the Indenture, dated as of April 15, 2008 (as supplemented by the supplemental indenture dated as of April 28, 2008 (the “First Supplemental Indenture” ), by and among the Company, the person listed as an additional subsidiary guarantor on the signature page to the First Supplemental Indenture (the “First Additional Subsidiary Guarantor” ) and the Trustee, as further supplemented by the supplemental indenture dated as of September 23, 2008 (the “Second Supplemental Indenture” ), by and among the Company, the person listed as an additional subsidiary guarantor on the signature page to the Second Supplemental Indenture (the “Second Additional Subsidiary Guarantor” ), and the Trustee, as further supplemented by the supplemental indenture dated as of March 5, 2009 (the “Third Supplemental Indenture” ), by and among the Company, each person listed as a subsidiary guarantor on the signature pages to the Third Supplemental Indenture, and the Trustee, as further supplemented by the supplemental indenture dated as of August 17, 2009 (the “Fourth Supplemental Indenture” ), by and among the Company, the person listed as an additional subsidiary guarantor on the signature page to the Fourth Supplemental Indenture (the “Third Additional Subsidiary Guarantor” ), and the Trustee, as further supplemented by the supplemental indenture dated as of September 2, 2009 (the “Fifth Supplemental Indenture” ), by and among the Company, the person listed as an additional subsidiary guarantor on the signature page to the Fifth Supplemental Indenture (the “Fourth Additional Subsidiary Guarantor” ), and the Trustee, as further supplemented by the supplemental indenture dated as of September 29, 2010 (the “Sixth Supplemental Indenture” ), by and among the Company, the person listed as an additional subsidiary guarantor on the signature page to the Sixth Supplemental Indenture (the “Fifth Additional Subsidiary Guarantor” ), and the Trustee, and as further supplemented by the supplemental indenture dated as of December 22, 2010 (the “Seventh Supplemental Indenture” ), by and among the Company, each person listed as a subsidiary guarantor on the signature pages to the Seventh Supplemental Indenture (collectively referred to as the Sixth Additional Subsidiary Guarantors ), and the Trustee, the “Indenture” ), by and among the Company, each person listed as a guarantor on the signature pages to the Indenture (collectively referred to as the “Original Subsidiary Guarantors” ) and the Trustee.

WHEREAS, the Company, the Original Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee entered into the Indenture governing the Company’s 9  1 / 8 % Senior Notes due April 15, 2018 (the “Notes” );

WHEREAS, Section 4.19 of the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Company shall cause a Restricted Subsidiary to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture providing for a Subsidiary Guarantee of the payment of the Notes by such Restricted Subsidiary;

WHEREAS, pursuant to the First Supplemental Indenture, the First Additional Subsidiary Guarantor provided for such a Subsidiary Guarantee;

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Second Supplemental Indenture, the Second Additional Subsidiary Guarantor provided for such a Subsidiary Guarantee;


WHEREAS, pursuant to the Fourth Supplemental Indenture, the Third Additional Subsidiary Guarantor provided for such a Subsidiary Guarantee;

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Fifth Supplemental Indenture, the Fourth Additional Subsidiary Guarantor provided for such a Subsidiary Guarantee;

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Sixth Supplemental Indenture, the Fifth Additional Subsidiary Guarantor provided for such a Subsidiary Guarantee;

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Seventh Supplemental Indenture, the Sixth Additional Subsidiary Guarantors provided for such Subsidiary Guarantees;

WHEREAS, the parties hereto are desirous of further supplementing the Indenture in the manner hereinafter provided for the purpose of providing a Subsidiary Guarantee by the Additional Subsidiary Guarantor in accordance with the terms of the Indenture;

WHEREAS, Section 9.01(e) of the Indenture provides that the Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture without the consent of any Holder to add additional guarantees with respect to the Notes; and

WHEREAS, all things necessary have been done to make this Eighth Supplemental Indenture a valid agreement of the Company, the Additional Subsidiary Guarantor and the Trustee, in accordance with its terms.

NOW, THEREFORE, THIS EIGHTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITNESSETH:

For and in consideration of the premises contained herein, the parties hereto mutually covenant and agree as follows:

1. Terms used in this Eighth Supplemental Indenture that are not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Indenture.

2. The Additional Subsidiary Guarantor hereby agrees to provide an unconditional Subsidiary Guarantee on the terms and subject to the conditions and limitations set forth in the Indenture, including but not limited to Article 10 of the Indenture.

3. This Eighth Supplemental Indenture shall be construed as supplemental to the Indenture and shall form a part thereof, and the Indenture is hereby incorporated by reference herein and, as supplemented, modified and restated hereby, is hereby ratified, approved and confirmed.

4. This Eighth Supplemental Indenture shall be effective as of the date hereof. On and after the date hereof, each reference in the Indenture to “this Indenture,” “hereunder,” “hereof,” or “herein” shall mean and be a reference to the Indenture as supplemented by this Eighth Supplemental Indenture unless the context otherwise requires.

5. Except as provided below, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Indenture and the terms and conditions of this Eighth Supplemental Indenture, the terms and conditions of this Eighth Supplemental Indenture shall prevail.


6. If any provision of this Eighth Supplemental Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with another provision of the Indenture that is required to be included by the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “Act” ), as in force at the date this Eighth Supplemental Indenture is executed, the provision required by said Act shall control.

7. This Eighth Supplemental Indenture shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

8. This Eighth Supplemental Indenture may be signed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if the signatures to each counterpart were upon a single instrument, and all such counterparts together shall be deemed an original of this Eighth Supplemental Indenture.

9. The recitals contained in this Eighth Supplemental Indenture shall be taken as the statements of the Company, and the Trustee assumes no responsibility for their correctness. The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Eighth Supplemental Indenture.

[SIGNATURES ON FOLLOWING PAGES]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Eighth Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

COMPANY:      
VIDÉOTRON LTÉE      
By:  

/s/ Chloé Poirier

    By:  

/s/ Christian Marcoux

  Name: Chloé Poirier       Name: Christian Marcoux
  Title: Treasurer       Title: Assistant Secretary
ADDITIONAL SUBSIDIARY GUARANTOR:      
JOBBOOM INC.      
By:  

/s/ Chloé Poirier

    By:  

/s/ Christian Marcoux

  Name: Chloé Poirier       Name: Christian Marcoux
  Title: Treasurer       Title: Assistant Secretary
TRUSTEE:      
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION      
By:  

/s/ Raymond Delli Colli

     
Name:   Raymond Delli Colli      
Title:   Vice President      

Eighth Supplemental Indenture to 2008 Indenture

Exhibit 2.30

 

 

VIDEOTRON LTD. / VIDÉOTRON LTÉE

 

 

NINTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

Dated as of November 4 th , 2011

 

 

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association,

Trustee

 

 

 

 


NINTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE , dated as of November 4 th , 2011 (this “Ninth Supplemental Indenture” ), by and among Videotron Ltd. / Vidéotron Ltée, a corporation under the laws of the Province of Québec (the “Corporation” ), 9253-2233 Québec Inc., a corporation under the laws of the Province of Québec ( 2233 ), 9253-2456 Québec Inc., a corporation under the laws of the Province of Québec ( 2456 and, together with 2233, the “Additional Subsidiary Guarantors and each an Additional Subsidiary Guarantor ) and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (the Trustee ), to the Indenture, dated as of April 15, 2008, as supplemented through the date hereof (the Indenture ), by and among the Corporation, each of the subsidiary guarantors party thereto (collectively referred to as the Original Subsidiary Guarantors ), and the Trustee.

WHEREAS, the Corporation, the Original Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee have entered into the Indenture governing the Corporation’s 9  1 / 8 % Senior Notes due April 15, 2018 (the “Notes” );

WHEREAS, Section 4.19 of the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Corporation shall cause a Restricted Subsidiary to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture providing for a Subsidiary Guarantee of the payment of the Notes by such Restricted Subsidiary;

WHEREAS, the parties hereto are desirous of further supplementing the Indenture in the manner hereinafter provided for the purpose of providing Subsidiary Guarantees by each of the Additional Subsidiary Guarantors in accordance with the terms of the Indenture;

WHEREAS, Section 9.01(e) of the Indenture provides that the Corporation and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture without the consent of any Holder to add additional guarantees with respect to the Notes; and

WHEREAS, all things necessary have been done to make this Ninth Supplemental Indenture a valid agreement of the Corporation, each of the Additional Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee, in accordance with its terms.

NOW, THEREFORE, THIS NINTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITNESSETH:

For and in consideration of the premises contained herein, the parties hereto mutually covenant and agree as follows:

1. Terms used in this Ninth Supplemental Indenture that are not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Indenture.

2. Each of the Additional Subsidiary Guarantors hereby agrees to provide an unconditional Subsidiary Guarantee on the terms and subject to the conditions and limitations set forth in the Indenture, including but not limited to Article 10 of the Indenture.

3. This Ninth Supplemental Indenture shall be construed as supplemental to the Indenture and shall form a part thereof, and the Indenture is hereby incorporated by reference herein and, as supplemented, modified and restated hereby, is hereby ratified, approved and confirmed.


4. This Ninth Supplemental Indenture shall be effective as of the date hereof. On and after the date hereof, each reference in the Indenture to “this Indenture,” “hereunder,” “hereof,” or “herein” shall mean and be a reference to the Indenture as supplemented by this Ninth Supplemental Indenture unless the context otherwise requires.

5. Except as provided below, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Indenture and the terms and conditions of this Ninth Supplemental Indenture, the terms and conditions of this Ninth Supplemental Indenture shall prevail.

6. If any provision of this Ninth Supplemental Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with another provision of the Indenture that is required to be included by the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “Act” ), as in force at the date this Ninth Supplemental Indenture is executed, the provision required by said Act shall control.

7. This Ninth Supplemental Indenture shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

8. This Ninth Supplemental Indenture may be signed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if the signatures to each counterpart were upon a single instrument, and all such counterparts together shall be deemed an original of this Ninth Supplemental Indenture.

9. The recitals contained in this Ninth Supplemental Indenture shall be taken as the statements of the Corporation, and the Trustee assumes no responsibility for their correctness. The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Ninth Supplemental Indenture.

[SIGNATURES ON FOLLOWING PAGES]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Ninth Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

CORPORATION:  
VIDÉOTRON LTÉE  
By:  

/s/ Chloé Poirier

    By:  

/s/ Christian Marcoux

  Name: Chloé Poirier   Name: Christian Marcoux
  Title: Treasurer   Title: Assistant Secretary
ADDITIONAL SUBSIDIARY GUARANTOR:  
9253-2233 QUÉBEC INC.  
By:  

/s/ Chloé Poirier

    By:  

/s/ Christian Marcoux

  Name: Chloé Poirier   Name: Christian Marcoux
  Title: Treasurer   Title: Assistant Secretary
ADDITIONAL SUBSIDIARY GUARANTOR:  
9253-2456 QUÉBEC INC.  
By:  

/s/ Chloé Poirier

    By:  

/s/ Christian Marcoux

  Name: Chloé Poirier   Name: Christian Marcoux
  Title: Treasurer   Title: Assistant Secretary
TRUSTEE:  
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION  
By:  

/s/ Raymond Delli Colli

    By:  

/s/ Martin Reed

  Name: Raymond Delli Colli       Name: Martin Reed
  Title: Vice President       Title: Vice President

Ninth Supplemental Indenture to 2008 Indenture

Exhibit 2.31

 

 

VIDEOTRON LTD. / VIDÉOTRON LTÉE

 

 

TENTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

Dated as of December 5, 2011

 

 

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association,

Trustee

 

 

 

 


TENTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE , dated as of December 5, 2011 (this “Tenth Supplemental Indenture” ), by and among Videotron Ltd. / Vidéotron Ltée, a corporation under the laws of the Province of Québec (the “Corporation” ), 9253-1920 Québec Inc., a corporation under the laws of the Province of Québec ( “1920” ), 9253-1870 Québec Inc., a corporation under the laws of the Province of Québec ( “1870” and, together with 1920, the “Additional Subsidiary Guarantors” and each an “Additional Subsidiary Guarantor” ) and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (the Trustee ), to the Indenture, dated as of April 15, 2008, as supplemented through the date hereof (the “Indenture” ), by and among the Corporation, each of the subsidiary guarantors party thereto (collectively referred to as the “Original Subsidiary Guarantors” ), and the Trustee.

WHEREAS, the Corporation, the Original Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee have entered into the Indenture governing the Corporation’s 9  1 / 8 % Senior Notes due April 15, 2018 (the “Notes” );

WHEREAS, Section 4.19 of the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Corporation shall cause a Restricted Subsidiary to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture providing for a Subsidiary Guarantee of the payment of the Notes by such Restricted Subsidiary;

WHEREAS, the parties hereto are desirous of further supplementing the Indenture in the manner hereinafter provided for the purpose of providing Subsidiary Guarantees by each of the Additional Subsidiary Guarantors in accordance with the terms of the Indenture;

WHEREAS, Section 9.01(e) of the Indenture provides that the Corporation and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture without the consent of any Holder to add additional guarantees with respect to the Notes; and

WHEREAS, all things necessary have been done to make this Tenth Supplemental Indenture a valid agreement of the Corporation, each of the Additional Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee, in accordance with its terms.

NOW, THEREFORE, THIS TENTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITNESSETH:

For and in consideration of the premises contained herein, the parties hereto mutually covenant and agree as follows:

1. Terms used in this Tenth Supplemental Indenture that are not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Indenture.

2. Each of the Additional Subsidiary Guarantors hereby agrees to provide an unconditional Subsidiary Guarantee on the terms and subject to the conditions and limitations set forth in the Indenture, including but not limited to Article 10 of the Indenture.

3. This Tenth Supplemental Indenture shall be construed as supplemental to the Indenture and shall form a part thereof, and the Indenture is hereby incorporated by reference herein and, as supplemented, modified and restated hereby, is hereby ratified, approved and confirmed.


4. This Tenth Supplemental Indenture shall be effective as of the date hereof. On and after the date hereof, each reference in the Indenture to “this Indenture,” “hereunder,” “hereof,” or “herein” shall mean and be a reference to the Indenture as supplemented by this Tenth Supplemental Indenture unless the context otherwise requires.

5. Except as provided below, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Indenture and the terms and conditions of this Tenth Supplemental Indenture, the terms and conditions of this Tenth Supplemental Indenture shall prevail.

6. If any provision of this Tenth Supplemental Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with another provision of the Indenture that is required to be included by the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “Act” ), as in force at the date this Tenth Supplemental Indenture is executed, the provision required by said Act shall control.

7. This Tenth Supplemental Indenture shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

8. This Tenth Supplemental Indenture may be signed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if the signatures to each counterpart were upon a single instrument, and all such counterparts together shall be deemed an original of this Tenth Supplemental Indenture.

9. The recitals contained in this Tenth Supplemental Indenture shall be taken as the statements of the Corporation, and the Trustee assumes no responsibility for their correctness. The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Tenth Supplemental Indenture.

[SIGNATURES ON FOLLOWING PAGES]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Tenth Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

CORPORATION:      
VIDÉOTRON LTÉE      
By:  

/s/ Claudine Tremblay

    By:  

/s/ Chloé Poirier

  Name: Claudine Tremblay       Name: Chloé Poirier
  Title: Vice President and Secretary       Title: Treasurer
ADDITIONAL SUBSIDIARY GUARANTOR:      
9253-1920 QUÉBEC INC.      
By:  

/s/ Claudine Tremblay

    By:  

/s/ Chloé Poirier

  Name: Claudine Tremblay       Name: Chloé Poirier
  Title: Vice President and Secretary       Title: Treasurer
ADDITIONAL SUBSIDIARY GUARANTOR:      
9253-1870 QUÉBEC INC.      
By:  

/s/ Claudine Tremblay

    By:  

/s/ Chloé Poirier

  Name: Claudine Tremblay       Name: Chloé Poirier
  Title: Vice President and Secretary       Title: Treasurer
TRUSTEE:      
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION      
By:  

/s/ Raymond Delli Colli

     
  Name: Raymond Delli Colli      
  Title: Vice President      

Tenth Supplemental Indenture to 2008 Indenture

Exhibit 2.37

 

 

VIDEOTRON LTD. / VIDÉOTRON LTÉE

 

 

THIRD SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

Dated as of May 2 nd , 2011

 

 

Computershare Trust Company of Canada,

Trustee

 

 

 

 


THIRD SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE , dated as of May 2 nd , 2011 (this “Third Supplemental Indenture” ), by and among Videotron Ltd. / Vidéotron Ltée, a company continued under the laws of the Province of Québec (the “Company” ), Jobboom Inc., a corporation incorporated under the laws of Canada (the “Additional Subsidiary Guarantor” ) and Computershare Trust Company of Canada, as trustee (the “Trustee” ), to the Indenture, dated as of January 13, 2010 (as supplemented by the supplemental indenture dated as of September 29, 2010 (the “First Supplemental Indenture” ), by and among the Company, the person listed as an additional subsidiary guarantor on the signature page to the First Supplemental Indenture (the “First Additional Subsidiary Guarantor” ) and the Trustee, and as further supplemented by the supplemental indenture dated as of December 22, 2010 (the “Second Supplemental Indenture” ), by and among the Company, each person listed as a subsidiary guarantor on the signature pages to the Second Supplemental Indenture (collectively referred to as the “Second Additional Subsidiary Guarantors” ), and the Trustee, the “Indenture” ), by and among the Company, each person listed as a guarantor on the signature pages to the Indenture (collectively referred to as the “Original Subsidiary Guarantors” ) and the Trustee.

WHEREAS, the Company, the Original Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee entered into the Indenture governing the Company’s 7  1 / 8 % Senior Notes due January 15, 2020 (the “Notes” );

WHEREAS, Section 4.19 of the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Company shall cause a Restricted Subsidiary to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture providing for a Subsidiary Guarantee of the payment of the Notes by such Restricted Subsidiary;

WHEREAS, pursuant to the First Supplemental Indenture, the First Additional Subsidiary Guarantor provided for such a Subsidiary Guarantee;

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Second Supplemental Indenture, the Second Additional Subsidiary Guarantors provided for such Subsidiary Guarantees;

WHEREAS, the parties hereto are desirous of further supplementing the Indenture in the manner hereinafter provided for the purpose of providing a Subsidiary Guarantee by the Additional Subsidiary Guarantor in accordance with the terms of the Indenture;

WHEREAS, Section 9.01(5) of the Indenture provides that the Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture without the consent of any Holder to add additional guarantees with respect to the Notes; and

WHEREAS, all things necessary have been done to make this Third Supplemental Indenture a valid agreement of the Company, the Additional Subsidiary Guarantor and the Trustee, in accordance with its terms.

NOW, THEREFORE, THIS THIRD SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITNESSETH:

For and in consideration of the premises contained herein, the parties hereto mutually covenant and agree as follows:

1. Terms used in this Third Supplemental Indenture that are not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Indenture.


2. The Additional Subsidiary Guarantor hereby agrees to provide an unconditional Subsidiary Guarantee on the terms and subject to the conditions and limitations set forth in the Indenture, including but not limited to Article 10 of the Indenture.

3. This Third Supplemental Indenture shall be construed as supplemental to the Indenture and shall form a part thereof, and the Indenture is hereby incorporated by reference herein and, as supplemented, modified and restated hereby, is hereby ratified, approved and confirmed.

4. This Third Supplemental Indenture shall be effective as of the date hereof. On and after the date hereof, each reference in the Indenture to “this Indenture,” “hereunder,” “hereof,” or “herein” shall mean and be a reference to the Indenture as supplemented by this Third Supplemental Indenture unless the context otherwise requires.

5. Except as provided below, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Indenture and the terms and conditions of this Third Supplemental Indenture, the terms and conditions of this Third Supplemental Indenture shall prevail.

6. If any provision of this Third Supplemental Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with another provision of the Indenture that is required to be included by the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “Act” ), as in force at the date this Third Supplemental Indenture is executed, the provision required by said Act shall control.

7. This Third Supplemental Indenture shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the Province of Quebec and the federal laws of Canada applicable therein. The parties hereby acknowledge that they have expressly required this Third Supplemental Indenture be drawn up in the English language only. Les parties reconnaissent avoir expressément demandé que la présente convention soit rédigé en anglais seulement.

8. This Third Supplemental Indenture may be signed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if the signatures to each counterpart were upon a single instrument, and all such counterparts together shall be deemed an original of this Third Supplemental Indenture.

9. The recitals contained in this Third Supplemental Indenture shall be taken as the statements of the Company, and the Trustee assumes no responsibility for their correctness. The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Third Supplemental Indenture.

[SIGNATURES ON FOLLOWING PAGES]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Third Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

COMPANY:

 

VIDÉOTRON LTÉE      
By:  

/s/ Chloé Poirier

    By:  

/s/ Christian Marcoux

  Name: Chloé Poirier       Name: Christian Marcoux
  Title: Treasurer       Title: Assistant Secretary
ADDITIONAL SUBSIDIARY GUARANTOR:            
JOBBOOM INC.            
By:  

/s/ Chloé Poirier

    By:  

/s/ Christian Marcoux

  Name: Chloé Poirier       Name: Christian Marcoux
  Title: Treasurer       Title: Assistant Secretary
TRUSTEE:            
COMPUTERSHARE TRUST COMPANY OF CANADA      
By:  

/s/ Fabienne Pinatel

     
  Name: Fabienne Pinatel      
 

Title: Gestionnaire fiduciare /
Corporate Trust Officer

   
By:  

/s/ Ekaterini Galouzis

     
  Name: Ekaterini Galouzis      
 

Title: Gestionnaire fiduciare adjointe/
Associate Trust Officer

   

Third Supplemental Indenture to 2010 Indenture

Exhibit 2.38

 

 

VIDEOTRON LTD. / VIDÉOTRON LTÉE

 

 

FOURTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

Dated as of November 4 th , 2011

 

 

Computershare Trust Company of Canada,

Trustee

 

 

 

 


FOURTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE , dated as of November 4 th , 2011 (this “Fourth Supplemental Indenture” ), by and among Videotron Ltd. / Vidéotron Ltée, a corporation under the laws of the Province of Québec (the “Corporation” ), 9253-2233 Québec Inc., a corporation under the laws of the Province of Québec ( “2233” ), 9253-2456 Québec Inc., a corporation under the laws of the Province of Québec ( “2456” and, together with 2233, the “Additional Subsidiary Guarantors” and each an “Additional Subsidiary Guarantor” ) and Computershare Trust Company of Canada, as trustee (the “Trustee” ), to the Indenture (the “Indenture” ), dated as of January 13, 2010, by and among the Corporation, each of the subsidiary guarantors party thereto (collectively referred to as the “Original Subsidiary Guarantors” ) and the Trustee.

WHEREAS, the Corporation, the Original Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee have entered into the Indenture governing the Corporation’s 7  1 / 8 % Senior Notes due January 15, 2020 (the “Notes” );

WHEREAS, Section 4.19 of the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Corporation shall cause a Restricted Subsidiary to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture providing for a Subsidiary Guarantee of the payment of the Notes by such Restricted Subsidiary;

WHEREAS, the parties hereto are desirous of further supplementing the Indenture in the manner hereinafter provided for the purpose of providing Subsidiary Guarantees by each of the Additional Subsidiary Guarantors in accordance with the terms of the Indenture;

WHEREAS, Section 9.01(5) of the Indenture provides that the Corporation and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture without the consent of any Holder to add additional guarantees with respect to the Notes; and

WHEREAS, all things necessary have been done to make this Fourth Supplemental Indenture a valid agreement of the Corporation, each of the Additional Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee, in accordance with its terms.

NOW, THEREFORE, THIS FOURTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITNESSETH:

For and in consideration of the premises contained herein, the parties hereto mutually covenant and agree as follows:

1. Terms used in this Fourth Supplemental Indenture that are not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Indenture.

2. Each of the Additional Subsidiary Guarantors hereby agrees to provide an unconditional Subsidiary Guarantee on the terms and subject to the conditions and limitations set forth in the Indenture, including but not limited to Article 10 of the Indenture.

3. This Fourth Supplemental Indenture shall be construed as supplemental to the Indenture and shall form a part thereof, and the Indenture is hereby incorporated by reference herein and, as supplemented, modified and restated hereby, is hereby ratified, approved and confirmed.


4. This Fourth Supplemental Indenture shall be effective as of the date hereof. On and after the date hereof, each reference in the Indenture to “this Indenture,” “hereunder,” “hereof,” or “herein” shall mean and be a reference to the Indenture as supplemented by this Fourth Supplemental Indenture unless the context otherwise requires.

5. Except as provided below, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Indenture and the terms and conditions of this Fourth Supplemental Indenture, the terms and conditions of this Fourth Supplemental Indenture shall prevail.

6. If any provision of this Fourth Supplemental Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with another provision of the Indenture that is required to be included by the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “Act” ), as in force at the date this Fourth Supplemental Indenture is executed, the provision required by said Act shall control.

7. This Fourth Supplemental Indenture shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the Province of Quebec and the federal laws of Canada applicable therein. The parties hereby acknowledge that they have expressly required this Fourth Supplemental Indenture be drawn up in the English language only. Les parties reconnaissent avoir expressément demandé que la présente convention soit rédigé en anglais seulement.

8. This Fourth Supplemental Indenture may be signed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if the signatures to each counterpart were upon a single instrument, and all such counterparts together shall be deemed an original of this Fourth Supplemental Indenture.

9. The recitals contained in this Fourth Supplemental Indenture shall be taken as the statements of the Corporation, and the Trustee assumes no responsibility for their correctness. The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Fourth Supplemental Indenture.

[SIGNATURES ON FOLLOWING PAGES]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Fourth Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

CORPORATION:      
VIDÉOTRON LTÉE      
By:  

/s/ Chloé Poirier

    By:  

/s/ Christian Marcoux

  Name: Chloé Poirier       Name: Christian Marcoux
  Title: Treasurer       Title: Assistant Secretary
ADDITIONAL SUBSIDIARY GUARANTOR:      
9253-2233 QUÉBEC INC.      
By:  

/s/ Chloé Poirier

    By:  

/s/ Christian Marcoux

  Name: Chloé Poirier       Name: Christian Marcoux
  Title: Treasurer       Title: Assistant Secretary
ADDITIONAL SUBSIDIARY GUARANTOR:      
9253-2456 QUÉBEC INC.      
By:  

/s/ Chloé Poirier

    By:  

/s/ Christian Marcoux

  Name: Chloé Poirier       Name: Christian Marcoux
  Title: Treasurer       Title: Assistant Secretary
TRUSTEE:      
COMPUTERSHARE TRUST COMPANY OF CANADA      
By:  

/s/ Fabienne Pinatel

    By:  

/s/ Pierre Lavoie

  Name: Fabienne Pinatel       Name: Pierre Lavoie
 

Title: Gestionnaire fiduciare /
Corporate Trust Officer

     

Title: Gestionnaire fiduciare adjoint /
Associate Trust Officer

Fourth Supplemental Indenture to 2010 Indenture

Exhibit 2.39

 

 

VIDEOTRON LTD. / VIDÉOTRON LTÉE

 

 

FIFTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

Dated as of December 5, 2011

 

 

Computershare Trust Company of Canada,

Trustee

 

 

 

 


FIFTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE , dated as of December 5, 2011 (this “Fifth Supplemental Indenture” ), by and among Videotron Ltd. / Vidéotron Ltée, a corporation under the laws of the Province of Québec (the “Corporation” ), 9253-1920 Québec Inc., a corporation under the laws of the Province of Québec ( “1920” ), 9253-1870 Québec Inc., a corporation under the laws of the Province of Québec ( “1870” and, together with 1920, the “Additional Subsidiary Guarantors” and each an “Additional Subsidiary Guarantor” ) and Computershare Trust Company of Canada, as trustee (the “Trustee” ), to the Indenture (the “Indenture” ), dated as of January 13, 2010, by and among the Corporation, each of the subsidiary guarantors party thereto (collectively referred to as the “Original Subsidiary Guarantors” ) and the Trustee.

WHEREAS, the Corporation, the Original Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee have entered into the Indenture governing the Corporation’s 7  1 / 8 % Senior Notes due January 15, 2020 (the “Notes” );

WHEREAS, Section 4.19 of the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Corporation shall cause a Restricted Subsidiary to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture providing for a Subsidiary Guarantee of the payment of the Notes by such Restricted Subsidiary;

WHEREAS, the parties hereto are desirous of further supplementing the Indenture in the manner hereinafter provided for the purpose of providing Subsidiary Guarantees by each of the Additional Subsidiary Guarantors in accordance with the terms of the Indenture;

WHEREAS, Section 9.01(5) of the Indenture provides that the Corporation and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture without the consent of any Holder to add additional guarantees with respect to the Notes; and

WHEREAS, all things necessary have been done to make this Fifth Supplemental Indenture a valid agreement of the Corporation, each of the Additional Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee, in accordance with its terms.

NOW, THEREFORE, THIS FIFTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITNESSETH:

For and in consideration of the premises contained herein, the parties hereto mutually covenant and agree as follows:

1. Terms used in this Fifth Supplemental Indenture that are not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Indenture.

2. Each of the Additional Subsidiary Guarantors hereby agrees to provide an unconditional Subsidiary Guarantee on the terms and subject to the conditions and limitations set forth in the Indenture, including but not limited to Article 10 of the Indenture.

3. This Fifth Supplemental Indenture shall be construed as supplemental to the Indenture and shall form a part thereof, and the Indenture is hereby incorporated by reference herein and, as supplemented, modified and restated hereby, is hereby ratified, approved and confirmed.


4. This Fifth Supplemental Indenture shall be effective as of the date hereof. On and after the date hereof, each reference in the Indenture to “this Indenture,” “hereunder,” “hereof,” or “herein” shall mean and be a reference to the Indenture as supplemented by this Fifth Supplemental Indenture unless the context otherwise requires.

5. Except as provided below, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Indenture and the terms and conditions of this Fifth Supplemental Indenture, the terms and conditions of this Fifth Supplemental Indenture shall prevail.

6. If any provision of this Fifth Supplemental Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with another provision of the Indenture that is required to be included by the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “Act” ), as in force at the date this Fifth Supplemental Indenture is executed, the provision required by said Act shall control.

7. This Fifth Supplemental Indenture shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the Province of Quebec and the federal laws of Canada applicable therein. The parties hereby acknowledge that they have expressly required this Fifth Supplemental Indenture be drawn up in the English language only. Les parties reconnaissent avoir expressément demandé que la présente convention soit rédigé en anglais seulement.

8. This Fifth Supplemental Indenture may be signed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if the signatures to each counterpart were upon a single instrument, and all such counterparts together shall be deemed an original of this Fifth Supplemental Indenture.

9. The recitals contained in this Fifth Supplemental Indenture shall be taken as the statements of the Corporation, and the Trustee assumes no responsibility for their correctness. The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Fifth Supplemental Indenture.

[SIGNATURES ON FOLLOWING PAGES]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Fifth Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

CORPORATION:

 

VIDÉOTRON LTÉE      
By:  

/s/ Claudine Tremblay

    By:  

/s/ Chloé Poirier

  Name: Claudine Tremblay       Name: Chloé Poirier
  Title: Vice President and Secretary       Title: Treasurer
ADDITIONAL SUBSIDIARY GUARANTOR:      
9253-1920 QUÉBEC INC.      
By:  

/s/ Claudine Tremblay

    By:  

/s/ Chloé Poirier

  Name: Claudine Tremblay       Name: Chloé Poirier
  Title: Vice President and Secretary       Title: Treasurer
ADDITIONAL SUBSIDIARY GUARANTOR:      
9253-1870 QUÉBEC INC.      
By:  

/s/ Claudine Tremblay

    By:  

/s/ Chloé Poirier

  Name: Claudine Tremblay       Name: Chloé Poirier
  Title: Vice President and Secetary       Title: Treasurer
TRUSTEE:      
COMPUTERSHARE TRUST COMPANY OF CANADA      
By:  

/s/ Fabienne Pinatel

    By:  

/s/ Pierre Lavoie

  Name: Fabienne Pinatel       Name: Pierre Lavoie
 

Title: Gestionnaire fiduciare /
Corporate Trust Officer

     

Title: Gestionnaire fiduciare adjoint /
Associate Trust Officer

Fifth Supplemental Indenture to 2010 Indenture

Exhibit 2.42

VIDEOTRON LTD./VIDÉOTRON LTÉE

$300,000,000

 7 / 8 % SENIOR NOTES DUE JULY 15, 2021

 

 

INDENTURE

Dated as of July 5, 2011

 

 

COMPUTERSHARE TRUST COMPANY OF CANADA

as Trustee

 

 

 

 


Table of Contents

 

            Page  

ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

     1   

Section 1.01.

     Definitions      1   

Section 1.02.

     Other Definitions      22   

Section 1.03.

     Rules of Construction      23   

Section 1.04.

     Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee      23   

Section 1.05.

     Acts of Holders of Notes      24   

Section 1.06.

     Benefits of Indenture      24   

Section 1.07.

     Trust Provisions      24   

Section 1.08.

     Accounting Changes      25   

ARTICLE 2. THE NOTES

     25   

Section 2.01.

     Form and Dating      25   

Section 2.02.

     Execution and Authentication      26   

Section 2.03.

     Registrar and Paying Agent      27   

Section 2.04.

     Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust      27   

Section 2.05.

     Holder Lists      28   

Section 2.06.

     Transfer and Exchange      28   

Section 2.07.

     Replacement Notes      37   

Section 2.08.

     Outstanding Notes      37   

Section 2.09.

     Treasury Notes      38   

Section 2.10.

     Temporary Notes      38   

Section 2.11.

     Cancellation      38   

Section 2.12.

     Defaulted Interest      38   

Section 2.13.

     CUSIP or ISIN Numbers      39   

Section 2.14.

     Issuance of Additional Notes      39   

ARTICLE 3. REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT

     39   

Section 3.01.

     Notices to Trustee      39   

Section 3.02.

     Selection of Notes to be Redeemed      39   

Section 3.03.

     Notice of Redemption      40   

Section 3.04.

     Effect of Notice of Redemption      40   

Section 3.05.

     Deposit of Redemption Price      40   

Section 3.06.

     Notes Redeemed in Part      41   

Section 3.07.

     Optional Redemption      41   

Section 3.08.

     Mandatory Redemption      42   

Section 3.09.

     Offers to Purchase      42   

 

i


ARTICLE 4. COVENANTS

     44   

Section 4.01.

     Payment of Notes      44   

Section 4.02.

     Maintenance of Office or Agency      45   

Section 4.03.

     Reports      45   

Section 4.04.

     Compliance Certificate      46   

Section 4.05.

     Taxes      46   

Section 4.06.

     Stay, Extension and Usury Laws      46   

Section 4.07.

     Corporate Existence      47   

Section 4.08.

     Payments for Consent      47   

Section 4.09.

     Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Shares      47   

Section 4.10.

     Restricted Payments      50   

Section 4.11.

     Liens      52   

Section 4.12.

     Asset Sales      52   

Section 4.13.

     Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries      54   

Section 4.14.

     Transactions with Affiliates      55   

Section 4.15.

     Sale and Leaseback Transactions      57   

Section 4.16.

     Issuances and Sales of Equity Interests in Subsidiaries      57   

Section 4.17.

     Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries      58   

Section 4.18.

     Repurchase at the Option of Holders Upon a Change of Control      59   

Section 4.19.

     Future Guarantors      59   

Section 4.20.

     Additional Amounts      59   

Section 4.21.

     Business Activities      60   

Section 4.22.

     Covenant Termination      61   

ARTICLE 5. SUCCESSORS

     61   

Section 5.01.

     Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets of the Company and Subsidiary Guarantors      61   

Section 5.02.

     Successor Corporation Substituted      62   

ARTICLE 6. DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

     62   

Section 6.01.

     Events of Default      62   

Section 6.02.

     Acceleration      64   

Section 6.03.

     Other Remedies      65   

Section 6.04.

     Waiver of Past Defaults      65   

Section 6.05.

     Control by Majority      65   

Section 6.06.

     Limitation on Suits      66   

Section 6.07.

     Rights of Holders to Receive Payment      66   

Section 6.08.

     Collection Suit by Trustee      66   

Section 6.09.

     Trustee May File Proofs of Claim      66   

 

ii


Section 6.10.

     Priorities      67   

Section 6.11.

     Undertaking for Costs      67   

ARTICLE 7. TRUSTEE

     67   

Section 7.01.

     Duties of Trustee      67   

Section 7.02.

     Rights of Trustee      68   

Section 7.03.

     Individual Rights of Trustee      69   

Section 7.04.

     Trustee’s Disclaimer      69   

Section 7.05.

     Notice of Defaults      69   

Section 7.06.

     Compensation and Indemnity      69   

Section 7.07.

     Replacement of Trustee      70   

Section 7.08.

     Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc.      71   

Section 7.09.

     Eligibility, Disqualification      71   

Section 7.10.

     Acceptance of Trust      71   

Section 7.11.

     Fondé de Pouvoir      71   

Section 7.12.

     Company Status      73   

ARTICLE 8. LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

     73   

Section 8.01.

     Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance      73   

Section 8.02.

     Legal Defeasance and Discharge      73   

Section 8.03.

     Covenant Defeasance      73   

Section 8.04.

     Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance      74   

Section 8.05.

     Deposited Cash and Government Securities to be Held in Trust, Other Miscellaneous Provisions      75   

Section 8.06.

     Repayment to Company      75   

Section 8.07.

     Reinstatement      76   

ARTICLE 9. AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

     76   

Section 9.01.

     Without Consent of Holders of Notes      76   

Section 9.02.

     With Consent of Holders of Notes      76   

Section 9.03.

     Revocation and Effect of Consents      78   

Section 9.04.

     Notation on or Exchange of Notes      78   

Section 9.05.

     Trustee to Sign Amendments, Etc.      78   

ARTICLE 10. SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES

     78   

Section 10.01.

     Guarantee      78   

Section 10.02.

     Limitation on Subsidiary Guarantor Liability      80   

Section 10.03.

     Execution and Delivery of Subsidiary Guarantee      80   

Section 10.04.

     Subsidiary Guarantors May Consolidate, Etc., on Certain Terms      80   

Section 10.05.

     Releases Following Sale of Assets      81   

ARTICLE 11. SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

     81   

 

iii


Section 11.01.

     Satisfaction and Discharge      81   

Section 11.02.

     Deposited Cash and Government Securities to be Held in trust, Other Miscellaneous Provisions      82   

Section 11.03.

     Repayment to Company      82   

Section 11.04.

     Release of Subsidiary Guarantors upon Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture      83   

ARTICLE 12. MISCELLANEOUS

     83   

Section 12.01.

     Notices      83   

Section 12.02.

     Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent      84   

Section 12.03.

     Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion      84   

Section 12.04.

     Rules by Trustee and Agents      84   

Section 12.05.

     No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Shareholders      84   

Section 12.06.

     Governing Law      85   

Section 12.07.

     No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements      85   

Section 12.08.

     Successors      85   

Section 12.09.

     Severability      85   

Section 12.10.

     Conversion of Currency      85   

Section 12.11.

     Currency Equivalent      86   

Section 12.12.

     Privacy Matters      86   

Section 12.13.

     Counterpart Originals      87   

Section 12.14.

     Table of Contents, Headings, Etc.      87   

Section 12.15.

     Trust Indenture Legislation      87   

Section 12.16.

     Language of Indenture, Etc.      87   

ARTICLE 13. MEETINGS OF HOLDERS OF NOTES

     87   

Section 13.01.

     Purposes for which Meetings may be Called      87   

Section 13.02.

     Call, Notice and Place of Meetings      87   

Section 13.03.

     Persons Entitled to Vote at Meetings      88   

Section 13.04.

     Quorum, Action      88   

Section 13.05.

     Determination of Voting Rights; Conduct and Adjournment of Meetings      88   

Section 13.06.

     Counting Votes and Recording Action of Meetings      89   

Section 13.07.

     Distribution of Proxy Materials to Participants      89   

 

EXHIBIT A:

 

FORM OF NOTE

EXHIBIT B:

 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

EXHIBIT C:

 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE

EXHIBIT D:

 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE FROM ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR

EXHIBIT E:

 

FORM OF NOTATION OF GUARANTEE

EXHIBIT F:

 

FORM OF SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT

 

iv


This INDENTURE, dated as of July 5, 2011, is by and among VIDEOTRON LTD., a corporation under the laws of the Province of Québec, each Subsidiary Guarantor listed on the signature pages hereto, and COMPUTERSHARE TRUST COMPANY OF CANADA, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”).

The Company, each Subsidiary Guarantor and the Trustee agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the 6   7 / 8 % Senior Notes due July 15, 2021 issued under this Indenture (the “ Notes ”):

ARTICLE 1.

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

 

Section 1.01. Definitions .

For all purposes of this Indenture, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires:

144A Global Note ” means a Global Note in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold for initial resale in reliance on Rule 144A.

144A Legend ” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(f)(i)(A) hereof, to be placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture, except as otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Indenture.

1933 Act ” means the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder, including any successor legislation and rules and regulations.

Acquired Debt ” means, with respect to any specified Person:

 

  (1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or becomes a Subsidiary of such specified Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into, or becoming a Subsidiary of such specified Person; and

 

  (2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.

Additional Notes ” means any Notes (other than Initial Notes and Notes issued under Sections 2.06, 2.07, 2.10 and 3.06 hereof) issued under this Indenture in accordance with Sections 2.02, 2.14 and 4.09 hereof, as part of the same series as the Initial Notes or as an additional series.

Affiliate ” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control,” as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise; provided, however , that beneficial ownership of more than 10% of the Voting Stock of a Person shall be deemed to be control. For purposes of this definition, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with” shall have correlative meanings.

Agent ” means any Registrar, co-registrar, Paying Agent or additional paying agent.

Applicable Procedures ” means, with respect to any transfer, redemption or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary that apply to such transfer, redemption or exchange.


Approved Credit Rating Organization ” has the meaning given to such term in National Instrument 81-102—Mutual Funds.

Asset Acquisition ” means (a) an Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in any other Person pursuant to which such Person shall become a Restricted Subsidiary or shall be consolidated or merged with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or (b) any acquisition by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the assets of any Person that constitute substantially all of an operating unit, a division or line of business of such Person or that is otherwise outside of the ordinary course of business.

Asset Sale ” means:

 

  (1) the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of any assets or rights, other than sales of inventory in the ordinary course of business; provided , however , that the sale, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, shall be governed by the provisions of Sections 4.18 and 5.01 hereof and not by the provisions of Section 4.12 hereof; and

 

  (2) the issuance of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary or the sale of Equity Interests by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in any Restricted Subsidiary.

Notwithstanding the preceding, the following items shall not be deemed to be Asset Sales:

 

  (1) any single transaction or series of related transactions that involves assets having a fair market value (as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company and evidenced by a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company) of less than US$1.0 million;

 

  (2) a sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of assets between or among the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

  (3) an issuance of Equity Interests by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or to another Restricted Subsidiary;

 

  (4) the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of equipment, inventory, accounts receivable or other assets in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (5) the sale or other disposition of cash or Cash Equivalents;

 

  (6) any Tax Benefit Transaction; and

 

  (7) a Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment that is permitted by Section 4.10 hereof.

Asset Swap ” means an exchange of assets by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary for:

 

  (1) one or more Permitted Businesses;

 

  (2) a controlling equity interest in any Person whose assets consist primarily of one or more Permitted Businesses; provided such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; and/or

 

  (3) long-term assets that are used in a Permitted Business in a like-kind exchange or transfer pursuant to Section 1031 of the Code or any similar or successor provision of the Code or Sections 51, 85, 85.1, 86, 87 or 88(1) of the Income Tax Act (Canada) or any similar or successor provisions of the Income Tax Act (Canada).

Attributable Debt ” in respect of a sale and leaseback transaction means, at the time of determination, the present value of the obligation of the lessee for net rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included

 

2


in such sale and leaseback transaction including any period for which such lease has been extended or may, at the option of the lessor, be extended. Such present value shall be calculated using a discount rate equal to the rate of interest implicit in such transaction, determined in accordance with GAAP.

Back-to-Back Debt ” means any loans made or debt instruments issued as part of a Back-to-Back Transaction and in which each party to such Back-to-Back Transaction, other than a Videotron Entity, executes or has executed a subordination agreement in favor of the Holders in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit F .

Back-to-Back Preferred Shares ” means Preferred Shares issued:

 

  (1) to a Videotron Entity by an Affiliate of the Company in circumstances where, immediately prior to or after, as the case may be, the issuance of such Preferred Shares, an Affiliate of such Videotron Entity has loaned on an unsecured basis to such Videotron Entity, or an Affiliate of such Videotron Entity has subscribed for Preferred Shares of such Videotron Entity in, an amount equal to the requisite subscription price for such Preferred Shares;

 

  (2) by a Videotron Entity to one of its Affiliates in circumstances where, immediately prior to or after, as the case may be, the issuance of such Preferred Shares, such Videotron Entity has loaned an amount equal to the proceeds of such issuance to an Affiliate on an unsecured basis; or

 

  (3) by a Videotron Entity to one of its Affiliates in circumstances where, immediately prior to or after, as the case may be, the issuance of such Preferred Shares, such Videotron Entity has used the proceeds of such issuance to subscribe for Preferred Shares issued by an Affiliate;

in each case on terms whereby:

 

  (i) the aggregate redemption amount applicable to the Preferred Shares issued to or by such Videotron Entity is identical:

 

  (A) in the case of (1) above, to the principal amount of the loan made or the aggregate redemption amount of the Preferred Shares subscribed for by such Affiliate;

 

  (B) in the case of (2) above, to the principal amount of the loan made to such Affiliate; or

 

  (C) in the case of (3) above, to the aggregate redemption amount of the Preferred Shares issued by such Affiliate;

 

  (ii) the dividend payment date applicable to the Preferred Shares issued to or by such Videotron Entity shall:

 

  (A) in the case of (1) above, be immediately prior to, or on the same date as, the interest payment date relevant to the loan made or the dividend payment date on the Preferred Shares subscribed for by such Affiliate;

 

  (B) in the case of (2) above, be immediately after, or on the same date as, the interest payment date relevant to the loan made to such Affiliate; or

 

  (C) in the case of (3) above, be immediately after, or on the same date as, the dividend payment date on the Preferred Shares issued by such Affiliate;

 

  (iii) the amount of dividends provided for on any payment date in the share conditions attaching to the Preferred Shares issued:

 

  (A) to a Videotron Entity in the case of (1) above, shall be equal to or in excess of the amount of interest payable in respect of the loan made or the amount of dividends provided for in respect of the Preferred Shares subscribed for by such Affiliate;

 

3


  (B) by a Videotron Entity in the case of (2) above, shall be less than or equal to the amount of interest payable in respect of the loan made to such Affiliate; or

 

  (C) by a Videotron Entity in the case of (3) above, shall be equal to the amount of dividends in respect of the Preferred Shares issued by such Affiliate;

and provided that, in the case of Preferred Shares issued by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor, each holder of such Preferred Shares under such Back-to-Back Transaction, other than such Restricted Subsidiary, executes a subordination agreement in favor of the Holders in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit F.

Back-to-Back Securities ” means Back-to-Back Preferred Shares or Back-to-Back Debt or both, as the context requires; provided that a Back-to-Back Security issued by any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor (A) shall provide that (i) such Restricted Subsidiary shall suspend any payment on such Back-to-Back Security until such Restricted Subsidiary receives payment on the corresponding Back-to-Back Security in an amount equal to or exceeding the amount to be paid on the Back-to-Back Security issued by such Restricted Subsidiary and (ii) if the holder of such Back-to-Back Security is paid any amount on or with respect to such Back-to-Back Security by such Restricted Subsidiary, then to the extent such amounts are paid out of proceeds in excess of the corresponding payment received by such Restricted Subsidiary on the corresponding Back-to-Back Security held by it, the holder of such Back-to-Back Security will hold such excess payment in trust for the benefit of such Restricted Subsidiary and will forthwith repay such payment to such Restricted Subsidiary and (B) may provide that, notwithstanding clause (A), such Restricted Subsidiary may make payment on such Back-to-Back Security if at the time of payment such Restricted Subsidiary would be permitted to make such payment under Section 4.10 hereof; provided that any payment made pursuant to this clause (B) which is otherwise prohibited under clause (A) would constitute a Restricted Payment.

Back-to-Back Transaction ” means any of the transactions described under the definition of Back-to-Back Preferred Shares.

Bankruptcy Law ” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors, the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act (Canada), the Companies’ Creditors Arrangement Act (Canada) or any other Canadian federal or provincial law or the law of any other jurisdiction relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, winding up, liquidation, reorganization or relief of debtors.

“Beneficial Owner” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person” (as such term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), such “person” shall be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such “person” has the right to acquire by conversion or exercise of other securities, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only upon the occurrence of a subsequent condition. The terms “Beneficially Owns” and “Beneficially Owned” shall have corresponding meanings.

Board of Directors ” means:

 

  (1) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation;

 

  (2) with respect to a partnership, the board of directors or other governing body of the general partner(s) of the partnership; and

 

  (3) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function.

 

4


Board Resolution” means a copy of a resolution certified by the secretary or an assistant secretary (or individual performing comparable duties) of the applicable Person to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors of such Person and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification, and delivered to the Trustee.

Book-Entry System ” means the record entry and securities transfer and pledge system, which is administered by the Depositary in accordance with the operating rules and procedures of its securities settlement service for book-entry only notes in force from time to time, or any successor system.

Book- Entry Only Form ”, when used with respect to Notes, means Notes certified and delivered under the Book-Entry System other than Definitive Notes.

Business Day ” means any day other than a Legal Holiday.

“Canada Bond Yield” means, on any date, the bid yield to maturity on such date compounded semi-annually which a non-callable non-amortizing Government of Canada nominal bond would be expected to carry if issued, in Canadian dollars in Canada, at 100% of its principal amount on such date with a term to maturity which most closely approximates the remaining term to June 15, 2016 of the Notes on such date, as determined by the Company based on a linear interpolation of the yields represented by the arithmetic average of bids observed in the market place at or about 11h00 (Toronto time), on the relevant date for each of the two (2) outstanding non-callable non-amortizing Government of Canada nominal bonds which have the terms to maturity which most closely span the remaining term to June 15, 2016 of the Notes on such date, where such arithmetic average is based in each case on the bids quoted to an independent investment dealer acting as agent of the Company by two (2) independent registered members of the Investment Industry Regulatory Organization of Canada selected by the Company (and acceptable to the Trustee, acting reasonably), calculated in accordance with standard practice in the industry.

“Canada Yield Price” means the price for the Notes, as determined by an independent investment dealer selected by the Company and acceptable to the Trustee, acting reasonably, as of the Business Day immediately preceding the day on which the notice of redemption for prepayment is given, equal to the sum of the present values of (1) the redemption price of such Note at June 15, 2016 (such redemption price being described under Section 3.07) plus (2) the scheduled payments of interest on the Notes remaining between the date of redemption and June 15, 2016 (not including any portion of the scheduled payments of interest accrued as of the relevant redemption date) discounted to the relevant redemption date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 365-day year) at the discount rate equal to the sum of the Canada Bond Yield for such Notes and the Canada Yield Spread.¶

“Canada Yield Spread” means 1.00% (or 100 basis points) per annum.

Canadian Placement Global Note ” means a Global Note in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold for initial resale in reliance on available prospectus and dealer registration exemptions in Canada and in reliance on Regulation S.

Canadian Placement Legend ” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(f)(i)(B) hereof, to be placed on all Notes issued under the Indenture, unless otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Indenture.

Canadian Taxing Authority ” means any federal, provincial, territorial or other Canadian government or any authority or agency therein having the power to tax.

Capital Lease Obligation ” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at that time be required to be capitalized on a balance sheet in accordance with GAAP.

 

5


Capital Stock ” means:

 

  (1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;

 

  (2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;

 

  (3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and

 

  (4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.

Capital Stock Sale Proceeds ” means the aggregate net cash proceeds received by the Company after October 8, 2003:

 

  (1) as a contribution to the common equity capital or from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock or Back-to-Back Securities); or

 

  (2) from the issue or sale of convertible or exchangeable Disqualified Stock or convertible or exchangeable debt securities of the Company that have been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests,

other than, in either (1) or (2), Equity Interests (or convertible or exchangeable Disqualified Stock or convertible or exchangeable debt securities) sold to a Subsidiary of the Company.

Cash Equivalents ” means:

 

  (1) United States dollars or Canadian dollars;

 

  (2) investments in securities with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition issued or fully guaranteed by any state, commonwealth, territory or province of the United States of America or Canada, or by any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof, and rated, at the time of acquisition, in the “R-1” category by DBRS (or the equivalent rating issued by any other Approved Credit Rating Organization);

 

  (3) certificates of deposit and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case, with any domestic commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of US$500.0 million;

 

  (4) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2) and (3) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above;

 

  (5) commercial paper having, at the time of acquisition, the highest rating obtainable from Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or Standard & Poor’s Rating Services and in each case maturing within one year after the date of acquisition or with respect to commercial paper in Canada, a rating, at the time of acquisition, in the “R-1” category by DBRS (or the equivalent rating issued by any other Approved Credit Rating Organization); and

 

  (6) money market funds at least 90% of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (1) through (5) of this definition.

CDS ” means CDS Clearing and Depository Services Inc.

 

6


Change of Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following:

 

  (1) the direct or indirect sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) other than a Permitted Holder or a Related Party;

 

  (2) the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of the Company;

 

  (3) the consummation of any transaction (including, without limitation, any merger or consolidation) the result of which is that any Person, other than a Permitted Holder or a Related Party, becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the Voting Stock of the Company, measured by voting power rather than number of shares; or

 

  (4) during any consecutive two-year period, the first day on which individuals who constituted the Board of Directors of the Company as of the beginning of such two-year period (together with any new directors who were nominated for election or elected to such Board of Directors with the approval of a majority of the individuals who were members of such Board of Directors, or whose nomination or election was previously so approved at the beginning of such two-year period) cease to constitute a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company.

Civil Code ” means the Civil Code of Quebec , as amended from time to time.

Code ” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Commission ” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission and any successor entity thereto.

“Company” means Videotron Ltd. (Vidéotron Ltée in its French version) and any successor thereto.

Consolidated Cash Flow ” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period plus:

 

  (1) provision for taxes based on income or profits of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such provision for taxes was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

  (2) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, including for the purpose of this clause (2) any interest expense on the QMI Subordinated Loan that was otherwise excluded from the definition of Consolidated Interest Expense, in each case to the extent that any such expense was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

  (3) depreciation, amortization (including amortization of goodwill and other intangibles, but excluding amortization of prepaid cash expenses that were paid in a prior period to the extent such expense is amortized) and other non-cash expenses (excluding any such non-cash expense to the extent that it represents (i) an accrual of or reserve for cash expenses in any future period, or (ii) amortization of a prepaid cash expense that was paid in a prior period to the extent such expense is amortized) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such depreciation, amortization and other non-cash expenses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; minus

 

  (4) any interest and other payments made to Persons other than any Videotron Entity in respect of Back-to-Back Securities to the extent such interest and other payments were not deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; minus

 

7


  (5) non-cash items increasing such Consolidated Net Income for such period, other than the accrual of revenue in the ordinary course of business,

in each case, on a consolidated basis and determined in accordance with GAAP.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provision for taxes based on the income or profits of, the Consolidated Interest Expense of and the depreciation and amortization and other non-cash expenses of a Restricted Subsidiary shall be added to Consolidated Net Income to compute Consolidated Cash Flow of the Company only to the extent that a corresponding amount would be permitted at the date of determination to be dividended or distributed to the Company by such Restricted Subsidiary without prior governmental approval (unless such approval has been obtained), and without direct or indirect restriction pursuant to the terms of its charter and all agreements, instruments, judgments, decrees, orders, statutes, rules and governmental regulations applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its shareholders.

Consolidated Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any Person as of any date of determination, without duplication, the total amount of Indebtedness of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, including (i) the total amount of Indebtedness of any other Person, to the extent that such Indebtedness has been guaranteed by the referent Person or one or more of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and (ii) the aggregate liquidation value of all Disqualified Stock of such Person and all Preferred Shares of Restricted Subsidiaries of such Person, in each case, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Interest Expense ” means, with respect to any Person, for any period, without duplication, the sum of (i) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued (including, without limitation, amortization of original issue discount, non-cash interest payments, the interest component of any deferred payment Obligations, the interest component of all payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations, imputed interest with respect to Attributable Debt, commissions, discounts, and other fees, and charges incurred in respect of letter of credit or bankers’ acceptance financings), all calculated after taking into account the effect of all Hedging Obligations, (ii) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries that was capitalized during such period, (iii) any interest expense on Indebtedness of another Person that is guaranteed by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or secured by a Lien on assets of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (whether or not such guarantee or Lien is called upon), (iv) the product of (a) all dividend payments on any series of Preferred Shares of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, times (b) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then current combined federal, state, provincial, territorial and local statutory tax rate of such Person, expressed as a decimal, in each case, on a consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP, and (v) to the extent not included in clause (iv) above for purposes of GAAP, the product of (a) all dividend payments on any series of Disqualified Stock of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, times (b) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then current combined federal, state, provincial, territorial and local statutory tax rate of such Person, expressed as a decimal, in each case, on a consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP. Interest and other payments on Back-to-Back Securities, and any accrual, or payment-in-kind, of interest on the QMI Subordinated Loan to the extent that such interest is not paid in cash, shall not be included as Consolidated Interest Expense.

Consolidated Net Income ” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that:

 

  (1) the Net Income (but not loss) of any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary) or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting shall be included; provided , that the Net Income shall be included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or distributions paid in cash to the specified Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof;

 

  (2) the Net Income of any Restricted Subsidiary shall be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of that Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (unless such approval has been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Subsidiary or its equityholders;

 

8


  (3) the Net Income of any Person acquired during the specified period for any period prior to the date of such acquisition shall be excluded;

 

  (4) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles shall be excluded;

 

  (5) the Net Income (but not loss) of any Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be excluded, whether or not distributed to the specified Person or one of its Subsidiaries; provided, however , that for purposes of Section 4.10 hereof, the Net Income of any Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be included to the extent it would otherwise be included under clause (1) of this definition; and

 

  (6) any non-cash compensation expense realized for grants of performance shares, stock options or other rights to officers, directors and employees of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary shall be excluded, provided that such shares, options or other rights can be redeemed at the option of the holders thereof for Capital Stock of the Company or Quebecor Media (other than in each case Disqualified Stock of the Company).

Consolidated Revenues ” means the gross revenues of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided that (1) any portion of gross revenues derived directly or indirectly from Unrestricted Subsidiaries, including dividends or distributions from Unrestricted Subsidiaries, shall be excluded from such calculation, and (2) any portion of gross revenues derived directly or indirectly from a Person (other than a Subsidiary of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) accounted for by the equity method of accounting shall be included in such calculation only to the extent of the amount of dividends or distributions actually paid to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary by such Person.

Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee ” shall be at the address of the Trustee specified in Section 12.01 hereof, or such other address as to which the Trustee may give notice to the Company.

“Credit Agreement” means the amended credit facility between the Company, the guarantor subsidiaries named therein, Royal Bank of Canada, as administrative agent, RBC Dominion Securities Inc., as lead arranger, and the lenders thereto dated as of November 28, 2000, as thereafter amended.

Credit Facilities ” means, one or more debt facilities (including, without limitation, the Credit Agreement) or commercial paper facilities, in each case with banks or other institutional lenders providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to such lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such lenders against such receivables) or letters of credit, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced in whole or in part from time to time.

Currency Exchange Protection Agreement ” means, in respect of a Person, any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement, currency option or other similar agreement or arrangement designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in currency exchange rates entered into with any commercial bank or other financial institutions having capital and surplus in excess of US$500.0 million.

Custodian ” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.03(c) hereof as Custodian with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as custodian hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture.

DBRS ” means, collectively, DBRS Limited, DBRS, Inc. and DBRS Ratings Limited, or any successor to the rating agency business thereof.

Debt to Cash Flow Ratio ” means, as of any date of determination (the “Determination Date”), the ratio of (a) the Consolidated Indebtedness of the Company (excluding the QMI Subordinated Loan) as of such Determination Date to (b) the Consolidated Cash Flow of the Company for the most recently ended fiscal quarter ending

 

9


immediately prior to such Determination Date for which internal financial statements are available (the “Measurement Period”) multiplied by four, determined on a pro forma basis after giving effect to all acquisitions or dispositions of assets made by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries from the beginning of such quarters through and including such Determination Date (including any related financing transactions) as if such acquisitions and dispositions had occurred at the beginning of such quarter. For purposes of calculating Consolidated Cash Flow for each Measurement Period immediately prior to the relevant Determination Date, (i) any Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary on the Determination Date (or would become a Restricted Subsidiary on such Determination Date in connection with the transaction that requires the determination of such Consolidated Cash Flow) shall be deemed to have been a Restricted Subsidiary at all times during the applicable Measurement Period; (ii) any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary on such Determination Date (or would cease to be a Restricted Subsidiary on such Determination Date in connection with the transaction that requires the determination of such Consolidated Cash Flow) shall be deemed not to have been a Restricted Subsidiary at any time during the applicable Measurement Period; (iii) if the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary shall have in any manner (x) acquired through an Asset Acquisition or (y) disposed of (including by way of an Asset Sale or the termination or discontinuance of activities constituting such operating business) any operating business during the applicable Measurement Period or after the end of such period and on or prior to such Determination Date, such calculation shall be made on a pro forma basis in accordance with GAAP, as if, in the case of an Asset Acquisition, all such transactions (including any related financing transactions) had been consummated on the first day of the applicable Measurement Period, and, in the case of an Asset Sale or termination or discontinuance of activities constituting such operating business, all such transactions (including any related financing transactions) had been consummated prior to the first day of the applicable Measurement Period; (iv) if (A) since the beginning of the applicable Measurement Period, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary has incurred any Indebtedness that remains outstanding or has repaid any Indebtedness, or (B) the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Debt to Cash Flow Ratio is an incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness, Consolidated Interest Expense for such Measurement Period shall be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis to such incurrence or repayment as if such Indebtedness was incurred or repaid on the first day of such period, provided that, in the event of any such repayment of Indebtedness, Consolidated Cash Flow for such period shall be calculated as if the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary had not earned any interest income actually earned during such period in respect of the funds used to repay such Indebtedness; and (v) if any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest expense on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the base interest rate in effect for such floating rate of interest on the Determination Date had been the applicable base interest rate for the entire Measurement Period (taking into account any Interest Rate Agreement applicable to such Indebtedness if such Interest Rate Agreement has a remaining term in excess of twelve months). For purposes of this definition, any pro forma calculation shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company consistent with Article 11 of Regulation S-X of the 1933 Act, as such Regulation may be amended.

Default ” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.

Deferred Management Fees ” means, for any period, any Management Fees that were payable during any prior period, the payment of which was not effected when due.

Definitive Note ” means a certificated Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Section 2.06 or 2.10 hereof, in substantially the form of Exhibit A hereto except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto.

Depositary ” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.03(b) hereof as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture.

Disqualified Stock ” means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible, or for which it is exchangeable, in each case at the option of the holder thereof), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the date

 

10


on which the Notes mature. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, (i) Back-to-Back Preferred Shares shall not constitute Disqualified Stock and (ii) any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders thereof have the right to require the Company to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a change of control or an asset sale shall not constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms of such Capital Stock provide that the Company may not repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock pursuant to such provisions unless such repurchase or redemption complies with the provisions of Section 4.10 hereof. The term “Disqualified Stock” shall also include any options, warrants or other rights that are convertible into Disqualified Stock or that are redeemable at the option of the holder, or required to be redeemed, prior to the date that is 91 days after the date on which the Notes mature.

Distribution Compliance Period ” means the 40-day distribution compliance period as defined in Regulation S.

Equity Interests ” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).

Equity Offering ” means an offering by the Company of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock or Back-to-Back Securities) of the Company however designated and whether voting or non-voting or an equity contribution by a direct or indirect parent company to the common equity of the Company.

“Exchange Act ” means the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder, including any successor legislation and rules and regulations.

Existing Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement) in existence on October 8, 2003, until such amounts are repaid.

Existing Notes ” means, collectively, the Company’s issued and outstanding 6   7 / 8 % Senior Notes due January 15, 2014, the Company’s 6  3 / 8 % Senior Notes due December 15, 2015, the Company’s 9  1 / 8 % Senior Notes due April 15, 2018 and the Company’s 7  1 / 8 Senior Notes due January 15, 2020.

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied, as in effect in Canada from time to time, including, for the avoidance of doubt, IFRS .

Global Note Legend ” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(f)(ii) hereof, which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture.

Global Notes ” means the global Notes in the form of Exhibit A hereto issued in accordance with Article 2 hereof.

“Government Securities” means direct obligations of, or obligations guaranteed by the Government of Canada (or any agency thereof provided the obligations of such agency are guaranteed by the Government of Canada) or any Province of Canada (or any agency thereof provided the obligations of such agency are guaranteed by such government), and which are not callable or redeemable at the issuer’s option.

“G uarantee ” means, as to any Person, a guarantee other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business, direct or indirect, in any manner including, without limitation, by way of a pledge of assets or through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof, of all or any part of any Indebtedness of another Person.

Hedging Obligations ” means, with respect to any specified Person, the obligations of such Person pursuant to any Interest Rate Agreement or Currency Exchange Protection Agreement.

Holder ” means a Person in whose name a Note is registered.

 

11


IFRS ” means the international financial reporting standards adopted by the International Accounting Standards Board to the extent applicable at that time to the relevant financial statements.

Incur ” means, with respect to any Indebtedness or other Obligation of any Person, to create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become indirectly or directly liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect of such Indebtedness or other Obligation.

Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any specified Person, any indebtedness of such Person, whether or not contingent:

 

  (1) representing principal of and premium, if any, in respect of borrowed money;

 

  (2) representing principal of and premium, if any, evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit (or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof);

 

  (3) in respect of bankers’ acceptances;

 

  (4) representing Capital Lease Obligations of such Person and all Attributable Debt in respect of sale and leaseback transactions entered into by such Person;

 

  (5) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property, except any such balance that constitutes an accrued expense or trade payable;

 

  (6) representing the amount of all obligations of such Person with respect to the repayment of any Disqualified Stock or, with respect to any Subsidiary of such Person, any Preferred Shares (in each case, valued at the greater of its voluntary or involuntary maximum fixed repurchase price plus accrued dividends); or

 

  (7) representing any Hedging Obligations,

if and to the extent any of the preceding items (other than letters of credit, Hedging Obligations, Attributable Debt, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Shares) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of the specified Person prepared in accordance with GAAP. In addition, the term “ Indebtedness” includes all Indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on any asset of the specified Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by the specified Person) and, to the extent not otherwise included, the guarantee by the specified Person of any Indebtedness of any other Person. For purposes hereof, the “maximum fixed repurchase price” of any Disqualified Stock or Preferred Share which does not have a fixed repurchase price shall be calculated in accordance with the terms of such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Share as if such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Share were purchased on any date on which Indebtedness shall be required to be determined pursuant to this Indenture, and if such price is based upon, or measured by, the fair market value of such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Share, such fair market value shall be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the issuer of such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Share. The term “Indebtedness” shall not include Back-to-Back Securities.

The amount of any Indebtedness described above in clauses (1) through (7) and in the preceding paragraph outstanding as of any date shall be the outstanding balance at such date of all unconditional obligations as described above and, with respect to contingent obligations, the maximum liability upon the occurrence of the contingency giving rise to the obligation, and shall be:

 

  (1) the accreted value of the Indebtedness, in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount, and

 

  (2) the principal amount thereof, together with any interest thereon that is more than 30 days past due, in the case of any other Indebtedness;

 

12


provided , however , that if any Indebtedness denominated in a currency other than Canadian dollars is hedged or swapped through the maturity of such Indebtedness under a Currency Exchange Protection Agreement, the amount of such Indebtedness shall be adjusted to the extent of any positive or negative value (to the extent the Obligation under such Currency Exchange Protection Agreement is not otherwise included as Indebtedness of such Person) of such Currency Exchange Protection Agreement.

Indenture ” means this instrument, as originally executed or as it may from time to time be supplemented or amended in accordance with Article 9 hereof.

Indirect Participant ” means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a Participant.

Initial Notes ” means $300.0 million aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under this Indenture on the date hereof.

Institutional Accredited Investor ” means an institution that is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the 1933 Act.

“Interest Payment Dates” shall have the meaning set forth in paragraph 1 of each Note.

Interest Rate Agreement ” means, for any Person, any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement designed to protect against fluctuations in interest rates entered into with any commercial bank or other financial institution having capital and surplus in excess of US$500.0 million.

Investment Grade Status ” means a rating of the Notes from any two of Moody’s, S&P and DBRS equal to or higher than “Baa3” (or the equivalent) in the case of Moody’s, “BBB-” (or the equivalent) in the case of S&P, and “BBB (low)” (or the equivalent) in the case of DBRS, or, in the event that two or more of the foregoing rating agencies cease to issue ratings in respect of the Notes for reasons outside the control of the Company, the equivalent of such ratings by any other Approved Credit Rating Organizations selected by the Company or Quebecor Inc. to replace one or more of Moody’s, S&P and/or DBRS, as the case may be.

Investments ” means, with respect to any Person, all direct or indirect investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the forms of loans or other extensions of credit (including guarantees, but excluding advances to customers or suppliers in the ordinary course of business that are, in conformity with GAAP, recorded as accounts receivable, prepaid expenses or deposits on the balance sheet of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries and endorsements for collection or deposit arising in the ordinary course of business), advances (excluding commission, travel and similar advances to officers and employees made consistent with past practices), capital contributions (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of others), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities, together with all items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP and include the designation of a Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary. If the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary sells or otherwise disposes of any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, the Company shall be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the fair market value of the Investment in such Restricted Subsidiary not sold or disposed of in an amount determined as provided in Section 4.10(c) hereof. The acquisition by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of a Person that holds an Investment in a third Person shall be deemed to be an Investment by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in such third Person in an amount equal to the fair market value of the Investment held by the acquired Person in such third Person in an amount determined as provided in Section 4.10(c) hereof.

Issue Date ” means July 5, 2011, the date of the initial issuance of the Notes under this Indenture.

 

13


Legal Holiday ” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in Montréal and in the city in which the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee is located or any other place of payment on the Notes are authorized by law, regulation or executive order to remain closed.

Lien ” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest, hypothecation, assignment for security or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected or duly published under applicable law, including any conditional sale or capital lease or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of, or agreement to give, any hypothec or any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction. Solely for the purposes of determining whether a Lien exists for the purposes of this Indenture, a Person shall be deemed to be the owner of any property which it has acquired or holds subject to a conditional sale or capital lease or other title retention agreement and any lease in the nature thereof (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, operating leases) and such retention of title by another Person shall constitute a Lien.

Management Fees ” means any amounts payable by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of management or similar services.

Moody’s ” means, collectively, Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and/or its licensors and affiliates or any successor to the rating agency business thereof.

Net Income ” means, with respect to any specified Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Shares dividends, excluding, however:

 

  (1) any gain (or loss), together with any related provision for taxes on such gain (or loss), realized in connection with: (a) any Asset Sale (without regard to the $1.0 million limitation set forth in the definition thereof) or (b) the disposition of any securities by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or the extinguishment of any Indebtedness of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; and

 

  (2) any extraordinary gain (or loss), together with any related provision for taxes on such extraordinary gain (or loss).

Net Proceeds ” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of any Asset Sale (including, without limitation, any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any non-cash consideration received in any Asset Sale), net of (a) the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale, including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and sales commissions, (b) any relocation expenses incurred as a result of the Asset Sale, (c) taxes paid or payable as a result of the Asset Sale, in each case, after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements, (d) amounts required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness or other liabilities, secured by a Lien on the asset or assets that were the subject of such Asset Sale, or required to be paid as a result of such sale, (e) any reserve for adjustment in respect of the sale price of such asset or assets established in accordance with GAAP, and (f) all distributions and other payments required to be made to minority interest holders in Subsidiaries or joint ventures of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such Asset Sale.

Non-Recourse Debt ” means Indebtedness:

 

  (1) as to which neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary (a) provides credit support of any kind (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness), (b) is directly or indirectly liable as a guarantor or otherwise or (c) constitutes the lender;

 

  (2) no default with respect to which (including any rights that the holders thereof may have to take enforcement action against an Unrestricted Subsidiary) would permit, upon notice, lapse of time or both, any holder of any other Indebtedness (other than the Notes ) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to declare a default on such other Indebtedness or cause the payment thereof to be accelerated or payable prior to its Stated Maturity; and

 

14


  (3) as to which the lenders have been notified in writing that they will not have any recourse to the stock or assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary.

Notes ” means the Company’s 6   7 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2021 issued under this Indenture, including any Additional Notes, if any.

Obligations ” means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

Officer ” means the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Controller, the Secretary or any Vice President of the Company.

Officers’ Certificate ” means a certificate signed by two Officers of the Company, at least one of whom shall be the principal executive officer, principal financial officer or the principal accounting officer of the Company, and delivered to the Trustee.

Opinion of Counsel ” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company, an Affiliate of the Company or the Trustee.

Participant ” means a participant in the depositary service of CDS.

Permitted Business ” means the businesses conducted by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the cable and telecommunications industry, including on-line internet services, telephony and the sale and rental of videocassettes, or anything related or ancillary thereto.

Permitted Holders ” means one or more of the following persons or entities:

 

  (1) Quebecor Inc.;

 

  (2) Quebecor Media;

 

  (3) any issue of the late Pierre Péladeau;

 

  (4) any trust having as its sole beneficiaries one or more of the persons or entities listed in clause (3) above, in this clause (4) or in clause (5) below;

 

  (5) any corporation, partnership or other entity controlled by one or more of the persons or entities referred to in clause (3) or (4) above or in this clause (5); and

 

  (6) CDP Capital d’Amérique Investissements Inc.

Permitted Investments ” means:

 

  (1) any Investment in the Company or in a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

  (2) any Investment in cash or Cash Equivalents;

 

  (3) any Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in a Person, if as a result of such Investment:

 

  (i) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; or

 

15


  (ii) such Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary,

provided that , in each case, such Person’s primary business is a Permitted Business;

 

  (4) any Investment made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from an Asset Sale that was made pursuant to and in compliance with the provisions of Section 4.12 hereof;

 

  (5) any acquisition of assets solely in exchange for the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock or Back-to-Back Securities) of the Company;

 

  (6) Hedging Obligations entered into in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and not for speculative purposes, and that do not increase the Indebtedness of the obligor outstanding at any time other than as a result of fluctuations in interest rates or foreign currency exchange rates, or by reason of fees, indemnities and compensation payable thereunder;

 

  (7) payroll, travel and similar advances to officers, directors and employees of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries for business-related travel expenses, moving expenses and other similar expenses that are expected at the time of such advances ultimately to be treated as expenses in accordance with GAAP;

 

  (8) any Investment in connection with Back-to-Back Transactions;

 

  (9) any Investment existing on October 8, 2003; and

 

  (10) other Investments in any Person that is not an Affiliate of the Company (other than a Restricted Subsidiary) having an aggregate fair market value (measured on the date each such Investment was made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (10) since October 8, 2003 not to exceed US$50.0 million.

Permitted Liens ” means:

 

  (1) Liens on the assets of the Company and any Restricted Subsidiaries securing Indebtedness and other Obligations of the Company and Restricted Subsidiaries under Credit Facilities, which Indebtedness was permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be incurred, provided , however , that the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness secured by such Liens shall not exceed an aggregate of Cdn$650.0 million at any one time outstanding;

 

  (2) Liens in favor of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

  (3) Liens on property of a Person existing at the time such Person is merged with or into or consolidated or amalgamated with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, provided that such Liens were in existence prior to the contemplation of such merger, consolidation or amalgamation and do not extend to any assets other than those of the Person merged into or consolidated or amalgamated with the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary;

 

  (4) Liens on property existing at the time of acquisition thereof by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, provided that such Liens were in existence prior to the contemplation of such acquisition and do not extend to any assets other than such property;

 

16


  (5) Liens to secure the performance of statutory obligations, surety or appeal bonds, performance bonds or other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (6) Liens to secure Indebtedness (including Capital Lease Obligations) permitted by Section 4.09(2)(iv) hereof covering only the assets acquired with such Indebtedness;

 

  (7) Liens existing on October 8, 2003;

 

  (8) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims that are not yet delinquent or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently concluded, provided that any reserve or other appropriate provision as shall be required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made therefor;

 

  (9) Liens securing Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness, provided that any such Lien does not extend to or cover any property, Capital Stock or Indebtedness other than the property, shares or debt securing the Indebtedness so refunded, refinanced or extended;

 

  (10) attachment or judgment Liens not giving rise to a Default or an Event of Default;

 

  (11) Liens incurred or deposits made in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of social security;

 

  (12) Liens incurred or deposits made to secure the performance of tenders, bids, leases, statutory or regulatory obligations, bankers’ acceptance, surety and appeal bonds, government contracts, performance and return-of-money bonds and other obligations of a similar nature incurred in the ordinary course of business, exclusive of Obligations for the payment of borrowed money;

 

  (13) licenses, permits, reservations, servitudes, easements, rights-of-way and rights in the nature of easements (including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, licenses, easements, rights-of-way and rights in the nature of easements for railways, sidewalks, public ways, sewers, drains, gas or oil pipelines, steam, gas and water mains or electric light and power, or telephone and telegraph or cable television conduits, poles, wires and cables, reservations, limitations, provisos and conditions expressed in any original grant from any governmental entity or other grant of real or immovable property, or any interest therein) and zoning land use and building restrictions, by-laws, regulations and ordinances of federal, provincial, regional, state, municipal and other governmental authorities in respect of real (immovable) property not interfering, individually or in the aggregate, in any material respect with the use of the affected real (immovable) property for the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries at such real (immovable) property;

 

  (14) Liens of franchisors or other regulatory bodies arising in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (15) Liens securing reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit that encumber documents and other property relating to such letters of credit and the products and proceeds thereof;

 

  (16) Liens encumbering customary initial deposits and margin deposits, and other Liens that are within the general parameters customary in the industry and incurred in the ordinary course of business, in each case, securing Indebtedness under Hedging Obligations and forward contracts, options, future contracts, future options or similar agreements or arrangements, including mark-to-market transactions designed solely to protect the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from fluctuations in interest rates, currencies or the price of commodities;

 

  (17) Liens consisting of any interest or title of licensor in the property subject to a license;

 

17


  (18) Liens arising from sales or other transfers of accounts receivable which are past due or otherwise doubtful of collection in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (19) any extensions, substitutions, replacements or renewals of the foregoing clauses (2) through (18); and

 

  (20) Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary with respect to Obligations that do not exceed US$25.0 million at any one time outstanding.

Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness ” means any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to extend, refinance, renew, replace, defease or refund other Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor (other than intercompany Indebtedness); provided, however, that:

 

  (1) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness so extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded (plus all accrued interest thereon and the amount of any reasonably determined premium necessary to accomplish such refinancing and such reasonable expenses incurred in connection therewith);

 

  (2) such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date later than the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded;

 

  (3) if the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to, the Notes on terms at least as favorable to the Holders of Notes as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded;

 

  (4) if the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded is pari passu in right of payment with the Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantees, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness is pari passu with, or subordinated in right of payment to, the Notes or such Subsidiary Guarantees; and

 

  (5) such Indebtedness is incurred either by the Company, a Subsidiary Guarantor or by the Restricted Subsidiary who is the obligor on the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded.

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company or government or other entity.

Predecessor Note ” of any particular Note means every previous Note evidencing all or a portion of the same Indebtedness as that evidenced by such particular Note; and any Note authenticated and delivered under Section 2.07 in lieu of a lost, destroyed or stolen Note shall be deemed to evidence the same Indebtedness as the lost, destroyed or stolen Note.

Preferred Shares ” means any Capital Stock of a Person, however designated, which entitles the holder thereof to a preference with respect to the payment of dividends, or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such Person, over shares of any other class of Capital Stock issued by such Person.

 

18


Private Placement Legend ” means the legends, including the 144A Legend and the Canadian Placement Legend, set forth in Section 2.06(f)(i) hereof to be placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture except as otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Indenture.

QIB ” or “qualified institutional buyer” means a qualified institutional buyer within the meaning of Rule 144A.

“QMI Subordinated Loan” means the Indebtedness owed by the Company to Quebecor Media pursuant to the Subordinated Loan Agreement dated March 24, 2003 between the Company and Quebecor Media, as amended.

Quebecor Media ” means Quebecor Media Inc., the parent of the Company.

Regular Record Date ” for the interest payable on any Interest Payment Date means the applicable date specified as a “Record Date” on the face of the Note.

Regulation S ” means Regulation S promulgated under the 1933 Act.

Related Party ” means:

 

  (1) any controlling shareholder, 80% (or more) owned Subsidiary, or immediate family member (in the case of an individual) of any Permitted Holder, or

 

  (2) any trust, corporation, partnership or other entity, the beneficiaries, shareholders, partners, owners or Persons beneficially holding an 80% or more controlling interest of which consist of any one or more Permitted Holder and/or such other Persons referred to in the immediately preceding clause (1).

Responsible Officer ” when used with respect to the Trustee, means any officer within the Corporate Trust Department of the Trustee (or any successor group of the Trustee) with direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of his or her knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

Restricted Definitive Notes ” means one or more Definitive Notes bearing the Private Placement Legend.

Restricted Global Notes ” means the Canadian Placement Global Notes and the 144A Global Notes.

Restricted Investment ” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

Restricted Payment ” means:

 

  (1) the declaration or payment of any dividend or the making of any other payment or distribution on account of the Company’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s Equity Interests, including, without limitation, any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, or to the direct or indirect holders of the Company’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s Equity Interests in their capacity as such, other than dividends, payments or distributions payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock or Back-to-Back Securities) of the Company or to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (and, if such Restricted Subsidiary is not a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, to the other shareholders of such Restricted Subsidiary on a pro rata basis or on a basis that results in the receipt by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of dividends or distributions of greater value than it would receive on a pro rata basis);

 

  (2) the purchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value, including, without limitation, in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company, of any Equity Interests of the Company, other than such Equity Interests of the Company held by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

19


  (3) the making of any payment on or with respect to, or the purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Back-to-Back Securities or Indebtedness that is subordinated to the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees, except, in the case of Indebtedness that is subordinated to the Notes or Subsidiary Guarantees (other than Back-to-Back Securities and the QMI Subordinated Loan), a payment of interest at the Stated Maturity of such interest or principal at or within one year of the Stated Maturity of principal of such Indebtedness; provided that any accretion or payment-in-kind of interest on the QMI Subordinated Loan, to the extent such accretion or payment is not made in cash, will not be a Restricted Payment;

 

  (4) any Restricted Investment; or

 

  (5) the payment of any amount of Management Fees (including Deferred Management Fees) to a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary.

Restricted Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of the Company that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

Rule 144 ” means Rule 144 promulgated under the 1933 Act.

Rule 144A ” means Rule 144A promulgated under the 1933 Act.

Rule 903 ” means Rule 903 promulgated under the 1933 Act.

Rule 904 ” means Rule 904 promulgated under the 1933 Act.

S&P ” means, collectively, Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC and Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of the McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., or any successor to the rating agency business thereof.

“sale and leaseback transaction” means, with respect to any Person, any transaction involving any of the assets or properties of such Person whether now owned or hereafter acquired, whereby such Person sells or transfers such assets or properties and then or thereafter leases such assets or properties or any part thereof or any other assets or properties which such Person intends to use for substantially the same purpose or purposes as the assets or properties sold or transferred.

Significant Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the 1933 Act, as such Regulation was in effect on October 8, 2003.

Stated Maturity ” means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which such payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the original documentation governing such Indebtedness, and shall not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

Subordinated Indebtedness ” means any Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor (whether outstanding on October 8, 2003 or thereafter incurred) that is subordinate or junior in right of payment to the Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee pursuant to a written agreement to that effect.

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any specified Person:

 

  (1) any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and

 

20


  (2) any partnership (a) the sole general partner or the managing general partner of which is such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person or (b) the only general partners of which are such Person or one or more Subsidiaries of such Person (or any combination thereof).

Subsidiary Guarantee ” means a guarantee on the terms set forth in this Indenture by a Subsidiary Guarantor of the Company’s obligations with respect to the Notes.

Subsidiary Guarantor ” means (1) each Restricted Subsidiary on the Issue Date other than SETTE inc. and (2) any other Person that becomes a Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.19 hereof or who otherwise executes and delivers a supplemental indenture to the Trustee providing for a Subsidiary Guarantee, and in each case their respective successors and assigns until released from their obligations under their Subsidiary Guarantees and this Indenture in accordance with the terms hereof.

Tax ” means any tax, duty, levy, impost, assessment or other governmental charge (including penalties, interest and any other liabilities related thereto).

Tax Benefit Transaction ” means, for so long as the Company is a direct or indirect Subsidiary of Quebecor Inc., any transaction between a Videotron Entity and Quebecor Inc. or any of its Affiliates, the primary purpose of which is to create tax benefits for any Videotron Entity or for Quebecor Inc. or any of its Affiliates; provided, however, that (1) the Videotron Entity involved in the transaction obtains a favorable tax ruling from a competent tax authority or a favorable tax opinion from a nationally recognized Canadian law or accounting firm having a tax practice of national standing as to the tax efficiency of the transaction for such Videotron Entity; (2) the Company delivers to the Trustee (a) a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company to the effect the transaction will not prejudice the Holders and certifying that such transaction has been approved by a majority of the disinterested members of such Board of Directors and (b) an opinion as to the fairness to such Videotron Entity of such transaction from a financial point of view issued by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national standing in the United States or Canada, provided that such an opinion shall not be required for Tax Benefit Transactions in amounts not exceeding Cdn$1.0 million (and not exceeding in the aggregate Cdn$10.0 million for the preceeding 12-month period); (3) such transaction is set forth in writing; and (4) the Consolidated Cash Flow of the Company is not reduced after giving pro forma effect to the transaction as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the most recently ended full fiscal quarter of the Company for which internal financial statements are available; provided, however , that if such transaction shall thereafter cease to satisfy the preceding requirements as a Tax Benefit Transaction, it shall thereafter cease to be a Tax Benefit Transaction for purposes of this Indenture and shall be deemed to have been effected as of such date and, if the transaction is not otherwise permitted by this Indenture as of such date, the Company shall be in default under this Indenture if such transaction does not comply with the preceding requirements or is not otherwise unwound within 30 days of that date.

Trustee ” means the Person named as the “Trustee” in the first paragraph of this Indenture until a successor Trustee shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter “Trustee” shall mean such successor Trustee.

Unrestricted Definitive Notes ” means one or more Definitive Notes that do not and are not required to bear the 144A Legend.

Unrestricted Global Notes ” means one or more Global Notes that do not and are not required to bear the 144A Legend and are deposited with and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee.

Unrestricted Subsidiary ” means:

 

  (1) any Subsidiary of the Company that is designated after the Issue Date as an Unrestricted Subsidiary as permitted or required pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.17 hereof and is not thereafter redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary as permitted pursuant thereto; and

 

21


  (2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

Videotron Entity ” means any of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

Voting Stock ” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.

Weighted Average Life to Maturity ” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing:

 

  (1) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by

 

  (2) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.

Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary ” of any specified Person means a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person all of the outstanding Capital Stock or other ownership interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares) will at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries of such Person.

 

Section 1.02. Other Definitions .

 

     Defined in

Term

   Section

“Acceleration Notice”

   6.02

“Additional Amounts”

   4.20(1)(iii)

“Affiliate Transaction”

   4.14(a)

“Asset Sale Offer”

   4.12(e)

“Authentication Order”

   2.02(d)

“Base Currency”

   12.10(1)(i)

“Benefited Party”

   10.01

“Change of Control Offer”

   4.18(1)

“Change of Control Amount”

   4.18(1)

“Covenant Defeasance”

   8.03

“Event of Default”

   6.01

“Excess Proceeds”

   4.12

“Excluded Holder”

   4.20(2)

“First Currency”

   12.11

“indenture legislation”

   12.15

“judgment currency”

   12.10(1)(i)

“Legal Defeasance”

   8.02

“losses”

   7.06

“Offer Amount”

   3.09(2)(ii)

“Offer Period”

   3.09(3)

“Offer to Purchase”

   3.09(1)

“Participants List”

   2.01(d)

“Paying Agent”

   2.03(a)

“Payment Default”

   6.01(v)(A)

“Permitted Debt”

   4.09(2)

“Privacy Laws”

   12.12

“Proxy Material”

   13.07(2)

“Purchase Date”

   3.09(3)

“rate(s) of exchange”

   12.10(4)

 

22


“Registrar”

   2.03(a)

“Required Number”

   13.07(2)

“Security Register”

   2.03(a)

“Surviving Company”

   5.01(1)(i)

“Surviving Guarantor”

   5.01(2)(i)

 

Section 1.03. Rules of Construction .

Unless the context otherwise requires:

 

  (i) a term has the meaning assigned to it;

 

  (ii) an accounting term not otherwise defined herein has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;

 

  (iii) “or” is not exclusive;

 

  (iv) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular;

 

  (v) all references in this instrument to “Articles,” “Sections” and other subdivisions are to the designated Articles, Sections and subdivisions of this instrument as originally executed;

 

  (vi) the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision.

 

  (vii) “including” means “including without limitation;”

 

  (viii) provisions apply to successive events and transactions;

 

  (ix) references to any laws, acts, rules or regulations thereunder shall be deemed to include any substitute, replacement or successor laws, acts, rules or regulations; and

 

  (x) references to $ and to Cdn.$ are to Canadian dollars and references to US$ are to United States dollars.

 

Section 1.04. Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee

In any case where several matters are required to be certified by, or covered by an opinion of, any specified Person, it is not necessary that all such matters be certified by, or covered by the opinion of, only one such Person, or that they be so certified or covered by only one document, but one such Person may certify or give an opinion with respect to some matters and one or more other such Persons as to other matters, and any such Person may certify or give an opinion as to such matters in one or several documents.

Any certificate or opinion of an officer of the Company may be based, insofar as it relates to legal matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, counsel, unless such officer knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to the matters upon which his certificate or opinion is based are erroneous. Any such certificate or opinion of counsel may be based, insofar as it relates to factual matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, an officer or officers of the Company stating that the information with respect to such factual matters is in the possession of the Company, unless such counsel knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to such matters are erroneous.

Where any Person is required to make, give or execute two or more applications, requests, consents, certificates, statements, opinions or other instruments under this Indenture, they may, but need not, be consolidated and form one instrument.

 

23


Section 1.05. Acts of Holders of Notes

(a) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by Holders of Notes may be embodied in and evidenced by (i) one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by agents duly appointed in writing or (ii) a resolution duly adopted by the Holders of Notes at a meeting thereof duly called and held in accordance with the provisions of Article 13. Except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments or resolution are delivered to the Trustee and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Company. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and (subject to Section 7.01) conclusive in favour of the Trustee and the Company if made in the manner provided in this Section. Proof of the due adoption of any such resolution by the appropriate percentage of Holders of Notes at a meeting thereof shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture if such resolution forms part of and its due adoption by such appropriate percentage is evident from the record of such meeting prepared, signed and verified in the manner provided in Section 13.6.

(b) The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by the certificate of any notary or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgements of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to him the execution thereof. Where such execution is by an officer of a corporation or a member of a partnership, on behalf of such corporation or partnership, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute sufficient proof of his authority to so execute.

(c) The holding of Notes shall be proved by the Security Register.

(d) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action by the Holder of any Note shall bind every future Holder of the same Note and the Holder of every Note issued upon the transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof, in respect of anything done or suffered to be done by the Trustee or the Company in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Note.

 

Section 1.06. Benefits of Indenture

Nothing in this Indenture or in the Notes, express or implied, shall, except as may be required by any applicable law, give to any Person, other than the parties hereto and their successors hereunder and the Holders of Notes, any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Indenture. In the case of Notes registered in Book-Entry Only Form, any reference in this Indenture to a “Holder” of a Note shall be construed as a reference to the Depositary.

 

Section 1.07. Trust Provisions

Notwithstanding the references herein or in any Note to this Indenture as a “Trust Indenture” or to the Computershare Trust Company of Canada (or its successor hereunder, if any) as a “Trustee” or to it acting as Trustee, and except for any trust which may be created or constituted in Québec for the purposes of Sections 2.04, 6.10, 8.04, 8.05, 8.06, 11.01, 11.02 and 11.03 of this Indenture (and only to the extent contemplated by such Sections), no trust within the meaning of Chapter II of Title Six of Book Four of the Civil Code is intended to be or is created or constituted hereby. In addition, for greater certainty and subject as hereinafter in this Section provided in the case of any trust created or constituted in Québec for the purposes of Sections 2.04, 6.10, 8.04, 8.05, 8.06, 11.01, 11.02 and 11.03 of this Indenture, the provisions of Title Seven of Book Four of the Civil Code shall not apply to any administration by the Trustee hereunder.

Except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires, references in this Indenture to “trust” or “in trust”, and other similar wording shall only refer to any trust that shall be created or constituted for the purposes of Sections 2.04, 6.10, 8.04, 8.05, 8.06, 11.01, 11.02 and 11.03 of this Indenture, as the case may be, which trust shall be created or constituted either under Québec law or under the law of any other appropriate jurisdiction and, if so created or constituted in another appropriate jurisdiction, shall be subject to the trust laws of such jurisdiction. Any such trust shall be automatically created by the mere fact of the transfer to or

 

24


taking of possession by the Trustee of the property subject to and for the purposes of such trust and such provisions of the Civil Code shall automatically apply thereto unless such transfer and taking of possession occurs outside of Québec and it has previously been, or it is then, expressly agreed between the Company and the Trustee (acting in its sole discretion) that the trust laws in the jurisdiction where such transfer or taking of possession occurs shall apply or the laws of such jurisdiction make it mandatory that its trust laws apply to any trust created hereunder as a result of such transfer or taking of possession.

 

Section 1.08. Accounting Changes

For the purposes of this Indenture, any failure to comply with any covenant or agreement under this Indenture (other than the provisions of Section 4.09(1) and Section 4.10 hereof) that results solely from a change in GAAP, shall, to the extent that the underlying transactions, items or incurrences (including, without limitation, Liens and items of Indebtedness) (or portions thereof) cannot be reclassified in a manner that results in compliance with the relevant covenant or agreement, be permitted and shall, solely to the extent of the non-compliance, be deemed not to be a failure to comply with such covenant or agreement.

ARTICLE 2.

THE NOTES

 

Section 2.01. Form and Dating .

(a) General . The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form included in Exhibit A hereto, which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made part of this Indenture. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, exchange rule or usage in addition to those set forth on Exhibit A. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes shall be in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof. The terms and provisions contained in the Notes shall constitute a part of this Indenture, and the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. To the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

(b) Form of Notes . Notes shall be issued initially in Book-Entry Only Form represented by one or more fully registered Global Notes and shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (including the Global Note Legend thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto) held by, or on behalf of, the Depositary (for its Participants) and registered on the Security Register maintained by the Trustee pursuant to Section 2.03 in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, and it is expressly acknowledged that any such registrations of ownership and transfers of such Global Note(s), or interests of Participants therein, will be made by the Depositary only through the Book-Entry System. Notes issued in definitive form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (but without the Global Note Legend thereon and without the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Each Global Note shall represent such aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes as shall be specified therein and each shall provide that it shall represent the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges and redemptions and transfers of interests therein. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby shall be made by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06 hereof.

(c) Book-Entry Provisions . This Section 2.01(c) shall apply only to Global Notes deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary. Participants and Indirect Participants shall have no rights under this Indenture or any Global Note with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depositary or by the Trustee as custodian for the Depositary, and the Depositary shall be treated by the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee as the absolute owner of such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Subject to this Section 2.01(c), the rights of Participants and Indirect Participants in any Global Note (including the right to receive a certificate or other instrument evidencing an ownership interest in such Global Note) shall be

 

25


limited to those established by any agreement (including a Book-Entry Only Securities Services Agreement) between the Company and the Depositary, by applicable law and by any agreements among the Depositary and its Participants and among such Participants and the Indirect Participants, and must be exercised through a Participant in accordance with the Applicable Procedures. Accordingly, except as provided in Section 2.06, neither the Company nor the Trustee shall be under any obligation to deliver, nor shall any Participant or Indirect Participant or any owner of any beneficial interest in any Global Note have any right to require the delivery of, a Definitive Note or other instrument evidencing an interest in respect of such Note, and, for so long as no Definitive Note has been issued, the responsibility and liability of the Company in respect of notices or payments on the Notes will be limited to giving notice or making payment of any principal, redemption price, if any, and interest due on the Notes to the Depositary or its nominee. Any notice required or permitted to be given to Holders while the Notes are represented by Global Notes held by, or on behalf of, the Depositary or its nominee as part of the Book-Entry System, shall be provided to the Depositary. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the Trustee or any agent of the Company or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depositary or impair, as between the Depositary and its Participants or Indirect Participants, the Applicable Procedures or the operation of customary practices of the Depositary governing the exercise of the rights of a holder of a beneficial interest in any Global Note.

(d) Dealings with the Depositary . The Company and the Trustee acknowledge that subject to and in accordance with Applicable Procedures, each Participant must look solely to the Depositary through its paying agent service, for so long as the Depositary is the registered holder of Global Notes, for its share of each payment made by the Trustee or the Company, as the case may be, to the registered holder of the Global Notes, and each Indirect Participant must look solely to Participants for its share of such payments. Provided that the Company (or the Paying Agent, as applicable) has made payments to the Depositary in respect of the Global Notes as required by this Indenture and except as otherwise provided in Sections 8.06 or 11.03 of this Indenture, no person, including any Participant, shall have any claim against the Company in respect of payments due on such Global Notes and the obligations of the Company shall be discharged by payment to the Depositary, in respect of each amount so paid.

The Company and the Trustee understand that, if so requested by the Trustee or the Company, the Depositary will, within three Business Days of such request, deliver to such requesting party a certified list of Participants (the “ Participants List ”) as at the date requested by such party showing the name and address of each Participant together with the aggregate principal amount of such Participant’s interest in the Notes and that for so long as interests in the Notes are represented by the Global Notes, the Depositary shall, upon the reasonable request of the Trustee or the Company from time to time, deliver to such requesting party a copy of the then current Participants List and such additional information as the Trustee or Company may reasonably request. The Company and the Trustee shall be entitled to rely upon all such information provided by the Depositary to the Company and the Trustee.

The Company and the Trustee understand that the Depositary acts as the agent and depositary for the Participants and the Company and the Trustee further acknowledge and agree that neither the Company nor the Trustee shall have any liability or responsibility for: (i) any aspect of the records relating to the beneficial ownership of the Notes held by the Depositary or the payments relating to such Notes, (ii) maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to the beneficial ownership of Notes held by the Depositary, or (iii) any advice or representation made by or with respect to the Depositary and contained in this Indenture or any indenture supplemental to this Indenture with respect to the rules and regulations governing the Depositary or any action to be taken by the Depositary or at the direction of the Participants. In the event of any conflict between this Indenture and any such agreement between the Company and the Depositary, the terms of any such agreement shall prevail.

 

Section 2.02. Execution and Authentication .

(a) One Officer shall execute the Notes on behalf of the Company by manual or facsimile signature.

(b) If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is authenticated by the Trustee, the Note shall nevertheless be valid.

 

26


(c) A Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture.

(d) The Trustee shall, upon a written order of the Company signed by an Officer (an “ Authentication Order ”), authenticate Notes for original issue.

(e) The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Company to authenticate Notes. Unless otherwise provided in such appointment, an authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent shall have the same rights as an Agent with respect to Holders.

 

Section 2.03. Registrar and Paying Agent .

(a) The Company shall maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (“ Registrar ”) and an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (“ Paying Agent ”). The Registrar shall keep a register of particulars of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange (the “ Security Register ) . The Company may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. If the Company fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.

(b) The Company initially appoints CDS to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes.

(c) The Company initially appoints the Trustee to act as Registrar and Paying Agent and to act as Custodian with respect to the Global Notes, and the Trustee hereby agrees so to initially act.

Without limiting the foregoing, in connection with any issue(s) of Notes to purchasers in the United States of America or any other foreign jurisdictions, the Company may by such written instrument deemed appropriate by the Company, appoint from time to time directly or through the Depositary or Trustee:

 

  (i) a depositary incorporated or organized under the laws of a foreign jurisdiction in addition or in lieu of the Depositary;

 

  (ii) a paying agent incorporated or organized under the laws of a foreign jurisdiction in addition to or in lieu of the Paying Agent; and

 

  (iii) a registrar for the purposes of registering Notes and transfers of Notes, incorporated or organized under the laws of a foreign jurisdiction in addition to the Registrar;

and, in addition, the Trustee may also appoint, with the prior consent of the Company, one or more co-certifying agent(s) incorporated or organized under the laws of a foreign jurisdiction(s).

The Security Register shall at all reasonable times, and at such reasonable costs as established by the Trustee, be open for inspection by the Company or any Holder. The Trustee and every Registrar shall from time to time when requested so to do by the Company or by the Trustee furnish the Company or the Trustee, as the case may be, with a list of names and addresses of holders of Notes entered on the register kept by them and showing the principal amount and serial numbers of the Notes held by each such holder.

 

Section 2.04. Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust .

The Company shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, and shall notify the Trustee of any default by the

 

27


Company in making any such payment. While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all funds held by it relating to the Notes to the Trustee. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all funds held by it relating to the Notes to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Company or a Subsidiary) shall have no further liability for such funds. If the Company or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all funds held by it as Paying Agent. Upon any Event of Default under Sections 6.01(viii) and (ix) hereof relating to the Company, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the Notes.

 

Section 2.05. Holder Lists .

The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee at least seven Business Days before each Interest Payment Date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date or such shorter time as the Trustee may allow, as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders.

 

Section 2.06. Transfer and Exchange .

(a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes . A Global Note may not be transferred as a whole except by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary, by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or to another nominee of the Depositary, or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary. The Company shall exchange Global Notes for Definitive Notes if: (1) required by applicable law; (2) the Book-Entry System ceases to exist; (3) the Company determines, at its option, that the Global Notes shall be exchanged for Definitive Notes (including, without limitation, in circumstances where the Company considers it impracticable or inefficient to effect any distribution or conversion in respect of the Notes through the facilities of the Depositary) and delivers a written notice to such effect to the Trustee, (4) the Company or the Depositary advises the Trustee that the Depositary is no longer willing, able or qualified to properly discharge its responsibilities as depositary with respect to the Notes and the Company or the Trustee is unable to locate a qualified successor, or (5) after the occurrence of an Event of Default, the Depositary notifies the Trustee that it has received written notification from Participants, acting on behalf of Indirect Participants representing, in the aggregate, in excess of 50% of aggregate principal amount of beneficial ownership interests in the Global Notes, that it is no longer in their best interest that the Global Notes be held by the Depositary. Upon the occurrence of any of the preceding events in clauses (1), (2), (3), (4) or (5) above, the Trustee shall notify the Depositary, for and on behalf of Participants and Indirect Participants, of the termination of the Book-Entry System and that the Notes will be represented by Definitive Notes, and Definitive Notes shall be issued in denominations of $1,000 or integral multiples thereof and registered and in such names as the Depositary shall instruct the Trustee in writing. Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.07 and 2.10 hereof. Except as provided above, every Note authenticated and delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note or any portion thereof, pursuant to this Section 2.06 or Section 2.07 or 2.10 hereof, shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note. A Global Note may not be exchanged for another Note other than as provided in this Section 2.06(a), and beneficial interests in a Global Note may not be transferred and exchanged other than as provided in Section 2.06(b) or (c) hereof.

(b) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes . The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes shall be effected through the Depositary in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. It is expressly acknowledged that transfers of beneficial ownership in any Note represented by a Global Note will be effected only (i) with respect to the interest of Participants, through records maintained by the Depositary or its nominee for the Global Notes, and (ii) with respect to interests of persons other than Participants, through records maintained by Participants. Indirect Participants who desire to purchase, sell or otherwise transfer ownership of or other interest in Notes represented by a Global Note may do so only through a Participant. Beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes shall be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the 1933 Act and applicable securities laws and regulations in Canada. Transfers of beneficial interests in Global Notes also shall require compliance with either clause (i) or (ii) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the other following clauses, as applicable:

 

  (i) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note . Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend and any Applicable Procedures; provided , however , that prior to the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, transfers of beneficial interests in the Canadian Placement Global Note may not be made to or for the account or benefit of a “U.S. Person” (as defined in Rule 902(k) of Regulation S) (other than a “distributor” (as defined in Rule 902(d) of Regulation S)). Beneficial interests in any Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, subject, however, to such transfer being in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Canadian Placement Legend and any Applicable Procedures. Except as may be required by any Applicable Procedures, no written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.06(b)(i).

 

28


  (ii) All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes . In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests other than those that are subject to Section 2.06(b)(i) above, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar either (A)(1) a written order from a Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account to be credited with such increase or (B) if permitted under Section 2.06(a) hereof, (1) a written order from a Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given by the Depositary to the Registrar containing information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in (B)(1) above. Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the 1933 Act and/or applicable securities laws and regulations in Canada, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s) pursuant to Section 2.06(g) hereof.

 

  (iii) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note to Another Restricted Global Note . A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(ii) above and the Registrar receives the following:

 

  (A) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in a 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; and

 

  (B) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in a Canadian Placement Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

provided , however , that prior to the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, transfers of beneficial interests in the Canadian Placement Global Note may not be made to or for the account or benefit of a “U.S. Person” (as defined in Rule 902(k) of Regulation S) (other than a “distributor” (as defined in Rule 902(d) of Regulation S)).

 

29


  (iv) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note . A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(ii) above and the Registrar receives the following:

 

  (1) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(a) thereof; or

 

  (2) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case, if the Company or the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, such certifications and/or an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Company and the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer shall be effected in compliance with the 1933 Act and applicable securities laws in Canada and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the 144A Legend shall no longer be required in order to maintain compliance with the 1933 Act.

If any such transfer is effected at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not been issued, the Company shall execute and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred pursuant to this Section 2.06(b)(iv).

(c) Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Definitive Notes .

 

  (i) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes . Subject to Section 2.06(a) hereof, if any holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

 

  (A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(a) thereof;

 

  (B) if such beneficial interest is being transferred in a transaction exempt from (or not subject to) the prospectus qualification and dealer registration requirements of applicable Canadian provincial securities laws and to a non-U.S. Person (within the meaning of Rule 902(k) of Regulation S) in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

 

30


  (C) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

 

  (D) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the 1933 Act in accordance with Rule 144 under the 1933 Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;

 

  (E) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the 1933 Act other than those listed in clauses (B) through (D) above, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3)(d) thereof, as applicable; or

 

  (F) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof,

the Trustee shall reduce or cause to be reduced in a corresponding amount pursuant to Section 2.06(g) hereof the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Restricted Global Note, and the Company shall execute and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver a Restricted Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount to the Person designated by the holder of such beneficial interest in instructions delivered to the Registrar by the Depositary and the applicable Participant or Indirect Participant on behalf of such holder, provided, however , that no beneficial interest in a Canadian Placement Global Note shall be exchanged for or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note prior to the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period. Any Restricted Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(i) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall designate in such instructions. The Trustee shall deliver such Restricted Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Restricted Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(i) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein.

 

  (ii) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes . Subject to Section 2.06(a) hereof, a holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only if the Registrar receives the following:

 

  (1) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(b) thereof; or

 

  (2) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case, if the Registrar or the Company so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar and the Company to the effect that such exchange or transfer shall be effected in compliance with the 1933 Act and applicable securities laws in Canada and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the 144A Legend

 

31


shall no longer be required in order to maintain compliance with the 1933 Act, provided, however , that no beneficial interest in a Canadian Placement Global Note shall be exchanged for or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note prior to the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period.

Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the clauses of this Section 2.06(c)(ii) the Company shall execute, and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver an Unrestricted Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount to the Person designated by the holder of such beneficial interest in instructions delivered to the Registrar by the Depositary and the applicable Participant or Indirect Participant on behalf of such holder, and the Trustee shall reduce or cause to be reduced in a corresponding amount pursuant to Section 2.06(g) hereof the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Restricted Global Note.

 

  (iii) Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes . Subject to Section 2.06(a) hereof, if any holder of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, then, upon satisfaction of the applicable conditions set forth in Section 2.06(b)(ii) hereof, the Trustee shall reduce or cause to be reduced in a corresponding amount pursuant to Section 2.06(g) hereof the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Unrestricted Global Note, and the Company shall execute and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver an Unrestricted Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount to the Person designated by the holder of such beneficial interest in instructions delivered to the Registrar by the Depositary and the applicable Participant or Indirect Participant on behalf of such holder. Any Unrestricted Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(iii) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall designate in such instructions. The Trustee shall deliver such Unrestricted Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Unrestricted Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(iii) shall not bear the 144A Legend.

(d) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests .

 

  (i) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes . If any holder of a Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

 

  (A) if the holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(b) thereof;

 

  (B) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred in a transaction exempt from (or not subject to) the prospectus qualification and dealer registration requirements of applicable securities laws and regulations in Canada and to a non-U.S. Person (within the meaning of Rule 902(k) of Regulation S) in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; or

 

32


  (C) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

the Trustee shall cancel the Restricted Definitive Note, increase or cause to be increased in a corresponding amount pursuant to Section 2.06(g) hereof the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause (A) above, the appropriate Restricted Global Note, in the case of clause (B) above, a Canadian Placement Global Note, and in the case of clause (C) above, a 144A Global Note.

 

  (ii) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes . A holder of a Restricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if the Registrar receives the following:

 

  (1) if the holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or

 

  (2) if the holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to transfer such Note to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case, if the Registrar or the Company so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar and the Company to the effect that such exchange or transfer shall be effected in compliance with the 1933 Act and applicable Canadian provincial securities laws, if applicable, and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the 144A Legend shall no longer be required in order to maintain compliance with the 1933 Act.

Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the clauses in this Section 2.06(d)(ii), the Trustee shall cancel such Restricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased in a corresponding amount pursuant to Section 2.06(g) hereof the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note.

 

  (iii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes . A holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Unrestricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time. Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee shall cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased in a corresponding amount pursuant to Section 2.06(g) hereof the aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes.

 

  (iv) Issuance of Unrestricted Global Notes . If any such exchange or transfer of a Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is to be effected pursuant to clause (ii) or (iii) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not been issued, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Definitive Notes so transferred.

 

33


(e) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes . Upon request by a holder of Definitive Notes and such holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.06(e), the Registrar shall register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting holder shall present or surrender to the Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such holder. In addition, the requesting holder shall provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.06(e).

 

  (i) Restricted Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes . Any Restricted Definitive Note may be transferred to and registered in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following:

 

  (A) if the transfer will be made in a transaction exempt from (or not subject to) the prospectus qualification and dealer registration requirements of applicable securities laws and regulations in Canada and will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

 

  (B) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 144A, a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; and

 

  (C) if the transfer will be made pursuant to any other exemption from the registration requirements of the 1933 Act, a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable.

 

  (ii) Restricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes . Any Restricted Definitive Note may be exchanged by the holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only if the Registrar receives the following:

 

  (1) if the holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or

 

  (2) if the holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case, if the Registrar or the Company so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar and the Company to the effect that such exchange or transfer shall be effected in compliance with the 1933 Act and applicable securities laws and regulations in Canada, and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the 144A Legend shall no longer be required in order to maintain compliance with the 1933 Act.

Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the clauses of Section 2.06(e)(ii) the Trustee shall cancel the prior Restricted Definitive Note and the Company shall execute, and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver an Unrestricted Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount to the Person designated by the holder of such prior Restricted Definitive Note in instructions delivered to the Registrar by such holder.

 

  (iii)

Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes . A holder of Unrestricted Definitive Notes may transfer such Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the

 

34


  form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Notes pursuant to the instructions from the Holders thereof.

(f) Legends . The following legends shall appear on the face of all Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued under this Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture.

 

  (i) Private Placement Legends.

 

  (A) Except as permitted by clause (C) below, each Global Note and each Definitive Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear the legend in substantially the following form (the “ 144A Legend ”):

“THIS NOTE AND THE GUARANTEES ENDORSED HEREON (TOGETHER, THIS “SECURITY”) HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION.

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) WHICH IS ONE YEAR AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH VIDEOTRON LTD. (“VIDEOTRON”) OR ANY AFFILIATE OF VIDEOTRON WAS THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY), ONLY (A) TO VIDEOTRON OR ANY OF ITS SUBSIDIARIES, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”), TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A) THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN OFFSHORE TRANSACTIONS MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(A)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING THE SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT AND IN A MINIMUM PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THE SECURITIES OF $250,000 PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES ONLY AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH ANY DISTRIBUTION OF THE NOTES IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO VIDEOTRON’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER (I) PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (D), (E) OR (F) PRIOR TO THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM AND (II) TO REQUIRE THAT A CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER IN THE

 

35


FORM APPEARING ON THIS NOTE IS COMPLETED AND DELIVERED BY THE TRANSFEROR TO THE TRUSTEE. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE.”

 

  (B) Each Global Note and each Definitive Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear the legend in substantially the following form (the “ Canadian Placement Legend ”):

“CANADIAN RESALES LEGEND:

UNLESS PERMITTED UNDER SECURITIES LEGISLATION, THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY MUST NOT TRADE THIS SECURITY BEFORE THE DATE THAT IS 4 MONTHS AND A DAY AFTER THE LATER OF (I) JULY 5, 2011, AND (II) THE DATE THAT THE ISSUER BECAME A REPORTING ISSUER IN ANY PROVINCE OR TERRITORY.”

 

  (C) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Global Note or Definitive Note issued pursuant to clauses (b)(iv), (c)(ii), (c)(iii), (d)(ii), (d)(iii), (e)(ii), or (e)(iii) to this Section 2.06 (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall not bear the 144A Legend.

 

  (ii) Global Note Legend . Each Global Note shall bear a legend in substantially the following form, subject to such modification as required by the Depositary:

“T HIS CERTIFICATE IS A GLOBAL CERTIFICATE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE THEREOF . U NLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF CDS C LEARING AND D EPOSITORY S ERVICES I NC . (“CDS”) TO THE C OMPANY OR THE T RUSTEE FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER , EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT , AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IN RESPECT THEREOF IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CDS & CO., OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF CDS ( AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CDS & CO., OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF CDS), ANY TRANSFER , PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL SINCE THE REGISTERED HOLDER HEREOF , CDS & CO., HAS A PROPERTY INTEREST IN THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HEREIN AND IT IS A VIOLATION OF ITS RIGHTS FOR ANOTHER PERSON TO HOLD , TRANSFER OR DEAL WITH THIS CERTIFICATE .”

(g) Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes . At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or cancelled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note shall be returned to or retained and cancelled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note shall be increased accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.

(h) General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges .

 

  (i)

No service charge shall be made to a Holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the

 

36


  Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.10, 3.06, 4.12, 4.18 and 9.04 hereof).

 

  (ii) All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same Indebtedness, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange and shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder.

 

  (iii) Neither the Registrar nor the Company shall be required (A) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of any selection of Notes for redemption under Section 3.02 hereof and ending at the close of business on the date of selection, (B) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part or (C) to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a record date (including a Regular Record Date) and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date.

 

  (iv) Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Company may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Note and for all other purposes, in each case regardless of any notice to the contrary.

 

  (v) All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.06 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile.

 

Section 2.07. Replacement Notes .

If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or the Company and the Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Company shall issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, shall authenticate a replacement Note. If required by the Trustee or the Company, the Holder of such Note shall provide indemnity sufficient, in the judgment of the Trustee or the Company, as applicable, to protect the Company, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer in connection with such replacement. If required by the Company, such Holder shall reimburse the Company for its reasonable expenses in connection with such replacement.

Every replacement Note issued in accordance with this Section 2.07 shall be the valid obligation of the Company evidencing the same Indebtedness as the destroyed, lost or stolen Note and shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder.

 

Section 2.08. Outstanding Notes .

 

  (1) The Notes outstanding at any time shall be the entire principal amount of Notes represented by all the Global Notes and Definitive Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those cancelled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those subject to reductions in beneficial interests effected by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.06 hereof, and those described in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 2.09 hereof, a Note shall not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the Note; provided, however, that Notes held by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company shall be deemed not to be outstanding for purposes of Section 3.07(3) hereof.

 

37


  (2) If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof, it shall cease to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser.

 

  (3) If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01 hereof, it shall cease to be outstanding and interest on it shall cease to accrue.

 

  (4) If the Paying Agent (other than the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on a redemption date, a Purchase Date or maturity date, funds sufficient to pay Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes shall be deemed to be no longer outstanding and shall cease to accrue interest.

 

Section 2.09. Treasury Notes .

In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Company, or by any Affiliate of the Company, shall be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that the Trustee knows are so owned shall be so disregarded.

 

Section 2.10. Temporary Notes .

Until certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of Definitive Notes but may have variations that the Company considers appropriate for temporary Notes and as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Without unreasonable delay, the Company shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes or Definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes, as applicable.

Holders of temporary Notes shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder.

 

Section 2.11. Cancellation .

The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. Upon sole direction of the Company, the Trustee shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and shall destroy cancelled Notes (subject to the record retention requirements of applicable laws). Certification of the destruction of all cancelled Notes shall be delivered to the Company from time to time upon request. The Company may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.

 

Section 2.12. Defaulted Interest .

If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it shall pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment. The Company shall fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date, provided that no such special record date shall be less than 10 days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted interest. At least 15 days before the special record date, the Company (or, upon the written request of the Company, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company) shall mail or cause to be mailed to Holders a notice that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid.

 

38


Section 2.13. CUSIP or ISIN Numbers .

The Company in issuing the Notes may use “CUSIP” or “ISIN” numbers (if then generally in use), and, if so, the Trustee shall use “CUSIP” or “ISIN” numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided, however, that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of a redemption or notice of an Offer to Purchase and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption or Offer to Purchase shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee of any change in the “CUSIP” or “ISIN” numbers.

 

Section 2.14. Issuance of Additional Notes .

The Company shall be entitled, subject to its compliance with Section 4.09 hereof, to issue Additional Notes under this Indenture which shall have identical terms as the Initial Notes issued on the date hereof, other than with respect to the date of issuance, and issue price. The Initial Notes issued on the date hereof, and any Additional Notes shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture, including without limitation, directions, waivers, consents, redemptions and Offers to Purchase.

With respect to any Additional Notes, the Company shall set forth in a Board Resolution and an Officers’ Certificate, a copy of each of which shall be delivered to the Trustee, the following information:

 

  (1) the aggregate principal amount of such Additional Notes to be authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture;

 

  (2) the issue price, the issue date and the CUSIP and/or ISIN number of such Additional Notes provided, however, that no Additional Notes may be issued at a price that would cause such Additional Notes to have “original issue discount” within the meaning of Section 1273 of the Code; and

 

  (3) whether such Additional Notes shall be subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in Section 2.06 hereof relating to Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes.

ARTICLE 3.

REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT

 

Section 3.01. Notices to Trustee .

If the Company elects to redeem Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of Section 3.07 hereof, it shall furnish to the Trustee, at least 45 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date (or such shorter period as allowed by the Trustee), an Officers’ Certificate setting forth (i) the applicable section of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur, (ii) the redemption date, (iii) the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and (iv) the redemption price.

 

Section 3.02. Selection of Notes to be Redeemed .

If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be redeemed among the Holders of the Notes in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed or, if the Notes are not so listed, on a pro rata basis, by lot or in accordance with any other method the Trustee considers fair and appropriate. In the event of partial redemption by lot, the particular Notes to be redeemed shall be selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption date by the Trustee from the outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption.

 

39


The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company in writing of the Notes selected for redemption and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. Notes and portions of Notes selected shall be in amounts of $1,000 or integral multiples of $1,000, except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not an integral multiple of $1,000, shall be redeemed. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption.

 

Section 3.03. Notice of Redemption .

At least 30 days but not more than 60 days prior to a redemption date, the Company shall mail or cause to be mailed, by first class mail, a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at such Holder’s address appearing in the Security Register maintained in respect of the Notes by the Registrar.

The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed and shall state:

 

  (1) the redemption date;

 

  (2) the redemption price or if the redemption is made pursuant to Section 3.07(2) hereof a calculation of the redemption price;

 

  (3) if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the redemption date upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion shall be issued upon cancellation of the original Note;

 

  (4) the name and address of the Paying Agent;

 

  (5) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price;

 

  (6) that, unless the Company defaults in making such redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date;

 

  (7) the applicable section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; and

 

  (8) that no representation is made as to the correctness of the CUSIP or ISIN numbers, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes.

At the Company’s request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Company’s name and at its expense; provided, however , that the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee, at least 45 days (or such shorter period allowed by the Trustee) prior to the redemption date, an Officers’ Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice (in the name and at the expense of the Company) and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in this Section 3.03.

 

Section 3.04. Effect of Notice of Redemption .

Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, Notes called for redemption shall become irrevocably due and payable on the redemption date at the redemption price. A notice of redemption may not be conditional.

 

Section 3.05. Deposit of Redemption Price .

On or prior to 11:00 a.m. Eastern time on the Business Day prior to any redemption date (or on or prior to 10:00 a.m. Eastern time on such redemption date itself, if so allowed by the Trustee), the Company shall deposit

 

40


with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued and unpaid interest on all Notes to be redeemed on that date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Company any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Company in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption price of, and accrued and unpaid interest on, all Notes to be redeemed.

If the Company complies with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the redemption date, interest shall cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption in accordance with Section 2.08(4) hereof. If a Note is redeemed on or after a Regular Record Date but on or prior to the related Interest Payment Date, then any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such Regular Record Date. If any Note called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender for redemption because of the failure of the Company to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal from the redemption date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof.

 

Section 3.06. Notes Redeemed in Part .

Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed in part, the Company shall issue and, upon the Company’s written request, the Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Company a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Note surrendered.

 

Section 3.07. Optional Redemption

 

  (1) Except as set forth in clauses (2) to (4) of this Section 3.07, the Notes shall not be redeemable at the option of the Company prior to June 15, 2016. Beginning on June 15, 2016, the Company may redeem all or a part of the Notes, at once or over time, in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon on the Notes redeemed, to the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Regular Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date), if redeemed during the twelve-month period commencing on June 15 of the years indicated below:

 

Redemption Year

   Percentage  

2016

     103.438

2017

     102.292

2018

     101.146

2019 and thereafter

     100.000

 

  (2) At any time and from time to time prior to June 15, 2014, the Company may on one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes issued under this Indenture at a redemption price (expressed as a percentage of principal amount) equal to 106.875% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Regular Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date) with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings; provided, however , that (i) at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes issued under this Indenture (excluding Notes held by the Company and its Subsidiaries) remain outstanding immediately following such redemption and (ii) any such redemption shall be made within 90 days of the date of closing of any such Equity Offering.

 

  (3)

If the Company becomes obligated to pay any Additional Amounts because of a change in the laws or regulations of Canada or any Canadian Taxing Authority, or a change in any official position regarding the application or interpretation thereof, in either case that is publicly announced or becomes effective on or after the Issue Date, the Company may, at any time, redeem all, but not part, of the Notes at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus

 

41


  accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date, provided that at any time that the aggregate principal amount of the Notes outstanding is greater than $20.0 million, any Holder of the Notes may, to the extent that it does not adversely affect the Company’s after-tax position, at its option, waive the Company’s compliance with the provisions of Section 4.20 hereof with respect to such Holder’s Notes; provided, further , that if any Holder waives such compliance, the Company may not redeem that Holder’s Notes pursuant to this Section 3.07(3).

 

  (4) Prior to June 15, 2016, the Company may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, at the make-whole price which is equal to the greater of (a) the Canada Yield Price and (b) 101% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes redeemed, plus, in each case, accrued and unpaid interest to and including the redemption date.

 

  (5) Any prepayment pursuant to this Section 3.07 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof.

 

Section 3.08. Mandatory Redemption .

Except as set forth in Sections 4.12 and 4.18 hereof, the Company shall not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to, or offers to purchase, the Notes.

 

Section 3.09. Offers to Purchase

 

  (1) In the event that, pursuant to Section 4.12 or 4.18 hereof, the Company shall be required to commence an Asset Sale Offer or Change of Control Offer (each, an “ Offer to Purchase ”), it shall follow the procedures specified below.

 

  (2) The Company shall commence the Offer to Purchase by sending, by first class mail, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder, at such Holder’s address appearing in the Security Register a notice, the terms of which shall govern the Offer to Purchase, stating:

 

  (i) that the Offer to Purchase is being made pursuant to this Section 3.09 and Section 4.12 or 4.18, as the case may be, and, in the case of a Change of Control Offer, that a Change of Control has occurred, the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control, and that a Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to Section 4.18 hereof;

 

  (ii) the principal amount of Notes required to be purchased pursuant to Section 4.12 or 4.18 hereof (the “ Offer Amount ”), the purchase price, the Offer Period and the Purchase Date (each as defined below);

 

  (iii) except as provided in clause (ix), that all Notes timely tendered and not withdrawn shall be accepted for payment;

 

  (iv) that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment shall continue to accrue interest;

 

  (v) that, unless the Company defaults in making such payment, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Offer to Purchase shall cease to accrue interest on or after the Purchase Date;

 

  (vi) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to the Offer to Purchase may elect to have Notes purchased in integral multiples of $1,000 only;

 

  (vii) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to the Offer to Purchase shall be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Note completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Company, a Depositary, if appointed by the Company, or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice at least three days before the Purchase Date;

 

42


  (viii) that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Company, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives, not later than the expiration of the Offer Period, a telegram, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note (or portions thereof) the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased;

 

  (ix) that, in the case of an Asset Sale Offer, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes surrendered by Holders exceeds the Offer Amount, the Company shall select the Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Company so that only Notes in denominations of $1,000 or integral multiples thereof shall be purchased);

 

  (x) that Holders whose Notes were purchased in part shall be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer); and

 

  (xi) any other procedures that Holders must follow in order to tender their Notes (or portions thereof) for payment.

 

  (3) The Offer to Purchase shall remain open for a period of at least 30 days but no more than 60 days following its commencement, except to the extent that a longer period is required by applicable law (the “ Offer Period ”). No later than five Business Days after the termination of the Offer Period (the “ Purchase Date ”), the Company shall purchase the Offer Amount or, if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered in response to the Offer to Purchase. Payment for any Notes so purchased shall be made in the same manner as interest payments are made.

 

  (4) On or prior to the Purchase Date, the Company shall, to the extent lawful:

 

  (i) accept for payment (on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary in connection with an Asset Sale Offer) the Offer Amount of Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered pursuant to the Offer to Purchase, or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered;

 

  (ii) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Offer Amount in respect of all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered; and

 

  (iii) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes so accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of Notes being purchased by the Company and that such Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Company in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.09.

 

  (5) The Company, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, shall promptly (but in any event not later than five Business Days after the Purchase Date) deliver to each tendering Holder of Notes properly tendered and accepted by the Company for purchase the Purchase Amount for such Notes, and the Company shall promptly execute and issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order shall authenticate and deliver (or cause to be transferred by book-entry) such new Note to such Holder, in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered provided, however, that each such new Note shall be in a principal amount of $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000. Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Company to the Holder thereof. The Company shall publicly announce the results of the Offer to Purchase on or as soon as practicable after the Purchase Date.

 

43


  (6) If the Purchase Date is on or after a Regular Record Date and on or before the related Interest Payment Date, any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such Regular Record Date, and no additional interest shall be payable to Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Offer to Purchase.

 

  (7) The Company shall comply with the requirements of any securities laws and regulations to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the Offer to Purchase. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with Section 4.12 or 4.18, as applicable, this Section 3.09 or other provisions of this Indenture, the Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under Section 4.12 or 4.18, as applicable, this Section 3.09 or such other provision by virtue of such conflict.

 

  (8) Other than as specifically provided in this Section 3.09, any purchase pursuant to this Section 3.09 shall be made in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.01 through 3.06 hereof.

ARTICLE 4.

COVENANTS

 

Section 4.01. Payment of Notes .

The Company shall pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on, the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes. Principal, premium, if any, and interest shall be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Company or a Subsidiary thereof, holds as of 11:00 a.m. Eastern Time on the due date money deposited by the Company in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest then due. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday at a place of payment, payment may be made at that place on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue on such payment for the intervening period.

The Company shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at a rate that is 1% per annum in excess of the rate then in effect; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace periods), from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful.

In the case of the first interest period (from the Issue Date, which is July 5, 2011, until the first interest payment date, which is December 15, 2011), interest will be calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed from the Issue Date to (but excluding) December 15, 2011 divided by 365. In addition, in the case of any other interest period that is shorter than a full semi-annual interest period due to redemption, interest will be calculated on the basis of a 365-day year and the actual number of days elapsed from (and including) the date of the previous interest payment to (but excluding) the interest payment date for such interest period.

For the purposes of the Interest Act (Canada), whenever interest is computed on a basis of a year (the “deemed year”) which contains fewer days than the actual number of days in the calendar year of calculation, such rate of interest shall be expressed as a yearly rate for purposes of the Interest Act (Canada) by multiplying such rate of interest by the actual number of days in the calendar year of calculation and dividing it by the number of days in the deemed year.

 

44


Section 4.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency .

 

  (1) The Company shall maintain an office or agency (which may be an office or drop facility of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or co-registrar) where Notes may be presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any change in the location of such office or agency. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and the Company hereby appoints the Trustee as its agent to receive all such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands.

 

  (2) The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

 

  (3) The Company hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, as such office, drop facility or agency of the Company in accordance with Section 2.03 hereof.

 

Section 4.03. Reports .

 

  (1) For so long as the Company is required, pursuant to any of the respective indentures governing any outstanding series of the Existing Notes, to file reports with the Commission, the Company shall (for so long as any Notes remain outstanding) file with the Commission and furnish to the Holders of the Notes and the Trustee:

 

  (i) within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, annual reports on the Commission’s Form 20-F or Form 40-F, as applicable, or any successor form; and

 

  (ii) (a) within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, reports on the Commission’s Form 10-Q, or any successor form, or (b) within 60 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, reports on the Commission’s Form 6-K, or any successor form,

which, in each case, regardless of applicable requirements, shall, at a minimum, contain a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”.

Each such report shall be deemed to be delivered to the Holders of the Notes and the Trustee if the Company either files (or furnishes, as the case may be) such report with the Commission through the Commission’s EDGAR database (or successor database thereto), posts such report on its public website or furnishes such report to the Trustee.

 

  (2) If the Company is no longer required under any of the respective indentures governing any outstanding series of the Existing Notes, applicable law or otherwise to file such reports with the Commission and no longer does so, the Company shall instead furnish to the Holders of the Notes and the Trustee:

 

  (i) within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, annual audited financial statements; and

 

  (ii) within 60 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, unaudited interim financial statements;

 

45


in each case together with a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”.

Each such report which shall be deemed to be delivered to the Holders of the Notes and the Trustee if the Company furnishes such reports to the Trustee or posts them on its public website.

 

  (3) For so long as any Notes remain outstanding, the Company shall furnish to a Holder, and any prospective purchaser of the Notes designated by the Holder, upon the Holder’s request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the 1933 Act.

 

  (4) If the Company has designated any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries, then the quarterly and annual financial information required by this Section shall include a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto, and in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” of the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries of the Company.

 

Section 4.04. Compliance Certificate .

 

  (1) The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, beginning with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2011, an Officers’ Certificate stating that a review of the activities of the Company and its Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officers with a view to determining whether the Company and its Subsidiaries have kept, observed, performed and fulfilled their obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to each such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge the Company and its Subsidiaries have kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every covenant contained in this Indenture and is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture (or, if a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred, describing all such Defaults or Events of Default of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto) and that to the best of his or her knowledge no event has occurred and remains in existence by reason of which payments on account of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes is prohibited or if such event has occurred, a description of the event and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

 

  (2) The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 30 days after the occurrence thereof, written notice in the form of an Officers’ Certificate of any Default or Event of Default, its status and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

 

Section 4.05. Taxes .

The Company shall pay, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to pay, prior to delinquency, all material taxes, assessments, and governmental levies, except such as are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings or where the failure to effect such payment is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders.

 

Section 4.06. Stay, Extension and Usury Laws .

The Company covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it shall not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted.

 

46


Section 4.07. Corporate Existence .

Subject to Article 5 hereof, the Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect (i) its corporate existence, and the corporate, partnership or other existence of each Restricted Subsidiary, in accordance with the respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary and (ii) the rights (charter and statutory), licenses and franchises of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however , that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right, license or franchise, or the corporate, partnership or other existence of any Restricted Subsidiary, if the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and that the loss thereof is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes, or that such preservation is not necessary in connection with any transaction not prohibited by this Indenture.

 

Section 4.08. Payments for Consent .

The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration, to or for the benefit of any Holder for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid and is paid to all Holders that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.

 

Section 4.09. Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Shares

 

  (1) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, Incur, directly or indirectly, any Indebtedness, including Acquired Debt, and the Company shall not issue any Disqualified Stock and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to issue any Preferred Shares; provided, however, that the Company may Incur Indebtedness, including Acquired Debt, or issue Disqualified Stock, and the Subsidiary Guarantors may Incur Indebtedness, including Acquired Debt, or issue Preferred Shares if the Company’s Debt to Cash Flow Ratio at the time of Incurrence of such Indebtedness or the issuance of such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Shares, after giving pro forma effect to such Incurrence or issuance as of such date and to the use of proceeds therefrom, taking into account any substantially concurrent transactions related to such Incurrence, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the most recently ended full fiscal quarter of the Company for which internal financial statements are available, would have been no greater than 5.5 to 1.0.

 

  (2) Paragraph (1) of this Section 4.09 shall not prohibit the Incurrence of any of the following items of Indebtedness or issuances of Preferred Shares (each such item being referred to herein as “ Permitted Debt ”):

 

  (i) the Incurrence by the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor of Indebtedness and letters of credit under Credit Facilities in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding under this clause (i) (with letters of credit being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the maximum potential liability of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries thereunder) not to exceed an aggregate of Cdn$575.0 million, less the aggregate amount of all Net Proceeds of Asset Sales applied by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiaries subsequent to October 8, 2003 to permanently repay Indebtedness under a Credit Facility (and, in the case of any revolving credit Indebtedness, to effect a corresponding commitment reduction thereunder) pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.12 hereof;

 

47


  (ii) the Incurrence by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries of the Existing Indebtedness;

 

  (iii) the Incurrence by (a) the Company of Indebtedness represented by the Initial Notes, and (b) the Subsidiary Guarantors of Indebtedness represented by the Subsidiary Guarantees relating to the Initial Notes;

 

  (iv) the Incurrence by the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor of Indebtedness represented by Capital Lease Obligations, mortgage financings or purchase money obligations, in each case, Incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of construction or improvement of property, plant or equipment used in the business of the Company or such Subsidiary Guarantor, in an aggregate principal amount, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to refund, refinance or replace any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (iv), not to exceed US$40.0 million at any time outstanding;

 

  (v) the Incurrence by the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to refund, refinance or replace Indebtedness, other than intercompany Indebtedness, that was permitted by this Indenture to be incurred under paragraph (1) or clauses (2)(ii), (2)(iii) and (2)(iv) of this Section 4.09;

 

  (vi) the Incurrence by the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor of intercompany Indebtedness between or among the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that:

 

  (A) if the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor is the obligor on such Indebtedness, such Indebtedness must be unsecured and expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all Obligations with respect to the Notes, in the case of the Company, or the Subsidiary Guarantee, in the case of a Subsidiary Guarantor, and

 

  (B) (a) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such Indebtedness being held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary and (b) any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person that is not either the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute an Incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that was not permitted by this clause (vi);

 

  (vii) the issuance by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Preferred Shares solely to or among the Company and any Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that (a) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such Preferred Shares being held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary and (b) any sale or other transfer of any such Preferred Shares to a Person that is not either the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute an issuance of such Preferred Shares by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that was not permitted by this clause (vii);

 

  (viii) the Incurrence by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Hedging Obligations that are Incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary and not for speculative purposes; provided, however , that, in the case of:

 

  (A) any Interest Rate Agreement, the notional principal amount of such Hedging Obligation does not exceed the principal amount of the Indebtedness to which such Hedging Obligation relates; and

 

48


  (B) any Currency Exchange Protection Agreement, such Hedging Obligation does not increase the principal amount of Indebtedness of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary outstanding other than as a result of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates or by reason of fees, indemnities and compensation payable thereunder;

 

  (ix) the guarantee by the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor of Indebtedness of the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor that was permitted to be Incurred by another provision of this Section 4.09;

 

  (x) the Incurrence by the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor of Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to refund, refinance or replace any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (x), not to exceed US$25.0 million;

 

  (xi) the Incurrence by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred to refund, refinance or replace any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (xi), not to exceed US$25.0 million, less the aggregate amount of all Net Proceeds of Asset Sales applied by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary subsequent to October 8, 2003 to permanently repay such Indebtedness (and, in the case of any revolving credit Indebtedness, to effect a corresponding commitment reduction thereunder) pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.12 hereof;

 

  (xii) the issuance of Preferred Shares by the Company’s Unrestricted Subsidiaries or the Incurrence by the Company’s Unrestricted Subsidiaries of Non-Recourse Debt; provided, however , that if any such Indebtedness ceases to be Non-Recourse Debt of an Unrestricted Subsidiary, that event shall be deemed to constitute an Incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary that was not permitted by this clause (xii); and

 

  (xiii) the issuance of Indebtedness or Preferred Shares in connection with a Tax Benefit Transaction.

 

  (3) The accrual of interest, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest on any Indebtedness in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, and the payment of dividends on Disqualified Stock in the form of additional shares of the same class of Disqualified Stock (to the extent provided for when the Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock on which such interest or dividend is paid was originally issued) shall not be deemed to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness or an issuance of Disqualified Stock for purposes of this Section 4.09; provided that in each case the amount thereof is for all other purposes included in the Consolidated Interest Expense and Indebtedness of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiary as accrued.

 

  (4) Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary Guarantor shall Incur any Indebtedness, including Permitted Debt, that is contractually subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Company or such Subsidiary Guarantor, as applicable, unless such Indebtedness is also contractually subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantee, as applicable, on substantially identical terms; provided, however , that no Indebtedness of the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor shall be deemed to be contractually subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Company or such Subsidiary Guarantor, as applicable, solely by virtue of collateral or lack thereof.

 

49


  (5) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 4.09, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that may be Incurred pursuant to this Section 4.09 will not be deemed to be exceeded with respect to any outstanding Indebtedness due solely to the result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies.

 

  (6) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.09, in the event that an item of proposed Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt described in clauses (2)(i) through (xiii) above, or is entitled to be Incurred pursuant to paragraph (1) of this Section 4.09, the Company shall be permitted to classify such item of Indebtedness on the date of its Incurrence or later reclassify all or a portion of such item of Indebtedness, in any manner that complies with this Section. Indebtedness under Credit Facilities outstanding on the date on which Notes are first issued and authenticated under this Indenture shall be deemed to have been Incurred on such date in reliance on the exception provided by clause (i) of paragraph (2) of this Section 4.09.

 

Section 4.10. Restricted Payments .

(a) The Company shall not make, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment, unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment,

 

  (1) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a consequence of such Restricted Payment; and

 

  (2) the Company would, at the time of such Restricted Payment and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had been made at the beginning of the applicable fiscal quarter, have been permitted to Incur at least US$1.00 of additional Indebtedness, other than Permitted Debt, pursuant to the Debt to Cash Flow Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09(1) hereof; and

 

  (3) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments declared or made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries after October 8, 2003, excluding Restricted Payments made pursuant to clauses (2), (3), (4), (6), (7), (8), (9) and (10) of paragraph (b) below, shall not exceed, at the date of determination, the sum, without duplication, of:

 

  (i) an amount equal to the Company’s Consolidated Cash Flow from October 1, 2003 to the end of the Company’s most recently ended full fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available, taken as a single accounting period, less 1.5 times the Company’s Consolidated Interest Expense from the October 1, 2003 to the end of the Company’s most recently ended full fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available, taken as a single accounting period (or, if such amount for such period is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit); plus

 

  (ii) an amount equal to 100% of Capital Stock Sale Proceeds, less any such Capital Stock Sale Proceeds used in connection with:

 

  (A) an Investment made pursuant to clause (6) of the definition of “Permitted Investments;” or

 

  (B) an Incurrence of Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.09(2)(viii) hereof; plus

 

  (iii) to the extent that any Restricted Investment that was made after October 8, 2003 is sold for cash or otherwise liquidated or repaid for cash (except to the extent any such payment or proceeds are included in the calculation of Consolidated Cash Flow), the lesser of (i) the cash return of capital with respect to such Restricted Investment, less the cost of disposition, if any, and (ii) the initial amount of such Restricted Investment; plus

 

50


  (iv) to the extent that the Board of Directors of the Company designates any Unrestricted Subsidiary that was designated as such after October 8, 2003 as a Restricted Subsidiary, the lesser of (i) the aggregate fair market value of all Investments owned by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries in such Subsidiary at the time such Subsidiary was designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary and (ii) the then aggregate fair market value of all Investments owned by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries in such Unrestricted Subsidiary.

(b) The provisions of paragraph (a) above shall not prohibit:

 

  (1) so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused thereby, the payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date the dividend is declared, if at that date of declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture; provided, however , that such dividend shall be included in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments;

 

  (2) so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused thereby, the redemption, repurchase, retirement, defeasance or other acquisition of any Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor or of any Equity Interests of the Company in exchange for, or out of the net cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale, other than to a Subsidiary of the Company or an employee stock ownership plan or to a trust established by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company for the benefit of its employees, of, Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock or Back-to-Back Securities); provided that the amount of any such net cash proceeds that are utilized for any such redemption, repurchase, retirement, defeasance or other acquisition shall be excluded from clause (a)(3)(ii) above;

 

  (3) so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused thereby, the defeasance, redemption, repurchase or other acquisition of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor with the net cash proceeds from an Incurrence of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness;

 

  (4) any payment by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to any one of the other of them;

 

  (5) so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused thereby, the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value by the Company of any Equity Interests of the Company held by any member of the management of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to any management equity subscription agreement or stock option agreement in effect as of October 8, 2003; provided, however, that the aggregate price paid for all such repurchased, redeemed, acquired or retired Equity Interests shall not exceed US$2.0 million in any twelve-month period;

 

  (6) payments of any kind made in connection with or in respect of Back-to-Back Securities; provided, however, that to the extent such payments shall be made to Affiliates of the Company (other than its Subsidiaries), all corresponding payments required to be paid by such Affiliates pursuant to the related Back-to-Back Securities shall be received, immediately prior to or concurrently with any such payments, by all applicable Videotron Entities;

 

  (7) so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused thereby, any Tax Benefit Transaction;

 

  (8) so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused thereby, the payment of any Management Fees or other similar expenses by the Company to its direct or indirect parent company for bona fide services (including reimbursement for expenses Incurred in connection with, or allocation of corporate expenses in relation to, providing such services) provided to, and directly related to the operations of, the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, in an aggregate amount not to exceed 1.5% of Consolidated Revenues in any twelve-month period;

 

51


  (9) so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused thereby, other Restricted Payments since October 8, 2003 in an aggregate amount not to exceed US$30.0 million; and

 

  (10) so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused thereby and the Debt to Cash Flow Ratio is no greater than 5.0 to 1 (calculated on a pro forma basis as if such payment, including any related financing transaction, had occurred at the beginning of the applicable fiscal quarter), the payment of dividends or distributions to Quebecor Media or the repayment of the QMI Subordinated Loan, in an aggregate amount not to exceed Cdn$200.0 million since October 8, 2003.

(c) The amount of any Restricted Payment, other than those effected in cash, shall be the fair market value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be transferred or issued to or by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment. The fair market value of any assets or securities that are required to be valued pursuant to this Section 4.10 shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company whose resolution with respect thereto shall be delivered to the Trustee. The determination of the Board of Directors of the Company shall be based upon an opinion or appraisal issued by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national standing in the United States or Canada if the fair market value exceeds US$25.0 million; provided , that the Board of Directors of the Company shall not be required to obtain such an opinion or appraisal in connection with any payments with respect to Back-to-Back Securities to the extent such Back-to-Back Transactions were approved in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.14 hereof. Not later than the date of making any Restricted Payment, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Restricted Payment is permitted and setting forth the basis upon which the calculations required by this Section 4.10 were computed, together with a copy of any fairness opinion or appraisal required by this Indenture.

(d) For purposes of this Section 4.10, if (i) any Videotron Entity ceases to be the obligor under or issuer of any Back-to-Back Securities and a Person other than a Videotron Entity becomes the obligor thereunder (or the issuer of any Back-to-Back Preferred Shares) or (ii) any Restricted Subsidiary that is an obligor under or issuer of any Back-to-Back Securities ceases to be a Restricted Subsidiary other than by consolidation or merger with the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary, then the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary shall be deemed to have made a Restricted Payment in an amount equal to the accreted value of such Back-to-Back Debt (or the subscription price of any Back-to-Back Preferred Shares) at the time of the assumption thereof by such other Person or at the time such Restricted Subsidiary ceases to be a Restricted Subsidiary.

 

Section 4.11. Liens .

The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist or become effective any Lien of any kind on any asset owned on October 8, 2003 or thereafter acquired, except Permitted Liens, unless the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary has made or will make effective provision to secure the Notes and any applicable Subsidiary Guarantees equally and ratably with the obligations of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary secured by such Lien for so long as such obligations are secured by such Lien.

 

Section 4.12. Asset Sales .

(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, consummate an Asset Sale unless:

 

  (1) the Company, or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of the Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of;

 

  (2) such fair market value is determined by the Company’s Board of Directors and evidenced by a Board Resolution set forth in an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee; and

 

52


  (3) at least 75% of the consideration received in such Asset Sale by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents. For purposes of this clause (3), each of the following shall be deemed to be cash:

 

  (i) any Indebtedness or other liabilities, as shown on the Company’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet, of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than contingent liabilities and Indebtedness that are by their terms pari passu with or subordinated to the Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee and liabilities to the extent owed to the Company or any Affiliate of the Company), that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets pursuant to a written agreement that releases the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from further liability with respect to such Indebtedness or liabilities; and

 

  (ii) any securities, notes or other obligations received by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted within 60 days of the applicable Asset Sale by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash, to the extent of the cash received in such conversion.

(b) Notwithstanding the terms of paragraph (a) above, the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries may engage in Asset Swaps if (i) immediately after giving effect to any such Asset Swap, the Company would be permitted to Incur at least US$1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Debt to Cash Flow Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09(1), and (ii) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary receives consideration at the time of such Asset Swap at least equal to the fair market value of the assets disposed of, which fair market value shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, and evidenced by a Board Resolution set forth in an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee; provided, however, that the determination of the Board of Directors shall be based upon an opinion or appraisal issued by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national standing in the United States or Canada if the fair market value exceeds US$25.0 million.

(c) Within 360 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale, the Company may apply those Net Proceeds at its option:

 

  (1) to permanently repay or reduce Indebtedness, other than Subordinated Indebtedness, of the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor secured by such assets, Indebtedness of the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor under Credit Facilities or Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor, and, if the Indebtedness repaid is revolving credit Indebtedness, to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto;

 

  (2) to acquire, or enter into a binding agreement to acquire, all or substantially all of the assets (other than cash, Cash Equivalents and securities) of any Person engaged in a Permitted Business; provided, however, that any such commitment shall be subject only to customary conditions (other than financing), and such acquisition shall be consummated no later than 180 days after the end of such 360-day period;

 

  (3) to acquire, or enter into a binding agreement to acquire, Voting Stock of a Person engaged in a Permitted Business from a Person that is not an Affiliate of the Company; provided, however, that such commitment shall be subject only to customary conditions (other than financing) and such acquisition shall be consummated no later than 180 days after the end of such 360-day period; and provided, further, however , that (a) after giving effect thereto, the Person so acquired becomes a Restricted Subsidiary and (b) such acquisition is otherwise made in accordance with this Indenture, including, without limitation, Section 4.10 hereof; or

 

  (4) to acquire, or enter into a binding agreement to acquire, other long-term assets (other than securities) that are used or useful in a Permitted Business; provided, however, that such commitment shall be subject only to customary conditions (other than financing) and such acquisition shall be consummated no later than 180 days after the end of such 360-day period.

 

53


Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds, the Company may temporarily reduce revolving credit borrowings or otherwise invest the Net Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by this Indenture.

(d) Any Net Proceeds from Asset Sales that are not applied, invested or segregated from the general funds of the Company for investment in identified assets pursuant to a binding agreement, in each case as provided in paragraph (c) above shall constitute Excess Proceeds; provided, however, that the amount of any Net Proceeds that ceases to be so segregated as contemplated in paragraph (c) above shall also constitute “Excess Proceeds” at the time any such Net Proceeds cease to be so segregated; provided further, however , that the amount of any Net Proceeds that continues to be segregated for investment and that is not actually reinvested within twenty-four months from the date of the receipt of such Net Proceeds shall also constitute “Excess Proceeds.”

(e) When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds US$35.0 million, the Company shall make an offer (an “ Asset Sale Offer ”) to all Holders of Notes and all holders of other Indebtedness that is pari passu in right of payment with the Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee containing provisions similar to those set forth in this Indenture with respect to offers to purchase or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets, to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 3.09 hereof. The offer price in any Asset Sale Offer shall be equal to 100% of principal amount of the Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of purchase, and shall be payable in cash. If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer and all Holders of Notes have been given the opportunity to tender their Notes for purchase in accordance with such Asset Sale Offer and this Indenture, the Company may use such Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness tendered into such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness shall be purchased on a pro rata basis (subject to Notes being in denominations of $1,000 or integral multiples thereof) based on the principal amount of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness tendered. Upon completion of each Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero.

The Company shall comply with the requirements of applicable securities laws and regulations to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with each repurchase of Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the Asset Sales provisions of this Indenture, the Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the Asset Sale provisions of this Indenture by virtue of such conflict.

 

Section 4.13. Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries .

(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to:

 

  (1) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Equity Interests to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary, or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or pay any liabilities owed to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary;

 

  (2) make loans or advances, or guarantee any such loans or advances, to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary; or

 

  (3) transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary.

(b) The restrictions set forth in paragraph (a) above shall not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

 

  (1)

agreements governing Existing Indebtedness and Credit Facilities as in effect on October 8, 2003 and any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings thereof; provided, however , that such amendments, modifications,

 

54


  restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacement or refinancings are no more restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to such dividend and other payment restrictions than those contained in such Existing Indebtedness and Credit Facilities, as in effect on October 8, 2003;

 

  (2) this Indenture and the Notes;

 

  (3) applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order;

 

  (4) any instrument governing Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary as in effect at the time of such acquisition (except to the extent such Indebtedness or Capital Stock was Incurred or issued in connection with or in contemplation of such acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired; provided, however , that, in the case of Indebtedness, such Indebtedness was permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be Incurred at the time of such acquisition;

 

  (5) customary non-assignment provisions in leases entered into in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practices;

 

  (6) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business that impose restrictions on the property so acquired of the nature described in clause (3) of paragraph (a) above;

 

  (7) any agreement for the sale or other disposition of a Restricted Subsidiary that restricts distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary pending its sale or other disposition;

 

  (8) Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; provided , however , that any restrictions contained in the agreements governing such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness are no more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in the agreements governing the Indebtedness being refinanced;

 

  (9) Liens securing Indebtedness that is permitted to be secured without also securing the Notes or the applicable Subsidiary Guarantee pursuant to Section 4.11 hereof that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets subject to any such Lien;

 

  (10) provisions with respect to the disposition or distribution of assets or property in joint venture agreements, asset sale agreements, stock sale agreements and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (11) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business; and

 

  (12) any Indebtedness or any agreement pursuant to which such Indebtedness was issued if the encumbrance or restriction applies only upon a payment or financial covenant default or event of default contained in such Indebtedness or agreement and (A) the encumbrance or restriction is not materially more disadvantageous to the Holders than is customary in comparable financings (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company) and (B) management of the Company delivers to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate evidencing its determination at the time such agreement is entered into, that such encumbrance or restriction will not materially impair the Company’s ability to make payments on the Notes.

 

Section 4.14. Transactions with Affiliates .

(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer, exchange or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or

 

55


assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction or series of transactions, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate, officer or director of the Company (each, an “ Affiliate Transaction ”) unless:

 

  (1) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are no less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable arm’s length transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person; and

 

  (2) the Company delivers to the Trustee:

 

  (i) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of US$10.0 million, a Board Resolution of the Company set forth in an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions complies with this Section 4.14 and that such Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions has been approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Company; and

 

  (ii) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of US$40.0 million, an opinion as to the fairness to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary of such Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions from a financial point of view issued by an independent accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national standing in the United States or Canada.

(b) The following items shall be deemed not to constitute Affiliate Transactions and, therefore, shall not be subject to the provisions of paragraph (a) above:

 

  (1) any employment agreement entered into by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business and consistent with the past practice of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary;

 

  (2) transactions between or among the Company and/or the Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

  (3) transactions with a Person that is an Affiliate of the Company solely because the Company owns an Equity Interest in such Person, provided such transactions are on terms that are no less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable arm’s length transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person;

 

  (4) payment of reasonable directors fees to Persons who are not otherwise Affiliates of the Company;

 

  (5) sales of Equity Interests of the Company, other than Disqualified Stock or Back-to-Back Securities, to Affiliates of the Company;

 

  (6) any agreement or arrangement as in effect on October 8, 2003 or any amendment thereto or any transaction contemplated thereby, including pursuant to any amendment thereto, in any replacement agreement or arrangement thereto so long as any such amendment or replacement agreement or arrangement is not more disadvantageous to the Company or the Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, in any material respect than the original agreement as in effect on October 8, 2003;

 

  (7) Restricted Payments that are permitted by the provisions of Section 4.10 hereof;

 

  (8) Permitted Investments; and

 

56


  (9) any Tax Benefit Transaction.

 

Section 4.15. Sale and Leaseback Transactions .

The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, enter into any sale and leaseback transaction; provided, however , that the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may enter into a sale and leaseback transaction if:

 

  (1) the Company or that Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, could have (i) Incurred Indebtedness in an amount equal to the Attributable Debt relating to such sale and leaseback transaction under the Debt to Cash Flow Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09(1) hereof and (ii) created a Lien on such property securing Attributable Debt pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.11 hereof;

 

  (2) the net cash proceeds of such sale and leaseback transaction are at least equal to the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company and set forth in an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee, of the property that is the subject of that sale and leaseback transaction; and

 

  (3) the transfer of assets in such sale and leaseback transaction is permitted by, and the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary applies the proceeds of such transaction in compliance with, the provisions of Section 4.12 hereof.

The Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries will be under no obligation to comply with the provisions of this Section 4.15 at any time after the date on which the Company no longer has outstanding any notes, bonds or debentures (including the Existing Notes) that contain the covenant set forth in this Section 4.15 without a covenant termination provision identical to this clause.

 

Section 4.16. Issuances and Sales of Equity Interests in Subsidiaries

 

  (1) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, transfer, convey, sell, lease or otherwise dispose of (including, without limitation, by way of merger, amalgamation or otherwise) any Equity Interests in any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary that constitutes a Significant Subsidiary of the Company or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries which, when taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary of the Company, to any Person (other than the Company or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary thereof or, in connection with a Tax Benefit Transaction, to Quebecor Inc. or a direct or indirect Subsidiary of Quebecor Inc.), unless:

 

  (i) such transfer, conveyance, sale, lease or other disposition (whether by way of merger, amalgamation or otherwise) is of all the Equity Interests of such Restricted Subsidiary; and

 

  (ii) the Net Proceeds from such transfer, conveyance, sale, lease or other disposition (whether by way of merger, amalgamation or otherwise) are applied in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.12 hereof.

 

  (2) The Company shall not permit any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary that constitutes a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries which, when taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary of the Company, to issue any Equity Interests to any Person, other than, (1) if necessary, shares of Capital Stock constituting directors’ qualifying shares, (2) Back-to-Back Securities, or (3) to the Company or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary thereof.

 

57


Section 4.17. Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries .

(a) The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if such Subsidiary:

 

  (1) has no Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Debt;

 

  (2) does not own any Equity Interest of any Restricted Subsidiary, or hold any Liens on any property of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

  (3) is not party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary unless the terms of any such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding are no less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Company;

 

  (4) is a Person with respect to which neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary has any direct or indirect obligation (a) to subscribe for additional Equity Interests or (b) to maintain or preserve such Person’s financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve any specified levels of operating results;

 

  (5) except in the case of a Subsidiary Guarantor that is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with this Indenture, has not guaranteed or otherwise directly or indirectly provided credit support for any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

  (6) has at least one director on its Board of Directors that is not a director or executive officer of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and has at least one executive officer that is not a director or executive officer of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; and

 

  (7) such designation would not cause a Default or Event of Default.

(b) Any designation of a Subsidiary of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a certified copy of the Board Resolution giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the provisions of paragraph (a) above and was permitted by the provisions of Section 4.10 hereof. If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the requirements of the provisions of paragraph (a) above, it shall thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of this Indenture and any Preferred Shares of such Subsidiary shall be deemed to be issued and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary shall be deemed to be Incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary as of such date and, if such Preferred Shares are not permitted to be issued or such Indebtedness is not permitted to be Incurred as of such date under the provisions of Section 4.09 hereof, the Company shall be in default of such Section.

(c) If a Restricted Subsidiary is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, the aggregate fair market value of all outstanding Investments owned by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the Subsidiary so designated shall be deemed to be an Investment made as of the time of such designation and shall either reduce the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.10(a) hereof or reduce the amount available for future Investments under one or more clauses of the definition of Permitted Investments, as the Company shall determine. Such designation shall be permitted only if such Investment would be permitted at such time and if such Restricted Subsidiary otherwise meets the requirements of the provisions of paragraph (a) above. Upon designation of a Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in compliance with this Section 4.17, such Subsidiary shall be released from any Subsidiary Guarantee previously made by such Subsidiary in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.05 hereof.

(d) The Board of Directors of the Company may at any time designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that (i) such designation shall be deemed to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of any outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted

 

58


Subsidiary and such designation shall only be permitted if such Indebtedness is permitted under the provisions of Section 4.09 hereof, calculated on a pro forma basis as if such designation had occurred at the beginning of the most recently ended full fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available; (ii) all outstanding Investments owned by such Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be deemed to be made as of the time of such designation and such Investments shall only be permitted if such Investments would be permitted under the provisions of Section 4.10 hereof (in the event that the Notes have reached Investment Grade Status and the provisions of Section 4.10 hereof have therefore ceased to apply, any calculation required to be effected under this clause (ii) shall be effected as if such provisions had been applicable at all times since the Issue Date); (iii) all Liens upon property or assets of such Unrestricted Subsidiary existing at the time of such designation would be permitted under the provisions of Section 4.11 hereof; and (iv) no Default or Event of Default would be in existence immediately following such designation.

 

Section 4.18. Repurchase at the Option of Holders Upon a Change of Control .

 

  (1) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Company shall, within 30 days of a Change of Control, make an offer (the “ Change of Control Offer ”) pursuant to the procedures set forth in Section 3.09 hereof. Each Holder shall have the right to accept such offer and require the Company to repurchase all or any part (equal to $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000) of such Holder’s Notes pursuant to the Change of Control Offer at a purchase price, in cash (the “ Change of Control Amount ”), equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes repurchased to the purchase date.

 

  (2) The Company shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if a third party makes a Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Company and purchases all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under the Change of Control Offer.

 

Section 4.19. Future Guarantors

The Company shall cause each Person that becomes a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company following the Issue Date to become a Subsidiary Guarantor and to execute a supplemental indenture and deliver an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee. In addition, the Company shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, to guarantee any other Indebtedness (including any Back-to-Back Debt) of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, unless such Restricted Subsidiary is a Subsidiary Guarantor or simultaneously executes and delivers a supplemental indenture providing for a Subsidiary Guarantee of the payment of the Notes by such Restricted Subsidiary, which Subsidiary Guarantee shall be senior to or pari passu with such Subsidiary’s guarantee of such other Indebtedness. The form of the Subsidiary Guarantee is attached hereto as Exhibit E.

 

Section 4.20. Additional Amounts .

 

  (1) All payments made by or on behalf of the Company or the Subsidiary Guarantors on or with respect to the Notes shall be made without withholding or deduction for any Taxes imposed by any Canadian Taxing Authority, unless required by law or the interpretation or administration thereof by the relevant Canadian Taxing Authority. If the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor (or any other payor) is required to withhold or deduct any amount on account of Taxes imposed by any Canadian Taxing Authority from any payment made under or with respect to any Notes that are outstanding on the date of the required payment, it shall:

 

  (i) make such withholding or deduction;

 

  (ii) remit the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant government authority in accordance with applicable law;

 

59


  (iii) pay the additional amounts (“ Additional Amounts ”) as may be necessary so that the net amount received by each holder (including Additional Amounts) after such withholding or deduction will not be less than the amount the holder would have received if such Taxes had not been withheld or deducted;

 

  (iv) furnish to the Holders, within 30 days after the date the payment of any Taxes is due, certified copies of tax receipts evidencing such payment by the Company or such Subsidiary Guarantor;

 

  (v) indemnify and hold harmless each Holder (other than an Excluded Holder, as defined in paragraph (2) below) for the amount of (a) any Taxes paid by each such Holder as a result of payments made on or with respect to the Notes, (b) any liability (including penalties, interest and expenses) arising from or with respect to such payments and (c) any Taxes imposed with respect to any reimbursement under the foregoing clauses (a) or (b), but excluding any such Taxes that are in the nature of Taxes on net income, taxes on capital, franchise taxes, net worth taxes and similar taxes; and

 

  (vi) at least 30 days prior to each date on which any payment under or with respect to the Notes is due and payable, if the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor becomes obligated to pay Additional Amounts with respect to such payment, deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating the amounts so payable and such other information necessary to enable the Trustee to pay such Additional Amounts to Holders on the payment date.

 

  (2) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (1) above, no Additional Amounts shall be payable to a Holder in respect of beneficial ownership of a Note (an “ Excluded Holder ”):

 

  (i) with which the Company or such Subsidiary Guarantor does not deal at arm’s-length, within the meaning of the Income Tax Act (Canada), at the time of making such payment;

 

  (ii) which is subject to such Taxes by reason of its being connected with Canada or any province or territory thereof otherwise than by the mere acquisition, holding or disposition of Notes or the receipt of payments thereunder; or

 

  (iii) if such Holder waives its right to receive Additional Amounts.

Any reference, in any context in this Indenture, to the payment of principal, premium, if any, redemption price, Change of Control Amount, offer price and interest or any other amount payable under or with respect to any Note, shall be deemed to include the payment of Additional Amounts to the extent that, in such context, Additional Amounts are, were or would be payable.

The obligations described under this Section 4.20 will survive any termination, defeasance or discharge of this Indenture and will apply mutatis mutandis to any jurisdiction in which any successor Person to the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor, as applicable, is organized or any political subdivision or taxing authority or agency thereof or therein.

 

Section 4.21. Business Activities .

The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, engage in any business other than the Permitted Businesses, except to such extent as would not be material to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

 

60


Section 4.22. Covenant Termination .

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Indenture, if, on any date following the Issue Date, (i) the Notes reach Investment Grade Status and (ii) no Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture, then, beginning on that date and continuing at all times thereafter regardless of any subsequent changes in the ratings of the Notes, the Company will be under no obligation to comply with the terms and provisions of Section 4.09, Section 4.10, Section 4.12, Section 4.13, Section 4.14, Section 4.15, Section 4.16, Section 4.17(d)(i), Section 4.21 and Sections 5.01(1)(iv) and 5.01(2)(iv), and such covenants, terms and provisions shall cease to apply to the Notes.

ARTICLE 5.

SUCCESSORS

 

Section 5.01. Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets of the Company and Subsidiary Guarantors .

 

  (1) The Company may not directly or indirectly, (i) consolidate, merge or amalgamate with or into another Person, whether or not the Company is the surviving corporation, or (ii) sell, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to another Person, unless, in either case,

 

  (i) either (a) the Company is the surviving corporation, or (b) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation, merger or amalgamation (if other than the Company) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made (the “ Surviving Company ”) is a corporation organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state of the United States, the District of Columbia, Canada or any province or territory of Canada;

 

  (ii) the Surviving Company expressly assumes all the obligations of the Company under the Notes and this Indenture pursuant to agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

 

  (iii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction no Default or Event of Default exists; and

 

  (iv) the Company or the Surviving Company shall, on the date of such transaction after giving pro forma effect thereto and any related financing transactions as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable fiscal quarter, be permitted to Incur at least US$1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Debt to Cash Flow Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09(1) hereof.

 

  (2) Unless in connection with a disposition by the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor of its entire ownership interest in a Subsidiary Guarantor or all or substantially all the assets of a Subsidiary Guarantor permitted by, and in accordance with the applicable provisions of, this Indenture (including, without limitation, the provisions of Section 4.12 hereof, the Company shall cause each Subsidiary Guarantor not to directly or indirectly, (i) consolidate, merge or amalgamate with or into another Person, whether or not such Subsidiary Guarantor is the surviving corporation, or (ii) sell, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of such Subsidiary Guarantor, in one or more related transactions, to another Person, unless, in either case,

 

  (i)

either (a) such Subsidiary Guarantor is the surviving corporation, or (b) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation, merger or amalgamation (if other than such Subsidiary Guarantor) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made (the “ Surviving Guarantor ”) is a corporation,

 

61


  limited liability company or limited partnership organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state of the United States, the District of Columbia, Canada or any province or territory of Canada;

 

  (ii) the Surviving Guarantor expressly assumes all the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee and this Indenture pursuant to agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

 

  (iii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction no Default or Event of Default exists; and

 

  (iv) such Subsidiary Guarantor or the Surviving Guarantor shall, on the date of such transaction after giving pro forma effect thereto and any related financing transactions as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable fiscal quarter, be permitted to Incur at least US$1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Debt to Cash Flow Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09(1) hereof.

 

  (3) In addition, the Company shall not, and shall cause each Subsidiary Guarantor not to, directly or indirectly, lease all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any other Person. Clauses (1)(iv) and (2)(iv) of this Section 5.01 shall not apply to a merger, consolidation or amalgamation, or a sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of assets, between or among the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary.

 

Section 5.02. Successor Corporation Substituted .

Each Surviving Company and Surviving Guarantor shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor, as applicable, under this Indenture; provided, however, that in the case of:

 

  (1) a sale, transfer, assignment, conveyance or other disposition (unless such sale, transfer, assignment, conveyance or other disposition is of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or in the case of a Subsidiary Guarantor, such sale, transfer, assignment, conveyance or other disposition is of all or substantially all of the assets of such Subsidiary Guarantor or all of the Capital Stock of such Subsidiary Guarantor to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transactions) a Subsidiary of the Company), or

 

  (2) a lease,

the predecessor company shall not be released from any of the obligations or covenants under this Indenture, including with respect to the payment of the Notes and obligations under the Subsidiary Guarantees.

ARTICLE 6.

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

 

Section 6.01. Events of Default .

Each of the following is an “Event of Default:”

 

  (i) default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest on, including Additional Amounts, if any, or with respect to, the Notes;

 

62


  (ii) default in payment, when due at Stated Maturity, upon acceleration, redemption, required repurchase or otherwise, of the principal of, or premium, if any, on the Notes;

 

  (iii) failure by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to comply with the provisions of Section 4.09, 4.10, 4.12, 4.18 or 5.01 hereof;

 

  (iv) failure by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary for 30 days after written notice thereof has been given to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 25% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes outstanding to comply with any of its other covenants or agreements in this Indenture;

 

  (v) default under any mortgage, hypothec, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists, or is created after the Issue Date, if that default:

 

  (A) is caused by a failure to pay principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on, such Indebtedness when due at the final maturity of such Indebtedness (a “ Payment Default ”); or

 

  (B) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its Stated Maturity,

and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates US$25.0 million or more;

 

  (vi) failure by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to pay final, non-appealable judgments aggregating in excess of US$25.0 million, which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days;

 

  (vii) any Subsidiary Guarantee of a Significant Subsidiary ceases, or the Subsidiary Guarantees of any group of Subsidiaries that, when taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary cease, to be in full force and effect (other than in accordance with the terms of any such Subsidiary Guarantee) or any Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary denies or disaffirms its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee, or a group of Subsidiary Guarantors that, when taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary deny or disaffirm their obligations under their respective Subsidiary Guarantees;

 

  (viii) the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Subsidiaries that, when taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:

 

  (A) commences a voluntary case or gives notice of intention to make a proposal under any Bankruptcy Law;

 

  (B) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case or consents to its dissolution or winding up;

 

  (C) consents to the appointment of a receiver, interim receiver, receiver and manager, liquidator, trustee or custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property;

 

63


  (D) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors;

 

  (E) admits in writing its inability to pay its debts as they become due or otherwise admits its insolvency; or

 

  (F) seeks a stay of proceedings against it or proposes or gives notice or intention to propose a compromise, arrangement or reorganization of any of its debts or obligations under any Bankruptcy Law; and

 

  (ix) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

 

  (A) is for relief against the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Subsidiaries that, when taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, in an involuntary case; or

 

  (B) appoints a receiver, interim receiver, receiver and manager, liquidator, trustee or custodian of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Subsidiaries that, when taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, or for all or substantially all of the property of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Subsidiaries that, when taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary;

 

  (C) orders the liquidation of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Subsidiaries that, when taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; or

 

  (D) orders the presentation of any plan or arrangement, compromise or reorganization of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Subsidiaries that, when taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary;

and such order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days.

 

Section 6.02. Acceleration .

If any Event of Default (other than those of the type described in Section 6.01(viii) or (ix) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may, and the Trustee upon the request of Holders of 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes shall, or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of outstanding Notes may, declare the principal of all the Notes, together with all accrued and unpaid interest, premium, if any, to be due and payable by notice in writing to the Company and the Trustee specifying the respective Event of Default and that such notice is a notice of acceleration (the “ Acceleration Notice ”), and the same shall become immediately due and payable.

In the case of an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(viii) or (ix) hereof, all outstanding Notes shall become due and payable immediately without further action or notice by the Trustee or the Holders. Holders may not enforce this Indenture or the Notes except as provided in this Indenture.

At any time after a declaration of acceleration with respect to the Notes, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (by notice to the Trustee) may rescind and cancel such declaration and its consequences if:

 

  (1) the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction;

 

64


  (2) all existing Defaults and Events of Default have been cured or waived except nonpayment of principal of or interest on the Notes that has become due solely by such declaration of acceleration;

 

  (3) to the extent the payment of such interest is lawful, interest (at the same rate specified in the Notes) on overdue installments of interest and overdue payments of principal which has become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration has been paid;

 

  (4) the Company has paid the Trustee its reasonable compensation and reimbursed the Trustee for its reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances; and

 

  (5) in the event of the cure or waiver of an Event of Default of the type described in Section 6.01(viii) or (ix), the Trustee has received an Officers’ Certificate and Opinion of Counsel that such Event of Default has been cured or waived.

In the case of an Event of Default with respect to the Notes occurring by reason of any willful action or inaction taken or not taken by the Company or on the Company’s behalf with the intention of avoiding payment of the premium that the Company would have been required to pay if the Company had then elected to redeem the Notes pursuant to Section 3.07 hereof, an equivalent premium shall also become and be immediately due and payable to the extent permitted by law upon the acceleration of the Notes. If an Event of Default occurs prior to June 15, 2016, by reason of any willful action or inaction taken or not taken by the Company or on the Company’s behalf with the intention of avoiding the prohibition on redemption of the Notes prior to June 15, 2016, then the premium specified in Section 3.07(2) hereof shall also become immediately due and payable to the extent permitted by law upon acceleration of the Notes.

 

Section 6.03. Other Remedies .

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture.

The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding, and any such proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name on behalf of the Holders of Notes and as the fondé de pouvoir (holder of the power of attorney) of the Holders of the Notes, and any recovery of judgment shall be for the rateable benefit of the Holders of the Notes subject to the provisions of this Indenture. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies shall be cumulative to the extent permitted by law.

 

Section 6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults .

The Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default or Event of Default, and its consequences, except a continuing Default or Event of Default (i) in the payment of the principal of or interest on the Notes and (ii) in respect of a covenant or provision which under this Indenture cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each Note affected by such modification or amendment. Upon any waiver of a Default or Event of Default such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed cured for every purpose of this Indenture, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

 

Section 6.05. Control by Majority .

Subject to Section 7.01, Section 7.02(5) (including the Trustee’s receipt of the security or indemnification described therein) and Section 7.06 hereof, in case an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding shall have the right to direct the time,

 

65


method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee with respect to the Notes; provided, however, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction from the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding that conflicts with applicable law or this Indenture, or that the Trustee determines in good faith may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of the Holders not joining in the giving of such direction, and may take any other action it deems proper that is not inconsistent with such direction.

 

Section 6.06. Limitation on Suits .

No Holder shall have any right to institute any proceeding with respect to this Indenture, or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any remedy thereunder, unless:

 

  (1) such Holder has previously given to the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default,

 

  (2) Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding have made written request and offered indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee to institute such proceeding as trustee, and

 

  (3) the Trustee shall not have received from the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding a direction inconsistent with such request and shall have failed to institute such proceeding within 60 days.

The preceding limitations shall not apply to a suit instituted by a Holder for enforcement of payment of principal of, and premium, if any, or interest on, a Note on or after the respective due dates for such payments set forth in such Note.

A Holder may not use this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of another Holder or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder.

 

Section 6.07. Rights of Holders to Receive Payment .

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture (including, without limitation, Section 6.06 hereof), the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes held by such Holder, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Notes (including in connection with an offer to purchase), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.

 

Section 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee .

If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01 (i) or (ii) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name on behalf of all the Holders of Notes and as the fondé de pouvoir (holder of the power of attorney) against the Company for the whole amount of principal of, premium, if any, and interest then due and owing (together with interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest) and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

 

Section 6.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim .

The Trustee shall be authorized in its own name on behalf of the Holders of Notes and as the fondé de pouvoir (holder of the power of attorney) of the Holders of the Notes to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company (or any other obligor upon the Notes), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby

 

66


authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due to the Trustee under Section 7.06 hereof. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due to the Trustee under Section 7.06 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, moneys, securities and any other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

 

Section 6.10. Priorities .

If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article 6, it shall be held in trust by the Trustee and paid out in the following order:

First: to the Trustee, its agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.06 hereof, including payment of all compensation, expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the costs and expenses of collection;

Second: to Holders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, respectively; and

Third: to the Company or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct.

The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section 6.10.

 

Section 6.11. Undertaking for Costs .

In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in such suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of such suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in such suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 shall not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes.

ARTICLE 7.

TRUSTEE

 

Section 7.01. Duties of Trustee .

 

  (1) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent Person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such Person’s own affairs.

 

67


  (2) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

 

  (i) the duties of the Trustee shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

 

  (ii) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein).

 

  (3) The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own wilful misconduct, except that:

 

  (i) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (2) of this Section;

 

  (ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

 

  (iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05 hereof.

 

  (4) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (1), (2) and (3) of this Section 7.01.

 

  (5) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or incur any financial liability. The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights and powers under this Indenture at the request of any Holders, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.

 

  (6) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

Section 7.02. Rights of Trustee .

 

  (1) The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in any such document.

 

  (2) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee may consult with counsel and the written advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.

 

  (3) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture.

 

  (4) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Company shall be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Company.

 

68


  (5) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.

 

  (6) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a Default or Event of Default is received by a Responsible Officer of the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee from the Company or the Holders of 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes, and such notice references the specific Default or Event of Default, the Notes and this Indenture.

 

  (7) The Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the performance of its power and duties hereunder.

 

  (8) The Trustee shall have no duty to inquire as to the performance of the Company’s covenants herein.

 

  (9) The Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents or attorneys and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder.

 

Section 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee .

The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor or any Affiliate of the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee shall also be subject to Section 7.09.

 

Section 7.04. Trustee’s Disclaimer .

The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Company’s use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Company or upon the Company’s direction under any provision of this Indenture, it shall not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it shall not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other than its certificate of authentication.

 

Section 7.05. Notice of Defaults .

If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to Holders a notice of the Default or Event of Default within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders.

 

Section 7.06. Compensation and Indemnity .

The Company shall pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder. The Company shall reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services (including the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel), except any such disbursement, advance or expense as may be attributable to its negligence, wilful misconduct or bad faith.

 

69


The Company shall indemnify the Trustee (in its capacity as Trustee) or any predecessor Trustee (in its capacity as Trustee) against any and all losses, claims, damages, penalties, fines, liabilities or expenses, including incidental and out-of-pocket expenses and reasonable attorneys fees (for purposes of this Article 7, “ losses ”) incurred by it arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of its duties under this Indenture, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Company (including this Section 7.06) and defending itself against any claim (whether asserted by the Company or any Holder or any other Person) or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder, except to the extent such losses may be attributable to its negligence, wilful misconduct or bad faith. The Trustee shall notify the Company promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of its obligations hereunder. The Company shall defend the claim, and the Trustee shall cooperate in the defense. The Trustee may have separate counsel if the Trustee has been reasonably advised by counsel that there may be one or more legal defenses available to it that are different from or additional to those available to the Company and in the reasonable judgment of such counsel it is advisable for the Trustee to engage separate counsel, and the Company shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel. The Company need not pay for any settlement made without its consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Company need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss incurred by the Trustee through the Trustee’s own negligence, wilful misconduct or bad faith.

The obligations of the Company under this Section 7.06 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the resignation or removal of the Trustee and payment in full of the Notes.

To secure the Company’s payment obligations in this Section, the Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal, premium, if any, and interest on particular Notes. Such Lien shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(viii) or (ix) hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.

 

Section 7.07. Replacement of Trustee .

A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee shall become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 7.07.

The Trustee may resign in writing at any time upon 30 days’ prior notice to the Company and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Company. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Company in writing. The Company may remove the Trustee if:

 

  (1) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.09 hereof;

 

  (2) the Trustee is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;

 

  (3) a custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

 

  (4) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.

If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason (the Trustee in such event being referred to herein as the retiring Trustee), the Company shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Company.

 

70


If a successor Trustee does not take office within 30 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Company, or the Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months, fails to comply with Section 7.09 hereof, such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to Holders. Subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.06 hereof, the retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee provided, however; that all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder shall have been paid. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.07, the Company’s obligations under Section 7.06 hereof shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

No successor Trustee shall accept its appointment unless at the time of such acceptance such successor Trustee shall be qualified and eligible under this Article.

 

Section 7.08. Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc .

If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation or banking association, the successor corporation or banking association without any further act shall, if such successor corporation or banking association is otherwise eligible hereunder, be the successor Trustee.

 

Section 7.09. Eligibility, Disqualification .

There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a Person organized and doing business under the laws of Canada or of any province thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power. If at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, it shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect specified in this Article.

The Trustee represents to the Company that at the date of the execution and delivery of this Indenture there exists no material conflict of interest in the role of the Trustee as a fiduciary hereunder. If at any time a material conflict of interest exists in the Trustee’s role as a fiduciary hereunder the Trustee shall, within 90 days after ascertaining that such a material conflict of interest exists, either eliminate the same or else resign as Trustee hereunder by giving notice in writing to the Company at least 21 days prior to such resignation and shall thereupon be discharged from all further duties and liabilities hereunder.

 

Section 7.10. Acceptance of Trust .

The Trustee hereby accepts any and all trusts created or constituted for the purposes of this Indenture, including Sections 2.04, 6.10, 8.04, 8.05, 8.06, 11.01, 11.02 and 11.03, or any Notes, agrees to perform the same upon the terms and conditions herein set forth and, to the extent any such terms and conditions conflict with any provisions of applicable law, such terms and conditions shall prevail to the extent that such provisions do not constitute provisions of public order.

 

Section 7.11. Fondé de Pouvoir .

The Trustee hereby agrees to act as the fondé de pouvoir (holder of the power of attorney) for the Holders of the Notes to the extent necessary or desirable for the purposes of this Indenture and each Holder by receiving and holding the Notes accepts and confirms the appointment of the Trustee as fondé de pouvoir (holder of the power of attorney) of such Holder to the extent necessary for the purposes hereof and in accordance with and subject to the provisions hereof, including with respect to and in connection with the guarantees contemplated by Article 10 of this Indenture.

 

71


To the extent necessary and for greater certainty (but without in any way detracting from custom and usage applicable with regards to the relationship between the Company, the Trustee and the Holders hereunder) and subject to any applicable law of public order, the Trustee and the Company hereby agree with regards to the Trustee so acting as fondé de pouvoir (holder of the power of attorney) of the Holders hereunder and each Holder by receiving and holding same agrees with the Company and the Trustee that:

 

  (1) notwithstanding any other provision hereof and except as may be otherwise set forth in any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action given or taken by Holders of Notes pursuant to this Indenture, relating thereto, no Holder shall be liable to third parties for acts performed by the Trustee (or any other person appointed by the Trustee to perform all or any of its rights, powers, trusts or duties hereunder) during the exercise of its rights, powers and trusts and the performance of its duties under this Indenture or for injury caused to such parties by the fault of the Trustee (or any such person), or for contracts entered into in favour of such parties, during such performance and the Trustee (or any such person) alone shall be so liable subject to any rights or recourses which the Trustee (or any such person) may have hereunder or under any applicable law against the Company or any other person (other than a Holder) in connection with any such liability;

 

  (2) except as otherwise expressly provided herein or in any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action given or taken by Holders of Notes pursuant to this Indenture, the Trustee shall not be entitled to receive from the Holders any remuneration or compensation for any services rendered by the Trustee hereunder or reimbursement of any costs, expenses, liabilities, disbursements or advances incurred or made by the Trustee in accordance with any provision of this Indenture or interest thereon;

 

  (3) notwithstanding any other provision hereof and except as may be otherwise set forth in any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action given or taken by Holders of Notes pursuant to this Indenture, relating thereto, no Holder shall be liable to compensate the Trustee for any injury suffered by it by reason of the performance of its rights, powers, trusts or duties hereunder subject to any rights or recourses which the Trustee may have hereunder or under any applicable law against the Company or any other person (other than a Holder) in connection with such injury;

 

  (4) neither the death nor bankruptcy of a Holder shall terminate the Trustee’s rights, powers, trusts or duties hereunder with respect to the Notes held by such Holder which shall continue to apply in favour of the Holder or Holders who have acquired such Notes from such deceased or bankrupt Holder;

 

  (5) the bankruptcy of the Trustee shall not terminate its rights, powers, trusts or duties hereunder provided that such rights, powers, trusts or duties are assumed by a successor Trustee appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 7.07;

 

  (6) so long as any Notes remain outstanding, (i) each Holder hereby renounces its right to revoke any mandate relationship created between such Holder and the Trustee hereunder and (ii) the Trustee hereby agrees that it will not revoke any such mandate relationship except through a resignation pursuant to and in compliance with the provisions of Section 7.07; and

 

  (7) except as otherwise expressly provided herein or in any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action given or taken by Holders of Notes pursuant to this Indenture, the Trustee shall not be obliged to render any account to the Holders nor return to the Holders any amounts which it has received in the performance of its duties hereunder nor pay any interest to the Holders on such amounts.

 

72


Section 7.12. Company Status .

The Company represents and warrants that it is filing with the Commission as a Foreign Private Issuer (as such term is defined in the Exchange Act) and has delivered to the Trustee an officers’ certificate certifying such “reporting issuer” status and other information as the Trustee has requested, including, but not limited to, the Central Index Key that has been assigned for filing purposes. Should the Company cease to file as a Foreign Private Issuer, the Company covenants to deliver to the Trustee an officers’ certificate (in a form provided by the Trustee) certifying a change in “reporting issuer” status and such other information as the Trustee may require at such given time. The Company understands that the Trustee is relying upon the foregoing representation, warranty and covenant in order to meet certain Commission obligations with respect to those clients who are filing with the Commission.

ARTICLE 8.

LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

 

Section 8.01. Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance .

The Company may, at its option and at any time, elect to have either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof be applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth in this Article 8.

 

Section 8.02. Legal Defeasance and Discharge .

Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Company shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from its obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “ Legal Defeasance ”) and each Subsidiary Guarantor shall be released from all of its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee. For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Company shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes, which shall thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in (a), (b) and (d) below, and to have satisfied all its other obligations under the Notes and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: (a) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive solely from the trust fund described in Section 8.04 hereof, and as more fully set forth in such Section, payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest and Additional Amounts on such Notes when such payments are due, (b) the Company’s obligations with respect to such Notes under Article 2 and Sections 4.01 and 4.02 hereof, (c) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and the Company’s obligations and the Subsidiary Guarantor’s in connection therewith and (d) this Article 8. If the Company exercises under Section 8.01 hereof the option applicable to this Section 8.02, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default. Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Company may exercise its option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.03 hereof.

 

Section 8.03. Covenant Defeasance .

Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Company shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be released from its obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.05 and 4.06, 4.09 through 4.19, and 4.21 hereof, and the operation of Sections 5.01(1)(iv) and (2)(iv) hereof, with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof are satisfied (hereinafter, “ Covenant Defeasance ”) and each Subsidiary Guarantor shall be released from all of its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee with respect to such covenants in connection with such outstanding Notes and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it

 

73


being understood that such Notes shall not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes, the Company may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes shall be unaffected thereby. If the Company exercises under Section 8.01 hereof the option applicable to this Section 8.03, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default specified in clause (iii) (with respect to the covenants contained in Sections 4.09, 4.10, 4.12 or 4.18 or Section 5.01(1)(iv) or (2)(iv) hereof), (iv) (with respect to Sections 4.05, 4.06, 4.11, 4.13 through 4.17, 4.19 and 4.21 hereof), (v), (vi), (vii), (viii) and (ix) of such Section 6.01 (but in the case of (viii) and (ix) of Section 6.01 hereof, with respect to Significant Subsidiaries only) or because of the Company’s failure to comply with Section 5.01(1)(iv) or (2)(iv) hereof.

 

Section 8.04. Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance .

The following shall be the conditions to the application of either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof to the outstanding Notes.

In order to exercise Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance:

 

  (1) the Company shall irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, as mandatary and depositary, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders cash in Canadian dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent accountants, to pay the principal of, or interest and premium, if any, on the outstanding notes on the Stated Maturity or on the applicable date of redemption, as the case may be, and the Company shall specify whether the Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular date of redemption;

 

  (2) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in Canada reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for Canadian federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to Canadian federal income tax (including withholding tax) on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

 

  (3) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in Canada reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for Canadian federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to Canadian federal income tax (including withholding tax) on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same time as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

 

  (4)

no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing either (a) on the date of such deposit, or (b) insofar as Events of Default from bankruptcy or insolvency events are concerned, at any time in the period ending on the 91 st day after the date of deposit, other than, in each case, a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit;

 

  (5) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under any material agreement or instrument, to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is bound;

 

  (6)

the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that, assuming no intervening bankruptcy of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor between the date of deposit and the 91st day following such deposit and assuming that no Holder is an “insider” of the

 

74


  Company under applicable Bankruptcy Law, after the 91st day following such deposit, the trust funds will not be subject to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally;

 

  (7) the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that such deposit was not made by the Company with the intent of preferring the Holders of Notes over the other creditors of the Company with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors of the Company or others;

 

  (8) if the Notes are to be redeemed prior to their Stated Maturity, the Company must deliver to the Trustee irrevocable instructions to redeem all of the Notes on the specified redemption date; and

 

  (9) the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with.

 

Section 8.05. Deposited Cash and Government Securities to be Held in Trust, Other Miscellaneous Provisions .

Subject to Section 8.06 hereof, all cash and non-callable Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.05, the “ Trustee ”) pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and interest but such cash and securities need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

The Company shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or non-callable Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.

Anything in this Article 8 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon the request of the Company any cash or non-callable Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.04 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent certified public accountants of recognized international standing expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the certification delivered under Section 8.04(1) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

 

Section 8.06. Repayment to Company .

Subject to any applicable laws relating to abandoned property, any cash or non-callable Government Securities deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal, premium, if any, or interest on any Note and remaining unclaimed for three years after such principal, premium, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on its request or (if then held by the Company) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder shall thereafter, as an unsecured creditor, look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such cash and securities, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided, however , that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Company cause to be published once, in The Globe and Mail (national edition) and Le Journal de Montréal , notice that such cash and securities remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such cash and securities then remaining shall be repaid to the Company.

 

75


Section 8.07. Reinstatement .

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any cash or non-callable Government Securities in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Company’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such cash and securities in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be; provided, however , that, if the Company makes any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders to receive such payment from the cash and securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

ARTICLE 9.

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

 

Section 9.01. Without Consent of Holders of Notes .

Notwithstanding Section 9.02 of this Indenture, the Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture or the Notes without the consent of any Holder to:

 

  (1) cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency;

 

  (2) provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes;

 

  (3) provide for the assumption of the obligations of the Company and/or a Subsidiary Guarantor to Holders in the case of a merger, consolidation, or amalgamation or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and/or a Subsidiary Guarantor; provided, however , that the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in Canada to the effect that Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for Canadian federal tax purposes as a result of such assumption by a successor corporation and will be subject to Canadian federal taxes (including withholding taxes) on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such assumption had not occurred;

 

  (4) make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under this Indenture of any such Holder;

 

  (5) add additional guarantees with respect to the Notes or release Subsidiary Guarantors from Subsidiary Guarantees as provided or permitted by the terms of this Indenture; or

 

  (6) provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with this Indenture.

 

Section 9.02. With Consent of Holders of Notes .

Except as provided below in this Section 9.02, the Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture and the Notes with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes, including Additional Notes, if any, then outstanding voting as a single class (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of or tender offer or exchange offer for the Notes), and, subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, any existing Default or Event of Default (except a continuing Default or Event of Default (i) in the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes and (ii) in respect of a covenant or provision which under this Indenture cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each Note affected by such modification or amendment ) or compliance with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes, including Additional Notes, if any, then outstanding voting as a single class (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of or tender offer or exchange offer for the Notes).

 

76


It shall not be necessary for any instrument or resolution evidencing the consent of the Holders under this Section to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or supplemental indenture, but it shall be sufficient if such instrument or resolution shall approve the substance thereof.

Without the consent of each Holder, an amendment or waiver under this Section 9.02 may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder):

 

  (1) reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;

 

  (2) reduce the principal of or change the Stated Maturity of any Note or alter the provisions with respect to the redemption of the Notes;

 

  (3) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any Note;

 

  (4) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on the Notes, except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration;

 

  (5) make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Notes;

 

  (6) make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders of Notes to receive payments of principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on the Notes, or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holders’ Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee;

 

  (7) amend, change or modify the obligation of the Company to make and consummate an Asset Sale Offer with respect to any Asset Sale in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.12 hereof after the obligation to make and consummate such Asset Sale Offer has arisen or the obligation of the Company to make and consummate a Change of Control Offer in the event of a Change in Control in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.18 hereof after such Change of Control has occurred, including, in each case, amending, changing or modifying any definition relating thereto;

 

  (8) except as otherwise permitted under the provisions of Section 5.01 hereof, consent to the assignment or transfer by the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor of any of their rights or obligations under this Indenture;

 

  (9) subordinate the Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee to any other obligation of the Company or the applicable Subsidiary Guarantor;

 

  (10) amend or modify any Subsidiary Guarantee in a manner that would adversely affect the Holders of the Notes or release any Subsidiary Guarantor from any of its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee or this Indenture (except in accordance with the terms of this Indenture);

 

  (11) amend or modify the provisions of Section 4.20 hereof; or

 

  (12) make any change in the preceding amendment and waiver provisions.

The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Persons entitled to consent to any supplemental indenture. If a record date is fixed, the Holders on such record date, or their duly designated proxies, and only such Persons, shall be entitled to consent to such supplemental indenture, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date; provided that unless such consent shall have become effective by virtue of the requisite percentage having been obtained prior to the date which is 120 days after such record date, any such consent previously given shall automatically and without further action by any Holder be cancelled and of no further effect.

 

77


It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.

After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Company shall mail to the Holder of each Note affected thereby to such Holder’s address appearing in the Security Register a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Company to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amended or supplemental indenture or waiver.

 

Section 9.03. Revocation and Effect of Consents .

Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion thereof that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent as to its Note or portion thereof if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the waiver, supplement or amendment becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver shall become effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter shall bind every Holder.

 

Section 9.04. Notation on or Exchange of Notes .

The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Company in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver.

Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

 

Section 9.05. Trustee to Sign Amendments, Etc .

The Trustee shall sign any amended or supplemental indenture authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. The Company may not sign an amendment or supplemental indenture until the Board of Directors approves it. In executing any amended or supplemental indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive and (subject to Section 7.01 hereof) shall be fully protected in relying upon an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and that such amended or supplemental indenture is the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, subject to customary exceptions and that such amended or supplemental indenture complies with the provisions hereof.

ARTICLE 10.

SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES

 

Section 10.01. Guarantee .

Subject to this Article 10, each of the Subsidiary Guarantors hereby unconditionally guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns (a) the due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes, subject to any applicable grace period, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, the due and punctual payment of interest on the overdue principal and premium, if any, and to the extent permitted by law, interest, and the due and punctual performance of all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal

 

78


of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same shall be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at maturity, by acceleration pursuant to Section 6.02 hereof, redemption or otherwise. Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Subsidiary Guarantors shall be solidarily (jointly and severally) obligated to pay the same immediately. Each Subsidiary Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.

Each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby agrees that its obligations with regard to its Subsidiary Guarantee shall be solidary, unconditional, irrespective of the validity or enforceability of the Notes or the obligations of the Company under this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, the recovery of any judgment against the Company or any other obligor with respect to this Indenture, the Notes or the Obligations of the Company under this Indenture or the Notes, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstances (other than complete performance) which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a Subsidiary Guarantor. Each Subsidiary Guarantor further, to the extent permitted by law, waives and relinquishes all claims, rights and remedies accorded by applicable law to guarantors and agrees not to assert or take advantage of any such claims, rights or remedies, including but not limited to: (a) any right to require any of the Trustee, the Holders or the Company (each a “ Benefited Party ”), as a condition of payment or performance by such Subsidiary Guarantor, to (1) proceed against the Company, any other guarantor (including any other Subsidiary Guarantor) of the Obligations under the Subsidiary Guarantees or any other Person, (2) proceed against or exhaust any security held from the Company, any such other guarantor or any other Person, (3) proceed against or have resort to any balance of any deposit account or credit on the books of any Benefited Party in favor of the Company or any other Person, or (4) pursue any other remedy in the power of any Benefited Party whatsoever; (b) any defense arising by reason of the incapacity, lack of authority or any disability or other defense of the Company including any defense based on or arising out of the lack of validity or the unenforceability of the Obligations under the Subsidiary Guarantees or any agreement or instrument relating thereto or by reason of the cessation of the liability of the Company from any cause other than payment in full of the Obligations under the Subsidiary Guarantees; (c) any defense based upon any statute or rule of law which provides that the obligation of a surety must be neither larger in amount nor in other respects more burdensome than that of the principal, and any defense or termination of its Subsidiary Guarantee pursuant to Article 2362 of the Civil Code; (d) any defense based upon any Benefited Party’s errors or omissions in the administration of the Obligations under the Subsidiary Guarantees, except behavior which amounts to bad faith; (e)(1) any principles or provisions of law, statutory or otherwise, which are or might be in conflict with the terms of the Subsidiary Guarantees and any legal or equitable discharge of such Subsidiary Guarantor’s obligations hereunder, (2) the benefit of any prescription of such Subsidiary Guarantor’s liability hereunder or the enforcement hereof, (3) any rights to set-offs, recoupments and counterclaims and (4) promptness, diligence and any requirement that any Benefited Party protect, secure, perfect or insure any security interest or lien or any property subject thereto; (f) notices, demands, presentations, protests, notices of protest, notices of dishonor and notices of any action or inaction, including acceptance of the Subsidiary Guarantees, notices of default under the Notes or any agreement or instrument related thereto, notices of any renewal, extension or modification of the Obligations under the Subsidiary Guarantees or any agreement related thereto, and notices of any extension of credit to the Company and any right to consent to any thereof; (g) any defenses or benefits that may be derived from or afforded by law which limit the liability of or exonerate guarantors or sureties, or which may conflict with the terms of the Subsidiary Guarantees, and (h) any rights to be provided information pursuant to Article 2345 of the Civil Code. Except to the extent expressly provided herein, including Sections 8.02, 8.03 and 10.05 hereof, each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby covenants that its Subsidiary Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in its Subsidiary Guarantee and this Indenture.

If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Company or the Subsidiary Guarantors, any amount paid by either to the Trustee or such Holder, this Subsidiary Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect.

Each Subsidiary Guarantor agrees that it shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby. Each Subsidiary Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Subsidiary Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Section 6.02 hereof for the purposes of this Subsidiary Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay,

 

79


injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby and (y) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Section 6.02 hereof, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Subsidiary Guarantors for the purpose of this Subsidiary Guarantee. The Subsidiary Guarantors shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Subsidiary Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Subsidiary Guarantee.

Each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby waives the benefits of discussion and division.

 

Section 10.02. Limitation on Subsidiary Guarantor Liability .

Each Subsidiary Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Subsidiary Guarantee of such Subsidiary Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent applicable to any Subsidiary Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and the Subsidiary Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under this Article 10 shall be limited to the maximum amount as shall, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Subsidiary Guarantor that are relevant under such laws, including, if applicable, its guarantee of all obligations under the Credit Agreement, and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Subsidiary Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Subsidiary Guarantor under this Article 10, result in the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance.

 

Section 10.03. Execution and Delivery of Subsidiary Guarantee .

To evidence its Subsidiary Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 hereof, each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby agrees that a notation of such Subsidiary Guarantee in substantially the form included in Exhibit E attached hereto shall be endorsed by an Officer of such Subsidiary Guarantor on each Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and that this Indenture shall be executed on behalf of such Subsidiary Guarantor by its President or one of its Vice Presidents.

Each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby agrees that its Subsidiary Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 hereof shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Subsidiary Guarantee.

If an Officer whose signature is on this Indenture or on the Subsidiary Guarantee no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note on which a Subsidiary Guarantee is endorsed, the Subsidiary Guarantee shall be valid nevertheless.

The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of the Subsidiary Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Subsidiary Guarantors.

 

Section 10.04. Subsidiary Guarantors May Consolidate, Etc., on Certain Terms .

Except as otherwise provided in Section 10.05 hereof, no Subsidiary Guarantor may consolidate, merge or amalgamate with or into (whether or not such Subsidiary Guarantor is the Surviving Guarantor) another Person whether or not affiliated with such Subsidiary Guarantor unless:

 

  (1) subject to Section 10.05 hereof, the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation, merger or amalgamation (if other than a Subsidiary Guarantor or the Company) unconditionally assumes all the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor, pursuant to a supplemental indenture in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, under this Indenture and the Subsidiary Guarantee on the terms set forth herein or therein; and

 

80


  (2) the Subsidiary Guarantor or the Surviving Guarantor, as applicable, complies with the requirements of Article 5 hereof.

In case of any such consolidation, merger, amalgamation, sale or conveyance and upon the assumption by the successor Person, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee and satisfactory in form to the Trustee, of the Subsidiary Guarantee endorsed upon the Notes and the due and punctual performance of all of the covenants and conditions of this Indenture to be performed by the Subsidiary Guarantor, such successor Person shall succeed to and be substituted for the Subsidiary Guarantor with the same effect as if it had been named herein as a Subsidiary Guarantor. Such successor Person thereupon may cause to be signed any or all of the Subsidiary Guarantees to be endorsed upon all of the Notes issuable hereunder which theretofore shall not have been signed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee. All the Subsidiary Guarantees so issued shall in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under this Indenture as the Subsidiary Guarantees theretofore and thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture as though all of such Subsidiary Guarantees had been issued at the date of the execution hereof.

Except as set forth in Articles 4 and 5 hereof, and notwithstanding clauses (1) and (2) above, nothing contained in this Indenture or in any of the Notes shall prevent any consolidation, merger or amalgamation of a Subsidiary Guarantor with or into the Company or another Subsidiary Guarantor, or shall prevent any sale or conveyance of the property of a Subsidiary Guarantor as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to the Company or another Subsidiary Guarantor.

 

Section 10.05. Releases Following Sale of Assets .

In the event of a sale or other disposition of all of the Capital Stock of any Subsidiary Guarantor (including by way of consolidation, merger or amalgamation), in each case to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) an Affiliate of the Company, then such Subsidiary Guarantor shall be released and relieved of any obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee; provided that such sale or other disposition shall be subject to all applicable provisions of this Indenture, including without limitation Section 4.12 hereof. If a Subsidiary Guarantor is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.17 hereof, such Subsidiary Guarantor shall be released and relieved of any obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee. Upon delivery by the Company to the Trustee of an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such sale or other disposition or designation was made by the Company in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, including without limitation Section 4.12 hereof, the Trustee shall execute any documents reasonably required in order to evidence the release of any Subsidiary Guarantor from its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee.

Any Subsidiary Guarantor not released from its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee shall remain liable for the full amount of principal of and interest on the Notes and for the other obligations of any Subsidiary Guarantor under this Indenture.

ARTICLE 11.

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

 

Section 11.01. Satisfaction and Discharge .

This Indenture shall be discharged and shall cease to be of further effect, except as to surviving rights of registration of transfer or exchange of the Notes, as to all Notes issued hereunder, and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, when:

 

  (1) either:

 

  (i)

all Notes that have been previously authenticated (except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has previously been

 

81


  deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Company and is thereafter repaid to the Company or discharged from the trust) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

 

  (ii) all Notes that have not been previously delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (A) have become due and payable by reason of a making of a notice of redemption or otherwise or (B) will become due and payable within one year, and the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, cash in Canadian dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Notes not previously delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes to the date of deposit, in the case of Notes that have become due and payable, or to the Stated Maturity or redemption date, as the case may be;

 

  (2) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or shall occur as a result of such deposit and such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other instrument to which the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor is a party or by which the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor is bound;

 

  (3) the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable by it under this Indenture;

 

  (4) the Company shall have delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or the date of redemption, as the case may be; and

 

  (5) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and Opinion of Counsel stating that all conditions precedent under this Indenture relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been satisfied.

 

Section 11.02. Deposited Cash and Government Securities to be Held in trust, Other Miscellaneous Provisions .

Subject to Section 11.03 hereof, all cash and non-callable Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 11.02, the “ Trustee ”) pursuant to Section 11.01 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and interest but such cash and securities need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

Section 11.03. Repayment to Company .

Subject to any applicable laws relating to abandoned property, any cash or non-callable Government Securities deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, any Note and remaining unclaimed for three years after such principal, and premium, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on its request or (if then held by the Company) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder shall thereafter, as an unsecured creditor, look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such cash and securities, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided, however , that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Company cause to be published once, in The Globe and Mail (national edition) and Le Journal de Montréal , notice that such cash and securities remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such cash and securities then remaining shall be repaid to the Company.

 

82


Section 11.04. Release of Subsidiary Guarantors upon Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture .

In the event the Company shall be irrevocably released from all of its obligations under this Indenture, each of the Subsidiary Guarantors shall also be released in respect of all of their respective obligations under the terms of this Indenture, the Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee.

ARTICLE 12.

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 12.01. Notices .

Any notice or communication by the Company and/or a Subsidiary Guarantor or the Trustee to the other is duly given if in writing and delivered in person or mailed by first class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), facsimile transmission or overnight air courier guaranteeing next-day delivery, to the other’s address:

If to the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor:

Videotron Ltd.

612 St. Jacques Street

Montréal, Québec, H3C 4M8

Canada

Attention: Vice President, Legal Affairs

Facsimile No.: (514) 985-8834

With a copy to:

Norton Rose OR LLP

1 Place Ville-Marie

Suite 2500

Montreal, QC H3B 1R1

Attention: Peter J. Wiazowski

Facsimile No.: (514) 286-5474

If to the Trustee:

Computershare Trust Company of Canada

1500 University Street, 7th Floor

Montreal, Québec H3A 3S8

Attention: Manager, Corporate Trust Services

Facsimile No.: (514) 982-7677

The Company or the Trustee, by notice to the other, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

All notices and communications (other than those sent to the Trustee) shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt acknowledged, if sent by facsimile transmission; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next-day delivery. All notices and communications to the Trustee shall be deemed duly given and effective only upon receipt.

 

83


Any notice or communication to a Holder shall be mailed by first class mail, certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next-day delivery to its address shown on the Security Register. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders.

If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

If the Company mails a notice or communication to Holders, it shall mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time.

 

Section 12.02. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent .

Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under any provision of this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee:

 

  (1) an Officers’ Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 12.03 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and

 

  (2) an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 12.03 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been complied with.

 

Section 12.03. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion .

Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture shall include:

 

  (1) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

 

  (2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

 

  (3) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable such Person to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

 

  (4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

With respect to matters of fact, an Opinion of Counsel may rely on an Officers’ Certificate, certificates of public officials or reports or opinions of experts.

 

Section 12.04. Rules by Trustee and Agents .

The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions.

 

Section 12.05. No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Shareholders .

Subject to any applicable provisions of law which constitute provisions of public order, no past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator or shareholder of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company or of the Subsidiary Guarantors under the Notes, this

 

84


Indenture, the Subsidiary Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

 

Section 12.06. Governing Law .

THE LAWS OF THE PROVINCE OF QUÉBEC AND THE LAWS OF CANADA APPLICABLE THEREIN SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS INDENTURE AND THE NOTES.

 

Section 12.07. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements .

This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Company or its Subsidiaries or of any other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.

 

Section 12.08. Successors .

All covenants and agreements of the Company in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind its successors. All covenants and agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors.

 

Section 12.09. Severability .

In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

Section 12.10. Conversion of Currency .

The Company covenants and agrees that the following provisions shall apply to conversion of currency in the case of the Notes and this Indenture.

 

(1)    (i)    If, for the purpose of obtaining judgment in, or enforcing the judgment of, any court in any country, it becomes necessary to convert into a currency (the “ judgment currency ”) an amount due in any other currency (the “ Base Currency ”), then the conversion shall be made at the rate of exchange prevailing on the Business Day before the day on which the judgment is given or the order of enforcement is made, as the case may be (unless a court shall otherwise determine).
   (ii)    If there is a change in the rate of exchange prevailing between the Business Day before the day on which the judgment is given or an order of enforcement is made, as the case may be (or such other date as a court shall determine), and the date of receipt of the amount due, the Company shall pay such additional (or, as the case may be, such lesser) amount, if any, as may be necessary so that the amount paid in the judgment currency when converted at the rate of exchange prevailing on the date of receipt will produce the amount in the Base Currency originally due.
(2)    In the event of the winding-up of the Company at any time while any amount or damages owing under the Notes and this Indenture, or any judgment or order rendered in respect thereof, shall remain outstanding, the Company shall indemnify and hold the Holders and the Trustee harmless against any deficiency arising or resulting from any variation in rates of exchange between (1) the date as of which the equivalent of the amount in U.S. Dollars or Canadian Dollars, as the case may be, due or contingently due under the Notes and this Indenture (other than under this paragraph (2)) is calculated for the purposes of such winding-up and (2) the final date for the filing of proofs of claim in such winding-up. For the purpose of this paragraph (2), the final date for the filing of proofs of claim in the winding-up of the Company shall be the date fixed by the liquidator or otherwise in accordance with the relevant provisions of applicable law as being the latest practicable date as at which liabilities of the Company may be ascertained for such winding-up prior to payment by the liquidator or otherwise in respect thereto.

 

85


(3)    The obligations contained in paragraph (1)(ii) and (2) of this Section 12.10 shall constitute obligations of the Company separate and independent from its other respective obligations under the Notes and this Indenture, shall give rise to separate and independent causes of action against the Company, shall apply irrespective of any waiver or extension granted by any Holder or the Trustee or any of them from time to time and shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding any judgment or order or the filing of any proof of claim in the winding-up of the Company for a liquidated sum in respect of amounts due hereunder (other than under paragraph (2) above) or under any such judgment or order. Any such deficiency as aforesaid shall be deemed to constitute a loss suffered by the Holders or the Trustee, as the case may be, and no proof or evidence of any actual loss shall be required by the Company or the liquidator or otherwise or any of them. In the case of paragraph (2) above, the amount of such deficiency shall not be deemed to be reduced by any variation in rates of exchange occurring between the said final date and the date of any liquidating distribution.
(4)    The term “rate(s) of exchange” shall mean the rate of exchange quoted by Royal Bank of Canada at its central foreign exchange desk in its head office in Montréal at 12:00 noon (Montréal, Québec time) for purchases of the Base Currency with the judgment currency other than the Base Currency referred to in Subsections (a) and (b) above and includes any premiums and costs of exchange payable.
(5)    The Trustee shall have no duty or liability with respect to monitoring or enforcing this Section 12.10.

 

Section 12.11. Currency Equivalent

Except as provided in Section 12.10, for purposes of the construction of the terms of this Indenture or of the Notes, in the event that any amount is stated herein in the currency of one nation (the “ First Currency ”), as of any date such amount shall also be deemed to represent the amount in the currency of any other relevant nation which is required to purchase such amount in the First Currency at the rate of exchange quoted by Royal Bank of Canada at its central foreign exchange desk in its head office in Montréal at 12:00 noon (Montréal, Québec time) on the date of determination.

 

Section 12.12. Privacy Matters

The parties acknowledge that federal and / or provincial legislation that addresses the protection of individuals’ personal information (collectively, “ Privacy Laws ”) applies to obligations and activities under this Indenture. None of the parties shall take or direct any action that would contravene applicable Privacy Laws. The Company shall, prior to transferring or causing to be transferred personal information to the Trustee, obtain and retain required consents of the relevant individuals to the collection, use and disclosure of their personal information, or shall have determined that such consents have previously been given upon which the parties can rely or are not required under the Privacy Laws. The Trustee shall use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that its services hereunder comply with Privacy Laws. Specifically, the Trustee agrees: (i) to have a designated chief privacy officer; (ii) to maintain policies and procedures to protect personal information and to receive and respond to any privacy complaint or inquiry; (iii) to use personal information solely for the purposes of providing its services under or ancillary to this Indenture and not to use it for any other purpose except with the consent of or direction from the Company or the individual involved; (iv) not to sell or otherwise improperly disclose personal information to any third party; and (v) to employ administrative, physical and technological safeguards to reasonably secure and protect personal information against loss, theft, or unauthorized access, use or modification.

 

86


Section 12.13. Counterpart Originals

The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

 

Section 12.14. Table of Contents, Headings, Etc .

The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and Headings in this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

 

Section 12.15. Trust Indenture Legislation

(1) In this Article 12, the expression “ indenture legislation ” means the provisions, if any, of any statute of Canada or any province thereof, and of any regulations under any such statute, relating to trust indentures and to the rights, duties and obligations of trustees under trust indentures and of corporations issuing debt obligations under trust indentures, to the extent that such provisions are in the Opinion of Counsel at the time in force and applicable to this Indenture or the Company.

(2) The Company and the Trustee agree that each will at all times in relation to this Indenture and in relation to any action to be taken hereunder observe and comply with and be entitled to the benefits of the indenture legislation.

(3) If and to the extent that any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with any mandatory requirement of indenture legislation, such mandatory requirement shall prevail.

 

Section 12.16. Language of Indenture, Etc .

The parties hereby acknowledge that they have expressly required this Indenture and all amendments thereto to be drawn up in the English language only. Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, election or waiver required or permitted under this Indenture shall be in the English or French language. Les parties reconnaissent avoir expressément demandé que la présente convention de même que tous amendements soient rédigés en anglais seulement .

ARTICLE 13.

MEETINGS OF HOLDERS OF NOTES

 

Section 13.01. Purposes for which Meetings may be Called

A meeting of Holders of Notes may be called at any time and from time to time pursuant to this Article to make, give or take any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action authorized by this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders of Notes.

 

Section 13.02. Call, Notice and Place of Meetings

 

  (6) The Trustee may and shall, at the request of the Company or the Holders pursuant to Section 13.02(2) at any time call a meeting of Holders of Notes for any purpose specified in Section 13.01, to be held at such time and at such place in the City of Montreal as the Trustee or, in case of its failure to act, the Company or the Holders calling the meeting, shall determine. Notice of every meeting of Holders of Notes, setting forth the time and the place of such meeting and in general terms the action(s) proposed to be taken at such meeting, shall be given to each Holder of outstanding Notes in the manner provided in this Indenture not less than 21 nor more than 50 days prior to the date fixed for the meeting.

 

87


  (7) In case at any time the Company, pursuant to a Board Resolution, or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes shall have requested the Trustee to call a meeting of Holders of Notes for any purpose specified in Section 13.01, by written request setting forth in reasonable detail the action(s) proposed to be taken at the meeting, and the Trustee shall not have either given the notice of such meeting or made the publication of the notice of such meeting within 21 days after receipt of such request or shall not thereafter proceed to cause the meeting to be held as provided herein, then the Company, or the Holders of outstanding Notes in the amount above specified, as the case may be, may determine the time and the place in the City of Montreal for such meeting and may call such meeting for such purposes by giving notice thereof as provided in subsection (a) of this Section.

 

Section 13.03. Persons Entitled to Vote at Meetings

To be entitled to vote at any meeting of Holders of Notes, a Person shall be (a) a Holder of one or more outstanding Notes, or (b) a Person appointed by an instrument in writing as proxy for a Holder or Holders of one or more outstanding Notes by such Holder or Holders. The only Persons who shall be entitled to be present or to speak at any meeting of Holders shall be the Persons entitled to vote at such meeting and their counsel, any representatives of the Trustee and its counsel and any representatives of the Company and its counsel.

 

Section 13.04. Quorum, Action

The Persons entitled to vote a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes shall constitute a quorum. In the absence of a quorum within 30 minutes of the time appointed for any such meeting, the meeting shall, if convened at the request of Holders of Notes, be dissolved. In any other case the meeting may be adjourned for a period of not less than 10 days as determined by the chairman of the meeting prior to the adjournment of such meeting. Notice of the reconvening of such adjourned meeting shall be given as provided in Section 13.02(1), except that such notice may be given not less than five days prior to the date on which the meeting is scheduled to be reconvened. The quorum at such adjourned meeting shall be the Persons then present and entitled to vote thereat and such quorum shall be expressly stated in such notice of the reconvening of such adjourned meeting.

At a meeting or an adjourned meeting duly reconvened and at which a quorum is present as aforesaid, any resolution and all matters (except as provided in Section 9.02 and except as otherwise stated in this Indenture) shall be effectively passed and decided if passed or decided by the Persons entitled to vote a majority in principal amount of outstanding Notes represented and voting at such meeting.

Any resolution passed or decision taken at any meeting of Holders of Notes duly held in accordance with this Article 13 shall (except as limited by Section 9.02) be binding on all the Holders of Notes, whether or not present or represented at the meeting (except in respect of any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action required, under the terms of this Indenture, to be made, given or taken by Holders of a greater principal amount of outstanding Notes).

 

Section 13.05. Determination of Voting Rights; Conduct and Adjournment of Meetings

 

  (1) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture, the Trustee and the chairman of the meeting, or either of them, may make such reasonable regulations as it or he may deem advisable for any meeting or adjourned meeting of Holders of Notes in regard to proof of the holding of Notes and of the appointment of proxies and in regard to the appointment and duties of scrutineers, the submission and examination of proxies, certificates and other evidence of the right to vote, and such other matters concerning the conduct of the meeting as it or he shall deem appropriate. Except as otherwise permitted or required by any such regulations, the holding of any Notes shall be proved in the manner specified in Section 1.05 and the appointment of any proxy shall be proved in the manner specified in said Section 1.05 or by having the signature of the Person executing the proxy witnessed or guaranteed by any trust company, bank, banker or other Person, wherever situated, acceptable to the Trustee. Such regulations may provide that written instruments appointing proxies, regular on their face, may be presumed valid and genuine without the proof specified in said Section 1.05 or other proof.

 

88


  (2) The Trustee shall, by an instrument in writing, nominate a chairman of the meeting, unless the meeting shall have been called by the Company or by Holders of Notes as provided in Section 13.02(2), in which case the Company, or the Holders of Notes calling the meeting, as the case may be, shall in like manner nominate a chairman.

 

  (3) At any meeting each Holder of a Note, whether present in person or represented by proxy, shall be entitled to one vote for each $1,000 principal amount of Notes held by him; provided, however, that no vote shall be cast or counted at any meeting in respect of any Note challenged as not outstanding and ruled by the chairman of the meeting to be not outstanding. The chairman of the meeting shall have no right to vote, except as a Holder of a Note or as the proxy of a Holder of a Note.

 

  (4) Any meeting of Holders of Notes duly called pursuant to Section 13.02 at which a quorum is present may be adjourned from time to time by a resolution passed at such meeting and the meeting may be held as so adjourned without further notice.

 

Section 13.06. Counting Votes and Recording Action of Meetings

The vote upon any resolution submitted to any meeting of Holders of Notes shall be by written ballots on which shall be subscribed the signatures of the Holders of Notes or of their representatives by proxy and such other information as may be required by the regulations made for the meeting, provided however, that the vote upon any resolution involving matters of a purely procedural nature shall be by way of show of hands. The chairman of the meeting shall appoint a secretary and may appoint a scrutineer or scrutineers to act at the meeting. A record, at least in triplicate, of the proceedings of each meeting of Holders of Notes shall be prepared by the secretary of the meeting and there shall be attached to said record the original reports of the scrutineers and affidavits by one or more persons having knowledge of the facts setting forth a copy of the notice of the meeting and showing that said notice was given as provided in Section 13.02 and, if applicable, Section 13.04. Each copy shall be signed and verified by the affidavits of the chairman and secretary of the meeting and one such copy shall be delivered to the Company and another to the Trustee to be preserved by the Trustee, the latter to have attached thereto the ballots voted at the meeting. Any record so signed and verified shall be conclusive evidence of the matters therein stated.

 

Section 13.07. Distribution of Proxy Materials to Participants

 

  (1) For purposes of holding a meeting of Holders where the Book-Entry System is in effect, the Trustee shall promptly notify the Depositary and obtain therefrom a current Participants List.

 

  (2) Within five business days of receipt of such information by the Trustee, or within any shorter delay which might be imposed by a competent regulatory authority, the Trustee shall contact each Participant on the Participants List by mail to confirm the required number of copies (the “ Required Number ”) of proxy material or other documents relating to the meeting (the “ Proxy Material ”) which the Participant requires for the benefit of Indirect Participants. Within ten (10) business days of confirmation by the Participant of the Required Number, the Trustee shall arrange to have delivered to such Participant the Required Number of copies of the Proxy Material. It shall be the responsibility of each Participant on the Participants List to arrange for distribution of the Proxy Material to the Indirect Participants. Neither the Company nor the Trustee shall assume any liability for failure by a Participant to distribute the Proxy Material.

 

  (3) The Company and the Trustee understand that the Proxy Material will be sent to the Indirect Participants not less than twenty-one (21) nor more than fifty (50) days, or such other permitted delay under applicable corporate and securities regulations, before the date of the meeting.

 

  (4) Failure by a Participant to distribute the Proxy Material to Indirect Participants shall not affect the validity of the proceedings to be held at the meeting if notice of the meeting has been published by the Trustee at least twenty-one (21) days before the holding of such meeting in The Globe and Mail (national edition) and Le Journal de Montréal or if not less than 50% in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes is represented at the meeting by Holders of Notes or their proxies.

 

89


  (5) To the extent that an omnibus proxy in form satisfactory to the Company has been delivered by the Depositary to the Company with respect to the matters to be voted on at a meeting of Holders delegating to Indirect Participants the right of the Depositary as sole registered holder of the Global Note(s) to vote on the matters before the meeting, the Company will recognize as votes of the registered Holder, votes expressed in person at the meeting by identified Indirect Participants and votes expressed by proxy by identified Indirect Participants.

[Signatures on following page]

 

90


SIGNATURES

Dated as of July 5, 2011.

 

C OMPANY :
VIDEOTRON LTD.
By:  

/s/ Marie-Josée Marsan

  Name:   Marie-Josée Marsan
  Title:   Vice-President, Finance and Information Technology (IT) and Chief Financial Officer
S UBSIDIARY G UARANTORS :
LE SUPERCLUB VIDÉOTRON LTÉE
By:  

/s/ Jean-François Pruneau

  Name:   Jean-François Pruneau
  Title:   Vice-President, Finance
VIDÉOTRON INFRASTRUCTURES INC.
By:  

/s/ Marie-Josée Marsan

  Name:   Marie-Josée Marsan
  Title:   Vice-President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer
VIDEOTRON US INC.
By:  

/s/ Marie-Josée Marsan

  Name:   Marie-Josée Marsan
  Title:   Vice-President, Finance and Treasurer


JOBBOOM INC.
By:  

/s/ Marie-Josée Marsan

  Name:   Marie-Josée Marsan
  Title:   Vice-President, Finance and Information Technology (IT) and Chief Financial Officer
9227-2590 QUÉBEC INC.
By:  

/s/ Marie-Josée Marsan

  Name:   Marie-Josée Marsan
  Title:   Vice-President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer
9230-7677 QUÉBEC INC.
By:  

/s/ Marie-Josée Marsan

  Name:   Marie-Josée Marsan
  Title:   Vice-President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer
VIDEOTRON G.P. / VIDÉOTRON S.E.N.C.
By:  

/s/ Marie-Josée Marsan

  Name:   Marie-Josée Marsan
  Title:   Vice-President, Finance and Information Technology (IT) and Chief Financial Officer
VIDEOTRON L.P. / VIDÉOTRON S.E.C. by its general partner 9230-7677 Quebec Inc.
By:  

/s/ Marie-Josée Marsan

  Name:   Marie-Josée Marsan
  Title:   Vice-President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer


T RUSTEE :
COMPUTERSHARE TRUST COMPANY OF CANADA
By:  

/s/ Sophie Brault

  Name:   Sophie Brault
  Title:   Corporate Trust Officer
By:  

/s/ Benjamin Van de Werve

  Name:   Benjamin Van de Werve
  Title:   Corporate Trust Officer


EXHIBIT A

 

 

(Face of Note)

6   7 / 8 % SENIOR NOTES DUE JULY 15, 2021

 

      CUSIP                    
      ISIN                    
No.           $                    

VIDEOTRON LTD.

promises to pay to CDS & CO., as nominee for CDS Clearing and Depository Services Inc., or its registered assigns, the principal sum of                      Dollars ($        ) on July 15, 2021.

Interest Payment Dates: June 15 and December 15, commencing December 15, 2011.

Record Dates: June 1 and December 1.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Note to be signed by its duly authorized officer.

 

VIDEOTRON LTD.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

This is one of the [Global]

Notes referred to in the

within-mentioned Indenture:

 

COMPUTERSHARE TRUST COMPANY OF CANADA, as Trustee

By:  

 

  Authorized Signatory
By:  

 

  Authorized Signatory

Dated             , 2011

 

A-1


(Back of Note)

6   7 / 8 % SENIOR NOTES DUE JULY 15, 2021

[If this is a Global Note, insert:] [THIS CERTIFICATE IS A GLOBAL CERTIFICATE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE THEREOF. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF CDS CLEARING AND DEPOSITORY SERVICES INC. (“CDS”) TO THE COMPANY OR THE TRUSTEE FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IN RESPECT THEREOF IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CDS & CO., OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF CDS (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CDS & CO., OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF CDS), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL SINCE THE REGISTERED HOLDER HEREOF, CDS & CO., HAS A PROPERTY INTEREST IN THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HEREIN AND IT IS A VIOLATION OF ITS RIGHTS FOR ANOTHER PERSON TO HOLD, TRANSFER OR DEAL WITH THIS CERTIFICATE.]

THIS NOTE AND THE GUARANTEES ENDORSED HEREON (TOGETHER, THIS “SECURITY”) HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION.

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) WHICH IS ONE YEAR AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH VIDEOTRON LTD. (“VIDEOTRON”) OR ANY AFFILIATE OF VIDEOTRON WAS THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY), ONLY (A) TO VIDEOTRON OR ANY OF ITS SUBSIDIARIES, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”), TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A) THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN OFFSHORE TRANSACTIONS MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(A)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING THE SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT AND IN A MINIMUM PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THE SECURITIES OF $250,000 PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES ONLY AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH ANY DISTRIBUTION OF THE NOTES IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO VIDEOTRON’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER (I) PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (D), (E) OR (F) PRIOR TO THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM AND (II) TO REQUIRE THAT A CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER IN THE FORM APPEARING ON THIS NOTE IS COMPLETED AND DELIVERED BY THE TRANSFEROR TO THE TRUSTEE. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE.

 

A-2


“CANADIAN RESALES LEGEND:

UNLESS PERMITTED UNDER SECURITIES LEGISLATION, THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY MUST NOT TRADE THIS SECURITY BEFORE THE DATE THAT IS 4 MONTHS AND A DAY AFTER THE LATER OF (I) JULY 5, 2011, AND (II) THE DATE THAT THE ISSUER BECAME A REPORTING ISSUER IN ANY PROVINCE OR TERRITORY.

Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

1. Interest . Videotron Ltd., a corporation under the laws of Québec (the “ Company ”), promises to pay interest (as defined in the Indenture) on the principal amount of this Note at 6.875% per annum until maturity. The Company shall pay interest semi-annually in arrears in equal installments (except as noted below) on June 15 and December 15 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each an “ Interest Payment Date ”). Interest on the Notes shall accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of issuance; provided, however , that if there is no existing Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date; provided , further , that the first Interest Payment Date shall be December 15, 2011. The Company shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at a rate that is 1% per annum in excess of the interest rate then in effect under the Indenture and this Note; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace periods), from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful. In the case of the first interest period (from the Issue Date, which is July 5, 2011, until the first interest payment date, which is December 15, 2011), interest will be calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed from the Issue Date to (but excluding) December 15, 2011 divided by 365. In addition, in the case of any other interest period that is shorter than a full semi-annual interest period due to redemption, interest will be calculated on the basis of a 365-day year and the actual number of days elapsed from (and including) the date of the previous interest payment to (but excluding) the interest payment date for such interest period. For the purposes of the Interest Act (Canada), whenever interest is computed on a basis of a year (the “deemed year”) which contains fewer days than the actual number of days in the calendar year of calculation, such rate of interest shall be expressed as a yearly rate for purposes of the Interest Act (Canada) by multiplying such rate of interest by the actual number of days in the calendar year of calculation and dividing it by the number of days in the deemed year.

2. Method of Payment . The Company shall pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons in whose name this Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on the June 1 or December 1 next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are cancelled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The Notes shall be payable as to principal, premium, if any, and interest at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose, or, at the option of the Company, payment of interest may be made by cheque mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the Security Register; provided , however , that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds shall be required with respect to principal of and interest and premium, if any, on, all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which shall have provided wire transfer instructions to the Company or the Paying Agent. Such payment shall be in such coin or currency of Canada as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

3. Paying Agent and Registrar . Initially, Computershare Trust Company of Canada, the Trustee under the Indenture, shall act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity.

4. Indenture . The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of July 5, 2011 (“ Indenture ”) among the Company, the guarantors party thereto (the “ Subsidiary Guarantors ”) and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

 

A-3


5. Optional Redemption .

 

  (i) Except as set forth in clauses (ii) to (iv) of this Paragraph 5, the Notes shall not be redeemable at the option of the Company prior to June 15, 2016. Beginning on June 15, 2016, the Company may redeem all or a part of the Notes, at once or over time, in accordance with Section 3.03 of the Indenture, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon on the Notes redeemed, to the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Regular Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date), if redeemed during the twelve-month period commencing on June 15 of the years indicated below:

 

Redemption Year

   Percentage  

2016

     103.438

2017

     102.292

2018

     101.146

2019 and thereafter

     100.000

 

  (ii) At any time and from time to time prior to June 15, 2014, the Company may on one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes issued under this Indenture at a redemption price (expressed as a percentage of principal amount) equal to 106.875% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Regular Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date) with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings; provided, however , that (i) at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes issued under this Indenture (excluding Notes held by the Company and its Subsidiaries) remain outstanding immediately following such redemption and (ii) any such redemption shall be made within 90 days of the date of closing of any such Equity Offering.

 

  (iii) If the Company becomes obligated to pay any Additional Amounts because of a change in the laws or regulations of Canada or any Canadian Taxing Authority, or a change in any official position regarding the application or interpretation thereof, in either case that is publicly announced or becomes effective on or after the Issue Date, the Company may, at any time, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, redeem all, but not part, of the Notes at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date, provided that at any time that the aggregate principal amount of the Notes outstanding is greater than $20.0 million, any Holder of the Notes may, to the extent that it does not adversely affect the Company’s after-tax position, at its option, waive the Company’s compliance with the provisions of Section 4.20 of the Indenture with respect to such Holder’s Notes; provided, further , that if any Holder waives such compliance, the Company may not redeem that Holder’s Notes pursuant to this clause (iii).

 

  (iv) Prior to June 15, 2016, the Company may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, at the make-whole price which is equal to the greater of (a) the Canada Yield Price and (b) 101% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes redeemed, plus, in each case, accrued and unpaid interest to and including the redemption date.

 

  (v) Any prepayment pursuant to this paragraph 5 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 of the Indenture.

 

A-4


6. Mandatory Redemption . Except as set forth in Sections 4.12 and 4.18 of the Indenture, the Company shall not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

7. Repurchase at Option of Holder .

 

  (6) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Company shall make an offer to all Holders to repurchase all (equal to $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000) of such Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes repurchased to the purchase date in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 3.09 of the Indenture.

 

  (7) If the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary consummates any Asset Sales, it shall not be required to apply any Net Proceeds in accordance with the Indenture until the aggregate Excess Proceeds from all Asset Sales following the date the Notes are first issued exceeds US$35.0 million. Thereafter, the Company shall commence an Asset Sale Offer by applying the Excess Proceeds pursuant to Section 3.09 of the Indenture to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes (including any Additional Notes) that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the Purchase Date in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 3.09 of the Indenture. To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes (including Additional Notes) tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Company (or such Restricted Subsidiary) may apply such deficiency for any purpose not prohibited by the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes surrendered by Holders thereof exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis.

8. Notice of Redemption . Notices of redemption shall be mailed at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address. Notes in denominations larger than $1,000 may be redeemed in part but only in integral multiples of $1,000, unless all of the Notes held by a Holder are to be redeemed. On and after the redemption date interest shall cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption.

9. Denominations, Transfer, Exchange . The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000. This Note shall represent the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed hereon and the aggregate principal amount of Notes represented hereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges and redemptions. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Company may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, the Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or during the period between a record date and the corresponding Interest Payment Date.

10. Persons Deemed Owners . The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes, except with respect to withholding tax and the obligation under the Indenture to pay Additional Amounts.

11. Amendment, Supplement and Waiver . Subject to certain exceptions, the Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture or the Notes with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, including Additional Notes, if any, voting as a single class (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of or tender offer or exchange offer for the Notes), and, subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 of the Indenture, any existing Default or Event of Default (except a continuing Default or Event of Default (i) in the payment of principal, premium, if any, interest or Additional Amounts, if any, on the Notes and (ii) in respect of a covenant or provision which under the Indenture cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each Note affected by such modification or amendment) or compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, including Additional Notes, if any, then outstanding voting as a

 

A-5


single class (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of or tender offer or exchange offer for the Notes). Without the consent of any Holder, the Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture or the Notes to (a) cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency; (b) provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes; (c) provide for the assumption of the obligations of the Company and/or a Subsidiary Guarantor to Holders in the case of a merger, consolidation, or amalgamation or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and/or a Subsidiary Guarantor; provided, however , that the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in Canada to the effect that Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for Canadian federal tax purposes as a result of such assumption by a successor corporation and will be subject to Canadian federal taxes (including withholding taxes) on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such assumption had not occurred; (d) make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under this Indenture of any such Holder; (e) add additional guarantees with respect to the Notes or release Subsidiary Guarantors from Subsidiary Guarantees as provided or permitted by the terms of the Indenture; or (f) provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the Indenture.

12. Defaults and Remedies . Each of the following is an Event of Default under the Indenture: (a) default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest on, including Additional Amounts, if any, or with respect to, the Notes; (b) default in payment, when due at Stated Maturity, upon acceleration, redemption, required repurchase or otherwise, of the principal of, or premium, if any, on the Notes; (c) failure by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to comply with the provisions of Section 4.09, 4.10, 4.12, 4.18 or 5.01 of the Indenture; (d) failure by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary for 30 days after written notice thereof has been given to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 25% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes outstanding to comply with any of its other covenants or agreements in the Indenture; (e) default under any hypothec, mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists, or is created after the Issue Date, if that default: (i) is caused by a failure to pay principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on, such Indebtedness when due at the final maturity of such Indebtedness (a “ Payment Default ”); or (ii) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its Stated Maturity, and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates US$25.0 million or more; (f) failure by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to pay final, non-appealable judgments aggregating in excess of US$25.0 million, which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days; (g) any Subsidiary Guarantee of a Significant Subsidiary ceases, or the Subsidiary Guarantees of any group of Subsidiaries that, when taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary cease, to be in full force and effect (other than in accordance with the terms of any such Subsidiary Guarantee) or any Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary denies or disaffirms its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee, or a group of Subsidiary Guarantors that, when taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary deny or disaffirm their obligations under their respective Subsidiary Guarantees; and (h) certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization affecting the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary.

If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency described in the Indenture, all outstanding Notes shall become due and payable without further action or notice. Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest or Additional Amounts, if any) if it determines in good faith that withholding notice is in the interests of the Holders. The Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest or Additional Amounts, if any. The Company is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Company is required upon becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default or Event of Default.

 

A-6


13. No Recourse Against Others . No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator or shareholder of the Company or of any Subsidiary Guarantor, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor under the Indenture, the Notes, the Subsidiary Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability.

14. Authentication . This Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent.

15. CUSIP Numbers . Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and has directed the Trustee to use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption or notices of Offers to Purchase as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption or notice of an Offer to Purchase and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed thereon and any such redemption or Offer to Purchase shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers.

The Company shall furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to: Videotron Ltd., 612 St. Jacques Street, Montréal, Québec H3C 4M8, Canada, Attention: Vice President, Legal Affairs.

16. Governing Law . The laws of the Province of Québec and the laws of Canada applicable therein shall govern and be used to construe this Note.

 

A-7


Option of Holder to Elect Purchase

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.12 or 4.18 of the Indenture, check the box below:

 

¨ Section 4.12

 

¨ Section 4.18

If you want to elect to have only part of the Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.12 or Section 4.18 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased: $        

 

Date:                    

    Your Signature:  

 

    (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)
    Tax Identification No.:    
   

 

    SIGNATURE GUARANTEE:
   

 

    Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP.

 

A-8


Assignment Form

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to

 

 

(Insert assignee’s social insurance, social security or other tax I.D. no.)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and postal or zip code)

 

and irrevocably appoint  

 

as agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

 

 

 

Date:                        
  Your Signature:  

 

  (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)
  Signature Guarantee:  

 

  Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP.

 

A-9


SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE

The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global Note or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:

 

Date of Exchange

  

Amount of

decrease in

Principal Amount of

this Global Note

  

Amount of increase

in Principal Amount of

this Global Note

  

Principal Amount of

this Global Note

following such

decrease (or

increase)

  

Signature of

authorized signatory

of Trustee or

Note Custodian

           
           
           

 

A-10


EXHIBIT B

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

Videotron Ltd.

612 St. Jacques Street

Montréal, Québec H3C 4M8

Canada

Attention:  Vice President, Legal Affairs

Computershare Trust Company of Canada

Attention: Manager, Corporate Trust Services

Facsimile No.: (514) 982-7677

 

  Re:

6  7 / 8 % Senior Notes due July 15, 2021

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of July 5, 2011 (the “ Indenture ”), among Videotron Ltd., as issuer (the “ Company ”), the Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto and Computershare Trust Company of Canada, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

                                         , (the “ Transferor ”) owns and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of $         in such Note[s] or interests (the “ Transfer ”), to                                                   (the “ Transferee ”), as further specified in Annex A hereto. In connection with the Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that:

[CHECK ALL THAT APPLY]

1. ¨ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note or a Definitive Note Pursuant to Rule 144A. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ 1933 Act ”), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or Definitive Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believed and believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or Definitive Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the 144A Global Note and/or the Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the 1933 Act.

2. ¨ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the Canadian Placement Global Note or a Definitive Note pursuant to Regulation S and securities laws in Canada. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with securities laws and regulations in Canada, as applicable, and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 of Regulation S under the 1933 Act and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is in accordance with, or pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the dealer registration and prospectus requirements under any applicable securities laws in Canada, (ii) the Transfer is not being made to a Person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (iii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(a) of Regulation S under the 1933 Act, (iv) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the 1933 Act or applicable securities laws in Canada, (v) if the proposed Transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, the transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person

 

B-1


(other than a “distributor” within the meaning of Regulation S under the 1933 Act) and (vi) if a Definitive Note is to be issued in respect of a beneficial interest in a Canadian Placement Global Note, the Transferor certifies that either it is not a U.S. person or that it acquired the Notes in a transaction that did not require registration under the 1933 Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Canadian Placement Global Note and/or the Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the 1933 Act.

3. ¨ Check and complete if Transferee will take delivery of a Definitive Note pursuant to any provision of the 1933 Act other than Rule 144A or Regulation S (and applicable securities laws and regulations in Canada). The Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes and (i) the Transfer is in accordance with, or pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the dealer registration and prospectus requirements under any applicable securities laws in Canada, and (ii) the Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with the 1933 Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States, and accordingly the Transferor hereby further certifies that (check one):

(a) ¨ such Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the 1933 Act;

or

(b) ¨ such Transfer is being effected to the Company or a Subsidiary thereof;

or

(c) ¨ such Transfer is being effected pursuant to an effective registration statement under the 1933 Act and in compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the 1933 Act;

or

(d) ¨ such Transfer is being effected to an Institutional Accredited Investor and pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the 1933 Act other than Rule 144A, Rule 144 or Rule 904, and the Transferor hereby further certifies that it has not engaged in any general solicitation or general advertising within the meaning of Regulation D under the 1933 Act and the Transfer complies with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note or Restricted Definitive Notes and the requirements of the exemption claimed, which certification is supported by (1) a certificate executed by the Transferee in the form of Exhibit D to the Indenture and (2) if such Transfer is in respect of a principal amount of Notes at the time of transfer of less than US$250,000, an Opinion of Counsel provided by the Transferor or the Transferee (a copy of which the Transferor has attached to this certification), to the effect that such Transfer is in compliance with the 1933 Act. Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Definitive Notes and in the Indenture and the 1933 Act.

4. ¨ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or of an Unrestricted Definitive Note.

(a) ¨ Check if Transfer is pursuant to Rule 144 . (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the 1933 Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the 144A Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the 1933 Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the 144A Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

 

B-2


(b) ¨ Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Regulation S . (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the 1933 Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the 144A Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the 1933 Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the 144A Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

(c) ¨ Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Other Exemption . (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the 1933 Act other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the 144A Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the 1933 Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the 144A Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

In any case under this Item 4 in which a Definitive Note is to be issued in respect of a beneficial interest in a Canadian Placement Global Note, the Transferor certifies that either it is not a U.S. person or that it acquired the Notes in a transaction that did not require registration under the 1933 Act.

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company.

 

 

[Insert Name of Transferor]
By:  

 

  Name:  
  Title:  
Dated:  

 

 

B-3


ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

 

1.    The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following:
        

[CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)]

      (a)    ¨    a beneficial interest in the:
        (i)    ¨    144A Global Note (CUSIP 92660FAC8), or
        (ii)    ¨    Canadian Placement Global Note (CUSIP 92660FAD6),
   or         
      (b)    ¨    a Restricted Definitive Note.
2.    After the Transfer the Transferee will hold:
            [CHECK ONE OF (a), (b) OR (c)]
      (a)    ¨    a beneficial interest in the:
        (i)    ¨    144A Global Note (CUSIP 92660FAC8), or
        (ii)    ¨    Canadian Placement Global Note (CUSIP 92660FAD6),
   or         
        (iii)    ¨    Unrestricted Global Note; or
      (b)    ¨    a Restricted Definitive Note; or
      (c)    ¨    an Unrestricted Definitive Note,
         in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

 

B-4


EXHIBIT C

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE

Videotron Ltd.

612 St. Jacques Street

Montréal, Québec H3C 4M8

Canada

Attention:  Vice President, Legal Affairs

Computershare Trust Company of Canada

Attention: Manager, Corporate Trust Services

Facsimile No.: (514) 982-7677

 

  Re:

6  7 / 8 % Senior Notes due July 15, 2021

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of July 5, 2011 (the “ Indenture ”), among Videotron Ltd., as issuer (the “ Company ”), the Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto and Computershare Trust Company of Canada, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

                                         , (the “ Owner ”) owns and proposes to exchange the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified herein, in the principal amount of $         in such Note[s] or interests (the “ Exchange ”). In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that:

1. Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Unrestricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note

(a) ¨ Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note . In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note in an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Note and pursuant to and in accordance with applicable securities laws and regulations in Canada and with the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ 1933 Act ”), (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the 144A Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the 1933 Act and (iv) the beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in compliance with applicable securities laws and regulations in Canada and with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

(b) ¨ Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note . In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Note and pursuant to and in accordance with applicable securities laws and regulations in Canada and with the 1933 Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the 144A Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the 1933 Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with applicable securities laws and regulations in Canada and with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

(c) ¨ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note . In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with applicable securities laws and regulations in Canada and with the 1933 Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the 144A Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the 1933 Act and (iv) the beneficial interest is being acquired in compliance with applicable securities laws and regulations in Canada and with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

 

C-1


(d) ¨ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note . In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with applicable securities laws and regulations in Canada and with the 1933 Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the 144A Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the 1933 Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with applicable securities laws and regulations in Canada and with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

2. Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes for Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes

(a) ¨ Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Restricted Definitive Note . In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a Restricted Definitive Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies that the Restricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Restricted Definitive Note issued will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture as well as the applicable restrictions on transfer under the 1933 Act and securities laws and regulations in Canada, as applicable.

(b) ¨ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note . In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in the [CIRCLE ONE] 144A Global Note, Canadian Placement Global Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer and (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Definitive Note and pursuant to and in accordance with the 1933 Act, and in compliance with applicable securities laws and regulations in Canada and with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the beneficial interest issued will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the relevant Restricted Global Note and in the Indenture, the 1933 Act and applicable securities laws and regulations in Canada.

In any case under this Item 2 in which a Definitive Note is to be issued in respect of a beneficial interest in a Canadian Placement Global Note, the Owner certifies that either it is not a U.S. person or that it acquired the Notes in a transaction that did not require registration under the 1933 Act.

 

C-2


This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company.

 

 

[Insert Name of Transferor]                
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
Dated:  

 

 

C-3


EXHIBIT D

FORM OF CERTIFICATE FROM

ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR

Videotron Ltd.

612 St. Jacques Street

Montréal, Québec H3C 4M8

Canada

Attention:  Vice President, Legal Affairs

Computershare Trust Company of Canada

Attention: Manager, Corporate Trust Services

Facsimile No.: (514) 982-7677

 

  Re:

6  7 / 8 % Senior Notes due July 15, 2021

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of July 5, 2011 (the “ Indenture ”), among Videotron Ltd., as issuer (the “ Company ”), the Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto and Computershare Trust Company of Canada, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

In connection with our proposed purchase of $         aggregate principal amount of:

(a) ¨ a beneficial interest in a Global Note, or

(b) ¨ a Definitive Note,

we confirm that:

1. We understand that any subsequent transfer of the Notes or any interest therein is subject to certain restrictions and conditions set forth in the Indenture and the undersigned agrees to be bound by, and not to resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Notes or any interest therein except in compliance with, such restrictions and conditions and in compliance with any applicable securities laws and regulations in Canada and the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ 1933 Act ”) and applicable state securities laws.

2. We understand that the offer and sale of the Notes have not been registered under the 1933 Act, that the Notes were offered and sold on a private placement or exempt distribution basis in one or more provinces of Canada, and that the Notes and any interest therein may not be offered or sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree that if we should sell the Notes or any interest therein, we will do so only (A) pursuant to offers and sales that occur outside the United States in transactions that are in accordance with, or pursuant to an exemption from, the dealer registration and prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws and regulations in Canada, and in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S under the 1933 Act, (B) to the Company or any subsidiary thereof, (C) in accordance with Rule 144A under the 1933 Act to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined therein) that purchases for its own account or for the account of a qualified institutional buyer to whom notice is given that the transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A under the 1933 Act, (D) to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined below) that, prior to such transfer, furnishes (or has furnished on its behalf by a U.S. broker-dealer) to you and to the Company a signed letter substantially in the form of this letter and, such transfer is in respect of a minimum principal amount of Notes of US$250,000, (E) pursuant to any other available exemption under the 1933 Act or (F) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the 1933 Act, and we further agree to provide to any Person purchasing the Definitive Note or beneficial interest in a Global Note from us in a transaction meeting the requirements of clauses (A) through (E) of this paragraph a notice advising such purchaser that resales thereof are restricted as stated herein.

 

D-1


3. We understand that, on any proposed resale of the Notes or beneficial interest therein, we will be required to furnish to you and the Company such certifications, legal opinions and other information as you and the Company may reasonably require to confirm that the proposed sale complies with the foregoing restrictions. We further understand that the Notes purchased by us will bear a legend to the foregoing effect.

4. We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the 1933 Act) and have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the Notes, and we are able to bear the economic risk of our investment. We have had access to such financial and other information and have been afforded the opportunity to ask such questions of representatives of the Company and receive answers thereto, as we deem necessary in connection with our decision to purchase the Notes.

5. We are acquiring the Notes or beneficial interest therein purchased by us for our own account for investment purposes only and are not acquiring the Notes with a view to any distribution thereof in a transaction that would violate the 1933 Act or the securities laws of Canada, any province thereof, any state of the United States or any other applicable jurisdiction.

You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. This letter shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

 

     

 

      [Insert Name of Accredited Investor]
      By:  

 

        Name:
        Title:
Dated:    

 

 

D-2


EXHIBIT E

FORM OF NOTATION OF GUARANTEE

For value received, each Subsidiary Guarantor (which term includes any successor Person under the Indenture), solidarily (jointly and severally), hereby unconditionally guarantees, to the extent set forth in the Indenture and subject to the provisions in the Indenture, dated as of July 5, 2011 (the “ Indenture ”), among Videotron Ltd., as issuer (the “ Company ”), the Subsidiary Guarantors listed on the signature pages thereto and Computershare Trust Company of Canada, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”), (a) the due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on the Notes, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, the due and punctual payment of interest on overdue principal and premium, if any, and, to the extent permitted by law, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, and the due and punctual performance of all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee under the Notes and the Indenture, all in accordance with the terms of the Notes and the Indenture; and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that the same shall be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at maturity, by acceleration pursuant to Section 6.02 of the Indenture, redemption or otherwise. Each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby waives the benefits of discussion and division. The obligations of the Subsidiary Guarantors to the Holders of Notes and to the Trustee pursuant to the Subsidiary Guarantee and the Indenture are expressly set forth in Article 10 of the Indenture and reference is hereby made to the Indenture for the precise terms of the Subsidiary Guarantee. Except to the extent provided in the Indenture, including Sections 8.02, 8.03 and 10.05 thereof, this Subsidiary Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained herein and in the Indenture. Each Holder of a Note, by accepting the same agrees to and shall be bound by such provisions. Capitalized terms used herein and not defined are used herein as so defined in the Indenture.

 

[NAME OF GUARANTOR]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

E-1


EXHIBIT F

FORM OF SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT

This SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT is dated as of                      (the “Agreement”).

 

To: Computershare Trust Company of Canada, for itself and as trustee under the Indenture referred to below for the holders of the Notes (the “Trustee”)

[OBLIGOR] (the “Obligor”), as obligor under the obligation dated as of made or issued by the Obligor in favor of              [HOLDER] (the “Subordinated Security”), and [HOLDER], as holder (the “Holder”) of the Subordinated Security, for ten dollars and other good and valuable consideration received by each of the Obligor and the Holder from the Trustee and any other Representative and by each of the Obligor and the Holder from the other, agree as follows:

(1) Interpretation .

(a) “ Cash, Property or Securities ”. “Cash, Property or Securities” shall not be deemed to include securities of the Obligor or any other Person provided for by a plan of reorganization or readjustment, the payment of which is subordinated at least to the extent provided herein with respect to the Subordinated Security, to the payment of all Senior Indebtedness which may at the time be outstanding; provided, however, that (i) all Senior Indebtedness is assumed by the new Person, if any, resulting from any such reorganization or readjustment, and (ii) the rights of the holders of the Senior Indebtedness are not, without the consent of such holders, altered by such reorganization or readjustment.

(b) “ payment in full ”. “payment in full”, with respect to Senior Indebtedness, means the receipt on an irrevocable basis of cash in an amount equal to the unpaid principal amount of the Senior Indebtedness and premium, if any, and interest thereon to the date of such payment, together with all other amounts owing with respect to such Senior Indebtedness.

(c) “Representative” means the agent (including an administrative agent), trustee or representative of holders of Senior Indebtedness.

(d) “ Senior Indebtedness ”. “Senior Indebtedness” means, at any date, all indebtedness (including, without limitation, any and all amounts of principal, interest, special interest, additional amounts, premium, fees, penalties, indemnities and “post-petition interest” in bankruptcy and any reimbursement of expenses) under (1) the indenture, dated as of July 5, 2011 (the “Indenture”), among Videotron Ltd. (“Videotron”), the guarantors thereto and Computershare Trust Company of Canada, as Trustee, including, without limitation, the “Notes”, the “Subsidiary Guarantees”, the “Additional Notes” and any “guarantee” of the Additional Notes (in each case, as defined in the Indenture), (2) the indenture, dated as of January 13, 2010, as supplemented by the first supplemental indenture, dated as of September 29, 2010, the second supplemental indenture, dated as of December 22, 2010, and the third supplemental indenture, dated as of May 2, 2011 (the “2010 Indenture”), among Videotron, the guarantors thereto and Computershare Trust Company of Canada, as Trustee, including, without limitation, the “Notes,” the “Subsidiary Guarantees,” the “Additional Notes” and any “guarantee” of the Additional Notes (in each case, as defined in the 2010 Indenture), (3) the indenture, dated as of April 15, 2008, as supplemented by the first supplemental indenture, dated as of April 28, 2008, the second supplemental indenture, dated as of September 23, 2008, the third supplemental indenture, dated as of March 5, 2009, the fourth supplemental indenture, dated as of August 17, 2009, the fifth supplemental indenture, dated as of September 2, 2009, the sixth supplemental indenture, dated as of September 29, 2010, the seventh supplemental indenture, dated as of December 22, 2010, and the eighth supplemental indenture, dated as of May 2, 2011 (the “2008 Indenture”), among Videotron, the guarantors thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee, including, without limitation, the “Notes,” the “Subsidiary Guarantees,” the “Exchange Notes,” the “Additional Notes” and any “guarantee” of the Exchange Notes or the Additional Notes (in each case, as defined in the 2008 Indenture), (4) the indenture, dated as of September 16, 2005, as supplemented by the first supplemental indenture, dated as of April 15, 2008, the second supplemental indenture, dated as of April 28, 2008, the third supplemental indenture, dated as of September 23, 2008, the fourth supplemental indenture, dated as of August 17, 2009, the fifth supplemental indenture, dated as of September 2,

 

i


2009, the sixth supplemental indenture, dated as of September 29, 2010, the seventh supplemental indenture, dated as of December 22, 2010, and the eighth supplemental indenture, dated as of May 2, 2011 (the “2005 Indenture”), among Videotron, the guarantors thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee, including, without limitation, the “Notes”, the “Subsidiary Guarantees”, the “Exchange Notes”, the “Additional Notes” and any “guarantee” of the Exchange Notes or the Additional Notes (in each case, as defined in the 2005 Indenture), (5) the indenture, dated as of October 8, 2003, as supplemented by the first supplemental indenture, dated as of July 12, 2004, the second supplemental indenture, dated as of July 15, 2005, the third supplemental indenture, dated as of April 15, 2008, the fourth supplemental indenture, dated as of April 28, 2008, the fifth supplemental indenture, dated as of September 23, 2008, the sixth supplemental indenture, dated as of August 17, 2009, the seventh supplemental indenture, dated as of September 2, 2009, the eighth supplemental indenture, dated as of September 29, 2010, the ninth supplemental indenture, dated as of December 22, 2010, and the tenth supplemental indenture, dated as of May 2, 2011 (the “2003 Indenture”), among Videotron, the guarantors thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee, including, without limitation, the “Notes”, the “Subsidiary Guarantees”, the “Exchange Notes”, the “Additional Notes” and any “guarantee” of the Exchange Notes or the Additional Notes (in each case, as defined in the 2003 Indenture) and (6) any Credit Facilities (as defined in the Indenture) of Videotron.

(2) Agreement Entered into Pursuant to Indenture . The Obligor and the Holder are entering into this Agreement pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture; capitalized terms used herein without definition having the meanings set forth therein) among Videotron, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee. Pursuant to the Indenture, Videotron has issued and the Subsidiary Guarantors have guaranteed, 6   7 / 8 % Senior Notes due July 15, 2021 of Videotron.

(3) Subordination . The indebtedness or obligation represented by the Subordinated Security shall be subordinated as follows:

(a) Agreement to Subordinate . The Obligor, for itself and its successors and assigns, and the Holder agree, that the indebtedness or obligation evidenced by the Subordinated Security (including, without limitation, principal, interest, premium, redemption or retraction amount, dividend, fees, penalties, indemnities and “post-petition interest” in bankruptcy and any reimbursement of expenses) is subordinate and junior in right of payment, to the extent and in the manner provided in this Section 3, to the prior payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness. The provisions of this Section 3 are for the benefit of the Trustee and/or other Representative acting on behalf of the holders from time to time of Senior Indebtedness, and such holders are hereby made obligees hereunder to the same extent as if their names were written herein as such, and they (collectively or singly) may proceed to enforce such provisions.

(b) Liquidation, Dissolution or Bankruptcy .

 

  (i) Upon any distribution of assets of the Obligor to creditors or upon a liquidation or dissolution or winding-up of the Obligor or in a bankruptcy, arrangement, liquidation, reorganization, insolvency, receivership or similar case or proceeding relating to the Obligor or its property or other marshalling of assets of the Obligor:

 

  (A) the holders of Senior Indebtedness shall be entitled to receive payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness before the Holder shall be entitled to receive any payment of any amount owing in respect of the Subordinated Security (including, without limitation, principal, interest, premium, redemption or retraction amount, or dividend);

 

  (B) until payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness, any distribution of assets of the Obligor of any kind or character to which the Holder would be entitled but for this Section 3 is hereby assigned absolutely to the holders of Senior Indebtedness (equally and ratably among the holders of Senior Indebtedness) and shall be paid by the Obligor or by any receiver, trustee in bankruptcy, liquidating trustee, agents or other Persons making such payment or distribution to the Trustee and/or other Representative on behalf of the holders of Senior Indebtedness, as their interests may appear; and

 

ii


  (C) in the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing, any payment or distribution of assets of the Obligor of any kind or character, whether in Cash, Property or Securities, shall be received by the Holder before all Senior Indebtedness is paid in full, such payment or distribution shall be held in trust for the benefit of and shall be paid over to the Trustee and/or other Representative on behalf of the holders of Senior Indebtedness (equally and ratably among the holders of Senior Indebtedness), as their interests may appear, for application to the payment of all Senior Indebtedness until all Senior Indebtedness shall have been paid in full after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution to the holders of Senior Indebtedness in respect of such Senior Indebtedness.

 

  (ii) If (A) a bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, receivership or similar proceeding relating to the Obligor or its property (a “Reorganization Proceeding”) is commenced and is continuing and (B) the Holder does not file proper claims or proofs of claim in the form required in a Reorganization Proceeding prior to 45 days before the expiration of the time to file such claims, then (1) upon the request of the Trustee, the Holder shall file such claims and proofs of claim in respect of the Subordinated Security and execute and deliver such powers of attorney, assignments and proofs of claim or proxies as may be directed by the Trustee to enable it to exercise in the sole discretion of the Trustee any and all voting rights attributable to the Subordinated Security which are capable of being voted (whether by meeting, written resolution or otherwise) in a Reorganization Proceeding and enforce any and all claims upon or in respect of the Subordinated Security and to collect and receive any and all payments or distributions which may be payable or deliverable at any time upon or in respect of the Subordinated Security, and (2) whether or not the Trustee shall take the action described in clause (1) above, the Trustee shall nevertheless be deemed to have such powers of attorney as may be necessary to enable the Trustee to exercise such voting rights, file appropriate claims and proofs of claim and otherwise exercise the powers described above for and on behalf of the Holder.

(c) Relative Rights . This Section 3 defines the relative rights of the Holder and the holders of Senior Indebtedness. Nothing in this Section 3 shall:

 

  (i) impair, as between the Obligor and the Holder, the obligation of the Obligor, which is absolute and unconditional, to make the payments required by the Subordinated Security in accordance with its terms; or

 

  (ii) affect the relative rights of the Holder and creditors of the Obligor other than the holders of Senior Indebtedness; or

 

  (iii) affect the relative rights of the holders of Senior Indebtedness among themselves; or

 

  (iv) prevent the Holder from exercising its available remedies upon a default, subject to the rights of the holders of Senior Indebtedness to receive cash, property or other assets otherwise payable to the Holder.

(d) Subordination May Not Be Impaired .

 

  (i)

No right of any holder of Senior Indebtedness to enforce the subordination of indebtedness or obligation evidenced by the Subordinated Security shall in any way be prejudiced or impaired by any act or failure to act by the Obligor or by any such holder or the Trustee, or by any non-compliance by the Obligor with the terms, provisions or covenants herein, regardless of any knowledge thereof which any such holder or the Trustee may have or be otherwise charged with. Neither the subordination of the Subordinated Security as herein provided nor the rights of the holders of Senior Indebtedness with respect hereto shall be affected by any extension, renewal or

 

iii


  modification of the terms, or the granting of any security in respect of, any Senior Indebtedness or any exercise or non-exercise of any right, power or remedy with respect thereto.

 

  (ii) The Holder agrees that all indebtedness or obligation evidenced by the Subordinated Security will be unsecured by any Lien upon or with respect to any property of the Obligor.

 

  (iii) The Holder agrees not to exercise any offset, compensation or counterclaim or similar right in respect of the indebtedness or obligation evidenced by the Subordinated Security except to the extent payment of such indebtedness or obligation is permitted and will not assign or otherwise dispose of the Subordinated Security or the indebtedness or obligation which it evidences unless the assignee or acquiror, as the case may be, agrees to be bound by the terms of this Agreement.

(e) Holder Entitled to Rely . Upon any payment or distribution pursuant to this Section 3, the Holder shall be entitled to rely (i) upon any order or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction in which any proceedings of the nature referred to in Section 3(b) are pending, (ii) upon a certificate of the liquidating trustee or agent or other person in such proceedings making such payment or distribution to the Holder or its representative, if any, or (iii) upon a certificate of the Trustee and/or other Representative (if any) of the holders of Senior Indebtedness for the purpose of ascertaining the persons entitled to participate in such payment or distribution, the holders of the Senior Indebtedness and other indebtedness of the Obligor, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Section 3.

(4) Enforceability . Each of the Obligor and the Holder represents and warrants that this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by each of the Obligor and the Holder and constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of each of the Obligor and the Holder, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and to general equity principles; and that, in the case of a Subordinated Security made or issued by Videotron or a Subsidiary Guarantor, on the date hereof, the Holder shall deliver an opinion or opinions of counsel to such effect to the Trustee for the benefit of the holders of the Senior Indebtedness under the Indenture.

(5) Miscellaneous .

(a) Until payment in full of all the Senior Indebtedness, the Obligor and the Holder agree that no amendment shall be made to the Subordinated Security which would affect the rights of the holders of the Senior Indebtedness hereunder.

(b) This Agreement may not be amended or modified in any respect, nor may any of the terms or provisions hereof be waived, except by an instrument signed by the Obligor, the Holder and the Trustee and/or other Representative (if any).

(c) This Agreement shall be binding upon each of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of the Trustee and/or other Representative (if any) and each and every holder of Senior Indebtedness and their respective successors and assigns.

(d) This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Province of Québec and the laws of Canada applicable therein.

(e) The Holder and the Obligor each hereby irrevocably agrees that any suits, actions or proceedings arising out of or in connection with this Agreement may be brought in any court in the Province of Québec and submits and attorns to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of each such court.

 

iv


(f) The Holder and the Obligor will whenever and as often as reasonably requested to do so by the Trustee and/or other Representative (if any), do, execute, acknowledge and deliver any and all such other and further acts, assignments, transfers and any instruments of further assurance, approvals and consents as are necessary or proper in order to give complete effect to this Agreement.

 

v


If to the Obligor:

[    ]

If to the Holder:

[    ]

Each of the Holder and the Obligor further agrees to take any and all action as may be necessary to maintain such designation and appointment of such agent in full force and effect so long as any Notes (including any Additional Notes) remain outstanding.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Obligor and the Holder each have caused this Agreement to be duly executed.

 

[OBLIGOR]
By  

 

  Name:
  Title:
[HOLDER]
By  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

vi

Exhibit 2.43

 

 

VIDEOTRON LTD. / VIDÉOTRON LTÉE

 

 

FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

Dated as of November 4 th , 2011

 

 

Computershare Trust Company of Canada,

Trustee

 

 

 

 


FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE , dated as of November 4 th , 2011 (this “First Supplemental Indenture” ), by and among Videotron Ltd. / Vidéotron Ltée, a corporation under the laws of the Province of Québec (the “Corporation” ), 9253-2233 Québec Inc., a corporation under the laws of the Province of Québec ( 2233 ), 9253-2456 Québec Inc., a corporation under the laws of the Province of Québec ( 2456 and, together with 2233, the “Additional Subsidiary Guarantors and each an Additional Subsidiary Guarantor ) and Computershare Trust Company of Canada, as trustee (the “Trustee” ), to the Indenture (the “Indenture” ), dated as of July 5, 2011, by and among the Corporation, each of the subsidiary guarantors party thereto (collectively referred to as the “Original Subsidiary Guarantors” ) and the Trustee.

WHEREAS, the Corporation, the Original Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee have entered into the Indenture governing the Corporation’s 6  7 / 8 % Senior Notes due July 15, 2021 (the “Notes” );

WHEREAS, Section 4.19 of the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Corporation shall cause a Restricted Subsidiary to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture providing for a Subsidiary Guarantee of the payment of the Notes by such Restricted Subsidiary;

WHEREAS, the parties hereto are desirous of further supplementing the Indenture in the manner hereinafter provided for the purpose of providing Subsidiary Guarantees by each of the Additional Subsidiary Guarantors in accordance with the terms of the Indenture;

WHEREAS, Section 9.01(5) of the Indenture provides that the Corporation and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture without the consent of any Holder to add additional guarantees with respect to the Notes; and

WHEREAS, all things necessary have been done to make this First Supplemental Indenture a valid agreement of the Corporation, each of the Additional Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee, in accordance with its terms.

NOW, THEREFORE, THIS FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITNESSETH:

For and in consideration of the premises contained herein, the parties hereto mutually covenant and agree as follows:

1. Terms used in this First Supplemental Indenture that are not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Indenture.

2. Each of the Additional Subsidiary Guarantors hereby agrees to provide an unconditional Subsidiary Guarantee on the terms and subject to the conditions and limitations set forth in the Indenture, including but not limited to Article 10 of the Indenture.

3. This First Supplemental Indenture shall be construed as supplemental to the Indenture and shall form a part thereof, and the Indenture is hereby incorporated by reference herein and, as supplemented, modified and restated hereby, is hereby ratified, approved and confirmed.


4. This First Supplemental Indenture shall be effective as of the date hereof. On and after the date hereof, each reference in the Indenture to “this Indenture,” “hereunder,” “hereof,” or “herein” shall mean and be a reference to the Indenture as supplemented by this First Supplemental Indenture unless the context otherwise requires.

5. Except as provided below, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Indenture and the terms and conditions of this First Supplemental Indenture, the terms and conditions of this First Supplemental Indenture shall prevail.

6. If any provision of this First Supplemental Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with another provision of the Indenture that is required to be included by the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “Act” ), as in force at the date this First Supplemental Indenture is executed, the provision required by said Act shall control.

7. This First Supplemental Indenture shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the Province of Quebec and the federal laws of Canada applicable therein. The parties hereby acknowledge that they have expressly required this First Supplemental Indenture be drawn up in the English language only. Les parties reconnaissent avoir expressément demandé que la présente convention soit rédigé en anglais seulement.

8. This First Supplemental Indenture may be signed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if the signatures to each counterpart were upon a single instrument, and all such counterparts together shall be deemed an original of this First Supplemental Indenture.

9. The recitals contained in this First Supplemental Indenture shall be taken as the statements of the Corporation, and the Trustee assumes no responsibility for their correctness. The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this First Supplemental Indenture.

[SIGNATURES ON FOLLOWING PAGES]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this First Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

CORPORATION:      
VIDÉOTRON LTÉE      
By:  

/s/ Chloé Poirier

    By:  

/s/ Christian Marcoux

  Name: Chloé Poirier       Name: Christian Marcoux
  Title: Treasurer       Title: Assistant Secretary
ADDITIONAL SUBSIDIARY GUARANTOR:      
9253-2233 QUÉBEC INC.      
By:  

/s/ Chloé Poirier

    By:  

/s/ Christian Marcoux

  Name: Chloé Poirier       Name: Christian Marcoux
  Title: Treasurer       Title: Assistant Secretary
ADDITIONAL SUBSIDIARY GUARANTOR:      
9253-2456 QUÉBEC INC.      
By:  

/s/ Chloé Poirier

    By:  

/s/ Christian Marcoux

  Name: Chloé Poirier       Name: Christian Marcoux
  Title: Treasurer       Title: Assistant Secretary
TRUSTEE:      
COMPUTERSHARE TRUST COMPANY OF CANADA      
By:  

/s/ Fabienne Pinatel

    By:  

/s/ Pierre Lavoie

  Name: Fabienne Pinatel       Name: Pierre Lavoie
 

Title: Gestionnaire fiduciare /
Corporate Trust Officer

     

Title: Gestionnaire fiduciare adjoint /
Associate Trust Officer

First Supplemental Indenture to 2011 Indenture

Exhibit 2.44

 

 

VIDEOTRON LTD. / VIDÉOTRON LTÉE

 

 

SECOND SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

Dated as of December 5, 2011

 

 

Computershare Trust Company of Canada,

Trustee

 

 

 

 


SECOND SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE , dated as of December 5, 2011 (this “Second Supplemental Indenture” ), by and among Videotron Ltd. / Vidéotron Ltée, a corporation under the laws of the Province of Québec (the “Corporation” ), 9253-1920 Québec Inc., a corporation under the laws of the Province of Québec ( “1920” ), 9253-1870 Québec Inc., a corporation under the laws of the Province of Québec ( “1870” and, together with 1920, the “Additional Subsidiary Guarantors and each an Additional Subsidiary Guarantor ) and Computershare Trust Company of Canada, as trustee (the “Trustee” ), to the Indenture (the “Indenture ), dated as of July 5, 2011, by and among the Corporation, each of the subsidiary guarantors party thereto (collectively referred to as the “Original Subsidiary Guarantors” ) and the Trustee.

WHEREAS, the Corporation, the Original Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee have entered into the Indenture governing the Corporation’s 6  7 / 8 % Senior Notes due July 15, 2021 (the “Notes” );

WHEREAS, Section 4.19 of the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Corporation shall cause a Restricted Subsidiary to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture providing for a Subsidiary Guarantee of the payment of the Notes by such Restricted Subsidiary;

WHEREAS, the parties hereto are desirous of further supplementing the Indenture in the manner hereinafter provided for the purpose of providing Subsidiary Guarantees by each of the Additional Subsidiary Guarantors in accordance with the terms of the Indenture;

WHEREAS, Section 9.01(5) of the Indenture provides that the Corporation and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture without the consent of any Holder to add additional guarantees with respect to the Notes; and

WHEREAS, all things necessary have been done to make this Second Supplemental Indenture a valid agreement of the Corporation, each of the Additional Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee, in accordance with its terms.

NOW, THEREFORE, THIS SECOND SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITNESSETH:

For and in consideration of the premises contained herein, the parties hereto mutually covenant and agree as follows:

1. Terms used in this Second Supplemental Indenture that are not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Indenture.

2. Each of the Additional Subsidiary Guarantors hereby agrees to provide an unconditional Subsidiary Guarantee on the terms and subject to the conditions and limitations set forth in the Indenture, including but not limited to Article 10 of the Indenture.

3. This Second Supplemental Indenture shall be construed as supplemental to the Indenture and shall form a part thereof, and the Indenture is hereby incorporated by reference herein and, as supplemented, modified and restated hereby, is hereby ratified, approved and confirmed.


4. This Second Supplemental Indenture shall be effective as of the date hereof. On and after the date hereof, each reference in the Indenture to “this Indenture,” “hereunder,” “hereof,” or “herein” shall mean and be a reference to the Indenture as supplemented by this Second Supplemental Indenture unless the context otherwise requires.

5. Except as provided below, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Indenture and the terms and conditions of this Second Supplemental Indenture, the terms and conditions of this Second Supplemental Indenture shall prevail.

6. If any provision of this Second Supplemental Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with another provision of the Indenture that is required to be included by the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “Act” ), as in force at the date this Second Supplemental Indenture is executed, the provision required by said Act shall control.

7. This Second Supplemental Indenture shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the Province of Quebec and the federal laws of Canada applicable therein. The parties hereby acknowledge that they have expressly required this Second Supplemental Indenture be drawn up in the English language only. Les parties reconnaissent avoir expressément demandé que la présente convention soit rédigé en anglais seulement.

8. This Second Supplemental Indenture may be signed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if the signatures to each counterpart were upon a single instrument, and all such counterparts together shall be deemed an original of this Second Supplemental Indenture.

9. The recitals contained in this Second Supplemental Indenture shall be taken as the statements of the Corporation, and the Trustee assumes no responsibility for their correctness. The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Second Supplemental Indenture.

[SIGNATURES ON FOLLOWING PAGES]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Second Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

CORPORATION:      
VIDÉOTRON LTÉE      
By:  

/s/ Claudine Tremblay

    By:  

/s/ Chloé Poirier

  Name: Claudine Tremblay       Name: Chloé Poirier
  Title: Vice President and Secretary       Title: Treasurer
ADDITIONAL SUBSIDIARY GUARANTOR:      
9253-1920 QUÉBEC INC.      
By:  

/s/ Claudine Tremblay

    By:  

/s/ Chloé Poirier

  Name: Claudine Tremblay       Name: Chloé Poirier
  Title: Vice President and Secretary       Title: Treasurer
ADDITIONAL SUBSIDIARY GUARANTOR:      
9253-1870 QUÉBEC INC.      
By:  

/s/ Claudine Tremblay

    By:  

/s/ Chloé Poirier

  Name: Claudine Tremblay       Name: Chloé Poirier
  Title: Vice President and Secretary       Title: Treasurer
TRUSTEE:      
COMPUTERSHARE TRUST COMPANY OF CANADA      
By:  

/s/ Fabienne Pinatel

    By:  

/s/ Pierre Lavoie

  Name: Fabienne Pinatel       Name: Pierre Lavoie
 

Title: Gestionnaire fiduciare /
Corporate Trust Officer

     

Title: Gestionnaire fiduciare adjoint /
Associate Trust Officer

Second Supplemental Indenture to 2011 Indenture

Exhibit 2.47

EXECUTION VERSION

VIDEOTRON LTD./VIDÉOTRON LTÉE

US$800,000,000

5% SENIOR NOTES DUE JULY 15, 2022

 

 

INDENTURE

Dated as of March 14, 2012

 

 

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association,

as Trustee

 

 

 


This INDENTURE, dated as of March 14, 2012, is by and among VIDEOTRON LTD., a company incorporated under the laws of the Province of Québec, each Subsidiary Guarantor listed on the signature pages hereto, and WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”).

The Company, each Subsidiary Guarantor and the Trustee agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the 5% Senior Notes due July 15, 2022 (the “ Notes ”):

ARTICLE 1.

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

Section 1.01. Definitions .

For all purposes of this Indenture, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires:

144A Global Note ” means a Global Note in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold for initial resale in reliance on Rule 144A.

Accounts Receivable Entity ” means a Subsidiary of the Company or any other Person in which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries makes an Investment:

(1) that is formed solely for the purpose of, and that engages in no activities other than activities in connection with, financing accounts receivable;

(2) that is designated as an Accounts Receivable Entity;

(3) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other obligation (contingent or otherwise) of which (a) is at any time guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (excluding guarantees of obligations (other than any guarantee of Indebtedness) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings), (b) is at any time recourse to or obligates the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in any way, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings, or (c) subjects any asset of the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings (such Indebtedness, “Non-Recourse Accounts Receivable Entity Indebtedness”);

(4) with which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding other than contracts, agreements, arrangements and understandings entered into in the ordinary course of business on terms no less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of the Company in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction and fees payable in the ordinary course of business in connection with servicing accounts receivable in connection with such a Qualified Receivables Transaction; and

(5) with respect to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any obligation to maintain or preserve the solvency or any balance sheet term, financial condition, level of income or results of operations thereof.

Acquired Debt ” means, with respect to any specified Person:

(1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or becomes a Subsidiary of such specified Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is Incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into, or becoming a Subsidiary of such specified Person; and


(2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.

Additional Notes ” means any Notes (other than Initial Notes and Exchange Notes and Notes issued under Sections 2.06, 2.07, 2.10 and 3.06 hereof) issued under this Indenture in accordance with Sections 2.02, 2.15 and 4.09 hereof, and which shall be in registered form, as part of the same series as the Initial Notes or as an additional series.

Adjusted Treasury Rate ” means, with respect to any redemption date, the rate per annum equal to the semiannual equivalent yield to maturity of the Comparable Treasury Issue, assuming a price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the Comparable Treasury Price for such redemption date.

Affiliate ” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control,” as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise; provided, however , that beneficial ownership of more than 10% of the Voting Stock of a Person shall be deemed to be control. For purposes of this definition, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with” shall have correlative meanings.

Agent ” means any Registrar, co-registrar, Paying Agent or additional paying agent.

Applicable Procedures ” means, with respect to any transfer, redemption or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear and Clearstream that apply to such transfer, redemption or exchange.

Approved Credit Rating Organization ” has the meaning given to such term in National Instrument 81-102 — Mutual Funds (as adopted pursuant to Canadian securities legislation).

Asset Acquisition ” means (a) an Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in any other Person pursuant to which such Person shall become a Restricted Subsidiary or shall be consolidated or merged with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or (b) any acquisition by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the assets of any Person that constitute substantially all of an operating unit, a division or line of business of such Person or that is otherwise outside of the ordinary course of business.

Asset Sale ” means:

(1) the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of any assets or rights, other than in the ordinary course of business; provided , however , that the sale, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, shall be governed by the provisions of Sections 4.18 and 5.01 hereof and not by the provisions of Section 4.12 hereof; and

(2) the issuance of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary or the sale of Equity Interests by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in any Restricted Subsidiary.

Notwithstanding the preceding, the following items shall not be deemed to be Asset Sales:

(1) any single transaction or series of related transactions that involves assets having a Fair Market Value of less than US$25.0 million;

 

2


(2) a sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of assets between or among the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(3) an issuance of Equity Interests by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or to another Restricted Subsidiary;

(4) the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of equipment, inventory, accounts receivable or other assets in the ordinary course of business;

(5) the sale or other disposition of cash or Cash Equivalents;

(6) any Tax Benefit Transaction;

(7) a Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment that is permitted by Section 4.10 hereof;

(8) the issuance of Equity Interests of any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries; provided , that after such issuance the Company’s ownership interests in such Restricted Subsidiary, whether directly or through its Restricted Subsidiaries, is at least equal to its ownership interests in such Restricted Subsidiary prior to such issuance;

(9) the issuance of Equity Interests of any Subsidiary pursuant to any equity compensation plan entered into in the ordinary course of business; provided , however, that the aggregate Fair Market Value of all such issued and outstanding Equity Interests shall not exceed US$5.0 million in any twelve-month period;

(10) sales of accounts receivables pursuant to a Qualified Receivables Transaction for the Fair Market Value thereof, including cash in an amount equal to at least 75% of the Fair Market Value thereof;

(11) any transfer of accounts receivable, or a fractional undivided interest therein, by an Accounts Receivable Entity in a Qualified Receivables Transaction; and

(12) any Asset Swap.

Asset Swap ” means an exchange of assets by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary for:

(1) one or more Permitted Businesses;

(2) a controlling equity interest in any Person whose assets consist primarily of one or more Permitted Businesses; provided such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; and/or

(3) long-term assets that are used in a Permitted Business in a like-kind exchange or transfer.

Attributable Debt ” in respect of a sale and leaseback transaction means, at the time of determination, the present value of the obligation of the lessee for net rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such sale and leaseback transaction including any period for which such lease has been extended or may, at the option of the lessor, be extended. Such present value shall be calculated using a discount rate equal to the rate of interest implicit in such transaction, determined in accordance with GAAP.

Back-to-Back Debt ” means any loans made or debt instruments issued as part of a Back-to-Back Transaction and in which each party to such Back-to-Back Transaction, other than a Videotron Entity, executes or has executed a subordination agreement in favor of the Holders in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit F .

Back-to-Back Preferred Shares ” means Preferred Shares issued:

 

3


(1) to a Videotron Entity by an Affiliate of the Company in circumstances where, immediately prior to or after, as the case may be, the issuance of such Preferred Shares, an Affiliate of such Videotron Entity has loaned on an unsecured basis to such Videotron Entity, or an Affiliate of such Videotron Entity has subscribed for Preferred Shares of such Videotron Entity in, an amount equal to the requisite subscription price for such Preferred Shares;

(2) by a Videotron Entity to one of its Affiliates in circumstances where, immediately prior to or after, as the case may be, the issuance of such Preferred Shares, such Videotron Entity has loaned an amount equal to the proceeds of such issuance to an Affiliate on an unsecured basis; or

(3) by a Videotron Entity to one of its Affiliates in circumstances where, immediately prior to or after, as the case may be, the issuance of such Preferred Shares, such Videotron Entity has used the proceeds of such issuance to subscribe for Preferred Shares issued by an Affiliate;

in each case on terms whereby:

(i) the aggregate redemption amount applicable to the Preferred Shares issued to or by such Videotron Entity is identical:

 

  (A) in the case of (1) above, to the principal amount of the loan made or the aggregate redemption amount of the Preferred Shares subscribed for by such Affiliate;

 

  (B) in the case of (2) above, to the principal amount of the loan made to such Affiliate; or

 

  (C) in the case of (3) above, to the aggregate redemption amount of the Preferred Shares issued by such Affiliate;

(ii) the dividend payment date applicable to the Preferred Shares issued to or by such Videotron Entity shall:

 

  (A) in the case of (1) above, be immediately prior to, or on the same date as, the interest payment date relevant to the loan made or the dividend payment date on the Preferred Shares subscribed for by such Affiliate;

 

  (B) in the case of (2) above, be immediately after, or on the same date as, the interest payment date relevant to the loan made to such Affiliate; or

 

  (C) in the case of (3) above, be immediately after, or on the same date as, the dividend payment date on the Preferred Shares issued by such Affiliate;

(iii) the amount of dividends provided for on any payment date in the share conditions attaching to the Preferred Shares issued:

 

  (A) to a Videotron Entity in the case of (1) above, shall be equal to or in excess of the amount of interest payable in respect of the loan made or the amount of dividends provided for in respect of the Preferred Shares subscribed for by such Affiliate;

 

  (B) by a Videotron Entity in the case of (2) above, shall be less than or equal to the amount of interest payable in respect of the loan made to such Affiliate; or

 

  (C) by a Videotron Entity in the case of (3) above, shall be equal to the amount of dividends in respect of the Preferred Shares issued by such Affiliate;

and provided that, in the case of Preferred Shares issued by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor, each holder of such Preferred Shares under such Back-to-Back Transaction, other than such Restricted Subsidiary, executes a subordination agreement in favor of the Holders in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit F.

 

4


Back-to-Back Securities ” means Back-to-Back Preferred Shares or Back-to-Back Debt or both, as the context requires; provided that a Back-to-Back Security issued by any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor (A) shall provide that (i) such Restricted Subsidiary shall suspend any payment on such Back-to-Back Security until such Restricted Subsidiary receives payment on the corresponding Back-to-Back Security in an amount equal to or exceeding the amount to be paid on the Back-to-Back Security issued by such Restricted Subsidiary and (ii) if the holder of such Back-to-Back Security is paid any amount on or with respect to such Back-to-Back Security by such Restricted Subsidiary, then to the extent such amounts are paid out of proceeds in excess of the corresponding payment received by such Restricted Subsidiary on the corresponding Back-to-Back Security held by it, the holder of such Back-to-Back Security will hold such excess payment in trust for the benefit of such Restricted Subsidiary and will forthwith repay such payment to such Restricted Subsidiary and (B) may provide that, notwithstanding clause (A), such Restricted Subsidiary may make payment on such Back-to-Back Security if at the time of payment such Restricted Subsidiary would be permitted to make such payment under Section 4.10 hereof; provided that any payment made pursuant to this clause (B) which is otherwise prohibited under clause (A) would constitute a Restricted Payment.

Back-to-Back Transaction ” means any of the transactions described under the definition of Back-to-Back Preferred Shares.

Bankruptcy Law ” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors, the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act (Canada), the Companies’ Creditors Arrangement Act (Canada) or any other Canadian federal or provincial law or the law of any other jurisdiction relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, winding up, liquidation, reorganization or relief of debtors.

“Beneficial Owner” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person” (as such term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), such “person” shall be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such “person” has the right to acquire by conversion or exercise of other securities, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only upon the occurrence of a subsequent condition. The terms “Beneficially Owns” and “Beneficially Owned” shall have corresponding meanings.

Board of Directors ” means:

(1) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation;

(2) with respect to a partnership, the board of directors or other governing body of the general partner(s) of the partnership; and

(3) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function.

Board Resolution” means a copy of a resolution certified by the secretary or an assistant secretary (or individual performing comparable duties) of the applicable Person to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors of such Person and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification, and delivered to the Trustee.

Business Day ” means any day other than a Legal Holiday.

Canadian Taxing Authority ” means any federal, provincial, territorial or other Canadian government or any authority or agency therein having the power to tax.

 

5


Capital Lease Obligation ” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at that time be required to be capitalized on a balance sheet in accordance with GAAP.

Capital Stock ” means:

(1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;

(2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;

(3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and

(4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.

Capital Stock Sale Proceeds ” means the aggregate net cash proceeds received by the Company after October 8, 2003:

(1) as a contribution to the common equity capital or from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock or Back-to-Back Securities); or

(2) from the issue or sale of convertible or exchangeable Disqualified Stock or convertible or exchangeable debt securities of the Company that have been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests,

other than, in either (1) or (2), Equity Interests (or convertible or exchangeable Disqualified Stock or convertible or exchangeable debt securities) sold to a Subsidiary of the Company.

Cash Equivalents ” means:

(1) United States dollars or Canadian dollars;

(2) investments in securities with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition issued or fully guaranteed by any state, commonwealth, territory or province of the United States of America or Canada, or by any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof, and rated, at the time of acquisition, in the “R-1” category by DBRS (or the equivalent rating issued by any other Approved Credit Rating Organization);

(3) certificates of deposit and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case, with any domestic commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of US$500.0 million;

(4) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2) and (3) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above;

(5) commercial paper having, at the time of acquisition, the highest rating obtainable from Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or Standard & Poor’s Rating Services and in each case maturing within one year after the date of acquisition or with respect to commercial paper in Canada, a rating, at the time of acquisition, in the “R-1” category by DBRS (or the equivalent rating issued by any other Approved Credit Rating Organization); and

 

6


(6) money market funds at least 90% of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (1) through (5) of this definition.

Change of Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following:

(1) the direct or indirect sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) other than a Permitted Holder or a Related Party of a Permitted Holder;

(2) the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of the Company;

(3) the consummation of any transaction (including, without limitation, any merger or consolidation) the result of which is that any Person, other than a Permitted Holder or a Related Party of a Permitted Holder, becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the Voting Stock of the Company, measured by voting power rather than number of shares; or

(4) during any consecutive two-year period, the first day on which individuals who constituted the Board of Directors of the Company as of the beginning of such two-year period (together with any new directors who were nominated for election or elected to such Board of Directors with the approval of a majority of the individuals who were members of such Board of Directors, or whose nomination or election was previously so approved at the beginning of such two-year period) cease to constitute a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company.

Clearstream ” means Clearstream Banking S.A. and any successor thereto.

Code ” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Commission ” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission and any successor entity thereto.

“Company” means Videotron Ltd. (Vidéotron Ltée in its French version) and any successor thereto.

Comparable Treasury Issue ” means the United States Treasury security selected by a Quotation Agent as having a maturity comparable to the remaining term of the Notes to be redeemed that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities of comparable maturity to the remaining term of such Notes.

Comparable Treasury Price ” means, with respect to any redemption date, (1) the average of the Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for such redemption date, after excluding the highest and lowest such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, or (2) if the Trustee obtains fewer than three such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, the average of all such quotations.

Consolidated Cash Flow ” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period plus:

(1) provision for taxes based on income or profits of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such provision for taxes was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

(2) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, including for the purpose of this clause (2) any interest expense on the QMI Subordinated Loan that was otherwise excluded from the definition of Consolidated Interest Expense, in each case to the extent that any such expense was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

7


(3) depreciation, amortization (including amortization of goodwill and other intangibles, but excluding amortization of prepaid cash expenses that were paid in a prior period to the extent such expense is amortized) and other non-cash expenses (excluding any such non-cash expense to the extent that it represents (i) an accrual of or reserve for cash expenses in any future period, or (ii) amortization of a prepaid cash expense that was paid in a prior period to the extent such expense is amortized) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such depreciation, amortization and other non-cash expenses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; minus

(4) any interest and other payments made to Persons other than any Videotron Entity in respect of Back-to-Back Securities to the extent such interest and other payments were not deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; minus

(5) non-cash items increasing such Consolidated Net Income for such period, other than the accrual of revenue in the ordinary course of business, in each case, on a consolidated basis and determined in accordance with GAAP.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provision for taxes based on the income or profits of, the Consolidated Interest Expense of and the depreciation and amortization and other non-cash expenses of a Restricted Subsidiary shall be added to Consolidated Net Income to compute Consolidated Cash Flow of the Company only to the extent that a corresponding amount would be permitted at the date of determination to be dividended or distributed to the Company by such Restricted Subsidiary without prior governmental approval (unless such approval has been obtained), and without direct or indirect restriction pursuant to the terms of its charter and all agreements, instruments, judgments, decrees, orders, statutes, rules and governmental regulations applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its shareholders.

Consolidated Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any Person as of any date of determination, without duplication, the total amount of Indebtedness of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, including (i) the total amount of Indebtedness of any other Person, to the extent that such Indebtedness has been guaranteed by the referent Person or one or more of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and (ii) the aggregate liquidation value of all Disqualified Stock of such Person and all Preferred Shares of Restricted Subsidiaries of such Person, in each case, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Interest Expense ” means, with respect to any Person, for any period, without duplication, the sum of (i) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued (including, without limitation, amortization of original issue discount, non-cash interest payments, the interest component of any deferred payment Obligations, the interest component of all payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations, imputed interest with respect to Attributable Debt, commissions, discounts, and other fees, and charges Incurred in respect of letter of credit or bankers’ acceptance financings), all calculated after taking into account the effect of all Hedging Obligations, (ii) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries that was capitalized during such period, (iii) any interest expense on Indebtedness of another Person that is guaranteed by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or secured by a Lien on assets of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (whether or not such guarantee or Lien is called upon), (iv) the product of (a) all dividend payments on any series of Preferred Shares of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, times (b) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then current combined federal, state, provincial, territorial and local statutory tax rate of such Person, expressed as a decimal, in each case, on a consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP, and (v) to the extent not included in clause (iv) above for purposes of GAAP, the product of (a) all dividend payments on any series of Disqualified Stock of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, times (b) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then current combined federal, state, provincial, territorial and local statutory tax rate of such Person, expressed as a decimal, in each case, on a consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP. Interest and other payments on Back-to-Back Securities, and any accrual, or payment-in-kind, of interest on the QMI Subordinated Loan to the extent that such interest is not paid in cash, shall not be included as Consolidated Interest Expense.

 

8


Consolidated Net Income ” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that:

(1) the Net Income (but not loss) of any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary) or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting shall be included; provided , that the Net Income shall be included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or distributions paid in cash to the specified Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof;

(2) the Net Income of any Restricted Subsidiary shall be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of that Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (unless such approval has been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Subsidiary or its equityholders;

(3) the Net Income of any Person acquired during the specified period for any period prior to the date of such acquisition shall be excluded;

(4) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles shall be excluded;

(5) the Net Income (but not loss) of any Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be excluded, whether or not distributed to the specified Person or one of its Subsidiaries; provided, however , that for purposes of Section 4.10 hereof, the Net Income of any Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be included to the extent it would otherwise be included under clause (1) of this definition; and

(6) any non-cash compensation expense realized for grants of performance shares, stock options or other rights to officers, directors and employees of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary shall be excluded, provided that such shares, options or other rights can be redeemed at the option of the holders thereof for Capital Stock of the Company or Quebecor Media Inc. (other than in each case Disqualified Stock of the Company).

Consolidated Net Tangible Assets ” means, as of the date of determination, with respect to any Person, on a consolidated basis, the total assets of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries after deducting therefrom (a) current liabilities excluding Indebtedness, (b) goodwill, (c) intangible assets, except separately acquired stand-alone intangible assets (such as, without limitation, mobile communication licenses) and internally developed intangible assets (such as, without limitation, software), all as set forth on the most recent consolidated balance sheet of such Person and computed in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Revenues ” means the gross revenues of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided that (1) any portion of gross revenues derived directly or indirectly from Unrestricted Subsidiaries, including dividends or distributions from Unrestricted Subsidiaries, shall be excluded from such calculation, and (2) any portion of gross revenues derived directly or indirectly from a Person (other than a Subsidiary of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) accounted for by the equity method of accounting shall be included in such calculation only to the extent of the amount of dividends or distributions actually paid to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary by such Person.

Consolidation Transaction ” means Back-to-Back Transactions and any other transaction that serves a similar purpose as a Back-to-Back Transaction.

Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee ” shall be at the address of the Trustee specified in Section 12.02 hereof, or such other address as to which the Trustee may give notice to the Company.

 

9


“Credit Agreement” means the amended credit facility between the Company, the guarantor subsidiaries named therein, Royal Bank of Canada, as administrative agent, RBC Dominion Securities Inc., as lead arranger, and the lenders thereto dated as of November 28, 2000, as thereafter amended.

Credit Facilities ” means, one or more debt instruments or facilities (including, without limitation, the Credit Agreement) or commercial paper facilities, in each case with banks or other institutional lenders providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables financing (including, to the extent Indebtedness, through the sales of accounts receivables to such lenders or investors or to an Accounts Receivable Entity) or letters of credit, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced in whole or in part from time to time.

Currency Exchange Protection Agreement ” means, in respect of a Person, any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement, currency option or other similar agreement or arrangement designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in currency exchange rates entered into with any commercial bank or other financial institutions having capital and surplus in excess of US$500.0 million.

DBRS ” means, collectively, DBRS Limited, DBRS, Inc. and DBRS Ratings Limited, or any successor to the rating agency business thereof.

Custodian ” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.03(c) hereof as Custodian with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as custodian hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture.

Debt to Cash Flow Ratio ” means, as of any date of determination (the “Determination Date”), the ratio of (a) the Consolidated Indebtedness of the Company (excluding the QMI Subordinated Loan) as of such Determination Date to (b) the Consolidated Cash Flow of the Company for the most recently ended fiscal quarter ending immediately prior to such Determination Date for which internal financial statements are available (the “Measurement Period”) multiplied by four, determined on a pro forma basis after giving effect to all acquisitions or dispositions of assets made by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries from the beginning of such quarters through and including such Determination Date (including any related financing transactions) as if such acquisitions and dispositions had occurred at the beginning of such quarter. For purposes of calculating Consolidated Cash Flow for each Measurement Period immediately prior to the relevant Determination Date, (i) any Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary on the Determination Date (or would become a Restricted Subsidiary on such Determination Date in connection with the transaction that requires the determination of such Consolidated Cash Flow) shall be deemed to have been a Restricted Subsidiary at all times during the applicable Measurement Period; (ii) any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary on such Determination Date (or would cease to be a Restricted Subsidiary on such Determination Date in connection with the transaction that requires the determination of such Consolidated Cash Flow) shall be deemed not to have been a Restricted Subsidiary at any time during the applicable Measurement Period; (iii) if the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary shall have in any manner (x) acquired through an Asset Acquisition or (y) disposed of (including by way of an Asset Sale or the termination or discontinuance of activities constituting such operating business) any operating business during the applicable Measurement Period or after the end of such period and on or prior to such Determination Date, such calculation shall be made on a pro forma basis in accordance with GAAP, as if, in the case of an Asset Acquisition, all such transactions (including any related financing transactions) had been consummated on the first day of the applicable Measurement Period, and, in the case of an Asset Sale or termination or discontinuance of activities constituting such operating business, all such transactions (including any related financing transactions) had been consummated prior to the first day of the applicable Measurement Period; (iv) if (A) since the beginning of the applicable Measurement Period, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary has Incurred any Indebtedness that remains outstanding or has repaid any Indebtedness, or (B) the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Debt to Cash Flow Ratio is an Incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness, Consolidated Interest Expense for such Measurement Period shall be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis to such Incurrence or repayment as if such Indebtedness was Incurred or repaid on the first day of such period, provided that, in the event of any such repayment of Indebtedness, Consolidated Cash Flow for such period shall be calculated as if the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary had not earned any interest income actually earned during such period in respect of the funds used to repay such Indebtedness; and (v) if any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest expense on such

 

10


Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the base interest rate in effect for such floating rate of interest on the Determination Date had been the applicable base interest rate for the entire Measurement Period (taking into account any Interest Rate Agreement applicable to such Indebtedness if such Interest Rate Agreement has a remaining term in excess of twelve months). For purposes of this definition, any pro forma calculation shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company consistent with Article 11 of Regulation S-X of the Securities Act, as such Regulation may be amended.

Default ” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.

Deferred Management Fees ” means, for any period, any Management Fees that were payable during any prior period, the payment of which was not effected when due.

Definitive Note ” means a certificated Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Section 2.06 or 2.10 hereof, in substantially the form of Exhibit A hereto except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto.

Depositary ” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.03(b) hereof as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture

Disqualified Stock ” means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible, or for which it is exchangeable, in each case at the option of the holder thereof), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the date on which the Notes mature. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, (i) Back-to-Back Preferred Shares shall not constitute Disqualified Stock and (ii) any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders thereof have the right to require the Company to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a change of control or an asset sale shall not constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms of such Capital Stock provide that the Company may not repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock pursuant to such provisions unless such repurchase or redemption complies with the provisions of Section 4.10 hereof. The term “Disqualified Stock” shall also include any options, warrants or other rights that are convertible into Disqualified Stock or that are redeemable at the option of the holder, or required to be redeemed, prior to the date that is 91 days after the date on which the Notes mature.

Distribution Compliance Period ” means the 40-day distribution compliance period as defined in Regulation S.

Equity Interests ” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).

Equity Offering ” means an offering by the Company of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock or Back-to-Back Securities) of the Company however designated and whether voting or non-voting or an equity contribution by a direct or indirect parent company to the common equity of the Company.

Euroclear ” means Euroclear Bank, S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear systems, and any successor thereto.

“Exchange Act ” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder, including any successor legislation and rules and regulations.

Exchange Notes ” means Notes registered under the Securities Act to be exchanged for Notes not so registered, pursuant to and as set forth in a Registration Rights Agreement relating to such an exchange.

 

11


Existing Notes ” means, collectively, the Company’s issued and outstanding 6 7 / 8 % Senior Notes due January 15, 2014, the Company’s 6 3 / 8 % Senior Notes due December 15, 2015, the Company’s 9 1 / 8 % Senior Notes due April 15, 2018, the Company’s 7 1 / 8 Senior Notes due January 15, 2020 and the Company’s 6 7 / 8 Senior Notes due July 15, 2021.

Exchange Offer ” has the meaning set forth in a Registration Rights Agreement relating to an exchange of Notes registered under the Securities Act for Notes not so registered.

Exchange Offer Registration Statement ” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

Existing Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement) in existence on October 8, 2003, until such amounts are repaid.

fair market value ” or “ Fair Market Value ” means, with respect to any assets (including securities), the price that could be negotiated in an arm’s-length transaction between a willing seller and a willing buyer, neither of whom is under undue pressure or compulsion to complete the transaction; provided that, where such term is capitalized, if the Fair Market Value exceeds US$50.0 million, the determination of Fair Market Value shall be made by the Board of Directors of the Company or an authorized committee thereof in good faith.

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied, as in effect in Canada from time to time including, for the avoidance of doubt, IFRS .

Global Note Legend ” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(ii) hereof, which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture.

Global Notes ” means the global Notes, registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, in the form of Exhibit A hereto issued in accordance with Article 2 hereof.

Government Securities ” means direct obligations of, or obligations guaranteed by, the United States of America (including any agency or instrumentality thereof) and the payment for which the United States of America pledges its full faith and credit, and which are not callable or redeemable at the issuer’s option.

guarantee ” means, as to any Person, a guarantee other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business, direct or indirect, in any manner including, without limitation, by way of a pledge of assets or through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof, of all or any part of any Indebtedness of another Person.

Hedging Obligations ” means, with respect to any specified Person, the obligations of such Person pursuant to any Interest Rate Agreement or Currency Exchange Protection Agreement.

IFRS ” means the international financial reporting standards adopted by the International Accounting Standards Board to the extent applicable at that time to the relevant financial statements.

Holder ” means a Person in whose name a Note is registered.

Incur ” means, with respect to any Indebtedness or other Obligation of any Person, to create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become indirectly or directly liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect of such Indebtedness or other Obligation.

 

12


Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any specified Person, any indebtedness of such Person, whether or not contingent:

(1) representing principal of and premium, if any, in respect of borrowed money;

(2) representing principal of and premium, if any, evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit (or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof);

(3) in respect of bankers’ acceptances;

(4) representing Capital Lease Obligations of such Person and all Attributable Debt in respect of sale and leaseback transactions entered into by such Person;

(5) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property, except any such balance that constitutes an accrued expense or trade payable;

(6) representing the amount of all obligations of such Person with respect to the repayment of any Disqualified Stock or, with respect to any Subsidiary of such Person, any Preferred Share (in each case, valued at the greater of its voluntary or involuntary maximum fixed repurchase price plus accrued dividends); or

(7) representing any Hedging Obligations,

if and to the extent any of the preceding items (other than letters of credit, Hedging Obligations, Attributable Debt, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Share) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of the specified Person prepared in accordance with GAAP. In addition, the term “ Indebtedness” includes all Indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on any asset of the specified Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by the specified Person) and, to the extent not otherwise included, the guarantee by the specified Person of any Indebtedness of any other Person. For purposes hereof, the “maximum fixed repurchase price” of any Disqualified Stock or Preferred Share which does not have a fixed repurchase price shall be calculated in accordance with the terms of such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Share as if such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Share were purchased on any date on which Indebtedness shall be required to be determined pursuant to this Indenture, and if such price is based upon, or measured by, the Fair Market Value of such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Share, such Fair Market Value, if above $50 million, shall be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the issuer of such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Share. The term “Indebtedness” shall not include Back-to-Back Securities or Standard Securitization Undertakings.

The amount of any Indebtedness described above in clauses (1) through (7) and in the preceding paragraph outstanding as of any date shall be the outstanding balance at such date of all unconditional obligations as described above and, with respect to contingent obligations, the maximum liability upon the occurrence of the contingency giving rise to the obligation, and shall be:

(1) the accreted value of the Indebtedness, in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount, and

(2) the principal amount thereof, together with any interest thereon that is more than 30 days past due, in the case of any other Indebtedness;

provided , however , that if any Indebtedness denominated in a currency other than Canadian dollars is hedged or swapped through the maturity of such Indebtedness under a Currency Exchange Protection Agreement, the amount of such Indebtedness shall be adjusted to the extent of any positive or negative value (to the extent the Obligation under such Currency Exchange Protection Agreement is not otherwise included as Indebtedness of such Person) of such Currency Exchange Protection Agreement.

Indenture ” means this instrument, as originally executed or as it may from time to time be supplemented or amended in accordance with Article 9 hereof.

 

13


Indirect Participant ” means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a Participant.

Initial Notes ” means US$800.0 million aggregate principal amount of Notes issued in registered form under this Indenture on the date hereof.

Institutional Accredited Investor ” means an institution that is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act.

“Interest Payment Dates” shall have the meaning set forth in paragraph 1 of each Note.

Interest Rate Agreement ” means, for any Person, any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement designed to protect against fluctuations in interest rates entered into with any commercial bank or other financial institution having capital and surplus in excess of US$500.0 million.

Investment Grade Status ” means a rating of the Notes from any two of Moody’s, S&P and DBRS equal to or higher than “Baa3” (or the equivalent) in the case of Moody’s, “BBB-” (or the equivalent) in the case of S&P, and “BBB (low)” (or the equivalent) in the case of DBRS, or, in the event that two or more of the foregoing rating agencies cease to issue ratings in respect of the Notes for reasons outside the control of the Company, the equivalent of such ratings by any other Approved Credit Rating Organizations selected by the Company or Quebecor Inc. to replace one or more of Moody’s, S&P and/or DBRS, as the case may be.

Investments ” means, with respect to any Person, all direct or indirect investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the forms of loans or other extensions of credit (including guarantees, but excluding advances to customers or suppliers in the ordinary course of business that are, in conformity with GAAP, recorded as accounts receivable, prepaid expenses or deposits on the balance sheet of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries and endorsements for collection or deposit arising in the ordinary course of business), advances (excluding commission, travel and similar advances to officers and employees made consistent with past practices), capital contributions (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of others), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities, together with all items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP and include the designation of a Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary. If the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary sells or otherwise disposes of any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, the Company shall be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the fair market value of the Investment in such Restricted Subsidiary not sold or disposed of in an amount determined as provided in Section 4.10(c) hereof. The acquisition by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of a Person that holds an Investment in a third Person shall be deemed to be an Investment by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in such third Person in an amount equal to the fair market value of the Investment held by the acquired Person in such third Person in an amount determined as provided in Section 4.10(c) hereof.

Issue Date ” means March 14, 2012, the date of the initial issuance of the Notes under this Indenture.

Legal Holiday ” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in each of the City of New York, Montréal, the city in which the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee is located or any other place of payment on the Notes are authorized by law, regulation or executive order to remain closed.

Lien ” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest, hypothecation, assignment for security or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected or duly published under applicable law, including any conditional sale or capital lease or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of, or agreement to give, any hypothec or any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction.

 

14


Letter of Transmittal ” means the letter of transmittal, or its electronic equivalent in accordance with the Applicable Procedures, to be prepared by the Company and sent to all Holders of the Initial Notes or any Additional Notes for use by such Holders in connection with an Exchange Offer.

Management Fees ” means any amounts payable by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of management or similar services.

Moody’s ” means, collectively, Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and/or its licensors and affiliates or any successor to the rating agency business thereof.

Net Income ” means, with respect to any specified Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Shares dividends, excluding, however:

(1) any gain (or loss), together with any related provision for taxes on such gain (or loss), realized in connection with: (a) any Asset Sale (without regard to the $1.0 million limitation set forth in the definition thereof) or (b) the disposition of any securities by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or the extinguishment of any Indebtedness of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; and

(2) any extraordinary gain (or loss), together with any related provision for taxes on such extraordinary gain (or loss).

Net Proceeds ” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of any Asset Sale (including, without limitation, any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any non-cash consideration received in any Asset Sale), net of (a) the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale, including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and sales commissions, (b) any relocation expenses Incurred as a result of the Asset Sale, (c) taxes paid or payable as a result of the Asset Sale, in each case, after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements, (d) amounts required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness or other liabilities, secured by a Lien on the asset or assets that were the subject of such Asset Sale, or required to be paid as a result of such sale, (e) any reserve for adjustment in respect of the sale price of such asset or assets established in accordance with GAAP, and (f) all distributions and other payments required to be made to minority interest holders in Subsidiaries or joint ventures of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such Asset Sale.

Non - Recourse Accounts Receivable Entity Indebtedness ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in the definition of “Accounts Receivable Entity”.

Non-Recourse Debt ” means Indebtedness:

(1) as to which neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary (a) provides credit support of any kind (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness), (b) is directly or indirectly liable as a guarantor or otherwise or (c) constitutes the lender;

(2) no default with respect to which (including any rights that the holders thereof may have to take enforcement action against an Unrestricted Subsidiary) would permit, upon notice, lapse of time or both, any holder of any other Indebtedness (other than the Notes ) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to declare a default on such other Indebtedness or cause the payment thereof to be accelerated or payable prior to its Stated Maturity; and

(3) as to which the lenders have been notified in writing that they will not have any recourse to the stock or assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary.

 

15


Notes ” means the Initial Notes and the Additional Notes, if any.

Obligations ” means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

Officer ” means the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Controller, the Secretary or any Vice President of the Company.

Officers’ Certificate ” means a certificate signed by two Officers of the Company, at least one of whom shall be the principal executive officer, principal financial officer or the principal accounting officer of the Company, and delivered to the Trustee.

Opinion of Counsel ” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company, an Affiliate of the Company or the Trustee.

Participant ” means, with respect to the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, a Person who has an account with the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, respectively, and, with respect to DTC, shall include Euroclear and Clearstream.

Permitted Business ” means the businesses conducted by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the cable and telecommunications industry, including on-line Internet services, telephony and the sale and rental of videocassettes, or anything related or ancillary thereto.

Permitted Holders ” means one or more of the following persons or entities:

(1) Quebecor Inc.;

(2) Quebecor Media Inc.;

(3) any issue of the late Pierre Péladeau;

(4) any trust having as its sole beneficiaries one or more of the persons or entities listed in clause (3) above, in this clause (4), or in clause (5) below;

(5) any corporation, partnership or other entity controlled by one or more of the persons or entities referred to in clause (3) or (4) above or in this clause (5); and

(6) CDP Capital d’Amérique Investissements Inc.

Permitted Investments ” means:

(1) any Investment in the Company or in a Restricted Subsidiary;

(2) any Investment in cash or Cash Equivalents;

(3) any Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in a Person, if as a result of such Investment:

(a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; or

(b) such Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; or

 

16


(c) such Person, which was formed for the sole purpose of acquiring assets of a Permitted Business, is upon acquisition of such assets obligated to convey or otherwise distribute assets to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary having a Fair Market Value at least equal to the Investment of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in such Person (net of transaction expenses);

provided that, in each case, such Person’s primary business is, or the assets acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries are used or useful in, a Permitted Business;

(4) any Investment made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from an Asset Sale that was made pursuant to and in compliance with the provisions of Section 4.12 hereof;

(5) any acquisition of assets solely in exchange for the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock or Back-to-Back Securities) of the Company;

(6) Hedging Obligations entered into in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and not for speculative purposes, and that do not increase the Indebtedness of the obligor outstanding at any time other than as a result of fluctuations in interest rates or foreign currency exchange rates, commodity prices, or by reason of fees, indemnities and compensation payable thereunder;

(7) payroll, travel and similar advances to officers, directors and employees of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries for business-related travel expenses, moving expenses and other similar expenses that are expected at the time of such advances ultimately to be treated as expenses in accordance with GAAP;

(8) any Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in an Accounts Receivable Entity or any Investment by an Accounts Receivable Entity in any other Person in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction, so long as any Investment in an Accounts Receivable Entity is in the form of a Purchase Money Note or an Equity Interest;

(9) any Investment in connection with Back-to-Back Transactions;

(10) any Investment existing on October 8, 2003; and

(11) other Investments in any Person that is not an Affiliate of the Company (other than a Restricted Subsidiary) having an aggregate fair market value (measured on the date each such Investment was made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (11) since October 8, 2003 not to exceed US$200.0 million.

Permitted Liens ” means:

(1) Liens on the assets of the Company and any Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company securing Indebtedness and other Obligations of the Company and any Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company under Credit Facilities, which Indebtedness was permitted by the terms of the indenture to be Incurred; provided , however, that at the time of Incurrence and after giving effect to the Incurrence of such Indebtedness and the application of the proceeds therefrom on such date, the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness secured by such Liens shall not exceed the greater of (i) Cdn$1.5 billion and (ii) an aggregate amount equal to 2.0 times the Consolidated Cash Flow of the Company for the most recently ended fiscal quarter ending immediately prior to such date of calculation for which internal financial statements are available multiplied by four (such amount to be calculated in a manner consistent with the definition of “Debt to Cash Flow Ratio,” including any pro forma adjustments to Consolidated Cash Flow as set forth in such definition);

(2) Liens in favor of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

17


(3) Liens on property of a Person existing at the time such Person is merged with or into or consolidated or amalgamated with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, provided that such Liens were in existence prior to the contemplation of such merger, consolidation or amalgamation and do not extend to any assets other than those of the Person merged into or consolidated or amalgamated with the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary;

(4) Liens on property existing at the time of acquisition thereof by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, provided that such Liens were in existence prior to the contemplation of such acquisition and do not extend to any assets other than such property;

(5) Liens to secure the performance of statutory obligations, surety or appeal bonds, performance bonds or other obligations of a like nature Incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(6) Liens to secure Indebtedness (including Capital Lease Obligations) permitted by Section 4.09(b)(4) hereof covering only the assets acquired with such Indebtedness;

(7) Liens existing on October 8, 2003;

(8) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims that are not yet delinquent or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently concluded, provided that any reserve or other appropriate provision as shall be required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made therefor;

(9) Liens securing Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness, provided that any such Lien does not extend to or cover any property, Capital Stock or Indebtedness other than the property, shares or debt securing the Indebtedness so refunded, refinanced or extended;

(10) attachment or judgment Liens not giving rise to a Default or an Event of Default;

(11) Liens Incurred or deposits made in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of social security;

(12) Liens Incurred or deposits made to secure the performance of tenders, bids, leases, statutory or regulatory obligations, bankers’ acceptance, surety and appeal bonds, government contracts, performance and return-of-money bonds and other obligations of a similar nature Incurred in the ordinary course of business, exclusive of Obligations for the payment of borrowed money;

(13) licenses, permits, reservations, servitudes, easements, rights-of-way and rights in the nature of easements (including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, licenses, easements, rights-of-way and rights in the nature of easements for railways, sidewalks, public ways, sewers, drains, gas or oil pipelines, steam, gas and water mains or electric light and power, or telephone and telegraph or cable television conduits, poles, wires and cables, reservations, limitations, provisos and conditions expressed in any original grant from any governmental entity or other grant of real or immovable property, or any interest therein) and zoning land use and building restrictions, by-laws, regulations and ordinances of federal, provincial, regional, state, municipal and other governmental authorities in respect of real (immovable) property not interfering, individually or in the aggregate, in any material respect with the use of the affected real (immovable) property for the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries at such real (immovable) property;

(14) Liens of franchisors or other regulatory bodies arising in the ordinary course of business;

(15) Liens securing reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit that encumber documents and other property relating to such letters of credit and the products and proceeds thereof;

 

18


(16) Liens encumbering customary initial deposits and margin deposits, and other Liens that are within the general parameters customary in the industry and Incurred in the ordinary course of business, in each case, securing Indebtedness under Hedging Obligations and forward contracts, options, future contracts, future options or similar agreements or arrangements, including mark-to-market transactions designed solely to protect the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from fluctuations in interest rates, currencies or the price of commodities;

(17) Liens consisting of any interest or title of licensor in the property subject to a license;

(18) Liens arising from sales or other transfers of accounts receivable which are past due or otherwise doubtful of collection in the ordinary course of business;

(19) Liens on accounts receivable and related assets Incurred in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction;

(20) any extensions, substitutions, replacements or renewals of the foregoing clauses (2) through (19); and

(21) Liens Incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary with respect to Obligations that do not exceed US$100 million at any one time outstanding.

Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness ” means any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to extend, refinance, renew, replace, defease or refund other Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor (other than intercompany Indebtedness); provided, however, that:

(1) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness so extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded (plus all accrued interest thereon and the amount of any reasonably determined premium necessary to accomplish such refinancing and such reasonable expenses Incurred in connection therewith);

(2) such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date later than the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded;

(3) if the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to, the Notes on terms at least as favorable to the Holders of Notes as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded;

(4) if the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded is pari passu in right of payment with the Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantees, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness is pari passu with, or subordinated in right of payment to, the Notes or such Subsidiary Guarantees; and

(5) such Indebtedness is Incurred either by the Company, a Subsidiary Guarantor or by the Restricted Subsidiary who is the obligor on the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded.

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company or government or other entity.

 

19


Predecessor Note ” of any particular Note means every previous Note evidencing all or a portion of the same Indebtedness as that evidenced by such particular Note; and any Note authenticated and delivered under Section 2.07 in lieu of a lost, destroyed or stolen Note shall be deemed to evidence the same Indebtedness as the lost, destroyed or stolen Note.

Preferred Shares ” means any Capital Stock of a Person, however designated, which entitles the holder thereof to a preference with respect to the payment of dividends, or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such Person, over shares of any other class of Capital Stock issued by such Person.

Private Placement Legend ” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(i) hereof to be placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture except as otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Indenture.

Purchase Money Note ” means a promissory note of an Accounts Receivable Entity to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, which note must be repaid from cash available to the Accounts Receivable Entity, other than amounts required to be established as reserves pursuant to agreements, amounts paid to investors in respect of interest, principal and other amounts owing to such investors and amounts paid in connection with the purchase of newly generated receivables.

QIB ” or “ qualified institutional buyer ” means a qualified institutional buyer within the meaning of Rule 144A.

“QMI Subordinated Loan” means the Indebtedness owed by the Company to Quebecor Media Inc. pursuant to the Subordinated Loan Agreement dated March 24, 2003 between the Company and Quebecor Media Inc., as amended.

Qualified Receivables Transaction ” means any transaction or series of transactions entered into by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to which the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary transfers to an Accounts Receivable Entity (in the case of a transfer by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary) or any other Person other than the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, or grants a security interest in, any accounts receivable (whether now existing or arising in the future) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, and any assets related thereto, including, without limitation, all collateral securing such accounts receivable, all contracts and all guarantees or other obligations in respect of such accounts receivable, proceeds of such accounts receivable and other assets which are customarily transferred or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with an accounts receivable financing transaction; provided such transaction is on market terms at the time the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary enters into such transaction.

Quotation Agent ” means the Reference Treasury Dealer appointed by the Company.

Reference Treasury Dealer ” means (1) Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and its successors; provided, however, that if the foregoing shall cease to be a primary U.S. Government securities dealer in New York City (a “Primary Treasury Dealer”), the Company will substitute therefor another Primary Treasury Dealer; and (2) any other Primary Treasury Dealers selected by the Company.

Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations ” means, with respect to each Reference Treasury Dealer and any redemption date, the average, as determined by the Quotation Agent, of the bid and ask prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing to the Trustee by such Reference Treasury Dealer at 11:00 a.m. on the third Business Day preceding such redemption date.

Registration Rights Agreement ” means the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of the Issue Date, among the Company, each Subsidiary Guarantor and the initial purchasers named therein, as such agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time and, with respect to any Additional Notes, one or more registration rights agreements between the Company and the other parties thereto, as such agreement(s) may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, relating to rights given by the Company to the purchasers of Additional Notes to register such Additional Notes, or exchange such Additional Notes for registered notes, under the Securities Act.

 

20


Regular Record Date ” for the interest payable on any Interest Payment Date means the applicable date specified as a “Record Date” on the face of the Note.

Regulation S ” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.

Regulation S Global Note ” means a Global Note in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold for initial resale in reliance on Rule 904.

Related Party ” means:

(1) any controlling shareholder, 80% (or more) owned Subsidiary, or immediate family member (in the case of an individual) of any Permitted Holder, or

(2) any trust, corporation, partnership or other entity, the beneficiaries, shareholders, partners, owners or Persons beneficially holding an 80% or more controlling interest of which consist of any one or more Permitted Holder and/or such other Persons referred to in the immediately preceding clause (1).

Responsible Officer ,” when used with respect to the Trustee, means any officer within the Corporate Trust Department of the Trustee (or any successor group of the Trustee) with direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of his or her knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

Restricted Definitive Note ” means one or more Definitive Notes bearing the Private Placement Legend.

Restricted Global Notes ” means 144A Global Notes and Regulation S Global Notes.

Restricted Investment ” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

Restricted Payment ” means:

(1) the declaration or payment of any dividend or the making of any other payment or distribution on account of the Company’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s Equity Interests, including, without limitation, any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, or to the direct or indirect holders of the Company’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s Equity Interests in their capacity as such, other than dividends, payments or distributions payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock or Back-to-Back Securities) of the Company or to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (and, if such Restricted Subsidiary is not a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, to the other shareholders of such Restricted Subsidiary on a pro rata basis or on a basis that results in the receipt by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of dividends or distributions of greater value than it would receive on a pro rata basis);

(2) the purchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value, including, without limitation, in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company, of any Equity Interests of the Company, other than such Equity Interests of the Company held by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

21


(3) the making of any payment on or with respect to, or the purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Back-to-Back Securities or Indebtedness that is subordinated to the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees, except, in the case of Indebtedness that is subordinated to the Notes or Subsidiary Guarantees (other than Back-to-Back Securities and the QMI Subordinated Loan), a payment of interest at, or within one year of, the Stated Maturity of such interest or principal at or within one year of the Stated Maturity of principal of such Indebtedness; provided that any accretion or payment-in-kind of interest on the QMI Subordinated Loan, to the extent such accretion or payment is not made in cash, will not be a Restricted Payment;

(4) any Restricted Investment; or

(5) the payment of any amount of Management Fees (including Deferred Management Fees) to a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary.

Restricted Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of the Company that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

Rule 144 ” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

Rule 144A ” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.

Rule 903 ” means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act.

Rule 904 ” means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act.

S&P ” means, collectively, Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC and Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of the McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., or any successor to the rating agency business thereof.

“sale and leaseback transaction” means, with respect to any Person, any transaction involving any of the assets or properties of such Person whether now owned or hereafter acquired, whereby such Person sells or transfers such assets or properties and then or thereafter leases such assets or properties or any part thereof or any other assets or properties which such Person intends to use for substantially the same purpose or purposes as the assets or properties sold or transferred.

Securities Act ” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder, including any successor legislation and rules and regulations.

Shelf Registration Statement ” has the meaning set forth in any Registration Rights Agreement relating to registering Notes under the Securities Act.

Significant Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Regulation is in effect on October 8, 2003.

Standard Securitization Undertakings ” means representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, which are customary in an accounts receivable securitization transaction.

Special Interest ” has the meaning set forth in any Registration Rights Agreement and relating to amounts to be paid in the event the Company fails to satisfy certain conditions set forth therein. For all purposes of this Indenture, the term “interest” shall include Special Interest, if any, with respect to the Notes.

Stated Maturity ” means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which such payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the original documentation governing such Indebtedness, and shall not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

 

22


Subordinated Indebtedness ” means any Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor (whether outstanding on October 8, 2003 or thereafter Incurred) that is subordinate or junior in right of payment to the Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee pursuant to a written agreement to that effect.

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any specified Person:

(1) any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and

(2) any partnership (a) the sole general partner or the managing general partner of which is such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person or (b) the only general partners of which are such Person or one or more Subsidiaries of such Person (or any combination thereof).

Subsidiary Guarantee ” means a guarantee on the terms set forth in this Indenture by a Subsidiary Guarantor of the Company’s obligations with respect to the Notes.

Subsidiary Guarantor ” means (1) each Restricted Subsidiary on the Issue Date other than SETTE inc. and (2) any other Person that becomes a Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.19 hereof or who otherwise executes and delivers a supplemental indenture to the Trustee providing for a Subsidiary Guarantee, and in each case their respective successors and assigns until released from their obligations under their Subsidiary Guarantees and this Indenture in accordance with the terms hereof.

Tax ” means any tax, duty, levy, impost, assessment or other governmental charge (including penalties, interest and any other liabilities related thereto).

Tax Benefit Transaction ” means, for so long as the Company is a direct or indirect Subsidiary of Quebecor Inc., any transaction between a Videotron Entity and Quebecor Inc. or any of its Affiliates, the primary purpose of which is to create tax benefits for any Videotron Entity or for Quebecor Inc. or any of its Affiliates; provided, however, that (1) the Videotron Entity involved in the transaction obtains a favorable tax ruling from a competent tax authority or a favorable tax opinion from a nationally recognized Canadian law or accounting firm having a tax practice of national standing as to the tax efficiency of the transaction for such Videotron Entity (except that such ruling or opinion shall not be required in respect of a transaction with substantially similar tax and transactional attributes as a previous Tax Benefit Transaction in respect of which such a tax ruling or opinion was obtained); (2) in respect of any such Tax Benefit Transaction in an amount exceeding Cdn$50.0 million, such transaction has been approved by a majority of the disinterested members of such Board of Directors; (3) such transaction is set forth in writing; and (4) the Consolidated Cash Flow of the Company is not reduced after giving pro forma effect to the transaction as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the most recently ended full fiscal quarter of the Company for which internal financial statements are available; provided, however , that if such transaction shall thereafter cease to satisfy the preceding requirements as a Tax Benefit Transaction, it shall thereafter cease to be a Tax Benefit Transaction for purposes of this Indenture and shall be deemed to have been effected as of such date and, if the transaction is not otherwise permitted by this Indenture as of such date, the Company shall be in default under this Indenture if such transaction does not comply with the preceding requirements or is not otherwise unwound within 30 days of that date.

TIA ” means the U.S. Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder, including any successor legislation and rules and regulations.

Trustee ” means the Person named as the “Trustee” in the first paragraph of this Indenture until a successor Trustee shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter “Trustee” shall mean such successor Trustee.

 

23


Unrestricted Definitive Notes ” means one or more Definitive Notes that do not and are not required to bear the Private Placement Legend.

Unrestricted Global Notes ” means one or more Global Notes that do not and are not required to bear the Private Placement Legend and are deposited with and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee.

Unrestricted Subsidiary ” means:

(1) any Subsidiary of the Company that is designated after the Issue Date as an Unrestricted Subsidiary as permitted or required pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.17 hereof and is not thereafter redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary as permitted pursuant thereto; and

(2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

“Videotron Entity” means any of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

Voting Stock ” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.

Weighted Average Life to Maturity ” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing:

(1) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by

(2) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.

Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary ” of any specified Person means a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person all of the outstanding Capital Stock or other ownership interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares) will at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries of such Person.

 

Section 1.02 . Other Definitions .

 

     Defined in  

Term

   Section  

“Acceleration Notice”

     6.02   

“Additional Amounts”

     4.20 (a)(3) 

“Affiliate Transaction”

     4.14 (a) 

“Asset Sale Offer”

     4.12 (e) 

“Authentication Order”

     2.02 (d) 

“Base Currency”

     12.13 (a) 

“Benefited Party”

     10.01   

“Change of Control Offer”

     4.18 (a) 

“Change of Control Amount”

     4.18 (a) 

“Covenant Defeasance”

     8.03   

“DTC”

     2.03 (b) 

“Event of Default”

     6.01   

“Excess Proceeds”

     4.12   

“Excluded Holder”

     4.20 (b) 

“First Currency”

     12.14   

“judgment currency”

     12.13 (a) 

 

24


“Legal Defeasance”

     8.02   

“losses”

     7.07   

“Offer Amount”

     3.09 (b)(ii) 

“Offer Period”

     3.09 (c) 

“Offer to Purchase”

     3.09 (a) 

“Paying Agent”

     2.03 (a) 

“Payment Default”

     6.01 (v)(a) 

“Permitted Debt”

     4.09 (b) 

“Purchase Date”

     3.09 (c) 

“rate(s) of exchange”

     12.13   

“Registrar”

     2.03 (a) 

“Security Register”

     3.03   

“Surviving Company”

     5.01 (a)(1) 

“Surviving Guarantor”

     5.01 (b)(1) 

Section 1.03. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act .

(a) Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture.

(b) The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings:

indenture securities ” means the Notes;

indenture security holder ” means a Holder of a Note;

indenture to be qualified ” means this Indenture;

indenture trustee ” or “ institutional trustee ” means the Trustee; and

“obligor” on the Notes means the Company and any successor obligor upon the Notes.

(c) All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by Commission rule under the TIA and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings so assigned to them.

Section 1.04. Rules of Construction .

(a) Unless the context otherwise requires:

(i) a term has the meaning assigned to it;

(ii) an accounting term not otherwise defined herein has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;

(iii) “or” is not exclusive;

(iv) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular;

(v) all references in this instrument to “Articles,” “Sections” and other subdivisions are to the designated Articles, Sections and subdivisions of this instrument as originally executed;

(vi) the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision.

 

25


(vii) “including” means “including without limitation;”

(viii) provisions apply to successive events and transactions; and

(ix) references to sections of or rules under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or the TIA shall be deemed to include substitute, replacement or successor sections or rules adopted by the Commission from time to time thereunder.

ARTICLE 2.

THE NOTES

Section 2.01. Form and Dating .

(a) General . The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form included in Exhibit A hereto, which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made part of this Indenture. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, exchange rule or usage in addition to those set forth on Exhibit A. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes shall be in denominations of US$2,000 and integral multiples of US$1,000 in excess thereof. The terms and provisions contained in the Notes shall constitute a part of this Indenture, and the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. To the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

(b) Form of Notes . Notes shall be issued initially in global form and shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (including the Global Note Legend thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Notes issued in definitive form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (but without the Global Note Legend thereon and without the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Each Global Note shall represent such aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes as shall be specified therein and each shall provide that it shall represent the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges and redemptions and transfers of interests therein. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby shall be made by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06 hereof.

(c) Book-Entry Provisions . This Section 2.01(c) shall apply only to Global Notes deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary. Participants and Indirect Participants shall have no rights under this Indenture or any Global Note with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depositary or by the Trustee as custodian for the Depositary, and the Depositary shall be treated by the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee as the absolute owner of such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the Trustee or any agent of the Company or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depositary or impair, as between the Depositary and its Participants or Indirect Participants, the Applicable Procedures or the operation of customary practices of the Depositary governing the exercise of the rights of a holder of a beneficial interest in any Global Note.

(d) Euroclear and Clearstream Procedures Applicable . The provisions of the “Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System” and “Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear” and the “General Terms and Conditions of Clearstream” and “Customer Handbook” of Clearstream shall be applicable to transfers of beneficial interests in Global Notes that are held by Participants through Euroclear or Clearstream.

 

26


Section 2.02. Execution and Authentication .

(a) One Officer shall execute the Notes on behalf of the Company by manual or facsimile signature.

(b) If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is authenticated by the Trustee, the Note shall nevertheless be valid.

(c) A Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture.

(d) The Trustee shall, upon a written order of the Company signed by an Officer (an “ Authentication Order ”), authenticate Notes for original issue.

(e) The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Company to authenticate Notes. Unless otherwise provided in such appointment, an authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent shall have the same rights as an Agent with respect to Holders.

Section 2.03. Registrar and Paying Agent .

(a) The Company shall maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (“ Registrar ”) and an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (“ Paying Agent ”). The Registrar shall keep a register, on behalf of the Company, of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Company may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. If the Company fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.

(b) The Company initially appoints The Depository Trust Company (“ DTC ”) to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes.

(c) The Company initially appoints the Trustee to act as Registrar and Paying Agent and to act as Custodian with respect to the Global Notes, and the Trustee hereby agrees so to initially act.

Section 2.04. Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust .

The Company shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, and shall notify the Trustee of any default by the Company in making any such payment. While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all funds held by it relating to the Notes to the Trustee. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all funds held by it relating to the Notes to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Company or a Subsidiary) shall have no further liability for such funds. If the Company or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all funds held by it as Paying Agent. Upon any Event of Default under Sections 6.01(viii) and (ix) hereof relating to the Company, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the Notes.

Section 2.05. Holder Lists .

The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders and shall otherwise comply with TIA §312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee at least seven Business Days before each

 

27


Interest Payment Date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date or such shorter time as the Trustee may allow, as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders and the Company shall otherwise comply with TIA §312(a).

Section 2.06. Transfer and Exchange .

(a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes . A Global Note may not be transferred as a whole except by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary, by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or to another nominee of the Depositary, or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary. The Company shall exchange Global Notes for Definitive Notes if: (1) the Company delivers to the Trustee a notice from the Depositary that the Depositary is unwilling or unable to continue to act as Depositary for the Global Notes or that it has ceased to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and, in either case, a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Company within 120 days after the date of such notice from the Depositary; (2) the Company at its option determines that the Global Notes shall be exchanged for Definitive Notes and delivers a written notice to such effect to the Trustee; or (3) a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing. Upon the occurrence of any of the preceding events in clauses (1), (2) or (3) above, Definitive Notes shall be issued in denominations of US$2,000 or integral multiples of US$1,000 in excess thereof and in such names as the Depositary shall instruct the Trustee in writing. Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.07 and 2.10 hereof. Except as provided above, every Note authenticated and delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note or any portion thereof, pursuant to this Section 2.06 or Section 2.07 or 2.10 hereof, shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note. A Global Note may not be exchanged for another Note other than as provided in this Section 2.06(a), and beneficial interests in a Global Note may not be transferred and exchanged other than as provided in Section 2.06(b), (c) or (f) hereof.

(b) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes . The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes shall be effected through the Depositary in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. Beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes shall be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act. Transfers of beneficial interests in Global Notes also shall require compliance with either clause (i) or (ii) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the other following clauses, as applicable:

(i) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note . Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend and any Applicable Procedures; provided , however , that prior to the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, transfers of beneficial interests in Regulation S Global Note may not be made to or for the account or benefit of a “U.S. Person” (as defined in Rule 902(k) of Regulation S) (other than a “distributor” (as defined in Rule 902(d) of Regulation S)). Beneficial interests in any Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. Except as may be required by any Applicable Procedures, no written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.06(b)(i).

(ii) All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes . In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests that are not subject to Section 2.06(b)(i) above, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar either (A)(1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account to be credited with such increase or (B) if permitted under Section 2.06(a) hereof, (1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given by the Depositary to the Registrar containing information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive Note shall be registered to effect the

 

28


transfer or exchange referred to in (B)(1) above. Upon consummation of an Exchange Offer by the Company in accordance with Section 2.06(f) hereof, the requirements of this Section 2.06(b)(ii) shall be deemed to have been satisfied upon receipt by the Registrar of the instructions contained in the Letter of Transmittal delivered by the Holder of such beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes. Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s) pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof.

(iii) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note to Another Restricted Global Note . A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(ii) above and the Registrar receives the following:

(A) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in a 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; and

(B) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof.

(iv) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note . A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(ii) above and:

(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to an Exchange Offer in accordance with a Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of the beneficial interest to be transferred, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, makes any and all certifications in the applicable Letter of Transmittal (or is deemed to have made such certifications if delivery is made through the Applicable Procedures) as may be required by such Registration Rights Agreement;

(B) such transfer is effected pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with a Registration Rights Agreement;

(C) such transfer is effected by a broker-dealer pursuant to an Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with a Registration Rights Agreement; or

(D) the Registrar receives the following:

(1) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(a) thereof; or

(2) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

 

29


and, in each such case set forth in this clause (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer shall be effected in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend shall no longer be required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

If any such transfer is effected pursuant to clause (B) or (D) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company shall execute and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred pursuant to clause (B) or (D) above.

(v) Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes for Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes Prohibited . Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note may not be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note.

(vi) [Reserved].

(c) Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Definitive Notes .

(i) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes . Subject to Section 2.06(a) hereof, if any holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

(A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(a) thereof;

(B) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

(C) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a “non-U.S. Person” (as defined in Rule 902(k) of Regulation S) in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

(D) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;

(E) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in clauses (B) through (D) above, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3)(d) thereof, as applicable; or

 

30


(F) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof,

the Trustee shall reduce or cause to be reduced in a corresponding amount pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Restricted Global Note, and the Company shall execute and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver a Restricted Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount to the Person designated by the holder of such beneficial interest in instructions delivered to the Registrar by the Depositary and the applicable Participant or Indirect Participant on behalf of such holder. Any Restricted Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(i) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall designate in such instructions. The Trustee shall deliver such Restricted Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Restricted Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(i) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein.

(ii) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes . Subject to Section 2.06(a) hereof, a holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only if:

(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to an Exchange Offer in accordance with a Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of such beneficial interest, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, makes any and all certifications in the applicable Letter of Transmittal (or is deemed to have made such certifications if delivery is made through the Applicable Procedures) as may be required by such Registration Rights Agreement;

(B) such transfer is effected pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with a Registration Rights Agreement;

(C) such transfer is effected by a broker-dealer pursuant to an Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with a Registration Rights Agreement; or

(D) the Registrar receives the following:

(1) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(b) thereof; or

(2) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this clause (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer shall be effected in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend shall no longer be required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

 

31


Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the clauses of this Section 2.06(c)(ii) the Company shall execute, and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver an Unrestricted Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount to the Person designated by the holder of such beneficial interest in instructions delivered to the Registrar by the Depositary and the applicable Participant or Indirect Participant on behalf of such holder, and the Trustee shall reduce or cause to be reduced in a corresponding amount pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Restricted Global Note.

(iii) Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes . Subject to Section 2.06(a) hereof, if any holder of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, then, upon satisfaction of the applicable conditions set forth in Section 2.06(b)(ii) hereof, the Trustee shall reduce or cause to be reduced in a corresponding amount pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Unrestricted Global Note, and the Company shall execute and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver an Unrestricted Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount to the Person designated by the holder of such beneficial interest in instructions delivered to the Registrar by the Depositary and the applicable Participant or Indirect Participant on behalf of such holder. Any Unrestricted Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(iii) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall designate in such instructions. The Trustee shall deliver such Unrestricted Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Unrestricted Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(iii) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend.

(d) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests .

(i) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes . If any holder of a Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

(A) if the holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(b) thereof;

(B) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; or

(C) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a “non-U.S. Person” (as defined in Rule 902(k) of Regulation S) in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof,

the Trustee shall cancel the Restricted Definitive Note, increase or cause to be increased in a corresponding amount pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause (A) above, the appropriate Restricted Global Note, in the case of clause (B) above, a 144A Global Note, and in the case of clause (C) above, a Regulation S Global Note.

(ii) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes . A holder of a Restricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if:

 

32


(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to a Exchange Offer in accordance with a Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of such beneficial interest, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, makes such certifications in the applicable Letter of Transmittal (or is deemed to have made such certifications if delivery is made through the Applicable Procedures) as may be required by such Registration Rights Agreement;

(B) such transfer is effected pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with a Registration Rights Agreement;

(C) such transfer is effected by a broker-dealer pursuant to an Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with a Registration Rights Agreement; or

(D) the Registrar receives the following:

(1) if the holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or

(2) if the holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to transfer such Note to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this clause (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer shall be effected in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend shall no longer be required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the clauses in this Section 2.06(d)(ii), the Trustee shall cancel such Restricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased in a corresponding amount pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note.

(iii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes . A holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Unrestricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time. Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee shall cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased in a corresponding amount pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof the aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes.

(iv) Transfer or Exchange of Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes Prohibited . An Unrestricted Definitive Note may not be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note.

(v) Issuance of Unrestricted Global Notes . If any such exchange or transfer of a Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is effected pursuant to clause (ii)(B), (ii)(D) or (iii) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Definitive Notes so transferred.

 

33


(e) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes . Upon request by a holder of Definitive Notes and such holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.06(e), the Registrar shall register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting holder shall present or surrender to the Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such holder. In addition, the requesting holder shall provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.06(e).

(i) Restricted Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes . Any Restricted Definitive Note may be transferred to and registered in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following:

(A) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 144A, a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

(B) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; and

(C) if the transfer will be made pursuant to any other exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable.

(ii) Restricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes . Any Restricted Definitive Note may be exchanged by the holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only if:

(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to an Exchange Offer in accordance with a Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of such beneficial interest, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, makes such certifications in the applicable Letter of Transmittal (or is deemed to have made such certifications if delivery is made through the Applicable Procedures) as may be required by such Registration Rights Agreement;

(B) any such transfer is effected pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with a Registration Rights Agreement;

(C) any such transfer is effected by a broker-dealer pursuant to an Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with a Registration Rights Agreement; or

(D) the Registrar receives the following:

(1) if the holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or

(2) if the holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

 

34


and, in each such case set forth in this clause (D), if the Registrar so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer shall be effected in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend shall no longer be required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the clauses of Section 2.06(e)(ii) the Trustee shall cancel the prior Restricted Definitive Note and the Company shall execute, and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver an Unrestricted Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount to the Person designated by the holder of such prior Restricted Definitive Note in instructions delivered to the Registrar by such holder.

(iii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes . A holder of Unrestricted Definitive Notes may transfer such Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Notes pursuant to the instructions from the Holders thereof.

(f) Exchange Offer . Upon the occurrence of an Exchange Offer in accordance with a Registration Rights Agreement, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate (i) one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interests in the applicable Restricted Global Notes (A) tendered for acceptance by Persons that make any and all certifications in the applicable Letters of Transmittal (or are deemed to have made such certifications if delivery is made through the Applicable Procedures) as may be required by such Registration Rights Agreement, and (B) accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer and (ii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Restricted Definitive Notes tendered for acceptance by Persons who made the foregoing certification and accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer. Concurrently with the issuance of such Notes, the Trustee shall reduce or cause to be reduced in a corresponding amount the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Restricted Global Notes, and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Persons designated by the holders of Restricted Definitive Notes so accepted Unrestricted Definitive Notes in the appropriate principal amount.

(g) Legends . The following legends shall appear on the face of all Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued under this Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture.

(i) Private Placement Legend .

(A) Except as permitted by clause (B) below, each Global Note and each Definitive Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear the legend in substantially the following form:

“THIS NOTE AND THE GUARANTEES ENDORSED HEREON (TOGETHER, THIS “SECURITY”) HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION, NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION.

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) WHICH IS ONE YEAR AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH VIDEOTRON LTD. (“VIDEOTRON”) OR ANY AFFILIATE OF VIDEOTRON WAS THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF THIS SECURITY), ONLY (A) TO VIDEOTRON OR ANY OF ITS SUBSIDIARIES, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES

 

35


ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”), TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN OFFSHORE TRANSACTIONS MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(A)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING THE SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT AND IN A MINIMUM PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THE SECURITIES OF $250,000 PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES ONLY AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH ANY DISTRIBUTION OF THE NOTES IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO VIDEOTRON’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT (I) PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (D), (E) OR (F) PRIOR TO THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM AND (II) TO REQUIRE THAT A CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER IN THE FORM APPEARING ON THIS NOTE IS COMPLETED AND DELIVERED BY THE TRANSFEROR TO THE TRUSTEE. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE.

UNLESS PERMITTED UNDER SECURITIES LEGISLATION, THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY MUST NOT TRADE THIS SECURITY IN CANADA OR WITH A RESIDENT OF CANADA BEFORE THE DATE THAT IS 4 MONTHS AND A DAY AFTER THE LATER OF (I) MARCH 14, 2012, AND (II) THE DATE THAT THE ISSUER BECAME A REPORTING ISSUER IN ANY PROVINCE OR TERRITORY OF CANADA.”

(B) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Global Note or Definitive Note issued pursuant to clauses (b)(iv), (b)(vi), (c)(ii), (c)(iii), (d)(ii), (d)(iii), (e)(ii), (e)(iii) or (f) to this Section 2.06 (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend.

(ii) Global Note Legend . Each Global Note shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

“THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (I) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE INDENTURE, (II) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (III) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (IV) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE COMPANY.

UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY UNLESS THIS NOTE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) (“DTC”), TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY NOTE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE

 

36


REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.”

(h) Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes . At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or cancelled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note shall be returned to or retained and cancelled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note shall be increased accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.

(i) General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges .

(i) No service charge shall be made to a Holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.10, 3.06, 4.12, 4.18 and 9.05 hereof).

(ii) All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same Indebtedness, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange and shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder.

(iii) Neither the Registrar nor the Company shall be required (A) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of any selection of Notes for redemption under Section 3.02 hereof and ending at the close of business on the date of selection, (B) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part or (C) to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a record date (including a Regular Record Date) and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date.

(iv) All transfers of any Notes shall be presented to, and registered by, the Registrar, and prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Company shall deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Note and for all other purposes, in each case regardless of any notice to the contrary.

(v) All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.06 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile.

(vi) The Trustee is hereby authorized and directed to enter into a letter of representation with the Depositary in the form provided by the Company and to act in accordance with such letter.

(vii) The registered Holder of the Note shall be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.

 

37


(viii) The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among depositary participants or beneficial owners of interests in any Global Notes) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by the terms of, this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof. Neither the Trustee nor any Agent shall have any responsibility for any actions taken or not taken by the Depositary.

Section 2.07. Replacement Notes .

If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or the Company and the Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Company shall issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, shall authenticate a replacement Note. If required by the Trustee or the Company, the Holder of such Note shall provide indemnity sufficient, in the judgment of the Trustee or the Company, as applicable, to protect the Company, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer in connection with such replacement. If required by the Company, such Holder shall reimburse the Company for its reasonable expenses in connection with such replacement.

Every replacement Note issued in accordance with this Section 2.07 shall be the valid obligation of the Company evidencing the same Indebtedness as the destroyed, lost or stolen Note and shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder.

Section 2.08. Outstanding Notes .

(a) The Notes outstanding at any time shall be the entire principal amount of Notes represented by all the Global Notes and Definitive Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those cancelled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those subject to reductions in beneficial interests effected by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.06 hereof, and those described in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 2.09 hereof, a Note shall not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the Note; provided, however, that Notes held by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company shall be deemed not to be outstanding for purposes of Section 3.07(c) hereof.

(b) If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof, it shall cease to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser.

(c) If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01 hereof, it shall cease to be outstanding and interest on it shall cease to accrue.

(d) If the Paying Agent (other than the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on a redemption date, a Purchase Date or maturity date, funds sufficient to pay Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes shall be deemed to be no longer outstanding and shall cease to accrue interest.

Section 2.09. Treasury Notes .

In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Company, or by any Affiliate of the Company, shall be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that the Trustee knows are so owned shall be so disregarded.

 

38


Section 2.10. Temporary Notes .

Until certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of Definitive Notes but may have variations that the Company considers appropriate for temporary Notes and as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Without unreasonable delay, the Company shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes or Definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes, as applicable.

Holders of temporary Notes shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder.

Section 2.11. Cancellation .

The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. Upon sole direction of the Company, the Trustee shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and shall destroy cancelled Notes (subject to the record retention requirements of the Exchange Act or other applicable laws). Certification of the destruction of all cancelled Notes shall be delivered to the Company from time to time upon request. The Company may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.

Section 2.12. Defaulted Interest .

If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it shall pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment. The Company shall fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date, provided that no such special record date shall be less than 10 days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted interest. At least 15 days before the special record date, the Company (or, upon the written request of the Company, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company) shall mail or cause to be mailed to Holders a notice that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid.

Section 2.13. CUSIP or ISIN Numbers .

The Company in issuing the Notes may use “CUSIP” or “ISIN” numbers (if then generally in use), and, if so, the Trustee shall use “CUSIP” or “ISIN” numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided, however, that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of a redemption or notice of an Offer to Purchase and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption or Offer to Purchase shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee of any change in the “CUSIP” or “ISIN” numbers.

Section 2.14. Special Interest

If Special Interest is payable by the Company pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement and paragraph 1 of the Notes, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee, in advance of the date such interest is payable, a certificate to that effect stating (i) the amount of such Special Interest that is payable and (ii) the date on which such interest is payable pursuant to Section 4.01 hereof. Unless and until a Responsible Officer of the Trustee receives such a certificate or instruction or direction from the Holders in accordance with the terms of this Indenture, the Trustee may assume without inquiry that no Special Interest is payable. The foregoing shall not prejudice the rights of the Holders with respect to their entitlement to Special Interest as otherwise set forth in this Indenture or the Notes and pursuing any action against the Company directly or otherwise directing the Trustee to take any such action in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and the Notes. If the Company has paid Special Interest directly to the Persons entitled to it, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the details of such payment.

 

39


Section 2.15. Issuance of Additional Notes

The Company shall be entitled, subject to its compliance with Section 4.09 hereof, to issue Additional Notes under this Indenture which shall have identical terms as the Initial Notes issued on the date hereof, other than with respect to the date of issuance, issue price and rights under a related Registration Rights Agreement, if any. The Initial Notes issued on the date hereof, any Additional Notes and all Exchange Notes issued in exchange therefor shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture, including without limitation, directions, waivers, consents, redemptions and Offers to Purchase.

With respect to any Additional Notes, the Company shall set forth in a Board Resolution and an Officers’ Certificate, a copy of each of which shall be delivered to the Trustee, the following information:

(a) the aggregate principal amount of such Additional Notes to be authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture;

(b) the issue price, the issue date and the CUSIP and/or ISIN number of such Additional Notes; provided, however, that no Additional Notes may be issued at a price that would cause such Additional Notes to have “original issue discount” within the meaning of Section 1273 of the Code; and

(c) whether such Additional Notes shall be subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in Section 2.06 hereof relating to Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes.

ARTICLE 3.

REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT

Section 3.01. Notices to Trustee .

If the Company elects to redeem Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of Section 3.07 hereof, it shall furnish to the Trustee, at least 45 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date (or such shorter period as allowed by the Trustee), an Officers’ Certificate setting forth (i) the applicable section of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur, (ii) the redemption date, (iii) the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and (iv) the redemption price.

Section 3.02. Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed .

If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be redeemed among the Holders of the Notes in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed or, if the Notes are not so listed, on a pro rata basis, by lot or in accordance with any other method the Trustee considers fair and appropriate. In the event of partial redemption by lot, the particular Notes to be redeemed shall be selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 30 days nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption date by the Trustee from the outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption.

The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company in writing of the Notes selected for redemption and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. Notes and portions of Notes selected shall be in amounts of US$2,000 or integral multiples of US$1,000 in excess thereof, except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not an integral multiple of US$1,000 in excess of US$2,000, shall be redeemed. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption.

 

40


Section 3.03. Notice of Redemption .

At least 30 days but not more than 60 days prior to a redemption date, the Company shall mail or cause to be mailed, by first class mail, a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at such Holder’s address appearing in the securities register maintained in respect of the Notes by the Registrar (the “ Security Register ”).

The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed and shall state:

(a) the redemption date;

(b) the redemption price or if the redemption is made pursuant to Section 3.07(b) hereof a calculation of the redemption price;

(c) if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the redemption date upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion shall be issued upon cancellation of the original Note;

(d) the name and address of the Paying Agent;

(e) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price;

(f) that, unless the Company defaults in making such redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date;

(g) the applicable section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; and

(h) that no representation is made as to the correctness of the CUSIP or ISIN numbers, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes.

At the Company’s request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Company’s name and at its expense; provided, however , that the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee, at least 45 days (or such shorter period allowed by the Trustee) prior to the redemption date, an Officers’ Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice (in the name and at the expense of the Company) and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in this Section 3.03.

Section 3.04. Effect of Notice of Redemption .

Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, Notes called for redemption shall become irrevocably due and payable on the redemption date at the redemption price. A notice of redemption may not be conditional.

Section 3.05. Deposit of Redemption Price .

On or prior to 11:00 a.m. Eastern time on the Business Day prior to any redemption date, the Company shall deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued and unpaid interest on all Notes to be redeemed on that date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Company any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Company in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption price of, and accrued and unpaid interest on, all Notes to be redeemed.

 

41


If the Company complies with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the redemption date, interest shall cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption in accordance with Section 2.08(d) hereof. If a Note is redeemed on or after a Regular Record Date but on or prior to the related Interest Payment Date, then any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such Regular Record Date. If any Note called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender for redemption because of the failure of the Company to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal from the redemption date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof.

Section 3.06. Notes Redeemed in Part .

Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed in part, the Company shall issue and, upon the Company’s written request, the Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Company a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Note surrendered.

Section 3.07. Optional Redemption

(a) The Company may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, on one or more occasions, in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, at a redemption price equal to the greater of

(i) 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed; and

(ii) as determined by a Quotation Agent, the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest thereon (not including any portion of such payments of interest accrued to (but excluding) the date of redemption) discounted to the redemption date on a semiannual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the Adjusted Treasury Rate plus 100 basis points;

plus, in each case, accrued and unpaid interest to (but excluding) the redemption date.

(b) [Reserved].

(c) If the Company becomes obligated to pay any Additional Amounts because of a change in the laws or regulations of Canada or any Canadian Taxing Authority, or a change in any official position regarding the application or interpretation thereof, in either case that is publicly announced or becomes effective on or after the Issue Date, the Company may, at any time, redeem all, but not part, of the Notes at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to (but excluding) the redemption date, provided that at any time that the aggregate principal amount of the Notes outstanding is greater than US$20.0 million, any Holder of the Notes may, to the extent that it does not adversely affect the Company’s after-tax position, at its option, waive the Company’s compliance with the provisions of Section 4.20 hereof with respect to such Holder’s Notes; provided, further , that if any Holder waives such compliance, the Company may not redeem that Holder’s Notes pursuant to this Section 3.07(c).

(d) Any prepayment pursuant to this Section 3.07 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof.

Section 3.08. Mandatory Redemption .

Except as set forth in Sections 4.12 and 4.18 hereof, the Company shall not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to, or offers to purchase, the Notes.

Section 3.09. Offers To Purchase .

(a) In the event that, pursuant to Section 4.12 or 4.18 hereof, the Company shall be required to commence an Asset Sale Offer or Change of Control Offer (each, an “ Offer to Purchase ”), it shall follow the procedures specified below.

 

42


(b) The Company shall commence the Offer to Purchase by sending, by first-class mail, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder, at such Holder’s address appearing in the Security Register a notice, the terms of which shall govern the Offer to Purchase, stating:

(i) that the Offer to Purchase is being made pursuant to this Section 3.09 and Section 4.12 or 4.18, as the case may be, and, in the case of a Change of Control Offer, that a Change of Control has occurred, the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control, and that a Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to Section 4.18 hereof;

(ii) the principal amount of Notes required to be purchased pursuant to Section 4.12 or 4.18 hereof (the “ Offer Amount ”), the purchase price, the Offer Period and the Purchase Date (each as defined below);

(iii) except as provided in clause (ix), that all Notes timely tendered and not withdrawn shall be accepted for payment;

(iv) that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment shall continue to accrue interest;

(v) that, unless the Company defaults in making such payment, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Offer to Purchase shall cease to accrue interest on or after the Purchase Date;

(vi) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to the Offer to Purchase may elect to have Notes purchased in integral multiples of US$1,000 in excess of US$2,000 only;

(vii) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to the Offer to Purchase shall be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Note completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Company, a Depositary, if appointed by the Company, or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice at least three days before the Purchase Date;

(viii) that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Company, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives, not later than the expiration of the Offer Period, a telegram, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note (or portions thereof) the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased;

(ix) that, in the case of an Asset Sale Offer, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes surrendered by Holders exceeds the Offer Amount, the Company shall select the Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Company so that only Notes in denominations of US$2,000 or integral multiples of US$1,000 in excess thereof shall be purchased);

(x) that Holders whose Notes were purchased in part shall be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer)

(xi) any other procedures that Holders must follow in order to tender their Notes (or portions thereof) for payment.

(c) The Offer to Purchase shall remain open for a period of at least 30 days but no more than 60 days following its commencement, except to the extent that a longer period is required by applicable law (the “ Offer Period ”). No later than five Business Days after the termination of the Offer Period (the “ Purchase Date ”), the Company shall purchase the Offer Amount or, if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered in response to the Offer to Purchase. Payment for any Notes so purchased shall be made in the same manner as interest payments are made.

 

43


(d) On or prior to the Purchase Date, the Company shall, to the extent lawful:

(i) accept for payment (on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary in connection with an Asset Sale Offer) the Offer Amount of Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered pursuant to the Offer to Purchase, or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered;

(ii) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Offer Amount in respect of all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered; and

(iii) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes so accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of Notes being purchased by the Company and that such Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Company in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.09.

(e) The Company, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, shall promptly (but in any event not later than five Business Days after the Purchase Date) deliver to each tendering Holder of Notes properly tendered and accepted by the Company for purchase the Purchase Amount for such Notes, and the Company shall promptly execute and issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order shall authenticate and deliver (or cause to be transferred by book-entry) such new Note to such Holder, in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered provided, however, that each such new Note shall be in a principal amount of US$2,000 or an integral multiple of US$1,000 in excess thereof. Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Company to the Holder thereof. The Company shall publicly announce the results of the Offer to Purchase on or as soon as practicable after the Purchase Date.

(f) If the Purchase Date is on or after a Regular Record Date and on or before the related Interest Payment Date, any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such Regular Record Date, and no additional interest shall be payable to Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Offer to Purchase.

(g) The Company shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other applicable securities laws and regulations to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the Offer to Purchase. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with Section 4.12 or 4.18, as applicable, this Section 3.09 or other provisions of this Indenture, the Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under Section 4.12 or 4.18, as applicable, this Section 3.09 or such other provision by virtue of such conflict.

(h) Other than as specifically provided in this Section 3.09, any purchase pursuant to this Section 3.09 shall be made in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.01 through 3.06 hereof.

ARTICLE 4.

COVENANTS

Section 4.01. Payment of Notes .

The Company shall pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on, the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes. Principal, premium, if any, and interest shall be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Company or a Subsidiary thereof, holds as of 11:00 a.m. Eastern Time on the due date money deposited by the Company in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest then due. The Company shall pay Special Interest, if any, in the same manner, on the dates and in the amounts set forth in a Registration Rights Agreement, the Notes and this Indenture. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday at a place of payment, payment may be made at that place on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue on such payment for the intervening period.

 

44


The Company shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at a rate that is 1% per annum in excess of the rate then in effect; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace periods), from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful.

Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. For the purposes of the Interest Act (Canada), the yearly rate of interest which is equivalent to the rate payable hereunder is the rate payable multiplied by the actual number of days in the year and divided by 360.

Section 4.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency .

(a) The Company shall maintain an office or agency (which may be an office or drop facility of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or co-registrar) where Notes may be presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any change in the location of such office or agency. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and the Company hereby appoints the Trustee as its agent to receive all such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands.

(b) The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

(c) The Company hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, as such office, drop facility or agency of the Company in accordance with Section 2.03 hereof.

Section 4.03. Reports .

(a) Notwithstanding that the Company may not be subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, so long as the Company is required, pursuant to any of the respective indentures governing any outstanding series of the Existing Notes, to file reports with the Commission, the Company shall (for so long as any Notes remain outstanding) file with the Commission and furnish to the Holders and the Trustee:

 

  (1) within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, annual reports on the Commission’s Form 20-F or Form 40-F, as applicable, or any successor form; and

 

  (2) (a) within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of the Company, reports on the Commission’s Form 10-Q or any successor form, or (b) within 60 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of the Company, reports on the Commission’s Form 6-K, or any successor form, which in each case, regardless of applicable requirements, shall, at a minimum, contain a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

Each such report shall be deemed to be delivered to Holders and the Trustee if the Company either files (or furnishes, as the case may be) such report with the Commission through the Commission’s EDGAR database (or successor database thereto), posts such report on its public website or furnishes such report to the Trustee. If the Company is no longer required under any of the respective indentures governing any outstanding series of the Existing Notes, applicable law or otherwise to file such reports with the Commission and no longer does so, the Company shall instead furnish to Holders and the Trustee: (X) within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, annual audited financial statements; and (Y) within 60 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal

 

45


quarters of each fiscal year, unaudited interim financial statements; in each case together with a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” which shall be deemed to be delivered to the Holders and the Trustee if the Company furnishes such reports to the Trustee or posts them on its public website.

(b) For so long as any Notes remain outstanding, the Company shall furnish to the Holders, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

(c) If the Company has designated any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries, then the quarterly and annual financial information required by this Section shall include a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto, and in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, of the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries of the Company.

(d) Delivery of any reports, information and documents under this Section 4.03, as well as any such reports, information and documents pursuant to this Indenture, to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officers’ Certificates). The Trustee shall have no responsibility or liability for the filing, timeliness or content of any report required under this Section 4.03 or any other reports, information and documents required under this Indenture (aside from any report that is expressly the responsibility of the Trustee subject to the terms hereof).

Section 4.04. Compliance Certificate .

(a) The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, beginning with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2012, an Officers’ Certificate stating that a review of the activities of the Company and its Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officers with a view to determining whether the Company and its Subsidiaries have kept, observed, performed and fulfilled their obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to each such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge the Company and its Subsidiaries have kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every covenant contained in this Indenture and is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture (or, if a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred, describing all such Defaults or Events of Default of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto) and that to the best of his or her knowledge no event has occurred and remains in existence by reason of which payments on account of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes is prohibited or if such event has occurred, a description of the event and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

(b) The Company shall otherwise comply with TIA §314(a)(2).

(c) The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 30 days after the occurrence thereof, written notice in the form of an Officers’ Certificate of any Default or Event of Default, its status and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

Section 4.05. Taxes .

The Company shall pay, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to pay, prior to delinquency, all material taxes, assessments, and governmental levies, except such as are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings or where the failure to effect such payment is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders.

 

46


Section 4.06. Stay, Extension and Usury Laws .

The Company covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it shall not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted.

Section 4.07. Corporate Existence.

Subject to Article 5 hereof, the Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect (i) its corporate existence, and the corporate, partnership or other existence of each Restricted Subsidiary, in accordance with the respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary and (ii) the rights (charter and statutory), licenses and franchises of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however , that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right, license or franchise, or the corporate, partnership or other existence of any Restricted Subsidiary, if the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and that the loss thereof is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes, or that such preservation is not necessary in connection with any transaction not prohibited by this Indenture.

Section 4.08. Payments for Consent .

The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration, to or for the benefit of any Holder for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid and is paid to all Holders that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.

Section 4.09. Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Shares.

(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, Incur, directly or indirectly, any Indebtedness, including Acquired Debt, and the Company shall not issue any Disqualified Stock and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any Preferred Shares; provided, however, that the Company may Incur Indebtedness, including Acquired Debt, or issue Disqualified Stock, and the Subsidiary Guarantors may Incur Indebtedness, including Acquired Debt, or issue Preferred Shares if the Company’s Debt to Cash Flow Ratio at the time of Incurrence of such Indebtedness or the issuance of such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Shares, after giving pro forma effect to such Incurrence or issuance as of such date and to the use of proceeds therefrom, taking into account any substantially concurrent transactions related to such Incurrence, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the most recently ended full fiscal quarter of the Company for which internal financial statements are available, would have been no greater than 5.5 to 1.0.

(b) Paragraph (a) of this Section 4.09 shall not prohibit the Incurrence of any of the following items of Indebtedness or issuances of Preferred Shares or Disqualified Stock (each such item being referred to herein as “ Permitted Debt ”):

 

  (1) the Incurrence by the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor of Indebtedness and letters of credit under Credit Facilities in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding under this clause (1) (with letters of credit being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the maximum potential liability of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries thereunder) not to exceed an aggregate of Cdn$1.5 billion, less the aggregate amount of all Net Proceeds of Asset Sales applied by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiaries subsequent to October 8, 2003 to permanently repay Indebtedness under a Credit Facility (and, in the case of any revolving credit Indebtedness, to effect a corresponding commitment reduction thereunder) pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.12 hereof;

 

47


  (2) the Incurrence by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries of the Existing Indebtedness;

 

  (3) the Incurrence by (a) the Company of Indebtedness represented by the Initial Notes and the Exchange Notes to be issued in exchange for such Initial Notes and in exchange for any Additional Notes, and (b) the Subsidiary Guarantors of Indebtedness represented by the Subsidiary Guarantees relating to the Initial Notes and the guarantees issued in exchange for such Subsidiary Guarantees and in exchange for the Subsidiary Guarantees relating to any Additional Notes;

 

  (4) the Incurrence by the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor of Indebtedness represented by Capital Lease Obligations, mortgage financings or purchase money obligations, in each case, Incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of construction or improvement of property, plant or equipment used in the business of the Company or such Subsidiary Guarantor, in an aggregate principal amount, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred to refund, refinance or replace any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (4), not to exceed the greater of (i) US$200.0 million and (ii) 7.5% of the Company’s Consolidated Net Tangible Assets at any time outstanding;

 

  (5) the Incurrence by the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to refund, refinance or replace Indebtedness, other than intercompany Indebtedness, that was permitted by this Indenture to be Incurred under paragraph (a) or clauses (b)(2), (b)(3) and (b)(4) of this Section 4.09;

 

  (6) the Incurrence by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of intercompany Indebtedness between or among the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that:

 

  (i) if the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor is the obligor on such Indebtedness, such Indebtedness must be unsecured and expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all Obligations with respect to the Notes, in the case of the Company, or the Subsidiary Guarantee, in the case of a Subsidiary Guarantor, and

 

  (ii) (a) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such Indebtedness being held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary and (b) any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person that is not either the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute an Incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that was not permitted by this clause (6);

 

  (7) the issuance by the Company of Disqualified Stock or by any Restricted Subsidiary of Preferred Shares solely to or among the Company and any Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that (a) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Shares being held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary and (b) any sale or other transfer of any such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Shares to a Person that is not either the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute an issuance of such Disqualified Stock by the Company or Preferred Shares by a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that was not permitted by this clause (7);

 

48


  (8) the Incurrence by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Hedging Obligations that are Incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary and not for speculative purposes; provided, however , that, in the case of:

 

  (i) any Interest Rate Agreement, the notional principal amount of such Hedging Obligation does not exceed the principal amount of the Indebtedness to which such Hedging Obligation relates; and

 

  (ii) any Currency Exchange Protection Agreement, such Hedging Obligation does not increase the principal amount of Indebtedness of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary outstanding other than as a result of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates or by reason of fees, indemnities and compensation payable thereunder;

 

  (9) the guarantee by the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor of Indebtedness of the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor that was permitted to be Incurred by another provision of this Section 4.09;

 

  (10) the Incurrence by the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor of Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred to refund, refinance or replace any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (10), not to exceed the greater of (i) US$150.0 million and (ii) 5.0% of the Company’s Consolidated Net Tangible Assets;

 

  (11) the Incurrence by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred to refund, refinance or replace any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (11), not to exceed US$150.0 million, less the aggregate amount of all Net Proceeds of Asset Sales applied by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary subsequent to the Issue Date to permanently repay such Indebtedness (and, in the case of any revolving credit Indebtedness, to effect a corresponding commitment reduction thereunder) pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.12 hereof;

 

  (12) the issuance of Preferred Shares by the Company’s Unrestricted Subsidiaries or the Incurrence by the Company’s Unrestricted Subsidiaries of Non-Recourse Debt; provided, however , that if any such Indebtedness ceases to be Non-Recourse Debt of an Unrestricted Subsidiary, that event shall be deemed to constitute an Incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary that was not permitted by this clause (12);

 

  (13) the Incurrence by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price, earn out obligations or other similar obligations, in each case Incurred or assumed in connection with a transaction permitted by this Indenture;

 

  (14) the issuance of Indebtedness or Preferred Shares or Disqualified Stock in connection with a Tax Benefit Transaction; and

 

  (15) Non-Recourse Accounts Receivable Entity Indebtedness Incurred by any Accounts Receivable Entity in a Qualified Receivables Transaction.

 

49


(c) The accrual of interest, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest on any Indebtedness in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, and the payment of dividends on Disqualified Stock or Preferred Shares in the form of additional shares of the same class of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Shares (to the extent provided for when the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Shares on which such interest or dividend is paid was originally issued) shall not be deemed to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness or an issuance of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Shares for purposes of this Section 4.09; provided that in each case the amount thereof is for all other purposes included in the Consolidated Interest Expense and Indebtedness of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiary as accrued.

(d) Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary Guarantor shall Incur any Indebtedness, including Permitted Debt, that is contractually subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Company or such Subsidiary Guarantor, as applicable, unless such Indebtedness is also contractually subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantee, as applicable, on substantially identical terms; provided, however , that no Indebtedness of the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor shall be deemed to be contractually subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Company or such Subsidiary Guarantor, as applicable, solely by virtue of collateral or lack thereof.

(e) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 4.09, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that may be Incurred pursuant to this Section 4.09 will not be deemed to be exceeded with respect to any outstanding Indebtedness due solely to the result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies.

(f) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.09, in the event that an item of proposed Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt described in clauses (b)(1) through (15) above, or is entitled to be Incurred pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Section 4.09, the Company shall be permitted to classify such item of Indebtedness on the date of its Incurrence or later reclassify all or a portion of such item of Indebtedness, in any manner that complies with this Section. Indebtedness under Credit Facilities outstanding on the date on which Notes are first issued and authenticated under this Indenture shall be deemed to have been Incurred on such date in reliance on the exception provided by clause (1) of paragraph (b) of this Section 4.09.

Section 4.10. Restricted Payments .

(a) The Company shall not make, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment, unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment,

 

  (1) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a consequence of such Restricted Payment; and

 

  (2) the Company would, at the time of such Restricted Payment and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had been made at the beginning of the applicable fiscal quarter, have been permitted to Incur at least US$1.00 of additional Indebtedness, other than Permitted Debt, pursuant to the Debt to Cash Flow Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09(a) hereof; and

 

  (3) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments declared or made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries after October 8, 2003, excluding Restricted Payments made pursuant to clauses (2), (3), (4), (6), (7), (8), (9) and (10) of paragraph (b) below, shall not exceed, at the date of determination, the sum, without duplication, of:

 

  (A) an amount equal to the Company’s Consolidated Cash Flow from October 1, 2003 to the end of the Company’s most recently ended full fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available, taken as a single accounting period, less 1.5 times the Company’s Consolidated Interest Expense from the October 1, 2003 to the end of the Company’s most recently ended full fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available, taken as a single accounting period (or, if such amount for such period is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit); plus

 

50


  (B) an amount equal to 100% of Capital Stock Sale Proceeds, less any such Capital Stock Sale Proceeds used in connection with:

 

  (i) an Investment made pursuant to clause (6) of the definition of “Permitted Investments;” or

 

  (ii) an Incurrence of Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(8) hereof; plus

 

  (C) to the extent that any Restricted Investment that was made after October 8, 2003 is sold for cash or otherwise liquidated or repaid for cash (except to the extent any such payment or proceeds are included in the calculation of Consolidated Cash Flow), the lesser of (i) the cash return of capital with respect to such Restricted Investment, less the cost of disposition, if any, and (ii) the initial amount of such Restricted Investment; plus

 

  (D) to the extent that the Board of Directors of the Company designates any Unrestricted Subsidiary that was designated as such after October 8, 2003 as a Restricted Subsidiary, the lesser of (i) the aggregate Fair Market Value of all Investments owned by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries in such Subsidiary at the time such Subsidiary was designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary and (ii) the then aggregate Fair Market Value of all Investments owned by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries in such Unrestricted Subsidiary.

(b) The provisions of paragraph (a) above shall not prohibit:

 

  (1) so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused thereby, the payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date the dividend is declared, if at that date of declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture; provided, however , that such dividend shall be included in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments;

 

  (2) so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused thereby, the redemption, repurchase, retirement, defeasance or other acquisition of any Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor or of any Equity Interests of the Company in exchange for, or out of the net cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale, other than to a Subsidiary of the Company or an employee stock ownership plan or to a trust established by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company for the benefit of its employees, of, Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock or Back-to-Back Securities); provided that the amount of any such net cash proceeds that are utilized for any such redemption, repurchase, retirement, defeasance or other acquisition shall be excluded from clause (a)(3)(B) above;

 

  (3) so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused thereby, the defeasance, redemption, repurchase or other acquisition of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor with the net cash proceeds from an Incurrence of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness;

 

  (4) any payment by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to any one of the other of them;

 

51


  (5) so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused thereby, the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value by the Company of any Equity Interests of the Company held by any member of the management of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to any management equity subscription agreement or stock option agreement in effect as of October 8, 2003; provided, however, that the aggregate price paid for all such repurchased, redeemed, acquired or retired Equity Interests shall not exceed US$5.0 million in any twelve-month period;

 

  (6) payments of any kind made in connection with or in respect of Back-to-Back Securities; provided, however, that to the extent such payments shall be made to Affiliates of the Company (other than its Subsidiaries), all corresponding payments required to be paid by such Affiliates pursuant to the related Back-to-Back Securities shall be received, immediately prior to or concurrently with any such payments, by all applicable Videotron Entities;

 

  (7) so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused thereby, any Tax Benefit Transaction;

 

  (8) so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused thereby, the payment of any Management Fees or other similar expenses by the Company to its direct or indirect parent company for bona fide services (including reimbursement for expenses Incurred in connection with, or allocation of corporate expenses in relation to, providing such services) provided to, and directly related to the operations of, the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, in an aggregate amount not to exceed 1.5% of Consolidated Revenues in any twelve-month period;

 

  (9) so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused thereby, other Restricted Payments since October 8, 2003 in an aggregate amount not to exceed US$100.0 million; and

 

  (10) so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused thereby and the Debt to Cash Flow Ratio is no greater than 5.0 to 1 (calculated on a pro forma basis as if such payment, including any related financing transaction, had occurred at the beginning of the applicable fiscal quarter), the payment of dividends or distributions to Quebecor Media Inc. or the repayment of the QMI Subordinated Loan, in an aggregate amount not to exceed Cdn$200.0 million since October 8, 2003.

(c) The amount of any Restricted Payment, other than those effected in cash, shall be the Fair Market Value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be transferred or issued to or by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment.

(d) For purposes of this Section 4.10, if (i) any Videotron Entity ceases to be the obligor under or issuer of any Back-to-Back Securities and a Person other than a Videotron Entity becomes the obligor thereunder (or the issuer of any Back-to-Back Preferred Shares) or (ii) any Restricted Subsidiary that is an obligor under or issuer of any Back-to-Back Securities ceases to be a Restricted Subsidiary other than by consolidation or merger with the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary, then the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary shall be deemed to have made a Restricted Payment in an amount equal to the accreted value of such Back-to-Back Debt (or the subscription price of any Back-to-Back Preferred Shares) at the time of the assumption thereof by such other Person or at the time such Restricted Subsidiary ceases to be a Restricted Subsidiary.

Section 4.11. Liens .

The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create, Incur, assume or suffer to exist or become effective any Lien of any kind on any asset owned at October 8, 2003 or thereafter acquired, except Permitted Liens, unless the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary has made or will make effective provision to secure the Notes and any applicable Subsidiary Guarantees equally and ratably with the obligations of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary secured by such Lien for so long as such obligations are secured by such Lien.

 

52


Section 4.12. Asset Sales .

(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, consummate an Asset Sale unless:

 

  (1) the Company, or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of the Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of; and

 

  (2) [Reserved];

 

  (3) at least 75% of the consideration received in such Asset Sale by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents. For purposes of this clause (3), each of the following shall be deemed to be cash:

 

  (a) any Indebtedness or other liabilities, as shown on the Company’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet, of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than contingent liabilities and Indebtedness that are by their terms pari passu with the Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee and liabilities to the extent owed to the Company or any Affiliate of the Company), that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets pursuant to a written agreement that releases the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from further liability with respect to such Indebtedness or liabilities; and

 

  (b) any securities, notes or other obligations received by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted within 180 days of the applicable Asset Sale by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash, to the extent of the cash received in such conversion.

(b) [Reserved].

(c) Within 360 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale, the Company may apply those Net Proceeds at its option:

 

  (1) to permanently repay or reduce (A) Indebtedness, other than Subordinated Indebtedness, of the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor secured by such assets, (B) Indebtedness of the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor under Credit Facilities or other Indebtedness of the Company that is by its terms pari passu with the Notes or (C) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor, and, in each case, if the Indebtedness repaid is revolving credit Indebtedness, to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto;

 

  (2) to acquire, or enter into a binding agreement to acquire, all or substantially all of the assets (other than cash, Cash Equivalents and securities) of any Person engaged in a Permitted Business; provided, however, that any such commitment shall be subject only to customary conditions (other than financing), and such acquisition shall be consummated no later than 180 days after the end of such 360-day period;

 

  (3)

to acquire, or enter into a binding agreement to acquire, Voting Stock of a Person engaged in a Permitted Business from a Person that is not an Affiliate of the Company; provided, however, that such commitment shall be subject only to customary conditions

 

53


  (other than financing) and such acquisition shall be consummated no later than 180 days after the end of such 360-day period; and provided, further, however , that (a) after giving effect thereto, the Person so acquired becomes a Restricted Subsidiary and (b) such acquisition is otherwise made in accordance with this Indenture, including, without limitation, Section 4.10 hereof; or

 

  (4) to acquire, or enter into a binding agreement to acquire, other long term assets (other than securities) that are used or useful in a Permitted Business; provided, however, that such commitment shall be subject only to customary conditions (other than financing) and such acquisition shall be consummated no later than 180 days after the end of such 360 day period.

Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds, the Company may temporarily reduce revolving credit borrowings or otherwise invest the Net Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by this Indenture.

(d) Any Net Proceeds from Asset Sales that are not applied, invested or segregated from the general funds of the Company for investment in identified assets pursuant to a binding agreement, in each case as provided in paragraph (c) above shall constitute Excess Proceeds; provided, however, that the amount of any Net Proceeds that ceases to be so segregated as contemplated in paragraph (c) above shall also constitute “Excess Proceeds” at the time any such Net Proceeds cease to be so segregated; provided further, however , that the amount of any Net Proceeds that continues to be segregated for investment and that is not actually reinvested within twenty-four months from the date of the receipt of such Net Proceeds shall also constitute “Excess Proceeds.”

(e) When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds US$100.0 million, the Company shall make an offer (an “ Asset Sale Offer ”) to all Holders of Notes and all holders of other Indebtedness that is pari passu in right of payment with the Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee containing provisions similar to those set forth in this Indenture with respect to offers to purchase or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets, to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 3.09 hereof. The offer price in any Asset Sale Offer shall be equal to 100% of principal amount of the Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness, plus accrued and unpaid interest to (but excluding) the date of purchase, and shall be payable in cash. If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer and all Holders of Notes have been given the opportunity to tender their Notes for purchase in accordance with such Asset Sale Offer and this Indenture, the Company may use such Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness tendered into such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness shall be purchased on a pro rata basis (subject to Notes being in denominations of US$2,000 or integral multiples of US$1,000 in excess thereof) based on the principal amount of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness tendered. Upon completion of each Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero.

The Company shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other applicable securities laws and regulations to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with each repurchase of Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the Asset Sales provisions of this Indenture, the Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the Asset Sale provisions of this Indenture by virtue of such conflict.

Section 4.13. Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries .

(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to:

 

  (1) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Equity Interests to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary, or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or pay any liabilities owed to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary;

 

54


  (2) make loans or advances, or guarantee any such loans or advances, to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary; or

 

  (3) transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary.

(b) The restrictions set forth in paragraph (a) above shall not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

 

  (1) agreements governing Existing Indebtedness and Credit Facilities as in effect on October 8, 2003 and any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings thereof; provided, however , that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacement or refinancings are no more restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to such dividend and other payment restrictions than those contained in such Existing Indebtedness and Credit Facilities, as in effect on October 8, 2003;

 

  (2) this Indenture and the Notes;

 

  (3) applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order;

 

  (4) any instrument governing Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary as in effect at the time of such acquisition (except to the extent such Indebtedness or Capital Stock was Incurred or issued in connection with or in contemplation of such acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired; provided, however , that, in the case of Indebtedness, such Indebtedness was permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be Incurred at the time of such acquisition;

 

  (5) customary non-assignment provisions in leases entered into in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practices;

 

  (6) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business that impose restrictions on the property so acquired of the nature described in clause (3) of paragraph (a) above;

 

  (7) any agreement for the sale or other disposition of a Restricted Subsidiary that restricts distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary pending its sale or other disposition;

 

  (8) Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; provided , however , that the restrictions contained in the agreements governing such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness are no more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in the agreements governing the Indebtedness being refinanced; provided , further , however , that if such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness could not be entered into on commercially reasonable terms without the inclusion of dividend and other payment restrictions that are materially more restrictive than those contained in the existing Indebtedness (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company), the Company or its Restricted Subsidiary may enter into such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness, provided, that the dividend and other payment restrictions contained therein will not materially impair the Company’s ability to make payments on the Notes (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company);

 

55


  (9) Liens securing Indebtedness that is permitted to be secured without also securing the Notes or the applicable Subsidiary Guarantee pursuant to Section 4.11 hereof that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets subject to any such Lien;

 

  (10) provisions with respect to the disposition or distribution of assets or property in joint venture agreements, asset sale agreements, stock sale agreements and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (11) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (12) any Indebtedness or any agreement pursuant to which such Indebtedness was issued if (A) the encumbrance or restriction applies only upon a payment or financial covenant default or event of default contained in such Indebtedness or agreement, (B) such encumbrance or restriction is not materially more disadvantageous to the Holders than is customary in comparable financings (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company) and (C) such encumbrance or restriction will not materially impair the Company’s ability to make payments on the Notes (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company); and

 

  (13) Non-Recourse Accounts Receivable Entity Indebtedness or other contractual requirements of an Accounts Receivable Entity in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction; provided that such restrictions apply only to such Accounts Receivables Entity or the receivables which are subject to the Qualified Receivables Transaction.

Section 4.14. Transactions with Affiliates .

(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer, exchange or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction or series of transactions, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate, officer or director of the Company (each, an “ Affiliate Transaction ”) unless:

 

  (1) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are no less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable arm’s length transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person; and

 

  (2) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions with a fair market value in excess of US$50.0 million, such Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions has been approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Company; provided , that if the fair market value exceeds US $100 million, the approval of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Company shall be based upon an opinion or appraisal issued by an independent accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national standing in the United States or Canada; provided, further, however, that no such opinion or appraisal shall be required in respect of Consolidation Transactions.

(b) The following items shall be deemed not to constitute Affiliate Transactions and, therefore, shall not be subject to the provisions of paragraph (a) above:

 

  (1) any employment agreement entered into by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business and consistent with the past practice of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary;

 

56


  (2) transactions between or among the Company and/or the Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

  (3) transactions with a Person that is an Affiliate of the Company solely because the Company owns an Equity Interest in such Person, provided such transactions are on terms that are no less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable arm’s length transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person;

 

  (4) payment of reasonable directors fees to Persons who are not otherwise Affiliates of the Company;

 

  (5) sales of Equity Interests of the Company, other than Disqualified Stock or Back-to-Back Securities, to Affiliates of the Company;

 

  (6) any agreement or arrangement as in effect on October 8, 2003 or any amendment thereto or any transaction contemplated thereby, including pursuant to any amendment thereto, in any replacement agreement or arrangement thereto so long as any such amendment or replacement agreement or arrangement is not more disadvantageous to the Company or the Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, in any material respect than the original agreement as in effect on October 8, 2003;

 

  (7) Restricted Payments that are permitted by the provisions of Section 4.10 hereof;

 

  (8) Permitted Investments;

 

  (9) any Tax Benefit Transaction; and

 

  (10) transactions effected as part of a Qualified Receivables Transaction.

Section 4.15. [Reserved] .

Section 4.16. [Reserved] .

Section 4.17. Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries .

(a) The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if such Subsidiary:

 

  (1) has no Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Debt;

 

  (2) does not own any Equity Interest of any Restricted Subsidiary, or hold any Liens on any property of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

  (3) is not party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary unless the terms of any such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding are no less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Company;

 

  (4) is a Person with respect to which neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary has any direct or indirect obligation (a) to subscribe for additional Equity Interests or (b) to maintain or preserve such Person’s financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve any specified levels of operating results;

 

57


  (5) except in the case of a Subsidiary Guarantor that is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with this Indenture, has not guaranteed or otherwise directly or indirectly provided credit support for any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

  (6) has at least one director on its Board of Directors that is not a director or executive officer of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and has at least one executive officer that is not a director or executive officer of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; and

 

  (7) such designation would not cause a Default or Event of Default.

(b) Any designation of a Subsidiary of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a certified copy of the Board Resolution giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the provisions of paragraph (a) above and was permitted by the provisions of Section 4.10 hereof. If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the requirements of the provisions of paragraph (a) above, it shall thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of this Indenture and any Preferred Shares of such Subsidiary shall be deemed to be issued and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary shall be deemed to be Incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary as of such date and, if such Preferred Shares are not permitted to be issued or such Indebtedness is not permitted to be Incurred as of such date under the provisions of Section 4.09 hereof, the Company shall be in default of such Section.

(c) If a Restricted Subsidiary is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, the aggregate Fair Market Value of all outstanding Investments owned by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the Subsidiary so designated shall be deemed to be an Investment made as of the time of such designation and shall either reduce the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.10(a) hereof or reduce the amount available for future Investments under one or more clauses of the definition of Permitted Investments, as the Company shall determine. Such designation shall be permitted only if such Investment would be permitted at such time and if such Restricted Subsidiary otherwise meets the requirements of the provisions of paragraph (a) above. Upon designation of a Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in compliance with this Section 4.17, such Subsidiary shall be released from any Subsidiary Guarantee previously made by such Subsidiary in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.05 hereof.

(d) The Board of Directors of the Company may at any time designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that (i) such designation shall be deemed to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of any outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary and such designation shall only be permitted if such Indebtedness is permitted under the provisions of Section 4.09 hereof, calculated on a pro forma basis as if such designation had occurred at the beginning of the most recently ended full fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available; (ii) all outstanding Investments owned by such Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be deemed to be made as of the time of such designation and such Investments shall only be permitted if such Investments would be permitted under the provisions of Section 4.10 hereof (in the event that the Notes have reached Investment Grade Status and the covenant in Section 4.10 hereunder has therefore ceased to apply, any calculation required to be effected under this clause (ii) shall be effected as if such covenant had been applicable at all times since the Issue Date); (iii) all Liens upon property or assets of such Unrestricted Subsidiary existing at the time of such designation would be permitted under the provisions of Section 4.11 hereof; and (iv) no Default or Event of Default would be in existence immediately following such designation.

Section 4.18. Repurchase at the Option of Holders Upon a Change of Control .

(a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Company shall, within 30 days of a Change of Control, make an offer (the “ Change of Control Offer ”) pursuant to the procedures set forth in Section 3.09 hereof. Each Holder shall have the right to accept such offer and require the Company to repurchase all or any part (equal to US$2,000 or an integral multiple of US$1,000 in excess thereof) of such Holder’s Notes pursuant to the Change of Control Offer at a purchase price, in cash (the “ Change of Control Amount ”), equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes repurchased to (but excluding) the purchase date.

 

58


(b) The Company shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if a third party makes a Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Company and purchases all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under the Change of Control Offer.

Section 4.19. Future Guarantors .

The Company shall cause each Person that becomes a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company following the Issue Date to become a Subsidiary Guarantor and to execute a supplemental indenture and deliver an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee. In addition, the Company shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, to guarantee any other Indebtedness (including any Back-to-Back Debt) of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, unless such Restricted Subsidiary is a Subsidiary Guarantor or simultaneously executes and delivers a supplemental indenture providing for a Subsidiary Guarantee of the payment of the Notes by such Restricted Subsidiary, which Subsidiary Guarantee shall be senior to or pari passu with such Subsidiary’s guarantee of such other Indebtedness. The form of the Subsidiary Guarantee is attached hereto as Exhibit E.

Section 4.20. Additional Amounts .

(a) All payments made by or on behalf of the Company or the Subsidiary Guarantors on or with respect to the Notes pursuant to this Indenture shall be made without withholding or deduction for any Taxes imposed by any Canadian Taxing Authority, unless required by law or the interpretation or administration thereof by the relevant Canadian Taxing Authority. If the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor (or any other payor) is required to withhold or deduct any amount on account of Taxes imposed by any Canadian Taxing Authority from any payment made under or with respect to any Notes that are outstanding on the date of the required payment, it shall:

 

  (1) make such withholding or deduction;

 

  (2) remit the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant government authority in accordance with applicable law;

 

  (3) pay the additional amounts (“ Additional Amounts ”) as may be necessary so that the net amount received by each holder (including Additional Amounts) after such withholding or deduction will not be less than the amount the holder would have received if such Taxes had not been withheld or deducted;

 

  (4) furnish to the Holders, within 30 days after the date the payment of any Taxes is due, certified copies of tax receipts evidencing such payment by the Company or such Subsidiary Guarantor;

 

  (5) indemnify and hold harmless each Holder (other than an Excluded Holder, as defined in paragraph (b) below) for the amount of (a) any Taxes paid by each such Holder as a result of payments made on or with respect to the Notes, (b) any liability (including penalties, interest and expenses) arising from or with respect to such payments and (c) any Taxes imposed with respect to any reimbursement under the foregoing clauses (a) or (b), but excluding any such Taxes that are in the nature of Taxes on net income, taxes on capital, franchise taxes, net worth taxes and similar taxes; and

 

  (6) at least 30 days prior to each date on which any payment under or with respect to the Notes is due and payable, if the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor becomes obligated to pay Additional Amounts with respect to such payment, deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating the amounts so payable and such other information necessary to enable the Trustee to pay such Additional Amounts to Holders on the payment date.

 

59


(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (a) above, no Additional Amounts shall be payable to a Person (an “ Excluded Holder ”) in respect of a payment made to such Person under or with respect to a Note:

 

  (1) if such Person is subject to such Taxes by reason of its being connected with Canada or any province or territory thereof otherwise than by the mere acquisition, holding or disposition of Notes or the receipt of payments thereunder;

 

  (2) if such Person waives its right to receive Additional Amounts;

 

  (3) if the Company of such Subsidiary Guarantor does not deal at arm’s length, within the meaning of the Income Tax Act (Canada), with such Person at the time of such payment; or

 

  (4) if the Company of such Subsidiary Guarantor does not deal at arm’s length, within the meaning of the Income Tax Act (Canada), with another Person to whom the Company or such Subsidiary Guarantor has an obligation to pay an amount in respect of the Notes.

Any reference, in any context in this Indenture, to the payment of principal, premium, if any, redemption price, Change of Control Amount, offer price and interest, or any other amount payable under or with respect to any Note, shall be deemed to include the payment of Additional Amounts to the extent that, in such context, Additional Amounts are, were or would be payable.

The obligations described under this Section 4.20 will survive any termination, defeasance or discharge of this Indenture and will apply mutatis mutandis to any jurisdiction in which any successor Person to the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor, as applicable, is organized or any political subdivision or taxing authority or agency thereof or therein.

It is understood for purposes of this Section 4.20 that the determination of the amount of Additional Amounts shall be made at the beneficial owner level.

Section 4.21. Business Activities .

The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, engage in any business other than the Permitted Businesses, except to such extent as would not be material to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

Section 4.22. Covenant Termination .

If, on any day following the Issue Date, (a) the Notes reach Investment Grade Status and (b) no Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture, then, beginning on that date and continuing at all times thereafter regardless of any subsequent changes in the rating of the Notes, the Company will be under no obligation to comply with the terms and conditions described in Sections 4.09, 4.10, 4.12, 4.13, 4.14, 4.17(d)(i), 4.21, 5.01(a)(4) and 5.01(b)(4), and such covenants shall cease to apply to the Notes.

Section 4.23. Accounting Changes .

For the purposes of this Indenture, any failure to comply with any covenant or agreement under the Indenture (other than the covenants described in Section 4.10 and the first paragraph of Section 4.09) that results solely from a change in GAAP, shall, to the extent that the underlying transactions, items or Incurrences (including, without limitation, Liens and items of Indebtedness) (or portions thereof) cannot be reclassified in a manner that results in compliance with the relevant covenant or agreement, be permitted and shall, solely to the extent of the non-compliance, be deemed not to be a failure to comply with such covenant or agreement.

 

60


ARTICLE 5.

SUCCESSORS

Section 5.01. Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets of the Company and Subsidiary Guarantors .

(a) The Company may not directly or indirectly, (i) consolidate, merge or amalgamate with or into another Person, whether or not the Company is the surviving corporation, or (ii) sell, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to another Person, unless, in either case,

 

  (1) either (a) the Company is the surviving corporation, or (b) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation, merger or amalgamation (if other than the Company) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made (the “ Surviving Company ”) is a corporation organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state of the United States, the District of Columbia, Canada or any province or territory of Canada;

 

  (2) the Surviving Company expressly assumes all the obligations of the Company under the Notes, this Indenture and, if applicable, any Registration Rights Agreements, pursuant to agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

 

  (3) immediately after giving effect to such transaction no Default or Event of Default exists; and

 

  (4) the Company or the Surviving Company shall, on the date of such transaction after giving pro forma effect thereto and any related financing transactions as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable fiscal quarter, be permitted to Incur at least US$1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Debt to Cash Flow Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09(a) hereof.

(b) Unless in connection with a disposition by the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor of its entire ownership interest in a Subsidiary Guarantor or all or substantially all the assets of a Subsidiary Guarantor permitted by, and in accordance with the applicable provisions of, this Indenture (including, without limitation, the provisions of Section 4.12 hereof) , the Company shall cause each Subsidiary Guarantor not to directly or indirectly, (i) consolidate, merge or amalgamate with or into another Person, whether or not such Subsidiary Guarantor is the surviving corporation, or (ii) sell, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of such Subsidiary Guarantor, in one or more related transactions, to another Person, unless, in either case,

 

  (1) either (a) such Subsidiary Guarantor is the surviving corporation, or (b) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation, merger or amalgamation (if other than such Subsidiary Guarantor) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made (the “ Surviving Guarantor ”) is a corporation, limited liability company or limited partnership organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state of the United States, the District of Columbia, Canada or any province or territory of Canada;

 

  (2) the Surviving Guarantor expressly assumes all the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee, this Indenture and, if applicable, any Registration Rights Agreements, pursuant to agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

 

61


  (3) immediately after giving effect to such transaction no Default or Event of Default exists; and

 

  (4) such Subsidiary Guarantor or the Surviving Guarantor shall, on the date of such transaction after giving pro forma effect thereto and any related financing transactions as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable fiscal quarter, be permitted to Incur at least US$1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Debt to Cash Flow Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09(a) hereof.

(c) In addition, the Company shall not, and shall cause each Subsidiary Guarantor not to, directly or indirectly, lease all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any other Person. Clauses (a)(4) and (b)(4) of this Section 5.01 shall not apply to a merger, consolidation or amalgamation, or a sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of assets, between or among the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary.

Section 5.02. Successor Corporation Substituted .

Each Surviving Company and Surviving Guarantor shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor, as applicable, under this Indenture; provided, however, that in the case of:

(a) a sale, transfer, assignment, conveyance or other disposition (unless such sale, transfer, assignment, conveyance or other disposition is of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or in the case of a Subsidiary Guarantor, such sale, transfer, assignment, conveyance or other disposition is of all or substantially all of the assets of such Subsidiary Guarantor or all of the Capital Stock of such Subsidiary Guarantor to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transactions) a Subsidiary of the Company), or

(b) a lease,

the predecessor company shall not be released from any of the obligations or covenants under this Indenture, including with respect to the payment of the Notes and obligations under the Subsidiary Guarantees.

ARTICLE 6.

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

Section 6.01. Events of Default .

Each of the following is an “Event of Default:”

(i) default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest on, including Additional Amounts or Special Interest, if any, or with respect to, the Notes;

(ii) default in payment, when due at Stated Maturity, upon acceleration, redemption, required repurchase or otherwise, of the principal of, or premium, if any, on the Notes;

(iii) failure by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to comply with the provisions of Section 4.09, 4.10, 4.18 or 5.01 hereof;

(iv) failure by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary for 30 days after written notice thereof has been given to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 25% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes outstanding to comply with any of its other covenants or agreements in this Indenture;

 

62


(v) default under any mortgage, hypothec, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists, or is created after the Issue Date, if that default:

 

  (a) is caused by a failure to pay principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on, such Indebtedness when due at the final maturity of such Indebtedness (a “ Payment Default ”); or

 

  (b) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its Stated Maturity,

and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates US$25.0 million or more;

(vi) failure by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to pay final, non-appealable judgments aggregating in excess of US$25.0 million, which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days;

(vii) any Subsidiary Guarantee of a Significant Subsidiary ceases, or the Subsidiary Guarantees of any group of Subsidiaries that, when taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary cease, to be in full force and effect (other than in accordance with the terms of any such Subsidiary Guarantee) or any Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary denies or disaffirms its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee, or a group of Subsidiary Guarantors that, when taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary deny or disaffirm their obligations under their respective Subsidiary Guarantees;

(viii) the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Subsidiaries that, when taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:

(A) commences a voluntary case or gives notice of intention to make a proposal under any Bankruptcy Law;

(B) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case or consents to its dissolution or winding up;

(C) consents to the appointment of a receiver, interim receiver, receiver and manager, liquidator, Trustee or custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property;

(D) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors;

(E) admits in writing its inability to pay its debts as they become due or otherwise admits its insolvency; or

(F) seeks a stay of proceedings against it or proposes or gives notice or intention to propose a compromise, arrangement or reorganization of any of its debts or obligations under any Bankruptcy Law; and

(ix) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

(A) is for relief against the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Subsidiaries that, when taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, in an involuntary case; or

 

63


(B) appoints a receiver, interim receiver, receiver and manager, liquidator, trustee or custodian of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Subsidiaries that, when taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, or for all or substantially all of the property of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Subsidiaries that, when taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary;

(C) orders the liquidation of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Subsidiaries that, when taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; or

(D) orders the presentation of any plan or arrangement, compromise or reorganization of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Subsidiaries that, when taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary;

and such order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days.

Section 6.02. Acceleration .

If any Event of Default (other than those of the type described in Section 6.01(viii) or (ix) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may, and the Trustee upon the request of Holders of 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes shall, or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of outstanding Notes may, declare the principal of all the Notes, together with all accrued and unpaid interest, premium, if any, to be due and payable by notice in writing to the Company and the Trustee specifying the respective Event of Default and that such notice is a notice of acceleration (the “ Acceleration Notice ”), and the same shall become immediately due and payable.

In the case of an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(viii) or (ix) hereof, all outstanding Notes shall become due and payable immediately without further action or notice by the Trustee or the Holders. Holders may not enforce this Indenture or the Notes except as provided in this Indenture.

At any time after a declaration of acceleration with respect to the Notes, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (by notice to the Trustee) may rescind and cancel such declaration and its consequences if:

(a) the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction;

(b) all existing Defaults and Events of Default have been cured or waived except nonpayment of principal of or interest on the Notes that has become due solely by such declaration of acceleration;

(c) to the extent the payment of such interest is lawful, interest (at the same rate specified in the Notes) on overdue installments of interest and overdue payments of principal which has become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration has been paid;

(d) the Company has paid the Trustee its reasonable compensation and reimbursed the Trustee for its reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances; and

(e) in the event of the cure or waiver of an Event of Default of the type described in Section 6.01(viii) or (ix), the Trustee has received an Officers’ Certificate and Opinion of Counsel that such Event of Default has been cured or waived.

 

64


In the case of an Event of Default with respect to the Notes occurring by reason of any willful action or inaction taken or not taken by the Company or on the Company’s behalf with the intention of avoiding payment of the premium that the Company would have been required to pay if the Company had then elected to redeem the Notes pursuant to Section 3.07 hereof, an equivalent premium shall also become and be immediately due and payable to the extent permitted by law upon the acceleration of the Notes.

Section 6.03. Other Remedies .

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture.

The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies shall be cumulative to the extent permitted by law.

Section 6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults .

The Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default or Event of Default, and its consequences, except a continuing Default or Event of Default (i) in the payment of the principal of or interest on the Notes and (ii) in respect of a covenant or provision which under this Indenture cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each Note affected by such modification or amendment. Upon any waiver of a Default or Event of Default such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed cured for every purpose of this Indenture, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

Section 6.05. Control by Majority .

Subject to Section 7.01, Section 7.02(e) (including the Trustee’s receipt of the security or indemnification described therein) and Section 7.07 hereof, in case an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee with respect to the Notes; provided, however, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction from the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding that conflicts with applicable law or this Indenture, or that the Trustee determines in good faith may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of the Holders not joining in the giving of such direction, and may take any other action it deems proper that is not inconsistent with such direction.

Section 6.06. Limitation on Suits .

No Holder shall have any right to institute any proceeding with respect to this Indenture, or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any remedy thereunder, unless:

(a) such Holder has previously given to the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default,

(b) Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding have made written request and offered indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee to institute such proceeding as Trustee, and

(c) the Trustee shall not have received from the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding a direction inconsistent with such request and shall have failed to institute such proceeding within 60 days.

 

65


The preceding limitations shall not apply to a suit instituted by a Holder for enforcement of payment of principal of, and premium, if any, or interest on, a Note on or after the respective due dates for such payments set forth in such Note.

A Holder may not use this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of another Holder or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder.

Section 6.07. Rights of Holders to Receive Payment .

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture (including, without limitation, Section 6.06 hereof), the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes held by such Holder, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Notes (including in connection with an offer to purchase), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.

Section 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee .

If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01 (i) or (ii) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company for the whole amount of principal of, premium, if any, and interest then due and owing (together with interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest) and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

Section 6.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim .

The Trustee shall be authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company (or any other obligor upon the Notes), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, moneys, securities and any other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

Section 6.10. Priorities .

If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article 6, it shall pay out the money in the following order:

First: to the Trustee, its agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.07 hereof, including payment of all compensation, expenses and liabilities Incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the costs and expenses of collection;

 

66


Second: to Holders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, respectively; and

Third: to the Company or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct.

The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section 6.10.

Section 6.11. Undertaking for Costs .

In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in such suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of such suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in such suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 shall not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes.

ARTICLE 7.

TRUSTEE

Section 7.01. Duties of Trustee .

(a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent Person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such Person’s own affairs.

(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

(1) the duties of the Trustee shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

(2) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein).

(c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:

(1) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section;

(2) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

 

67


(3) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05 hereof.

(d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 7.01.

(e) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or Incur any liability. The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights and powers under this Indenture at the request of any Holders, unless such Holders, unless such Holder shall have offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.

(f) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

Section 7.02. Rights of Trustee .

(a) The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in any such document.

(b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee may consult with counsel and the written advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.

(c) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture.

(d) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Company shall be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Company.

(e) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity reasonably acceptable to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities that might be Incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.

(f) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a Default or Event of Default is received by a Responsible Officer of the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee from the Company or the Holders of 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes, and such notice references the specific Default or Event of Default, the Notes and this Indenture.

(g) The Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the performance of its power and duties hereunder.

(h) The Trustee shall have no duty to inquire as to the performance of the Company’s covenants herein.

(i) The Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents or attorneys and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder.

 

68


(j) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, punitive or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

(k) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each Agent hereunder.

Section 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee .

The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor or any Affiliate of the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the Commission for permission to continue as Trustee or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee shall also be subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11 hereof.

Section 7.04. Trustee’s Disclaimer .

The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Company’s use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Company or upon the Company’s direction under any provision of this Indenture, it shall not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it shall not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other than its certificate of authentication.

Section 7.05. Notice of Defaults .

If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to Holders a notice of the Default or Event of Default within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders.

Section 7.06. Reports by Trustee to Holders .

Within 60 days after each April 15 beginning April 15, 2012, and for so long as Notes remain outstanding, the Trustee shall mail to the Holders a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with TIA §313(a) (but if no event described in TIA §313(a) has occurred within the twelve months preceding the reporting date, no report need be transmitted). The Trustee also shall comply with TIA §313(b)(2). The Trustee shall also transmit by mail all reports as required by TIA §313(c).

A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders shall be mailed to the Company and filed with the Commission and each stock exchange on which the Notes are listed in accordance with TIA §313(d). The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange and any delisting thereof.

Section 7.07. Compensation and Indemnity .

The Company shall pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Company shall reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses Incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel.

 

69


The Company shall indemnify the Trustee (in its capacity as Trustee) or any predecessor Trustee (in its capacity as Trustee) against any and all losses, claims, damages, penalties, fines, liabilities or expenses, including incidental and out-of-pocket expenses and reasonable attorneys fees (for purposes of this Article 7, “ losses ”) Incurred by it arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of its duties under this Indenture, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Company (including this Section 7.07) and defending itself against any claim (whether asserted by the Company or any Holder or any other Person) or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder, except to the extent such losses may be attributable to its negligence or bad faith. The Trustee shall notify the Company promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of its obligations hereunder. The Company shall defend the claim, and the Trustee shall cooperate in the defense. The Trustee may have separate counsel if the Trustee has been reasonably advised by counsel that there may be one or more legal defenses available to it that are different from or additional to those available to the Company and in the reasonable judgment of such counsel it is advisable for the Trustee to engage separate counsel, and the Company shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel. The Company need not pay for any settlement made without its consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Company need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss Incurred by the Trustee through the Trustee’s own negligence or bad faith.

The obligations of the Company under this Section 7.07 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the resignation or removal of the Trustee and payment in full of the Notes.

To secure the Company’s payment obligations in this Section, the Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal, premium, if any, and interest on particular Notes. Such Lien shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

When the Trustee Incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(viii) or (ix) hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.

Section 7.08. Replacement of Trustee .

A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee shall become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 7.08.

The Trustee may resign in writing at any time upon 30 days’ prior notice to the Company and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Company. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Company in writing. The Company may remove the Trustee if:

(a) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof;

(b) the Trustee is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;

(c) a custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

(d) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.

If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason (the Trustee in such event being referred to herein as the retiring Trustee), the Company shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Company.

 

70


If a successor Trustee does not take office within 30 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Company, or the Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months, fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof, such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to Holders. Subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07 hereof, the retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee provided, however; that all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder shall have been paid. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Company’s obligations under Section 7.07 hereof shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

Section 7.09. Successor Trustee by Merger, etc .

If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation or banking association, the successor corporation or banking association without any further act shall, if such successor corporation or banking association is otherwise eligible hereunder, be the successor Trustee.

Section 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification .

There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a Person organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has a combined capital and surplus of at least US$50.0 million (or a wholly-owned subsidiary of a bank or trust company, or of a bank holding company, the principal subsidiary of which is a bank or trust company having a combined capital and surplus of at least US$50.0 million) as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition.

This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of TIA §310(a)(1), (2) and (5). The Trustee is subject to TIA §310(b).

Section 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company .

The Trustee is subject to TIA §311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA §311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA §311(a) to the extent indicated therein.

ARTICLE 8.

LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

Section 8.01. Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance .

The Company may, at its option and at any time, elect to have either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof be applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth in this Article 8.

Section 8.02. Legal Defeasance and Discharge .

Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Company shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from its obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes on the date the conditions set forth

 

71


below are satisfied (hereinafter, “ Legal Defeasance ”) and each Subsidiary Guarantor shall be released from all of its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee. For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Company shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes, which shall thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in (a), (b) and (d) below, and to have satisfied all its other obligations under the Notes and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: (a) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive solely from the trust fund described in Section 8.04 hereof, and as more fully set forth in such Section, payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts on such Notes when such payments are due, (b) the Company’s obligations with respect to such Notes under Article 2 and Sections 4.01 and 4.02 hereof, (c) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and the Company’s obligations and the Subsidiary Guarantor’s in connection therewith and (d) this Article 8. If the Company exercises under Section 8.01 hereof the option applicable to this Section 8.02, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default. Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Company may exercise its option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.03 hereof.

Section 8.03. Covenant Defeasance .

Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Company shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be released from its obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.05 and 4.06, 4.09 through 4.19, and 4.21 hereof, and the operation of Sections 5.01(a)(4) and (b)(4) hereof, with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof are satisfied (hereinafter, “ Covenant Defeasance ”) and each Subsidiary Guarantor shall be released from all of its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee with respect to such covenants in connection with such outstanding Notes and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes shall not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes, the Company may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes shall be unaffected thereby. If the Company exercises under Section 8.01 hereof the option applicable to this Section 8.03, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default specified in clause (iii) (with respect to the covenants contained in Sections 4.09, 4.10, 4.12 or 4.18 or Section 5.01(a)(4) or (b)(4) hereof), (iv) (with respect to Sections 4.05, 4.06, 4.11, 4.13 through 4.17, 4.19 and 4.21 hereof), (v), (vi), (vii), (viii) and (ix) of such Section 6.01 (but in the case of (viii) and (ix) of Section 6.01 hereof, with respect to Significant Subsidiaries only) or because of the Company’s failure to comply with Section 5.01(a)(4) or (b)(4) hereof.

Section 8.04. Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance .

The following shall be the conditions to the application of either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof to the outstanding Notes.

In order to exercise Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance:

(a) the Company shall irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent accountants, to pay the principal of, or interest, premium and Additional Amounts, if any, on the outstanding notes on the Stated Maturity or on the applicable date of redemption, as the case may be, and the Company shall specify whether the Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular date of redemption;

 

72


(b) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that (i) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (ii) subsequent to the Issue Date, there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred and the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in Canada reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for Canadian federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to Canadian federal income tax (including withholding tax) on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

(c) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred and the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in Canada reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for Canadian federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to Canadian federal income tax (including withholding tax) on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same time as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

(d) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing either (a) on the date of such deposit, or (b) insofar as Events of Default from bankruptcy or insolvency events are concerned, at any time in the period ending on the 91 st day after the date of deposit, other than, in each case, a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit;

(e) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under any material agreement or instrument, to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is bound;

(f) the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that, (a) assuming no intervening bankruptcy of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor between the date of deposit and the 91st day following such deposit and assuming that no Holder is an “insider” of the Company under applicable Bankruptcy Law, after the 91st day following such deposit, the trust funds will not be subject to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and (b) the creation of the defeasance trust does not violate the Investment Company Act of 1940;

(g) the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that such deposit was not made by the Company with the intent of preferring the Holders of Notes over the other creditors of the Company with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors of the Company or others;

(h) if the Notes are to be redeemed prior to their Stated Maturity, the Company must deliver to the Trustee irrevocable instructions to redeem all of the Notes on the specified redemption date; and

(i) the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with.

Section 8.05. Deposited Cash and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions .

Subject to Section 8.06 hereof, all cash and non-callable Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.05, the “ Trustee ”) pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying

 

73


Agent (including the Company acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and interest, but such cash and securities need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

The Company shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or non-callable Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.

Anything in this Article 8 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon the request of the Company any cash or non-callable Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.04 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent certified public accountants of recognized international standing expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the certification delivered under Section 8.04(a) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

Section 8.06. Repayment to Company .

Subject to any applicable laws relating to abandoned property, any cash or non-callable Government Securities deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal, premium, if any, or interest on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on its request or (if then held by the Company) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder shall thereafter, as an unsecured creditor, look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such cash and securities, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided, however , that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Company cause to be published once, in The New York Times and The Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that such cash and securities remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such cash and securities then remaining shall be repaid to the Company.

Section 8.07. Reinstatement .

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any cash or non-callable Government Securities in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Company’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such cash and securities in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be; provided, however , that, if the Company makes any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders to receive such payment from the cash and securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

ARTICLE 9.

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

Section 9.01. Without Consent of Holders of Notes .

Notwithstanding Section 9.02 of this Indenture, the Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture or the Notes without the consent of any Holder to:

 

74


(a) cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency;

(b) provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes ( provided that the uncertificated Notes are issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code, or in a manner such that the uncertificated Notes are described in Section 163(f)(2)(B) of the Code, to the extent that Section 163(f)(2)(B) applies to the Notes);

(c) provide for the assumption of the obligations of the Company and/or a Subsidiary Guarantor to Holders in the case of a merger, consolidation, or amalgamation or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and/or a Subsidiary Guarantor; provided, however , that the Company shall deliver to the Trustee:

(i) an Opinion of Counsel in the United States to the effect that Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. Federal income tax purposes as a result of such assumption by a successor corporation and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amount and in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such assumption had not occurred, and

(ii) an Opinion of Counsel in Canada to the effect that Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for Canadian federal, provincial or territorial tax purposes as a result of such assumption by a successor corporation and will be subject to Canadian federal, provincial or territorial taxes (including withholding taxes) on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such assumption had not occurred;

(d) make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under this Indenture of any such Holder;

(e) add additional guarantees with respect to the Notes or release Subsidiary Guarantors from Subsidiary Guarantees as provided or permitted by the terms of this Indenture;

(f) provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with this Indenture;

(g) comply with requirements of the Commission in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA; or

(h) to conform the text of this Indenture or the Notes to any provision of the “Description of Notes” section of the Offering Memorandum for the Notes dated February 29, 2012 to the extent that such provision in such “Description of Notes” section was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of this Indenture or the Notes, as set forth in an Officer’s Certificate.

Section 9.02. With Consent of Holders of Notes .

Except as provided below in this Section 9.02, the Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture and the Notes with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes, including Additional Notes, if any, then outstanding voting as a single class (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of or tender offer or exchange offer for the Notes), and, subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, any existing Default or Event of Default (except a continuing Default or Event of Default (i) in the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes and (ii) in respect of a covenant or provision which under this Indenture cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each Note affected by such modification or amendment ) or compliance with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes, including Additional Notes, if any, then outstanding voting as a single class (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of or tender offer or exchange offer for the Notes).

Without the consent of each Holder, an amendment or waiver under this Section 9.02 may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder):

 

75


(a) reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;

(b) reduce the principal of or change the Stated Maturity of any Note or alter the provisions with respect to the redemption of the Notes;

(c) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any Note;

(d) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on the Notes, except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration;

(e) make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Notes;

(f) make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders of Notes to receive payments of principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on the Notes, or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holders’ Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee;

(g) amend, change or modify the obligation of the Company to make and consummate an Asset Sale Offer with respect to any Asset Sale in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.12 hereof after the obligation to make and consummate such Asset Sale Offer has arisen or the obligation of the Company to make and consummate a Change of Control Offer in the event of a Change in Control in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.18 hereof after such Change of Control has occurred, including, in each case, amending, changing or modifying any definition relating thereto;

(h) except as otherwise permitted under the provisions of Section 5.01 hereof, consent to the assignment or transfer by the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor of any of their rights or obligations under this Indenture;

(i) subordinate the Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee to any other obligation of the Company or the applicable Subsidiary Guarantor;

(j) amend or modify the provisions of Section 4.20 hereof;

(k) amend or modify any Subsidiary Guarantee in a manner that would adversely affect the Holders of the Notes or release any Subsidiary Guarantor from any of its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee or this Indenture (except in accordance with the terms of this Indenture); or

(l) make any change in the preceding amendment and waiver provisions.

The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Persons entitled to consent to any supplemental indenture. If a record date is fixed, the Holders on such record date, or their duly designated proxies, and only such Persons, shall be entitled to consent to such supplemental indenture, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date; provided that unless such consent shall have become effective by virtue of the requisite percentage having been obtained prior to the date which is 120 days after such record date, any such consent previously given shall automatically and without further action by any Holder be cancelled and of no further effect.

It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.

 

76


After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Company shall mail to the Holder of each Note affected thereby to such Holder’s address appearing in the Security Register a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Company to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amended or supplemental indenture or waiver.

Section 9.03. Compliance with Trust Indenture Act .

Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes shall be set forth in an amended or supplemental indenture that complies with the TIA as then in effect.

Section 9.04. Revocation and Effect of Consents .

Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion thereof that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent as to its Note or portion thereof if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the waiver, supplement or amendment becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver shall become effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter shall bind every Holder.

Section 9.05. Notation on or Exchange of Notes .

The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Company in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver.

Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

Section 9.06. Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.

The Trustee shall sign any amended or supplemental indenture authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. The Company may not sign an amendment or supplemental indenture until the Board of Directors approves it. In executing any amended or supplemental indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive and (subject to Section 7.01 hereof) shall be fully protected in relying upon an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and that such amended or supplemental indenture is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company (and, if applicable, any guarantor hereunder and thereunder) enforceable against it (and any applicable guarantor) in accordance with its terms, subject to customary exceptions and that such amended or supplemental indenture complies with the provisions hereof (including Section 9.03 hereof).

ARTICLE 10.

SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES

Section 10.01. Guarantee .

Subject to this Article 10, each of the Subsidiary Guarantors hereby unconditionally guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns (a) the due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes, subject to any applicable grace period, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, the due and punctual payment of interest on the overdue principal and premium, if any, and to the extent permitted by law, interest, and the due and punctual performance of all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same shall be promptly paid in full when due or

 

77


performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at maturity, by acceleration pursuant to Section 6.02 hereof, redemption or otherwise. Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Subsidiary Guarantors shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. Each Subsidiary Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.

Each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby agrees that its obligations with regard to its Subsidiary Guarantee shall be joint and several, unconditional, irrespective of the validity or enforceability of the Notes or the obligations of the Company under this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, the recovery of any judgment against the Company or any other obligor with respect to this Indenture, the Notes or the Obligations of the Company under this Indenture or the Notes, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstances (other than complete performance) which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a Subsidiary Guarantor. Each Subsidiary Guarantor further, to the extent permitted by law, waives and relinquishes all claims, rights and remedies accorded by applicable law to guarantors and agrees not to assert or take advantage of any such claims, rights or remedies, including but not limited to: (a) any right to require any of the Trustee, the Holders or the Company (each a “ Benefited Party ”), as a condition of payment or performance by such Subsidiary Guarantor, to (1) proceed against the Company, any other guarantor (including any other Subsidiary Guarantor) of the Obligations under the Subsidiary Guarantees or any other Person, (2) proceed against or exhaust any security held from the Company, any such other guarantor or any other Person, (3) proceed against or have resort to any balance of any deposit account or credit on the books of any Benefited Party in favor of the Company or any other Person, or (4) pursue any other remedy in the power of any Benefited Party whatsoever; (b) any defense arising by reason of the incapacity, lack of authority or any disability or other defense of the Company including any defense based on or arising out of the lack of validity or the unenforceability of the Obligations under the Subsidiary Guarantees or any agreement or instrument relating thereto or by reason of the cessation of the liability of the Company from any cause other than payment in full of the Obligations under the Subsidiary Guarantees; (c) any defense based upon any statute or rule of law which provides that the obligation of a surety must be neither larger in amount nor in other respects more burdensome than that of the principal; (d) any defense based upon any Benefited Party’s errors or omissions in the administration of the Obligations under the Subsidiary Guarantees, except behavior which amounts to bad faith; (e)(1) any principles or provisions of law, statutory or otherwise, which are or might be in conflict with the terms of the Subsidiary Guarantees and any legal or equitable discharge of such Subsidiary Guarantor’s obligations hereunder, (2) the benefit of any statute of limitations affecting such Subsidiary Guarantor’s liability hereunder or the enforcement hereof, (3) any rights to set-offs, recoupments and counterclaims and (4) promptness, diligence and any requirement that any Benefited Party protect, secure, perfect or insure any security interest or lien or any property subject thereto; (f) notices, demands, presentations, protests, notices of protest, notices of dishonor and notices of any action or inaction, including acceptance of the Subsidiary Guarantees, notices of default under the Notes or any agreement or instrument related thereto, notices of any renewal, extension or modification of the Obligations under the Subsidiary Guarantees or any agreement related thereto, and notices of any extension of credit to the Company and any right to consent to any thereof; (g) to the extent permitted under applicable law, the benefits of any “One Action” rule and (h) any defenses or benefits that may be derived from or afforded by law which limit the liability of or exonerate guarantors or sureties, or which may conflict with the terms of the Subsidiary Guarantees. Except to the extent expressly provided herein, including Sections 8.02, 8.03 and 10.05 hereof, each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby covenants that its Subsidiary Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in its Subsidiary Guarantee and this Indenture.

If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Company or the Subsidiary Guarantors, any amount paid by either to the Trustee or such Holder, this Subsidiary Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect.

Each Subsidiary Guarantor agrees that it shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby. Each Subsidiary Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Subsidiary Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Section 6.02 hereof for the purposes of this Subsidiary Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby and (y) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Section 6.02 hereof, such

 

78


obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Subsidiary Guarantors for the purpose of this Subsidiary Guarantee. The Subsidiary Guarantors shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Subsidiary Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Subsidiary Guarantee.

Section 10.02. Limitation on Subsidiary Guarantor Liability .

Each Subsidiary Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Subsidiary Guarantee of such Subsidiary Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent applicable to any Subsidiary Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and the Subsidiary Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under this Article 10 shall be limited to the maximum amount as shall, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Subsidiary Guarantor that are relevant under such laws, including, if applicable, its guarantee of all obligations under the Credit Agreement, and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Subsidiary Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Subsidiary Guarantor under this Article 10, result in the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance. In addition, the liability of each Subsidiary Guarantor governed by the Companies Act (Quebec) under its Subsidiary Guarantee shall be limited to the maximum amount permitted under Section 123.66 of the Companies Act (Quebec). To that end, but only to the extent such obligations would otherwise be avoidable, the obligations of the Subsidiary Guarantor under this Article shall be limited to the maximum amount that, after giving effect to the Incurrence thereof, would not render the Subsidiary Guarantor insolvent or unable to pay its debts as they mature.

Section 10.03. Execution and Delivery of Subsidiary Guarantee .

To evidence its Subsidiary Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 hereof, each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby agrees that a notation of such Subsidiary Guarantee in substantially the form included in Exhibit E attached hereto shall be endorsed by an Officer of such Subsidiary Guarantor on each Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and that this Indenture shall be executed on behalf of such Subsidiary Guarantor by its President or one of its Vice Presidents.

Each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby agrees that its Subsidiary Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 hereof shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Subsidiary Guarantee.

If an Officer whose signature is on this Indenture or on the Subsidiary Guarantee no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note on which a Subsidiary Guarantee is endorsed, the Subsidiary Guarantee shall be valid nevertheless.

The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of the Subsidiary Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Subsidiary Guarantors.

Section 10.04. Subsidiary Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms .

Except as otherwise provided in Section 10.05 hereof, no Subsidiary Guarantor may consolidate, merge or amalgamate with or into (whether or not such Subsidiary Guarantor is the Surviving Guarantor) another Person whether or not affiliated with such Subsidiary Guarantor unless:

(a) subject to Section 10.05 hereof, the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation, merger or amalgamation (if other than a Subsidiary Guarantor or the Company) unconditionally assumes all the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor, pursuant to a supplemental indenture in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, under this Indenture, the Subsidiary Guarantee and any Registration Rights Agreements on the terms set forth herein or therein; and

 

79


(b) the Subsidiary Guarantor or the Surviving Guarantor, as applicable, complies with the requirements of Article 5 hereof.

In case of any such consolidation, merger, amalgamation, sale or conveyance and upon the assumption by the successor Person, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee and satisfactory in form to the Trustee, of the Subsidiary Guarantee endorsed upon the Notes and the due and punctual performance of all of the covenants and conditions of this Indenture to be performed by the Subsidiary Guarantor, such successor Person shall succeed to and be substituted for the Subsidiary Guarantor with the same effect as if it had been named herein as a Subsidiary Guarantor. Such successor Person thereupon may cause to be signed any or all of the Subsidiary Guarantees to be endorsed upon all of the Notes issuable hereunder which theretofore shall not have been signed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee. All the Subsidiary Guarantees so issued shall in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under this Indenture as the Subsidiary Guarantees theretofore and thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture as though all of such Subsidiary Guarantees had been issued at the date of the execution hereof.

Except as set forth in Articles 4 and 5 hereof, and notwithstanding clauses (a) and (b) above, nothing contained in this Indenture or in any of the Notes shall prevent any consolidation, merger or amalgamation of a Subsidiary Guarantor with or into the Company or another Subsidiary Guarantor, or shall prevent any sale or conveyance of the property of a Subsidiary Guarantor as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to the Company or another Subsidiary Guarantor.

Section 10.05. Releases Following Sale of Assets .

In the event of a sale or other disposition of all of the Capital Stock of any Subsidiary Guarantor (including by way of consolidation, merger or amalgamation), in each case to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) an Affiliate of the Company, then such Subsidiary Guarantor shall be released and relieved of any obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee; provided that such sale or other disposition shall be subject to all applicable provisions of this Indenture, including without limitation Section 4.12 hereof. If a Subsidiary Guarantor is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.17 hereof, such Subsidiary Guarantor shall be released and relieved of any obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee. Upon delivery by the Company to the Trustee of an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such sale or other disposition or designation was made by the Company in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, including without limitation Section 4.12 hereof, the Trustee shall execute any documents reasonably required in order to evidence the release of any Subsidiary Guarantor from its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee.

Any Subsidiary Guarantor not released from its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee shall remain liable for the full amount of principal of and interest on the Notes and for the other obligations of any Subsidiary Guarantor under this Indenture.

ARTICLE 11.

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

Section 11.01. Satisfaction and Discharge .

This Indenture shall be discharged and shall cease to be of further effect, except as to surviving rights of registration of transfer or exchange of the Notes, as to all Notes issued hereunder, when:

(a) either:

(i) all Notes that have been previously authenticated (except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has previously been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Company and is thereafter repaid to the Company or discharged from the trust) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

 

80


(ii) all Notes that have not been previously delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (A) have become due and payable by reason of a making of a notice of redemption or otherwise or (B) will become due and payable within one year, and the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, cash in Canadian dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Notes not previously delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, if any, Additional Amounts and accrued interest on the Notes to (but excluding) the date of deposit, in the case of Notes that have become due and payable, or to the Stated Maturity or redemption date, as the case may be;

(b) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or shall occur as a result of such deposit and such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other instrument to which the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor is a party or by which the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor is bound;

(c) the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable by it under this Indenture;

(d) the Company shall have delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or the date of redemption, as the case may be; and

(e) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and Opinion of Counsel stating that all conditions precedent under this Indenture relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been satisfied.

Section 11.02. Deposited Cash and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions .

Subject to Section 11.03 hereof, all cash and non-callable Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 11.02, the “ Trustee ”) pursuant to Section 11.01 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and interest but such cash and securities need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

Section 11.03. Repayment to Company .

Subject to any applicable laws relating to abandoned property, any cash or non-callable Government Securities deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, and premium, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on its request or (if then held by the Company) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder shall thereafter, as an unsecured creditor, look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such cash and securities, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided, however , that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Company cause to be published once, in The New York Times and The Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that such cash and securities remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such cash and securities then remaining shall be repaid to the Company.

 

81


ARTICLE 12.

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 12.01. Trust Indenture Act Controls .

If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with another provision which is required to be included in this Indenture by the TIA, the provision required by the TIA shall control.

Section 12.02. Notices .

Any notice or communication by the Company and/or a Subsidiary Guarantor or the Trustee to the other is duly given if in writing and delivered in person or mailed by first class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), facsimile transmission or overnight air courier guaranteeing next-day delivery, to the other’s address:

If to the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor:

Videotron Ltd.

612 St. Jacques Street

Montréal, Québec, H3C 4M8

Canada

Attention: Vice President, Legal Affairs

Facsimile No.: (514) 985-8834

With a copy to:

Norton Rose Canada LLP

1 Place Ville Marie

Suite 2500

Montreal, QC H3B 1R1

Attention: Peter Wiazowski

Facsimile No.: (514) 286-5474

If to the Trustee:

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association

45 Broadway, 14 th Floor

New York, NY 10006

Attention: Corporate Trust Services – Administrator Videotron Ltd. / Videotron Ltée

Facsimile No.: (212) 515-1589

The Company or the Trustee, by notice to the other, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

All notices and communications (other than those sent to the Trustee) shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt acknowledged, if sent by facsimile transmission; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next-day delivery. All notices and communications to the Trustee shall be deemed duly given and effective only upon receipt.

Any notice or communication to a Holder shall be mailed by first class mail, certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next-day delivery to its address shown on the Security Register. Any notice or communication shall also be so mailed to any Person described in TIA § 313(c), to the extent required by the TIA. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders.

 

82


If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

If the Company mails a notice or communication to Holders, it shall mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time.

Section 12.03. Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes .

Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA §312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA §312(c).

Section 12.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent .

Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under any provision of this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee:

(a) an Officers’ Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 12.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and

(b) an Opinion of Counsel (other than in the case of the initial issuance under this Indenture, in which case no such opinion shall be required) in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 12.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been complied with.

Section 12.05. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion .

Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate provided pursuant to TIA §314(a)(4)) shall comply with the provisions of TIA §314(e) and shall include:

(a) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

(b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

(c) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable such Person to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

(d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

With respect to matters of fact, an Opinion of Counsel may rely on an Officers’ Certificate, certificates of public officials or reports or opinions of experts.

Section 12.06. Rules by Trustee and Agents .

The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions.

 

83


Section 12.07. No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Shareholders .

No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company or of the Subsidiary Guarantors under the Notes, this Indenture, the Subsidiary Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

Section 12.08. Governing Law; Waiver of Jury Trial .

THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS INDENTURE AND THE NOTES. EACH OF THE COMPANY, THE HOLDERS AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

Section 12.09. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements .

This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Company or its Subsidiaries or of any other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.

Section 12.10. Successors .

All covenants and agreements of the Company in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind its successors. All covenants and agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors.

Section 12.11. Severability .

In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

Section 12.12. Consent to Jurisdiction and Service of Process .

(a) Each of the Company and each of the Subsidiary Guarantors irrevocably consents to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York and the courts of the United States of America located in the Borough of Manhattan, City and State of New York over any suit, action or proceeding with respect to this Indenture or the transactions contemplated hereby. Each of the Company and each of the Subsidiary Guarantors waives any objection that it may have to the venue of any suit, action or proceeding with respect to this Indenture or the transactions contemplated hereby in the courts of the State of New York or the courts of the United States of America, in each case, located in the Borough of Manhattan, City and State of New York, or that such suit, action or proceeding brought in the courts of the State of New York or the United States of America, in each case, located in the Borough of Manhattan, City and State of New York was brought in an inconvenient court and agrees not to plead or claim the same.

(b) Each of the Company and each of the Subsidiary Guarantors irrevocably appoints CT Corporation System, as its authorized agent in the State of New York upon which process may be served in any such suit or proceedings, and agrees that service of process upon such agent, and written notice of said service to CT Corporation System, by the person serving the same to the address provided in Section 12.02 hereof, shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor in any such suit or proceeding. Each of the Company and each of the Subsidiary Guarantors further agrees to take any and all action as may be necessary to maintain such designation and appointment of such agent in full force and effect for a period of ten years from the date of this Indenture.

 

84


Section 12.13. Conversion of Currency .

The Company covenants and agrees that the following provisions shall apply to conversion of currency in the case of the Notes and this Indenture.

(a) (i) If, for the purpose of obtaining judgment in, or enforcing the judgment of, any court in any country, it becomes necessary to convert into a currency (the “ judgment currency ”) an amount due in any other currency (the “ Base Currency ”), then the conversion shall be made at the rate of exchange prevailing on the Business Day before the day on which the judgment is given or the order of enforcement is made, as the case may be (unless a court shall otherwise determine).

(ii) If there is a change in the rate of exchange prevailing between the Business Day before the day on which the judgment is given or an order of enforcement is made, as the case may be (or such other date as a court shall determine), and the date of receipt of the amount due, the Company shall pay such additional (or, as the case may be, such lesser) amount, if any, as may be necessary so that the amount paid in the judgment currency when converted at the rate of exchange prevailing on the date of receipt will produce the amount in the Base Currency originally due.

(b) In the event of the winding-up of the Company at any time while any amount or damages owing under the Notes and this Indenture, or any judgment or order rendered in respect thereof, shall remain outstanding, the Company shall indemnify and hold the Holders and the Trustee harmless against any deficiency arising or resulting from any variation in rates of exchange between (1) the date as of which the equivalent of the amount in U.S. Dollars or Canadian Dollars, as the case may be, due or contingently due under the Notes and this Indenture (other than under this paragraph (b)) is calculated for the purposes of such winding-up and (2) the final date for the filing of proofs of claim in such winding-up. For the purpose of this paragraph (b), the final date for the filing of proofs of claim in the winding-up of the Company shall be the date fixed by the liquidator or otherwise in accordance with the relevant provisions of applicable law as being the latest practicable date as at which liabilities of the Company may be ascertained for such winding-up prior to payment by the liquidator or otherwise in respect thereto.

(c) The obligations contained in paragraph (a)(ii) and (b) of this Section 12.13 shall constitute obligations of the Company separate and independent from its other respective obligations under the Notes and this Indenture, shall give rise to separate and independent causes of action against the Company, shall apply irrespective of any waiver or extension granted by any Holder or the Trustee or any of them from time to time and shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding any judgment or order or the filing of any proof of claim in the winding-up of the Company for a liquidated sum in respect of amounts due hereunder (other than under paragraph (b) above) or under any such judgment or order. Any such deficiency as aforesaid shall be deemed to constitute a loss suffered by the Holders or the Trustee, as the case may be, and no proof or evidence of any actual loss shall be required by the Company or the liquidator or otherwise or any of them. In the case of paragraph (b) above, the amount of such deficiency shall not be deemed to be reduced by any variation in rates of exchange occurring between the said final date and the date of any liquidating distribution.

(d) The term “rate(s) of exchange” shall mean the rate of exchange quoted by Royal Bank of Canada at its central foreign exchange desk in its head office in Montréal at 12:00 noon (Montréal, Québec time) for purchases of the Base Currency with the judgment currency other than the Base Currency referred to in Subsections (a) and (b) above and includes any premiums and costs of exchange payable.

(e) The Trustee shall have no duty or liability with respect to monitoring or enforcing the Section 12.13.

Section 12.14. Currency Equivalent.

Except as provided in Section 12.13, for purposes of the construction of the terms of this Indenture or of the Notes, in the event that any amount is stated herein in the currency of one nation (the “ First Currency ”), as of any date such amount shall also be deemed to represent the amount in the currency of any other relevant nation which is required to purchase such amount in the First Currency at the rate of exchange quoted by Royal Bank of Canada at its central foreign exchange desk in its head office in Montréal at 12:00 noon (Montréal, Québec time) on the date of determination.

 

85


Section 12.15. Counterpart Originals.

The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

Section 12.16. Table of Contents, Headings, etc .

The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and Headings in this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

Section 12.17. Qualification of this Indenture .

The Company shall qualify this Indenture under the TIA in accordance with the terms and conditions of any Registration Rights Agreements and shall pay all reasonable costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses for the Company, the Trustee and the Holders) Incurred in connection therewith, including, but not limited to, costs and expenses of qualification of this Indenture and the Notes and printing this Indenture and the Notes. The Trustee shall be entitled to receive from the Company any such Officers’ Certificates, Opinions of Counsel or other documentation as it may reasonably request in connection with any such qualification of this Indenture under the TIA.

Section 12.18. USA PATRIOT Act.

The parties hereto acknowledge that in accordance with Section 326 of the U.S.A. PATRIOT Act, the Trustee, like all financial institutions and in order to help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering, is required to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person or legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an account with the Trustee. The parties to this Indenture agree that they will provide the Trustee with such information as it may request in order for the Trustee to satisfy the requirements of the U.S.A. PATRIOT Act.

Section 12.19. Force Majeure.

In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder or other document or agreement entered into in connection herewith arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services, it being understood that the Trustee shall use the efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances.

[Signatures on following page]

 

86


SIGNATURES

Dated as of March 14, 2012.

 

C OMPANY :
VIDEOTRON LTD.
By:     /s/ Marie-Josée Marsan
 

Name:  Marie-Josée Marsan

 

Title:    Vice-President, Finance and Information
Technology (IT) and Chief Financial Officer

S UBSIDIARY G UARANTORS :
LE SUPERCLUB VIDÉOTRON LTÉE
By:   /s/ Marie-Josée Marsan
 

Name:  Marie-Josée Marsan

 

Title:    Director

VIDEOTRON US INC.
By:   /s/ Marie-Josée Marsan
 

Name:  Marie-Josée Marsan

 

Title:    Vice-President, Finance and Treasurer


VIDEOTRON INFRASTRUCTURES INC.
By:     /s/ Marie-Josée Marsan
 

Name:  Marie-Josée Marsan

 

Title:    Vice-President, Finance and Information
Technology (IT) and Chief Financial Officer

VIDEOTRON G.P.
By:   /s/ Marie-Josée Marsan
 

Name:  Marie-Josée Marsan

 

Title:    Vice-President, Finance and Information Technology (IT) and Chief Financial Officer

VIDEOTRON L.P., by its general partner 9230-7677 QUÉBEC INC.
By:   /s/ Marie-Josée Marsan
 

Name:  Marie-Josée Marsan

 

Title:    Vice-President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer

9230-7677 QUÉBEC INC.
By:   /s/ Marie-Josée Marsan
 

Name:  Marie-Josée Marsan

 

Title:    Vice-President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer


9227-2590 QUÉBEC INC.
By:     /s/ Marie-Josée Marsan
 

Name:  Marie-Josée Marsan

 

Title:    Vice-President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer

JOBBOOM INC.
By:   /s/ Marie-Josée Marsan
 

Name:  Marie-Josée Marsan

 

Title:    Vice-President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer

9253-2233 QUÉBEC INC.
By:   /s/ Marie-Josée Marsan
 

Name:  Marie-Josée Marsan

 

Title:    Vice-President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer

9253-2456 QUÉBEC INC.
By:   /s/ Marie-Josée Marsan
 

Name:  Marie-Josée Marsan

 

Title:    Vice-President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer

9253-1870 QUÉBEC INC.
By:   /s/ Marie-Josée Marsan
 

Name:  Marie-Josée Marsan

 

Title:    Vice-President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer

9253-1920 QUÉBEC INC.
By:   /s/ Marie-Josée Marsan
 

Name:  Marie-Josée Marsan

 

Title:    Vice-President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer


T RUSTEE :
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
By:     /s/ Yana Kislenko
 

Name:  Yana Kislenko

 

Title:    Vice-President


EXHIBIT A

 

 

 

(Face of Note)

5% SENIOR NOTES DUE JULY 15, 2022

 

   CUSIP                 
   ISIN                 
No.             US$                 

VIDEOTRON LTD.

promises to pay to CEDE & CO., or its registered assigns, the principal sum of                      Dollars (US$              ) on July 15, 2022.

Interest Payment Dates: January 15 and July 15, commencing July 15, 2012.

Record Dates: January 1 and July 1.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Note to be signed by its duly authorized officer.

 

VIDEOTRON LTD.
By:      
  Name:
  Title:

This is one of the [Global]

Notes referred to in the

within-mentioned Indenture:

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Trustee

 

By:      
  Authorized Signatory

Dated                  , 2012

 

A-1


(Back of Note)

5% SENIOR NOTES DUE JULY 15, 2022

[THIS NOTE AND THE GUARANTEES ENDORSED HEREON (TOGETHER, THIS “SECURITY”) HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION, NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION.

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) WHICH IS ONE YEAR AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH VIDEOTRON LTD. (“VIDEOTRON”) OR ANY AFFILIATE OF VIDEOTRON WAS THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF THIS SECURITY), ONLY (A) TO VIDEOTRON OR ANY OF ITS SUBSIDIARIES, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”), TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN OFFSHORE TRANSACTIONS MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(A)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING THE SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT AND IN A MINIMUM PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THE SECURITIES OF $250,000 PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES ONLY AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH ANY DISTRIBUTION OF THE NOTES IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO VIDEOTRON’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT (I) PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (D), (E) OR (F) PRIOR TO THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM AND (II) TO REQUIRE THAT A CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER IN THE FORM APPEARING ON THIS NOTE IS COMPLETED AND DELIVERED BY THE TRANSFEROR TO THE TRUSTEE. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE.

UNLESS PERMITTED UNDER SECURITIES LEGISLATION, THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY MUST NOT TRADE THIS SECURITY IN CANADA OR WITH A RESIDENT OF CANADA BEFORE THE DATE THAT IS 4 MONTHS AND A DAY AFTER THE LATER OF (I) MARCH 14, 2012, AND (II) THE DATE THAT THE ISSUER BECAME A REPORTING ISSUER IN ANY PROVINCE OR TERRITORY OF CANADA.]

[I f this note is a global note, insert :] THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (I) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE INDENTURE, (II) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (III) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (IV) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE COMPANY.

 

A-2


UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY UNLESS THIS NOTE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) (“DTC”), TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY NOTE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.]

Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

1. Interest . Videotron Ltd., a company incorporated under the laws of Québec (the “ Company ”), promises to pay interest (as defined in the Indenture) on the principal amount of this Note at 5% per annum until maturity and shall pay Special Interest, if any, as provided in the Registration Rights Agreement relating to these Notes. The Company shall pay interest semi-annually on January 15 and July 15 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each an “ Interest Payment Date ”). Interest on the Notes shall accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of issuance; provided, however , that if there is no existing Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date; provided , further , that the first Interest Payment Date shall be July 15, 2012. The Company shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at a rate that is 1% per annum in excess of the interest rate then in effect under the Indenture and this Note; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace periods), from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. For the purposes of the Interest Act (Canada), the yearly rate of interest which is equivalent to the rate payable hereunder is the rate payable multiplied by the actual number of days in the year and divided by 360.

2. Method of Payment . The Company shall pay interest on the Notes (including any Special Interest)(except defaulted interest) to the Persons in whose name this Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on the January 1 or July 1 next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are cancelled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The Notes shall be payable as to principal, premium, if any, and interest at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose, or, at the option of the Company, payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the Security Register; provided , however , that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds shall be required with respect to principal of and interest and premium, if any, on, all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which shall have provided wire transfer instructions to the Company or the Paying Agent. Such payment shall be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

3. Paying Agent and Registrar . Initially, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, the Trustee under the Indenture, shall act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity.

4. Indenture . The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of March 14, 2012 (“ Indenture ”) among the Company, the guarantors party thereto (the “ Subsidiary Guarantors ”) and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the

 

A-3


Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S. Code §§ 77aaa-77bbbb). The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and such Act for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

5. Optional Redemption .

(a) The Company may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, on one or more occasions, in accordance with Section 3.03 of the Indenture, at a redemption price equal to the greater of (i) 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed; and (ii) as determined by a Quotation Agent, the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest thereon (not including any portion of such payments of interest accrued to (but excluding) the date of redemption) discounted to the redemption date on a semiannual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the Adjusted Treasury Rate plus 100 basis points; plus, in each case, accrued and unpaid interest to (but excluding) the redemption date.

(b) [Reserved].

(c) If the Company becomes obligated to pay any Additional Amounts because of a change in the laws or regulations of Canada or any Canadian Taxing Authority, or a change in any official position regarding the application or interpretation thereof, in either case that is publicly announced or becomes effective on or after the Issue Date, the Company may, at any time, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, redeem all, but not part, of the Notes at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest to (but excluding) the redemption date, provided that at any time that the aggregate principal amount of the Notes outstanding is greater than US$20.0 million, any Holder of the Notes may, to the extent that it does not adversely affect the Company’s after-tax position, at its option, waive the Company’s compliance with the provisions of Section 4.20 of the Indenture with respect to such Holder’s Notes; provided, further , that if any Holder waives such compliance, the Company may not redeem that Holder’s Notes pursuant to this clause (c).

(d) Any prepayment pursuant to this paragraph 5 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 of the Indenture.

6. Mandatory Redemption . Except as set forth in Sections 4.12 and 4.18 of the Indenture, the Company shall not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

7. Repurchase at Option of Holder .

(a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Company shall make an offer to all Holders to repurchase all (equal to US$2,000 or an integral multiple of US$1,000 in excess thereof) of such Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes repurchased to (but excluding) the purchase date in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 3.09 of the Indenture.

(b) If the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary consummates any Asset Sales, it shall not be required to apply any Net Proceeds in accordance with the Indenture until the aggregate Excess Proceeds from all Asset Sales following the date the Notes are first issued exceeds US$100.0 million. Thereafter, the Company shall commence an Asset Sale Offer by applying the Excess Proceeds pursuant to Section 3.09 of the Indenture to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes (including any Additional Notes) that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, to the Purchase Date in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 3.09 of the Indenture. To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes (including Additional Notes) tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Company (or such Restricted Subsidiary) may apply such deficiency for any purpose not prohibited by the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes surrendered by Holders thereof exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis.

 

A-4


8. Notice of Redemption . Notices of redemption shall be mailed at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address. Notes in denominations larger than US$2,000 may be redeemed in part but only in integral multiples of US$1,000 in excess of US$2,000, unless all of the Notes held by a Holder are to be redeemed. On and after the redemption date interest shall cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption.

9. Denominations, Transfer, Exchange . The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of US$2,000 and integral multiples of US$1,000 in excess thereof. This Note shall represent the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed hereon and the aggregate principal amount of Notes represented hereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges and redemptions. The transfer of Notes shall be registered and Notes shall be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Company may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, the Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or during the period between a record date and the corresponding Interest Payment Date.

10. Persons Deemed Owners . The registered Holder of a Note shall be treated as its owner for all purposes.

11. Amendment, Supplement and Waiver . Subject to certain exceptions, the Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture or the Notes with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, including Additional Notes, if any, voting as a single class (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of or tender offer or exchange offer for the Notes), and, subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 of the Indenture, any existing Default or Event of Default (except a continuing Default or Event of Default (i) in the payment of principal, premium, if any, interest or Special Interest or Additional Amounts, if any, on the Notes and (ii) in respect of a covenant or provision which under the Indenture cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each Note affected by such modification or amendment) or compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, including Additional Notes, if any, then outstanding voting as a single class (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of or tender offer or exchange offer for the Notes). Without the consent of any Holder, the Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture or the Notes to (a) cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency; (b) provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes ( provided that the uncertificated Notes are issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code, or in a manner such that the uncertificated Notes are described in Section 163(f)(2)(B) of the Code)(to the extent that such subsection applies to the Notes); (c) provide for the assumption of the obligations of the Company and/or a Subsidiary Guarantor to Holders in the case of a merger, consolidation, or amalgamation or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and/or a Subsidiary Guarantor; provided, however , that the Company shall deliver to the Trustee (i) an Opinion of Counsel in the United States to the effect that Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. Federal income tax purposes as a result of such assumption by a successor corporation and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amount and in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such assumption had not occurred, and (ii) an Opinion of Counsel in Canada to the effect that Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for Canadian federal tax purposes as a result of such assumption by a successor corporation and will be subject to Canadian federal taxes (including withholding taxes) on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such assumption had not occurred; (d) make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under this Indenture of any such Holder; (e) add additional guarantees with respect to the Notes or release Subsidiary Guarantors from Subsidiary Guarantees as provided or permitted by the terms of the Indenture; (f) provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the Indenture; (g) comply with requirements of the Commission in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA; or (h) to conform the text of the Indenture or the Notes to any provision of the “Description of Notes” section in the Offering Memorandum for the Notes dated February 29, 2012 to the extent that such provision in such “Description of Notes” section was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of the Indenture or the Notes.

 

A-5


12. Defaults and Remedies . Each of the following is an Event of Default under the Indenture: (a) default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest on, including Additional Amounts or Special Interest, if any, or with respect to, the Notes; (b) default in payment, when due at Stated Maturity, upon acceleration, redemption, required repurchase or otherwise, of the principal of, or premium, if any, on the Notes; (c) failure by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to comply with the provisions of Section 4.09, 4.10, 4.12, 4.18 or 5.01 of the Indenture; (d) failure by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary for 30 days after written notice thereof has been given to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 25% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes outstanding to comply with any of its other covenants or agreements in the Indenture; (e) default under any mortgage, hypothec, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists, or is created after the Issue Date, if that default: (i) is caused by a failure to pay principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on, such Indebtedness when due at the final maturity of such Indebtedness (a “ Payment Default ”); or (ii) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its Stated Maturity, and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates US$25.0 million or more; (f) failure by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to pay final, non-appealable judgments aggregating in excess of US$25.0 million, which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days; (g) any Subsidiary Guarantee of a Significant Subsidiary ceases, or the Subsidiary Guarantees of any group of Subsidiaries that, when taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary cease, to be in full force and effect (other than in accordance with the terms of any such Subsidiary Guarantee) or any Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary denies or disaffirms its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee, or a group of Subsidiary Guarantors that, when taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary deny or disaffirm their obligations under their respective Subsidiary Guarantees; and (h) certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization affecting the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries.

If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency described in the Indenture, all outstanding Notes shall become due and payable without further action or notice. Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest or Special Interest or Additional Amounts, if any) if it determines in good faith that withholding notice is in the interests of the Holders. The Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest or Special Interest or Additional Amounts, if any. The Company is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Company is required upon becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default or Event of Default.

13. Trustee Dealings with Company . Subject to certain limitations, the Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor or any Subsidiary Guarantor or any Affiliate of the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.

14. No Recourse Against Others . No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company or of any Subsidiary Guarantor, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor under the Indenture, the Notes, the Subsidiary Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability.

15. Authentication . This Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent.

 

A-6


16. Abbreviations . Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

17. Additional Rights of Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes . In addition to the rights provided to Holders of Notes under the Indenture, Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes that are Initial Notes shall have all the rights set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of March 14, 2012, among the Company and the parties named on the signature pages thereto or, in the case of Additional Notes, Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes shall have the rights set forth in one or more Registration Rights Agreements, if any, among the Company and the other parties thereto, relating to rights given by the Company to the purchasers of such Additional Notes.

18. CUSIP Numbers . Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and has directed the Trustee to use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption or notices of Offers to Purchase as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption or notice of an Offer to Purchase and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed thereon and any such redemption or Offer to Purchase shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers.

The Company shall furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to: Videotron Ltd., 612 St. Jacques Street, Montréal, Québec H3C 4M8, Canada, Attention: Vice President, Legal Affairs.

19. Governing Law . The internal law of the State of New York shall govern and be used to construe this Note.

 

A-7


Option of Holder to Elect Purchase

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.12 or 4.18 of the Indenture, check the box below:

 

¨ Section 4.12

 

¨ Section 4.18

If you want to elect to have only part of the Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.12 or Section 4.18 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased: US$                     

 

Date:_______________________________

  

Your Signature:________________________________

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

 

Tax Identification No.:

 

____________________________________________

 

SIGNATURE                                              GUARANTEE:

 

________________________________________

 

Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

A-8


Assignment Form

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to

 

 

(Insert assignee’s social security or other tax I.D. no.)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

 

and irrevocably appoint  

    

as agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

 

 

 

Date: ______________

  

Your Signature: ________________________________

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

 

Signature Guarantee: _____________________________

 

Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

A-9


SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE

The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global Note or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:

 

Date of Exchange

 

Amount of

decrease in

Principal Amount

of this Global Note

 

Amount of increase

in Principal Amount

of this Global Note

 

Principal Amount

of this Global Note

following such

decrease (or

increase)

 

Signature of

authorized signatory

of Trustee or

Note Custodian

       
       
       
       
       

 

A-10


EXHIBIT B

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

Videotron Ltd.

612 St. Jacques Street

Montréal, Québec H3C 4M8

Canada

Attention: Vice President, Legal Affairs

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association

45 Broadway, 14 th Floor

New York, NY 10006

Attention: Corporate Trust Services – Administrator Videotron Ltd. / Videotron Ltée

Facsimile No.: (212) 515-1589

 

  Re: 5% Senior Notes due July 15, 2022

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of March 14, 2012 (the “ Indenture ”), among Videotron Ltd., as issuer (the “ Company ”), the Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

                         , (the “ Transferor ”) owns and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of US$              in such Note[s] or interests (the “ Transfer ”), to                                      (the “ Transferee ”), as further specified in Annex A hereto. In connection with the Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that:

[CHECK ALL THAT APPLY]

1. ¨ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note or a Definitive Note Pursuant to Rule 144A. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or Definitive Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believed and believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or Definitive Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the 144A Global Note and/or the Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

2. ¨ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note or a Definitive Note pursuant to Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a Person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(a) of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act and (iv) if the proposed transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, the transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the

 

B-1


transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Regulation S Global Note, the Temporary Regulation S Global Note and/or the Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

3. ¨ Check and complete if Transferee will take delivery of a Definitive Note pursuant to any provision of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A or Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States, and accordingly the Transferor hereby further certifies that (check one):

(a) ¨ such Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act;

or

(b) ¨ such Transfer is being effected to the Company or a Subsidiary thereof;

or

(c) ¨ such Transfer is being effected pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and in compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act;

or

(d) ¨ such Transfer is being effected to an Institutional Accredited Investor and pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A, Rule 144 or Rule 904, and the Transferor hereby further certifies that it has not engaged in any general solicitation within the meaning of Regulation D under the Securities Act and the Transfer complies with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note or Restricted Definitive Notes and the requirements of the exemption claimed, which certification is supported by (1) a certificate executed by the Transferee in the form of Exhibit D to the Indenture and (2) if such Transfer is in respect of a principal amount of Notes at the time of transfer of less than US$250,000, an Opinion of Counsel provided by the Transferor or the Transferee (a copy of which the Transferor has attached to this certification), to the effect that such Transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Definitive Notes and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

4. ¨ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or of an Unrestricted Definitive Note.

(a) ¨ Check if Transfer is pursuant to Rule 144 . (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

(b) ¨ Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Regulation S . (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not

 

B-2


required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

(c) ¨ Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Other Exemption . (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company.

 

[Insert Name of Transferor]
By:      
  Name:
  Title:
Dated:                                     

 

B-3


ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

1. The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following:

[CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)]

 

  (a) ¨      a beneficial interest in the:

 

  (i) ¨      144A Global Note (CUSIP              ), or

 

  (ii) ¨      Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP              ); or

 

  (b) ¨      a Restricted Definitive Note.

2. After the Transfer the Transferee will hold:

[CHECK ONE OF (a), (b) OR (c)]

 

  (a) ¨      a beneficial interest in the:

 

  (i) ¨      144A Global Note (CUSIP              ), or

 

  (ii) ¨      Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP              ), or

 

  (iii) ¨      Unrestricted Global Note (CUSIP              ); or

 

  (b) ¨      a Restricted Definitive Note; or

 

  (c) ¨      an Unrestricted Definitive Note,

in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

 

B-4


EXHIBIT C

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE

Videotron Ltd.

612 St. Jacques Street

Montréal, Québec H3C 4M8

Canada

Attention: Vice President, Legal Affairs

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association

45 Broadway, 14 th Floor

New York, NY 10006

Attention: Corporate Trust Services – Administrator Videotron Ltd. / Videotron Ltée

Facsimile No.: (212) 515-1589

 

  Re: 5 % Senior Notes due July 15, 2022

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of March 14, 2012 (the “ Indenture ”), among Videotron Ltd., as issuer (the “ Company ”), the Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

                             , (the “ Owner ”) owns and proposes to exchange the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified herein, in the principal amount of US$              in such Note[s] or interests (the “ Exchange ”). In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that:

1. Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Unrestricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note

(a) ¨ Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note . In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note in an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Note and pursuant to and in accordance with the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

(b) ¨ Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note . In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Note and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

(c) ¨ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note . In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

 

C-1


(d) ¨ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note . In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

2. Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes for Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes

(a) ¨ Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Restricted Definitive Note . In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a Restricted Definitive Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies that the Restricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Restricted Definitive Note issued will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

(b) ¨ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note . In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in the [CIRCLE ONE] 144A Global Note, Regulation S Global Note, with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer and (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Definitive Note and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the beneficial interest issued will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the relevant Restricted Global Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

 

C-2


This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company.

 

[Insert Name of Transferor]
By:      
  Name:
  Title:
Dated:                                     

 

C-3


EXHIBIT D

FORM OF CERTIFICATE FROM

ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR

Videotron Ltd.

612 St. Jacques Street

Montréal, Québec H3C 4M8

Canada

Attention: Vice President, Legal Affairs

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association

45 Broadway, 14 th Floor

New York, NY 10006

Attention: Corporate Trust Services – Administrator Videotron Ltd. / Videotron Ltée

Facsimile No.: (212) 515-1589

 

  Re: 5% Senior Notes due July 15, 2022

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of March 14, 2012 (the “ Indenture ”), among Videotron Ltd., as issuer (the “ Company ”), the Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

In connection with our proposed purchase of US$              aggregate principal amount of:

 

  (a) ¨      a beneficial interest in a Global Note, or

 

  (b) ¨      a Definitive Note,

we confirm that:

1. We understand that any subsequent transfer of the Notes or any interest therein is subject to certain restrictions and conditions set forth in the Indenture and the undersigned agrees to be bound by, and not to resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Notes or any interest therein except in compliance with, such restrictions and conditions and the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”).

2. We understand that the offer and sale of the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act, and that the Notes and any interest therein may not be offered or sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree, on our own behalf and on behalf of any accounts for which we are acting as hereinafter stated, that if we should sell the Notes or any interest therein, we will do so only (A) to the Company or any subsidiary thereof, (B) in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined therein) that purchases for its own account or for the account of a qualified institutional buyer to whom notice is given that the transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A under the Securities Act, (C) to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined below) that, prior to such transfer, furnishes (or has furnished on its behalf by a U.S. broker-dealer) to you and to the Company a signed letter substantially in the form of this letter and, such transfer is in respect of a minimum principal amount of Notes of US$250,000, (D) pursuant to offers and sales to non-U.S. Persons that occur outside the United States in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (E) pursuant to any other available exemption under the Securities Act or (F) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, and we further agree to provide to any Person purchasing the Definitive Note or beneficial interest in a Global Note from us in a transaction meeting the requirements of clauses (A) through (E) of this paragraph a notice advising such purchaser that resales thereof are restricted as stated herein.

 

D-1


3. We understand that, on any proposed resale of the Notes or beneficial interest therein, we will be required to furnish to you and the Company such certifications, legal opinions and other information as you and the Company may reasonably require to confirm that the proposed sale complies with the foregoing restrictions. We further understand that the Notes purchased by us will bear a legend to the foregoing effect.

4. We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act) and have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the Notes, and we and any accounts for which we are acting are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment. We have had access to such financial and other information and have been afforded the opportunity to ask such questions of representatives of the Company and receive answers thereto, as we deem necessary in connection with our decision to purchase the Notes.

5. We are acquiring the Notes or beneficial interest therein purchased by us for our own account, or for one or more accounts (each of which is an institutional “accredited investor”) as to each of which we exercise sole investment discretion, for investment purposes only and are not acquiring the Notes with a view to any distribution thereof in a transaction that would violate the Securities Act of the securities laws of any state of the United States or any other applicable jurisdiction.

You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. This letter shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

 

[Insert Name of Accredited Investor]
By:      
  Name:
  Title:

Dated:                             

 

D-2


EXHIBIT E

FORM OF NOTATION OF GUARANTEE

For value received, each Subsidiary Guarantor (which term includes any successor Person under the Indenture), jointly and severally, hereby unconditionally guarantees, to the extent set forth in the Indenture and subject to the provisions in the Indenture, dated as of March 14, 2012 (the “ Indenture ”), among Videotron Ltd., as issuer (the “ Company ”), the Subsidiary Guarantors listed on the signature pages thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”), (a) the due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest and Special Interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on the Notes, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, the due and punctual payment of interest on overdue principal and premium, if any, and, to the extent permitted by law, interest and Special Interest and Additional Amounts, if any, and the due and punctual performance of all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee under the Notes and the Indenture, all in accordance with the terms of the Notes and the Indenture; and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that the same shall be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at maturity, by acceleration pursuant to Section 6.02 of the Indenture, redemption or otherwise. The obligations of the Subsidiary Guarantors to the Holders of Notes and to the Trustee pursuant to the Subsidiary Guarantee and the Indenture are expressly set forth in Article 10 of the Indenture and reference is hereby made to the Indenture for the precise terms of the Subsidiary Guarantee. Except to the extent provided in the Indenture, including Sections 8.02, 8.03 and 10.05 thereof, this Subsidiary Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained herein and in the Indenture. Each Holder of a Note, by accepting the same agrees to and shall be bound by such provisions. Capitalized terms used herein and not defined are used herein as so defined in the Indenture.

 

[NAME OF GUARANTOR]
By:      
  Name:
  Title:

 

E-1


EXHIBIT F

FORM OF SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT

This SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT is dated as of                             (the “Agreement”).

 

To: Wells Fargo Bank, National Association., for itself and as trustee under the Indenture referred to below for the holders of the Notes (the “Trustee”)

[OBLIGOR] (the “Obligor”), as obligor under the obligation dated as of                made or issued by the Obligor in favor of [HOLDER] (the “Subordinated Security”), and [HOLDER], as holder (the “Holder”) of the Subordinated Security, for ten dollars and other good and valuable consideration received by each of the Obligor and the Holder from the Trustee and any other Representative and by each of the Obligor and the Holder from the other, agree as follows:

1. Interpretation .

(a) “ Cash, Property or Securities ”. “Cash, Property or Securities” shall not be deemed to include securities of the Obligor or any other Person provided for by a plan of reorganization or readjustment, the payment of which is subordinated at least to the extent provided herein with respect to the Subordinated Security, to the payment of all Senior Indebtedness which may at the time be outstanding; provided, however, that (i) all Senior Indebtedness is assumed by the new Person, if any, resulting from any such reorganization or readjustment, and (ii) the rights of the registered holders of the Senior Indebtedness are not, without the consent of such registered holders, altered by such reorganization or readjustment.

(b) “ payment in full ”. “payment in full”, with respect to Senior Indebtedness, means the receipt on an irrevocable basis of cash in an amount equal to the unpaid principal amount of the Senior Indebtedness and premium, if any, and interest and any special interest thereon to the date of such payment, together with all other amounts owing with respect to such Senior Indebtedness.

(c) “ Representative ” means the agent (including an administrative agent), trustee or representative of holders of Senior Indebtedness.

(d) “ Senior Indebtedness ”. “Senior Indebtedness” means, at any date, all indebtedness (including, without limitation, any and all amounts of principal, interest, special interest, additional amounts, premium, fees, penalties, indemnities and “post-petition interest” in bankruptcy and any reimbursement of expenses) under (1) the Indenture, including, without limitation, the “Notes,” the “Subsidiary Guarantees,” the “Exchange Notes,” the “Additional Notes” and any “guarantee” of the Exchange Notes or the Additional Notes (in each case, as defined in the Indenture), (2) the indenture, dated as of July 5, 2011, as supplemented (the “2011 Indenture”), among Videotron, the guarantors thereto and Computershare Trust Company of Canada, as Trustee, including, without limitation, the “Notes,” the “Subsidiary Guarantees,” the “Additional Notes” and any “guarantee” of the Additional Notes (in each case, as defined in the 2011 Indenture) (3) the indenture, dated as of January 13, 2010, as supplemented (the “2010 Indenture”), among Videotron, the guarantors thereto and Computershare Trust Company of Canada, as Trustee, including, without limitation, the “Notes,” the “Subsidiary Guarantees,” the “Additional Notes” and any “guarantee” of the Additional Notes (in each case, as defined in the 2010 Indenture) (4) the indenture, dated as of April 15, 2008, as supplemented (the “2008 Indenture”), among Videotron Ltd. (“Videotron”), the guarantors thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee, including, without limitation, the “Notes,” the “Subsidiary Guarantees,” the “Exchange Notes,” the “Additional Notes” and any “guarantee” of the Exchange Notes or the Additional Notes (in each case, as defined in the 2008 Indenture) (5) the indenture, dated as of September 16, 2005, as supplemented by the first supplemental indenture, dated as of April [15] , 2008 (the “2005 Indenture”), among Videotron, the guarantors thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee, including, without limitation, the “Notes,” the “Subsidiary Guarantees,” the “Exchange Notes,” the “Additional Notes” and any “guarantee” of the Exchange Notes or the Additional Notes (in each case, as defined in the 2005 Indenture),

 

F-1


(6) the indenture, dated as of October 8, 2003, as supplemented by the first supplemental indenture, dated as of July 12, 2004, the second supplemental indenture, dated as of July 15, 2005, and the third supplemental indenture, dated as of April [15] , 2008 (the “2003 Indenture”), among Videotron, the guarantors thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee, including, without limitation, the “Notes,” the “Subsidiary Guarantees,” the “Exchange Notes,” the “Additional Notes” and any “guarantee” of the Exchange Notes or the Additional Notes (in each case, as defined in the 2003 Indenture) and (7) any Credit Facilities (as defined in the Indenture) of Videotron. All references herein to holder of the Senior Indebtedness shall be interpreted as references to the Holders thereof (as defined in the Indenture).

2. Agreement Entered into Pursuant to Indenture . The Obligor and the Holder are entering into this Agreement pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture, dated as of March 14, 2012 (the “Indenture”; capitalized terms used herein without definition having the meanings set forth therein) among Videotron, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee. Pursuant to the Indenture, Videotron has issued and the Subsidiary Guarantors have guaranteed, 5% Senior Notes due July 15, 2022 of Videotron.

3. Subordination . The indebtedness or obligation represented by the Subordinated Security shall be subordinated as follows:

(a) Agreement to Subordinate . The Obligor, for itself and its successors and assigns, and the Holder agree, that the indebtedness or obligation evidenced by the Subordinated Security (including, without limitation, principal, interest, premium, redemption or retraction amount, dividend, fees, penalties, indemnities and “post-petition interest” in bankruptcy and any reimbursement of expenses) is subordinate and junior in right of payment, to the extent and in the manner provided in this Section 3, to the prior payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness. The provisions of this Section 3 are for the benefit of the Trustee and/or other Representative acting on behalf of the holders from time to time of Senior Indebtedness, and such holders are hereby made obligees hereunder to the same extent as if their names were written herein as such, and they (collectively or singly) may proceed to enforce such provisions.

(b) Liquidation, Dissolution or Bankruptcy .

 

  (i) Upon any distribution of assets of the Obligor to creditors or upon a liquidation or dissolution or winding-up of the Obligor or in a bankruptcy, arrangement, liquidation, reorganization, insolvency, receivership or similar case or proceeding relating to the Obligor or its property or other marshalling of assets of the Obligor:

 

  (A) the holders of Senior Indebtedness shall be entitled to receive payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness before the Holder shall be entitled to receive any payment of any amount owing in respect of the Subordinated Security (including, without limitation, principal, interest, premium, redemption or retraction amount, or dividend);

 

  (B) until payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness, any distribution of assets of the Obligor of any kind or character to which the Holder would be entitled but for this Section 3 is hereby assigned absolutely to the holders of Senior Indebtedness (equally and ratably among the holders of Senior Indebtedness) and shall be paid by the Obligor or by any receiver, trustee in bankruptcy, liquidating trustee, agents or other Persons making such payment or distribution to the Trustee and/or other Representative on behalf of the holders of Senior Indebtedness, as their interests may appear; and

 

F-2


  (C) in the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing, any payment or distribution of assets of the Obligor of any kind or character, whether in Cash, Property or Securities, shall be received by the Holder before all Senior Indebtedness is paid in full, such payment or distribution shall be held in trust for the benefit of and shall be paid over to the Trustee and/or other Representative on behalf of the holders of Senior Indebtedness (equally and ratably among the holders of Senior Indebtedness), as their interests may appear, for application to the payment of all Senior Indebtedness until all Senior Indebtedness shall have been paid in full after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution to the holders of Senior Indebtedness in respect of such Senior Indebtedness.

 

  (ii) If (A) a bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, receivership or similar proceeding relating to the Obligor or its property (a “Reorganization Proceeding”) is commenced and is continuing and (B) the Holder does not file proper claims or proofs of claim in the form required in a Reorganization Proceeding prior to 45 days before the expiration of the time to file such claims, then (1) upon the request of the Trustee, the Holder shall file such claims and proofs of claim in respect of the Subordinated Security and execute and deliver such powers of attorney, assignments and proofs of claim or proxies as may be directed by the Trustee to enable it to exercise in the sole discretion of the Trustee any and all voting rights attributable to the Subordinated Security which are capable of being voted (whether by meeting, written resolution or otherwise) in a Reorganization Proceeding and enforce any and all claims upon or in respect of the Subordinated Security and to collect and receive any and all payments or distributions which may be payable or deliverable at any time upon or in respect of the Subordinated Security, and (2) whether or not the Trustee shall take the action described in clause (1) above, the Trustee shall nevertheless be deemed to have such powers of attorney as may be necessary to enable the Trustee to exercise such voting rights, file appropriate claims and proofs of claim and otherwise exercise the powers described above for and on behalf of the Holder.

(c) Relative Rights . This Section 3 defines the relative rights of the Holder and the holders of Senior Indebtedness. Nothing in this Section 3 shall:

 

  (i) impair, as between the Obligor and the Holder, the obligation of the Obligor, which is absolute and unconditional, to make the payments required by the Subordinated Security in accordance with its terms; or

 

  (ii) affect the relative rights of the Holder and creditors of the Obligor other than the holders of Senior Indebtedness; or

 

  (iii) affect the relative rights of the holders of Senior Indebtedness among themselves; or

 

  (iv) prevent the Holder from exercising its available remedies upon a default, subject to the rights of the holders of Senior Indebtedness to receive cash, property or other assets otherwise payable to the Holder.

(d) Subordination May Not Be Impaired .

 

  (i)

No right of any holder of Senior Indebtedness to enforce the subordination of indebtedness or obligation evidenced by the Subordinated Security shall in any way be prejudiced or impaired by any act or failure to act by the Obligor or by any such holder or the Trustee, or by any non-compliance by the Obligor with the terms, provisions or covenants herein, regardless of any knowledge thereof which any such holder or the Trustee may have or be otherwise charged with.

 

F-3


  Neither the subordination of the Subordinated Security as herein provided nor the rights of the holders of Senior Indebtedness with respect hereto shall be affected by any extension, renewal or modification of the terms, or the granting of any security in respect of, any Senior Indebtedness or any exercise or non-exercise of any right, power or remedy with respect thereto.

 

  (ii) The Holder agrees that all indebtedness or obligation evidenced by the Subordinated Security will be unsecured by any Lien upon or with respect to any property of the Obligor.

 

  (iii) The Holder agrees not to exercise any offset or counterclaim or similar right in respect of the indebtedness or obligation evidenced by the Subordinated Security except to the extent payment of such indebtedness or obligation is permitted and will not assign or otherwise dispose of the Subordinated Security or the indebtedness or obligation which it evidences unless the assignee or acquiror, as the case may be, agrees to be bound by the terms of this Agreement.

(e) Holder Entitled to Rely . Upon any payment or distribution pursuant to this Section 3, the Holder shall be entitled to rely (i) upon any order or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction in which any proceedings of the nature referred to in Section 3(b) are pending, (ii) upon a certificate of the liquidating trustee or agent or other person in such proceedings making such payment or distribution to the Holder or its representative, if any, or (iii) upon a certificate of the Trustee and/or other Representative (if any) of the holders of Senior Indebtedness for the purpose of ascertaining the persons entitled to participate in such payment or distribution, the holders of the Senior Indebtedness and other indebtedness of the Obligor, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Section 3.

4. Enforceability . Each of the Obligor and the Holder represents and warrants that this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by each of the Obligor and the Holder and constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of each of the Obligor and the Holder, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and to general equity principles; and that, in the case of a Subordinated Security made or issued by Videotron or a Subsidiary Guarantor, on the date hereof, the Holder shall deliver an opinion or opinions of counsel to such effect to the Trustee for the benefit of the holders of the Senior Indebtedness under the Indenture.

5. Miscellaneous .

(a) Until payment in full of all the Senior Indebtedness, the Obligor and the Holder agree that no amendment shall be made to the Subordinated Security which would affect the rights of the holders of the Senior Indebtedness hereunder.

(b) This Agreement may not be amended or modified in any respect, nor may any of the terms or provisions hereof be waived, except by an instrument signed by the Obligor, the Holder and the Trustee and/or other Representative (if any).

(c) This Agreement shall be binding upon each of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of the Trustee and/or other Representative (if any) and each and every holder of Senior Indebtedness and their respective successors and assigns.

(d) This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

(e) The Holder and the Obligor each hereby irrevocably agrees that any suits, actions or proceedings arising out of or in connection with this Agreement may be brought in any state or federal court sitting in The City of New York or any court in the Province of Québec and submits and attorns to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of each such court.

 

F-4


(f) The Holder and the Obligor will whenever and as often as reasonably requested to do so by the Trustee and/or other Representative (if any), do, execute, acknowledge and deliver any and all such other and further acts, assignments, transfers and any instruments of further assurance, approvals and consents as are necessary or proper in order to give complete effect to this Agreement.

(g) Each of the Holder and the Obligor irrevocably appoints CT Corporation System, as its authorized agent in the State of New York upon which process may be served in any such suit or proceedings, and agrees that service of process upon such agent, and written notice of said service to CT Corporation System, by the person serving the same to the addresses listed below, shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon the Holder or the Obligor, as applicable, in any such suit or proceeding.

 

F-5


If to the Obligor:

[         ]

If to the Holder:

[         ]

Each of the Holder and the Obligor further agrees to take any and all action as may be necessary to maintain such designation and appointment of such agent in full force and effect so long as any Notes or Exchange Notes (including any Additional Notes) remain outstanding.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Obligor and the Holder each have caused this Agreement to be duly executed.

 

[OBLIGOR]

By  

   
  Name:
  Title:

[HOLDER]

By

   
  Name:
  Title:

 

F-6


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page  

ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

     1   

Section 1.01.

   Definitions      1   

Section 1.02.

   Other Definitions      24   

Section 1.03.

   Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act      25   

Section 1.04.

   Rules of Construction      25   

ARTICLE 2. THE NOTES

     26   

Section 2.01.

   Form and Dating      26   

Section 2.02.

   Execution and Authentication      27   

Section 2.03.

   Registrar and Paying Agent      27   

Section 2.04.

   Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust      27   

Section 2.05.

   Holder Lists      27   

Section 2.06.

   Transfer and Exchange      28   

Section 2.07.

   Replacement Notes      38   

Section 2.08.

   Outstanding Notes      38   

Section 2.09.

   Treasury Notes      38   

Section 2.10.

   Temporary Notes      39   

Section 2.11.

   Cancellation      39   

Section 2.12.

   Defaulted Interest      39   

Section 2.13.

   CUSIP or ISIN Numbers      39   

Section 2.14.

   Special Interest      39   

Section 2.15.

   Issuance of Additional Notes      40   

ARTICLE 3. REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT

     40   

Section 3.01.

   Notices to Trustee      40   

Section 3.02.

   Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed      40   

Section 3.03.

   Notice of Redemption      41   

Section 3.04.

   Effect of Notice of Redemption      41   

Section 3.05.

   Deposit of Redemption Price      41   

Section 3.06.

   Notes Redeemed in Part      42   

Section 3.07.

   Optional Redemption      42   

Section 3.08.

   Mandatory Redemption      42   

Section 3.09.

   Offers To Purchase      42   

ARTICLE 4. COVENANTS

     44   

 

i


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

 

         Page  

Section 4.01.

  Payment of Notes      44   

Section 4.02.

  Maintenance of Office or Agency      45   

Section 4.03.

  Reports      45   

Section 4.04.

  Compliance Certificate      46   

Section 4.05.

  Taxes      46   

Section 4.06.

  Stay, Extension and Usury Laws      47   

Section 4.07.

  Corporate Existence      47   

Section 4.08.

  Payments for Consent      47   

Section 4.09.

  Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Shares      47   

Section 4.10.

  Restricted Payments      50   

Section 4.11.

  Liens      52   

Section 4.12.

  Asset Sales      53   

Section 4.13.

  Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries      54   

Section 4.14.

  Transactions with Affiliates      56   

Section 4.15.

  [Reserved]      57   

Section 4.16.

  [Reserved]      57   

Section 4.17.

  Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries      57   

Section 4.18.

  Repurchase at the Option of Holders Upon a Change of Control      58   

Section 4.19.

  Future Guarantors      59   

Section 4.20.

  Additional Amounts      59   

Section 4.21.

  Business Activities      60   

Section 4.22.

  Covenant Termination      60   

Section 4.23.

  Accounting Changes      60   

ARTICLE 5. SUCCESSORS

     61   

Section 5.01.

  Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets of the Company and Subsidiary Guarantors      61   

Section 5.02.

  Successor Corporation Substituted      62   

ARTICLE 6. DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

     62   

Section 6.01.

  Events of Default      62   

Section 6.02.

  Acceleration      64   

Section 6.03.

  Other Remedies      65   

Section 6.04.

  Waiver of Past Defaults      65   

Section 6.05.

  Control by Majority      65   

Section 6.06.

  Limitation on Suits      65   

Section 6.07.

  Rights of Holders to Receive Payment      66   

 

ii


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

 

         Page  

Section 6.08.

  Collection Suit by Trustee      66   

Section 6.09.

  Trustee May File Proofs of Claim      66   

Section 6.10.

  Priorities      66   

Section 6.11.

  Undertaking for Costs      67   

ARTICLE 7. TRUSTEE

     67   

Section 7.01.

  Duties of Trustee      67   

Section 7.02.

  Rights of Trustee      68   

Section 7.03.

  Individual Rights of Trustee      69   

Section 7.04.

  Trustee’s Disclaimer      69   

Section 7.05.

  Notice of Defaults      69   

Section 7.06.

  Reports by Trustee to Holders      69   

Section 7.07.

  Compensation and Indemnity      69   

Section 7.08.

  Replacement of Trustee      70   

Section 7.09.

  Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.      71   

Section 7.10.

  Eligibility; Disqualification      71   

Section 7.11.

  Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company      71   

ARTICLE 8. LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

     71   

Section 8.01.

  Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance      71   

Section 8.02.

  Legal Defeasance and Discharge      71   

Section 8.03.

  Covenant Defeasance      72   

Section 8.04.

  Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance      72   

Section 8.05.

  Deposited Cash and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions      73   

Section 8.06.

  Repayment to Company      74   

Section 8.07.

  Reinstatement      74   

ARTICLE 9. AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

     74   

Section 9.01.

  Without Consent of Holders of Notes      74   

Section 9.02.

  With Consent of Holders of Notes      75   

Section 9.03.

  Compliance with Trust Indenture Act      77   

Section 9.04.

  Revocation and Effect of Consents      77   

Section 9.05.

  Notation on or Exchange of Notes      77   

Section 9.06.

  Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.      77   

ARTICLE 10. SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES

     77   

Section 10.01.

  Guarantee      77   

Section 10.02.

  Limitation on Subsidiary Guarantor Liability      79   

 

iii


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

 

         Page  

Section 10.03.

  Execution and Delivery of Subsidiary Guarantee      79   

Section 10.04.

  Subsidiary Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms      79   

Section 10.05.

  Releases Following Sale of Assets      80   

ARTICLE 11. SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

     80   

Section 11.01.

  Satisfaction and Discharge      80   

Section 11.02.

  Deposited Cash and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions      81   

Section 11.03.

  Repayment to Company      81   

ARTICLE 12. MISCELLANEOUS

     82   

Section 12.01.

  Trust Indenture Act Controls      82   

Section 12.02.

  Notices      82   

Section 12.03.

  Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes      83   

Section 12.04.

  Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent      83   

Section 12.05.

  Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion      83   

Section 12.06.

  Rules by Trustee and Agents      83   

Section 12.07.

  No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Shareholders      84   

Section 12.08.

  Governing Law; Waiver of Jury Trial      84   

Section 12.09.

  No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements      84   

Section 12.10.

  Successors      84   

Section 12.11.

  Severability      84   

Section 12.12.

  Consent to Jurisdiction and Service of Process      84   

Section 12.13.

  Conversion of Currency      85   

Section 12.14.

  Currency Equivalent      85   

Section 12.15.

  Counterpart Originals      86   

Section 12.16.

  Table of Contents, Headings, etc.      86   

Section 12.17.

  Qualification of this Indenture      86   

Section 12.18.

  USA PATRIOT Act      86   

Section 12.19.

  Force Majeure      86   

EXHIBIT A: FORM OF NOTE

EXHIBIT B: FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

EXHIBIT C: FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE

EXHIBIT D: FORM OF CERTIFICATE FROM ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR

EXHIBIT E: FORM OF NOTATION OF GUARANTEE

EXHIBIT F: FORM OF SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT

 

iv


CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE

 

TIA Section

Reference

  

Indenture

Section

310(a)(1)

   7.10

(a)(2)

   7.10

(a)(3)

   N.A.

(a)(4)

   N.A.

(a)(5)

   7.10

(b)

   7.08, 7.10

(c)

   N.A.

311(a)

   7.11

(b)

   7.11

(c)

   N.A.

312(a)

   2.05

(b)

   12.03

(c)

   12.03

313(a)

   7.06

(b)(1)

   N.A.

(b)(2)

   7.06, 7.07

(c)

   7.06, 12.02

(d)

   7.06

314(a)

   4.03, 4.04, 12.02

(b)

   N.A.

(c)(1)

   12.04

(c)(2)

   12.04

(c)(3)

   N.A.

(d)

   N.A.

(e)

   12.05

315(a)

   7.01

(b)

   7.05, 12.02

(c)

   7.01

(d)

   7.01

(e)

   6.11

316(a) (last sentence)

   2.09

(a)(1)(A)

   6.05

(a)(1)(B)

   6.04

(a)(2)

   N.A.

(b)

   6.07

317(a)(1)

   6.08

(a)(2)

   6.09

(b)

   2.04

318(a)

   12.01

N.A. means Not Applicable.

Note: This Cross-Reference Table shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be part of this Indenture.

Exhibit 4.1

VIDÉOTRON LTÉE, as Borrower

-and-

RBC DOMINION SECURITIES INC., as Co-Lead Arranger and Joint Bookrunner

NATIONAL BANK OF CANADA, as Co-Lead Arranger and Joint Bookrunner

-and-

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., CANADA BRANCH

THE TORONTO-DOMINION BANK

THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA

CAISSE CENTRALE DESJARDINS

BMO CAPITAL MARKETS

as Co-Arrangers

-and-

NATIONAL BANK OF CANADA

as Syndication Agent

-and-

THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA

as Documentation Agent

-and-

THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS NAMED

ON THE SIGNATURE PAGES HERETO

as Lenders

ROYAL BANK OF CANADA, as Administrative Agent

-and-

HSBC BANK PLC, as Finnvera Facility Agent

 

 

CREDIT AGREEMENT - up to $650,000,000

Originally dated as of November 28, 2000, as Amended and Restated as of

July 20, 2011

 

 

LOGO

 

1000 de la Gauchetière Blvd. West      Scotia Plaza
Suite 900      40 King Street West, Suite 4400
Montreal (Quebec) H3B 5H4      Toronto, Ontario, Canada M5H 3Y4
Telephone: (514) 954-2522    Fax: (514) 954-1905   Telephone: (416) 367-6332


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

1.       INTERPRETATION

     2   
1.1   

Definitions

     2   
1.2   

Interpretation

     32   
1.3   

Currency

     32   
1.4   

Generally Accepted Accounting Principles

     32   
1.5   

Division and Titles

     33   

2.       THE CREDIT

     33   
2.1   

Credit Facilities

     33   
2.2   

The Revolving Facility

     33   
2.3   

Incremental Revolving Facility

     34   
2.4   

Finnvera Term Facility

     35   

3.       PURPOSE

     35   
3.1   

Purpose of the Advances

     35   

4.       ADVANCES, CONVERSIONS AND OPERATION OF ACCOUNTS

     35   
4.1   

Notice of Borrowing – Direct Advances

     35   
4.2   

Letters of Credit

     36   
4.3   

Swing Line Advances

     40   
4.4   

Operation of Accounts

     42   
4.5   

Apportionment of Advances

     42   
4.6   

Limitations on Advances

     42   
4.7   

Notices Irrevocable

     42   
4.8   

Limits on BA Advances and Letters of Credit

     42   
4.9   

Excess Resulting From Exchange Rate Change

     42   

5.       INTEREST AND FEES

     43   
5.1   

Interest on the Prime Rate Basis

     43   
5.2   

Payment of Interest on the Prime Rate Basis

     43   
5.3   

Derivative Obligations

     44   
5.4   

Interest on the Loan Obligations

     44   
5.5   

Arrears of Interest

     44   
5.6   

Maximum Interest Rate

     44   
5.7   

Fees

     44   
5.8   

Interest Act

     45   

6.       BANKERS’ ACCEPTANCES

     45   
6.1   

Advances by Bankers’ Acceptances and Conversions into Bankers’ Acceptances

     45   
6.2   

Acceptance Procedure

     47   
6.3   

Purchase of Bankers’ Acceptances and Discount Notes

     48   
6.4   

Maturity Date of Bankers’ Acceptances

     48   
6.5   

Deemed Conversions on the Maturity Date

     48   
6.6   

Conversion and Extension Mechanism

     49   
6.7   

Prepayment of Bankers’ Acceptances

     49   
6.8   

Apportionment Amongst the Lenders

     49   
6.9   

Cash Deposits

     50   
6.10   

Days of Grace

     50   


6.11   

Obligations Absolute

     50   
6.12   

Depository Bills and Notes Act

     50   

7.       ILLEGALITY, INCREASED COSTS, INDEMNIFICATION AND MARKET DISRUPTIONS

     51   
7.1   

Illegality

     51   
7.2   

Increased Costs

     51   
7.3   

Taxes

     52   
7.4   

Breakage Costs, Failure to Borrow or Repay After Notice

     54   
7.5   

Mitigation Obligations: Replacement of Lenders

     55   
7.6   

Market Disruption

     56   

8.       PAYMENT, REPAYMENT AND PREPAYMENT

     57   
8.1   

Repayment of the Loan Obligations

     57   
8.2   

Voluntary Repayment and Prepayment of the Loan Obligations or Cancellation of the Credit

     57   
8.3   

Cash Collateralization of BA Advances

     58   
8.4   

Currency of Payments

     58   
8.5   

Payments by the Borrower to the Agent

     58   
8.6   

Payment on a Business Day

     59   
8.7   

Payments by the Lenders to the Agent

     59   
8.8   

Payments by the Agent to the Borrower

     59   
8.9   

Netting

     59   
8.10   

Application of Payments

     59   
8.11   

No Set-Off or Counterclaim by Borrower

     60   
8.12   

Debit Authorization

     60   

9.       SECURITY

     60   
9.1   

Security for Advances

     60   
9.2   

ECA Guarantee

     61   
9.3   

Guarantors – Exception

     62   
9.4   

Release of QMI Guarantee and Pledge; Release of Security in Certain Circumstances

     62   

10.     CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

     62   
10.1   

Initial Advance under the Revolving Facility After the Closing Date

     62   
10.2   

Conditions Precedent to any Advance

     63   
10.3   

Waiver of Conditions Precedent

     64   

11.     REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     64   
11.1   

Incorporation

     64   
11.2   

Authorization

     64   
11.3   

Compliance with Applicable Law and Contracts

     65   
11.4   

Core Business

     65   
11.5   

Financial Statements

     65   
11.6   

Contingent Liabilities and Indebtedness

     65   
11.7   

Title to Assets

     66   
11.8   

Litigation

     66   
11.9   

Taxes

     66   

 

2.


11.10   

Insurance

     66   
11.11   

No Adverse Change

     66   
11.12   

Regulatory Approvals

     67   
11.13   

Compliance with Applicable Law and Licences

     67   
11.14   

Pension and Employment Liabilities

     67   
11.15   

Priority

     67   
11.16   

Complete and Accurate Information

     67   
11.17   

Share Capital

     67   
11.18   

Absence of Default

     68   
11.19   

Agreements with Third Parties

     68   
11.20   

Anti-Terrorism and Money Laundering Laws

     68   
11.21   

Environment

     68   
11.22   

Survival of Representations and Warranties

     69   

12.     COVENANTS

     69   
12.1   

Preservation of Juridical Personality

     69   
12.2   

Preservation of Licences

     70   
12.3   

Compliance with Applicable Laws

     70   
12.4   

Maintenance of Assets

     70   
12.5   

Business

     70   
12.6   

Insurance

     70   
12.7   

Payment of Taxes and Duties

     70   
12.8   

Access and Inspection

     71   
12.9   

Maintenance of Account

     71   
12.10   

Performance of Obligations

     71   
12.11   

Maintenance of Ratios

     71   
12.12   

Ownership by the Borrower and Guarantors

     72   
12.13   

Maintenance of Security

     72   
12.14   

Payment of Legal Fees and Other Expenses

     72   
12.15   

Financial Reporting

     73   
12.16   

Notice of Certain Events

     75   
12.17   

Accuracy of Reports

     75   

13.     NEGATIVE COVENANTS

     76   
13.1   

Liquidation and Amalgamation

     76   
13.2   

Charges

     76   
13.3   

Asset Dispositions

     76   
13.4   

Preservation of Capital

     77   
13.5   

Restrictions on Subsidiaries

     78   
13.6   

Acquisitions

     78   
13.7   

Debt and Guarantees

     79   
13.8   

Financial Assistance by the VL Group

     79   
13.9   

Subordinated Debt

     80   
13.10   

Members of the VL Group, Related Party Transactions

     80   
13.11   

Derivative Instruments

     80   
13.12   

Anti-Terrorism Laws

     81   

14.     EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REALIZATION

     81   
14.1   

Event of Default

     81   

 

3.


14.2   

Remedies

     83   
14.3   

Bankruptcy and Insolvency

     84   
14.4   

Notice

     84   
14.5   

Costs

     84   
14.6   

Relations with the Borrower

     84   
14.7   

Application of Proceeds

     85   

15.     JUDGMENT CURRENCY

     85   
15.1   

Rules of Conversion

     85   
15.2   

Determination of an Equivalent Currency

     85   

16.     ASSIGNMENT

     86   
16.1   

Assignment by the Borrower

     86   
16.2   

Assignments and Transfers by the Lenders

     86   
16.3   

Register

     88   
16.4   

Electronic Execution of Assignments

     88   
16.5   

Participations

     89   
16.6   

Limitations Upon Participant Rights

     89   
16.7   

Certain Pledges and Special Provisions

     89   

17.     MISCELLANEOUS

     90   
17.1   

Notices

     90   
17.2   

Amendment and Waiver

     90   
17.3   

Determinations Final

     91   
17.4   

Entire Agreement

     91   
17.5   

Indemnification and Compensation

     91   
17.6   

Benefit of Agreement

     91   
17.7   

Counterparts

     91   
17.8   

Applicable Law

     92   
17.9   

Severability

     92   
17.10   

Further Assurances

     92   
17.11   

Good Faith and Fair Consideration

     92   
17.12   

Responsibility of the Lenders

     92   
17.13   

Indemnity

     92   
17.14   

Language

     93   
17.15   

Anti-Terrorism Legislation

     93   

18.     THE AGENT AND THE LENDERS

     94   
18.1   

Authorization of Agent

     94   
18.2   

Agent’s Responsibility

     95   
18.3   

Rights of Agent as Lender

     96   
18.4   

Indemnity

     96   
18.5   

Notice by Agent to Lenders

     97   
18.6   

Protection of Agent

     97   
18.7   

Notice by Lenders to Agent

     98   
18.8   

Sharing Among the Lenders

     98   
18.9   

Derivative Obligations

     99   
18.10   

Procedure with respect to Advances

     100   
18.11   

Accounts kept by each Lender

     100   

 

4.


18.12   

Binding Determinations

     101   
18.13   

Amendment of Article 18

     101   
18.14   

Decisions, Amendments and Waivers of the Lenders

     101   
18.15   

Authorized Waivers, Variations and Omissions

     101   
18.16   

Provisions for the Benefit of Lenders Only – Power of Attorney for Quebec Purposes

     102   
18.17   

Defaulting Lenders

     102   
18.18   

Provisions for the Benefit of Lenders Only

     103   
18.19   

Resignation of Agent

     104   
18.20   

No Novation

     104   

19.     CERTAIN PROVISIONS RELATING TO THE FINNVERA TERM FACILITY

     104   
19.1   

Application of Article 18

     104   
19.2   

Notice by Agent to the Finnvera Facility Agent

     104   
19.3   

Confirmation of Sharing

     105   

20.     FORMAL DATE

     105   
20.1   

Formal Date

     105   

SCHEDULE “A” – LIST OF LENDERS AND COMMITMENTS

SCHEDULE “B” – NOTICE OF BORROWING AND CERTIFICATE

SCHEDULE “B-1” – NOTICE OF REPAYMENT

SCHEDULE “C” – ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION

SCHEDULE “C-1” – LOAN MARKET DATA TEMPLATE

SCHEDULE “D” – FORM OF GUARANTEE

SCHEDULE “E” – FORM OF SHARE PLEDGE

SCHEDULE “F” – OFFICER’S CERTIFICATE

SCHEDULE “G” – INTENTIONALLY DELETED

SCHEDULE “H” – EXISTING DEBT FROM ADDITIONAL OFFERINGS, AT THE CLOSING DATE

SCHEDULE “I” – PROPERTY OF THE VL GROUP

SCHEDULE “J” – OFFICER’S COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

SCHEDULE “K” – INTENTIONALLY DELETED

SCHEDULE “L” – GUARANTORS AND MEMBERS OF THE VL GROUP AS AT THE CLOSING DATE

SCHEDULE “M” – INTENTIONALLY DELETED

SCHEDULE “N” – FORM OF SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT FOR BACK-TO-BACK SECURITIES

SCHEDULE “O” – JOINDER AGREEMENT

SCHEDULE “P” – FINNVERA TERM FACILITY

 

5.


AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT originally dated as of November 28, 2000, as amended and restated as of July 20, 2011, entered into in the City of Montreal, Province of Quebec,

 

AMONG:    VIDÉOTRON LTÉE , a company constituted in accordance with the laws of Quebec, having its registered office at 612 St-Jacques Street, 18 th floor, in the City of Montreal, Province of Quebec (hereinafter called the “ Borrower ”)
   PARTY OF THE FIRST PART
AND:    THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS NAMED ON THE SIGNATURE PAGE HEREOF OR FROM TIME TO TIME PARTIES HERETO (the “ Lenders ”)
   PARTIES OF THE SECOND PART
AND:    ROYAL BANK OF CANADA, AS ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT FOR THE LENDERS , a Canadian bank, having a place of business at 200 Bay Street, 12 th floor, South Tower, Royal Bank Plaza, in the City of Toronto, Province of Ontario (hereinafter called the “ Agent ”)
   PARTY OF THE THIRD PART
AND:    HSBC BANK PLC , AS FINNVERA FACILITY AGENT , a bank governed by the laws of England and Wales, having a place of business at 8 Canada Square, Canary Wharf, London, UK, E14 5HQ (hereinafter called the “ Finnvera Facility Agent ”)
   PARTY OF THE FOURTH PART

WHEREAS the Borrower wishes to borrow certain amounts from the Lenders and the Lenders have agreed to lend such amounts to the Borrower, subject to and in accordance with the provisions hereof;


NOW THEREFORE, THE PARTIES HERETO HAVE AGREED AS FOLLOWS:

 

1. INTERPRETATION

 

  1.1 Definitions

The following words and expressions, when used in this Agreement or in any agreement supplementary hereto, unless the contrary is stipulated, have the following meaning:

1.1.1 “ Acquisition ” means, with respect to any Person, any transaction or series of related transactions whereby such Person acquires, directly or indirectly, (a) a business, division, or all or a substantial portion of the assets of any other Person; (b) any Investment; or (c) by way of reorganization, consolidation, amalgamation, winding-up, merger, transfer, sale, lease or other combination, the assets or shares of any other Person; and “ Acquire ” and “ Acquired ” have meanings correlative thereto.

1.1.2 “ Additional Offering ” means an Offering of unsecured Debt incurred or issued by the Borrower having, at the time of incurrence of any such Debt, a maturity date (meaning the ultimate maturity date on which repayment can be required by the lender, not the date of any initial maturity leading to an automatic conversion or replacement into different Debt, or Equity Interests) expiring after the expiry of the Term of the Revolving Facility, the terms and conditions of which Offering (including any automatic conversion or replacement as aforesaid and excluding, for greater certainty, (a) pricing, and (b) the right to require a replacement via an unsecured term loan or an offering of unsecured high yield Debt in an amount equal to the Additional Offering being replaced (“ AO Replacement Debt ”)) are no more favourable to the Persons providing such Debt, in all material respects, than the provisions hereof applicable to the Revolving Facility; for greater certainty, for the purposes of paragraph (f) of Section 13.7, any such AO Replacement Debt will not be considered a new incurrence of Debt.

1.1.3 “ Adjusted Consolidated ” means produced by commencing with the consolidated financial statements or accounts of the Borrower and subtracting the assets, Debt, EBITDA and other results of any Subsidiary of the Borrower that is not a member of the VL Group, all as otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.

1.1.4 “ Administrative Questionnaire ” means an administrative questionnaire in the form provided by the Agent from time to time.

1.1.5 “ Advance ” means any advance by a Lender under this Agreement, including, with respect to the Revolving Facility, direct Advances by way of Prime Rate Advances and Swing Line Advances, and indirect Advances by way of BA Advances and the issuance of Letters of Credit, and with respect to the Finnvera Term Facility, the “Tranche A CDOR Advances” and Tranche A LIBOR Advances” as defined in Schedule “P”.

1.1.6 “ Affected Lender ” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 18.15.

 

2.


1.1.7 “ Affiliate ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in the Canada Business Corporations Act.

1.1.8 “ Agency Branch ” means the branch of the Agent located at Royal Bank Plaza, South Tower, 12 th Floor, in the City of Toronto, Province of Ontario, M5J 2W7, or such other address in Canada of which the Agent may notify the Borrower from time to time.

1.1.9 “ Agent ” means Royal Bank of Canada in its capacity as agent for all of the Lenders under the Revolving Facility, and as collateral agent for all of the Lenders, and “ Agents ” means the Agent together with the Finnvera Facility Agent.

1.1.10 “ Agreement ”, “ Credit Agreement ”, “ these presents ”, “ herein ”, “ hereby ”, “ hereunder ” and other similar expressions refer collectively to this Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and the Schedules and appendices hereto as same may be amended or amended and restated from time to time, and include any deed or document which is supplementary or accessory or which is made in order to complete this Agreement, as all of same may subsequently be amended, amended and restated, modified, supplemented or replaced from time to time.

1.1.11 “ Annual Business Plan ” means, for any financial year, (a) detailed projected balance sheets, income statements, statements of cash flows and Capital Expenditures budgets of the Borrower, prepared on a consolidated basis, in respect of such financial year and each financial quarter therein and in respect of, and as at the last day of, each of the next two following financial years, in each case supported by appropriate explanations, notes and information and commentary, and (b) a detailed narrative of the businesses of the Borrower for the financial year then ended and for the following financial year which shall include a management discussion and analysis, in sufficient detail, all as approved by the board of directors of the Borrower.

1.1.12 “ Applicable Law ” or “ Applicable Laws ” means (a) any domestic or foreign statute, law (including common and civil law), treaty, code, ordinance, rule, regulation, restriction or by-law (zoning or otherwise); (b) any judgment, order, writ, injunction, decision, ruling, decree or award; (c) any regulatory policy, practice, guideline or directive; or (d) any franchise, licence, qualification, authorization, consent, exemption, waiver, right, permit or other approval of any Governmental Authority, binding on or affecting the Person referred to in the context in which the term is used or binding on or affecting the property of such Person.

1.1.13 “ Applicable Percentage ” means, with respect to any Lender, the percentage of the total Commitments represented by such Lender’s Commitment. If the Commitments have been cancelled, terminated or expired, or if the calculation is required under the provisions of Section 18.8, a Lender’s Applicable Percentage shall be calculated by dividing the aggregate of (a) the portion of the Loan Obligations owed to such Lender plus, if the Lender is a Revolving Facility Lender,

 

3.


such Revolving Facility Lender’s outstanding portion of the aggregate Derivative Obligations, by (b) the aggregate amount of the Loan Obligations and the Derivative Obligations, giving effect to any Assignments pursuant to the provisions of Article 16 or Section 10 of Schedule “P”. If there is a Defaulting Lender, the “Applicable Percentages” shall be adjusted in accordance with the provisions of Section 18.17 without increasing the Commitment of any Lender.

1.1.14 “ Approved Fund ” means any Person (other than a natural Person) that (a) is or will be engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business, and (b) is administered or managed by a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.

1.1.15 “ Asset Disposition ” means the sale, lease, transfer, assignment or other disposition or alienation of any of the property (including Equity Interests) of any member of the Relevant Group.

1.1.16 “ Assignment ” means an assignment of all or a portion of a Revolving Facility Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement in accordance with Sections 16.2, and “ Assignee ” means an Eligible Assignee who has entered into an Assignment and Assumption Agreement.

1.1.17 “ Assignment and Assumption Agreement ” means an agreement substantially in the form annexed hereto as Schedule “C”.

1.1.18 “ Associate ” has the meaning ascribed thereto in the Canada Business Corporations Act.

1.1.19 “ BA Advance ” means at any time the part of the Advances under the Revolving Facility which the Borrower has chosen to borrow by Bankers’ Acceptances, calculated based on the face amount of such Bankers’ Acceptances.

1.1.20 “ BA Proceeds ” means, (a) for any Bankers’ Acceptance issued hereunder, an amount calculated on the applicable Acceptance Date (as defined in subsection 6.1.1) by multiplying: i) the face amount of the Bankers’ Acceptance by ii) the following fraction:

 

1

(1+ (Bankers’ Acceptance Discount Rate × Designated Period (in days)÷365)),

with such fraction being rounded up or down to the fifth decimal place and .00005 being rounded up; and (b) with respect to Assignees that are not banks or that do not accept Bankers’ Acceptances, the face amount of Discount Notes issued to them, less a discount established in the same manner as provided in (a) above (with references to “Bankers’ Acceptances” being replaced by references to “Discount Notes”).

 

4.


1.1.21 “ BA Schedule I Reference Lender ” means Royal Bank of Canada or such other Lender which is a Schedule I bank under the Bank Act (Canada) appointed by the Agent with the consent of the Borrower in replacement of the said Lender.

1.1.22 “ BA Schedule II Reference Lenders ” means Bank of America, N.A. Canada Branch and Caisse centrale Desjardins, or such other Lenders which are Schedule II or Schedule III banks under the Bank Act (Canada) appointed by the Agent with the consent of the Borrower in replacement of such Lenders.

1.1.23 “ Back-to-Back Debt ” means any loans made or debt instruments issued as part of a Back-to-Back Transaction and in which each party to such Back-to-Back Transaction, other than the Borrower or a Guarantor, executes a subordination agreement in favour of the Agent in substantially the form attached hereto as Schedule “N”.

1.1.24 “ Back-to-Back Preferred Shares ” means preferred shares issued:

(a) to a member of the Relevant Group by an Affiliate of the Borrower in circumstances where, immediately prior to the issuance of such preferred shares, an Affiliate of such member of the Relevant Group has loaned on an unsecured basis to such member of the Relevant Group, or an Affiliate of such member of the Relevant Group has subscribed for preferred shares of such member of the Relevant Group in an amount equal to, the requisite subscription price for such preferred shares;

(b) by a member of the Relevant Group to one of its Affiliates in circumstances where, immediately prior to or immediately after, as the case may be, the issuance of such preferred shares, such member of the Relevant Group has loaned an amount equal to the proceeds of such issuance to an Affiliate on an unsecured basis; or

(c) by a member of the Relevant Group to one of its Affiliates in circumstances where, immediately after the issuance of such preferred shares, such member of the Relevant Group has used all of the proceeds of such issuance to subscribe for preferred shares issued by an Affiliate;

in each case on terms whereby:

(i) the aggregate redemption amount applicable to the preferred shares issued to or by such member of the Relevant Group is identical:

(A) in the case of (a) above, to the principal amount of the loan made or the aggregate redemption amount of the preferred shares subscribed for by such Affiliate prior to the issuance thereof;

(B) in the case of (b) above, to the principal amount of the loan made to such Affiliate with the proceeds of the issuance thereof; or

 

5.


(C) in the case of (c) above, to the aggregate redemption amount of the preferred shares issued by such Affiliate with the proceeds of the issuance thereof;

(ii) the dividend payment date applicable to the preferred shares issued to or by such member of the Relevant Group will:

(A) in the case of (a) above, be immediately prior to the interest payment date relevant to the loan made or the dividend payment date on the preferred shares subscribed for by such Affiliate immediately prior to the issuance thereof;

(B) in the case of (b) above, be immediately after the interest payment date relevant to the loan made to such Affiliate with the proceeds of the issuance thereof; or

(C) in the case of (c) above, be immediately after the dividend payment date on the preferred shares issued by such Affiliate with the proceeds of the issuance thereof;

(iii) the amount of dividends provided for on any payment date in the share conditions attaching to the preferred shares issued:

(A) to a member of the Relevant Group in the case of (a) above, will be equal to or in excess of the amount of interest payable in respect of the loan made or the amount of dividends provided for in respect of the preferred shares subscribed for by such Affiliate prior to the issuance thereof;

(B) by a member of the Relevant Group in the case of (b) above, will be equal to or less than the amount of interest payable in respect of the loan made to such Affiliate with the proceeds of the issuance thereof; or

(C) by a member of the Relevant Group in the case of (c) above, will be equal to the amount of dividends in respect of the preferred shares issued by such Affiliate with the proceeds of the issuance thereof.

Provided, for greater certainty, that in all cases, (I) the redemption of any preferred shares by a member of the Relevant Group, (II) the repayment of any Back-to-Back Debt by a member of the Relevant Group, (III) the payment of any dividends by a member of the Relevant Group in respect of its preferred shares, and (IV) the payment of any interest on Back-to-Back Debt of a member of the Relevant Group, may, in each case, be made by a member of the Relevant Group solely by delivering the relevant Back-to-Back Securities to the Affiliate in question, or by paying to the Affiliate an amount in cash not in excess of the amount already received in cash from such Affiliate.

1.1.25 “ Back-to-Back Securities ” means the Back-to-Back Preferred Shares or the Back-to-Back Debt or both, as the context requires.

 

6.


1.1.26 “ Back-to-Back Transactions ” means any of the transactions described under the definition of Back-to-Back Preferred Shares.

1.1.27 “ Bankers’ Acceptance ” means a non-interest bearing draft or bill of exchange in Canadian Dollars drawn and endorsed by the Borrower and accepted by a Lender in accordance with the provisions of Article 6, and includes a Discount Note where the context permits. In cases where the Lenders elect to use a clearing house as contemplated by the Depository Bills and Notes Act (S.C. 1998 c. 13) (the “ Act ”), “ Bankers’ Acceptance ” shall mean a depository bill (as defined in the Act) in Canadian Dollars signed by the Borrower and accepted by a Lender. Drafts or bills of exchange that become depository bills may nevertheless be referred to herein as “drafts”.

1.1.28 “ Bankers’ Acceptance Discount Rate ” means (a) in respect of Bankers’ Acceptances to be purchased by the Lenders which are Schedule I banks under the Bank Act (Canada), the average rate for Canadian Dollar bankers’ acceptances having Designated Periods of 1, 2, 3, or 6 months quoted on Reuters Service, page CDOR “Canadian Interbank Bid BA Rates” (the “ CDOR Rate ”), having an identical Designated Period to that of the Bankers’ Acceptance to be issued on such day, and (b) in respect of Bankers’ Acceptances to be purchased by the Lenders which are Schedule II or Schedule III banks under the Bank Act (Canada) and in respect of Discount Notes, the lesser of (i) the arithmetic average (rounded upward to the nearest one hundredth of one percent (.01%)) of the discount rates for Canadian Dollar bankers’ acceptances quoted by the BA Schedule II Reference Lenders, and (ii) the rate specified in (a) above plus 10 basis points (.10%) (in each of cases (a) and (b), the “ Discount Rates ”). In all cases, the Discount Rates shall be quoted at approximately 10:00 a.m. (Montreal time) on the Acceptance Date calculated on the basis of a year of 365 days.

In the absence of any such quote, the Bankers’ Acceptance Discount Rate which would have been determined in accordance with paragraph (a) or paragraph (b) above, respectively, shall be equal to the rate determined from time to time by the Agent as the discount rates for bankers’ acceptances of:

(A) in the case of paragraph (a), the BA Schedule I Reference Lender; and

(B) in the case of paragraph (b), the BA Schedule I Reference Lender plus 10 basis points (.10%);

established in accordance with its normal practices in amounts equal to the Selected Amount, having an identical Designated Period to that of the proposed Bankers’ Acceptances to be issued on such day.

 

7.


1.1.29 “ Banking Day ” means any day which is at the same time a Business Day and a day on which banking institutions are not authorized by law or by local proclamation to close for business in New York (USA) and in London (England).

1.1.30 “ Branch ” means the branch of Royal Bank of Canada located at 1 Place Ville Marie, or any other branch designated by the Agent from time to time by notice to the Borrower.

1.1.31 “ Business Day ” means any day, except Saturdays, Sundays and other days which in Montreal or Toronto (Canada) are holidays or a day upon which banking institutions are not authorized or required by law or by local proclamation to close.

1.1.32 “ Canadian Dollars ”, “ Cdn. $” or “ $ ” means the lawful currency of Canada.

1.1.33 “ Capital Expenditures ” means the aggregate amount actually paid in cash in any period by the Relevant Group for or in connection with the acquisition or maintenance of assets required to be capitalized, including expenditures of the type described in the last sentence of Section 13.8, determined in accordance with GAAP, other than, for greater certainty, expenditures for Acquisitions permitted by Section 13.6.

1.1.34 “ Capital Lease ” means any lease which is required to be capitalized on a balance sheet of the lessee in accordance with GAAP.

1.1.35 “ Cash Equivalents ” means, as of the date of any determination thereof, instruments of the following types:

 

  1.1.35.1 obligations of or unconditionally guaranteed by the governments of Canada or the United States of America (“ USA ”), or any agency of any of them backed by the full faith and credit of the governments of Canada or the USA, respectively, maturing within 364 days of acquisition;

 

  1.1.35.2

marketable direct obligations of the governments of one of the provinces of Canada, one of the states of the USA, or any agency thereof, or of any county, department, municipality or other political subdivision of Canada or the USA, the payment or guarantee of which constitutes a full faith and credit obligation of such province, state, municipality or other political subdivision, which matures within 364 days of acquisition and which is currently accorded a short-term credit rating of at least A-1 by Standard & Poor’s Rating Services, a division of The

 

8.


  McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. (“ S & P ”) or at least Prime-1 by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“ Moody’s ”) or the equivalent thereof from Dominion Bond Rating Service Inc. (“ DBRS ”);

 

  1.1.35.3 commercial paper, bonds, notes, debentures and bankers’ acceptances issued by a Person residing in Canada or the USA and not referred to in subsections 1.1.35.1, 1.1.35.2 or 1.1.35.4, and maturing within 364 days from the date of issuance which, at the time of acquisition, is accorded a short-term credit rating of at least A-1 by S & P or at least Prime-1 by Moody’s or the equivalent thereof from DBRS;

 

  1.1.35.4 (a) certificates of deposit maturing within 364 days from the date of issuance thereof, issued by a bank or trust company organized under the laws of the USA, any state thereof, or Canada or any province thereof, or (b) US Dollar certificates of deposit maturing within 364 days of acquisition and issued by a bank in western Europe or the United Kingdom, in all cases having capital, surplus and undivided profits aggregating at least US $500,000,000 (or its equivalent in Canadian Dollars) and whose short-term credit rating is, at the time of acquisition thereof, rated A-1 or better by S & P or Prime-1 or better by Moody’s (or the equivalent thereof from DBRS).

1.1.36 “ Change in Control ” means (a) the acquisition by any Person or group of Persons acting in concert (other than Quebecor Inc. or any of its subsidiaries or the Péladeau Group) of a majority of the votes attached to the outstanding Equity Interests of the Borrower or any other member of the VL Group (unless, in the case of a member of the VL Group, resulting from a permitted Asset Disposition), or (b) any event which results in more than a majority of the votes attached to the outstanding Equity Interests of Quebecor Media Inc. being held by a Person other than Quebecor Inc. or any of its subsidiaries or the Péladeau Group.

1.1.37 “ Change in Law ” means the occurrence, after the Closing Date, of any of the following: (a) the adoption or taking effect of any Applicable Law, including without limitation the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act , (b) any change in any Applicable Law or in the administration, interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority, including any such change resulting from any quashing by a Governmental Authority of an interpretation of any Applicable Law, (c) the making or issuance of any Applicable Law by any Governmental Authority, or (d) the implementation of the recommendations of the Bank for International Settlements or the Basel Committee on Banking Regulations and Supervisory Practices (or any successor or similar entity).

 

9.


1.1.38 “ Charge ” means, in respect of any Person, any mortgage, debenture, pledge, hypothec, lien, prior claim, charge, assignment by way of security, hypothecation, or security interest granted or permitted by such Person or arising by operation of law, in respect of any of such Person’s property (including any servitude, usufruct or other real right encumbering such property), or any consignment of property by such Person as consignee or lessee or any other security agreement, trust or arrangement having the effect of security for the payment of any debt, liability or obligation. Solely for the purposes of determining whether a Charge exists for the purposes of this Agreement, a Person shall be deemed to be the owner of any property which it has acquired or holds subject to a conditional sale agreement, Capital Lease, Synthetic Lease or other arrangement pursuant to which title to the property has been retained by or vested in some other Person for security purposes and such retention or vesting shall constitute a Charge.

1.1.39 “ Closing Date ” means July 20, 2011.

1.1.40 “ Commitment ” means the portion of the Credit for which a Lender is responsible, as set out in Schedule “A” hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purposes of calculating the respective Commitments in Section 18.8, the Commitments shall be equal to the Applicable Percentages of each of the Lenders.

1.1.41 “ Compliance Certificate ” has the meaning ascribed to it in subsection 12.15.1.

1.1.42 “ Contingent Obligation ” of any Person means all contingent liabilities required to be included in the financial statements of such Person in accordance with GAAP, excluding any notes thereto.

1.1.43 “ Core Business ” means the business described in Section 11.4.

1.1.44 “ Credit ” means the aggregate amount available to the Borrower under the Facilities.

1.1.45 “ CRTC ” means the Canadian Radio-television and Telecommunications Commission, or a successor regulatory body, commission or agency.

1.1.46 “ Debentures ” means the Debentures issued by the Borrower and the Guarantors in favour of a collateral agent designated by the Agent in accordance with the provisions of subsection 9.1.3.

1.1.47 “ Debenture Pledge ” means the pledge of the Debenture in favour of the Agent or any designated collateral agent by the Borrower and the Guarantors.

1.1.48 “ Debt ” includes, for any Person or with respect to the Relevant Group,

 

10.


  1.1.48.1 obligations in respect of borrowed money, whether or not evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar evidences of indebtedness of such Person;

 

  1.1.48.2 obligations in respect of borrowed money and the Hedging Exposure, but without duplication of any underlying Debt that may be hedged by same, and, in particular, without taking into account the currency hedging in respect of the US$ denominated Debt referred to in the final paragraph of this definition;

 

  1.1.48.3 obligations representing the deferred purchase price of goods and services, other than such obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Relevant Group and payable within a period not exceeding 150 days from the date of their incurrence;

 

  1.1.48.4 the obligations, whether or not assumed, which are secured by Charges on the property belonging to such Person or payable out of the proceeds flowing therefrom;

 

  1.1.48.5 Contingent Obligations;

 

  1.1.48.6 obligations under Capital Leases and Synthetic Leases; and

 

  1.1.48.7 obligations under letters of credit, letters of guarantee, bankers’ acceptances or Guarantees;

but shall not include Debt under the Back-to-Back Securities. In addition, any Debt denominated in US$ which is validly and effectively hedged through the use of one or more Derivative Instruments will be calculated at the exchange rate applicable to such US$ Debt under the applicable Derivative Instrument.

1.1.49 “ Default ” means an event or circumstances, the occurrence or non-occurrence of which would, with the giving of a notice, lapse of time or combination thereof, constitute an Event of Default unless remedied within the prescribed delays or renounced to in writing by the Agent, as authorized by the Lenders.

1.1.50 “ Defaulting Lender ” means any Lender, as determined by the Agent (with respect to the Revolving Facility) or the Finnvera Facility Agent (with respect to the Finnvera Term Facility), that:

 

  1.1.50.1 has failed to fully fund its share of any Advance or fulfill its obligations under Section 4.2 or 4.3 within 2 Banking Days of the date it is required to do so under this Agreement;

 

11.


  1.1.50.2 has notified the Borrower, the Agent (or in the case of a Defaulting Lender under the Finnvera Term Facility, the Finnvera Facility Agent) or any other Lender in writing that it does not intend to comply with any of its funding obligations under this Agreement (including Sections 4.2 and 4.3), has issued financial statements containing a “going concern” or similar qualification or indicating a potential inability to comply with funding obligations generally, or has made a public statement to the effect that it does not intend or is unable to comply with its funding obligations under this Agreement or generally under other agreements in which it commits to extend credit;

 

  1.1.50.3 has failed, within 2 Banking Days after request by the Agent (or in the case of a Defaulting Lender under the Finnvera Term Facility, the Finnvera Facility Agent), to confirm that it will comply with its funding obligations under this Agreement (including Sections 4.2 and 4.3);

 

  1.1.50.4 has otherwise failed to pay over to the Agent (or in the case of a Defaulting Lender under the Finnvera Term Facility, the Finnvera Facility Agent) or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it under this Agreement within 3 Banking Days of the date when due, unless payment is the subject of a good faith dispute;

 

  1.1.50.5 has become or is insolvent, is deemed to be insolvent, or is controlled by a Person that has become or is insolvent or deemed to be insolvent; or

 

  1.1.50.6 has itself or is controlled by a Person that has (i) become the subject of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding, (ii) had a receiver, conservator, trustee, administrator, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with reorganization or liquidation of its business or custodian, appointed for it, or (iii) taken any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of or acquiescence in any such proceeding or appointment;

provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, a Lender shall not be a Defaulting Lender solely by virtue of the ownership, control or acquisition of any Equity Interest in or control of such Lender by a Governmental Authority.

 

12.


1.1.51 “ Derivative Instrument ” means an agreement entered into from time to time by a Person in order to control, fix or regulate currency exchange fluctuations, or the rate of interest payable on borrowings, including a rate swap transaction, basis swap, forward rate transaction, commodity swap, commodity option, equity or index equity swap, equity or index equity option, bond option, interest rate option, foreign exchange transaction, cap transaction, floor transaction, collar transaction, currency swap transaction, cross-currency rate swap transaction, currency option or any other similar transaction (including any option with respect to any of these transactions and any combination of these transactions).

1.1.52 “ Derivative Obligations ” means the Hedging Exposure and all other obligations of the Borrower to one or more Revolving Facility Lenders under Derivative Instruments.

1.1.53 “ Designated Period ” means, with respect to a BA Advance, a period designated by the Borrower in accordance with Sections 6.1 and 6.4.

1.1.54 “ Disbursement Period ” means, with respect to (a) the Revolving Facility, the period from the Original Closing Date until the expiry of the Term, subject to satisfying the applicable conditions precedent set out in Article 10, and (b) the Finnvera Term Facility, the “Availability Period” as defined in Schedule “P” hereof.

1.1.55 “ Discount Note ” means a non-interest bearing promissory note denominated in Canadian Dollars issued by the Borrower to a Revolving Facility Lender or a sub-participant which is a Non-BA Lender (as defined in subsection 6.1.2(b)), such note to be in the form normally used by such Lender or sub-participant.

1.1.56 “ EBITDA ” means, with respect to any Person or the Relevant Group during a financial period, earnings before non-controlling interests, earnings from equity-accounted investments, extraordinary items, non-recurring gains or losses on debt extinguishment and asset sales and restructuring, Interest Expense, Taxes (to the extent taken into account for the purposes of determining net income), depreciation and amortization, foreign exchange translation gains or losses not involving the payment of cash, other non-cash financial charges, reconnection costs, subscribers’ subsidies revenues net of related costs, and deferred installation revenues net of related costs without taking into account any goodwill adjustments, calculated in accordance with GAAP; for greater certainty, there shall be excluded from the calculation of EBITDA, to the extent included in such calculation, (a) the amount of any income or expense relating to Back-to-Back Securities, and (b) the EBITDA from any Subsidiary that is not a member of the Relevant Group except to the extent of the cash dividends or other distributions received from such Subsidiary that is not a member of the Relevant Group, net of any reinvestments by the Relevant Group in such Subsidiary.

 

13.


EBITDA shall (A) exclude the EBITDA of (a) any Person and (b) every division, line of business or group of operating assets used in carrying on a distinct business (collectively called an “ Operating Business ”) that (in the case of either (a) or (b) above) no longer belong to a member of the Relevant Group (a “ Former Contributor ”) on the last day of such period which would otherwise be included in such results of operations of the Borrower because such Former Contributor or Operating Business, as the case may be, has been disposed of during such period; and (B) include the EBITDA for such period of each Person and of every Operating Business that, during such period, became (or, in the case of an Operating Business, became part of) a member of the Relevant Group and which is (or is comprised within) a member of the Relevant Group on the last day of such period on a pro forma basis for such period, based on audited historical results of operations, or, if unavailable, reasonable projections satisfactory to the Agent.

1.1.57 “ Eligible Assignee ” means (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender, (c) an Approved Fund, and (d) any other Person (other than a natural person), in respect of each of which the consent of any party whose consent is required by Section 16.2.1 has been obtained; provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, “ Eligible Assignee ” shall not include any member of the VL Group or any Affiliate thereof.

1.1.58 “ Environmental Laws ” means all applicable Canadian and other applicable jurisdictions’ federal, state, provincial, local and other foreign statutes and codes or regulations, rules or ordinances issued, promulgated or approved thereunder, as well as all other Applicable Laws, and all common laws under which environmental liabilities can arise, now or hereafter in effect (including those with respect to asbestos or asbestos-containing material or exposure to asbestos or asbestos-containing material, urea formaldehyde foam insulation, transformers or other equipment that contain dielectric fluid containing regulated levels of polychlorinated biphenyls, and radon gas), to the extent relating to pollution or protection of the environment and public health and relating to (a) emissions, discharges, releases or threatened releases of pollutants, contaminants, chemicals or industrial toxic or hazardous constituents, substances or wastes (including any Hazardous Substance, petroleum including crude oil or any fraction thereof, any petroleum product or other waste, chemicals or substances regulated by any such statute, codes, regulations, rules or ordinances) into the environment (including ambient air, surface water, ground water, land surface or subsurface strata), and (b) the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, generation, treatment, storage, disposal, transport or handling of any Hazardous Substance, petroleum including crude oil or any fraction thereof, any petroleum product or other waste, chemicals or substances regulated by any such statute, codes, regulations, rules or ordinances, and (c) underground storage tanks and related piping, and emissions, discharges and releases or threatened releases therefrom.

1.1.59 “ Equity Interests ” means, with respect to any Person, all shares, interests, units, participations or other equivalent equity interests (however designated, whether voting or non-voting) of such Person’s capital, whether now

 

14.


outstanding or issued after the Closing Date, including common shares, preferred shares, membership interests in a limited liability company, limited or general partnership interests in a partnership, trust units, or any other equivalent of such ownership interests.

1.1.60 “ Equivalent Amount ” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 15.2.

1.1.61 “ Event of Default ” means one or more of the events described in Section 14.1, as well as one or more of the Events of Default as described in Section 9 of Schedule “P”.

1.1.62 “ Excess Cash Flow ” means, with respect to the Relevant Group, the EBITDA calculated as at the end of each financial quarter, plus an amount equal to any spread paid to a member of the Relevant Group resulting from Back-to-Back Securities, to the extent not previously included in EBITDA, and less:

 

  1.1.62.1 the amount of Taxes paid or otherwise due during the period in question;

 

  1.1.62.2 the amount of any Interest Expense paid in cash (and not accrued); however, for the purposes of this definition alone, “Interest Expense” shall include all fees and expenses relating to any Offering and premiums paid to retire Debt, except to the extent that the fees and expenses in question are paid for out of the proceeds of such Offering and not out of the Relevant Group’s cash flow;

 

  1.1.62.3 the amount of all voluntary prepayments of Debt, other than (a) payments under the Revolving Facility, (b) voluntary prepayments using the proceeds of Asset Dispositions and Offerings, and (c) voluntary prepayments of the QMI Subordinated Debt made in accordance with Section 13.9 hereof;

 

  1.1.62.4 the amount of extraordinary items not included in earnings but which required the payment of cash;

 

  1.1.62.5 the amount of any mandatory principal repayment of Debt that is permitted hereunder; and

 

  1.1.62.6

the amount of Capital Expenditures (adjusted for the inclusion of reconnection costs, video rental inventories, deferred charges in connection with subscriber subsidies, reclassification of telephony modems and the proceeds from disposal of subscriber equipment) made during such

 

15.


  period that has not been financed separately out of (i) the proceeds of Debt permitted hereunder; (ii) equity obtained after the date hereof; or (iii) the Net Proceeds arising out of Asset Dispositions made during the period;

provided, however, that no amount will be so deducted if such amount has already been deducted from EBITDA.

1.1.63 “ Excluded Taxes ” means, with respect to the Agent, any Lender (which term, for the avoidance of doubt, shall include the Issuing Lender and the Swing Line Lender when used in this definition of “Excluded Taxes”) or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower hereunder, (a) Taxes imposed on or measured by its overall net income (however denominated), and franchise taxes imposed on it (in lieu of net income taxes), by the jurisdiction (or any political subdivision thereof) under the laws of which such recipient is organized or in which its principal office is located or, in the case of any Lender, in which its applicable lending office is located, (b) any branch profits taxes or any similar Tax imposed by any jurisdiction in which the Agent or such Lender is located and (c) in the case of a Foreign Lender (other than (i) a Foreign Lender that is a party hereto on the Closing Date, (ii) an Assignee pursuant to a request by the Borrower under Section 7.5.2, (iii) an Assignee pursuant to an Assignment made when an Event of Default has occurred and has not been waived or (iv) any other Assignee to the extent that the Borrower has expressly agreed that any withholding tax shall be an Indemnified Tax), any withholding tax that is imposed on amounts payable to such Foreign Lender at the time such Foreign Lender becomes a party hereto (or designates a new lending office) or is attributable to such Foreign Lender’s failure or inability (other than as a result of a Change in Law) to comply with Section 7.3.5, except to the extent that such Foreign Lender (or its assignor, if any) was entitled, at the time of designation of a new lending office (or assignment), to receive additional amounts from the Borrower with respect to such withholding tax pursuant to Section 7.3. For greater certainty, for purposes of item (c) above, a withholding tax includes any Tax that a Foreign Lender is required to pay pursuant to Part XIII of the Income Tax Act (Canada) or any successor provision thereto.

1.1.64 “ Facility ” means the Revolving Facility or the Finnvera Term Facility, and “ Facilities ” means both of them.

1.1.65 “ Federal Funds Effective Rate ” means, for any period, a fluctuating interest rate per annum equal, for each day during such period, to the weighted average of the rates on overnight federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal Funds brokers as published for such day (or, if such day is not a Banking Day, for the immediately preceding Banking Day) by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York or, for any day on which such rate is not so published for such day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, the average of the quotations for such day for such transactions received by the Agent

 

16.


from three Federal Funds brokers of recognized standing selected by the Agent. If for any reason the Agent shall have determined (which determination shall be conclusive, absent manifest error) that it is unable to ascertain the Federal Funds Effective Rate for any reason, including without limitation, the inability or failure of the Agent to obtain sufficient bids or publications in accordance with the terms hereof, Royal Bank of Canada’s announced US Base Rate will apply.

1.1.66 “ Fees ” means the Revolving Facility Fees and the Finnvera Fees.

1.1.67 “ Finnvera Facility Agent ” has the meaning ascribed to it in Schedule “P”.

1.1.68 “ Finnvera Facility Lender ” means a “Tranche A Lender”, as such term is defined in Schedule “P”.

1.1.69 “ Finnvera Fees ” means the “Tranche A Fees”, the Commitment Fees and the Finnvera Handling Fee, as such terms are defined in Schedule “P”.

1.1.70 “ Finnvera Term Facility ” means the Facility under which the portion of the Credit described in subsection 2.1.2 is available, which Facility is more fully described in Schedule “P”.

1.1.71 “ First Currency ” has the meaning ascribed to it pursuant to Section 15.1.

1.1.72 “ Foreign Lender ” means any Lender that is not organized under the laws of the jurisdiction in which the Borrower is resident for tax purposes and that is not otherwise considered or deemed to be resident for income tax or withholding tax purposes in the jurisdiction in which the Borrower is resident for tax purposes by application of the laws of that jurisdiction. For purposes of this definition, Canada and each Province and Territory thereof shall be deemed to constitute a single jurisdiction and the United States of America, each State thereof and the District of Columbia shall be deemed to constitute a single jurisdiction.

1.1.73 “ Generally Accepted Accounting Principles ” or “ GAAP ” means the generally accepted accounting principles in effect in Canada from time to time, consistently applied, and including for greater certainty IFRS as and from its implementation in Canada effective January 1, 2011.

1.1.74 “ Governmental Authority ” means the government of Canada or any other nation, or of any political subdivision thereof, whether provincial, state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government, including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union, the Bank for International Settlements or the European Central Bank and including a Minister of the Crown, Superintendent of Financial Institutions or other comparable authority or agency.

 

17.


1.1.75 “ Guarantees ” by any Person means all obligations (other than endorsements in the ordinary course of business of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection) of such Person guaranteeing, or in effect guaranteeing, any Indebtedness, dividend or other obligation of any other Person (the “ Primary Obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including all obligations incurred through an agreement, contingent or otherwise, by such Person: (a) to purchase such Indebtedness or obligation or any property or assets constituting security therefor, (b) to advance or supply funds (i) for the purchase or payment of such Indebtedness or obligation, or (ii) to maintain working capital or other balance sheet condition or otherwise to advance or make available funds for the purchase or payment of such Indebtedness or obligation against loss, (c) to lease property or to purchase securities or other property or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of such Indebtedness or obligation, or (d) otherwise to assure the owner of the Indebtedness or obligation of the Primary Obligor against loss in respect thereof. For the purposes of all computations made under this Agreement, a Guarantee in respect of any Indebtedness for borrowed money, and a Guarantee in respect of any other obligation or liability or any dividend, shall be deemed to be Indebtedness equal to the maximum aggregate amount of such obligation, liability or dividend, unless the Guarantee is limited in amount, in which case such limit shall be used for such computation.

1.1.76 “ Guarantors ” means Le SuperClub Vidéotron ltée, Videotron US Inc., 9227-2590 Quebec Inc., 9230-7677 Quebec Inc., Videotron G.P., Videotron L.P., Vidéotron Infrastructures Inc., Jobboom Inc., and, subject to the provisions of Section 9.3, all of the wholly-owned Subsidiaries of the Borrower and the Guarantors created or acquired after the Closing Date. A list of the Guarantors and of all of the members of the VL Group as of the Closing Date is provided in Schedule “L” hereto.

1.1.77 “ Hazardous Substances ” shall mean any (a) substance, waste, liquid, gaseous or solid matter, fuel, micro-organism, sound, vibration, ray, heat, odour, radiation, energy vector, plasma and organic or inorganic matter which may alter and diminish or deteriorate the quality of the environment, or which by reason of its qualities is a hazard to health or to the environment, or is or is deemed to be, alone or in any combination, hazardous, hazardous waste, hazardous material, toxic, a pollutant, a deleterious substance, a contaminant or a source of pollution or contamination under any applicable Environmental Laws; and (b) any other chemical, material or substance, exposure to which is prohibited, limited or regulated by any Governmental Authority.

1.1.78 “ Hedging Exposure ” means the aggregate amount that would be payable to all Persons by the Relevant Group on the date of determination pursuant to (a) Section 6(e)(i)(3) of each ISDA Master Agreement entered into using the 1992 ISDA Master Agreement and (b) Section 6(e)(i) of each ISDA Master

 

18.


Agreement entered into using the 2002 ISDA Master Agreement, between the Borrower and such Persons as if all Derivative Instruments under such ISDA Master Agreements were being terminated on that day; provided that, for the purpose of such determination, with respect to the Derivative Instruments between each Lender and the Borrower entered into using (w) the 1992 ISDA Master Agreement, each Lender will be deemed to be the Non-defaulting Party (as such term is defined in the ISDA Master Agreement) and will determine Market Quotation (as such term is defined in the ISDA Master Agreement) using its estimates at mid-market of the amounts that would be paid for Replacement Transactions (as such term is defined in the 1992 ISDA Master Agreement), and (x) the 2002 ISDA Master Agreement, each Lender will be deemed to be the Non-defaulting Party (as such term is defined in the ISDA Master Agreement) and will determine the Close-Out Amount (as such term is defined in the ISDA Master Agreement).

1.1.79 “ IFRS ” means the International Financial Reporting Standards (formerly known as the International Accounting Standards), as set and promoted by the International Accounting Standards Board (formerly known as the International Accounting Standards Committee) and implemented in Canada through the Accounting Recommendations in the Handbook of the Canadian Institute of Chartered Accountants .

1.1.80 “ Immaterial Subsidiary ” means any wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Borrower that holds less than 1.5% of (a) the Adjusted Consolidated EBITDA on a rolling four-quarter basis, and (b) the Adjusted Consolidated assets, of the VL Group, provided that the aggregate EBITDA, on a rolling four-quarter basis, and assets held by all of the Immaterial Subsidiaries cannot at any time exceed 3% of the (i) Adjusted Consolidated EBITDA on a rolling four-quarter basis, or (ii) Adjusted Consolidated assets of, in each case, the VL Group.

1.1.81 “ Indebtedness ” of any Person means (without duplication) all obligations of such Person which in accordance with GAAP should be classified upon a balance sheet of such Person as liabilities of such Person, and in any event includes all Debt of such Person.

1.1.82 “ Indemnified Taxes ” means all Taxes other than Excluded Taxes.

1.1.83 “ Interest Coverage Ratio ” means, for any period, the ratio of EBITDA to Interest Expense for such period.

1.1.84 “ Interest Expense ” for any period means all interest and all amortization of debt discount and expense on any particular Indebtedness for which such calculations are being made in respect of the Relevant Group, excluding (a) fees and expenses relating to any Offering of Debt and premiums paid to retire Debt, (b) interest on the Back-to-Back Debt to the extent offset by an equal amount of dividends on the Back-to-Back Preferred Shares, (c) interest not paid in cash or other assets of the Relevant Group on the QMI Subordinated Debt, including the

 

19.


interest component of Capital Leases, and discounts and fees payable in respect of bankers’ acceptances or accounts receivable sold in connection with any asset securitization program approved by the Lenders.

In circumstances where the proceeds of disposition of a Former Contributor (as defined in the definition of “ EBITDA ”) or its property, or of an Operating Business, (as defined in the definition of “ EBITDA ”) have been used to permanently repay Debt during such period, for the purpose of calculating Interest Expense, the amounts so repaid shall be deducted from the Debt of the Relevant Group on which the calculation of Interest Expense for such period would otherwise have been made, and Interest Expense shall be reduced accordingly on a pro forma basis. Similarly, in circumstances where Debt of the Relevant Group was incurred or assumed in connection with the acquisition of a Person or Operating Business (as defined in the definition of “ EBITDA ”), the amounts so incurred or assumed shall be added to the Debt of the Relevant Group on which the calculation of Interest Expense for such period would otherwise have been made, and Interest Expense shall be increased accordingly on a pro forma basis.

1.1.85 “ Investments ” means all investments, in cash or by delivery of property, made directly or indirectly in any Person, whether by acquisition of shares of capital stock, Indebtedness or other obligations or securities or by loan, advance, capital contribution or otherwise; provided, however, that “Investments” shall not mean or include investments in cash or Cash Equivalents or routine investments in inventory, equipment and supplies to be used or consumed, or trade credit granted, in the ordinary course of business.

1.1.86 “ ISDA Master Agreement ” means either the ISDA Master Agreement (Multi-Currency - Cross Border - 1992) (the “ 1992 ISDA Master Agreement ”) or the ISDA 2002 Master Agreement (the “ 2002 ISDA Master Agreement ”), each as published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. and, where the context permits or requires, includes all schedules, supplements, annexes and confirmations attached thereto or incorporated therein, as such agreement may be amended, supplemented or replaced from time to time.

1.1.87 “ Issuing Lender ” means each or all of (a) the Lender(s) selected by the Borrower and accepted by such Lender(s), for which the Agent has been advised that such Lender(s) will be the issuer of Letters of Credit (in that capacity), and (b) the Swing Line Lender as the issuer of Letters of Credit under the Swing Line Commitment (in that capacity), or any successor issuers of Letters of Credit. For greater certainty, where the context permits, references to “Lenders” herein include the Issuing Lender.

1.1.88 “ Joinder Agreement ” means an agreement substantially in the form of Schedule “O”.

1.1.89 “ LC Fees ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in subsection 4.2.2.

 

20.


1.1.90 “ Lender ” or “ Lenders ” means the Revolving Facility Lenders listed in Schedule “A” and the Lenders under the Finnvera Term Facility listed in Schedule “A”, together with any Assignee(s) and Tranche A Assignee(s) (as such term is defined in Schedule “P”), or, as the context permits, any of them alone. When used in connection with “Derivative Instruments”, the term “Lender” shall include any Affiliate of a Revolving Facility Lender. When used in connection with the Security, the term “Lender” shall include any counterparty to a Derivative Instrument, provided that the counterparty was a Revolving Facility Lender or an Affiliate of a Revolving Facility Lender at the time any such Derivative Instrument was entered into.

1.1.91 “ Letter of Credit ” means any stand-by letter of credit or letter of guarantee issued by the Issuing Lender in accordance with the provisions hereof, and includes any stand-by letter of credit or letter of guarantee issued by the Issuing Lender in connection with the Spectrum Auction and Purchase in accordance with the provisions hereof.

1.1.92 “ Leverage Ratio ” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of Debt (excluding the QMI Subordinated Debt) of the Relevant Group as of such date to EBITDA for the preceding four quarters ending on such date.

1.1.93 “ Licences ” means all licences, permits and authorizations issued to the VL Group by the CRTC pursuant to the Broadcasting Act (Canada) and the orders, rules, regulations and directions promulgated pursuant to such Act.

1.1.94 “ Loan Documents ” means this Agreement, the Security Documents, any Derivative Instruments entered into with one or more Revolving Facility Lenders or any of their respective Affiliates, and any undertaking or other agreement executed in connection with this Agreement.

1.1.95 “ Loan Obligations ” means all obligations of the VL Group to the Agents and Lenders under or in connection with the Loan Documents (provided that “Loan Obligations” shall not include “Derivative Obligations”), including the aggregate of Advances outstanding under this Agreement (and further including the face amount of any Bankers’ Acceptances and all reimbursement obligations under subsection 4.2.3 in respect of Letters of Credit issued in accordance with the provisions hereof), together with interest thereon (including, without limitation, interest accruing after the maturity of the Advances due under any Facility hereunder and interest accruing after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy, or the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or like proceeding, relating to a member of the VL Group, whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding) and all other debts and liabilities, present or future, direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, matured or not, at any time owing by the VL Group to the Agents and Lenders in any currency under or in connection with the Loan Documents, and all interest, Fees, fees, commissions, legal and other costs, charges and expenses incurred under or in connection with the Loan Documents. In this definition, “the Agents and Lenders” means “the Agents and Lenders, or any of them”.

 

21.


1.1.96 “ Majority Lenders ” means Lenders having at least 51% of the Commitments.

1.1.97 “ Margin ” means, for Prime Rate Advances, US Base Rate Advances, Stamping Fees, LC Fees and Standby Fees, under the Revolving Facility, the following annual percentages depending on the then-applicable Leverage Ratio (“x” in the table below), determined at the times and in the manner set out below the table:

 

Leverage Ratio

   Standby Fee     Prime Rate/US Base Rate
plus
    Stamping Fees / LC
Fees
 

x ³ 4.25

     0.7500     2.00     3.00

4.25> x ³ 3.25

     0.6875     1.75     2.75

3.25> x ³ 2.75

     0.6200     1.50     2.50

2.75> x ³ 2.25

     0.4750     1.00     2.00

2.25> x ³ 1.75

     0.3950     0.75     1.75

x < 1.75

     0.3375     0.50     1.50

Each change resulting from a change in the Leverage Ratio shall be effective with respect to all outstanding Loan Obligations retroactively from the first day of each fiscal quarter of the Borrower, and shall be based on the financial statements and Compliance Certificates required by subsections 12.15.1 and 12.15.2, as applicable, and the Leverage Ratio derived from such financial statements. Thus, the financial statements and Compliance Certificates which shall be delivered 60 days after quarter-end and 75 days after year-end (based on unaudited results and subject to readjustment upon delivery of a second Compliance Certificate in accordance with the provisions of subsection 12.15.2(b)) will be used to calculate the Leverage Ratio applicable from the first day of the quarter in which such financial statements and Compliance Certificates were to be delivered. For example, the financial statements and Compliance Certificates to be delivered in respect of the quarter ending May 31 of any year of the Term shall be delivered by July 30 of that year, and shall be used to calculate the Leverage Ratio for the period from June 1 of that year to August 31 of that year. If, as a result of an increase in the Leverage Ratio, the Margin has increased, the Agent will advise the Borrower and the Lenders and the Borrower will pay all additional amounts that may be due to the Lenders within 2 Business Days of being advised of the amount due. If, as a result of a reduction in the Leverage Ratio, the Margin has been reduced, the Agent shall advise the Borrower and the Lenders and the amounts owed to the Borrower (a) will be deducted from

 

22.


the Stamping Fees otherwise payable in the case of a BA Advance, on the next Rollover Date of the relevant BA Advance, or (b) in the case of Prime Rate Advances, will be deducted from the interest otherwise payable by the Borrower on the next interest payment date contemplated by Section 5.2, or (c) in the case of Letters of Credit, will be deducted from the LC Fees otherwise payable by the Borrower on the next LC Fee payment date contemplated by Section 4.2.2, and (d) if no interest or Stamping Fees are payable during that period, the Lenders shall remit the necessary amounts to the Agent for payment to the Borrower.

1.1.98 “ Market Disruption Event ” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 7.6.

1.1.99 “ Market Disruption Prime Rate ” means the average of the Prime Rates of the Market Disruption Reference Lenders, calculated as set out in the definition of “Prime Rate” as if each such Market Disruption Reference Lender was the bank referred to in such definition; provided that such Market Disruption Prime Rate shall not exceed the Prime Rate (as defined herein) at such time by more than 0.50%.

1.1.100 “ Market Disruption Reference Lenders ” means, for the purposes of Section 7.6, Royal Bank of Canada, The Toronto-Dominion Bank and Bank of America, N.A., Canada Branch.

1.1.101 “ Market Disruption US Base Rate ” means the average of the US Base Rates of the Market Disruption Reference Lenders, calculated as set out in the definition of “US Base Rate” as if each such Market Disruption Reference Lender was the bank referred to in such definition; provided that such Market Disruption US Base Rate shall not exceed the US Base Rate (as defined herein) at such time by more than 0.50%.

1.1.102 “ Material Adverse Change ” means (i) a material adverse change in the business, assets, liabilities, financial position, operating results or business prospects of the VL Group, taken as a whole, or (ii) a material adverse change in the ability of the Borrower and the Guarantors to perform any of their material obligations hereunder or under the Security Documents, or (iii) the impairment, in any material respect, of the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or the Security Documents or of the rights and remedies of the Agents or the Lenders hereunder or under the Security Documents.

1.1.103 “ Net Proceeds ” means the gross amount of proceeds payable in cash or Cash Equivalents arising from any Asset Disposition, less (a) amounts payable to discharge or radiate Permitted Charges on the assets being disposed of, (b) the amount of Taxes arising from each such Asset Disposition and which cannot be offset against losses, depreciation or otherwise such that same must actually be paid in cash, and (c) reasonable out-of-pocket costs, fees and expenses incurred in connection with such Asset Disposition, including commissions but excluding any amounts paid to Affiliates.

 

23.


1.1.104 “ Notice of Borrowing ” means, (i) with respect to the Revolving Facility, a notice substantially in the form of Schedule “B” transmitted to the Agent by the Borrower in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.1, or of subsection 6.1.1, and (ii) with respect to the Finnvera Term Facility, a Tranche A Notice of Borrowing, as defined in Schedule “P”.

1.1.105 “ Offering ” means any public or private offering of Equity Interests or Debt permitted hereunder.

1.1.106 “ Original Closing Date ” means November 28, 2000.

1.1.107 “ Other Taxes ” means all present or future stamp or documentary taxes or any other excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies arising from any payment made hereunder or under any other Loan Document or from the execution, delivery or enforcement of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

1.1.108 “ Péladeau Group ” means any (i) individual who is related by blood, adoption or marriage to the late Pierre Péladeau; (ii) any trust (whether testamentary or otherwise) the beneficiaries of which are all individuals described in (i); or (iii) any corporation or partnership which is controlled, directly or indirectly, by one or more individuals referred to in (i) or a trust referred to in (ii), or any combination thereof.

1.1.109 “ Permitted Charges ” means the Charges created by the Security Documents and, with respect to any Person:

 

  1.1.109.1

any Charge created by law that is assumed in the ordinary course of business and in order to exercise same, which, in the case of construction Charges in favour of contractors, sub-contractors, workmen, suppliers of materials, engineers and architects, has not at such date been registered in accordance with Applicable Law against such Person, which relates to obligations which are not yet due or delinquent, which is not related to any loan of money or obtaining of credit and which, in the aggregate, do not affect in a material way the use, the income or the benefits flowing from the property so charged in the conduct of the business of such Person; any Charge resulting from judgments or decisions which such Person has, at such date, appealed or in respect of which it has sought revision and obtained a suspension of execution pending the appeal or the revision; any Charge

 

24.


  for Taxes, assessments or governmental claims or other impositions not yet due or matured or in respect of which the validity at such date has been contested in good faith by such Person before a Governmental Authority in accordance with the provisions of Section 12.7; or which relates to a deposit of monies or securities in the ordinary course of business with respect to any Charge referred to in this paragraph, or to secure workmen’s compensation, surety or appeal bonds or security for costs of litigation; or any Charge in favour of a landlord on movable or personal property to secure the payment of rent and other amounts owing under leases for immovable or real property, provided the Charge is limited to property situated on the leased premises;

 

  1.1.109.2 any right of a municipality or other Governmental Authority pursuant to any lease, license, franchise, grant or permit obtained by such Person, or any right resulting from a legislative provision, to terminate such lease, license, franchise, grant or permit, or requiring an annual or periodic payment as a condition of its extension;

 

  1.1.109.3 Charges in favour of a municipality, public utility or other Governmental Authority, or which may be imposed by one or the other, when required by such body or authority with respect to the operations of such Person or in the ordinary course of its business;

 

  1.1.109.4 Charges granted in favour of municipal authorities or public utilities on immovables acquired from time to time by such Person which do not adversely affect the value or marketability of such Person’s immovable property in any material respect;

 

  1.1.109.5 title defects, homologated lines, zoning and building by-laws, ordinances, regulations and other governmental restrictions on the use of property, or servitudes, easements or other similar encumbrances, provided that none of the foregoing adversely affect the value or marketability of such Person’s immovable property in any material respect;

 

  1.1.109.6

Charges (i) under any Capital Lease or Synthetic Lease, and (ii) to secure the payment of the purchase price incurred in connection with the acquisition of assets, in each case to be used in carrying on the Core Business,

 

25.


  including Charges existing on such assets at the time of the acquisition thereof or at the time of the acquisition by a member of the VL Group of any business entity then owning such assets, whether or not such existing Charges were given to secure the payment of the purchase price of the assets to which they attach, provided that such Charges are limited to the assets purchased and that the amount guaranteed by such Charges does not exceed 100% of the acquisition price of the assets so acquired, and, in the aggregate for (i) and (ii) above, shall not exceed, at the time of incurrence, the greater of (a) 5% of Shareholders Equity and (b) $50,000,000, outstanding at any time;

 

  1.1.109.7 bankers’ liens, rights of set-off or similar rights to deposit accounts or the funds maintained with a credit or deposit-taking institution; and

 

  1.1.109.8 other Charges, not ranking in priority to the Security, incurred in the ordinary course of the Core Business, in an aggregate amount not at any time exceeding $50,000,000.

1.1.110 “ Person ” means a legal person, a natural person, a joint venture, a partnership, a trust, an entity without juridical personality, a Governmental Authority or any ministry, organization or intermediary of such Governmental Authority.

1.1.111 “ Prime Rate ” means, on any day, the reference rate of interest, expressed as an annual rate, publicly announced or posted from time to time by the Lender then acting as Agent (or, in the case of Swing Line Advances, the Swing Line Lender) as being its reference rate then in effect for determining interest rates on demand commercial loans granted in Canada in Canadian Dollars to its clients (whether or not any such loans are actually made); provided that in the event that the Prime Rate is, at any time, less than the average one month Bankers’ Acceptance rate quoted on Reuters Service, page CDOR, as at approximately 10:00 a.m. on such day plus 1% (the “ BA Rate ”), “Prime Rate” shall be equal to the BA Rate.

1.1.112 “ Prime Rate Advance ” means, at any time, the portion of the Advances in Canadian Dollars with respect to which the Borrower has chosen, or, in accordance with the provisions hereof, is obliged, to pay interest on the Prime Rate Basis.

1.1.113 “ Prime Rate Basis ” means the basis of calculation of interest on the Prime Rate Advances, or any part thereof, made in accordance with the provisions of Sections 5.1 and 5.2.

 

26.


1.1.114 “ Proceeds of Crime Act ” means the Proceeds of Crime (Money Laundering) and Terrorist Financing Act (Canada) and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

1.1.115 “ Quebecor Media Release ” means the release on the Closing Date by the Agents and the Lenders of the limited recourse Guarantee and the second-ranking pledge of the shares of the Borrower provided by Quebecor Media Inc. on or about the Original Closing Date.

1.1.116 “ QMI Subordinated Debt ” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 13.7.

1.1.117 “ Relevant Group ” means:

(a) when used for the purposes of Article 12 (other than Section 12.11 and subsection 12.15.3(b)), Article 13 (other than Section 13.4) and Article 14, including to the extent used in any defined term used therein (or any defined term used within such definitions or any component thereof), the VL Group, and

(b) when used for the purposes of Section 12.11, subsection 12.15.3(b) or Section 13.4, including to the extent used in any defined term used therein (or any defined term used within such definitions or any component thereof),

(i) the VL Group on an Adjusted Consolidated basis if, at the relevant time, (x) the Adjusted Consolidated (A) EBITDA on a rolling four-quarter basis, or (B) assets (excluding Back-to-Back Securities), or (C) Debt, in each case, of the VL Group, is less than 95% of, as applicable, (y) the EBITDA on a rolling four-quarter basis, or the assets (excluding Back-to-Back Securities), or the Debt, in each case of the Borrower on a consolidated basis, or

(ii) otherwise, the Borrower on a consolidated basis.

Accordingly, assets, EBITDA, Debt, and Excess Cash Flow shall be calculated on an Adjusted Consolidated basis when such terms apply to the VL Group and on a consolidated basis when such terms apply to the Borrower.

1.1.118 “ Required Lenders-Acceleration ” means Lenders holding at least 51% of the Loan Obligations.

1.1.119 “ Requisite Disruption Lenders ” means, at any time, Revolving Facility Lenders representing at such time more than 35% of the Commitments under the Revolving Facility at such time.

1.1.120 “ Revolving Facility ” means the Facility under which the portion of the Credit described in subsection 2.1.1 is available.

 

27.


1.1.121 “ Revolving Facility Fees ” means the fees payable to the Agent and to the Revolving Facility Lenders, as set out in Section 5.7.

1.1.122 “ Revolving Facility Lender ” means a Lender having a Commitment under the Revolving Facility.

1.1.123 “ Rollover Date ” means, with respect to a BA Advance, the date of any such Advance, or the first day of any Designated Period.

1.1.124 “ Second Currency ” has the meaning ascribed to it pursuant to Section 15.1.

1.1.125 “ Security Documents ” means all of the security documents described in Article 9, and “ Security ” means the security created thereby.

1.1.126 “ Selected Amount ” means, with respect to a BA Advance, the amount of the Advances in Canadian Dollars which the Borrower has asked to obtain by the issuance of Bankers’ Acceptances in accordance with Section 6.1.

1.1.127 “ Shareholders Equity ” means, with respect to the VL Group at any time and calculated on an Adjusted Consolidated basis, the amount of paid-up capital in respect of all issued and fully-paid and non-assessable shares of share capital, together with the contributed surplus, retained earnings and translation adjustment (if applicable), all as otherwise calculated in accordance with GAAP.

1.1.128 “ Share Pledge ” has the meaning ascribed to it in subsection 9.1.2.

1.1.129 “ Solvency Certificate ” means a certificate attesting that a Person is Solvent, delivered in accordance with the provisions of Section 13.6.

1.1.130 “ Solvent ” means, with respect to any Person, as of any date of determination, that such Person is not an “insolvent person”, as defined in the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act (Canada), a “debtor company”, as defined in the Companies’ Creditors Arrangement Act (Canada), and is not insolvent under any analogous defined term as used in any other Applicable Laws.

1.1.131 “ Spectrum Auction and Purchase ” means any process by Industry Canada, the CRTC or another Governmental Authority in connection with the auction of spectrum licences for advanced wireless services and other spectrum to be used in the Core Business.

1.1.132 “ Stamping Fees ” means, with respect to BA Advances, including BA Advances made by way of Discount Notes, the fee calculated by (a) multiplying the percentage referred to in the definition of “Margin” by the face amount of the Bankers’ Acceptances being issued and stamped in connection with the BA Advance being made, (b) dividing the product so obtained by 365 or, in a leap year, 366, and (c) multiplying the result so obtained by the number of days in the relevant Designated Period.

 

28.


1.1.133 “ Standby Fee ” has the meaning ascribed to it in subsection 5.7.1.

1.1.134 “ Subordinated Debt ” means, in respect of any Person, unsecured Debt of such Person that has no required redemption provisions and matures at least 6 months after the expiry of the Term hereof and that has been subordinated in right of payment to the obligations of the VL Group hereunder and under the Security Documents in form and substance acceptable to the Lenders and their counsel.

1.1.135 “ Subsidiary ” means any Person in respect of which the majority of the issued and outstanding capital stock (including securities convertible into voting shares and options to purchase voting shares) granting a right to vote in all circumstances is at the relevant time owned by the Borrower or one or more of its Subsidiaries, and includes any partnership and limited partnership that would be an Affiliate if it was a corporation.

1.1.136 “ Swing Line Advances ” means a Prime Rate Advance, a US Base Rate Advance or the issuance of a Letter of Credit (in the latter case, subject to prior notice as required by the Swing Line Lender in accordance with its normal practice) by the Swing Line Lender to the Borrower in an aggregate principal amount outstanding at any time not exceeding the Swing Line Commitment. All Swing Line Advances are available only by way of Prime Rate Advances, US Base Rate Advances or the issuance of Letters of Credit, and may not be converted into any other form of borrowing.

1.1.137 “ Swing Line Commitment ” means $25,000,000.

1.1.138 “ Swing Line Lender ” means The Toronto-Dominion Bank and any successor thereof appointed pursuant to Section 4.3. For greater certainty, where the context permits, references to “Lenders” herein include the Swing Line Lender.

1.1.139 “ Swing Line Loan ” means, at any time, the aggregate of the Swing Line Advances outstanding at any time in accordance with the provisions hereof, together with any other amount in interest and accessory costs payable to the Swing Line Lender by the Borrower pursuant hereto.

1.1.140 “ Synthetic Lease ” means any synthetic lease or similar off-balance sheet financing product where such transaction is considered borrowed money for tax purposes but is classified as an operating lease in accordance with GAAP.

1.1.141 “ Tax Benefit Transaction ” means, for so long as the Borrower is a direct or indirect subsidiary of Quebecor Inc. (“ Quebecor ”), any transaction between a member of the VL Group and Quebecor or any of its Affiliates, the primary purpose of which is to create tax benefits for any member of the VL Group

 

29.


or for Quebecor or any of its Affiliates; provided, however, that (1) the member of the VL Group involved in the transaction obtains a favourable tax ruling from a competent tax authority or a favourable tax opinion from a nationally recognized Canadian law or accounting firm having a tax practice of national standing as to the tax efficiency of the transaction for such member of the VL Group; (2) the Borrower delivers to the Agent (a) a resolution of the board of directors of the Borrower to the effect the transaction will not prejudice the Lenders and certifying that such transaction has been approved by a majority of the disinterested members of such board of directors and (b) an opinion as to the fairness to such member of the VL Group of such transaction from a financial point of view issued by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national standing in the United States or Canada, except in respect of any Tax Benefit Transaction in an amount of less than $1,000,000 each, provided that the aggregate of all Tax Benefit Transactions for amounts of less than $1,000,000 does not exceed $10,000,000 in the aggregate in any 12 month period; (3) such transaction is set forth in writing; (4) such transaction either (a) causes all of the Security creating a Charge on any transferred assets to remain in full force and effect, or (b) provides for the replacement of such assets by different assets of a value, nature and kind acceptable to each of the Lenders, and which shall in any event be subject to the Security (and the assets so transferred that were previously Charged shall be released); and (5) the EBITDA is not reduced after giving pro forma effect to the transaction as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the most recently ended four fiscal quarter period of the Borrower for which internal financial statements are available; provided, however , that if such transaction shall thereafter cease to satisfy the preceding requirements as a Tax Benefit Transaction, it shall thereafter cease to be a Tax Benefit Transaction for purposes of this Agreement and shall be deemed to have been effected as of such date and, if the transaction is not otherwise permitted by this Agreement as of such date, the Borrower will be in Default hereunder if such transaction does not comply with the preceding requirements or is not otherwise unwound within 30 days of that date.

1.1.142 “ Tax Consolidation Transaction ” means a transaction in which (i) a member of the VL Group (the “ Initiator ”) borrows an amount by way of a daylight loan, (ii) the same amount is then used to lend to another member of the VL Group (“ Lossco ”) by way of an interest bearing loan (the “ Lossco Loan ”), (iii) Lossco subscribes to an equivalent amount of preferred shares of another VL Group member (“ Newco ”), (iv) Newco lends the same amount by way of an interest free loan to the Initiator (the “ Newco Loan ”), and (v) the Initiator reimburses the daylight loan. Subject to the last sentence of this paragraph, interest on the Lossco Loan would accrue on a daily basis and be payable periodically and at the maturity of the Lossco Loan along with the principal of such loan. Such interest payments and principal repayments would be funded from periodic preferred dividend payments, the redemption of preferred shares and a preferred dividend payment at the maturity of the Lossco Loan, in each case received from Newco. To fund Newco’s aforesaid dividend payments and share redemptions, the Initiator would make periodic cash contributions to Newco’s contributed surplus and, at maturity of

 

30.


the Lossco Loan, would make a cash contribution to Newco’s contributed surplus and reimburse the Newco Loan. For the purposes of the foregoing, the Initiator would borrow by way of daylight loans the required amounts to pay each contribution and to reimburse the Newco Loan and would reimburse each daylight loan using the proceeds of the interest and principal paid to it under the Lossco Loan. Any lender who is not the Borrower or a Guarantor shall execute a subordination agreement in favour of the Agent in substantially the form attached hereto as Schedule “N” if at all times during the Tax Consolidation Transaction such lender is an operating entity or has Debt other than Debt contemplated by the Tax Consolidation Transaction.

1.1.143 “ Taxes ” means all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings, assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.

1.1.144 “ Term ” means, with respect to the Revolving Facility, the period commencing on the Closing Date and terminating on July 19, 2016, and with respect to the Finnvera Term Facility, the period commencing on November 13, 2009 and terminating on the “Maturity Date” as defined in Schedule “P”.

1.1.145 “ Tranche A Advance ” has the meaning ascribed to it in Schedule “P”.

1.1.146 “ Tranche A CDOR Advance ” has the meaning ascribed to it in Schedule “P”.

1.1.147 “ Tranche A Designated Period ” has the meaning ascribed to it in Schedule “P”.

1.1.148 “ Tranche A LIBOR Advance ” has the meaning ascribed to it in Schedule “P”.

1.1.149 “ US Base Rate ” means, on any day, the greater of (a) the rate of interest, expressed as an annual rate, publicly announced or posted from time to time by the Swing Line Lender as being its reference rate then in effect for determining interest rates on demand commercial loans granted in Canada in US Dollars to its clients (whether or not such loans are actually made); and (b) the Federal Funds Effective Rate plus .50% per annum.

1.1.150 “ US Base Rate Advance ” means, at any time, the part of the Advances in US Dollars forming part of the Swing Line Loans with respect to which the Borrower has chosen, or, in accordance with the provisions thereof, is obliged, to pay interest on the US Base Rate Basis.

 

31.


1.1.151 “ US Base Rate Basis ” means the basis of calculation of interest on the US Base Rate Advances, or any part thereof, made using the US Base Rate, plus the Margin applicable to Prime Rate Advances.

1.1.152 “ US Dollars ” or “ US $ ” means the lawful currency of the United States of America in same day immediately available funds or, if such funds are not available, the currency of the United States of America which is ordinarily used in the settlement of international banking operations on the day on which any payment or any calculation must be made pursuant to this Agreement.

1.1.153 “ VL Group ” means, collectively, the Borrower and all of its wholly-owned Subsidiaries, and a reference to a “member of the VL Group” means any of them; a list of the members of the VL Group as of the Closing Date is provided in Schedule “L” hereto.

 

  1.2 Interpretation

Unless stipulated to the contrary, the words used herein which indicate the singular include the plural and vice versa and the words indicating masculine include the feminine and vice versa. In addition, the word “ includes ” (or “ including ”) shall be interpreted to mean “includes (or including) without limitation”. Finally, any reference to a time shall mean local time in the City of Montreal, Province of Quebec.

 

  1.3 Currency

Unless the contrary is indicated, all amounts referred to herein are expressed in Canadian Dollars.

 

  1.4 Generally Accepted Accounting Principles

Unless the Lenders and the Borrower shall otherwise expressly agree or unless otherwise expressly provided herein (for example, in connection with the definition of “Adjusted Consolidated”), all of the terms of this Agreement which are defined under the rules constituting Generally Accepted Accounting Principles shall be interpreted, and all financial statements and reports to be prepared hereunder shall be prepared, in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles in effect from time to time.

If at any time any change in GAAP would affect any requirement set forth in any Loan Document, and either the Borrower or the Majority Lenders shall so request, the Agent, the Lenders and the Borrower shall negotiate in good faith to amend such requirement with the intent of having the respective positions of the Borrower and the Lenders after the coming into force of such change in GAAP conform as nearly as possible to their respective positions under the Credit Agreement immediately prior to January 1, 2011; provided that (A) until so amended, (i) such requirement shall continue to be computed in accordance with GAAP prior to such change therein and (ii) the Borrower shall provide to the Agent and the Lenders a reconciliation between calculations of such requirement made before and

 

32.


after giving effect to such change in GAAP, and (B) no fees (other than reasonable legal fees incurred by the Lenders to amend any such Loan Document to evidence any such amendment), premiums, increases in pricing or other costs shall be charged to, or borne by, the Borrower in connection with any such amendment. For greater certainty, it is hereby understood and agreed that any reconciliation between calculations of such requirement before and after giving effect to such change in GAAP made by or on behalf of the Borrower for purposes of determining compliance with any such requirement set forth in any Loan Document shall be unaudited. However, if it so requires, the Agent shall be entitled to obtain, at the expense of the Borrower, a confirmation in form and substance acceptable to the Agent, acting reasonably, from the Borrower’s auditors or another expert confirming the substance of the reconciliation so provided.

 

  1.5 Division and Titles

The division of this Agreement into Articles, Sections and subsections and the insertion of titles are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

2. THE CREDIT

 

  2.1 Credit Facilities

Subject to the provisions hereof, and in particular, to the provisions of Article 3, each Lender agrees to make available to the Borrower, individually and not jointly and severally or solidarily, its Commitment in the Credit, which Credit consists of:

 

  2.1.1 the Revolving Facility, in a maximum amount equal to $575,000,000, including the Swing Line Commitment which forms part of the Revolving Facility; and

 

  2.1.2 the Finnvera Term Facility, in a maximum amount equal to $75,000,000.

Irrespective of whether or not any Swing Line Advances have been made or remain outstanding, the amount available under the Revolving Facility (other than for the purposes of the calculation under subsection 5.7.1) shall be deemed to be reduced by an amount equal to the Swing Line Commitment.

 

  2.2 The Revolving Facility

All Advances under the Revolving Facility (other than US Base Rate Advances under the Swing Line, which may be in US$) shall be in Canadian Dollars alone and may be repaid and re-borrowed by the Borrower at all times during the Term.

 

33.


  2.3 Incremental Revolving Facility

The Borrower may, on up to three occasions (with a minimum of $25,000,000 of New Commitments each time) during the Term of the Revolving Facility, by written notice to the Agent, elect to request an increase to the existing Commitments (any such increase, the “ New Commitments ”), in accordance with the provisions of this Section.

2.3.1 The aggregate amount of any such New Commitments shall not exceed an amount equal to $75,000,000 minus the aggregate undrawn Tranche A Credit and the principal amount under the Term Loan (as each such term is defined in Schedule “P”). The notice shall specify the date (the “ Increased Amount Date ”) on which the Borrower proposes that the New Commitments shall be effective, which shall be a date not less than 15 Business Days after the date on which such notice is delivered to the Agent. The notice shall provide that the Borrower is first offering the opportunity to provide each New Commitment to the then-existing Lenders, who may accept same on a pro rata basis or as they may otherwise agree. Any Lender approached to provide all or a portion of the New Commitments may elect or decline, in its sole discretion, to provide a New Commitment.

2.3.2 The existing Lenders shall advise the Agent within 10 Business Days following receipt of the Borrowers’ request as to the extent, if any, to which they wish to provide the New Commitments, and the Agent shall so advise the Borrower. The Borrower shall then identify each Person that is an Eligible Assignee (each, a “ New Lender ”) to whom the Borrower proposes any portion of such New Commitments not accepted by an existing Lender be allocated and the amounts of such allocations, within 2 Business Days from receipt of the Agent’s notice referred to in the preceding sentence.

2.3.3 The New Commitments shall become effective as of the Increased Amount Date, provided that (a) no Default or Event of Default shall exist on the Increased Amount Date before or after giving effect to such New Commitments; (b) the Borrower shall be in pro forma compliance with each of the covenants set forth in Section 12.11 as of the last day of the most recently ended fiscal quarter after giving effect to such New Commitments; (c) the New Commitments shall be effected pursuant to one or more Joinder Agreements executed and delivered by the Borrower, the Guarantors, the New Lenders and the Agent, each of which shall be recorded in the Register (as defined in Section 16.3), and each New Lender shall be subject to the requirements set forth in Section 7.3; (d) the Borrower shall make any payments required pursuant to Section 7.4 in connection with the New Commitments; and (e) the Borrower shall deliver or cause to be delivered any legal opinions or other documents reasonably requested by the Agent in connection with any such transaction.

2.3.4 On or before the Increased Amount Date (with effect as of the Increased Amount Date), subject to the satisfaction of the foregoing terms and conditions, (a) each of the Lenders shall assign to each of the New Lenders, who shall purchase same, at the principal amount thereof (together with accrued interest), such interests in the Loan Obligations under the Revolving Facility outstanding on the Increased Amount Date as shall be necessary in order that, after giving effect to all such assignments and purchases, such Loan Obligations under the relevant Facility will be held by existing Lenders and New Lenders

 

34.


ratably in accordance with their Commitments after giving effect to the addition of such New Commitments to the Commitments, (b) each New Commitment shall be deemed for all purposes a Commitment and each Advance made thereunder (a “ New Advance ”) shall be deemed, for all purposes, a Loan Obligation under the Facilities, and (c) each New Lender shall become a Lender with respect to the New Commitment and all matters relating thereto.

2.3.5 The Agent shall notify the Lenders, promptly upon receipt, of the Borrower’s notice of the Increased Amount Date and the New Commitments and New Lenders in respect thereof, as well as the effect of same as contemplated by the preceding paragraph.

2.3.6 The terms and provisions of the New Commitments and New Advances shall be identical to the terms and provisions of the Loan Obligations, except in respect of any upfront fees or other similar fees to be paid in respect of New Commitments. For greater certainty, no additional Fees shall be payable in respect of any then-existing Commitments. Each Joinder Agreement may, without the consent of any other Lenders, effect such amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the opinion of the Agent, to give effect to the provisions of this Section 2.3.

 

  2.4 Finnvera Term Facility

All Advances under the Finnvera Term Facility shall be in the currencies and shall be made and repaid in the manner described in Schedule “P”.

 

3. PURPOSE

 

  3.1 Purpose of the Advances

All Advances made by the Lenders to the Borrower under the Revolving Facility in accordance with the provisions hereof from and after the Closing Date shall be used by the Borrower for general corporate purposes, including, without limitation, to issue Letters of Credit and to pay dividends to QMI from time to time, subject to and in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement. All Advances made under the Finnvera Term Facility shall be for the purposes described in Section 2 of Schedule “P”.

 

4. ADVANCES, CONVERSIONS AND OPERATION OF ACCOUNTS

None of the provisions of Article 4 shall apply to the Finnvera Facility Lenders or the Finnvera Term Facility, in respect of which the relevant provisions are set out in Section 3 of Schedule “P”.

 

  4.1 Notice of Borrowing - Direct Advances

Subject to the applicable provisions of this Agreement, on any Business Day during the Disbursement Period, the Borrower shall be entitled to request Advances under the

 

35.


Revolving Facility, on one or more occasions, up to the maximum amount of the Credit, by way of Prime Rate Advances in minimum amounts of $1,000,000 and whole multiples thereof, provided that at least one (1) Business Day prior to the day on which any Prime Rate Advance is required (other than a Swing Line Advance, which shall be made in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.3), the Borrower shall have provided to the Agent an irrevocable telephone notice at or before 10:00 A.M. on any Business Day, followed by the immediate delivery of a written Notice of Borrowing. Notices of Borrowing in respect of BA Advances shall be given in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.1.

 

  4.2 Letters of Credit

4.2.1 Issuance . Subject to the applicable provisions of this Agreement, on any Business Day during the Disbursement Period, as part of the Credit available under the Revolving Facility, upon three (3) Business Days’ prior written Notice of Borrowing to the Agent, the Borrower may cause to be issued by the Issuing Lender on behalf of the Lenders one or more Letters of Credit in a maximum aggregate amount outstanding at any time not exceeding the lesser of $550,000,000 and the available Credit under the Revolving Facility to support a bid in the Spectrum Auction and Purchase, provided that the Security will extend to the property of the entity that will own the auctioned spectrum if it is a member of the VL Group (subject to the provisions of Section 9.3) and to its Equity Interests if held by a member of the VL Group (subject to the provisions of Section 9.3 and if not so held, the provisions of Section 13.10 shall apply), unless, with respect to such Equity Interests, such owner is the Borrower. Letters of Credit issued for other purposes hereunder shall not exceed a maximum amount outstanding at any time of $50,000,000. Each Letter of Credit shall be issued in Canadian Dollars (although Letters of Credit issued under the Swing Line may also be in US Dollars). Concurrently with the delivery of a Notice of Borrowing requesting a Letter of Credit, the Borrower shall execute and deliver to the Issuing Lender the documents required by the Issuing Lender in respect of the requested type of Letter of Credit, including a Letter of Credit application and indemnity on the Issuing Lender’s standard forms. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the provisions of any document relating to a Letter of Credit, the provisions of this Agreement shall govern and prevail. The term of each Letter of Credit shall expire prior to the end of the Term and shall not be more than 364 days and shall otherwise be in form and substance satisfactory to the Issuing Lender. If the Borrower wishes to cause the issuance of a Letter of Credit that has a maturity date expiring after the expiry of the Term, the Borrower undertakes to provide the Agent with LC Escrowed Funds (as defined in Section 4.2.5) no later than one (1) Business Day prior to the expiry of the Term.

4.2.2 Fee . The Borrower shall pay fees in respect of any such Letters of Credit (“ LC Fees ”) issued or renewed equal to the aggregate of: (i) for the Lenders, an amount equal to (A) the face amount of the Letter of Credit on the date that the fee is payable multiplied by (B) a fraction (1) the numerator of which shall equal the product resulting from multiplying the applicable LC Fee percentage provided for in the table contained in the definition of “Margin” by the number of days in the term of the Letter of Credit selected by the Borrower, and (2) the denominator of which shall consist of 365 days

 

36.


or 366 days (as the case may be), which fees shall be payable quarterly in arrears on the last Business Day of each calendar quarter and (ii) for the Issuing Lender (other than the Swing Line Lender), the percentage per annum agreed upon by the Issuing Lender and the Borrower of the face amount thereof and for the number of days in the term of the Letter of Credit selected by the Borrower, payable quarterly in arrears on the last Business Day of each calendar quarter, or on such other date as the Agent may determine from time to time.

4.2.3 Reimbursement Obligations . In the event of any drawing under a Letter of Credit, the Issuing Lender shall promptly notify the Borrower who shall immediately reimburse the amount to the Issuing Lender in same day funds. In the event that the Borrower fails to reimburse the Issuing Lender immediately upon a drawing and fails to provide a Notice of Borrowing with a different option, the Borrower shall be deemed to have requested from the Agent a Prime Rate Advance on the date and in the amount of the drawing, the proceeds of which will be used to satisfy the reimbursement obligations of the Borrower to the Lenders in respect of the drawing. The reimbursement obligations of the Borrower hereunder shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable and shall be performed strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under any and all circumstances whatsoever and irrespective of:

 

  4.2.3.1 any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit or this Agreement or any term or provision therein or herein;

 

  4.2.3.2 the existence of any claim, set-off, compensation, defence or other right that the Borrower, any member of the VL Group or any other Person may at any time have against the beneficiary under any Letter of Credit, the Issuing Lender, the Agents, any Lender or any other Person, whether in connection with this Agreement or any other related or unrelated agreement or transaction;

 

  4.2.3.3 any draft or other document presented under a Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent or invalid in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect;

 

  4.2.3.4 any dispute between or among the members of the VL Group and any beneficiary of any Letter of Credit or any other party to which such Letter of Credit may be transferred or any claims whatsoever of the members of the VL Group against any beneficiary of such Letter of Credit or any such transferee; and

 

  4.2.3.5 the validity or sufficiency of any instrument transferring or assigning or purporting to transfer or assign any Letter of Credit or any of the rights or benefits thereunder or proceeds thereof in whole or in part, which may prove to be invalid or ineffective for any reason.

 

37.


The Issuing Lender shall not be liable for any error, omission, interruption or delay in transmission, dispatch or delivery of any message or advice, however transmitted, in connection with any Letter of Credit, except for errors or omissions that result directly from the intentional or gross fault of the Issuing Lender, as determined by a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.

In furtherance and extension and not in limitation of the specific provisions of this Section 4.2, (A) any action taken or omitted by the Issuing Lender or any of its respective correspondents under or in connection with any of the Letters of Credit, if taken or omitted in good faith and without gross or intentional fault, as determined by a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction, shall be binding upon the Borrower and shall not put the Issuing Lender or its respective correspondents under any resulting liability to the Borrower and (B) the Issuing Lender may, without gross or intentional fault as determined by a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction, accept documents that appear on their face to be in substantial compliance with the terms of a Letter of Credit, without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary (other than an injunction granted by a court of competent jurisdiction during the period for which such injunction is enforced), and may make payment upon presentation of documents that appear on their face to be in substantial compliance with the terms of such Letter of Credit, provided that the Issuing Lender shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to decline to accept such documents and to make such payment if such documents are not in strict compliance with the terms of such Letter of Credit.

 

  4.2.4 Indemnification .

 

  4.2.4.1 The Borrower agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Issuing Lender and each of its officers, directors, affiliates, employees, advisors and agents (the “ Indemnitees ”) from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities which the Indemnitees may incur (or which may be claimed against any Indemnitee) by any Person by reason of or in connection with the issuance or transfer of or payment or failure to pay under any Letter of Credit, provided that the foregoing indemnity will not, as to an Indemnitee, apply to losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses to the extent they are found by a final, non-appealable judgment of a court to arise from the gross or intentional fault of such Indemnitee.

 

  4.2.4.2 The Borrower agrees, as between the Borrower and the Issuing Lender, that the Borrower shall assume all risks of the acts, omissions or misuse by the beneficiary of any Letter of Credit.

 

  4.2.4.3 Neither the Issuing Lender nor the Agent or any other Lender shall, in any way, be liable for any failure by the Issuing Lender or anyone else to pay any drawing under any Letter of Credit as a result of any action by any governmental authority or any other cause beyond the control of the Issuing Lender.

 

38.


  4.2.4.4 The obligations of the Borrower under this Section 4.2 shall survive the termination of this Agreement. No acts or omissions of any current or prior beneficiary of a Letter of Credit shall in any way affect or impair the rights of the Issuing Lender to enforce any right, power or benefit under this Agreement.

4.2.5 LC Escrowed Funds . Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, the Borrower will forthwith , upon request from the Issuing Lender or the Agent, pay to the Agent for deposit into an escrow account maintained by and in the name of the Agent, an amount equal to the Issuing Lender’s maximum potential exposure under the then outstanding Letters of Credit (the “ LC Escrowed Funds ”). The LC Escrowed Funds will be held by the Agent for compensation or set-off against future Indebtedness owing by the Borrower to the Issuing Lender in respect of such Letters of Credit and pending such application will bear interest at the rate declared by the Agent from time to time as that payable by it in respect of deposits for such amount and for the period from the date of deposit to the maturity date of the Letters of Credit. If such Event of Default is waived in compliance with the terms of this Agreement, then the remaining LC Escrowed Funds, if any, together with any accrued interest to the date of release, will be released to the Borrower. The deposit of the LC Escrowed Funds by the Borrower with the Agent as herein provided will not operate as a repayment on account of the Loan Obligations until such time as the LC Escrowed Funds are actually paid to the Issuing Lender as a repayment of principal hereunder. The Borrower shall sign and remit as Security with regard thereto all appropriate documents that the Agent or the Issuing Lender might judge necessary or desirable.

4.2.6 Resignation . The Issuing Lender may resign as such (a “ Resigning Issuing Lender ”) upon 15 days’ prior written notice to the Agent and the Borrower, in which event the Borrower shall designate another Lender as Issuing Lender. Upon acceptance by another Lender of the appointment as Issuing Lender (the “ Successor Issuing Lender ”), the Successor Issuing Lender shall succeed to the rights, powers and duties of the Resigning Issuing Lender and shall have all the rights and obligations of the Resigning Issuing Lender under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Upon request by any of the Resigning Issuing Lender, the Successor Issuing Lender, the Agent or the Borrower, each of the Resigning Issuing Lender, the Agent, the Borrower and the Successor Issuing Lender shall enter into an agreement evidencing the appointment of the Successor Issuing Lender and dealing with such other matters as the parties may agree including any reallocation of fees paid in relation to outstanding Letters of Credit which may be necessary. Following the resignation of the Resigning Issuing Lender, the Resigning Issuing Lender shall continue to have all the rights and obligations of an Issuing Lender under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents with respect to Letters of Credit issued by it prior to such resignation, but the Resigning Issuing Lender shall not be required to issue additional Letters of Credit. For avoidance of doubt, the provisions of this Agreement relating to the Issuing Lender shall inure to the benefit of the Resigning Issuing

 

39.


Lender as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it (a) while it was the Issuing Lender under this Agreement or (b) at any time with respect to Letters of Credit issued by the Issuing Lender.

 

  4.3 Swing Line Advances

4.3.1 Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Swing Line Lender agrees to make Swing Line Advances to the Borrower on any Business Day from time to time prior to the expiry of the Term. Swing Line Advances (other than by Letters of Credit) may be made or drawn by way of overdrafts on the Borrower’s account with the Swing Line Lender or by way of irrevocable same Business Day telephone notice at or before 11:00 a.m. followed by the delivery on the same day of a written notice of confirmation. Swing Line Advances by Letter of Credit shall be subject to the prior notice as required by the Swing Line Lender in accordance with its normal practices and shall not exceed $1,000,000 in the aggregate outstanding at any time.

4.3.2 The proceeds of Swing Line Advances may be used by the Borrower for any purpose for which other Advances under the Revolving Facility may be used.

4.3.3 The Swing Line Loan shall be immediately repaid by the Borrower if at any time (and to the extent) it exceeds the maximum of the Swing Line Advances permitted hereunder, either by the Borrower submitting a Notice of Borrowing to request a new Advance or by the Agent advising the Lenders of a deemed Notice of Borrowing for the same purpose, which Notice of Borrowing the Agent is hereby expressly authorized (but in no way obliged unless requested to do so by the Swing Line Lender) to issue.

4.3.4 If the Swing Line Lender no longer wishes to act as such, it shall notify the Borrower, the other Lenders and the Agent not less than 15 days prior to the date on which it proposes to cease acting as a Swing Line Lender. In such event, the Borrower may designate a different Swing Line Lender by sending a notice to (a) the Swing Line Lender who will no longer act as such (the “ Retiring Swing Line Lender ”), (b) the new Swing Line Lender who has agreed to act as such and (c) the Agent, not less than five (5) days prior to the date on which the replacement is to occur. The new Swing Line Lender shall make a Prime Rate Advance or US Base Rate Advance, as applicable, available to the Agent for the purpose of repaying the Swing Line Loan owed to the Retiring Swing Line Lender on the date such replacement is to occur.

4.3.5 If an Event of Default shall have occurred, other than an Event of Default under subsection 14.1.4, or if no Lender wishes to act as a replacement for the Retiring Swing Line Lender (in such case, the Swing Line Lender is herein referred to as the “ Former Swing Line Lender ”), the Borrower shall be deemed to have made a request for, and each Lender shall make, a Prime Rate Advance or US Base Rate Advance, as applicable, available to the Agent for the purpose of repaying the principal amount of the Swing Line Loan owed to the Former Swing Line Lender, in the amount of such Lender’s Applicable Percentage multiplied by the amount of the outstanding Swing Line Loan owing to the Former Swing Line Lender (the “ Lender Swing Line Repayments ”). In such event, the

 

40.


Borrower’s right to obtain Swing Line Advances will cease and the amounts outstanding thereunder will continue to form part of the Loan Obligations. However, if an Event of Default under subsection 14.1.4 shall have occurred, the Lenders shall not make such Lender Swing Line Repayments and the provisions of subsection 4.3.6 shall apply.

4.3.6 If, before the making of a Lender Swing Line Repayment under subsection 4.3.5, a Default under subsection 14.1.4 shall have occurred and be continuing or an Event of Default under subsection 14.1.4 shall have occurred, each Lender will, on the date such Lender Swing Line Repayment was to have been made, purchase from the Former Swing Line Lender an undivided participating interest in the Swing Line Loans to be repaid, in an amount equal to its Applicable Percentage multiplied by the amount of the outstanding Swing Line Loans, and immediately transfer such amount to the Agent for the benefit of the Former Swing Line Lender, in immediately available funds. In such event, the Borrower’s right to obtain Swing Line Advances will cease and the amounts outstanding thereunder will continue to form part of the Loan Obligations. If at any time after any Lender Swing Line Repayment has been made, the Former Swing Line Lender receives any payment on account of the Swing Line Loans in respect of which such Lender Swing Line Repayment has been made, the Former Swing Line Lender will distribute to the Agent for the benefit of each Lender an amount equal to its Applicable Percentage multiplied by such amount (appropriately adjusted, in the case of interest payments, to reflect the period of time during which such Lender’s portion was outstanding and funded) in like funds as received; provided, however, that if such payment received by the Former Swing Line Lender is required to be returned, such Lender will return to the Agent for the benefit of the Former Swing Line Lender any portion thereof previously distributed by the Former Swing Line Lender to the Agent for the benefit of such Lender in like funds as such payment is required to be returned by such Former Swing Line Lender.

4.3.7 Each Lender’s obligation to make Lender Swing Line Repayments or to purchase a participating interest in accordance with subsections 4.3.5 and 4.3.6 shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including, without limitation, (1) any set-off, compensation, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Lender may have against the Swing Line Lender, the Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever; (2) the occurrence or continuance of any Default or Event of Default; (3) any adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower or any other Person; (4) any breach of this Agreement by the Borrower or any other Person; (5) any inability of the Borrower to satisfy the conditions precedent to borrowing set forth in this Agreement on the date upon which such Prime Rate Advance is to be made or participating interest is to be purchased or (6) any other circumstances, happening or event whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing. If any Lender does not make available the amount required under subsection 4.3.5 or 4.3.6, as the case may be, the Former Swing Line Lender shall be entitled to recover such amount on demand from such Lender, together with interest thereon at the Prime Rate Basis or the US Base Rate Basis, as the case may be, from the date of non-payment until such amount is paid in full.

 

41.


  4.4 Operation of Accounts

The Agent shall maintain in its books at the Agency Branch a record of the Loan Obligations, including the Bankers’ Acceptances issued by the Borrower, attesting as to the total of the Borrower’s indebtedness to the Lenders in accordance with the provisions hereof and with the provisions of the Security Documents. These accounts or registers shall constitute, in the absence of manifest error, prima facie proof of the total amount of the indebtedness of the Borrower to the Lenders in accordance with the provisions hereof and of the Security Documents, of the date of any Advance made to the Borrower and of the total of all amounts paid by the Borrower from time to time with respect to principal and interest owing on the Loan Obligations and the fees and other sums payable in accordance with the provisions hereof or of the Security Documents.

 

  4.5 Apportionment of Advances

The amount of each Advance will be apportioned among the Lenders by the Agent by reference to the Applicable Percentage of each Lender, as such Applicable Percentage shall be immediately prior to the making of any Advance, subject to the provisions of subsections 4.3.5 and 4.3.6 hereof with respect to Swing Line Advances, and of Section 6.8 hereof with respect to BA Advances. If any amount is not in fact made available to the Agent by a Lender, the Agent shall be entitled to recover such amount (together with interest thereon at the rate determined by the Agent as being its cost of funds in the circumstances) on demand from such Lender or, if such Lender fails to reimburse the Agent for such amount on demand, from the Borrower.

 

  4.6 Limitations on Advances

The undrawn Credit available under the Revolving Facility shall cease to be available at the expiry of the Disbursement Period.

 

  4.7 Notices Irrevocable

Any notice given to the Agent in accordance with Articles 4 or 6 may not be revoked or withdrawn.

 

  4.8 Limits on BA Advances and Letters of Credit

Nothing in this Agreement shall be interpreted as authorizing the Borrower to issue Bankers’ Acceptances for a Designated Period expiring or, subject to Section 4.2.1, to cause to be issued Letters of Credit maturing, on a date which is after the expiry of the Term.

 

  4.9 Excess Resulting From Exchange Rate Change

Any time that, following one or more fluctuations in the exchange rate of the US Dollar against the Canadian Dollar, the sum of:

4.9.1 the Equivalent Amount in Canadian Dollars of Loan Obligations under the Revolving Facility in US Dollars; and

 

42.


4.9.2 the Loan Obligations under the Revolving Facility in Canadian Dollars;

exceeds the amount of the Credit under the Revolving Facility then available, the Borrower shall promptly either (i) make the necessary payments or repayments to the Agent to reduce the Loan Obligations under the Revolving Facility to an amount equal to or less than the available amount of the Credit under the Revolving Facility or (ii) maintain or cause to be maintained with the Agent, deposits of Canadian Dollars in an amount equal to or greater than the amount by which the Loan Obligations under the Revolving Facility exceed the available amount of the Credit under the Revolving Facility, such deposits to be maintained in such form and upon such terms as are acceptable to the relevant Agent. Without in any way limiting the foregoing provisions, the Agent shall, on the date of each request for an Advance or on the date of any interest payment or on each Acceptance Date or Rollover Date, make the necessary exchange rate calculations to determine whether any such excess exists on such date and, if there is an excess, it shall so notify the Borrower.

 

5. INTEREST AND FEES

None of the provisions of Article 5 shall apply to the Finnvera Facility Lenders or the Finnvera Term Facility, in respect of which the relevant provisions are set out in Section 4 of Schedule “P”.

 

  5.1 Interest on the Prime Rate Basis

The principal amount of the Loan Obligations which at any time and from time to time remains outstanding and in respect of which the Borrower has chosen or, in accordance with the provisions hereof, is obliged to pay interest on the Prime Rate Basis or the US Base Rate Basis, shall bear interest, calculated daily, on the daily balance of such Loan Obligations, from the date of each Advance up to and including the day preceding the date of repayment thereof in full at the annual rate (calculated based on a 365 or 366 day year, as the case may be) applicable to each of such days which corresponds to the Prime Rate or the US Base Rate, respectively, at the close of business on each of such days, plus the Margin.

 

  5.2 Payment of Interest on the Prime Rate Basis

The interest payable in accordance with Section 5.1 and calculated in the manner described therein shall be payable to the Agent monthly, in arrears, on the last day of each month or on such other date (limited to once per month) as the Agent may determine and advise the Borrower from time to time, the first payment of which shall be payable on the last day of the month in which the first Prime Rate Advance or US Base Rate Advance, respectively, was made.

 

43.


  5.3 Derivative Obligations

The Borrower agrees that any amounts due to the Agent or the Lenders on account of Derivative Obligations shall be secured by the Security.

 

  5.4 Interest on the Loan Obligations

Where no specific provision with respect to interest on an outstanding portion of the Loan Obligations is contained in this Agreement, the interest on such portion of the Loan Obligations shall be calculated and payable on the Prime Rate Basis.

 

  5.5 Arrears of Interest

Any arrears of interest or principal shall bear interest at a rate that is two percent (2%) per annum higher than the rate of interest payable in respect of the relevant principal amount of the Loan Obligations and shall be calculated and payable on the same basis.

 

  5.6 Maximum Interest Rate

The amount of the interest or fees payable in applying this Agreement shall not exceed the maximum rate permitted by Applicable Law. Where the amount of such interest or such fees is greater than the maximum rate, the amount shall be reduced to the highest rate that may be recovered in accordance with the applicable provisions of Applicable Law.

In determining whether the interest contracted for, charged or received by an Agent or a Lender exceeds the maximum rate, such Person may, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, (a) characterize any payment that is not principal as an expense, fee or premium rather than interest, (b) exclude voluntary prepayments and the effects thereof, and (c) amortize, prorate, allocate and spread in equal or unequal parts the total amount of interest throughout the contemplated Term of the Loan Obligations hereunder.

 

  5.7 Fees

The Borrower shall pay the following fees (the “ Revolving Facility Fees ”) to the Agent and the Swing Line Lender, as applicable:

 

  5.7.1 for the Revolving Facility Lenders, a standby fee (the “ Standby Fee ”) calculated daily by multiplying the amount of the unused Credit (calculated based on the maximum amount that could be available under the Revolving Facility, irrespective of compliance with any conditions precedent or other restrictions) under the Revolving Facility (including the Swing Line Commitment) each day by the applicable rate set out in the definition of “Margin”, and dividing the result by 365 (or 366 in a leap year), and then multiplying that result by the number of days in the relevant quarter, payable quarterly in arrears two Business Days following the last day of each calendar quarter, or on such other date as the Agent or the Swing Line Lender, as applicable, may determine, acting reasonably; and

 

44.


  5.7.2 for each of the Revolving Facility Lenders, the upfront fees referred to in subsection 10.1.7; and

 

  5.7.3 for the Agent, an annual agency fee in the amount and payable in accordance with the provisions of a letter agreement dated as of July 18, 2011, entered into between the Borrower and the Agent.

 

  5.8 Interest Act

 

  5.8.1 For the purposes of the Interest Act (Canada), any amount of interest or fees calculated herein using 360, 365 or 366 days per year and expressed as an annual rate is equal to the said rate of interest or fees multiplied by the actual number of days comprised within the calendar year, divided by 360, 365 or 366, as the case may be.

 

  5.8.2 The parties agree that all interest in this Agreement will be calculated using the nominal rate method and not the effective rate method, and that the deemed re-investment principle shall not apply to such calculations. In addition, the parties acknowledge that there is a material distinction between the nominal and effective rates of interest and that they are capable of making the calculations necessary to compare such rates.

 

6. BANKERS’ ACCEPTANCES

None of the provisions of Article 6 shall apply to the Finnvera Facility Lenders or the Finnvera Term Facility, in respect of which the relevant provisions are set out in Schedule “P”.

 

  6.1 Advances by Bankers’ Acceptances and Conversions into Bankers’ Acceptances

 

  6.1.1

Subject to the applicable provisions of this Agreement, on any Business Day during the Disbursement Period, by written Notice of Borrowing to the Agent given at least two (2) Business Days prior to the date of the Advance or the Rollover Date (for the purposes of this Article 6 called the “ Acceptance Date ”) and before 10:00 A.M., the Borrower may request that a BA Advance be made, that one or more Advances not borrowed as BA Advances be converted into one or more BA Advances or that a BA Advance or any part thereof be extended, as the case may be (the “ BA Request ”). Bankers’ Acceptances shall be issued on each Acceptance Date or Rollover Date, in a minimum Selected Amount, with respect to each Designated Period, of $5,000,000 or such greater

 

45.


  amount which is an integral multiple of $1,000,000, shall have a Designated Period of 10 to 180 days (or such other period as may be available and acceptable to the Agent), subject to availability, and shall, in no event, mature on a date after the expiry of the applicable Term.

 

  6.1.2 Prior to making any BA Request, the Borrower shall deliver:

 

  (a) to the Lenders, in the name of each Lender which is a bank that accepts bankers’ acceptances (a “ BA Lender ”), drafts in form and substance acceptable to the Agent and the Lenders; and

 

  (b) to the Lenders in the name of each Lender which is not a bank or does not accept bankers’ acceptances (a “ Non-BA Lender ”), Discount Notes;

completed and executed by its authorized signatories in sufficient quantity for the Advance requested and in appropriate denominations to facilitate the sale of the Bankers’ Acceptances in the financial markets. No Lender shall be responsible or liable for its failure to accept a Bankers’ Acceptance hereunder if such failure is due, in whole or in part, to the failure of the Borrower to give appropriate instructions to the Agent on a timely basis, nor shall the Agent or any Lender be liable for any damage, loss or other claim arising by reason of any loss or improper use of any such instrument except a loss or improper use arising by reason of the gross negligence or wilful misconduct of the Agent, such Lender, or their respective employees. In order to facilitate issuances of Bankers’ Acceptances pursuant hereto, in accordance with the instructions given from time to time by the Borrower, the Borrower hereby authorizes each Lender, and for this purpose appoints each Lender its lawful attorney, to complete and sign Bankers’ Acceptances on behalf of the Borrower, in handwritten or facsimile or mechanical signature or otherwise, and once so completed, signed and endorsed, and following acceptance of them as Bankers’ Acceptances, to purchase, discount or negotiate such Bankers’ Acceptances in accordance with the provisions of this Article 6, and to provide the Available Proceeds (as defined in subsection 6.2.4 (d)) to the Agent in accordance with the provisions hereof. Drafts so completed, signed, endorsed and negotiated on behalf of the Borrower by any Lender shall bind the Borrower as fully and effectively as if so performed by an authorized officer of the Borrower. Each Lender shall maintain a record with respect to such instruments (i) received by it hereunder, (ii) voided by it for any reason, (iii) accepted by it hereunder and (iv) cancelled at their respective maturities. Each Lender agrees to provide such records to the Borrower promptly upon request and, at the request of the Borrower, to cancel such instruments which have been so completed and executed and which are held by such Lender and have not yet been issued hereunder.

 

46.


  6.2 Acceptance Procedure

With respect to any BA Advance:

 

  6.2.1 The Agent shall promptly notify in writing each Lender of the details of the proposed issue, specifying:

 

  6.2.2 (a) For each BA Lender, (i) the principal amount of the Bankers’ Acceptances to be accepted by such Lender, and (ii) the Designated Period of such Bankers’ Acceptances; and

(b) For each Non-BA Lender, (i) the principal amount of the Discount Notes to be issued to such Lender, and (ii) the Designated Period of such Discount Notes.

 

  6.2.3 The Agent shall establish the Bankers’ Acceptance Discount Rate at or about 10:00 a.m. on the Acceptance Date, and the Agent shall promptly determine the amount of the BA Proceeds.

 

  6.2.4 Forthwith, and in any event not later than 11:30 A.M. on the Acceptance Date, the Agent shall indicate to each Lender, in the manner set out in Section 18.5:

(a) the Bankers’ Acceptance Discount Rate;

(b) the amount of the Stamping Fee applicable to those Bankers’ Acceptances to be accepted by such Lender on the Acceptance Date, calculated by multiplying the appropriate percentage set out in the definition of “Stamping Fee” by the face amount of each Bankers’ Acceptance (taking into account the number of days in the Designated Period), any such Lender being authorized by the Borrower to collect the Stamping Fee out of the BA Proceeds of those Bankers’ Acceptances;

(c) the BA Proceeds of the Bankers’ Acceptances to be purchased by such Lender on such Acceptance Date; and

(d) the amount obtained (the “ Available Proceeds ”) by subtracting the Stamping Fee mentioned in subsection 6.2.4(b) from the BA Proceeds mentioned in subsection 6.2.4(c).

 

  6.2.5 Not later than 1:00 P.M. on the Acceptance Date, each Lender shall make available to the Agent its Available Proceeds.

 

  6.2.6 Not later than 4:00 P.M. on the Acceptance Date, the Agent shall transfer the Available Proceeds to the Borrower in accordance with Section 8.8 and shall notify the Borrower on such day either by telex, fax or telephone (if by telephone, to be confirmed subsequently in writing) of the details of the issue.

 

47.


  6.3 Purchase of Bankers’ Acceptances and Discount Notes

Before giving value to the Borrower, the Lenders or the sub-participants which:

 

  6.3.1 are BA Lenders shall, on the Acceptance Date, accept the Bankers’ Acceptances by inserting the appropriate principal amount, Acceptance Date and maturity date in accordance with the BA Request relating thereto and affixing their acceptance stamps thereto, and shall purchase or sell same; and

 

  6.3.2 are Non-BA Lenders shall, on the Acceptance Date, complete the Discount Notes by inserting the appropriate principal amount, Acceptance Date and maturity date in accordance with the BA Request relating thereto.

 

  6.4 Maturity Date of Bankers’ Acceptances

Subject to the applicable notice provisions, at or prior to the maturity date of each Bankers’ Acceptance, the Borrower shall:

 

  6.4.1 give to the Agent a notice in the form of Schedule “B” requesting that the Lenders convert all or any part of the BA Advance then outstanding by way of Bankers’ Acceptances which are maturing into a Prime Rate Advance; or

 

  6.4.2 give to the Agent a notice in the form of Schedule “B” requesting that the Lenders extend all or any part of the BA Advance outstanding by way of Bankers’ Acceptances which are maturing into another BA Advance by issuing new Bankers’ Acceptances, subject to compliance with the provisions of subsection 6.1.1 with respect to the minimum Selected Amount and Designated Period; or

 

  6.4.3 at latest at 10:00 A.M., two (2) Business Days prior to the Rollover Date of each Bankers’ Acceptance then outstanding and reaching maturity, notify the Agent by way of a notice substantially in the form of Schedule “B-1” (but omitting paragraph 3 thereof) that it intends to deposit in its account for the account of the Lenders on the Rollover Date an amount equal to the principal amount of each such Bankers’ Acceptance.

 

  6.5 Deemed Conversions on the Maturity Date

If the Borrower does not deliver to the Agent one or more of the notices contemplated by subsections 6.4.1 or 6.4.2 or does not give the notice and make the deposit contemplated by subsection 6.4.3, the Borrower shall be deemed to have requested that the part of the BA Advance then outstanding which is reaching maturity be converted into a Prime Rate Advance.

 

48.


  6.6 Conversion and Extension Mechanism

If under the conditions

 

  6.6.1 of subsection 6.4.1 and of Section 6.5, the Borrower requests or is deemed to have requested, as the case may be, that the Agent convert the portion of the BA Advance which is maturing into a Prime Rate Advance, the Lenders shall pay the Bankers’ Acceptances which are outstanding and maturing. Such payments by the Lenders will constitute an Advance within the meaning of this Agreement and the interest thereon shall be calculated and payable as the Borrower may request or may be deemed to have requested;

 

  6.6.2 of subsection 6.4.3, the Borrower makes a deposit in its account, without limiting in any way the generality of Section 17.5, the Borrower hereby expressly and irrevocably authorizes the Agent to make any debits necessary in its account in order to pay the Bankers’ Acceptances which are outstanding and maturing.

 

  6.7 Prepayment of Bankers’ Acceptances

Notwithstanding any provision hereof, the Borrower may not prepay any Bankers’ Acceptance other than on its maturity date; however, this provision shall not prevent the Borrower from acquiring, in its discretion but subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, any Bankers’ Acceptance in circulation from time to time.

 

  6.8 Apportionment Amongst the Lenders

The Agent is authorized by the Borrower and each Lender to allocate amongst the Lenders the Bankers’ Acceptances to be issued and purchased in such manner and amounts as the Agent may, in its sole discretion, but acting reasonably, consider necessary, so as to ensure that no Lender is required to accept and purchase a Bankers’ Acceptance for a fraction of $100,000, and in such event, the Lenders’ respective Commitments in any such Bankers’ Acceptances and repayments thereof shall be altered accordingly. Further, the Agent is authorized by the Borrower and each Lender to cause the proportionate share of one or more Lender’s Advances (calculated based on its Commitment) to be exceeded by no more than $100,000 each as a result of such allocations provided that the principal amount of outstanding Advances, including Bankers’ Acceptances, shall not thereby exceed the maximum amount of the respective Commitment of each Lender. Any resulting amount by which the requested face amount of any such Bankers’ Acceptance shall have been so reduced shall be advanced, converted or continued, as the case may be, as a Prime Rate Advance, to be made contemporaneously with the BA Advance.

 

49.


  6.9 Cash Deposits

Each Lender may, in its discretion, at any time, in the absence of any demand by the Borrower to such effect, grant an Advance to the Borrower, the amount of which shall be equivalent to the face value of all Bankers’ Acceptances then in circulation which have been accepted, which Advance shall not bear interest. The amount of the Advance shall not be taken into account in order to calculate the amount of the Credit used pursuant hereto. The Agent shall retain the amount of the Advance in a non-interest bearing cash collateral account as security, for the benefit of the Borrower, which amount may be entirely set-off against the amount of the Advance and the amount of the Bankers’ Acceptances in circulation which such Lender has accepted and may be imputed, in the Lender’s discretion, to the payment of the Bankers’ Acceptances at their maturity. The Borrower shall sign and remit as security with regard thereto all appropriate documents which the Lenders might judge necessary or desirable, specifically including an assignment of the credit balance of the deposit account held as security.

 

  6.10 Days of Grace

The Borrower shall not claim from the Lenders any days of grace for the payment at maturity of any Bankers’ Acceptances presented and accepted by the Lenders pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement. Further, the Borrower waives any defence to payment which might otherwise exist if for any reason a Bankers’ Acceptance shall be held by any Lender in its own right at the maturity thereof.

 

  6.11 Obligations Absolute

The obligations of the Borrower with respect to Bankers’ Acceptances shall be unconditional and irrevocable and shall be paid strictly in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement under all circumstances, including the following circumstances:

 

  6.11.1 any lack of validity or enforceability of any draft accepted by any Lender as a Bankers’ Acceptance; or

 

  6.11.2 the existence of any claim, set-off, defence or other right which the Borrower may have at any time against the holder of a Bankers’ Acceptance, the Lenders, or any other person or entity, whether in connection with this Agreement or otherwise.

 

  6.12 Depository Bills and Notes Act

Bankers’ Acceptances may be issued in the form of a depository bill and deposited with a clearing house, both terms as defined in the Depository Bills and Notes Act . The Agent and the Borrower shall agree on the procedures to be followed, acting reasonably. The Lenders are also authorized to issue depository bills as replacements for previously issued Bankers’ Acceptances, on the same terms as those replaced, and deposit them with a clearing house against cancellation of the previously issued Bankers’ Acceptances.

 

50.


7. ILLEGALITY, INCREASED COSTS, INDEMNIFICATION AND MARKET DISRUPTIONS

 

  7.1 Illegality

If any Lender determines that any law (whether or not as a result of a Change in Law) has made it unlawful, or that any Governmental Authority has asserted that it is unlawful, for any Lender or its applicable lending office to (a) make any Advance or maintain any Loan Obligations (or to maintain its obligation to make any Advance, including any BA Advance, Letter of Credit or participation in a Letter of Credit), or (b) determine or charge interest rates based upon any particular rate, then, on notice thereof by such Lender to the Borrower through the Agent (in the case of a Revolving Facility Lender) or the Finnvera Facility Agent (in the case of a Finnvera Facility Lender), any obligation of such Lender with respect to the activity that is unlawful shall be suspended until such Lender notifies the Agent or the Finnvera Facility Agent, as the case may be, and the Borrower that the circumstances giving rise to such determination no longer exist. Upon receipt of such notice, the Borrower shall, upon demand from such Lender (with a copy to the Agent), prepay or, if conversion would avoid the unlawful activity, convert any affected Loan Obligations, or take any necessary steps with respect to any Letter of Credit, in order to avoid the activity that is unlawful. Upon any such prepayment or conversion, the Borrower shall also pay accrued interest on the amount so prepaid or converted. Each Lender agrees to designate a different lending office if such designation will avoid the need for such notice and will not, in the good faith judgment of such Lender, otherwise be materially disadvantageous to such Lender.

 

  7.2 Increased Costs

 

  7.2.1 General . If any Change in Law shall:

 

  (a) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan, insurance charge or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended or participated in by, any Lender;

 

  (b) subject any Lender to any Tax of any kind whatsoever with respect to this Agreement, any Letter of Credit, any participation in a Letter of Credit or any Advance made by it, or change the basis of taxation of payments to such Lender in respect thereof, except for Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes covered by Section 7.3 and the imposition, or any change in the rate, of any Excluded Tax payable by such Lender; or

 

  (c) impose on any Lender or the applicable interbank market any other condition, cost or expense affecting this Agreement or Advances by or Loan Obligations owed to such Lender or any Letter of Credit or participation therein;

 

51.


and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender of making any Advance or maintaining any Loan Obligations (or of maintaining its obligation to make any such Advance), or to increase the cost to such Lender or the Issuing Lender of participating in, issuing or maintaining any Letter of Credit (or of maintaining its obligation to participate in or to issue any Letter of Credit), or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender or the Issuing Lender hereunder (whether of principal, interest or any other amount), then upon request of such Lender the Borrower will pay to such Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.

 

  7.2.2 Capital Requirements . If any Lender determines that any Change in Law affecting such Lender or any lending office of such Lender or such Lender’s holding company, if any, regarding capital requirements has or would have the effect of increasing the cost to such Lender of making or maintaining its Commitment or any Advance or Loan Obligation, or reducing any amount otherwise receivable by such Lender hereunder with respect thereto, then from time to time the Borrower will pay to such Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or its holding company for any such reduction suffered.

 

  7.2.3 Certificates for Reimbursement . A certificate of a Lender setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or its holding company, as the case may be, as specified in subsections 7.2.1 or 7.2.2 hereof, including reasonable detail of the basis of calculation thereof, and delivered to the Borrower shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrower shall pay such Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 15 Business Days after receipt thereof.

 

  7.2.4 Delay in Requests . Failure or delay on the part of any Lender to demand compensation pursuant to this Section shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s right to demand such compensation, except that the Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender pursuant to this Section for any increased costs incurred or reductions suffered more than six months prior to the date that such Lender notifies the Borrower of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of such Lender’s intention to claim compensation therefor, unless the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, in which case the six-month period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof.

 

  7.3 Taxes

 

  7.3.1

Payments Free of Taxes . Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall be made free and clear of and without reduction or withholding for any Indemnified Taxes or

 

52.


Other Taxes. If any member of the VL Group, the Agent, the Finnvera Facility Agent or any Lender is required by Applicable Law to deduct or pay any Indemnified Taxes (including any Other Taxes) in respect of such payments by or on account of any obligation of a member of the VL Group hereunder or under any other Loan Document, then (i) the sum payable shall be increased by that member of the VL Group when payable as necessary so that after making or allowing for all required deductions and payments (including deductions and payments applicable to additional sums payable under this Section) the Agent, the Finnvera Facility Agent or the Lender, as the case may be, receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions or payments been required, (ii) the member of the VL Group shall make any such deductions required to be made by it under Applicable Law and (iii) the member of the VL Group shall timely pay the full amount required to be deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with Applicable Law.

 

  7.3.2 Payment of Other Taxes by the Borrower . Without limiting the provisions of paragraph (a) above, the Borrower shall timely pay any Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with Applicable Law.

 

  7.3.3 Indemnification by the Borrower . The Borrower shall indemnify the Agent, the Finnvera Facility Agent and each Lender, within 10 days after demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes (including Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section) paid by the Agent, the Finnvera Facility Agent or such Lender and any penalties, interest and reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Borrower by a Lender (with a copy to the Agent or the Finnvera Facility Agent, as applicable), or by the Agent or the Finnvera Facility Agent, as applicable, on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

 

  7.3.4 Evidence of Payments . As soon as practicable after any payment of Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes by a member of the VL Group to a Governmental Authority, such member of the VL Group shall deliver to the Agent or the Finnvera Facility Agent, as applicable, the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Agent or the Finnvera Facility Agent, as applicable.

 

  7.3.5

Status of Lenders . Any Foreign Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding tax under the law of the jurisdiction in which the Borrower is resident for tax purposes, or under any treaty to which such jurisdiction is a party, with respect to payments hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall, at the request of the Borrower, deliver to the Borrower (with a copy to the Agent or the Finnvera Facility Agent, as applicable), at the time or times prescribed by

 

53.


Applicable Law or reasonably requested by the Borrower, the Agent or the Finnvera Facility Agent, as applicable, such properly completed and executed documentation prescribed by Applicable Law as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate of withholding. In addition, (a) any Lender, if requested by the Borrower, the Agent or the Finnvera Facility Agent, as applicable, shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by Applicable Law or reasonably requested by the Borrower, the Agent or the Finnvera Facility Agent, as applicable, as will enable the Borrower, the Agent or the Finnvera Facility Agent, as applicable, to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to withholding or information reporting requirements, and (b) any Lender that ceases to be, or to be deemed to be, resident in Canada for the purposes of Part XIII of the Income Tax Act (Canada) or any successor provision thereto shall, within five days thereof, notify the Borrower and the Agent or the Finnvera Facility Agent, as applicable, in writing.

 

  7.3.6 Treatment of Certain Refunds . If the Agent, the Finnvera Facility Agent (as applicable) or a Lender determines, acting reasonably, that it has received a refund of any Taxes or Other Taxes as to which it has been indemnified by the Borrower or with respect to which a member of the VL Group has paid additional amounts pursuant to this Section or that, because of the payment of such Taxes or Other Taxes, it has benefited from a reduction in Excluded Taxes otherwise payable by it, it shall pay to the Borrower or other member of the VL Group, as applicable, an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, by the Borrower or other member of the VL Group under this Section with respect to the Taxes or Other Taxes giving rise to such refund or reduction), net of all out-of-pocket expenses of the Agent, the Finnvera Facility Agent or such Lender, as the case may be (without duplication of any such expenses if previously reimbursed), and without interest (other than an amount equal to the net after-Tax amount of any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority, if any, with respect to such refund). The Borrower or the other member of the VL Group, as applicable, upon the request of the Agent or such Lender, agrees to repay the amount paid over to the Borrower or other member of the VL Group (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) to the Agent, the Finnvera Facility Agent or such Lender if the Agent, the Finnvera Facility Agent or such Lender is required to repay such refund or reduction to such Governmental Authority. This subsection shall not be construed to require the Agent, the Finnvera Facility Agent or any Lender to make available its tax returns (or any other information relating to its Taxes that it deems confidential) to the Borrower or any other Person, to arrange its affairs in any particular manner or to claim any available refund or reduction.

 

  7.4 Breakage Costs, Failure to Borrow or Repay After Notice

The Borrower shall indemnify each Lender against any loss or expense (including any loss or expense arising from interest or fees payable by such Lender to lenders of funds obtained by it in order to make or maintain any Advance and any loss or expense incurred in liquidating or re-employing deposits from which such funds were obtained) which such

 

54.


Lender may sustain or incur as a consequence of any: (a) default by the Borrower in the payment when due of the amount of or interest on any Loan Obligations or in the payment when due of any other amount hereunder, (b) default by the Borrower in obtaining an Advance after the Borrower has given notice hereunder that it desires to obtain such Advance, (c) default by the Borrower in making any voluntary reduction of the outstanding amount of any Loan Obligations after the Borrower has given notice hereunder that it desires to make such reduction, and (d) the payment of any Bankers’ Acceptance, Tranche A CDOR Advance or Tranche A Libor Advance otherwise than on the maturity date thereof (including without limitation any such payment required pursuant to Section 8.1 or upon acceleration pursuant to Section 14.2). A certificate of the Agent or the Finnvera Facility Agent, as applicable providing reasonable particulars of the calculation of any such loss or expense shall be conclusive and binding in the absence of manifest error. If any Lender becomes entitled to claim any amount pursuant to this Section 7.4, it shall promptly notify the Borrower, through the Agent or the Finnvera Facility Agent, as applicable, of the event by reason of which it has become so entitled and reasonable particulars of the related loss or expense, provided that the failure to do so promptly shall not prejudice the Lenders’ right to claim hereunder.

Without prejudice to the survival or termination of any other agreement of the Borrower under this Agreement, the obligations of the Borrower under this Section 7.4 shall survive the payment of principal and interest on all Loan Obligations and the termination of the Credit.

 

  7.5 Mitigation Obligations: Replacement of Lenders.

 

  7.5.1 Designation of a Different Lending Office . If any Lender requests compensation under Section 7.2, or requires the Borrower to pay any additional amount to it or to any Governmental Authority for its account pursuant to Section 7.3, then such Lender shall (in the case of a Finnvera Facility Lender, subject to the consent of Finnvera, as applicable) use reasonable efforts to designate a different lending office for funding or booking its Loan Obligations hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if, in the judgment of such Lender, such designation or assignment (a) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 7.2 or 7.3, as the case may be, in the future and (b) would not subject such Lender to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender. The Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with any such designation or assignment.

 

  7.5.2

Replacement of Lenders . If (a) any Lender requests compensation under Section 7.2, or (b) the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 7.3, or (c) any Lender is a Defaulting Lender and has not remedied such default within 2 Business Days, or (d) if any Lender’s obligations are suspended under Section 7.1, then the Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon 10 days’ notice to such Lender and the Agent or the Finnvera Facility Agent, as applicable, require such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to

 

55.


the restrictions contained in, and consents required by, Article 16 and Article 10 of Schedule “P”, as applicable), all of its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement and the related Loan Documents to an Eligible Assignee, a Tranche A Assignee or other assignee permitted under Schedule “P”, as applicable that shall assume such obligations (which Eligible Assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such Assignment), provided that:

 

  (a) the Borrower pays the Agent the assignment fee specified in subsection 16.2.2(f), in the case of an Assignment;

 

  (b) the Borrower pays the Finnvera Facility Agent the transfer fee specified in Section 10.3 of Schedule “P”, in the case of an assignment under the Finnvera Term Facility;

 

  (c) the assigning Lender receives payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Loan Obligations and participations in disbursements under Letters of Credit, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (including any breakage costs and amounts required to be paid under this Agreement as a result of prepayment to a Lender) from the Assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Borrower (in the case of all other amounts);

 

  (d) in the case of any such Assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 7.2 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 7.3, such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments thereafter; and

 

  (e) such Assignment does not conflict with Applicable Law.

A Lender shall not be required to make any such Assignment or delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling the Borrower to require such Assignment and delegation cease to apply.

 

  7.6 Market Disruption

If, at any time or from time to time, the Requisite Disruption Lenders provide notice to the Agent that:

 

  7.6.1

(a) with respect to BA Advances, there no longer exists a market for Bankers’ Acceptances, or (b) with respect to BA Advances or Prime Rate Advances, (i) the Bankers Acceptance Discount Rate is unavailable and the Agent is unable to provide the alternative rate described in the definition of “Bankers’ Acceptance Discount Rate”, or (ii) the Bankers Acceptance Discount Rate does not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to each such Requisite Disruption Lender of funding such Advance

 

56.


as determined by each such Requisite Disruption Lender in good faith, or (iii) the Prime Rate or the US Base Rate at such time does not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to each such Requisite Disruption Lender of funding such Advance as determined by each such Requisite Disruption Lender in good faith;

any of the foregoing, a “ Market Disruption Event ”, then in any such case:

 

  7.6.2 the Borrower and the Agent shall enter into negotiations (for a period of not more than 30 days) with a view to agreeing to a substitute basis for determining the applicable Bankers’ Acceptance Discount Rate. Any alternate basis (which may include having recourse to the Market Disruption Prime Rate and/or the Market Disruption US Base Rate) agreed upon pursuant to the foregoing sentence shall, with the prior consent of each of the Lenders affected by the Market Disruption Event and the Borrower, be binding on all of them;

 

  7.6.3 failing such agreement, the substitute basis for determining the applicable Bankers’ Acceptance Discount Rate shall be as notified to the Borrower by each affected Lender, accompanied by a certificate of such affected Lender setting out the appropriate substitute rate for the particular form of Advance in question, and accompanied by reasonable explanations and calculations, provided that such substitute rate shall not exceed the relevant rate of non-affected Lenders by more than 1.50%; and

 

  7.6.4 to the extent that the Advances affected by the Market Disruption Event are (a) US Base Rate Advances, the applicable US Base Rate for all affected Lenders shall be the Market Disruption US Base Rate, and (b) Prime Rate Advances, the applicable Prime Rate for all affected Lenders shall be the Market Disruption Prime Rate.

 

8. PAYMENT, REPAYMENT AND PREPAYMENT

None of the provisions of Article 8 shall apply to the Finnvera Facility Lenders or the Finnvera Term Facility, in respect of which the relevant provisions are set out in Section 5 of Schedule “P”. However, Section 18.8 hereof shall apply to all payments made in respect of the Finnvera Term Facility.

 

  8.1 Repayment of the Loan Obligations

The Borrower hereby agrees to repay the amount of the Loan Obligations outstanding under the Revolving Facility on the last day of the Term.

 

  8.2 Voluntary Repayment and Prepayment of the Loan Obligations or Cancellation of the Credit

On any Business Day during the Term, after having given notice to the Agent of one (1) Business Day with respect to the repayment of Prime Rate Advances and two (2) Business

 

57.


Days with respect to BA Advances, substantially in the form of Schedule “B-1”, the Borrower may repay in minimum amounts of $1,000,000 or in whole multiples of such amount, all or part of the principal amount of the Loan Obligations under the Revolving Facility for the account of the Revolving Facility Lenders, provided that in respect of a BA Advance, subject to Section 8.3, no repayment shall be made on a date other than a maturity date of the Bankers’ Acceptances outstanding at that time, with, in each case, all interest accrued and unpaid on the amounts so prepaid.

In addition, the Borrower may, upon the same notice, cancel any portion of the Credit that has not been drawn by the Borrower. No Standby Fee shall be payable in respect of any portion of the Credit so cancelled as and from the effective date of its cancellation. The Borrower shall not be permitted to draw Advances in respect of any portion of the Credit so cancelled.

 

  8.3 Cash Collateralization of BA Advances

If a prepayment to be made would require the repayment of outstanding Bankers’ Acceptances prior to their maturity, the Borrower shall provide to the Agent cash collateral in an amount equal to the face amount of such Bankers’ Acceptances which cash collateral shall be held by the Agent in an interest bearing account and used to repay same at maturity.

 

  8.4 Currency of Payments

All payments, repayments and prepayments, as the case may be:

 

  8.4.1 of principal of the Loan Obligations, or any part thereof, shall be made in the same currency as that in which they are outstanding;

 

  8.4.2 of interest, shall be made in the same currency as the principal amount outstanding to which they relate;

 

  8.4.3 of Fees, shall be made in Canadian Dollars alone; and

 

  8.4.4 of the amounts referred to in Section 7.4, shall be made in the same currency as the losses, costs and expenses suffered or incurred by the Lenders.

 

  8.5 Payments by the Borrower to the Agent

All payments to be made by the Borrower in connection with this Agreement shall be made in funds having same day value to the Agent, at the Agency Branch, or at any other office or account in Toronto or Montreal designated by the Agent. Any such payment shall be made on the date upon which such payment is due, in accordance with the terms hereof, no later than 11:00 A.M.

 

58.


  8.6 Payment on a Business Day

Each time a payment, repayment or prepayment is due on a day that is not a Business Day, it shall be made on the following Business Day.

 

  8.7 Payments by the Lenders to the Agent

Any amounts payable to the Agent by a Lender shall be paid in funds having same day value to the Agent by the Lenders on a Business Day at the Agency Branch.

 

  8.8 Payments by the Agent to the Borrower

Any payment received by the Agent for the account of the Borrower shall be paid in funds having same day value to the Borrower on the date of receipt, or if such date is not a Business Day, on the next Business Day, at the Branch.

 

  8.9 Netting

On the date of any Advance or on a Rollover Date (a “ Transaction Date ”), the Agent shall be entitled to net amounts payable on such date by the Agent to a Lender against amounts payable in the same currency on such date by such Lender to the Agent, for the account of the Borrower. Similarly, on any Transaction Date, the Borrower hereby authorizes each Lender to net amounts payable in one currency on such date by such Lender to the Agent, for the account of the Borrower, against amounts payable in the same currency on such date by the Borrower to such Lender in accordance with the Agent’s calculations made in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

 

  8.10 Application of Payments

 

  8.10.1 Except as otherwise indicated herein, all payments made to the Agent by the Borrower for the account of the Revolving Facility Lenders shall be distributed the same day by the Agent, in accordance with its normal practice, in funds having same day value, among the Revolving Facility Lenders to the accounts last designated in writing by each Revolving Facility Lender to the Agent, pro rata in accordance with their respective Applicable Percentage, and notice thereof shall be given to the Borrower by the Agent within a reasonable delay.

 

  8.10.2 Except as otherwise indicated herein or as otherwise determined by the Revolving Facility Lenders, all payments made by the Borrower to the Agent on behalf of the Revolving Facility Lenders shall be applied by the Revolving Facility Lenders as follows:

 

  (a) to the fees, costs, expenses and accessories contemplated by Article 7, Section 14.5 and Section 17.5 or by the Security Documents;

 

59.


  (b) to all amounts due under Article 5 hereunder;

 

  (c) to the repayment of the principal amount of the Loan Obligations;

 

  (d) to any other amounts due pursuant to this Agreement.

 

  8.11 No Set-Off or Counterclaim by Borrower

All payments by the Borrower shall be made free and clear of and without any deduction for or on account of any set-off or counterclaim.

 

  8.12 Debit Authorization

The Agent is hereby authorized to debit the Borrower’s and the Guarantors’ account or accounts maintained from time to time at the Branch or elsewhere, and to set off and compensate against any and all accounts, credits and balances maintained at any time by the Borrower or the Guarantors for the amount of any interest or any other amounts due and owing hereunder from time to time payable by the Borrower, in order to obtain payment thereof.

 

9. SECURITY

 

  9.1 Security for Advances

As general and continuing security for the performance by the Borrower of its obligations to the Agents and the Lenders hereunder, including its obligations under the Swing Line and the other Loan Documents, its obligation to perform and pay the Loan Obligations and all Derivative Obligations, as such agreements are, from time to time, amended, restated, amended and restated, extended or renewed, the Borrower shall:

 

  9.1.1 cause to be executed by each of the Guarantors an unconditional solidary (joint and several) Guarantee in favour of the Agent on behalf of the Lenders, of the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement, all Derivative Obligations and the Loan Documents, substantially in the form annexed as Schedule “D”;

 

  9.1.2 execute and cause to be executed by the Guarantors an agreement pledging the Equity Interests of each of their respective Subsidiaries to the Agent on behalf of the Lenders, which agreement shall be substantially in form of Schedule “E” (the “ Share Pledge ”);

 

  9.1.3

execute and cause to be executed by each of the Guarantors first-ranking security (subject only to Permitted Charges) in favour of the Agent on behalf of the Lenders, by way of a hypothec on the universality of all of its movable and immovable property located in the Province of Quebec

 

60.


  (and/or, at the option of the Agent, by way of a hypothec securing Debentures granted in favour of the Agent or a collateral agent designated by the Agent as the power of attorney (“fondé de pouvoir”) of the Lenders within the meaning of Article 2692 of the Civil Code of Quebec, as contemplated by Section 18.16, the whole subject to the waivers contained in the letters referred to in Section 17.4. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrower and the Guarantors shall only be obliged to make additional registrations of the foregoing security after the date of this Agreement against any network in the land registry of Quebec on every second anniversary of the date of this Agreement;

 

  9.1.4 execute and cause to be executed by each of the Guarantors a Debenture Pledge of the Debentures referred to in subsection 9.1.3;

 

  9.1.5 execute first-ranking security (subject only to Permitted Charges) in favour of each Revolving Lender that is a bank, within the meaning of the Bank Act (Canada), under Sections 427 and following of the Bank Act (Canada);

 

  9.1.6 execute and cause to be executed by each of the Guarantors in favour of the Agent on behalf of the Lenders, a first-ranking (subject only to Permitted Charges) General Security Agreement and mortgage charging all of its property and assets, personal (movable) and real (immovable), if any, located elsewhere in Canada or in the USA (and/or, at the option of the Agent, by way of a debenture or other instrument containing the same Charges);

 

  9.1.7 execute and cause to be executed by each of the Guarantors a first-ranking assignment, by way of collateral security, of the contracts governing or evidencing intellectual property rights (subject to Permitted Charges, and to the extent not prohibited by the terms of the agreements governing such rights) in favour of the Agent on behalf of the Lenders; and

 

  9.1.8 cause the Agent on behalf of the Lenders to be named in all insurance policies protecting the members of the VL Group and their movable property, activities, business interruption and third party liability against any form of loss as a named insured as its interest may appear, and deliver to the Agent certificates of insurance in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent.

 

  9.2 ECA Guarantee

Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement to the contrary, the ECA Guarantee (as defined in Schedule “P”), any replacement guarantee or instrument delivered pursuant to the provisions of Section 8.3 of Schedule “P”, and all proceeds derived therefrom shall be for the sole benefit of the Finnvera Facility Lenders.

 

61.


  9.3 Guarantors - Exception

After the Closing Date, any member of the VL Group may create or acquire one or more Subsidiaries that are or are not wholly-owned by a member of the VL Group, including as a result of its participation in a joint venture with another Person. Such Subsidiary shall not be required to provide a Guarantee or the Security, provided that the absence of such Guarantee does not cause the Borrower to breach the provisions of Section 12.12 at the time of the creation or Acquisition or at any time thereafter, and shall not be considered a Guarantor. If such Subsidiary is wholly-owned, it will be a member of the VL Group.

 

  9.4 Release of QMI Guarantee and Pledge; Release of Security in Certain Circumstances

 

  9.4.1 All of the Lenders hereby confirm that the Agent is authorized to provide the Quebecor Media Release.

 

  9.4.2 The Lenders agree to instruct the Agent to release all of the Security at the request of the Borrower if the Borrower’s senior unsecured debt rating obtained from any 2 of DBRS, S&P or Moody’s has been and remains not less than BBB(low)/BBB-/Baa3 for a period of not less than 6 months.

 

10. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

None of the provisions of Section 10.1 or 10.2 shall apply to the Finnvera Facility Lenders or the Finnvera Term Facility, in respect of which the relevant provisions are set out in Section 6 of Schedule “P”.

 

  10.1 Initial Advance under the Revolving Facility After the Closing Date

The obligation of the Lenders to make the initial Advance under the Revolving Facility after the Closing Date is conditional upon the fulfilment of each of the conditions set out in this Section 10.1 and in Section 10.2 to the entire satisfaction of the Agent and the Lenders:

 

  10.1.1 certified copies of all of the constating documents, borrowing by-laws and resolutions of the Borrower and of each other member of the VL Group not previously provided to the Agent shall have been provided to the Agent;

 

  10.1.2 all Charges on the property of each member of the VL Group, other than Permitted Charges, shall have been discharged;

 

62.


  10.1.3 this Agreement shall have been executed and delivered, and each of the Security Documents shall have been amended, executed, delivered, issued or assigned and registered or published, as the case may be, wherever required;

 

  10.1.4 all of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of the Subsidiaries referred to in subsection 9.1.2 owned, directly or indirectly by the Borrower and any of its Subsidiaries at the relevant time, shall have been pledged in accordance with the Share Pledge executed by the Borrower and the relevant Subsidiaries and all of the pledged Equity Interests shall have been remitted to the Agent;

 

  10.1.5 the Borrower shall have delivered to the Agent a certificate in the form of Schedule “F” signed by an officer stipulating and certifying that:

 

  (a) such officer has taken cognizance of all the terms and conditions of this Agreement and of all contracts, agreements and deeds pertaining hereto;

 

  (b) no Default or Event of Default has occurred or exists hereunder;

 

  (c) the corporate structure of the VL Group is as set out in the diagram attached to the certificate;

 

  (d) each member of the VL Group holds the permits, Licences, licences and authorizations required in order to permit it to possess its property and its real estate and to carry on its business in the manner in which it is being carried on at present;

 

  (e) all property to be charged by the Security Documents is located in the jurisdictions described in a schedule thereto;

 

  10.1.6 the Borrower shall have delivered to the Agent the favourable legal opinion(s) of the counsel to the VL Group, addressed to the Lenders, the Agent and its counsel, in form and substance acceptable to the Agent and its counsel, acting reasonably, including with regard to the continuing validity of all relevant Guarantees and Security; and

 

  10.1.7 the Borrower shall have paid to each of the Revolving Facility Lenders an upfront fee in the amount and payable as set forth in the invitation letter sent to it by the Borrower dated May 30, 2011.

 

  10.2 Conditions Precedent to any Advance

The obligation of the Lenders to make any Advance under the Credit is conditional upon each of the following conditions having been satisfied:

 

  10.2.1 the representations and warranties contained in this Agreement shall continue to be true and correct (except where stated to be made as at a particular date);

 

63.


  10.2.2 except in the case of Swing Line Advances, the Borrower shall have delivered to the Agent or the Finnvera Facility Agent, as applicable, a completed Notice of Borrowing;

 

  10.2.3 nothing shall have occurred since March 31, 2011 which would constitute a Material Adverse Change; and

 

  10.2.4 no Default shall have occurred and be continuing and no Event of Default shall have occurred.

 

  10.3 Waiver of Conditions Precedent

The conditions set out in Sections 10.1 and 10.2 are solely for the benefit of the Lenders, and may be waived by the Agent with the unanimous consent of the Lenders, without prejudice to the right of the Agent to assert any such condition in connection with any subsequently requested Advance.

 

11. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

For so long as the Loan Obligations remain outstanding and unpaid, or the Borrower is entitled to borrow hereunder (whether or not the conditions precedent to such borrowing have been or may be satisfied), the Borrower hereby represents and warrants to the Lenders that:

 

  11.1 Incorporation

Each member of the VL Group is duly incorporated or organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Applicable Laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation or organization and of all jurisdictions in which it carries on business or is otherwise required to be so qualified. Each member of the VL Group has the capacity and power, whether corporate or otherwise, to hold its assets and carry on the business presently carried on by it or which it proposes to carry on hereafter in each jurisdiction where such business is carried on.

 

  11.2 Authorization

The Borrower and each Guarantor has the power and has taken all necessary steps under the Applicable Laws in order to be authorized to borrow hereunder, to provide the Security, as the case may be, and to execute and deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement and each of the Security Documents to which it is a party, as the case may be, in accordance with the terms and conditions thereof and to complete the transactions contemplated in the Security Documents and herein, as the case may be. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by duly authorized officers of the Borrower and is,

 

64.


and each of the Security Documents to which the Borrower and each Guarantor is a party is, and when executed and delivered in accordance with the terms hereof, shall be, a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Borrower and each Guarantor, respectively, enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

  11.3 Compliance with Applicable Law and Contracts

The execution and delivery of and performance of the obligations under this Agreement and each of the Security Documents by the Borrower and each Guarantor, as the case may be, in accordance with their respective terms and the completion of the transactions contemplated therein and herein by the Borrower and each other member of the VL Group, as the case may be, do not require any consents or approvals, do not violate any Applicable Laws, do not conflict with, violate or constitute a breach under the documents of incorporation or organization or by-laws of any member of the VL Group or under any agreements, contracts or deeds to which any member of the VL Group is a party or binding upon it or its assets and do not result in or require the creation or imposition of any Charge whatsoever on the assets of any member of the VL Group, whether presently owned or hereafter acquired, save for the Permitted Charges.

 

  11.4 Core Business

The VL Group operates businesses in the cable, telecommunications, media and entertainment industries, including on-line internet services, telephony, wireless communications, interactive technologies, the distribution of media content, and anything related or ancillary thereto including activities that are a reasonable evolution of, and consistent with, the foregoing.

 

  11.5 Financial Statements

The financial statements provided from time to time hereunder are prepared in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods specified (except as noted thereon) and are an accurate representation of the financial position of the Borrower on a consolidated basis as of the respective dates specified and the results of their operations and cash flows for the respective periods specified.

 

  11.6 Contingent Liabilities and Indebtedness

Neither the Borrower nor any other member of the VL Group has (a) any material Contingent Obligations or contingent liabilities known to it which are not disclosed or referred to in the most recent financial statements delivered to the Agent and the Finnvera Facility Agent in accordance with the provisions of Section 12.15 or otherwise disclosed to the Agent and the Finnvera Facility Agent in writing, or (b) incurred any Indebtedness which is not disclosed in or reflected in such financial statements, or otherwise disclosed to the Agent and the Finnvera Facility Agent in writing, other than Contingent Obligations, contingent liabilities or Indebtedness incurred in the ordinary course of business and Debt permitted hereunder.

 

65.


  11.7 Title to Assets

Each member of the VL Group has good, valid and marketable title to all of its properties and assets, free and clear of any Charges other than Permitted Charges. All of the immovable property (including any cable or telecommunications network) owned by the VL Group as of the Closing Date is listed in Schedule “I. All premises occupied by any member of the VL Group as of the Closing Date containing material assets belonging to such members of the VL Group are also listed in Schedule “I”. All of the material tangible movable property of the VL Group as of the Closing Date is located in the provinces of Quebec and Ontario. Each member of the VL Group has rights sufficient for it to use all the Licences, licences, intellectual property and patents, patent applications, trade marks, trade mark applications, trade names, service marks, copyrights, industrial designs, technology and other similar intellectual property rights reasonably necessary for the conduct of its business. To the knowledge of the Borrower, neither it nor any member of the VL Group is infringing or is alleged to be infringing the intellectual property rights of any other Person, except where such infringement could not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change.

 

  11.8 Litigation

There are no actions, suits or legal proceedings instituted or pending or, to the knowledge of each member of the VL Group, threatened, against any of them or their property before any court or arbitrator or any governmental body or instituted by any governmental body which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.

 

  11.9 Taxes

Each member of the VL Group has filed within the prescribed delays all federal, provincial or other tax returns which it is required by Applicable Law to file and all Taxes levied with respect to each member of the VL Group have been paid when due, except to the extent that (a) payment thereof is being contested in good faith by such member of the VL Group in accordance with the appropriate procedures, for which adequate reserves have been established in the books of the relevant member of the VL Group, and (b) the outcome of such contestation would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.

 

  11.10 Insurance

Each member of the VL Group has contracted for the insurance coverage described in Section 12.6.

 

  11.11 No Adverse Change

No Material Adverse Change has occurred since December 31, 2010.

 

66.


  11.12 Regulatory Approvals

No member of the VL Group is required to obtain any consent, approval, authorization, permit, Licence or licence from, nor to effect any filing or registration with, any federal, provincial or other regulatory authority in connection with the execution, delivery or performance, in accordance with their respective terms, of this Agreement or the Security Documents, any borrowings hereunder and the granting of the Security.

 

  11.13 Compliance with Applicable Law and Licences

Each member of the VL Group is in full compliance in all material respects with all requirements of Applicable Law and with all of the conditions attaching to its permits, authorizations, Licences, licences, certificates and approvals, including without limitation its articles of incorporation and by-laws.

 

  11.14 Pension and Employment Liabilities

Except for a deficit not exceeding $5,000,000 in respect of the pension plan for executives of the Borrower, no member of the VL Group has any unfunded pension liabilities (except for amounts that are not material to the Borrower on a consolidated basis and except for any such plan that does not need to be fully funded in accordance with Applicable Law), whether valued on a going concern or a wind-up basis, and all material obligations (including wages, salaries, commissions and vacation pay) to current employees and to former employees have been paid in full or duly provided for.

 

  11.15 Priority

The Security and Charges created, evidenced or constituted by or under the Security Documents bind each member of the VL Group which is a party thereto, are valid and subject to no Charge, other than the Permitted Charges, and are enforceable, as security for the performance of the obligations secured thereunder, in accordance with their respective terms, against the members of the VL Group which are parties thereto.

 

  11.16 Complete and Accurate Information

All of the information, reports and other documents and all data (other than forecasts), as well as the amendments thereto, provided to the Agent, the Finnvera Facility Agent and/or Finnvera plc by or on behalf of the VL Group were, at the time same were provided, and are at the date hereof, complete, true and accurate in all material respects. All forecasts provided to the Agent and/or the Finnvera Facility Agent were prepared in good faith and all assumptions used therein were reasonable.

 

  11.17 Share Capital

On the Closing Date, all of the shares of: (a) the Borrower are owned, directly or indirectly, by Quebecor Media Inc.; and (b) each of the Guarantors are owned, directly or indirectly, by the Borrower, free and clear of any Charges other than Permitted Charges.

 

67.


  11.18 Absence of Default

There exists no Default or Event of Default hereunder.

 

  11.19 Agreements with Third Parties

Each member of the VL Group is in compliance in all material respects with each and every one of its obligations under agreements with third parties to which it is a party or by which it is bound, the breach of which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.

 

  11.20 Anti-Terrorism and Money Laundering Laws

No member of the VL Group or any of its Subsidiaries is a Person or entity that is:

 

  11.20.1 referred to in section 5 of the Proceeds of Crime Act, that is subject to the obligations applicable to such persons or entities under the Proceeds of Crime Act;

 

  11.20.2 on the list of names subject to the Regulations Establishing a List of Entities made under subsection 83.05(1) of the Criminal Code (Canada), the Regulations Implementing the United Nations Resolutions on the Suppression of Terrorism (RIUNRST) and the United Nations Al-Qaida and Taliban Regulations (UNAQTR) published by the Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions Canada; or

 

  11.20.3 affiliated with a Person or entity listed above.

 

  11.21 Environment

 

  11.21.1 There are no existing claims, demands, suits, proceedings or actions of any nature whatsoever, whether threatened or pending, arising out of the presence on any property owned or controlled by any member of the VL Group, either past or present, of any Hazardous Substances, or out of any past or present activity conducted on any property now owned by any member of the VL Group, whether or not conducted by any member of the VL Group, involving Hazardous Substances, which would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change;

 

  11.21.2 To the best of the knowledge of the Borrower, after due enquiry:

 

  (a) there is no Hazardous Substance existing on or under any property of any member of the VL Group which constitutes a material violation of any Environmental Law for which an owner, operator or person in control of a property may be held liable;

 

68.


  (b) the business of each member of the VL Group is being carried on so as to comply in all material respects with all Environmental Laws and all Applicable Laws concerning health and safety matters;

 

  (c) no Hazardous Substance has been spilled or emitted into the environment contrary to Environmental Laws from any property owned, operated or controlled by any member of the VL Group for which such member of the VL Group could have any material liability;

 

  (d) compliance by the members of the VL Group with all current Environmental Laws would not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change;

 

  (e) no member of the VL Group is in default in filing any report or information material to its business with any Governmental Authority as required pursuant to Environmental Laws; and

 

  (f) each member of the VL Group has maintained, in all material respects, all material environmental and operating documents and records material to its business substantially in the manner required by all Environmental Laws.

 

  11.22 Survival of Representations and Warranties

All of the representations and warranties made hereunder are true and correct at the Closing Date, shall be true and correct at the date of any Advance hereunder and on each Tranche A Rollover Date (as defined in Schedule “P”) (except where qualified in this Article 11 as being made as at a particular date), shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement, any investigation by or on behalf of the Lenders or the making of any Advance hereunder, and none of same are nor shall be waived, except in writing.

 

12. COVENANTS

For so long as the Loan Obligations remain outstanding and unpaid, or the Borrower is entitled to borrow hereunder (whether or not the conditions precedent to such borrowing have been or may be satisfied) and unless the Agent shall otherwise agree in writing upon obtaining the approval of the requisite majority of Lenders, the Borrower, for itself and each member of the VL Group and with respect to itself and each member of the VL Group, agrees as follows:

 

  12.1 Preservation of Juridical Personality

It shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and maintain its corporate existence in full force and effect, except as permitted under Sections 13.1 and 13.3.

 

69.


  12.2 Preservation of Licences

It shall maintain in effect and obtain, where necessary, all such authorizations, approvals, Licences, licences or consents of such governmental agencies, whether federal, provincial or local, which may be or become necessary or required for each member of the VL Group to carry on its businesses and to satisfy its obligations hereunder and under the Security Documents.

 

  12.3 Compliance with Applicable Laws

It shall conduct its business in a proper and efficient manner and shall keep or cause to be kept appropriate books and records of account, in compliance with the Applicable Law, and shall record or cause to be recorded faithfully and accurately all transactions with respect to its business in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis, and shall comply with all requirements of Applicable Law and with all the conditions attaching to its permits, authorizations, Licences, licences, certificates and approvals in all material respects.

 

  12.4 Maintenance of Assets

It shall maintain or cause to be maintained in good operating condition all of its assets used or useful in the conduct of its business, as would a prudent owner of similar property, whether same are held under lease or under any agreement providing for the retention of ownership, and shall from time to time make or cause to be made thereto all necessary and appropriate repairs, renewals, replacements, additions, improvements and other works except as permitted under Section 13.3.

 

  12.5 Business

It shall not substantially change the nature of its business activities from its Core Business.

 

  12.6 Insurance

It shall maintain insurance coverage with responsible insurers, in amounts and against risks normally insured by owners of similar businesses or assets in areas which are generally similar to those in which the members of the VL Group are engaged. All such policies of insurance will contain a standard “mortgage clause” acceptable to the Agent providing that no such policy may be cancelled without the insurer providing not less than 30 days’ prior written notice to the Agent. The insurance policies confirming the insurance required hereunder shall not contain any co-insurance provisions except to the extent such co-insurance provisions would normally appear in policies covering other Persons engaged in similar businesses and owning similar properties as the VL Group, and consistent with prudent business practices.

 

  12.7 Payment of Taxes and Duties

It shall pay all Taxes which are imposed on it when due and payable, provided that no such Tax need be paid if (a) it is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings

 

70.


promptly initiated and diligently conducted, and (b) such reserves or other appropriate provision, if any, as shall be required by GAAP shall have been made therefor, and (c) the outcome of such contestation would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.

 

  12.8 Access and Inspection

It shall allow the employees and representatives of the Agent, during normal business hours, to have access to and inspect the assets of the members of the VL Group, to inspect and take extracts from or copies of the books and records of the members of the VL Group and to discuss the business, assets, liabilities, financial position, operating results or business prospects of the members of the VL Group with the principal officers of the members of the VL Group and, after obtaining the approval of the Borrower which shall not be unreasonably withheld, with the auditors of the Borrower.

 

  12.9 Maintenance of Account

It shall maintain operating accounts at the Branch or other branches of the Agent, as well as an account with the Swing Line Lender, at all times during the Term, if the Agent or the Swing Line Lender, as applicable, so requests. In addition, the Lenders shall have the right to provide all of the auxiliary non-credit banking services to the Borrower, at fees acceptable to the relevant Lender and the Borrower, acting reasonably.

 

  12.10 Performance of Obligations

It shall perform all obligations in the ordinary course of business, except to the extent that the non-fulfilment of same would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change, and except where the same are being contested in good faith, if the outcome of such contestation would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change. Notwithstanding the foregoing contained in this Section 12.10, it shall punctually pay all amounts due or to become due under this Agreement.

 

  12.11 Maintenance of Ratios

At the end of each quarter during the Term, on a rolling four-quarter basis, the Relevant Group shall maintain the following ratios:

 

  12.11.1 Leverage Ratio . A Leverage Ratio not exceeding 4.5:1; provided that for a period not exceeding 12 consecutive months immediately following an Acquisition permitted hereunder in an amount of not less than $100,000,000, such maximum Leverage Ratio shall be increased to, but shall not exceed, 5.0:1 (and further provided that in the event of a series of Acquisitions, the Leverage Ratio shall have reverted to 4.5:1 for at least one full quarter); and

 

71.


  12.11.2 Interest Coverage Ratio . An Interest Coverage Ratio of at least 2.5:1.

 

  12.12 Ownership by the Borrower and Guarantors

At all times during the Term, the Borrower and the Guarantors shall collectively (a) own at least 80% of the consolidated assets of the Borrower (excluding Back-to-Back Securities), and (b) generate at least 80% of the consolidated EBITDA of the Borrower on a rolling four-quarter basis. All calculations made under this Section shall be consistent with those contained in the Borrower’s consolidated financial statements.

 

  12.13 Maintenance of Security

It shall take all necessary steps to preserve and maintain in effect the rights of the Agent and the Lenders, as well as any collateral agent designated by the Agent, pursuant to the Security Documents, together with any renewals thereof or additional documents creating Charges that may be required from time to time. In addition, if any new Subsidiary of any member of the VL Group is created or Acquired, or if a Person otherwise becomes a member of the VL Group, then subject to Section 9.3, such Subsidiary will provide Security of the nature described in Article 9, together with such legal opinions as may be reasonably requested by the Agent.

 

  12.14 Payment of Legal Fees and Other Expenses

Whether the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are concluded or not and whether or not any part of the Credit is actually advanced, in whole or in part, the Borrower shall pay all reasonable costs relating to the Credit, including in particular:

 

  12.14.1 the reasonable legal fees and costs incurred by the Agent and the Lenders for the negotiation, drafting, signing, registration, publication and/or service of the commitment letter, this Agreement and the Security Documents, as well as any amendments, renunciations, consents or examinations pertaining to this Agreement and the Security Documents; and

 

  12.14.2 the reasonable costs of syndicating and advertising, as well as all reasonable fees, including reasonable legal fees and costs, incurred by the Agent, any collateral agent designated by the Agent, and the Lenders to preserve, enforce or exercise their respective rights hereunder or under the Security Documents following an action, a Default or an omission of the Borrower or of any other member of the VL Group.

All amounts due to the Agent and the Lenders pursuant hereto shall bear interest on the Prime Rate Basis from the date of their disbursement by the Lenders or from the date of their undertaking until the Borrower has repaid same in full, with interest on unpaid interest, as in the case of the Prime Rate Advances, taking into account such modifications as may be necessary. The obligations of the Borrower under this Section 12.14 shall subsist notwithstanding the full repayment of the Loan Obligations under the provisions hereof.

 

72.


  12.15 Financial Reporting

For so long as the Loan Obligations remain outstanding and unpaid, or the Borrower is entitled to borrow hereunder (whether or not the conditions precedent to such borrowing have been or may be satisfied) and unless the Lenders shall otherwise agree in writing, the Borrower agrees to provide or cause to be provided to the Agent, with sufficient copies for the Agent, the Finnvera Facility Agent and each Lender, and so undertakes:

 

  12.15.1 Quarterly Statements

Within 60 days after the end of each financial quarter of each financial year of the Borrower (other than the last quarter):

 

  (a) the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower as at the end of such quarter and the related consolidated statements of earnings and cash flows, for the period then ended, in each case with comparative figures for the same period for the immediately preceding financial year and in respect of the preceding financial year end; and

 

  (b) a Compliance Certificate of the Borrower signed by its chief financial officer, treasurer or another officer of the Borrower acceptable to the Agent, substantially in the form of Schedule “J” (a “ Compliance Certificate ”) and:

(i) setting forth the information necessary to determine whether the Borrower has complied with the covenants contained in Section 12.11;

(ii) (A) confirming that the percentage of the EBITDA on a rolling 4 quarter basis, assets (excluding Back-to-Back Securities) and Debt generated, held or owed by the VL Group, on an Adjusted Consolidated Basis, is not less than 95% of the consolidated EBITDA on a rolling 4 quarter basis, assets (excluding Back-to-Back Securities) and Debt of the Borrower, otherwise (B) providing the accurate percentage;

(iii) (A) confirming that the percentage of the EBITDA on a rolling 4 quarter basis and assets (excluding Back-to-Back Securities) generated or held by the Borrower and the Guarantors is not less than 95% of consolidated EBITDA on a rolling 4 quarter basis and assets (excluding Back-to-Back Securities) of the Borrower, otherwise (B) providing the percentage so as to confirm compliance with Section 12.12; and

 

73.


(iv) certifying that the Borrower is in compliance with all terms and conditions of this Agreement and that no Default has occurred and is continuing or Event of Default has occurred or exists, or if a Default or an Event of Default has occurred, setting out the relevant particulars thereof, the period of existence thereof and what action the Borrower has taken or proposes to take with respect thereto.

 

  12.15.2 Annual Statements

 

  (a) Within 120 days following the end of each financial year of the Borrower, the audited consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower as at the end of such year and the related consolidated statements of earnings and cash flows for such financial year, together with comparative figures for the immediately preceding year, the whole as certified without qualification by the current auditors of the Borrower or otherwise by another reputable firm of independent chartered accountants acceptable to the Agent, and any audited statements of any Subsidiary of the Borrower that is not a member of the VL Group, if available; and

 

  (b) Within 75 days following the end of each financial year of the Borrower,

(i) a Compliance Certificate as described in Section 12.15.1(b); and

(ii) any information necessary to determine whether the Borrower has complied with Sections 12.11 and 12.12; provided that, to the extent that the percentage of the EBITDA on a rolling 4 quarter basis and assets (excluding Back-to-Back Securities) generated or held by the Borrower and the Guarantors is not less than 95% of the consolidated EBITDA on a rolling 4 quarter basis and assets (excluding Back-to-Back Securities) of the Borrower, such information shall only be provided at the reasonable request of the Agent.

Such Compliance Certificate and information shall be based on unaudited financial information, to be updated and replaced by a second Compliance Certificate to be provided along with the audited financial statements referred to in Section 12.15.2(a).

 

74.


  12.15.3 Other Information

 

  (a) Within 75 days following the end of each financial year of the Borrower, the Annual Business Plan, which shall promptly be submitted to the Agent for the Lenders; and

 

  (b) Within 75 days following the end of each financial quarter of the Borrower in which the Leverage Ratio exceeded 4.0:1, a certificate of the Borrower signed by its chief financial officer or treasurer or another officer of the Borrower acceptable to the Agent, certifying a detailed calculation of Excess Cash Flow (in such form and providing such detail as the Agent may reasonably require) during such quarter (the “ Excess Cash Flow Certificate ”); and

 

  (c) from time to time and forthwith upon demand by the Agent, such data, reports, statements, documents or other additional information pertaining to the business, assets, liabilities, financial position, operating results or business prospects of the VL Group and the Borrower’s non-wholly-owned Subsidiaries (to the extent available and not subject to a confidentiality agreement, but excluding any such information which has not been provided to any partner of any such non-wholly-owned Subsidiary) as the Agent may request, acting reasonably.

 

  12.16 Notice of Certain Events

The Borrower shall advise the Agent and the Finnvera Facility Agent forthwith upon the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

  12.16.1 The commencement of any proceeding or investigation by or before any governmental body and any action or proceeding before any court or arbitrator against any member of the VL Group, or any of its property, assets or activities which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change;

 

  12.16.2 The occurrence of any Material Adverse Change which is known to the Borrower or any other member of the VL Group, acting reasonably;

 

  12.16.3 Any Default or Event of Default, specifying in each case the relevant details and the action contemplated in this respect.

 

  12.17 Accuracy of Reports

All information, reports, statements and other documents and data provided to the Agent, the Finnvera Facility Agent or the Lenders, whether pursuant to this Article or any other

 

75.


provisions of this Agreement shall, at the time same shall be provided, be true, complete and accurate in all material respects to the extent necessary to provide the Lenders with a true and accurate understanding of their effect.

 

13. NEGATIVE COVENANTS

For so long as the Loan Obligations or any other amounts payable hereunder to the Lender remain outstanding and unpaid, or the Borrower is entitled to borrow hereunder (whether or not the conditions precedent to such borrowing have been or may be satisfied), the Borrower, for itself and each member of the VL Group and with respect to itself and each member of the VL Group, agrees that it shall not do any of the following:

 

  13.1 Liquidation and Amalgamation

Liquidate or dissolve or take any steps to amalgamate, consolidate or effect any restructuring or corporate or capital reorganization, or change its head or registered office, except where (i) (a) the surviving entity of any such amalgamation or merger assumes all of the obligations hereunder and (b) the transaction in question is between a member of the VL Group and its wholly-owned Subsidiaries or is among wholly-owned Subsidiaries of the same member of the VL Group; or (ii) in all other cases, the transaction in question, in the sole opinion of the Lenders, acting reasonably, does not have a detrimental effect on the financial condition of the VL Group, taken as a whole, or on the position of the Lenders and their Security under the Security Documents or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no member of the VL Group may become a Subsidiary of a Person who is a non-resident of Canada within the meaning of the Income Tax Act (Canada), without the prior written consent of the Lenders.

 

  13.2 Charges

Create, assume, enter into or permit to subsist, directly or indirectly, any Charge on the property of any member of the VL Group, other than Permitted Charges.

 

  13.3 Asset Dispositions

The VL Group shall not permit an Asset Disposition of all or any part of their property or assets (whether presently held or subsequently acquired), other than sales at fair market value, and, in such case, only if (a) at the time of the proposed Asset Disposition, there is no Default or Event of Default hereunder and the proposed Asset Disposition will not cause such a Default or Event of Default, and (b) the amount of (A) EBITDA of the VL Group generated during the preceding 12 months by the assets comprised in any such Asset Disposition, plus (B) the aggregate 12-month trailing EBITDA of the VL Group generated by all other assets comprised in all previous Asset Dispositions made since the Closing Date (calculated as of the date of the applicable Asset Disposition), does not exceed 15% of the EBITDA of the VL Group for the 12 months ending on the last day of the month immediately preceding the date of the proposed Asset Disposition; provided that the VL Group shall be permitted to make (i) dispositions of inventory in the ordinary course of

 

76.


business, (ii) dispositions of machinery, equipment, spare parts and materials, appliances or vehicles, if same are no longer necessary or useful to the operation of the business or have become obsolete, worn out, surplus, damaged or unusable, as well as the non-material assets listed in Schedule “I” consisting of surplus real estate of the VL Group, which are excluded from the Security and not subject to any Charge thereunder, and (iii) Asset Dispositions between members of the VL Group to the extent that the Borrower complies with the provisions of Section 12.12. In the event of any Asset Disposition permitted under this Section 13.3 to a Person other than a member of the VL Group, the Security on the assets so disposed of shall be discharged by the Agent without any requirement to obtain the consent of the Lenders. In addition, any member of the VL Group shall be permitted to dispose of Back-to-Back Preferred Shares in order to repay Back-to-Back Debt, and shall also be permitted to dispose of property as part of a Tax Benefit Transaction, provided that (A) no Default or Event of Default exists at the time and (B) disposing of such Back-to-Back Preferred Shares or property as part of a Tax Benefit Transaction will not cause a Default or an Event of Default.

 

  13.4 Preservation of Capital

Neither the Borrower nor any of the Guarantors shall: (a) return any capital to its shareholders or purchase, redeem, repurchase or otherwise acquire, directly or indirectly, for consideration, any shares of any class of its capital stock now or subsequently issued, or any other equity security issued by it of any nature (including warrants and options), (b) declare, pay or set aside for payment any dividend or distribution whatsoever in respect of any share of the capital stock of the Borrower or any Guarantor, or (c) set aside any funds for any of the purposes described in paragraphs (a) or (b); provided that distributions by way of loans, dividends, return of capital, management fees (in excess of the 2.5% limit set out in Section 13.10), share repurchases or other transactions of the nature described in paragraphs (a) or (b) above:

 

  13.4.1 made under Back-to-Back Transactions, Tax Benefit Transactions and, where Newco is a Guarantor, Tax Consolidation Transactions,

 

  13.4.2 made to the Borrower or to a Guarantor that has provided an unlimited Guarantee and the Security to the Agent on behalf of the Lenders,

 

  13.4.3 made at a time that the Leverage Ratio, calculated on a pro forma basis after taking into account the payment proposed, is less than or equal to 4.0:1, and

 

  13.4.4 consisting of a quarterly payment not in excess of 100% of Excess Cash Flow if the Leverage Ratio, calculated on a pro forma basis after taking into account the payment proposed, is greater than 4.0:1;

will be permitted, provided that (i) no Default or Event of Default exists at the time of the proposed distribution and (ii) making the payment of such amount will not cause a Default or Event of Default.

 

77.


  13.5 Restrictions on Subsidiaries

Without the consent of the Majority Lenders, no member of the VL Group shall assume, enter into or otherwise become bound by any agreement or undertaking (including any undertaking in any Additional Offering) that would reasonably be expected to prevent such Person from declaring or paying dividends or inter-company payments or distributions of any kind to the Borrower, except as contained herein.

 

  13.6 Acquisitions

Make any Acquisition, in any manner whatsoever, directly or indirectly, other than an Acquisition required for the purpose of carrying on its business in the ordinary course, or permit any Subsidiary or Subsidiaries to be constituted otherwise than in accordance with the provisions of Section 13.10, except that (a) the members of the VL Group shall be permitted to make Acquisitions in the Core Business and permitted to create Subsidiaries (to the extent any such Subsidiaries are Acquired as part of any such Acquisition) if: (i) no Default or Event of Default exists at the time, (ii) paying the purchase price in respect of such Acquisition will not cause a Default or Event of Default, and (iii) any Person which is Acquired or created as a Subsidiary, if any, as a result of such Acquisition, becomes a member of the VL Group (other than in relation to a Spectrum Auction and Purchase, in which case Section 4.2.1 shall apply) and provides the Security contemplated by Section 4.2.1 or Article 9, subject to the exception contemplated by Section 9.3, as the case may be, (b) Acquisitions may be made of and between members of the VL Group to the extent that the Borrower complies with the provisions of Section 12.12, (c) any member of the VL Group shall be permitted to acquire Back-to-Back Securities in an amount not exceeding the amount of the corresponding Back-to-Back Securities, and shall also be permitted to acquire property as part of a Tax Benefit Transaction, provided that (A) no Default or Event of Default exists at the time and (B) acquiring such Back-to-Back Securities or property as part of a Tax Benefit Transaction will not cause a Default or an Event of Default, and (d) any member of the VL Group shall be permitted to acquire Equity Interests of any of its Affiliates to the extent such Equity Interests are converted in full into cash (pursuant to a redemption or other transaction by such Affiliate) either (i) substantially contemporaneously with the Acquisition, provided that (A) prior to the Acquisition, such Affiliate shall provide a Solvency Certificate from one of its senior financial officers, (B) no Default or Event of Default exists at the time and (C) acquiring such Equity Interests and the redemption or other transaction that follows will not cause a Default or an Event of Default, or (ii) within 3 Business Days after the date of the Acquisition, provided that in such case (A) prior to the Acquisition, at the request of the Agent, acting reasonably, such Affiliate shall provide a Solvency Certificate from a reputable third party acceptable to the Agent, (B) no Default or Event of Default exists at the time, and (C) acquiring such Equity Interests and the redemption or other transaction that follows will not cause a Default or an Event of Default.

 

78.


  13.7 Debt and Guarantees

Incur or assume Debt, provide Guarantees or render itself liable in any manner whatsoever, directly or indirectly, for any Indebtedness or obligation whatsoever of another Person, except (a) hereunder for the purposes set forth in Section 3.1; (b) that a member of the VL Group may provide financial assistance to another member of the VL Group to the extent that the Borrower complies with the provisions of Section 12.12; (c) unsecured Debt not exceeding $75,000,000 under the Tranche B Finnvera credit agreement entered into among the Borrower, HSBC Bank plc, The Toronto-Dominion Bank, Credit Suisse and Sumitomo Banking Corporation of Canada dated as of November 13, 2009; (d) in connection with Debt incurred or assumed that is secured by Permitted Charges, and within the limits applicable thereto; (e) in connection with Back-to-Back Transactions and Tax Benefit Transactions including by way of unsecured daylight loans; (f) that the Borrower may incur or assume unsecured Debt by way of Additional Offerings, and that a member of the VL Group may provide unsecured Guarantees in respect of obligations of the Borrower under any such Debt outstanding at any time, to the extent that the Borrower complies with the applicable Leverage Ratio calculated on a pro forma basis and such member has provided a Guarantee under Section 9.1.1 or provides such a Guarantee contemporaneously with its Guarantee in relation to the Additional Offering; (g) unsecured Debt by way of Additional Offerings incurred before the Closing Date and listed in Schedule “H”; (h) the Borrower may borrow Subordinated Debt from Quebecor Media Inc. in a principal amount outstanding from time to time of up to $500,000,000, with interest at a rate not exceeding the greater of (y) the three month bankers’ acceptance rate quoted on Reuter’s Services, page CDOR, as at approximately 10:00 a.m. on such day plus 3.0% per annum, or (z) 7% per annum (together with interest accrued thereon or paid in kind, the “ QMI Subordinated Debt ”); (i) additional unsecured Debt of up to $100,000,000; (j) in connection with other Subordinated Debt; (k) unsecured daylight loans incurred in connection with Tax Consolidation Transactions, provided that prior to incurring the daylight loan made at the initiation of any Tax Consolidation Transaction in a minimum amount of $75,000,000, the Agent shall have been informed by the Borrower of the incurrence of such daylight loan; and (l) unsecured Debt in respect of daylight loans in the ordinary course of business for cash management purposes; provided that, with respect to any of the matters described in paragraphs (c) to (i) above inclusive, (A) no Default or Event of Default exists at the time, (B) incurring or assuming such Debt (including by way of providing such Guarantee) will not cause a Default or Event of Default, and (C) on a pro forma basis, the incurrence or assumption of such Debt would not reasonably be expected to cause the Borrower to breach any of its covenants under Section 12.11 hereof.

 

  13.8 Financial Assistance by the VL Group

Make any loan or advance to any party other than (a) as contemplated by Sections 13.4 and 13.6, or (b) to another member of the VL Group to the extent that the Borrower complies with the provisions of Section 12.12, or (c) by way of Back-to-Back Transactions or Tax Benefit Transactions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the VL Group shall be entitled to provide financial assistance to their customers in the ordinary course of the Core Business by way of subsidizing consumer equipment purchases and leases and similar transactions.

 

79.


  13.9 Subordinated Debt

Repay any Debt the repayment of which is subordinated to the rights of the Lenders, or pay any interest due to the creditor of any such Debt, other than (a) interest due in respect of Subordinated Debt (including the QMI Subordinated Debt), provided (for greater certainty) that no Default has occurred or will occur as a result of such payment, and (b) any amount under or in connection with the QMI Subordinated Debt, provided that the amount so repaid, together with the amounts distributed by the Borrower in accordance with Section 13.4, do not in the aggregate exceed the amounts permitted to be distributed by the Borrower under Section 13.4, and (c) in respect of Back-to-Back Securities or Back-to-Back Transactions. In addition, the Borrower may agree to the conversion of the QMI Subordinated Debt into additional Equity Interests of the Borrower.

 

  13.10 Members of the VL Group, Related Party Transactions

Permit any Change in Control. In addition, no transaction shall be entered into by any member of the VL Group with any Associate of any member of the VL Group except on fair market terms and conditions as would be contracted by Persons dealing at arms’ length, provided that this last sentence shall not apply to the transactions expressly permitted by paragraph (e) of Section 13.7; provided, however, for greater certainty, that to the extent payments made in connection with or in respect of the Back-to-Back Transactions are made to any Affiliates of the Borrower that are not members of the VL Group, all corresponding payments required to be paid by such Affiliates pursuant to the related Back-to-Back Securities are received, immediately prior to, concurrently with or immediately subsequent to any such payments, by all applicable members of the VL Group, and each such payment by a member of the VL Group shall be conditional upon receipt of an equal or greater amount from such non-member of the VL Group that is an Affiliate. Finally, payment of a management fee or other similar expense by the Borrower to its direct or indirect parent company shall be permitted for bona fide services (including reimbursement for expenses incurred in connection with, or allocation of corporate expenses in relation to, providing such services) provided to, and directly related to the operations of, the VL Group, in an aggregate annual amount not to exceed 2.5% of consolidated revenues (being gross revenues of the VL Group calculated in accordance with GAAP, less any amounts derived from Persons that are not members of the VL Group except to the extent of the actual amount of dividends or distributions actually paid to a member of the VL Group by such Person) in any twelve-month period.

 

  13.11 Derivative Instruments

Enter into any Derivative Instruments other than for the purposes of hedging interest rate, commodity or foreign exchange exposure, and not for the purpose of speculation.

 

80.


  13.12 Anti-Terrorism Laws

No member of the VL Group or any of its Subsidiaries shall engage in or conspire to engage in any transaction that has the purpose of evading or avoiding or any provision of the Proceeds of Crime Act that is applicable to its activities. The Borrower shall deliver to the Agent and Lenders any certification or other evidence requested from time to time by the Agent or any Lender, in its discretion, confirming compliance with this Section by the VL Group and each of its Subsidiaries.

 

14. EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REALIZATION

 

  14.1 Event of Default

The occurrence of any of the following events shall constitute an Event of Default unless remedied within the prescribed delays or renounced to in writing:

 

  14.1.1 If the Borrower fails to make any payment of principal or Fees with respect to the Loan Obligations when due, or fails to pay any interest due hereunder within 3 Business Days from its due date; or

 

  14.1.2 If the Borrower fails to respect any of the financial tests set out in Section 12.11 or 12.12 hereof at any time; provided that in the case of a breach of Section 12.12, the Borrower shall have 15 days to cure the Default as long as the Borrower and the Guarantors shall collectively (a) own at least 75% of the consolidated assets of the Borrower, and (b) generate at least 75% of the consolidated EBITDA of the Borrower on a rolling four-quarter basis. If the ownership or EBITDA generation level of the Borrower and the Guarantors is below 75%, no cure period shall apply;

 

  14.1.3 If the Borrower or any Guarantor (other than an Immaterial Subsidiary) fails to respect any of its other obligations and undertakings hereunder or under the Security Documents or another undertaking of the Borrower or any other Guarantor (other than an Immaterial Subsidiary) with respect to the Loan Obligations not otherwise contemplated by this Section 14.1 and has not remedied the Default within fifteen (15) days following the date on which the Agent has given written notice to the Borrower; or

 

  14.1.4

If (a) the Borrower or any other member of the VL Group (other than an Immaterial Subsidiary) commits an act of bankruptcy within the meaning of the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act, makes an assignment in favour of its creditors, consents to the filing of a petition for a receiving order against it, files a proposal within the meaning of the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act, or makes a motion to a tribunal to name, or

 

81.


  consents to, approves or accepts the appointment of a trustee, receiver, liquidator or sequestrator with respect to itself or its property, commences any other proceeding with respect to itself or its property under the provisions of any law contemplating reorganizations, proposals, rectifications, compromises or liquidations in connection with insolvent Persons, in any jurisdiction whatsoever; or (b) a trustee, receiver, liquidator or sequestrator is named with respect to any member of the VL Group (other than an Immaterial Subsidiary) or its property, or any member of the VL Group (other than an Immaterial Subsidiary) is judged insolvent or bankrupt; or (c) a proceeding seeking to name a trustee, receiver, liquidator or sequestrator, or to force any member of the VL Group (other than an Immaterial Subsidiary) into bankruptcy, is commenced against any member of the VL Group (other than an Immaterial Subsidiary) or a proceeding is commenced by any other Person against any member of the VL Group (other than an Immaterial Subsidiary) under the provisions of any law contemplating reorganisations, proposals, rectifications, arrangements, compromises or liquidations in connection with insolvent Persons and is not settled or withdrawn within a delay of 30 days; or

 

  14.1.5 If any member of the VL Group is in default with respect to any Indebtedness (other than amounts due to the Lenders hereunder) which has resulted in Indebtedness in excess of an amount of $25,000,000 becoming payable prior to its stated maturity or scheduled repayment date; or

 

  14.1.6 If one or more judgments is rendered by a competent tribunal against any member of the VL Group in an aggregate amount in excess of $25,000,000 (net of applicable insurance coverage pursuant to which liability is acknowledged in writing by the insurer, with a copy promptly provided to the Agent on behalf of the Lenders) and remains undischarged or unsatisfied for a period ending on the earlier of (a) 25 days from such judgment, or (b) the 5th day prior to the date on which such judgment becomes executory; or

 

  14.1.7 If property of any member of the VL Group having a total value in excess of $25,000,000 is the object of one or more seizures or takings of possession or other legal proceedings by creditors, and is not released within 15 days in respect of movable property or 45 days in respect of immovable property, and in any event, not less than 10 days prior to the date fixed for any sale of such property; or

 

  14.1.8

If any statement, attestation, financial statement, report, data, representation or warranty which was given by, for the account of or in the name of the Borrower or any other member of the VL Group (other than an Immaterial Subsidiary) to the Lenders, with respect to this

 

82.


  Agreement or any Security Documents, is revealed at any time to be misleading or incorrect in any material respect when it was made, and if any event or circumstance which makes such statement, attestation, financial statement, report, data, representation or warranty misleading in any material respect is capable of being remedied, such action as may be required to remedy same shall not have been completed within 15 days of the earlier of (a) the Agent notifying the Borrower or, as the case may be, a Guarantor of such breach, or (b) the Borrower notifying the Agent of the Default in accordance with subsection 12.16.3; or

 

  14.1.9 If in the opinion of the Lenders, acting in good faith, there occurs a Material Adverse Change and the situation has not been remedied within 15 days following the earlier of the date on which (a) the Agent gave notice thereof to the Borrower, or (b) the Borrower gave notice to the Agent in accordance with subsection 12.16.3; or

 

  14.1.10 If a Change in Control occurs; or

 

  14.1.11 If any Guarantee to be provided by any Guarantor (other than an Immaterial Subsidiary) hereunder is or purports to be terminated by notice given under article 2362 of the Quebec Civil Code.

 

  14.2 Remedies

If an Event of Default occurs under subsection 14.1.4, the Loan Obligations shall immediately become due and payable, without presentation, demand, protest or other notice of any nature, to which the Borrower hereby expressly renounces. If any other Event of Default occurs, the Agent may, at its option, and shall if required to do so by the Required Lenders-Acceleration, declare immediately due and payable, without presentation, demand, protest or other notice of any nature, to which the Borrower hereby expressly renounces, notwithstanding any provision to the contrary effect in this Agreement or in the Security Documents:

 

  14.2.1 the entire amount of the Loan Obligations, including the amount corresponding to the principal amount of the BA Advances then outstanding, in principal and interest, notwithstanding the fact that one or more of the holders of the Bankers’ Acceptances issued pursuant to the provisions hereof have not demanded payment in whole or in part or have demanded only partial payment from the Lenders, and the amount of the Derivative Obligations. The Borrower shall not have the right to invoke against the Lenders any defence or right of action, indemnification or compensation of any nature or kind whatsoever that the Borrower may at any time have or have had with respect to any holder of one or more of the Derivative Instruments or Bankers’ Acceptances issued in accordance with the provisions hereof; and

 

83.


  14.2.2 an amount equal to the amount of losses, costs and expenses assumed by the Lenders and referred to in Sections 7.2, 7.4 and 17.13; and

the Credit shall cease and as and from such time shall be cancelled, and the Lenders may exercise all of their rights and recourses under the provisions of this Agreement and of the Security Documents. For greater certainty, from and after the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default, the Lenders shall not be obliged to make any further Advances under the Credit.

 

  14.3 Bankruptcy and Insolvency

If the Borrower files a notice of intention to file a proposal, or files a proposal under the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act, or if the Borrower obtains the permission of the court to file a Plan of Arrangement under the Companies’ Creditors Arrangements Act, and if a stay of proceedings is obtained or ordered under the provisions of either of those statutes, without prejudice to the Lenders’ rights to contest such stay of proceedings, subject to Applicable Law, the Borrower covenants and agrees to continue to pay interest on all amounts due to the Lenders in accordance with the provisions hereof. In this regard, the Borrower acknowledges that permitting the Borrower to continue to use the proceeds of the Loan Obligations constitutes valuable consideration provided after the filing of any such proceeding in the same way that permitting the Borrower to use leased premises constitutes such valuable consideration.

 

  14.4 Notice

Except where otherwise expressly provided herein, no notice or demand of any nature is required to be given to the Borrower by the Agent in order to put the Borrower in default, the latter being in default by the simple lapse of time granted to execute an obligation or by the simple occurrence of a Default.

 

  14.5 Costs

If an Event of Default occurs, and within the limits contemplated by Section 12.14, the Agent may impute to the account of the Lenders and pay to other persons reasonable sums for services rendered with respect to the realization, recovery, sale, transfer, delivery and obtaining of payment with respect to the Security and may deduct the amount of such costs and payments from the proceeds which it receives therefrom. The balance of such proceeds may be held by the Agent in the place of such Security and, when the Agent decides it is opportune, may be applied to the account of the part of the indebtedness of the Borrower to the Lenders which the Agent deems preferable, without prejudice to the rights of the Lenders against the Borrower for any loss of profit.

 

  14.6 Relations with the Borrower

The Agent may grant delays, take security or renounce thereto, accept compromises, grant acquittances and releases and otherwise negotiate with the Borrower as it deems advisable without in any way diminishing the liability of the Borrower or prejudicing the rights of the Lenders with respect to the Security.

 

84.


  14.7 Application of Proceeds

Subject to the provisions hereof, and as among the Lenders, subject in particular to the provisions of Section 18.8, the Agent may apply the proceeds of realization of the property contemplated by the Security Documents and of any credit or compensating balance in reduction of the part of the Loan Obligations (principal, interest or accessories) which the Agent judges appropriate. If any Lender is owed money by the Borrower on account of Derivative Obligations, the claim of such Lender shall rank pari passu with the other amounts comprising the Loan Obligations.

 

15. JUDGMENT CURRENCY

 

  15.1 Rules of Conversion

If for the purpose of obtaining judgment in any court or for any other purpose hereunder, it is necessary to convert an amount due, advanced or to be advanced hereunder from the currency in which it is due (the “ First Currency ”) into another currency (the “ Second Currency ”) the rate of exchange used shall be that at which, in accordance with normal banking procedures, the Agent could purchase, in the Canadian money market or the Canadian exchange market, as the case may be, the First Currency with the Second Currency on the date on which the judgment is rendered, the sum is payable or advanced or to be advanced, as the case may be. The Borrower agrees that its obligations in respect of any First Currency due from it to the Lenders in accordance with the provisions hereof shall, notwithstanding any judgment rendered or payment made in the Second Currency, be discharged by a payment made to the Agent on account thereof in the Second Currency only to the extent that, on the Business Day following receipt of such payment in the Second Currency, the Agent or the Finnvera Facility Agent, as applicable, may, in accordance with normal banking procedures, purchase on the Canadian money market or the Canadian foreign exchange market, as the case may be, the First Currency with the amount of the Second Currency so paid or which a judgment rendered payable (the rate applicable to such purchase being in this Section called the “ FX Rate ”); and if the amount of the First Currency which may be so purchased is less than the amount originally due in the First Currency, the Borrower agrees as a separate and independent obligation and notwithstanding any such payment or judgment to indemnify the Lenders against such deficiency.

 

  15.2 Determination of an Equivalent Currency

If, in their discretion, the Lenders, the Agent or the Finnvera Facility Agent choose or, pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, are obliged to choose the equivalent in Canadian Dollars of any securities or amounts expressed in US Dollars or the equivalent in US Dollars of any securities or amounts expressed in Canadian Dollars, the Agent or the Finnvera Facility Agent, as the case may be, in accordance with the conversion rules as stipulated in Section 15.1

 

85.


  15.2.1 on the date indicated in the Notice of Borrowing as the date of a request for an Advance; and

 

  15.2.2 at any other time which in the opinion of the Lenders is desirable;

may, using the FX Rate, at such time on such date, determine the equivalent in Canadian Dollars or in US Dollars, as the case may be (the “ Equivalent Amount ”), of any security or amount expressed in the other currency pursuant to the terms hereof. Immediately following such determination, the Agent or the Finnvera Facility Agent, as applicable, shall inform the Borrower of the conclusion which the Lenders have reached.

 

16. ASSIGNMENT

None of the provisions of Article 16 shall apply to the Finnvera Facility Lenders or the Finnvera Term Facility, in respect of which the relevant provisions are set out in Section 10 of Schedule “P”. However, the Finnvera Facility Agent shall advise the Agent of any Assignments under the Finnvera Term Facility and shall also provide a list of up-to-date Commitments of each Finnvera Facility Lender whenever any changes to such Commitments occur.

 

  16.1 Assignment by the Borrower

The rights of the Borrower under the provisions hereof are purely personal and may not be transferred or assigned, and the Borrower may not transfer or assign any of its obligations, such assignment being null and of no effect opposite the Lenders and rendering any balance outstanding of the amounts referred to in Section 14.2 immediately due and payable at the option of the Lenders and further releasing the Lenders from any obligation to make any further Advances under the provisions hereof.

 

  16.2 Assignments and Transfers by the Lenders

 

  16.2.1 No Lender may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder except (i) to an Eligible Assignee in accordance with the provisions of subsection 16.2.2, or (ii) by way of a sale of a participation in accordance with the provisions of Section 16.5 (and any other attempted assignment or transfer by any party hereto shall be null and void). Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants to the extent provided in Section 16.5 and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Agent and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

 

86.


  16.2.2 Each Lender may assign or transfer to an Eligible Assignee in accordance with this Article 16 up to 100% of its rights, benefits and obligations hereunder; provided that:

 

  (a) except (i) if an Event of Default has occurred and has not been waived, or (ii) in the case of an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitment and the Loan Obligations at the time owing to it, or (iii) in the case of an assignment to a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund with respect to a Lender, the aggregate amount of the Commitment being assigned (which for this purpose includes Loan Obligations outstanding thereunder) or, if the applicable Commitment is not then in effect, the principal outstanding balance of the Loan Obligations of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Agent or, if “Trade Date” is specified in the Assignment and Assumption, as of the Trade Date) shall not be less than $5,000,000, in the case of any assignment in respect of the Revolving Facility, unless each of the Agent and, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and has not been waived, the Borrower, otherwise consent to a lower amount (each such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed);

 

  (b) each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement with respect to the Loan Obligations or the Commitment assigned, except that this paragraph (b) shall not prohibit any Lender from assigning all or a portion of its rights and obligations among separate Facilities on a non-pro rata basis;

 

  (c) any assignment of a Commitment under the Revolving Facility must be approved by the Issuing Lender and the Swing Line Lender (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) unless the Person that is the proposed Assignee is itself already a Lender with a Commitment under that Facility;

 

  (d) any assignment must be approved by the Agent (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

 

  (e)

any assignment must be approved by the Borrower (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed if the Eligible Assignee is funding its Commitment out of the United States of America or Canada, but may be withheld in the Borrower’s discretion if the Commitments are being funded from elsewhere)

 

87.


  unless (i) the proposed Assignee is itself already a Lender with the same type of Commitment or (ii) a Default has occurred and is continuing or (iii) an Event of Default has occurred and not been waived; and

 

  (f) the parties to each Assignment shall execute and deliver to the Agent an Assignment and Assumption Agreement, together with a processing and recordation fee in an amount of $3,500, and the Eligible Assignee, if it is not a Lender, shall deliver to the Agent an Administrative Questionnaire.

Subject to acceptance and recording thereof by the Agent pursuant to Section 16.3, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption, the Eligible Assignee thereunder shall be a party to this Agreement and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto) but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Article 7 and Section 17.13 with respect to facts and circumstances occurring prior to the effective date of such Assignment. Any Assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this paragraph shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with Section 16.5. Any payment by an Assignee to an assigning Lender in connection with an Assignment shall not be or be deemed to be a repayment by the Borrower or a new Advance to the Borrower.

 

  16.3 Register

The Agent shall maintain at one of its offices in Toronto, Ontario or Montreal, Quebec, a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitments of, and principal amounts of the Loan Obligations owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “ Register ”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, absent manifest error, and the Borrower, the Agent and the Lenders may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

 

  16.4 Electronic Execution of Assignments

The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” and words of like import in any Assignment and Assumption Agreement shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or

 

88.


enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any Applicable Law, including the Electronic Documents (Banks and Bank Holding Companies) Regulations under the Bank Act (Canada), Parts 2 and 3 of the Personal Information Protection and Electronic Documents Act (Canada), An Act to Establish a Legal Framework for Information Technology (Quebec), the Electronic Commerce Act, 2000 (Ontario) and other similar federal or provincial laws based on the Uniform Electronic Commerce Act of the Uniform Law Conference of Canada or its Uniform Electronic Evidence Act, as the case may be.

 

  16.5 Participations

Any Lender may at any time, without the consent of, or notice to, the Borrower or the Agent, sell participations to any Person (other than a natural person, a member of the VL Group or any Affiliate of a member of the VL Group) (each, a “ Participant ”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and/or obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and/or the Loan Obligations owing to it); provided that (i) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (iii) the Borrower, the Agent and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement. Any payment by a Participant to a Lender in connection with a sale of a participation shall not be or be deemed to be a repayment by the Borrower or a new Advance to the Borrower.

Subject to Section 16.6, the Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Article 7 to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by Assignment pursuant to subsection 16.2.2. To the extent permitted by Applicable Law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 8.11 as though it were a Lender, provided such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 18.8 as though it were a Lender.

 

  16.6 Limitations Upon Participant Rights

A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Sections 7.2 and 7.3 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, unless the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with the Borrower’s prior written consent. A Participant that would be a Foreign Lender if it were a Lender shall not be entitled to the benefits of Section 7.3 unless the Borrower is notified of the participation sold to such Participant and such Participant agrees, for the benefit of the Borrower, to comply with subsection 7.3.5 as though it were a Lender.

 

  16.7 Certain Pledges and Special Provisions

16.7.1 General . Any Lender may, at any time, pledge, hypothecate or grant a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such

 

89.


Lender, but no such pledge, hypothec or security interest shall release such Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or security holder for such Lender as a party hereto.

16.7.2 Federal Reserve Bank . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, any Lender governed by the Applicable Law of the United States of America may at any time assign all or a portion of its rights under this Agreement and all other documents ancillary hereto (including the other Loan Documents) to a Federal Reserve Bank in order to secure its obligations to such Federal Reserve Bank. No such assignment shall relieve the assigning Lender from its obligations under this Agreement or such other documents.

16.7.3 Promissory Notes . Upon the request of any Lender, the Borrower will execute and deliver one or more promissory notes in form and substance acceptable to such Lender, acting reasonably, evidencing the Commitment under this Agreement and any Loan Obligations hereunder.

 

17. MISCELLANEOUS

 

  17.1 Notices

Except where otherwise specified herein, all notices, requests, demands or other communications between the parties hereto shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given or made to the party to whom such notice, request, demand or other communication is given or permitted to be given or made hereunder, when delivered to the party (by certified mail, postage prepaid, or by facsimile or by physical delivery) to the address of such party and to the attention indicated under the signature of such party or to any other address which the parties hereto may subsequently communicate to each other in writing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any notice shall be deemed to have been received by the party to whom it is addressed (a) upon receipt if sent by mail and (b) if telecopied before 3:00 p.m. on a Business Day, on that day and if telecopied after 3:00 p.m. on a Business Day, on the Business Day next following the date of transmission. If normal postal or telecopier service is interrupted by strike, work slow-down, fortuitous event or other cause, the party sending the notice shall use such services which have not been interrupted or shall deliver such notice by messenger in order to ensure its prompt receipt by the other party.

 

  17.2 Amendment and Waiver

The rights and recourses of the Lenders under this Agreement and the Security Documents are cumulative and do not exclude any other rights and recourses which the Lenders might have, and no omission or delay on the part of the Lenders in the exercise of any right shall have the effect of operating as a waiver of such right, and the partial or sole exercise of a right or power will not prevent the Lenders from exercising thereafter any other right or power. The provisions of this Agreement may only be amended or waived by an instrument in writing (and not orally) in each case signed by the Agent with the approval of the requisite majority of Lenders.

 

90.


  17.3 Determinations Final

In the absence of any manifest error, any determinations to be made by the Lenders in accordance with the provisions hereof, when made, are final and irrevocable for all parties.

 

  17.4 Entire Agreement

The entire agreement between the parties is expressed herein, and no variation or modification of its terms shall be valid unless expressed in writing and signed by the parties. All previous agreements, promises, proposals, representations, understandings and negotiations between the parties hereto which relate in any way to the subject matter of this Agreement are hereby deemed to be null other than those contained in a letter by the Borrower to the Agent dated December 21, 2005 and confirmed by the Agent on March 1, 2006, and a letter by the Borrower to the Agent dated February 28, 2006 and confirmed by the Agent on the same date.

 

  17.5 Indemnification and Compensation

In addition to the other rights now or hereafter conferred by law and those described in subsection 6.6.2 and Section 8.12, and without limiting such rights, if a Default or Event of Default should occur, each Lender, the Finnvera Facility Agent and the Agent is hereby authorized by the Borrower, at any time and from time to time, subject to the obligation to give notice to the Borrower subsequently and within a reasonable delay, to indemnify, compensate, use and allocate any deposit (general or special, term or demand, including, without limitation, any debt evidenced by certificates of deposit, whether or not matured) and any other debt at any time held or due by the Lenders to the Borrower or to its credit or its account, with respect to and on account of any obligation and indebtedness of the Borrower to the Lenders in accordance with the provisions hereof or the Security Documents, including, without limitation, the accounts of any nature or kind which flow from or relate to this Agreement or the Security Documents, whether or not the Agent has made demand under the terms hereof or has declared the amounts referred to in Section 14.2 as payable in accordance with the provisions of that Section and even if such obligation and Debt or either of them is a future or unmatured Debt.

 

  17.6 Benefit of Agreement

This Agreement shall be binding upon and enure to the benefit of each party hereto and its successors and permitted assigns.

 

  17.7 Counterparts

This Agreement may be signed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to constitute an original, but all of the separate counterparts shall constitute one single document.

 

91.


  17.8 Applicable Law

This Agreement, its interpretation and its application shall be governed by the Applicable Law of the Province of Quebec and the Applicable Law of Canada applicable therein.

 

  17.9 Severability

Each provision of this Agreement is separate and distinct from the others, such that any decision of a court or tribunal to the effect that any provision of this Agreement is null or unenforceable shall in no way affect the validity of the other provisions of this Agreement or the enforceability thereof. Any provision of this agreement which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction. To the extent permitted by Applicable Law, the Borrower hereby waives any provision of any Applicable Laws which renders any provision hereof prohibited or unenforceable in any respect.

 

  17.10 Further Assurances

The Borrower covenants and agrees on its own behalf and on behalf of each member of the VL Group that, at the request of the Agent or the Finnvera Facility Agent, the Borrower and each other member of the VL Group will at any time and from time to time execute and deliver such further and other documents and instruments and do all acts and things as the Agent or the Finnvera Facility Agent in its absolute discretion requires in order to evidence the indebtedness of the Borrower under this Agreement or otherwise, including under any Derivative Instruments, and to confirm and perfect, and maintain perfection of, the Security.

 

  17.11 Good Faith and Fair Consideration

Each party hereto acknowledges and declares that it has entered into this Agreement freely and of its own will. In particular, each party hereto acknowledges that this Agreement was freely negotiated by the Borrower and the Lenders in good faith, that this Agreement does not constitute a contract of adhesion, that there was no exploitation of the Borrower by the Lenders, and that there is no serious disproportion between the consideration provided by the Lenders and that provided by the Borrower.

 

  17.12 Responsibility of the Lenders

Each Lender shall be solely responsible for the performance of its own obligations hereunder. Accordingly, no Lender is in any way jointly and severally or solidarily responsible for the performance of the obligations of any other Lender.

 

  17.13 Indemnity

The Borrower agrees to indemnify and defend each of the Agent, the Finnvera Facility Agent, each Lender, and their respective directors, officers, agents and employees from, and

 

92.


hold each of them harmless against, any and all losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses of any kind which at any time or from time to time may be asserted against or incurred or paid by any of them for or in connection with, arising directly or indirectly from or relating to: (i) the participation of the Agent, the Finnvera Facility Agent or of any of the Lenders in the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, (ii) any Advance or the use or proposed use of the proceeds therefrom (including any refusal by the Issuing Lender to honour a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit if the documents presented in connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit), (iii) the role of the Agent, the Finnvera Facility Agent or the Lenders in any investigation, litigation or other proceeding brought or threatened relating to the Credit, (iv) the presence on or under or the release or migration from any property or into the environment of any hazardous material, and/or (v) the compliance with or enforcement of any of their rights or obligations hereunder, including without limitation:

 

  17.13.1 the fees and disbursements of counsel;

 

  17.13.2 the costs of defending, counterclaiming or claiming over against third parties in respect of any action or matter and any cost, liability or damage arising out of any settlement; and

 

  17.13.3 other than losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses incurred by reason of the gross negligence or wilful misconduct of the indemnified party, as determined by a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

  17.14 Language

The parties acknowledge that they have required that the present agreement, as well as all documents, notices and legal proceedings entered into, given or instituted pursuant hereto or relating directly or indirectly hereto be drawn up in English. Les parties reconnaissent avoir exigé la rédaction en anglais de la présente convention ainsi que de tous documents exécutés, avis donnés et procédures judiciaires intentées, directement ou indirectement, relativement ou à la suite de la présente convention.

 

  17.15 Anti-Terrorism Legislation

Each Lender hereby notifies the Borrower and each member of the VL Group that pursuant to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act, Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001, with respect to the USA) and the Proceeds of Crime Act (with respect to Canada) (in this Section, the “ Acts ”), it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Borrower and the other members of the VL Group, which information includes the names and addresses of the Borrower and the other members of the VL Group and other information that will allow such Lender to identify the Borrower and the other members of the VL Group in accordance with the Acts.

 

93.


18. THE AGENT AND THE LENDERS

 

  18.1 Authorization of Agent

 

  18.1.1 Each Lender hereby irrevocably appoints and authorizes the Agent to act for all purposes as its agent hereunder and under the Security Documents with such powers as are expressly delegated to the Agent by the terms of this Agreement, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto and undertakes not to take any action on its own. Notwithstanding the provisions of the Civil Code of Quebec relating to contracts generally and to mandate, the Agent shall have no duties or responsibilities except those expressly set forth in this Agreement. As to any matters not expressly provided for by this Agreement, the Agent shall act hereunder or in connection herewith in accordance with the instructions of the Lenders in accordance with the provisions of this Article 18, but, in the absence of any such instructions, the Agent may (but shall not be obliged to) act as it shall deem fit in the best interests of the Lenders, and any such instructions and any action taken by the Agent in accordance herewith shall be binding upon each Lender. The Agent shall not, by reason of this Agreement, be deemed to be a trustee for the benefit of any Lender, the Borrower or any other Person. Neither the Agent nor any of its directors, officers, employees or agents shall be responsible to the Lenders for any recitals, statements, representations or warranties contained in this Agreement or in any certificate or other document referred to, or provided for in, or received by any of them under, this Agreement, for the value, validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of this Agreement, or any other document referred to or provided for herein or any collateral provided for hereby or for any failure by the Borrower to perform its obligations hereunder. The Agent may employ agents and attorneys-in-fact and shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any such agents or attorneys-in-fact selected by it with reasonable care. Neither the Agent nor any of its directors, officers, employees or agents shall be responsible for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it or them under or in connection herewith, except for its or their own gross negligence or wilful misconduct.

 

  18.1.2

For the purposes of creating a solidarité active between each Lender, taken individually, and the Agent in accordance with Article 1541 of the Civil Code of Québec , the Borrower and each Lender (on its own behalf) acknowledge and agree with the Agent that such Lender and the Agent are hereby conferred the legal status of solidary creditors of the Borrower and the Guarantors in respect of all amounts, liabilities and other obligations, present and future, owed by the Borrower to the Agent and such Lender hereunder and under Derivative Instruments

 

94.


  (collectively, the “ Lender Solidary Claim ”). Accordingly, but subject (for the avoidance of doubt) to Article 1542 of the Civil Code of Québec , the Borrower and each of the Guarantors is irrevocably bound towards the Agent and each Lender in respect of the entire Lender Solidary Claim of the Agent and such Lender, such that the Agent and each Lender shall at all times have a valid and effective right of action for the entire Lender Solidary Claim of the Agent and such Lender and the right to give a full acquittance for it. Thus, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Agent, as solidary creditor for itself and each Lender, shall at all times have a valid and effective right of action in respect of all amounts, liabilities and other obligations owed by the Borrower and the Guarantors to the Agent and the Lenders or any of them hereunder and under Derivative Instruments and the right to give full acquittance for same. The parties further agree and acknowledge that the Security Documents described in Section 9.1 shall be granted to the Agent, for its own benefit and for the benefit of the Lenders, as solidary creditor as hereinabove set forth.

 

  18.2 Agent’s Responsibility

 

  18.2.1 The Agent shall be entitled to rely upon any certificate, notice or other document (including any cable, telegram or telecopy) believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed or sent by or on behalf of the proper person or persons, and upon advice and statements of legal advisers, independent accountants and other experts selected by the Agent. The Agent may deem and treat each Lender as the holder of the Commitment in the Loan Obligations made by such Lender for all purposes hereof unless and until an Assignment has been completed in accordance with Section 16.2.

 

  18.2.2 The Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge of the occurrence of a Default or Event of Default unless the Agent has received notice from a Lender or the Borrower describing such a Default or Event of Default and stating that such notice is a “Notice of Default”. In the event that the Agent receives such a notice of the occurrence of a Default or Event of Default or otherwise becomes aware that a Default or Event of Default has occurred, the Agent shall promptly give notice thereof to the Lenders. The Agent shall take such action with respect to such Default or Event of Default as shall be reasonably directed by the Lenders in accordance with the provisions of this Article 18 provided that, unless and until the Agent shall have received such directions, the Agent may (but shall not be obliged to) take such action, or refrain from taking such action, with respect to such a Default or Event of Default as it shall deem advisable in the best interest of the Lenders.

 

95.


  18.2.3 The Agent shall have no responsibility, (a) to the Borrower on account of the failure of any Lender to perform its obligations hereunder, or (b) to any Lender on account of the failure of the Borrower to perform its obligations hereunder.

 

  18.2.4 Each Lender severally represents and warrants to the Agent that it has made its own independent investigation of the financial condition and affairs of the Borrower in connection with the making and continuation of its Commitment in the Loan Obligations hereunder and has not relied on any information provided to such Lender by the Agent in connection herewith, and each Lender represents and warrants to the Agent that it shall continue to make its own independent appraisal of the creditworthiness of the Borrower while the Loan Obligations are outstanding or the Lenders have any obligations hereunder.

 

  18.3 Rights of Agent as Lender

With respect to its Commitment in the Loan Obligations, the Agent in its capacity as a Lender shall have the same rights and powers hereunder as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not acting as the Agent and the term “Lender” shall, unless the context otherwise indicates, include the Agent in its capacity as a Lender. The Agent may (without having to account therefor to any Lender) accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of banking or other business with the Borrower as if it were not acting as the Agent and may accept fees and other consideration from the Borrower for customary services in connection with this Agreement and the Loan Obligations and otherwise without having to account for the same to the Lenders.

 

  18.4 Indemnity

Each Lender agrees to indemnify the Agent, to the extent not otherwise reimbursed by the Borrower, rateably in accordance with its respective Commitments, for any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgements, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind and nature whatsoever which may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against, the Agent in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement, the Security Documents or any other documents contemplated by or referred to herein or therein or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby (excluding, unless a Default or Event of Default is apprehended or has occurred and is continuing, normal administrative costs and expenses incidental to the performance of its agency duties hereunder) or the enforcement of any of the terms hereof or of any such other documents, provided that no Lender shall be liable for any of the foregoing to the extent they arise from the Agent’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct.

 

96.


  18.5 Notice by Agent to Lenders

As soon as practicable after its receipt thereof, the Agent will forward to each Lender a copy of each report, notice or other document required by this Agreement to be delivered to the Agent for such Lender.

 

  18.6 Protection of Agent

 

  18.6.1 The Agent shall not be required to keep itself informed as to the performance or observance by the Borrower of this Agreement or any other document referred to or provided for herein or therein or to inspect the properties or books of the Borrower. Except (in the case of the Agent) for notices, reports and other documents and information expressly required to be furnished to the Lenders by the Agent hereunder, the Agent shall have no duty or responsibility to provide any Lender with any credit or other information concerning the affairs or financial condition of the Borrower which may come to the attention of the Agent, except where provided to the Agent for the Lenders, provided that such information does not confer any advantage to the Agent as a Lender over the other Lenders. Nothing in this Agreement shall oblige the Agent to disclose any information relating to the Borrower if such disclosure would or might, in the opinion of the Agent, constitute a breach of any Applicable Laws or duty of secrecy or confidence.

 

  18.6.2 Unless the Agent shall have been notified in writing or by telegraph or telecopier by any Lender prior to the date of an Advance requested hereunder that such Lender does not intend to make available to the Agent such Lender’s proportionate share of such Advance, based on its Commitment, the Agent may assume that such Lender has made such Lender’s Commitment in such Advance available to the Agent on the date of such Advance and the Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower a corresponding amount. If such corresponding amount is not in fact made available to the Agent by such Lender, the Agent shall be entitled to recover such amount (together with interest thereon at the rate determined by the Agent as being its cost of funds in the circumstances) on demand from such Lender or, if such Lender fails to reimburse the Agent for such amount on demand, from the Borrower.

 

  18.6.3

Unless the Agent shall have been notified in writing or by telegraph or telecopier by the Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due hereunder that the Borrower does not intend to make such payment, the Agent may assume that the Borrower has made such payment when due and the Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to each Lender on such payment date an amount equal to such Lender’s pro rata share of such assumed payment. If it is established

 

97.


  that the Borrower has not in fact made such payment to the Agent, each Lender shall forthwith on demand repay to the Agent the amount made available to such Lender (together with interest at the rate determined by the Agent as being its cost of funds in the circumstances).

 

  18.7 Notice by Lenders to Agent

Each Lender shall endeavour to use its best efforts to notify the Agent of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default forthwith upon becoming aware of such event, but no Lender shall be liable if it fails to give such notice to the Agent.

 

  18.8 Sharing Among the Lenders

Each Lender agrees as amongst themselves that except as otherwise provided for by the provisions of this Agreement, all amounts received by the Agents, in their capacity as agents of the Lenders pursuant to this Agreement or any other document contemplated hereby (whether received by voluntary payment, by the exercise of the right of set-off or compensation or by counterclaim, cross-claim, separate action or as proceeds of realization of any security, other than agency fees), and all amounts received by any Lender in relation to this Agreement, in each case following a Default (which is not remedied subsequent to such receipt) or an Event of Default (which is not waived subsequent to such receipt), shall be shared by each Lender pro rata , in accordance with its respective Applicable Percentage, and each Lender undertakes to do all such things as may be reasonably required to give full effect to this Section 18.8. If any amount which is so shared is later recovered from the Lender who originally received it, each other Lender shall restore its proportionate share of such amount to such Lender, without interest.

As a necessary consequence of the foregoing, each Lender shall share, in a percentage equal to its Applicable Percentage, any losses incurred as a result of any Default or Event of Default by the Borrower, and shall pay to the Agent, within two (2) Business Days following a request by the Agent, any amount required to ensure that such Lender bears its pro rata share of such losses, if any, including any amounts required to be paid to any Lender in respect of any Bankers’ Acceptances and, for greater certainty, amounts forming part of the Swing Line Loan (which form part of the Revolving Facility). Such obligation to share losses shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including, without limitation, (1) any set-off, compensation, counterclaim, recoupment, defence or other right which such Lender may have against the Agent, the Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever; (2) the occurrence or continuance of any Default or Event of Default; (3) any adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower or any other Person; (4) any breach of this Agreement by the Borrower or any other Person; or (5) any other circumstance, happening or event whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing. If any Lender does not make available the amount required hereunder, the Agent shall be entitled to recover such amount on demand from such Lender, together with interest thereon at the Prime Rate from the date of non-payment until such amount is paid in full.

 

98.


  18.9 Derivative Obligations

 

  18.9.1 The Derivative Obligations shall be secured by the Security provided that the related Derivative Instruments:

(a) are governed by an ISDA Master Agreement or other form of agreement generally accepted in the relevant market;

(b) provide that bankruptcy or insolvency constitutes an event of default thereunder; and

(c) provide that for the purposes of Section 6(e) of the 1992 ISDA Master Agreement or the 2002 ISDA Master Agreement, the methods of calculation set out in the definition of “Hedging Exposure” shall apply.

 

  18.9.2 Notwithstanding the rights of the Revolving Facility Lenders to benefit from the Security in respect of Derivative Obligations, all decisions concerning the Security and the enforcement thereof shall be made by the Lenders, the Majority Lenders or the Required Lenders-Acceleration, as the case may be, in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, excluding the amount owed to any Lender in respect of Derivative Obligations. No Lender holding Derivative Obligations from time to time shall have any additional right to influence the Security or the enforcement thereof as a result of holding Derivative Obligations as long as this Agreement remains in force. No such Lender shall be able to enforce the Security unless the Lenders are at the same time enforcing the Security for the Loan Obligations. However, the Derivative Obligations shall continue to be supported by the Security notwithstanding the termination of this Agreement by reason of payment in full and termination of the Credit, or for any other reason, and all Derivative Obligations owed to any Lender shall continue to be supported by the Security after such Lender ceases to be an Agent or a Lender or to have an Affiliate which is an Agent or a Lender. After the termination of this Agreement, each holder of Derivative Obligations shall be entitled, in its sole discretion, to make decisions concerning the Security.

 

  18.9.3 Each Lender shall confirm to the Agent the details of each Derivative Instrument executed by it by or for the benefit of the Borrower, including the Hedging Exposure thereunder, within a reasonable period following request by the Agent, if any such request is made.

 

  18.9.4

Each Lender shall confirm to the Agent and to the Borrower, upon request, quarterly on or about the last day of each financial quarter of each financial year of the Borrower, the Hedging Exposure under Derivative Instruments to which it is a party, calculated on a net as well as on a gross basis where several Derivative Instruments are governed

 

99.


  by the same Master Agreement. The Agent shall then confirm to each Lender the total amount of the Hedging Exposure under Derivative Obligations with each Lender.

 

  18.10 Procedure with respect to Advances

Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, upon receipt of a Notice of Borrowing from the Borrower, the Agent shall, without delay, advise each Lender of the receipt of such notice, of the date of such Advance, of its proportionate share of the amount of each Advance and of the relevant details of the Agent’s account(s). Each Lender shall disburse its proportionate share of each Advance, taking into account its Commitment, and shall make it available to the Agent (no later than 10:00 A.M.) on the date of the Advance fixed by the Borrower, by depositing its proportionate share of the Advance in the Agent’s account in Canadian Dollars or US Dollars, as the case may be. Once the Borrower has fulfilled the conditions stipulated in this Agreement, the Agent will make such amounts available to the Borrower on the date of the Advance, at the Branch, and, in the absence of other arrangements made in writing between the Agent and the Borrower, by transferring or causing to be transferred an equivalent amount in the case of a direct Advance, and the Available Proceeds (as defined in subsection 6.2.4 (d)) in the case of Banker’s Acceptances, in accordance with the instructions of the Borrower which appear in the Notice of Borrowing with respect to each Advance; however, the obligation of the Agent with respect hereto is limited to taking the steps judged commercially reasonable in order to follow such instructions, and once undertaken, such steps shall constitute conclusive evidence that the amounts have been disbursed in accordance with the applicable provisions. The Agent shall not be liable for damages, claims or costs imputed to the Borrower and resulting from the fact that the amount of an Advance did not arrive at its agreed-upon destination.

 

  18.11 Accounts kept by each Lender

Each Lender shall keep in its books, in respect of its Commitment, accounts for the Prime Rate Advances, US Base Rate Advances, Bankers’ Acceptances and other amounts payable by the Borrower under this Agreement. Each Lender shall make appropriate entries showing, as debits, the amount of the Debt of the Borrower to it in respect of the Prime Rate Advances, US Base Rate Advances and BA Advances, as the case may be, the amount of all accrued interest and any other amount due to such Lender pursuant hereto and, as credits, each payment or repayment of principal and interest made in respect of such indebtedness as well as any other amount paid to such Lender pursuant hereto. These accounts shall constitute (in the absence of manifest error or of contradictory entries in the accounts of the Agent referred to in Section 4.4) prima facie evidence of their content against the Borrower.

The accounts which are maintained by the Agent shall constitute, except in the case of manifest error, prima facie proof of the amounts advanced and the Bankers’ Acceptances accepted by each Lender, the interest and other amounts due to them and the payments of principal, interest or others made to the Lenders.

 

100.


  18.12 Binding Determinations

The Agent shall proceed in good faith to make any determination which is required in order to apply this Agreement and, once made, such determination shall be final and binding upon all parties, except in the case of manifest error.

 

  18.13 Amendment of Article 18

The provisions of this Article 18 relating to the rights and obligations of the Lenders and the Agent inter se may be amended or added to, from time to time, by the execution by the Agent and the Lenders of an instrument in writing and such instrument in writing shall validly and effectively amend or add to any or all of the provisions of this Article affecting the Lenders without requiring the execution of such instrument in writing by the Borrower.

 

  18.14 Decisions, Amendments and Waivers of the Lenders

When the Lenders may or must consent to an action or to anything or to accomplish another act in applying this Agreement, the Agent shall request that each Lender give its consent in this regard. Subject to the provisions of Sections 18.15 and 14.2, all decisions taken by the Lenders shall be taken as follows: a) if there are two Lenders, by unanimous consent; b) if there are three or more Lenders, by the Majority Lenders. The Agent shall confirm such consent to each Lender and to the Borrower.

 

  18.15 Authorized Waivers, Variations and Omissions

If so authorized in writing by the Lenders in accordance with the provisions of Section 18.14, the Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, may grant waivers, consents, vary the terms of this Agreement and the Security Documents and do or omit to do all acts and things in connection herewith or therewith. Notwithstanding the foregoing, except with the prior written agreement of (a) each of the Lenders with Commitments in the Facility being amended (or in respect of which a waiver is requested, each such Lender an “ Affected Lender ”), nothing in Section 18.14 or this Section 18.15 shall authorize (i) any extension of the date for, or decrease in the amount of, any payment of principal, interest or other amounts or (ii) any extension of any maturity date not applicable to both Facilities, and (b) each of the Lenders, nothing in Section 18.14 or this Section 18.15 shall authorize (i) any change (other than an extension) of the date for, increase in the amount of, or change in the currency or mode of calculation or computation of any payment of principal, interest or other amount (including the amount of the Revolving Facility or the Finnvera Term Facility, except as provided in Section 2.3), (ii) any extension of any maturity date applicable to both Facilities, (iv) any change in the terms of Article 18, (v) any change in the manner of making decisions among the Lenders including the definition of Majority Lenders and Required Lenders-Acceleration, (vi) the release of the Borrower or any Guarantor, except as provided herein with respect to permitted Asset Dispositions or as contemplated in Section 13.1, (vii) the release, in whole or in part, of any of the Security Documents or the Security constituted thereby, except as provided herein with respect to permitted Asset Dispositions (in Section 13.3) or as contemplated in Section 13.1, (viii) any change in or any waiver of the conditions precedent provided for in Article 10 or (ix) any

 

101.


amendment to this Section 18.15. Waivers of Events of Default not requiring the unanimous consent of the Lenders may be granted by the Majority Lenders or, for Events of Default requiring a waiver in the circumstances described in (a) above, the Affected Lenders (and not by the Required Lenders-Acceleration).

In addition, no amendment to or waiver of (A) Section 4.2 shall be made without the consent of the Issuing Lenders, (B) Section 4.3 shall be made without the consent of the Swing Line Lender, and (C) the definition of “Defaulting Lender” without the consent of the Agent, the Finnvera Agent, the Issuing Lender and the Swing Line Lender.

 

  18.16 Provisions for the Benefit of Lenders Only – Power of Attorney for Quebec Purposes

Without limiting the powers of the Agent hereunder or under the Security Documents and to the extent applicable, each of the Lenders hereby acknowledges that the Agent (or a collateral agent designated by the Agent) shall, for the purposes of holding any security granted under the hypothecs described in Section 9.1.3 hereof to secure payment of the Debentures, be the holder of an irrevocable power of attorney ( fondé de pouvoir ) (within the meaning of Article 2692 of the Civil Code of Quebec ) for all present and future Lenders and in particular for all present and future holders of the Debentures. Each of the Lenders hereby constitutes, to the extent necessary, the Agent (or such designated collateral agent) as the holder of such irrevocable power of attorney in order to hold security granted under such hypothecs to secure the Debentures. Each Assignee shall be deemed to have confirmed and ratified the constitution of the Agent as the holder of such irrevocable power of attorney by execution of the relevant Transfer Agreement. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 32 of the An Act respecting the Special Powers of Legal Persons (Quebec), the Borrower, the Guarantors and the Lenders irrevocably agree that the Agent may acquire and be the holder of a Debenture. By executing a Debenture, the issuer of the Debenture shall be deemed to have acknowledged that the Debenture constitutes a title of indebtedness, as such term is used in Article 2692 of the Civil Code of Quebec .

 

  18.17 Defaulting Lenders

 

  18.17.1 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then the provisions of this Section 18.17 shall apply until the Agent (or in the case of a Defaulting Lender under the Finnvera Term Facility, the Finnvera Facility Agent), the Borrower, the Issuing Lender and the Swing Line Lender all agree that the Defaulting Lender has remedied all matters that caused it to be a Defaulting Lender.

 

  18.17.2 Any standby fee shall cease to accrue on the Defaulting Lender’s unadvanced portion of any Advance.

 

  18.17.3

The Defaulting Lender shall not be entitled to exercise any right of consent under Sections 18.14 or 18.15 and its Commitment shall not be included in determining whether the Lenders or the Majority Lenders

 

102.


  have provided any consent under those Sections. However, the Defaulting Lender shall be entitled to exercise its right of consent in respect of (a) any matter that requires its consent hereunder including, for the avoidance of doubt, any increase in the amount of the Revolving Facility or the Finnvera Term Facility except as provided in Section 2.3 or the extension of the Commitment of such Defaulting Lender, and (b) any matter that requires the consent of all Lenders, but only if it would be affected differently than the other Lenders.

 

  18.17.4 The Borrower’s right to receive Advances of the Defaulting Lender’s unadvanced Commitment under the Facilities shall be suspended and the participation of the other Lenders in the Facilities including the Swing Line shall be re-adjusted on a pro rata basis without regard to the unadvanced Commitment of the Defaulting Lender but without increasing the overall Commitments of the other Lenders. If (a) the unadvanced Commitments of the other Lenders would not be sufficient to cover their obligations together with the obligations of the Defaulting Lender under Section 4.2 or 4.3, or (b) an Event of Default has occurred and not been waived, then the Borrower shall repay the Swing Line Loan and shall provide LC Escrowed Funds to the Issuing Lender to secure Letters of Credit to the extent necessary to cover the deficiency.

 

  18.17.5 If the Borrower provides LC Escrowed Funds to the Issuing Lenders to secure Letters of Credit, the Borrower shall not be required to pay LC Fees for the account of the Defaulting Lender in respect of the amount for which it has provided LC Escrowed Funds. If the obligation of the Defaulting Lender regarding Letters of Credit under Section 4.2 is borne by the other Lenders as a result of subsection 18.17.4, then the other Lenders shall be entitled to receive any LC Fee that would otherwise have been payable to the Defaulting Lender.

 

  18.17.6 The Agent (or in the case of a Defaulting Lender under the Finnvera Term Facility, the Finnvera Facility Agent) may, without prejudice to the other rights of the Lenders, make adjustments to the payments to a Defaulting Lender under this Agreement as necessary to compensate the other Lenders and the Agent for the Defaulting Lender’s failure to make any payment or fulfill any other obligation under this Agreement.

 

  18.18 Provisions for the Benefit of Lenders Only

The provisions of this Article 18 relating to the rights and obligations of the Lenders and Agent inter se shall be operative as between the Lenders and Agent only, and the Borrower shall not have any rights or obligations under or be entitled to rely for any purposes upon such provisions. However, the provisions of subsection 18.2.3 and 18.16 shall be applicable as between the Borrower, the Guarantors (if applicable) and the Agent.

 

103.


  18.19 Resignation of Agent

 

  18.19.1 Notwithstanding the irrevocable appointment of the Agent, a majority of Lenders holding not less than 66.67% of the Commitments may (with the consent of the Borrower), upon giving the Agent thirty (30) days prior written notice to such effect, terminate the Agent’s appointment hereunder provided that a successor Agent has been appointed at or prior to the expiry of such notice.

 

  18.19.2 The Agent may resign its appointment hereunder at any time without giving any reason therefor by giving written notice to such effect to each of the other parties hereto. Such resignation shall not be effective until a successor Agent has been appointed.

18.19.3 In the event of any such termination or resignation, the Lenders shall appoint a successor Agent that is willing to accept such role and is acceptable to the Borrower within thirty (30) days therefrom, deliver copies of all accounts to such successor and the retiring Agent shall be discharged from any further obligations hereunder but shall remain entitled to the benefit of the provisions of this Article 18 and the Agent’s successor and each of the other parties hereto shall have the same rights and obligations among themselves as they would have had if such successor originally had been a party hereto as Agent.

 

  18.20 No Novation

The parties hereto agree that the changes to the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement and the amendments and restatement set out herein and the execution of these presents shall not constitute novation, and that all Security shall continue to apply to this Credit Agreement, as amended and restated by these presents, and all other obligations secured thereby.

 

19. CERTAIN PROVISIONS RELATING TO THE FINNVERA TERM FACILITY

 

  19.1 Application of Article 18

The provisions of Article 18 shall apply to the Finnvera Facility Lenders and the Finnvera Term Facility except to the extent modified in Section 11 of Schedule “P”.

 

  19.2 Notice by Agent to the Finnvera Facility Agent

The Agent shall have no obligation to forward a copy of any report, notice or other document to the Finnvera Facility Lenders. The Agent shall instead forward such items to the Finnvera Facility Agent for distribution to the Finnvera Facility Lenders.

 

104.


  19.3 Confirmation of Sharing

For greater certainty, the sharing among the Lenders contemplated by Section 18.8 includes all of the Lenders including the Finnvera Facility Lenders.

 

20. FORMAL DATE

 

  20.1 Formal Date

For the purposes of convenience, this Amended and Restated Agreement may be referred to as bearing the Formal Date of July 20, 2011 notwithstanding its actual date of signature.

Remainder of page intentionally left blank. Signature pages follow.

 

105.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF THE PARTIES HERETO HAVE SIGNED THIS AGREEMENT ON THE DATE AND AT THE PLACE FIRST HEREINABOVE MENTIONED.

 

VIDÉOTRON LTÉE
Per:  

/s/ (signed)

Per:  

/s/ (signed)

Address:

612 St-Jacques Street

18 th floor

Montreal, Quebec

H3C 4M8

Attention: Treasurer

Telephone: (514) 380-1912

Fax: (514) 380-1983


ROYAL BANK OF CANADA, as Agent
Per:  

/s/ Ann Hurley

Per:  

 

Address:

P.O. Box 50, 200 Bay Street

Royal Bank Plaza

12 th Floor, S. Tower

Toronto, Ontario

M5J 2W7

Attention: Ann Hurley, Agency Services Group

Telephone: 416-842-3996

Fax: 416-842-4023

E-mail: ann.hurley@rbccm.com


THE REVOLVING FACILITY LENDERS:
ROYAL BANK OF CANADA, as Lender
Per:  

/s/ Rod Smith

Per:  

 

Address:

1 Place Ville Marie

Suite 400

Montreal, Quebec

H3B 4R8

Attention: Rod Smith

Telephone: 514-878-2815

Fax: 514-874-1349

Email: Rod.Smith@rbccm.com


NATIONAL BANK OF CANADA
Per:  

/s/ Luc Bernier

Per:  

/s/ André Marenger

Address:

1155 Metcalfe Street

5 th Floor

Montreal, Quebec

H3B 4S9

Attention: Luc Bernier, Director

Telephone: 514-390-5639

Fax: 514-390-7860

Email: Luc.Bernier@nbfinancial.com


THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA
Per:  

/s/ Rob King

Per:  

/s/ Eddy Popp

Address:

Scotia Plaza

40 King St. West

Toronto, Ontario

M5H 3Y2

Attention: Rob King

Telephone: 416-933-1873

Fax: 416-866-2010

Email: rob_king@scotiacapital.com


BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., CANADA BRANCH
Per:  

/s/ Medina Sales De Andrade

Per:  

 

Address:

181 Bay Street

Toronto, Ontario

M5J 2V8

Attention: Peter Vanderhorst, Director

Telephone: 617-434-0164

Fax: 980-233-7788

Email: peter.vanderhorst@baml.com


THE TORONTO-DOMINION BANK
Per:  

/s/ (signed)

Per:  

/s/ (signed)

Address:

500 St. Jacques

Montreal, Quebec

H2Y 1P1

Attention: Paul Archer / Yves Bergeron – C0000040

Telephone: 514-289-2558 / 514-289-0099

Fax: 514-289-0788

Email: paul.archer@tdsecurities.com / yves.bergeron@tdsecurities.com


CAISSE CENTRALE DESJARDINS
Per:  

/s/ (signed)

Per:  

 

Address:

1170 Peel Street

Suite 600

Montreal, Quebec

H3B 0B1

Attention: André Roy, Vice President

Telephone: 514-281-7791

Fax: 514-281-4317

Email: andre.roy@ccd.desjardins.com


BANK OF MONTREAL
Per:  

/s/ Martin Stevenson

Per:  

 

Address:

234 Simcoe Street

3 rd Floor

Toronto, Ontario

M5T 1T4

Attention: Frank Albernaz

Telephone: 416-598-6775

Fax: 416-598-6230

Email: Frank.albernaz@bmo.com


CANADIAN IMPERIAL BANK OF COMMERCE

Per:  

/s/ Stephen Redding

Per:  

/s/ Alain Longpré

Address:
161 Bay Street
8 th Floor
Toronto, Ontario
M5J 2S8
Attention: Kim Yeung
Telephone: 416-542-4541
Fax: 416-542-4525
Email: kim.yeung@cibc.ca


HSBC BANK CANADA
Per:  

/s/ Annie Houle

Per:  

 

Address:

300-2001 McGill College

Montreal, Quebec

H3A 1G1

Attention: Annie Houle, Global Relationship Manager and Director

Telephone: 514-286-4567

Fax: 514-285-8637

Email: Annie_Houle@hsbc.ca


GOLDMAN SACHS LENDING PARTNERS LLC

Per:  

/s/ (signed)

Per:  

 

Address:

200 West Street

New York, NY 10282-2198

Attention: Lauren Day

Telephone: 212-934-3921

Fax: 646-769-7700

Email: gsd.link@gs.com


CITIBANK, N.A., CANADIAN BRANCH
Per:  

/s/ Isabelle Côté

Per:  

 

Address:

123 Front Street West

Toronto, Ontario

M5J 2M3

Attention: Isabelle Côté, Managing Director

Telephone: 514-393-7502

Fax: 866-550-2418

Email: isabelle.f.cote@citi.com


MIZUHO CORPORATE BANK, LTD.
Per:  

/s/ W.M. McFarland

Per:  

 

Address:

100 Yonge Street, Suite 1102

Toronto, Ontario

M5C 2W1

Attention: Bill McFarland

Telephone: 416-874-1145

Fax: 416-360-7502

Email: bill.mcfarland@mizuhocbus.com


BANK OF TOKYO – MITSUBISHI UFJ (CANADA)

Per:  

/s/ Amos Simpson

Per:  

 

Address:

600 de Maisonneuve Blvd. W.

Suite 2520

Montreal, Quebec

H3A 3J2

Attention: Amos Simpson, Vice President

Telephone: 514-875-9261

Fax: 514-875-9392

Email: asimpson@ca.mufg.jp


SUMITOMO MITSUI BANKING
CORPORATION OF CANADA
Per:  

/s/ Elwood Langley

Per:  

 

Address:

222 Bay Street

TD Centre

Toronto, Ontario

M5K 1H6

Attention: Elwood Langley

Telephone: 416-214-3606

Fax: 416-368-5602

Email: elwood_langley@smbcgroup.com


LAURENTIAN BANK OF CANADA
Per:  

/s/ Danièle Valiquette

Per:  

/s/ Sophie Boucher

Address:

1981 McGill College Avenue

19 th Floor

Montreal, Quebec

H3A 3K3

Attention: Michel Gendron

Telephone: 514-284-4500 (4523)

Fax: 514-284-9723

Email: michel.gendron@banquelaurentienne.ca


ICICI BANK CANADA
Per:  

/s/ Akashdeep Sarpal

Per:  

/s/ Sandeep Goel

Address:

150 Ferrand Drive, Suite 1200

Don Valley Business Park

Toronto, Ontario

M3C 3E5

Attention: Lester Fernandes, Sr. Account Manager

Telephone: 416-601-2775

Fax: 416-422-2447

Email: Lester.fernandes@icicibank.com


HSBC BANK PLC, as Finnvera Facility Agent
Per:  

/s/ (signed)

Per:  

/s/ (signed)

Credit Matters

Address:

Level 18, 8 Canada Square

Canary Wharf

London, E14 5HQ

United Kingdom

 

Attention:    Mark Looi
Telephone:    +44(0) 20 7991 6255
Fax:    +44(0) 20 7992 4428
E-mail:    mark.looi@hsbcib.com
Reference:    FC 1311

Operational Matters

Address:

Level 18, 8 Canada Square

Canary Wharf

London, E14 5HQ

United Kingdom

 

Attention:    Alan Marshall
Telephone:    +44(0) 20 7991 6293
Fax:    +44(0) 20 7992 4428
E-mail:    alan.p.marshall@hsbcib.com
Reference:    FC 1311

-and-

 

Attention:    David Wilson
Telephone:    +44(0) 7992 2569
Fax:    +44(0) 20 7992 4428
E-mail:    David.a.wilson@hsbcib.com
Reference:    FC 1311


THE FINNVERA TERM FACILITY LENDERS:

 

HSBC BANK PLC
Per:  

/s/ (signed)

Per:  

/s/ (signed)

Credit Matters

Address:

Level 18, 8 Canada Square

Canary Wharf

London, E14 5HQ

United Kingdom

 

Attention:    Mark Looi
Telephone:    +44(0) 20 7991 6255
Fax:    +44(0) 20 7992 4428
E-mail:    mark.looi@hsbcib.com
Reference:    FC 1311

Operational Matters

Address:

Level 18, 8 Canada Square

Canary Wharf

London, E14 5HQ

United Kingdom

 

Attention:    Alan Marshall
Telephone:    +44(0) 20 7991 6293
Fax:    +44(0) 20 7992 4428
E-mail:    alan.p.marshall@hsbcib.com
Reference:    FC 1311
-and-   
Attention:    David Wilson
Telephone:    +44(0) 7992 2569
Fax:    +44(0) 20 7992 4428
E-mail:    david.a.wilson@hsbcib.com
Reference:    FC 1311


THE TORONTO-DOMINION BANK
Per:  

/s/ Vince Chang

Per:  

/s/ Sumit Paliwal

Credit Matters

Address:

The Toronto-Dominion Bank

77 King Street West

Royal Trust Tower, 19 th Floor

Toronto, Ontario M5K 1A2

 

Attention:    Sumit Paliwal
Telephone:    (416) 983-2803
Fax:    (416) 982-7838
E-mail:    sumit.paliwal@tdsecurities.com

Operational Matters

Address:

TD Securities

Global Trade Finance

500 St-Jacques Street, 8 th Floor

Montreal, Quebec H2Y 1S1

 

Attention:    Caroline Danneau
Telephone:    (514) 289-0251
Fax:    (514) 289-1469
E-mail:    caroline.danneau@tdsecurities.com


CREDIT SUISSE AG
Per:  

/s/ (signed)

Per:  

/s/ (signed)

Credit Matters

Address:

Credit Suisse AG, Export and

Structured Trade Finance

SGAM 316

Giesshübelstr, 30

8070 Zürich, Switzerland

 

Attention:    Ursula Rickli
Telephone:    00 41 44 333 53 56
Fax:    00 41 44 333 21 04
E-mail:    ursula.rickli@credit-suisse.com

Operational Matters

Address:

Credit Suisse AG, Export and Structured Trade Finance

SGAM 331

Giesshübelstr. 30

8070 Zürich, Switzerland

 

Attention:    Dana Bjelos
Telephone:    00 41 44 333 63 99
Fax:    00 41 44 333 79 80
E-mail:    dana.bjelos@credit-suisse.com


SUMITOMO MITSUI BANKING
CORPORATION OF CANADA
Per:  

/s/ Elwood Langley

Per:  

 

Credit Matters

Address:

Ernst & Young Tower, TD Centre

Suite 1400, Box 172

222 Bay St.

Toronto, Ontario M5K 1H6

 

Attention:    Elwood Langley, Senior Vice President
Telephone:    (416) 214-3606
Fax:    (416) 367-3565
E-mail:    elwood_langley@smbcgroup.com
-or-   
Attention:    Ming Chang, Vice President
Telephone:    (416) 368-4178
Fax:    (416) 367-3565
E-mail:    Ming_Chang@smbcgroup.com

Operational Matters

Address:

Ernst & Young Tower, TD Centre

Suite 1400, Box 172

222 Bay St.

Toronto, Ontario M5K 1H6

 

Attention:    Heather Nakamura, Manager
Telephone:    (416) 214-3607
Fax:    (416) 367-3565
E-mail:    heather_nakamura@smbcgroup.com
-or-   
Attention:    Andrew Yiu, Vice President
Telephone:    (416) 368-7570
Fax:    (416) 367-3565
E-mail:    andrew_yiu@smbcgroup.com


Intervention by the Guarantors as at the Closing Date

The undersigned acknowledge having taken cognizance of the provisions of the foregoing Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and agree that the Guarantees and Security executed by them (A) remain enforceable against them in accordance with their terms, and (B) continue to guarantee or secure, as applicable, all of the obligations of the Persons specified in such Guarantees and Security Documents in connection with the Credit Agreement as defined above, without any limitations:

 

LE SUPERCLUB VIDÉOTRON LTÉE       9227-2590 QUÉBEC INC.
Per:  

/s/ (signed)

    Per:  

/s/ (signed)

VIDEOTRON US INC.     9230-7677 QUÉBEC INC.
Per:  

/s/ (signed)

    Per:  

/s/ (signed)

VIDEOTRON L.P., represented

by its general partner

9230-7677 QUÉBEC INC.

    VIDEOTRON G.P.
Per:  

/s/ (signed)

    Per:  

/s/ (signed)

VIDÉOTRON INFRASTRUCTURES INC.     JOBBOOM INC.
Per:  

/s/ (signed)

    Per:  

/s/ (signed)


SCHEDULE “A” – LIST OF LENDERS AND COMMITMENTS

The Revolving Facility

 

Lender

   Commitment ($)      Commitment (%)  

Royal Bank of Canada

   $ 67,500,000         11.74

National Bank of Canada

   $ 67,500,000         11.74

The Bank of Nova Scotia

   $ 56,000,000         9.74

Bank of America, N.A., Canada Branch

   $ 56,000,000         9.74

The Toronto-Dominion Bank

   $ 56,000,000         9.74

Caisse Centrale Desjardins

   $ 40,000,000         6.96

Bank of Montreal

   $ 35,000,000         6.08

Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce

   $ 29,000,000         5.04

HSBC Bank Canada

   $ 29,000,000         5.04

Goldman Sachs Lending Partners LLC

   $ 29,000,000         5.04

Citibank, N.A., Canadian Branch

   $ 20,000,000         3.48

Mizuho Corporate Bank, Ltd.

   $ 20,000,000         3.48

Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ (Canada)

   $ 20,000,000         3.48

Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation of Canada

   $ 20,000,000         3.48

Laurentian Bank of Canada

   $ 15,000,000         2.61

ICICI Bank Canada

   $ 15,000,000         2.61

Total

   $ 575,000,000         100

The Finnvera Term Facility

 

Lender

   Commitment ($)      Commitment (%)  

HSBC Bank plc

   $ 28,125,000         37.5

The Toronto-Dominion Bank

   $ 28,125,000         37.5

Credit Suisse AG

   $ 9,375,000         12.5

Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation of Canada

   $ 9,375,000         12.5

Total

   $ 75,000,000         100


SCHEDULE “B” – NOTICE OF BORROWING AND CERTIFICATE

 

TO:   ROYAL BANK OF CANADA, as Agent  
FROM:   VIDÉOTRON LTÉE   DATE:

1) This Notice of Borrowing and Certificate is delivered to you pursuant to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of July 20, 2011, and as same may have been further amended (the “ Credit Agreement ”). All defined terms set forth in this Notice of Borrowing and Certificate shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Credit Agreement

2) We hereby request a Cdn. $ Advance under the Revolving Facility of the Credit Agreement as follows:

 

  (a) Date of Advance:                                          

 

  (b) Amount of Advance:                                          

 

  (c) Type of Advance:                                          

 

  (d) Designated Period(s) (if any):                                         

 

  (e) Maturity Date(s) (if applicable):                                          

 

  (f) Payment Instruction (if any):                                         

3) We have understood the provisions of the Credit Agreement which are relevant to the furnishing of this Notice of Borrowing and Certificate. To the extent that this Notice of Borrowing and Certificate evidences, attests or confirms compliance with any covenants or conditions precedent provided for in the Credit Agreement, we have made such examination or investigation as was, in our opinion, necessary to enable us to express an informed opinion as to whether such covenants or conditions have been complied with.

4) WE HEREBY CERTIFY THAT, in our opinion, as of the date hereof:

(a) All of the representations and warranties of the Borrower contained in Article 11 of the Credit Agreement (except where qualified in Article 11 as being made as at a particular date) are true and correct on and as of the date hereof as though made on and as of the date hereof.

(b) All of the covenants of the Borrower contained in Articles 12 and 13 of the Credit Agreement together with all of the conditions precedent to an Advance and all other terms and conditions contained in the Credit Agreement have been fully complied with.

(c) No Event of Default has occurred and no Default has occurred and is continuing.

 

Yours truly,
VIDÉOTRON LTÉE
Per:  

 

Title:  

 


SCHEDULE “B-1” – NOTICE OF REPAYMENT

 

TO:   ROYAL BANK OF CANADA, as Agent  
FROM:   VIDÉOTRON LTÉE  
DATE:    

1) This notice of repayment is delivered to you pursuant to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of July 20, 2011 entered into among VIDÉOTRON LTÉE and, inter alia , Royal Bank of Canada as Agent (as amended and restated and in effect on the date hereof, the “ Credit Agreement ”). All defined terms set forth in this notice shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Credit Agreement.

2) We hereby advise you that we will be repaying the sum of Cdn.$         on             as follows [ indicate amount payable in respect of the Revolving Facility as well as the type of Advance to be repaid] .

[3) We hereby advise you that in accordance with the last paragraph of Section 8.2, we are reducing the Credit under the Revolving Facility, effective            , by $        , to a maximum of $        .]

 

Yours truly,
VIDÉOTRON LTÉE
Per:  

 

Title:  

 


SCHEDULE “C” – ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION

This Assignment and Assumption (the “ Assignment and Assumption ”) is dated as of the Effective Date set forth below and is entered into by and between [ Insert name of Assignor ] (the “ Assignor ”) and [ Insert name of Assignee ] (the “ Assignee ”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement identified below (as amended, the “ Credit Agreement ”), receipt of a copy of which is hereby acknowledged by the Assignee. The Standard Terms and Conditions set forth in Annex 1 attached hereto are hereby agreed to and incorporated herein by reference and made a part of this Assignment and Assumption as if set forth herein in full.

For an agreed consideration, the Assignor hereby irrevocably sells and assigns to the Assignee, and the Assignee hereby irrevocably purchases and assumes from the Assignor, subject to and in accordance with the Standard Terms and Conditions and the Credit Agreement, as of the Effective Date inserted by the Agent as contemplated below, (i) all of the Assignor’s rights and obligations in its capacity as a Lender under the Credit Agreement and any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto to the extent related to the amount and percentage interest identified below of all of such outstanding rights and obligations of the Assignor under the respective facilities identified below (including without limitation any Letters of Credit, Guarantees and Swing Line Advances included in such facilities) and (ii) to the extent permitted to be assigned under Applicable Law, all claims, suits, causes of action and any other right of the Assignor (in its capacity as a Lender) against any Person, whether known or unknown, arising under or in connection with the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto or the loan-transactions governed thereby or in any way based on or related to any of the foregoing, including, but not limited to, contract claims, tort claims, malpractice claims, statutory claims and all other claims at law or in equity related to the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clause (i) above (the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) above being referred to herein collectively as, the “ Assigned Interest ”). Such sale and assignment is without recourse to the Assignor and, except as expressly provided in this Assignment and Assumption, without representation or warranty by the Assignor. The Assignee acknowledges and accepts that the Assignee and the Agent are solidary creditors of the Borrower and the Guarantors in respect of all amounts, liabilities and other obligations, present and future, of the Borrower and the Guarantors to each of them under the Credit Agreement and the Derivative Instruments as contemplated by Section 18.1.2 of the Credit Agreement and in accordance with Article 1541 of the Civil Code of Quebec.

1. Assignor:

2. Assignee:

[ and is an Affiliate/Approved Fund of [identify Lender] 1 ]

3. Borrower: VIDÉOTRON LTÉE

 

 

1  

Select as applicable.


4. Agent: ROYAL BANK OF CANADA , as the administrative agent under the Credit Agreement

5. Credit Agreement: [ The up to $650,000,000 Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of July 20, 2011 among VIDÉOTRON LTÉE , the Lenders parties thereto, ROYAL BANK OF CANADA , as Agent, and the other agents parties thereto ]

6. Assigned Interest:

 

Facility Assigned
– Revolving
Facility
   Aggregate Amount of
Commitment/Loan
Obligations for all
Lenders 2
   Amount of
Commitment/Loan
Obligations
Assigned 3
   Percentage
Assigned of
Commitment/Loan
Obligations 3
   CUSIP
Number
           
           
           
           

[7. Trade Date:                     ] 4

 

 

2  

Amount to be adjusted by the counterparties to take into account any payments or prepayments made between the Trade Date and the Effective Date.

3  

Set forth, to at least 9 decimals, as a percentage of the Commitment/Loans of all Lenders thereunder.

4  

To be completed if the Assignor and the Assignee intend that the minimum assignment amount is to be determined as of the Trade Date.


Effective Date:             , 20     [TO BE INSERTED BY AGENT AND WHICH SHALL BE THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF RECORDATION OF TRANSFER IN THE REGISTER THEREFOR.]

The terms set forth in this Assignment and Assumption are hereby agreed to:

 

ASSIGNOR
[NAME OF ASSIGNOR]
By:  

 

  Title:
ASSIGNEE
[NAME OF ASSIGNEE]
By:  

 

  Title:

Consented to and Accepted:

 

ROYAL BANK OF CANADA , as Agent
By:  

 

  Title:
[Consented to:]  5
ROYAL BANK OF CANADA , as Issuing Lender
By:  

 

  Title:
VIDÉOTRON LTÉE
By:  

 

  Title:

 

5  

To be added only if the consent of the Borrower and/or other parties (e.g. L/C Issuer) is required by the terms of the Credit Agreement.


ANNEX 1 to Assignment and Assumption

[                    ] 6

STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR

ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION

1. Representations and Warranties .

1.1 Assignor . The Assignor (a) represents and warrants that (i) it is the legal and beneficial owner of the Assigned Interest, (ii) the Assigned Interest is free and clear of any Lien and (iii) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby; and (b) assumes no responsibility with respect to (i) any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of the Loan Documents or any collateral thereunder, (iii) the financial condition of the members of the VL Group, any of their Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person obligated in respect of any Loan Document or (iv) the performance or observance by the members of the VL Group or any other Person of any of their respective obligations under any Loan Document.

1.2 Assignee . The Assignee (a) represents and warrants that (i) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and to become a Lender under the Credit Agreement, (ii) it meets all requirements of an Eligible Assignee under the Credit Agreement (subject to receipt of such consents as may be required under the Credit Agreement), (iii) from and after the Effective Date, it shall be bound by the provisions of the Credit Agreement as a Lender thereunder and, to the extent of the Assigned Interest, shall have the obligations of a Lender thereunder, (iv) it has received a copy of the Credit Agreement, together with copies of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 12.15 thereof, as applicable, and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and Assumption and to purchase the Assigned Interest on the basis of which it has made such analysis and decision independently and without reliance on the Agent or any other Lender, and (v) if it is a Foreign Lender, attached to the Assignment and Assumption is any documentation required to be delivered by it pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement, duly completed and executed by the Assignee; and (b) agrees that (i) it will, independently and without reliance on the Agent, the Assignor or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Loan Documents, and (ii) it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of the Loan Documents are required to be performed by it as a Lender.

 

6   Describe Credit Agreement at option of Agent.


2. Payments . From and after the Effective Date, the Agent shall make all payments in respect of the Assigned Interest (including payments of principal, interest, fees and other amounts) to the Assignee whether such amounts have accrued prior to, on or after the Effective Date. The Assignor and the Assignee shall make all appropriate adjustments in payments by the Agent for periods prior to the Effective Date or with respect to the making of this assignment directly between themselves.

3. General Provisions . This Assignment and Assumption shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. This Assignment and Assumption may be executed in any number of counterparts, which together shall constitute one instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Assignment and Assumption by telecopy or by sending a scanned copy by electronic mail shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Assignment and Assumption. This Assignment and Assumption shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law governing the Credit Agreement.


SCHEDULE “C-1” – LOAN MARKET DATA TEMPLATE

Recommended Data Fields – At Close

The items highlighted in bold are those that Loan Pricing Corporation (LPC) deem essential. The remaining items are those that LPC has seen become more prominent over time as transparency has increased in the U.S. Loan Market.

 

Company Level   Deal Specific    Facility Specific
Issuer Name   Currency/Amount    Currency/Amount
Location   Date    Type
SIC (Cdn)   Purpose    Purpose
Identification Number(s)   Sponsor    Tenor
Revenue   Financial Covenants    Term Out Option
     Expiration Date
  Target Company    Facility Signing Date
*Measurement of Risk   Assignment Language    Pricing

S&P Sr. Debt

  Law Firms   

Base

Rate(s)/Spread(s)/BA/LIBOR

S&P Issuer

  MAC Clause   

Initial Pricing Level

Moody’s Sr. Debt

  Springing lien   

Pricing Grid (tied to, levels)

Moody’s Issuer

  Cash Dominion   

Grid Effective Date

Fitch Sr. Debt

  Mandatory Prepays    Fees

Fitch Issuer

  Restrct’d Payments (Neg Covs)   

Participation Fee (tiered also)

S&P Implied

(internal assessment)

  Other Restrictions    Commitment Fee
DBRS     
Other Ratings      Annual Fee
*Industry Classification     

Utilization Fee

Moody’s Industry

    

LC Fee(s)

S&P Industry

    

BA Fee

Parent      Prepayment Fee
Financial Ratios      Other Fees to Market
    

Security

    

Secured/Unsecured

    

Collateral and Seniority of Claim

    

Collateral Value

     Guarantors
     Lenders Names/Titles
     Lender Commitment ($)
     Commited/Uncommited
     Distribution method
     Amortization Schedule
     Borrowing Base/Advance Rates
     New Money Amount
     Country of Syndication
     Facility Rating (Loss given default)
    

S&P Bank Loan

    

Moody’s Bank Loan

    

Fitch Bank Loan

    

DBRS

    

Other Ratings

 

* These items would be considered useful to capture from an analytical perspective


SCHEDULE “D” – FORM OF GUARANTEE

GUARANTEE entered into in the City of Montreal, Quebec as of , 20 .

 

BY:   , a corporation governed by the , having its head office at (the “Guarantor”);
IN FAVOUR OF:   ROYAL BANK OF CANADA, a bank governed by the Bank Act (Canada), acting for itself and as Agent and solidary creditor for each present and future Lender under the Credit Agreement hereinafter described (the “ Agent ”)

WHEREAS pursuant to an Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of July 20, 2011, among, inter alia, Vidéotron Ltée, as borrower (the “ Borrower ”), the financial institutions that may become parties thereto from time to time, as lenders, Royal Bank of Canada, as administrative agent (as same may be amended, supplemented, replaced, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), the Guarantor is to provide the Agent with a guarantee of all of the obligations of the Borrower under the Credit Agreement, the Derivative Instruments entered into with Lenders and the Security Documents (each as defined in the Credit Agreement);

WHEREAS pursuant to subsection 18.1.2 of the Credit Agreement, the Agent and each Lender are conferred the legal status of solidary creditors of the Borrower and the Guarantors (as defined in the Credit Agreement) in respect of all amounts, liabilities and other obligations owed by the Borrower and the Guarantors (as so defined) to each of them under the Credit Agreement, the Derivative Instruments entered into with Lenders and under the Security Documents, the whole in accordance with Article 1541 of the Civil Code of Québec (the “ CCQ ”);

WHEREAS pursuant to subsection 18.1.1 of the Credit Agreement, the Agent has been granted the authority to hold any and all Security under the Credit Agreement;

NOW THEREFORE, THE PARTIES HERETO HAVE AGREED AS FOLLOWS:

 

1. GUARANTEE

 

1.1 Guarantee

For valuable consideration, the Guarantor hereby solidarily (jointly and severally) with the Borrower and each of the Other Guarantors, as defined in Section 2.1, guarantees to the Agent and each Lender, as solidary creditors of the Guarantor’s obligations hereunder, forthwith after demand therefor made in accordance with the provisions of the Credit Agreement, due and


punctual payment of all present and future debts and liabilities, and the performance of all obligations of every nature, absolute or contingent, direct, indirect or otherwise, in any currency, now or at any time and from time to time hereafter due or owing by the Borrower to the Agent and each Lender arising under or in connection with the Credit Agreement (including under the Swing Line Facilities), the Derivative Instruments entered into with Lenders and the Security Documents (such obligations as amended, amended and restated, modified, supplemented or renewed, collectively, the “ Secured Obligations ”). The Guarantor expressly renounces to the benefits of division and discussion. The obligation undertaken by the Guarantor pursuant to this Section 1.1 is hereinafter referred to as the “ Guarantee ”.

 

1.2 Guarantee Absolute

The liability of the Guarantor hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by:

 

  (a) any lack of validity or enforceability of any of the Secured Obligations; any change in the time, manner or place of payment of the Secured Obligations; or the failure on the part of the Borrower or any of the Other Guarantors to carry out any of the Secured Obligations;

 

  (b) any impossibility, impracticability, frustration of purpose, illegality, force majeure or act of government;

 

  (c) the bankruptcy, winding-up, liquidation, dissolution or insolvency of the Borrower or any of the Other Guarantors, the Agent or the Lenders or any of them or any party to any agreement to which the Agent, the Lenders, the Borrower or the Other Guarantors or any of them is a party;

 

  (d) any lack or limitation of power, incapacity or disability on the part of any of the Borrower or the Other Guarantors or of the directors, partners or agents thereof or any other irregularity, defect or informality on the part of any of the Borrower or the Other Guarantors in its obligations to the Agent or the Lenders or any of them;

 

  (e) any change or changes in the name, corporate existence or structure of any of the Borrower or Guarantors;

 

  (f) any other law, regulation or other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a defence available to, or a discharge of, any of the Borrower or the Other Guarantors in respect of any or all of the Secured Obligations.

 

1.3 Recovery as Principal Debtor

Any amount which may not be recoverable from the Guarantor by the Agent on the basis of a guarantee shall be recoverable by the Agent from the Guarantor as principal debtor in respect thereof and shall be paid to the Agent for the account of the Lenders forthwith after demand therefor.


2. DEALINGS WITH CREDIT PARTIES AND OTHERS

 

2.1 No Release

The liability of the Guarantor hereunder shall not be released, discharged, limited or in any way affected by anything done, suffered or permitted by the Agent or the Lenders or any of them in connection with any duties or liabilities of the Borrower or the other Guarantors within the meaning of the Credit Agreement (the “ Other Guarantors ”) or any of them to the Agent or the Lenders or any of them, or any security therefor including any loss of or in respect of any security received by the Agent or the Lenders or any of them from the Borrower, the Other Guarantors or any other Person. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing and without releasing, discharging, limiting or otherwise affecting in whole or in part the Guarantor’s liability hereunder, without obtaining the consent of or giving notice to the Guarantor, the Agent and the Lenders may:

 

  (a) grant time, renewals, extensions, indulgences, releases and discharges to the Borrower or the Other Guarantors;

 

  (b) take or abstain from taking or enforcing securities or collateral from the Borrower or the Other Guarantors or from perfecting securities or collateral of the Borrower or the Other Guarantors;

 

  (c) accept compromises from the Borrower or the Other Guarantors;

 

  (d) subject to the applicable provisions of the Credit Agreement, apply all money at any time owing from the Borrower or the Other Guarantors or from any collateral security to such part of the Secured Obligations as the Agent may see fit or change any such application in whole or in part from time to time as the Agent may see fit; for greater certainty, the Agent or any of the Lenders may at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by law, set-off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held and other indebtedness at any time owing by the Agent or any of the Lenders to or for the credit of the Guarantor against any and all of the liabilities of the Borrower, whether or not the Agent shall have made any demand under the Guarantee. The Agent or the Lenders, as the case may be, shall promptly notify the Guarantor after any such set-off and application, provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off and application. The rights of the Agent and the Lenders under this paragraph are in addition to other rights and remedies (including without limitation, other rights of set-off) that the Agent and the Lenders may have; and

 

  (e) otherwise deal with the all other Persons and securities as the Agent and the Lenders may see fit, acting reasonably.


2.2 No Exhaustion of Remedies

The Agent and the Lenders shall not be bound or obligated to exhaust their recourse against the Borrower, the Other Guarantors, any other Person or any securities or collateral they may hold or take any other action before being entitled to demand payment from the Guarantor hereunder.

 

2.3 Accounts Binding upon the Guarantor

Any account settled or stated in writing by or between the Agent and the Borrower shall be accepted by the Guarantor as conclusive evidence, absent manifest error, that the balance or amount thereby appearing due by the Borrower to the Agent or the Lenders is so due.

 

2.4 No Set-off

In any claim by the Agent and the Lenders against the Guarantor, the Guarantor may not assert any set-off or counterclaim that the Guarantor or any of the Other Guarantors may have against the Agent and the Lenders or any of them. In particular, any loss of or in respect of any securities received by the Agent and the Lenders or any of them from the Borrower or any other Person, and the failure to perfect any mortgage, hypothec, prior claim or security interest of any nature whatsoever, whether occasioned through the fault or negligence of the Agent and the Lenders or any of them or otherwise, shall not discharge, limit or lessen the liability of the Guarantor under this agreement.

 

3. CONTINUING GUARANTEE

The Guarantee shall be a continuing guarantee of the Secured Obligations and shall apply to and secure all Secured Obligations and shall not be considered as wholly or partially satisfied by the payment or liquidation at any time of any sum of money for the time being due or remaining unpaid to the Agent and the Lenders or any of them. The Guarantee shall continue to be effective even if at any time any payment of any of the Secured Obligations is rendered unenforceable or is rescinded or must otherwise be returned by the Agent and the Lenders or any of them upon the occurrence of any action or event including the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of the Borrower or any Other Guarantor or otherwise, all as though such payment had not been made. Any payments so rescinded or recovered from the Agent and the Lenders or any of them, whether as a preference, fraudulent transfer or otherwise, shall constitute Secured Obligations for all purposes hereunder. The Guarantor hereby expressly waives the provisions of Articles 2353, 2362 and 2366 of the CCQ.

 

4. RIGHT TO PAYMENTS

Should the Agent and the Lenders or any of them receive from the Guarantor one or more payments on account of its liability under the Guarantee, the Guarantor shall not be entitled to claim repayment against the Borrower or the Other Guarantors until the Agent’s and the Lenders’ claims against the Borrower have been paid in full. In the event of the liquidation, winding-up or bankruptcy of the Borrower (whether voluntary or compulsory); or if the Borrower shall make a bulk sale of any of its assets within the meaning of any applicable legislation of any other province of Canada, under the Uniform Commercial Code of any state of the United States of America or under any other applicable Laws; or should the Borrower make


any proposal, composition or scheme of arrangement with its creditors; then, in any of such events the Agent and the Lenders shall have the right to rank for their full claim and receive all dividends or other payments in respect thereof until their claim has been paid in full, and the Guarantor shall remain liable up to the amount guaranteed for any balance which may be owing to the Agent and the Lenders by the Borrower; and in the event of the valuation by the Agent and the Lenders or any of them of any security held in respect of the debts of the Borrower, or of the retention by the Agent and the Lenders or any of them of such security, such valuation and/or retention shall not, as between the Agent and the Lenders and the Guarantor, be considered as a purchase of such security, or as payment or satisfaction or reduction of the liabilities of the Borrower to the Agent and the Lenders, or any part thereof.

 

5. TAXES

All payments to be made hereunder by the Guarantor shall be made free and clear of deduction for any present or future tax, levy, impost, duty, charge, assessment or fee of any nature (including interest, penalties and additions thereto) imposed by any government or other taxing authority (“ Taxes ”). If any Taxes are imposed and required to be withheld from any payment hereunder, the Guarantor shall (a) increase the amount of such payment so that the Agent and the Lenders will receive a net amount (after deduction of all Taxes, including any Taxes on the amount of any such increase) equal to the amount due hereunder, (b) pay such Taxes to the appropriate taxing authority for the account of the Agent and the Lenders, and (c) as promptly as possible thereafter, send the Agent and the Lenders an original receipt showing payment thereof, together with such additional documentary evidence as the Agent and the Lenders may from time to time reasonably require. If the Guarantor fails to perform its obligations under parts (b) or (c) of the preceding sentence, the Guarantor shall indemnify the Agent and the Lenders for any incremental taxes, interest or penalties that may become payable by the Agent and the Lenders or any of them as a consequence of such failure.

 

6. POSTPONEMENT OF SUBROGATION

To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Guarantor hereby irrevocably postpones any claim or other rights that it may now or hereafter acquire against the Borrower or the Other Guarantors, or any of them, that arise from the existence, payment, performance or enforcement of the Guarantor’s obligations under this agreement including, without limitation, any right of subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration, contribution or indemnification and any right to participate in any claim or remedy against the Borrower, the Other Guarantors, or any collateral securing any obligation of the Borrower or the Other Guarantors, or any of them, whether or not such claim, remedy or right arises under contract, including, without limitation, the right to take or receive from the Borrower or the Other Guarantors or any of them, directly or indirectly, in cash or other property or by set-off or in any other manner, payment or security on account of such claim, remedy or right, until such time as the Secured Obligations and all amounts payable under this agreement have been indefeasibly paid to the Agent and the Lenders in cash. If any amount shall be paid to the Guarantor in violation of the preceding sentence at any time prior to the indefeasible cash payment in full of the Secured Obligations and all other amounts payable under this agreement, such amount shall be held by the Guarantor as mandatary for the benefit of the Agent and the Lenders and shall forthwith be paid to the Agent and the Lenders to be credited and applied to the Secured Obligations and all other amounts payable under this agreement.


7. GENERAL

 

7.1 Representations and Warranties

The Guarantor reiterates the representations and warranties made in the Credit Agreement to the Lenders on its behalf by the Borrower (which representations and warranties are hereby deemed to have been made by the Guarantor and to be and remain in effect at all times).

 

7.2 Covenants

The Guarantor reiterates the covenants made in the Credit Agreement on its behalf by the Borrower (which are hereby deemed to have been made by the Guarantor).

 

7.3 Payment of Secured Obligations, Fees and Costs

The Guarantor agrees to pay, within two Business Days of demand therefor, any amounts payable hereunder, including without limitation all out-of-pocket expenses (including the reasonable fees and expenses of the Agent’s counsel) in any way relating to the enforcement or protection of the rights of the Agent and the Lenders or any of them hereunder.

 

7.4 Currency

 

  (a) Each payment to be made under the Guarantee will be made in the currency in which the relevant Secured Obligation is payable (the “ Specified Currency ”). To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any obligation of the Guarantor to make payments under the Guarantee in a Specified Currency will not be discharged or satisfied by any tender in any currency other than the Specified Currency.

 

  (b)

To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, if any judgment or order expressed in a currency other than the Specified Currency is rendered (i) for any payment of any amount owing in respect of the Guarantee, or (ii) in respect of a judgment or order of another court for the payment of any amount described in (i) above, the Agent, after recovery in full of the aggregate amount to which it is entitled pursuant to the judgment or order, shall be entitled to receive immediately from the Guarantor the amount of any shortfall of the Specified Currency received by the Agent as a consequence of sums paid in such other currency, and will refund promptly to the Guarantor any excess of the Specified Currency received by the Agent as a consequence of sums paid in such other currency if such shortfall or such excess arises or results from any variation between (i) the rate of exchange at which the Specified Currency is converted into the currency of the judgment or order for the purposes of such judgment or order and (ii) the rate of exchange at which the Agent is able, acting in a reasonable manner and in good faith, in converting the currency received into the Specified Currency, to purchase the Specified Currency with the amount of the currency of the judgment or order


  actually received by the Agent. The term “ rate of exchange ” includes, without limitation, any premiums and costs of exchange payable in connection with the purchase of or conversion into the Specified Currency.

 

  (c) To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the indemnities in this Section 7.4 constitute separate and independent obligations of the Guarantor from the other obligations in this agreement, will be enforceable as separate and independent causes of action, will apply notwithstanding any indulgence granted by the Agent, the Lenders or any of them and will not be affected by judgment being obtained or claim or proof being made for any other sums due in respect of this agreement.

 

  (d) For the purposes of this Section 7.4, it will be sufficient for a party to demonstrate that it would have suffered a loss had an actual exchange or purchase been made.

 

7.5 Discharge

The Guarantor will not be discharged from any of its obligations hereunder except by a release or discharge signed in writing by the Agent, duly authorized by the Lenders in accordance with the provisions of the Credit Agreement.

 

7.6 Notice

Any notice permitted or required to be given hereunder shall be given, in the case of the Agent, in accordance with the relevant provisions of the Credit Agreement and, in the case of the Guarantor, to its address indicated above and otherwise in accordance with the relevant provisions of the Credit Agreement.

 

7.7 Entire Agreement

Save as provided in Section 7.11, this agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Guarantor, the Agent and the Lenders with respect to the subject matter hereof and cancels and supersedes any prior understandings and agreements between such parties with respect thereto. There are no representations, warranties, terms, conditions, undertakings or collateral agreements, express, implied or statutory, between the parties except as expressly set forth herein. The Agent and the Lenders shall not be bound by any representations or promises made by the Borrower, the Other Guarantors or any of them to the Guarantor, and possession of this agreement by the Agent shall be conclusive evidence against the Guarantor that this agreement was not delivered in escrow or pursuant to any agreement that it should not be effective until any condition precedent or subsequent has been complied with. This agreement shall be operative and binding notwithstanding the non-execution thereof by any proposed signatory.

 

7.8 Amendments and Waivers

No amendment to this agreement will be valid or binding unless set forth in writing and duly executed by the Guarantor and the Agent, duly authorized by the Lenders in accordance with the provisions of the Credit Agreement. No waiver of any breach of any provision of this agreement will be effective or binding unless made in writing and signed by the Agent, duly authorized by the Lenders in accordance with the provisions of the Credit Agreement and, unless otherwise provided in the written waiver, will be limited to the specific breach waived.


7.9 Severability

Each provision of this agreement is separate and distinct from the others, such that any decision of a court or tribunal to the effect that any provision hereof is null or unenforceable shall in no way affect the validity of the other provisions hereof or the enforceability thereof. Any provision of this agreement which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction. To the extent permitted by applicable Laws, the Guarantor hereby waives any provision of any Laws which renders any provision hereof prohibited or unenforceable in any respect.

 

7.10 Interpretation

Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Credit Agreement. The words “this agreement”, “hereof”, “hereto”, etc. mean the present instrument executed by the Guarantor.

 

7.11 Additional Rights

This agreement is in addition and supplemental to all other guarantees and/or postponement agreements (whether or not in the same form as this instrument) held or which may hereafter be held by the Agent, the Lenders or any of them.

 

7.12 Governing Law

This agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Province of Quebec and the laws of Canada applicable therein.

 

7.13 Benefit of Agreement

This agreement shall extend to and enure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Agent and each of the Lenders and shall be binding upon the Guarantor and its successors.

 

7.14 Authority of Agent

The Guarantor acknowledges and agrees that the Agent has full authority to act on behalf of the Lenders in all matters relating to this agreement, and that any Person dealing with the Agent or the Lenders or any of them in respect of any such matter need not inquire further as to the authority of the Agent to act on behalf of the Lenders.

 

7.15 Language

The Guarantor acknowledges that it has required that the present agreement, as well as all documents, notices and legal proceedings entered into, given or instituted pursuant hereto or


relating directly or indirectly hereto be drawn up in English. Le soussigné reconnaît avoir exigé la rédaction en anglais de la présente convention ainsi que de tous documents exécutés, avis donnés et poursuites judiciaires intentées relativement ou à la suite de la présente convention, que ce soit directement ou indirectement.

 

7.16 Executed Copy

The Guarantor acknowledges receipt of a fully executed copy of this agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Guarantor has executed this Guarantee on the date and at the place first hereinabove mentioned.

 

   
Per:  

 

  Name:  
  Title:  

ACCEPTED AND AGREED as of this      day of             :

 

ROYAL BANK OF CANADA,
in its aforementioned capacities
Per:  

 


SCHEDULE “E” – FORM OF SHARE PLEDGE

[NOTE: If Videotron Ltd. is the party granting the pledge of shares, the form needs to be amended accordingly to remove any references to a guarantee]

DEED OF MOVABLE HYPOTHEC WITH DELIVERY granted in Montreal as of this day of

 

BY:    , a company governed by the laws of (hereinafter called the “ Grantor ”)
IN FAVOUR OF:    ROYAL BANK OF CANADA , a bank governed by the Bank Act (Canada), acting for itself and as Agent and solidary creditor for each present and future Lender under the Credit Agreement hereafter described (the “ Creditor ”)

WHEREAS pursuant to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of July 20, 2011, among, inter alia, Vidéotron Ltée, as borrower (the “ Borrower ”), the financial institutions that may become parties thereto from time to time, as lenders, Royal Bank of Canada, as administrative agent (as same may be amended, supplemented, replaced, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), the Grantor shall provide a pledge in favour of the Creditor of all shares and units it owns in its Subsidiaries, including (“ ”);

WHEREAS pursuant to the Credit Agreement, the Grantor executed in favour of the Creditor a guarantee dated as of (as amended, restated, replaced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Guarantee ”);

WHEREAS pursuant to subsection 18.1.2 of the Credit Agreement, the Creditor and each Lender are conferred the legal status of solidary creditors of the Grantor in respect of all rights, liabilities and other obligations owed by the Grantor to each of them, the whole in accordance with article 1541 of the Civil Code of Quebec (the “ Civil Code ”);

WHEREAS the Creditor, as solidary creditor for each of the Lenders, has been granted the authority to hold any and all Security in respect of the Credit Agreement;

WHEREAS the Grantor has agreed to grant a movable hypothec with delivery on certain property;


NOW THEREFORE, THE PARTIES HERETO HAVE AGREED AS FOLLOWS:

 

1. INTERPRETATION

Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the respective meanings ascribed thereto in the Credit Agreement.

 

2. HYPOTHEC

As security for the Secured Obligations, as defined in Section 5, the Grantor hereby hypothecates (the hypothec created hereby being hereinafter called the “ Hypothec ”) the Charged Property (as defined in Section 3) in favour of the Creditor, for a principal amount of $1,587,000,000, plus an additional amount equal to twenty percent (20%) thereof to secure all costs, accessories and incidental expenses, the whole with interest from the date of this Deed at the rate of twenty-five percent (25%) per annum, calculated daily and compounded monthly, with interest on overdue interest calculated at the same rate and in the same manner.

 

3. DESCRIPTION OF CHARGED PROPERTY

The property charged by the Hypothec consists of the following securities (the “ Securities ”) owned by the Grantor and which are held by the Creditor or a third Person:

 

Number of shares, bonds, or other

instruments

  

Description of the Securities and names of

debtors appearing on the instruments or notes

   shares/units of registered in the name of the Grantor and evidenced by certificate

together with the following present and future property, without limiting the charges, hypothecs and rights arising by operation of law:

a) renewals, replacements and substitutions of, and additions to, the Securities, whether arising out of a purchase, redemption, conversion, cancellation or any other transformation of the Securities;

b) the proceeds, fruits and revenues of the Securities, including (by way of example and without limitation) cash, bank accounts, notes, negotiable instruments, bills, commercial paper, securities, monies, goods, contract rights, and any other movable property, corporeal or incorporeal, received when any of the Securities is sold, exchanged, collected or otherwise disposed of;

c) any right pertaining to the Securities; and

d) any other property delivered at any time to the Creditor,

(collectively, the “ Charged Property ”).


4. ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS

 

4.1. Transfer into Creditor’s Name

The Grantor authorizes the Creditor, at any time following an Event of Default, to transfer any Charged Property or any part thereof into its own name or that of its nominee(s) in its capacity as hypothecary creditor so that the Creditor or its nominee(s) may appear as the sole registered owner thereof.

 

4.2. Voting, etc.

Until the occurrence of an Event of Default which has not been waived, the Grantor shall be entitled to vote any and all Securities and to give consents, waivers, or ratifications in respect thereof, provided that no vote shall be cast or any consent, waiver, or ratification given or any action taken which would violate or be inconsistent with any of the terms of the Credit Agreement or this Deed or any other instrument or agreement relating to the Secured Obligations or which would have the effect of materially impairing the position and interests of the Creditor. All such rights of the Grantor to vote and give consents, waivers and ratifications shall cease in case an Event of Default shall occur which has not been waived whereupon the Creditor shall be entitled, without limiting its other rights and remedies hereunder, to vote all or any part of the Securities whether or not transferred into the Creditor’s name and give all consents, waivers and ratifications in respect of the Securities and otherwise act with respect thereto as though it were the outright owner thereof.

 

4.3. Dividends and other Distributions

Subject to the applicable provisions of the Credit Agreement, if any and so long as an Event of Default has not occurred which has not been waived, the Grantor may collect all cash dividends payable in respect of the Securities, provided that all cash dividends payable in respect of the Securities which are determined by the Creditor, in its absolute discretion, to represent in whole or in part an extraordinary, liquidating or other distribution in return of capital, shall be paid to the Creditor and retained by it as part of the Charged Property.

 

4.4. Standard of Care

The Creditor shall have no obligation to protest any of the Charged Property, to take any steps to interrupt prescription, to protect the Charged Property against any depreciation or reduction in value, to make any productive use of the Charged Property, or to protect the Grantor against any loss relating in any way to the Charged Property. In addition, the Creditor shall not be obliged to vote with respect to any of the Charged Property in connection with any subscription, conversion or other right relating to the Charged Property, nor in connection with any other matters or proceedings relating to the Charged Property, except where the Creditor is specifically requested in writing to do so and is provided with an indemnity and security which the Creditor considers sufficient, acting reasonably, together with payment of a reasonable fee to be established by the Creditor.


Without prejudice to its other rights hereunder, the Creditor may, at its discretion, comply with all provisions of law with which the holder of any securities comprised within the Charged Property from time to time is required to comply.

 

5. SECURED OBLIGATIONS

The Hypothec shall secure the performance of all of the obligations of the Grantor to the Creditor (in its aforesaid capacities) arising under or in connection with the Guarantee and the Loan Documents to which it is a party, as from time to time heretofore or hereafter amended, supplemented, amended and restated or otherwise modified from time to time, and all of its obligations to the Creditor hereunder (collectively the “ Secured Obligations ”).

The Grantor shall be deemed to have once again obligated itself to perform any future obligation forming part of the Secured Obligations in accordance with the provisions of Article 2797 of the Civil Code.

If the proceeds of realization of the Charged Property following an Event of Default are not sufficient to satisfy all Secured Obligations, the Grantor acknowledges and agrees that the Grantor shall continue to be liable for any remaining Secured Obligations and the Creditor shall remain entitled to full payment thereof.

 

6. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

The Grantor hereby reaffirms and renews the representations and warranties made by it in the Credit Agreement, and in addition represents and warrants as follows:

 

6.1. Shareholders’ Agreement - Securities

There exists no restriction in the articles, other constating documents or in any agreement, including any shareholders’ agreement, that is binding upon the Grantor regarding the assignment or transfer of the Securities which has not been complied with or waived, save and except the required consent of the management committee of with respect to the transfer of the Securities.

 

7. COVENANTS

The Grantor hereby reiterates the covenants made by it in the Credit Agreement and further covenants and agrees as follows:

 

7.1. Delivery

It shall immediately remit to the Creditor, or a Person designated by the Creditor, all of the Securities that it owns and shall immediately so remit any Charged Property which comes into the possession of the Grantor, together with any power of attorney, document and confirmation that the Creditor may reasonably request in order to transfer the Charged Property, at any time following an Event of Default, into the name of the Creditor or its nominee.


7.2. Payment of Legal Fees and Other Expenses

It shall:

a) pay all costs and expenses related to the exercise of all rights created hereby. Such costs and expenses shall include all reasonable fees and expenses of consultants, mandataries or legal counsel retained in case of default; and

b) reimburse the Creditor for all costs and expenses incurred by it for the purpose of carrying out the Grantor’s obligations or of exercising its rights;

provided, however, that the obligations arising from this Section 7.2 shall not exceed 20% of the principal amount of the Hypothec.

 

7.3. Rank of Hypothec

The Hypothec shall always create a first ranking hypothec on the Charged Property (subject only to Permitted Charges).

 

8. EVENTS OF DEFAULT

The Grantor shall be in default hereunder upon the occurrence of an Event of Default (any such occurrence being referred to herein as an “ Event of Default ”).

 

9. CREDITOR’S RECOURSES UPON AN EVENT OF DEFAULT

 

9.1. Surrender

The Grantor shall be deemed to have voluntarily surrendered the Charged Property to the Creditor if it has not opposed the Creditor’s recourse within 20 days of its receipt of a prior notice of the exercise of hypothecary rights.

 

9.2. Additional Rights

In order to protect or to realize upon the Charged Property, the Creditor shall be free, at the Grantor’s expense, at any time following an Event of Default which is continuing, to do any or all of the following:

a) alienate or dispose of any Charged Property which may depreciate rapidly;

b) perform any of the Grantor’s obligations;

c) exercise any right attached to the Charged Property;

d) acquire the Charged Property.

The Creditor shall not be bound to exercise the same hypothecary rights against all of the Charged Property, and may exercise different rights against different types of Charged Property or even against different elements of the Charged Property which are of the same type.


9.3. Good Faith

The Creditor shall exercise its rights in good faith, in a reasonable manner, taking into account all circumstances, in order to attempt to reduce the obligations of the Grantor to the Creditor.

 

9.4. Relations with the Grantor and Others

The Creditor may grant extensions of time and other indulgences, take and give up security, accept compositions, grant releases and discharges and otherwise deal with the Grantor, with other Persons and with the Charged Property as the Creditor may see fit without diminishing the liability of the Grantor and without prejudice to the Creditor’s rights pursuant to this Deed.

 

9.5. No Security by Creditor

The Creditor shall not be bound to make an inventory, to take out insurance or to furnish any security of any nature whatsoever.

 

9.6. Special Provisions - Taking in Payment

If the Creditor elects to exercise its right to take in payment and the Grantor requires that the Creditor instead sell the Charged Property on which such right is exercised, the Grantor hereby acknowledges that the Creditor shall not be bound to abandon its action in taking in payment unless, prior to the expiry of the time period allocated for surrender, the Creditor:

a) has been granted security satisfactory to it to ensure that the proceeds of sale of the Charged Property will be sufficient to enable the Creditor to be paid in full;

b) has been reimbursed for all costs and expenses incurred in connection with this Deed, including all fees of consultants and legal counsel; and

c) has been advanced the necessary sums for the sale of the Charged Property.

The Grantor further acknowledges that the Creditor alone is entitled to select the type of sale it may wish to conduct or have conducted.

 

9.7. Sale by the Creditor

Where the Creditor sells the Charged Property itself, it shall not be required to obtain any prior valuation by a third party. The Creditor may elect to sell the Charged Property with legal warranty given by the Grantor or with a complete or partial exclusion of such warranty.

 

10. MISCELLANEOUS

 

10.1. Hypothec Constitutes Additional Security

The Hypothec created hereby is in addition to and not in substitution or replacement for any other hypothec or security held by the Creditor.


10.2. Investment of Charged Property

The Creditor shall be free to invest any monies or instruments received or held by it in pursuance of this Deed or to deposit same in a non-interest bearing account without having to comply with any provisions of the Civil Code concerning the investment of the property of others.

 

10.3. Recourses Cumulative

The rights and recourses of the Creditor under this Deed are cumulative and do not exclude any other rights and recourses which the Creditor might have. No omission or delay on the part of the Creditor in the exercise of any right shall have the effect of operating as a waiver of such right. The partial or sole exercise of a right or power will not prevent the Creditor from exercising thereafter any other right or power.

 

10.4. Severability

Any provision of this Deed which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be of no effect to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

10.5. Amendment

No amendment to this Deed will be valid or binding unless set forth in writing and duly executed by the Grantor and the Creditor, duly authorized by the Lenders in accordance with the provisions of the Credit Agreement. No waiver of any breach of any provision of this Deed will be effective or binding unless made in writing and signed by the Creditor, duly authorized by the Lenders in accordance with the provisions of the Credit Agreement and, unless otherwise provided in the written waiver, will be limited to the specific breach waived.

 

10.6. Delegation

The Creditor shall be free to delegate to any Person or Persons the exercise of its rights, actions or the performance of any covenant resulting from this Deed or law; in such case, the Creditor may supply such Person with any information it holds relating to the Grantor or to the Charged Property.

 

10.7. Performance by Creditor

At any time following the occurrence of an Event of Default and while same subsists, the Creditor shall be free to perform any of the Grantor’s obligations under this Deed. It may then immediately request payment of any expense incurred in doing so, including interest on the Prime Rate Basis.

 

10.8. Creditor as Mandatary

The Creditor is hereby designated, effective upon the occurrence of an Event of Default and while same subsists, as the irrevocable mandatary of the Grantor with full powers of substitution


for the purposes of Section 10.7 or for the purpose of carrying out any and all acts and executing any and all deeds, proxies or other documents which the Creditor may deem useful in order to exercise its rights or which the Grantor neglects or refuses to execute or to carry out.

 

10.9. Liability of Creditor

The Creditor shall not be liable for material injuries resulting from its fault, unless such fault is gross or intentional. The Creditor shall not be responsible for any loss occasioned by its taking possession of Charged Property or enforcing the terms of this Deed, nor for any neglect, failure or delay in exercising or enforcing any of its rights and recourses, nor for any act, default or misconduct of any agent, mandatary, broker, officer, employee or other Person acting for or on behalf of the Creditor. The Creditor shall be accountable only for such monies as it shall actually receive. The liability of the Creditor or, if applicable, the third party appointed to hold the Charged Property, shall be limited to exercising in regard to the Charged Property the same degree of care which it gives to similar property held at the same location.

 

10.10. Benefit of Agreement

The rights hereby conferred upon the Creditor shall benefit all of its successors, including any entity resulting from the merger of the Creditor with any other Person or Persons.

 

10.11. Notice

Any notice to the Grantor or the Creditor shall be delivered in the manner set forth in the Credit Agreement.

 

10.12. Understanding of Grantor

The Grantor hereby acknowledges having read this Deed and having received adequate explanations as to the nature and scope of its provisions and as to the obligations deriving therefrom.

 

10.13. Governing Law

This Deed shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Province of Quebec.

 

10.14. Language

The parties acknowledge that they have required that the present Deed, as well as all documents, notices and legal proceedings executed, given or instituted pursuant or relating directly or indirectly hereto, be drawn up in English. Les parties reconnaissent avoir exigé la rédaction en anglais du présent acte, ainsi que de tous documents exécutés, avis donnés et procédures judiciaires intentées à la suite de ou relativement à celui-ci, que ce soit directement ou indirectement.


SIGNED as of the date and at the place first hereinabove mentioned.

 

By:  

 

  Name:  
  Title:  

ACCEPTED AND AGREED THIS              day of , 20 .

 

ROYAL BANK OF CANADA , in its
aforementioned capacities
By:  

 


SCHEDULE “F” – OFFICER’S CERTIFICATE

I, the undersigned,                     , solely in my capacity as                      of Vidéotron Ltée (the “ Borrower ”), and not in my personal capacity, do hereby certify as follows:

 

  (a) I have taken cognizance of all the terms and conditions of the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (the “ Credit Agreement ”) dated as of July 20, 2011, entered into, inter alia , among the Borrower, Royal Bank of Canada, as Agent and Lender, and the Lenders party thereto, as well as of all contracts, agreements and deeds pertaining thereto; and

 

  (b) no Default or Event of Default has occurred nor exists thereunder; and

 

  (c) the corporate structure of the VL Group is as set out in the diagram attached to this certificate;

 

  (d) each member of the VL Group holds the permits, Licences, licences and authorizations required in order to permit it to possess its property and its real estate and to carry on its business in the manner in which it is being carried on at present; and

 

  (e) all property to be charged by the Security Documents is located in the jurisdictions described in a schedule hereto.

All expressions referred to herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the Credit Agreement.

Executed at the City of Montreal, Province of Quebec this 20 th day of July, 2011.

 

   


SCHEDULE “G” – INTENTIONALLY DELETED


SCHEDULE “H” – EXISTING DEBT FROM ADDITIONAL OFFERINGS, AT THE CLOSING DATE

 

Description

   Amount  

6 7/8% Senior Notes due 2014

   US$ 650,000,000   

6 3/8% Senior Notes due 2015

   US$ 175,000,000   

9 1/8% Senior Notes due 2018

   US$ 715,000,000   

7 1/8% Senior Notes due 2020

   Cdn.$ 300,000,000   

6 7/8% Senior Notes due 2021

   Cdn.$ 300,000,000   


SCHEDULE “I” – PROPERTY OF THE VL GROUP

 

1. List of immovable properties owned by members of the VL Group:

 

  (i) Vidéotron Ltée

 

-    200, rue Claire-Fontaine ouest    Alma    Québec
-    Chemin Belter, Partie du lot 8C 5ième rang, (Buckingham)    Ange-Gardien    Québec
-    1015, Monseigneur de Laval    Baie Saint-Paul    Québec
-    367, rue de la Briquade    Blainville    Québec
-    113, rue Rivière    Bromont    Québec
-    42 rue Pelletier    Cabano    Québec
-    221 Boul. Springer    Chapais    Québec
-    385 rue Gagnon    Chibougamau    Québec
-    111 et 113 rue Vallilée    Chûte aux Outardes    Québec
-    306 Chemin Bellevue    Coaticook    Québec
-    Anse to Norbert, Lot 47-1 du rang 5    Colombier    Québec
-    798 Chemin St-Jacques    Crabtree    Québec
-    1370, rue des Érables    Dolbeau-Mistassini    Québec
-    1650, rue Bernier    Drummondville    Québec
-    190 rue Edmonton, arrondissement Hull    Gatineau    Québec
-    407, Boul. Saint-René E    Gatineau    Québec
-    210, rue St-Urbain    Granby    Québec
-    27 rue Claude-Jodoin    Kirkland    Québec
-    60, rue Dassylva, Ptie du lot 169, Rang Ste-Mathilde    La Malbaie    Québec
-    Chemin des loisirs, Lots 602-661    La Malbaie    Québec
-    88 avenue Bouchard est    La Pocatière    Québec
-    137, rue Millway    Lachute    Québec
-    202, route 170    L’Anse-Saint-Jean    Québec
-    122 - 124, rue Olivier    Laurier-Station    Québec
-    1 rue de la Station    Laval    Québec
-    3665 rue Ste-Rose    Laval    Québec
-    223 route des Îles    Lévis    Québec
-    1072, Boul. Taschereau    Longueuil    Québec
-    3700 boul. Losch, Arrondissement St-Hubert    Longueuil    Québec
-    3750 rue Richelieu, Arrondissement St-Hubert    Longueuil    Québec
-    1880, boul. Industriel    Magog    Québec
-    31 rue Comeau    Maniwaki    Québec
-    397 Boul. St-Jean Baptiste    Mercier    Québec
-    61 2e Rang ouest, (Partie du lot 45A-54 du rang), Lac to la Croix    Métabetchouan    Québec
-    Chemin du Sous-bois, Lot 160-P et 166-P    Mont St-Grégoire    Québec
-    207, rue Villeneuve    Mont-Laurier    Québec
-    1217 Notre-Dame Est    Montréal    Québec
-    14,165 rue Cherrier    Montréal    Québec
-    150, rue Beaubien ouest    Montréal    Québec
-    2155 Boul. Pie IX    Montréal    Québec
-    2835 boul. Pitfield, arrondissement Saint-Laurent    Montréal    Québec
-    4002 rue Ethel, arrondissement Verdun    Montréal    Québec
-    8100, rue Edison, arrondissement Anjou    Montréal    Québec
-    8101, boul. Métropolitain est, arrondissement Anjou    Montréal    Québec
-    4761, avenue Desjardins    Notre-Dame de la Doré    Québec
-    125, rue St-Jacques    Notre-Dame de Portneuf    Québec
-    103, rue Major    Papineauville    Québec
-    638 rue Principale    Pohenegamook    Québec
-    2125, rue Branly, arrondissement Ste-Foy    Québec    Québec


-    2200, rue Jean-Perrin    Québec    Québec
-    Côte-Bédard, Lot 1338490    Québec    Québec
-    53 Montée Taillardat, rang 1, Lot 31-18-21    Ragueneau    Québec
-    432, rue Félix-Duclos, arrondissement Le Gardeur    Repentigny    Québec
-    166, 9ième avenue    Richmond    Québec
-    2830, rue Galt Ouest    Sherbrooke    Québec
-    254 chemin des Patriotes    Sorel    Québec
-    258 Chemin des Patriotes    Sorel    Québec
-    35 Route 277 (533 Rte Bégin)    St-Anselme    Québec
-    Chemin Beaudoin, (Beebe)    Stanstead    Québec
-    Côte Ste-Anne, Partie du lot 223-25    Ste-Anne-de-Beaupré    Québec
-    Rang Taché est, lot 27-3 Rg A, Canton de Lafontaine    Ste-Perpétue    Québec
-    384, rue du Parc    St-Eustache    Québec
-    1183 rue Dufresne    St-Félicien    Québec
-    1258, boul. Sacré-Coeur    St-Félicien    Québec
-    rue Landry, Lot 34-B6    St-Honoré    Québec
-    6995, rue Picard    St-Hyacinthe    Québec
-    969, Boul. St-Antoine    St-Jérôme    Québec
-    Chemin de Desserte Sud    St-Louis de Blandford    Québec
-    4207, rue Bernard-Pilon    St-Mathieu de Beloeil    Québec
-    318 avenue Lajoie    St-Pascal de Kamouraska    Québec
-    Rang 4 lot 12A-27    St-Paul-de-Montminy    Québec
-    150 rue St-David    St-Siméon    Québec
-    720, rang Brulé    St-Thomas    Québec
-    1540 chemin St-Charles, (Lachenaie)    Terrebonne    Québec
-    664 St-Désiré    Thetford Mines    Québec
-    144 rue St-Laurent, (Cap-de-la-Madeleine)    Trois-Rivières    Québec
-    rue des Prairies, Lots 556-13, 556-14, (Cap-de-la-Madeleine)    Trois-Rivières    Québec
-    Ptie lot 272-30    Varennes    Québec
-    2476, rue Henry-Ford    Vaudreuil, Dorion    Québec
-    2785 chemin St-Antoine    Vaudreuil, Dorion    Québec
-    290, rue Notre-Dame    Victoriaville    Québec
-    298 to 300 rue Notre-Dame    Victoriaville    Québec
-    Lot 981-2    Waterloo    Québec
-    The cable television networks and cable lines and systems including, without limiting the foregoing, the following land files opened at the Register of Public Service Networks and Immovables situated in the following registration divisions:
-    ARGENTEUIL    74-B-9      
      74-B-11      
      74-B-12      
      74-B-13      
      74-B-14      
      74-B-15      
      74-B-16      
      74-B-17      
-    ARTHABASKA    34-B-179      
      34-B-180      
      34-B-181      
      34-B-199      
-    BEAUCE    23-B-15 278      
-    BEAUHARNOIS    70-B-9      
      70-B-10      


      70-B-11      
      70-B-12      
      70-B-14 to 70-B-181      
-    BELLECHASSE    15-B-1      
      15-B-3      
      15-B-7      
      15-B-8      
      15-B-93 to 15-B-116      
-    BERTHIER    49-B-36      
      49-B-37      
-    BROME    38-B-1088      
      38-B-1089      
-    CHAMBLY    56-B-116      
      56-B-117      
      56-B-125      
-    CHAMPLAIN    32-B-18      
      32-B-19      
-    CHARLEVOIX NO. 1    11-B-18      
      11-B-19      
      11-B-23 to 11-B-190      
-    CHARLEVOIX NO. 2    12-B-13 to 12-B-120      
-    CHÂTEAUGUAY    69-B-10      
      69-B-11      
-    CHICOUTIMI    94-B-164      
      94-B-165      
      94-B-167      
      94-B-168      
      94-B-18 637 to 94-B-18 744      
-    COATICOOK    59-B-497      
      59-B-498      
      59-B-499      
      59-B-500      
-    COMPTON    25-B-1163      
      25-B-1164      
      25-B-1165      
      25-B-1166      
      25-B-1167      
      25-B-1168      
      25-B-1169      
      25-B-1170      
-    DEUX-MONTAGNES    73-B-6      
      73-B-8      
      73-B-16      


      73-B-17      
      73-B-18      
      73-B-19      
-    DORCHESTER    22-B-12      
      22-B-53      
      22-B-54      
-    DRUMMOND    41-B-9759      
-    GATINEAU    78-B-12      
      78-B-13      
      78-B-14      
      78-B-15      
      78-B-16      
      78-B-17      
      78-B-18      
      78-B-19      
-    HULL    79-B-6      
      79-B-7      
-    JOLIETTE    58-B-19      
      58-B-20      
-    KAMOURASKA    10-B-8      
      10-B-9      
      10-B-12      
      10-B-13      
      10-B-14      
      10-B-15      
      10-B-16      
      10-B-17      
      10-B-18      
      10-B-19      
      10-B-344 to 10-B-391      
-    LABELLE    76-B-15      
      76-B-16      
-    LAC-ST-JEAN-EST    93-B-953 to 93-B-1090      
-    LAC-ST-JEAN-OUEST    90-B-147      
      90-B-148      
      90-B-1 291 to 90-B-1 482      
-    LAPRAIRIE    66-B-1053      
      66-B-1054      
-    L’ASSOMPTION    62-B-9      
      62-B-10      
      62-B-11      
      62-B-12      


-    LAVAL    64-B-6      
      64-B-7      
      64-B-8      
      64-B-9      
-    LÉVIS    21-B-127      
      21-B-128      
      21-B-669 to 21-B-824      
-    L’ISLET    13-B-13      
      13-B-14      
      13-B-15      
      13-B-16      
      13-B-17      
      13-B-18      
      13-B-19      
      13-B-20      
      13-B-21      
      13-B-22      
      13-B-23      
      13-B-24      
      13-B-109 to 13-B-132      
-    LOTBINIÈRE    28-B-1      
      28-B-113      
      28-B-117      
      28-B-118      
-    MASKINONGÉ    47-B-17      
-    MISSISQUOI    54-B-1366      
      54-B-1367      
      54-B-1368      
      54-B-1369      
      54-B-1370      
      54-B-1371      
      54-B-1372      
      54-B-1373      
      54-B-1375      
-    MONTCALM    61-B-13      
      61-B-16      
      61-B-17      
-    MONTMAGNY    14-B-1      
      14-B-4      
      14-B-7      
      14-B-8      
      14-B-15      
      14-B-16      
      14-B-101 to 14-B-124      
-    MONTMORENCY    17-B-29      
      17-B-42      


      17-B-43      
-    MONTRÉAL    65-B-3246      
      65-B-3247      
      65-B-3248      
      65-B-3249      
      65-B-3250      
      65-B-3251      
      65-B-3252      
      65-B-3253      
      65-B-3254      
      65-B-3255      
      65-B-3256      
      65-B-3257      
-    NICOLET (NICOLET 2)    46-B-238    and    46-B-239
      46-B-226    to    46-B-237
      46-B-240    to    46-B-261
      46-B-370      
-    PAPINEAU    75-B-15      
      75-B-16      
      75-B-17      
      75-B-18      
      75-B-19      
      75-B-20      
-    PORTNEUF    29-B-41      
      29-B-42      
      29-B-43      
      29-B-44      
-    QUÉBEC    20-B-120      
      20-B-126      
      20-B-127      
      20-B-128      
      20-B-129      
      20-B-226    to    20-B-357
      20-B-10730 to 20-B-10969      
-    RICHELIEU    50-B-4      
      50-B-6      
      50-B-7      
      50-B-8      
      50-B-9      
-    RICHMOND    35-B-6      
      35-B-7      
      35-B-11      
      35-B-12      
      35-B-13      
      35-B-14      
-    RIMOUSKI    07-B-8      
      07-B-20      
      07-B-42      


      07-B-335 to 07-B-406      
-    ROUVILLE    52-B-121      
      52-B-122      
      52-B-123      
      52-B-124      
      52-B-125      
      52-B-126      
-    SAGUENAY    97-B-41      
      97-B-42      
      97-B-43      
      97-B-44      
      97-B-45      
      97-B-46      
      97-B-47      
      97-B-48      
-    SAINT-HYACINTHE    51-B-117      
      51-B-124      
      51-B-133      
      51-B-134      
      51-B-135      
      51-B-136      
-    SAINT-JEAN    55-B-1135      
      55-B-1136      
-    SHAWINIGAN    45-B-101      
-    SHEFFORD    39-B-256      
      39-B-257      
      39-B-258      
      39-B-259      
      39-B-260      
      39-B-261      
-    SHERBROOKE    36-B-1584      
      36-B-1585      
      36-B-1586      
      36-B-1587      
      36-B-1588      
      36-B-1589      
      36-B-1590      
      36-B-1591      
      36-B-1592      
      36-B-1593      
      36-B-1594      
      36-B-1595      
      36-B-1596      
      36-B-1597      
      36-B-1598      
      36-B-1600      
      36-B-1602      


-    STANSTEAD    37-B-10      
      37-B-11      
-    TÉMISCOUATA    09-B-64      
      09-B-65      
      09-B-66      
      09-B-67      
      09-B-346 to 09-B-417      
-    TERREBONNE    63-B-25      
      63-B-26      
      63-B-27      
      63-B-28      
      63-B-29      
      63-B-30      
      63-B-31      
      63-B-32      
-    THETFORD    30-B-13      
      30-B-14      
-    TROIS-RIVIÈRES    44-B-8      
      44-B-9      
      44-B-10      
      44-B-33    to    44-B-34
      44-B-21    to    44-B-32
      44-B-35    to    56
      44-B-165      
-    VAUDREUIL    72-B-12      
      72-B-13      
      72-B-14      
      72-B-15      
      72-B-545 to 72-B-713      
-    VERCHÈRES    57-B-114      
      57-B-116      
      57-B-117      
(ii)    Vidéotron G.P.         
-    rue Saint-Jacques       St-Jean sur Richelieu    Québec
-    The cable television networks and cable lines and systems including, without limiting the foregoing, the land files opened at the Register of Public Service Networks and Immovables situated in all registration divisions of the Land Registry Office of Québec including the following:
-    BEAUCE    23-B-15 279      
-    CHAMBLY    56-B-960      
-    DEUX-MONTAGNES    73-B-978      


-    DRUMMOND    41-B-9 761      
-    GATINEAU    78-B-4 286      
-    HULL    79-B-641      
-    MISSISQUOI    54-B-1 424      
-    MONTMORENCY    17-B-82      
-    MONTRÉAL    65-B-56 530      
-    PAPINEAU    75-B-5 552      
-    QUÉBEC    20-B-12 400      
      20-B-12 405      
-    RICHMOND    35-B-5 931      
-    SHERBROOKE    36-B-8 994      
-    TERREBONNE    63-B-11 499      
-    VAUDREUIL    72-B-3 695      

 

2. List of premises occupied by members of the VL Group

 

  (i) Vidéotron Ltée

 

  - 612 rue Saint-Jacques, Montréal Québec H3C4M8

 

  (ii) 9230-7677 Québec Inc.

 

  - 612 rue Saint-Jacques, Montréal Québec H3C4M8

 

  (iii) Vidéotron S.E.C. / Videotron L.P.

 

  - 612 rue Saint-Jacques, Montréal Québec H3C4M8

 

  (iv) 9227-2590 Québec Inc.

 

  - 612 rue Saint-Jacques, Montréal Québec H3C4M8

 

  (v) Vidéotron S.E.N.C. / Videotron G.P.

 

  - 612 rue Saint-Jacques, Montréal Québec H3C4M8


-   Leased sites for antennas in the Province of Québec      
-   1405, Pentecostal Road    Cobourg    Ontario
-   3500, Ave Steeles    Markham    Ontario
-   3240, Rte Mavis    Mississauga    Ontario
-   6535, Blv. Millcreek    Mississauga    Ontario
-   861, Redwook Square    Mississauga    Ontario
-   1200 boul St-Laurent, (St-Laurent Shopping Centre)    Ottawa    Ontario
-   250, Albert Street    Ottawa    Ontario
-   403, Somerset Street    Ottawa    Ontario
-   100, King Street West    Toronto    Ontario
-   100, Wellington Street    Toronto    Ontario
-   101, Bloor Street    Toronto    Ontario
-   130, Adelaide St. West    Toronto    Ontario
-   130, King Street West    Toronto    Ontario
-   151, Front Street    Toronto    Ontario
-   161, Bay Street    Toronto    Ontario
-   20 Bay Street    Toronto    Ontario
-   20/40 Dundas/595 Bay Street    Toronto    Ontario
-   200, Bay Street, North Tower Royal Bank Plaza    Toronto    Ontario
-   222, Bay Street    Toronto    Ontario
-   245, Consumers    Toronto    Ontario
-   25, Adelaide Street East    Toronto    Ontario
-   250, Yonge Street    Toronto    Ontario
-   320, Bay Street    Toronto    Ontario
-   333 King Street East    Toronto    Ontario
-   333, King East    Toronto    Ontario
-   4, Banigan Blvd.    Toronto    Ontario
-   4100 Yonge Street    Toronto    Ontario
-   438, University Street    Toronto    Ontario
-   60, Adelaide Street East    Toronto    Ontario
-   60, Bloor Street    Toronto    Ontario
-   66, Wellington St. West    Toronto    Ontario
-   777, Bay Street    Toronto    Ontario
-   95, Wellington Street    Toronto    Ontario
-   7999, boul. Galeries d’Anjou, Kiosque #Z-035, Les Galeries d’Anjou    Anjou    Québec
-   115 rue Principale    Aylmer    Québec
-   1011, rue Larue    Beauport    Québec
-   600, Sir Wilfrid Laurier, #K-9, (Mail Montenach)    Beloeil    Québec
-   650 chemin du Lac    Boucherville    Québec
-   2151, Boul. Lapinière    Brossard    Québec
-   6955, Boul. Taschereau    Brossard    Québec
-   9380, rue Leduc suite 45    Brossard    Québec
-   190 rue Fusey    Cap-de-la-Madeleine    Québec
-   1401, Boul. Talbot    Chicoutimi    Québec
-   21, rue Racine ouest    Chicoutimi    Québec
-   745, 43ième avenue, et 10,425 Côte de Liesse    Dorval    Québec
-   755 René-Lévesque, Kiosque #03060, Les Promenades Drummondville    Drummondville    Québec
-   1100, Boul. Maloney ouest    Gatineau    Québec
-   1160, boul. St-Joseph    Gatineau    Québec
-   171-A, rue Jean-Proulx, arrondissement Hull    Gatineau    Québec
-   320, Boul. St-Joseph    Gatineau    Québec
-   500, rue Gréber    Gatineau    Québec
-   40, rue Évangeline    Granby    Québec


-   619, rue Cowie    Granby    Québec
-   1075 Firestone, Magasin #1070    Joliette    Québec
-   1075, Boul Firestone    Joliette    Québec
-   480, rue St-Pierre    Joliette    Québec
-   175, (PDLN-PDLS)    Lac Jacques Cartier    Québec
-   7077, Newman    Lasalle    Québec
-   1600, boul. Le Corbusier, Local 117, Centre Laval    Laval    Québec
-   2205, rue Francis-Hugues    Laval    Québec
-   3003, Boul. Le Carrefour, Kiosque ZM09 & magasin A016    Laval    Québec
-   3665 boul. Ste-Rose    Laval    Québec
-   317, rue Marion    Legardeur    Québec
-   631 route 138, Longue Rive    Les Escoumins    Québec
-   1200 Alphonse-Desjardins, 3100, (Les Galeries Chagnon)    Lévis    Québec
-   6600, Boul. de la Rive-Sud    Lévis    Québec
-   1111 rue St-Charles O., local 130, 135 et 5e étage    Longueuil    Québec
-   80, rue St-Laurent    Longueuil    Québec
-   825, rue Saint-Laurent Ouest    Longueuil    Québec
-   2305, Chemin Rockland, Kiosque K135 & Entrepôt E281    Mont Royal    Québec
-   4480, rue Côte-de-Liesse    Mont Royal    Québec
-   1 Place Ville Marie    Montréal    Québec
-   1000, rue Gauchetière ouest    Montréal    Québec
-   1080, rue Beaver Hall    Montréal    Québec
-   1190-1192, Ste-Catherine ouest    Montréal    Québec
-   1205, rue Papineau    Montréal    Québec
-   1441, rue Carrie-Derick    Montréal    Québec
-   150, rue Beaubien ouest, Stationnement Home Depot    Montréal    Québec
-   1500, avenue Atwater, Plaza Alexis-Nihon    Montréal    Québec
-   1550, rue Metcalfe (1455 Peel)    Montréal    Québec
-   1755, Boul. René-Lévesque Est, Local 003    Montréal    Québec
-   1801 McGill College, 8e étage    Montréal    Québec
-   1981, rue McGill College    Montréal    Québec
-   2000, rue Berri    Montréal    Québec
-   2150 rue Moreau    Montréal    Québec
-   249, rue St-Antoine ouest    Montréal    Québec
-   3, Complexe-Desjardins, Espace N1-4, N2-23, E2-23,S2-3    Montréal    Québec
-   405, rue Ogilvy    Montréal    Québec
-   4050, Boul. Rosemont    Montréal    Québec
-   4201 Saint-Denis    Montréal    Québec
-   4220, de Rouen    Montréal    Québec
-   4500 rue Hochelaga    Montréal    Québec
-   4545, rue Frontenac    Montréal    Québec
-   5, Complexe Desjardins, Niveau Promenade    Montréal    Québec
-   500, rue René-Lévesque Ouest    Montréal    Québec
-   500, rue Sherbrooke Ouest    Montréal    Québec
-   5252, rue Maisonneuve ouest    Montréal    Québec
-   5800, rue St-Denis    Montréal    Québec
-   612 Saint-Jacques    Montréal    Québec
-   6528, rue Waverly    Montréal    Québec
-   6600 rue Saint-Urbain    Montréal    Québec
-   705, rue Ste-Catherine Ouest    Montréal    Québec
-   7275 rue Sherbrooke est    Montréal    Québec
-   7355, rue Coffee    Montréal    Québec


-   740, rue Notre-Dame Ouest    Montréal    Québec
-   800, de la Gauchetière ouest, Local #1160, Niveau 1, Place Bonaventure    Montréal    Québec
-   800, de la Gauchetière ouest, Local 1130, Niveau 1, Place Bonaventure    Montréal    Québec
-   8147 rue Sherbrooke    Montréal    Québec
-   888 rue de Maisonneuve    Montréal    Québec
-   2305 Chemin Rockland, Kiosque #K114    Mont-Royal    Québec
-   KM 108, route 175    Parc des Laurentides    Québec
-   KM 187, route 175    Parc des Laurentides    Québec
-   237, rue Hymus    Pointe-Claire    Québec
-   6801, route Trans-Canadienne    Pointe-Claire    Québec
-   1000, Ave Myrand, arrondissement Ste-Foy    Québec    Québec
-   1050 Lous-Alexandre-Taschereau, Adresse secondaire:, 1035, rue Chevrotière    Québec    Québec
-   150 René-Lévesque est    Québec    Québec
-   150, Boul. René Lévesque, Local 202    Québec    Québec
-   2700, Boulevard Laurier, arrondissement Ste-Foy    Québec    Québec
-   552, Wilfrid-Hamel    Québec    Québec
-   Les Galeries de la Capitale, 5401, boul. des Galeries    Québec    Québec
-   100, Boul. Brien    Repentigny    Québec
-   288, rue Pierre-Saindon    Rimouski    Québec
-   15, rue de la Chute    Rivière-du-Loup    Québec
-   401, Boul. Labelle    Rosemère    Québec
-   3103 Boul. Royal, Plaza de la Mauricie, Kiosque #K4    Shawinigan    Québec
-   3330 rue King Ouest    Sherbrooke    Québec
-   Carrefour de L’Estrie    Sherbrooke    Québec
-   262-274, boul. Fiset, Local 274    Sorel    Québec
-   Les Promenades St-Bruno, 1, boul. des Promenades, Kiosque #Z-037    St-Bruno    Québec
-   3200, Boulevard Laframboise, Kiosque 5120, Galerie St-Hyacinthe    St-Hyacinthe    Québec
-   145, rue Latour    St-Jean sur Richelieu    Québec
-   420, Boul. Industriel    St-Jean sur Richelieu    Québec
-   600, rue Pierre-Caisse, Carrefour Richelieu, Local 00442    St-Jean sur Richelieu    Québec
-   900, boul. Grignon, (Carrefour du Nord)    St-Jérôme    Québec
-   3131, Boul. Côte Vertu    St-Laurent    Québec
-   3700, rue Griffith    St-Laurent    Québec
-   6315, Chemin Côte-de-Liesse    St-Laurent    Québec
-   3598, rue Bernard Pilon    St-Mathieu de Beloeil    Québec
-   840, rue de L’Église    St-Romuald    Québec
-   1185, boul. Moody, magasin 100, (Galeries de Terrebonne)    Terrebonne    Québec
-   1075, rue Champflour    Trois-Rivières    Québec
-   Centre Commercial Les Rivières, 4225, Boul. des Forges, Kiosque #K87    Trois-Rivières    Québec
-   1000, rue St-Charles    Vaudreuil, Dorion    Québec
-   90, rue Charbonneau    Vaudreuil, Dorion    Québec
-   5, rue Commerce    Verdun    Québec


  (vi) Videotron US Inc.

 

  - Suite 1410, The Nemours Building, 1007 Orange Street, County of New Castle, Wilmington, Delaware, 19801, United States of America (Registered office)

 

  (vii) Vidéotron Infrastructures Inc.

 

  - 612 rue Saint-Jacques, Montréal Québec H3C4M8

 

  - Leased sites for antennas in the Province of Québec

 

  (viii) Le SuperClub Vidéotron Ltée

 

-    612 rue Saint-Jacques, Montréal Québec H3C4M8      
-    305, rue Sherbrooke Ouest    Montréal    Québec
-    4076, rue Wellington    Verdun    Québec
-    184 Scott Street    St. Catharines    Ontario
-    1040-1096 Princess St.    Kingston    Ontario
-    125 Stewart Blvd.    Brockville    Ontario
-    Heritage Sq., 6 Speers Blvd.    Amherstview    Ontario
-    4245, rue Jean-Talon Est    Saint-Léonard    Québec
-    3101, rue Masson    Montréal    Québec
-    1747, rue Fleury Est    Montréal    Québec
-    180, boul. d’Anjou    Châteauguay    Québec
-    2930, ch. Chambly    Longueuil    Québec
-    1027, boul. St-Joseph    Drummondville    Québec
-    210, ch. d’Aylmer    Gatineau    Québec
-    2309, rue St-Hubert    Jonquière    Québec
-    12886, rue Sherbrooke Est    Pointe-aux-Trembles    Québec
-    2552, rue Beaubien Est    Montréal    Québec
-    66, boul. Jacques-Cartier Nord    Sherbrooke    Québec
-    2635, av. Van Horne    Montréal    Québec
-    5632, boul. Henri-Bourassa Est    Montréal-Nord    Québec
-    2033, rue Principale    Sainte-Julie    Québec
-    400, route 132, local 122    Saint-Constant    Québec
-    840, boul. de l’Ange-Gardien Nord    L’Assomption    Québec
-    690, ch. de St-Jean    La Prairie    Québec
-    4250, 1 ère avenue, local 40A    Charlesbourg    Québec
-    1300, boul. St-Jean Baptiste    Montréal    Québec
-    3730, rue Ontario Est    Montréal    Québec
-    426, rue Principale    Lachute    Québec
-    5645, boul. Grande-Allée    Brossard    Québec
-    5144, rue Frontenac    Lac-Mégantic    Québec
-    882, boul. des Seigneurs    Terrebonne    Québec
-    1205, rue de Neuville, local 103    Gatineau    Québec
-    50 Main Street East    Hawkesbury    Ontario
-    554, boul. St-Laurent,    Louiseville    Québec
-    3343, rue Jarry Est    Montréal    Québec
-    3759, ch. d’Oka    Saint-Joseph-du-Lac    Québec
-    9770, rue Lajeunesse    Montréal    Québec
-    346 North Front Street    Belleville    Ontario
-    1080 Adelaide Street N.    London    Ontario
-    1200 rue de la Faune    Québec    Québec
-    100, boul. Brien    Repentigny    Québec


-    2350, boul. Ste-Anne    Québec    Québec
-    2236 Boul. Des Laurentides    Vimont, Laval    Québec
-    3490, boul. des Forges    Trois-Rivières    Québec
-    523, boul. Curé-Labelle    Fabreville    Québec
-    1010, boul. King Est    Sherbrooke    Québec
-    97, rue St-Germain Ouest    Rimouski    Québec
-    9115, boul. de L’Ormière    Québec    Québec
-    4073, boul. Royal    Shawinigan    Québec
-    379, boul. Bois-Francs Sud    Victoriaville    Québec
-    1330, av. du Mont-Royal Est    Montréal    Québec
-    455, boul. de Mortagne    Boucherville    Québec
-    355, boul. Gréber    Gatineau    Québec
-    855, boul. René-Lévesque Ouest    Québec    Québec
-    1, rue Dufferin    Salaberry-de-Valleyfield    Québec
-    481, boul. des Laurentides    Saint-Jérôme    Québec
-    2190, av. Larue    Beauport    Québec
-    2600, boul. Casavant Ouest    Saint-Hyacinthe    Québec
-    10750, boul. Lacroix    Saint-Georges    Québec
-    7000, av. de la Plaza    Sorel-Tracy    Québec
-    2105, boul. Curé-Labelle    Chomedey, Laval    Québec
-    1000, rue Cours Le Corbusier    Boisbriand    Québec
-    961, boul. Talbot    Chicoutimi    Québec
-    199, boul. Labelle    Rosemère    Québec
-    5780, boul. Gouin Ouest    Montréal    Québec
-    150, boul. des Laurentides    Pont-Viau, Laval    Québec
-    999, rue Pie XI    Thetford Mines    Québec
-    1866, av. Industrielle    Val-Bélair    Québec
-    803A, boul. Curé-Labelle    Blainville    Québec
-    50, Route du Président Kennedy, Local 170    Lévis    Québec
-    8256, boul. Maurice-Duplessis    Montréal    Québec
-    8285, rue Notre-Dame Est    Montréal    Québec
-    8675, boul. Viau    Saint-Léonard    Québec
-    5965, rue de Verdun    Verdun    Québec
-    6112, rue Sherbrooke Ouest    Montréal    Québec
-    215, boul. Fiset    Sorel-Tracy    Québec
-    5852, boul. Léger    Montréal-Nord    Québec
-    965, boul. d’Auteuil    Duvernay, Laval    Québec
-    84, boul. Industriel    Repentigny    Québec
-    97, rue Principale Est    Farnham    Québec
-    2815, ch. des Quatre-Bourgeois    Sainte-Foy    Québec
-    1221, rue Charles-Albanel    Sainte-Foy    Québec
-    350, rue Beaudry Nord    Joliette    Québec
-    295, boul. Armand-Thériault    Rivière-du-Loup    Québec
-    6425, rue Beaubien Est    Montréal    Québec
-    19, rue Beausoleil    Saint-Gabriel-de-Brandon    Québec
-    465, boul. du Pont    Saint-Nicolas    Québec
-    1025, boul. Curé-Poirier Ouest    Longueuil    Québec
-    6072, rue Sherbrooke Est    Montréal    Québec
-    1135, rue Décarie    Saint-Laurent    Québec
-    2700, boul. des Promenades    Deux-Montagnes    Québec
-    511, boul. Royal    Malartic    Québec
-    1258, 3e avenue    Val-d’Or    Québec
-    25, boul. Don Quichotte    L’Île-Perrot    Québec
-    203, 7e Avenue    Dolbeau-Mistassini    Québec
-    4260, rue Ste-Catherine Est    Montréal    Québec
-    299, boul. Sir Wilfrid-Laurier    Saint-Lambert    Québec


-    1950, boul. Curé-Labelle    Saint-Jérôme    Québec
-    161, 1re Avenue Ouest    Amos    Québec
-    2619 boul. Louis XIV    Beauport    Québec
-    600, boul. Jacques-Bizard    L’Île-Bizard    Québec
-    1360, boul. Montarville    Saint-Bruno    Québec
-    468, rue St-Patrice Ouest    Magog    Québec
-    30, rue Morin    Sainte-Agathe-des-Monts    Québec
-    1149, boul. de Ste-Adèle    Sainte-Adèle    Québec
-    131 chemin du lac Millette, suite 101    Saint-Sauveur    Québec
-    824, boul. Thibeau    Trois-Rivières    Québec
-    585, av. St-Charles    Vaudreuil-Dorion    Québec
-    250, boul. Sir Wilfrid-Laurier    Beloeil    Québec
-    5253, av. du Parc    Montréal    Québec
-    400, boul. du Séminaire Nord    St-Jean-sur-Richelieu    Québec
-    720, Montée Paiement    Gatineau    Québec
-    5178, ch. Queen Mary    Montréal    Québec
-    5245, boul. Cousineau    Saint-Hubert    Québec
-    2768, rue Laurier, CP 91    Rockland    Ontario
-    168, 25e Avenue    Saint-Eustache    Québec
-    354, boul. Arthur-Sauvé    Saint-Eustache    Québec
-    1450, boul. Père-Lelièvre    Duberger    Québec
-    5333, boul. Laurier, local 100    Terebonne (La plaine)    Québec
-    241, boul. Samson    Sainte-Dorothée, Laval    Québec
-    437, rue du Pont    Mont-Laurier    Québec
-    1360, rue Notre-Dame    L’Ancienne-Lorette    Québec
-    2020, boul. René-Gaultier    Varennes    Québec
-    10A, boul. Georges-Gagné    Delson    Québec
-    407, rue de St-Jovite    Mont-Tremblant    Québec
-    912, rue Commerciale    Saint-Jean-Chrysostome    Québec
-    81, boul. Taché Ouest    Montmagny    Québec
-    85, av. Plante    Vanier    Québec
-    7579, boul. Newman    LaSalle    Québec
-    541, boul. Curé-Labelle    Chomedey, Laval    Québec
-    1770, av. de L’Église    Montréal    Québec
-    8465, boul. Henri-Bourassa    Charlesbourg    Québec
-    5000, rue Wellington    Verdun    Québec
-    3698, boul. Taschereau    Greenfield Park    Québec
-    9295, rue Sherbrooke Est    Montréal    Québec
-    535, rue Villeray    Montréal    Québec
-    1264, rue Jean-Talon Est    Montréal    Québec
-    477A Boul. Ste-Anne    Sainte-Anne-des-Plaines    Québec
-    5760, boul. Jean XXIII    Trois-Rivières    Québec
-    1397, 6 e Avenue    Grand-Mère    Québec
-    8200, boul. Taschereau    Brossard    Québec
-    1201, boul. de Périgny    Chambly    Québec
-    420, rue St-Charles Ouest    Longueuil    Québec
-    275, rue St-Antoine Nord    Lavaltrie    Québec
-    7, rue Robert    Saint-Basile-Le-Grand    Québec
-    1116, boul. Vachon Nord, cp.19    Sainte-Marie    Québec
-    746, av. Buckingham, suite A    Buckingham    Québec
-    10, rue Papineau    Joliette    Québec
-    55, rue Marie de l’Incarnation    Québec    Québec
-    2220, ch. Gascon    Terrebonne    Québec
-    685, boul. Laure    Sept-Îles    Québec
-    1001, boul. Laflèche    Baie-Comeau    Québec
-    39, boul. St-Luc, local 100    Saint-Jean-sur-Richelieu    Québec


-    199, route 138    Donnacona    Québec
-    3440, ch. des Quatre-Bourgeois    Sainte-Foy    Québec
-    18, rue du Manège    Coaticook    Québec
-    515, boul. Lacombe    Le Gardeur    Québec
-    1070, Montée Masson    Mascouche    Québec
-    9, boul. de la Salette    Saint-Jérôme    Québec
-    750, av. du Phare Ouest    Matane    Québec
-    3465, boul. Dagenais Ouest    Fabreville    Québec
-    1890, av. Dollard    LaSalle    Québec
-    13425 Boul. Curé-Labelle    Mirabel    Québec
-    1305, rue des Cascades    Saint-Hyacinthe    Québec
-    211, av. du Pont Sud    Alma    Québec
-    531, rue Saint-Louis    Saint-Lin-Laurentides    Québec
-    3285, 1re Avenue    Rawdon    Québec
-    4795, boul. Bourque    Rock Forest    Québec
-    914, boul. Maloney Est    Gatineau    Québec
-    550, boul. d’Iberville    Saint-Jean-sur-Richelieu    Québec
-    4526, boul. St-Laurent    Montréal    Québec
-    83, rue Ellice    Beauharnois    Québec
-    9, boul. Montcalm Nord, porte 17    Candiac    Québec
-    179, av. St-Alphonse    Roberval    Québec
-    572, boul. Arthur-Sauvé    Saint-Eustache    Québec
-    600, Montée du Moulin, local 24    Saint-François, Laval    Québec
-    1334, boul. Sacré-Coeur    Saint-Félicien    Québec
-    15020, boul. Henri-Bourassa    Québec    Québec
-    13960-5, Montée St-Simon    Mirabel    Québec
-    277, Montée des Pionniers    Lachenaie    Québec
-    356, boul. Sir-Wilfrid-Laurier    Mont-Saint-Hilaire    Québec
-    560, rue Conrad    Granby    Québec
-    2148, boul. Lapinière    Brossard    Québec
-    75, boul. des Châteaux, local 201    Blainville    Québec
-    828, av. Gilles Villeneuve    Berthierville    Québec
-    777, boul. Lebourgneuf local 115    Québec    Québec
-    28, boul. du Mont-Bleu    Gatineau    Québec
-    63, Montée Gagnon,    Bois-des-Fillions    Québec
-    1811, Ste-Angelique    St-Lazare    Québec
-    24 rue Du Couvent, local #1    l’Épiphanie    Québec
-    1625 3 e avenue    Val-d’Or    Québec
-    574 rue principale    Granby    Québec
-    2645 Boul. Curé-Labelle, local 105    Prévost    Québec
-    3615 Notre-Dame Ouest    St-Henri    Québec
-    281 King Street    Port Colborne    Ontario
-    1000 Gerrard Street East, Unit C13-14    Toronto    Ontario
-    12 Highland Drive.      
-    Fonthill Shopping Centre, Hwy #20    Fonthill    Ontario
For information purposes, the following are premises occupied outside of Québec and Ontario (however these do not contain material assets belonging to members of the VL Group):
-    169 Dundonald St.    Fredericton    New Brunswick
-    102 Main St., Unit 5    Fredericton    New Brunswick
-    454 Granville Street    Summerside    Prince Edward Island
-    39 Commonwealth Ave. Unit 7    Mt. Pearl    Newfoundland
-    #9-2539 Main Street    Winnipeg    Manitoba
-    8 Hardy Ave.    Grand Falls-Windsor    Newfoundland
-    Mailing address: P.O. Box 21211,    St. John’s    Newfoundland
-    26 Hamlyn Road, St. John’s    St. John’s    Newfoundland
-    30, rue de l’Église    Edmundston    New Brunswick


(ix)    Jobboom Inc.      
-    612 rue Saint-Jacques, Montréal Québec H3C4M8      


Part 2

List of Non-Material Real Estate (Section 13.3)

 

No

  

Address

   Value  
055    14165 Cherrier, Montréal    $ 130,867.00   
062    Lot 556-13, 556-14, Cap-de-la Madeleine    $ 92,300.00   
067    Lot 601-1-2, Notre-Dame-des-Laurentides    $ 86,000.00   
348    Lot 981-2 canton de Shefford, Waterloo    $ 19,200.00   
362    St-Honoré    $ 300.00   
678    3338, Tolmies Corners, Roxboro, Ontario    $ 29,125.00   
311    1512 Chemin St-Jean (Concession 9), Clarence-Rockland, Ontario    $ 61,000.00   


SCHEDULE “J” – OFFICER’S COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

TO: ROYAL BANK OF CANADA, as Agent

We have reviewed the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of July 20, 2011 (as modified, supplemented, amended or amended and restated from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”) entered into among VIDÉOTRON LTÉE, Royal Bank of Canada, as Agent and the Lenders (as defined in the Credit Agreement), and hereby certify that:

 

  (i) with the exceptions listed below (if any), as of the date of this certificate, the Borrower has complied with all the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement;

 

  (ii) the Adjusted Consolidated assets, EBITDA and Debt owned, generated or owed by the VL Group is not less than 95% of the consolidated assets, EBITDA and Debt of the Borrower [ if any of these elements is less than 95%, provide an accurate percentage ] ;

 

  (iii) the aggregate assets and EBITDA attributable to the Borrower and the Guarantors is [ not less than 95% of the consolidated assets and EBITDA of the Borrower ] {or} [      % [cannot be less than 80%] of the consolidated assets and     % [cannot be less than 80%] of the consolidated EBITDA of the Borrower ] , such EBITDA in each case calculated on a rolling four-quarter basis;

 

  (iv) [ For annual Compliance Certificate alone; if both assets and EBITDA attributable to the Borrower and the Guarantors represent not less than 95% of the consolidated assets and EBITDA of the Borrower, this will be provided only at the reasonable request of the Agent ] [if applicable] annexed hereto is all of the information necessary to permit the Agent and the Lenders to calculate the EBITDA and assets attributable to (a) the Borrower and the Guarantors, and (b) the Borrower on a consolidated basis; and

 

  (v) no Default has occurred and is continuing and no Event of Default has occurred or exists under the Credit Agreement [ or, if a Default or Event of Default exists, set out the details and proposed solutions ] .

We attach a Compliance Certificate demonstrating the Borrower’s compliance with the financial covenants listed in subsections 12.11.1 and 12.11.2, [as well as compliance with the covenant contained in Section 12.12 of the Credit Agreement], in each case for the latest period required under subsection {12.15.1 - quarterly} {12.15.2 - annual} {choose one} .

 

 

Name and Title  
Date:  

 

List of Defaults or Events of Default (either list or state “none”. If any exist, set out particulars, period of existence and actions proposed)


COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

Maintenance of Ratios (Section 12.11)

Quarter ending                     

( Indicate if the information provided herein is provided on a

consolidated or Adjusted Consolidated basis )

 

1.    Leverage Ratio (Debt to EBITDA)            
  

(A)   Debt

   $                     
  

(B)   EBITDA

   $                     
   Ratio of Debt to EBITDA (A/B) =            
2.    Interest Coverage Ratio            
   (B) EBITDA       $                  
   (D) Interest Expense       $                  
   Ratio of EBITDA to Interest Expense (B/D) =            
Calculation of Debt (A)   
   Borrowed money (excluding QMI Subordinated Debt)          $               
plus               
   Hedging Exposure          $               
plus               
   Deferred purchase price          $               
plus               
   Obligations secured by Charges          $               
plus               
   Capital and Synthetic Leases          $               
plus               
   Contingent Obligations          $               
plus               
   B/A’s, letters of credit and Guarantees          $               
equals               
   DEBT (A):             $            


Calculation of EBITDA (B)
  

(i)     

   Net income or loss of Borrower    $               
plus            
  

(ii)    

   non-controlling interests    $               
plus            
  

(iii)  

   extraordinary items    $               
plus            
  

(iv)   

   Interest Expense    $               
plus            
  

(v)    

   Income tax expense    $               
plus            
  

(vi)   

   Depreciation and amortization    $               
plus or minus      
  

(vii) 

   Forex translation gains / losses    $               
plus            
  

(viii)

   Non-cash financial charges    $               
minus            
  

(ix)   

   Income or expense related to Back-to-Back Securities    $               
minus            
   (x)    EBITDA of Subsidiaries not members of the Relevant Group    $               
Equals            
   EBITDA (B)       $            


Covenant Compliance (Section 12.12)

(To be reported on only annually, unless requested more frequently by the Agent. However, if both assets and EBITDA attributable to the Borrower and the Guarantors represent at least 95% of the consolidated assets and EBITDA of the Borrower, detailed calculations will be provided only at the request of the Agent

Borrower and Guarantors required to have 80% of Borrower’s consolidated EBITDA and assets (12.12)

Calculation of % of Assets

 

(i)

  

Total assets of Borrower (consolidated)

   $            
minus      
(ii)   

Assets owned by Persons not Borrower or Guarantors

   $            
equals      
(iii)   

Total assets of Borrower and Guarantors

   $            

Ratio of assets of Borrower and Guarantors to Borrower consolidated assets

(must not be less than 80%)

   (= (iii)/(i)) =            

Calculation of % of EBITDA

 

(i)

  

Total EBITDA of Borrower (consolidated)

   $            

minus

     

(ii)

  

EBITDA generated by Persons other than Borrower or Guarantors

   $            

equals

     

(iii)

  

Total EBITDA of Borrower and Guarantors

   $            

Ratio of EBITDA of Borrower and Guarantors to Borrower consolidated EBITDA

(must not be less than 80%)

   (= (iii)/(i)s) =            


SCHEDULE “K” – INTENTIONALLY DELETED


SCHEDULE “L” – GUARANTORS AND MEMBERS OF THE VL GROUP AS

AT THE CLOSING DATE

VIDÉOTRON LTÉE (Borrower)

LE SUPERCLUB VIDÉOTRON LTÉE (Guarantor)

VIDEOTRON INFRASTRUCTURES INC. (Guarantor)

JOBBOOM INC. (Guarantor)

VIDEOTRON US INC. (Guarantor)

9227-2590 QUEBEC INC. (Guarantor)

9230-7677 QUEBEC INC. (Guarantor)

VIDEOTRON G.P. (Guarantor)

VIDEOTRON L.P. (Guarantor)


SCHEDULE “M” – INTENTIONALLY DELETED


SCHEDULE “N” – FORM OF SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT FOR

BACK-TO-BACK SECURITIES

This SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT is dated as of , 20 (the “ Agreement ”).

To: Royal Bank of Canada, for itself and as Agent under the Credit Agreement (defined below) for the Lenders (the “ Agent ”), Videotron Ltée, a Quebec company (the “ Obligor ”), as obligor under the dated as of , and in the principal amount of $ and $ , respectively, made by the Obligor in favour of (the “ Subordinated Notes ”), and , as holder (the “ Holder ”) of the Subordinated Notes, for ten dollars and other good and valuable consideration received by each of the Obligor and the Holder from the Agent and by each of the Obligor and the Holder from the other, agree as follows:

1. Interpretation .

(a) “ Cash, Property or Securities ”. “Cash, Property or Securities” shall not be deemed to include securities of the Obligor or any other Person provided for by a plan of reorganization or readjustment, the payment of which is subordinated at least to the extent provided herein with respect to the Subordinated Notes, to the payment of all Senior Indebtedness which may at the time be outstanding; provided, however, that (i) all Senior Indebtedness is assumed by the new Person, if any, resulting from any such reorganization or readjustment, and (ii) the rights of the holders of the Senior Indebtedness are not, without the consent of such holders, altered by such reorganization or readjustment.

(b) “ payment in full ”. “payment in full”, with respect to Senior Indebtedness, means the receipt on an irrevocable basis of cash in an amount equal to the unpaid principal amount of the Senior Indebtedness and premium, if any, and interest and any special interest thereon to the date of such payment, together with all other amounts owing with respect to such Senior Indebtedness.

(c) “ Senior Indebtedness ”. “Senior Indebtedness” means, at any date all indebtedness (including, without limitation, any and all amounts of principal, interest, special interest, additional amounts (including amounts owed under any Derivative Instrument entered into with a Lender, as defined in the Credit Agreement), premium, fees, penalties, indemnities and “post-petition interest” in bankruptcy and any reimbursement of expenses) under (1) the Indentures described as (i) “US$650,000,000 6 7 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2014”, (ii) “US$175,000,000 6 3 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2015”, (iii) “US$715,000,000 9 1 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2018”, (iv) “Cdn.$300,000,000 7 1 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2020”, and (v) Cdn.$300,000,000 6 7 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2021 including, without limitation, the “Notes”, the “Subsidiary Guarantees”, the “Exchange Notes”, the “Additional Notes” and any Guarantee of the Exchange Notes or the Additional Notes (in each case, as defined in the relevant Indenture) and (2) the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of July20, 2011, among the Obligor, the Lenders as defined therein, and Royal Bank of Canada, as administrative agent (the “ Credit Agreement ”; capitalized terms used herein without definition having the meanings set forth therein).


2. Agreement Entered into Pursuant to Credit Agreement . The Obligor, the Agent and the Lenders are entering into this Agreement pursuant to the provisions of the Credit Agreement, pursuant to which Videotron Ltée may borrow up to Cdn. $650,000,000 on a committed basis (the “ Credit ”).

3 . Subordination . The indebtedness represented by the Subordinated Notes shall be subordinated as follows:

(a) Agreement to Subordinate . The Obligor, for itself and its successors and assigns, and the Holder agree that the indebtedness evidenced by the Subordinated Notes (including, without limitation, principal, interest, premium, fees, penalties, indemnities and “post-petition interest” in bankruptcy (as same is interpreted under the US Bankruptcy Code) and any reimbursement of expenses) is subordinate and junior in right of payment, to the extent and in the manner provided in this Section 3, to the prior payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness. The provisions of this Section 3 are for the benefit of the Agent acting on behalf of the holders from time to time of Senior Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement, including the Lenders as defined therein, and such holders are hereby made obligees hereunder to the same extent as if their names were written herein as such, and they (collectively or singly) may proceed to enforce such provisions.

(b) Liquidation, Dissolution or Bankruptcy .

 

  (i) Upon any distribution of assets of the Obligor to creditors or upon a liquidation or dissolution or winding-up of the Obligor or in a bankruptcy, arrangement, liquidation, reorganization, insolvency, receivership or similar case or proceeding relating to the Obligor or its property or other marshalling of assets of the Obligor:

 

  (A) the holders of Senior Indebtedness shall be entitled to receive payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness before the Holder shall be entitled to receive any payment of principal of or interest on, or any other amount owing in respect of, the Subordinated Notes;

 

  (B) until payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness, any distribution of assets of the Obligor of any kind or character to which the Holder would be entitled but for this Section 3 is hereby assigned to the holders of Senior Indebtedness absolutely and shall be paid by the Obligor or by any receiver, trustee in bankruptcy, liquidating trustee, agents or other Persons making such payment or distribution to, the Agent on behalf of the holders of Senior Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement, as their interests may appear; and

 

  (C)

in the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing, any payment or distribution of assets of the Obligor of any kind or character, whether in Cash, Property or Securities, shall be received by the Holder before all Senior Indebtedness is paid in full, such payment or distribution shall be held in trust for the benefit of and shall be paid over to the Agent on behalf of the holders of Senior Indebtedness


  under the Credit Agreement, as their interests may appear, for application to the payment of all Senior Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement until all such Senior Indebtedness shall have been paid in full after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution to the holders of Senior Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement in respect of such Senior Indebtedness.

 

  (ii) If (A) a bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, receivership or similar proceeding relating to the Obligor or its property (a “ Reorganization Proceeding ”) is commenced and is continuing and (B) the Holder does not file proper claims or proofs of claim in the form required in a Reorganization Proceeding prior to 45 days before the expiration of the time to file such claims, then (1) upon the request of the Agent, the Holder shall file such claims and proofs of claim in respect of the Subordinated Notes and execute and deliver such powers of attorney, assignments and proofs of claim or proxies as may be directed by the Agent to enable it to exercise in the sole discretion of the Agent any and all voting rights attributable to the Subordinated Notes which are capable of being voted (whether by meeting, written resolution or otherwise) in a Reorganization Proceeding and enforce any and all claims upon or in respect of the Subordinated Notes and to collect and receive any and all payments or distributions which may be payable or deliverable at any time upon or in respect of the Subordinated Notes, and (2) whether or not the Agent shall take the action described in clause (1) above, the Agent shall nevertheless be deemed to have such powers of attorney as may be necessary to enable the Agent to exercise such voting rights, file appropriate claims and proofs of claim and otherwise exercise the powers described above for and on behalf of the Holder.

(c) Relative Rights . This Section 3 defines the relative rights of the Holder and the holders of Senior Indebtedness. Nothing in this Section 3 shall:

 

  (i) impair, as between the Obligor and the Holder, the obligation of the Obligor, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and interest on the Subordinated Notes in accordance with their terms; or

 

  (ii) affect the relative rights of the Holder and creditors of the Obligor other than the holders of Senior Indebtedness; or

 

  (iii) affect the relative rights of the holders of Senior Indebtedness among themselves or opposite the Obligor under the Loan Documents; or

 

  (iv) prevent the Holder from exercising its available remedies upon a default, subject to the rights of the holders of Senior Indebtedness to receive cash, property or other assets otherwise payable to the Holder.


(d) Subordination May Not Be Impaired .

 

  (i) No right of any holder of Senior Indebtedness to enforce the subordination of indebtedness evidenced by the Subordinated Notes shall in any way be prejudiced or impaired by any act or failure to act by the Obligor or by any such holder or the Agent, or by any non-compliance by the Obligor with the terms, provisions or covenants herein, regardless of any knowledge thereof which any such holder or the Agent may have or be otherwise charged with. Neither the subordination of the Subordinated Notes as herein provided nor the rights of the holders of Senior Indebtedness with respect hereto shall be affected by any extension, renewal or modification of the terms, or the granting of any security in respect of, any Senior Indebtedness or any exercise or non-exercise of any right, power or remedy with respect thereto.

 

  (ii) The Holder agrees that all indebtedness evidenced by the Subordinated Notes will be unsecured by any Charge (as defined in the Credit Agreement) or by any Lien (as defined in the Indenture) upon or with respect to any property of the Obligor.

 

  (iii) The Holder agrees not to exercise any offset or counterclaim or similar right in respect of the indebtedness evidenced by the Subordinated Notes except to the extent payment of such indebtedness is permitted and will not assign or otherwise dispose of the Subordinated Notes or the indebtedness which it evidences unless the assignee or acquirer, as the case may be, agrees to be bound by the terms of this Agreement.

(g) Holder Entitled to Rely .

Upon any payment or distribution pursuant to this Section 3, the Holder shall be entitled to rely (i) upon any order or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction in which any proceedings of the nature referred to in Section 3(b) are pending, (ii) upon a certificate if the liquidating trustee or agent or other person in such proceedings making such payment or distribution to the Holder or its representative, if any, or (iii) upon a certificate of the Agent or any representative (if any) of the holders of Senior Indebtedness for the purpose of ascertaining the persons entitled to participate in such payment or distribution, the holders of the Senior Indebtedness and other indebtedness of the Obligor, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Section 3.

4. Enforceability . Each of the Obligor and the Holder represents and warrants that this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by each of the Obligor and the Holder and constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of each of the Obligor and the Holder, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and to general equity principles; and on the date hereof, the Holder shall deliver an opinion or opinions of counsel to such effect to the Agent for the benefit of the Lenders.


5. Miscellaneous .

(a) Until payment in full of all the Senior Indebtedness, the Obligor and the Holder agree that no amendment shall be made to any of the Subordinated Notes which would affect the rights of the holders of the Senior Indebtedness.

(b) This Agreement may not be amended or modified in any respect, nor may any of the terms or provisions hereof be waived, except by an instrument signed by the Obligor, the Holder and the Agent.

(c) This Agreement shall be binding upon each of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of the Agent and each and every holder of Senior Indebtedness and their respective successors and assigns.

(d) This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

(e) The Holder and the Obligor each hereby irrevocably agrees that any suits, actions or proceedings arising out of or in connection with this Agreement may be brought in any state or federal court sitting in The City of New York or any court in the Province of Quebec and submits and attorns to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of each such court.

(f) The Holder and the Obligor will whenever and as often as reasonably requested to do so by the Agent, do, execute, acknowledge and deliver any and all such other and further acts, assignments, transfers and any instruments of further assurance, approvals and consents as are necessary or proper in order to give complete effect to this Agreement.

(g) Each of the Holder and the Obligor irrevocably appoints CT Corporation System, as its authorized agent in the State of New York upon which process may be served in any such suit or proceedings, and agrees that service of process upon such agent, and written notice of said service to CT Corporation System, by the person serving the same to the addresses listed below, shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon the Holder or the Obligor, as applicable, in any such suit or proceeding.

If to the Obligor:

 

If to the Holder:

 

Each of the Holder and the Obligor further agrees to take any and all action as may be necessary to maintain such designation and appointment of such agent in full force and effect for a period of ten years from the date of this Agreement.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Obligor and the Holder each have caused this Agreement to be duly executed.

 

 
by  

 

  Name:   n
  Title:   n
 
by  

 

  Name:   n
  Title:   n


SCHEDULE “O” – JOINDER AGREEMENT

JOINDER AGREEMENT

THIS JOINDER AGREEMENT , dated as of                  , 20     (this “ Agreement ”), by and among [NEW LENDERS] (each a “ New Lender ” and collectively the “ New Lenders ”), VIDÉOTRON LTÉE (the “ Borrower ”), the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties thereto, Royal Bank of Canada, as Agent (in such capacity, the “ Agent ”).

RECITALS:

WHEREAS reference is hereby made to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of July 20, 2011 (as it may be further amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”; the terms defined therein and not otherwise defined herein being used herein as therein defined), by and among the Lenders party thereto from time to time and the Agent; and

WHEREAS subject to the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement, the Borrower may increase the existing Commitments by obtaining New Commitments and entering into one or more Joinder Agreements with the New Lenders.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and agreements, provisions and covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

Each New Lender party hereto hereby agrees to commit to provide its respective New Commitment as set forth on Schedule A annexed hereto, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth below:

Each New Lender (i) confirms that it has received a copy of the Credit Agreement and the Security Documents, together with copies of the financial statements referred to therein and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Joinder Agreement (this “ Agreement ”); (ii) agrees that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Credit Agreement; (iii) appoints and authorizes the Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers under the Credit Agreement and the Security Documents as are delegated to the Agent by the terms thereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto; (iv) acknowledges and accepts that such New Lender and the Agent are solidary creditors of the Borrower and the Guarantors in respect of all amounts, liabilities and other obligations, present and future, of the Borrower and the Guarantors to each of them under the Credit Agreement and the Derivative Instruments as contemplated by Section 18.1.2 of the Credit Agreement and in accordance with Article 1541 of the Civil Code of Quebec; and (v) agrees that it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of the Credit Agreement are required to be performed by it as a Lender.


Each New Lender hereby agrees to make its Commitment on the following terms and conditions:

 

1. New Lenders . Each New Lender acknowledges and agrees that upon its execution of this Agreement, such New Lender shall become a “Lender” under, and for all purposes of, the Credit Agreement and the Security Documents, and shall be subject to and bound by the terms thereof, and shall perform all the obligations of and shall have all rights of a Lender thereunder.

 

2. Credit Agreement Governs . Except as set forth in this Agreement, New Advances shall otherwise be subject to the provisions of the Credit Agreement and the Security Documents.

 

3. The Borrower’s Certifications . By its execution of this Agreement, each of the undersigned officers, to the best of his or her knowledge, and the Borrower hereby certify that:

 

  i. The representations and warranties contained in the Credit Agreement and the Security Documents are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date hereof to the same extent as though made on and as of the date hereof, except to the extent such representations and warranties specifically relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties were true and correct in all material respects on and as of such earlier date;

 

  ii. No event has occurred and is continuing or would result from the addition of the Commitments from the New Lenders as contemplated hereby that would constitute a Default or an Event of Default;

 

  iii. The Borrower has performed in all material respects all agreements and satisfied all conditions required to be performed or satisfied by it under the Credit Agreement on or before the date hereof; and

 

  iv. After giving effect to this Joinder Agreement and the aggregate new Commitments, the Borrower is (and will be on a pro forma basis) in compliance with the financial tests described in Section 12.11 of the Credit Agreement.

 

4. The Borrower’s Covenants . By its execution of this Agreement, the Borrower hereby covenants that:

 

  i. The Borrower shall make all payments required pursuant to the Credit Agreement in connection with the New Commitments, including the payment of any fees in respect of such New Commitment; and

 

  ii. The Borrower shall deliver or cause to be delivered the legal opinions and documents required pursuant to subsection 2.3.3 of the Credit Agreement.


5. Notice . For purposes of the Credit Agreement, the initial notice address of each New Lender shall be as set forth below its signature below.

 

6. Recording of the New Loans . Upon execution and delivery hereof, the Agent will record the New Advances made by New Lenders in the Register.

 

7. Amendment, Modification and Waiver . This Agreement may not be amended, modified or waived except by an instrument or instruments in writing signed and delivered on behalf of each of the parties hereto.

 

8. Entire Agreement . This Agreement, the Credit Agreement and the Security Documents constitute the entire agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersede all other prior agreements and understandings, both written and verbal, among the parties or any of them with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

9. Governing Law . This Agreement and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall be governed by, and shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the province of Quebec.

 

10. Severability . Any term or provision of this Agreement which is invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to that jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity or unenforceability without rendering invalid or unenforceable the remaining terms and provisions of this Agreement or affecting the validity or enforceability of any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement in any other jurisdiction. If any provision of this Agreement is so broad as to be unenforceable, the provision shall be interpreted to be only so broad as would be enforceable.

 

12. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same agreement.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , each of the undersigned has caused its duly authorized officer to execute and deliver this Joinder Agreement as of [                    ,             ].

 

[NAME OF NEW LENDER]
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
Notice Address:
Attention:  
Telephone:  
Facsimile:  
VIDÉOTRON LTÉE
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  


ROYAL BANK OF CANADA
as Agent
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  


SCHEDULE A

TO JOINDER AGREEMENT

 

Name of Lender

  

Type of Commitment

   Amount  

[                    ]

   New Commitment    $            
     
      Total: $            


SCHEDULE P – FINNVERA TERM FACILITY

None of the provisions of this Schedule P shall apply to the Revolving Facility Lenders or the Revolving Facility.

 

1. TRANCHE A CREDIT

Subject to the provisions of the Credit Agreement, and in particular, to the provisions of Article 2 of this Schedule P, each Tranche A Lender agrees to make available to the Borrower, individually and not jointly and severally or solidarily, its Tranche A Commitment in the Tranche A Credit, which Tranche A Credit consists of the Finnvera Term Facility in a maximum amount equal to Cdn.$75,000,000. All Tranche A Advances under the Finnvera Term Facility shall be in Canadian Dollars alone. The Finnvera Term Facility will not revolve and any amount prepaid or repaid may not be reborrowed.

 

2. PURPOSE

All Tranche A Advances made by the Tranche A Lenders to the Borrower under the Finnvera Term Facility in accordance with the provisions of this Schedule P shall be used to, without duplication, (i) finance up to the CAD Equivalent of (x)  85% of the Purchase Price and (y)  costs for local services up to a maximum of 30% of the Purchase Price by way of reimbursement to the Borrower for eligible payments made by the Borrower to NSN under the NSN Contract; (ii) pay up to 100% of the upfront portion of the ECA Premium A from the proceeds of the first Tranche A Advance; and (iii) pay all other amounts approved by Finnvera and owed in connection with the NSN Contract, the whole subject to and in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Schedule P.

 

3. ADVANCES AND OPERATION OF ACCOUNTS

 

  3.1 Tranche A Notice of Borrowing

Subject to the applicable provisions of this Schedule P but not more than once per calendar month, the Borrower shall be entitled to request multiple Tranche A Advances under the Finnvera Term Facility, to be made on any Business Day during the Availability Period and in accordance with the payment program set forth in the NSN Contract, up to the maximum amount of the Tranche A Credit, upon delivery of an irrevocable written Tranche A Notice of Borrowing to the Finnvera Facility Agent at or before 3:00 P.M. (London, England time) at least four (4) Business Days prior to the date of the proposed Tranche A Advance.

 

  3.2 Type of Tranche A Advance

Tranche A Advances made by a Domestic Tranche A Lender in accordance with Section 3.6 of this Schedule P shall be in the form of Tranche A CDOR Advances. Tranche A Advances made by a Foreign Tranche A Lender in accordance with Section 3.6 of this Schedule P shall be in the form of Tranche A LIBOR Advances.


  3.3 Notice of New Tranche A Designated Period

Upon the expiration of any Tranche A Designated Period applicable to any Tranche A LIBOR Advance or any Tranche A CDOR Advance, the Borrower shall have the option to request the continuation of all or any portion (in minimum amounts of Cdn.$1,000,000 or such smaller amount corresponding to the Tranche A LIBOR Advance Amount or the Tranche A CDOR Advance Amount, respectively) of such Tranche A Advance on the Tranche A Rollover Date upon delivery of an irrevocable written Notice of New Tranche A Designated Period to the Finnvera Facility Agent at or before 3:00 P.M. (London, England time) at least four (4) Business Days prior to the date of the Tranche A Rollover Date. Except in respect of the whole or a portion of the Tranche A Advance Amount for which the Borrower has delivered a Notice of Repayment in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.2 of this Schedule P, if the Borrower has not delivered a Notice of New Tranche A Designated Period in a timely manner in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3.3, the Borrower shall be deemed to have chosen a new Tranche A Designated Period of 6 months (or such shorter period expiring on the next Repayment Date). For greater certainty, if only a portion of a Tranche A Advance is continued under this Section 3.3, the portion not so continued shall be prepaid and cancelled.

 

  3.4 Determination of Interest

The Finnvera Facility Agent shall determine the Tranche A LIBOR and the CDOR Rate which will be in effect on the date of the Tranche A Advance or the Tranche A Rollover Date, as the case may be (which, in each case, must be a Business Day), with respect to the Tranche A LIBOR Advance Amount and the Tranche A CDOR Advance Amount, respectively, having a maturity of 30 to 183 days (during the Availability Period) or 1, 3 or 6 months (during the period of 24 months from the Signing Date) or 3 or 6 months (thereafter), as requested by the Borrower and subject to availability, from the date of the Tranche A Advance or the Tranche A Rollover Date, as the case may be. However, if the Borrower has not delivered a notice to the Finnvera Facility Agent in a timely manner in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.1 or 3.3 of this Schedule P, as the case may be, the Borrower shall be deemed to have chosen a Tranche A Designated Period of 6   months (or such shorter period expiring on the next Repayment Date).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Tranche A Advance other than the initial Tranche A Advance shall have a Tranche A Designated Period expiring on the next Tranche A Rollover Date.

 

  3.5 Operation of Accounts

The Finnvera Facility Agent shall maintain in its books at the Finnvera Facility Agency Branch a record of the Term Loan attesting as to the total of the Borrower’s indebtedness to the Tranche A Lenders. These accounts or registers shall constitute, in the absence of manifest error, prima facie proof of the total amount of the indebtedness of the Borrower to the Tranche A Lenders, of the date of any Tranche A Advance made to the Borrower and of the total of all amounts paid by the Borrower from time to time with respect to principal and interest owing on the Term Loan and the fees and other sums payable in connection with the Finnvera Term Facility.

 

2


  3.6 Apportionment of Tranche A Advances

The amount of each Tranche A Advance will be apportioned among the Tranche A Lenders by the Finnvera Facility Agent by reference to the Tranche A Commitment of each Tranche A Lender, as such Tranche A Commitment shall be immediately prior to the making of any Tranche A Advance. If any amount disbursed by the Finnvera Facility Agent to the Borrower is not in fact made available to the Finnvera Facility Agent by a Tranche A Lender, the Finnvera Facility Agent shall be entitled to recover such amount (together with interest thereon at the rate determined by the Finnvera Facility Agent as being its cost of funds in the circumstances) on demand from such Tranche A Lender or, if such Tranche A Lender fails to reimburse the Finnvera Facility Agent for such amount, on demand from the Borrower.

 

  3.7 Limitations on Advances

 

  3.7.1 The undrawn Tranche A Credit available under the Finnvera Term Facility shall cease to be available at the expiry of the Availability Period.

 

  3.7.2 The aggregate principal amount of each Tranche A Advance (other than the initial Tranche A Advance) shall not exceed the CAD Equivalent (determined as of the date of the Tranche A Notice of Borrowing issued in connection with such Tranche A Advance) of (i) 85% of the portion of the Purchase Price for which such Tranche A Advance is made and (ii) costs for local services up to a maximum amount which, when combined with all amounts previously disbursed by the Tranche A Lenders in reimbursement of costs for local services, does not exceed 30% of the portion of the Purchase Price paid to date (collectively, the “ Maximum Amount ”) and, in the case of the initial Tranche A Advance only, the sum of the Maximum Amount and up to 100% of the upfront portion of the ECA Premium A.

 

  3.8 Notices Irrevocable

Any notice given to the Finnvera Facility Agent in accordance with Article 3 of this Schedule P may not be revoked or withdrawn.

 

  3.9 Market for Tranche A LIBOR Advances and Tranche A CDOR Advances

 

  3.9.1

If at any time or from time to time as a result of market conditions, (i) there exists no appropriate or reasonable method to establish the Tranche A LIBOR or the CDOR Rate for a Tranche A LIBOR Advance Amount or a Tranche A CDOR Advance Amount, respectively, or a Tranche A Designated Period, or (ii) the Finnvera

 

3


  Facility Agent receives notification from two or more Tranche A Lenders whose Tranche A Commitments exceed, in the aggregate, 20% of the Tranche A Credit, that the Tranche A LIBOR or the CDOR Rate does not accurately reflect its Cost of Funds, then the relevant Tranche A Lenders shall, prior to the date of a Tranche A Advance or the Tranche A Rollover Date, so advise the Finnvera Facility Agent and shall thereupon not be obliged to honor any Tranche A Notices of Borrowing or any Notices of New Tranche A Designated Period and the Borrower’s option to request Tranche A LIBOR Advances or Tranche A CDOR Advances or any rollovers thereof, as the case may be, shall thereupon be suspended upon notice by the Finnvera Facility Agent to the Borrower, and, until such time as the Finnvera Facility Agent has determined that the circumstances having given rise to such suspension no longer exist, in respect of which determination the Finnvera Facility Agent shall advise the Borrower within a reasonable delay, the rate of interest applicable to such Tranche A Lenders’ portion of any Tranche A Advance shall be calculated and payable on a Cost of Funds Basis plus a margin of (a) 0.875%, in the case of rollovers of Tranche A Advances which were originally Tranche A CDOR Advances or in the case of new Tranche A Advances which would otherwise have been Tranche A CDOR Advances in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.6 of this Schedule P, or (b) 0.875%, in the case of rollovers of Tranche A Advances which were originally Tranche A LIBOR Advances or in the case of new Tranche A Advances which would otherwise have been Tranche A LIBOR Advances in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.6 of this Schedule P. For the purposes of paragraph (ii) of this Section 3.9, a Tranche A Lender shall notify the Finnvera Facility Agent of its Cost of Funds as soon as practicable and in any event before interest is due to be paid in respect of the relevant Tranche A Advance.

 

  3.9.2 If the events described in clause (i) or (ii) of subsection 3.9.1 above occur and the Finnvera Facility Agent or the Borrower so requires, the Finnvera Facility Agent and the Borrower shall enter into negotiations (for a period of not more than thirty (30) days) with a view to agreeing on a substitute basis for determining the rate of interest payable to each Tranche A Lender affected by such above-mentioned events. Any alternative basis agreed upon pursuant to the above shall, with the prior consent of all of the Tranche A Lenders, be binding on all parties, it being agreed that such alternative basis shall apply only to the Tranche A Lenders affected by the relevant events described in such clause (i) or (ii).

 

4


  3.9.3 For greater certainty, if no such agreement on an alternative basis is reached in accordance with the provisions of subsection 3.9.2 above, the provisions of 3.9.1 shall apply.

 

  3.10 Suspension of Tranche A LIBOR Advances and Tranche A CDOR Advances

If Canadian Dollar deposits are not available to the Foreign Tranche A Lenders in the ordinary course of business in amounts sufficient to permit them to make or continue a Tranche A Advance for a Tranche A Designated Period, the Foreign Tranche A Lenders shall, prior to the date of a Tranche A Advance or the Tranche A Rollover Date, so advise the Finnvera Facility Agent and thereupon be relieved from their obligation to make or continue a Tranche A Advance until such time as such funds become available in sufficient amounts, but they shall comply with the provisions of Section 3.11 of this Schedule P.

 

  3.11 Specific Clause with Regard to Foreign Tranche A Lenders

In the event of a suspension of the Borrower’s right to request Tranche A Advances (including conversions and extensions thereof) from one or more Foreign Tranche A Lenders under Section 3.10 of this Schedule P (each a “ Tranche A Affected Lender ”), each Tranche A Affected Lender shall, concurrently with the notice described in Section 3.10 of this Schedule P, seek alternative sources of funding the Tranche A Advances and, if sufficient funds are obtained, shall notify the Borrower as to when such funds will be available for Tranche A Advances. On the date indicated in such latter notice, the Tranche A Affected Lender shall be deemed to have made a Tranche A Advance with interest payable on a Cost of Funds Basis.

If within 5 Business Days following the notice described in Section 3.10 of this Schedule P, there remain one or more Tranche A Affected Lenders who have not been deemed to have made a Tranche A Advance on a Cost of Funds Basis under the preceding paragraph, such Tranche A Affected Lender (a “ Tranche A Incapable Lender ”) shall (i) provide an additional notice to the Finnvera Facility Agent and the Borrower of such fact and (ii) make Tranche A Advances in US Dollars on a Tranche A LIBOR Basis, and the parties will negotiate such amendments to this Schedule P as may be required to give full effect to such intention, it being understood that the Borrower alone will bear all foreign exchange risks.

 

  3.12 Limits on Tranche A LIBOR Advances and Tranche A CDOR Advances

Nothing in this Agreement shall be interpreted as authorizing the Borrower to borrow by way of Tranche A LIBOR Advances or Tranche A CDOR Advances for a Tranche A Designated Period expiring on a date which is after the expiry of the next Repayment Date.

 

  3.13 Exclusion of Finnvera Facility Agent, the Security Agent and Tranche A Lenders Liability in respect of NSN Contract

It is expressly understood and agreed by the Borrower, the Finnvera Facility Agent, the Security Agent and the Tranche A Lenders that there is no contractual relationship, either

 

5


express or implied, between the Finnvera Facility Agent, the Security Agent and the Tranche A Lenders, on the one hand, and the Borrower, NSN or any other Person supplying any work, services or material in connection with the NSN Contract, on the other hand, and that the Finnvera Facility Agent, the Security Agent and the Tranche A Lenders shall not be liable to the Borrower, NSN or any such other Person in connection with the NSN Contract. The Borrower is not and shall not be the agent of the Finnvera Facility Agent, the Security Agent or the Tranche A Lenders for any purpose. There shall be no third party beneficiary of this Schedule P, express or implied, other than Finnvera.

 

4. INTEREST AND FEES

 

  4.1 Interest at the CDOR Rate

The principal amount of the Tranche A CDOR Advances, which at any time and from time to time remains outstanding, shall bear interest, calculated daily, on the daily balance of such Tranche A CDOR Advances, from each Tranche A Rollover Date, at the annual rate (calculated based on a 365-day year) applicable to each of such days which corresponds to the CDOR Rate applicable to each Tranche A CDOR Advance Amount, plus a margin of 0.875%, and shall be effective from each Tranche A Rollover Date up to and including the date prior to the next Tranche A Rollover Date.

 

  4.2 Interest at the LIBOR Rate

The principal amount of the Tranche A LIBOR Advances, which at any time and from time to time remains outstanding, shall bear interest, calculated daily, on the daily balance of such Tranche A LIBOR Advances, from each Tranche A Rollover Date, at the annual rate (calculated based on a 360-day year) applicable to each of such days which corresponds to the Tranche A LIBOR applicable to each Tranche A LIBOR Advance Amount, plus a margin of 0.875%, and shall be effective from each Tranche A Rollover Date up to and including the date prior to the next Tranche A Rollover Date.

 

  4.3 Payment of Interest

The interest payable in accordance with the provisions of Sections 4.1 and 4.2 of this Schedule P and calculated in the manner hereinabove set forth on the amount outstanding from time to time is payable to the Finnvera Facility Agent, for the account of the relevant Tranche A Lenders, in arrears on the last day of the Tranche A Designated Period.

If the relevant Tranche A Designated Period is not equal to 1, 2, 3 or 6 months, then the Tranche A LIBOR or the CDOR Rate, as the case may be, shall be determined by the application of straight line interpolation (rounding upwards, if necessary, to the nearest multiple of 0.01%) by reference to two Tranche A LIBOR or CDOR Rates, as applicable, one of which shall be the rate per annum for the period shorter than the stated term by the least number of days, and the other of which shall be the rate per annum for the period which is longer than the stated term by the least number of days.

 

6


  4.4 Fixing of Tranche A LIBOR and CDOR Rate

The CDOR Rate shall be transmitted to the Borrower at approximately 3:00 P.M. (London, England time) on the same Business Day as, and the Tranche A LIBOR shall be transmitted to the Borrower at approximately 11:00 A.M. (London, England time) two Business Days prior to:

 

  4.4.1 the date on which the Tranche A CDOR Advance and the Tranche A LIBOR Advance, respectively, is to be made; or

 

  4.4.2 the relevant Tranche A Rollover Date.

 

  4.5 Arrears of Interest

Any arrears of interest or principal payable by the Borrower to the Finnvera Facility Agent or the Tranche A Lenders in connection with the Term Loan shall bear interest at the Default Rate.

 

  4.6 Maximum Interest

The amount of the interest or fees payable in applying this Schedule P shall not exceed the maximum rate permitted by Applicable Law. Where the amount of such interest or such fees is greater than such maximum rate, the amount shall be reduced to the highest rate which may be recovered in accordance with the applicable provisions of Applicable Law.

 

  4.7 Commitment Fee

The Borrower shall pay to the Finnvera Facility Agent, for the account of the Tranche A Lenders, a commitment fee (the “ Commitment Fee ”) in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Commitment Fee Letter attached hereto as Exhibit “P-7” to this Schedule P.

 

  4.8 Finnvera Closing Fee

On the later of (i) the Closing Date and (ii) the date on which the conditions set forth in subsection 6.2.1 have been met, the Borrower shall pay to the Finnvera Facility Agent, for the account of Finnvera, and to each Tranche A Lender a closing Fee of Cdn$7,500 each. Notwithstanding any other terms of this Schedule P, the foregoing closing Fee shall be the only Fee payable to the Tranche A Lenders and to Finnvera for the approval of and entry into the amendments made to the Credit Agreement on the Closing Date.

 

  4.9 ECA Premium A

If all or any part of the upfront portion of the ECA Premium A is not paid by the Borrower to the Finnvera Facility Agent, for the account of Finnvera, prior to the requested date of the initial Tranche A Advance after the Closing Date (the “ Outstanding ECA Premium A ”), the Finnvera Facility Agent shall deduct the Outstanding ECA Premium A from the proceeds of the initial Tranche A Advance after the Closing Date and remit same to Finnvera concurrently therewith.

 

7


  4.10 Interest Act

For the purposes of the Interest Act (Canada), any amount of interest or fees calculated herein using 360 or 365 days per year and expressed as an annual rate is equal to the said rate of interest or fees multiplied by the actual number of days comprised within the calendar year, divided by 360 or 365, as the case may be. The parties agree that all interest in this Schedule P will be calculated using the nominal rate method and not the effective rate method, and that the deemed re-investment principle shall not apply to such calculations. In addition, the parties acknowledge that there is a material distinction between the nominal and effective rates of interest and that they are capable of making the calculations necessary to compare such rates.

 

5. PAYMENT, REPAYMENT AND PREPAYMENT

 

  5.1 Repayment of the Term Loan

If the Tranche A Credit is fully drawn prior to the First Repayment Date, the Borrower hereby agrees to repay the principal amount outstanding under the Finnvera Term Facility in seventeen (17) equal and consecutive semi-annual instalments to be made on each Repayment Date. If the Tranche A Credit is not fully drawn prior to the First Repayment Date, the Borrower hereby agrees to repay (i) on the First Repayment Date, 1/17th of the principal amount outstanding under the Finnvera Term Facility on such First Repayment Date, and (ii) on each succeeding Repayment Date up to and including the Maturity Date, a fraction of the principal amount outstanding under the Finnvera Term Facility on such Repayment Date, the numerator of which is 1 and the denominator of which is 17 minus the number of Repayment Dates then past.

 

  5.2 Voluntary Repayment and Prepayment of the Term Loan or Cancellation of the Tranche A Credit

On any Business Day, after having given ten (10) Business Days prior written notice to the Finnvera Facility Agent substantially in the form of Exhibit “P-3” to this Schedule P, the Borrower may repay or prepay, in minimum amounts of Cdn.$1,000,000 (or the remaining amount of principal under the Term Loan) or in whole multiples of Cdn.$1,000,000 (or the remaining amount of principal under the Term Loan), all or part of the principal amount of the Term Loan under the Finnvera Term Facility for the account of the Tranche A Lenders, provided that (i) in respect of the Tranche A LIBOR Advances and the Tranche A CDOR Advances, no repayment may be made on a day other than a Tranche A Rollover Date, save as provided in Section 7.4 of the Credit Agreement and in Section 5.3 of this Schedule P, with all interest accrued and unpaid on the amounts so prepaid; and (ii) if any prepayment of principal is made prior to the Eighth Repayment Date, a fee equal to 1.00% of the principal amount so prepaid shall be due and payable to the Tranche A Lenders; provided further that the cumulative amount of any and all such prepayment fee(s) (including any such fees due and payable in connection with the Tranche B Loan) shall not exceed Cdn.$750,000. All repayments and prepayments under this Section 5.2 shall be applied against the instalments contemplated by Section 5.1 of this Schedule P in the inverse order of maturity of such instalments.

 

8


In addition, the Borrower may, upon the same notice, cancel any portion of the Tranche A Credit that has not been drawn by the Borrower. No Commitment Fee shall be payable in respect of any portion of the Tranche A Credit so cancelled as and from the effective date of its cancellation. The Borrower shall not be permitted to draw Tranche A Advances in respect of any portion of the Tranche A Credit so cancelled.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Term Loan may not be voluntarily repaid or prepaid, in whole or in part, and the Tranche A Credit may not be cancelled in whole or in part unless and until such time as the Tranche B Loan has been fully repaid and/or cancelled.

 

  5.3 Cash Collateralization or Payment of Losses Resulting from a Prepayment

If a prepayment to be made (whether under this Schedule P or otherwise) would require the repayment of a Tranche A LIBOR Advance or a Tranche A CDOR Advance on a day other than the last day of the Tranche A Designated Period, the Borrower (i) shall provide to the Finnvera Facility Agent cash collateral in an amount equal to the principal amount of such Tranche A LIBOR Advance or Tranche A CDOR Advance, respectively, which cash collateral shall be deemed a repayment of such Tranche A Advance and shall be held by the Finnvera Facility Agent in an interest bearing account and used to repay same at maturity or on the next Tranche A Rollover Date; or (ii) may elect to prepay such Tranche A LIBOR Advance or a Tranche A CDOR Advance and pay to the Finnvera Facility Agent for the account of the Tranche A Lenders the amount of the losses, costs and expenses suffered or incurred by the Tranche A Lenders with respect thereto which are referred to in Section 7.4 of the Credit Agreement.

 

  5.4 Currency of Payments

All payments, repayments and prepayments, as the case may be, of principal and interest under the Term Loan, all other amounts owed under this Schedule P and, except as otherwise indicated in the Fee Letter and the Commitment Fee Letter as being payable in US Dollars or Euros, all Tranche A Fees, shall be made in Canadian Dollars alone.

 

  5.5 Payments by the Borrower to the Finnvera Facility Agent

All payments to be made by the Borrower in connection with this Schedule P shall be made in funds having same day value to the Finnvera Facility Agent, at the Finnvera Facility Agency Branch, or at any other office or account designated by the Finnvera Facility Agent. Any such payment shall be made on the date upon which such payment is due, in accordance with the terms hereof, no later than 3:00 P.M. (London, England time).

 

  5.6 Payment on a Business Day

Each time a payment, repayment or prepayment is due (whether under this Schedule P or otherwise) on a day that is not a Business Day, it shall be made on the following Business Day.

 

9


  5.7 Payments by the Tranche A Lenders to the Finnvera Facility Agent

Any amounts payable to the Finnvera Facility Agent by a Tranche A Lender shall be paid in funds having same day value to the Finnvera Facility Agent by such Tranche A Lender on a Business Day at the Finnvera Facility Agency Branch.

 

  5.8 Payments by the Finnvera Facility Agent to the Borrower

Any payment received by the Finnvera Facility Agent for the account of the Borrower shall be paid in funds having same day value to the Borrower on the date of receipt, or if such date is not a Business Day, on the next Business Day.

 

  5.9 Application of Payments

 

  5.9.1 Except as otherwise indicated herein, all payments made to the Finnvera Facility Agent by the Borrower for the account of the Tranche A Lenders shall be distributed the same day by the Finnvera Facility Agent, in accordance with its normal practice, in funds having same day value, among the Tranche A Lenders to the accounts last designated in writing by each Tranche A Lender to the Finnvera Facility Agent, pro rata in accordance with their respective Tranche A Commitments, and notice thereof shall be given to the Borrower by the Finnvera Facility Agent within a reasonable delay.

 

  5.9.2 Except as otherwise indicated herein or as otherwise determined by the Tranche A Lenders, all payments made by the Borrower to the Finnvera Facility Agent on behalf of the Tranche A Lenders shall be applied by the Tranche A Lenders as follows:

 

  (a) to the fees, costs, expenses and accessories of the Finnvera Facility Agent and the Security Agent contemplated by Article 7 and Section 17.5 of the Credit Agreement and subsection 8.1.1 (iii) of this Schedule P or by the Security Documents;

 

  (b) to the fees, costs, expenses and accessories of the Tranche A Lenders contemplated by Article 7 and Section 17.5 of the Credit Agreement or by the Security Documents;

 

  (c) to all amounts due under Article 4 of this Schedule P;

 

  (d) to the repayment of the principal amount of the Term Loan in the inverse order of maturity of the instalments contemplated by Section 5.1 of this Schedule P;

 

  (e) to any other amounts due pursuant to this Schedule P.

 

10


  5.10 No Set-Off or Counterclaim by Borrower

All payments by the Borrower shall be made free and clear of and without any deduction for or on account of any set-off or counterclaim.

 

  5.11 Obligations Absolute

The obligation of the Borrower to make payments and perform its other obligations under this Schedule P are, subject to the terms and conditions of this Schedule P, unconditional and irrevocable and shall not be in any way affected, released or discharged by reason of any matter or circumstance whatsoever affecting or relating to or arising in connection with NSN and/or the NSN Contract.

 

6. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

 

  6.1 Initial Tranche A Advance under the Finnvera Term Facility

The terms and conditions of this Schedule P and all rights and obligations of any of the Borrower, the Finnvera Facility Agent and the Tranche A Lenders under this Schedule P shall not come into force or effect and, for greater certainty, the Tranche A Lenders shall have no obligation to make an initial Tranche A Advance under the Finnvera Term Facility, until such time as each of the conditions set out in this Section 6.1 of this Schedule P have been fulfilled (either prior to or concurrently with the making of any such initial Tranche A Advance) to the entire satisfaction of the Finnvera Facility Agent and the Tranche A Lenders:

 

  6.1.1 certified copies of all of the constating documents, borrowing by-laws and resolutions of and certificates of incumbency of the Borrower and the Guarantors shall have been provided to the Finnvera Facility Agent and the Security Agent;

 

  6.1.2 the Tranche A Lenders and the Tranche B Lenders shall have been provided with satisfactory evidence that the Borrower and the Guarantors are duly constituted, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of their jurisdiction of organization and each other jurisdiction where they are qualified to do business and that each of them has the necessary power and capacity to carry on business in the Province of Québec and to be a party to the Amending Agreement, the Tranche B Loan Agreement and/or the Security Documents (as applicable) and to be bound by them;

 

  6.1.3 the Amending Agreement shall have been duly executed and delivered;

 

  6.1.4 the Tranche B Loan Agreement shall have been duly executed and delivered;

 

  6.1.5 the Commitment Fee Letter shall have been duly executed and delivered;

 

11


  6.1.6 the Finnvera Facility Agent shall have received copies of all closing documentation previously delivered to the Agent by or on behalf of the Borrower in connection with the Credit Agreement and relating to the Borrower or any of the Guarantors or their respective property including, without limitation, the Security Documents and copies of all existing title and search reports prepared by lawyers or notaries with respect to any immovable property charged by the Security Documents, together with all existing updates of same;

 

  6.1.7 the Borrower shall have delivered to the Finnvera Facility Agent a certificate in the form of Exhibit “P-4” signed by an officer stipulating and certifying:

 

  (a) that such officer has taken cognizance of all the terms and conditions of the Amending Agreement and of all contracts, agreements and deeds pertaining to the Amending Agreement;

 

  (b) that no Default or Event of Default has occurred or exists under this Schedule P;

 

  (c) that the corporate structure of Quebecor Media Inc. and the VL Group is as set out in the diagram attached to the certificate;

 

  (d) as to the location of the movable property owned by the VL Group as of the Signing Date;

 

  (e) that each member of the VL Group holds the permits, Licences, licences and authorizations required in order to permit it to possess its property and its real estate and to carry on its business in the manner in which it is being carried on at present; and

 

  (f) that the execution and delivery of and performance by the Borrower of its obligations under the NSN Contract in accordance with its terms and the completion of the transactions contemplated therein do not require any consents or approvals, do not violate any Laws, and do not conflict with, violate or constitute a breach under the documents of incorporation or by-laws of the Borrower;

 

  6.1.8 Finnvera shall have delivered to the Finnvera Facility Agent and the Finnvera Facility B Agent the ECA Guarantee in form and substance satisfactory to the Tranche A Lenders and the Tranche B Lenders;

 

  6.1.9 the Tranche A Lenders and the Tranche B Lenders shall have received a certified copy of the NSN Contract;

 

  6.1.10

the Finnvera Facility Agent shall have received and reviewed, to its entire satisfaction, acting reasonably, copies of all movable and

 

12


  personal property and other searches undertaken against the Borrower and each Guarantor and each of their respective predecessors and dated a date reasonably close to the Signing Date;

 

  6.1.11 the Finnvera Facility Agent shall have received a copy of any certificates of insurance delivered to the Agent relating to policies protecting the members of the VL Group and their movable property, activities, business interruption and third party liability against any form of loss;

 

  6.1.12 the Borrower shall have delivered any other document, declaration, certificate, agreement, instrument or notice reasonably required by and in form and substance acceptable to the Finnvera Facility Agent, the Finnvera Facility B Agent, the Security Agent and the Finnvera Facility B Security Agent;

 

  6.1.13 the Finnvera Facility Agent shall have received a certificate of incumbency of NSN and evidence that the persons listed therein are authorized signatories of NSN;

 

  6.1.14 the Finnvera Facility Agent, the Tranche A Lenders, the Security Agent, the Finnvera Facility B Agent, the Tranche B Lenders, the Finnvera Facility B Security Agent, Finnvera and their respective counsel shall have received the entire amount of all fees, costs, premiums and expenses owed to them as of the Signing Date in connection with the Finnvera Term Facility, the Tranche B Loan, the Amending Agreement, the Tranche B Loan Agreement and the Security Documents (as applicable) including, without limitation, the Finnvera Handling Fee, the ECA Premium A (as applicable) and all Tranche A Fees that are due and payable as at the Signing Date;

 

  6.1.15 the Borrower shall have delivered to the Finnvera Facility Agent the favourable legal opinion of counsel to the Borrower and the Guarantors, addressed to the Finnvera Facility Agent, the Security Agent, the Tranche A Lenders and their respective counsel, in form and substance acceptable to the Finnvera Facility Agent, the Security Agent, and their counsel, acting reasonably, including, with regard to the continued legality, validity, enforceability and opposability of all relevant Guarantees and Security;

 

  6.1.16 the Borrower shall have delivered to the Finnvera Facility B Agent the favourable legal opinion of counsel to the Borrower and the Guarantors, addressed to the Finnvera Facility B Agent, the Finnvera Facility B Security Agent, the Tranche B Lenders and their respective counsel, in form and substance acceptable to the Finnvera Facility B Agent, the Finnvera Facility B Security Agent and their counsel, acting reasonably;

 

13


  6.1.17 the Finnvera Facility Agent shall have received the favourable legal opinion of each of their Canadian and Finnish counsel addressed to the Finnvera Facility Agent, the Security Agent, the Tranche A Lenders and their respective counsel, in form and substance acceptable to the Finnvera Facility Agent, the Security Agent, and their counsel, acting reasonably, including, with respect to the opinion of Finnish counsel only, with regard to the legality, validity and enforceability of the ECA Guarantee; and

 

  6.1.18 the Finnvera Facility B Agent shall have received the favourable legal opinion of each of their Canadian and Finnish counsel addressed to the Finnvera Facility B Agent, the Finnvera Facility B Security Agent, the Tranche B Lenders and their respective counsel, in form and substance acceptable to the Finnvera Facility B Agent, the Finnvera Facility B Security Agent, and their counsel, acting reasonably, including, with respect to the opinion of Finnish counsel only, with regard to the legality, validity and enforceability of the ECA Guarantee.

 

  6.2 Initial Tranche A Advance under the Finnvera Term Facility after the Closing Date

The terms and conditions of this Schedule P, as amended on the Closing Date, and all rights and obligations of any of the Borrower, the Finnvera Facility Agent and the Tranche A Lenders under this Schedule P, as amended on the Closing Date, shall not come into force or effect and, for greater certainty, the Tranche A Lenders shall have no obligation to make an initial Tranche A Advance under the Finnvera Term Facility after the Closing Date until such time as:

 

  6.2.1 the Finnvera Facility Agent has received, to its entire satisfaction, an amendment to the ECA Guarantee; and

 

  6.2.2 the Finnvera Facility B Agent has received, to its entire satisfaction, an irrevocable written notice from the Borrower requesting the cancellation of the Tranche B Credit and termination of the Tranche B Loan Agreement.

 

  6.3 Conditions Precedent to any Tranche A Advance

The obligation of the Tranche A Lenders to make any Tranche A Advance under the Finnvera Term Facility is conditional upon each of the following conditions having been satisfied (provided however, for greater certainty, that, except for the condition set forth in subsection 6.3.1, none of the following conditions shall apply in respect of any continuation of a Tranche A Advance on a Tranche A Rollover Date pursuant to Section 3.3 of this Schedule P):

 

  6.3.1 the representations and warranties contained in the Credit Agreement shall continue to be true and correct (except where stated to be made as at a particular date);

 

14


  6.3.2 the Borrower shall have delivered to the Finnvera Facility Agent a completed Tranche A Notice of Borrowing;

 

  6.3.3 nothing shall have occurred which would constitute a Material Adverse Change; and

 

  6.3.4 no Default shall have occurred and be continuing and no Event of Default shall have occurred.

 

  6.4 Waiver of Conditions Precedent

The conditions set out in Section 6.3 of this Schedule P are solely for the benefit of the Tranche A Lenders and may be waived by the Finnvera Facility Agent with the unanimous consent of all Tranche A Lenders without prejudice to the right of the Finnvera Facility Agent to assert any such condition in connection with any subsequently requested Tranche A Advance.

 

  6.5 Discretionary Requirements to any Tranche A Advance

The obligation of the Tranche A Lenders to make any Tranche A Advance under the Finnvera Term Facility may, in the sole and exclusive discretion of the Tranche A Lenders, be subject to the Finnvera Facility Agent and/or the Tranche A Lenders requesting satisfaction of the following requirements, which requirements shall, in the case of requirements 6.5.1 to 6.5.3 only, be attested to by way of a Tranche A Borrowing Certificate to be delivered concurrently with the delivery of the Tranche A Notice of Borrowing relating to such Tranche A Advance:

 

  6.5.1 that the Borrower has delivered to the Finnvera Facility Agent a completed Tranche A Borrowing Certificate with copies of all Required Documents annexed thereto, which Tranche A Borrowing Certificate and Required Documents shall reflect that (a) the aggregate principal amount of all Tranche A Advances made to date, together with the principal amount of the proposed Tranche A Advance, does not exceed the sum of (i) the CAD Equivalent of (x)  85% of the portion of the Purchase Price paid to date and (y)  costs for local services up to a maximum of 30% of such portion of the Purchase Price paid to date and (ii) up to 100% of the upfront portion of the ECA Premium A; and (b) all invoices which have been issued to the Borrower to date under the NSN Contract and in respect of which the Tranche A Notice of Borrowing referred to in subsection 6.3.2 above has been delivered by the Borrower have been paid in full;

 

  6.5.2

that all of the information, reports and other documents and all data, as well as the amendments thereto, provided to the Finnvera Facility

 

15


  Agent or to Finnvera, by or on behalf of the Borrower in connection with the NSN Contract, have been, at the time same were provided, complete, true and accurate in all material respects;

 

  6.5.3 that the NSN Contract has not been terminated and has been in full force and effect as of the date of any invoice of NSN which is the object of such requested Tranche A Advance;

 

  6.5.4 that the ECA Guarantee has not been terminated and is in full force and effect; and

 

  6.5.5 that the Finnvera Facility Agent has not received any request from Finnvera that the Tranche A Advances be suspended unless any such request has since been withdrawn.

The provisions of this Section 6.5 may not be amended or added to, at any time or from time to time, without the written consent and agreement of the Finnvera Facility Agent and the Tranche A Lenders.

 

7. INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

 

8. ADDITIONAL COVENANTS

In addition to the affirmative covenants and negative covenants set forth in Articles 12 and 13 of the Credit Agreement, respectively, the Borrower, for itself and each member of the VL Group and with respect to itself and each member of the VL Group, agrees as follows:

 

  8.1 Payment of Fees and Other Expenses

Without duplication with Section 12.14 of the Credit Agreement and whether the transactions contemplated by this Schedule P are concluded or not and whether or not any part of the Tranche A Credit is actually advanced, in whole or in part, the Borrower shall pay all fees, premiums and reasonable costs and expenses relating to the Tranche A Credit (in each case, subject to providing the Borrower with supporting documentation in relation thereto), including in particular:

 

  8.1.1 the reasonable legal fees, costs and expenses incurred by Finnvera, the Finnvera Facility Agent, the Security Agent and the Tranche A Lenders for (i) the negotiation, drafting, signing and/or service of the Commitment Fee Letter, the Credit Agreement, the Security Documents, the ECA Guarantee and all documents accessory thereto, (ii) any amendments, renunciations, consents or examinations pertaining to the Commitment Fee Letter, the Credit Agreement, the Security Documents, the ECA Guarantee and such accessory documents, and (iii) any enforcement of or the making of any claim under the ECA Guarantee, provided that the payment pursuant to this subsection 8.1.1 of fees, costs and expenses incurred by Finnvera shall be subject to and limited to what is permitted by the terms of Section 8.2 of this Schedule P; and

 

16


  8.1.2 without duplication with subsection 8.1.1 of this Schedule P, all Tranche A Fees.

All amounts due to the Finnvera Facility Agent, the Security Agent and the Tranche A Lenders pursuant to this Schedule P shall bear interest at the Default Rate from the date of their disbursement or undertaking or, in the case of the Commitment Fee, the Finnvera Handling Fee and the Tranche A Fees, from the date on which they become due and payable, until the Borrower has repaid same in full, with interest on unpaid interest at the Default Rate. The obligations of the Borrower under this Section 8.1 shall subsist notwithstanding the full repayment of the Term Loan under the provisions hereof.

 

  8.2 Waiver Fees

 

  8.2.1 The Borrower shall pay to the Finnvera Facility Agent, for the account of Finnvera, all fees owed to the Tranche A Lenders in connection with any decisions taken, amendments consented to and waivers and consents granted to the Borrower (further to the request of the Borrower for same) by the Tranche A Lenders pursuant to Section 18.14 of the Credit Agreement with respect to any provisions of the Credit Agreement which are either applicable only to the Finnvera Term Facility or are shared between and applicable to both the Revolving Facility and the Finnvera Term Facility (in which latter case, such fees shall only be paid to the Finnvera Facility Agent, for the account of Finnvera, if they are otherwise payable to any other Lenders), the whole only to the extent either (a) such decisions, amendments, consents and waivers are taken, consented to or granted by the Tranche A Lenders in the last six (6) months of the Term of the Revolving Facility and in accordance with the request made by the Borrower, or (b) such decisions, amendments, consents and waivers are taken, consented to or granted by the Tranche A Lenders during the Availability Period strictly in connection with a Default or an Event of Default and in accordance with the request made by the Borrower.

 

  8.2.2 The Borrower shall also pay to the Finnvera Facility Agent, for the account of Finnvera, all fees owed to the Tranche A Lenders in connection with any decisions taken, amendments consented to and waivers and consents granted to the Borrower (further to the request of the Borrower for same) by the Tranche A Lenders pursuant to Section 18.15 of the Credit Agreement but, to the extent there are Lenders other than the Tranche A Lenders, only if such fees are otherwise payable to such other Lenders.

 

17


  8.3 ECA Guarantee

If (i) the ECA Guarantee is illegal or becomes illegal or is terminated or no longer in full force and effect or (ii) Finnvera is released from any liability thereunder, and the events in (i) or (ii) above in any way restrict the rights or remedies of the Finnvera Facility Agent under the ECA Guarantee in respect of any amounts already disbursed to the Borrower by way of Tranche A Advances and any interest accrued thereon, the Borrower shall, within 10   days following the date on which the Finnvera Facility Agent makes a written demand therefor, find a replacement guarantee or other instrument satisfactory to all Tranche A Lenders, unless within such 10 day period all Tranche A Lenders confirm in writing that the Borrower is released from its obligations under this covenant, it being understood and agreed that any such replacement guarantee or instrument and any proceeds derived therefrom shall be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Tranche A Lenders, provided that the Borrower shall not be obligated or liable under this Section 8.3 to the extent the events in (i) or (ii) above are a direct consequence of any act of fraud or bad faith or any gross negligence or wiful misconduct of or on the part of the Finnvera Facility Agent or the Tranche A Lenders.

 

  8.4 Cancellation of Tranche B Credit

The Borrower shall have sent to the Finnvera Facility B Agent by no later than the Closing Date an irrevocable written notice requesting the cancellation of the Tranche B Credit and termination of the Tranche B Loan Agreement.

 

9. EVENTS OF DEFAULT

In addition to the events of default set forth in Article 14 of the Credit Agreement, the occurrence of any of the following events shall constitute an Event of Default unless remedied within the prescribed delays or renounced in writing:

 

  9.1 if the Borrower fails to pay the ECA Premium A or make any payment of interest or principal with respect to the Term Loan when due, or

 

  9.2 if the Borrower fails to respect its obligations and undertakings under Section 8.3, or

 

  9.3 if the Borrower or any Guarantor fails to respect any of its obligations and undertakings under this Schedule P or another undertaking of the Borrower or any Guarantor with respect to the Term Loan not otherwise contemplated by this Section 9.3 or by Section 14.1 of the Credit Agreement and has not remedied the Default within 15 days following the date on which the Finnvera Facility Agent has given written notice to the Borrower.

 

10. ASSIGNMENT

 

  10.1 Assignment by the Borrower

The rights of the Borrower under the provisions of the Credit Agreement are purely personal and may not be transferred or assigned, and the Borrower may not transfer or

 

18


assign any of its obligations, such assignment being null and of no effect opposite the Tranche A Lenders and rendering any balance outstanding of the amounts referred to in Section 14.2 of the Credit Agreement immediately due and payable at the option of the Tranche A Lenders and further releasing the Tranche A Lenders from any obligation to make any further Tranche A Advances under the provisions of this Schedule P.

 

  10.2 Assignments and Transfers by the Tranche A Lenders

 

  10.2.1 Subject to the written approval of Finnvera, each Tranche A Lender may, at its own cost, assign or transfer to a Person entitled to lend money in Canada (the “ Tranche A Assignee ”) in accordance with this Article 10 of this Schedule P up to 100% of its rights, benefits and obligations under the Credit Agreement with the prior written consent of the Borrower, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. After the occurrence of an Event of Default, any Tranche A Lender may transfer all or any part of its rights, benefits and obligations under the Credit Agreement to any Person, without the consent of the Borrower, but upon notice to the Finnvera Facility Agent and the Borrower and subject to the consent of Finnvera.

 

  10.2.2 Notwithstanding subsection 10.2.2 of this Schedule P, each Tranche A Lender shall be entitled to assign or transfer, at its own cost and without the consent of the Borrower, in accordance with the other provisions of this Article 10 of this Schedule P, its rights, benefits and obligations under the Credit Agreement, in whole or in part, (i) to Finnvera; (ii) subject to the written approval of Finnvera, after the Availability Period; or (iii) subject to the written approval of Finnvera, to a parent or subsidiary corporation or an Affiliate of such Tranche A Lender or to an Approved Fund.

 

  10.2.3 Notwithstanding anything in this Article 10, a Tranche A Lender may not assign or transfer any of its rights, benefits and obligations under the Credit Agreement, in whole or in part, unless such Tranche A Lender also assigns and transfers, in its capacity as Tranche B Lender and concurrently therewith, the same portion of its rights, benefits and obligations with respect to the Tranche B Loan to the same assignee.

 

  10.3 Transfer Agreement

If a Tranche A Lender wishes to assign or transfer all or any of its rights, benefits and obligations under the Credit Agreement in accordance with Section 10.2 of this Schedule P, then such assignment or transfer shall be effected by the execution and delivery of a duly completed and executed Finnvera Transfer Agreement by such Tranche A Lender to the Finnvera Facility Agent together with a transfer fee of Cdn.$3,500 (except where the Tranche A Assignee is Finnvera in which case no such transfer fee shall be payable), at least 5 Business Days prior to the effective date of such transfer, whereupon, to the extent that in such Finnvera Transfer Agreement such Tranche A Lender seeks to assign or transfer its rights and obligations under the Credit Agreement:

 

  10.3.1 such Tranche A Lender shall be released from further obligations to the Borrower with respect to the portion of the obligations of such Tranche A Lender assumed by the Tranche A Assignee under the Credit Agreement;

 

19


  10.3.2 the Tranche A Assignee shall assume the obligations of such Tranche A Lender under the Credit Agreement and acquire the rights of such Tranche A Lender in respect of the Borrower, without novation of the Borrower’s obligations;

 

  10.3.3 the Finnvera Facility Agent, such Tranche A Lender and the Tranche A Assignee shall acquire the same rights and assume the same obligations between themselves as they would have acquired and assumed had the Tranche A Assignee been an original party to the Credit Agreement with the obligations under the Credit Agreement assumed and the rights acquired by it as a result of such assignment or transfer; and

 

  10.3.4 the Borrower, the Finnvera Facility Agent and such Tranche A Lender shall all execute such documents and perform such acts as may be required to give effect to the transfer or assignment.

 

  10.4 Notice

The Finnvera Facility Agent shall promptly deliver an executed copy of any Finnvera Transfer Agreement to each party thereto.

 

  10.5 Sub-Participations

A Tranche A Lender may, at its own cost, grant one or more sub-participations in its rights, benefits and obligations under the Credit Agreement, provided that, notwithstanding any such sub-participation, such Tranche A Lender shall remain, insofar as the Borrower and the Finnvera Facility Agent are concerned, as the Tranche A Lender responsible under the Credit Agreement, and the Borrower shall not be obliged to recognize any such sub-participant as having the rights against it which it would have if it had been a party to the Credit Agreement.

 

  10.6 General

Notwithstanding anything contained in this Article:

 

  10.6.1 The Finnvera Facility Agent shall act as agent for each Tranche A Assignee and, in this connection, with respect to all decisions, notices and other matters relating to anything referred to in this Schedule P or in the Credit Agreement relating to the Finnvera Term Facility, the Borrower shall only be obliged to give notice to or request consents from the Finnvera Facility Agent; and

 

20


  10.6.2 the amounts payable by the Borrower under this Schedule P shall not increase, whether in respect of withholding on account of taxes or otherwise, as a result of any such assignment or transfer to a Tranche A Assignee which is a non-resident of Canada as defined in the Income Tax Act (Canada).

 

11. THE FINNVERA FACILITY AGENT AND THE TRANCHE A LENDERS

 

  11.1 Authorization of Finnvera Facility Agent

 

  11.1.1

Each Tranche A Lender hereby irrevocably appoints and authorizes the Finnvera Facility Agent to act for all purposes as its agent under and in connection with the Finnvera Term Facility (including, without limitation, its role as guarantee holder of the ECA Guarantee for and on behalf of the Tranche A Lenders pursuant to the ECA Guarantee) with such powers as are expressly delegated to the Finnvera Facility Agent by the terms of the Credit Agreement and/or the ECA Guarantee, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto and undertakes not to take any action on its own. Notwithstanding the provisions of the Civil Code of Quebec relating to contracts generally and to mandate, the Finnvera Facility Agent shall have no duties or responsibilities except those expressly set forth in this Schedule P. As to any matters not expressly provided for by this Schedule P, the Finnvera Facility Agent shall act under or in connection with this Schedule P in accordance with the instructions of the Tranche A Lenders in accordance with the provisions of this Article 11, but, in the absence of any such instructions, the Finnvera Facility Agent may (but shall not be obliged to) act as it shall deem fit in the best interests of the Tranche A Lenders, and any such instructions and any action taken by the Finnvera Facility Agent in accordance with this Article 11 shall be binding upon each Tranche A Lender. The Finnvera Facility Agent shall not, by reason of the Credit Agreement and/or the ECA Guarantee, be deemed to be a trustee for the benefit of any Tranche A Lender, the Borrower or any other Person and the Finnvera Facility Agent’s duties under this Schedule P and/or the ECA Guarantee are solely mechanical and administrative in nature. Neither the Finnvera Facility Agent nor any of its directors, officers, employees or agents shall be responsible to the Tranche A Lenders for any recitals, statements, representations or warranties contained in the Credit Agreement or in any certificate or other document referred to, or provided for in (including, without limitation, the ECA Guarantee), or received by any of them under, the Credit Agreement and/or the ECA Guarantee, for the value, validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of the Credit Agreement, or any other document referred to or provided for in the

 

21


  Credit Agreement (including, without limitation, the ECA Guarantee) or any collateral provided for by the Credit Agreement or for any failure by the Borrower to perform its obligations under the Credit Agreement. The Finnvera Facility Agent may employ agents and attorneys-in-fact to assist the Finnvera Facility Agent and shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any such agents or attorneys-in-fact selected by it with reasonable care. Neither the Finnvera Facility Agent nor any of its directors, officers, employees or agents shall be responsible for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it or them under or in connection with the Credit Agreement (including, without limitation, the ECA Guarantee), except for its or their own gross negligence or wilful misconduct.

 

  11.2 Finnvera Facility Agent’s Responsibility

 

  11.2.1 The Finnvera Facility Agent shall be entitled to rely upon any certificate, notice or other document (including any cable, telegram, telex or facsimile) believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed or sent by or on behalf of the proper person or persons, and upon advice and statements of legal advisers, independent accountants and other experts selected by the Finnvera Facility Agent. The Finnvera Facility Agent may deem and treat each Tranche A Lender as the holder of the Tranche A Commitment in the Term Loan made by such Tranche A Lender for all purposes hereof unless and until a Tranche A Assignment has been completed in accordance with Section 10.2 of this Schedule P.

 

  11.2.2 The Finnvera Facility Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge of the occurrence of a Default or Event of Default unless the Finnvera Facility Agent has received notice from the Agent, a Tranche A Lender or the Borrower describing such a Default or Event of Default and stating that such notice is a “Notice of Default”. In the event that the Finnvera Facility Agent receives such a notice of the occurrence of a Default or Event of Default or otherwise becomes aware that a Default or Event of Default has occurred, the Finnvera Facility Agent shall promptly give notice thereof to the Tranche A Lenders.

 

  11.2.3 The Finnvera Facility Agent shall have no responsibility, (a) to the Borrower on account of the failure of any Tranche A Lender to perform its obligations under the Credit Agreement, or (b) to any Tranche A Lender on account of the failure of (i) the Borrower to perform its obligations under the Credit Agreement or (ii) Finnvera to perform its obligations under the ECA Guarantee.

 

  11.2.4

Each Tranche A Lender severally represents and warrants to the Finnvera Facility Agent that it has made its own independent investigation of the financial condition and affairs of the Borrower in connection with the making and continuation of its Tranche A

 

22


  Commitment in the Term Loan under this Schedule P and has not relied on any information provided to such Tranche A Lender by the Finnvera Facility Agent in connection with the Credit Agreement (including, without limitation, the ECA Guarantee), and each Tranche A Lender represents and warrants to the Finnvera Facility Agent that it shall continue to make its own independent appraisal of the creditworthiness of the Borrower while the Term Loan is outstanding or the Tranche A Lenders have any obligations under the Credit Agreement.

 

  11.3 Rights of Finnvera Facility Agent as Tranche A Lender

With respect to its Tranche A Commitment in the Term Loan, the Finnvera Facility Agent in its capacity as a Tranche A Lender shall have the same rights and powers under the Credit Agreement as any other Tranche A Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not acting as the Finnvera Facility Agent and the term “Tranche A Lender” shall, unless the context otherwise indicates, include the Finnvera Facility Agent in its capacity as a Tranche A Lender. The Finnvera Facility Agent may (without having to account therefor to any Tranche A Lender) accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of banking or other business with the Borrower as if it were not acting as the Finnvera Facility Agent and may accept fees and other consideration from the Borrower for customary services in connection with the Credit Agreement and the Term Loan and otherwise without having to account for the same to the Tranche A Lenders.

 

  11.4 Indemnity

Each Tranche A Lender agrees to indemnify the Finnvera Facility Agent, to the extent not otherwise reimbursed by the Borrower, rateably in accordance with its respective Tranche A Commitment, for any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgements, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind and nature whatsoever which may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against, the Finnvera Facility Agent in any way relating to or arising out of the Credit Agreement, the Security Documents or any other documents contemplated by or referred to in the Credit Agreement, the Security Documents or such other documents or the transactions contemplated by the Credit Agreement (including, without limitation, the ECA Guarantee), the Security Documents or such other documents (excluding, unless a Default or Event of Default is apprehended or has occurred and is continuing, normal administrative costs and expenses incidental to the performance of its agency duties under the Credit Agreement) or the enforcement of any of the terms of the Credit Agreement, the Security Documents or such other documents (including, without limitation, the ECA Guarantee), provided that no Tranche A Lender shall be liable for any of the foregoing to the extent they arise from the Finnvera Facility Agent’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct.

 

23


  11.5 Notice by Finnvera Facility Agent to Tranche A Lenders

As soon as practicable after its receipt thereof, the Finnvera Facility Agent will forward to each Tranche A Lender a copy of each report, notice or other document required by the Credit Agreement to be delivered to the Finnvera Facility Agent for such Tranche A Lender.

 

  11.6 Protection of Finnvera Facility Agent

 

  11.6.1 The Finnvera Facility Agent shall not be required to keep itself informed as to the performance or observance by the Borrower of the Credit Agreement or any other document referred to or provided for in the Credit Agreement or such other document or to inspect the properties or books of the Borrower. Except (in the case of the Finnvera Facility Agent) for notices, reports and other documents and information expressly required to be furnished to the Tranche A Lenders by the Finnvera Facility Agent under the Credit Agreement, the Finnvera Facility Agent shall have no duty or responsibility to provide any Tranche A Lender with any credit or other information concerning the affairs or financial condition of the Borrower which may come to the attention of the Finnvera Facility Agent, except where provided to the Finnvera Facility Agent for the Tranche A Lenders, provided that such information does not confer any advantage to the Finnvera Facility Agent as a Tranche A Lender over the other Tranche A Lenders. Nothing in the Credit Agreement shall oblige the Finnvera Facility Agent to disclose any information relating to the Borrower if such disclosure would or might, in the opinion of the Finnvera Facility Agent, constitute a breach of any Applicable Laws or duty of secrecy or confidence.

 

  11.6.2

Unless the Finnvera Facility Agent shall have been notified in writing or by telegraph, telex or facsimile by any Tranche A Lender, prior to the date of a Tranche A Advance requested under this Schedule P or the Tranche A Rollover Date, that such Tranche A Lender does not intend to make available to the Finnvera Facility Agent such Tranche A Lender’s proportionate share of such Tranche A Advance, based on its Tranche A Commitment, the Finnvera Facility Agent may assume that such Tranche A Lender has made such Tranche A Lender’s Tranche A Commitment in such Tranche A Advance available to the Finnvera Facility Agent on the date of such Tranche A Advance and the Finnvera Facility Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower a corresponding amount. If such corresponding amount is not in fact made available to the Finnvera Facility Agent by such Tranche A Lender (and such amount was disbursed by the Finnvera Facility Agent to the Borrower), the Finnvera Facility Agent shall be entitled to recover such amount (together with interest thereon at the rate determined by the Finnvera Facility Agent as being its cost of funds

 

24


  in the circumstances) on demand from such Tranche A Lender or, if such Tranche A Lender fails to reimburse the Finnvera Facility Agent for such amount on demand, from the Borrower.

 

  11.6.3 Unless the Finnvera Facility Agent shall have been notified in writing or by telegraph, telex or facsimile by the Borrower, prior to the date on which any payment is due, to the Finnvera Facility Agent or the Tranche A Lenders under the Credit Agreement that the Borrower does not intend to make such payment, the Finnvera Facility Agent may assume that the Borrower has made such payment when due and the Finnvera Facility Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to each Tranche A Lender on such payment date an amount equal to such Tranche A Lender’s pro rata share of such assumed payment. If it is established that the Borrower has not in fact made such payment to the Finnvera Facility Agent, each Tranche A Lender shall forthwith on demand repay to the Finnvera Facility Agent the amount made available to such Tranche A Lender (together with interest at the rate determined by the Finnvera Facility Agent as being its cost of funds in the circumstances).

 

  11.7 Notice by Tranche A Lenders to Finnvera Facility Agent

Each Tranche A Lender shall endeavour to use its best efforts to notify the Finnvera Facility Agent of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default forthwith upon becoming aware of such event, but no Tranche A Lender shall be liable if it fails to give such notice to the Finnvera Facility Agent.

 

  11.8 Sharing Among the Tranche A Lenders

Without duplication with Section 18.8 of the Credit Agreement:

 

  11.8.1

Each Tranche A Lender agrees that as amongst themselves, except as otherwise provided for by the provisions of the Credit Agreement, all amounts received by the Finnvera Facility Agent, in its capacity as agent of the Tranche A Lenders, pursuant to the Credit Agreement or any other document contemplated by the Credit Agreement (including, without limitation, in its role as guarantee holder for and on behalf of the Tranche A Lenders pursuant to the ECA Guarantee) (whether received by voluntary payment, by the exercise of the right of set-off or compensation or by counterclaim, cross-claim, separate action or as proceeds of realization of any security, other than agency fees), and all amounts received by any Tranche A Lender in relation to the Credit Agreement (including, without limitation, the ECA Guarantee) shall be shared by each Tranche A Lender pro rata , in accordance with their respective Tranche A Commitment and each Tranche A Lender undertakes to do all such things as may be reasonably required to give full effect to this Section 11.8. If any amount which is so shared is later recovered from the Tranche A

 

25


  Lender who originally received it, each other Tranche A Lender shall restore its proportionate share of such amount to such Tranche A Lender, without interest. The Finnvera Facility Agent shall not be bound to account to any Tranche A Lender for any sum or the profit element of any sum received by it for its own account.

 

  11.8.2 As a necessary consequence of the foregoing, each Tranche A Lender shall share, in a percentage equal to its Tranche A Commitment, any losses incurred as a result of any Default or Event of Default by the Borrower, and shall pay to the Finnvera Facility Agent, within two (2) Business Days following a request by the Finnvera Facility Agent, any amount required to ensure that such Tranche A Lender bears its pro rata share of such losses, if any. Such obligation to share losses shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including, without limitation, (1) any set-off, compensation, counterclaim, recoupment, defence or other right which such Tranche A Lender may have against the Finnvera Facility Agent, the Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever; (2) the occurrence or continuance of any Default or Event of Default; (3) any adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower or any other Person; (4) any breach of the Credit Agreement by the Borrower or any other Person; or (5) any other circumstance, happening or event whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing. If any Tranche A Lender does not make available the amount required under this Section 11.8, the Finnvera Facility Agent shall be entitled to recover such amount on demand from such Tranche A Lender, together with interest thereon at the rate determined by the Finnvera Facility Agent as being its cost of funds in the circumstances from the date of non-payment until such amount is paid in full.

 

  11.9 Procedure with respect to Tranche A Advances

Subject to the provisions of this Schedule P, upon receipt of a Tranche A Notice of Borrowing or a Notice of New Tranche A Designated Period from the Borrower and no later than three (3) Business Days prior to the date of the proposed Tranche A Advance or the Tranche A Rollover Date, the Finnvera Facility Agent shall, without delay, advise each Tranche A Lender of the receipt of such notice, of the date of such Tranche A Advance or the Tranche A Rollover Date, of its proportionate share of the amount of each Tranche A Advance or continuation thereof and of the relevant details of the Finnvera Facility Agent’s account(s). Each Tranche A Lender shall disburse its proportionate share of each Tranche A Advance, taking into account its Tranche A Commitment, and shall make it available to the Finnvera Facility Agent on the date of the Tranche A Advance fixed by the Borrower, by depositing its proportionate share of the Tranche A Advance in the Finnvera Facility Agent’s account in Canadian Dollars or US Dollars, as the case may be. Once the Borrower has fulfilled the conditions stipulated in this Schedule P, the Finnvera Facility Agent will make such amounts available to the Borrower on the date of

 

26


the Tranche A Advance, at the Finnvera Facility Agency Branch, and, in the absence of other arrangements made in writing between the Finnvera Facility Agent and the Borrower, by transferring or causing to be transferred an equivalent amount in accordance with the instructions of the Borrower which appear in the Tranche A Notice of Borrowing with respect to each Tranche A Advance; however, the obligation of the Finnvera Facility Agent with respect to this Section 11.9 is limited to taking the steps judged commercially reasonable in order to follow such instructions, and once undertaken, such steps shall constitute conclusive evidence that the amounts have been disbursed in accordance with the applicable provisions. The Finnvera Facility Agent shall not be liable for damages, claims or costs imputed to the Borrower and resulting from the fact that the amount of a Tranche A Advance did not arrive at its agreed-upon destination.

 

  11.10 Accounts kept by each Tranche A Lender

Each Tranche A Lender shall keep in its books, in respect of its Tranche A Commitment, accounts for the Tranche A CDOR Advances and the Tranche A LIBOR Advances (as the case may be) and other amounts payable by the Borrower to such Tranche A Lender under the Credit Agreement. Each Tranche A Lender shall make appropriate entries showing, as debits, the amount of the Debt of the Borrower to it in respect of the Tranche A CDOR Advances and the Tranche A LIBOR Advances (as the case may be), the amount of all accrued interest and any other amount due to such Tranche A Lender pursuant to the Credit Agreement and, as credits, each payment or repayment of principal and interest made in respect of such indebtedness as well as any other amount paid to such Tranche A Lender pursuant to the Credit Agreement. These accounts shall constitute (in the absence of manifest error or of contradictory entries in the accounts of the Finnvera Facility Agent referred to in Section 3.5 of this Schedule P) prima facie evidence of their content against the Borrower.

The accounts which are maintained by the Finnvera Facility Agent shall constitute, except in the case of manifest error, prima facie proof of the amounts advanced by the Tranche A Lenders, the interest and other amounts due to them and the payments of principal, interest or others made to the Tranche A Lenders.

 

  11.11 Binding Determinations

The Finnvera Facility Agent shall proceed in good faith to make any determination which is required in order to apply the Credit Agreement and, once made, such determination shall be final and binding upon all parties, except in the case of manifest error.

 

  11.12 Amendment of Article 11

The provisions of this Article 11 relating to the rights and obligations of the Tranche A Lenders and the Finnvera Facility Agent inter se may not be amended or added to, at any time or from time to time, without the consent and agreement of the Finnvera Facility Agent and the Tranche A Lenders by way of an instrument in writing, which instrument in writing shall validly and effectively amend or add to any or all of the provisions of this Article affecting the Tranche A Lenders without requiring the execution of such instrument in writing by the Borrower.

 

27


  11.13 Provisions for the Benefit of Tranche A Lenders Only

The provisions of this Article 11 relating to the rights and obligations of the Tranche A Lenders and Finnvera Facility Agent inter se shall be operative as between the Tranche A Lenders and Finnvera Facility Agent only, and the Borrower shall not have any rights or obligations under or be entitled to rely for any purposes upon such provisions. However, the provisions of subsection 11.2.3 of this Schedule P shall be applicable as between the Borrower, the Guarantors (if applicable) and the Finnvera Facility Agent.

 

  11.14 Resignation of Finnvera Facility Agent

 

  11.14.1 Notwithstanding the irrevocable appointment of the Finnvera Facility Agent, the Majority Tranche A Lenders and the Majority Tranche B Lenders (as defined in the Tranche B Loan Agreement) may collectively (with the consent of the Borrower), upon giving the Finnvera Facility Agent thirty (30) days prior written notice to such effect, terminate the Finnvera Facility Agent’s appointment under this Schedule P provided that a successor Finnvera Facility Agent has been appointed at or prior to the expiry of such notice.

 

  11.14.2 The Finnvera Facility Agent may resign its appointment under this Schedule P at any time without giving any reason therefor by giving written notice to such effect to each of the Borrower and the Tranche A Lenders. Such resignation shall not be effective until a successor Finnvera Facility Agent has been appointed.

 

  11.14.3 In the event of any such notice of termination or resignation, the Majority Tranche A Lenders and the Majority Tranche B Lenders (as defined in the Tranche B Loan Agreement) shall collectively appoint a successor Finnvera Facility Agent that is willing to accept such role and is acceptable to the Borrower within thirty (30) days therefrom, deliver copies of all accounts to such successor and the retiring Finnvera Facility Agent shall be discharged from any further obligations under the Credit Agreement but shall remain entitled to the benefit of the provisions of this Article 11 and the Finnvera Facility Agent’s successor and each of the Borrower and the Tranche A Lenders shall have the same rights and obligations among themselves as they would have had if such successor had originally acted as agent under the Finnvera Term Facility. If the Majority Tranche A Lenders and the Majority Tranche B Lenders have not collectively appointed a successor Finnvera Facility Agent within thirty (30) days of the delivery of any notice of termination or resignation as set forth above, the Finnvera Facility Agent (with the consent of the Borrower, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) may appoint a successor Finnvera Facility Agent.

 

28


12. NOTICES

Except where otherwise specified in this Schedule P, all notices, requests, demands or other communications between the Finnvera Facility Agent, the Tranche A Lenders and the Borrower shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given or made to the party to whom such notice, request, demand or other communication is given or permitted to be given or made, when delivered to the party (by certified mail, postage prepaid, or electronic mail or by facsimile or by physical delivery) to the address of such party and to the attention indicated under the signature of such party to the Amending Agreement or to any other address which said parties may subsequently communicate to each other in writing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any notice shall be deemed to have been received by the party to whom it is addressed (a) upon receipt if sent by mail and (b) if e-mailed or telecopied before 3:00 P.M. (time of recipient) on a Business Day, on that day and if telecopied after 3:00 P.M. (time of recipient) on a Business Day, on the Business Day next following the date of transmission. If normal postal or electronic mail or telecopier service is interrupted by strike, work slow-down, fortuitous event or other cause, the party sending the notice shall use such services which have not been interrupted or shall deliver such notice by messenger in order to ensure its prompt receipt by the other party.

 

13. REVERSAL OF DECISIONS, AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS

Upon the expiry of the Term (as such Term may be further extended from time to time) of and the cancellation of the Revolving Facility, the Tranche A Lenders shall have the option but not the obligation to, in their sole discretion and with the prior written consent of the Majority Tranche A Lenders, reverse any decisions taken, amendments made and waivers and consents granted to the Borrower (further to the request of the Borrower for same) by the Majority Lenders at any time during the last six (6) months of the Term of the Revolving Facility with respect to any provisions of the Credit Agreement which are shared between and applicable to both the Revolving Facility and the Finnvera Term Facility, the whole to the extent that the Majority Tranche A Lenders did not vote in favour of such decision, amendment, waiver or consent.

 

14. DECISIONS, AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS

The Borrower agrees and acknowledges that in connection with any request made by it for any material amendment, consent or waiver under the Loan Documents, the Finnvera Facility Agent shall seek the consent of Finnvera and comply with the written instructions and notices of Finnvera in respect of any such request.

 

15. CONFIDENTIALITY

Each of the Finnvera Facility Agent and the Tranche A Lenders agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (a) on a need to know basis, to its Affiliates and its Affiliates’ respective partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, advisors and representatives (to the extent necessary to administer or enforce the Credit Agreement) (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of

 

29


such Information and will be bound and instructed to keep such Information confidential); (b) to the extent requested by any regulatory authority having jurisdiction over it (including any self-regulatory authority); (c) to the extent required by Applicable Law or other legal process; (d) to any other party to the Credit Agreement; (e) to the extent reasonable, in connection with the exercise of any remedies under the Credit Agreement or any action or proceeding relating to the Credit Agreement or the enforcement of rights under the Credit Agreement; (f) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Article, to (x)  any Tranche A Assignee or participant in, or any prospective Tranche A Assignee of or participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Schedule P and (y)  any actual or prospective counterparty (or its advisors) to any swap, hedge, derivative, credit-linked note or similar transaction relating to the Borrower and its obligations; (g) to any Person with the consent of the Borrower; (h) to any Person to the extent such Information (x)  is or becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Article or (y)  becomes available to the Finnvera Facility Agent or any Tranche A Lender on a non-confidential basis from a source other than the Borrower and provided such source has not, to the knowledge of the Finnvera Facility Agent or such Tranche A Lender, breached a duty of confidentiality owed to the Borrower, the Finnvera Facility Agent or the Tranche A Lenders; (i) to Finnvera; or (j) to NSN, to the extent necessary in the reasonable opinion of the Finnvera Facility Agent and only in respect of the mechanics of the disbursement of Tranche A Advances. For purposes of this Article, “Information” means all information relating to the Borrower or any of its Affiliates or any of their respective businesses including all information relating to the transactions contemplated by this Schedule P, other than any such information that is available to the Finnvera Facility Agent or any Tranche A Lender on a non-confidential basis prior to such receipt. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Article shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information. In addition, the Finnvera Facility Agent may disclose to any agency or organization that assigns standard identification numbers to loan facilities such basic information describing the facilities provided hereunder as is necessary to assign unique identifiers (and, if requested, supply a copy of this Schedule P), it being understood that the Person to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to make available to the public only such Information as such person normally makes available in the course of its business of assigning identification numbers. In addition, and notwithstanding anything in this Schedule P to the contrary, the Finnvera Facility Agent and the Tranche A Lenders may disclose the existence of the credit facilities established under this Schedule P and non-sensitive information relating to same to Finnvera (who may publish same on their website), market data collectors, recognized trade publishers and similar service providers for general circulation in the loan market and/or for general advertising purposes.

 

30


EXHIBIT “P-1” – LIST OF TRANCHE A LENDERS AND TRANCHE A COMMITMENTS

 

Tranche A Lender

   Tranche A
Commitment
(Cdn.$)
     Tranche A
Commitment (%)
 

The Toronto-Dominion Bank

   $ 28,125,000         37.5

HSBC Bank plc

   $ 28,125,000         37.5

Credit Suisse AG

   $ 9,375,000         12.5

Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation of Canada

   $ 9,375,000         12.5

Total

   $ 75,000,000         100


EXHIBIT “P-2A” – TRANCHE A NOTICE OF BORROWING

 

TO:    HSBC BANK PLC , as Finnvera Facility Agent  
FROM:    VIDÉOTRON LTÉE   DATE:

1) This Tranche A Notice of Borrowing is delivered to you pursuant to Section 3.1 of Schedule P to the Credit Agreement originally dated as of November 28, 2000, as amended and restated as of July 20, 2011, and as same may be further amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time (the “ Credit Agreement ”). Unless otherwise indicated herein, all defined terms set forth in this Tranche A Notice of Borrowing shall have the respective meanings set forth in Exhibit P-6 to Schedule P to the Credit Agreement.

2) We hereby request a Cdn.$            (representing the CAD Equivalent of US$            ) Tranche A Advance under the Finnvera Facility A of the Credit Agreement as follows:

 

  (a) Date of Tranche A Advance:                                         

 

  (b) Amount of Tranche A Advance:                                     

 

  (c) Tranche A Designated Period:                                         

 

  (d) Payment instruction (if any):                                         

3) We have understood the provisions of Schedule P to the Credit Agreement which are relevant to the furnishing of this Tranche A Notice of Borrowing. To the extent that this Tranche A Notice of Borrowing evidences, attests or confirms compliance with any covenants or conditions precedent provided for in the Credit Agreement (including, without limitation, those set forth in Schedule P to the Credit Agreement), we have made such examination or investigation as was, in our opinion, necessary to enable us to express an informed opinion as to whether such covenants or conditions have been complied with.

4) WE HEREBY CERTIFY THAT, as of the date hereof:

(a) All of the representations and warranties of the Borrower contained in Article 11 of the Credit Agreement (except where qualified in such Article 11 as being made as at a particular date), are true and correct on and as of the date hereof as though made on and as of the date hereof.

(b) All of the covenants of the Borrower contained in Articles 12 and 13 of the Credit Agreement, as supplemented by Article 8 of Schedule P to the Credit Agreement, together with all of the conditions precedent to a Tranche A Advance and all other terms and conditions contained in the Credit Agreement have been fully complied with.

(c) No Event of Default (as defined in the Credit Agreement) has occurred and no Default (as defined in the Credit Agreement) has occurred and is continuing.


Yours truly,
VIDÉOTRON LTÉE
Per:  

 

 

- 2 -


EXHIBIT “P-2B” – NOTICE OF NEW TRANCHE A DESIGNATED PERIOD AND CERTIFICATE

 

TO:    HSBC BANK PLC , as Finnvera Facility Agent  
FROM:    VIDÉOTRON LTÉE   DATE:

1) This Notice of New Tranche A Designated Period and Certificate is delivered to you pursuant to Section 3.3 of Schedule P to the Credit Agreement originally dated as of November 28, 2000, as amended and restated as of July 20, 2011, and as same may be further amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time (the “ Credit Agreement ”). Unless otherwise indicated herein, all defined terms set forth in this Notice of New Tranche A Designated Period and Certificate shall have the respective meanings set forth in Exhibit P-6 to Schedule P to the Credit Agreement.

2) We hereby request that you continue the Tranche A Advances made under the Finnvera Facility A of the Credit Agreement as follows:

 

(a)    Tranche A Rollover Date:

 

 

(b)    Amount of Tranche A Advances to be rolled over (minimum Cdn.$1,000,000 or such smaller amount corresponding to the Tranche A LIBOR Advance Amount or the Tranche A CDOR Advance Amount, as applicable, of the Tranche A Advances to be continued hereunder) :

 

 

(c)    New Tranche A Designated Period:

 

 

(d)    Payment instruction (if any)

 

 

3) We have understood the provisions of Schedule P to the Credit Agreement which are relevant to the furnishing of this Notice of New Tranche A Designated Period and Certificate. To the extent that this Notice of New Tranche A Designated Period and Certificate evidences, attests or confirms compliance with any covenants provided for in the Credit Agreement (including, without limitation, those set forth in Schedule P to the Credit Agreement), we have made such examination or investigation as was, in our opinion, necessary to enable us to express an informed opinion as to whether such covenants have been complied with. For greater certainty, none of the conditions precedent provided for in the Credit Agreement (other than that set forth in subsection 6.2.1 of Schedule P to the Credit Agreement) shall apply in respect of this Notice of New Tranche A Designated Period and Certificate and the continuation of the Tranche A Advances requested hereunder.


4) WE HEREBY CERTIFY THAT, as of the date hereof:

(a) All of the representations and warranties of the Borrower contained in Article 11 of the Credit Agreement (except where qualified in such Article 11 as being made as at a particular date), are true and correct on and as of the date hereof as though made on and as of the date hereof.

(b) All of the covenants of the Borrower contained in Articles 12 and 13 of the Credit Agreement, as supplemented by Article 8 of Schedule P to the Credit Agreement and all other terms and conditions contained in the Credit Agreement have been fully complied with.

(c) No Event of Default (as defined in the Credit Agreement) has occurred and no Default (as defined in the Credit Agreement) has occurred and is continuing.

 

Yours truly,
VIDÉOTRON LTÉE
Per:  

 

 

- 2 -


EXHIBIT “P-3” – NOTICE OF REPAYMENT

 

TO:    HSBC BANK PLC , as Finnvera Facility Agent  
FROM:    VIDÉOTRON LTÉE   DATE:

 

1) This notice of repayment is delivered to you pursuant to Section 5.2 of Schedule P to the Credit Agreement originally dated as of November 28, 2000, as amended and restated as of July 20, 2011, and as same may be further amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time (the “Credit Agreement”). All defined terms set forth in this notice shall have the respective meanings set forth in Schedule P to the Credit Agreement.

 

2) We hereby advise you that we will be repaying the sum of Cdn.$             on                     as follows [ indicate amount payable in respect of the Finnvera Facility A as well as the type of Tranche A Advance to be repaid ].

 

3) As to an amount of Cdn. $            , the above-mentioned payment should be treated as a [ voluntary repayment/prepayment ] under Section 5.2 of Schedule P to the Credit Agreement, which we understand will have the effect of reducing the amount of the Finnvera Facility A by an equal amount (or by an equivalent amount, if in US$).

 

Yours truly,
VIDÉOTRON LTÉE
Per:  

 

  Name:
  Title:


EXHIBIT “P-4” – OFFICER’S CERTIFICATE

I, the undersigned,                     , the                     , of Vidéotron Ltée (the “ Borrower ”), do hereby certify as follows:

 

  (a) I have taken cognizance of all the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement originally dated as of November 28, 2000, as amended and restated as of July 20, 2011, as well as of all contracts, agreements and deeds pertaining thereto; and

 

  (b) no Default or Event of Default has occurred nor exists thereunder; and

 

  (c) the corporate structure of the VL Group is as set out in the diagram attached to this certificate; and

 

  (d) all of the movable property owned by the VL Group as of the date hereof is located in the province of Québec and in Ontario and, with respect to Videotron US Inc. only, in the United States;

 

  (e) each member of the VL Group holds the permits, Licences, licences and authorizations required in order to permit it to possess its property and its real estate and to carry on its business in the manner in which it is being carried on at present; and

 

  (f) the performance by the Borrower of its obligations under the NSN Contract in accordance with its terms and the completion of the transactions contemplated therein do not require any consents or approvals, do not violate any Applicable Laws, and do not conflict with, violate or constitute a breach under the documents of incorporation or by-laws of the Borrower.

All expressions referred to herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the Credit Agreement.

Executed at the City of Montreal, Province of Quebec this     day of            , 2011.

 

   

Encl.


EXHIBIT “P-5” – FINNVERA TRANSFER AGREEMENT

 

TO: HSBC BANK PLC (the “ Finnvera Facility Agent ”); and

VIDÉOTRON LTÉE (the “ Borrower ”)

WHEREAS the Borrower entered into a Credit Agreement originally dated as of November 28, 2000, as amended and restated as of July 20, 2011, and as same may have been further amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time (the “ Credit Agreement ”), with the Finnvera Facility Agent, as Finnvera Facility agent and Tranche A Lender, and with other Tranche A Lenders, whereby the Tranche A Lenders agreed to provide the Borrower with certain credit facilities; and

WHEREAS pursuant to and in accordance with Article 10 of Schedule P to the Credit Agreement, a Tranche A Lender may, [ with the prior consent of and/or notice to the Borrower/the Finnvera Facility Agent/Finnvera ( include as applicable in the circumstances) ] assign or transfer all or any of its rights, benefits and obligations under the Credit Agreement by duly completing, executing and delivering to the Finnvera Facility Agent and to the Borrower this Finnvera Transfer Agreement; and

WHEREAS                     (the “ Transferor ”) wishes to assign or transfer to                     (the “ Assignee ”) the rights, benefits and obligations of the Transferor under the Credit Agreement specified herein;

WHEREAS [the Borrower/the Finnvera Facility Agent/Finnvera (include as applicable in the circumstances) ] have [consented/been notified (include as applicable in the circumstances) ] in writing to such assignment or transfer pursuant to the provisions of Article 10 of Schedule P to the Credit Agreement [and have reiterated their consent hereby (include as applicable in the circumstances) ] ;

NOW THEREFORE in consideration of the foregoing and of one dollar ($l.00) and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the signatories hereto agree as follows:

1. Unless otherwise indicated herein, all capitalized terms defined in Exhibit P-6 of Schedule P to the Credit Agreement and not otherwise defined herein have the same meaning as in Exhibit P-6 of Schedule P to the Credit Agreement.

2. The Transferor assigns and transfers to the Assignee the following rights, benefits and obligations, without warranty (the “ Transfer ”):

(description of the transferred rights, benefits and obligations, indicating retained interest or fees, if applicable, extent of the Assignee’s interest and any applicable arrangements if any Tranche A CDOR Advances or Tranche A LIBOR Advances are outstanding at the time of the Assignment)


(the “ Transferred Rights ” and the “ Transferred Obligations ”, as applicable). The Transfer shall be effective as of             ,         .

3. If the Tranche A Advances made by the Assignee are less than the proportionate share of all Tranche A Advances based on the Tranche A Commitment of the Assignee in the Tranche A Credit, the Assignee shall, on demand, indemnify the Transferor in respect of the principal amount of the corresponding Tranche A Advances made by the Transferor in excess of the Transferor’s Tranche A Commitment. The Tranche A Advances in respect of which the Assignee is bound to indemnify the Transferor are set out in Schedule “B” hereto. On the effective date of the Transfer, the Transferor shall pay to the Assignee the indemnity fees in respect of [Tranche A CDOR Advances/Tranche A LIBOR Advances] in the amounts specified in Schedule “B” during the period in which the Assignee is to indemnify the Transferor.

4. The Assignee accepts the Transfer and assumes the Transferred Obligations without novation and without warranty (the “ Assumption ”). The Assignee acknowledges and accepts that the Assignee and the Agent (as defined in the Credit Agreement) are solidary creditors of the Borrower and the Guarantors (as defined in the Credit Agreement) in respect of all amounts, liabilities and other obligations, present and future, of the Borrower and the Guarantors (as defined in the Credit Agreement) to each of them under the Credit Agreement as contemplated by Section 18.1.2 of the Credit Agreement and in accordance with Article 1541 of the Civil Code of Quebec.

5. The Transfer and the Assumption are governed by and subject to Article 10 of Schedule P to the Credit Agreement.

6. The Transferor and the Assignee acknowledge that arrangements have been made between them as to the portion, if any, of Tranche A Fees and interest received or to be received by the Transferor pursuant to Schedule P to the Credit Agreement and to be paid by the Transferor to the Assignee.

7. The Assignee acknowledges and confirms that it has not relied upon and that neither the Transferor nor the Finnvera Facility Agent has made any representation or warranty whatsoever as to the due execution, legality, effectiveness, validity or enforceability of the Credit Agreement or any other documentation or information delivered by the Transferor or the Finnvera Facility Agent to the Assignee in connection therewith or for the performance thereof by any party thereto or for the performance of any obligation by any Subsidiary (as defined in the Credit Agreement) or for the financial condition of the Borrower or of any Subsidiary. All representations, warranties and conditions expressed or implied by law or otherwise are hereby excluded.

8. The Assignee represents and warrants that it has itself been, and will continue to be, solely responsible for making its own independent appraisal of and investigation into the financial condition, creditworthiness, affairs, status and nature of the Borrower and has not relied and will not hereafter rely on the Transferor and/or the Finnvera Facility Agent to appraise or keep under review on its behalf the financial condition, creditworthiness, affairs, status or nature of the Borrower. The Assignee acknowledges and agrees that it has no right to obtain any non-public information directly from the Borrower and that it will request any information it requires solely from the Finnvera Facility Agent.

 

- 2 -


9. Each of the Transferor and the Assignee represents and warrants to the other and to the Finnvera Facility Agent, the other Tranche A Lenders and the Borrower, that it has the right, capacity and power to enter into the Transfer and the Assumption in accordance with the terms hereof and to perform its obligations arising therefrom, and all action required to authorize the execution and delivery hereof and the performance of such obligations has been duly taken.

10. This Finnvera Transfer Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Province of Quebec, Canada.

11. The parties confirm having requested that this document be drafted in the English language. Les parties confirment avoir requis que ce document soit rédigé en langue anglaise.

12. Following the Transfer and Assumption, Exhibit P-1 to Schedule P to the Credit Agreement will be replaced by Schedule “A” annexed hereto.

AND THE PARTIES HAVE SIGNED AS OF             , 20    .

 

 

  ,    

 

  ,
as Transferor       as Assignee  
Per:  

 

      Per:  

 

 
Per:  

 

      Per:  

 

 

[CONSENTED TO AND ACKNOWLEDGED:] ( include and adjust signatories as applicable in the circumstances)

 

FINNVERA PLC     VIDÉOTRON LTÉE
Per:  

 

    Per:  

 

Per:  

 

    Per:  

 

 

- 3 -


EXHIBIT “P-6” – INTERPRETATION AND DEFINITIONS

Definitions

Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined in this Schedule P have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Credit Agreement. The following words and expressions, when used in Schedule P or in any agreement supplementary to the Credit Agreement, unless the contrary is stipulated, have the following meaning:

Amending Agreement ” means the Tenth Amending Agreement to the Credit Agreement dated as of November 13, 2009 between, inter alia , the Borrower, the Agent, the Finnvera Facility Agent, and certain lenders;

Availability Period ” means, with respect to the Finnvera Term Facility, the period from the Signing Date (subject to satisfying the conditions precedent set forth in Article 6 of Schedule P) until the earlier of (i) the date falling 24 months after the Signing Date and (ii) the full utilization, cancellation or termination of the Finnvera Term Facility;

Business Day ” means any day, except Saturdays, Sundays and other days which in Montreal or Toronto (Canada) or London (England) or, to the extent Finnvera becomes a Tranche A Assignee under Schedule P or is subrogated into the rights of any Tranche A Lender, Helsinki (Finland), are holidays or days on which banking institutions are not authorized to be open or required by law or by local proclamation to close;

CAD Equivalent ” means the equivalent in Canadian Dollars of any value or sum denominated in US Dollars using the rate of exchange quoted by the Bank of Canada as the noon mid-market spot rate for such conversion on the day preceding the Business Day on which such determination is made;

CDOR Rate ” means, with respect to any Tranche A Designated Period of 30 to 183 days relating to a Tranche A CDOR Advance, the annual rate of discount or interest which is the arithmetic average of the discount rates (rounded upwards to the nearest multiple of 0.01%) for bankers’ acceptances denominated in Canadian Dollars for such term and face amount identified as such on the Reuters Screen CDOR Page at approximately 10:00 A.M. (Montreal time) on the date on which such Tranche A CDOR Advance is to be made or on the Tranche A Rollover Date, as the case may be, or if such day is not a Business Day, then on the immediately preceding Business Day (as adjusted by the Finnvera Facility Agent after 10:00 A.M. (Montreal time) to reflect any error in any posted rate or in the posted average annual rate). If the rate does not appear on the Reuters Screen CDOR Page as contemplated above, then the CDOR Rate on any day shall be calculated by the Finnvera Facility Agent at the arithmetic average of the discount rates (rounded upwards to the nearest multiple of 0.01%) for bankers’ acceptances denominated in Canadian Dollars for such term comparable to the Tranche A Designated Period and such face amount comparable to the Tranche A CDOR Advance Amount of, and as quoted by, the Schedule I Reference Banks, as of 10:00 A.M. (Montreal time) on that day, or if that day is not a Business Day, then on the immediately preceding Business Day. Each calculation by the Finnvera Facility Agent of the CDOR Rate shall be binding and conclusive for all purposes, absent manifest error;

Commitment Fee Letter ” means the letter agreement dated November 13, 2009 entered into between the Borrower and the Finnvera Facility Agent, as same may be amended, restated, supplemented, amended and restated or otherwise modified from time to time;


Cost of Funds ” means a Tranche A Lender’s cost of funds as determined by it and expressed as an annual rate to borrow Canadian dollars for a Tranche A Designated Period including, inter alia , as the case may be, the cost of keeping base, excess or emergency reserves (as may be required from time to time by Law and competent authorities), the cost of Canada deposit insurance and any tax or assessment that must be deducted or withheld by such Tranche A Lender, as applicable, and as described by such Tranche A Lender to the Borrower by way of a statement which sets forth the calculations used in determining such cost of funds;

Cost of Funds Basis ” means the basis of calculation of interest on the Tranche A Advances, or any part thereof, made or deemed to have been made in accordance with the provisions of Sections 3.9 and 3.11 of Schedule P, respectively;

Credit Agreement ” means the credit agreement dated as of November 28, 2000 entered into among, inter alia , the Borrower, the financial institutions party thereto from time to time and Royal Bank of Canada, as administrative agent (as amended and restated as of July 20, 2011, and as same may be further amended, restated, supplemented, amended and restated or otherwise modified from time to time);

Default Rate ” means, for any day, the CDOR Rate which would apply to bankers’ acceptances with a period of one month, plus 4%;

Domestic Tranche A Lender ” means a Tranche A Lender who is a resident of Canada (within the meaning of the Income Tax Act (Canada)) and any other Tranche A Lender who has the ability to fund via the CDOR Rate;

ECA Guarantee ” means the Buyer Credit Guarantee Agreement Bc 112-08 dated November 13, 2009 (and the General Conditions for Buyer Credit Guarantees dated March 1, 2004 annexed thereto) granted by ECA to and in favour of, among others, the Tranche A Lenders, in connection with, inter alia , the Finnvera Term Facility, as same may be amended, restated, supplemented, amended and restated or otherwise modified from time to time;

ECA Premium A ” means the premiums payable by the Borrower to or for the account of ECA in respect of the ECA Guarantee;

Eighth Repayment Date ” means the date that falls 42 months after the First Repayment Date;

Euros or ” means the lawful currency of the member states of the European Union;

Fee Letter ” means the letter agreement dated as of March 5, 2009 entered into between the Borrower, HSBC Bank plc and TD Securities, as amended on November 13, 2009 and as same may be amended, restated, supplemented, amended and restated or otherwise modified from time to time;

Finnvera ” or “ ECA ” means Finnvera plc;

Finnvera Facility Agency Branch ” means the branch of the Finnvera Facility Agent located at 8 Canada Square, Canary Wharf, London, UK, E14 5HQ, or such other address which the Finnvera Facility Agent may notify the Borrower from time to time;

Finnvera Facility Agent ” means HSBC Bank plc, in its capacity as facility agent for all of the Tranche A Lenders;

Finnvera Facility B Agent ” means HSBC Bank plc, in its capacity as facility agent for all of the Tranche B Lenders;

 

- 2 -


Finnvera Facility B Security Agent ” means The Toronto-Dominion Bank, in its capacity as security agent for all the Tranche B Lenders ;

Finnvera Term Facility ” means the facility under which the Tranche A Credit is made available pursuant to Section 1 of Schedule P;

Finnvera Transfer Agreement ” means a transfer agreement substantially in the form annexed to this Schedule P as Exhibit “P-5”;

First Repayment Date ” means June 15, 2010;

Foreign Tranche A Lender ” means a Tranche A Lender who is a non-resident of Canada (within the meaning of the Income Tax Act (Canada)) and who is authorized by law to lend money in Canada;

LIBOR Reference Banks ” means HSBC Bank plc, Barclays Bank plc and UBS AG and any other leading banks in the London inter-bank market as may be agreed to from time to time by the Finnvera Facility Agent and the Borrower;

Majority Tranche A Lenders ” means Tranche A Lenders having at least 51% of the Tranche A Commitments;

Maturity Date ” means June 15, 2018;

Notice of New Tranche A Designated Period ” means a notice substantially in the form of Exhibit “P-2B” to Schedule P delivered to the Finnvera Facility Agent by the Borrower in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.3 of Schedule P;

Notice of Repayment ” means a notice substantially in the form of Exhibit “P-3” to Schedule P delivered to the Finnvera Facility Agent by the Borrower in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.2 of Schedule P;

NSN ” means Nokia Siemens Networks Oy and any affiliates thereof;

NSN Contract ” means, collectively, the Master Purchase Agreement and the Care Agreement, each dated October 21, 2008 between the Borrower, as purchaser, and NSN, as supplier, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time;

Purchase Price ” means the purchase price for telecommunications equipment, software and related goods and services not being equipment, software, goods and services of Canadian origin purchased or to be purchased by the Borrower from NSN pursuant to and as more fully set out in the NSN Contract;

Regulatory Approval ” means the receipt of all material consents and approvals of all governmental bodies having jurisdiction which are required to be obtained in connection with the consummation of the NSN Contract including, without limitation, the approval of the CRTC;

Repayment Date ” means the First Repayment Date and each date that falls at the end of each 6-month period thereafter up to and including the Maturity Date;

Required Documents ” means the documents listed in and annexed to each Tranche A Notice of Borrowing;

Schedule I Reference Banks ” means The Toronto-Dominion Bank and any other bank or banks named in Schedule I to the Bank Act (Canada) as may be agreed from time to time by the Finnvera Facility Agent and the Borrower;

 

- 3 -


Security Agent ” means The Toronto-Dominion Bank, in its capacity as security agent for all the Tranche A Lenders ;

Signing Date ” means the date of execution of the Amending Agreement;

Term Loan ” means, at any time, the aggregate of the Tranche A Advances outstanding in accordance with the provisions of Schedule P, together with all unpaid interest thereon and any other amount in principal, interest and accessory fees, costs and expenses payable to the Finnvera Facility Agent or the Tranche A Lenders by the Borrower pursuant to the Credit Agreement including, without limitation, the Tranche A Fees, the Commitment Fee and the Finnvera Handling Fee;

Tranche A Advance ” means any advance by a Tranche A Lender under Schedule P, including a Tranche A LIBOR Advance and a Tranche A CDOR Advance;

Tranche A Advance Amount ” means a Tranche A CDOR Advance Amount and/or a Tranche A LIBOR Advance Amount, as the case may be;

Tranche A Assignee ” has the meaning ascribed to it in subsection 16.2.1 of Schedule P and shall be deemed to include Finnvera if an assignment and transfer is made to it in accordance with the provisions of Article 10 of Schedule P;

Tranche A Assignment ” means an assignment of all or a portion of a Tranche A Lender’s rights and obligations under Schedule P in accordance with Sections 10.2 and 10.3 of Schedule P;

Tranche A Borrowing Certificate ” means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit “P-8” to Schedule P delivered to the Finnvera Facility Agent by the Borrower in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.5 of Schedule P;

Tranche A CDOR Advance Amount ” means the amount of any given Tranche A CDOR Advance or any continuation (in whole or in part) thereof;

Tranche A CDOR Advances ” means, at any time, any Cdn.$ Tranche A Advances made by a Domestic Tranche A Lender bearing interest at the CDOR Rate;

Tranche A Commitment ” means the portion of the Tranche A Credit for which a Tranche A Lender is responsible, as set out in Exhibit “P-1” to Schedule P;

Tranche A Credit ” means the aggregate amount available to the Borrower under the Finnvera Term Facility;

Tranche A Designated Period ” means, with respect to a Tranche A Advance, a period designated by the Borrower in accordance with Section 3.4 of Schedule P;

Tranche A Fees ” means the fees, premiums and other charges payable to the Finnvera Facility Agent, the Security Agent, Finnvera and the Tranche A Lenders in accordance with the provisions of the Fee Letter;

Tranche A Lender ” or “ Tranche A Lenders ” means the lenders listed in Exhibit “P-1” to Schedule P, together with any Tranche A Assignee(s), or, as the context permits, any of them alone, which, in each case, has not ceased to be a lender in accordance with the provisions of Schedule P;

Tranche A LIBOR ” means, with respect to any Tranche A Designated Period of 30 to 183 days relating to a Tranche A LIBOR Advance, the average rate (rounded upwards to the nearest multiple of 0.01%) for

 

- 4 -


deposits in Cdn.$ (except in the circumstances described in Section 3.11 of Schedule P, in which case the applicable rate will be for US$ deposits) for a period comparable to the Tranche A Designated Period which, if in US$, is quoted on Libor01 Page of Reuters, and if in Cdn.$, is quoted on Libor02 Page of Reuters or, in case of the unavailability of such page, which is quoted on the British Bankers Association Libor Rate Telerate (page 3750 for US$ or 3740 for Cdn.$ or other applicable page), in either case, at or about 11:00 A.M. (London, England time), determined two Business Days prior to the date on which such Tranche A LIBOR Advance is to be made or on the Tranche A Rollover Date, as the case may be; if neither of such quotes is available, then Tranche A LIBOR shall be determined by the Finnvera Facility Agent as the average (rounded upwards to the nearest multiple of 0.01%) of the rate at which deposits in US$ or Cdn.$, as the case may be, for a period similar to the Tranche A Designated Period and in amounts comparable to the Tranche A LIBOR Advance Amount, are offered by the LIBOR Reference Banks at or about 11:00 A.M. London time on the date of such determination;

Tranche A LIBOR Advance Amount ” means the amount of any given Tranche A LIBOR Advance or any continuation (in whole or in part) thereof ;

Tranche A LIBOR Advances ” means, at any time, any Cdn.$ Tranche A Advances made by Foreign Tranche A Lenders, bearing interest at a rate based on Tranche A LIBOR;

Tranche A LIBOR Basis ” means the basis of calculation of interest on Tranche A LIBOR Advances, or any part thereof, made in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.2 of Schedule P;

Tranche A Notice of Borrowing ” means a notice substantially in the form of Exhibit “P-2A” to Schedule P delivered to the Finnvera Facility Agent by the Borrower in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.1 of Schedule P;

Tranche A Rollover Date ” means, with respect to a Tranche A Advance, the date of any such Tranche A Advance, or the first day of any Tranche A Designated Period;

Tranche B Lenders ” means the lenders from time to time party to the Tranche B Loan Agreement, including their successors and permitted assigns;

Tranche B Loan ” means the term loan granted to the Borrower by HSBC Bank plc, The Toronto-Dominion Bank and each other Tranche B Lender pursuant to the Tranche B Loan Agreement;

Tranche B Loan Agreement ” means the credit agreement dated November 13, 2009 pursuant to which the Tranche B Loan is made available to the Borrower, as same may be amended, restated, supplemented, amended and restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

- 5 -


EXHIBIT “P-7” – COMMITMENT FEE LETTER

 

LOGO

HSBC Bank plc

Level 18

8 Canada Square

London

E14 5HQ

November 13, 2009

Vidéotron Ltée

612 Saint-Jacques Street, 13 Floor

Montreal, Quebec

H3C 4M8

Attention: Mr. Jean-François Pruneau, Vice President, Finance

Dear Mr. Pruneau:

This letter is delivered to you in connection with (i) Schedule P to that certain Credit Agreement dated as of November 28, 2000, as amended by a First Amending Agreement dated as of January 5, 2001, a Second Amending Agreement dated as of June 29, 2001, a Third Amending Agreement dated December 12, 2001 and accepted by the lenders party thereto as of December 21, 2001, a Fourth Amending Agreement dated as of December 23, 2002, a Fifth Amending Agreement dated as of March 24, 2003, a Sixth Amending Agreement dated as of October 8, 2003, a Seventh Amending Agreement dated as of November 19, 2004, an Eighth Amending Agreement dated as of March 6, 2008, a Ninth Amending Agreement dated as of April 7, 2008, and a Tenth Amending Agreement dated as of November 13, 2009 entered into between Vidéotron Ltée (“ Vidéotron ”), as borrower, the financial institutions party thereto from time to time, as lenders, Royal Bank of Canada, as administrative agent, and HSBC Bank plc, as agent (the “ Finnvera Term Facility Agent ”) to certain lenders from time to time (the “ Tranche A Lenders ”) providing credit facilities guaranteed by Finnvera plc (the “ Finnvera Term Facility ”) in an aggregate principal amount of Cdn.75,000,000 (as so amended and as same may be further amended, restated, supplemented, amended and restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”); and (ii) the Finnvera Facility B Credit Agreement dated as of November 13, 2009 between Vidéotron, as borrower, the financial institutions party thereto from time to time, as lenders (the “ Tranche B Lenders ”), HSBC Bank plc, as agent (the “ Finnvera Facility B Agent ”), and The Toronto-Dominion


Bank, as security agent, pursuant to which credit facilities guaranteed by Finnvera plc (the “ Finnvera Facility B ”) are made available to Vidéotron in an aggregate principal amount of the CAD Equivalent (as defined therein) of the difference between US$100,000,000 and the aggregate of the USD Equivalent (as defined therein) of each drawing made under the Finnvera Term Facility (as amended, restated, supplemented, amended and restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Finnvera Facility B Credit Agreement ”).

The fees set forth below shall be non-refundable and deemed to be fully earned on the date on which they are respectively due and shall be in addition to, and not creditable against, any other fees, premiums, costs, expenses and other charges payable pursuant to or in connection with the Credit Agreement, the Finnvera Facility B Credit Agreement or otherwise. Your obligation to pay such fees will not be subject to counterclaim or setoff for, or be otherwise affected by, any claim or dispute you may have, and all such fees shall be paid free and clear of deductions, taxes or withholdings of any kind.

In connection with and in consideration for the agreements contained in the Credit Agreement and the Finnvera Facility B Credit Agreement, you agree with the Finnvera Term Facility Agent and the Finnvera Facility B Agent, respectively, as follows:

C OMMITMENT F EE . You will pay to HSBC Bank plc, as Finnvera Term Facility Agent and Finnvera Facility B Agent, for the account of the Tranche A Lenders and the Tranche B Lenders, respectively, a commitment fee (the “ Commitment Fee ”) in US Dollars of 0.375% per annum calculated from and as of November 13, 2009 on the day to day undrawn portion of USD 100,000,000, representing the aggregate principal amount available under the Finnvera Term Facility and the Finnvera Facility B, collectively. The Commitment Fee shall be payable semi-annually in arrears on December 10 th and June 10 th of each year up to and including the last day of the Availability Period (as defined in the Finnvera Facility B Credit Agreement).

No party to this commitment fee letter is authorized to show or circulate this letter or disclose the contents of this letter to any person or entity (other than its legal and financial advisors in connection with its evaluation of this letter), except (i) as required by law, (ii) to any other party to the Credit Agreement, and (iii) by the Finnvera Term Facility Agent and the Finnvera Facility B Agent to potential Tranche A Lenders and Tranche B Lenders, respectively.

This letter shall enure to the benefit of the Finnvera Term Facility Agent and the Finnvera Facility B Agent and their successors and assigns and shall be binding on you and your successors and assigns.

This letter will be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the Province of Québec and the laws of Canada applicable in such Province.

This letter may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute one agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this letter (whether by delivery of an original of the same or by facsimile transmission) shall be as effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this letter.

The parties hereto have expressly required that this letter be drafted in the English language. Les parties aux présentes ont expressément exigé que les présentes soient rédigées en langue anglaise.

THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE HAS BEEN INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

 

- 2-


Yours truly,
HSBC BANK PLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO

AS OF THE DATE FIRST WRITTEN ABOVE:

 

VIDÉOTRON LTÉE
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

- 3-


EXHIBIT “P-8” – TRANCHE A BORROWING CERTIFICATE

 

TO:    HSBC BANK PLC , as Finnvera Facility Agent
FROM:    VIDÉOTRON LTÉE
DATED:   

1) This Tranche A Borrowing Certificate is delivered to you pursuant to Section 6.4 of Schedule P to the Credit Agreement originally dated as of November 28, 2000, as amended and restated as of July 20, 2011, and as same may be further amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time (the “ Credit Agreement ”). Unless otherwise indicated herein, all defined terms set forth in this Tranche A Borrowing Certificate shall have the respective meanings set forth in Exhibit P-6 to Schedule P to the Credit Agreement.

2) Attached hereto are true and complete copies of: [invoices, evidence of payment, receipts] .

3) We have already paid the amount of US$            (the “ Purchase Price Portion ”) to NSN in accordance with the NSN Contract for the goods and services of non-Canadian origin covered by the aforementioned documents. Amounts invoiced and paid relate to the value of such goods manufactured and supplied to date and of such services rendered to date.

4) We have already paid the amount of US$            to NSN in accordance with the NSN Contract for the local services covered by the aforementioned documents. Amounts invoiced and paid relate to the value of such local services rendered to date.

5) WE FURTHER WARRANT THAT:

(a) The amount claimed in paragraph 2)(b) of the Tranche A Notice of Borrowing (the “ Requested Tranche A Advance Amount ”) of even date herewith executed and delivered by the Borrower to the Finnvera Facility Agent is [ less than or ] equal to the CAD Equivalent of (x)  85% of the Purchase Price Portion and (y)  costs for local services up to a maximum amount which, when combined with all amounts previously disbursed by the Tranche A Lenders in reimbursement of costs for local services, does not exceed 30% of the portion of the Purchase Price paid to date, [( in initial Tranche A Notice of Borrowing only, as applicable) plus Cdn.$        which represents all or part of the upfront portion of the ECA Premium A].

(b) The Requested Tranche A Advance Amount does not include any amounts which have already been claimed under any other Tranche A Notice of Borrowing.

(c) The Requested Tranche A Advance Amount, when added to the principal amounts of all other Tranche A Advances made prior to the date hereof, does not exceed (i) the sum of ( x ) the CAD Equivalent of 85% of the portion of the Purchase Price paid to date, ( y ) the CAD Equivalent of costs for local services up to a maximum of 30% of such portion of the Purchase Price paid to date, and (z)  100% of the upfront portion of the ECA Premium A or (ii) Cdn.$75,000,000.


(d) The NSN Contract has not been terminated and has been in full force and effect as of the date of the invoice(s) to be financed under the Tranche A Notice of Borrowing of even date herewith.

6) We enclose a true and complete copy of a certificate of NSN relating to the invoices to be financed under the Tranche A Notice of Borrowing of even date herewith.

7) We undertake to supply you with such additional information and documentation and clarification as reasonably necessary in connection with the ECA Guarantee and agree not to hold you responsible for any delay in meeting the request for reimbursement under the Tranche A Notice of Borrowing of even date herewith occasioned by such request for information.

 

Yours truly,
VIDÉOTRON LTÉE
Per :  

 

 

- 2-


FORM OF SUPPLIER’S CERTIFICATE

 

FROM:    NOKIA SIEMENS NETWORKS CANADA INC., as the supplier under the NSN Contract
TO:    VIDÉOTRON LTÉE, as the purchaser under the NSN Contract
AND TO:    HSBC BANK PLC , as Finnvera Facility Agent
DATED:   

Re:

   Term loan facility in the maximum principal amount of Cdn.$75,000,000 (the “Finnvera Facility A”) made available to Vidéotron Ltée (the “Borrower”) by HSBC Bank plc, The Toronto-Dominion Bank, Credit Suisse AG, Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation of Canada and any other lenders from time to time (the “Tranche A Lenders”), guaranteed by Finnvera plc (the “ECA Guarantee”), and administered by HSBC Bank plc, as agent to the Tranche A Lenders (the “Finnvera Facility Agent”), the whole in connection with the Master Purchase Agreement and the Care Agreement dated October 21, 2008 between the Borrower, as purchaser, and Nokia Siemens Networks Canada Inc., as supplier (collectively, and as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “NSN Contract”)

Dear Sirs:

 

1. We refer to the “Tranche A Borrowing Certificate” dated                     (the “ Reimbursement Request Certificate ”), which has been made available to us. We understand that the Borrower has requested a drawing under the Finnvera Facility A in order to reimburse a payment made in respect of the NSN Contract and we give this certificate in connection with such requested drawing.

 

2. We confirm that:

 

  (i) the NSN Contract has been in full force and effect and has not been terminated as of the date of the invoices to which the Reimbursement Request Certificate relates;

 

  (ii) the statements in paragraphs 3 and 4 of the Reimbursement Request Certificate are true and accurate in all respects;

 

  (iii) the amount claimed by the Borrower for reimbursement in connection with the Reimbursement Request Certificate to which this certificate relates does not include any amount for which we have received a disbursement under the Finnvera Facility A or for which the Borrower has previously received a reimbursement under any document of which we have notice; and

 

  (iv) we have received from the Borrower 100% of the amount of the relevant invoice(s) to which the Reimbursement Request Certificate relates.


By:

 

Authorized Signatory

Exhibit 7.1

Videotron Ltd.

Statement Regarding Calculation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges as Disclosed in

Videotron Ltd.’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the Year Ended December 31, 2011

For the purpose of calculating the ratio of earnings to fixed charges disclosed in Videotron Ltd.’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2011, (i) earnings consist of net income plus income taxes, fixed charges, amortized capitalized interest, less interest capitalized, and (ii) fixed charges consist of interest expensed and capitalized, excluding interest on QMI subordinated loans, plus amortized premiums, discounts and capitalized expenses relating to indebtedness and an estimate of the interest within rental expense.

Exhibit 8.1

List of Subsidiaries of Videotron Ltd.

 

Name of Subsidiary

  

Jurisdiction of Incorporation or
Organization

9227-2590 Québec inc.    Québec
9230-7677 Québec inc.    Québec
9253-1870 Québec inc.    Québec
9253-1920 Québec inc.    Québec
9253-2233 Québec inc.    Québec
9253-2456 Québec inc.    Québec
Jobboom inc.   

Canada

Le SuperClub Vidéotron ltée    Québec
Videotron G.P.    Québec
Videotron Infrastructures Inc.    Canada
Videotron L.P.    Québec
Videotron US Inc.    Delaware

Exhibit 12.1

Certification of the Principal Executive Officer of

Videotron Ltd.

pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

I, Robert Dépatie, President and Chief Executive Officer of Videotron Ltd. (the “Company”), certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of the Company;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The Company’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f))for the Company and have:

 

  a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the Company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  d) Disclosed in this report any change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The Company’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the Company’s auditors and the audit committee of the Company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 21, 2012

 

/s/ Robert Dépatie

Name:   Robert Dépatie
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 12.2

Certification of the Principal Financial Officer of

Videotron Ltd.

pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

I, Marie-Josée Marsan, Vice President, Finance and Information Technology (IT) and Chief Financial Officer of Videotron Ltd. (the “Company”), certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of the Company;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The Company’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f))for the Company and have:

 

  a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the Company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  d) Disclosed in this report any change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The Company’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the Company’s auditors and the audit committee of the Company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 21, 2012

 

/s/ Marie-Josée Marsan

Name:   Marie-Josée Marsan
Title:   Vice President, Finance and Information
Technology (IT) and Chief Financial Officer

Exhibit 13.1

Certification of the Principal Executive Officer of

Videotron Ltd.

pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350,

as adopted pursuant to

Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of Videotron Ltd. (the “Company”) on Form 20-F for the year ending December 31, 2011, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Robert Dépatie, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, hereby certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to my knowledge:

 

  (1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

 

  (2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date: March 21, 2012

 

/s/ Robert Dépatie

Name:   Robert Dépatie
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer

The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (subsections (a) and (b) of section 1350, chapter 63 of title 18, United States Code) and is not being filed as part of the Report or as a separate disclosure document.

Exhibit 13.2

Certification of the Principal Financial Officer of

Videotron Ltd.

pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350,

as adopted pursuant to

Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of Videotron Ltd. (the “Company”) on Form 20-F for the year ending December 31, 2010, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Marie-Josée Marsan, Vice President, Finance and Information Technology (IT) and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, hereby certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to my knowledge:

 

  (1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

 

  (2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date: March 21, 2012

 

/s/ Marie-Josée Marsan

Name:   Marie-Josée Marsan
Title:   Vice President, Finance and Information
  Technology (IT) and Chief Financial Officer

The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (subsections (a) and (b) of section 1350, chapter 63 of title 18, United States Code) and is not being filed as part of the Report or as a separate disclosure document.